u ■ »■■ ■ f i i "ni t 
 
 mr jj!i| n r.i p"i <T » » i i ri- i mii vr.i"n~ ~"'~ 
 
 THE .MASTER CAR BUILDER.S* ASSOCIATION 
 
 909£ditioi 
 
 j t i i Miiiw ji naaawM^ 
 
 M MT U T i M p rn — Tt BXl"- 
 
tttrnmU mmvmxtv ptetg 
 
 BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME 
 FROM THE 
 
 SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND 
 
 THE GIFT OF 
 
 flctirg m Sage 
 
 1891 
 
 kj^um^ ^ v - 
 
Cornell University Library 
 
 arY888 
 
 The car builders' dictionary; 
 
 3 1924 032 183 190 
 
 olin.anx 
 
The original of this book is in 
 the Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924032183190 
 
The Car Builders' Dictionary 
 
 AN ILLUSTRATED VOCABULARY OF TERMS 
 WHICH DESIGNATE AMERICAN RAILWAY 
 CARS THEIR PARTS ATTACHMENTS AND 
 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION WITH DEFI- 
 NITIONS AND ILLUSTRATIONS OF TYPICAL 
 BRITISH PRACTICE IN CAR CONSTRUCTION 
 
 SIX THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-FOUR ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 1909 EDITION 
 
 COMPILED FOR THE MASTER CAR BUILDERS' ASSOCIATION 
 
 By Francis E. Lister 
 
 UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE FOLLOWING COMMITTEE: 
 
 C. A. Selet, Mechanical Engineer, Chicago, Rock Island & Pacific. 
 
 H. F. Ball, Superintendent of Motive Power, Lake Shore & Michigan Southern. 
 
 J. E. Muhlfeld, General Superintendent of Motive Power, Baltimore & Ohio. 
 
 The first edition of the Cab Builders' Dictionary was published by the Railroad Gazette in 1879, under contract 
 
 WITH AND UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE MASTER CAR BUILDERS' ASSOCIATION. It CONTAINED 811 ENGRAVINGS. It WAS 
 REVISED AND PUBLISHED UNDER SIMILAR CONDITIONS IN 1884, AND CONTAINED 2,188 ENGRAVINGS. IT WAS 
 REVISED AND SIMILARLY PUBLISHED IN 1895 AND CONTAINED 5,683 ENGRAVINGS. IN 1903 
 IT WAS AGAIN REVISED, THE EDITION CONTAINING 4,971 ENGRAVINGS. THE 
 1906 REVISED EDITION CONTAINED 6,344 ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 1909 
 
 THE RAILWAY AGE GAZETTE 
 NEW YORK : 83 Fulton Street. CHICAGO : Plymouth Building. 
 
 THE RAILWAY GAZETTE 
 
 LONDON : Queen Anne's Chambers, Westminster, S. W. 
 
 l/. 
 
ACTION OF THE MASTER CAR BUILDERS' ASSOCIATION 
 
 At the Fifth Annual Convention, held in Richmond, Va., in 1872, it was 
 
 "Resolved, That a committee be appointed with power to publish an illustrated 
 book, defining the proper terms or names of each and every part used in the con- 
 struction of railway cars, and a description of the use of the same." 
 
 At the Fourteenth Annual Convention, held in Detroit, in 18S0. 
 
 "The Committee to whom was assigned the duty of preparing a Dictionary of 
 Terms used in the construction of cars submitted a copy of the book and reported 
 that they had finished their work, and were discharged." 
 
 At a meeting of the Executive Committee of the Master Car Builders' Associa- 
 tion, held in New York, December 11, 1905, Messrs. C. A. Seley, H. F. Ball and J. E. 
 Muhlfeld were appointed a Supervising Committee for the revision of the Car Builders' 
 Dictionary. 
 
 Copyright 
 
 The Railroad Gazette 
 
 1906 
 
 Copyright 
 
 The Railroad Gazette 
 
 1909 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This is the fifth revised edition of the Car Builders' 
 Dictionary since its first publication in 1879. The first 
 edition was seven years in preparation. Five years after 
 it was published, it was necessary to revise it for the 
 first time. Eleven years elapsed before it was done 
 again, in 1895, and eight years before the third revision, 
 in 1903. The fourth revision, in 1906, was a thorough 
 one. The present, 1909, edition shows the continuing 
 tendency to increase in size, although all types and 
 patterns known to be out of date are excluded. The 
 general arrangement has been carefully preserved, with 
 some minor changes which it seemed proper to make. 
 In view of the publication of the Locomotive Diction- 
 ary along similar lines to this book, all references to 
 devices and parts of devices belonging directly to the 
 locomotive or tender have been taken out. 
 
 The illustrations of typical British cars, shown on 
 pages 617 to 660, are interesting, and we regret that 
 they are not more nearly complete. British practice 
 differs in many respects from American practice and it 
 is widely followed throughout the world, in the British 
 colonies and elsewhere. Makers of railway equipment 
 in seeking foreign markets find themselves confronted 
 
 with the problem of adapting their devices to existing 
 standards and dimensions of each country. The illus- 
 trations give a good general idea of the dimensions and 
 principal constructive features of the standard designs 
 of cars used in Great Britain. It has been impossible 
 to illustrate them in detail to such an extent as has 
 been done with American practice. 
 
 The revision of the definitions has been made with a 
 view of eliminating superfluous and obsolete matter, 
 changing the wording of definitions of such terms as 
 have gradually taken on a new meaning, and adding 
 definitions of terms and parts which have come into 
 general usage during the last few years. 
 
 The members of the Supervising Committee ap- 
 pointed by the Master Car Builders' Association, Mr. 
 C. A. Seley, Mr. H. F. Ball and Mr. J. E. Muhlfeld, 
 have given the benefit of their wide experience in mak- 
 ing many suggestions for the improvement of the book 
 and, what has been far more helpful, their hearty sup- 
 port and encouragement. Acknowledgments are grate- 
 fully made to them. 
 
 F. E. L. 
 
 New York, November, 1909. 
 
 DIRECTIONS 
 
 For Using the Car Builders' Dictionary. 
 
 To find the meaning of a given word or term, refer to it in the alphabetical list 
 which constitutes the first half of the book, where a definition similar to those con- 
 tained in ordinary dictionaries and a reference to some engraving illustrating the object 
 — if it is capable of such illustraton — will usually be found. 
 
 To find the name of a car, or part of a car, examine the alphabetical list of the 
 different classes of engravings in the index which immediately precedes them, until 
 the class is found to which the object looked for belongs, bearing in mind the system 
 of alphabetical classification for the engravings, which is as follows: 
 
 CARS, CAR BODIES, CAR BODY DETAILS, CAR FURNISHINGS, 
 TRUCKS AND TRUCK DETAILS, M. C. B. STANDARDS AND 
 
 RECOMMENDED PRACTICE, HAND CARS, ELECTRIC 
 
 CARS, BRITISH CARS, CAR SHOP MACHINERY. 
 
 By referring to the engravings included in that class a representation of the part 
 or object sought will be found with either its name underneath or a reference number 
 or letter by which number or letter the name may be learned from the list of names of 
 parts accompanying the illustration and usually to be found in the immediate vicinity. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS. 
 
 (For Alphabetical Index see page following last page of illustrations.) 
 
 AIR BRAKE APPARATUS: 
 
 Westinghouse Air Brake Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 AIR COMPRESSORS: 
 Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 AIR BRAKE CORD: 
 
 Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass. 
 
 AIR BRAKE HOSE: 
 
 Boston Belting Co., Boston. Mass. 
 
 ASBESTOS PROTECTED METAL SHEETS: 
 Asbestos Protected Metal Co., Canton, Mass. 
 
 AXLES: 
 
 Baume & Marpent, Ltd., Haine-St. Pierre, 
 
 Belgium. 
 Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la. 
 Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland, 
 
 O. 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit, Mich. 
 
 BAGGAGE RACKS: 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, 0. 
 
 Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn. 
 
 BATTERIES, STORAGE: 
 
 Electric Storage Battery Co., Philadelphia. 
 
 Pa. 
 Gould Storage Battery Co., New York, N. Y. 
 United States Light & Heating Co., New 
 
 York. N. Y. 
 
 SEABINGS (CENTER AND SIDE): 
 
 American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111. 
 
 Cardwell Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 Joliet Railway Supplv Co., Joliet, 111. 
 
 Miner Co., W. H., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Symington Co., T. H., Baltimore, Md. 
 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. I. 
 
 Western Railway Equipment Co., St Louis. 
 
 Mo. 
 Woods & Co.. Edwin S., Chicago, 111. 
 
 BELL AND SIGNAL CORD: 
 
 Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass. 
 
 BELL CORD COUPLING: 
 
 Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass. 
 
 BELTING (RUBBER): 
 
 Boston Belling Co., Boston, Mass. 
 
 BOLSTERS: 
 
 American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111. 
 Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Commonwealth Steel Co., St. Louis, Mo 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 BRAKES: 
 
 (See Air Brakes and Electric Brakes). 
 
 BRAKE BEAMS: 
 
 American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111. 
 Buffalo Brake Beam Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam Co., Wil- 
 mington, Del. 
 Joliet Railway Supply Co., Joliet, 111. 
 
 BRAKE CYLINDER LUBRICATORS: 
 
 Emery Pneumatic Lubricator Co., St. Louis, 
 Mo. 
 
 BRAKE JAWS: 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland, 
 
 O. 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis, 
 
 Mo. 
 
 BRAKE LEVERS: 
 
 Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co.. Cleveland, O. 
 Forsythe Steel Tie Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 BRAKE SHOES: 
 
 American Brake Shoe & Foundry Co., Mah- 
 
 wah, N. J. 
 Railway Materials Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 BRAKE SHOE KEYS: 
 
 Forsythe Steel Tie Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 BRAKE SLACK ADJUSTERS: 
 
 American Brake Co., St. Louis, Mo. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis, 
 Mo. 
 
 BUMPING POSTS: 
 
 McCord & Co., Chicago. 111. 
 
 CABLES, ELECTRIC: 
 Kerite Insulated Wire & Cable Co., New 
 York, N. Y. 
 
 CAR CLOSETS: 
 
 (See Water Closets.) 
 
 CAR CURTAINS: 
 
 Curtain Supply Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Pantasote Co.. New York. N. Y. 
 
 CAR DOORS: 
 
 Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111. 
 McGuire-Cummlugs Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111. 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co.. Chicago, 111. 
 Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis, 
 Mo. 
 
 CAR DOOR FASTENERS (FREIGHT): 
 
 National Malleable Castings Co., Cleveland, 0. 
 Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis, 
 Mo. 
 
 CARS (FREIGHT) : 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., New York, 
 
 N. Y. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Dayton, O. 
 Laume & Marpent, Ltd., Haine-St. Pierre, 
 
 Belgium. 
 Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la. 
 Brill Co., J. G., Philadelphia, Pa. 
 Clark Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Fits-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago. 111. 
 Goodwin Car Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111. 
 Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co., Joliet, 111. 
 McGuire-Cummlngs Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111. 
 i'ressed Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Ralston Steel Car Co., Columbus, Ohio. 
 Hussel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit, Mich, 
 standard Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Chicago. 
 
 HI. 
 Whipple Car Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 CARS (MISCELLANEOUS) : 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., New York, 
 
 N. Y. 
 Baume & Marpent, Ltd., Haine-St. Pierre, 
 
 Belgium. 
 Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la. 
 Brill Co., J. G., Philadelphia, Pa. 
 Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111. 
 McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co.. Chicago, 111. 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit, Mich. 
 
 CARS (PASSENGER): 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., New York, 
 
 N. Y. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Dayton, O. 
 Brill Co., J. G., Philadelphia, Pa. 
 Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth Corpc, Wilmington, 
 
 Del. 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111. 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Standard Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Wason Mfg. Co., Springfield, Mass. 
 
 CARS, REPAIRED AND REBUILT: 
 Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111. 
 Whipple Car Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 OAR SHOP MACHINERY: 
 
 (See Wood Working Machinery.) 
 
 OAR FLOORING: 
 American Mason Safety Tread Co., Boston. 
 
 Mass. 
 Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111. 
 
 CAR HEAD [LININGS: 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Asbestos Protected Metal Co., Canton, Mass. 
 Pantasote Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Rapp Co., J. W., New York, N. Y. 
 
 CAR HEATING: 
 
 Consolidated Car Heating Co., New York 
 
 N. Y. 
 Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co., New 
 
 York, N. Y. 
 
 JAB, LIGHTING: 
 ; dams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Commercial Acetylene Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, 0. 
 Klectric Storage Battery Co., Philadelphia, 
 
 Pa. 
 General Electric Co.. Schenectady, N. Y. 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Gould Storage Battery Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co., New 
 
 York, N. Y. 
 United States Light & Heating Co., New 
 
 York, N. Y. 
 
 CAR LINES: 
 Cleveland Car Specialty Co., Cleveland, O. 
 Standard Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis, 
 Mo. 
 
 CAR LINING, REFRIGERATOR: 
 
 Union Fibre Co., Winona, Minn. 
 
 CAR REPLACERS: 
 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co. 
 
 New York, N. Y. 
 
 CAR ROOFING: 
 
 Asbestos Protected Metal Co., Canton, Mm. 
 
 Excelsior Car Roof Co., St. Louis, Mo. 
 
 Standard Paint Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 Standard Railway Equipment Co.. St. Loull, 
 Mo. 
 CAR SEATS: 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co., Philadelphia, P». 
 
 Scarrltt Car Seat Works. St. Louis, Mo. 
 
 OAR TRIMMINGS: 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, HI. 
 Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O. 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 
 Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn, 
 Rapp Co., J. W.. New York, N. Y. 
 
 OAR UPHOLSTERY: 
 
 Pantasote Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111. 
 
 OAR WHEEL PRESSES: 
 Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 CAR WHEELS: 
 (See Wheels.) 
 
 OAR WINDOWS: 
 
 F,dw r ards Co., 0. M., Syracuse, N. Y. 
 
 OASTINGS: 
 
 (See Forgings and Castings.) 
 
 OASTINGS (BRONZE AND BRASS): 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O. 
 Howard & Co., James L.. Hartford, Conn. 
 
 CENTER PLATES: 
 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Joliet Railway Supply Co.. Joliet, 111. 
 
 CHEMISTS: 
 Hunt & Co., Robert W., Chicago, 111. 
 
 CONTROLLERS, MULTIPLE UNIT: 
 General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y. 
 
 .OUPLERS. AIR AND STEAM: 
 Consolidated Car Heating Co., New York, 
 
 N. Y. 
 Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co., New 
 
 York, N. Y. 
 Westinghouse Air Brake Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 OUPLERS, CAR: 
 
 American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111. 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 McConway & Torley Co., PlttBburg, Pa. 
 National Malleable Castings Co., Cleveland, 
 
 0. 
 Standard Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 ORANES: 
 
 Northern Engineering Works, Detroit, Mich. 
 Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Toledo, 0. 
 
 CROSS TIES, STEEL: 
 Forsythe Steel Tie Co., 
 
 CURTAINS : 
 
 i See Car Curtains.) 
 
 CURTAIN FIXTURES: 
 Curtain Supply Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 DO APHRAGMS (VESTIBULE) : 
 Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111. 
 
 DOOR CHECKS: 
 
 Yale & Towne Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y. 
 DOORS, EXTENSION PLATFORM TRAP: 
 
 Edwards Co., 0. M., Syracuse, N. Y. 
 DOORS, HOPPER: 
 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y. 
 DOOR LOCKS: 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111 
 
 Dayton Mfg. Co.. Dayton, 0. 
 
 Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn 
 
 Yale & Towne Mfg. Co., New York, N Y. 
 
 Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
CLASSIFIED INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS. 
 
 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS: 
 
 Edwards Co., O. M., Syracuse, N. Y. 
 Howard & Co.. James L., Hartford, Conn. 
 
 DRAFT RIGGING: 
 
 Butler Drawbar Attachment Co., Cleveland, 
 
 U. 
 Cardwell Mfg. Co., Cblcago, 111. 
 Commonwealth Steel Co., St. Louis. Mo. 
 Farlow Draft Gear Co., Baltimore, Md. 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 McConway A: Torlev Co.. Pittsburg, Pa. 
 McCord & Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Miner Co., W. H., Chicago, 111. 
 Symington Co., T. H., Baltimore, Md. 
 C'niun Draft Gear Co., Chicago, 111. 
 0. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Western Railway Equipment Co.. St. Louis, 
 
 Mo. 
 Westinghouse Air Brake Co, Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 DRAWBAR CENTERING DEVICES: 
 
 U. S. Metal Ac Mfg. Co., .New York, N. Y. 
 
 DUST GUARDS: 
 
 Symington Co., T. H-, Baltimore, Md. 
 Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis, 
 
 Mo. 
 Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111. 
 
 DYNAMOS: 
 
 General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y. 
 
 ELECTRIC BRAKES: 
 
 General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y. 
 Westinghouse Air Brake Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 ENGINES AND BOILERS: 
 
 Harlan A: Hollingsworth Corpo., Wilmington, 
 Del. 
 
 FORGINGS AND CASTINGS: 
 
 American Stetl Foundries, Chicago, 111. 
 Baume & Marpent, Ltd., Haine-St. Pierre, 
 
 Belgium. 
 Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland, O. 
 Commonwealth Steel Co., St. Louis, Mo. 
 Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Forsythe Steel Tie Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111. 
 McConway & Torley Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 National Malleable Castings Co., Cleveland, O. 
 Railway Steel-Spring Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Standard Steel Works Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 
 Symington Co., T. H., Baltimore, Md. 
 
 GASKETS: 
 
 Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass. 
 McCord & Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 HEADLIGHTS: 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Commercial Acetylene Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O. 
 Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co., New- 
 York, N. Y. 
 
 HOISTS, ELECTRIC: 
 
 Northern Engineering Works, Detroit, Mich. 
 Yale At Towne Mfg. Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 HOPPERS, CAR, FLUSH AND DRY: 
 Duner Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Howard Ac Co., James L., Hartford, Conn. 
 
 HOSE: 
 
 Boston Belting Cc 
 
 LABORATORIES CHEMICAL AND TESTING: 
 Hunt A.- Co., Robert W., Chicago. 111. 
 
 LAMPS AND LANTERNS: 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Davton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O. 
 
 Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn. 
 
 LINING. REFRIGERATOR CAR: 
 Union Fibre Co., Winona, Minn. 
 
 LOCKS: 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Davton Mfg. Co.. Dayton, O. 
 
 Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn. 
 
 SPRING DAMPENERS: 
 
 McCord & Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 STEAM SHOVELS: 
 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works. Chicago, 111. 
 Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Toledo. O. 
 
 Yal 
 
 4: Towne Mfg. Cc 
 
 Nev 
 
 York, N Y. 
 
 LOCK NUTS: 
 
 Columbia Nut & Bolt Co., Bridgeport, 
 D. S Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, 
 
 Conn. 
 N. Y. 
 
 LUBRICATORS. AIR BRAKE: 
 
 Every Pneumatic Lubricator Co., St. Louis 
 Mo. 
 
 MATS AND MATTING: 
 
 Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass. 
 Wood, Guilford S,, Chicago, 111. 
 
 MOTORS: 
 
 General Electric Co., Schenectady, N. Y. 
 
 MOULDINGS, METAL: 
 
 Rapp Co., J. W.. New York 
 
 NUT LOCKS: 
 
 Columbia Nut & Bolt Co 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., 
 
 OFFICE FURNITURE, METAL: 
 
 Edwards Co., O. M., Syracuse, N. ! 
 
 OILS: 
 
 Sterling Varnish Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 OIL FURNACES: 
 
 Railway Materials Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 PACKING: 
 
 Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass. 
 
 PADLOCKS: 
 
 Edwards Co., 0. M., 
 Yale & Towne Mfg. 
 
 y. 
 
 Bridgeport, Conn. 
 New York, N. Y. 
 
 Syracuse, N. Y. 
 Co., New York, 
 
 PAINTS: 
 
 Kay A: Ess Co.. Davton, 0. 
 
 Standard Paint Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 Sterling Varnish Co., Pittsburg. Pa. 
 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co., New York, N. 3 
 
 PLATFORMS. CAR: 
 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N, Y. 
 McConway & Torley Co., Pittsburg,, Pa. 
 Standard Coupler Co., New York, N. Y\ 
 
 PLATFORM TRAP DOORS: 
 Edwards Co., O. M., Syracus 
 
 N. Y. 
 
 Boston, Mass. 
 
 HOSE FIXTURES: 
 
 Western Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis, 
 
 Mo. 
 Westinghouse Air Brake Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Wood, Guilford S., Chicago, 111. 
 
 HYDRAULIC MACHINERY: 
 
 Dudgeon, Richard, New York, N. Y. 
 Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 INSPECTION BUREAU: 
 Hunt & Co., Robert W. 
 
 PNEUMATIC TOOLS: 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Standard Railway Equipment Co., St. Louis. 
 Mo. 
 
 PUNCHES. HYDRAULIC: 
 
 Dudgeon, Richard, New York, N. Y T . 
 Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y". 
 
 RAIL BENDERS: 
 
 w atsoTi-Stillman Co., 
 
 RATTAN CAR SEATING: 
 Hale A: Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 RUBBER GOODS: 
 
 Boston Belting Co., Boston, 
 W.Hjd. Guilford S., Chicago, 
 
 New York, N. X. 
 
 Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 Mas 
 
 III 
 
 Chicago, II! 
 
 INSULATED WIRE: 
 
 Kerite Insulated Wire & Cable Co., New- 
 York, N. Y. 
 
 IRON AND STEEL: 
 (See Steel and Iron.) 
 
 IRON ENAMEL: 
 
 Sterling Varnish Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 JACKS : 
 
 Chapman Jack Co., Cleveland, O. 
 Dudgeon. Richard, New York, N. Y. 
 Duff Mfg. Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Joyce-Cridland Co., Dayton, O. 
 Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 JOINTS (STEAM, LIQUID OR AIR): 
 Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass. 
 
 JOURNAL BEARINGS: 
 
 McCord & Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 JOURNAL BOXES AND LIDS: 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co., Chicngo, 111. 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 McCord & Co., Chicago, 111. 
 National Malleable Castings Co.. Cleveland, O, 
 Railway Steel-Spring Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Symington Co., T. H., New Y'ork. N. Y. 
 Union Spring & Mfg. Co., Pittsburg, Fa. 
 
 SASH BALANCES: 
 
 Fdwards Co., O. M-, Syracuse, N. Y. 
 
 SASH CORD: 
 
 Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass. 
 
 SASH LOCKS: 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Cblcago, ill. 
 Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton, O. 
 Edwards Co., O. M., Syracuse, N. YT. 
 Howard & Co, James L., Hartford, Conn. 
 
 SHADE ROLLERS: 
 Edwards Co., O. 
 
 M., Syracuse, N. Y'. 
 
 SIDE BEARINGS: 
 (See Bearings.) 
 
 SIDE FRAMES: 
 
 American Steel Foundries. Chicago, 111. 
 Bettendorf Axle Co.. Davenport. la. 
 Forsythe Steel Tie Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 McConway & Torley Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 
 SNAPS, BELL CORD: 
 
 Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass. 
 SNOW PLOWS: 
 
 McGuire-Cummlngs Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 SPRINGS: 
 
 American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111. 
 
 Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass, 
 
 Fort Pitt Spring & Mfg. Co., McKces Rocks, 
 
 Pa. 
 Railwav Steel-Spring Co., New York, N. Y. 
 Standard Steel Works Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 
 Union Spring & Mfg. Co., Pittsburg, Pa 
 
 Co., Philadelphia, 
 
 STORAGE BATTERIES: 
 Electric Storage Batterv 
 
 Pa. . _ 
 
 Gould Storage Battery Co., New York, N- Y. 
 United States Light & Heating Co., New York, 
 
 V Y. 
 
 TIRES: 
 
 Railway Steel-Spring Co., New- York. V Y. 
 Standard Steel Works Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 TRAP DOORS: 
 Edwards Co., 
 
 0. M., Syracuse, N. Y. 
 
 TREADS. CAR STEP: 
 
 American Mason Safety Tread Co., Boston, 
 
 Mass. 
 Boston Belting Co., Boston, Mass. 
 
 TROLLEY CORD: 
 Samson Cordage 
 
 Works, Boston, Mass. 
 
 TRUCKS: _ . 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., New York, 
 
 American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111. 
 Barnev & Smith Car Co., Dayton, 0. 
 Bettendorf Axle Co., Davenport, la. 
 Brill Co., J. G., Philadelphia, Pa. 
 Clark Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Commonwealth Steel Co., St. Louis, Mo. 
 Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Chicago, 111. 
 Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co., Joliet, 111. 
 McGulre-Cummings Mfg. Co., Chicago, 111. 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Ralston steel Car Co., Columbus, 0. 
 Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit, Mich. 
 Standard Car Truck Co., Chicago, 111. 
 standard Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa. 
 Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Chicago, 
 
 111. 
 Whipple Car Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 TUBE EXPANDERS: 
 
 Dudgeon, Richard, New Yurk N. Y. 
 
 TUBING ..RUBBER) : 
 Boston Belting Co., 
 
 Boston. Mass. 
 
 TURNBUCKLES: 
 
 Cleveland City Forge & Iron Co., Cleveland, 
 
 O. 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co.. New York, N. Y. 
 
 VALVE CORD HOOKS: 
 
 Samson Cordage Works, Boston, Mass. 
 
 VENTILATORS: 
 
 Globe Ventilator Co., Troy, N. Y. 
 
 VESTIBULES: 
 
 Gould Coupler Co., New York, N. Y. 
 McConway & Torley Co., Pittsburg, Fa. 
 
 VESTIBULE TRAP DOORS: 
 
 Edwards Co., O. M., Syracuse, N. Y. 
 
 WASHERS: 
 
 Boston Belting Co 
 
 Boston, Mass. 
 
 | WASTE: 
 
 Howard & Co., James L., Hartford. Conn. 
 
 WATER CLOSETS: 
 
 Adams Ac Westlake Co.. Chicago. 111. 
 
 Dayton Mfg. Co., Dayton. 0. 
 
 Duner Co., Chicago, 111. 
 
 Howard & Co., James L., Hartford, Conn. 
 
 WEED BURNERS: 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co., 
 
 St. Louis. Mo. 
 
 WHEELS : 
 
 American Steel Foundries, Chicago, 111. 
 Bamnc & Marpent, Ltd.. Haine-St. Pierre, 
 
 Belgium. 
 Railway Steel-Spring Co., New Y'ork. N. Y. 
 Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Detroit Micb. 
 Standard Steel Car Co., Pittsburg, Pa, 
 Standard Steel Works Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 
 
 WHEEL PRESSES: 
 
 Watson-Stillman Co., New York, N. Y. 
 
 WINDOW FIXTURES: 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co., Chicago, 111 
 Dayton Mfg. Co., Davton, 0. 
 Edwards Co., 0. M., Syracuse, N Y. 
 Howard & Co.. James L.. Hartford, Coun 
 Rapp Co., J. W., New York, N. Y. 
 
 WIRE: 
 
 Kerite Insulated 
 York. N. Y. 
 
 Wire & Cable 
 
 N.w- 
 
 WOODWORKING MACHINERY: 
 
 American Saw Mill Machinery Co., Hacketts- 
 
 town, N. J. 
 Greenlee Bros. & Co., Chicago, 111, 
 
 WRENCHES: 
 
 Coes Wrench Co., 
 
 Worcester. Mass. 
 
A DICTIONARY OF TERMS 
 
 USED IN 
 
 CAR BUILDING 
 
 "A" Car Roof. A car roof with straight carlines, meet- 
 ing at a point like rafters in the center of the upper 
 deck. 
 
 "'A" Frame (Steam Shovel). 13, Figs. 596-598. A strut 
 to which are fastened the boom guys. 
 
 "'A" Frame Step (.Steam Shovel). 14, Figs. 596-598. 
 The supports for the bottom ends of the "A" 
 Frame, which see. 
 
 Accordeon Hood (Buhoup Vestibule). 124, Figs. 2215, 
 2263. 
 
 Accordeon Hood Band (Buhoup Vestibule). 123, Figs. 
 2215-2263. 
 
 Acetone. A colorless liquid, obtained from the destruc- 
 tive distillation of wood, which resembles alcohol 
 and which has the property of absorbing acetylen = 
 gas under pressure in a high degree. It is used in 
 the storage tanks of the Commercial Storage Sys- 
 tem of Car Lighting, which see. 
 
 Acetylene Gas. A colorless gas, C 2 H 2 , produced when 
 water is brought in contact with calcium carbide. 
 It has a distinctive odor and burns with a bright, 
 luminous flame. It is used in car lighting with suc- 
 cess. It may be generated in the car, as in the 
 Adlake System, under the car, as in the Avery Sys- 
 tem, or carried in tanks filled with acetone and 
 asbestos under pressure, as in the Commercial 
 Storage System. See Adlake System, Avery Sys- 
 tem and Commercial Storage System. 
 
 Acetylene Gas Lamps and Fixtures. Figs. 3276-3364. 
 See Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. Acetylene 
 Lamps, Avery System, Adlake System, Commercial 
 Storage System. 
 
 Acme Automatic Window Shade. Fig. 4670. A car 
 shade with a shade holding device, which consists 
 of a hollow tube with a metallic guide at either end, 
 through which two cords are passed, one end of 
 each being fastened to the casing on either side of 
 the shade near the top, the cords passing down the 
 side to the bottom of the shade, thence through the 
 tube and down the other side to the bottom, being 
 fastened at the bottom of the window to the casing. 
 
 Acme Brake Beam. Figs. 5114-5119, 5191. 
 
 Acme Burner. Fig. 3588. A lamp burner constructed 
 upon nearly the same principle as a locomotive 
 headlight burner, and which gives a powerful light. 
 
 Acme Curtain Fixture. Fig. 4670. 
 
 Acme Dry Closet. Figs. 4047-4048. 
 
 Acme Improved Diaphragm. Figs. 2286-2288. 
 
 Acme Lamp. A lamp fitted with an Acme Burner, 
 which see. 
 
 Acme Pipe Clamps. Figs. 1193-1198. 
 
 Acme Spring. A form of elliptic spring, the peculiarity 
 of which consists in tapering a single leaf from the 
 center toward the ends, without the use of a num- 
 ber of separate leaves. One type is constructed of 
 
 AIR 
 
 plates with a beveled edge, arranged one above th^ 
 other as usual, and held in position by a wrought 
 iron band. Not in general use in car building. 
 
 Acorn. A general term for the ornaments of tips re- 
 sembling the acorn, used to finish the ends of rods 
 of various forms. 
 
 Adjustable Foot Rest. A sliding foot rest, supported 
 by various mechanical devices — as by a ratchet arc 
 or on rabbet pieces. A foot rest or rail under a 
 seat which can be adjusted to suit the passenger 
 using it. See Foot Rest. 
 
 Adjustable Lamp Canopy. Fig. 3557. 
 
 Adlake Acetylene Gas System of Car Lighting. Figs ■ 
 3331-3332. A system of car lighting using acetylene 
 gas, which is generated in the apparatus shown in 
 Figs. 3331-3332, which is enclosed in one end of a 
 car, as in Fig. 3333. The carbide is contained in 
 cartridges, Fig. 3332, in pockets or baskets. The 
 water flowing down from above and coming into 
 contact with the carbide generates acetylene gas, 
 which is stored in the receiving tank, Fig. 3346, 
 under the car. The piping and arrangements 
 through the car are similar to the Pintsch system. 
 The form of the lamp is shown in Fig. 3344. 
 
 Advertising Rack Rail (Street Cars). A strip of wood 
 to which the frames for advertising cards are 
 screwed or otherwise fastened. 
 
 Agosote. A substitute for wood in headlinings and 
 paneling of coaches. Composition secrete. Made 
 under hydraulic pressure, which forces fibers into 
 homogeneous material, which is impervious to 
 water. One grade fireproof. 
 
 Air Brake. Any brake operated by air pressure, but 
 usually restricted to systems of continuous brakes 
 operated by compressed air, in distinction from 
 Vacuum Brakes, which see, which are operated by- 
 creating a vacuum. The air is compressed by some 
 form of pump on the locomotive, or a motor com- 
 pressor on electric cars, and is conveyed by pipes 
 and flexible hose between the cars to cylinders and 
 pistons under each car, by which the pressure is 
 transmitted to the brake levers, and thence to the 
 brake shoes. This system is what is now termed 
 the straight-air brake. This brake is now obsolete 
 in steam road practice, having been replaced by the 
 Automatic Air Brake, which see, and also see 
 Westinghouse Air Brake, Quick Action Air Brake, 
 Vacuum Brake, New York Air Brake. 
 
 Air Brakes. General arrangement and details. Figs 
 1205-1292, 5527-5531, 5562-5565, 5570-5571, 5944-5947, 
 6000-6009. The general arrangement and details of 
 brake gear for air brake cars, as shown, are M. C. 
 B. Standards. The following standards have also 
 been adopted in this connection: 1. Maximum 
 train pipe pressure, 70 pounds per square inch. 2. 
 
AIR 
 
 AIR 
 
 Maximum brake power in freight cars, 70 per cent, 
 of the light weight of car. 3. All levers 1 inch in 
 thickness; all pins to be 1& inches in diameter; all 
 jaws or devices made of %-inch by 2%-inch iron; 
 all rods % inch diameter. 4. Angle of brake beam 
 lever, 40 degrees with vertical. 
 
 The revision made in 1896 consisted in the omis 
 sion of such detail dimensions as could not be used 
 in all cases, such as the length and proportions of 
 main levers, and the omission of some of the 
 smaller parts from the drawing, such as the pipe 
 clamps, staples, etc. The dimensions of the cross- 
 section of the malleable iron truck lever connec- 
 tion were increased, and the letters W. I., M. I., 
 C. I., etc., indicating the material of which the parts 
 were to be made, were omitted from the drawing. 
 
 In 1898 the following changes were made; 
 
 Diameter of truck lever connection for outside 
 hung brakes changed from % inch to % inch, and 
 a note to this effect was added under title on this 
 sheet. 
 
 Diameter of hole for cotter in air brake pin was 
 first indicated as to- inch. 
 
 Addition was made to note under drawing of 
 truck lever connection for inside hung brakes as 
 follows: "If made of round iron or steel, must not 
 be less than 1% inches diameter." 
 
 Dummy coupling was omitted from drawing and 
 air hose was shown as hanging down. 
 
 The words "33 inches or" were omitted from 
 height shown for air brake pipe above rail. 
 
 Diameter of release valve rod was changed from 
 Vi inch to % inch. 
 
 In 1900 a standard brake pipe nipple, 10 inches 
 long, was ordered shown, located directly back of 
 the angle cock. 
 
 In 1904 the location of the main air pipe and 
 angle cock was changed from Recommended Prac- 
 tice to Standard. 
 
 In 1907 the following specifications were adopted: 
 
 That % inch straight link chain be made standard 
 for hand brake chain, except on cars on which 
 there is rapid deterioration, on which is inch chain 
 shall be used. Hand brake chain to be attached 
 to brake mast by a %-inch machine bolt instead of 
 an eye bolt. 
 
 In 1908 the diameter of the holes in the different 
 levers, guides, brackets and connections were 
 omitted, and a note added to Sheet M. C. B. 9 
 reading as follows: "All holes for brake pins not 
 less than l-Ii inches diameter nor more than 1% 
 inches diameter." 
 
 In 1899 a Recommended Practice for the location 
 of air brake parts on different classes of cars was 
 adopted, as follows: 
 
 1. Location of air brake cylinders and triple 
 valves on box cars and other clear bottom cars. 
 
 2. Location of air brake cylinders and triple 
 valves on hopper gondola cars and drop bottom 
 gondola cars. 
 
 3. Arrangement of piping for clear bottom cars, 
 or cars of the box car type. 
 
 4. Location of main air pipe at ends of cars. 
 
 5. As to the matter of fastening air cylinder 
 reservoirs, retaining valves, etc., to the frame work 
 of cars, the bolts fastening the cylinders and reser- 
 voirs should be either double-nutted or cottered, so 
 as to prevent the same from working loose. The 
 air pipes should be fastened to the frame work of 
 the car with a liberal number of clamps. 
 
 One elbow should be applied to the retaining 
 valve pipe, it being located at the end sill of the 
 car where pipe turns upward. 
 
 One union should be applied as close to the 
 triple valve as practicable to permit the easy re- 
 moval of same; the pipe to be carried along the 
 under side of the intermediate sill when practicable 
 from the triple valve to end of car, and be sup- 
 ported by either staples or clamps, not to exceed 
 six feet apart. 
 
 6. Badge for marking air brake hose to show 
 dates of application and removal, manufacturer's 
 . name and name of the railway company. 
 
 Air Brake Cut-Out and Defect Card (M. C. B. Recom 
 mended Practice). See Air Brake Repair Card. 
 
 Air Brake Hose. See Brake Hose. 
 
 Air Brake Hose, Label for (M. C. B. Standard). In 
 1902 the label for hose, as shown, was made a 
 standard. Revised in 1903. The specification for 
 its use is as follows: 
 
 Each standard length of hose must be branded 
 with the name of the manufacturer, year and 
 month when made, and serial number, the initials 
 of the railway company, and also have a table of 
 raised letters at least ft inch high to show the date 
 of application and removal, thus: 
 
 NAME OF ROAD 
 
 11 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 03 
 04 
 05 
 06 
 07 
 
 R 
 
 I 23 4 5 6 
 
 7 8 9 10 II 12 
 
 I 23 4 5 6 
 
 7 8 9 10 II 12 
 
 CO 
 
 NAME OF MANUFACTURER 
 
 h 
 
 00 
 6 
 
 1 he above gives outline of modification of label, extension being 
 on right hand end. 
 
 All markings to be full and distinct and made on 
 a thin layer of white or red rubber, vulcanized, and 
 so applied as to be removed either by cutting with 
 a knife or sharp instrument. 
 
 Air Brake Instruction Car. Figs. 244, 258-260. A car, 
 usually converted from a passenger car, in which 
 is mounted all the apparatus necessary to illustrate 
 and explain the construction and operation of all 
 the parts of the air brake. It is used for the in- 
 struction of railroad employees and is stationed at 
 different points along the line for a week or two at 
 a time. Regular classes are conducted and lecture- 
 given by the instructor in charge, who is provided 
 with living quarters in the car. 
 
 Air Brake Repair Card (M. C. B. Standard). In 1894 
 a Recommended Practice was adopted to use an air 
 brake repair card, as shown, to report to division 
 terminals such defects as are found by trainmen 
 which require brake to be cut out. This was re- 
 vised in 1898 and is now as shown to be attached 
 as near to the car number as possible. In 1902. 
 adopted as standard. In 1903 letters were substi- 
 tuted for figures to indicate the various defects. 
 
 Air Brake Tests (M. C. B. Recommended Practice). 
 In 1895 a code for the guidance of the Committee 
 on Air Brake Tests in testing triple valves was 
 adopted as recommended practice for such tests. 
 which code is as follows: 
 
AIR 
 
 AIR 
 
 Conditions of Tests. — No. 1. — Construction of 
 Rack. — Brakes will be tested on a rack represent 
 ing the piping of a fifty 34-foot car train. All 
 cocks, angles and connections will be as nearly as 
 possible identical with those in train service. The 
 rack shall conform to a blue-print which is in the 
 hands of the committee, which gives the proper 
 fitting, piping, dimensions of cylinder, auxiliary 
 reservoirs, main reservoirs, engineer's valve, etc. 
 No. 2. — Pressure. — Tests will be made with a uni- 
 form brake pipe pressure of 70 pounds. 
 
 No. 3. — Construction of Triples. — Triples must bf 
 constructed so that they can be secured and oper- 
 ated on apparatus conforming to diagrams, Figs. 
 1 and 2 (see pages 166 and 167 of the 1892 Annual 
 Report). 
 
 No. 4. — To secure accuracy in measurement of 
 time application and release tests, electrical record- 
 ing apparatus will be used, arranged to give an in- 
 dicator card in the fiftieth car. 
 
 THE .„_.. RAILWAY CO. 
 
 AIR-BRAKE CUT-OUT CARD. 
 
 ■'ipplimJ to Car No. jattltlM 
 
 Data _.._ at. 
 
 By laMptctor. 
 
 By Cood'r Train So. 
 
 Defect* _ 
 
 I ICTTCflSTO DEHQNATt DETECT*, 
 
 KffCIX £> 
 
 a 
 
 O B > . 
 
 o » -t 5 
 
 -< in a ^ 
 
 5 i H 
 
 f 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 33 
 
 O 
 > 
 
 z 
 
 CD 
 
 m 
 
 5 TJ 
 
 i r 
 t 
 O 
 m 
 D 
 
 CD 
 
 m 
 
 Si 
 
 ft © 
 
 3 
 i 
 
 > 
 
 m 
 
 H 
 i 
 
 O 
 
 c 
 
 CD 
 33 
 > 
 
 m 
 
 o 
 > 
 
 33 
 03 
 
 THE RAILWAY CO. 
 
 DEFECTIVE AIR-BRAKE CARD. 
 
 Applied to Car No. tolttal* _ 
 
 Date. _ «*..._ _. 
 
 By _ _ Inspector 
 
 By. Cood'r Train No, 
 
 Dattct* 
 
 USC LCTTCnaTO DESIGNATE OtfECTI, 
 
 r 
 
 '3 
 
 O ; 
 
 S I 
 
 S i 
 
 o 
 
 > 
 
 3) 
 
 w 
 
 > 
 
 ^ 
 
 z 
 z 
 
 w 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 CD 
 
 m 
 
 H 
 
 TJ 
 
 i— i 
 
 r 
 > 
 n 
 
 < 
 
 m 
 
 D 
 
 M 
 
 CD 
 
 
 in 
 ■H 
 
 m 
 
 > 
 i— i 
 
 m 
 
 z 
 
 y 
 
 > 
 
 
 33 
 CD 
 
 tfl 
 
 33 
 > 
 
 53 
 
 m 
 
 > 
 
 (J 
 > 
 
 33 
 
 W 
 
 CO 
 
 W 
 
 p 
 
 4 
 
 p 
 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 No. 5. — Tests shall be repeated three times under 
 the same general conditions. The temperature at 
 the time of the tests will be recorded. 
 
 No. 6. — Classification. — Triples shall be classi- 
 fied Nos. 1, 2, 3 and outlawed. In grading triples 
 the reasons for their classification shall be given. 
 
 No. 7. — The three essentials for a quick-action 
 brake are as follows: 
 
 First. Graduation. 
 
 Second. Release. 
 
 Third. Quick action. 
 
 Rack Tests.— No. 1.— Application Test (a) (Ser- 
 vice). — Brakes must show with full service applica- 
 
 tion and 6 inches piston travel, a brake cylinder 
 pressure of 50 pounds. The minimum pressure 
 must not be less than 48 pounds, nor the maximum 
 pressure over 52 pounds. This test will be made 
 with: 
 
 (1) 4 inches piston travel. 
 
 (2) 6 inches piston travel. 
 
 (3) 12 inches piston travel. 
 
 The necessity for the 4-inch and 12-inch piston 
 travel tests will depend upon the character of the 
 brakes being tested. 
 
 Note.— The object of this test is to secure such 
 proportion between the auxiliary reservoir and th; 
 brake cylinder as will give the desired maximum 
 power in a full service application of the brake. 
 
 No. 2.— Application test (b) (Emergency). — 
 Brakes must be applied on the fiftieth car with at 
 least 45 pounds pressure with 6 inches piston travel 
 in three seconds from the first movement of the 
 engineer's handle. They should indicate at least 
 55 pounds in three and one-half (3%) seconds. The 
 final maximum pressure in this test must not be 
 less than 15 per cent., nor more than 20 per cent, 
 above the pressure given by the same brake in full 
 service application. 
 
 This test will be made to determine that quick 
 action is obtained in each case, with 
 
 (1) 4 inches piston travel. 
 
 (2) 6 inches piston travel. 
 
 (3) 12 inches piston travel. 
 
 Note. — The object of this test is to secure, as 
 nearly as possible, uniformity of pressures in the 
 brake cylinders in an emergency application, and 
 as nearly as possible a uniformity of time required 
 to attain the pressures; to secure a minimum length 
 of stop, of shock and of trains parting. 
 
 No. 3. — Application Test (c). — Commencing with 
 the first car from the engine, the brakes of three 
 successive cars, or less, if they fail to jump three. 
 will be cut out until the fifth, sixth and seventh 
 are cut out, the brakes in each case to be applied 
 as per Test No. 2. After the first series of three 
 has been tested, in order to test the second series 
 the first car must be cut in, and so on. The quick- 
 action brake should pass the three cars cut out and 
 apply on the fiftieth car in the same time as in 
 Test No. 2. Tests will be made with piston travel 
 of 4 inches. 
 
 In addition, at least two other applications shall 
 be made with three successive triples cut out i:> 
 any portion of the rack beyond the fifth car. 
 
 Note. — In freight car service the most common 
 method of remedying a defective brake is to cut ths 
 brake out; hence it is essential that a limited num- 
 ber of brakes can be cut out successfully without 
 destroying the quick-action feature. 
 
 No. 4. — Graduating Test (a). — Seventy pounds 
 brake pipe pressure having been secured, the fol- 
 lowing tests will be made: 
 
 (1) A reduction of 8 pounds in brake pipe pres- 
 sure. This should apply lightly the fifty brakes. 
 
 (2) A further reduction of 4 to 6 pounds. This 
 should increase the braking power on all th? 
 brakes. 
 
 (3) A reduction of 30 pounds should equalize 
 the pressure between the auxiliary reservoirs and 
 brake cylinders. The piston travel in this test will 
 be six inches. 
 
 (b). — One or more triples shall also be tested, 
 having substituted for the brake cylinder a reser- 
 
AIR 
 
 AIR 
 
 voir having the capacity of a cylinder with 8-inch 
 stroke. The first admission to the cylinder should 
 be made with a reduction of brake pipe pressure 
 not exceeding five pounds; each succeeding reduc- 
 tion should reduce the pressure in the auxiliary 
 reservoir not to exceed three pounds, until full 
 equalization takes place. The pressure in the brake 
 pipe should not be more than three pounds lower 
 than the equalized pressure in the brake cylinder 
 and reservoir at full equalization. 
 
 No. 5. — Test to Determine the Sensitiveness of 
 the Service Valve. — Three valves selected at ran- 
 dom will be taken for this test and each tried sep- 
 arately. They will be tested on a brake pipe repre- 
 senting a locomotive and one car, the engine and 
 tender brake being cut out. 
 
 A brake pipe pressure of 70 pounds having been 
 secured, the air will be discharged as rapidly as it 
 may through an opening in the engineer's valve of 
 two sixty-fourths to three sixty-fourths (2 to 3-64) 
 inch diameter. Under this condition the service 
 action must take place and continue to take place 
 without any appearance of quick action (P. E., 
 Partial Emergency) until the disk has been en- 
 larged up to and including a 10-64-inch opening. 
 
 Note. — The object of this test is to insure the 
 working of triples in "service" with practically the 
 same reduction of air. 
 
 No. 6. — Test to Determine the Sensitiveness of 
 the Quick-Action Valve. — The same three valves as 
 in No. 5, or others selected at random, will be 
 taken for this test and each tried separately. They 
 will be tested under the same brake pipe conditions 
 as Test No. 5. Engine and tender brake cut out. 
 
 A brake pipe pressure of 70 pounds having been 
 secured, the air will be discharged as rapidly as it 
 may through disk openings, as in the preceding 
 test, increasing in diameter by 1-64 inch. Triples 
 must not show a range of more than 3-64 before 
 full quick action is reached. Full quick action must 
 not take place before 11-64, but must take place 
 when the opening is 14-64. 
 
 Note. — The object of this test is to check the in- 
 troduction of triples which will cause quick-action 
 application when not wanted. 
 
 No. 7. — Test to Determine the Holding Power 
 of the Brake in Service Application and Quick 
 Action Application. 
 
 (a) Service Application. — Gages will be placed 
 on the cylinder and auxiliary reservoir of the first, 
 twenty-fifth and fiftieth cars with 70 pounds brake 
 pipe pressure; brakes will be applied by admitting, 
 as nearly as may be, 15 pounds into the cylinder of 
 the first car. Record of pressure in the auxiliary 
 reservoirs and cylinders will be taken as follows: 
 
 (1) At the first application. 
 
 (2) In five minutes from first application. 
 
 (3) In ten minutes from first application. 
 
 (4) In fifteen minutes from first application. 
 
 (b) Quick-Action Application. — This will be 
 the same as above, except that all the air will be 
 exhausted from the brake pipe. 
 
 (c) Dummy Cylinder Test. — A modification of 
 the holding test, as with the graduating test by the 
 introduction of dummy cylinders. 
 
 No. 8. — Release Test. — The following conditions 
 should be observed in this test: 
 
 (a) Main air reservoir cut in. 
 
 (b) Any pump or boiler pressure may be used 
 
 that will maintain a uniform head of 90 pounds 
 pressure. 
 
 A uniform pressure of 70 pounds having been se- 
 cured in the brake pipe, all the air will be exhausted 
 by a quick-action application. A pressure of 90 
 pounds will then be maintained against a diaphragm 
 perforated by a 3-32 hole, and a record taken of 
 all brakes that release inside of thirty minutes. In 
 making this test special care must be taken to see 
 that there is no leak in the brake pipe. 
 
 It will not be considered satisfactory if a greater 
 proportion than ten per cent, fail to release in the 
 prescribed time. 
 
 Note. — This test, in addition to testing the re- 
 lease feature of the triples, is intended as an equiva- 
 lent to a release after a break-in-two in train ser- 
 vice. 
 
 No. 9. — Test to Determine the Time of Charging 
 One Auxiliary Reservoir: 
 
 (a) Cut out the brake to be tested by the cut-out 
 cock. 
 
 (b) Bleed the auxiliary reservoir empty and close 
 the bleed cock. 
 
 (c) Keep the pump running and maintain a head 
 of 90 pounds in main air reservoir and brake pipe 
 during test. 
 
 (e) Cut in the brake to be tested and note from 
 the reading of the gage the time occupied in 
 charging to 70 pounds. The time of charging 
 should be 55 seconds. The reservoir should not 
 be charged in less than 45 seconds nor more than 
 60 seconds. 
 
 Note. — The object of this test is to prevent ir- 
 regular charging of auxiliary reservoirs and thus 
 insure that the front brakes will not apply after 
 charging. 
 
 No. 10. — Test to Determine whether Quick Ac- 
 tion will Follow a Service Application: 
 
 Commencing with a service application of 20 
 pounds pressure in the first cylinder, a full quick- 
 action reduction will follow. It will be observed 
 whether quick action takes place or not. The pres- 
 sure in the first cylinder will be increased or de- 
 creased by steps of about 5 pounds until the point 
 at which quick action ceases or commences is de- 
 termined. Quick action should take place with not 
 less than 20 pounds in the first cylinder. 
 
 Note. — The object of this test is to determine 
 whether, after a service application, quick action 
 can be obtained without first releasing the brakes. 
 
 No. 11. — Such additional tests as in the judgment 
 of the committee the construction of the triples 
 submitted to them for test warrants. 
 
 Train Tests. — No. 1. — In order to provide against 
 defects which a rack test may not develop, it is 
 recommended that railroads make a 50-car train 
 test in actual service before accepting the result 
 from the rack test as final. 
 
 No. 2. — In making Application Test No. 2 with a 
 train, the measurement of time from the first car to 
 the fiftieth car should be provided for. This will 
 determine the time occupied by the engine brak.- 
 as against the car brake. 
 
 No. 3. — Special care should be taken with the en- 
 gine and tank brakes in order that they may do 
 their share of the braking during the stops, and 
 not pull away from the train. 
 
 Nil 4. — All brake shoes must have a proper bear- 
 ing on wheels, which is best accomplished by giv- 
 
AIR 
 
 ANT 
 
 ing them some previous service before testing, and 
 
 all should be of the same material. 
 
 No. 5. — Tests to determine the shock should be 
 
 made on a level track, with all the slack in the 
 
 train pulled out at the time the brakes are applied. 
 Air Compressor (Westinghouse). Figs. 1221-1224. 
 Air Controller (Pintsch Lamp). 458, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 Air Cylinder Gasket (Motor Compressor). 29, Figs. 
 
 1221-1224. See Gasket. 
 Air Flue (Refrigerator Cars). The vertical passage of 
 
 the car through which the chilled air passes to 
 
 enter the refrigerator. 
 
 Air Gage (Air Brake). Figs. 1277-1279. A gage to 
 register the pressure of air in the reservoirs, brake 
 pipe or brake cylinders, similar to an ordinary 
 steam pressure gage. They are made either with 
 a single pointer, Fig. 1277, or with two pointers. 
 Figs. 1278-1279, to indicate on one dial both the 
 reservoir pressure and the brake pipe pressure. The 
 latter type is called a duplex gage. 
 
 Air Gaps in Generators. The clearance between the 
 body or iron core of the rotating armature and the 
 stationary field poles or pieces of a generator. 
 Small air gaps are beneficial in that they permit of 
 smaller, lighter, slower speed and cheaper machines 
 than is the case with large air gaps. On the other 
 hand, the bearings of machines with small air gaps 
 require closer attention and more frequent renewals 
 and are more apt to give trouble at the commu- 
 tators and brushes than machines with large air 
 gaps. These should be thoroughly understood as 
 they have an important bearing on the cost of 
 electric car lighting. 
 
 Air Inlet. An opening for the admission of air to an 
 air compressor or a refrigerator car. The term in- 
 cludes both the air strainer and air pipe. 
 
 Air Pipe (Air Brake). More properly brake pipe. 
 Often called train pipe. 
 
 Air Pipe Strainer. Fig. 1283. More properly Brake 
 Pipe Air Strainer, which see. 
 
 Air Piston (Motor Compressor). 5, Figs. 1221-1224. 
 See Piston. 
 
 Air Piston Packing Rings (Motor Compressor). 6, 
 Figs. 1221-1224. 
 
 Air Pump and Motor. Figs. 1221-1224, 1296-1297. A 
 machine for compressing air, mounted beneath the 
 floor of a car, consisting of air cylinders, the pis- 
 tons of which are gear-driven by an electric motor. 
 See Motor-Driven Air Compressor. 
 
 Air Hose Bracket. See Brake Hose Bracket. 
 
 Air Pump Cylinder (Motor Compressor). 17, Figs. 
 1221-1224. A hollow cast iron cylinder with a pis- 
 ton, which piston compresses the air required to 
 operate the brakes. The pistons in the air cylin- 
 ders are connected with connecting rods to a crank 
 shaft geared to a small motor. 
 
 Air Pump Cylinder Head (Motor Compressor). 25, 
 Figs. 1221-1224. The cover for the lower end of 
 the air cylinder of a motor driven air pump for an 
 air brake. See Cylinder Head. 
 
 Air Pump Governor. See Electric Pump Governor. 
 
 Air Signal. See Train Air Signal. 
 
 Air Signal Reducing Valve. See Reducing Valve. 
 
 Air Space (Refrigerator Cars). C, Figs. 305-321. A 
 space left between the linings to aid in insulation. 
 Tt is sometimes called dead air space in distinction 
 from the ventilating passages, as the air in it is 
 confined and is not being constantly changed. 
 
 Air Strainer. Fig. 1283. A Brake Pipe Air Strainer, 
 which see. 
 
 Air Valve (Gold Steam Heating). Fig. 2876. A small 
 outlet valve which will pass air but not water, ap- 
 plied to the ends of storage heaters to allow the 
 air to escape when the steam or hot water is turned 
 on. 
 
 Aisle. The longitudinal passageway through a passen- 
 ger car, between the seats. 
 
 Aisle Seat End. The end or arm of a transverse car 
 seat next the aisle. See also Wall Seat End. 
 
 Ajax Diaphragm. Figs. 2297-2299. A cotton fabric dia- 
 phragm for vestibules made of sections riveted at 
 the joints and bound with leather at the corners. 
 Made in two styles, single for Pullman and double 
 for Gould Vestibules. 
 
 Ajax Forging Machinery. Figs. 6856-6883. 
 
 Alcove. A recess. See Faucet Alcove, Lamp Alcove, 
 Water Alcove. 
 
 Alcove Faucet. Figs. 3653-3654. A faucet in a water 
 alcove connected with a water cooler to supply 
 drinking water. See Faucet. 
 
 Alcove Lamp. A lamp placed in a recess in the side of 
 a car. Also called Panel Lamp, as it is usually 
 covered by a panel. 
 
 Allen Paper Wheel. Figs. 5402-5403. A car wheel with 
 a steel tire, a cast iron hub or center, and the space 
 between the tire and center filled with compressed 
 paper and held in place by wrought iron plates on 
 either side extending from the center to the tire 
 and bolted thereto. See Steel Tired Wheel. 
 
 Alleyway. More properly a corridor. A narrow pas- 
 sage at the side of staterooms or compartments in 
 parlor or sleeping cars. 
 
 American Automatic Slack Adjuster. Figs 1187-1192. 
 
 American (Continuous) Draft and Buffing Apparatus. 
 An apparatus by which the drawbars at both ends 
 of the car are connected by two rods with loops 
 at the ends, that hook over the ends of a bar or 
 key passing through the shank of each drawbar. 
 Each car is in this manner pushed from the rear 
 end and all the pull is transmitted through the 
 train by the draft rods. It has two buffer springs 
 and two follower plates at each end of the car. 
 Not now used in new construction. 
 
 American Dust Guard. A dust guard in two pieces, 
 which are held together and against the axle by a 
 spring. 
 
 American Woodworking Machinery. Figs. 6793-6807. 
 
 Andrews Automatic Ventilator. Figs. 4442-4443. 
 
 Angle Clips (M. C. B. Coupler). Plates to fit the an- 
 gles or bends of an uncoupling rod. They are 
 fastened by an angle clip bolt. 
 
 Angle Cock (Air Brakes). Fig. 1282. A cock placed in 
 the brake pipe under each end of the car just in 
 front of the hose connection. This must always be 
 open except at the rear end of the last car, where 
 it must always be closed to prevent escape of air 
 from the brake line and setting of the brakes. 
 
 Angle Iron or Angle. A general term applied by makers 
 to iron or steel rolled in the form of an L, but with 
 the corner rounded off somewhat. When the angle 
 is rolled to a sharp corner and not rounded off, it 
 is termed a square-root angle. 
 
 Anti-Friction Car Door Hanger. Figs. 265.5-2657. See 
 Car Door Hanger. 
 
 Anti-Friction Side Bearings and Center Plates. Fig. 
 5340. Devices, a few of which the shown, to elimi- 
 nate the friction between body and truck in curving. 
 The two general forms are roller side bearings 
 and ball-bearing side bearings and center plates. 
 
ANT 
 
 6 
 
 ASB 
 
 Anti-Telescoping Device. A type of end framing 
 adopted by the Pullman Company, in which the end 
 sill is greatly strengthened by an end sill stiffening 
 plate, an end sill stiffening angle bar, corner angle 
 posts, and end plate strengthening angles or knee 
 irons. The device is known as the "Sessions" anti- 
 telescoping device, and the patents are owned by 
 the Pullman Company. 
 
 Anvil (of Track Torpedoes). Interior pieces of iron 
 placed directly over the fulminating powder to in- 
 sure its ignition. Some track torpedoes have three 
 anvils. 
 
 Apron. See Door Apron, Roof Apron, Bunk Apron. 
 
 Arbor. ''A spindle or axle for a wheel or pinion; a 
 mandrel on which a ring or wheel is turned in a 
 lathe." — Knight. See Door Latch Arbor. 
 
 Arch (Elliptic Spring). The height from the center of 
 the scrolls at the ends of the elliptics to the under 
 side of the main leaf of the spring. Twice the arch 
 of an elliptic spring, less the thickness of the spring 
 bands, is the set and is the maximum amount which 
 an elliptic spring can be compressed. In a half 
 elliptic spring the arch and set differ only in the 
 thickness of the spring band. 
 
 Arch Bar. Figs. 5G97-5705; 14, Figs. 4705-4713. A bent 
 wrought iron or steel bar, which forms the top 
 member of an iron truck side frame. In the dia- 
 mond truck the next lower member is the in- 
 verted arch bar, and the next lower (occasionally 
 used) is the auxiliary arch bar. The tie bar comes 
 under all, and sometimes becomes an arch bar. 
 See also Center Bearing Arch Bar and Ceater 
 Bearing Inverted Arch Bar, for six-wheel trucks. 
 
 Arch Bars and Column Bolt for 80,000-Pounds Capacity 
 Cars (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 5697-5705. In 1897 
 a committee on this subject reported designs, which 
 were subsequently adopted by letter ballot as Rec- 
 ommended Practice. 
 
 In 1901 these were, by letter ballot, changed from 
 Recommended Practice to Standard. 
 
 Arch Plate (Buhoup Vestibule). 46 and 91, Figs. 2215- 
 2263. 
 
 Arch Plate and Buffer Spring (Buhoup Vestibule). 46, 
 Figs. 2215-2263. 
 
 Arch Plate Band (Buhoup Vestibule). 49, Figs. 2215- 
 2263. 
 
 Arch Rail (British). See End Arch Rail. 
 
 Arched Roof. A roof, the surface of which is curved, 
 and which has no upper deck or clear story. It is 
 at the present time little used for passenger cars. 
 A Turtle Back Roof, which see. 
 
 Argand Burners. Figs. 3096-3097. See Lamp Burner 
 and Argand Lamp. 
 
 Argand Lamp. A lamp invented by Argand, a native 
 of Geneva, about the year 1784. The burner con- 
 sists of two concentric cylindrical tubes in which 
 is the annular wick. The tube inclosing the wick 
 is closed at the bottom and communicates by a pipe 
 with the oil reservoir. The interior tube being 
 open, free access of air is allowed to the interior 
 and exterior of the flame, insuring more perfect 
 and equal combustion. Some gas lamps are con- 
 structed on this principle. 
 
 Arm. See Berth Arm. Seat Arm. 
 
 Gas Arm. Seat Back Arm. 
 
 Lamp Arm. Striker Arm. 
 
 Arm Cap. Figs. 4189-4193. A metal plate, wooden cap, 
 t>r piece of upholstery with which the top of a seat 
 end, arm rest or chair arm is covered. Those for 
 chair arms, however, are also called Chair Arm 
 
 Plates, which see. An Arm Rest, which see, is 
 fixed to the side of the car. 
 
 Arm Holder (British). See Arm Sling. 
 
 Arm Pivot. See Seat Arm Pivot. 
 
 Arm Plate. See Seat Arm Plate. 
 
 Arm Rest. A wooden or metal bar or ledge attached 
 to the side of a car, and not, like an arm cap, to 
 the top of a seat end, for passengers to rest their 
 arms on. 
 
 Arm Rest Bracket. See Arm Rest. A bracket support- 
 ing the arm rest. 
 
 Arm Sling (British). In a carriage, a padded orna- 
 mental leather strap, looped and secured to the 
 doorway pillar. Also called arm holder or arm 
 strap. 
 
 Armature. 60, Figs. 1221-1224; Fig. 5817; 4, Figs. 5818- 
 5850, etc. The rotating part of a motor or dynamo. 
 It consists of a laminated iron cylinder or core 
 keyed to a shaft, and in slots of which are wound 
 the armature coils of insulated copper wire or 
 ribbon. At one end of the core on the shaft is 
 mounted the commutator, a copper cylinder com- 
 posed of insulated segments, which are connected 
 to corresponding armature coils. 
 
 Armored Brake Hose. Brake hose covered with a 
 woven wire fabric, to protect it from injury or 
 abrasion. Another form of armored brake hose is 
 formed by winding a continuous wire spirally 
 around it by a machine which makes the spiral 
 slightly smaller than the tube, so that it grips 
 tightly. Vacuum brake hose, for vacuum brakes, 
 is usually lined with coiled wires on the inside to 
 prevent collapsing, but such is not properly termed 
 armored brake hose. M. C. B. standard brake 
 hose is not armored. 
 
 Arms Horse Car. Figs. 114-117. A car built especially 
 for the transportation of valuable horses and fitted 
 with removable partitions forming stalls. 
 
 Asbestos Headlining. Fig. 3801. See Asbestos Pro- 
 tected Metal. 
 
 Asbestos Felt. A preparation of asbestos in loose 
 sheets similar to felt, for use as a non-conductor. 
 It is largely used in refrigerator cars. It is manu- 
 factured for that purpose in rolls about 42 in. wide, 
 and weighs about 1 lb. per square yard. It must 
 be handled with care to prevent tearing. 
 
 Asbestos Pipe Covering. Fig. 3013. 
 
 Asbestos Protected Metal. Fig. 3801. A material for 
 use as roofing, side walls, partitions and ceilings in 
 buildings; also for inside box car roofs, passenger 
 car and locomotive cab roofs, head linings and in- 
 terior finish for passenger cars. Its composition is 
 as follows: A sheet of steel rolled true to gage 
 and sheared to exact size, which gives structural 
 strength and rigidity against torsional and direct 
 load strains and prevents the asbestos surface of 
 the finished material from being torn or stretched. 
 A coating of special asphaltum compound, contain- 
 ing heavy natural oils, which is rendered permanent 
 and practically non-inflammable. By a special proc- 
 ess of manufacture this coating is applied to the 
 steel core of the material at a temperature of 600 
 deg. F. It is impervious to the attack of moisture 
 and acid gases of all kinds and hermetically seals 
 the steel core, giving it absolute protection from 
 the corroding attack of the various destructive 
 agents to which an exposed material is subjected. 
 A layer of pure asbestos felt made especially for 
 use in the manufacture of asbestos protected metal 
 applied on both sides of the sheet under great pres- 
 
ASB 
 
 AUT 
 
 sure and firmly imbedded in the asphaltum com- 
 pound. This asbestos coating will not rot or dis- 
 integrate, and presents an unbroken pure mineral 
 surface, which is absolutely fireproof. It is manu- 
 factured in three colors — white, gray and terra- 
 cotta, or in any combination of these three. 
 
 Asbestos Wick (Pintsch Lamp). 299, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 Ascending Rail (British). Nearest American equiva- 
 lent, grab iron or hand rail. The end ascending 
 rail is a long wrought iron bar secured at the ends 
 of a covered vehicle, serving as a hand rail for 
 ascending to the roof. The roof ascending rail, or 
 roof commode handle, is a similar hand rail at the 
 end of the roof of a covered vehicle. 
 
 Ascending Step (British). Nearest American equiva- 
 lent, ladder round. A rough wrought iron plate 
 secured to the ends of a covered vehicle serving 
 as a step to ascend to the roof. They are used in 
 Great Britain on both passenger and freight cars. 
 
 Ash Pan (Baker Heater). Fig. 2176. 
 
 Ash Pit. Figs. 2685-2701. The lower portion of every 
 stove, under the grate, into which the ashes fall. 
 Under it is sometimes placed an ashbox, Fig. 2681. 
 The ash pit is made up of a casting usually called 
 the ash pit base, and closed by an ash pit front 
 carrying one, or more commonly two ash pit doors. 
 An ash pit ring serves as a hopper to guide the coal 
 and ashes on to the grate. The doors are distin- 
 guished as right and left; as for a person standing 
 facing the stove. The ash pit doors are sometimes 
 carried as in Fig. 2680, in an ash pit frame instead 
 of an ash pit front. 
 
 Ash Pit (Baker Heater). Fig. 2685. 
 
 Ash Pit Door (Baker Heater). Figs. 2703-2719. 
 
 Asphalt Car Roofing. A saturated and coated felt ap- 
 plied in sheets. 
 
 Atmospheric Brake. See Air Brake, Vacuum Brake. 
 This term, but little used, includes both the air 
 brake and the vacuum brake. 
 
 Attachment of Couplers to Cars. Fig. 7. In 1907 the 
 following details were advanced from recommended 
 practice to standard. 
 
 Spacing between center sills. — That the spacing 
 between steel center sills be 12% inches. 
 
 Front and back stops. — That front and back stops 
 with riveted holes 15/16 inch in diameter be spaced 
 as shown below. 
 
 -o- 
 
 f (p 
 
 ?4 
 
 « — ©-He 
 
 a 
 
 <H-e 
 
 -o 
 
 a — e 
 
 c 4 
 
 4 
 J-0 
 
 Holes cored j^" 
 
 Drawing A. 
 
 Holes cored jg" 
 
 Drawing B. 
 
 Spacing between coupler horn and buffer beam. — 
 That the spacing between coupler horn and buffer 
 beam be 1% inches for all spring gear and 2% 
 inches for all friction gear 
 
 Followers. — That flat followers be made of 
 wrought iron or open hearth steel 1% inches thick 
 for tandem spring gear and 2% inches thick for 
 twin spring and friction gear. 
 
 Side clearance of coupler. — That the total side 
 clearance of the coupler be not less than 2%' inches. 
 
 In 1907 the back wall of butt was changed to % 
 inch thick, owing to the fact that the tail pin had 
 fallen into disuse and there was no necessity for so 
 much metal there. 
 
 The width of shank was changed to 5 inches on 
 both sizes of coupler shanks to properly provide for 
 securing yokes. 
 
 A dimension of not less than 1% inches was 
 shown forward of the 9%-inch butt to provide for 
 the increased length of gib. A limiting dimension of 
 not more than 1 inch was shown for the diameter 
 of core hole in lug of knuckle to prevent a recur- 
 rence of the slotted knuckle weakness. A note was 
 added to the effect that there should be no projec- 
 tions on the bottom of the shank from the line of the 
 horn back for 12 inches to provide for proper move- 
 ment of shank on carrier iron. 
 
 In 1908 the use of 1%-inch rivets for attaching 
 yokes to coupler butts was advanced from Recom- 
 mended Practice to Standard. 
 
 In 1908 the diameter of rivet holes in coupler 
 butts was changed from 1 3/16 inches to 1 5/16 
 inches. 
 
 In 1908 the following notes were added: 
 
 That all new types of couplers put on the market 
 after January 1, 1909, have a dimension of 9% inches 
 from back of coupler horn to inside face of knuckle, 
 and that the face or front wall of coupler have a 
 minimum thickness of \Vt inches. 
 
 That the total lift of locking pin be not more 
 than 6 inches. 
 
 That all couplers must have an eyelet for locking 
 device located immediately above locking pin hole. 
 
 Automatic Air Brake. One which is automatically ap- 
 plied by a rupture in the hose couplings or brake 
 pipe or by train separation. The term is indefinite, 
 but usually refers to the Westinghouse Air Brake, 
 Figs. 1101-1188, which see, which is the one in most 
 general use throughout the world. 
 
 Automatic Car Coupler. Figs. 1583-1847. A device for 
 automatically coupling cars by impact without the 
 necessity of a person going in between the cars. 
 The Master Car Builders' standard type of coupler 
 which is in universal use in the United States is 
 any coupler of the so-called vertical plane type 
 which .conforms to certain contour lines adopted by 
 the M. C. B. Association. This type of coupler is 
 shown in Figs. 5579-5597. The standard contour 
 lines are shown in Fig. 5579. 
 
 This form of automatic coupler was adopted as 
 standard in 1887. Further details were adopted in 
 1889 and 1893. An action of the Association in 1889 
 permits the use of a coupler 28 inches long instead 
 of 30 inches as shown, for use only on cars already 
 in service and requiring such length coupler. In 
 1889 the Association decided that the opening in 
 the carrier iron, where coupler enters, should be 
 5% inches vertically and hVi inches horizontally. 
 Drawing revised in 1896. 
 
 In 1903 the solid knuckle was adopted as a 
 standard of the Association to be used for all re- 
 pairs and in all new couplers after January 1, 1904. 
 
 In 1903 a recommendation was made that for new 
 equipment purchased after January 1, 1904, only 
 such couplers as have a lock set on or within the 
 head and which do not depend upon the uncoupling 
 lever to hold up the lock should be specified. By 
 letter ballot this was adopted as a standard. 
 
AUT 
 
 AUT 
 
 The revision made in 189G consisted in the elimi- 
 nation of the carrier iron from the Recommended 
 Practice. 
 
 In 1899 the play of the shank of the coupler in 
 the carry arm was changed to not less than V-i inch 
 on each side. 
 
 In 1899 the vertical dimension of the knuckle was 
 fixed at 9 inches as a minimum. 
 
 In 1899 the vertical dimension of the end of 
 guard arm was fixed at 7% inches as a minimum. 
 
 In 1899 the recommendation of the Coupler Com- 
 mittee that the horizontal plane containing the axis 
 of the shank of the coupler bisect the vertical di- 
 mensions of the knuckle and end of guard arm, was 
 adopted as a standard of the Association. 
 
 In 1899 the vertical height of the stop shoulder, 
 or horn of coupler, was fixed at not less than 3% 
 inches. 
 
 In 1899 the recommendation of the Coupler Com- 
 mittee that the horn of the coupler be arranged 
 to touch the striking plate before the back of the 
 head of the coupler strikes the ends of the draft 
 timbers, was adopted as a standard of the Associ- 
 ation. 
 
 In 1899 the sizes of pivot pins were fixed as 
 follows: 
 
 1% inches or 1% inches in diameter and 13% 
 inches from the under side of head to center of pin 
 hole for %-inch cotter. 
 
 In 1901 a design of shank 5 by 7 inches back of 
 the head was submitted, and, upon reference to let- 
 ter ballot, was adopted as standard. 
 
 In 1904, as a result of the letter ballot, the note 
 relating to pivot pins, was changed to read as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 "Pivot pin must be of steel, 1% inches in diam- 
 eter, of sufficient length to permit applying a %- 
 inch cotter pin below the coupling lug." 
 
 In 1905 an additional dimension "not less than 
 20% inches" was added to plan view of 5 by 7-inch 
 coupler, Figs. 5579-5597, to definitely locate the 
 point at which shank shall measure 7 inches. Also 
 the note, "Tail End for Continuous Draft," under 
 the drawing of slotted tail coupler was omitted as 
 being unsuited for present approved practice. 
 
 In 1907 a butt 5 x 5% x 9% inches for friction 
 draft gear was adopted as standard. 
 
 Standard contour line was announced by Execu- 
 tive Committee under instructions from the Associ- 
 ation April 8, 1888. Limit gages for preserving 
 standard contour line were adopted in 1891. 
 
 These gages, properly proven by master gages. 
 may be procured from Pratt & Whitney Company, 
 of Hartford, Connecticut. A duplicate set of master 
 gages is held in the office of the Secretary for 
 reference when desired. 
 
 In 1899 the contour line showing the length of 
 the guard arm was extended about one inch. 
 
 In 1899 the M. C. B. standard limit gage for 
 new couplers was changed by moving the screw 
 to a new position. 
 
 In 1902 the contour gage was strengthened by 
 the use of a solid web in the weak part of the 
 frame, and part of the outside flange increased to 
 Vi inch in thickness. The handhold was also re- 
 duced in size to give greater strength. 
 
 In 1903 the contour line of the M. C. B. coupler 
 was changed as now shown in Fig. 5579. 
 
 In 1904 the coupler and knuckle limit gages were 
 changed to conform to the contour lines adopted 
 
 in 1903 and to have raised figures "1904" cast on 
 them. 
 
 Other types of couplers are shown as follows: 
 Buckeye, Figs. 1739-1742. Melrose, Figs. 1766-1775. 
 Chicago, Figs. 1757-1765 National, Figs. 1594-1598 
 Climax, Figs. 1630-1638. 1830-1847. 
 
 Gould, Figs. 1593, 1828- Pitt, Figs. 1721-1729. 
 
 1829. Sharon, Figs. 1616-1629, 
 
 Janney, Figs. 1608-1615 1798-1809. 
 
 1715-1720, 1812-1819. Simplex, Figs. 1589-1592. 
 
 Janney, R. E., Figs. 1583 Standard, Figs. 1599-1007. 
 
 15S8. Tower, Figs. 1639-1647. 
 
 Kelso, Figs. 1706-1714. Trojan, Figs. 1777-1793. 
 
 Latrobe, Figs. 1648-1657 Washburn, Figs. 1730- 
 Major, Figs. 1743-1756. 1738, 1810-1811. 
 
 Automatic Car Couplers, Specifications for (M. C. B. 
 Standard). 
 In 1899 specifications and tests for M. C. B. automatic 
 couplers were adopted as Recommended Practice. In 
 1903 they were revised. In 1905 they were revised and 
 adopted as standard. For drop testing machine and 
 details, see Figs. 6024-6027. 
 
 The couplers furnished under this specification must 
 be made of steel in accordance with the best foundry 
 methods and must not be painted. 
 
 1. Couplers will be subject to the inspection and test 
 of the above named company as to their mechanical 
 workings, general condition and strength. The test and 
 inspection will be made at the place of manufacture, 
 where assistance and labor necessary to make satis- 
 factory and prompt inspection and shipment must be 
 furnished free by the manufacturer. The testing ma- 
 chine and gages approved by the M. C. B. Association 
 must be used in the test and inspection of couplers. 
 
 2. Couplers will be ordered as far as practicable in 
 lots of one thousand; for each one thousand ordered 
 the manufacturer shall furnish 1,104 and in the event of 
 additional couplers being required to carry out the pre- 
 scribed tests, they shall be furnished free of cost by the 
 manufacturers. 
 
 3. Bars, knuckles and locking pins or blocks must be 
 accurately made to gages furnished by the manufac 
 turer. These gages must govern all dimensions repre- 
 senting fitting surfaces, thereby insuring absolute inter- 
 changeability and freedom of motion between the as- 
 sembled parts without further adjustment or machin- 
 ing. When assembled, knuckles and locking pins or 
 blocks must work freely, but the lost motion between 
 knuckles and bars must not permit more than Ys inch 
 vertical play, or between knuckles and locks must not 
 permit the knuckle to drop forward beyond the proper 
 contour line, but % or % of an inch lost motion in 
 opposite direction is desirable. 
 
 4. Couplers must conform to M. C. B. standard 
 drawings and contour lines and 'must have a lock set 
 within the head of the coupler. They must couple and 
 uncouple with each other (with either or both knuckles 
 open) and also with the master or sample coupler; they 
 should lock easily when the knuckle is pushed in by 
 hand. They must have steel pivot pins 1% inches in 
 diameter of sufficient length to permit applying a %- 
 inch cotter pin through the pin below the coupler lug. 
 Pivot pins, after having the heads struck up, must be 
 properly annealed. 
 
 5. Bars and knuckles shall not be accepted if dis- 
 torted by improperly matched flasks or any other de- 
 fects due to molding. They must be free from in- 
 jurious shrinkage, cracks, flaws, checks, sand, sand 
 holes or blow holes. The holes for pivot pins in lugs 
 of bars and knuckles should be drilled or, if cored, 
 
A TT-r 
 
 AUT 
 
 AUT 
 
 must be broached out, and must not be more than -fs 
 inch larger than pin. The holes must be parallel to the 
 face of the bar or knuckle and at right angles to the 
 axis of bar or knuckle. As many bars and knuckles 
 as possible must be cast from the same heat of steel. 
 All parts must be well annealed throughout. 
 
 6. The pulling and contact faces of coupler and 
 knuckle must be clean, smooth and at right angles to 
 axis of the bar. The dimensions of butt and shank 
 must be within the limits of variation shown by the 
 company's drawing. 
 
 7. The name of coupler must be legibly cast on the 
 top side of head of the bar. Each knuckle and each 
 drawbar must bear a serial number legibly stamped 
 or cast upon it. The knuckle must also bear the name 
 of the coupler and the manufacturer's name or identifi- 
 cation mark legibly cast or stamped at some point 
 where it will not be worn off. 
 
 1, hereafter specified. If the coupler fails to stand the 
 prescribed tests but, before failing, stands a sufficient 
 number of blows to make a retest admissible, a second 
 coupler shall be taken from the same lot from which 
 the first coupler was taken. If it stands the test, that 
 lot of couplers shall be accepted as far as test No. 1 
 is concerned; otherwise that lot of couplers shall be 
 rejected and another lot substituted and tested in the 
 same way. 
 
 2. From each 1,004 couplers accepted by test No. 1 
 four complete couplers shall be selected by the in- 
 spector, one of which shall be subject to test No. 2, 
 one to test No. 3 and two to test No. 4, hereafter 
 specified. If any coupler or pair of couplers fails to 
 stand the prescribed test but, before failing, stands a 
 sufficient number of blows to make a retest admissible, 
 a second coupler or pair shall be taken from the same 
 lot or lots from which the first were taken. For in- 
 
 BCFORE TEST 
 
 HCTMH Or HEA3U*I«C OCrLCCTlOH IN TX*T HO _. 
 
 B' C* *CASU»CS AXIAl- DCrHCTIW HHD -MT HOT MCTCO l£ 
 AB-* B HCA»W«S HHUCHlX CU3SUMH AMD HU»T HOTCXCCCO _: 
 
 FIG. 2 
 AFTER TCST 
 
 FIC3 
 SEFORE TEST 
 
 FIG.**. 
 AFTER TEST 
 
 MCTHOB or MOASUMINO OOnTCTIOH m TC»T NOL 
 
 A B HCASUics «iial ccnxcTiOH «no must wot CBCCCO H row 
 
 COu«,C°3 WITH 31 T~Sm>HH OH l£* rO" COUHuCHO WITH o\-*' OMANH 
 
 CO-CDHCUvlIU 6v*»0 ** • 0»TO"TK1h ANO MIST (M)T SMCXOg 
 
 8. Every coupler complying with the above require- 
 ments must have legibly cast in raised letters on the 
 head, and in plain view where they will not be worn 
 off, the letters "M. C. B."; this mark to be evidence 
 that the coupler is an M. C. B. standard. 
 
 INSPECTION. 
 
 1. The couplers, after having been thoroughly in- 
 spected by the manufacturer to see that they meet the 
 requirements as to interchangeability, soundness and 
 dimensions of parts, etc., herein specified, should be ar- 
 ranged in lots of 101 and 102, so as to provide for the 
 necessary 1,014 couplers and, where possible, care 
 should be taken to put all couplers of the same heat 
 number or numbers in the same lot or lots. The in- 
 spector shall then inspect and gage each coupler as to 
 its compliance with drawing sizes, and for surface de- 
 fects and proper contour lines. Any irregularities or 
 swollen parts on the working or bearing faces must be 
 ground or chipped off before the couplers are accepted. 
 
 After this inspection the inspector shall select one 
 complete coupler taken at random from each of the 
 lots as provided for above and subject them to test No. 
 
 stance, if the couplers selected for the test No. 3 have 
 been taken from the fourth one hundred couplers and 
 the failure allows a retest, a second pair shall be taken 
 from the fourth one hundred couplers. If they stand 
 the test, that lot of one thousand couplers shall be ac- 
 cepted as far as that test is concerned; otherwise that 
 lot shall be rejected and another lot of one thousand 
 couplers substituted. Any part of any coupler which 
 has been subjected to tests is condemned for service. 
 
 PHYSICAL TESTS. 
 
 Test No. 1.— Striking Test on Closed Knuckle of 
 Complete Coupler. — As a preliminary the coupler must 
 be marked on bottom of butt with a center-punched 
 line parallel to axis of shank, this line to extend to 
 the inner face of knuckle (see Fig. 1); the coupler must 
 then be rigidly fixed in the machine in a vertical posi- 
 tion, with the axis of coupler in the center line of drop, 
 the pivot pinhole parallel to line through center of legs 
 of the machine and the butt blocked solidly on the 
 anvil to prevent lateral motion by means of steel fillers 
 and wedges, the latter sledged down tight and this 
 sledging repeated after each blow. The heights of 
 
AUT 
 
 in 
 
 AUT 
 
 support from bottom of butt end should not be greater 
 than 19% inches. 
 
 Blows to be struck directly on knuckle. 
 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling five (5) feet. 
 
 Three blows of 1,040 pounds falling ten (10) feet. 
 
 The coupler shall be considered as having failed to 
 stand this test if it is broken before it has received 
 three blows at 5 feet and three blows at 10 feet, or if 
 any cracks appear more than one inch long or open 
 more than 1-16 inch, or the center-punched line meas- 
 ured at contour is distorted more than 1%. inches after 
 having received three blows at 10 feet, or if the 
 knuckle is closed more than % of an inch from its 
 original position when pulled out against the lock by 
 hand after receiving three blows at 5 feet, or if the 
 knuckle will not open, or if the locking device is inop- 
 erative after test. For measuring axial distortion and 
 knuckle closure, see Figs. 1 and 2. Should the coupler 
 before failing stand three blows at 5 feet and one blow 
 at 10 feet, another complete coupler should be pro- 
 vided and tested as per Section 8 governing retest. 
 
 Test No. 2. — Guard Arm Test of Drawbar. — As a pre- 
 liminary, pivot, knuckle and locking device having been 
 removed, the coupler must be marked on bottom with 
 a center-punched line (see points 1, 2 and 3 in Figs. 3 
 and 4) parallel to axis of shank and extending to the 
 contour face; a center-punch mark must also be placed 
 at the end of guard arm and on lug (see Fig. 3). The 
 coupler must be blocked rigidly in a vertical position 
 in the machine with steel fillers and wedges, the latter 
 sledged down tight and the sledging repeated after 
 each blow. The butt must rest solidly on the anvil 
 and must be blocked to prevent lateral motion. The 
 edge of guard arm must be on line through centers of 
 legs of machine. 
 
 Blows to be struck directly on guard arm. 
 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling three (3) feet. 
 
 Four blows of 1,640 pounds falling five (5) feet. 
 
 The coupler shall be considered as having failed to 
 stand this test if it is broken before it has received 
 three blows at 3 feet and four blows at 5 feet, or if any 
 crack appears more than one inch long or open more 
 than 1-16 inch, or if the center-punched line is distorted 
 more than 1% inches for 5 in. by 7 in. shank or 1%. 
 inches for 5 in. by 5 in. shank couplers, or if the dis- 
 tance between center-punch marks on bottom of head 
 has widened more than 7-16 inch. For method of meas- 
 uring axial and guard arm deflection, see Figs. 3 and 4. 
 Should the bar before failing stand three blows at 3 
 feet and two blows at 5 feet, another coupler shall be 
 provided and tested as per Section 8 governing retest. 
 
 Test No. 3. — Jerk Test of Complete Couplers. — One 
 coupler shall be placed in an inverted position in the 
 yoke forging of test machine and equalizer bar placed 
 so as to rest level, one end in the closed knuckle, the 
 other resting central on the spring follower cap. The 
 weight must strike the equalizer bar midway between 
 the center line of coupler and the center line of the 
 spring follower cap. 
 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling five (5) feet. 
 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling ten (10) feet. 
 
 A coupler shall be considered as having failed to 
 stand this test if it is broken before it has received 
 three blows at 5 feet and three blows at 10 feet, or if 
 cracks appear more than one inch long or open more 
 than 1-10 inch, or if the knuckle is open more than % 
 inch from its original position after third blow at 10 
 feet, or if the equalizer bar will not stay in place when 
 struck, or if the knuckle will not open, or if the locking 
 device is inoperative after receiving the full test. Should 
 
 the coupler fail to stand the prescribed test, but stand 
 three blows at 5 feet and one blow at 10 feet, another 
 complete coupler shall be provided and tested as per 
 Section 8 governing retest. 
 
 Test No. 4.— Pulling Test for Complete Couplers.— 
 Two couplers shall be supported in the machine In- 
 voke forgings and locked together as in running posi- 
 tion, with their axis in the same straight line. The 
 couplers must stand a steady pull of 120,000 pounds. A 
 coupler shall be considered as having failed to stand 
 this test if it is broken before it has been pulled the 
 prescribed number of pounds, or if any cracks appear 
 more than one inch long or open more than 1-16 inch, 
 or if the knuckle has opened more than % inch from 
 its original position when pulled out against the lock. 
 The measurement of knuckle opening must be obtained 
 after the pressure is released. The couplers shall be 
 considered as having failed to stand this test is they 
 slip apart in the machine, or if the knuckle will not 
 open, or if the locking devices are inoperative after 
 above tests. Should either or both couplers fail to 
 stand the prescribed test, but both stand 90,000 pounds, 
 another complete coupler or pair of couplers shall be 
 provided as per Section 8 governing retest. 
 
 10. The final failure of any part to meet test shall 
 not condemn the complete coupler, but only that part 
 which fails, and such part in all couplers presented 
 shall be replaced, after which the test shall be pro- 
 ceeded with, using new couplers, as if no part of the 
 test had been made. 
 
 SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEPARATE KNUCKLES. 
 
 In 1904, specifications were adopted for separate 
 knuckles, as follows: 
 
 The knuckles furnished under this specification must 
 be made of steel in accordance with the best foundry 
 methods and must not be painted. 
 
 1. Knuckles will be subject to the inspection and 
 test of the above named company as to their general 
 condition and strength. The tests and inspection will 
 be made at the place of manufacture, where assistance 
 and labor necessary to make satisfactory and prompt 
 inspection and shipment must be furnished free by the 
 manufacturer. The testing machine and gages ap- 
 proved by the M. C. E. Association must be used in the 
 test and inspection of knuckles. 
 
 2. Knuckles will be ordered as far as practicable in 
 lots of 100; for each 100 ordered the manufacturer shall 
 furnish 102, and in the event of additional knuckles 
 being required to carry out the prescribed tests, they 
 shall be furnished free of cost by the manufacturers. 
 
 3. Knuckles must be accurately made to gages fur- 
 nished by the manufacturer. These gages must govern 
 all dimensions representing fitting surfaces, thereby in- 
 suring absolute interchangeability without machining. 
 
 4. Knuckles will not be accepted if distorted by improp- 
 erly matched flasks or any other defects due to mold- 
 ing. They must be free from injurious shrinkage cracks, 
 flaws, checks, sand, sand holes or blow holes. The holes 
 for pivot pins in knuckles should be drilled or, if cored, 
 must be broached out, and must not be more than A 
 inch larger than 1%-inch diameter pivot pin. The holes 
 must be parallel to the face of the knuckle, and at right 
 angles to the axis of knuckle. As many knuckles as 
 possible must be cast from the same heat of steel. All 
 parts must be well annealed throughout. 
 
 5. The pulling and contact faces of knuckle must be 
 clean and smooth. 
 
 6. Each knuckle must bear a serial number and the 
 manufacturer's name or identification mark legibly cast 
 or stamped at some point where it will not be worn off. 
 
A TIT* 
 
 AUT 
 
 11 
 
 AUX 
 
 1XSPECT10X. 
 
 7. The knuckles, after having been thoroughly in- 
 spected by the manufacturer to see that they meet the 
 requirements as to interchangeability, soundness and 
 ■dimensions of parts, etc., herein specified, should be ar- 
 ranged in lots of 102, and where possible, care should be 
 taken to put all knuckles of the same heat number or 
 numbers in the same lot or lots. The inspector shall 
 then inspect and gage each knuckle as to its compliance 
 ■with drawing sizes, and for surface defects and proper 
 contour lines. Any irregularities or swollen parts on 
 the working or bearing faces must be ground or 
 ■chipped off before the knuckles are accepted. 
 
 After this inspection the inspector shall select two 
 knuckles taken at random from the lot or lots as pro- 
 vided for above, and subject one of them to Test No. 1 
 and the other to Test No. 2, hereafter specified. If 
 one of these knuckles fails to stand prescribed Test 
 No. 1, but before failing, stands a sufficient number of 
 blows to make retest admissible, another knuckle shall 
 be taken from the same lot from which the first 
 knuckles were taken. If it stands the test, that lot of 
 knuckles shall be accepted as far as Test No. 1 is con- 
 cerned; otherwise that lot of knuckles shall be rejected 
 and another lot substituted and tested in the same way. 
 
 The other knuckle selected by the inspector shall be 
 subjected to Test No. 2. If this knuckle fails to stand 
 prescribed Test No. 2, hereafter specified, but before 
 failing, stands a sufficient number of blows to make a 
 retest admissible, another knuckle shall be taken from 
 the same lot from which the first knuckles were taken. 
 If it stands the test, that lot of knuckles shall be ac- 
 cepted; otherwise that lot of knuckles shall be rejected 
 and another lot substituted and tested in the same way. 
 
 PHYSICAL TEST. 
 
 Test Xo. 1. — Striking Test. — The striking test back 
 block and knuckle supports are placed in the housing 
 against the back and sides, the knuckle dropped in be- 
 tween the supports and held by inserting the pin 
 through the holes in the knuckle supports. The knuckle 
 is then adjusted by means of liners between the back 
 block and the knuckle supports, and between the 
 knuckle supports and the housing. The striking block 
 is then placed in the housing casting resting upon the 
 knuckle. A fitting piece made to suit the type of 
 knuckle is slipped in position between the tail and hous- 
 ing casting so that the striking face of the knuckle is 
 in a horizontal position. 
 
 Blows to be struck on striking block through which 
 they are transmitted to knuckle. 
 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling four (4) feet. 
 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling eight (8) feet. 
 
 The knuckle shall be considered as having failed to 
 stand this test if it is broken before it has received 
 three blows at 4 feet and three blows at 8 feet, or if 
 any cracks appear more than 1 inch long or open more 
 than tV inch. Should the knuckle before failing stand 
 three blows at 4 feet and one blow at 8 feet, another 
 knuckle shall be provided and tested as per Section 7 
 governing retest. 
 
 Test No. 2. — Jerk Test. — The jerk test back block and 
 knuckle supports are placed in the housing against the 
 back and sides, the knuckle dropped in between the 
 supports and held by inserting the pin through the hole 
 in the knuckle supports. The knuckle is then adjusted 
 by means of liners between the back block and the 
 knuckle supports, and between the knuckle supports 
 and the housing. The striking block is then inserted 
 resting on the inner face of the knuckle, and a block 
 of suitable size inserted between the tail of the knuckle 
 
 and striking block, so that the striking face of the 
 
 knuckle is in a horizontal position. 
 
 Blows to be struck on the striking block through 
 
 which they are transmitted to the knuckle. 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling three (3) feet. 
 Two blows of 1,640 pounds falling six (6) feet. 
 The knuckle shall be considered as having failed to 
 
 stand this test if it is broken before it has received 
 
 three blows at 3 feet and two blows at 6 feet, or if 
 
 any cracks appear more than 1 inch long or open more 
 
 than is inch. Should the knuckle before failing stand 
 
 three blows at 3 feet, another knuckle shall be pro- 
 vided and tested as per Section 7 governing retest. 
 
 Automatic Coupling (Steam and Air Pipes). Figs. 
 1199-1204, 6410-6414. A device by means of which 
 the steam, air brake and signal pipes are auto- 
 matically coupled by impact. It is usually sup- 
 ported by a hanger from the coupler, and springs 
 back of the head keep the parts tight together. Al- 
 lowance is made for vertical and lateral movement, 
 and arrangement provided for interchange with 
 cars not equipped with the device. 
 
 Automatic Deck Sash Ventilator. Figs. 4438-4441. 
 
 Automatic Lubricator. A device for feeding at regular 
 intervals a certain quantity of oil or lubricant to a 
 cylinder or some mechanism requiring lubrication. 
 See Lubricator. 
 
 Automatic Reducing Valve (High Speed Brakes). Figs. 
 1143-1147. A valve attached to the brake cylinder 
 to automatically bleed the pressure down to 60 lbs. 
 after an emergency application, when the pressure 
 in the cylinder rises to 85 lbs. or more. The tri- 
 angular port gives a graduated reduction. It also 
 prevents the brake cylinder pressure from exceed- 
 ing 60 lbs. pressure in a service application. The 
 triangular port then gives a wide opening. 
 
 Automatic Slack Adjuster. Figs. 1173-1182, 1187-1192. 
 See Slack Adjuster. 
 
 Automatic Switch (Electric Car Lighting). A device 
 connected to the armature of the dynamo, by which 
 the current is automatically turned onto the lights 
 and batteries when the armature has reached a 
 predetermined speed of rotation and consequent 
 voltage output. 
 
 Automatic Tee Trap. Figs. 2849-2850. 
 
 Automatic Vapor Regulating Valve. Figs. 2844-2845. 
 
 Automatic Ventilator. Figs. 4418-4433. A ventilator 
 which is self-adjusting, so as to exhaust air from 
 a car if the train runs in either direction. A great 
 variety of such devices exists, not all shown. See 
 Ventilator. 
 
 Automatic Window Catch. A device to hold a win- 
 dow sash from being shoved up or down. See 
 Sash Lock. 
 
 Automobile Car. A special baggage car having wide 
 side doors and an end door extending almost the 
 entire width of the car, used for carrying auto- 
 mobiles on passenger trains. 
 
 Auxiliary Arch Bar. A wrought iron bar sometimes 
 used, which forms the lower member of a diamond 
 truck side frame. See Arch Bar. 
 
 Auxiliary Belt Rail. 65a, Figs. 645-647. A thin strip 
 of wood nailed on top of the Belt Rail, which see. 
 
 Auxiliary Brake Equalizing Lever (Six-Wheel Truck). 
 A short lever to which the brake lever connecting 
 rod is fastened, and which divides the power equally 
 between the center pair of wheels and the outside 
 pair of wheels. 
 
 Auxiliary Buffer Spring. A spring placed back of a 
 draft spring to give greater resistance to compres- 
 
AUX 
 
 12 
 
 AXL 
 
 sion on the drawbar in buffing. In this manner 
 two springs operate in buffing, and only one in 
 tension. Seldom used. 
 
 Auxiliary Compression Beam Brace. 165b, Figs. 577- 
 581; 164b, Figs. 599-619. The same as a Center 
 Compression Beam Brace, wdiich see. 
 
 Auxiliary Reservoir (Westinghouse Automatic Air 
 Brake.). Figs. 1260-1276, 1292. A cylindrical res- 
 ervoir made of steel tubing, attached to the under 
 side of a car or tender by auxiliary reservoir bands 
 attached through auxiliary reservoir beams. In 
 freight cars, auxiliary reservoir beams are termed 
 brake cylinder blocks and end blocks. The res- 
 ervoir serves to hold a supply of compressed air 
 to operate the brakes of each car, and is supplied 
 from the main reservoir on the engine through the 
 brake pipe. For freight train service the auxiliary 
 reservoir, triple valve and brake cylinder are com- 
 bined in one piece, Fig. 1275. 
 
 Auxiliary Reservoir Bands (Air Brake). Figs. 910-912. 
 See above. 
 
 Auxiliary Reservoir Beams (Air Brake). Short wooden 
 timbers bolted to the under side of the sills. In 
 freight cars called brake cylinder blocks. See 
 above. 
 
 Auxiliary Reservoir Bleeding Cock. Fig. 1281. See 
 Reservoir Drain Cock. 
 
 Auxiliary Reservoir Hanger. Figs. 986-987. An Auxil- 
 iary Reservoir Band, which see. 
 
 Avery System of Acetylene Lighting. Figs. 3357-3361. 
 A system of acetylene gas lighting employing a 
 gas generator mounted under the car in distinction 
 from the Adlake System which employs a gen- 
 erator mounted in the car. The carbide is put in 
 a cartridge which is put in or removed from the 
 generator, as shown in Figs. 3358-3359. 
 
 Axle. 2, Figs. 4771, 6207. A shaft made of wrought 
 iron or steel, to which a pair of wheels is attached 
 by pressing on in a hydraulic wheel press. They 
 are distinguished according to use, as passenger 
 car, freight car, hand car, street car axle, etc., and 
 according to mode of manufacture, as hammered, 
 fagoted, muck bar axles, etc. See also Car Axle. 
 The M. C. B. standard axles are shown in Figs. 
 5510-5513. 
 
 Axle (M. C. B. Standard). In 1899 it was decided that 
 the standard axles should be known by letters. 
 
 In 1901 a designation was given the standard 
 axles, whereby each shall be known to carry a 
 definite weight instead of for cars of particular 
 capacity. See Figs. 5510-5513. 
 
 Axle. — A. With journals 3% by 7 inches. De- 
 signed to carry 15,000 pounds. This axle is the 
 standard of the Association for cars of 40,000 pounds 
 capacity. 
 
 In 1873 a standard for car axles was recom- 
 mended, the form and dimensions of which, except- 
 ing the diameter in the middle, were substantially the 
 same as shown in this sheet. In 1884 the diameter 
 at the middle was increased from 3% inches to iVi 
 inches, by letter ballot. 
 
 In 1901 the diameter of wheel seat was changed 
 from 4% to 5% inches. 
 
 In 1901 a notation was added to the drawing of 
 this axle showing a straight taper between certain 
 points on the axle, also a diagram showing location 
 of the borings to be taken from steel axles for 
 analysis. See Figs. 5767-5768. 
 
 In 1902 further changes were made in the diame- 
 ter of the tapered portion where it joins the fillet 
 
 next to the rough collar; also in the diameter of 
 the rough collar. 
 
 In 1907 the radius between the wheel seat and 
 the rough collar on the inside of the hub of the 
 wdieel was changed to % inch, with the center from 
 which the radius is struck coincident with the in- 
 side face of the hub of the wheel. 
 
 The radius between the dust guard and wheel seat 
 was changed to \i inch. 
 
 Axle.— B. With Journals iYi by 8 inches. De- 
 signed to carry 22,000 pounds. This axle was 
 adopted as a standard of the Association for cars 
 of 60,000 pounds capacity, by letter ballot, in 1889. 
 
 In 1901 the diameter of wheel seat was changed 
 from 5% inches to 5% inches. 
 
 In 1901 a notation was added to the drawing of 
 this axle, showing a straight taper betw-een certain 
 points on the axle, also a diagram showing location 
 of borings to be taken from steel axles for analysis. 
 See Figs. 5767-5768. 
 
 In 1901 the diameter of the middle was increased 
 from 4% inches to 4% inches. 
 
 In 1902 changes were made in the diameter of 
 the tapered portion of the axle where it joins the 
 fillet next to collar. 
 
 In 1907 the radius between the wheel seat and 
 the rough collar on the inside of the hub of the 
 wheel was changed to ? A inch, with the center from 
 which the radius is struck coincident with the in- 
 side face of the hub of the wheel. 
 
 The radius between the dust guard and wheel 
 seat was changed to V± inch. 
 
 Axle. — C. With Journals, 5 by 9 inches. De- 
 signed to carry 38,000 pounds. This axle was 
 adopted as a standard of the Association in 1899. 
 made a standard of the Association in 1898. 
 
 In 1901 the diameter of wheel seat was changed 
 from 6% inches to 6Vz inches. 
 
 In 1901 a notation was added to the drawing of 
 this axle, showing a straight taper between certain 
 points on the axle, also a diagram showing the loca- 
 tion of borings to be taken from steel axles for 
 analysis. See Figs. 5767-5768. 
 
 In 1902 changes were made in the diameter of 
 the tapered portion of the axle where it joins the 
 fillet next to collar; also in the diameter of the 
 rough collar. 
 
 In 1907 the radius between the wheel seat and the 
 rough collar on the inside of the hub of the wheel 
 was changed to % inch, with the center from 
 which the radius is struck coincident with the in- 
 side face of the hub of the wheel. 
 
 The radius between the dust guard and wheel 
 seat was changed to % inch. 
 
 Axle. — D. With Journals, 5 Ms by 10 inches. De- 
 signed to carry 38,000 pounds. This axle was 
 adopted as a standard of the Association in 1899. 
 
 In 1901 the diameter of wheel seat was changed 
 from 6% inches to 7 inches. 
 
 In 1901 a notation was added to the drawing of 
 this axle showing a straight taper between certain 
 points on the axle, also a diagram showing the loca- 
 tion of borings to be taken from steel axles for 
 analysis. See Figs. 5767-5768. 
 
 In 1902 changes were made in the diameter of 
 the tapered portion of the axle where it joins the 
 fillet next to collar; also in the diameter of the 
 rough collar. 
 
 In 1906 a % inch radius was adopted between the 
 
AXL 
 
 13 
 
 AXL 
 
 wheel fit and the rough collar adjoining the inside 
 hub of the wheel; also the radius between the dust 
 guard and wheel fit was increased to % inch. 
 
 In 1907 the center from which the radius of % 
 inch is struck was made coincident with the inside 
 face of the hub of the wheel. 
 
 Axles (M. C. B. Recommended Practice for Specifica- 
 tions for Iron and Steel Axles). Specifications for 
 Iron Axles. 
 
 In 1899 the following specifications, including 
 tests for iron axles, were adopted as Recommended 
 Practice: 
 
 Car axles for the use of this company will be 
 ordered subject to the following conditions: 
 
 1. All axles must conform in shape and size 
 to the dimensions shown on the blue print, which 
 will be furnished by the R. R. 
 
 2. All axles must be cut off and faced to exact 
 lengths, and be centered with 60 degree centers 
 in the manner indicated in blue prints, so as to 
 prevent lathe centers from bottoming. Axles 
 must be made of double-work fagoted scrap, 16 
 per cent, of new bar iron worked into the center 
 of the axles being allowed if desired. Axles must 
 be well hammered and free from any clearly 
 defined open seams. They must finish in the 
 lathe with journals free from flaws in the shape 
 of holes, pieces shelled out, or open seams large 
 enough so that with a knife blade scale or dirt 
 can be removed from such seams, or open seams 
 ■showing a clear opening of 1/32 inch or over, and 
 being more than 1 inch long. The maker's name 
 or initials must be stamped plainly on each axle. 
 
 3. All axles are to be inspected and tested at 
 
 the works where they are made. The 
 
 shall be notified when they are ready for in- 
 spection. Under no circumstances shall car axles 
 
 lie shipped from the works where they are made 
 -until they have been tested, inspected and ac- 
 cepted by a proper representative of the com- 
 -pany. 
 
 4. For each one hundred axles or fraction 
 thereof ordered one additional axle must be fur- 
 -nished for test. This axle will be selected at ran- 
 dom from the pile and subjected to the prescribed 
 ■drop test for iron axles of its class. If it stands 
 
 the test, the one hundred axles, or fractional part 
 thereof that it represents, will be inspected, and 
 only those accepted that are made in a workman- 
 like manner and are free from defects mentioned 
 in these specifications. All axles received are 
 subject to rejection if they do not finish in the 
 lathe in accordance with the requirements herein 
 given. The manufacturer must furnish, free of 
 charge, the axles that are to be tested, the testing 
 apparatus and the assistance necessary to enable 
 the inspector to make a satisfactory inspection 
 and test. Axles will not be accepted if the diam- 
 eters fall below the dimensions for forged sizes 
 given in the blue prints, or if exceeding those di- 
 mensions by more than Vk inch. Car axles in the 
 rough must not have less than the prescribed 
 minimum weight, nor more than the prescribed 
 maximum weight for axles of their class. 
 Axle Drop Test: 
 
 5. All axles will be tested physically by drop 
 test. The testing machine must conform in its 
 essential parts to the drawings adopted by the 
 Master Car Builders' Association. These es- 
 sential parts are: The points of supports on which 
 
 the axle rests during tests must be three (3) feet 
 apart from center to center; the tup must weigh 
 1,640 pounds; the anvil, which is supported on 
 springs, must weigh 17,500 pounds; it must be 
 free to move in a vertical direction; the springs 
 upon which it rests must be twelve in number, 
 of the kind described on drawing, and the radius 
 of the supports and of the striking face on the 
 tup in the direction of the axis of the axle must 
 be five (5) inches. When an axle is tested it 
 must be so placed in the machine that the tup 
 will strike it midway between the ends, and it 
 must be turned over after the first and third 
 blows, and when required, after the fifth blow. 
 After the first blow the deflection of the axle 
 under test will be measured in the manner speci- 
 fied below. 
 
 6. It is desired that the axles when tested as 
 specified above shall stand the number of blows 
 at the heights specified in the following table 
 without rupture, and without exceeding, as the 
 result of the first blow, the deflections given: 
 
 No. Height of Deflec- 
 Axle — Blows. Drop. tion. 
 M. C. B. m, by 8 inch jour- 
 nals 5 2iy 2 ft. 7y s in. 
 
 M. C. B. 5 by 9 inch jour- 
 nals 5 29 ft. 6 1-16 in. 
 
 M. C. B. 5% by 10 inch jour- 
 nals 5 36 ft. 5 7-16 in. 
 
 7. Axles will be considered as having failed on 
 drop test and will be rejected if they rupture or 
 fracture in any way, or if the deflection resulting 
 from the first blow exceeds the following: 
 
 M. C. B. axle, 4% by 8 inch journals.. 8% inches 
 M. C. B. axle, 5 by 9 inch journals.. 8 1-16 inches 
 M. C. B. axle, 5Va by 10 inch journals. .6 1-16 inches 
 In order to measure the deflection, prepare a 
 straightedge as long as the axle by reinforcing it 
 on one side, equally at each end, so that when 
 it is laid on the axles the reinforced parts will 
 rest on the collars of the axle, and the balance of 
 the straightedge not touch the axle at any place. 
 Next place the axle in position for test, lay the 
 straightedge on it, and measure the distance from 
 the straightedge to the axle at the middle point 
 of the latter. Then, after the first blow, place the 
 straightedge on the now bent axle in the same 
 manner as before, and measure the distance from 
 it to that side of the axle next to the straightedge 
 at the point farthest away from the latter. The 
 difference of the two measurements is the de- 
 flection. 
 
 Specification for Steel Axles. In 1899 the follow- 
 ing specifications, including tests for steel axles, 
 were adopted as Recommended Practice: 
 
 1. Axles will be ordered not less than 100 on 
 one order. All axles must be made and finished 
 in a workmanlike manner, and must be free from 
 cracks, or seams, or flaws which can be detected 
 by the eye. All parts must be rough-turned, ex- 
 cept at point "A" on diagram below. 
 
 2. All axles must be made of steel, and the ma- 
 terial desired should have the following composi- 
 tion: 
 
 Carbon 0.40 per cent 
 
 Manganese, not above 0.50 per cent 
 
 Silicon 0.05 per cent 
 
 Phosphorus, not above 0.05 per cent 
 
 Sulphur, not above 0. 04 per cent 
 
AXL 
 
 14 
 
 AXL 
 
 3. All axles must conform in sizes, shapes and 
 limiting weights to the requirements given on the 
 order or print sent with it. The rough-turning 
 must be done with a tool so shaped as to leave 
 the surface free from ridges; and in centering 
 them 60 degree centers must be used, with proper 
 clearance for lathe centers. All axles must be 
 legibly stamped, when offered for test, on the un- 
 finished portion, "A" on diagram below, with the 
 blow or heat number and the date, and on the 
 cylindrical portion at center they must be 
 stamped with the name of the maker. 
 
 Portions marked "A" to be unfinished and to 
 have stamped upon either of them blow number 
 and date. 
 
 Portiont marked "A " to be unfinished and to have ttamfiea upon either of them 
 
 blow number and dale. 
 
 4. Manufacturers must notify 
 
 when they are read} - to ship not less than 100 
 axles: must have all the axles made from each 
 heat, and no others, in a pile by themselves; must 
 furnish the testing machine referred to in Section 
 6, and the proper appliances for checking the 
 dimensions and weights; must have a car or cars 
 ready to receive shipment; must furnish the labor 
 and power necessary to enable the inspector to 
 promptly inspect and test; and ship or store the 
 axles when tests are finished. Axles which, when 
 offered for test, are so rusty as to hide defects 
 will not be considered. 
 
 5. A shipment of axles being read}' for test, 
 the inspector will first make a list of the heat 
 numbers in the various piles of axles offered, and 
 the number of axles bearing the same heat 
 number in each pile. If he finds in any pile axles 
 bearing different heat numbers he must, before 
 going further, have the pile rearranged, so that 
 only those axles having the same heat number 
 will be in the same pile. Also, if he finds in any 
 pile any axles having evidence of changed or de- 
 faced heat numbers, or any axles having heat 
 numbers not clearly legible, or any bearing heat 
 numbers previously rejected, he will exclude such 
 axles from further consideration. He will then 
 examine the axles in each pile or heat, as to work- 
 manship and defects visible to the eye, and as to 
 whether they conform to dimensions and direc- 
 tions on the order, or tracing, or in these speci- 
 fications. All axles not satisfactory in these re- 
 spects must be laid aside and will not be further 
 considered. This being done, if less than thirty 
 axles in any heat are left, he will refuse to con- 
 sider that heat further. If in this inspection de- 
 fects are found wdiich the manufacturer can 
 remedy while the inspector is at the works, he 
 may allow such defects to be cured and may count 
 the axles which are successfully treated in this way 
 as a part of the thirty above mentioned. Not less 
 than thirty axles from any one heat having passed 
 the foregoing inspection, the inspector will select 
 from each pile or heat, one axle at random, and 
 subject it to the physical test prescribed for such 
 axles as may be under consideration. If the test 
 axle fails to fill the physical requirements, all the 
 axles from that heat of steel will be regarded as 
 rejected, and none of them will at any time be 
 considered again. If the test axle passes the phys- 
 
 ical test the inspector will draw a straight line 
 parallel with the axis of this test axle ten (10) 
 inches long, starting from one end of it, and 
 prick-punch this line at several points. He will 
 then have a piece about six (6) inches long cut off 
 from the same axle, so as to leave some of the 
 prick-punch marks on each piece of the axle. 
 The 6-inch piece must be sent at once properly 
 
 tagged to The 
 
 piles of axles which have passed the physical test 
 will be allowed to remain as the inspector leaves 
 them, until the results of the chemical test are 
 known. The 6-inch piece being received at the 
 laboratory, a line will be drawn from the prick- 
 punch line above described, through the center of 
 the axle across the cut-off end, and a prick-punch 
 mark made on this last line, 40 per cent, of the 
 distance from the center to the circumference of 
 the axle. Borings for analysis will be taken by 
 means of a %-inch diameter drill, acting parallel 
 to the axis of the axle, and starting with its cen- 
 ter in the last described prick-punch mark. The 
 borings will be analyzed in accordance with stand- 
 ard methods, and the results of analysis will be 
 communicated to the Inspector, who will at once 
 proceed to the works, and reject, or accept and 
 ship, or mark and store, as the case may be. the 
 axles in question. If the analysis of any test axle 
 shows that the steel does not meet the chemical 
 requirements, all of the axles of that heat will be 
 regarded as rejected, and none of them will at 
 any time be considered again. If the analysis of 
 any test axles shows that the steel meets the chem- 
 ical requirements, all of the axles of that heat 
 which have passed inspection and the physical test 
 will be regarded as accepted. The inspector will 
 proceed to load and ship from the accepted axles 
 as many as may be required to fill the order. If. 
 as the result of inspection and the physical and 
 chemical tests, more axles are accepted than the 
 order calls for, such accepted axles in excess will 
 be stamped by the inspector with his own name, 
 and will then be piled and allowed to remain at 
 the works, subject to further orders from the 
 purchasing agent. On receipt of further orders, 
 axles once accepted will, of course, not be sub- 
 ject to further test, but in no case will even ac- 
 cepted axles be loaded and shipped except in the 
 presence of the inspector. In all cases the in- 
 spector will keep an accurate record of the heat 
 numbers, of the number of axles in each heat 
 which are rejected, or stored, and will transmit 
 this information with each report. 
 
 6. All axles will be tested physically by drop 
 test. The testing machine must conform in its 
 essential parts to the drawings adopted by the 
 Master Car Builders' Association. These essen- 
 tial parts are: The points of support on which the 
 axles rest during tests must be three feet apart 
 from center to center; the tup must weigh 1.040 
 pounds; the anvil, which is supported on springs, 
 must weigh 17,500 pounds; it must be free to 
 move in a vertical direction; the springs upon 
 which it rests must be twelve in number, of the 
 kind described on the drawing; and the radius of 
 supports and of the striking face on the tup in 
 the direction of the axis of the axle must be 
 five (5) inches. When an axle is tested it must 
 be so placed in the machine that the tun will 
 strike it midway between the ends, and it must 
 
AXL 
 
 AXL 
 
 be turned over after the first and third blows, and 
 when required, after the fifth blow. After the 
 first blow, the deflection of the axle under test 
 will be measured in the manner specified below. 
 
 7. It is desired that the axles, when tested un- 
 der the drop test as specified above, shall stand 
 the number of blows at the height specified in the 
 following table without rupture and without ex- 
 ceeding as the result of the first blow the deflec- 
 tions given: 
 
 Xo. Height 
 Axle. Blows, of Drop. Deflection. 
 
 M. C. B. 414 by 8 inch 
 journals for 60,000- 
 pound cars 5 34 feet 7 inches 
 
 M. C. B. 5 by 9 inch 
 journals for 80,000- 
 pound cars 5 43 " 5% " 
 
 M, C. B. 5% by 10 inch 
 journals for 100,000- 
 pound cars 7 43 " 4 
 
 8. Axles will be considered as having failed on 
 physical test and will be rejected if they rupture 
 or fracture in any way, or if the deflection re- 
 sulting from the first blow exceeds the following: 
 M. C. B. axle, 4% by 8 inch journals. . .IV-i inches 
 M. C. B. axle, 5 by 9 inch journals. .. .6% 
 
 M. C. B. axle, 5% by 10 inch journals . .4% " 
 
 9. Axles will be considered to have failed on 
 chemical test and will be rejected if the analysis 
 of the borings taken as above described gives 
 figures for the various constituents below, outside 
 the following limits, namely: 
 
 Carbon, below 0.35 per cent, or above 0.50 per cent. 
 
 Manganese 0.60 
 
 Phosphorus 0.07 
 
 10. In order to measure the deflection, prepare a 
 straightedge as long as the axle, by reinforcing it 
 on one side, equally at each end, so that when it 
 is laid on the axle, the reinforced parts will rest 
 on the collars of the axle, and the balance of the 
 straightedge not touch the axle at any place. 
 Next place the axle in position for test, lay the 
 straightedge on it and measure the distance from 
 the straightedge to the axle at the middle point 
 of the latter. Then, after the first blow, place the 
 straightedge on the now bent axle in the same 
 manner as before, and measure the distance from 
 it to that side of the axle next to the straightedge 
 at the point furthest away from the latter. The 
 difference in the two measurements is the de- 
 flection. 
 
 Axle Box (British). A Journal Box, which see. See 
 Grease Axle Box, Oil Axle Box. 
 
 Axle Box Cover (British). A hinged movable cover 
 on the axle box through which the lubricant is in- 
 troduced. On British oil axle boxes the cover is 
 generally bolted to the box, with a strip of leather 
 interposed to make an oil-tight joint. The oil is 
 replenished through a small orifice closed by a 
 screw plug or spring hinge. See Figs. 6760-6777. 
 
 Axle Box Keep (British). The lower part of an axle 
 box, which in an oil box contains the lubricant, and 
 in a grease box simply protects the under side of 
 the journal from dust. 
 
 Axle Collar. Fig. 5510. A rim or enlargement on the 
 end of a car axle, which takes the end thrust of the 
 journal bearing. 
 
 Axle Gages. Gages for fixing the lengths and diame- 
 
 ters of an axle. Were at one time standards of the 
 M. C. B. Association. 
 
 Axle Generator. A small direct current generator usu- 
 ally mounted on the truck and driven by a belt 
 from a pulley mounted upon the axle and running 
 over a pulley mounted upon the shaft of the gen- 
 erator. These generators are always provided with 
 some automatic device, forming either a part of 
 the machine itself or being in the form of an 
 auxiliary device mounted inside the car for preserv- 
 ing the polarity of the terminals or leads of the 
 generator. The fact that a car may run in either 
 direction and thereby cause rotation in either direc- 
 tion of the armature of the generator renders an 
 automatic device of this kind absolutely necessary. 
 
 Axle Guard. 1. (British.) American equivalent, ped- 
 estal. The ordinary or W pattern consists of a 
 wrought iron plate attached to the sole bar, which 
 permits vertical motion of the axle box, but re- 
 strains movement in any other direction. Fig. 6656. 
 2. Axle guard has been applied to the axle safety 
 strap. It has also been applied to the safety beam, 
 Figs. 4800-4801. 
 
 Axle Guard Crown (British). The main part of the 
 Axle Guard, which see. 
 
 Axle Guard Crown Washer (British). A piece of 
 wrough iron plate, used as a washer for three or 
 more bolts, which secure the main part of the axle 
 guard to the sole bar. 
 
 Axle Guard Keep or Horn Stay (British). A piece of 
 iron which secures the lower end of the jaws of the 
 axle guards together. See Fig. 6656. 
 
 Axle Guard Stay Rod or Axle Guard Stretcher (Brit- 
 ish). American equivalent, pedestal tie bar. A 
 longitudinal rod connecting the lower ends of the 
 axle guards. a and keeping them in position. 
 
 Axle Guard Truss. A wrought iron forged bar con- 
 necting the iron transoms of a six-wheel truck, 
 and carrying the middle safety beam. It were bet- 
 ter called the middle safety beam truss. 
 
 Axle Guard Wing (British). The inclined part of an 
 axle guard, strengthening it fore and aft. 
 
 Axle Guard Wing Washer (British). A piece of iron 
 plate used as a washer for two or more bolts se- 
 curing the wing of the axle guard to the sole bar. 
 See Axle Guard Wing. 
 
 Axle Light System of Lighting. So sailed from the fact 
 that the current is generated from a dynamo con- 
 nected either directly or by belt to the car axle. 
 Auxiliary storage batteries, which are charged while 
 the train is running, supply current when the train 
 is standing still or going slow. Automatic switches 
 throw in the current for charging and cut the gen- 
 erator in and out. There are a number of systems 
 in limited use, but the demand is growing rapidly. 
 See Gould Electric Car Lighting. Consolidated 
 Electric Car Lighting, Newbold System, Bliss Sys- 
 tem. 
 
 Axle Packing. A Dust Guard, which see. The journal 
 packing is often called axle packing. 
 
 Axle Pulley. The belt pulley mounted upon the car 
 axle for driving the axle generator. This pulley is 
 always split and provided with a bushing that is 
 bored out to fit the tapering axle. 
 
 Axle Pulley Bushing. A bushing or sleeve, split longi- 
 tudinally and bored conically inside to fit the taper- 
 ing car axle and turned cylindrical!}' outside to fit 
 the hub of the axle pulley. 
 
AXL 
 
 16 
 
 BAR 
 
 Axle Safety Bearing (Passenger Car Trucks). 51 and 
 55, Fig. 4780. The safety beam of a truck above 
 the axle and the axle safety strap, 55, below it, 
 together forming a circle around the axle. 
 
 Axle Safety Strap. 55, Fig. 4771. See above. 
 
 Axle Seat. The inside surface of the hole in a car wheel 
 which comes in contact with the axle, and not 
 the hole itself. The corresponding part of an axle 
 is called the wheel seat or wheel fit. 
 
 B 
 
 Babbitt Metal. "An alloy, consisting of 9 parts of tin 
 and 1 of copper, used for journal boxes; so called 
 from its inventor, Isaac Babbitt, of Boston. Some 
 variations have been made, and among the pub- 
 lished recipes are: 
 
 Copper 1 1 
 
 Antimony 1 5 
 
 Tin 10 50 
 
 Another recipe substitutes zinc for antimony. 
 
 The term is commonly applied to any white alloy 
 for bearings, as distinguished from the box metals 
 or brasses in which copper predominates." — Knight. 
 
 Babbitt Metal Bearings. A style of bearing of which a 
 great variety of forms exist, which in effect substi- 
 tutes Babbitt metal in some of its many forms for 
 brass as a bearing surface. Lead Lined Bearings, 
 which see, are different in that they merely use a 
 thin sheet of lead over the brass, to correct slight 
 irregularities and give an even bearing surface. 
 The bearing or brass should be bored out to re- 
 move scale. 
 
 Babcock Fire Extinguisher. Fig. 3849. A device for 
 causing rapid generation of carbonic acid gas 
 when desired by breaking a bottle of acid in the in- 
 terior by means of the bottle breaking head (the 
 handle projecting up in the center of the top of the 
 apparatus'). The solution within consists of about 
 2M> lbs. of bicarbonate of soda in about 6 gals, of 
 water. 
 
 Back (for a Pipe Clip). Fig. 2755. A metal strap some- 
 times used to attach the clips to, instead of attach- 
 ing the latter directly to the surface to which the 
 clip is attached. See Seat Back. 
 
 Back Band (Car Seat). The molding or metallic band 
 that protects the top, bottom and side edges of a 
 seat back. A seat back molding. Figs. 4174, 4197. 
 
 Back Cylinder Head (Air Brake Cylinder). 4, Figs. 
 1275-1276. See Non-Pressure Head. 
 
 Back Face Plate (Steel Tired Wheels). The inner one 
 of the two plates connecting the tire with the hub. 
 See Face Plate. 
 
 Back Guy (Steam Shovel). 15, Figs. 595-598. An iron 
 rod running from the top of the "A" frame to an 
 anchor over the body bolster under the boiler. 
 
 Back Plate (Kirby's Door Lock). I, Figs. 2480-2481. 
 
 Back Seat Bottom Rail (Longitudinal Seat). A horizon- 
 tal wooden strip at the back edge, to which a wood- 
 en seat bottom is attached. See Seat Bottom Rail. 
 
 Back Seat Rail (Street Car Seats). A longitudinal strip 
 of wood which extends along the back edge, and is 
 fastened to the window posts. 
 
 Back Seat Rail (British). In a carriage, a small trans- 
 verse wooden bar secured to the partition and sup- 
 porting the seat boards. 
 
 Back Squab (British). American equivalent, seat back. 
 In a carriage, that part of the seat which fits the 
 small of the passenger's back, and also supports the 
 
 head and a fixed back, covered with cloth and 
 stuffed with curled hair. Made elastic by springs. 
 
 Back Squab Sofa Springs (British). Analogous to the 
 American seat back springs. One end of these 
 springs butts against the partition and the other 
 against a sheet of stout canvas, the back squab rest- 
 ing against the latter. 
 
 Back Stop Timbers. Short sub-sills bolted and keyed 
 by packing blocks to the center sills of a car in 
 line with the draft timbers, to assist the draft or 
 center sills in transmitting the buffing shocks and 
 strains. Usually called a buffing sub-sill. 
 
 Baggage Car. Figs. 192, 017-619. A car for carrying 
 the baggage of passengers. A combination bag- 
 gage car. Fig. 193, is one having compartments set 
 off for express or mail, or both. A combination 
 car or coach. Fig. 188. etc.. is a passenger car with 
 a baggage compartment. A Push Baggage Car. 
 which see, is a light car for use at stations. 
 
 Baggage Truck. See Baggage Wagon Truck. 
 
 Baggage Wagon Truck. A four-wheeled vehicle with 
 a frame or rack for carrying baggage, used to 
 move the latter by hand about railway stations. A 
 two-wheeled vehicle for the same purpose is called 
 a baggage barrow. 
 
 Bail. A curved handle of a more or less semi-circular 
 form for a pail, bucket, lantern or other utensil. 
 As applied to lanterns, Fig. 3618. 
 
 Baker Car Heater. Figs. 2676-2783. A stove invented 
 and patented by Mr. Wm. C. Baker for warming 
 cars. It is arranged so as to heat water in a coil of 
 pipe in the inside of the stove, and cause it to cir- 
 culate through a series of pipes laid near the floor 
 of the car. The original heater has undergone 
 many changes, and only those forms are shown 
 that are in current use. They are: The Single- 
 Coil Fireproof, Figs. 2676-2695; the Two-Coil Fire- 
 proof, Figs. 2696-2716; the Perfected. Figs. 2717- 
 2735, and the Mighty Midget, Figs. 2736-2748, with 
 the parts belonging to them. 
 
 Balance Spring (Passenger Truck Brake Gear). Figs. 
 4851-4853. A flat spring from which the adjusting 
 hanger is suspended and which keeps the brake 
 head balanced in its proper position. 
 
 Balance Valve Pressure Regulator. Fig. 2815. A valve 
 for automatically regulating the pressure in the 
 steam pipes in a car-heating system. 
 
 Bali-Bearing Butt Hinge. Fig. 2449. A butt hinge, 
 the washer of which is a ball bearing. 
 
 Bail-Bearing Side Bearing and Center Plate. Fig. 5335. 
 
 Ballast Car. Figs. 80-89. A center dump car for haul- 
 ing and distributing ballast. See Rodger Ballast 
 Car, Goodwin Car, Gravel Car. 
 
 Ballast Plow. See Rodger Ballast Car and Plow. 
 
 Ballast Wagon (British). Figs. 6559-6560. American 
 equivalent, gravel car. A four-wheeled gondola 
 car, fitted with falling doors at the sides and ends, 
 and used for conveying ballast, rails and ties. 
 
 Baltimore Ball-Bearing Center Plate and Side Bearing 
 Fig. 5335. 
 
 Band (for Seat Backs). Figs. 4197-4208. More prop- 
 erly Seat Back Molding, which see. 
 
 Band Saw (Woodworking Machinery). Figs. 6824-6825, 
 6826, 6828. A machine with two revolving wheels 
 of large diameter over which a thin continuous rib- 
 bon or band of steel with teeth cut in the edge is 
 run. The saw passes down through a table on 
 which the work is placed to be cut. 
 
 Bar Lift. See Bar Sash Lift. 
 
BAR 
 
 FEA 
 
 Bar Sash Lift. Fig. 4630. A sash lift having a short 
 horizontal metal bar attached to two flanged studs 
 or stanchions; used for the large sashes of sleep- 
 ing and parlor cars. 
 
 Bar Shackle (of a Padlock). A rectangular, instead of 
 U-shaped, shackle. 
 
 Barber Roller Side Bearing Truck. Figs. 4700-4704 
 See Roller Side Bearing Truck. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Seats. Figs. 4134-4137. 
 
 Barney & Smith Steel Passenger Trucks (4-Wheel). 
 Fig. 4736; (6-wheel), Fig. 4774. 
 
 Barr Vestibules. Two types of vestibules designed by 
 Mr. J. X. Barr, which are called the wing vestibule 
 and the toggle vestibule. Xow little used. 
 
 Barrel Car. Fig. 25. A flat car, racked so as to carry 
 many empty barrels. They are made long, and th • 
 racks are very high in order to make up a carload 
 weight. 
 
 Barrel Door Bolt. Fig. '2386. A door bolt made of a 
 round metal bar and held on its slide in a round 
 tube or "barrel." It is constructed so that when it 
 is either engaged or disengaged from its keeper. : .t 
 can be turned by a short lever or knob and held in 
 either position by suitable stops. 
 
 Barrel Seat Lock. Fig. 4223. See Seat Lock. 
 
 Barrett Geared Ratchet Lever Jack. Fig. 3875. 
 
 Barrow Truck. This term has been used to designate 
 two-wheeled vehicles used about railroads for mov- 
 ing freight and baggage by hand; but the more 
 usual practice is to speak of Baggage Barrows or 
 Freight Trucks, which see, although both are 
 sometimes designated as barrow trucks 
 
 Bartley Flange Nut Fastener. Fig. 38G2. 
 
 Base Board Corner Molding. A light molding at the 
 junction of the base board and the floor. 
 
 Base Plate (of a Derrick or Crane). A large plate 
 placed on the floor of the car for supporting the 
 mast. . Another method is by a Mast Pocket, which 
 see. 
 
 Base Washer (Passenger Car Platform Posts). 40, 
 Figs. 648-651. A metal ring or plate, which forms 
 a bearing for the post on the platform end timber. 
 
 Basin. 1, Fig. 3684. A hollow vessel made of porce- 
 lain or metal, and in cars usually fixed in a suitable 
 stand with pipes and other attachments for filling 
 it with water and emptying it. Such basins are 
 used as lavatories in sleeping and other passen- 
 ger cars. They are emptied at the bottom through 
 a pipe connected to the basin by a basin coupling, 
 or basin bushing, which is closed by a basin plug. 
 The basin plug is attached to a basin chain, which 
 again is fastened to a stanchion called the basin 
 chain holder. 
 
 Basin Bushing and Plug. Figs. 3639-3641. 
 
 Basin Chain. See Basin. 
 
 Basin Chain Holder. Fig. 3660. See Basin. Frequently 
 called a basin chain post, or basin chain stay. 
 
 Basin Couplings. Figs. 3639-3645. See Basin. 
 
 Basin Plug. Figs. 3640-3641. See Basin. 
 
 Basin Pump. A pump of peculiar construction for 
 supplying the basin of sleeping and parlor cars 
 from the tank carried under the slab. It is called 
 single or double acting, according as the upward 
 stroke only, or both the upward and downward 
 strokes, eject water. Double acting most used. 
 The use of basin pumps has been practically dis- 
 continued on standard sleeping cars, the water 
 being carried in tanks under the car and forced 
 through the pipes by compressed air. They are 
 still in general use, however, on tourist sleeping 
 
 cars, chair cars and many day coaches. See Pull- 
 man Water Supply. 
 
 Basin Valve. 5, Fig. 3684. 
 
 Basket Rack (British, Parcel Net). Figs. 2892-2932. 
 145, Figs. 648-651. A receptacle made of cast metal 
 ends, rods, or a combination of rods and wire net- 
 ting for holding parcels. They are attached to the 
 sides of passenger cars, above the heads of the pas- 
 sengers, so as to be out of the way. Continuous 
 basket racks extend the full length of the car, and 
 are increasing in favor. One is shown in Figs. 3919- 
 3932. Parlor cars usually have no basket rack, but 
 sometimes package racks are placed between the 
 windows. Basket racks are sometimes called bun- 
 dle racks. 
 
 Basket Rack Bracket. 18, Fig. 2205 and Fig. 3904. A 
 light metal or wooden support for the end or 
 center of a basket rack. 
 
 Basket Rack Netting. Figs. 3894-3896. Wire or silk 
 netting with very large meshes, which forms the 
 bottom or back of a basket rack. 
 
 Basket Rack Rod. Figs. 3894-3896. A small round 
 metal bar which forms the main portion of a basket 
 rack, and to which the netting, when used, is fas- 
 tened. 
 
 Basket Rack Tip. Figs. 3894-3896. An ornamental 
 knob or acorn on the end of a basket rack rod. 
 
 Bastard Howe (Freight Car Framing). Fig. 267, etc 
 A style of framing having the vertical rods and in- 
 clined posts like the familiar Howe truss, but hav- 
 ing also an upright post connected with the rod 
 and serving more or less as a part of the truss. 
 The Hnwe truss proper has been used in freight 
 car construction to a limited extent. 
 
 Bastard Pratt Framing. Is a modification of the Pratt 
 bridge truss, which differs from the Howe truss in 
 having vertical posts instead of rods, and inclined 
 rods instead of braces. A combination truss em- 
 bodying the essential features of both the Howe 
 and Pratt trusses is quite commonly used. 
 
 Batted Flax Fibre. Fig. 2199. 
 
 Batten. "A piece of board or scantling of a few inches 
 in breadth." — Webster. 
 
 Batten Wagon (British). A four-wheel flat car about 
 24 feet long, fitted to carry sawed timber about 23 
 feet long, termed battens. 
 
 Battery. See Storage Battery. 
 
 Bayonet Catch. A general term derived from the man- 
 ner of fastening on a bayonet to a gun, applied to 
 the mode used in many forms of hardware and me- 
 chanical construction for connecting separate parts 
 so as to be firmly united and yet easily removable. 
 Many lamps are held in place by a form of bayonet 
 catch. 
 
 Bead. "A small salient molding of semi-circular sec- 
 tion. Also the strips on the sash frame which form 
 a guide for the sash. These beads are known as 
 the inside bead, outside bead and parting bead." — 
 Knight. 
 
 In car construction the place of the inside bead 
 is taken by the window casing, or inside window 
 stop; the place of the outside bead by the outside 
 window stop, and of the parting bead by the sash 
 parting strip, or stop bead. The term is also fre- 
 quently applied to any form of small, light molding 
 of simple outline. See Molding and Stop Bead. 
 
 Bead Molding (British). See Bead and Planted Mold- 
 ing. 
 
 Beam. "The term beam is generally applied to any 
 piece of material of considerable scantling, whether 
 
BEA 
 
 18 
 
 BEL 
 
 subject to transverse strain or not; as, for example, 
 'collar beam,' 'tie beam,' 'Brestsummer beam,' the 
 two former being subject to longitudinal strains of 
 compression and tension, respectively, and the lat- 
 ter to transverse strain." — Stoney. 
 
 1. "Any large piece of timber, large in propor- 
 tion to its thickness and squared or hewed for use." 
 — Webster. 
 
 2. A bar of metal of similar proportions is also 
 called a beam. 
 
 3. "A bar supported at two points and loaded in 
 a direction perpendicular or oblique to its length is 
 called a beam." — Rankine. 
 
 By analogy the term has of late years come to be 
 applied to similar pieces or bars of iron and steel. 
 Thus we have iron I-Beams and Deck Beams 
 (which sec), to take the place of wooden beams in 
 buildings. The term is also used to designate such 
 things as the beam of a balance or scales, a plow 
 beam, the walking-beam of a steam engine, brake 
 beam, etc. 
 Bearing. That which supports or rests on something, 
 and is in contact with it. Thus a block or stone on 
 which the end of a timber rests is called a bearing. 
 The metal block or bushing in contact with a jour- 
 nal is called a bearing. 
 
 For M. C. B. Standard journal bearing see Figs. 
 5104-5139, etc. See 
 
 Axle Safety Bearing. Lower Brake Shaft 
 
 Body Truss Rod Bear- Bearing. 
 
 ing. Rocker Side Bearing. 
 
 Brake Hanger Bearing. Side Bearing. 
 Brake Shaft Bearing. Stop Key Journal Bear- 
 
 Center Bearing. ing. 
 
 Crank Shaft Bearing. Swing Hanger Pivot 
 
 Cup Side Bearing. Bearing. 
 
 Dust Guard Bearing. Truck Side Bearing. 
 Journal Bearing. Truss Rod Bearing. 
 
 Lead Lined Journal Upper Brake Shaft 
 
 Bearing. Bearing. 
 
 Lever Shaft Bearing. 
 Bearing Casting (Tip Cars). A casting, one of a pair, 
 attached to either the car body or to the truck 
 which supports the car body and its loads. In tip 
 cars it is pivoted or hinged so as to permit the 
 body to tip or rock laterally and to thus discharge 
 its load. 
 
 Bearing Spring. An occasional but not the conven- 
 tional term for the bolster springs or main springs 
 of the car. 
 
 Bearing Spring (British). American equivalent bolster 
 spring. The spring which carries the weight of 
 the vehicle and rests on the axle box. In British 
 practice almost invariably a half-elliptic spring. 
 
 Bearing Spring Buckle (British). American equiva- 
 lent spring band. A solid wrought iron strap 
 which confines the plates of the bearing spring, and 
 is generally provided with lugs on the lower side 
 so that it cannot be moved transversely or longi- 
 tudinally on the axle box. The plates arc secured 
 to the buckle by a %-in. vertical rivet. 
 
 Bearing Spring Shoe (British). A cast iron lipped rub- 
 bing piece, secured to the under side of the sole 
 bar, on which the ends of the bearing spring bear. 
 
 Bell. Sec Recording Bell, Signal Bell, Smoke Bell, etc. 
 
 Bell Cord. Fig. 2321. Originally a rope, one end of 
 which is attached to a signal bell on the engine, 
 and which extends through or along the tops of 
 the cars the whole length of the train, and is used 
 for signaling to the locomotive engineman. It is 
 
 carried by various forms of Bell Cord Bushings, 
 Bell Cord Hangers, and Bell Cord Guides (which 
 see). In passenger trains it is attached to the 
 rafters or purlins by suitable supports on the, inside 
 of the cars. On passenger trains, the bell cord is 
 made of lengths equal to that of each car, and is 
 fastened together with suitable couplings. Bell 
 cord is made almost exclusively of cotton, solid 
 braided, flax, Italian hemp, but sometimes leather, 
 and is known by the following names in trade: 
 Brass wire covered, fancy braided, flaxen, Italian 
 hemp, solid leather and solid braided. The usual 
 sizes are s'z inch, Vi inch and 3 9 2 inch in diameter, 
 and the usual colors are drab, mahogany. Since 
 the introduction of the train air signal system the 
 bell cord in each car is separate and not carried 
 through the train. One end is attached to the car 
 discharge valve and a pull on the cord releases the 
 air in the signal pipe and blows the signal in the 
 engine cab. 
 Bell Cord Beveled Bushing. Figs. 2308-2309. See Bell 
 
 Cord Bushing. 
 Bell Cord Bushing. Figs. 2304-2314. A thimble lining 
 a hole through a partition for a bell cord to pass 
 through; in distinction from a bell cord guide, 
 which is attached to the side or roof of the car or 
 to the bell cord hanger and serves solely the ,pur- 
 pose which its name implies. For passing the bell 
 cord through inclined surfaces beveled bushings 
 are used, which are frequently provided with one 
 or more pulleys to avoid friction. 
 Bell Cord Chain Hanger. Figs. 2368-2369, 2377. 
 Bell Cord Coupling. Figs 2318, 2324-2325. The hook at- 
 tached to the end of a bell cord to enable it to be 
 connected or disconnected at pleasure with another 
 bell cord; not to be confused with a bell cord splice, 
 Fig. 2319, which is intended as a permanent connec- 
 tion. 
 Bell Cord End Hook. A common metal hook with a 
 screw shank by which it is attached to the end of 
 the car. The hook is used to fasten the end of a 
 bell cord to the last ear and thus hold it in its 
 place and prevent it from being drawn out of its 
 guides. 
 Bell Cord Guide. Figs. 2328-2341, 3961. A metal eye 
 or ring attached to the roof or ceiling of a car, or 
 to the end of a Bell Cord Hanger (which see), 
 and by which a bell cord is carried or conducted. 
 According to their method of attachment to the 
 car, they are designated as bell cord guides, with 
 flange, or with screw, or with screw and flange, 
 and they arc often provided with one or more pul- 
 leys, and are sometimes swiveled when the bell 
 cord is to be conducted in an oblique line. The 
 pulleys are ordinarily at the bottom, but sometimes 
 at the side of the bell cord guide, according to the 
 direction of probable strain. Certain tubelike forms 
 of bell cord guides are occasionally miscalled Bell 
 Cord Bushings, which see. 
 Bell Cord Guide Washer. An ornamental washer for 
 making a finish for a bell cord guide where it is 
 attached to a car roof. 
 Bell Cord Hanger. Figs. 2355-2377. A guide for the 
 bell cord, hanging usually from the center of the 
 clear story or upper deck. In its original form it 
 consists of a bell cord strap, attached to a bell cord 
 strap hanger bracket, which latter is screwed to the 
 top of the car. The simpler forms of these brack- 
 ets, as Figs. 2355-2359, arc called screw tops. The 
 lower end of the strap carries a ring called the bell 
 
BEL 
 
 19 
 
 BER 
 
 cord guide, which latter is often provided with a 
 pulley at the bottom to obviate friction. To avoid 
 unpleasant vibration, the double strap hanger has 
 been used, giving lateral stability, and bell cord 
 rod hangers, Figs. 2370-2373, have been used swing- 
 ing on a pivot. Bell cord fixed hangers, Fig 2365, 
 are used where the drop is small. 
 
 Bell Cord Hanger Bracket or Screw Top. Fig. 2356 
 See Bell Cord Hanger. 
 
 Bell Cord Hanger Straps. Figs. 2378-2385. See Bell 
 Cord Hanger. 
 
 Bell Cord Pulley or Sheave. Figs. 2328-2353. A wheel 
 in a bell cord guide over which a bell cord runs. 
 
 Bell Cord Rod Hanger. Figs. 2370-2373. See Bell Cord 
 Hanger. 
 
 Bell Cord Sheave. A Bell Cord Pulley, which see. 
 
 Bell Cord Splice. Fig. 2319. A metal coupling with 
 right and left hand screws for permanently splic- 
 ing the ends of a broken cord. See Bell Cord 
 Coupling. 
 
 Bell Cord Strap. Figs. 2378-2385. See Bell Cord Hanger. 
 
 Bell Cord Strap Hanger. Figs. 2355-2260. See Bell 
 Cord Hanger. 
 
 Bell Cord Strap Hanger Bracket. Figs. 2355-2260. See 
 Bell Cord Hanger. 
 
 Bell Cord Strap Hanger Screw Top. Figs. 23-56, 2365. 
 See Bell Cord Hanger. 
 
 Bell Cord Thimble. A Bell Cord Bushing, which see. 
 
 Bell Crank. An L-shaped rectangular lever, often with 
 the two extremities connected so as to be of trian- 
 gular form, for changing the direction of motion 
 by 90 degrees, more or less. 
 
 Bell Crank (Hand Car). 23, Figs. 6207-6209. A crank- 
 attached to the propelling lever shaft, giving more 
 favorable direction to the power applied to the 
 levers. 
 
 Bell Rope. A Bell Cord, which see. 
 
 Bell's Exhaust Hopper Ventilator. An attachment 
 placed underneath the floor pipe of a closet hopper, 
 on the under side of a passenger car, to produce a 
 downward draft through the hopper when the car 
 is in motion. The attachment is of a concave coni- 
 cal form, which by the motion of the train in either 
 direction causes the air to pass downward through 
 the floor pipe by creating a partial vacuum at the 
 base. 
 
 Belt Aligning Device. Mechanism consisting of 
 screws and slip collars for adjusting the alignment 
 of the belt, by shifting the generator so that its 
 pulley shall be in the same vertical plane with the 
 axle pulley. 
 
 Belt Molding. A molding passing entirely around the 
 interior of a passenger car directly above the win- 
 dows, in the middle of the wide board called the 
 inside lining. 
 
 Belt Tension. Mechanism consisting of springs, rods 
 and nuts for adjusting and maintaining the tension 
 of belt used for driving an axle generator. 
 
 Belt Rail. 49, Figs. 262-272, etc.; 65, Figs. 599-619. A 
 part of the framing of a passenger or street car 
 frame below the windows on the outside, extending 
 the whole length of the car body and attached to 
 each post. It is usually framed into the posts and 
 supports the window sills. The term is often ap- 
 plied to the Girth, which sec of a box car. The 
 Upper Belt Rail, which see, is a similar strip di- 
 rectly above the window. 
 
 Belt Rail Band (Street Cars). An iron band on the 
 outside of a belt rail covering the joint of the latter 
 
 with the panel. It extends around each corner of 
 the car to the door posts. 
 
 Belt Rail Cap. 81, Figs. 645-647, A thin strip of wood 
 nailed to the top of a belt rail, and which forms a 
 seat for the window sill. 
 
 Belting. See Victor-Balata Belt. 
 
 Bench Cap. Transverse timbers resting upon the side 
 sills of a coal or ore car, to tie the sills together 
 and prevent spreading, and also to support the 
 doors or winding shaft about which the winding 
 shaft chain is wound. 
 
 Bend (Iron Pipes). Fig. 2772, etc. See Return Bend. 
 They are distinguished as close and open return 
 bends. 
 
 Bent Ladder Round. The lower round of the ladder 
 of box cars, having an angle turned up at the inside 
 for the safety of trainmen, to prevent the foot slip- 
 ping off the ladder round. The use of such rounds 
 has been recommended by the M. C. B. Associa- 
 tion. See Ladder and Ladder Round. 
 
 Berlin Woodworking Machinery. Figs. 6826-6834. 
 
 Berth. 1, 2, Figs. 2201-2202, 4112. A bed in a Sleeping 
 Car, which see; also, the shelf or support on which 
 the bed rests. There are two such beds in the 
 space occupied by two double seats, which is called 
 a section. The lower berth is made up on the seats 
 and the upper one on a shelf, which can be raised 
 or folded up out of the way in daytime, as shown 
 in Fig. 2203. A full section with both the upper 
 and lower berths made up is shown in Fig. 2201. 
 See Lower Berth, Upper Berth. 
 
 Berth Arm. A Berth Brace, which see. 
 
 Berth Bolt. See Berth Latch Bolt. 
 
 Berth Brace. A metal rod, chain,, or wire rope some- 
 times attached to the side and near the top of a 
 sleeping car, and at the other end to the outer edge 
 of a berth, which is supported by the brace. In the 
 later designs it is done away with, the berth being 
 supported by the berth chain. 
 
 Berth Brace Eye. A metal plate with suitable lugs for 
 fastening the brace to the top of the car or to the 
 berth. 
 
 Berth Bracket. Fig. 4235. A bracket on which an upper 
 berth of a sleeping car rests when lowered. 
 
 Berth Catch and Plate. 48, Figs. 2201-2202; Figs. 3977- 
 3978. 
 
 Berth Chain. 25, Figs. 2201-2202; C, Fig. 4365. A pitch 
 chain passing from the berth spring through the 
 overhead pulley and to the corner of the upper 
 berth to support it. The berth spring is attached 
 to the chain to counteract the weight of the berth. 
 The berth chain does the service of the berth 
 spring rope and berth brace. 
 
 Berth Chain End Plate. See Berth Spring Lug. 
 
 Berth Chain Pulley. 24, Figs. 2201-2202; L, Fig 4365. 
 A pulley attached to the roof of a sleeping car, over 
 which a berth chain runs. 
 
 Berth Curtain. 17, Figs. 2201-2202. A curtain hung in 
 front of a sleeping car section to hide the occupants 
 from sight. A single curtain covers both berths, 
 and is hung from the berth curtain rod. 
 
 Berth Curtain Hook. Figs. 4376, 4383. A metal hook 
 attached to a berth curtain, and by which the latter 
 is hung on a rod above the berths; usually covered 
 with leather to prevent rattling. 
 
 Berth Curtain Pole. See Berth Curtain Rod. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod. 16, Figs. 2201-2202, 4369-4372. A 
 rod usually made of metal tubing, fastened above 
 a section of a sleeping car and to which a berth 
 curtain is hung. They are now made in sections 
 
BER 
 
 20 
 
 BET 
 
 supported by folding brackets, and swing into the 
 upper berth out of sight, except when berths are 
 made up. See Berth Curtain Rod Bracket. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Acorn. See Berth Curtain Rod Tip. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Bolt. A small vertical bolt, usually 
 tipped with an acorn, fastening the curtain rod in 
 the coupling on the bracket. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Bracket. 15, Figs. 2201-2202, and 
 Figs. 4399-4405. A metal bracket attached to the 
 deck side of a sleeping car, which forms a support 
 for a berth curtain rod. Such brackets usually have 
 a coat and hat hook attached to them. A hanger, 
 Fig. 4405, is sometimes used as a substitute for a 
 bracket at certain points. The stationary bracket 
 has been replaced by the folding curtain rod bracket, 
 which folds, with the rod attached, into the upper 
 berth and out of sight when the curtains are not 
 in use. See Curtain Rod Folding Bracket. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Coupling. A fastening by which a 
 berth curtain rod of a sleeping car is secured to a 
 bracket. It usually consists of a bolt or screw. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Hanger. Fig. 4405. See Berth Cur- 
 tain Rod. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Socket. A metal flanged ring which 
 is fastened to some part of a sleeping car to carry 
 the berth curtain rod, also called berth curtain rod 
 bushing. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Tip or Acorn. See Acorn. 
 
 Berth Extension Arms. Fig. 4318. 
 
 Berth Fixtures, etc. Figs. 4305-4410. 
 
 Berth Front. 4, 5, Figs. 2201-2202. The bottom of the 
 upper berth when it is down. There are two parts, 
 the upper part and the lower part, which is next 
 to the car side. The berth front panel is between 
 the two berth fronts. 
 
 Berth Front Borders and Corners. Figs. 4262-4267. 
 
 Berth Front Panel. 6, Figs. 2201-2202. The panel in 
 the bottom of the upper berth between the two 
 berth fronts. 
 
 Berth Handle. A Berth Latch Handle, which see. 
 
 Berth Headboard. 9, Figs. 2201-2202. See Headboard. 
 
 Berth Head Rest Pivot and Plate. Figs. 4216-4217. 
 
 Berth Hinge. Figs. 4349-4352. A hinge or joint by 
 which the back edge of an upper berth of a sleep- 
 ing car is attached to the side of a car. They are 
 distinguished as loose and fast. A fast hinge is 
 shown in Fig. 4355. The loose hinge fits in a plate 
 or bushing. Shown with the hinges. 
 
 Berth Hinge Bushing. A hollow metal socket in which 
 the spindle of a loose berth hinge works. 
 
 Berth Hinge Plate. Fig. 4353. A plate which takes the 
 place of a berth hinge bushing. 
 
 Berth Lamps. Figs. 4385-4387. Electric lamps for the 
 berths of sleeping cars. The Gibbs lamp is fixed in 
 the partition between two berths, and the one lamp 
 may light two berths, there being a metallic cover 
 or slide which shuts it ofif at any time from either 
 side of the partition. 
 
 Berth Latch. 47 and 48, Figs. 2201-2202 and Figs. 4356- 
 4361. A spring bolt for holding the upper berth of 
 a sleeping car up in its place when not in use. To 
 obviate the danger of the berth shutting up in case 
 of overturning of the car, the safety berth rope and 
 attachments, 26, Figs. 2201-2202, are used. Safety 
 berth latches have also been used to obviate the 
 necessity of using a safety rope. See Safety Berth 
 Latch. 
 
 Berth Latch Bolt. 48, Figs. 2201-2202. A bar or pin of 
 a berth latch which engages in a corresponding 
 strike plate or keeper to hold the berth up. 
 
 Berth Latch Face Plate. Figs. 4368, 4373-4374. 
 
 Berth Latch Handle. Figs. 4368, 4373-4374. 
 
 Berth Latch Keeper. Also called Strike Plate, which 
 see. See Berth Latch Bolt. 
 
 Berth Latch Lever. The part by which the berth latch 
 handle operates the berth latch bolt; also called a 
 berth latch rocker plate. 
 
 Berth Latch (or Lock) Plate and Bolt. Figs. 4323-4324. 
 
 Berth Latch Rocker Plate. See Berth Latch Lever. 
 
 Berth Latch (or Lock) Rods. Fig. 4367. 
 
 Berth Latch Shell. A metal covering made in the form 
 of a sea shell for covering and protecting the handle 
 of a berth latch in a sleeping car. 
 
 Berth Lock. A Berth Latch, which see. 
 
 Berth Mattress. 18, Figs. 2201-2202. The mattresses 
 which cover the seat cushions of the lower berth 
 and the springs of the upper berth. When the 
 berths are made up for day travel the mattresses 
 are stored in the upper berth, as shown in the 
 figure. 
 
 Berth Numbers. Figs. 4378-4382. Figures or numbers,, 
 usually made of metal or porcelain, for numbering 
 the berths or sections of sleeping cars. They are 
 frequently sewed to plush panels and hung from 
 the berth curtain rods. 
 
 Berth or Bunk Partition. S, Figs. 2201-2202. The 
 partition between the upper berths of two adjacent 
 sleeping car sections. It is of the same outline as 
 the upper berth's cross-section. 
 
 Berth Pivot. Fig. 4327. 
 
 Berth Pivot Socket. Figs. 4305-4306. 
 
 Berth Rattle Stop. Figs. 4330-4331. 
 
 Berth Rest. See Upper Berth Rest. 
 
 Berth Safety Latch Handle, in place attached to car, 47,. 
 Figs. 2201-2202. See Safety Berth Latch. 
 
 Berth Safety Rope. 26, Figs. 2201-2202. A wire rope 
 fastening the upper berth of a sleeping car to the 
 fixed arms of the lower berth, to prevent accidental 
 closing up of the upper berth in case of overturning 
 of the car. The rope is fastened to the upper berth 
 by a berth safety rope fastener and to the lower 
 berth by inserting a knob into a berth safety rope 
 holder. 
 
 Berth Safety Rope Fastener. See Berth Safety Rope. 
 
 Berth Safety Rope Holder. See Berth Safety Rope. 
 
 Berth Safety Rope Hook. Fig. 4384. 
 
 Berth Safety Rope Knob. See Berth Safety Rope. 
 
 Berth Spring. 23, Figs. 2201-2202; Fig. 4367. A spring 
 usually made in a spiral form, like a watch spring, 
 coiled within a device called the berth spring fusee 
 and attached to the upper berth of a sleeping car 
 by a berth chain so as to counteract the weight of 
 the latter and make it easy to raise and lower it. 
 
 Berth Spring Frame. 23, Figs. 2201-2202 and Fig. 4367. 
 A metal support which holds a berth spring and 
 fusee. 
 
 Berth Spring Fusee. See Fusee. 
 
 Berth Spring Lug or Clip. M, Fig. 4365. The means 
 by which the end of a berth chain is fastened to the- 
 upper berth, sometimes called a berth chain end 
 plate. 
 
 Berth Striker Plate. A Berth Latch Keeper, which see 
 
 Bettendorf Body and Bolster. Figs. 1125-1127, 1142. 
 Body and truck bolsters made of I-beams having 
 their webs compressed to give the necessary reduc- 
 tion in height at the ends. The two beams are 
 placed side by side and tied together with end 
 plates, the side bearing castings and center plates. 
 
 Bettendorf Cast Steel Truck. Figs. 4687-4692. 
 
BET 
 
 21 
 
 BLO 
 
 Bettendorf Underframe. Figs. 1019-1023, 1027-1029. A 
 metal underframe for freight cars, built up of 
 structural steel shapes, pressed and formed into the 
 shapes as used in the car. 
 Beveled Bushing. Fig. 2308. See Bell Cord Bushing. 
 Beveled Washer. Fig. 743. A washer used to give an 
 even bearing for rods which stand at an acute 
 angle to the surface on which the nut or bolt head 
 bears. Sometimes two such washers which come 
 near together are cast in one piece, and are then 
 called double beveled washers. See Triangular 
 Washer. 
 
 Bezel. "A term applied by watchmakers and jewelers 
 to the groove and projecting flange or lip by which 
 the crystal of a watch is retained in its setting. An 
 ouch." — Knight. Hence Globe Bezel (Pintsch Gas 
 Lamp), which see, 307, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 Bibb. A curved nozzle for conveying liquids and chang- 
 ing the direction of their flow, usually from a hori- 
 zontal to a vertical current. Hence — 
 
 Bibb Cock. Fig. 3656. Literally, a cock with a curved 
 nozzle or spout, but commonly restricted to a cock 
 with a plain valve without springs, moved by the 
 hand only. 
 
 Billet Car. Figs. 372-375. A low side gondola car, built 
 of steel throughout for transportation of hot steel 
 billets or other heavy material. 
 
 Bin Coke Car. Figs. 521-523. A steel car for carrying 
 coke, which has the floor divided up into a number 
 of separate hoppers or bins so that all or only part 
 of the load may be discharged by opening one or 
 more of the doors at the bottoms of the bins. 
 
 Bit (of a Key). The part of a key which enters the lock 
 and acts upon the bolt and tumblers. The bit con- 
 sists of the web and wards. The web is the por- 
 tion left after the wards are cut out. The wards (of 
 a key) consequently are those spaces which fit over 
 the Wards of a lock, which see. Some bits have no 
 wards. 
 
 Blake Butt. An indefinite term, meaning in general a 
 plain cast iron butt hinge, having a washer, but no 
 acorns or screw pin. 
 
 Blank Hinge. A hinge which permits the door to swing 
 open in either direction. It is intended as a sub- 
 stitute for one of a pair of Double-Acting Spring 
 Hinges, which see, as being lighter and cheaper. 
 
 Bleeding Valve or Bleeding Cock. Another term for 
 Release Valve or Release Cock, which see. The 
 operation of releasing the brakes when applied upon 
 a car detached from the locomotive is sometimes 
 called bleeding. The bleeding valve is located in 
 the auxiliary reservoir, and the brakes may be re- 
 leased by opening it and allowing the air in the 
 brake cylinder and auxiliary reservoir to escape. 
 
 Blind. A Window Blind, which see. They are some- 
 times single, but usually double, distinguished as 
 lower and upper. Flexible window blinds are rarely 
 used now, having been displaced by window shades. 
 
 Blind Ceiling (Refrigerator Car). L, Figs. 305-308. A 
 layer of light boards next above the inside ceiling 
 in the roof of the car. 
 
 Blind Floor (Refrigerator Cars). I, Figs. 305-321. A 
 layer of boards under the sub-floor and fastened to 
 nailing strips secured to the bottom of the sills. 
 
 Blind Lifts, Bushing, Bolt, etc. Fig. 4527. See Win- 
 dow Blind Lift, etc. 
 
 Blind Lining (Refrigerator Cars). E, Figs. 305-321. A 
 thin layer of boards between the outside sheathing 
 and the inside lining; also called intermediate 
 lining, 53a, Figs. 305-321. 
 
 Bliss Folding Platform Gate. Figs. 4013-4014. A metal 
 gate for platforms of railroad and street cars which 
 has a joint in the middle and which folds together 
 when opened, and does not occupy much space. 
 
 Bliss System of Electric Train Lighting. Figs. 3371- 
 3491. Includes the so-called axle light system for 
 individual cars and the head-end system, as applied 
 to entire trains. For generating the current on 
 single cars it employs generators of various capaci- 
 ties, ranging from 1% to 6 k.w., while for head-end 
 working generators from 8 to 25 k.w. are used. All 
 the smaller generators are belt driven, while the 
 largest are fitted with gears and special axles simi- 
 lar to street railway motors. The generators are 
 automatically connected and disconnected from the 
 lighting and battery circuits by special electrically 
 operated switches, thus preventing discharge of 
 batteries through generators when the latter run 
 under operative speed or are at rest. 
 
 The output of all sizes of generators may be 
 regulated to compensate for varying train speeds 
 by any of the standard types of regulators made by 
 the company of which a number have been de- 
 veloped to meet varying conditions. They all oper- 
 ate to secure maximum output within the limits of 
 the capacity of the generator, and are further ar- 
 ranged to prevent over-charging the storage bat- 
 teries, which constitute an essential element in this 
 system. 
 
 The lamp voltage, in all cases, is maintained con- 
 stant by means of sensitive, though ruggedly con- 
 structed special lamp regulators. The result is that 
 all batteries are fully charged whenever the power 
 ceases, which is the case when the car or train stops. 
 The discharge taken from the batteries for lighting 
 lamps at stops or terminals is quickly restored after 
 the axle generators become operative again. All 
 apparatus is automatic and requires no attention on 
 the road. 
 
 The system has also been extended to include 
 the proper regulation of steam-drive, head-end gen- 
 erators to secure maximum economy in battery 
 operation and maintenance, the same general types 
 of generator regulators and lamp regulators being 
 employed. The system also embraces all the train 
 lighting appurtenances, such as train line couplers, 
 automatic jumpers, etc. A train may be operated 
 by a head-end generator, and, in addition, any num- 
 ber of the cars may be equipped with individual 
 axle light plants, while some of the cars may 
 be supplied with batteries and lamps only, and still 
 others with nothing but lamps. All the cars may 
 be coupled together by the train lines, and yet all 
 the various pieces of apparatus will act in unison 
 and harmony together, one car helping another, if 
 need be, without overloading generators and regu- 
 lators and without interfering with the operation of 
 the lamps. A flexible, universal, interchangeable 
 and complete system of electric car and train 
 lighting. 
 
 Block. 1. "A heavy piece of timber or wood, usually 
 with one plane surface; or it is rectangular and 
 rather thick than long." — Webster. 
 
 2. "A pulley or system of pulleys mounted on 
 its frame or shell, with its band or strap. A block 
 consists of one or more pulleys or sheaves, in a 
 groove of which the rope runs, fastened in a shell 
 or frame by pins, on which they revolve; of a shell 
 or frame enclosing the pulley or pulleys; and of a 
 
BLO 
 
 BOD 
 
 strap or band, consisting of a rope, encompassing 
 the shell, and attached by an eye of rope or a hook 
 to some object." — Ed. Ency. 
 
 The interior wheels are termed sheaves, which 
 latter term is often used to designate the whole 
 block or pulley, but incorrectly. A snatch block is 
 a block with only one sheave, and with an opening 
 at the side for the ready insertion and removal of 
 the rope. Blocks without this opening, however, 
 are sometimes loosely termed snatch blocks. See, 
 Body Bolster Spacing Packing Block. 
 
 Block. Safety Beam Block. 
 
 Body Bolster Truss Spring Block. 
 
 Block. Swing Hanger Friction 
 
 Brake Block. Block. 
 
 Brake Cylinder Block. Transom Bearing Block. 
 Buffer Block. Transom Truss Block. 
 
 Center Plate Block. Truck Bolster Guide 
 
 Dead Block. Block. 
 
 Distance Block. Truck Bolster Truss 
 
 Floor Timber Distance Block. 
 
 Block. Truss Block. 
 
 Guide Block 
 
 Block and Tackle. A general term applied to a pair or 
 more of pulleys and accompanying rope. Also 
 termed fall and tackle, or simply tackle. 
 
 Block Car. A car generally attached to wrecking trains, 
 behind the wrecking crane, for carrying blocking, 
 ropes, chains and other tools. Usually a common 
 box car, sometimes fitted up with bunks. 
 
 Blocking. A mode of securing together the vertical 
 angles of woodwork by blocks of wood glued or 
 nailed in the inside angle. The method is largely 
 used in every form of carpentry, where great 
 strength is not required in the joint. In car work, 
 generally known as furring blocks. 
 
 Blount Door Check. Fig. 2652. 
 
 Board. 'A piece of timber sawed thin, and of consid- 
 erable length and breadth, compared with the thick- 
 ness, used for building and other purposes." — 
 Webster. See 
 
 Brake Foot Board, Letter Board. 
 
 Deck Soffit Board. Roof Boards. 
 
 Eaves Fascia Board. Roof Running Board. 
 
 Fender Board. Running Board. 
 
 Head Board. Seat Back Board. 
 
 Inside Cornice Fascia Soffit Board. 
 
 Board. Splash Board. 
 
 Inside Cornice Sub-Fas- Tread Board, 
 cia Board. 
 Board Roofs (Freight Cars). A very indefinite term, 
 usually meaning either one with a double layer of 
 boards only, with or without painted canvas or 
 other packing, or a single layer of boards covered 
 with sheet metal. The Winslow and other roofs 
 have boarding over the metal sheets. 
 Boarding Car. A car fitted up for cooking and serving 
 meals to men at work on the line of a road. It is 
 sometimes fitted with sleeping berths and bunks. 
 Body. 1. (Of a Car). The main or principal part in 
 or on which the load is placed. American cars 
 usually consist of a body carried on two trucks. 
 
 2. (Of a Valve, Cylinder, etc.) The main or 
 principal part, to which the other parts are at- 
 tached, as cylinder body, etc. 
 Body Bolsters. Figs. 1077-1115; 12, Figs. 262-272; 10, 
 Figs. 577-578-599, 619. The transverse members of 
 the underframe over the trucks which transmit the 
 loads carried by the longitudinal sills to the trucks 
 through the center plates. Metal body bolsters are 
 
 becoming standard for use on freight cars regard- 
 less of whether the sills are of wood or steel. For 
 passenger cars, built-up iron double-body bolsters 
 or cast steel double-body bolsters are commonly 
 used. Built-up metal body bolsters are made in the 
 form of a truss, the top member being known as the 
 top plate and the bottom member as the bottom 
 plate or compression bar, the two being held apart 
 by a web filler or small castings called body bolster 
 thimbles. The term body transom is sometimes 
 applied to the bolster, but incorrectly, as this term 
 applies more properly to the cross tie timber. 
 
 Body Bolster Compression Bar. 2, Figs. 1128-1129, and 
 12b, Figs. 262-272. 
 
 Body Bolster End Pocket Casting. A cast cap that fits 
 over the end of a composite body bolster, through 
 which the truss rods pass, and on which the truss 
 rod nuts bear. It is a body bloster truss rod washer 
 enlarged so as to cover the entire end of the bolster. 
 
 Body Bolster Flitch Plates. Plates of iron or steel 
 sandwiched in between pieces of wood and bolted 
 together to give a wooden bolster greater strength. 
 Frequently called body bolster sandwich plates. 
 
 Body Bolster Sandwich Plates. See above. 
 
 Body Bolster Tension Bar. Figs. 1128-1129, and 12a, 
 Figs. 262-272, etc. 
 
 Body Bolster Thimble. Figs. 941, 948. See also Body 
 Bolster. 
 
 Body Bolster Truss Block. 15, Figs. 341-344. A block 
 of wood or distance piece on the top of a wooden 
 body bolster between the center floor timbers and 
 underneath the bolster truss rods. 
 
 Body Bolster Truss Rod. 13, Figs. 202-272. A metal 
 rod which lies parallel with and passes above the 
 center of the bolster over the truss rod bearing so 
 as to form a truss; generally two are used for each 
 bolster. 
 
 Body Bolster Truss Rod Bearing. See Body Bolster 
 Truss Rod. 
 
 Body Bolster Truss Rod Saddle Straps. Straps that 
 connect the truss rods, passing diagonally through 
 the two ends of the body bolster. The strap is a 
 flat bar of iron about 3 x V2 inch, with a rectangular 
 bend at the ends, into which the truss rod heads fit. 
 These straps bear upon the center sills. 
 
 Body Bolster Truss Rod Washer. 14, Figs. 262-272. 
 An iron bearing plate on the end of a body bolster; 
 often made to take two or more rods. 
 
 Body Brace. 33, Figs. 262-272. An inclined member of 
 the body side or end framing. In the usual form of 
 side framing for freight cars the braces are inserted 
 in the panels between the bolster and the center of 
 the car, inclining toward the center of the car while 
 the counter braces are framed in the panel between 
 the bolster and the end of the car, inclining toward 
 the end of the car. See Brace and Counterbrace. 
 
 Body Brace Rod. 34, Figs. 262-272. An inclined iron 
 rod in the side or end of a car body frame, which 
 acts as a brace. They are distinguished as end and 
 side body brace rods. A brace straining rod is a 
 short vertical rod in the side of a passenger car 
 under the window. 
 
 Body Center Plate. Figs. 952-953; 17, Figs. 262-272; 11, 
 Figs. 1046-1047. The center plate attached to the 
 under side of the body bolster. See Center Plate. 
 
 Body Check Chain Eye. Fig. 914. An eye bolt or 
 clevis for fastening a truck check chain or safety 
 chain to the car body. See also Truck Check Chain 
 Eye. 
 
BOD 
 
 23 
 
 BOL 
 
 Body Check Chain Hook. An iron hook on the Check 
 Chain, which see, which enters into the check chain 
 eye. 
 Body Counterbrace. 37, Figs. 262-272, etc. A brace 
 in the side frame of a car body between the bolsters 
 and the end of the car. These braces are inclined 
 in a direction opposite to those between the bolster 
 and center of the car. Sometimes counter braces 
 are inserted in the central portion of the car be- 
 tween the two bolsters. They are then termed 
 center counter braces. See Counterbrace and 
 Framing. 
 Body Counterbrace Rod. 37, Figs. 262-272. Usually an 
 inclined iron rod in the side frame of a car body, 
 between the bolster and the end of the car. It may 
 be a diagonal brace rod in a Pratt truss, which 
 runs counterwise with those rods which carry the 
 load. It may then be between the bolsters. 
 Body End Furring. Furring in the end of a car. See 
 
 Furring. 
 Body End Plate. A wooden plank across the end of the 
 car joining the side plates together. They are fre- 
 quently made very wide and heavy. See End Plate. 
 Body End Rail. See End Rail. 
 Body End Rib (Street Car). A rib in the end of a street 
 
 car. See Body Rib. 
 Body Hand Rail. 44, Figs. 648-651. An iron rod or bar 
 attached to the end of passenger and street cars 
 for persons to take hold of in getting on or off the 
 cars; not to be confused with Platform Rail, which 
 see. 
 Body Knee (British). No American equivalent. A 
 heavy wrought iron knee, securing the sides of the 
 body to the underframe and keeping them at right 
 angles to one another. 
 Body Post (Freight Car Bodies). 42, Figs. 262-272. 
 An upright timber which is framed into the sill and 
 plate of a freight car. The body posts and corner 
 posts form the vertical members of the side frame 
 of a car body. In passenger cars such posts are 
 called Window Posts, which see. See Post. 
 Body Post Pocket. 42a. Figs. 262-272, etc. See Pocket. 
 Body Queen Post. 22, Figs. 599-619. An iron rod, bar 
 or casting, on the under side of a car body and 
 against which the body truss rods bear. It is often 
 stiffened laterally and longitudinally by a body 
 queen post stay. Fig. 989. See also Queen Post. 
 Body Queen Post Stay or Brace. 22b, Figs. 648-651. 
 
 See Body Queen Post. 
 Body Rib or Side Stud (Street Car). A rib or vertical 
 post of the car body framing which corresponds to 
 the studs. They are curved to conform to the 
 shape of the street car body. 
 Body Ring (Pintsch Lamp). 301, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 Body Side Bearings. 16, Figs. 262-272; 9, Figs. 1046- 
 1047. The upper one of the two Side Bearings, 
 which see, attached to the body bolsters. 
 Body Spring. A Bolster Spring, which see. 
 Body Transom. 22, Figs. 262-272, etc. A name some- 
 times given to the Needlebeam or Cross Tie Tim- 
 ber, which see, bolted to the under side of the sills. 
 Body Truss Rod. 19, Figs. 262-272; 20, Figs. 599-619; 
 Figs. 886-887. An iron rod usually 1% in. or 1%' in. 
 in diameter extending from end sill to end sill, pass- 
 ing over the body bolsters on truss rod saddles and 
 under the truss rod queen posts hung from the cross 
 tie timbers. With the sills they form a truss and 
 support the car body, preventing the sills from sag- 
 ging between the bolsters. In passenger cars truss 
 rod anchor irons are sometimes used, which are 
 
 fastened to the sills near the bolsters. The truss 
 rods are then attached to these anchors and are not 
 brought out through the end sills. Truss rods are 
 distinguished as center, intermediate and side or 
 outside truss rods. Usually only four are used, but 
 sometimes six or eight. 
 Body Truss Rod Bearing. 21, Figs. 262-272; Figs. 753- 
 755. A cast or wrought iron plate or post on the 
 under side of a truss block, or of a cross tie timber, 
 serving the purpose of a Body Queen Post, which 
 see. 
 
 Body Truss Rod Hopper Strap. A tie strap passing un- 
 der and supporting the hopper of a gondola car, the 
 ends of which strap are fastened to the body truss 
 rods, which carry the stress to the end sills. 
 
 Body Truss Rod Saddle. 20, Figs. 262-272; 21, Figs. 
 599-619. A block of wood or a casting which forms 
 a distance piece on top of a bolster, and on which a 
 continuous body truss rod bears. Properly speak- 
 ing, a saddle means a common bearing for a pair 
 of rods with a central support, but it is not re- 
 stricted to such use. 
 
 Body Truss Rod Washer. 19a, Figs. 262-272. A heavy 
 iron washer on the outside face of the end sill, on 
 which the nut on the end of the body truss rod 
 bears. 
 
 Bogie (British). Figs. 6737-6738. A swiveling Car 
 Truck, which see. All American eight-wheeled cars 
 and coaches are what are termed in Great Britain 
 bogie carriages, or wagons. 
 
 Bogie Carriage (British). Figs. 6466-6467, etc. A ve- 
 hicle for passenger service recently much used on 
 the fastest trains. The body is from 40 to 54 feet 
 long, usually divided into compartments, with side 
 doors, but often having a through corridor, and 
 seating from 30 to 80 passengers. It is carried on 
 four or six-wheel trucks. See also Carriage. 
 
 Bogus Plate (Refrigerator Cars). A horizontal tim- 
 ber attached to the posts on the inside of the car, a 
 short distance below the plate. The bogus plates 
 support horizontal cross timbers, called meat tim- 
 bers, or hanging bars, to which hooks are attached 
 for hanging meat. 
 
 Bohn Refrigerator. Figs. 329-331. A system of refrig- 
 eration in which the cold air is siphoned from the 
 ice tanks into the circulating passages of the car. 
 The same principle is used on small refrigerators 
 for dining and cafe cars. 
 
 Boies Car Wheels. Figs. 5412-5413. A steel-tired wheel 
 with a wrought iron single plate, or with a double 
 plate center. The single plate seems most in favor, 
 and is fastened by what the manufacturers call an 
 integral tire lock. This lock and the manner of 
 fastening the tire are shown in the engravings, with 
 the cross section of the tire. 
 
 Boiler (Steam Shovel). 26, Figs. 596-598. 
 
 Boiler Wagon (British). A six or eight-wheeled car 
 having two bogies or trucks at the ends with a drop- 
 down platform between them, adapted to carry any 
 exceptionally heavy or bulky load, such as a boiler, 
 a heavy piece of machinery or a portable engine. 
 It is mechanically an American freight car, with 
 the middle portion dropped down to near the level 
 of the rails. Also called Well Wagon or Trolley 
 Wagon, which see. 
 
 Bolster. Figs. 1077-1115, 4796-4797, etc. A cross timber 
 or trussed beam on the under side of a car body 
 (Body Bolster, which see), and in the center of a 
 truck (Truck Bolster, which see). The bolsters 
 carry the body and truck center plates, the body 
 
BOL 
 
 BOO 
 
 bolster resting on the truck bolster. Special forms 
 for passenger cars are Compound Bolster, Double 
 Body Bolster, which see. Fig 1147. 
 
 Truck bolsters are either Swing Bolsters, which 
 see, admitting of lateral motion to ease off shocks. 
 or rigid bolsters, which permit no lateral motion. 
 All passenger trucks have swing bolsters. In 
 freight car service the rigid bolster has the prefer- 
 ence, and rigid bolster trucks are the more nu- 
 merous. 
 
 Bolster Bridge (Six- Wheel Truck). 62, Figs. 4780- 
 4783. A Side Bearing Bridge, which see. 
 
 Bolster Center Casting. A hollow rectangular-shaped 
 casting placed between the draft timbers and body 
 bolster plates; the king bolt passes through it. 
 
 Bolster Chafing Plate. Figs. 4928-4929. An iron plate 
 attached to the side of the transom to prevent 
 wear from abrasion by movement of the bolster. 
 More properly, Transom Chafing Plate, which see. 
 The corresponding casting on the side of the bol- 
 ster which is, strictly speaking, the bolster chafing 
 plate, is commonly called friction block or friction 
 plate. Figs. 4930-4931. 
 
 Bolster Distance Block. The same as a Body Bolster 
 Thimble, which see. 
 
 Bolster Flitch Plate. The iron or steel plates of a built- 
 up bolster, sandwiched between wood pieces. They 
 are rarely met with now, having been almost en- 
 tirely superseded by the metal bolster. They are 
 also called bolster sandwich plates. . 
 
 Bolster End Cap. A metal plate over the end of the 
 truck bolster, replacing the bolster truss rod wash- 
 ers used on trussed wooden bolsters. 
 
 Bolster Hanger. See Swing Hanger. 
 
 Bolster Hanger Carrier. Figs. 4893-4895. A Swing 
 Hanger Pivot Bearing, which see. 
 
 Bolster Jack Screws (Wrecking Cars). Jack screws at- 
 tached to the spring plank for the purpose of taking 
 the load off the springs and making the entire truck 
 and car body one rigid structure when the derrick 
 of the wrecking car is in use. Tongs or Crabs, 
 which see, and detached jack screws are used to ac- 
 complish the same end. 
 
 Bolster Plate (Passenger Car Trucks). Fig. 4977. 
 Wrought iron plates bolted to the sides of wooden 
 bolsters to strengthen them. 
 
 Bolster Sandwich Plate. See Bolster Flitch Plate. 
 
 Bolster Springs. 80, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777, and Fig. 
 5371. The main springs of a car, carried on the 
 spring plank and supporting the truck bolster, on 
 which the weight of the car body rests. 
 
 Bolster Spring Cap. 75, Figs. 4771-4777. See Spring 
 Plate. 
 
 Bolster Spring Seat. 74, Figs. 4771-4777. See Spring 
 Plate. 
 
 Bolster Truss Block. A timber serving as a distance 
 piece to fill a vacant space between the bolster and 
 the center plate. There are two, a Body Bolster 
 Truss Block and a Truck Bolster Truss Block, 
 which see. 
 
 Bolster Truss Rod. See Body Bolster Truss Rod, 
 Truck Bolster Truss Rod. 
 
 Bolster Truss Rod Washer. See Body Bolster Truss 
 Rod Washer. 
 
 Bolt. 1. A pin, rod or bar of metal used to hold or 
 fasten anything in its place; ordinarily a bolt has 
 a head on one end and a screw and nut on the 
 other, while a rod has a nut on both ends. 
 
 Various forms of bolts, which see for further 
 definition, arc as follows: 
 
 Lug Bolt. 
 Machine Bolt. 
 Strap Bolt or U-shaped 
 Bolt. 
 
 Carriage Bolt. 
 Eye Bolt. 
 Jaw Bolt. 
 Joint Bolt. 
 Key Bolt. 
 
 For bolts whose names are derived from the 
 purpose for which they serve, see 
 Box Bolt. Journal Box Cover Bolt. 
 
 Column Bolt. King Bolt or Center Pin. 
 
 Draft Bolt. Stake Pocket U-Bolt. 
 
 Drawbar Bolt. Stop Bolt. 
 
 Hub Bolt. Tire Bolt. 
 
 Journal Box Bolt. 
 
 2. (Locks and Latches.) A bar which enters the 
 keeper or strike plate and effects the lock. See 
 Berth Latch Bolt. Door Sash Bolt. 
 Cupboard Bolt. Seat Lock Bolt. 
 
 Door Latch Bolt. Sofa Bolt. 
 
 Door Lock Bolt. 
 
 3. Figs. 2391-2405. A Door Bolt, which see, 
 moved in slides directly by the hand to fasten an 
 opening. See also 
 
 Barrel Door Bolt. Head Board Bolt. 
 
 Flush Bolt. Window Blind Bolt. 
 
 Bolt Cutter. Figs. 6842-6844. 
 
 Bolt Stop (Seat Lock). Fig. 4223. A small pin passing 
 through the bolt to check excessive withdrawal. 
 
 Bonnet (Passenger Cars). A Platform Hood, which 
 see. 
 
 Books, Catalogues, Pamphlets, etc. (M. C. B. Standard 
 Sizes). See M. C. B. Reports. 
 
 Boom (Steam Shovel). 6, Figs. 596-598. The heavy 
 swinging arm which carries the boom engine and 
 ratchet beam. It is stepped at the foot of the "A" 
 frame and held in its inclined position by boom 
 guys. 
 
 Boom Cap Clevis (of a Derrick, Steam Shovel or 
 Crane). Figs. 596-598. A Clevis, which see. some- 
 times attached to the upper end of the boom, to 
 which the fixed end of the hoisting rope is attached. 
 In other cases the clevis for this purpose is carried 
 on the hoisting block. 
 
 Boom Engine (Steam Shovel). 8, Figs. 596-598. An 
 engine mounted on the boom to operate the ratchet 
 beam. 
 
 Boom Foot Sheave (Steam Shovel). 31, Figs. 596-59S. 
 A fixed sheave or pulley at the bottom of the boom 
 over which the hoisting chain is passed. 
 
 Boom Guys (Steam Shovel). 12, Figs. 596-598. Iron 
 rods from the point of the boom to the top of the 
 "A" frame, holding the boom in its inclined posi- 
 tion. 
 
 Boom Idler Sheave (Steam Shovel). 32, Figs. 596-598. 
 A fixed sheave mounted on the boom the purpose 
 of which is to slightly change the direction of the 
 hoisting chain. 
 
 Boom Point Sheave (Steam Shovel). 33, Figs. 596-598. 
 The pulley at the outer end of the boom over which 
 the hoisting chain runs. See Boom Sheave. 
 
 Boom Sheave (of a Derrick. Steam Shovel or Crane). 
 Figs. 596-598. A sheave carried at the upper ex- 
 tremity of the boom, over which the hoisting chain 
 passes. 
 
 Boom Shoe (of a Derrick or Crane). A casting carried 
 at the foot of the mast and constructed so as to be 
 able to revolve against the boom base. It is sup- 
 ported by boom shoe rods. 
 
 Boom Shoe Rods (of a Derrick or Crane). Iron rods 
 attached to the head block or cap at the top of the 
 mast apd supporting the boom shoe. 
 
BOO 
 
 25 
 
 BOX 
 
 Boom Shoe Rollers (of a Derrick or Crane). Rollers 
 at the foot of the mast upon which the boom shoe 
 revolves. 
 
 Boom Step and Trunnion (Steam Shovel). 11, Figs. 
 596-598. The socket in which the boom is seated 
 and about which it turns. 
 
 Booster. A direct electro-motive force generator ar- 
 ranged to add its E. M. F. to that of another cir- 
 cuit or "boost" the same. Directly opposite of 
 Bucker. 
 
 Boring Machine or Borer (Woodworking Machinery). 
 Figs. 6T97, 6810, 6S19. A tool with one or more 
 spiral cutting bits or augers mounted in a frame 
 and rapidly revolved. The bits are sometimes ver- 
 tical as in Fig. 6797, or horizontal as in Fig. 6819, 
 or arranged to bore at any angle as in Fig. 6816. 
 
 Bosley Weather Strips. Figs. '2648-2651. See Weather 
 Strips. 
 
 Boss or Hub (of a Steel Tired Wheel). The central 
 portion, through which the axle passes. Boss is 
 the usual British term, but little used in the United 
 States. 
 
 Boston Finish Flush Door Bolt. Fig. 2262. 
 
 Bottle Bracket. Fig. 3674. 
 
 Bottle-Breaking Head (Babcock Fire Extinguisher). 
 Fig. 3489. It breaks the acid bottle by screw pres- 
 sure. 
 
 Bottom. "The lowest part of anything: as the bottom 
 of a well, vat or ship." — Webster. See 
 Alcove Pan or Bottom Hopper Bottom. 
 Candle Bottom. Lamp Bottom. 
 
 Drop Bottom. Seat Bottom. 
 
 Bottom Arch Bar. 15. Figs. 4705-4713. An inverted 
 arch bar. The pedestal tie bar is sometimes called 
 bottom arch bar. See Arch Bar. 
 
 Bottom Chord (of Trusses). See Lower Chord. 
 Neither term is regularly used to designate any 
 part of car trusses, but the side sills are bottom 
 chords in trussed side frames. 
 
 Bottom Cross Piece (British). The transverse piece in 
 the Underframing, which see, supporting the floor 
 and partition. Also called bottom cross bar. 
 
 Bottom Door Panel (British). The lowest panel on the 
 outside of the door of a carriage. See Panel. 
 
 Bottom Door Rail. 5, Figs. 1329-1337 and 147, Figs 
 599-619. The lower transverse piece of a Door 
 Frame, which see. 
 
 Bottom Door Track. 66, Figs. 262-272, and Fig. 929. 
 A door track below a sliding door. Usually a 
 metal bar. Sliding doors are often provided with 
 rollers or slides, which rest on the track. Freight 
 car doors usually slide on a Top Door Track, which 
 see. See also Door Hanger and Car Door Hanger. 
 
 Bottom End Piece (British). American equivalent, end 
 sill. The trans-, erse end piece in the underframe 
 of a passenger vehicle. 
 
 Bottom Light Rail (British). A part of the body fram- 
 ing of a carriage, forming the bottom of the win- 
 dow opening. 
 
 Bottom Panel Batten (British). American equivalent, 
 furring. In a carriage, a part of the body framing 
 used to stiffen the panel, which is pinned to it. 
 See Bottom Side Panel. 
 
 Bottom Plate (Metal Body Bolster). 12b. Figs. 262- 
 272: 2, Figs. 1128-1129. See Body Bolster. 
 
 Bottom Rail (of a Sash or Door). 147, Figs. 599-619; 
 5. Figs. 1329-1337. The lowermost horizontal bar 
 or member of a frame. 
 
 Bottom Side (British). The lower longitudinal fram- 
 ing of the bodv of a passenger vehicle. 
 
 Bottom Side and End Knee (British). A wrought iron 
 knee, joining together the side and end members of 
 the bottom of the body framing of a carriage. 
 
 Bottom Side Panel (British). The lowest panel on the 
 outside of the body of a carriage. 
 
 Bottom Stove Plate (Baker Heater). Fig. 2730. 
 
 Bottom Truck Connection. The common name for a 
 Brake Lever Coupling Bar, which see. 
 
 Bow. See Platform Hood Bow. 
 
 Bowl. See Basin. 
 
 Bowl (Pmtseh Gas Lighting). Figs. 3126-3121. A 
 glass bowl used on all center and vestibule lamps. 
 
 Box. See Journal Box, Wheel Box (Street Cars). 
 
 Box Bolt (Diamond Trucks). The bolts holding the 
 journal box in place. More properly, journal box 
 bolts. 
 
 Box Car. Figs. 1-11, 262-304; details, 697-931. A com- 
 mon form of American freight car. with roof and 
 sides inclosed, to protect its contents. They are 
 mounted upon two four-wheel trucks. The} - are 
 usually lined for half their height with inside lining, 
 and sometimes provided with an interior grain- 
 tight grain door. See Car, Freight Car. 
 
 Box Cars (_M. C. B. Recommended Practice for Inside 
 and Outside Dimensions). In 1904, the inside di- 
 mensions of box cars approved by the American 
 Railway Association; namely, 36 feet long, 8 feet 
 6 inches wide and 8 feet high, were adopted as a 
 Recommended Practice. 
 
 In 1904, the following dimensions for box cars 
 built on low trucks (3 feet 6 inches to top of floor) 
 were adopted as Recommended Practice: 
 
 Height from top of rail to upper edge of eaves, 
 12 feet ?4 inch; width at eaves at above height, 
 maximum, 9 feet 7 inches. 
 
 Box Car Details. Figs. 697-931. 
 
 Box Cars, Framing for (M. C. B. Recommended Prac- 
 tice). In 1904, the style of framing shown in Figs. 
 6021-6023 for cars of 60,000 pounds capacity was 
 adopted as Recommended Practice. 
 
 In 1904, the style of framing shown in Figs. 6021- 
 6023, for cars of 80,000 pounds and 100,000 pounds 
 capacity, was adopted as Recommended Practice. 
 
 In 1904, the style of end framing shown in Figs. 
 6021-6023, for cars of 60,000 pounds, 80,000 pounds 
 and 100,000 pounds capacity, was adopted as Rec- 
 ommended Practice. 
 
 In 1904. the use of a plank lining 1% inches thick. 
 on the inside of the ends of cars, extending from 
 the floor to the underside of the carline, was 
 adopted as a Recommended Practice. 
 
 Box Car Side Door and End Door Fixtures. Figs. 5961- 
 5999. (M. C. B. Recommended Practice.) In 1897 
 a committee on this subject reported with details 
 which were afterward adopted by letter ballot as 
 Recommended Practice of the Association. 
 
 Box Cover. See Journal Box Lid. 
 
 Box Cushion. Fig. 4180, etc. A cushion for passenger 
 car seats made on a wooden frame. In distinction 
 from a squab cushion, now little used, which is a 
 loose pad on the seat. Box cushions are some- 
 times stuffed with hair or other elastic material 
 alone, but usually steel springs are used in addition, 
 
 Box Fruit Car. Figs. 21. 341-344. See Ventilated Box 
 Car. 
 
 Box Guide. See Journal Box Guide, Pedestal. 
 
 Box Lid. See Journal Box Cover or Lid. 
 
 Box Packing. Journal Packing, which see. 
 
 Box Room (Axle). The Dust Guard Bearing, which 
 
BOX 
 
 BRA 
 
 Box Steps. 45. 46, 48, Figs. 599-619, 617-619. Passenger 
 car steps made with wooden stringers or sides. 
 They are distinguished from open steps. Ordi- 
 narily called platform steps. 
 Box Stock Car. An ordinary box ear with large grated 
 openings for ventilation, but excluding rain. Little 
 used except for horses. See Stock Car. 
 Brace. 33, Figs. 262-272; 51, Figs. 599-619. An inclined 
 beam, rod, or bar of a frame, truss, g rder, etc., 
 which unites two or more of the points where other 
 members of the structure are connected together, 
 and which prevents them from turning about their 
 joints. A brace thus makes the structure incapable 
 of altering its form from this cause, and it also dis- 
 tributes or transmits part of the strain at one or 
 mure of the joints toward the point or points of 
 support, or resistance to that strain. A brace may 
 be subjected to either a strain of compression or 
 tension. In the former case, in car construction it 
 is called simply a brace; in the latter it is called a 
 brace rod. 
 
 They are called right or left handed, according to 
 the inclination of their top to a person standing 
 facing the car. See 
 Berth Brace. Door Brace. 
 
 Body Brace. End Brace. 
 
 Brake Lever Bracket Pedestal Brace. 
 
 Brace. Roof Brace. 
 
 Brake Shaft Step Brace. Side Lamp Brace. 
 Compression Beam 
 Brace. 
 Brace Pocket. 30 and 41, Figs. 262-272, and Figs. 707- 
 709. A casting which forms a socket for holding 
 the ends of the braces in the car body framing. 
 See Brace, also Double Brace Pocket. 
 Brace Rod. 34, Figs. 202-272. An inclined iron rod 
 which acts as a brace. A vertical rod acting in 
 conjunction with a brace is called a sill and plate 
 rod, or, in passenger cars, for short rods below the 
 window, brace straining rod. See Body Brace Rod, 
 Counterbrace Rod. 
 Brace Rod Washer. 33, Figs. 262-272; Figs. 743-744 anl 
 770-771. A bearing plate for the nut or head of a 
 brace rod, sometimes made triangular or beveled 
 shape, and sometimes a flat bar of iron bent to fit 
 into a notch cut in the timber. 
 Brace Straining Rod (Passenger Car Framing). A ver- 
 tical iron rod in the side or end frame of a car 
 body by which the upper end of a brace is con- 
 nected or tied to the sill of the car. The brace rods 
 are members of the truss, of which the sill, braces, 
 posts or plates, etc., form parts. Such rods often 
 have hook heads at the upper ends against which 
 the braces bear, and nuts at the lower ends by 
 which they are screwed up, and are thus brought 
 into a state of tension and the braces into com- 
 pression. An equivalent in freight service is the sill 
 and plate rod. 
 Bracket. 1. "An angular stay in the form of a knee 
 to support shelves and the like." — Webster. Sec- 
 Arm Rest Bracket. Lamp Bracket. 
 
 Basket Rack Bracket. Lamp Chimney Bracket. 
 
 Bell Cord Strap Hanger Longitudinal Step 
 Bracket. Bracket. 
 
 Berth Bracket. Running Board Bracket. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Seat Rail Bracket. 
 Bracket. Side Lamp Bracket. 
 
 Brake Lever Bracket. Signal Lamp Bracket. 
 
 Brake Shaft Bracket. Sliding Door Bracket. 
 
 Brake Step Bracket. Smoke Bell Bracket. 
 
 Cylinder Lever Bracket. Towel Roller Bracket. 
 Door Track Bracket. Window Curtain 
 
 Hand Rail Bracket. Bracket. 
 
 2. (Framing for Bridges or Cars.) An L-shaped 
 angle plate riveted to each of two members which 
 it is desired to connect at right angles to each 
 other as an end sill bracket or sill knee iron, 8,. 
 Figs. 599-G19. A stronger form, now used in car 
 construction, is called a triangular Gusset Plate, 
 which see. 
 
 Bracket (Cast Iron Wheels). Fig. 5402, etc. The stif 
 fening ribs cast on the plate. 
 
 Bracket Gas Burner. A gas burner attached to the 
 side of a car. See Bracket Lamp. 
 
 Bracket Lamp. Figs. 3180-3182. A Side Lamp, which 
 see. See Pintsch Gas Lamp. 
 
 Bracket Nut. A small nut, turned by a Spanner, which 
 see. 
 
 Bracket Steps (Hopper Cars). 28, Figs. 474-477. Steps 
 secured to the side of the car on the inside to serve 
 as a substitute for a Running Board, which see. 
 
 Brake or Brake Gear. Figs. 1173-1325, 5072-5253; (M. 
 C. B. Standards and Recommended Practice) Figs. 
 5710, 5519-5565, 5570-5571, 6000-6009, 6028-6176. The 
 whole combination of parts by which the motion 
 of a car is retarded or arrested. The Foundation 
 Brake Gear, which see, includes all the parts by 
 which the pressure of the air in the brake cylinde- 
 is transmitted to the wheels. See 
 Air Brake. High Speed Air Brake. 
 
 Automatic Air Brake. Quick Action Brake. 
 
 Brake Beam. Straight-Air Brake. 
 
 Brake Lever. Traction Brake. 
 
 Brake Shoe. Vacuum Brake. 
 
 Foundation Brake Gear. Westinghouse Brake. 
 
 Brake Axle (Hand Car). A shaft carrying a Brake- 
 Shoe, which see. 
 
 Brake Beam. Figs. 5083-5193; 84, Figs. 4771-4777. 
 Transverse iron, steel, or wooden bars to which 
 the brake heads and shoes are attached. They are 
 either inner hung or outer hung, and often trussed 
 especially in passenger service. 
 
 Brake Beam Adjusting Hanger. A link sometimes at- 
 tached to a brake beam to cause the latter and the 
 brake head and shoe to maintain the same relative 
 positions when the brakes are released, so as to 
 prevent the ends of the brake shoes from coming in 
 contact with the wheel when the brakes are re- 
 leased. It is attached to the truck transoms or 
 truck bolster in freight trucks, and to the truck 
 frame end piece in passenger trucks, by a project- 
 ing brake beam adjusting hanger carrier, and to 
 the brake beam by an eye or clip. Sometimes called 
 a parallel brake hanger. 
 
 Brake Beam Adjusting Hanger Carrier. See above. 
 
 Brake Beam Chafing Plate. A plate attached to a brake 
 beam against which a brake spring bears, designed 
 to resist the wear due to the action of the spring. 
 
 Brake Beam Data. (M. C. P.. Standard.) Fig. 5710. 
 Certain dimensions and capacities of brake beam 
 were adopted as standard of the Association, by 
 letter ballot, in 1889, and these standards, as modi- 
 fied by subsequent action, are shown for iron 
 brake beams. 
 
 All beams must be capable of withstanding a 
 load of 7.500 pounds at center without more than 
 rV inch deflection; where it is necessary to use :i 
 stronger beam it must be capable of standing a 
 load of 15,000 pounds at center without more than 
 ■ft inch deflection. 
 
BRA 
 
 27 
 
 BRA 
 
 The angle of brake beam lever is 40 degrees from 
 vertical. Standard heights of brake beams, when 
 measured from the tops of the rails to the center 
 of the face of new shoes, were adopted in 1894, as 
 follows: 
 
 For inside hung beams. 13 inches. 
 
 For outside hung beams. 14% inches. 
 
 In 1907 the following details for brake beams 
 and gages were adopted as standard: 
 
 All brake beams shall be CO 1 ! inches in length 
 from center to center of break head, with an allow- 
 able variation of Ys inch in either direction. 
 
 All brake beams shall be proven by gage shown, 
 which shall be the standard gage for this purpose 
 
 Attachments for safety hangers shall be 51 inches 
 from center to center. 
 
 The angle of the lever fulcrum shall be 40 de- 
 grees from the vertical. 
 
 The lever pin hole shall be either 2 inches or 3 
 inches in front of the top of the brake head lugs. 
 The variations in either directions from above 
 measurements shall not exceed iV inch. Holes 
 should be made straight and true by drilling, ream 
 ing or broaching, and shall be not less than l#i 
 inches nor more than 1% inches in diameter. 
 
 All lever pin holes shall be proven by gage 
 shown, which shall be the standard gage for that 
 purpose. 
 
 In 1908 the following detail regarding brake 
 beams was advanced from Recommended Practice 
 to Standard: 
 
 Brake beam hangers shall be T s inch in diameter. 
 
 In 1908 two brake beams were adopted as stand- 
 ard, as follows: 
 
 Brake beam Xo. 1 to be suitable for cars weigh- 
 ing not over 35,000 pounds light weight. 
 
 Brake beam Xo. 2 to be suitable for cars exceed- 
 ing 35,000 pounds light weight. 
 
 BRAKE BEAM SPECIFICATIONS AND TESTS. 
 
 For each 500 brake beams or less, which pass in- 
 spection and are read}- for shipment, one repre- 
 sentative beam shall be taken at random and sub 
 jected by the company manufacturing the beams, 
 and in the presence of the railroad company's in- 
 spector, to the following test in a suitable machine: 
 
 The beams shall be equipped with suitable heads 
 and shoes, and the shoes placed in contact with 
 castings representing the tread of the wheel; when 
 mounted in this manner the load shall be applied 
 to the fulcrum in the normal line of pull. As a 
 preliminary to the test a load of 6,000 pounds shall 
 be applied and released, after which observations 
 for records shall be taken. Beam Xo. 1. under a 
 load of 6,500 pounds shall not deflect to exceed 
 .0625 inch; beam Xo. 2. under a load of 12,000 
 pounds, shall not deflect to exceed .0625 inch. 
 
 In case a beam shall fail in this test, then a 
 second beam shall be taken from the same lot and 
 similarly tested. If the second beam stands the 
 test it shall be optional with the inspector whether 
 he shall test a third beam or not. If he does not do 
 so. or if he does, and the third beam stands the 
 test, the 500 beams or less shall be accepted as 
 filling the requirements of this test. 
 
 Individual beams will not be accepted which (1) 
 do not conform to standard dimensions, and (2) 
 those that have physical defects. Any lot of 500 
 beams or less submitted for test that failed to meet 
 the prescribed test will not be accepted. 
 
 On cars built after September 1, 1909, it will not 
 
 be permissible to hang brake beams from any por- 
 tion of the body of the car. 
 
 In 1907 the following details regarding brake 
 beams were adopted as recommended practice: 
 
 That brake hangers shall have an angle as nearly 
 as possible to 90 degrees from a line drawn from 
 the center of the brake shoe to the center of the 
 axle when the shoes are half worn. 
 
 That brake-beam hanger brackets shall be at- 
 tached to some rigid portion of the truck. 
 
 That the opening between the gibs of the yoke 
 for the 9%-inch butt-coupler be made 6% inches 
 instead of 7% inches, in order to increase the bear- 
 ing of the present yoke on the coupler butt. 
 
 Brake Beam Eye Bolt. Properly an eye bolt for fasten- 
 ing a lower brake rod to a wooden brake beam, 
 they have threads cut nearly their entire length, 
 and usually a nut is placed on each side of the 
 brake beam, which can be screwed up so as to take 
 up the wear of the brake shoes. 
 
 Brake Beam Fulcrum. See Brake Lever Fulcrum. 
 
 Brake Beam Gage (M. C. B. Standard). A metal 
 templet for ascertaining or regulating the several 
 dimensions of standard brake beams. See Temp- 
 let. In 1907 a standard brake beam gage was 
 adopted. Fig. 5708. 
 
 Brake Beam Hanger (Hand Car). 28. Figs. 6207-6209. 
 A Brake Hanger, which see. 
 
 Brake Beam King Post. A post or distance piece which 
 forms a bearing for the truss rods of a brake beam. 
 In metal brake beams the brake lever is attached to. 
 it, and it then becomes a brake lever fulcrum. 
 
 Brake Beam Release Spring. See Release Spring. 
 
 Brake Beam Safety Chain. See Brake Safety Chain, 
 
 Brake Beam Safety Guard. See Brake Safety Chain. 
 
 Brake Beam Strut. A Brake Beam King Post, which 
 see. 
 
 Brake Beam Truss Rod. A rod used to truss or 
 strengthen a brake beam. 
 
 Brake Block. Another name for a Brake Head, which 
 see. Brake block is the usual British term for the 
 combined brake head and shoe. The two are often 
 combined in one piece on British cars, no remov- 
 able shoe being used. 
 
 Brake Carrier. See Brake Hanger Carrier. 
 
 Brake Chain. See Brake Shaft Chain. 
 
 Brake Chain Connecting Rod. An iron rod connecting 
 the brake chain to one of the brake levers, usually 
 the floating lever. 
 
 Brake Chain Sheave. 160a. Figs. 648-651. An iron wheel 
 or pulley around which the brake chain passes. 
 
 Brake Chain Worm. 1. 160. Figs. 648-651: Fig. 946. 
 A conical casting attached to the brake shaft with 
 a screw-shaped groove for the brake chain. Its 
 object is to produce a rapid motion at first and 
 increase the power when the brake shoes are 
 brought to a bearing. 
 
 2. A cylindrical casting with a screw-shaped 
 groove intended only to make the chain wind 
 evenl}'. 
 Brake Clevis. A Brake Lever Fulcrum, which see. 
 Brake Connecting Rod. More properly. Brake Chain 
 
 Connecting Rod, which see. 
 Brake Connection. Fig. 867. A Brake Rod, which see. 
 A round iron rod. usually made with jaws on the 
 ends to fit over the brake levers. They transmit 
 the pressure on the brake cylinder piston from one 
 brake lever to another and finally to the brake 
 shoes. The rods take their names from the brake 
 
ERA 
 
 lever to which they are attached which is farthest 
 from the cylinder. 
 
 Brake Cord Guide. A guide similar to a bell cord guide 
 for the air brake cord, which passes through every 
 car fitted with the Westinghouse air brake ap- 
 paratus, and operates the conductor's valve. See 
 Bell Cord. 
 
 Brake Cut-out Cock. Fig. 1281. A valve inserted in the 
 branch pipe from the brake pipe to the triple valve 
 which can be closed and the brakes on that one 
 car put out of action in case they are not working 
 properly. The closing of this valve does not inter- 
 fere with the operation of the brakes under any 
 other car in the train. 
 
 Brake Cylinder (Air Brake). Figs. 1257-1276. A cast 
 iron cylinder attached to the frame of the car, con- 
 taining a piston which is forced outwardly by the 
 compressed air to apply the brakes, and when the 
 air pressure is released is returned to its normal 
 position by a release spring coiled about the piston 
 rod inside the cylinder. On passenger cars the brake 
 cylinder is fitted with two heads, the pressure head 
 and the non-pressure head. For freight cars the 
 brake cylinder and the auxiliary reservoir are 
 usually combined, the reservoir being bolted to one 
 end of the cylinder and forming one of the cylinder 
 heads. The piston rod of the passenger brake cyl- 
 inder, Fig. 1257, has a crosshead at its outer end, to 
 which is attached the cylinder lever. The piston 
 rod of the freight brake cylinder, Fig. 1259, is hol- 
 low and loosely encloses a push rod which is at- 
 tached to the cylinder lever. In the Vacuum Brake, 
 which see, a somewhat similar cylinder is used. 
 
 Brake Cylinder Block (Westinghouse Freight Brake). 
 A stick for attaching the combined Cylinder and 
 auxiliary reservoir to the under side of the sills. 
 See Auxiliary Reservoir Beam, a similar part for 
 passenger cars. 
 
 Brake Cylinder Pipe (Westinghouse Brake). The pipe 
 which connects the brake cylinder with the triple 
 valve. 
 
 Brake Cylinder Plate (Westinghouse Freight Brake). 
 Fig. 884. The steel plate to which the brake cyl- 
 inder is bolted and by which it is attached to the sills. 
 
 Brake Dog. A Brake Pawl, which see. 
 
 Brake Drum. A Brake Shaft Drum, which see. 
 
 Brake Eye Bolt. A Brake Beam Eye Bolt, which see. 
 
 Brake Finger. A Brake Pawl, which see. 
 
 Brake Foot Board. A Brake Step, which see. 
 
 Brake Gear (Air) for Freight Cars (M. C. B. Stand- 
 ards). Figs. 1101-1188. See Air Brakes, General 
 Arrangements and Details, Foundation Brake Gear. 
 
 Brake Gear, Foundation (M. C. B. Standard and Rec- 
 ommended Practice). Freight, Figs. 5527-5565. Pas- 
 senger, Figs. 602S-6176. See Foundation Brake 
 Gear. 
 
 Brake Hand Rail. 190, Figs. 352-355. A hand rail, on 
 the roof of box and stock cars, usually made of gas 
 pipe, for the protection of brakemen when apply- 
 ing brakes. It is stiffened by a hand rail brace. 
 
 Brake Handle. See Lindstrom Ratchet Brake Handle. 
 
 Brake Handle Wheel. 93, Figs. 262-272 and Figs. 731- 
 732. See Brake Wheel. 
 
 Brake Hanger. 86, Figs. 4771-4773. A link or bar by 
 which brake beams and attachments are suspended 
 from a truck frame or car body. It is attached to 
 the truck or car body by a brake hanger carrier. 
 Brake hangers are distinguished as hooked, linked 
 and U-shaped. Best practice locates this hanger 
 so as to have the brake shoes a predetermined 
 
 height above the rail, thus insuring the same piston 
 travel, regardless of whether the car is empty or 
 loaded. 
 
 2. (British.) A wrought iron bar by which the 
 brake block is suspended. Xo brake beam is com- 
 monly used. 
 
 Brake Hanger Bearing. Fig. 4864. A pin held in a 
 brake hanger carrier, which forms a bearing for a 
 brake hanger. 
 
 Brake Hanger Bolt. A bolt which fastens the brake 
 hanger to the brake hanger carrier. 
 
 Brake Hanger Bracket (British). American equivalent, 
 brake hanger bearing. A bearing for the brake 
 hanger, generally made of wrought iron. 
 
 Brake Hanger Carrier. 87, Figs. 4771-4777 and Fig. 
 4854. An eye or U-bolt, a casting or other fasten- 
 ing by which a brake hanger is attached to the 
 truck or body of a car. See Brake Beam Adjust- 
 ing Hanger Carrier. 
 
 Brake Hanger Pin. Fig. 4864. A pin passing through 
 the brake hanger carrier and brake hanger. 
 
 Brake Hanger Timber. A short transverse timber be- 
 tween the floor timbers of a car body, which is 
 framed into them, and to which the brake hangers, 
 when hung from the body of a car, are attached. 
 
 Brake Head. 83, Figs. 4771-4777, 5205. A casting at- 
 tached to a brake beam which carries a detachable 
 Brake Shoe, which see. See Christie Brake Shoe 
 and below. 
 
 Brake Head Gage (M. C. B. Standard). A metal 
 templet for ascertaining or regulating the several 
 dimensions of standard brake heads. See Templet. 
 In 1907 a standard brake head gage was adopted. 
 Fig. 5706: 
 
 Brake Head and Shoe (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 5519- 
 5526. The brake head and shoe shown and known 
 as the Christie brake head and shoe, were adopted 
 as a standard of the Association, by letter ballot in 
 1886, with the exception of some slight modifica- 
 tion in details made since that date. Drawing re- 
 vised in 1896 and in 1898. 
 
 The revision made in 1896 consisted in the modi- 
 fication of the designs of brake head and shoe so 
 as to secure increased clearance at the ends of shoe 
 and erjual clearance both above and below the 
 central lug on the back of the shoe; also, the addi- 
 tion of brackets to support the lower bridge lug of 
 brake head similar to the brackets formerly used 
 to support the upper bridge lug. The taper of the 
 shoe was altered so that it would correspond with 
 the taper of the standard wheel tread, by increasing 
 the thickness of the inner edge of the shoe from 
 1A inches to 1A inches. 
 
 The revision made in 1898 consisted in reducing 
 the clearance allowed on either side (above and 
 below) the central lug of brake shoe and adjacent 
 lugs of brake head from Vs inch to -fa inch — the 
 change being made wholly in the head and no 
 change in the shoe. 
 
 In 1907 the drawing was further revised to show 
 only the standard dimensions of the brake head and 
 also in the combined drawing of the brake head 
 and shoe. 
 
 The drawing showing the shoe was also revised 
 in part, as well as a drawing showing the relation 
 of hands of head and shoe. 
 
 In 1908 the projection top and bottom at back 
 of brake shoe, which forms spacer between lugs of 
 brake head, was increased to ft inch in depth. 
 
 Brake Head Gage (M. C. B. Standard). Fig. 5706. 
 
BRA 
 
 29 
 
 BRA 
 
 Brake Hose (Air Brakes). Figs. 1290, 1323. Flexible 
 tubes made of rubber and canvas by which the cars 
 are connected together, and compressed air, which 
 operates the brakes, conducted through the train. 
 The hose is made with a coupling at each end of 
 the car, so that it can readily be connected or 
 disconnected. See Armored Brake Hose and Air 
 Hose. 
 
 Brake Hose Armor. Sec Armored Brak; Hose. 
 
 Brake Hose Bracket. Fig 1315. 
 
 Brake Hose Clamp. Fig. 1291. 
 
 Brake Hose Coupling (Air Brake). Figs. 1285. A con- 
 trivance for coupling or connecting the ends of a 
 pair of brake hose together, so that the air by 
 which the brakes are operated can pass from one 
 vehicle in a train to another. The couplings for 
 train air signal apparatus are similar to brake hose 
 couplings, but are arranged so that they will not 
 couple to the latter. 
 
 Brake Hose Coupling Case (Air Brake). Fig. 1285. A 
 hollow casting which joins the main part of a coup- 
 ling to which the hose is attached. 
 
 Brake Hose Nipple (Air Brake). Fig. 1287. A short 
 iron tube fitting into the end of the brake hose and 
 fastened by a suitable clamp and screws. One end 
 is threaded and screws into the angle cock. 
 
 Brake Hose, Specifications for. (M. C. B. Standard.) 
 In 1901 specifications and tests for air brake hose 
 were adopted as Recommended Practice. Advanced 
 to Standard in 1903. Revised 1905. 
 
 1. All air brake hose must be soft and pliable, 
 and not less than two-ply nor more than four-ply. 
 They must be made of rubber and cotton fabric, 
 each of the best of its kind made for the purpose. 
 No rubber substitutes or short-fiber cotton to be 
 used. 
 
 2. The tube must be hand-made, composed of 
 three calenders of rubber. It must be free from 
 holes and imperfections, and in joining must be so 
 firmly united to the cotton fabric that it cannot be 
 separated without breaking or splitting the tube. 
 The tube must be of such composition and so cured 
 as to successfully meet the requirements of the 
 stretching test given below; the tube to be not less 
 than 3-32 inch thick at any point. 
 
 3. 1 he canvas or woven fabric used as wrapping 
 for the hose to be made of long-fiber cotton, loosely 
 woven, and to be from 38 to 40 inches wide, and to 
 weigh not less than 20 and 22 ounces per yard, 
 respectively. The wrapping must be frictioned on 
 both sides, and must have, in addition, a distinct 
 coating or layer of gum between each ply of wrap- 
 ping. The canvas wrapping must be applied on 
 the bias. Woven or braided covering should be so 
 loose in texture that the rubber on either side will 
 be firmly united. 
 
 4. The cover must be of the same quality of 
 gum as the tube, and must not be less than tb 
 inch thick. 
 
 5. Hose is to be furnished in 22-inch lengths. 
 Variations exceeding V± inch in length will not be 
 permitted. Rubber caps not less than <h inch nor 
 more than V» inch must be vulcanized on each end. 
 
 6. The inside diameter of hose must not be less 
 than 1% inches nor more than 1 -fa inches, nor must 
 the outside diameter exceed 2% inches. Hose 
 must be smooth and regular in size throughout its 
 entire length, except at a point 2% inches from 
 either end, where the inside calendar of rubber may 
 be increased tV inch for the distance of Vi inch 
 
 toward either end and then tapering to the regular 
 diameter. 
 
 7. Each length of hose must have vulcanized to 
 it a badge of white or red rubber, as shown. On 
 the top of the badge the name of the purchaser; on 
 the bottom the maker's name; on the left-hand end 
 the month and j'ear of manufacture, and on the 
 right-hand end the serial number and the letters 
 "M. C. B. Std." These letters and figures must be 
 clear and distinct, not less than i'r, inch in height, 
 and stand in relief not less than st inch, so that 
 they can be removed by cutting without endanger- 
 ing the cover. Each lot of 200 or less must bear 
 the manufacturer's serial number, commencing at 
 one (1) on the first of the year, and continuing 
 consecutively until the end of the year. 
 
 For each lot of 200, one extra hose must be 
 furnished free of cost. 
 
 NAME OF ROAD 1| 
 
 h 
 
 cri 
 d 
 
 2 
 
 CO 
 
 o 
 
 CO 
 
 03 
 04 
 05 
 06 
 07 
 
 A 
 R 
 
 I 23 4 5 6 
 7 8 9 10 fl 12 
 
 I 23 4 5 6 
 7 8 9 10 II 12 
 
 UJ 
 
 ea 
 
 UJ 
 GO 
 
 NAME OF MANUFACTURER 
 
 The above gives outline of 
 being on right hand end. 
 
 modification of label, 
 
 8. Test hose will be subject to the following 
 tests: 
 
 Bursting Test. — The hose selected for test will 
 have a section 5 inches long cut from one end and 
 the remaining IT inches will then be subjected to a. 
 hydraulic pressure of 100 pounds per square inch, 
 under which pressure it must not expand more 
 than Vi inch nor develop any small leaks or defects, 
 The section will then be subjected to a hydraulic 
 pressure of 400 pounds per square inch for ten min- 
 utes, without bursting. 
 
 Friction Test. — A section one inch long will be 
 taken from the 5-inch piece previously cut off, and 
 the quality determined by suspending a 20-pound 
 weight to the separated end, the force being ap- 
 plied radially, and the time of unwinding must not 
 exceed 8 inches in ten minutes. 
 
 Stretching Test. — Another section one inch long 
 will be cut from the balance of the 5-inch piece, 
 and the rubber tube or lining will be separated 
 from the ply and cut at the lap. Marks two inches 
 apart will be placed cm this section, and then the 
 section will be quickly stretched until the marks 
 are 8 inches apart and immediately released. The 
 section will then be remarked as at first and 
 stretched to 8 inches and will remain so stretched 
 10 minutes. It will then be released, and 10 min- 
 utes later the distance between the marks last ap- 
 plied will be measured. In no case must the test 
 piece break or show a permanent elongation of 
 more than U inch between the marks last applied. 
 Small strips taken from the cover or friction will 
 be subjected to the same tests. 
 
 9. If the test hose fails to meet the required 
 tests, the lot from which it was taken may be re- 
 jected without further examination and returned t i 
 the manufacturer, who shall pay the freight charges 
 
BRA 
 
 BRA 
 
 in hoi h directions. If the test hose is satisfactory, 
 the entire lot will be examined, and those comply- 
 ing with the specifications will he accepted. 
 
 In 1907 the following specifications were adopted 
 Inr Woven and Combination Woven and Wrapped 
 Air-Brake flose, as Recommended Practice. In 
 1908 they were advanced in Standard. 
 
 All air-brake hose under this specification is to 
 consisl i'f nut less than three plies of woven, 
 braided or knitted fabric, or of two or more plies 
 of canvas wrapping surrounded by at least one ply 
 of woven, knitted or braided fabric. The hose 
 should be flexible without kinking easily. The rub- 
 ber, fabric or duck should be the best of its kind 
 made for the purpose, and no rubber substitute or 
 short-liber fabric will be allowed. 
 
 The inner tubes should lie composed of three 
 calenders of rubber and not less than A inch thick 
 at any point. Should a machine-made tube be used, 
 it must not be less than Vs inch thick at any point. It 
 must be free from holes and imperfections, and in 
 joining it must be so firmly united to the cotton 
 fabric that it cannot be separated without breaking 
 or splitting the tube. Each ply of the hose should 
 be separated by a distinct layer of rubber, and over 
 this is to be a cover tV inch thick, and at each end 
 a iVi-inch cap should be vulcanized on. the cover 
 and the cap to be of the same material as the inner 
 tube. 
 
 The hose is to be furnished in 22-inch lengths, 
 and variations exceeding V-i inch from this length 
 will not be permitted. The rubber caps at each end 
 are not to be less than ,\; inch nor more than Yx 
 inch thick. The inside diameter of the hose must 
 not be less than 1% inches not more than 1 A 
 inches, nor must the outside diameter be less than 
 2rh inches nor greater than 2A inches. The hose 
 must be smooth and regular in size throughout its 
 entire length. 
 
 Each hose must have vulcanized to it a badge 
 of white or red rubber as shown; on the top of the 
 badge the name of the purchaser, on the bottom 
 the maker's name, on the left-hand end the month 
 and year of manufacture, and on the right-hand 
 end the serial number and letters "M. C. B. Stand- 
 ard." The letters and figures must be clear and 
 distinct, not less than i'n inch in height, and stand 
 in relief not less than A inch, so they can be re- 
 moved by cutting without endangering the cover. 
 
 Each lot of 200 or less must bear the manufac- 
 turer's serial number, commencing at "1" on the 
 first of the year and continuing consecutively until 
 the end of the year, and the serial number should not 
 be duplicated, even though the hose bearing the 
 original numbers be rejected. For each lot of 200, 
 one extra hose must be furnished free of cost. 
 
 Tests to which samples will lie subjected: 
 
 Bursting Test. — All hose selected for test will 
 have a section 5 inches long cut from one end and 
 the remaining 17 inches will then be subjected to 
 a hydraulic bursting pressure of 40" pounds per 
 square inch for In minutes, which it must stand 
 without failure. At a pressure of 100 pounds per 
 square inch it must not expand more than V\ inch 
 in diameter or change in length more than '1 inch, 
 nor develop any small leaks or defects. 
 
 Friction Test. — A section 1 inch hang will be 
 taken from the 5-inch piece previously cut off, and 
 the quality determined by suspending a 20-pound 
 weight to the separated end. the force being ap- 
 
 plied radially, and the time of unwinding must not 
 exceed 8 inches in lo minutes. 
 
 Stretching Test.— Another section I inch long 
 will be cut from the balance of the 5-inch piece and 
 the inner tube or lining will be separated from the 
 ply and cut at the lap. Marks two inches apart 
 will be placed on this section, and then the section 
 will be quickly stretched until the marks are 8 
 inches apart and immediately released. The sec- 
 tion will then be remarked as at first and stretched 
 to 8 inches and will remain so stretched 10 minutes. 
 It will then be released and in minutes later the dis- 
 tance between the marks last applied will be meas- 
 ured. In no case must the test piece break or 
 show a permanent elongation of more than Vi inch 
 between the marks last applied. One-inch strips 
 will also be taken from the cover and will be sub- 
 jected to the same test. 
 
 Tensile Test. — Another section 1 inch long will 
 be cut from the remainder of the 5-inch piece and 
 the rubber tube or lining will be separated from the 
 ply and cut at the lap. It will then be reduced in 
 the middle for a distance of 2 inches by % inch 
 wide parallel. The parallel section shall be spread 
 to the full width of 1 inch at the end by curves of 
 Ya inch radius. This specimen shall be stretched 
 uniformly by gripping the enlarged ends, and in no 
 case should the tensile strength per square inch be 
 less than 400 pounds, nor the elongation at the 
 time of failure less than 8 inches, measured 
 by marks placed originally 2 inches apart before 
 breaking. 
 
 If the test hose fails to meet the required tests 
 the lot from which it was taken may be rejected 
 without further examination and returned to the 
 manufacturer, who shall pay the freight charges in 
 both directions. If the test hose is satisfactory the 
 entire lot will be examined and those complying 
 with the specifications will be accepted. 
 
 Brake Jaw. big. 521:,. 
 
 Brake Lever (Air Brakes). Figs 4842, 5209. A general 
 term including all the levers in the Foundation 
 Brake Gear, which see. See also Dead Lever, Live 
 Lever, Floating Lever, Cylinder Lever. 
 
 Brake Lever Arrangement (Traction Brakes). Fig. 
 1289. 
 
 Brake Lever Bracket. A wrought iron knee on the 
 
 under side of a car, to which the fulcrum of a brake 
 
 lever is sometimes attached. 
 Brake Lever Bracket Brace. A diagonal wrought iron 
 
 brace to stiffen the brake lever bracket. 
 Brake Lever Clevis. A Brake Lever Fulcrum, winch 
 
 see. 
 
 Brake Lever Coupling Bar (Inner I lung Brakes). A 
 compression bar connecting the two brake levers 
 (dead lever and live lever), to which it is fastened 
 by the coupling bar pin. When the brakes are 
 outer hung, this member becomes in tension in- 
 stead of compression and is known as the lower 
 brake rod. It is usually called bottom truck con- 
 nection. 
 
 Brake Lever Fulcrum. 93, Figs. 1771-1777, and Figs. 
 4938-4939, 5201-5202. A forked iron attached to the 
 brake beam, by means of which a brake lever is con- 
 nected to the beam. In the trussed metal brake 
 beam (he king post of (he brake beam becomes the 
 brake lever fulcrum. See Brake Beam King Post. 
 
 Brake Lever Guard (British). No American equiva- 
 lent. A curved wrought iron bar which confines the 
 
BRA 
 
 31 
 
 BRA 
 
 movement of the brake lever within proper limits. 
 See also Brake Lever Ratchet. 
 
 Brake Lever Guide. 95, Figs. 47T1-47T7 ; Figs. 845-847, 
 4856-4858. An iron bar which guides the upper end 
 of a brake lever. Further distinguished as live lever 
 and dead lever guides, the latter provided with pins 
 for readjustment as the brake shoes wear; and also 
 called a brake lever stop. 
 
 Brake Lever Handle (.British). The handle at the end 
 of the brake lever. 
 
 Brake Lever Jaw. A Brake Lever Fulcrum, which see. 
 
 Brake Lever Ratchet (British). Teeth cut in the Brake 
 Lever Guard, which see, to prevent (he brake com- 
 ing off after being applied. 
 
 Brake Lever Stop. l J5, Figs. 4771-4777 and Fig. 5223. 
 An iron bar or loop attached to a truck or car 
 frame, and which holds the upper end of a fixed 
 or dead brake lever. It usually has holes in it m 
 which a fulcrum pin is inserted. By moving the 
 pin from one hole to another the lever is adjusted 
 so as to take up the wear of the brake shoes. 
 More commonly Dead Lever Guide, which see. 
 
 Brake Lever Strut. Figs. 5216-5217. A brake lever 
 coupling bar or Bottom Truck Connection, which 
 see. 
 
 Brake Mast. A Brake Shaft, which see. 
 
 Brake Pawl. 103, Figs. 262-272, etc., and Figs. 879-880. 
 A small pivoted iron bar for engaging in the teeth 
 of a Brake Ratchet Wheel, which see. It is placed 
 in such a position as to be worked in or out of en- 
 gagement with the ratchet wheel teeth by the foot. 
 
 Brake Pawl Carrier. Fig. 749. See Brake Pawl and 
 Brake Ratchet Wheel. 
 
 Brake Pawl Dog. Fig. 779. A pivoted casting serving 
 as a weight to throw up the brake pawl so as to 
 engage with the ratchet when the ratchet is on the 
 under side of the brake ratchet wheel. Also ap- 
 plied to an eccentric which holds a pawl against a 
 ratchet wheel. 
 
 Brake Pin. Fig. 853. A small metal pin used in the 
 brake lever connections. 
 
 Brake Pipe (Air Brake). An iron pipe extending from 
 one end of the car to the other, under the car body 
 and connected to the pipes on adjoining cars by 
 flexible brake hose. The air from the air pump or 
 motor compressor is conveyed through the brake 
 pipe to the auxiliary reservoir under each car. The 
 brake pipe is normally filled with compressed air 
 at 70 lbs. pressure and the auxiliary reservoirs with 
 air at the same pressure. A reduction of this pres- 
 sure in the brake pipe of from 5 to 20 lbs. causes 
 the triple valves to open communication between 
 the auxiliary reservoir and the brake cylinder so 
 that the compressed air stored in the reservoir acts 
 on the piston and brake levers and applies the 
 brakes. This is called a service application. In 
 case the train parts or a hose bursts, the air is 
 suddenly and completely released from the brake 
 pipe and the triple valves automatically apply the 
 brakes as before, only with more speed and greater 
 power at first. In an emergency application the 
 full main reservoir pressure of 90 to 110 lbs. is 
 turned into the brake pipe and this increase of 
 pressure causes the triple valves to open com- 
 munication from the brake pipe direct to the brake 
 cylinder, applying the brakes with great force and 
 very suddenly. To release the brakes the brake 
 pipe pressure is restored to normal and the triple 
 valves equalize the pressures in the auxiliary reser- 
 voirs and the brake pipe, at the same time open- 
 
 ing tile brake cylinder to the atmosphere and re- 
 leasing the brakes. This pipe is sometimes called 
 train pipe, train line, or tram brake pipe, but its 
 proper name is brake pipe to distinguish it from the 
 signal and steam heating pipes. 
 
 Brake Pipe Air Strainer. Fig. 1283. A wire strainer 
 inserted in the brake pipe to prevent foreign matter 
 from entering the brake apparatus under the cai. 
 
 Brake Pipe Strainer (Air Brake). Fig. 1283. A Brake 
 Pipe Air Strainer, which see. 
 
 Brake Ratchet Gear, Complete. Includes tlie ratchet 
 wheel, the pawd, the dog, the carrier. 
 
 Brake Ratchet Wheel. 103, Figs. 262-272. A wheel at- 
 tached to a brake shaft, having teeth shaped like 
 saw teeth, into which a pawl engages, thus prevent- 
 ing the wheel and shaft from running backward. 
 In some forms the ratchet wheel has the ratchet 
 upon the under side, instead of on the edge; the 
 brake pawl being automatically pressed upward 
 against the teeth by a counterweight, called a brake 
 pawl dog, and without being adjusted by the foot 
 of the irakeman. Such a ratchet wheel is shown 
 in Fig. 761. The brake pawl is pivoted in the 
 brake pawl carrier. Fig. 681. which latter is bolted 
 to the roof of the car. 
 
 In 1879 the M. C. B. Convention recommended 
 that the practice of placing the ratchet gear on a 
 small platform or brake step be discontinued, and 
 that it be fastened to a suitable casting on the 
 roof. Their recommendation has not been univer- 
 sally adopted, though it is a very common practice. 
 
 Brake Reservoir Plate. Figs. 910-912. See Reservoir 
 Plate. 
 
 Brake Rod. 1. Any rod serving to connect brake levers, 
 but especially the Lower Brake Rod, 97, Figs. 4771- 
 4777, which see. The brake shaft connecting rod 
 is sometimes called the main brake rod. 
 
 2. (British.) A bar of iron connecting the brake 
 shaft arms to the brake blocks. 
 
 Brake Rod Guide. Any form of special support for a 
 brake rod. 
 
 Brake Safety Chain or Link. 88. Figs. 4771-4777 and 
 Fig. 4873. A chain attached by brake safety chain 
 eye bolts to a brake beam and to the truck or body 
 of a car. It is intended for the same purpose as a 
 Brake Safety Strap, which see, to hold the brake 
 beams in case a brake hanger should break. Some- 
 times made of a single link or bar. A brake beam 
 safety guard is not bolted or fastened to the brake 
 beam, but is usually a T-shaped forging, the stem 
 being bolted to the truck frame, the cross bar 
 hanging under the brake beam to prevent it falling 
 upon the track if the hanger breaks. 
 
 Brake Safety Chain Eye Bolt. Figs. 944-945; 89, Figs. 
 4771-4777. An eye bolt attached to a truck or car 
 body, and which holds a brake safety chain. 
 
 Brake Safety Strap. 90, Figs. 4771-4777. A strap of 
 iron fastened to the end piece or transom of a truck 
 and bent into such a shape as to embrace the brake 
 beam. In case any of the hangers should give 
 way, the safety strap is intended to catch and hold 
 the beam and prevent it from falling on the track. 
 Sometimes it is made of steel, and used as a release 
 spring for throwing off the brake. A Brake Safety 
 Chain, which see, is another device for the same 
 purpose. 
 
 Brake Shaft. 1. 94, Figs. 262-272, 5203-5204, 5207-5208. 
 A vertical iron shaft on which a chain is wound 
 and by which the power of a hand brake is applied 
 to the wheels. It is sometimes made horizontal. 
 
BRA 
 
 BRA 
 
 and so called, as 95, Figs. 267-268, etc. In box and 
 stock cars it extends above the root, and is called 
 a long brake shaft. 
 
 The M. C. B. Association (_1879 ) recommended 
 "that all brake shafts be placed on the left-hand 
 corner of a car when a person is standing on the 
 track facing the end of the car." See Horizontal 
 Brake Shaft, Long Brake Shaft. 
 
 2. (British.) A horizontal shaft to which are 
 attached brake shaft arms, which actuate the brake 
 blocks. A long lever is attached to it, provided 
 with a handle, by which the brakes can be applied. 
 
 Brake Shaft (M. C. B. Standard Position and Dimen- 
 sions). Figs. 5635-5636. See Safety Appliances. 
 In 1907 a standard maximum height of brake start, 
 for standard box cars from top of rail to top of 
 brake staff of 14 ft., was adopted. 
 
 Brake Shaft Arm (British). See above. 
 
 Brake Shaft Bearing. Figs. 749-752. 772-773, 783-784. A 
 metal eye by which a brake shaft is held in its 
 place, and in which it turns. See Brake Shaft Step, 
 Lower Brake Shaft Bearing, Upper Brake Shaft 
 Bearing. 
 
 Brake Shaft Bevel Gear Wheel. 160a, Figs. 648-651. A 
 bevel gear on the lower end of the brake shaft 
 engaging with a similar gear on the horizontal 
 brake chain worm. 
 
 Brake Shaft Bracket. 99, Figs. 267-268. A support for 
 holding a horizontal brake shaft in its place. 
 
 Brake Shaft Chain. Figs. 875-876. A chain connecting 
 the brake shaft with the brake levers through the 
 brake shaft connecting rods, to the end of which 
 it is attached. The force exerted on the shaft is 
 transmitted by this chain. See Horizontal Brake 
 Shaft Chain. 
 
 Brake Shaft Chain Sheave. 105, Figs. 262-272. A roller 
 over which a brake shaft chain passes. 
 
 A sheave attached to the end sill for the chain of 
 a horizontal brake shaft to work in, 105, Figs. 
 267-268. 
 
 A sheave or pulley is sometimes attached to the 
 end of the hand brake connection and the brake 
 chain, secured at one end to the end sill of the car, 
 is passed around this sheave and back to the brake 
 shaft winding drum. It thus doubles the power 
 of the hand brake, but also doubles the amount of 
 chain to be wrapped and is objectionable from this 
 standpoint. 
 
 Brake Shaft Connecting Rod. Figs. 873-874. A rod 
 which is attached at one end to a brake chain and 
 at the other to one of the levers in the foundation 
 brake gear. 
 
 Brake Shaft Crank (Street Cars). An elbow attached 
 to the upper end of the brake shaft, carrying a 
 handle for turning the brake shaft and operating 
 the brake. See Lindstrom Ratchet Brake Handle. 
 
 Brake Shaft Crank Handle (Street Cars). Called also 
 a brake shaft crank or a brake handle. See above. 
 
 Brake Shaft Cross Bearer (British). A piece of timber 
 secured to the underframe and carrying a wrought 
 iron bracket, in which the brake shaft works. 
 
 Brake Shaft Drum. The part of a brake shaft on which 
 the brake chain is wound. See Brake Chain Worm. 
 
 Brake Shaft Gear Wheel. 160a, Figs. 648-651. A bevel 
 gear wheel attached to the brake shaft, by which 
 the power applied to the brake hand wheel is con- 
 veyed to a horizontal winding shaft or worm, called 
 a brake chain guide casting. 
 
 Brake Shaft Hanger (British). A bracket by which the 
 brake shaft is carried and in which it is free to 
 revolve. 
 
 Brake Shaft Holder. A Brake Shaft Bearing, which 
 see. 
 
 Brake Shaft Stand. A Brake Shaft Step, which see. 
 
 Brake Shaft Step. 100, Fig 
 
 etc.; Figs. S20-821. 
 
 A bearing which holds the lower end of a brake 
 shaft. It usually consists of a U-shaped bar of iron, 
 the upper ends of which are fastened to the car 
 body, with a hole in the curved part of the bar 
 which receives the end of the shaft. The brake 
 shaft step should not be confounded with a brake 
 step, which latter is a shelf on which the brakeman 
 ma} - step when applying brakes. 
 Brake Shaft Step Brace. A wrought iron brace at- 
 tached to the brake shaft step to resist the pull of 
 the brake chain. 
 Brake Shaft Thimble. An iron bushing attached to the 
 end of the car to form a bearing for a brake shaft. 
 Brake Shoe. Figs. 5236-5253; 98, Figs. 4771-4777. A 
 piece of metal shaped to fit the tread of a car 
 wheel and attached by a key or otherwise to a 
 brake block or brake head. The brake shoe rubs 
 against the tread of the wheel when the brakes are 
 applied. Such shoes are made of cast, wrought or 
 malleable iron or steel, usually cast iron. 
 Brake Shoe Key. Fig. 5524. A key or wedge by which 
 
 a brake shoe is fastened to a brake block. 
 Brake Shoes, Specifications for (M. C. B. Standard). 
 In 1901 the following specifications were adopted 
 as standard as a result of letter ballot: 
 
 For Cast Iron Chilled Wheels. — Shoes when 
 tested on the Master Car Builders' Association 
 testing machine, in effecting stops from an initial 
 speed of forty miles per hour, shall develop upon 
 a cast iron chilled wheel a mean coefficient of 
 friction not less than 
 
 22 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is 
 
 2,808 pounds. 
 20 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is 
 
 4,152 pounds. 
 16 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is 
 
 6,840 pounds. 
 For Steel Tired Wheels. — Shoes, when tested 
 on the Master Car Builders' Association testing 
 machine, in effecting stops from an initial speed 
 of sixty-five miles per hour, shall develop upon 
 a steel tired wheel a mean coefficient of friction 
 of not less than 
 
 16 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is 
 
 2,808 pounds. 
 14 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is 
 
 4,152 pounds. 
 12 per cent, when the brake shoe pressure is 
 6.840 pounds. 
 Brake Slack Adjusters. Figs. 1173-1182, 1187-1192, 1259. 
 A device to automatically take up any slack in the 
 brake gear between the air brake cylinder and the 
 brake shoe, so that the piston travel shall not be 
 too great. See Slack Adjuster. 
 Brake Spool. Also see Brake Shaft Drum. An en- 
 largement by a sleeve or otherwise of a brake shaft 
 to give greater speed and less power to the brake 
 gear. A Brake Chain Worm, which see, is a some- 
 what similar device. 
 Brake Spool Step (Logging Cars). A U-shaped strap 
 inclosing the brake spool, and equivalent to a Brake 
 Shaft Step, which see" 
 Brake Spring. A Release Spring, which see. 
 
BRA 
 
 33 
 
 BUC 
 
 Brake Staff. A Brake Shaft, which see. 
 
 Brake Step. 100, Figs. '262-272, etc. A small shelf or 
 ledge on the end of a freight car near the top, on 
 which the brakeman stands when applying the 
 brake from the top of a car. Also called a brake 
 footboard. A brake step should not be confounded 
 with a Brake Shaft Step, which see, which is a bear- 
 ing for the lower end of a brake shaft. 
 
 The use of brake steps has been discouraged by 
 the Master Car Builders' Association, which recom- 
 mended (Chicago, 1879) "that the small platform 
 (brake step) placed at one end of freight cars, to 
 fasten the brake pawl, etc., be discontinued; the 
 ratchet wheel and pawl to be fastened to a suitable 
 casting on the roof." 
 
 Brake Step Bracket. 101, Figs. 262-272; and Figs. 897- 
 899. An iron bracket to support a brake step. 
 
 Brake Strut. 97, Figs. 4771-4777. A compression bar 
 or strut between the live and dead levers of a truck 
 with inside hung brakes. Probably the term brake 
 strut is more common than brake lever coupling 
 bar. Brake strut should not be confused with brake 
 beam strut. A Brake Lever Coupling Bar, which 
 see. 
 
 Brake Treadle (Hand Cars). A lever for applying 
 brakes with the foot. 
 
 Brake Valve (Air Brakes). Figs. 1225-1232, 1300-1310. 
 The valve operated by the motorman to apply and 
 release the brakes. Also called operating valve 
 and motorman's brake valve. 
 
 Brake Van (British). Figs. 6506-6510. American equiva- 
 lent, caboose, or baggage car. A covered vehicle 
 in which the conductor (guard) of a train travels, 
 and which is fitted with a powerful screw hand 
 brake. On passenger trains it carries the passen- 
 gers' baggage (luggage), express matter (parcels), 
 and dogs, etc. On freight (goods) trains it is 
 weighted with pig iron, and is primarily used as 
 a source of brake power. Also called guard's van. 
 
 Brake Wheel. 93, Figs. 262-272, 731-732. 3947. An iron 
 wheel attached to the upper end of the brake shaft, 
 and by which the latter is turned to apply the 
 brakes by hand. 
 
 Brake Windlass. A term sometimes used to designate 
 the Brake Shaft, which see, with all its attached 
 parts. 
 
 Brakeman's Step (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3945. 
 
 Brass. "An alloy of copper and zinc. The term is com- 
 monly applied to the yellow alloy of copper with 
 about half its weight of zinc, in which case it is 
 called by engineers yellow brass; but copper alloyed 
 with about one-ninth its weight of tin is the metal 
 of brass ordinance or gun metal. Similar alloys 
 used for the 'brasses' or bearings of machinery are 
 called hard brass, and when employed for statues 
 and metals they are called bronze." — Toml. Cycl. 
 Useful Arts. 
 
 According to present usage, alloys of copper and 
 tin, or of copper, tin and zinc, are termed Bronzes, 
 which see. Railroad Journal Bearings, which see. 
 are often termed brasses, but they have the com- 
 position of bronzes. 
 
 Bridge. In car construction the term bridge means a 
 timber, bar or beam which is supported at each 
 end. See Bolster Bridge, Center Bearing Bridge, 
 Side Bearing Bridge. 
 
 Bridging (Passenger Car Framing). 6, Figs. 599-619. 
 Short transverse distance blocks between the sills 
 of an underframc to keep the sills from displace- 
 ment or buckling. A sill tie rod is usually em- 
 
 ployed to keep the sills drawn tightly against the 
 bridging. It is toenailed and sometimes tenoned 
 into the sills with small tenons. 
 
 Brill's Maximum Traction Pivotal Trucks (Street Car). 
 Fig. 6432. 
 
 Brill's Street Car Trucks. Figs. 6429-6432. 
 
 Broad Base Jack. Fig. 3866. See Jack Screw, Hy- 
 draulic Jack. 
 
 Broad Gage. A term applied to a gage when the dis- 
 tance between the head of the rails is greater than 
 4 ft. 9 ins. The principal broad gage was 5 ft.; other 
 gages were 5 ft. 3 ins., 5 ft. 6 ins., 6 ft, etc. These 
 gages have been abandoned and the 4 ft. 8 1 /-! in. or 
 4 ft. 9 in. gage adopted throughout this country on 
 all lines. The broad gages, if any exist, are con- 
 fined to short branches of no importance. Tracks 
 of 4 ft. 8% in. and 4 ft. 9 in. gage allow cars which 
 are gaged by the Interchange Rules to pass over 
 them. See Narrow Gage, Standard Gage. 
 
 Broad Lace (British). A woolen fabric made in bands 
 about 4 ins. wide and sometimes used as an orna- 
 mental border to the upholstery of a carriage. 
 
 Brooks Car Seals. Fig. 4072. 
 
 Broom Holders. Fig. 3838. 
 
 Bronze. An alloy composed of copper and tin. some- 
 times with a little zinc and lead. Bronzes also often 
 contain various other metals and chemical sub- 
 stances, as Phosphor Bronze, which see. Brass is 
 an alloy of copper and zinc. Most journal bearings 
 are bronzes. The variety of proportions of the 
 various metals is very great. 
 
 Brown Metallic Window Strip. Figs. 4648-4649. 
 
 Brush. Fig. 3841, etc. See Car Window Brush. 
 
 Brush and Comb Rack. Figs. 3675, 3677, 3678. 
 
 Brush Holder. Fig. 6370. A support for the brushes 
 of an electric motor, providing by means of springs 
 for a constant pressure of the brushes on the com- 
 mutator. 
 
 Brushes. Carbon plates pressing on the commutator 
 of an electric motor for supplying current to the 
 armature. 
 
 Bucker (Bliss System of Electric Car Lighting). Fig. 
 3379. An automatic electric regulator consisting of 
 a motor driven counter electro motor force gener- 
 ator, the latter so constructed as to generate in- 
 dependent and suitably proportioned counter E. M. 
 F.'s in the field circuit of an axle generator and also 
 in the circuit of the lamps operated in connection 
 therewith. The word describes the action of the 
 device, the C. E. M. F.'s being said to oppose or 
 "buck" the direct E. M. F.'s of the circuits men- 
 tioned. Directly opposite of Booster. 
 
 A machine somewhat like a small dynamo which 
 has a field and a revolving armature and which is 
 used for automatically maintaining a constant pre- 
 determined voltage in the lamp circuit regardless 
 of the speed of the dynamo or the demand for 
 lights. 
 
 Buckeye (Little Giant) Coupler. Figs. 1739-1742. 
 
 Buckeye Heater. Fig. 6933. An oil heater mounted on 
 a compressed air tank and having a special burner 
 which produces an intense heat. The heater is 
 portable and is largely used in making repairs to 
 steel cars and similar work. 
 
 Buckeye Oil Paint Sprayer. Fig. 6932. 
 
 Buckeye Pressed Steel Truck. Fig. 4695. A pressed 
 steel truck using a plate side frame somewhat sim- 
 ilar to the arch bar form of truck. 
 
 Buckeye Sand Blast Machine. Fig. 6934. A device 
 with compressed air and sand tanks used to blow 
 
BUC 
 
 34 
 
 BUL 
 
 jand in a powerful jet of air and by the erosive 
 action of the sand to clean steel work. Largely 
 used for removing rust and paint from steel cars, 
 bridges, etc., before repainting. See Sand Blast. 
 
 Buckle (British I. See Bearing Spring Buckle. 
 
 Buda Hand Cars. Figs. 6191, 6194-6195, etc. 
 
 Buffalo Brake Beam. Figs. 5160-5177. 
 
 Buffer. Figs. 1975-2066. An elastic apparatus or cushion 
 attached to the end of a car to receive the concus- 
 sions of other cars running against it. The term is 
 generally applied to those attachments in which 
 springs are used to give the apparatus elasticity. 
 The term is often applied to a Drawbar, which see. 
 For British practice in buffers, see Figs. 6656-6633, 
 6730-6736. 
 
 Buffer Arm. A Drawbar Timber, which see. 
 
 Buffer Band (Street Cars). A band of iron or steel 
 fastened to the face of the buffer beam to save it 
 from wear and bruising. 
 
 Buffer Bar. A wrought iron bar at the end of a car 
 carrying a Buffer Plate, which see. 
 
 Buffer Beam. 1. ( Freight Cars.) 32a, Figs. 262-272. 
 A short timber bolted to the face of the end sill, 
 usually protected with a striking plate, against 
 which the shoulder on the head of the drawbar 
 strikes when the draft gear springs are closed solid. 
 Its function is to protect the end sill from damage 
 and to act as a distance block to keep the cars a 
 sufficient distance apart to allow a man to step in 
 between them. It is distinguished from Buffer 
 Blocks, which see, and is frequently called a Dead- 
 wood or Dead Block, which see. 
 
 2. (Passenger Cars.) A term sometimes used to 
 designate a platform end sill. 
 
 Buffer Blocks. 32. Figs. 
 
 262-2 , 
 
 etc. Two blocks of 
 
 wood or iron attached to the end sill or buffer 
 beam of a freight car, in contradistinction to buffer 
 beam, which is a single block in the middle of the 
 end sill, although the latter also is sometimes desig- 
 nated as a single dead block. Buffer blocks are 
 sometimes called dead blocks. 
 
 Buffer Block Angle. Figs. 913-915. 
 
 Buffer Block Face Plate. A metal plate bolted to the 
 face of a wooden buffer block to protect the wood 
 from wear. Usually called striking plate. 
 
 Buffer Cushion. A circular rubber pad to prevent the 
 platform or buffer springs from being overloaded. 
 
 Buffer Guide. See Buffer Stem Guide. 
 
 Buffer Pin (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 628, Figs. 1886- 
 1935. 
 
 Buffer Plate. 42a, Figs. 599-619; Y, Figs. 648-651; 614, 
 Figs. 1886-1935. An iron or steel plate (usually 
 bolted to the end of the buffer stems) which bears 
 and rubs against the opposing plate of the next 
 car of the train. The vestibule face plate is bolted 
 or riveted to, and carried by, the buffer plate. 
 
 Buffer Plate Spring (Buhoup Vestibule). 81, Figs. 2215- 
 2263. 
 
 Buffer Rod (British). A rod which transmits buffing 
 strains from the buffer head to the buffer spring. 
 See also Buffer Stem. 
 
 Buffer Rod Guide or Buffer Block (British). A casting 
 bolted to the outer side of the end sill or head stock 
 through which the buffer stem or rod passes. 
 
 Buffer Rod Shoe (British). A casting keyed to the end 
 of the buffer rod which bears on the buffing spring. 
 
 Buffer Safety Lug. A projecting horn cast on top of 
 freight couplers to bear against a buffer block and 
 relieve the draw gear from excessive compressive 
 
 strains. Coupler Horn, which see, is the more com- 
 mon name. 
 Buffer Shank. The square part between the buffer head 
 
 and buffer stem. 
 Buffer Spring. 1. ( Passenger Cars.) 630, Figs. 1886- 
 1935. In the Buhoup and other platform equip- 
 ments the springs that resist the compression of a 
 train or the impact when they come together as in 
 coupling. In passenger equipment this thrust is 
 not taken by the drawbar alone, but by the buffers, 
 which transmit it to the buffer springs, which ab- 
 sorb or transmit it to the car body. 
 
 2. (Freight Cars.) A synonymous term for draft 
 spring, there being but one set of springs for buff- 
 ing and pulling strains. Draft spring is the pre- 
 ferred term, although both are used. 
 Buffer Spring Bed (British). Serves the purpose of the 
 American draft .timber. A timber or casting in the 
 center of the underframe which receives the thrust 
 of the buffing spring. A buffing spring cradle. 
 Buffer Stem (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 620, Figs. 1886- 
 1935. The round part which passes through the 
 buffer springs. The term is sometimes applied to 
 the buffer bar, which includes the round stem and 
 the square shank. 
 Buffer Stem Bracket (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 634, 
 
 Figs. 1886-1935. 
 Buffer Stem End Washer (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 
 
 156, Figs. 1886-1935. 
 Buffer Stem Guides. 641, Figs. 1836-193-5. Iron bush- 
 ings inserted in the platform end sill, in which the 
 buffer stems work. They are to protect the wood 
 from abrasion and wear. 
 Buffer Stem Ring Washer (Buhoup 3-Stem CouplerC 
 
 154, Figs. 1886-1935. 
 Buffet Car. Figs. 165-166, 220, 225. -V term (meaning, 
 literally, sideboard car) applied to a style of sleep- 
 ing car or parlor car which has an ornamental 
 buffet, where light lunches can be prepared for the 
 passengers. Buffet smoking cars are also built in 
 the same general style of finish. 
 Buffing and Draw Spring (British). See Plate or 
 
 Laminated Buffing and Draw Spring. 
 Buffing Sub-Sill. A sub-sill bolted to the center sills 
 on the underside and forming a continuous buffing 
 
 sill in conjunction with the draft timbers 
 
 Thev 
 
 are bolted and keyed to the center sills with key 
 blocks and bolts. Also called back stop timber. 
 
 Buhoup 3-Steam Platform Equipment. Figs. 1886-1935. 
 An improved form of the original Janney draft gear 
 for passenger cars. The coupler head is connected 
 to the center stem and the two side stems and its 
 movement out of the center line of the car is re- 
 sisted by the side stem springs. The center stem 
 is backed up by the draft spring proper which is 
 held in a pocket between the sills and which ab- 
 sorbs most of the shocks. The buffer plate is 
 backed up by two buffer stem springs which aid in 
 absorbing buffing shocks. 
 
 Buhoup Wide Vestibule. Figs. 2215-2263. 
 
 Bulkhead (Steel Coach). Fig. 1355. 
 
 Bulldozer. Figs. 0832-6883. A machine with a recipro- 
 cating power-driven ram or head in which small 
 forgings are made. Largely used instead of drop 
 hammers for making duplicate pieces. 
 
 Bull's-Eye. A convex glass lens, which is placed in 
 front of a lamp to concentrate the light so as to 
 make it more conspicuous for a signal. They are 
 used to close the opening in fixed lamps at the end 
 of cars, and also in signal lanterns. 
 
BUL 
 
 35 
 
 CAM 
 
 Bull's-Eye Lamp. See Train Signal Lamp. 
 Bumper. An indefinite term used to designate a buffer 
 or drawbar, or a Buffer Block, which see 
 
 Bumper Block. A Buffer Block, which see. 
 
 Bundle Rack. See Basket Rack. 
 
 Bunk. 1. A rough form of sleeping berth permanently 
 built against the side of a car. Is also applied to 
 the upper berth of a sleeping ear, though it be fin- 
 ished and decorated. 
 
 2. (Logging Cars.) A crosspiece similar to a 
 body bolster, on which timber is loaded. See Body 
 Bolster. 
 
 Bunk Apron. 7. Figs. 2201-2202. In a sleeping car. a 
 board nailed to the upper deck sill and projecting 
 several inches below it to cover the edge of the 
 upper berth when it is folded up. In the latest Pull- 
 man pattern of berths it has been done away with 
 by rounding the edge of the upper berth or bunk 
 and closing the upper edge against the upper deck- 
 sill. 
 
 Bunk End. 20, Figs. 2201-2202, The end board of the 
 upper berth box. 
 
 Bunk Panel. 21. Figs. 2201-2202. A window panel be 
 low the inside cornice fascia of a sleeping car. in 
 the upper berth. It shuts off the upper part of th° 
 car window. 
 
 Bunk Partition. 8. Figs. 2201-2202. The partition be 
 tween the two upper berths of two adjacent sleep 
 ing car sections. 
 
 Bunk Truss (Logging Cars). An iron strap to stiffe-i 
 the bunk. 
 
 Bunter Beam. A buffer beam. 
 
 Burlap. A coarse canvas for use in car upholstery, 
 generally manufactured 24 or 40 ins. wide. 
 
 Burner. "That part of a lighting apparatus at which 
 combustion takes place." — Knight. (Pintsch Lamp) 
 Fig. 292G. i Acetylene Lamp) Fig. 3290. See Lamp 
 Burner. 
 
 Burner Cock (Pintsch System of Gas Lighting). Fig. 
 3095. It is used in wall lamps only. This cock I? 
 handled with a key. Fig. 3094. 
 
 Bushing. 1. "A lining for a hole." — Knight. L T sually a 
 metal cylindrical ring which forms a bearing for 
 some other object, as a shaft, valve, etc., which is 
 inserted in the hole. Often contracted into bush. 
 See 
 
 Bell Cord Bushing. Head Board Bushing. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Pipe Bushing. 
 
 Bushing. Sash Lock Bushing. 
 
 Berth Hinge Bushing. Window Blind Bushing. 
 Deck Sash Pivot Bush- Window Rod Bushing, 
 ing. 
 
 2. (Pipe Fitting.) A short tube with a screw 
 cut inside and outside, used to screw into a pipe to 
 reduce its diameter. Generally, a bushing has a 
 hexagonal head by which it is turned, and is some- 
 times called reducer. 
 
 Business Car. A term often applied to an officer's o r 
 director's car. and sometimes applied to a pay car. 
 
 Butler Drawbar Attachment. Figs. 1470-1483. A form 
 of attachment using the strap pocket or yoke with 
 thimbles, which engage in what is termed a case or 
 housing, with lugs on the sides that engage in 
 grooves cut in the draft timbers. 
 
 Butt. A contraction of Butt Hinge, which see, and 
 generally used as a substitute for the longer term. 
 
 Butt Hinge. A hinge for hanging doors, etc.. which is 
 fastened with screws to the edge of a door, so that 
 when the latter is closed the hinge is folded up be- 
 tween the door and its frame. A hinge the two 
 
 parts of which are so fastened together that they 
 cannot readily be detached is called a fast joint butt 
 hinge. Other forms are: Loose Joint Butt Hinge, 
 Fig. 2453, and Loose Pin Butt Hinge, Fig. 2449. 
 In Fig. 2442 the wear is taken by a hinge pin 
 screwing into the knuckle and bearing against a 
 washer. The hinge pin is often ornamented with 
 an acorn, and those having a washer between the 
 two knuckles, but no acorns, are known as Blake 
 Butts, which see. The best butt hinges have wash- 
 ers, which are generally plain, but Figs. 2449-2452 
 show a butt hinge with ball-bearing washers. Butt 
 hinges are commonly termed simply butts. 
 Button. This term, besides its usual meaning has been 
 used to designate an axle collar, but the term is 
 now obsolete. See Tufting Button. 
 
 c 
 
 Cabin (Pile Driver Car). A small house for the engine 
 and hoisting gear, usually built on the swinging 
 platform. 
 
 Cabin Car. Figs. 80, 577-588. A term sometimes ap- 
 plied to Caboose Cars, which see; more particu- 
 larly to four-wheeled caboose cars. 
 
 Cabin Door Hooks. Figs. 2828-2831. 
 
 Cabinet Lock. Figs. 2600-2609. A lock used on furni- 
 ture or cabinet w-ork. It may be applied either to 
 the inner edge of the door or drawer or set into a 
 mortise. Cabinet locks vary from the cheapest 
 type to the pintumbler type which gives the high- 
 est possible security. 
 
 Cable Car. A car designed for a street railway in which 
 the tractive power is a cable. The cable is usually 
 placed between the rails and underground in a con- 
 duit. 
 
 Caboose Car. Figs. 118-122, 577-587. A car attached to 
 the rear of all freight trains for the accommoda- 
 tion of the conductor and trainmen, ami for carry- 
 ing the various stores, tools, etc.. reo.uircd on 
 freight trains. Also, but rarely, called conductor's 
 car. cabin car, cabin, or train car. Cabooses are 
 made with a lookout for displaying train signals to 
 the locomotive and trains following, and to give 
 the trainmen a view of the train. Caboose cars ar^ 
 either four-wheel or eight-wheel, and both are in 
 general use; four-wheeled cabooses are sometimes 
 termed cabin cars. The eight-wheeled cabooses are 
 frequently provided with lockers, cooking stove, 
 writing desks, and other conveniences for living. 
 
 Cafe Car. Figs. 143, 220-228. A car in which light 
 meals are served, usually a la carte. It may be 
 either a cafe coach, a cafe parlor car, or a combina- 
 tion cafe and baggage car. 
 
 Cafe Coach. Figs. 137. 140-147. A combination day 
 coach and dining car. See Kitchen Car. 
 
 Calamined Iron. See Kalamined Iron. 
 
 Caldwell Sash Balance. Fig. 4059. See Sash Balance. 
 
 Cam. (Yale Lock). The revolving disk, usually a 
 spiral eccentric or heart-shaped, fixed on the out- 
 side of the shaft which carries the tumblers. 
 
 Camber. The upward deflection or bend of a beam, 
 girder, or truss. Freight cars are usually heavily 
 cambered when new by screwing up the bodv truss 
 rods. Passenger cars have little or no camber. 
 
 Campbell Drop-Bottom Gondola Car. Figs. 421-124. 
 A car with the bottom made up of drop doors 
 hinged over the center sills and raised and lowered 
 with a continuous crank shaft having cranks under 
 each door. 
 
 Campbell-Olden Dump Car. Fig. 95. 
 
CAN 
 
 CAR 
 
 Canda Box Car. Figs. 277-278. A box car of large ca- 
 pacity, built with wooden underframe and rein- 
 forced sills. 
 Canda Hopper Car. A wood hopper car in which the 
 sides are trussed with posts and braces on the out- 
 side of the planks. 
 Canda Refrigerator Car. A refrigerator car in which the 
 chief features are: (1) the insulation, (2) the eco- 
 nomic method of effecting it, (3) the arrangements 
 for icing, (4) the circulation of air within the car. 
 The insulation consists of an exterior sheathing of 
 boards which are fluted on the mside and allow a 
 circulation of free air beneath them. This is to pur 
 the car in the shade and to give a free circulation 
 of air around about the inclosed and shaded car. 
 thus preventing the heat of the sun penetrating to 
 the insulated part of the car. Beneath this exterior 
 sheathing of weather boards is a sub-sheathing, 
 several layers of tar paper, one of felt 1 in. thick, 
 two %-in. wood partitions and a lining % in. thick. 
 The tar paper is tacked upon both sides of trian- 
 gular frames, which frames wedge the felt in place, 
 thus saving any nailing and fitting. 
 Candle. A special kind of large diameter called car 
 candles are used for lighting passenger cars and 
 burned in Candle Lamps, Figs. 3580-3585, which 
 see. Since the introduction of high-proof mineral 
 oils they are now rarely used. The best car can- 
 dles are made of paraffin and hydraulic pressed. 
 Candle Bottom. Fig. 3183. See Candle Lamp. 
 Candle Bracket Lamps (Pintsch System). Figs. 3183 
 3186. Are for use in emergency, as in case gas 
 gives out. May be attached to wall or to any 
 center lamp at will. 
 Candle Holder. See Candle Lamp. 
 Candle Holder Cap. 21, Figs. 3585-3601. See Candle 
 
 Lamp. 
 Candle Holder Cup. 22, Figs. 3585-3601. See Candle 
 
 Lamp. 
 Candle Lamp. Figs. 3580. 3585. A lamp for burning 
 candles, sometimes elaborated into a chandelier 
 with two or three burners. Candles, however, are 
 now but little used except in emergency bracket 
 lamps, to be used when the gas or electric lights 
 fail. The candle is placed within a candle holder, 
 carried within a candle bottom. The candle holder 
 consists of a candle holder cup and candle holder 
 cap connected by the candle rods and having a 
 light spiral candle spring within. As the candle 
 burns away it is pressed upward by the candle 
 spring against the cap so as to keep the flame al- 
 ways in one position. 
 Canfield Underframe. A draft frame or auxiliary un- 
 derframe bolted under the usual center sills of a 
 car and serving as a continuous draft beam from 
 end to end of the car. It is made up of two chan- 
 nels or draft sills at each end, extending from the 
 end sills to the bolsters, a heavy I-beam between 
 the bolsters and light I-beam needle beams. 
 Canopy. Fig. 3159. See Lamp Canopy. Also called 
 a Smoke Bell, which see. A platform hood is 
 sometimes called a canopy. 
 Canopy Ventilators. Fig. 4120. See Ventilators. 
 Cant Rail (British). American equivalent, plate. A 
 horizontal timber running along the top of the up- 
 right pieces in the sides of the body, and support- 
 ing the roof and roof sticks. Its upper edge is cut 
 to the bevel of the roof; hence its name. 
 Cantilever Truss (Overhang nf Underframe). An in- 
 verted truss which bears upon the side sill directly 
 
 over the body bolster. The inner end is connected 
 by a tie rod to the inner end of the truss at the 
 other end of the car body, while the outer end sup- 
 ports the overhang of the underframe by a vertical 
 tie rod and by a diagonal brace rod similar to the 
 overhang truss rod of the old Pullman framing. 
 Canvas. A coarse cloth, made of cotton, used for up- 
 holstering seats, and sometimes for the finish of 
 the ceiling of passenger cars when it is painted or 
 otherwise decorated. Roofing canvas is used for 
 covering street cars. 
 Cap. The top or covering of anything. See 
 Arm Cap. Smoke Pipe Cap. 
 
 Belt Rail Cap. Spiral Spring Cap. 
 
 Bolster Spring Cap. Spring Cap. 
 
 Candle Holder Cap. Tank Nozzle Cap. 
 
 Equalizer Spring Cap. Trimming Cap. 
 Inside Lining Cap. Truss Plank Cap. 
 
 Lever Frame Cap. Window Sill Cap. 
 
 Cap Screw. (Triple Valve). 25, Fig. 1233. 
 Cap Socket Washer. Figs. 932-933. 
 
 Car. The term used in the United States to designate 
 a vehicle or carriage for running on a railway. As 
 the term is usually employed, it denotes any vehicle 
 used for transportation and not belonging to the 
 motive power of a railroad. 
 
 The term Coach, which see, is synonymous with 
 passenger car. In Great Britain passenger cars. 
 or coaches, are called carriages (first, second and 
 third-class), and freight cars are called wagons, or 
 trucks and vans. 
 
 Cars are divided into two general classes, passen- 
 ger cars and freight cars. The latter is also further 
 subdivided into freight cars proper and working or 
 construction cars, the latter including a great va- 
 riety of types, but a comparatively small number 
 of each type. The prices allowed by the Master 
 Car Builders' Association for the various forms of 
 freight cars will be seen under Interchange of 
 Traffic, which see. Street cars, for city and sub- 
 urban use, take their names from the motive 
 power employed to move them, as electric motor 
 cars, cable cars, etc. They constitute a class by 
 themselves. Hand Cars, which see, are a light ve- 
 hicle moved by hand power, and under this head 
 should be classed velocipede cars. Among passen- 
 ger equipment cars the following vehicles are usu- 
 ally classed, not because they carry passengers 
 alone, but rather for the reason that they are run 
 in trains which carry passengers: 
 Automobile Car. Mail Car. 
 
 Baggage Car. Officers' Car. 
 
 Buffet Car. Parlor Car. 
 
 Combination Baggage Passenger Car or Coach. 
 
 Car. Postal Car. 
 
 Dining Car. Private Car. 
 
 Drawing Room or Par- Sleeping Car. 
 lor Car. Smoking Car. 
 
 Express Car. Tourist Sleeping Car. 
 
 Among the cars for regular freight service are: 
 Ballast Car. Gravel Car. 
 
 Billet Car. Heater Car. 
 
 Box Car. Hopper Bottom Car. 
 
 Caboose Car or Cabin Hopper Car. 
 
 Car. ice Car. 
 
 Coal Car. Lumber Car. 
 
 Coke Car. Milk Car. 
 
 Double-Deck Stock Car. Mine Car. 
 Drop Bottom Car. Oil or Tank Car. 
 
 Dump Car. Ore Car. 
 
CAR 
 
 37 
 
 CAR 
 
 Flat Car. 
 Fruit Car. 
 Furniture Car. 
 Gondola Car. 
 Grain Car. 
 
 Poultry Car. 
 Refrigerator Car. 
 Stock Car. 
 Tip Car. 
 Ventilated Box Car. 
 
 door, usually meaning for a passenger car 
 
 door. 
 
 Among working cars are: 
 Air Brake Instruction Pile Driver Car. 
 
 Car. Push Pole Car. 
 
 Boarding Car. Snow Plow or Flanger. 
 
 Derrick Car. Steam Shovel. 
 
 Ditching Car. Sweeping Car. 
 
 Inspection Car. Tool Car. 
 
 Locomotive Crane. Wrecking Car. 
 
 Car Axle. Figs. 5510-5513. (M. C. B. Standard.) Also 
 2, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777. A shaft made of 
 wrought iron or steel to which a pair of car wheels 
 is attached. The wheels are both rigidly fastened 
 to the axle by making a hydraulic press fit. The 
 following are the names of the parts of an axle: 
 Center of Axle. Xeck of Axle. Wheel Seat, Dust 
 Guard Bearing, Collar, Journal. See Axle. 
 Car Bodies. Figs. 262-696. 
 Car Box. A Journal Box, which see. 
 Car Candle. See Candle. 
 Car Closet (Flush or Dry). See Hopper. 
 Car Coupler. An appliance for connecting or coupling 
 cars together. All passenger ear couplers and the 
 greater part of the freight car couplers in use are 
 automatic. 
 
 By Act of Congress, Feb. 27, 1893, all engines, 
 passenger and freight cars engaged in interstate 
 commerce must be equipped with couplers that 
 couple automatically by impact and that may be 
 uncoupled without going between the cars, on or 
 before Jan. 1, 1898. A penalty of $100 is imposed 
 for each violation of this act. unless the time shall 
 have been extended for each road by the Interstate 
 Commerce Commission after a hearing and for a 
 good cause. 
 
 Of automatic couplers there are a great many; 
 the freight couplers all conform to the lines adopted 
 by the M. C. B. Association and shown in Fig. 
 5579; they differ chiefly in the lock and the device 
 for uncoupling. The general dimensions of the 
 coupler universally adopted for freight service are 
 given under Figs. 5580-5585, with the limit gages 
 to which all M. C. B. couplers should conform. 
 The same gages are applicable to passenger coup- 
 lers. See Automatic Car Coupler. 
 Car Cylinder (Air Brake). Any one of several kinds 
 
 of brake cylinders shown in Figs. 1257-1276. 
 Cardwell Friction Draft Gear. Figs. 1540-1545. 
 Car Discharge Valve (Train Air Signal Apparatus). 
 Fig. 1115. A valve placed in the end of the car and 
 connected with the signal cord. When the cord is 
 pulled the car discharge valve is opened and the 
 air escapes, which blows the whistle in the loco- 
 motive cab. See Train Air Signal Apparatus. 
 Car Door Hangers. Figs. 2654-2662. A device for hang- 
 ing a sliding door so that it ma}- be movable. 
 In common practice the simple hooks upon which 
 most freight car doors are hung are termed simply 
 Door Hangers, which see, while more elaborate 
 forms with rollers have their names expanded into 
 car door hangers. 
 
 Car door hangers with wheels or rollers to pre- 
 vent friction are termed door sheaves, of which 
 there are various types. 
 Car Door Lock. Figs. 2386-2390. A lock for a car 
 
 See Freight Car Lock, Padlock. 
 Car Door Sheaves. See Door Sheaves and Car Door 
 
 Hangers. 
 Car Drain Cup (Air Brake). Fig. 1283. An attachment 
 to the brake pipe of every car to collect the water 
 of condensation, which is drawn off from tune to 
 lime through a hole at the bottom closed by a 
 plug; it is usually combined with an air strainer 
 and so called. 
 Cartiiler's Lantern. Fig. 3160. 
 
 Car Furnishings. Figs. 2304-4686, The hardware, up- 
 holstery materials and other fittings, such as lamps, 
 ventilators, water coolers, etc., used in finishing a 
 passenger car. In general it includes those parts 
 Hi" a car that are applied after it has left the paint 
 shop. 
 Car Heater. Any apparatus for heating cars by con- 
 vection; that is, by conveying hot water, steam or 
 warmed air into, or through, the car. It generally 
 refers to any arrangement for warming cars other 
 than stoves. See Baker, Consolidated, Gold, Safety 
 and Vapor Heating Systems. See also Stove and 
 Electric Heater. 
 Car Moldings. See Moldings. See also Seat Back Mold- 
 ings, Figs. 4197-4208, which latter are metal bands 
 for seat backs. 
 Car Platform. More commonly, simply Platform, which 
 
 see. See Platform Furnishings. 
 Car Pump. A Basin Pump, which see. 
 Car Replacer. Figs. 3864-3865. A device for getting a 
 derailed truck back on to the track. It usually" 
 consists of two inclined planes, by which the wheels- 
 are raised so that the flange of the outside wheel 
 can ride upon and over the rail. They are placed 
 at an acute angle with the track so as to guide 
 the wheels- and force them upon the track. One 
 or more are usually carried on the engine or in 
 the caboose or baggage cars for use in emergencies. 
 See Wrecking Frog. 
 Car Replacing Jack. Fig. 3886. 
 
 Car Roof. Figs. 2189, 2098-2198. A covering for a car, 
 supported by the carlines and purlins. The various 
 forms in use in freight car construction may be 
 divided generally into the four following classes: 
 First, what is known as a double board roof, with 
 or without felt or other material between boards. 
 To this class belong many roofs in which the 
 boards are tongued and grooved and have a sheet 
 of painted canvas, asphalt roofing material or other 
 prepared materials between them. Second, single 
 board roofs, covered with tin or other sheet metal. 
 Third, roofs made of metal sheets, fastened to pur- 
 lins and roof strips, and protected by a single layer 
 of roughly matched boards. Fourth, a type of 
 double roof consisting of an inside roof covered 
 with felt, tar paper or asphalted canvas, and an 
 outside roof built over it to protect the roofing 
 material from injury. Passenger car roofs are 
 commonly of tin. zinc or galvanized iron or steel 
 of about 22 \Y. G.. painted. For street cars, painted 
 canvas is used. See also Board Roof. In respect 
 to form, see Arched Roof, A-Car Roof. 
 Car Seal. Figs. 4072-4092. A device to secure freight 
 car doors against opening by making it impossible 
 without destroying the seal. The original form 
 consisted of a lead disk with two holes to receive 
 a piece of twisted wire, which is compressed by a 
 die so as to leave a seal mark, which must be 
 defaced or the wire cut before the door can be 
 
CAR 
 
 :y 
 
 CAR 
 
 opened. To prevent stripping the seal from the 
 wire and re-inserting it, a detective wire of irregu- 
 lar cross section is used. Sheet metal eye shackles, 
 in a variety of other forms, are now also used, with 
 or without tin return tags, and also a simple lead 
 rivet with a tin shackle. Tin shackles often have 
 the name of the road printed on them. Of seals 
 there are a great variety, some of the more com- 
 mon of which are shown. See also Seal Locks, 
 Seal Press. 
 
 Car Seat. Figs. 4039-4165. The complete set of fix- 
 tures on which passengers sit in a car. It ordi- 
 narily consists of a seat frame, seat cushions, seat 
 back, arm rest, foot rest, and their attachments. 
 Ordinarily, the seats in American cars are placed 
 crosswise of the car, and are made for two pas- 
 sengers. The backs of the seats are generally made 
 reversible. The seats of parlor cars are commonly 
 called chairs; see Revolving Chair, Richards Panel 
 Back Chair. In private and parlor cars, sofas, 
 placed longitudinally against the side of the car, 
 are sometimes used. In order to give an inclina- 
 tion to the seats which makes them more comfort- 
 able, various devices have been introduced. In 
 fact, all first-class car seats not only incline the seat 
 cushion, but they move it bodily forward, as well 
 as automatically adjust the back. The covering of 
 seats is usually plush, but sometimes cane or rat- 
 tan seats, canvas-lined cane seats, perforated veneer 
 seats, woven ware seats, are used. The seats of 
 street cars are usually placed longitudinally on each 
 side of the car, but m open cars they are usually 
 transverse and in length equal to the full width of 
 car. 
 
 Car Seat Connecting Rod. A round rod connecting 
 the wall and aisle seat ends of a Scarritt seat with 
 adjustable foot rests. . 
 
 Car Seat Moldings. Fig. 4174. Metal bands, usually 
 nickel-plated, used to finish seat backs. They arc 
 either plain or beaded. See Moldings. 
 
 Car Shop Machinery. Figs. 6793-6934. 
 
 Car Signal Valve (Train Air Signal Apparatus). Fig. 
 1220. A valve placed in every car and attached to 
 the bell cord or signal cord, by which air is allowed 
 to escape from the signal pipe, thus blowing the 
 signal whistle on the engine. A Car Discharge 
 Valve, which see. 
 
 Car Spring. Figs. 5370, 6010, etc. See Spring, Spiral 
 Spring, Elliptic Spring, Bolster Spring. A general 
 term applied to springs on which the weight of a 
 car rests, and also to draw and buffer springs. 
 
 Car Steps. See Platform Steps. 
 
 Car Truck. Figs. 4687-4783. Mechanically, a small, low, 
 four-wheel (or sometimes six-wheel) car, carrying 
 as a dead load one-half the weight of a long car 
 body. The car body is usually carried on a pair of 
 center plates (truck center plate and car body cen- 
 ter plate), with a center pin or king bolt passing 
 through them, about which the truck, or, more 
 properly speaking, the car body, can swivel. Iu 
 England such trucks are called " bogies." See 
 Truck. 
 
 Car Washer. Fig. 3841. A brush made for washing 
 the outside of passenger cars. It is made of bristles 
 or feathers. 
 
 Car Wheel. Figs. 5390-5465; 1, Figs. 4771-4777. A 
 wheel for a railway car. Chilled wheels are called 
 single plate wheels or double plate wheels, accord- 
 ing to the number of plates between the hub and 
 rim. When one plate is used it is sometimes made 
 
 flat, with ribs called brackets em the back, and 
 sometimes corrugated, without ribs. The disks of 
 double plate wheels also are generally corrugated. 
 ■\\ hat is known as the Washburn wheel has two 
 corrugated disks extending from the hub about half 
 way to the tread, and a single plate, with curved 
 brackets on the back between the tread and the 
 double plates. This wdieel is generally known as a 
 double plate wdieel. Cast iron wheels are also made 
 with spokes, either solid or hollow, principally for 
 locomotive use. Those in use in this country are 
 either cast iron, with a chilled tread and called 
 chilled wheels, or are steel tired with wrought or 
 cast iron or combination centers. For freight cars 
 the cast wdieel witli a chilled tread is largely in use. 
 Prices of wheels and axles and cost of work on 
 same have been fixed at various times by the rules 
 for interchange of cars of the M. C. B. Association. 
 See Interchange of Traffic. 
 
 The parts of wheels are the flange, tread, rim. 
 tire, retaining rings, plate, ribs, spokes, center, hub 
 and axle seat. 
 
 The varieties of cast iron wheels besides the 
 single plate, double plate and Washburn, above 
 mentioned, are the combination plate wdieel, com- 
 bination wdieel, hollow spoke wdieel, open plate 
 wheel, spoke wheel. See Steel Tired Wheel. 
 
 In 1893 the M. C. B. Association adopted speci- 
 fications for cast iron wheels and a form of guar- 
 anty by manufacturers as Recommended Practice. 
 These had formerly been standards of the Associa- 
 tion. See Wheels, Specifications and Guarantee. 
 
 Car Wheel Grinder. Fig. 684G. 
 
 Car Window. See Window. 
 
 Car Window Blind. See Window Blind. 
 
 Car Window Brush. Fig. 3844. 
 
 Card Rack. A small receptacle on the outside of a 
 freight car to receive cards giving shipping direc- 
 tions. 
 
 Card Table. 27. Figs. 2201-22mj. See Table. 
 
 Cardwell Friction Draft Gear. Fig. 1540. 
 
 Cardwell Rocker Side Bearing. Fig. 5360. 
 
 Carey Plastic Car Roof. Fig. 2168. A roofing mate- 
 rial the body of which is composed of a very heavy 
 layer of woolen felt, thoroughly saturated with a 
 secret compound which it is claimed preserves the 
 roofing itself and also the upper and lower board- 
 ing with which it comes in contact. See Car Roof. 
 
 Carleton & Stroudly Fastening (Steel Tired Wheels). 
 Fig. 5079. See Tire Fastening. 
 
 Carline or Carling. 81, Figs. 262-272; 82, Figs. 305-321; 
 100, Figs. 599-619, and Figs. 2171-2188. A trans- 
 verse bar of wood or iron which extends across the 
 top of a car or from one side to the other, and 
 which supports the roof boards. In passenger cars 
 carlines are divided into main carlines, passing 
 entirely across the car; short carlines or deck car- 
 lines, which are confined to the upper deck, and 
 rafters, which are confined to the lower deck. The 
 carlines of freight cars are also rarely called rafters. 
 The main carlines are usually compound, i. e., built 
 up of wood and iron. They sometimes pass directly 
 from side to side of the car across and under the 
 upper deck, when they are termed continuous or 
 straight carlines, but usually are bent to the outline 
 of the clear story, when they are termed profile 
 carlines. In freight cars the main carline is one 
 made stronger than the others for carrying the 
 purlins and roof. Recently carlines made of a light 
 
CAR 
 
 39 
 
 CEN 
 
 channel or of pressed steel have been extensively 
 introduced. Other carlines having special names, 
 which see, are: 
 
 End Carline. Platform Roof End Car- 
 
 Platform Hood Carline. line. 
 Platform Roof Carline. 
 Carline Knee Iron. An angle iron which connects the 
 end carline to the plate. Also termed inside corner 
 iron. 
 Carpet Eyelet. Fig. 2663. See Eyelet. 
 Carpet Knob. An Eyelet Nail, which see. 
 Carriage or Railway Carriage (British). Figs. 6460- 
 6539. etc. American equivalent, passenger car, or 
 coach. A vehicle for passengers having four, six. 
 eight or twelve wheels (usually six wheels). It is 
 divided into compartments by transverse partitions 
 extending the full width of the car. A first-class 
 compartment seats six or eight passengers, and a 
 second or third-class compartment ten passengers. 
 A large proportion of the total number of passen- 
 gers travel third-class, which really corresponds to 
 the so-called "first-class" here, the real first-class 
 being carried in sleeping and parlor cars. The 
 English first-class is used by about 3% per cent, of 
 the passengers. The second is an intermediate 
 class which is gradually going out of use. See also 
 Bogie Carriage. Second-Class Carriage. 
 
 Composite Carriage. Third-Class Carriage. 
 
 Corridor Carriage. Tri-Composite Carriage 
 
 First-Class Carriage. or Tri-Compo. 
 
 Lavatory Carriage. 
 Carriage Bolt. A bolt made square under the head so 
 as to prevent it from turning when in its place 
 They usually have button-shaped heads and are 
 used for fastening wooden pieces together. 
 Carriage Truck (British). An open four-wheeled ve- 
 hicle, with low sides, adapted to run on passenger 
 trains, and carry a road vehicle. 
 Carrier. See 
 
 Brake Hanger Carrier. Parallel Brake Hanger 
 Brake Pawl Carrier. Carrier. 
 
 Foot Rest Carrier. Spring Plank Carrier. 
 
 Carry Iron. See 
 
 Drawbar Carry Iron. Draw Timber Carry 
 Drawbar Stirrup. Iron. 
 
 Case. "A covering, box, or sheath; that which in- 
 closes or contains: as a case for knives: a case for 
 books; a watch case; a pillow case." — Webster. 
 See 
 
 Brake Hose Coupling Door Case. 
 Case. Lamp Case. 
 
 Lock Case. Tool Case. 
 
 Spring Case. 
 Casing. 1. (For Heaters.) See 
 
 Heater Pipe Casing. Perforated Smoke Pipe 
 
 Inside Casing. Casing. 
 
 Outside Casing. Smoke Pipe Casing. 
 
 2. (For Windows.) The frame which surrounds 
 a window. See Window Casing. 
 Cast Iron Top (Baker Heater). Fig. 2T29. A plate 
 which forms the top of the fire chamber. It has 
 perforations around the outside and an opening in 
 the center through which the stove is supplied 
 with coal. 
 Caster. Figs. 4279-4282. A small wheel on a swivel 
 attached to furniture and on which it is rolled on 
 the floor. By custom of the trade furnishings 
 which are in reality mere sockets or knobs are 
 termed casters, although they are, strictly speak- 
 ing, not such, not having any rollers. They are 
 
 distinguished as chair casters, table casters, sofa 
 casters, etc., according to size and probable use. 
 Caster Holder (Dining Cars). A shelf or tray for 
 
 holding bottles of condiments. 
 Casting. Any piece of metal which has been cast in a 
 mold. See 
 
 Corner Casting. Side Casting. 
 
 Drawbar Side Casting. Transom Casting. 
 Roof Corner Casting. 
 Caswell Drop-Bottom Gondola Car. Figs. 396, 402-403. 
 A car with the bottom made up of drop doors 
 which are raised and lowered by chains wound on 
 a continuous winding shaft running longitudinally 
 under each side of the car. 
 Catch. A device to prevent a gate, door or window 
 from opening, usually by means of a bolt held in 
 place by some form of spring which engages with 
 a keeper when closed. See 
 Bayonet Catch. Deck Sash Catch. 
 
 Cupboard Catch. Door Holder Catch. 
 
 Catch Lever (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 523, Figs. 1886- 
 1935. A crank lever passing vertically through the 
 catch, by means of which it is caused to release the 
 knuckle for uncoupling. 
 Catch Spring (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 528, Figs. 
 1886-1935. A coiled spring on the catch spring 
 bolt operating the catch. 
 Cattle Car. Figs. 10S, 345-355. More properly Stock 
 
 Car, which see. 
 Ceiling. The inside or under surface of the roof or 
 covering of a room or a car opposite the floor. 
 This term is sometimes used to mean Sheathing, 
 which see. When the ceiling of a passenger car 
 is made of painted canvas or other decorated lining 
 it is termed head lining, the term ceiling in modern 
 usage being restricted to wood ceiling. The term 
 panel ceiling is also used as synonymous with wood 
 ceiling, although cloth head lining is also some- 
 times put on in panels. Deafening Ceiling, which 
 see, is boarding under the sills of the car, making 
 an air space between the sills. See Lignomur, 
 Veneering, Paneling. 
 Ceiling Furring. Strips or pieces fastened to the car- 
 lines overhead, and to which the paneling or 
 veneering of the ceiling is applied. 
 Ceiling Hook. 
 
 Ceiling Veneers. Thin boards with which the ceilings 
 of passenger cars are covered. The term is also 
 misapplied to the thin preparations of papier ma- 
 che, etc., in imitation of natural wood veneers. See 
 Veneer. 
 Center Bearing. The place in the center of a truck 
 where the weight of the body rests. A body center 
 plate attached to the car body here rests on a truck 
 center plate attached to the truck. The general 
 term center bearing is used to designate the whole 
 arrangement and the functions which it performs, 
 in distinction from Side Bearing, which see. See 
 also Center Plate. 
 Center Bearing Arch Bar. 66, Figs. 4780-4783. See Cen- 
 ter Bearing Bridge. 
 Center Bearing Beam. Figs. 4876-4877. See below. 
 
 Also called center block. 
 Center Bearing Bridge (Six-Wheel Trucks). 66-67, 
 Figs. 4780-4783. A longitudinal iron beam, for- 
 merly sometimes a wooden beam, the ends of 
 which rest upon the spring beams, and by which 
 the truck center bearing beam, carrying the center 
 plates, is supported. It consists of the center 
 bearing arch bar and inverted arch bar, inclosing 
 
CEN 
 
 CEN 
 
 between them the center bearing beam. Truck 
 side bearings, 61, similar in form to an arch bar, 
 are also attached to the extremities of the spring 
 beams, connecting them together. 
 
 Center Bearing Inverted Arch Bar. 67, Figs. 4780- 
 4783. See above. 
 
 Center Block. A Center Bearing Beam, which see. 
 
 Center Block Column. A column placed on top of 
 the center plate block and between it and the cen- 
 ter bearing arch bar. 
 
 Center Block Flitch Plate. Figs. 4975-4976. See Cen- 
 ter Block and Flitch Plates. 
 
 Center Body Truss Rods. Those nearest the center 
 when two or more body truss rods are used under 
 each side of a car body. 
 
 Center Bracket. 
 
 Center Buffer Spring. A spiral spring situated above 
 the draft springs in some forms of passenger draft 
 gear and intended for buffing purposes only. 
 
 Center Buffer Stem. See Buffer Stem. 
 
 Center Compression Beam Brace. In passenger car 
 framing, a brace for the compression beam in the 
 center of the side truss. 
 
 Center Counterbrace. A counterbrace in the body of 
 the car between the trucks, to stiffen a Compres- 
 sion Beam Brace, which see. See also Counter- 
 brace. 
 
 Center Cross Bar (British). See Brake Shaft Cross 
 Bearer. 
 
 Center Cross Beam. A cross timber framed into the 
 two intermediate sills of a coal or ore car, to which 
 the center doors are hung. 
 
 Center Cross Beam Cap. A cap piece to cover the 
 center cross beam. 
 
 Center Cross Tie Timber. A cross tie timber in the 
 middle of a car, generally placed between the 
 double drop doors of a gondola car. 
 
 Centering Devices. Figs. 2085-2096. 
 
 Center Door Hinge and Stop (British). The center 
 of three brass hinges securing the side door of a 
 passenger carriage to the body. The insertion of 
 two rubber plugs into striking pieces or side wings 
 on the hinge constitutes Cross's patent stop, which 
 is used to prevent the door striking the outside of 
 the body when thrown violently open. 
 
 Center Door Rail. See Middle Door Rail. 
 
 Center Draft Drawbar. A drawbar which is connected 
 directly with the king bolt of a truck. It is a style 
 specially designed for use on the very sharp curves 
 (of 90 and 100 ft. radius) of elevated railroads, and 
 is confined to those lines. Sometimes termed 
 radial draw gear. See Van Dorn Radial Draft 
 Gear. 
 
 Center Draft Tube (Argand Lamp). The hollow pas- 
 sage for air in the center of the burner. 
 
 Center Dump Car. Figs. 80, 89, 93, 529-531, 536-542. A 
 car which will discharge its entire load between 
 the rails. See Ballast Car, Goodwin Car, Hart 
 Convertible Car. 
 
 Center Floor Timbers. The Center Sills, which see. 
 
 Center Girth. See Door Center Girth. 
 
 Center Lamp. 1. Fig. 3327. A lamp suspended from 
 the center of a ceiling of a car. The term is 
 used to distinguish center lamps from side lamps, 
 the latter being attached to the sides of cars. Cen- 
 ter lamps having two or more burners are com- 
 monly called chandeliers. 
 
 2. Pintsch Gas Lamps, which see. Figs. 3201, 
 etc. 
 
 Center Pin or King Bolt. Figs. 813-814; 18, Figs. 262- 
 272. A large bolt which passes through the center 
 plates on the body bolster and truck bolster. The 
 truck turns about the bolt. It normally has no 
 strain upon it and no key or nut at the lower end. 
 It is therefore a mere pin and not a bolt in the 
 usual sense, but in wrecking cars the center pin 
 is sometimes provided with keys to fasten the 
 truck and car body firmly together. The name 
 king bolt is derived from the name of the corre- 
 sponding part for the front wheels of a wagon. 
 Center pin, however, is the more common term. 
 
 Center Pin Floor Plate. Fig. 934. An ornamental cast- 
 ing set into the floor of a passenger car to cover 
 the head of the Center Pin, which see. 
 
 Center Plate. Figs. 801-803, 952-953, 4815-4816; 17, 
 Figs. 262-272. One of a pair of plates made of cast 
 or malleable iron or pressed or cast steel which fit 
 one into the other and which support the car body 
 on the trucks, allowing them to turn freely under 
 the car. The center pin or king bolt passes 
 through both, but does not really serve as a pivot. 
 The body center plate or male center plate is at- 
 tached to the under side of the body bolster or in 
 cast steel bolsters is made an integral part of the 
 casting. The female or truck center plate is at- 
 tached to the top side of the truck bolster. When 
 the car is tilted, as on a curve, part of the weight 
 is carried on the Side Bearings, which see. 
 
 Center Plates (M. C. B. Standard). In 1903 the center 
 plates shown in Figs. 5711-5712 were adopted as 
 standard. 
 
 Center Plate Block. 64, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777. A 
 piece of wood placed under a truck center plate to 
 raise it up to the proper height. 
 
 Center Sills. 1. 4, Figs. 262-272, 599-619; 10, Figs. 6207- 
 6209. The two main longitudinal members of the 
 underframe of a car which are usually close to- 
 gether in the center of the car. They form as it 
 were the back-bone of the underframe and trans- 
 mit most of the buffing shocks from end to end of 
 the car. In steel underframe cars the center sills 
 are usually heavy I-beams, channels, deep built up 
 fish-belly girders or pressed steel fish-belly girders 
 often with reinforcing flange angles. 
 
 2. (Hand Car.) 10, Figs. 6207-6209. The cor- 
 responding member in the floor framing of a hand 
 car. 
 
 Center Sill Cover Plate (Steel Cars). 121, Figs. 428- 
 431. A flat plate riveted across the top of the cen- 
 ter sills to give additional strength in resisting 
 longitudinal shocks and to prevent buckling of the 
 sills. 
 
 Center Sills, Splicing of (M. C. B. Recommended Prac- 
 tice). In 1905, the following methods for splicing 
 center sills on steel cars and cars constructed 
 with steel underframe were adopted as Recom- 
 mended Practice. Drawings illustrative of these 
 methods of splicing are shown in Figs. 5953-5960. 
 
 The splice for center sills, except as otherwise 
 herein stated, to be located not less than 8 inches 
 from either side of the body bolster, consisting of 
 butt joints. The butt joints to be reinforced by 
 plates on both sides to be not less than twice the 
 length of the protruding end, but not exceeding 24 
 inches, and not less than same thickness of web 
 plate, with the one on the flange side of channel 
 to include flanges, while the outside plate should 
 only cover the web. The rivets to be spaced as 
 shown on Figs. "A" and "B." 
 
CEN 
 
 41 
 
 CHA 
 
 Fig. "A" shows the method of splicing center 
 sills in front of body bolster, and Fig. "B" shows 
 method of splicing center sills back of body bolster. 
 
 Fig. "C" shows method of splicing in cases 
 where cars are damaged to such extent that the 
 center sills have to be cut off less than 8 inches 
 from the front side of the body bolster; this 
 method is not recommended for sills with protrud- 
 ing end less than 3 inches. The outside plate in 
 this splice may be made of pressed steel or a cast- 
 ing. The rivets to be spaced as shown on sketch. 
 
 Fig; "D" shows the method of splicing side 
 sills; this splice may be located on either side of 
 the body bolster. The rivets to be spaced as 
 shown on sketch. 
 Center Stay (of a Chandelier). 30, Figs. 3585-3601. 
 The central support around which the lamps are 
 grouped. In some cases it is the only method of 
 attaching the chandelier to the ceiling, and in 
 others there are several inclined roof braces or 
 vertical lamp arms in addition. 
 
 Center Stem (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 987, Figs. 
 1886-1935. 
 
 Center Stem Pivot Pin (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 
 
 1200 and 1204, Figs. 1886-1935. 
 Center Stem Thimble (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 845, 
 
 Figs. 1886-1935. 
 Center Stop (Tip Car). A bracket or block attached 
 
 to a draw timber to restrain the body from moving 
 
 longitudinally. 
 
 Center Strut for Hopper Floor (Hopper Car). 46, Figs. 
 474-500. An inclined strut or support for the 
 hopper floor between the bolster and the end of 
 the car, fastened to the center of the end sill. See 
 Side Strut for Hopper Floor. 
 Center Suspension Lamp. See Pintsch Lamps. 
 Centering Gage. A gage to fix the middle point of an 
 
 axle. See Mounting Wheels. 
 Central Filling Piece (Steel Tired Wheels). The part 
 
 surrounding the hub and connecting it with the tire. 
 
 Also termed the skeleton. A wheel center is a hub 
 
 and central filling piece combined. 
 Chafing Plate. 1. A metal plate to resist wear, used on 
 
 brake beams, truck transoms, swinging spring 
 
 beams, etc. See , 
 
 Brake Beam Chafing Drawbar Chafing Plate. 
 
 Plate. Transom Chafing Plate. 
 
 Check Chain Chafing Truck Bolster Chafing 
 Plate. Plate. 
 
 Coupling Pin Chafing 
 Plate. 
 2. (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler.) 1120, Figs. 1886- 
 
 1935. A bar across the top of the stirrup. 
 Chaffee Drawbar Centering Device. Fig. 2089. A de- 
 vice to permit displacement of the drawhar on 
 
 rounding curves, which also tends to hold the 
 
 drawbar in a central position at all other times. 
 Chain. "A series of links or rings connected, or fitted 
 
 into one another, usually made of some kind of 
 
 metal." — Webster. See 
 
 Basin Chain. Hoisting Chain. 
 
 Berth Chain. Horizontal Brake 
 
 Brake Safety Chain. Shaft Chain. 
 
 Brake Shaft Chain. Lock Chain. 
 
 Check Chain. Manhole Cover Chain. 
 
 Connecting Chain. Platform Railing 
 
 Coupling Chain. Chain. 
 
 Door Pin Chain. Railing Chain. 
 
 Driving Chain. Safety Coupling Chain. 
 
 Drop Door Chain. Uncoupling Chain. 
 
 Chain and Eye (for Door Bolt, Postal Car Fittings). 
 Fig. 4033. 
 
 Chain Block. Fig. 6852. 
 
 Chain Coupling Link (British). Two or more coupling 
 links attached together like a chain. Used with a 
 Draw Hook, which see. 
 
 Chain Holder (for Basin Plug). Fig. 3660. A Stan- 
 chion, which see, provided with screw thread and 
 nut for passing through the marble slab. Also 
 called a chain post, or chain stay. 
 
 Chain Post or Stay. Fig. 3660. 
 
 Chair. The usual designation for the seats of parlor 
 cars. See Reclining Chair, Revolving Chair. 
 
 Chair Arm Plate. A metal plate for the top of a chair 
 arm. If for common passenger car seats, it is called 
 an Arm Cap, which see. 
 
 Chair Car. Fig. 133. The term chair car generally is 
 applied to a car equipped with reclining chairs or 
 twin car seats, which car is run on local night 
 trains so that passengers may rest. 
 
 Chair Caster. See Caster. 
 
 Chair Leg Caster or Socket. Fig. 4279. A hollow 
 casting which fits on the end of a chair leg. Such 
 casters, when casters proper, are provided with 
 wheels, but frequently in car construction they are 
 without wheels, and are then by custom of the 
 trade still called casters (fixed or rigid casters), 
 although properly not such. 
 
 Challender Truss. A substitute for the truss plank and 
 side body bracing of passenger car frames, and 
 used at one time on the Chicago, Burlington & 
 Quincy Railroad. It consists of a thin plate of iron 
 with an angle iron riveted to the bottom, and some- 
 times one at the top and bottom. It is fastened to 
 each post by large wood screws and is bolted to the 
 side sills. It is sometimes made to serve as a sub- 
 stitute for truss rods under the car, and it forms 
 a part of the inside finish under the window. Cars 
 trussed in this way are said to be as light and cheap 
 as those in which the ordinary form of construc- 
 tion is used, but the truss has not so far found 
 sufficient favor to be adopted as standard, even 
 by a few roads. 
 
 Chandelier. A center lamp having two or more burners, 
 but generally meaning only those of very elaborate 
 form or having more than two burners, as the two 
 and four light chandeliers, Figs. 3347-3490. 
 
 Channel Bar. More commonly merely channel. A 
 general term applied by makers to iron or steel 
 rolled with the following section: [. They are in 
 use for the sills of metal underframe cars, for 
 transoms and spring planks of trucks. I-Beams, 
 which see. are used for sills of underframes and 
 for truck bolsters, etc. 
 
 Chaplet. A piece of iron used in a mold for casting, to 
 hold a core in its place. 
 
 Chapman Jack. Fig. 3870. See Screw Jack. 
 Charging Receptacle. An electric fitting or connection 
 device attached to the under side of the car body 
 from which wires lead to the storage battery. 
 There is generally one on each side of a car. 
 Charging Plug. An electric fitting or connection de- 
 vice to which wires leading to a yard charging 
 plant or electric-light circuit are attached. The 
 plug is made to fit the receptacle in such a manner 
 that the positive wire from the charging plant will 
 invariably be connected to the positive battery 
 wire. By inserting the plug in the receptacle the 
 battery on the car may be connected with and 
 charged from the stationary charging plant. These 
 
CHE 
 
 42 
 
 CIR 
 
 devices arc used principally in straight storage 
 work where no generating plant is carried on the 
 car. 
 
 Check Chain. 68, Figs. 4771-4777 and Fig. 4847. A 
 chain attached to a truck and the body of a car to 
 prevent the former from swinging crosswise on the 
 track in case of derailment. Such chains are usually 
 attached either to two or to each of the four cor- 
 ners of a truck and to the sills of the cars. 
 
 At the eighth Annual M. C. B. Convention. Cin- 
 cinnati, 1S74, it was 
 
 "Resolved, That truck and car body check chains 
 are, when properly applied, a valuable acquisition 
 on passenger equipment, and your committee rec- 
 ommend their general use." In 1893 the use of 
 truck and car body check chains, properly applied, 
 was adopted as a Recommended Practice. 
 
 A difficulty with check chains has been that the 
 eyes by which they are attached to the body and 
 truck were not strong enough to resist the strain, 
 and that the chains themselves have been too long 
 to come to a bearing soon enough to have the 
 trucks controllable. 
 
 Check Chain Chafing Plate. A plate attached to a 
 truck timber to resist the wear of a Check Chain, 
 which see. 
 
 Check Chain Eye. 70. Figs. 4771-4777. See Truck Check 
 Chain Eye. 
 
 Check Chain Hook. 69, Figs. 4771-4777. See Body 
 Check Chain Hook, Truck Check Chain Hook. 
 
 Check Gage (M. C. B. Standard for Mounting Wheels). 
 Fig. 5599. In 1896 a standard reference gage for 
 mounting and inspecting wheels was adopted by 
 letter ballot to take the place of the check gage for 
 mounting wheels, formerly shown, and the gage for 
 distance between wheels, formerly shown. At same 
 date a standard check gage was adopted. In 1907 
 these were modified. 
 
 Check Valve (Triple Valve). 15, Fig. 1233. The valve 
 under the emergency valve which prevents the es- 
 cape of brake cylinder pressure back into the train 
 line when a hose bursts or the train parts. In an 
 emergency application the emergency valve opens 
 and allows the brake pipe pressure to enter the 
 brake cylinder through the check valve which is 
 raised off its seat. 
 
 Check Valve Case (Triple Valve). 13, Fig. 1233. See 
 above. 
 
 Check Valve Case Gasket (Triple Valve). 14. Fig. 1233. 
 See above. 
 
 Check Valve Spring (Triple Valve). 12, Fig. 1233. 
 
 Chicago & North Western Car Heating System. Fig. 
 2922. 
 
 Chicago Car Coupler. Fig. 1757. 
 
 Chicago Car Roof. Fig. 2131. An inside metallic 
 iron roof made up of an inside layer of boards, a 
 covering of sheets of corrugated sheet iron and an 
 outer roof of boards. 
 
 Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofs. Figs. 2121-2130. 
 
 Chicago Grain Door. Figs. 1402-1408. One of several 
 grain doors, which slides up and down on a grain 
 door rod fastened to the door post, and is hung to 
 the carlines when not in use. The top of the door 
 is fastened to the rods by a ring and a door arm. 
 A small wicket or door is built in the bottom half 
 of the door for unloading part of the load when 
 desired, without shoveling. 
 
 Chicago Improved Winslow Car Roof. Figs. 2142-2150. 
 
 Chicago Pneumatic Tools. F4gs. G884-089G. 
 
 Chill. A kind of crystallization produced when melted 
 cast iron is cooled suddenly. It is usually accom- 
 plished by bringing the molten iron in contact with 
 a cold metal (usually iron) mold. The hardened 
 part of a car wheel is called the chill. The mold 
 in which a chill is produced is sometimes called a 
 chill, but the name chill mold has been given to 
 this. See Wheel Specification. 
 
 Chill Crack. An irregular crack developed in casting 
 upon the chilled surface of the tread of car wheels. 
 Chill cracks not over % in. wide, and not extending 
 to the flange, are not considered as injuring the 
 wheel or as indicating weakness or inferior quality. 
 Iron which makes the most durable car wheels is 
 most liable to chill cracks. See Wheel Specifica- 
 tions, Interchange of Traffic. 
 
 Chimney (for Lamps). Fig. 3154. See Lamp Chimney 
 for table of standard dimensions. See also 
 Globe Chimney. Smoke Pipe. 
 
 Lamp Case Chimney. Stove Pipe. 
 Lamp Globe Chimney, 
 
 Chipping (of Chilled Car Wheels). A scaling off of 
 
 small portions of the chilled metal, due to imper- 
 fect or irregular crystallization. Wheels chipped 
 on the tread to a depth of more than % in. or hav- 
 ing the tread less than 3% in. wide are rejected 
 under the rules for interchange of cars. See Wheel 
 Specifications. 
 
 Chock or Chock Piece. "In shipbuilding a wedge or 
 triangular-shaped block or timber used to unite the 
 head and heel of consecutive timbers." — Century. 
 Also intended as a filling piece to give form or 
 shape. Hence in a snow- plow a timber which 
 joins successive timbers, and fills out to give shape. 
 
 Chord (of a Truss). The long horizontal members at 
 the top and bottom of a truss. The side sills and 
 plates of a car body are top and bottom chords of 
 the side trusses, but the terms are not used in car 
 building. In Great Britain the chords are some- 
 times termed booms. 
 
 Christensen Air Brake. Figs. 1293-1204. A system 
 essentially the same as the Westinghouse, for use 
 on electric cars. The air is compressed by a motor- 
 driven compressor under the car. All the other 
 parts for the automatic and straight-air system 
 operate in the same manner as the systems in use 
 on steam roads. 
 
 Christie Brake Shoe and Head. Fig. 5510. One of the 
 many forms of this detail in which combined 
 strength and convenience of removal have been 
 sought. It has been adopted as standard by the 
 M. C. B. Association. 
 
 Chute (Baker Heater). Fig. 2553. The interior frame 
 of the feed door forming a passage for the fuel. 
 
 Cigar Holder. Fig. 4396. 
 
 Circuit Breaker. Figs. 6342-6343. A device for auto- 
 matically opening the circuit from the trolley or 
 third rail shoe to the controller when the current 
 exceeds a predetermined amount. It is usually 
 provided with magnetic blow-out. 
 
 Circulating Drum (Baker Heater). Figs. 2704, 2721. 
 A cast iron vessel with hemispherical ends, on top 
 or inside of the car, filled with water, and con- 
 nected by two pipes with the coil in the stove and 
 with the pipes which extend through the car. As 
 the water in the coil becomes heated it ascends to 
 the drum, and from there it descends through the 
 other pipe to the radiating pipes in the car. After 
 passing through them it is brought back by return 
 pipes to the coil, when it is again heated. Thus a 
 
CIR 
 
 CLE 
 
 continuous circulation is kept up. It is also called 
 the expansion drum. There are several styles, 
 among them the upright. Fig. 2718; the horizontal, 
 Fig. 2721. 
 Circulating Pipes (Baker and Other Heaters). Fig. 
 2783. A general name for the pipes which carry 
 the steam or heated fluid through the car and re- 
 turn it again to the heater. The term radiating 
 pipes is also used. 
 Circumference Measure (M. C. B. Standard). Fig. 5514. 
 A steel tape measure specially designed to measure 
 the circumference of car wheels. Adopted as 
 standard in 19(H). 
 Clamp. 1. "In general, something that fastens or binds 
 a piece of timber or of iron used to fasten work 
 together." — Webster. 
 
 2. (Joinery.) "A frame with two tightening 
 screws, by which two portions of an article are 
 tightly compressed together, either while being 
 formed or while their glue joint is drying." — 
 Knight. See Pipe Clamp. 
 Clamp Lock (Steam Couplers). Fig. 2901. A Coupler 
 
 Latch, which see. 
 Claw Jack. Figs. 38(37. 3881. A jack having a step or 
 projection at the bottom of the movable column, 
 used when a bearing close to the ground is required. 
 Cleaning Air Brakes. In 1902 the following method 
 for cleaning air brakes was adopted as the Recom- 
 mended Practice of the Association: 
 
 Inspection and Cleaning of Triple Valves. — 
 The triple valve should be removed from the car 
 for cleaning in the shop, and should be replaced 
 by a triple in good condition. It should be dis- 
 mantled, and all the internal parts, except those 
 with rubber seats and gaskets, immersed in 
 kerosene oil to soften the accumulated oil and 
 gum. Xo hard metal should be used to remove 
 gum or dirt, or to loosen the piston packing ring 
 m its groove, as the almost inevitable result will 
 be damage to some vital part of the triple. 
 Particular pains should be taken in cleansing the 
 feed groove not to enlarge it. Rags, or, better 
 still, chamois skins, should be used rather than 
 waste, as the latter invariably leaves lint on the 
 parts on which it is used. Great care must be 
 used in removing the emergency valve seat, as 
 this is frequently found bruised and distorted in 
 triples which have been cleaned. The working 
 parts should be carefully examined to know that 
 the}- are in good order. Particular attention 
 should be given the triple piston packing ring. 
 It should have a neat fit in its groove in the 
 piston, and also in the triple piston bushing. The 
 fit of the packing ring in its groove and bushing 
 and the condition of the bushing should be such 
 as to pass the prescribed tests. The graduating 
 stem should work freely in its nut, and the 
 graduating spring be of standard dimensions and 
 free from corrosion. The slide valve, triple 
 piston packing ring and bushing should be 
 lubricated with a few drops of light-bodied, high- 
 grade mineral lubricating oil, such as dynamo oil; 
 but the emergency piston, valve and check should 
 not be oiled. 
 
 Should the triple piston packing ring need to 
 be renewed, or the bushing require truing, we 
 strongly recommend that such work be done by 
 the manufacturers. We are thoroughly con- 
 vinced that the average workman cannot, or at 
 least does not, do work of this kind satisfac- 
 
 torily, and that by far the largest proportion of 
 the attempts to economize in this way result m 
 inefficient air brakes and slid, flat wheels. It 
 also permits a departure from the maintenance 
 of standards in the several parts, which cannot 
 but result in demoralization in repairs. 
 
 Usually, sufficient attention is not paid to the 
 condition of the emergency parts of the triple, 
 as shown by their condition. The emergency 
 valve seat is found damaged, the stem bent, the 
 rubber seat imperfect and the check valve not 
 properly fitting in a number of cases. These 
 facts account for a large number of slid, flat 
 wheels. 
 
 The cylinder cap gasket and check valve case 
 gasket should be carefully examined and cleaned 
 by using a cloth. They should not be scraped 
 with a metal tool. Judging by an examination 
 of a number of triples, these gaskets should be 
 renewed more frequentlj- than they are. 
 
 Before assembling the parts after cleaning, the 
 casings and body of the triple should be thor- 
 oughly cleaned out with a blast of compressed 
 air. In taking down and replacing the emergency 
 parts of the triple, the greatest care should be 
 exercised not to injure any of them. More dam- 
 age is done by careless workmen in taking down 
 these parts than is done in replacing them. 
 
 When replacing the triple valve on the auxiliar}'- 
 reservoir, the gasket should be fitted to the triple 
 instead of the reservoir. Home-made gaskets 
 should be avoided, and standard gaskets of the 
 manufacturer be used. Reports have been made 
 where triple pistons have been found bent, due 
 to the use of gaskets of irregular thickness, and 
 trouble has been experienced in using gaskets 
 which are too thick or too thin. 
 
 Cleaning and Inspection of the Brake Cylinder. 
 — The brake cylinder need not be removed from 
 the car for cleaning. First secure the piston rod 
 firmly to the cylinder head; then, after removing 
 the cylinder head, piston rod, piston head and 
 release spring, scrape off all deposits of gum and 
 dirt with a narrow putty knife or its equivalent. 
 and have the removed parts wiped with waste 
 saturated with kerosene or other light oil. The 
 packing leather should never be permitted to 
 soak in kerosene oil, as the penetrating qualities 
 of kerosene reach into the pores of the leather, 
 and force out the life-giving qualities of the 
 special oil in which the leather is treated by the 
 manufacturer. Particular attention should be 
 paid to cleaning the leakage groove and the brake 
 cylinder tube. The packing leather and expander 
 ring should receive their share of proper inspec- 
 tion and cleaning. The expander ring should be 
 of a circumference which shall fit the bore of 
 the brake cylinder when the ring is removed 
 from its place between the follower and packing 
 leather and entered in the cylinder. In all cases 
 the follower nuts should be drawn up snuglv 
 before replacing the piston, and the inside of the 
 cylinder and packing leather evenly coated with 
 a suitable grease or vaseline. A goodly quantity 
 of grease should be placed on the expander ring 
 and the adjacent side of the packing leather, thus 
 permitting the pressure to force the grease into 
 the leather and give it greater life. 
 
 Xo sharp tool should be used in getting the 
 packing leather into the cylinder. After the pis- 
 
CLE 
 
 4i 
 
 CLO 
 
 ton is in place and before the cylinder head is 
 fastened on, the piston rod should be slightly 
 rotated in all directions about three inches from 
 the center line of the cylinder, in order to be 
 certain that the expanding ring is not out of 
 place The old stencil marks should be removed. 
 The auxiliary reservoir should be stenciled on 
 both sides, with the date and place of cleaning, 
 using white lead for the purpose; and if the car 
 belongs to a foreign road, a repair card should 
 be attached, as provided by the rules. The bolts 
 or nuts holding the cylinder and reservoir to the 
 car should be tightened. 
 
 Testing Triples. — After cleaning and repairing, 
 it is essential that triples be tested and come 
 within required limits, if a reasonable efficiency 
 of the air brakes is to be maintained. 
 
 Test No. 1. — The tightness of the slide valve, 
 the emergency and check valves and all joints 
 should be determined by painting with soap suds. 
 
 Test No. 2. — Maintaining a pressure of ninety 
 pounds in the brake pipe, the auxiliary reservoir 
 should reach seventy pounds in not less than 
 forty-five seconds or more than sixty seconds, 
 as provided for in Test No. 9 of the M. C. B. Air 
 Brake Tests Code. 
 
 Test No. 3. — To test repaired triples for re- 
 lease, charge the auxiliary to seventy pounds 
 pressure and make a full service reduction of 
 twenty pounds, or until the auxiliary and cylinder 
 pressure are equal. Place the special cut-out 
 cock in such position that pressure must pass 
 through the 3-64-inch port, and turn main reser- 
 voir pressure of ninety pounds into the brake 
 pipe. If the triple does not release under these 
 conditions it should be condemned. 
 
 Test No. 4. — The triple piston packing ring 
 should be tested for leakage by blocking the pis- 
 ton in the graduating position, preferably by use 
 of the device shown at "A" in the accompanying 
 diagram, maintaining the brake pipe pressure at 
 seventy pounds. Under these conditions the 
 
 kfR 
 
 pressure in the auxiliary reservoir should not 
 increase faster than fifteen pounds per minute. 
 
 Clearance (of Track Gage). The total difference be- 
 tween the gage of the rails and the gage of the 
 exterior bearing surface of the flanges is at pres- 
 ent fixed at about % of an inch, as adopted in 
 June, 1894. See Fig. 5599. The method of testing 
 wheels for this purpose has been by measuring the 
 distance in the clear from inside to inside of car 
 wheel. By resolution of the Master Car Builders' 
 Association, 1883, the standard distance for flanges 
 was fixed at 4 ft. 5% in. The limit of Vs in. either 
 way from 4 ft. 5% in. was adopted in 1885. In 1894 
 a standard check gage for mounting wheels was 
 adopted (see Fig. 5599) which is intended to make 
 
 the clearance of flanges a fixed distance. The rela- 
 tion of wheel gage to track and guard rails is 
 shown in Fig. 5601. 
 
 Clearance or Clearance Limit. British equivalent, 
 loading gage. The limiting dimensions of height 
 and width for cars in order that they may safely 
 clear all bridges, tunnels, station platforms and 
 ether structures. 
 
 Clearance Car. A car with a light frame built out on 
 all sides to the extreme width and height required 
 for any car that is to pass over the road. It is run 
 over the road first to ascertain if the car can with 
 safety be sent over the road. The car may also be 
 used to ascertain what is the maximum cross-sec- 
 tion of tunnels, bridges, etc., over a road so that 
 cars can be built within the limits determined by 
 the clearance car. 
 
 Clearance, Couplers, Side. See Attachment of Couplers 
 to Cars. 
 
 Clear Story. 110, Figs. 599-619. "An upper story or 
 row of windows in a church, tower, or other erec- 
 tion, rising clear above the adjoining parts of the 
 building." — Webster. Also spelled clere story. 
 Hence the portion of a passenger car roof which 
 rises above the roof proper, in the manner which 
 is now customary in nearly all American passenger 
 cars, has been termed the clear story, and this name 
 was exclusively used in the first edition of this 
 dictionary. Since the issuing of the first edition 
 the use of the term deck for clear story seems to 
 have become practically universal among car build- 
 ers and manufacturers, especially in compound 
 words. As a general name for designating the en- 
 tire space included within the upper deck, however, 
 the term clear story is frequently used. The clear 
 story was first used in American car framing about 
 1860. The part corresponding to a clear story in 
 freight cabooses is termed a lookout. 
 
 Cleat. "1. A narrow strip of wood nailed on in joinery. 
 '2. A term applied to small wooden projections in 
 tackle to fasten ropes by." — Webster. 
 
 Cleveland Pressed Steel Carline. Figs. 2173-2188. 
 
 Cleveland Turnbuckle. Fig. 3857. See Turnbuckle. 
 
 Clevis. "A stirrup-shaped metallic strap used in con- 
 nection with a pin to connect a draft chain or tree 
 to a plow or other tool." — Knight. The term is 
 applied to various kinds of irons resembling a plow 
 clevis in shape, and also to bolts with forked ends. 
 See Boom Cap Clevis, Brake Lever Clevis. 
 
 Climax Coupler. Figs. 1630-1638, 1517-1525. 
 
 Climax Curtain Fixture. Fig. 4671. 
 
 Climax Journal Box. Figs. 5270-5275. 
 
 Clinch Nail. A wrought iron forged nail, so named 
 because it can be bent or clinched without break- 
 ing. Cut nails, the common and cheapest kind, 
 although of wrought iron, will not clinch. 
 
 Clip. A U-shaped strap for attaching any body, more 
 particularly a pipe, to the side of a partition. See 
 Deck Sash Quadrant Clip, Pipe Clip. 
 
 Close Return Bend. Fig. 2780. A short cast iron tube 
 made of a U shape, for uniting the ends of two 
 wrought iron pipes. It differs from an open re- 
 turn bend in having the two branches in contact 
 with each other. 
 
 Closed Car (Street Cars). Generally a car with end 
 doors, and the sides closed by the car panels or 
 sheathing, and windows, so that the passengers are 
 protected from the wind and weather. 
 
 The term is used for a winter car to distinguish 
 it from an open or summer car, in which the seats 
 
CLO 
 
 45 
 
 COL 
 
 are usually transverse to the ear, and the sides 
 open, except for curtains. 
 
 Closed Door Stop (Freight Car Doors). A block of 
 wood or iron to prevent outside sliding doors from 
 moving too far when they are closed. See also 
 Open Door Stop. 
 
 Closet. 1. A small room, usually for storage. See 
 Linen Closet, Wine Closet, etc. A locker is a 
 closet of less than the full height of the car, but 
 this distinction is not always observed. 
 
 '2. A retiring room for sanitary purposes, more 
 commonly called a Saloon, which see. 
 
 Closet Hopper. Fig. 4054. Also called soil hopper. A 
 metal or porcelain hopper used in saloons. 
 
 Closet Hopper Ventilator. See Bell's Exhaust Hopper 
 Ventilator. 
 
 Clusters (Pintsch Lamps). The four-flame cluster, No. 
 227, Fig. 3098, is the one ordinarily used in center 
 lamps. Where a large amount of light is required, 
 as in compartments having but one lamp, five or 
 six-flame clusters (Nos. 228, 229) may be used. 
 Where a small amount is needed, as in central cor- 
 ridors at ends of cars, two-flame clusters (No. 226) 
 may be used. 
 
 For vestibule lamps the two-flame cluster (No. 
 226A), Fig. 3099, is required. Four-flame vestibule 
 lamps use the ordinary four-flame cluster (No. 227). 
 All clusters are provided with check screws, 
 placed at the base of the burner arm, by means of 
 which the flow of gas to each burner can be reg- 
 ulated. These check screws are locked in place 
 by small nuts. 
 
 Cluster Stem (Pintsch Lamp). 305. Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 Cluster Stem Flange (Pintsch Lamp). 305a, 305b, Figs. 
 3208-3224. 
 
 Clutch Coupling. See Brake Hose Coupling. 
 
 Coach. Figs. 131-140, 237-240, 599-604. A term used to desig- 
 nate cars for the conveyance of passengers, in dis- 
 tinction from freight, baggage and express cars. 
 By increasing usage the term is used as an equiva- 
 lent for day car in distinction from sleeping cars 
 as well as freight and baggage cars. 
 
 Coach Bolt (British). American equivalent. Carriage 
 Bolt, which see. 
 
 Coach Screw (British). American equivalent, lag 
 screw, but coach screw is also used. A square- 
 headed screw with a pointed end used to screw 
 into wood. 
 
 Coal Box. In passenger cars a box for carrying coal. 
 It is usually a long narrow deep box, placed be- 
 tween the heater and the end of the coach. 
 
 Coal Car. Figs. 35-66. A car for carrying coal. The 
 standard cars built for coal service to-day are 
 largely what are termed gondolas. They are from 
 27 to 36 feet long and carry from 60,000 lbs. to 100,- 
 000 lbs. They are usually designated by the char- 
 acter of the dumping devices applied, as drop 
 bottom, hopper bottom, hopper, twin hopper, etc. 
 See 
 
 Drop Bottom Car. Hopper Car. 
 
 Goodwin Car. Twin Hopper Car. 
 
 Hopper Bottom Car. 
 
 Coal Feed Chute (Baker Heater). Fig. 2684. 
 
 Coat Hook. Fig. 3827. 
 
 Coat and Hat Hook. Fig. 3815. 
 
 Cock. 4 and 6, Figs. 3634-3686 and 2766. "A spout; 
 an instrument to draw out or discharge 
 liquor from a cask, vat or pipe.'' — Webster. 
 
 Bibb Cock. Reservoir Drain Cock. 
 
 Combination Cock. c-Jelf-CIosing Cock. 
 
 Compression Faucet. Stop Cock. 
 
 Drain Cock. Telegraph Cock. 
 
 Main Cock. Vertical Telegraph Cock. 
 
 Coes Wrench. Fig. 3859. 
 
 Coil (Baker Heater). Figs. 2688, etc. An iron pipe 
 which is bent in a spiral form and placed in the 
 fire, for heating water which circulates through the 
 car. 
 
 Coil Jacket Steam Heating System (.Safety Car Heat- 
 ing System). This system is primarily a system 
 devised to meet the requirements of those who de- 
 mand that all the jackets and circulating piping be 
 retained entirely within the car. The jackets are 
 shown in Fig. 2951; and in these the circulating 
 water is heated by steam from the locomotive. 
 See Safety Car Heating Co.'s Systems of Car 
 Heating. 
 
 Coke Car. Figs. 75-79, 513-531. A car made of large 
 cubic capacity for carrying coke. Modified forms 
 of hopper cars with doors which discharge the load 
 to one or both sides of the track are now com- 
 monly used. A coke rack is often applied to the 
 sides of gondola cars as in Figs. 56, 381-382, to give 
 additional cubic capacity. Box and stock cars are 
 often used for carrying coke. 
 
 Coke Quenching Car. Fig. 77. Light weight car, 
 with inclined floor, into which coke is discharged 
 from the furnace and quenched with water. 
 
 Coke Rack. A wooden slatted frame or light box ap- 
 plied above the solid plank sides of gondola cars 
 to increase the height of side and the cubic capac- 
 ity for carrying coke or other light bulk freight. 
 The posts of the rack are made to fit in Stake 
 Pockets, which see, attached to the permanent 
 sides and ends of the car. 
 
 Coke Rack Stake Pocket. A metal socket fastened to 
 the side or end planks of a gondola car which takes 
 the stakes of a rack or railing put on when the 
 car is loaded with coke to increase its cubic ca- 
 pacity. 
 
 Cold Shot. Small globules of iron resembling ordinary 
 gun shot, which are found in the chilled portion of 
 cast iron wheels. 
 
 Collar, 1. "A ring or round flange upon or against an 
 object." — Knight. Ordinarily an axle collar, be- 
 low, is meant. 
 
 2. (Of Journal.) Fig. 5510. A rim or enlarge- 
 ment on the end of the car axle which takes th° 
 end thrust of the journal bearing. 
 
 Collection of Salt Water Drippings (M. C. B. Recom- 
 mended Practice). In 1898 the subject of rust on 
 trucks and track from salt water drippings from 
 refrigerator cars was discussed, and a Recom- 
 mended Practice for the collection of such drip- 
 pings was adopted. See Figs. 5776-5778. 
 
 Collins Brake Head. A brake head with the shoe fast- 
 ened by a dovetail, which is wedge-shaped. Not 
 now used. 
 
 Colonist Sleeping Car. Figs. 605-606. A sleeping car 
 for carrying colonists, excusionists or emigrants, 
 finished in less luxurious manner than a standard 
 sleeping car. A Tourist Sleeping Car, which see. 
 
 Color Coat (Painting). The coat or coats which fol- 
 lows the rough stuff or scraping filling coat in 
 painting passenger car bodies. It is applied before 
 the lettering and striping. The colors are mixed 
 with turpentine and dryers, as little oil as possible 
 being used, only sufficient to prevent the color 
 
COL 
 
 46 
 
 COM 
 
 From nibbing off. Twenty-four hours are allowed 
 to each coat to dry. and the processes of lettering, 
 striping and varnishing then follow, which vary 
 greatly in the time and care given to them, but 
 which are always very carefully done. See Finish- 
 ing Varnish and Painting. 
 Columbia Locknut. Figs. 3855-3856. 
 
 Column. 1. (Diamond and Other Trucks.) 37, Figs. 
 4705-4713. Another name for a Bolster Guide Bar, 
 which see. 
 
 2. (Of Crane.) Another name for the mast, es- 
 pecially when entirely supported from below. 
 Column Bolt. 109, Figs. 4705-471:',. A bolt passing 
 through the arch bars and holding the column in 
 place and the truck frame together. 
 Comb and Brush Rack or Case. Figs. 3675, 3677-3678 
 Combination Baggage Car. Fig. 193. A baggage car 
 having compartments for express or mail, or both, 
 as well as for baggage. See Combination Car. 
 Combination Car. Figs. 138, 188, 231-232 and 614-616. 
 A passenger car, one portion of which is devoted 
 to passengers and the other to the conveyance of 
 mail, baggage or express. The section for passen- 
 gers is usually reserved for smokers. 
 Combination Cock (Baker Heater). Fig. 2767. A cock 
 with funnel attached, used at the top of the water 
 tank lor filling. When opened witli the key it 
 allows the inward passage of the water, and at 
 the same time the outward passage of air through 
 a separate channel. Hence the name. 
 Combination Hot and Cold Water Faucets. 6, Figs. 
 
 3684-3686 and Fig. 3658. 
 Combination Valve (Steam Heating). Figs. 2984- 
 
 29S7. 
 Combined Triple Valve, Reservoir and Brake Cylinder 
 ( Westinghouse Freight Brake). Fig. 1275. To 
 lessen the complication and reduce the cost of 
 freight brake gear these three parts, which are 
 separate in passenger brake gear, are combined in 
 freight. 
 Combination Vapor-Pressure Trap. Figs. 2902-2904. 
 Commercial Acetylene System of Car Lighting. De- 
 tails, Figs. 3284-3327. This system uses acetylene 
 gas stored in tanks filled with asbestos and charged 
 with 4/10 of a volume of acetone, a colorless liquid 
 obtained from the dry distillation of wood which 
 absorbs large quantities of acetylene under press- 
 ure. When the pressure is relieved the acetylene 
 is given off and the acetone remains in the tank 
 and may be used over again on recharging; 2,000 
 cubic feet of acetylene may be stored under a 
 pressure of 150 lbs. in a 114-in. x 20-in. tank and 
 may not be exploded by any known means when 
 in the tanks filled with asbestos bricks. Such a 
 supply is sufficient for more than one month's 
 lighting of an ordinary car. The gas is generated 
 in stations at terminals, and the tanks, when empty, 
 are replaced by full tanks supplied from the charg- 
 ing stations or charged from yard lines. The 
 lamps and piping for the car are practically the 
 same as the Pintsch. 
 Commode Handle (British). Nearest American equiv- 
 alent, body hand rail. A piece of brass or iron 
 secured to the sides of the body, and shaped so as 
 to be conveniently grasped by the hand in enter- 
 ing and leaving the carriage or in passing along 
 the train outside the carriages. 
 Common Sense Bolster. Fig. 1139. A type of bolster 
 having a top and bottom plate of wrought iron 
 and a center filling piece of steel. 
 
 Communication Cord Pulley (British). American 
 equivalent, bell cord pulley. A small brass pulley 
 fixed to the eaves of the roof and carrying the 
 communication cord (bell cord) running outside 
 the train. 
 Commutator. Fig. 6345: Figs. 6293-6313. See Arma- 
 ture. 
 Compartment. A subdivision of a passenger car. In 
 British carriages it usually runs entirely across the 
 ear. In American parlor and sleeping cars, in 
 which alone compartments often occur, it runs 
 only partially across, leaving room for a passage 
 or corridor at the side. Often called Stateroom, 
 which see. 
 Compartment Sleeping Car. Figs. 180-181. 216. A sleep- 
 ing car which is divided into staterooms all opening 
 into a common corridor which runs the whole 
 length of the car. See Sleeping Car. 
 Composite Car. Figs. 220, 230, 232. Another name for 
 
 Combination Car, which see. 
 Composite Underframe. Figs. 1168-1172. 
 Composite Carriage or Composite (British). A coach 
 in which compartments for more than one class 
 of passengers are provided. A compartment for 
 baggage is often included. 
 Composite End Framing. Figs. 691-696. A type of 
 framing adopted by the Vanderbilt system of rail- 
 ways, which combines iron and wood, in the sills 
 posts, plates, etc. The sills and plates of the body 
 and deck consist of two pieces of wood with an 
 iron or steel flitch plate between, the three pieces 
 being bolted together as one. To these iron flitch 
 plates and mortised into wood flitch planks of the 
 sills and plates are bolted or riveted upright iron 
 posts. These iron posts are also sandwiched be- 
 tween wood studs, making a composite post of 
 great stiffness and strength. The end plate is also 
 strengthened in the same manner, as are all the 
 important members of the car body end frame. 
 Composite End Post. See Composite End Framing. 
 Compound Bolster. A bolster composed of one or 
 more sticks of timber stiffened with vertical plates 
 of iron. The use of all-metal body bolsters is now 
 almost universal. Compound bolsters are still use! 
 in passenger trucks. 
 Compound Carline. 100, Figs. 599-619. A carline, of 
 which the main or central portion is made of 
 wrought iron, with a piece of wood on each side. 
 They are commonly used for cars with clear 
 stories, and either extend directly from one plate 
 t<i the other or are bent to conform to the shape 
 of the clear story. In the latter case they are 
 called profile carlines. See Carline. 
 Compression Beam. 163, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal 
 timber in the center of the side of a car body, 
 which acts as the compression member of a truss 
 for strengthening the body. The compression 
 beam brace abuls against it. An end compression 
 beam is sometimes used. The compression beam 
 is sometimes made double, one piece above the 
 other, with separate braces (main compression 
 brace and center compression brace") acting upon 
 each. 
 Compression Beam Brace. 161, Figs. 577-581, 599-619. 
 A timber used in connection with a compression 
 beam to form a truss in the side of a passenger 
 car. It is sometimes stiffened by a center counter 
 brace, and sometimes two or more braces arc used 
 Tl is then termed main compression brace. 
 
COM 
 
 47 
 
 CON 
 
 Compression Faucet. Fig. 3659, and 4, Figs. 3684-3686. 
 A spring faucet with a flat disk on top, letting on 
 the water by direct vertical compression. Tele- 
 graph Faucets, which see, are in a sense compres- 
 sion faucets, hut are not so called. 
 
 Compression Member. Any bar, beam, brace, etc., 
 which is subjected to strains of compression, and 
 forms part of a frame truss, beam, girder, etc. 
 Struts, body braces, etc., are compression members. 
 Similarly a tension member is used for tensile 
 strains. 
 
 Concealing Urinal. One designed to be opened for use 
 by a handle at the top, and then closed up flush 
 with the woodwork so to be invisible. They are 
 in limited use. but not generally approved. 
 
 Concealing Water Closet. A form of closet covered 
 with a small seat and usually placed in the cor- 
 ner of compartments or staterooms in private and 
 sleeping cars. 
 
 Condensing Diaphragm (Refrigerator Cars). Sheets 
 of metal placed in the cold air flue on which mois- 
 ture may be precipitated. 
 
 Conductor (Refrigerator Car). The drip pipe from the 
 ice pan. 
 
 Conductor's Car. A Caboose Car, which see. 
 
 Conductor's Lantern. Fig. 3621. One with an extra- 
 sized bail attached to it by which it can be held 
 on the arm, leaving the hands free. It is some- 
 times provided with a reflector. They are often 
 elaborately finished, and sometimes bear the name 
 of the conductor cut on the globe. 
 
 Conductor's Valve (AYestinghouse Air Brake). Fig. 
 1280. A valve for applying the train brakes, placed 
 at some convenient point in each passenger car, 
 usually in the saloon. 
 
 Conductor's Valve Discharge Pipe (Westinghouse 
 Brake"). A pipe leading from the conductor's valve 
 down through the floor of the car to carry off the 
 escaping air. 
 
 Conductor's Valve Pipe (Westinghouse Brake). Fig. 
 1'230. Connects the brake pipe with the con- 
 ductor's valve. 
 
 Conduit Plow. Figs. 6335-6336. A collecting device 
 used with the open conduit system, consisting of 
 metal contact shoes mounted upon a thin steel 
 carrier, and designed to make contact with two 
 insulated contact rails located in a conduit between 
 the running rails. Copper leads through the steel 
 carrier connect the shoes to the car wiring. The 
 plow is supported by the trucks in such a manner 
 as to allow lateral motion to permit its readily 
 following the conduit slot. 
 
 Cone and Apron Ventilator. Fig. 4419. See Ventilators. 
 
 Cone Cap Ventilator. Fig. 4418. See Ventilators. 
 
 Cone Lamp Shades. Fig. 3577. See Lamp Shade. 
 
 Coned Closet Hopper. Fig. 4056. See Closet Hopper. 
 
 Congdon Brake Shoe. Fig. 5237. A shoe with soft cast 
 iron body and wrought iron inserts. Especially 
 adapted for use on chilled wheels. 
 
 Connecting Chain (Steam Shovel). A pitch chain, con- 
 necting the pitch gear on the two axles of a truck, 
 used for making the car self-propelling. 
 
 Connecting Rail. The wood or metallic bars that join 
 the wall and aisle ends of a car seat. 
 
 Connecting Red. 1. A rod which connects two or 
 more parts or objects together. See Brake Shaft 
 Connecting Rod. Floating Lever Connecting Rod, 
 Car Seat Connecting Rod. 
 
 2. (Hand Car.) 24. Figs. 6207-6209. The iron 
 
 rod which connects the bell crank and the crank 
 shaft together. 
 
 Consolidated Axle Light System of Electric Car 
 Lighting. Fig. 3441. The equipment of this system 
 consists essentially of a generator installed on the 
 truck of the car and driven from the axle; a 
 regulator installed on the car and a storage bat- 
 tery in a box under the car body. The voltage 
 used is 30 or 60. The output of the gener- 
 ator is controlled and kept constant by varying 
 the resistance in the field circuit to correspond to 
 varying train speeds and the voltage at the lamps 
 is kept constant at all times whether the}' are 
 being fed by the battery alone as when the car is 
 stationary or running below the critical speed, or 
 whether the}' are connected in multiple with both 
 the generator and battery at speeds above the 
 critical. The controlling apparatus to accomplish 
 this is thrown into action by any variation of the 
 generator output from normal. The voltage of the 
 lamp circuit is controlled by a variable resistance 
 in series with it. actuated by the regulator. 
 
 Consolidated Car Heating Systems. Fig. 2878. Several 
 systems of car heating, including a Direct Steam 
 System and a Multiple Circuit Drum System, which 
 see. 
 
 Consolidated Steam Hose Coupling. Fig. 290U. A 
 straight port coupling used on Consolidated Car 
 Heating Co.'s equipments. 
 
 Construction Car. A car used in building a new line 
 of railroad or making repairs to roadbed and 
 structures. See Ballast Car, Contractor's Car, 
 Dump Car, Goodwin Car. 
 
 Contactor. Fig. 6369. See Control System. 
 
 Continuous Basket Rack. 145. Figs. 648-651; Fig. 3920. 
 See Basket Rack. 
 
 Continuous Brake. A system of brakes so arranged 
 that by connecting together the brake apparatus 
 on the different vehicles forming a train it can be 
 operated on all of them from one or more points 
 on the train, as from the engine or from any of 
 the cars. See Air Brake, Vacuum Brake. 
 
 Continuous Carline. A Carline, which see, which 
 passes directly from side to side of the car, across 
 and under the clear story or upper deck, in distinc- 
 tion from a profile carline, which is bent to follow 
 the outline of the clear story. 
 
 Continuous Deck Sash Opener. Fig. 4463. 
 
 Continuous Counterbrace Rod. The body counterbrace 
 rods are sometimes combined into one long rod 
 passing from one end of the car to the other, which 
 is then sometimes termed a continuous counter- 
 brace rod; also, overhang truss rod, inverted truss 
 rod, or hog chain rod. 
 
 Continuous Draft Gear. A draft gear, having a con- 
 tinuous rod or rods extending throughout the 
 length of the car from the drawbar at one end to 
 the drawbar at the other end, whose office is to 
 transmit the tractive strains and relieve the draft 
 timbers. The American continuous draft gear em- 
 ploys two rods attached to flat keys or iron bars 
 which pass through slots in the shank of the 
 couplers. In running the tractive force is trans- 
 mitted directly to the rear coupler and draft gear 
 and each car is in effect pushed and not pulled. In 
 buffing the rods are not in action. 
 
 Continuous Top Side (British). Nearest American 
 equivalent, top side rail. A side board run con- 
 tinuously from end to end of a wagon in order to 
 
CON 
 
 48 
 
 COR 
 
 stiffen it vertically and assist in tying the ends 
 together. 
 Continuous Truck Frame. An iron bar which is welded 
 together in a rectangular shape so as to form the 
 sides and ends of a truck frame. 
 Contractor's Cars. Figs. 95a-99a. Light dump and flat 
 cars, usually narrow gage, for contractor's use in 
 construction work. 
 Control System i Type \L, Gen. Electric Co.). Figs. 
 6329-B3B1I. A system of control where one or more 
 controllers are operated from a distance. 
 
 This system has been developed with special ref- 
 erence to the operation of a tram consisting of 
 several motor cars coupled together, all motors 
 being controlled simultaneously by a single oper- 
 ator. Each motor car is equipped with a motor 
 controller, one or two master controllers, and con- 
 trol couplers, together with such other apparatus 
 as switches, fuses, rheostats, etc., as constitutes a 
 complete operative motor car equipment. 
 
 The motor controller consists of a number of 
 electrically operated switches, called "contactors," 
 which close the various power and motor circuits, 
 and which carry only the current for the operating 
 coils of the contactors. These latter are designed 
 to open the motor circuit contacts by gravity, and 
 are provided with an efficient magnetic blowout 
 for quickly^ and positively disrupting the arc thus 
 formed. The motor controller also includes an 
 electricall}- operated reversing switch, called "re- 
 verser," the function of which is to connect the 
 motor armatures and fields in the proper relations 
 for giving forward or backward movement of the 
 car. The reverser consists of a drum having two 
 positions and carrying the necessary contacts for 
 engaging fixed contact fingers, together with two 
 operating coils, one for throwing the reverser to 
 each position. The operation of this reverser is 
 also effected by the master controller. 
 
 The master controller is similar in construction 
 to the ordinary hand controller, but very- small 
 and easily operated. It is provided with separate 
 operating and reversing interlocked handles, and 
 has a magnetic blowout for disrupting the arcs 
 formed on opening the control circuit connections. 
 The combinations of motors, rheostats, etc.. 
 effected by the motor controllers are the same as 
 those accomplished by ordinary hand controllers, 
 giving series and parallel operation of motors and 
 two economical running speeds. (See Controller.) 
 Where several cars are coupled in a train the 
 control circuits of the various cars are joined to- 
 gether by means of couplers located at the end of 
 each car, so that all motor controller operating 
 circuits and aJl master controllers are connected 
 together, making all of the motor controllers opera- 
 tive from any master controller. The cars may 
 be coupled into a train without reference to their 
 relative positions, and either end of any car may 
 be coupled to any other car in the train. 
 
 The couplings for connecting the control circuits 
 between cars consist of a coupler socket fixed to 
 the end of the car, and a juniper consisting of two 
 coupler plugs connected by a multiple cable. The 
 coupler sockets and plugs contain corresponding 
 metal contacts for the connection of the electrical 
 circuits. 
 
 A cut-out switch is provided on each car, by 
 means of which damaged motors or motor con- 
 
 trollers may be disconnected from the energizing 
 circuits. 
 
 Control System. Multiple Unit. Sec Westinghou.se 
 Electro-Pneumatic System of Control. 
 
 Controller. Figs. 6331-6332, 6334, 6357-6360, 6385-6390. 
 An electric switching mechanism for controlling 
 the speed and direction of rotation of electric 
 motors. It includes the necessary movable and 
 fixed contacts for connecting the motors to the 
 power circuit and to a variable resistance in the 
 combinations necessary for starting, accelerating 
 and reversing the car. Practically all railway con- 
 trollers are of the series parallel type, arranged to 
 connect the motors first in series with each other, 
 and then in parallel across the power circuit, giv- 
 ing two running speeds. While accelerating to 
 these speeds, variable resistances introduced into 
 the circuit prevent undue rise of current. 
 
 The controller consists of a main cylinder, carry- 
 ing the necessary contacts insulated from the shaft 
 and from each other for engaging with fixed con- 
 tacts or fingers, thus effecting the required elec- 
 trical connections for placing motors either in 
 series or in parallel, and regulating the resistances 
 in series with them. A reversing cylinder makes the 
 necessary connections for reversing the direction 
 of rotation of the motors. The arcs formed on 
 opening the circuits are disrupted by a magnetic 
 blowout. The controller is enclosed in an iron 
 casing, which protects all parts and serves to at- 
 tach it to the car framing. One controller is usu- 
 ally located on each platform of the car, which can 
 be operated from either end. See Control System. 
 
 Convertible Car (Electric). Figs. 6219. 623V, 626.6268. 
 6275-6277. A type of car which may be readily con- 
 verted from a closed car to an open car. The seats 
 are arranged crosswise and the side of the car is 
 made up of panels between the posts. When it 
 is desired to change the car from closed to open, 
 the roof, as shown in Figs. 6275-6277. See Semi- 
 Convertible Car. 
 
 Cope. The upper portion of a mold or flask used in 
 making metal castings. 
 
 Coping (British). A bar of iron secured to the top 
 of the sides and ends of a gondola car (open 
 wagon), and protecting them from local distortion. 
 
 Coping Machine. Fig. 6847. 
 
 Cord. "A string or small rope composed of several 
 strands twisted together." — Webster. See Bell 
 Cord. 
 
 Cord Wall (Refrigerator Cars). One of the means of 
 insulation. 
 
 Corner Angle Post. A corner post in the body fram- 
 ing of a car which consists of an angle liar, usually 
 in combination with a wooden post. 
 
 Corner Brace (Street Car). A diagonal floor timber in 
 the underframe between the end sill and transverse 
 floor timber or bolster. 
 
 Corner Casting. A Knee Iron, or a Corner Plate, 
 which see. See also Roof Corner Casting. 
 
 Corner Handle. More commonly a Hand Hold or a 
 Grab Iron, which see. 60, Figs. 262-272. 
 
 Corner Pillar (British). American equivalent, corner 
 post. An upright piece at the corners of the car 
 body. 
 
 Corner Plate. 1. (Freight Car Bodies.) 55, 56, 57, Figs. 
 262-272, 804-806. A wrought or cast iron angle plate 
 or knee on the outside corner, to strengthen and 
 protect the frame. There are usually three corner 
 plates, upper, lower and middle. Very commonly 
 
COR 
 
 49 
 
 cou 
 
 a push pole corner iron or push block, 191, Figs. 
 262-272, is cast upon the lower corner plate. 
 
 2. (Pullman End Framing.) An angle iron ap- 
 plied to the corner of a stick of timber (the deck 
 end plate) to keep it from abrasion and to 
 strengthen it. 
 Corner Post. 43, Figs. 262-272; 61, Figs. 599-619. The 
 upright stick or piece of metal winch forms the 
 corner of the frame of a car body. 
 Corner Post Pocket. Figs. 713-714. See Pocket. 
 Corner Post and Brace Pocket. Figs. 715-716. 
 Corner Post Grab Handle ( Vestibule Fittings). Figs. 
 
 3954, 3986-3987. 
 Corner Post Knee Iron. 1. (.Passenger Car End 
 Framing. ) A metal angle brace used to connect 
 the foot of the corner angle post to the side sill. 
 
 2. ^Vestibule.) -^- n i ron angle brace for the 
 outside corner post of a vestibule resting upon the 
 platform end sill. 
 Corner Post Pocket. 45, Figs. 262-272 and Fig. 713. 
 
 See Pocket. 
 Corner Seat. A seat for the corner of a car, the back 
 of which is not reversible. They are called left 
 hand or right hand, according as the wall which 
 forms the seat end is to the right or left of a per- 
 son sitting in them. 
 Corner Seat End. A seat end bracket secured to the 
 wall of a passenger car for supporting the outer 
 end of a Corner Seat, which see. 
 Corner Urinal. So called in distinction from a side 
 
 urinal. 
 Cornice. 94, Figs. 648-651. The moldings at the eaves 
 of the roof outside of a car, and where the ceiling 
 joins the sides and ends of the car inside. There 
 is, therefore, an inside and outside cornice. See 
 also Deck Inside Cornice. Window Cornice, etc. 
 Corning Brake Shoe. Fig. 5241. A brake shoe with 
 a hard cast iron body chilled at the ends and hav- 
 ing sof cast iron inserts. 
 Corridor (Sleeping and Compartment Cars). Figs. 
 216-217. A passage running at one side of a car 
 from one door to the other, affording access to 
 the compartments. All sleeping, dining and private 
 cars have longer or shorter corridors to pass the 
 staterooms, smoking compartments, etc. 
 Corridor Carriage (British). Figs. 6464-6465, etc. A 
 passenger vehicle having a passage from end to end 
 along one side, the various compartments having 
 doors which open into this passage. Used on many 
 through trains. See also Carriage. 
 Corrugated Key (Yale Lock, which see). 
 Corrugated Metal Car Roof i Freight Cars). Figs. 2164- 
 2167. A roof consisting of iron, steel or zinc plates 
 usually covered with boards, and resting on roof 
 strips on top of the rafters and carlines. See also 
 Car Roof. 
 Corrugated Moldings. See Waved Moldings. 
 Corrugated Rubber Floor Mat. So called in distinction 
 
 from perforated rubber floor mats. 
 Corrugated Yale Lock. See Yale Lock. 
 Corticine. A form of floor covering much like Lino- 
 leum, which see, composed of linseed oil, prepared 
 b}' a special process, mixed with ground cork and 
 placed upon a strong backing of water-proof canvas. 
 Counter Boring. An enlargement or other alteration 
 of form, for a certain portion of its length, of a hole 
 bored in any substance. 
 Counterbrace. 37. Figs. 262-272; 51 and 165, Figs. 599- 
 619. In freight car building, the inclined member of 
 
 the body side framing inserted in the panel between 
 the body bolster and the end sill. 
 
 In passenger car framing the timber framed into 
 the top of the side sill near the needlebeam and 
 supporting the compression beam brace into which 
 it is also framed. See Body Counterbrace and 
 Body Brace. 
 Counterbrace Rod. 37a, Figs. 262-272. An inclined rod 
 which acts as a counterbrace. See above and also 
 Body Counterbrace Rod. 
 Counterbrace Rod Plate Washers. 34b, Figs. 262-272, 
 etc. Y\ ashers that rest upon the plate and receive 
 the end of the counterbrace rod. 
 Coupler. That which couples. In relation to cars the 
 term usually designates the appliances for coupling 
 or connecting cars together. The word is more 
 appropriately applied to the automatic car coupler, 
 which performs the act of coupling itself. The 
 term is sometimes used to designate the coupling 
 of steam pipes between cars, but this is unfortunate, 
 as it seems desirable to maintain the distinction 
 already established. To apply the term coupling to 
 an M. C. B. automatic coupler would be an innova- 
 tion, and it would seem equally so to call a steam 
 hose coupling a coupler. See Automatic Car 
 Couplers. 
 Couplers, Automatic. For M. C. B. Rules for Inter- 
 change of Traffic with regard to couplers see Draw- 
 Bar and Attachments, and Interchange of Traffic. 
 Couplers, Automatic Air and Steam. See Automatic 
 
 Coupling. 
 Coupler, Electric. Fig. 6361. A device attached to the 
 end of a car including insulated metallic contacts 
 for the connection of electric circuits between cars, 
 generally used for connection of trail car lighting, 
 heating or signal circuits to the motor car. See 
 Control System. 
 Coupler Follower Plates. Figs. 968-970. 
 Coupler Gages. Fig. 5579. Gages adopted by the M. 
 C. B. Association in 1891 to preserve the contour 
 line for couplers. These gages, as revised in 1904, 
 may be obtained from Pratt & Whitney Company, 
 Hartford, Conn. 
 Coupler Guide. Figs. 965-967. 
 Coupler Gaskets (Gold Steam Coupler). Figs. 2810- 
 
 2813. 
 Coupler Horn. The projecting lug cast on the head of 
 the coupler which bears on the face of the end sill 
 or dead block when the draft gear is closed solid 
 in comparison. 
 Coupler Jumper. Fig. 6361. Two coupler plugs con- 
 nected by an insulated flexible cable. See Control 
 System. 
 Coupler Latch (Gold Steam Coupler). Fig. 2808. A 
 catch to lock the steam hose couplers together and 
 prevent accidental parting in rounding sharp curves. 
 Coupler Plug. Fig. 6361. A movable coupler designed 
 to engage and connect to coupler socket. See Con- 
 trol System. 
 Coupler Stirrup. Figs. 949-951. See Drawbar Center- 
 ing Device. 
 Coupler Shanks. Figs. 1658-1705. 
 Coupler Socket. Fig. 6361. A fixed electric coupler. 
 
 See Control System. 
 Couplet (of Springs). Fig. 5382. Two Elliptic Springs, 
 which see. placed side by side, to act as one spring. 
 Three springs united in this way form a triplet, 
 four a quadruplet, five a quintuplet, six a sextuplet. 
 Coupling. 'That which couples or connects, as a hook 
 
cou 
 
 50 
 
 CRO 
 
 chain or bar." — Webster. A coupling link was 
 called simply a coupling. Sec Coupler. See 
 
 Basin Coupling. Coupling Link. 
 
 Bell Cord Coupling. Head Board Coupling. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Hose Coupling. 
 
 Coupling. Pipe Coupling. 
 
 Brake Hose Clutch Reducing Pipe Coupling. 
 
 Coupling. Screw Coupling (Brit- 
 Brake Hose Coupling. ish). 
 
 Clutch Coupling. Steam Hose Coupling. 
 
 Coupling Bar. See Brake Lever Coupling Bar. 
 
 Coupling Bar Pin i Brake Gear). A pin for the Brake 
 Lever Coupling Bar, which see. 
 
 Coupling Case. See Brake Hose Coupling Case. 
 
 Coupling Chain or Chain Coupling Link. A three-link 
 chain used in coupling to Draw Hooks, which see. 
 
 Coupling Hose. More commonly brake hose. 
 
 Coupling Link. A wrought iron link or open bar by 
 which freight cars are coupled together by coup- 
 ling pins. Chain coupling links are used with draw 
 hooks. In consequence of the danger to trainmen 
 attending the use of coupling links, and legislation 
 forbidding their use after January 1. 1898, auto- 
 matic car couplers have almost entirely replaced 
 them. See Car Coupler. 
 
 2. (British.) A link forming part of the wagon 
 coupling or draw chain. The open ended link con- 
 nected to the draw hook or draw bar is the coup- 
 ling shackle. The intermediate links are sometimes 
 termed the short links, and the end link the long 
 link. A single long link is often used instead of 
 three short intermediate links. 
 
 Coupling Pin. A round bar of iron with which a coup- 
 ling link is connected to a drawbar. 
 
 Coupling Pin Chain. A small chain attached to the 
 car by a suitable eye to prevent the coupling pin 
 from being lost. 
 
 Coupling Screw (British). A right and left handed 
 screw used in a Screw Coupling, which see. 
 
 Coupling Shackle (British). The end link of the coup- 
 ling which is secured by a pin to the shank of the 
 Draw Hook, which see. 
 
 Coupling Sleeve (Kirby's Door Lock). K~, Fig. 2480. 
 
 Cover. See 
 
 Drum Cover. Urinal Cover. 
 
 Journal Box Cover. Window Molding Joint 
 
 Man Hole Cover. Cover. 
 
 Molding Joint Cover. 
 
 Cover Plate. 1. A face plate of a steel-tired wheel is a 
 disk connecting the tire and hub. 
 
 2. In metal underframes for cars a plate which 
 is riveted to the flanges of the center sills to give 
 them additional vertical strength as a box girder. 
 The plate riveted to the top flanges is called a top 
 cover plate and one riveted to the bottom flanges 
 a bottom cover plate. 
 
 Cover Strip. 1. (Refrigerator Car.) Metal plates cov- 
 ering a gutter in the floor. 
 
 2. A strip of metal, or sometimes wood, to cover 
 a joint in the roof sheets. 3, Figs. 2098-2103. 
 
 Covered Wagon (British). Figs. 6541. etc. A roofed 
 vehicle used for conveying freight liable to be 
 stolen or to be damaged by damp. It has side 
 doors which can be locked, and occasionally doors 
 in the roof so that the contents can be readily 
 hoisted. As a rule. Tarpaulins, which see, and open 
 cars are used in England. 
 
 Crabs or Tongs (Pile Driver Car). See Tongs. Also 
 called rail clips or rail clamps. A pair of loose 
 bent iron bars fastened at the top with a ring and 
 
 intended to firmly clamp to the under side of the 
 rail head when an upward pull is applied to the 
 ring. They are used to anchor a pile driver car, 
 steam shovel or wrecking crane, to the rails and 
 prevent them from overturning when a heavy load 
 is being lifted. 
 Crane. See Pile Driver Car, Derrick, Wrecking Crane, 
 Crane Post. The post of a crane, which corresponds 
 
 to the mast of a derrick. 
 Crank. 1. "Literally, a bend or turn; hence an iron 
 axis with a part bent like an elbow, for producing 
 a horizontal or perpendicular motion by means of 
 a rotary motion or the contrary." — Webster. See 
 Bell Crank. 
 
 2. (Of a Derrick or Crane.) The L-shaped 
 handle by which the driving gear is actuated. 
 
 3. (Of a Lever Hand Car.) 6, Figs. 6207-6209. 
 The Bell Crank, which see. of a hand car, 23, is 
 at the upper end of the connecting rod, the crank 
 at the lower end. 
 
 Crank Shaft (Lever Hand Cars). 6. Figs. 6207-6209. 
 A short wrought iron shaft to which a crank of a 
 hand car is attached, which is turned by suitable 
 levers and is connected by gear wheels with one 
 of the axles of the car. 
 
 Crank Shaft Bearings (Hand Car). 5, Figs. 6207-6209. 
 
 "Creco" Automatic Slack Adjuster. Figs. 1173-1182. 
 
 "Creco" Brake Beam. Figs. 5083-5086. 
 
 "Creco" Brake Beam Head. Figs. 5150-5151. 
 
 "Creco" Brake Jaw. Figs. 5229-5234. 
 
 "Creco" Roller Side Bearings. Figs. 5349-5356. 
 
 Crescent Angle Band Saw. Figs. 0824-6825. 
 
 Crib Rail (British). A longitudinal piece of timber se- 
 cured to the upper part of the outer side of the 
 sole bar and supporting the body of the vehicle. 
 
 Cricket Iron. A Seat Stand, which see. 
 
 Cripple Post (Street Cars). A post of an end win- 
 dow, where the window is not of the full width, 
 between the door post and corner post. 
 
 Cross Bar (Swing Link Hanger). The iron bar support- 
 ing the cross bar casting which carries the spring 
 plank. Also called mandrel pin and lower swing 
 hanger pivot. 
 
 Cross Bar Casting or Spring Plank Carrier (Swing 
 Link Hanger). See Cross Bar. 
 
 Cross Beam. A transverse floor timber placed upon 
 the sills to support the inclined floor of a coal or 
 ore car. 
 
 Cross Bearer (British). American equivalent, cross tie 
 timber, needlebeam, and sometimes cross bearer. 
 A transverse member of the underframe, placed 
 between the ends of the vehicle. It serves to trans- 
 fer the weight of the body and lading to the sole 
 bars, and keep the latter apart. Also called cross 
 bar or transom. 
 
 Cross Frame King Post or Truss Block. See Cross 
 Frame Truss. 
 
 Cross Frame Tie Bolt. A Sill Tie Rod, which see. 
 
 Cross Frame Tie Timber. 22, Figs. 262-272, etc.: 26. 
 Figs. 599-613, 617-619. A transverse timber bolted 
 to the under side of the longitudinal sills and floor 
 timbers of a car body between the bolsters, and to 
 which the body king or queen posts, or truss 
 blocks, are attached when truss rods are used un- 
 der a car body. More commonly, Cross Tie Timber, 
 which see. 
 
 The term Needlebeam (which see), taken from 
 bridge engineering, is also used. Other names are 
 body transom, cross bearer, cross berth, etc 
 
CRO 
 
 51 
 
 CUT 
 
 Cross Frame Truss. 26t, Figs. 645-647 and Figs. 624- 
 626. A truss for a needlebeam or cross tie timber. 
 1 he various parts, king post, truss rod, truss rod 
 washer, etc., are shown. 
 
 Cross Frame Truss Rod. See above. 
 
 Cross Tie Rod. A Sill Tie Rod, which see. 
 
 Cross Tie Timber. 22, Figs. 2G2-272: 26, Figs. 599-619. 
 A transverse member of the underframe of the car 
 put in between the bolsters, serving to tie the sills 
 together and also as a support or bearing for the 
 truss rod queen posts. A Needlebeam, which see. 
 
 Cross Tie Timber Truss Rod. 26t, Figs. 599-619. An 
 iron truss rod under the cross tie timber, serving 
 to strengthen it. 
 
 Cross Tie Timber Truss Rod Queen Post. 26b, Figs. 
 599-619. A Queen Post, which see, for the cross tie 
 timber truss rod. 
 
 Cross Timber Hopper Ends. In a wooden hopper car, 
 a transverse floor timber framed between the inter- 
 mediate sills, to which the lower end of the inclined 
 door is spiked and to which the cuter hopper doors 
 are hung. The ends of the draft timbers are bolted 
 to it, and the short center sills abut against it. 
 
 Crosshead (Y\ "estinghouse Brake). 6, Fig. 1257. A 
 forked casting attached to the outside end of a 
 piston rod, to which the brake levers are connected. 
 
 Crown Lamp Shade. Fig. 3566. See Lamp Shade. 
 
 Crown Molding (Street Cars). A molding on the in- 
 side, above the deck sash and tacked to the deck 
 posts and carlines. 
 
 Crown Piece (Street Cars). A curved timber framed 
 across the ends of the platform sills ami serving 
 as a bumper beam or platform end sill. 
 
 Crown Piece Corner Iron (Street Cars). A strap iron 
 that protects the corner of the crown piece. 
 
 Crown Ring (Pintsch Lamp). 314, Figs. 3208-3224, 
 
 Cuff Rack. Fig. 3315. For lavatories. 
 
 Cup. 1. "A small vessel used commonly to drink out 
 of. but the name is also given to vessels of like 
 shape used for other purposes." — Webster. See 
 Candle Holder Cup. Oil Cup. 
 
 Drain Cup. 
 
 Cup Holders or Tumbler Holder. Fig. 3667. A stand 
 or rack for holding a drinking cup. 
 
 Cup Hook. Fig. 3755. 
 
 Cup Side Bearing. A side bearing for truck bolsters 
 with a receptacle for holding oil and waste. Little 
 used. 
 
 Cup Washer. Fig. 777. A Socket Washer, which see. 
 
 Cupboard Bolt. Fig. 2399. See Door Bolt. 
 
 Cupboard Catch or Flush Bolt. Fig. 2399. A very in- 
 definite term for a light spring catch nearly or 
 quite flush with the surface to which it is attached. 
 It has a beveled bolt which snaps shut. 
 
 Cupboard Latch. Fig. 2399. 
 
 Curled Hair. Hair from the tails or manes of cattle, 
 horses, etc., which is first spun into ropes, then 
 wound into coils, and either steeped or boiled in 
 water. After this the coil is dried and the hair 
 unwound, which leaves it in a curly and elastic 
 state, suited for stuffing cushions, etc. 
 
 Current Director (Car Heating). Fig. 2893. A device 
 for controlling the flow of steam or hot water in 
 the pipes, working on the principle of an injector. 
 
 Curtain. 17, Figs. 2201-2206. A cloth hanging in front 
 of or around any space or object, as a window or 
 sleeping-car berth, and which may be contracted 
 or spread at will. The term, however, is usually 
 restricted to loosely hung drapery, suspended on 
 a curtain rod by curtain hooks or rings, in distinc- 
 
 tion from a shade, which is flat and rolls up. Cur- 
 tains in cars are chiefly used for sleeping-car 
 berths (Berth Curtains, which see) and for the 
 sides of open street cars. Window curtains are 
 used in dining, parlor and private cars. Except in 
 the saloons, blinds have been abandoned, and win- 
 dow shades are in almost universal use on steam 
 railroads. Blinds are still in general use in street 
 cars. 
 
 Curtain (Buhoup Vestibule). 11, Figs. 2215-2263. 
 
 Curtain Bearing (Buhoup Vestibule). 20, 20a and 21, 
 Figs. 2215-2263. 
 
 Curtain Brackets (Hartshorn and McKay). Fig. 4684, 
 One bracket has a circular hole and the other a 
 rectangular. 
 
 Curtain Cord Hooks. Figs. 3750-3754. 
 
 Curtain Fixtures. Fig. 4665. 
 
 Curtain Hooks (Sleeping Berths). Fig. 3750. 
 
 Curtain Plate (Buhoup Vestibule). 8 and 9, Figs. 2215- 
 2263. 
 
 Curtain Rings. Figs. 3728-3731. See Curtain. 
 
 Curtain Rod. Fig. 3736. A bar to carry a curtain hung 
 upon rings and sliding freely along the rod. 
 
 Curtain Rod Bracket. Figs. 3714-3716. 
 
 Curtain Rod Bushing. Figs. 3732-3733. A socket or 
 bushing for the end of a curtain rod as it abuts 
 against a wall or partition. 
 
 Curtain Rod Folding Bracket (Sleeping Car). 15, Figs. 
 2201-2202. A bracket for a curtain rod in a sleep- 
 ing car which may be folded into the upper berth 
 in such a manner that it is out of sight when the 
 upper berth is shut up. See Folding Curtain Rod 
 Bracket. 
 
 Curtain Roller (Buhoup Vestibule). 10, Figs. 2215-2263. 
 
 Curtain Roller Plug (Buhoup Vestibule). 45, Figs. 
 2215-2263. 
 
 Curtain Socket (Buhoup Vestibule). 23, Figs. 2215- 
 2263. 
 
 Curtain Spring (Buhoup Vestibule"). 44, Figs. 2215- 
 2263. 
 
 Curtain Spring Plug (Buhoup Vestibule). 52 and 53, 
 Figs. 2215-2263. 
 
 Curtis Turbo-Generator (Electric Car Lighting). Fig. 
 3421. A Curtis steam turbine of small size is direct- 
 connected to a generator for furnishing electric cm- 
 rent to light trains. The turbo-generator may be 
 mounted in the baggage car or on top of the 
 locomotive boiler and it receives steam from the 
 locomotive. 
 
 Curved Seat Stop. Figs. 4228-4234, 4274. See Seat Arm 
 Stop. 
 
 Cushion. Figs. 4166-4172. Cushions used in passenger 
 ear upholstery are of the box type, being built 
 upon and connected with a wooden framework 
 (cushion frame). See Seat Cushion. 
 
 Cushion Back Rail (British). In a carriage, a small 
 transverse bar which confines the back edge of the 
 seat cushion. 
 
 Cushion Frame. A wooden frame to which the seat 
 springs and upholstery of a car seat are attached. 
 
 Cuspidor. Fig. 2672. A vessel to receive discharges of 
 spittle, and having a wide rim so that if it is upset 
 its contents will not be spilled. It is the substitute 
 for a spittoon, Figs. 2536-2537, from which it differs 
 only in form. 
 
 Cut-Off Saw (Woodworking Machinery). Figs. 6795, 
 6815. A revolving circular steel disc with teeth cut 
 in its circumference, mounted on a spindle or 
 arbor in a slot in a movable table. The saw teeth 
 have not so great a set as a rip saw and make a. 
 
CUT 
 
 DEA 
 
 narrower cut. Such a machine is used for cutting 
 wood across the grain, hence the name. 
 
 Cut-Out. A switch or fuse in a branch electric circuit 
 or loop, used to disconnect the branch circuit from 
 the main circuit. 
 
 Cut-Out Cock. Fig. 1281. See Brake Cut-Out Cock. 
 
 Cylinder. 1. A chamber or vessel whose ends are 
 circular, and with straight parallel sides, as the 
 cylinder of a steam engine. The cylinders used 
 in connection with cars and locomotives are made 
 of cast iron, and have pistons fitted so as to work 
 air tight in them. Cylinders used in brake appa- 
 ratus are shown in Figs. 1257-1267. 
 
 2. A name sometimes given to the fire pot of 
 a stove or heater, as in Fig. 2G97. 
 
 3. (Yale Lock.) Fig. 2590. 
 
 Cylinder Body (Westinghouse Brake). 2, Fig. 1159. 
 The main central portion closed by the cylinder 
 heads. 
 
 Cylinder Cap I Triple Valve). 14, Fig. 1234. 
 
 Cylinder Cap Gasket (Triple Valves). 23, Fig. 1233. 
 
 Cylinder Head. A metal cover for the end of a cylin- 
 der, held on by cylinder bolts or cylinder studs. 
 The cylinder head through which the piston passes 
 is commonly termed the back cylinder head, and 
 the other the front cylinder head, corresponding 
 to locomotive practice. See Cylinder. 
 
 Cylinder Levers. Fig. 811. Two levers which are 
 connected together by a tie rod attached near their 
 centers. One end of one lever is attached to the 
 crosshead of the brake cylinder, and the corre- 
 sponding end of the other is attached to a bracket 
 on the brake cylinder head at the opposite end of 
 the cylinder. The other ends of the levers are con- 
 nected with the floating levers by rods. 
 
 Cylinder Lever Bracket (Air Brakes). A T-shaped 
 piece of iron bolted to the front cylinder head, to 
 which one of the brake levers is attached. 
 
 Cylinder Lever Guide. Figs. 865-866. A guide or sup- 
 port for the cylinder lever. It is usually made of 
 an iron rod bent to a U-shape and bolted to the 
 under side of the center sills. 
 
 Cylinder Lever Support (Air Brakes). wrought iron 
 bar bolted to one of the center sills, on which the 
 ends of the cylinder levers rest. 
 
 Cylindrical Gages. Gages made for measuring the size 
 of cylinders and cylindrical holes, often called Whit- 
 worth gages. They consist of steel cylinders and 
 rings hardened and ground very accurately to stand- 
 ard sizes. These fit into each other. The first is 
 used for measuring the size of holes, and the last 
 for measuring the outside of cylindrical objects, 
 and they arc called internal and external cylin- 
 drical gages. They are generally used as stan- 
 dards alone, from which other tools and gages are 
 made of the proper size. 
 
 Cylindrical Stove. Sec Stove. 
 
 D 
 
 Dairy Car. Fig. 16. A refrigerator car used exclusively 
 for carrying butter, cheese, milk and other dairy 
 products. 
 
 Damascus Brake Beam. Figs. 5130-5132. 
 
 Damper. See Stove Pipe Damper. A valve in the 
 stove pipe or in the bottom of a stove for regulat- 
 ing the draft. 
 
 Dash Guard (Street Cars). A plate attached to the 
 platform railing to prevent mud or snow from 
 being thrown upon the platform. Called a dash 
 board and a dasher. 
 
 Dash Guard Straps (Street Cars). Small clips by which 
 a dash guard is fastened to the platform posts. 
 Also called dasher post clip. 
 
 Dasher or Dashboard. See Dash Guard. 
 
 Dasher Post (Street Cars). A post supported by the 
 crown piece which carries the dasher and the plat- 
 form rail. Called on steam cars a platform railing 
 post. 
 
 Dasher Rail (Street Cars). A metal railing, usually 
 brass, above the dasher. A platform rail. 
 
 Dasher Rail Cap (Street Cars). A rounded wood or 
 metal cap bolted to the dasher rail for decoration 
 and to prevent injuries. 
 
 Davis Pressed Steel Journal Box Lid. Fig. 5316. 
 
 Davis Steel Wheel. Figs. 5420-5421. 
 
 Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam. Figs. 5182-5187. 
 
 Day Coach. Figs. 131-146, 599-604. A common term 
 for an ordinary passenger car in distinction from 
 sleeping cars. It ought in strictness to include 
 parlor cars, but in general does not. It is often 
 termed a Coach simply, which see. 
 
 Dayton Draft Gear. Figs. 1464-1467. 
 
 Dayton Freight Car Door Lock. Figs. 1371-1372. See 
 Door Hasp. 
 
 Dead Air Space (Insulation of Refrigerator Car). Air 
 spaces which have no communication with the 
 atmospheric air outside, so there can be no free 
 circulation or change of air as there is in a free air 
 space. 
 
 Dead Block. A single wooden block or stick of timber 
 attached to the end sill of freight cars to protect 
 persons between the cars from injury, by prevent- 
 ing the cars from coming together in case the 
 drawbar or its attachments should give way. They 
 are called dead blocks from the fact that they are 
 blocks which subserve no functions in the con- 
 struction of the car proper. See Buffer Block. 
 
 Dead Lever (of Brake Gear). The one of a nair of 
 truck brake levers to which the brake connecting 
 rod is not attached. The upper end of the dead 
 lever is confined within a dead lever guide, or 
 brake lever stop, which latter is provided with pins 
 to adjust the end of the brake lever as the brake 
 shoes wear. The lever to which the power is first 
 applied through the brake connecting rod is termed 
 the live lever. 
 
 Dead Lever Guide or Brake Lever Stop (Brake Gear). 
 Figs. 4856-4858. See above. 
 
 Dead Lock. Fig. 2500. A lock in which the bolt is 
 thrown each way by the key, and not in one 
 direction by a spring, as with a spring lock or 
 night latch. 
 
 Dead Padlock. A padlock in which neither the lock, 
 bolt, nor hasp has a spring, but the former is 
 thrown each way by the key, and the hasp must 
 be opened by the hand. 
 
 Dead Wood. A Dead Block, which see. 
 
 Deadening or Deafening. The filling placed between 
 the floor and the deafening ceiling of a passenger 
 car to serve as a non-conductor to heat and noise. 
 Mineral Wool, which see, is sometimes used for 
 deadening, but commonly shavings, when anything 
 at all is used. An intermediate floor (between the 
 sills) and deafening ceiling (under the sills) is used 
 in refrigerator cars. 
 
 Deafening Ceiling. 28, Figs. 648-651. Boarding on the 
 under side of the floor timbers of a passenger car 
 to exclude or deaden the noise of the car. When 
 cut and inserted between the sills it is called a 
 
DEA 
 
 53 
 
 DEC 
 
 deafening floor, but quite as often, though im- 
 properly, a deafening ceiling. See Deadening. 
 
 Deafening Floor. See Deafening Ceiling. 
 
 Deck. 102, Figs. 599-619. A term applied to the roof 
 of a passenger car by analogy from the deck of a 
 ship. The term is not applied in general use, how 
 ever, to freight cars. The deck of passenger cars 
 is subdivided into the upper deck (also called Clear 
 Story, which see), and lower deck, the roof at the 
 side of the clear story; but in designating part = 
 which belong to the clear story alone, and which 
 are not repeated in the lower deck, the term deck- 
 alone is used. 
 
 Since the issuing of the first edition of this work 
 the use of the term deck instead of clear story in 
 compound words seems to have become practically 
 universal among manufacturers of furnishings and 
 in far more general use than any other among car 
 builders. 
 
 Deck Beam. 1. A beam in the form of an inverted T 
 with a round knob on the upper end, used in some 
 forms of steel car construction. The brake beams 
 (Fig- 5179) is a deck beam. 
 
 2. Transverse beams extending across a car 
 from side rail to side rail to which the deck planks 
 are spiked. 
 
 Deck Bottom Rail. 112, Figs. 643-651. A horizontal 
 timber running lengthwise of a car, fastened to 
 the rafters and carlines of the main roof, or to the 
 deck sill, which forms the base for the deck posts. 
 The term is sometimes applied to the deck sill. 
 
 Deck Bridging. Bridging or blocking used in the up 
 per deck or clear story. See Bridging. 
 
 Deck Carline or Upper Deck Carline. 118, Figs. 599- 
 619. A timber which extends from side to side 
 of the upper deck, and supports the roof boards. 
 Corresponding parts in the lower deck are gener- 
 ally called rafters. 
 
 Deck Collar (Heaters). A sheet metal ring to line 
 the smoke pipe opening through the roof, having 
 a double sheet metal tube to leave an air space as 
 a heat guard, and a flange on the outside to ex- 
 clude rain. 
 
 Deck Eaves Molding or Upper Deck Eaves Molding. 
 119. Figs. 599-619. A molding under the outside 
 edge of the upper deck. 
 
 Deck End Panel. 116, Figs. 648-651. A narrow panel 
 in the end of the upper deck. It is frequently used 
 as a ventilator. 
 
 Deck End Plate. A member that fulfills the same office 
 for a clear story that the body plate does for the 
 body. See End Plate. 
 
 Deck End Sill. 260, Figs. 645-647; 113, Figs. 648-651. 
 A horizontal timber connecting the ends of the 
 deck sills, and forming the base for the end of the 
 upper deck. 
 
 Deck End Ventilator. See Deck End Panel. 
 
 Deck End Ventilator Hood (Street Cars). A project- 
 ing screen, placed over the aperture of an end 
 ventilator, to exclude snow and rain. Also called 
 upper deck hood. 
 
 Deck Inside Cornice. 120. Figs. 648-651. A molding 
 which fills the interior angle where the upper deck 
 joins the deck side. 
 
 Deck Lamp (Pintsch System). Figs. 3189-3198. A 
 lamp which is fastened to the deck or ceiling of 
 the car without any drop. An ornamental ring 
 surrounds the rim of the bowl, which projects 
 through the deck. Electric, Fig. 3511. 
 
 Deck Plate. 117. Figs. 599-619; 121, Figs. 652-656. A 
 
 horizontal timber on top of the deck posts or 
 mullions to which the deck carlines are attached. 
 Also called a deck top rail. 
 
 Deck Post. 115, Figs. 599-619. An upright piece of 
 wood which connects the deck plate with the deck 
 bottom rail. 
 
 Deck Sash. 144, Figs. 599-619. A glazed sash in the 
 sides of the upper deck. See Sash. 
 
 Deck Sash Catch. Figs. 4444-4448. A hook giving a 
 simpler equivalent for a deck sash latch. 
 
 Deck Sash Double Ratchet. Fig. 4523. A special form 
 of deck sash pivot plate, used with spring ratchets. 
 
 Deck Sash Flush Catch. A deck sash latch mortised 
 into the sash rail flush with the sash. 
 
 Deck Sash Latch. Figs. 4444-4480. A spring bolt at- 
 tached to a deck sash, which engages with a deck 
 sash latch keeper or strike plate. See Keeper. 
 
 Deck Sash Latch Keeper. Fig. 4509. See above. 
 
 Deck Sash Lintel. See Lintel. 
 
 Deck Sash Opener. Figs. 4444-4455. A lever attached 
 to a revolving rod by which a deck sash is held 
 in an}- desired position. A great variety of forms 
 exist, including many patented devices. See en- 
 gravings. A pull hook. Figs. 4459-4462, 4497-4501, is 
 sometimes called a deck sash opener, but a more 
 elaborate contrivance is generally meant. 
 
 Deck Sash, Outer. 144a, Figs. 652-656. A deck sash 
 which carries the screen, and prevents the admis- 
 sion of dust and cinders. 
 
 Deck Sash Pivot. Figs. 4464-4480. A metal stud o-- 
 spindle attached to a suitable flange by which it is 
 fastened to a deck sash, and on which the latter 
 turns. A variety of forms exist, including several 
 patented devices, as Monitor, Figs. 4521-4522, Mor- 
 gan, Figs. 4505-4508, etc., to render the sash readily 
 removable and adjustable. 
 
 Deck Sash Pivot Plate. Figs. 4407-4468. A plate at- 
 tached to the window casing, with a hole or eye in 
 which a deck sash pivot works. Sometimes they 
 are provided with springs to prevent the sash from 
 rattling. 
 
 Deck Sash Pull. Figs. 4459-4462. A screw ring at- 
 tached to a deck sash to open and close it. Made 
 either with screw or with flange. 
 
 Deck Sash Quadrant. Figs. 4514, 4520. A curved bar 
 or plate of metal used as a guide or stop to con- 
 trol the movement of a deck sash. Little used. 
 
 Deck Sash Quadrant Clip. Fig. 4514. A guide strap 
 embracing a deck sash quadrant. 
 
 Deck Sash Ratchet Plate. Figs. 4505-4508. A part usu- 
 ally, attached to the side of the car, but sometimes 
 to the sash, carrying a ratchet in which the ratchet 
 catch engages. 
 
 Deck Sash Socket. Fig. 4518. A hook attached to a 
 peculiar form of deck sash pivot. See engravings. 
 
 Deck Sash Spring Pivot. A Deck Sash Pivot, which 
 see, provided with a spring to make the sash re- 
 movable. 
 
 Deck Screen Bottom Rail. A rail running the entire 
 length of the clear story, and closing the space be- 
 tween the bottom of the screen and the roof. 
 
 Deck Screen Post. 144p, Figs. 648-651. An upright 
 stick forming the side pieces of a frame to hold a 
 wire screen put on outside of the deck windows to 
 exclude dust and cinders. 
 
 Deck Side. The entire part, consisting of a plate, rail, 
 posts, and panels, or sashes, which forms the side 
 which occupies the vertical space between the lower 
 and upper deck. 
 
DEC 
 
 54 
 
 DIC 
 
 Deck Side Ventilator. Fig. 4444. This term is used 
 to designate the sash or valves and their attach- 
 ments for opening and closing the aperture. 
 
 Deck Sill. Ill, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal timber at- 
 tached to the inner ends of the rafters, or short 
 carlines, on which the deck side rests. 
 
 Deck Sill Bottom Molding. 114a, Figs. 652-056. 
 
 Deck Sill Facing. 114. Figs. 648-651. Thin boards or 
 moldings attached to the inside of a deck sill, for 
 ornament. Sometimes the bunk apron serves this 
 purpose in sleeping cars. See 7, Figs. 2201-2206. 
 
 Deck Sill Sub-Facing. 114a, Figs. 648-651. A thin 
 board under the Deck Sill Facing, which see. 
 
 Deck Soffit Board. 121s. Figs. 648-651. A board on 
 the under side of the overhanging" cornice of an 
 upper deck. 
 
 Deck Top Rail. 117, Figs. 652-656. A Deck Plate, 
 which see. 
 
 Deck Ventilator. 130a, Figs. 599-61 If See Deck End 
 Ventilator, Deck Side Ventilator. The deck sashes 
 are frequently hung and operated as deck side ven- 
 tilators as by the continuous deck sash opener. 
 
 Deck Window. 144, Figs. 599-619. A Window, which 
 see, in the upper deck. More common!}" a deck 
 sash. 
 
 Deck Window Screen. S. Figs. 648-651 and 36, Figs. 
 2201-2206. An outside sash with a screen over it to 
 exclude dust and cinders. 
 
 Deflecting Plate (Pintsch Lamp). 346. Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 Deflecting Plate and Chimney (Pintsch Lamp). 288a, 
 Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 Deflector. (For Windows.) Fig. 4655. A piece of 
 thin board attached to the jamb of the window and 
 left projecting two or three inches beyond and at 
 right angles to the car. When the car is in motion 
 it deflects the cinders and dust from the window, 
 and also produces an exhaust draft. Also called a 
 window dust guard. 
 
 Deflector Springs (of Ventilators). Springs controlling 
 the movement of the deflectors. 
 
 Derrick Car. Fig. 248. A strong platform car which 
 carries a derrick crane which is used for removing 
 wrecked cars and engines, erecting bridges, or han- 
 dling any heavy objects. Also called wrecking car. 
 They are distinguished as hand or steam derrick 
 cars, according to the power used. 
 
 Destination Board Bracket (British). A small shelf of 
 cast or wrought iron secured to the upper part of 
 the outside of the body, in order to carry a wooden 
 board or enameled metal plate, giving the destina- 
 tion of a train. It is almost universally used on all 
 British carriages, and carried throughout the entire 
 trip. 
 
 Detachable Cylinder Lever Bracket. See Cylinder 
 Lever Bracket. 
 
 Detachable Globe Holder. A globe holder arranged 
 so that a lamp globe can readily be attached or 
 removed. Many lamps have the globes fixed or 
 plastered. 
 
 Detaching Slot (Deck Sash Ratchet). A slot in the 
 ratchet plate to facilitate removal of the sash. 
 
 Detective Wire (for Seals). Fig. 4002. A flat twisted 
 wire or other equivalent device to prevent the seal 
 being stripped from the wire without destroying 
 one or both. 
 
 Diagonal (British). American equivalent (used chiefly 
 in street cars), diagonal floor timber. A member 
 of the underframe. One end butts against the rear 
 side of the transverse end member of the under- 
 frame (the head stock), and tile other end butts 
 
 against an intermediate transverse member of the 
 underframe (the cross bearer) near its center. The 
 diagonals take the strain off the side buffers, and 
 distribute it so as to prevent distortion of the 
 underframe. See End Sill Diagonal Brace. 
 
 Diagonal Floor Timbers. Floor timbers which are 
 placed in a diagonal position to the sills. Lsed 
 chiefly on street cars. 
 
 Diagonal Roof Strap (Street Cars). A band of hoop 
 iron placed diagonally on the top of the roof 
 boards to stiffen the roof. 
 
 Diameter Testing Gage (for Car Wheels). A gage for 
 testing the diameter of wheels and axles. Some- 
 time, an M. C. B. standard. 
 
 Diamond Arch Bar Truck. Figs. 4603. 469S-K399. 
 
 Diamond Brake Beam. Figs. 5093-5005. A trussed 
 beam using a heavy rectangular bar for compres- 
 sion member and an iron rod for tension. 
 
 Diamond "S" Brake Shoe. Figs. 5230-5246, 5251. A 
 brake shoe with cast iron bod}' and expanded metal 
 inserts. 
 
 Diamond Truck. A car truck with iron side frames 
 consisting of two or more Arch Bars, which see. 
 and a pedestal tie bar. The spaces between the 
 arch bars are diamond shaped, hence the name. 
 The journal boxes are rigidly bolted to the side 
 frames. The cross members of the truck, bolster, 
 spring plank, etc., are either of wood or metal, or 
 of both wood and metal combined. Metal tran- 
 soms, bolsters and spring planks are in general 
 use and increasing in favor. 
 
 At the Master Car Builders' Convention (1884) 
 it was voted that this form should be the type used 
 in preparing designs for a standard freight car 
 truck, to have a 5-ft. wheel base, channel bar tran- 
 soms, and either Swing or Rigid Bolster, which 
 see. It is the type in almost universal use for 
 freight cars, and the rigid bolster is applied to 
 nearly all new construction. The swing bolster 
 truck remains a standard on a few important roads 
 that have a large traffic in live stock. 
 
 Diaphragm. 1. A thin wall or partition. 
 
 2. (Valves.) Some valves are regulated by dia- 
 phragms or diaphragm plates, to which are at- 
 tached springs, nuts, stems, etc., whose names ex- 
 plain themselves. These diaphragms all operate 
 on the same principle. They are spring plates. 
 which guide the rod and, assisted by spiral springs, 
 cause the attached valves to seat or unseat at a 
 fixed pressure. 
 
 3. (Of a Vestibule.) Fig. 2299. A piece of rub- 
 ber, ducking or canvas in folds attached to the dia- 
 phragm face plate and platform inclosure to ex- 
 clude the dust and cinders, and at the same tune 
 to allow the face plates free movement laterally 
 and longitudinally in the Gould vestibules, and 
 longitudinally mil}- in the Pullman vestibules. 
 
 Diaphragm Face Plates. See Diaphragm, Vestibules, 
 Pullman Vestibule. 
 
 Dictionary of Terms (Master Car Builders). At the 
 Fifth Annual Convention, at Richmond, Va., in 1872 
 (see page 18 of the report of that meeting), it was 
 "Resolved, That a committee be appointed, with 
 power to publish an illustrated book defining the 
 proper terms or names of each and every part used 
 in the construction of railway cars, and a descrip- 
 tion of use of the same." 
 
 At the Fourteenth Annual Convention, held in 
 Detroit in 1880, "The committee to which was as- 
 signed the duty of preparing a dictionary of terms 
 
DIN 
 
 55 
 
 DOO 
 
 used in the construction of cars submitted a copy 
 of the book and reported that it had finished its 
 work, and it was discharged.". Subsequent editions 
 of this book have been published in 1884, 1895, 1903 
 and 1906. 
 
 Dining Car. Figs. 143-144, 147-148, 221-224, 607-611, 
 6460-6463. A car provided with a kitchen and cook- 
 ing appliances and arrangements for serving meals. 
 
 Dining Car Chair. Figs. 4159-4101. 
 
 Dining Car Range. Figs. 3633. See Range. 
 
 Dipper (Steam Shovel). 1, Figs, 596-598. Also called 
 bucket or shovel. The heavy iron scoop or bucket 
 which is filled with earth at each movement of the 
 machine. 
 
 Dipper Bail (Steam Shovel). 5, Figs. 596-598. The 
 link fastened to the top of the dipper and to the 
 dipper block. 
 
 Dipper Block (Steam Shovel). 5. Figs. 596-598. The 
 block at the point of the boom around which passes 
 the hoisting chain. 
 
 Dipper Teeth (Steam Shovel). 2. Figs. 596-598. Heavy 
 iron cutters or teeth projecting from the dipper to 
 break the earth. 
 
 Direct Steam Heating Systems. Fig. 2784, etc. A sys- 
 tem of car heating in which the steam from the 
 locomotive is carried directly to the radiators or 
 heating pipes. The term is used to distinguish the 
 system from those in which the steam is employed 
 to heat the water which circulates in the radiators 
 or heating pipes, usually m connection with the 
 Baker heater. See Consolidated, Gold's and Safety 
 Systems of Car Heating. 
 
 Discharge Pipe (Air Compressor). Also called reser- 
 voir pipe. A pipe by which the compressed air is 
 conveyed from the air compressor to the main air 
 reservoir. 
 
 Discharge Valve. 1. (Of Car Signal Valve.) The valve 
 in the attachment called the car signal valve. The 
 whole device is also sometimes so called. 
 
 2. (Of Air Compressor.) 2, Figs. 1221-1224. The 
 valve through which the air as compressed passes 
 to the main reservoir. 
 
 Dished Cap Ventilator. Fig. 4422. See Ventilators. 
 
 Distance Between the Backs of the Flanges of Car 
 Wheels. (M. C. B. Standard.) The standard dis- 
 tance between the backs of flanges of car wheels is 
 4 feet 5% inches. 
 
 In 1885 it was decided by letter ballot that in 
 fitting wheels on axles a variation of Vs inch each 
 way from the standard distance of 4 feet 5% inches 
 between flanges would be allowed, making the 
 maximum distance 4 feet 5% inches and the mini- 
 mum distance 4 feet 5% inches. See Check Gage. 
 
 Distance Block. A short, thick piece of wood placed 
 between two or more objects to keep them apart, 
 or to preserve an interval of space between them, 
 as floor timber distance block, truck bolster dis- 
 tance block, etc. 
 
 Distance Piece. A metallic block to keep two objects 
 a certain distance apart. 
 
 Distributing Table ("Postal Car"). A table upon which 
 the mail bags are emptied of their contents, and 
 from which they are distributed to the various 
 boxes or pouches. 
 
 Distributing Table Hinge. Fig. 2465. A strap hinge 
 for the table on which mail is sorted in postal cars. 
 
 Ditching Car. A car provided with derricks and scoops 
 for excavating the ditches of cuts by the power of 
 a locomotive. 
 
 Dividing Attachment (Vacuum Brake). Fig. 6790. A 
 
 device to regulate the application of the brakes to 
 either the locomotive or train, or both. See 
 Ejector. 
 
 Division Arm (Twin Seats). The middle seat arm be- 
 tween the two seats. 
 
 Dog. 1. A general term in mechanics for all devices 
 which bite or take hold of or give motion to other 
 parts. See Ratchet Dog. 
 
 2. (For Pawl of Winding Shaft.) A disk or but- 
 ton eccentrically pivoted in such a way as to hold 
 the ratchet wheel pawl of a winding shaft in its 
 place. The pawl itself of a ratchet gear is also 
 sometimes termed the dog in other forms of ratchet 
 gear where no dog to hold the pawl is necessary. 
 
 3. A Brake Pawl Dog, which see. A very similar 
 part to that defined above. 
 
 Dohlin Automatic Car Door Fastener. Fig. 1374. 
 Dome. A clear story or upper deck is sometimes 
 
 erroneously called a dome. See also Tank Dome. 
 Dome Head (Tank Car). 109, Figs. 545-549. The top 
 
 of the Tank Dome, which see. 
 "Dome" Lamp Shade. Fig. 3564. A Lamp Shade 
 
 (which see) of curved or ogee outline. 
 Door. Figs. 1326-1412. A frame of boards or plates of 
 
 metal for closing a doorway. See Door Frame for 
 
 names of parts. See also, 
 
 Ash Pit Door. Lamp Case Door. 
 
 Double Door, Overhung Door. 
 
 Double Fire Door. Platform Trap Door. 
 
 Draft Door. Roof Door. 
 
 Feed Door. Sliding Door. 
 
 Fire Door. Smoke Box Door. 
 
 Grain Door. Underhung Door. 
 
 Grated Door. Ventilator Door. 
 
 Door Bolt. Figs. 2386-2398. A metal bar attached to a 
 
 slide and fastened to a door so as to hold it shut 
 
 from the inside. The}- are either round, or barrel. 
 
 or square. A square neck door bolt is one w r ith 
 
 an angle or shoulder in it. Flush door bolts are 
 
 gained in so as to be flush with the surface. Figs. 
 
 2396-2398. A cupboard catch is a form of door bolt 
 
 having a beveled latch and actuated by a spring; 
 
 but bolts so formed are commonly termed Latches, 
 
 which see. 
 Door Bolt Bracket. 72, Figs. 1399-1401. An iron eye 
 
 attached to the body of the car into which the door 
 
 bolt or bar is forced to hold the door in a closed 
 
 position. 
 Door Bolt Keeper. 72. Figs. 1399-1401; Figs. 2386-2395, 
 
 etc. A catch attached to a door frame, in which 
 
 the bolt engages. 
 Door Bottom Rail. 5, Figs. 1329-1337. See Door 
 
 Frame. 
 Door Bottom Ventilator Rail (British). A strip of 
 
 wood running horizontally and supporting a sliding 
 
 ventilator. 
 Door Brace (Freight Car Doors). 69, Figs. 262-272. A 
 
 diagonal piece of timber framed into the door frame 
 
 to stiffen the door. 
 Door Butt. A Butt Hinge, which see. 
 Door Button. "A small piece of wood or metal swiv- 
 
 eled by a screw through the middle, and used as a 
 
 fastening for a door or gate." — Knight. They are 
 
 often attached by a rivet or pin to a metal door 
 
 button plate, which is fastened on with screws. 
 
 Sometimes the button is an eccentric disk. 
 Door Cap (Freight Car Doors). A horizontal board 
 
 across the top of the door. 
 Door Case. 1. The frame which incloses or surrounds 
 
 the sides and top of a door. The separate parts are 
 
DOO 
 
 5 6 
 
 DOO 
 
 the Door Jambs or Door Posts, Door Sill and Door 
 Lintel, which see. 
 
 2. A partition at the end of a street car which in- 
 closes a sliding door when open. 
 
 Door Case Intermediate Rail (Street Cars). A rail of 
 a door case above the window. 
 
 Door Case Panel (Street Cars). A panel in a partition 
 which incloses the sliding door. There are two — 
 the top panel and the seat panel. 
 
 Door Case Sash (Street Cars). A window sash in the 
 partition which incloses a sliding door. It opens 
 on hinges and is placed opposite to another in the 
 end of the car inside of the door. 
 
 Door Case Seat panel. See Door Case Panel. 
 
 Door Case Top Panel. See Door Case Panel. In some 
 cases a mirror is used in place of a panel. 
 
 Door Case Top Rail. A stick parallel with the Door 
 Lintel, which see. 
 
 Door Center Girth (Freight Car Doors'). A horizontal 
 hoard across the middle of the door. A middle 
 door rail, except that it is not framed into the door, 
 but simply nailed on. 
 
 Door Chafing Plate (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3965. 
 
 Door Chafing Scroll (Vestibule Doors). Fig. 3952. 
 
 Door Chafing Strip. Fig. 925. 
 
 Door Chain Bolt. A device which permits a door to 
 be opened a short distance, yet not far enough to 
 gain admission. 
 
 Door Check (Blount). Fig. 2652. A combined door 
 spring and hydraulic check, which automatically 
 controls the motion of a door. The check consists 
 of a metallic piston moving in a metallic cylinder 
 against a non-freezing liquid, its motion being con- 
 trolled by a regulating valve which may be set to 
 give any desired action to the door to prevent 
 slamming and noise. (Russwin) Fig. 2653. 
 
 Door Fastener. Figs. 787-789. 
 
 Door Fence Rail (British). A horizontal piece of wood 
 forming, on the outside of the door, the bottom of 
 the window aperture. It is reinforced with a band 
 of brass or iron against which the window sash 
 bears when it is closed. 
 
 British carriage windows drop down to open, 
 like an omnibus or street car window. 
 
 Door Frame. Figs. 1327-1331. The structure in which 
 the panels of a door are fitted. It is composed, as 
 is also a window sash, of the stiles, or upright 
 pieces at the sides; the mullions, or central up- 
 right pieces; the bottom rail; the lock, or central 
 rail, and the top rail. The Door Case, which see, 
 surrounds it. 
 
 Door Friction Roller. Figs. 2564-2662. See Sliding 
 Door Friction Roller, Car Door Hanger. 
 
 Door Fulcrum (Gram Door). J, Figs. 1399-1401. 
 
 Door Glass Frame Stop Rail (British). In a carriage, 
 a small horizontal piece of wood in the lower part 
 of the door against which the window drops when 
 opened. See Door Fence Rail. 
 
 Door Guards (Baggage and Freight Car Sliding Doors). 
 23, Figs. 1329-1337. Strips of wood which inclose 
 the space occupied by the door when open to keep 
 the freight from interfering with its movement. 
 
 Door Guard Band (Street Cars.) A metal band fastened 
 crosswise on the middle door rail to protect the 
 door from being chafed. Also called a sliding door 
 strip. 
 
 Door Guard Rod. Figs. 3977, 3992. See Vestibule Door 
 Rod. 
 
 Door Guide Bracket. Figs. 795-797. An iron bracket or 
 
 support for the door guide or rail in which the door 
 is supported. 
 
 Door Guide Plate. Figs. 929-931. 
 
 Door Handle. 1. (Freight Cars.) Figs. 759-760. A U- 
 shaped iron bar attached to the door, sometimes 
 horizontally and sometimes vertically. A Sliding 
 Door Handle, which see, is for passenger cars. 
 
 2. (British.) Serves the purpose of an Amer- 
 ican door knob. An L-shaped brass bar attached 
 to the outer end of a door spindle, and conveniently 
 shaped to be grasped by the hand, so that the door 
 can be opened by a person either inside or outside 
 the carriage. 
 
 3. (Passenger Cars.) Handles for sliding doors. 
 Figs. 2413-2435. 
 
 Door Hanger. 68, Figs. 262-272; 21, Figs. 1329-1337 
 and Figs. 2654-265S, 1384-1385. A hook-shaped piece 
 of metal by which a sliding door is suspended at its 
 top, and which slides on an iron track at the top of 
 the door. For freight cars they are usually made of 
 wrought iron, but sometimes of cast iron, or fric- 
 tion rollers, or sheaves, on which the door rolls. 
 The name of the more elaborate forms of door 
 hangers for use in passenger cars is commonly 
 extended into Car Door Hanger, which see. See 
 also Anti-Friction Car Door Hanger. 
 
 Door Hanger Sheave. Figs. 781-7S2. See Sheave. 
 
 Door Hasp. 73, Figs. 262-272, and Figs. 774-776 and 
 1371-1372. A metal clasp attached to car doors, by 
 which they are fastened to a staple on the body of 
 the car. Used chiefly on freight car doors, secured 
 with a pin or bolt. They are now made of mal- 
 leable iron and the pin fixed so it cannot be lost. 
 Padlocks are rarely used on freight cars. 
 
 Door Hasp Staple. Figs. 733-734, 1375-1376. A ring or 
 U-shaped staple over which the slotted part of the 
 door hasp fits and through which the door pin is 
 passed. 
 
 Door Hinge. 1 See Hinge. 
 
 2. (British.) Three brass hinges, upper, middle 
 and lower, securing the door to the body. These 
 hinges generally differ slightly to allow for the 
 curvature or fall-under of the door. 
 
 Door Holder. Figs. 2628-2638. A device for holding a 
 door open or shut. They are also called door stops, 
 as they are also intended to check momentum of 
 the door when swung open violently. See Lamp 
 Case Door Holder, Sliding Door Holder. 
 
 Door Holder Catch or Door Holder Stop. Figs. 2628- 
 2646. A metal bracket attached to the floor (floor 
 stop) or side (partition stop) of a car, with which 
 a door holder engages, to hold a door open. 
 
 Door Hook. Figs. 2409-2410, 2496-2497. A Sliding Door 
 Holder, which see. 
 
 Door Jamb. 1, Figs. 1329-1337. The side piece or post 
 of a door case. Also called door post. Not to be 
 confused with the stiles of the door itself. 
 
 Door Knob. Figs. 2503-2557, etc. A ball attached to 
 the end of the spindle of a door latch to take hold 
 of in moving the latch or opening the door. The 
 knob is often made in various peculiar forms, as T 
 door knob. Fig. 2482. 
 
 Door Latch. Figs. 2411-2425. An attachment to a door 
 to hold it shut. See Latch. A door latch is often 
 made in combination with a lock, having a separate 
 bolt and key to secure or fasten the door from the 
 outside, as in Figs. 2572-2582, etc. 
 
 Door Latch Arbor. A Door Latch Spindle, which see. 
 
 Door Latch Bolt. See Latch. 
 
 Door Latch Hook. Figs. 2411-2427. The part of a 
 
DOO 
 
 57 
 
 DOO 
 
 sliding door latch which engages with the keeper 
 and holds the door shut. 
 
 Door Latch Keeper. Figs. 2399-2402, 2411-2427. Also 
 called Strike Plate, which see. 
 
 Door Latch Rose or Escutcheon. Figs. 2433-2487. A 
 plate fastened to a door as a guard or bearing for 
 the spindle. A rose is frequent!}' called a rosette. 
 See Escutcheon. 
 
 Door Latch Rose (Kirby's Door Lock). E and F, Figs. 
 2480-2481. 
 
 Door Latch Spindle. B, Figs. 2450-2481. A small metal 
 shaft to which the door handle or knob is attached, 
 and by which the latch is turned. 
 
 Door Latch Spring. A spring which acts on the latch 
 hook or bolt and causes it to engage with its keeper ; 
 usually made of a flat piece of steel. 
 
 Door Light (British). In a carriage, the window in the 
 door, which in British carriages is lowered to open 
 it like an omnibus or street car window. 
 
 Door Light Bottom Sash Rail or Glass Frame Bottom 
 Sash Rail (British). The bottom part of the door 
 window framing. 
 
 Door Light Stile or Glass Frame Stile (British). The 
 upright members of the window framing. 
 
 Door Lintel. 90, Figs. 599-610. The horizontal part of 
 a door casing above the door. It is usually of 
 wood, but in passenger cars it is sometimes made 
 of a thin shell of cast iron. See Door Frame. 
 
 Door Lock. Figs. 1371-1380, 2413-2584. See Lock. A 
 Latch, which see, is usually combined with a pas- 
 senger car door lock. 
 
 Door Lock Bolt. See Lock. 
 
 Door Lock Keeper or Nosing. See Keeper. 
 
 Door Mullion. 2, Figs. 1329-1337. A vertical bar of 
 wood between the panels of a door. See DOor 
 Frame, Door Window Mullion. 
 
 Door Name Plate. A metal plate on the inside of a 
 passenger car door with the name of the builder 
 inscribed on it. The name is now more commonly 
 painted on. 
 
 Door Notice Plates. Figs. 2611-2627. See Saloon Door 
 Plates. 
 
 Door Ornament (Vestibule Doors). Figs. 3985, 3596. 
 
 Door Panel. 151, Figs. 599-619; 10 and 11, Figs. 1329- 
 1337. "A piece of board whose edges are inserted 
 into the groove of a thicker surrounding frame of 
 a door." — Webster. They are distinguished as 
 lower, middle and upper. Any panel, but especially 
 the lower, is sometimes cut up into two twin 
 panels by a door mullion, as in Figs. 1329-1331. 
 
 Door Panel Batten (British). American equivalent, 
 furring. In a carriage, a piece which stiffens the 
 door panel, which is pinned to it. 
 
 Door Pillar or Door Stile (British). American equiva- 
 lent. Door Stile, which see. The outer sides of the 
 stiles are beveled in a peculiar manner, so as to shut 
 tight, and the inner sides are grooved to allow the 
 movement of the window. 
 
 Door Pin (Freight Car Doors). A pin used to fasten 
 a hasp to a staple. Leaden seals are sometimes 
 attached thereto. 
 
 Door Pin Chain. 75, Figs. 305-321. A metal chain by 
 which a door pin is attached to a car. 
 
 Door Plate. Figs. 2611-2627. A notice plate. See 
 Door Name Plate. 
 
 Door Post or Door Jamb. 44, Figs. 262-272; 62, Figs. 
 599-619. A vertical post which forms the side of a 
 doorway. 
 
 Door Post Plate. Fig. 922. A metal plate laid over the 
 door post to protect it from damage. 
 
 Door Pest Pocket. 44, Figs. 262-272, and Figs. 710-712, 
 722-724. See Pocket. 
 
 Door Pull. Figs. 2440-2441. A D-shaped handle at- 
 tached to a door' to take hold of in opening or 
 closing it. 
 
 Door Rail. Figs. 1329-1337. A horizontal member or 
 bar of the framing of a door. The upper one, 4, 
 is called the top rail; the lower one, 5, the bottom 
 rail; 6, the middle or lock rail; 7, the parting rail. 
 
 Door Rail Bracket (Car Doors). A bracket to carry a 
 top door rail, serving as a guide for the door. See 
 Door Track Bracket. 
 
 Door Roller. Figs. 2655-2662. Also called a door 
 sheave. The term door roller is applied to a flat 
 tread wheel pivoted in a bracket and attached 
 to the bottom of a door to roll upon a flat surface 
 rather than a narrow track. 
 
 Door Sash. 12 and 13, Figs. 1329-1337. A wooden 
 frame, containing one or more panes of glass, 
 placed in a door. In some cases one of these sashes 
 is made to slide, so that it can be opened for venti- 
 lation. They are distinguished as lower and upper 
 door sash. The lower sash is commonly movable 
 for ventilation and held open by a door sash lift or 
 bolt entering into a door sash plate. 
 
 Door Sash Bolt. Fig. 4583. A metal pin attached to a 
 sliding door sash to hold it in any desired position. 
 
 Door Sash Plate. Fig. 4591. See above. 
 
 Door Sheave or Sliding Door Sheave. Figs. 2655-2662. 
 A small wheel on which a sliding door rolls. It is 
 usually placed at the top of the door, and some- 
 times at the bottom also. It is carried in a door 
 sheave holder. A grooved casting called a door 
 shoe or door slide is sometimes used as a sub- 
 stitute on freight car doors, especially when the 
 load does not rest upon the lower door track. See 
 also Door Roller. 
 
 Door Sheave Transom (Street Cars). A long narrow 
 panel which is hinged and with a catch so that 
 access may be had to the car door sheaves and 
 track. 
 
 Door Shoe. 70, Figs. 262-272, and N, Figs. 1399-1406. 
 See Door Sheave. 
 
 Door Sill. 64, Figs. 262-272; 17, Figs. 652-636. A cross 
 piece attached to the floor on the under side of a 
 door opening. In car construction the term is usu- 
 ally applied to an iron plate used under passenger 
 car doors, and occasionally freight car doors, as 
 Figs. 857-858. 
 
 Door Sill Plate (British). American equivalent, door 
 sill or door sill plate. A roughened brass wearing 
 piece placed in the doorway entrance. 
 
 Door Slide. See Door Sheave. 
 
 Door Spindle. Figs. 2480-2481. The bar passing through 
 the door which carries the door knobs. 
 
 Door Spring. Fig. 2647. An attachment to make doors 
 self-closing. 
 
 Door Stile. 150, Figs. 599-619; 8, Figs. 1329-1337. One 
 of the two upright pieces on the outer edges of a 
 Door Frame, which see. 
 
 Door Stop. Figs. 793-794, 2639-2646. 1. A peg or block 
 against which a passenger car door strikes when 
 opened, often provided with a rubber cushion, es- 
 pecially for swinging doors. Door holders, which 
 both stop the door and retain it, are often called 
 door stops, as Figs. 2504-2515. 
 
 2. (Freight Car Sliding Doors.) 71, Figs, 262- 
 272; 77, Figs. 305-321. Blocks or strips of wood or 
 iron to restrain excessive motion. They are dis- 
 tinguished as closed door stop and open door stop. 
 
DOO 
 
 58 
 
 DRA 
 
 Door Threshold Plate. Figs. 923-924; 178, Figs. 652- 
 656. A plate on the threshold of the door. 
 
 Door Track. 65, 66, Figs. 262-272. A metal bar or guide 
 which supports a sliding door, and upon which it 
 moves, or by which it is held in its place. They 
 are either top door tracks or bottom door tracks. 
 The former usually carry the weight of freight car 
 doors, which are hung thereon by door hangers. 
 The lower track serves only as a guide for the door 
 shoes. 
 
 Door Track Bracket. 67. Figs. ii62 
 
 An iron or 
 
 wooden block fastened to the side of a freight car. 
 to which a door track is attached, or which holds 
 a sliding door in its place. See also. Door Rail 
 Bracket. 
 
 Door Wedge (Security Car Door). Figs. 826-827. An 
 iron wedge on the side of the car to force the door 
 out tight against the door brackets when closed. 
 
 Door Wedge and Clasp. Fig. 4033. A postal car fur- 
 nishing. 
 
 Door Wedge Guide Plate (Security Car Door). Figs. 
 705-706. A casting in which the door wedge is held. 
 
 Door Window Mullion. A middle upright bar in the 
 door window frame. See Door Frame. 
 
 Doorway. The passage or opening formed by a door 
 casing, which is closed by a door. 
 
 Dope. A mixture of waste, oil, and grease, for journal 
 box packing, which is not fluid. 
 
 Double-Acting Spring Hinge. Figs. 2471-2472. A de- 
 vice to permit a door to open either way and also 
 to make it self-closing. They are from 2 l b to 7 
 inches in length of flange, 4 inches being the most 
 usual. They consist in their original form of a 
 hinge on a hinge, the two opening in opposite direc- 
 tions. The "Utility" double-acting hinge is much 
 like an ordinary butt hinge, the tendency to restore 
 the door to its normal position when opened in 
 either directions being caused by a spring. 
 
 Double Board Roof. See Car Roof. The upper layer 
 of grooved boards is sometimes laid with the 
 grooves under, so as to form a kind of tube be- 
 tween the two layers. 
 
 Double Body Bolster. Figs. 1147-1163. A body bolster 
 for passenger cars mounted on six-wheel trucks, 
 which is made with two transoms. They are either 
 built up out of iron plates and bars as in Figs. 1147- 
 1140, or cast in steel in one piece as in Figs. 1150- 
 1163. 
 
 Double Brace Pocket. Figs. 727-728. See Pocket. 
 
 Double Chair. Figs. 4111, 4136, 4137, 4160. A twin car 
 seat. 
 
 Double Circuit System of Car Heating (Consolidated). 
 Fig. 2S78. One form of the Multiple Circuit Sys- 
 tem, which see. 
 
 Double Coil Draft Spring. Figs. 894-895. See Draft 
 Spring. 
 
 Double Coil Jet System (Gold's Car Heating System). 
 Fig. 2788. A system of car heating which com- 
 bines the drum or jacket features with the jet or 
 commingler system of injecting steam into the hot 
 water circulation. The steam is first sent through 
 the inner or steam coil of the double coil in the 
 Baker heater, and then through an annulus, into 
 the circulating pipe. The jet is so directed as to 
 aid the circulation in the pipes. It is claimed to 
 be noiseless. 
 
 Double Coil Nest Spring. A Spiral Spring, which see, 
 with another inside of it. 
 
 Double Deck Stock Car. Figs. 354-355. One with two 
 floors, or stories, one above the other, for carrying 
 
 sheep, hogs, etc. The intermediate floor is called 
 the upper floor or double deck. 
 
 Double Door. 1. A door made in two parts. These are 
 sometimes fastened together by hinges, so as to 
 fold back on each other, Fig. 1332, and sometimes 
 each part is hinged to one of the door posts. Sliding 
 doors are also' sometimes made in two parts. 
 
 2. (Fruit Car.) Doors in pairs, one inside the 
 other, as in refrigerator cars, etc., are also called 
 double doors. 
 
 Double Elliptic Spring. Figs. 5382-5.383. See Elliptic 
 Spring. 
 
 Double Lip Retaining Ring. (Steel Tired Wheels.) 
 Figs. 5400-5401. One of the common methods of 
 attaching a steel tire to the body of the wheel. 
 
 Double Lipped Washer. Figs. 729-730. 
 
 Double Pressure Retaining Valve. See Pressure Re- 
 taining Valve. 
 
 Double Pipe Clip. Fig, 2754. An iron band made with 
 two bends for holding two pipes (as heater pipes) 
 in their place. See Clip. 
 
 Double Plate Wheel. Fig. 5440. A cast iron car wheel, 
 the rim and hub of which are united by two cast 
 iron plates or disks. \\ heels in which the double 
 plates extend only part way between the hub and 
 rim, the connection being made by a single plate, 
 are often called double plate wheels. See Car 
 Wheel, Wheel, Washburn Wheel. 
 
 Double Ratchet (Morgan's Deck Sash Pivot). Fig. 
 4505. A pair of radially ribbed disks which engage 
 with each other in any position, there being no 
 separate dog or ratchet bolt. 
 
 Double Sash Spring. See Sash Spring. 
 
 Double Sliding Door Gear. Fig. 2654. 
 
 Double Strap Hanger (Bell Cord). See Bell Cord 
 Hanger. 
 
 Double Track Snow Plow. Fig. 249. A push plow 
 which plows the snow to one side of a track only, 
 so as not to crowd it upon the other parallel track. 
 
 Double Transom Truck. Figs. 4741. A four-wheel pas- 
 senger truck with two bolsters, designed to give 
 the same easy-riding qualities as the six-wheel 
 truck. 
 
 Double Truck Center Bolster. Fig. 5066. 
 
 Double Washer. A washer that answers for two bolts. 
 See Twin Washer. 
 
 Double Window Blind. The usual form of window 
 blind. They are made in two parts so as to require 
 less height when raised. See Window Blind. 
 
 Double Window Blind Lift. Figs. 4565, etc. See Win- 
 Double Window Blind Lift. Figs. 4565, etc. See Win- 
 Dovetail. "A flaring tenon adapted to fit into a mor- 
 tise having receding sides so as to prevent the with- 
 drawal of the tenon in the directions to which it 
 will lie exposed to strain." — Knight. There are 
 many forms of dovetail joints. 
 
 Draft Bar Slide or Drawbar Slide (Street Cars). A 
 curved iron bar or sector hung from the crown 
 piece which supports the coupler end of the draw- 
 bar and over which it swings. 
 
 Draft Beam. Figs. 697-701. 1551. Gould malleable iron 
 draft beam. A .substitute for draft timbers and 
 stops, being cast in one piece and bolted on the 
 inside of the center sills. 
 
 Draft Bolt (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). Figs. 1010-1011; 
 648, Figs. 1886-1935. A draft spring bolt. 
 
 Draft Door (Baker Heater). Fig. 2679. A door in the 
 smoke flue base, automatically opened and closed 
 by the fire regulator, and by which the tire is regu- 
 lated. 
 
DRA 
 
 59 
 
 DRA 
 
 Draft Gear. Figs. 1413-1582, 1848-2097. A term used to 
 designate the apparatus used under a car to dissi- 
 pate the shocks due to coupling and to provide an 
 elastic resistance in pulling the car. Strictly speak- 
 ing, the term draft gear includes only the springs 
 or friction blocks and other parts enclosed within 
 the coupler yoke. Draft gear and attachments in- 
 clude the entire apparatus by which a car is drawn 
 with the exception of the coupler or drawbar. 
 Some makers furnish the complete gears including 
 springs, follower plates, check plates, yoke, etc. 
 Others only the special castings or parts required, 
 without springs, bolts or other parts which are 
 more or less standard. See Friction Draft Gear. 
 
 Draft Gear Cheek Casting. A malleable iron casting 
 which incloses the thimbles or followers and car- 
 ries the thrust to the draft sills and draft timbers, 
 to which it is bolted. 
 
 Draft Gear Tie Rod. 139. Figs. 341-344. A rod which 
 connects an end sill or platform end timber with a 
 body bolster or drawbar cross timber to tie them 
 together. The term is sometimes applied to the 
 continuous draft rods that run from one drawbar 
 to the one at the other end of the car. 
 
 Draft Regulator. See Fire Regulator. 
 
 Draft Rod. (Continuous Draw Gear). Fig. 921. A rod 
 which unites two drawbars at opposite ends of a 
 car, and relieves the draft timber attachments from 
 strain. 
 
 Draft Sills. 26. Figs. 262-272. More commonly. Draft 
 Timbers, which see. The center sills which trans- 
 mit the draft stresses from end to end of the car 
 are sometimes termed the draft sills. When metal 
 draft members are used the term draft sill is almost 
 universal^" applied. 
 
 Draft Spring. Figs. S19, 894-895. 1. A spring attached 
 to a Coupler or Drawbar, which see, to give elas- 
 ticity. They are usually so arranged by means of 
 follower plates at each end as to resist either ten- 
 sion or compression. The usual size for draft 
 springs is 7 or 8 inches in diameter and 8 inches in 
 length, double coil spiral springs. They have a 
 capacity of. from 19.000 lbs. to 30,000 lbs. 
 
 2. (British.) A long half-elliptic spring reaching 
 almost entirely across the car. See Fig. 6733. 
 
 Draft Spring Cradle Plate (British). A longitudinal 
 plate in the underframe, which supports the draft 
 spring. 
 
 Draft Spring Pocket. A Drawbar Spring Pocket, which 
 see. 
 
 Draft Spring Stop. A metal sleeve or thimble in the 
 center of a spiral draft spring to resist excessive 
 compression. Xot to be confused with a Drawbar 
 Stop, which see. 
 
 Draft Spring Thimble. Figs. 747-748. A projection 
 riveted to the follower plates and fitting inside the 
 draft spring to hold it in place. 
 
 Draft Timbers. 26. Figs. 262-272, etc.; 31, Figs. 599-619. 
 A pair of timbers, carrying the drawbar attach- 
 ments, placed below the center sills, and usually 
 extending from the platform end timber of pas- 
 senger cars, or the end sill of freight cars, to the 
 body bolster. In passenger cars these timbers are 
 usually the principal supports of the platform. See 
 Platform Sills and Platform Short Sills. The draft 
 timber in a tip car is also termed a car perch. 
 
 Draft Timber Pocket. A casting attached to the body 
 bolster or center sills of a car to receive the end 
 of a draft timber. 
 
 Draft Timber Tie Bar. A transverse iron bar attached 
 to the under sides of a pair of draft timbers to tie 
 them together. 
 
 Drain Cock. Fig. 1284. A Reservoir Drain Cock, which 
 see. 
 
 Drain Cup or Drip Cup (Air Brake). A globular recep- 
 tacle under a triple valve to collect water of con- 
 densation. 
 
 Drain Plug (Brake Cylinder). 14, Figs. 1267-1268. 
 (Triple Valve.) 26, Figs. 1233-1234. 
 
 Drain Valve (Car Heating). Figs. 2968-2969. A valve 
 for draining off the water condensed in the steam 
 pipes where an automatic trap is not used. 
 
 Drain Valve Extension Handle (Steam Heating). Figs. 
 2977-2978. 
 
 Drake & Weir's Car Roof. Fig. 19S6. See Car Roofs. 
 
 Drapery Curtains. C, Fig. 2204. 
 
 Drawbar. 1. (Link and Pin). An open-mouthed bar 
 at the end of a car, in which the coupling links enter 
 and are secured by a coupling pin. The)' are pro- 
 vided with a Draft Spring, which see. to give elas- 
 ticity to the connection between the cars. Draw- 
 bars are made either of cast, malleable, or wrought 
 iron, or cast steel, and in respect to their form are 
 cither ( 1 ) bolt or spindle drawbars, in which the 
 draw spring is attached by a bolt passing through 
 its center; or (2) spring pocket or strap drawbars, 
 in which the draw spring is inclosed within a yoke 
 surrounding it. The solid head is a wrought iron 
 drawbar forged in one piece instead of having a 
 drawbar face plate riveted on. The drawbar is fre- 
 quently called draw head, especially cast-iron draw- 
 bars. With certain coal cars a cheap form of draw- 
 bar, called a draw hook, is used. In England this 
 style is almost universal, in combination with plain 
 links, in freight car service, and with a Screw Coup- 
 ling, which see, for passenger cars. The drawbar 
 of the Miller couplers is also very frequently called 
 a coupling hook. See below. 
 
 2. The word drawbar is used indiscriminately to 
 designate both the old link and pin drawbar and the 
 modern automatic car coupler. There has been an 
 effort to confine the name drawbar to the old link 
 and pin type, but in the proceedings of the M. C. 
 B. Association, in speaking of the height of draw- 
 bars, the term is manifestly applied to the M. C. B. 
 standard automatic coupler. The general adoption 
 of the word to mean the old link and pin drawbar 
 is hardh- desirable, if it were possible, for the link 
 and pin drawbar is a thing of the past. The stand- 
 ard height of passenger car drawbars adopted in 
 1890 by the M, C. B. Association is 35 inches from 
 the top of the rail to center of drawbar, where the 
 car is light. The standard height of drawbar for 
 freight cars from level of top of rails to center of 
 drawbar is 34% inches, adopted in 1893, with no 
 greater variation than 3 inches, minimum height 
 31% inches. See Automatic Car Coupler, Coupler 
 and Car Coupler. 
 
 Drawbars, Adjusting Height of ( M. C. B. Standard). 
 In 189C it was decided that in adjusting the height 
 of couplers to meet the requirements of the United 
 States law fixing the height from the top of rail 
 to center of coupler for standard gage cars in 
 interstate traffic, cars should be adjusted when 
 empty, as far as possible. In order to justify a 
 bill for work done under the Rules of Interchange 
 an empty car should be adjusted to 34% inches, 
 or within M inch thereof, and when it is necessary 
 to alter a loaded car it should be adjusted to 33% 
 
DRA 
 
 DRO 
 
 inches, or within V4 inch thereof, i r as near as 
 possible to such height as will bring it to 34% 
 inches when the car is unloaded. 
 
 In 1901 this was changed from Recommended 
 Practice to Standard, as a result of letter ballot. 
 
 Drawbar Attachment iM. C. B. Recommended Prac- 
 tice). See Attachment of Couplers to Cars. 
 
 Drawbar Bolt. An iron bolt or spindle which connects 
 a drawbar to a draft spring and follower plates. 
 passing through the center of the spring. A tail 
 bolt. See Drawbar. 
 
 Drawbar Carry Iron. 25 and 201, Figs. 26 
 
 -272. 1044; 
 
 Figs. S63-864. Often contracted to carry iron or 
 carrier iron. A U-shaped iron strap bolted to the 
 under side of the end sill and supporting the outer 
 end of the drawbar. Also called Stirrup, which see. 
 I:i 1008 a Recommended Practice was adopted to 
 use a U-shaped carrier iron for brake shaft bow for 
 new cars, so that the half-yoke now largely used 
 would not be extended to new- cars. 
 
 Drawbar Centering Devices. Figs. 949-951, 1949-1958. 
 A number of devices are shown, all of which take 
 the place of a drawbar carry iron, and are designed 
 to keep the coupler in the center line of draft while 
 allowing it to move from side to side in rounding 
 curves. 
 
 Drawbar Follower Guide. Figs. 890-891. 
 
 Drawbar Follower Plate. Figs. 850-852, 9(38-970. Two 
 iron plates which bear against each end of a draft 
 spring and transmit the tension and compression 
 on the drawbar to the draft springs and to the 
 draft timbers. 
 
 Drawbar Follower Stop. Figs. 735-737. A casting 
 bolted or riveted to the sills or draft timbers to act 
 as a stop to the motion of the follower. 
 
 Drawbar Friction Plate (Street Cars"). A cast-iron 
 plate through which the drawbar passes, attached 
 to the platform end timber or crown piece, to pro- 
 tect it from abrasion. 
 
 Drawbar Guide. Cast-iron lugs, or wrought plates. 
 bearing against the sides of draft timbers over the 
 drawbar to carry iron, to resist lateral strains and 
 protect the draft timbers from wear. In 1905 the 
 M. C. B. Association adopted a Recommended 
 Practice that the total side clearance of the coupler 
 should be 2% in. 
 
 Drawbar Pocket. A Drawbar Spring Pocket, which 
 see. 
 
 Drawbar Pocket Guide. Figs. 790-792. A casting bolted 
 to the draft timbers and serving as a guide or 
 chafing plate for the Drawbar Spring Pocket, which 
 see. 
 
 Drawbar Safety Lug. A horn on the upper side of a 
 drawbar to bear against the end sill or a single 
 dead block on the end sill, to relieve the draft 
 spring and attachments from excessive buffing 
 strain. 
 
 Drawbar Sector (Center Draft Draw Gear). A guide or 
 support for the drawbar, shaped like an arc of a 
 circle, fastened underneath the platform. 
 
 Drawbar Spindle or Stem. The iron drawbar bolt 
 which passes through the center of the draw spring 
 and follower plates. A tail bolt. 
 
 Drawbar Spring Pocket. Figs. 954-955. The space at 
 the back end of a spring pocket or strap drawbar 
 which receives the draft springs and follower plates. 
 
 Drawbar Stem. A Drawbar Bolt or Tail Bolt, which 
 see. 
 
 Drawbar Stirrup. A Drawbar Carry Iron, which see. 
 
 Drawbar Stop. A casting which limits the movements of 
 
 tlie drawbar follower.-, bolted to the draft timbers. 
 The castings for the drawbar stop are sometimes 
 made long enough to bear against the body bolster, 
 or a tilling block is interposed between it and the 
 drawbar, thus relieving lugs and bolts of strain. 
 
 Drawbar Yoke. Figs. 858-859. The yoke or strap 
 pocket that inclose- the draft spring and is bolted 
 to the end of the drawbar is called a yoke. In 1905 
 the M. C. B. Association adopted as Recommended 
 Practice the design of yoke shown in Fig. 5779. 
 See Attachment of Couplers to Cars. 
 
 Draw Chain (British). See Wagon Coupling. 
 
 Draw Head. The head ot an M. C. B. coupler, exclu- 
 sive of the knuckle, knuckle pin and lock. See also 
 Drawbar Head. 
 
 Draw-Off Cock (Baker Heater). Fig. 2767. A cock 
 attached to the pipe. R, for emptying the pipes. It 
 is a Combination Cock, which see. 
 
 Draw Spring. Sec Draft Spring. 
 
 Draw Timbers. See Draft Timbers. 
 
 Drawer Pull. Fig. 3775. A wooden or metal attach- 
 ment on a drawer to take hold of in pulling it out. 
 In postal cars they are combined with label hold- 
 ers. Fig. 4038. 
 
 Drawing Room. A small room or compartment in a 
 drawing room car. See State Room. 
 
 Drawing Room Car. A term at one time applied to 
 Parlor Cars, which see, but now usually restricted 
 to certain types of sleeping cars which have one or 
 more separate compartments or drawing rooms 
 containing a double-berth section and a sofa or 
 lounge, in addition to which they are usually sup- 
 plied with a private toilet. (Electric Cars.) Figs. 
 6227-6228. 
 
 Dressing Room. Another name for a saloon, especially 
 one provided with wash bowl and toilet facilities. 
 The ladies' saloon of sleeping and parlor cars is 
 commonly so fitted. 
 
 Drilling. A term used for Switching, which see. or 
 making up trains. Regulating is another term 
 sometimes used. The British term for this is mar- 
 shaling or shunting. 
 
 Drip Coupling or Basin Coupling (Wash Basin). Figs. 
 3644-3645. The connection of the waste pipe or 
 drip pipe with the basin. 
 
 Drip Cup (Air Brake). A receptacle inserted in the 
 brake pipe of each car to receive water condensing 
 therein. A drain cup. 
 
 Drip Dish or Drip Pan (Refrigerator Car). A dish or 
 pan at one corner or end oi the car for receiving 
 the water from the melting ice. usually permitting 
 it to escape by a Trap, which see. 
 
 Drip Tray. Fig. 4065. An enameled piece of sheet iron 
 placed directly under the seat of a closet, and over 
 the bowl 
 
 Driving Chain (Steam Shovel). A pitch chain, used to 
 make the steam shovel self-propelling, by engaging 
 with the pitch gear attached to one of the axles. 
 
 Driving Gear (Lever Hand Car). 4. 5. Figs. 6207-6209. 
 It consists of the spur wheel, or gear wheel, and 
 pinion. 
 
 Drop (of Lamp). The drop of a center lamp is its 
 extreme length, measured from the ceiling to the 
 lowest part of the lamp. 
 
 Drop Bottom. See Drop Door. 
 
 Drop Bottom Gondola Car. Figs. 37-38, 376-378, 392- 
 410, 416-427. A car so constructed that its con- 
 tents can he readily unloaded through the bottom 
 by means of drop doors. 
 
 A distinction is sometimes made between hop- 
 
DKO 
 
 61 
 
 DUS 
 
 per bottom cars, which will discharge nearly all 
 their contents without assistance, on opening the 
 drop doors, and a drop bottom car, which will not 
 do this. 
 Drop Door. 61, Figs. 428-431 and Figs. 964-980. A 
 door at the bottom of a drop bottom or hopper 
 bottom car for unloading it quickly by allowing the 
 load to fall through the opening. Drop doors are 
 usually, if not invariably, in pairs, and are sup- 
 ported by a drop door chain wound upon a wind- 
 ing shaft. A drop door beam extends across the 
 car above the winding shaft to assist in supporting 
 it and to stiffen the car. The subject of drop doors 
 has received a great deal of attention of inventors, 
 and numerous designs and devices have been 
 patented, yet the original drop door with winding 
 shaft and chain is in very general use. 
 Drop Door Beam. See Above. 
 
 Drop Door Chain. 64, Figs. 428-431. An iron chain 
 attached to the Winding Shaft and the Drop Doors, 
 which see. Also termed hopper chain. 
 Drop Door Chain Ring. 65. Figs. 474-500. An iron 
 ring to which are fastened the single chain passing 
 around the door winding shaft and the two chains 
 which are attached to eye bolts in each of the 
 double drop doors. 
 Drop Door Eye Bolt. 63, Figs. 474-500. An iron bolt 
 with an eye in the upper end which is fastened to a 
 drop door near the edge away from the hinge and 
 to which is secured the drop door chain. 
 Drop Door Gear. Figs. 1056-1076. 
 
 Drop Door Hinge. 62, Figs. 428-431. The straps of 
 iron which support one side of the drop door and 
 from which it hangs wdien dropped. 
 Drop End (for Gondola Cars). Figs. 39, 960-963. The 
 end planks are tied together by heavy iron straps 
 forming an end door and are hinged at the bottom 
 so that the}' may be dropped to the floor of the 
 car when loading long lumber, rails, etc. 
 Drop Forging. One made under a hammer which is 
 raised by power and drops by gravity with the 
 use of a die. 
 Drop Letter Box Plate. Fig. 4020. A Letter Drop, 
 
 which see. 
 Drop Table. A table hinged to the wall so as to drop 
 
 against it out of the way when desired. 
 Drop Test Machine (M. C. B. Recommended Prac- 
 tice). Fig. 6024. In 1900 the drop testing machine 
 w-as modified, and a further modification made in 
 1901, 1903 and 1904. 
 Drum. 1. "A cylinder over which a belt or band passes. 
 
 2. "A chamber of a cylindrical form used in heat- 
 ers, stoves and flues. It is hollow and thin, and 
 generally forms a mere casing, but in some cases, 
 as steam drums, is adapted to stand considerable 
 pressure." — Knight. See Circulating Drum or Ex- 
 pansion Drum (Baker Heater). 
 
 3. (Hoisting Gear.) The main cylinder upon 
 which the hoisting rope is rolled up. The spur 
 wheel is carried on the same shaft. 
 
 Drum Controller, Electric. Fig. 6406. 
 
 Drum Cover. 1. (Baker Heater.) Fig. 2675. A sheet 
 iron covering for the circulating drum on the out- 
 side of the car. 
 
 Drum Shaft (of a Derrick or Crane). The shaft on 
 which the winding drum is carried. 
 
 Drum Support (Baker Heater). A bracket on the roof 
 to hold the circulating drum. 
 
 Drum Systems of Car Heating. This method of heat- 
 ing employs a hot water circulation within the car, 
 
 to which a Baker or other similar heater is attached. 
 To provide a means for maintaining heat in the 
 car when steam from the locomotive is used, a 
 drum is employed to transfer the heat of the steam 
 to the water of circulation. Simple forms of drums 
 consist simply of a cylinder or pipe within another 
 pipe of larger cross section, provision being made 
 for the unequal expansion of the pipes, and outlet 
 and inlet orifices being provided for the circulation 
 of the steam and water. 
 
 Another type is the coil drum or coil jacket, 
 which generallv consists of a large sized pipe or 
 
 casting capped at both ends 
 
 In this drum is 
 
 placed a coil of copper pipe, wdiich coil is made a 
 part of the hot water circuit within the car. Steam 
 from the locomotive is admitted to this drum 
 around the copper coil, through which heat is im- 
 parted to the water of circulation. That part of 
 the circuit above this drum becoming relatively 
 lighter than the water of the circuit, a movement 
 of the circulating medium is produced, creating a 
 steady flow up through the coil. The amount of 
 heat communicated to the circulating medium de- 
 pends upon the surface of the coil and upon its 
 conductive power to heat. A pressure of from 10 
 to 20 pounds of steam is carried in the drum. 
 
 Dry Closet. Figs. 4045-4048, 4050. A closet, so called 
 in distinction from a water closet, which is not 
 flushed with water. 
 
 Duck. A cotton fabric, lighter and finer than canvas, 
 for use in car upholstery. It is usually manufac- 
 tured in rolls IS, 24 and 40 inches wide and about 
 4i> yards long. Roofing duck (used for street car 
 roofs) is manufactured of many different widths 
 up to 12 feet, so as to entirely cover the roof when 
 desired. 
 
 Dudgeon's Hydraulic Jack. Figs. 3878-3885, 3891. A 
 jack with a base and head and two cylinders, one 
 cylinder sliding within another. To the inner one 
 i which is termed the ram) is attached the head, 
 Inning a socket to receive the lever which operates 
 the force pump in the lower end of the ram; the re- 
 maining space is the reservoir containing the liquid, 
 which when forced into the lower chamber causes. 
 (he ram to rise, and to lower when allowed to re- 
 turn through the lower valve and back passages, 
 which are operated by the same lever. 
 
 Duff Ratchet Screw Jack. Figs. 3873 and 3876. 
 
 Dummy Coupling. Fig. 1288. A casting of the same 
 shape as a hose coupling, attached to the car, into 
 which the coupling may be hooked and prevent dirt 
 and debris getting in the brake pipe, as well as to 
 prevent the coupling being damaged when hanging 
 down. 
 
 Dump Car. A term used to designate both Drop Bot- 
 tom, Side Dump and Tip Cars, which see. 
 
 Duner Water Closet. Figs. 4050, 4053. 
 
 Dunham Drop Door Gear. Figs. 1065-1072. 
 
 Duplex Air Gage (Air Brake). Figs. 1278-1279. A 
 gage to register simultaneously on the same dial 
 the main reservoir pressure and brake pipe pres- 
 sure. For this purpose a red hand for the reservoir 
 and black hand for brake pipe pressures are pro- 
 vided. 
 
 Duplex Ventilator. Fig. 4424. See Ventilators. 
 
 Duplicate Elliptic Spring. A Double Elliptic SprH;, 
 which see. 
 
 Dust Arrester (of Pintsch Gas Pressure Regulator). A 
 cavity closed at each end by a perforated plate to 
 
DUS 
 
 ELE 
 
 prevent dust entering to clog the regulating valve. 
 
 Dust Collar. A grooved wrought iron ring, sometimes 
 hut not generally placed on a car axle between the 
 hub of the wheel and the journal to receive and 
 hold a dust guard. 
 
 Dust Guard. Figs. 5299-5300, 5307-5308, 4968-4975. A 
 thin piece of wood, leather, felt, asbestos or vul- 
 canized fiber inserted in the dust guard chamber at 
 the back of a journal box. and fitting closely 
 around the dust guard bearing of the axle. It is 
 to exclude dust and prevent the escape of oil and 
 waste. Sometimes called axle packing or box 
 packing. 
 
 Dust Guard Bearing i.Vxle). See above. 
 
 Dust Guard Chamber (Journal Box). See above. 
 
 Dust Guard Spring Holder. Fig. 4658. See Window 
 Dust Guard or Deflector. 
 
 Dutchman. A block or wedge of wood driven into a 
 crevice to hide the consequences of bad fitting in 
 construction. A kind of shim. 
 
 Dynamo (Electric Car Lighting). Figs. 3368-3369,3402- 
 3418, 3427-3429. The machine for generating an 
 electric current, driven by a belt from the car axle 
 or by an engine or steam turbine mounted in the 
 baggage car. 
 
 Dynamometer Car. Figs. 261. 593-595. A car built 
 somewhat after the style of a caboose in which is 
 mounted apparatus for observing and recording 
 the drawbar pull of locomotives or train.-. The 
 draw gear is of special design, intended to be at- 
 tached in some one of a number of ways to the re- 
 cording devices in the car. but in other respects the 
 car closely resembles a caboose. Sleeping quarters 
 are usually provided for the observers. 
 
 E 
 
 Ear. A general name for projections to which handles 
 or other exterior parts are attached, but more es- 
 pecially applicable to projections intended for 
 movable attachments. See Ear Bail, below. 
 
 Ear Bail (Lanterns). Fig. 3618. An attachment formed 
 of wire connected with the wire guard, to which 
 the bail is attached instead of to the body of the 
 lantern. 
 
 Earthen Hopper. Fig. 4056. 
 
 Eastman Heater Car. See Heater Car. 
 
 Eaves Fascia Board. 1. (Freight Cars.) 91. Figs. 262- 
 272. A plain board connecting the sheathing with 
 the roof. 
 
 2. (Passenger Cars.) 93, Figs. 025-656. A pro- 
 jecting board on the outside of the lower deck, 
 immediately under the eaves, which comes below 
 and under the eaves molding. 
 
 Eaves Molding. 1. (Freight Cars.) A plain strip some- 
 times used outside an Eaves Fascia Board, which 
 see. 
 
 2. (Passenger Cars.) 03, Figs. 500-619. An or- 
 namental finish to the exterior angle of the lower 
 deck, outside of and above the eaves fascia board. 
 A similar deck eaves molding is used for the upper 
 deck. 
 
 Eccentric Pivot Plate (for Seat Arms). A seat arm 
 pivot plate, made eccentric only to get room for 
 screw holes. The eccentricity has no functional 
 purpose. 
 
 Eckert Iron Water Closet. Fig. 4049. 
 
 Edward's Automatic Window Sash Balance. Figs. 
 4660-4664. 
 
 Edward's Vestibule Trap Door. Figs. 2264-2271. A 
 trap door mechanism for wide vestibules by which 
 
 the door is forced up when the catch is released 
 by a spring in the hinge. The catch is operated 
 by a foot latch extending up into the vestibule. 
 By pressing down on the latch the catch is re- 
 leased, and further pressure forces the door up out 
 of the frame in case it sticks and the spring will 
 not operate it. 
 
 Egg-Shaped Stove. A stove resembling an egg in form. 
 It is commonly known simply as a cast iron stove, 
 and is very largely used for cabooses, etc., where 
 appearance is not important. 
 
 Eight- Wheel Car. The standard type of American roll- 
 ing stock, consisting of a car body carried upon 
 two Trucks or Car Trucks (which seel of four 
 wheels each. Sleeping, parlor and dining cars are 
 usually twelve-wheeled. 
 
 Ejector. Fig. 6700. An appliance for operating a 
 vacuum brake by exhausting or "ejecting" air. It 
 consists essentially of a pipe placed in the center 
 of a surrounding shell or casing, with an annular 
 opening, between the pipe and the casing. \\ hen 
 the current of steam is admitted at the lower end 
 and escapes at the upper end, the air in the casing 
 is drawn out through the annular opening by the 
 current of the escaping steam. The space is con- 
 nected by a pipe with the appliances on the cars 
 for operating the brakes. Suitable valves are also 
 used in connection with the ejector to shut off and 
 admit steam and air. A muffler is used to render 
 noiseless the escaping steam. It consists simply 
 of a box of small round balls, like shot, through 
 which the steam must pass to escape. In the latest 
 type a combination ejector is used having two 
 ejector pipes, one a small one. which is kept in 
 action continuously to maintain the vacuum in the 
 brake pipe, and a large one for use in quickly re- 
 leasing the brakes after a stop. 
 
 Elastic Fiber Journal Packing. A compound, princi- 
 pally of cocoanut fiber mixed with jute, to serve as 
 a substitute for waste. It is lighter, cheaper, and 
 claimed to be more effective. 
 
 Elastic Wheel. Any car wheel in which some elastic 
 material is interposed between the tire and the 
 wheel center or hub to resist the concussions. Dif- 
 ferent substances have been used, such as paper, 
 wood, india rubber, oakum, etc.. but such wheels 
 are not now in extended use. In Great Britain 
 teak wood centers are still used. 
 
 Elbow. Figs. 2771, 2778, 3069. A short L-shaped cast 
 iron tube for uniting the ends of two pipes, gener- 
 ally at right angles to each other. 
 
 Elbow Catch. 
 
 Elbow Rail (British"). In a carriage, a part of the 
 body framing running horizontally along the sides 
 at about the height of the elbow of a passenger in 
 a sitting position. 
 
 Elbow Rest (British). See Arm Rest, Side Arm Rest. 
 
 Electric Bulbs. Figs. 3165-3172. 
 
 Electric Car. An Electric Motor Car, which see. 
 
 Electric Car Heating Apparatus (Consolidated and 
 Gold's). Figs. 3013-3041. Both of these systems 
 take current from the motor circuit and pass it 
 through resistance coils placed under the seats or 
 alongside the car. These coils or heaters are shown 
 in Figs. 3013-3023 and 3029-3038. Regulating 
 switches serve to control the heat output. Plans 
 of wiring the cars are shown in Figs. 3024-3026. 
 
 Electric Car Lighting. Figs. 3365 -3.", 48. There are a 
 number of distinct systems of electric car lighting 
 in limited use. These are the Axle Light System, 
 
ELE 
 
 63 
 
 END 
 
 which see; the storage battery system, using bat- 
 teries charged to last the entire run of the car or 
 train; the auxiliary electric installations in the bag- 
 gage car using live steam from the locomotive to 
 drive a reciprocating engine or steam turbine which 
 is connected to a dynamo supplying all the lights 
 in the train. This latter system is in use on the 
 limited trains between New York and Chicago and 
 on some other trains in this country. The axle 
 light system, which allows the independent opera- 
 tion of each car. is rapidly coming into use. 
 
 Electric Heater. See Electric Car Heating. 
 
 Electric Lamps. Figs. 3490-3548. 
 
 Electric Motor. Figs. 6290-6318, 6273-6375. A machine 
 for transforming electric energy into mechanical 
 motion; as applied to the propulsion of cars, it 
 consists of a rotating armature within an enclosed 
 steel magnet frame usually of a box shape. The 
 whole is mounted on the truck and motion trans- 
 mitted to the car by means of a pinion on the arma- 
 ture shaft and a gear on the car axle. All standard 
 railway motors are series wound and operate at a 
 voltage of from 500 to 600. 
 
 Electric Motor Car. Figs. 6245-6254, 6286-6289. A car 
 which is propelled by an electric motor, which is 
 carried on the axle and truck and is geared to the 
 axle and wheels. 
 
 Electric Pump Governor. Figs. 1241-1247, 1298-1299. An 
 adjunct to the electrically driven air compressor, 
 designed to open or close automatically the motor 
 circuit when the air pressure in the reservoir ex- 
 ceeds or falls below certain predetermined limits; 
 these limits are usually 95 and 80 pounds for auto- 
 matic brake service and 65 and 50 pounds for 
 straight-air brake equipments. Its function is to 
 maintain the air pressure in the main reservoir 
 within the limits specified. 
 
 Electric Shovel. Fig. 253. A power shovel operated 
 by electric motor winches instead of steam hoist- 
 ing engines. Similar in every other respect to a 
 Steam Shovel, which see. 
 
 Electric Snow Sweeper. Figs. 6256-6257. 
 
 Electric Motor Truck. Figs. 6433-6459. 
 
 Electric Train Line Coupler (Electric Car Lighting) 
 Fig. 3398. A device somewhat like a steam or air 
 brake hose coupler which is used to connect the 
 electric light circuits on adjoining cars. It is placed 
 under the platform floor and is coupled by hand, 
 but it uncouples automatically in case the train 
 parts. 
 
 Electric Traveling Crane. Fig. 6855. 
 
 Electrolier. Fig. 3592. A chandelier of electric lights. 
 
 Elevated Car. Fig. 6220. An electric motor car for 
 use on elevated railways in large cities. 
 
 Ell. Fig. 2771. See Elbow. 
 
 Elliptic Spring. Figs. 5372-5383. A spring of elliptical 
 form made of two sets of parallel steel plates of 
 constantly decreasing length. Such springs are 
 generally used for bolster springs for passenger 
 cars. Their use in freight service has been prac- 
 tically abandoned in favor of spiral springs. Half 
 elliptic springs are for locomotive springs. In 
 Great Britain they are almost the only hearing 
 springs used, and are also used as Draw Springs 
 and Buffing Springs, which see. 
 
 The set of elliptic springs is the total amount of 
 >end or compression of which the spring is capable. 
 The arch differs from half the set by the amount of 
 *he thickness of the spring band. The connection 
 between the two halves of the elliptic spring at its 
 
 extremities is termed the scroll. Elliptic springs 
 in service are termed double or duplicate, triplets 
 or triplicate, quadruple, quintuple, sextuple, etc., 
 according to the number of springs used side by 
 side and connected by a single eye bolt so as to 
 constitute practically one spring. In passenger car 
 service elliptic springs are usually triplicates, quad- 
 ruples or quintuples. The length of the spring is 
 the distance from center to center of scrolls when 
 unloaded; and the height, the height over all un- 
 loaded. 
 
 Emergency Candle Lamp. Fig. 3585. See Candle 
 Lamp. 
 
 Emergency Knuckles. Figs. 1796-1797. 
 
 Emergency Tool Box. T, Figs. 648-651. See Tool 
 Box. 
 
 Emergency Valve (General Electric). Figs. 1311-1314. 
 
 Emergency Valve (Triple Valve) . 10, Fig. 1233. See 
 Triple Valve. 
 
 Emergency Valve Nut (Triple Valve). 28, Fig. 1233. 
 
 Emergency Valve Piston (Triple Valve). 8, Fig. 1233. 
 
 Emergency Valve Piston Packing Ring (Triple Valve). 
 30. Figs. 1130-1131. 
 
 Emergency Valve Seat (Triple Valve). 9, Fig. 1233. 
 
 Emigrant Sleeping Car. A cheaply finished car, in 
 other respects similar to ordinary sleepers, for the 
 use of emigrants. Now used chiefly on the long 
 runs west of Chicago, and to some extent used for 
 ordinary travel, especially by parties of excursion- 
 ists. See Tourist Sleeping Car. 
 
 Empire Deck. A form of roof extensivel}- used in pas- 
 senger car construction in which the lower deck 
 is curved and the upper deck is also curved. Doubl" 
 deck sash, usually half elliptic, as shown in Figs. 
 4162-4163 are used and the upper deck is vaulted 
 over each deck window. 
 
 End Arch Rail (British). American equivalent, end 
 plate. A piece of timber run across the upper por- 
 tion of the end of the body, its upper side being 
 cut to the curve of the roof which it supports. 
 
 End Ascending Step ^British). See Ascending Rail. 
 
 End Belt Rail. 50. Figs. 262-272. (Freight Car.) A 
 timber running across the end of a car bod\ r about 
 midway between the sills and plate, and with the 
 side belt rail forming a continuous girth around 
 the car except across the doors. It is usually the 
 top of the inside lining and is framed into the 
 posts and braces. See End Girth. 
 
 End Belt Rail Truss Rod. 51. Figs. 262-272. An iron 
 rod parallel to and alongside of the end belt rail to 
 keep the posts drawn tight and close against the 
 end belt rail. 
 
 End Board (British). American equivalent, end plank. 
 A plank in the end of a "goods wagon" or gondola 
 car. 
 
 End Brace. 35. Figs. 262-272, etc.; 51. Figs. 648-651. 
 See Body Brace. 
 
 End Brace Pocket. 35. Figs. 262-272. etc. See Pocke*-, 
 
 End Brace Rod. 34. Figs. 262-272. See Brace Rod. 
 
 End Carline. A Carline, which see. at the end of a car 
 body. See also End Plate, Platform Roof End 
 Carline. 
 
 End Chute Plank. The planking of an inclined floor 
 of a car which discharges its load longitudinally 
 from the end toward the middle of a car, or vice 
 versa. See End Slope. 
 
 End Compression Beam (Passenger Car Framing). A 
 timber directly above the sills over the body bol- 
 ster against which the compression beam brace and 
 the end counterbrace abut. The compression beam 
 
END 
 
 64 
 
 END 
 
 proper is situated at the middle of the car directly 
 under the window sills. The end compression beam 
 is sometimes omitted. 
 
 End Counterbrace (Passenger Car Framing'). More 
 commonly, simply counterbrace. A brace in the 
 side of a car body, between its ends and the body 
 bolster. See Counterbrace. 
 
 End Door (Box Cars). 1. A door frequently applied to 
 afford means for the insertion of long pieces of 
 freight or lumber that cannot be entered by the 
 main side doors. 
 
 2. (Refrigerator Cars.) tile. Figs. 305-321. 
 
 End Doors (Passenger Car). Figs. 1326-1328, 1334. The 
 
 door in the end of the car. 
 End Door Locks. Figs. 2503-2539. etc. See Locks. 
 End Door Sash Bolt. Fig. 4583, etc. See Sash Bolt. 
 End Door Sash Lift. Fig. 4588. See Sash Lift. 
 End Frame (of a Car Body). Figs. 691-693. The frame 
 which forms the end of a car body. It includes the 
 posts, braces, end rail, end girth, etc. 
 End Fascia Board. 90, Figs. 262-272. A plain board 
 on the end of a car covering the upper ends of the 
 sheathing boards and extending to the roof line. 
 End Girth. 50, Figs. 262-272, 341-344. A girth in the 
 
 end of a box car. An end belt rail. 
 End Girth Tie Rod. A rod extending across the end 
 of a freight car body along the end girth, from one 
 corner post to the other. An end belt rail tie rod. 
 End Grab Iron. See Grab Iron. 
 
 End Half Longitudinal (British). American equivalent, 
 intermediate sill. A part of the underfrarhing ex- 
 tending from the cross bearer to the headstock. 
 End Hook (Bell Cord). Fig. 2310. A hook sometimes 
 used on the ends of passenger cars, high up under 
 the platform roof, for fastening the end of the bell 
 cord to. 
 End Lamp Iron (British). American equivalent, tail 
 light holder. A wrought iron holder secured to the 
 sole bar or the end of the body in order to carry 
 one of the colored signal or tail lamps, denoting 
 the last vehicle of the train. See also Side Lamp 
 Iron. 
 End Muntin (British). See End Stanchion. 
 End Panel. 1. A panel at the end and on the outside 
 of a passenger or street car below the window. In 
 street cars distinguished as lower and upper, both 
 under the window. In passenger cars distinguished 
 as end window panel, alongside of the window, and 
 end panel, below it. 
 
 2. (British.) A panel in the outside end of the 
 body of a carriage, extending from the arch rail to 
 the bottom end piece. 
 End Piece (Wooden Truck Frame). 17, Figs. 4771- 
 4777 and Figs. 4788-4795. A transverse timber or 
 bar of iron by which the ends of the two wheel 
 pieces of a truck frame are connected together. A 
 crooked end piece is one cut away on top to clear 
 the draw gear. The inside end piece is the one 
 nearest the center of the car, in distinction from 
 the outside end piece. They are frequently desig- 
 nated as the front and back end piece. 
 End Piece Corner Plate (Passenger Trucks). 130, Figs. 
 4771-4777 and Figs. 4888-4890. See Truck Frame 
 Corner Plate. 
 End Piece Plate. Fig. 4829. A top and bottom plate 
 for the end piece of a passenger truck. Also side 
 plates bolted to the end piece to further stiffen 
 it. Figs. 4837 and 4841. 
 End Pillar (British). An upright post in the end of the 
 ear body. 
 
 End Plank (of a Gondola Car). The planks in the end 
 of the car body. They are often hinged to the car 
 floor so as to drop down upon it, when they are 
 called drop ends. 
 
 End Plate. 48. Figs. 262 
 
 A timber across the 
 
 end and tops of the end posts of a car body which 
 is fastened to the two side plates. It is usually 
 made of the proper form to serve as an end car- 
 line. 
 
 End Plate Strengthening Angle. An angle iron bolted 
 or lag-screwed to the top of the end plate between 
 the side plates to strengthen the end plate and the 
 connection between the sides. 
 
 End Play. 1. (Of an Axle.) The movement, or space 
 left for movement, endwise. 
 
 2. (.Of a Truck Bolster.) Usually called lateral 
 motion. See Swing Bolster. 
 
 End Post. 1. (Box Cars.) 42b, Figs. 262-272. The ver- 
 tical members in the end body framing between the 
 corner posts. 
 
 2. (Hopper Cars.) 47, Figs. 474-477. A vertical 
 support for the overhang of the hopper floor, rest- 
 ing on the end sill. Ladder rounds are usuallj r se- 
 cured to the two end posts in the center. 
 
 End Post Reinforcement. Figs. 1045-1047. 
 
 End Post. An upright post in the end framing of a 
 car body. See Vestibule End Post. 
 
 End Rafter. A term erroneously applied to the End 
 Carlines, which see. 
 
 End Rail. 1. See Wainscot End Rail (Lower and 
 Upper). 
 
 2. (British.) A part of the body framing run- 
 ning horizontally across the end of the vehicle. 
 See Side Rail. 
 
 End Roof Panel. The panel above the end door and 
 below the clear story. 
 
 End Scroll Iron (British). A wrought iron support 
 for the spring link adjusting screw. The upper face 
 is attached to the under side of the sole bar. and 
 the lower part is bored horizontally for the ad- 
 justing screw. It is placed near the end of the 
 vehicle, and hence differs somewhat in pattern 
 from the ordinary scroll iron. 
 
 End Seat Panel (Street Car). An inside panel at the 
 end of a longitudinal or side seat. See Panel. 
 
 End Sill. 
 
 262-27: 
 
 599-619. The transverse 
 
 member of the underframe of a car framed across 
 the ends of all the longitudinal sills. In wooden 
 underframe cars a heavy timber approximately 
 square in cross-section and in steel underframe 
 cars either a channel or a pressed plate. If the sill 
 projects out beyond the end sheating of the body 
 it is known as an outside end sill. If it is framed 
 flush with the sheating it is usually termed an 
 inside end sill. In passenger cars the end sill comes 
 directly under the end door, the Platform (which 
 see) with its various parts usually being a separate 
 construction. The British equivalent is Head Stock. 
 
 End Sill and Plate Tie Rod. 54, Figs. 648-651. A tie 
 rod joining the end sill with the end plate. 
 
 End Sill Brackets (of Steel Frame Cars). L-shaped 
 angle plates used to connect the longitudinal sills 
 and the end sill. In bridge building such plates 
 are termed brackets. When of triangular section 
 they are termed Gussets, which see. 
 
 End Sill Diagonal Brace. 195, Figs. 262-272; 11, Figs. 
 496-500. A horizontal brace extending from the 
 corners of the end sill diagonally back to or beyond 
 the bolster at the center sills. 
 
 End Sill Flitch Planks. The planks or sticks of timber 
 
END 
 
 EXA 
 
 which are placed on the sides or between the flitch 
 plates, and are part of a composite end sill. 
 
 End Sill Flitch Plates. The iron or steel plates sand- 
 wiched between the wood members of a composite 
 end sill. 
 
 End Sill Plate. Figs. 996-997. An iron or steel plate 
 bolted on the face of the end sill of some passenger 
 cars to give added strength. 
 
 End Sill Stiffening Angle (Pullman Anti-Telescoping 
 Device). A %x3x4-inch angle riveted or bolted to 
 the end sill stiffening plate and to the end sill on 
 the inside. The inner body truss rods pass through 
 it, the end sill and the truss rod washer plate. 
 
 End Sill Stiffening Plate (Pullman Anti-Telescoping 
 Device). A 'Js-inch iron plate, about 20 inches wide 
 in the middle by 12 inches at the ends, bolted on 
 on the under side of the end sill and to the under 
 side of the center, intermediate, and side sills. 
 
 End Sill Tie Rod. 10a, Figs. 496-500. An iron rod pass- 
 ing through the end sill and the bolster to tie the 
 two together. 
 
 End Slope (Hopper Car). C, Figs. 428-431; 27a, Figs. 
 474-500. The sloping floor from the end of the 
 car to the hopper door. See Side Slope and Hop- 
 per Slope. 
 
 End Stanchion or End Muntin (British). An upright 
 bar or post at the end of a wagon, stiffening the 
 end against shocks in switching. 
 
 End Step (Journal Box). A metal block inserted upon 
 the inside of the lid to take up the end thrust of 
 the axle where no collar is used. See Stop Key 
 Journal Bearing. 
 
 End Timber. See Platform End Timber or Buffer 
 Beam; also End Sill. 
 
 End Train Pipe Valve (Steam Heating). Figs. 2826- 
 2843, 2856-2887, 2889. A valve in the tram steam 
 pipe at the end of the car by which the entire car 
 may be cut out. Usually operated by an exten- 
 sion handle extending up to the platform or out to 
 the side of the car. 
 
 End Truss Plank. See Truss Plank. 
 
 End Ventilator. An aperture for the admission or 
 escape of air at the end of a car. usually placed 
 over the windows. See also Deck End Ventilator. 
 
 End Ventilator Opener. See Deck Sash Opener. 
 
 End Wainscot Panel. See Wainscot Panel. 
 
 End Window Panel. A panel at the end and on the 
 outside of a passenger car along side the window, 
 in distinction from the end panel proper, which is 
 below the window. See Panel. 
 
 Equalizer. 1. A short term for an Equalizing Bar, 
 which see. 
 
 2. (Pullman Vestibule.) A bar in the hood of 
 a platform which equalizes the pressure of the two 
 upper face plate springs and keeps the opposing 
 face plates together in contact, so as to maintain 
 frictional contact and exclude dust and smoke. 
 
 Equalizer Block. See Brake Equalizer Block. 
 
 Equalizer Connecting Chain (Pullman Vestibules). 
 Three links of a chain connecting the upper ends 
 of the vertical equalizing levers with the ends of 
 the horizontal equalizing lever. 
 
 Equalizer Spring. 79. Figs. 4771-4777. A spring which 
 rests on an equalizing bar and carries the weight 
 of a car. Single or double coil spiral springs are 
 generally used for this purpose. Rubber and volute 
 springs are out of use. 
 
 Equalizer Spring Block (Passenger Trucks). ~i<\ Figs. 
 4780-4783. A casting bolted to the wheel piece 
 which rests on the equalizer spring cap. 
 
 Equalizer Spring Cap. 72, Figs. 4771-4777, and Figs. 
 4802-48(14. A casting on top of the spring, which 
 bears against the under side of the wheel piece and 
 holds the spring in its place. 
 
 Equalizer Spring Seat. 73. Figs. 4771-4777 and Figs. 
 4805-4807. A casting wdiich sets on an equalizing 
 bar and on which the spring rests. See Spring 
 Plate. 
 
 Equalizer Strap. See Brake Equalizer Strap. 
 
 Equalizing Bar (Passenger Car Trucks). 71, Figs. 4..1- 
 4777; F'gs. 4825-4826, etc. Commonly abbreviated 
 into equalizer. A wrought iron bar which bears 
 on top of the journal boxes and extends longitudi- 
 nally from one to the other. Equalizer springs rest 
 on it between the two boxes. It is used to trans- 
 fer part of the weight on one axle to the other, and 
 thus equalize it on both; hence its name. 
 
 Equalizing Bar Pedestal (Four-Wheel Caboose Cars). 
 A casting serving to give a fulcrum to the center 
 of a lever, called an equalizing lever which dis- 
 tributes the weight of the car evenly on the two 
 axles. 
 
 Equalizing Bar Seat. The surface on top of a journal 
 box on which an equalizer rests. See Equalizer. 
 
 Equalizing Brake Lever. A Floating Lever, which see. 
 The center brake lever is also, with little propriety, 
 so called. 
 
 Equalizing Lever. An Equalizing Bar, which see. A 
 floating brake lever is also called an equalizing 
 lever. 
 
 Escutcheon. 1. Figs. 2503-2551, etc. A plate or guard 
 for a keyhole of a lock. Similar plates for the 
 holes through wdiich door knob spindles pass are 
 also called escutcheons, but more commonly rose 
 or rosette. An escutcheon plate is often attached 
 to an escutcheon to cover the key hole. 
 
 2. (Yale Lock.) A revolving post provided with 
 holes to carry the pins, which act as tumblers. 
 When the key with corrugated edge is inserted 
 each of these tumblers is raised so that the joint 
 conies exactly at the edge of the escutcheon, thus 
 permitting revolution. 
 
 Escutcheon Plate. See Escutcheon. 
 
 Examination of Car Inspectors. In 1902 the following 
 rules for examination of car inspectors were 
 adopted as a Recommended Practice of the M. C. 
 B. Association: 
 Requirements: 
 One year at oiling cars. 
 Two years at car repairing. 
 Age limit for new men, thirty years. 
 Age limit for promoted men, forty years. 
 Vision. 20-20 in one eye and not less than 20-40 
 in the other, without glasses. 
 
 Method of Testing — Acuity of Vision. — The test 
 card should be hung in a good light and the party 
 to be examined should, if possible, be seated with 
 his back to the window-. Each eye should be ex- 
 amined separately, using, for the purpose, of ex- 
 cluding one eye, a folded handkerchief. The lowest 
 line that can be read should be determined by ex- 
 posing only one letter at a time through a hole cut 
 in a strip of cardboard. In making out the report 
 in each case, the visual acuity of each eye should 
 be denoted by a fraction of which the numerator 
 represents the number of feet at which the appli- 
 cant is seated from the card, while the denominator 
 represents the number of feet at which the lowest 
 line which can be read should be read. Thus, if at 
 20 feet he reads the line marked 20 feet, his vision 
 
EXA 
 
 615 
 
 EXT 
 
 is 20-20 or 1, which is the normal standard. If at 
 the same distance he only can read the line marked 
 70 feet, his vision is 20-70. If at 20 feet he reads the 
 15-foot line, the vision is 20-15, or more than nor- 
 mal. If a room 20 feet long cannot be used, a test- 
 ing distance of 15 or 10 feet should be employed, in 
 which case normal vision would be represented by 
 15-15 or 10-10, respectively, and lower grades of 
 vision by such fractions as 15-20. 10-70 and so on. 
 
 Field of Vision.— Test should be made my having 
 the applicant and examiner stand about three feet 
 apart, each with one eye shut, looking each other 
 steadily in the eye. The examiner should then 
 bring his hand in from the edge of the field toward 
 the center of the space between them, until the 
 applicant sees it coming. This should be done from 
 different directions, up, down and from each side. 
 The applicant should see the hand coming about 
 as soon as the examiner does. If not, this should 
 be noted on the report. 
 
 Hearing. — Test should be made in a quiet room. 
 First, the examiner should hold the watch opposite 
 the ear to be examined not less than 48 inches 
 distant, then gradually approach the ear until the 
 applicant hears the tick, the stop being used to 
 satisfy the examiner that the applicant is not de- 
 ceiving. The distance at which the applicant hears 
 the watch should be noted in inches. The normal 
 ear should hear the tick of the watch at 48 inches. 
 Then the hearing power will be denoted by a frac- 
 tion whose numerator represents the number of 
 inches at which the watch is heard. Thus, if he 
 hears the watch at 48 inches, his hearing is 48-48, 
 or normal. If he hears it at only 10 inches distant, 
 his hearing is 10-48, and so on. 
 
 Color. — The committee does not think it essential 
 that inspectors should be rejected on account of 
 imperfect color sense. It is, however, believed that 
 inspectors should be tested as to their color sense 
 so that they, as well as their employer, may know 
 their condition in this respect. 
 
 Educational. — The applicant should be able to 
 write a leg'ble hand in English, and also to read 
 manuscript matter as well as printed matter. 
 
 Car Knowledge. — The inspectors should be able 
 to name each part of the car in general use, in 
 preference using M. C. B. dictionary terms. 
 
 M. C. B. Rules. — Inspectors must pass a satisfac- 
 tory examination on M. C. B. Rules, answering 
 seventy-five per cent of the questions submitted. 
 These questions should be of about the following 
 character: 
 
 1. What are the Master Car Builders' Rules? 
 
 2. What is the object of the M. C. B. Rules? 
 
 3. What is the underlying idea or principle of 
 these rules? 
 
 4. When is a company, operating the cars of 
 another company, responsible for defects of such 
 cars? 
 
 5. When a company is thus responsible, -what 
 should it do? • -" IO "'-' fI ° S"'aoq 
 
 6. What care should ■be°$r?gh ^6 c ¥6&ign r,i cars 
 by the company hauling 1 ' them? 1 ' 1 
 
 7. What cars must be accepted in interchange? 
 
 8. What is a defect card and how is it used? 
 
 9. Under what conditions is a road obliged to 
 accept a car which is carded for defects for which 
 the owner is not responsible? 
 
 10. What are the defects of wheels and axles 
 
 for which owners and delivering companies are re- 
 sponsible? 
 
 11. Describe the form and use of the M. C. B. 
 wheel gage. 
 
 12. What are the rules which apply to the 
 cleaning of triple valves and cylinders? 
 
 13. What does the limit of height of drawbars 
 mean? 
 
 14. When a company is obliged to make im- 
 proper repairs, what must it do to call attention 
 to such repairs? 
 
 15. What does the term unfair usage mean? 
 
 16. What are the rules regarding splicing sills? 
 
 17. What is the purpose of the repair card? 
 
 18. How do these rules apply to switching 
 roads? 
 
 19. Are switching roads allowed to render bills 
 against owners direct for repairs of any other than 
 those named in Section 23 of Rule 5? 
 
 Excelsior Car Roof. Figs. 2112-2120. See Car Roof. 
 
 Excelsior Galvanized Car Roof. Figs. 2117-2120. See 
 
 Car Roof. 
 
 Exhaust Muffler ( Westinghouse Traction Brake). A 
 
 device for subduing the sound of air discharging 
 
 to the atmosphere during operation of the brakes 
 
 Exhaust Ventilator (for Closet Hoppers). See Bell's 
 
 Exhaust Hopper Ventilator. 
 Expanded Metal. A perforated metal screen which is 
 made by slotting a sheet of sheet iron or steel and 
 then drawing it out so that the slots form diamond- 
 shaped holes in the plate. It is largely used in 
 composite concrete construction as a binder, in the 
 "Diamond S" brake shoe (Fig. 5251), and for lock- 
 ers and for window guards (Figs. 4018-4019). 
 Expansion Drum (Baker and other Heaters). Fig. 
 
 2873. A Circulating Drum, which see. 
 Express Car. Figs. 204-205. A car for carrying light 
 packages of freight for express companies on pas- 
 senger trains. Also see Combination Baggage Car. 
 The express business was originated in 1839 by 
 William F. Harnden, who traveled for some time 
 as a messenger between New York and Boston: 
 but it was not for a long time theieafter that it 
 grew to sufficient dimensions to require separate 
 cars. Alvin Adams, founder of the Adams Express 
 Company, began business in 1S40. At present com- 
 plete trains of express cars are occasionally re- 
 required. 
 
 The car shown in Figs. 204-205 is fitted with 
 ice tanks and insulation for carrying perishable 
 goods. 
 Extension Bracket. Figs. 822-823. Sec Running 
 
 Board Bracket. 
 Extension Pillar (Pintsch Lamp). Fig. 3091. 
 Extension Pillar Lock (Pintsch Lamp). 304. Figs. 3017- 
 
 3033. 
 Extension Platforms. Figs. 2264-2279. 
 Extension Reach (Logging Cars). The reach is a long 
 bar connecting the two trucks. The extension 
 reach is adjustable. 
 Extension Reach End (Logging Cars). A strap for the 
 
 end of the extension reach. 
 External Cylinder Gage. A steel ring with a cylindri- 
 cal hole, which is very accurately made of a precise 
 size, and used as a standard of measurement for 
 the diameters of solid cylindrical objects. 
 External Screw Gage. A steel ring with a very accurate 
 screw thread in the inside for testing screw 
 threads. See Internal Screw Gage. 
 Extra Transom (Passenger Trucks). 20a. Figs. 4771- 
 
EYE 
 
 67 
 
 FIE 
 
 4777 and Figs. 4786-4787. An extra or auxiliary 
 timber placed alongside the transom to further 
 strengthen the truck frame. 
 Eye. "A small hole or aperture." — Webster. See 
 Berth Brace Eye. Check Chain Eye. 
 
 Body Check Chain Eye. Lamp Case Eye. 
 Brake Beam Adjusting Switching Eye. 
 
 Hanger Eye. Truck Check Chain Eye. 
 
 Bull's-Eye. 
 
 Eye Bolt. "A bolt having an eye or loop at one .end 
 for the reception of a ring, hook or rope, as may 
 be required." — Knight. See Bolt; also 
 Brake Beam Eye Bolt. Drop Door Eye Bolt. 
 Brake Safety Chain Lock Eye Bolt. 
 
 Eye Bolt. Lock Chain Eye Bolt. 
 
 Eye Bolt Link Hanger. A special form of Swing 
 Hanger, which see, having a very short link at- 
 tached to an eye bolt passing through the tran- 
 soms. 
 
 Eyelet. 1. Fig. 2663. "A short metallic tube, the ends 
 of which are flanged over against the object through 
 which it passes. Used as a bushing or reinforce- 
 ment for holes." — Knight. In metallic eyelets of 
 the usual form the two halves which when com- 
 pressed together form the eyelet are known as 
 grommets. See Carpet Eyelets. 
 
 2. i Window Shade). A slot in the window shade 
 leather to fit over the sash lift to hold the shade 
 fast. 
 
 Eyelet Nail. Fig. 2666. A wire nail with turned knob 
 for use with carpet eyelets. 
 
 Fabrikoid. An artificial leather made by coating a 
 cloth fabric with a secret compound which gives 
 it the texture and appearance of leather. 
 
 Face (of Rim of Car Wheel). The vertical surface of 
 the outside of the rim. 
 
 Face Plate. 1. A metal plate by which any object is 
 covered so as to protect it from wear or abrasion. 
 2. (Steel Tired Wheels.) Fig. 5402, etc. The 
 plates connecting the tire and hub. and bolted to 
 each. They are distinguished as front and back 
 face plates. 
 
 Face Plate. See Vestibules. 
 
 Face Plate Buffer. A buffer plate to which a vestibule 
 face plate is attached. See Vestibule. 
 
 Face Plate Buffing Stem (Pullman Vestibule). See 
 Face Plate Piston. 
 
 Face Plate Piston (Pullman Vestibule). A face plate 
 buffing stem corresponding to the side buffer stem, 
 beneath the platform floor. The end is contained 
 in a face plate piston guide. 
 
 Face Plate Piston Guide. See above. 
 
 Facing. "A covering in front for ornament." — Webster. 
 
 Fagoted Axle. See Axle, Car Axle. 
 
 Fall (Hoisting Tackle). That part of the rope to which 
 power is applied. 
 
 Fall and Tackle. Another name for Block and Tackle, 
 which see. 
 
 Falling Door or Flap Door (British). In a gondola 
 car, a door opening downward and outward, the 
 hinges being on the lower side. 
 
 Falling Door Latch (British). A latch which automat- 
 ically secures the falling door when elevated into 
 a closed position. 
 
 Fall Under or Turn Under (British). The distance 
 which the bottom of the body curves in from a 
 vertical line let fall from the sides or ends. 
 
 Fare Register (Street Cars). A mechanism with a clock- 
 
 face and index or with a numbering dial which 
 shows the number of fares collected and registered. 
 For every fare collected, the conducter is expected 
 to record it by pulling a cord or turning a rod con- 
 nected with the register. The register is attached 
 to a fare register block which is fastened to the 
 car frame. 
 
 Farlow Draft Gear Attachments. Figs. 1520-1531. 
 
 Fascia Board. See Eaves Fascia Board. 
 
 Fascia Molding (British). See Wrought Molding. 
 
 Fast Berth Hinge. Fig. 4355. See Berth Hinge. 
 
 Fast Joint Butt Hinge. Fig. 2461. See Hinge. So 
 called in distinction from a loose joint butt hinge 
 or loose pin butt hinge. 
 
 Fastener. That which fastens or secures one thing to 
 another. See 
 
 Berth Safety Rope Sash Fastener. 
 
 Fastener. Tire Fastener. 
 
 Lamp Fastener. Window Fastener. 
 
 Faucet. Figs. 3653-3659. A synonymous term with 
 Cock, which see for fuller definition. 
 
 Faucet Alcove. A Water Alcove, which see. 
 
 "F. B. C." Arch Bar Nut and Lock. Fig. 3854. 
 
 Feasible Drop Brake Staff. Figs. 5203-5204. See Brake 
 Shaft. 
 
 Feed Door (Baker Heater). Fig. 2682. A door for 
 closing the aperture giving access to the lire pot 
 or (in base burners) the magazine. See also Fire 
 Door. 
 
 Feed Tube (Lamp). 31, Figs. 3585-3601. The tube 
 connecting the reservoir with the burner. The 
 standard by which the entire lamp is supported 
 passes through it. 
 
 Feed Valve. Also called reducing valve, slide valve 
 feed valve and slide valve reducing valve. 
 
 .1. (Westinghouse Traction Brake.) A valve 
 which automatically maintains the pressure of air 
 supplied through the brake valve to the automatic 
 brake system. It may be attached either to the 
 brake valve or placed in the piping" between the 
 main reservoir and the brake valve. 
 
 2. (Train Air Signal.) See Reducing Valve. 
 
 Felt Edge (Car Seats). A device for building up the 
 edges of car seat cushions. It is simply a roll of 
 felt stitched in such a manner as to fit over a cleat; 
 and when tacked down it forms an even clastic face 
 to the cushion. 
 
 Female Center Plate. The body and truck center plates 
 are sometimes called male and female plates, re- 
 spectively. See Center Plate. 
 
 Female Gage. An External Gage, which see. 
 
 Fender Board. A board at the end of passenger car 
 steps to prevent mud and dirt from being thrown 
 on them by the wheels. More commonly, string 
 board. The splash board, if used, goes on the back 
 side of the steps. 
 
 Fender Rail (Street Car Bodies). A longitudinal ex- 
 terior wooden strip or rail, between the belt rail 
 and the sill, and to which an iron strip called a 
 fender guard is attached to protect the panels from 
 contact with other vehicles. 
 
 Fern Rack. Fig. 3681. See Flower Rack. 
 
 Ferry Push Car. A very long platform car used for 
 pushing or pulling other cars on or off a ferry boat 
 when the latter is approached by an incline too 
 steep for locomotives, so that the latter can push 
 or pull the cars without running on the incline. 
 
 Fiber Packing. See Elastic Fiber Journal Packing, 
 Patent Waste. 
 
 Field Coils. Fig. 6293. Coils of insulated copper wire 
 
FIT.. 
 
 FLA 
 
 or ribbon surrounding the iron poles of the railway 
 motor field magnet. Standard motors have four 
 poles. Current passing through these coils pro- 
 duces the magnetic flux in which the armature 
 rotates. 
 
 Fillet. A small light molding, more generally termed 
 beads. See Molding. 
 
 Filling Funnel (Baker Heater). Figs. '2734, 2763. A 
 funnel attached to the combination cock for filling 
 the circulating drum with brine. 
 
 Filling Piece. Any piece of timber which has no other 
 structural purpose than to close a gap. 
 
 Filling Spider (Pressed Steel Bolster). Figs. 763-764. 
 A casting made with a central body and projecting 
 arms to serve as a filling piece to keep the plates 
 of the bolster the proper distance apart. 
 
 Filling Valve ( Pintsch System). Figs. 3044 and 3108. 
 This valve is a soft metallic seated valve of pe- 
 culiar construction. Is handled with key No. 45 
 (Fig. 3003) and is a left-handed valve. It is placed 
 on each side of a car, bolted to an iron bracket. 
 Fig. 3045, by bolts. Fig. 3060. The pipe connection 
 (1% in.) is made to a connection piece. Fig. 3055, 
 which is slipped through the bracket from the out- 
 side and screwed to the pipe. The filling valve is 
 then bolted back against this flange connection 
 piece, a lead and rubber gasket forming the tight 
 joint. The valve has a sheet iron cover. Fig. 3043. 
 secured to it by four screws. 
 
 Finger Guard (Brake Beams). Fig. 5107. A projecting 
 rod or finger which prevents the brake beam from 
 being excessively displaced laterally by bearing on 
 the inside of the wheel. A wheel guard. 
 
 Finished Upper Seat Back Rail (Street Cars). The 
 topmost rail or molding of a longitudinal seat 
 back. 
 
 Finishing Varnish (Painting). An elastic (oily) varnish 
 applied in two coats. The first is allowed at least 
 24 hours to dry. The second and fuller coat of the 
 same varnish is then applied and allowed 24 hours 
 to dry. A first-class job can be turned out in 10 
 days. Additional time between coats will give ad- 
 ditional safety. See Painting. 
 
 Fire Box or Fire Pot (Baker Heater). Fig. 2607, etc. 
 The inside cast iron cylinder which contains the 
 fire. It is cast in one piece and contains the coil. 
 Also called fire chamber, fire box, furnace, and 
 sometimes cylinder. 
 
 Fire Extinguisher. Fig. 3840. See Babcock Fire Ex- 
 tinguisher. 
 
 Fire Grate and Fire Grate Support. See Grate and 
 Grate Support. 
 
 Fire Proof Heaters (Baker). 1. Single Coil. Figs. 
 2676-2095. A Baker heater having a single coil, 30 
 feet in length, or a double coil, in a flexible steel, 
 jointless, fireproof safe, with no apertures large 
 enough to permit the escape of live coals. This 
 inner fire pot or safe is enclosed in a flexible steel 
 outside casing, with asbestos sheets between the 
 safe and casing, and between the ash pit bottom 
 and sheet iron bottom; a safety plate covers the 
 feed chute at the top, and a cinder-proof door ef- 
 fectually closes the ash pit at the bottom. The 
 smoke pipe and smoke flue base may be destroyed 
 and leave the fire pot practically fireproof. 
 2. Two Coil. Figs. 2696-2716. 
 
 Fire Regulator and Pressure Indicator (Baker 
 Heater). Fig. 2517. The device is attached to the 
 hot water circulating pipes at a point a little above 
 the coils, and is somewhat like the old ball and 
 
 lever safety valve, the ball or weight in this case- 
 being the draft door. The lire regulator bowl con- 
 sists of two concave plates bolted together, with 
 a corrugated steel diaphragm and two copper du- 
 plicates, top and bottom, between (for preserva- 
 tion). On this set of diaphragms rests a piston 
 connected with a lever, on one end of which hangs 
 the counter draft damper in the base of the smoke 
 flue. On the front end of this lever is the spiral 
 adjusting spring, and the figures denoting the 
 pressure within the heater. The "adjusting 
 spring" is to be hooked into the hole at the figures 
 denoting the pressure and consequent temperature 
 desired. 
 
 First-Class Car. The ordinary American day coach 
 used by the great bulk of short trip passengers. So 
 called to distinguish it, on the one hand, from those 
 of an inferior grade, as emigrant and (rarely) sec- 
 ond-class cars, and on the other hand from sleep- 
 ing and parlor cars, in which an extra charge, in 
 addition to the ordinary fare, is made, and which 
 are the true American first-class cars. 
 
 First-Class Carriage (British). Fig. 6480. Nearest 
 American equivalent, parlor or drawing-room car. 
 A coach for passengers paying the highest rate of 
 fare. It is divided into four or more compartments, 
 each about 7 feet cube, and seating six or eight 
 passengers. 
 
 Fish Van (.British). Fig. 6596. A covered vehicle 
 adapted to run on passenger trains, and fitted to 
 carry fresh fish in crates or boxes. When without 
 a roof it is termed a fish truck. 
 
 Fixed Brake Lever. More commonly, dead lever. A 
 brake lever, the upper end of which is fastened to 
 a brake lever stop or dead lever guide. 
 
 Fixed Hanger (Bell Cord). Fig. 2365. See Bell Cord 
 Hanger. 
 
 Fixed Ratchet (Morgan's Deck Sash Pivot). Fig. 4505 
 The piece attached to the side of the window frame 
 with which the sash ratchet engages, the bitter 
 being pressed against it by a spring". 
 
 Fixed in- Stationary Freight Car Lock. Fig. 1371. A 
 lock which is attached to the side of a car. The 
 bolt or hasp is fastened to the door. 
 
 Flag (for Train Signals). The standard size of flags 
 adopted by the American Railway Association i- 
 16x16 inches, and the colors indicate their pur- 
 pose as follows: Red signifies danger and is a signal 
 to stop: green signifies caution and is a signal to 
 go slowly; white signifies safety and is a signal to 
 go on; blue denotes that car inspectors are at work 
 under or about the train or car. and that it cannot 
 be moved or coupled to until the blue signal is 
 removed by the car inspectors. In the night time 
 lanterns with colored glass globes are used instead 
 of flags, and the colored lights have the same mean- 
 ing as the colored flags. 
 
 Flag Holder (for Corner Post of Passenger Car). Figs. 
 938 'and 3615. A cast or malleable iron receptacle for 
 a signal flag staff. It has a lug cast on it which 
 engages into a flag holder plate attached to th* 
 corner post. 
 
 Flag Holder Plate. See above. 
 
 Flange. 1. (Of Bell Cord Guides, etc.) Fig. 2332. A 
 projecting rim for attaching the part to any surface 
 by wood screws. 
 
 2. (Of a Car Wheel.) A projecting edge or rim 
 on the periphery lor keeping it on the rail. The 
 inside edge of the flange which connects with the 
 tread of the wheel is termed the throat, and the 
 
FI.A 
 
 69 
 
 FLU 
 
 extreme outer point the toe of the flange. \\ orn 
 flanges having flat vertical surfaces extending more 
 than 1 inch from tread of wheel, or 1 inch thick or 
 less, are a cause for rejection under the rules for 
 interchange of traffic. See Wheels. The standard 
 distances fixed by the Master Car Builders' Asso- 
 ciation, from outside of flange to inside of tread 
 is 4 feet .5% inches, with -U-inch variation cither 
 way. See Interchange of Traffic. See Flange 
 Thickness Gage. 
 
 Flange Brake Shoes. Figs. 5250- 
 
 Brake Shoes, 
 
 which see. bearing not only on the tread of the 
 wheel but on the flanges as well. Used only on 
 passenger cars and locomotive driving wheels. 
 Flange Fittings i Pintsch System). Figs. 3056-3060. 
 Special fittings required for the Pintsch system 
 are all flanged and made of brass, the flanges held 
 together by screws. The joints arc made tight by 
 the use of special lead and rubber washers. 
 Flange Thickness Gage (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 
 5602-5603. A gage for determining the correctness 
 of the thickness of wheel flanges. The dimensions 
 shown in the engravings are those adopted by the 
 M. C. B. Association. 
 Flanger. See Snow Flanger. 
 Flap Door (British I. See Falling Door. 
 Flashing (Plumbing). "A lap joint used in sheet metal 
 roofing, where the edges of the sheets meet on a 
 projecting ridge. A strip of lead leading the drip 
 of a wall into a gutter." — Knight. Hence, extended 
 to mean an}- strip of sheet metal of an L section 
 used to make a water-tight joint. 
 Flat Car. Figs. 26-30, 360-375. A car. the body of which 
 consists simply of a platform, which is not inclosed 
 on the sides or top. The floor is usuall}- of wood. 
 but some cars have been built with steel under- 
 frame and steel floor. If sides are added it be- 
 comes a gondola car. See Car and Freight Car. 
 Flat Door Bolt. Fig. -2262. See Door Bolt. 
 Flax Fiber. See Linofelt Flax Fiber Insulation. 
 Flexible Top Seat Cushions. A seat cushion, the top of 
 which is in detached parts so that one part can yield 
 without carrying down the other. 
 Flitch Plates. An iron or steel plate sandwiched be- 
 tween pieces of wood and bolted together to give 
 the member which they comprise greater strength. 
 Also called sandwich plates. 
 Floating Connecting Rod (Foundation Brake Gear). A 
 rod which connects a cylinder lever with a floating 
 lever. 
 Floating Lever (Westinghouse Freight Brake). A 
 lever, one end of which is fastened to the fulcrum 
 bracket, the other end connected to the live truck- 
 lever, and the middle to the cylinder lever, to which 
 latter is connected the push rod 
 Floating Lever Bracket. A bracket bolted to the under- 
 frame of a car to carry the floating lever of the 
 brake gear. 
 Floating Lever Connecting Rod (Brake Gear). More 
 
 properly a Cylinder Lever Tie Rod, which see. 
 Floating Lever Hanger. Fig. 993. A square bracket 
 or hanger supporting the Floating Lever, which see. 
 Floor. 1. "That part of a building or room on which 
 we walk; the bottom or lower part, consisting, in 
 modern houses, of boards, planks or pavement. 
 
 2. "A platform of boards or planks laid on tim- 
 bers, as in a bridge or car: any similar platform." — 
 Webster. 
 
 3. 27, Figs. 262-272, 648-651. etc. The boards or 
 plates which cover the sills of a car. In passenger 
 
 cars the floor consists of two, and sometimes three, 
 courses of boards, called respectively the flooring, 
 intermediate floor and deafening ceiling, the latter 
 being on the under side of the sills. An inter- 
 mediate or upper floor, 28, Figs. 352-355, more com- 
 monly called the double deck, is used in stock cars 
 for carrying sheep and hogs. Hopper bottom cars 
 have an inclined floor, subdivided into inclined end 
 floor and side floor when both are used. 
 Floor Beam. A Sill, which see. 
 
 Floor Frame. The mam frame of a car body under- 
 neath the floor, including the sills, body bolsters, 
 needlebeams, etc. The underframe. 
 Floor Furnishings. Figs. 2663-2675. 
 
 Floor Mat. Figs. 2670-2671. A texture or structure of 
 hemp, cocoa fiber, rattan, india rubber, wood or 
 other material laid on the floor of a car for passen- 
 gers to clean their boots and shoes on. Mats are 
 placed on the floors of street cars to take up the 
 dust and d=rt. See Rubber Floor Mat, which is 
 either perforated or corrugated. 
 Floor Nailing Strip. 6, Figs. 645-647. Xarrow strips 
 of wood or blocking put in between the sills of a 
 passenger car to which the floor boards are nailed. 
 Floor Pipe (for Closet Hoppers). A pipe passing 
 through the floor of the car only, with which the 
 hopper proper is connected. 
 Floor Plate. See Center Pin Floor Plate. 
 Floor Stop (for Door Holder). A catch for a door- 
 holder attached to the floor, in distinction from a. 
 partition stop attached to the wall or partition- 
 See Door Holder. 
 Floor Strip. The strips that make the grated floor 
 
 frames of a street car. 
 Floor Timbers. 1, 3, 4, Figs. 262-272, 599-619. etc. The 
 main timbers in the frame of a car body under- 
 neath the floor, and on which the latter rests. They 
 are chiefly the sills (side, center, and intermediate) 
 and the end sills. They are a part of the under- 
 frame. See also Diagonal Floor Timber, Inclined 
 Floor Timber, Transverse Floor Timber. 
 Floor Timber Braces. 7. Figs. 648-651. Diagonal tim- 
 bers let into the sills under the floor to stiffen the 
 floor frame lateralh". 
 Floor Timber Distance Block. A short transverse piece 
 of timber placed between adjoining floor timbers 
 and sills to stiffen them, the whole being fastened 
 together with bolts in connection with a cross 
 frame tie bolt. In steel frame cars tie plates are 
 riveted across the top of the sills to serve the same 
 purpose. See Bridging. 
 Flooring. Tongued and grooved boards of which a 
 passenger car floor is made. The floor of freight 
 cars is commonly two-inch planking. (M. C. B. 
 Standard.) Figs. 5749-5756. 
 Flower Rack. Fig. 3681. A cast ornamental shelf to 
 
 hold a pot of ferns or flowers in a dining car. 
 Flue (Pintsch Lamp). 312, 321, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 Flue Post (Pintsch Lamp). 546, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 Flush Bolt. Figs. 2396-2398. A bolt attached to a slide 
 which is let into a door, sash or window, so as to 
 be flush with its surface. A spring flush bolt is 
 commonly called a cupboard catch. Figs. 2399-2402. 
 Flush Bolt Keeper. Fig. 2400. A plate which is at- 
 tached to a door, sash or window frame, and has a 
 suitable hole, in which a flush bolt engages. When 
 for spring bolts, as in the engraving, they are also 
 called strike plates. 
 Flush Catch. Figs. 2399-2402. 
 Flush Handle. Figs. 2437-2439. A handle for a lock 
 
FLU 
 
 TO 
 
 FOU 
 
 or latch which is placed in a recess, as of a door, 
 sash or berth, and which does not project beyond 
 the surface of the object to which it is attached. 
 Flush Sash Lift. Fig. 4633. A metal plate with a re- 
 cess, to take hold of, which is let into a sash so 
 as to be flush with its surface. 
 
 Folding Arm Rest or Elbow Rest (British). A wooden 
 support for the elbow, upholstered on both the 
 upper and lower sides and fitted with a spring 
 hinge, so that it can be turned up to lie flat against 
 the back of the seat in order to allow a passenger 
 to lie down at full length on the seat. 
 
 Folding Curtain Rod Bracket. 15. Figs. 2201-2206. See 
 Curtain Rod Folding Bracket. 
 
 Folding Door. Figs. 1200, 1206-1208. A door made in 
 two or more sections hinged together to close by 
 folding up. 
 
 Folding Lavatory. Fig. 3688. A device for the state- 
 rooms of sleeping, private and business cars, which 
 can be folded out of the way and out of sight. 
 
 Folding Platform Tail Gate. Figs. 4013-4017. A gate 
 for the end door or face plate door of a vestibule. 
 
 Folding Wash Stand. Fig. 3688. A lavatory for the 
 staterooms of compartment sleepers. 
 
 Follower. A very common abbreviation for a Follower 
 Plate, which see. 
 
 Follower Bolt. A piston follower bolt. See Piston. 
 
 Follower Lug. A Drawbar Stop, which see. 
 
 Follower Plate. See Drawbar Follower Plate. Piston 
 Follower Plate. The word "plate'' is frequently 
 omitted from these names. 
 
 Foot Board. 1. (Freight Cars.) See Brake Step. 
 
 2. (British.) (Upper and Lower') American 
 equivalent (Street Cars), longitudinal step. Two 
 continuous steps running along the sides of a 
 carriage or brake van, the upper a short distance 
 below the doors and slightly above the level of the 
 highest station platform; the lower about 18 inches 
 from the rail level. They form steps and prevent 
 any person falling between the train and the plat- 
 form. 
 
 Foot Board Bracket. See Brake Step Bracket. 
 
 Foot Bracket. Figs. 974-976. 
 
 Foot Plate (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 655, Figs. 1886- 
 1935. A cast iron wearing plate on the upper side 
 of the passenger platform end rail. In platforms 
 taking vestibules a sliding foot plate is attached to 
 the buffer plate and works or slides back and forth 
 in a foot plate housing. 
 
 Foot Plate Bolt (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 660, Figs. 
 1886-1935. 
 
 Foot Plate Housing. 139, Figs. 1886-1935, and 100, Figs. 
 2215-2263. See above. 
 
 Foot Plate Stop (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 665, Figs. 
 1886-1935. 
 
 Foot Rail. A horizontal wooden bar underneath a car 
 seat for the passengers who occup3' the next seat 
 to rest their feet on. These fixed foot rails are 
 often called foot rests, but such use is confusing, 
 since the term Foot Rest, which see, is applied to 
 many forms of adjustable foot rests. See Side 
 Foot Rest. 
 
 Foot Rest. Any movable support for the feet of pas- 
 sengers, especially two horizontal wooden bars 
 underneath a car seat, and attached to two iron 
 rockers, called foot rest carriers, pivoted in the 
 center so that it can be adjusted to a comfortable 
 position for the passengers occupying the next seat, 
 or moved out of the way if desired. Another style 
 is an adjustable foot rest sliding in a grooved chan- 
 
 nel A portable stuffed carpet foot rest is usually 
 termed an ottoman or hassock. 
 
 Foot Rest Carriers. See above. 
 
 Foot Rest Rod Bracket. Figs. 3758-3759. 
 
 Forefoot Sheave (Steam Shovel). 31. Figs. 596-598. A 
 fixed pulley located below the floor under the boom 
 foot sheave about which the hoisting chain runs 
 before being carried to the hoisting drum. 
 
 Foreign Car. Any car not belonging to the particular 
 railway on which it is running, including Line 
 Cars, which see. By the established rules for inter 
 change of traffic all such cars are, or are supposed 
 to be. inspected before entering on the lines of a 
 foreign corporation, and "if an accepted foreign 
 car is injured upon a road it shall be repaired by 
 and at the expense of the company in possession 
 thereof as promptly as it repairs its own cars." 
 The cost thereof is sometimes charged to the 
 owner of the car and sometimes not, according to 
 an elaborate system of rules adopted by the M. C. 
 
 B. Association, revised annually. See Interchange 
 of Traffic. 
 
 Forney Seats. See Scarritt Seats. 
 
 Forsyth Buffing Device. Figs. 1975-1981. 
 
 Forsyth Curtain Fixtures. Figs. 4665-4671. 
 
 Forsyth "Safety" Deck Sash Ratchet. Figs. 4481-4490. 
 
 Foundation Brake Gear. The levers, rods, brake beams, 
 etc.. by which the piston rod of the brake cylinder 
 is connected to the brake shoes in such a manner 
 that when air pressure forces the piston out the 
 brake shoes are forced against the wheels. See 
 below and Brake Beam Data. 
 
 Foundation Brake Gear, for Passenger Service ( M. 
 
 C. B. Recommended Practice). In 1903 the sched- 
 ules for high speed foundation brake gear as shown 
 in Figs. 6028-6176 were adopted as Recommended 
 Practice. In preparing these schedules the follow- 
 ing fundamentals of design were adopted: 
 
 FUNDAMENTALS. 
 
 Following are the fundametals of the design: 
 
 Braking power to be 90 per cent, of the light 
 weight of the car. 
 
 Equalized pressure in brake cylinder, 60 pounds 
 per square inch. 
 
 Maximum pressure in brake cylinder, 85 pounds 
 per square inch. 
 
 Maximum stress in levers, 23,000 pounds per 
 square inch. 
 
 Maximum stress in rods, except jaws, 15,000 
 pounds per square inch: no rod to be less than 's 
 inch in diameter. 
 
 Maximum stress in jaws. 10,000 pounds per 
 square inch. 
 
 Maximum shear on pins, 10,000 pounds per 
 square inch. 
 
 Diameter of pins to provide a bearing value not 
 to exceed 23,000 pounds per square inch. 
 
 The reduction of stresses in rods, levers and 
 jaws due to friction of the foundation brake, and 
 the reduction of braking power due to the same 
 cause and to the action of release springs should 
 be neglected, because it is considered to be too 
 difficult to determine their value even with a fair 
 degree of accuracy. 
 
 SIX-WHEEL TRUCKS. 
 
 Schedule "A-l," Figs. 6028-6067, is for cars weigh- 
 ing 80,000 to 100,000 pounds and having six-wheel 
 trucks, and schedule "A" is for cars weighing 
 100,000 to 137.000 pounds and having six-wheel 
 trucks: the difference between these schedules is 
 
FOU 
 
 FRE 
 
 that a 16-inch brake cylinder is to be used for 
 schedule "A" and a 14-inch brake cylinder is to be 
 used for schedule "A-l," otherwise they are the 
 same. The location of the fulcrum hole in the 
 cylinder lever is made to vary by quarters of the 
 inch to suit the weight of the cars, but only one 
 fulcrum hole shall be drilled in each lever. 
 
 With schedule "A" there should be used a brake- 
 suitable for a load of 28.000 pounds, and with 
 schedule "A-l" there should be used a brake beam 
 suitable for a load of 22,000 pounds imposed at the 
 middle of the beam. 
 
 FOUR-WHEEL TRUCKS. 
 
 Schedule "B-l," Figs. 6071-6100, is for cars 
 weighing 50,000 to 70,000 pounds and having four- 
 wheel trucks, and schedule "B" is for cars weigh- 
 ing from 70,000 to 90,000 pounds and having four- 
 wheel trucks, the differences between the two being 
 that a 14-inch brake cylinder is to be used with 
 schedule "B." cars weighing 70,000 to 00,000 pounds, 
 and a 12-inch brake cylinder is to be used with 
 schedule "B-l," cars weighing 50,000 to 70,000 
 pounds; also that with schedule "B" there should 
 be used a brake beam suitable for a load at the 
 middle of 28,000 pounds, the same as for schedule 
 "A," and with schedule "B-l" there should be used 
 a brake beam suitable for a load at the middle of 
 22,000 pounds, the same as for schedule "A-l." 
 
 The proper braking power for the weight of car 
 is obtamed by the location of fulcrum hole in the 
 cylinder lever. 
 
 Schedule "C." Figs. 6102-6176 was designed for 
 cars weighing 50,000 pounds and less and equipped 
 with four-wheel trucks. A 10-inch brake cylinder 
 is to be used with this schedule and a brake beam 
 suitable for a load at the middle of 15.000 pounds. 
 
 DESIGNATION OF RODS AND LEVERS. 
 
 On the drawings, the locations of levers and rods 
 are designated by letters; the hrst letter in the 
 designat ; on distinguishes between body and truck. 
 The second letter distinguishes between the levers 
 and the connections. The figure following the sec- 
 ond letter is the distinctive number for the lever or 
 connection; and following this figure is the sched- 
 ule letter to wdiich the lever or connection belongs. 
 Thus B-C2-B means body connection number two 
 (second from cylinder piston rod), of schedule 
 "B"; also T-L2-B would mean truck lever num- 
 ber two for schedule "B." 
 
 STENCILING LIGHT WEIGHT OF CAR. 
 
 The committee recommends, that the light-weight 
 of car be stenciled on each car. The cross frame 
 tie. when exposed, furnishes a convenient place on 
 which to show the weight, but when this place is 
 not available some other means should be provided. 
 In addition to this the length of the cylinder end 
 of the cylinder lever should be shown so that no 
 calculation would be necessary to determine the 
 proper cylinder lever for the car. 
 
 MARKING LEVERS. 
 
 It may be found desirable by some railway com- 
 panies to mark each lever in a manner to indicate 
 the schedule to which each belongs and the loca- 
 tion of each in the brake rigging, and if this is 
 done it is suggested that the marking be the same 
 as indicated on the drawings. 
 
 Schedule 
 Designation. 
 
 A. 
 
 A-l. 
 
 B-l. 
 
 C. 
 
 Light Weights 
 
 of Cars. 
 
 (Lbs J 
 
 ill. i, (Hill 
 
 to 
 137,000 
 
 80,000 
 
 to 
 100,000 
 7l.i,00() 
 
 to 
 90,000 
 50,000 
 
 to 
 70,000 
 50,000 
 
 and 
 
 less 
 
 TABLE I. 
 
 . n , ,. r T . , Maximum Load 
 
 Type of Size of Lrake at Mlddle 
 iruck. Cylinder. of Brake Beam 
 
 I 
 
 B-wheel 10 in dies 
 
 (j-wheel 14 inches 
 
 28,000 lbs. 
 
 22,(100 lbs. 
 
 I 4-wheel 14 inches 28,000 lbs. 
 
 4-wheel 12 inches 22,000 lbs. 
 
 4-wheel 10 inches 15,200 lbs. 
 
 There have been brought together in Table I the 
 distinctive data of each schedule so that by re- 
 ferring to the table there can be found quickly the 
 correct schedule for any particular car. 
 
 Fount. See Lamp Fount. 
 
 Fountain Car Washer. Fig. 3847. A car washer which 
 has a stream of water passing through the brush at 
 the will of the operator. 
 
 Four-Arm Lamps. Figs. 3208, etc. See Pintsch Lamps. 
 
 Four- Wheel Trucks. Fig. 4095. 
 
 Fox Pressed Steel Car Truck. Figs. 4697. 4714-4716. A 
 truck, the frame of which is wrought and hy- 
 draulic forged of steel plate consisting of few pieces 
 which are all riveted together. It is a pedestal 
 truck with journal box springs, and transoms, but 
 no bolster or spring plank. 
 
 Frame. 1. The outline or skeleton upon which a struc- 
 ture is built up. In a car the framing is usually sup- 
 posed to mean the side frame, and distinguished 
 from the Moor or underframe, unless otherwise so 
 expressed. 
 
 2. (Of a Door, Ventilator, Window Sash Mirror, 
 etc.) The rectangular or curbed border surround- 
 ing or inclosing it. See 
 Berth Spring Frame. End Frame. 
 
 Lever Frame. 
 
 Match Striker Frame. 
 
 Mirror Frame. 
 
 Continuous Truck 
 
 Frame. 
 Cushion Frame. 
 Dcor Frame. 
 
 Franklin Institute System of Screw Threads. The 
 Sellers System of Screw Threads, which see, is 
 often called the Franklin Institute system because 
 the former was first proposed in a report to, and 
 was recommended by, the Franklin Institute. 
 
 Free Air Space (Refrigerator Car Insulation). An air 
 space which has free communication with the out- 
 side air so that the air it contains can circulate and 
 be replaced by fresh air. 
 
 Freight Car. Figs. 1-83, 262-549. A general term used 
 to designate all kinds of cars which carry goods, 
 merchandise, produce, minerals, etc., to distinguish 
 them from those which carry passengers. British 
 term, wagon. For varieties of freight cars see 
 Car. 
 
 Freight Car Lock. Fig 1371. A lock for fastening the 
 doors of freight cars. The usual freight car lock is 
 simply a hasp, staple, pin and seal, but stationary 
 or fixed freight car door locks are in increasing 
 use. 
 
 Freight Truck. A two-wheeled vehicle, universally used 
 
FRE 
 
 73 
 
 FUS 
 
 about stations for loading and unloading freight. 
 A baggage barrow is much the same. Baggage 
 barrows and freight trucks arc both sometimes 
 designated as freight or baggage barrow trucks. 
 
 Fresnel Lantern. A lamp inclosed in a cylindrical 
 Fresnel Lens, which see. They are more used in 
 marine than in railroad service. 
 
 Fresnel Lens. A lens formed of concentric rings of 
 glass or other transparent substances, one or both 
 sides of which are bounded by spherical surfaces. 
 The object of making a lens in this form is to re- 
 duce its thickness in the center, and thus lessen 
 the liability of having flaws and impurities in the 
 glass, and also to reduce the absorption and aber- 
 ration of the rays which pass through it. Such 
 lenses are also made of a hollow, cylindrical form, 
 and used to inclose signal lamps. The outside of 
 the glass is formed of successive rings, the external 
 surfaces of which are bounded by spherical sur- 
 faces. 
 
 What is known to the trade as a semaphore lens 
 is a Fresnel lens with the inner surface concave. 
 
 Friction Block. Sec Swing Hanger Friction Block and 
 Friction Plate. 
 
 Friction Draft Gear. Any form of Draft Gear, which 
 see, which makes use of friction for absorbing and 
 dissipating the energy of buffing and tension shocks 
 transmitted through the couplers. 
 
 Friction Plate. 1. Fig. 4810. (Passenger Truck.) See 
 Bolster Chafing Plate. 2. The body and truck side 
 bearings are sometimes called friction plates. 3. 
 The plate screwed to the wall to protect the wood 
 work from chafing by the seat back arms when the 
 seat back is tilted. See Chafing Plate. 
 
 Friction Roller. A wheel or pulley interposed between 
 a sliding object and the surface on which it slides 
 to diminish the friction. See Car Door Hanger, 
 Sliding Door Friction Roller. 
 
 Frieze. That portion of a passenger or street car body 
 on the outside, between the cornice or eaves of the 
 roof and the tops of the windows. The letter board 
 occupies this space. 
 
 Frieze Ventilator. See Ventilator. 
 
 Frieze Ventilator Plate.. A perforated metal plate 
 placed on the outside of a frieze ventilator to ex- 
 clude rain and cinders from the car. 
 
 Front Face Plate (Steel Tired Wheels). Sec Face 
 Plate. 
 
 Front Seat Bottom Rail (Street Lars). See Seat Bot- 
 tom Rail. 
 
 Frost Dry Carburetor System of Car Lighting. D, Figs. 
 648-651. The light in this system is produced by 
 burning at the lamps a gas generated in the car- 
 buretors, which are placed on top of the car. The 
 gas is simply air carrying a certain amount of 
 gasolene vapor. The air is taken from the air 
 brake sqstem; the gasolene, absorbed by wicking, 
 is contained in the carburetors, and the object of 
 the details of this system is to bring these two ele- 
 ments together and thus produce a gas. The supply 
 of air is taken from the auxiliary reservoir and 
 enters the air tank after passing" through the com- 
 bined dust guard and check valve. This valve frees 
 from dirt the air which passes through it and acts 
 as a check to retain the supply of air stored in the 
 tank at such times as the pressure is withdrawn 
 from the brake system. The air tank also serves 
 as a storage reservoir, and its capacity is such 
 that, when charged to the pressure ordinarily car- 
 ried in the air brake system, the air contained 
 
 therein will sustain the lights several hours after 
 the car is detached from the train. A tank valve 
 placed at each end of the tank controls the reten- 
 tion of air. The air pipe conducts the air to the 
 saloon, where the air gage indicates the pressure in 
 the air tank, and the closet valve directly controls 
 the supply of air to the carburetors. From the 
 closet valve the air passes through the regulator, 
 where it is reduced in pressure to 1% pounds, 
 which pressure is practically constant on all parts 
 of the system beyond this point. The course of the 
 air next taken is through the mercurial check valve 
 and the roof pipe to the carburetors. After enter- 
 ing the carburetors, the air moves slowly through a 
 spiral passage, sixty feet in length, packed solidly 
 with cotton wicking saturated with gasolene, and 
 absorbs sufficient of the volatile oil to produce the 
 desired gas which is consumed by the lamp directly 
 beneath. This system was at one time in general 
 use on the Pennsylvania, Norfolk & Western, and 
 several other prominent roads. 
 
 Fruit Car. Figs. 21, 341-344, etc. A car of special de- 
 sign for the carrying of fruit and other perishable 
 products requiring ventilation. The ventilators are 
 so arranged that they can be opened and closed 
 while the car is in motion, so that there may be a 
 constant stream of fresh air passing through the 
 car. Ice is not used generally, but it is used in cars 
 carrying fruits from California to eastern markets. 
 
 Fulcrum. "In mechanics, that by which a lever is sus- 
 tained, or the point about which it moves." — 
 Webster. See Brake Lever Fulcrum. 
 
 Fulcrum Hanger Carriers. Figs. 4891-4892. A cast 
 bracket which is bolted to the iron transom of a 
 six-wheel truck to carry the brake lever hanger 
 bridge. The brake lever connection rod is some- 
 times called a brake lever fulcrum, hence the name. 
 
 Funnel. 1. "A vessel for conveying fluids into close 
 vessels; a kind of inverted hollow cone with a pipe; 
 a tunnel." — Webster. See Filling Funnel. 
 
 Furnishings. A term designating the smaller fixtures, 
 hardware, etc., which are usually applied to cars 
 after they shall have left the paint shop. The en- 
 gravings are very nearly alphabetical in their ar- 
 rangement and a complete list is given in the index 
 to engravings. 
 
 Furniture Car. Figs. 3, 273-276, 287-290. An extra 
 large box car. The dimensions given in the en- 
 gravings are not unusual. More particularly de- 
 signed for carrying furniture or other light freight 
 which is bulky. 
 
 Furring. Pieces of wood placed in a wall or other 
 positions to nail something to, as a panel or mold- 
 ing. The term is also applied to angle blocks glued 
 or nailed in the inside angles of wood work, where 
 strength and stiffness are required. See Blocking 
 and Furring Brace Blocks. Sec Panel Furring. 
 
 Furring Blocks. 59b, Figs. 645-647. See Blocking and 
 above. 
 
 Furring Brace Blocks. Blocks of triangular cross sec- 
 tion glued in the angles between the sheathing and 
 furring to give it greater stiffness. 
 
 Fuse. A wire strip or bar of fusible metal or alloy 
 placed in series with an electric circuit and de- 
 signed to melt and open the circuit when the cur- 
 rent exceeds a predetermined value. It performs 
 a function similar to that of a circuit breaker. 
 
 Fuse Box. A support for fuses, containing contacts for 
 readily attaching the same, and usually provided 
 with magnetic blow-out. 
 
FUS 
 
 GEN 
 
 Fusee. The cone or conical part of a watch or clock, 
 round which is wound the chain or cord. It is a 
 very ancient mechanical contrivance, and is made 
 of a cone form in order to equalize the power of 
 the spring, the leverage of the cord increasing as 
 the resistance of the spring increases and vice versa. 
 See Berth Spring Fusee. 
 
 Fusee or Fuse. A tube, casing, rope or ribbon filled or 
 saturated with a slow burning composition, as niter, 
 sulphur, etc., and used primarily for firing blasts. 
 They are also made to give warnings to approach- 
 ing trains. They are carried on a train and dropped 
 or placed upon the track at night to warn other 
 trains following that a train has passed that point 
 within a short time before. Trains meeting n 
 fusee burning on the track are required to stop and 
 wait until it has burned out. 
 
 G 
 
 Gage. 1. (Of Track.) The distance in the clear be- 
 tween the heads of the rails of a railway; 4 ft, 8% 
 in. is the standard gage; if greater than this by 
 more than % in., a broad gage; if smaller, a nar- 
 row gage. Wide gage usually means a minor and 
 irregular or exceptional enlargement of a given 
 fixed gage, in distinction from tight gage, a corre- 
 sponding contraction. 
 
 2. A tool or instrument used as a standard of 
 measurement of pressure or size. See 
 
 Screw Pitch Gage. 
 Screw Thread Gage. 
 Whitworth Gage, et< 
 
 Air Gage. 
 
 Cylindrical Gage. 
 Pressure Gage. 
 Screw Gage. 
 
 Gage for Worn Couplers (M. C. B. Standard). In 1899 
 the coupler committee recommended a form of 
 gage to define the contour lines more fully when 
 worn. This gage was adopted as Recommended 
 Practice. In 19(4, the committee on M. C. B. 
 couplers recommended a modification of the wheel 
 defect gage, which would make a more satisfactory 
 worn coupler limit gage. This was adopted as 
 Recommended Practice by letter ballot. Further 
 modified in 1905 and adopted as Standard. See 
 Fig. 5-573. 
 Gagger. A Chaplet, which see. 
 
 Gain. "In architecture, a beveling shoulder, a lapping 
 of timbers, or the cut that is made for receiving a 
 timber." — Webster. In car work the term generally 
 means a notching of one piece of timber into an- 
 other. Boxing is almost a synonymous term. The 
 timbers are boxed out in order to gain them into 
 each other. A Mortise, which see, is usually deeper 
 and does not extend clear across the stick. 
 Galvanized Iron. Sheet iron covered with sal ammo- 
 niac, after first cleaning it in a bath of dilute acid 
 and then coated with zinc by immersing it in a 
 bath of the liquid metal. An amalgam of 11.5 zinc 
 and 1 mercury is sometimes used. It is usually 
 made in sheets about 2 feet wide by 6 to 9 feet long, 
 and its thickness is measured by its number, wire 
 gage (W. G.). See Kalamined Iron. 
 Ganet Air Brake. A system of air brakes for electric 
 and cable cars, in which the air is compressed by a 
 compressor operated from the axle of the car by an 
 eccentric. The apparatus includes (1) an air pump, 
 or compressor to furnish the compressed air; (21 
 an eccentric and connecting rod to work the piston 
 of the air compressor; (3) a controlling valve, by 
 which the brakes are applied and released; (4) a 
 
 jam cylinder, or brake cylinder, to move the brake 
 levers; (5) a main reservoir, and (6) an auxiliary 
 reservoir. 
 Garnish Rail (British). A horizontal piece of orna- 
 mental wood curved on the upper surface and 
 placed on the inner side of the mouth of the slot 
 into which the movable window falls. It carries 
 the Glass String Roller, which see. 
 Gas Arm. A Gas Way Tube, which see. 
 Gas Broiler and Utensils. Figs. 3026-3632. A small 
 cook stove heated by Pintsch gas for use on parlor 
 and sleeping cars in preparing light meals. 
 Gas Burner. Fig. 309S. "The jet piece of a gas light- 
 ing apparatus, at which the gas issues and com- 
 bustion takes place." — Knight. A system of gas 
 burning has been in use on the Pennsylvania Rail- 
 road by compressing ordinary city gas. Another 
 and more elaborate S3 7 stem is the Pintsch, which 
 see, Figs. 2875-3059. Acetylene gas is now being 
 successfully employed in train lighting. 
 Gas Lamps. See Pintsch Lamps. 
 Gas Pipe. See Pipe. 
 
 Gas Pipe Fittings. Fig. 3052. See Pipe Fittings. 
 Gas-Way (Pintsch Lamp). 327. Figs. 3208-3224. 
 Gas-Way Tube (Pintsch Lamp). 309, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 Gasket. Figs. 3003-3006. A thin sheet of rubber, cloth 
 or sheet metal put in a joint between two pieces of 
 metal to prevent leakage. 
 Gasolene Motor Car. 206, 6261-6263. 
 Gate. 1. See Platform Gate. 
 
 2. (Of a Casting Mold.) The opening through 
 which the melted metal is poured. Also called in- 
 gate. 
 Gauze. See Wire Gauze. 
 
 Gear. 1. In mechanics the term is used to designate 
 a combination of appliances for effecting some re- 
 sult as valve gear. See Brake Gear, Draw Gear, 
 Swing Motion Gear. 
 
 2. \\ heels are said to be in gear when they have 
 cogs interlocking. 
 Gear Wheel. 5. Figs. 6207-6209. Any cogged wheel 
 is a gear wheel, but the term is usually restricted 
 to the larger one of two cog wheels in gear, the 
 lesser one being called the pinion. The gear wheel 
 is also called a spur wheel. 
 Gelatinized Fiber. Another name for Vulcanized Fiber, 
 
 which see. 
 Gem Door Spring. Fig. 2647. 
 
 General Electric Air Brake Apparatus. Figs. 1295-1314. 
 
 A system of air brakes for electric street and in- 
 
 terurban cars differing only in minor details from 
 
 the Westinghouse air brake. 
 
 General Electric Company's Electric Motor (for Street 
 
 Cars'). Fig. 6318. 
 General Service Car. 
 
 Generator (Electric Car Lighting). See Dynamo. 
 Generator Coils (Heaters, Baker's, Gold's, etc.). Figs. 
 2688. 2710, 2723. Wrought iron pipe coiled into a 
 variety of spiral shapes, as shown in the figures, 
 and put into the fire pot of a heater, to heat the 
 water they contain and create a circulation through 
 the hot water pipes of the car. Among the dif- 
 ferent types is the expanding generator coil. Fig. 
 2i22. in which the diameter of the pipe increases a= 
 the heated water ascends in it. 
 Generator Regulator. An automatic electrical device for 
 controlling the action or output of the axle driven 
 generator. As it is desirable to arrange the gen- 
 erator to become operative or generate its full 
 voltage at a low speed, provision must be made for 
 
GIB 
 
 GOL 
 
 taking care of the output of the generator when it 
 runs at very high speed. Generator regulators are 
 generally designed to control the field of the axle 
 generator, weakening it at high speeds and strength- 
 ening it at low speeds. They are made in various 
 ways, the three principal types being rheostatic 
 type; contacting type and counter electro motive 
 force type. The rheostatic type consists of a 
 rheostat of some form in the shunt held circuit of 
 the generator. The resistance of this rheostat is 
 generally varied by means of some motive power 
 device such as a solenoid or small motor. The 
 action of the motive power device is controlled by 
 the electrical conditions that obtain in the system. 
 The contacting type employs a fixed resistance in 
 the field circuit of the generator, which is inter 
 mittently cut in and out, depending upon the condi- 
 tions. In fact, such a regulator acts substantially 
 like a rheostatic device and accomplishes the same 
 purpose. The counter electro motive force type 
 consists of a small motor-driven generator which 
 generates counter electro motive force or back 
 pressure in the field circuit of the main generator. 
 The counter electro motive force is controlled in 
 the same manner as the operating device of the 
 rheostatic or contacting types of regulator and it 
 accomplishes the same end. 
 
 Gib (for Journal Bearings). A Journal Bearing Key, 
 which see. 
 
 Gib and Key. A fastening to connect a bar and strap 
 together by a slot common to both, in which an E- 
 shaped gib with a beveled back is first inserted ami 
 then driven fast by a taper key. 
 
 Gibbs Berth Lamp. Figs. 4385-4388. 
 
 Gibson Tire Fastening. Figs. 5389-0390. One of the 
 earliest applications of the principle of securing a 
 tire to a wdaeel by means of clips instead of bolts, 
 studs or rivets. 
 
 Gilman-Brown Emergency Knuckle. Fig. 1797. A 
 knuckle designed to be used in cases where loss or 
 breakage of the lock or knuckle would cause delay. 
 The knuckle has a long tail, which projects back 
 through the head and bears against the walls of the 
 shank. It maj" be inserted for temporary use in 
 almost any make of coupler. 
 
 Gimlet Pointed Screw. The common Wood Screw, 
 which see, of carpentry and joiner work, having its 
 screw cut to a point like a gimlet, so that it can 
 force its own way into wood. 
 
 Girder. "In architecture, the principal piece of timber 
 in a floor. Its ends are usually framed into the 
 summers, or breast summers, and the joists are 
 framed into it at one end. In buildings entirely of 
 timber the girder is fastened by tenons into the 
 posts." — Webster. 
 
 "The term girder is restricted to beams subject 
 to transverse strain, and exerting a vertical pressure 
 merely on their points of support." — Stoney. The 
 term is almost synonymous with truss. Thus, 
 engineers speak of a "Howe truss," a "Pratt 
 truss." a "Warren girder" and a "lattice girder." 
 The distinction is that a truss consists of separate 
 parts held together by pins, or even simply by 
 pressure, which may be taken down and re-erected; 
 whereas a girder is a single solid structure, either 
 all one solid piece (rolled girder.), or of plates 
 riveted together (plate girder), or of combined 
 plates and riveted lattice work (lattice girder). 
 
 Girth. 49, Figs. 262-272. A belt rail. A long horizontal 
 piece of wood on the side of a box car body fitted 
 
 to the posts and braces so as to embrace them, 
 placed about half way between the Moor and the 
 roof. The end girth is a similar stick across the 
 end of the car. The inside lining reaches up to the 
 girth. 
 
 Girth Tie Rod. A Belt Rail Tie Rod, which see. A 
 horizontal iron rod extending from the door post 
 to the corner post along the girth of a freight car 
 and intended to tie the two posts together. 
 
 Gland. A cover of a stuffing box, as for a piston rod, 
 etc. See Stuffing Box. 
 
 Glass. See Window Glass, Cut Glass, Sand Blast. 
 
 Glass String or Glass Strap (British). A leather strap 
 by which the window in the door of a carriage is 
 raised or lowered. The strap is pierced with :t 
 number of holes, which fit a small brass or ivory 
 knob placed on the door immediately under the 
 Glass String Roller, which see. 
 
 Glass String Roller (British), in a carriage, an orna- 
 mental roller attached to the upper edge of the 
 garnish rail in a door. The leather strap (glass 
 string) by which the window is raised and lowered 
 passes over this roller. 
 
 Glass Water Gage. A gage consisting essentially of a 
 vertical glass tube connected at the top and bottom 
 with a boiler so as to make the height of water 
 therein visible. 
 
 Globe (of Pintsch Gas Lamp). Fig. 3140, etc. A globe 
 of hemispherical form, admitting air only from the 
 top. It is an almost universal type of car lamp 
 globe in Europe. 
 
 A glass bowl. See Lamp Globe. 
 
 Globe Chimney. Fig. 3568. A Lamp Globe Chimney, 
 which see. 
 
 Globe Holder. 7. Figs. 3585-3601. Any contrivance for 
 holding a globe on a lamp. Usually it consists of 
 a metal ring at the base of the globe, on which 
 the latter rests, and to which it is fastened with 
 springs, screws, or by the pressure of the globe 
 chimney on top, when the latter is adjustable. 
 
 "Globe" Lamp Shade. See Lamp Shade. 
 
 Globe Valve (Car Heating). Figs. 2963-2965. 
 
 "Globe" Ventilator. Figs. 3326, 4430-4433. A ventilator 
 of spherical form, with annular openings which pro- 
 duce an induced exhaust current in whatever direc- 
 tion a current of air strikes against it. They are 
 made erect and horizontal. 
 
 Glue. A preparation from the hoofs, horns and hides 
 of animals, washed in lime water, boiled, skimmed, 
 strained, evaporated, cooled in molds, cut into 
 slices and dried upon nets. If good, it is a hard 
 cake, of a dark but almost transparent color, free 
 from black or cloudy spots and with little or no 
 smell. Inferior glue made from bones will almost 
 entirely dissolve in cold water: other kinds arc con- 
 taminated with lime. Glue is better for re-melting. 
 The strength of glue for common work is increased 
 by adding a little common chalk. 
 
 Glue Size. One pound of glue in a gallon of water. 
 Double size has about twice this quantity of glue. 
 Patent size is a kind of gelatine. 
 
 Gold's System of Car Heating. Figs. 2784-2789. Several 
 systems of car heating, designated as the direct 
 steam system; storage system; hot water circula- 
 tion system. The special parts such as traps, tem- 
 perature regulator, coupler, train pipe valves, etc.. 
 are shown in Figs. 2790-2877. Electric heaters and 
 switches arc shown in Figs. 3013-3041. 
 
 Gold's Universal Straight Port Steam Coupler. Figs. 
 2790-2792, 2798. 
 
GON 
 
 75 
 
 GRA 
 
 Gondola Car. Figs. 35-56, 376-427. A car with sides, 
 but without a top covering, for the transportation 
 of freight in bulk. They are sometimes distin- 
 guished as high side and low side, drop bottom and 
 hopper bottom. Cars with inclined floors and en- 
 tirely self-clearing are more properly called Hopper 
 Cars, which see. Gondola cars are sometimes 
 made with drop ends for loading lumber. 
 
 Gong. A Signal Bell, which see. 
 
 Goodman Wrecking Hook. Figs. 1775-1776. 
 
 Goodwin Car. Figs. 92, 536-542. A center and side 
 dumping car used for the transportation of all 
 classes of bulk freight. The Class G car. shown in 
 Figs. 536-538, is operated by compressed air and 
 the aprons are arranged so that the load may be 
 dumped fast or slow over any part of the track. 
 The Class P P C. Figs. 539-541, and Class S P. Fig. 
 542. cars for coal and ore are dumped by hand 
 winches and not by compressed air. 
 
 Goods Wagon (British). Figs. 6541-6544. American 
 equivalent, freight car. The general name for ve- 
 hicles used in transporting merchandise, as dis- 
 tinguished from a passenger carriage. 
 
 Gould Blind End Vestibule and Draft Gear. A modifi- 
 cation of the vestibule for passenger cars to suit 
 blind-end baggage and express cars. The buffer 
 springs are placed back of the end sill of the car, 
 no platform end sill being used. 
 
 Gould Buffer and Platform. Figs. 2059-2067. A plat- 
 form, draft gear and buffer for passenger cars using 
 a three-stem buffer. Largely used on the Yander- 
 bilt lines. 
 
 Gould Car Coupler i Freight i. Fig. 1593. (Pasengerj 
 Figs. 1828-1829. 
 
 Gould Draft Gear (Freight). Figs. 1546-1563. (.Pas- 
 senger.'! Figs. 2059-2074. 
 
 Gould Drawbar Centering Device. Figs. 2085-2086. 
 
 Gould Electric Car Lighting Apparatus. Fig 3443. A 
 system of car lighting from electricity generated 
 by a dynamo connected by a belt to the axle. The 
 d3"namo has connected to it an automatic governor 
 switch which throws the current into the system 
 when the predetermined speed is reached and which 
 controls the voltage output as the speed increases. 
 When the lights are not turned on and the car is 
 running, the current generated is used to charge 
 the storage batteries, from which current is taken 
 when the car is at rest. The current is deflected 
 from the lamps or batteries without noticeable 
 flickering. The whole system is controlled auto- 
 matically and requires little attention. 
 
 Gould Friction Draft Gear. Figs. 2059-2072. 
 
 Gould Journal Box. Figs. 5280-5281. 
 
 Gould Platform. See Gould Buffer and Platform. 
 
 Gould Spring Buffer. (Passenger.! Figs. 2073-2074. 
 A yielding buffer block attached to the end sill of 
 freight or stub-end express cars. 
 
 Gould Vestibule. Figs. 2059-2066. and 2294-2296. 
 
 Governor (Air Brake). Figs. 1241-1247. 1298-1299. See 
 Electric Pump Governor. 
 
 Grab Irons. 60, Figs. 262-272. etc. Also termed corner 
 handles, or ladder handles, and hand holds. The 
 handles attached to freight cars for the use of train- 
 men in boarding the cars. They are often more 
 definitely specified as roof, side or end grab iron. 
 For Standard of M. C. B. Association with re- 
 gard to hand holds or grab irons see Protection 
 of Trainmen. 
 
 The grab irons or hand holds shown in Fig. 
 5637 are in the positions recommended. 
 
 The term handle, though often used to designate 
 these attachments, is not strictly appropriate to 
 such a part, nor is it so widely in use as grab iron. 
 Similar parts on passenger cars are called Hand 
 Rails, which see. 
 
 Graduated Spring. Figs. 5378-5379. A form of com- 
 pound spring in which only a certain number of the 
 individual spirals come into action with a light 
 load and the others only under a heavy load. 
 Another method of accomplishing the same end. 
 graduating the resistance of the spring to the 
 load placed upon it. is the use of the keg-shaped or 
 spool-shaped spring. Under a load the part of 
 larger diameter closes first and that of smaller 
 diameter is much stiffer. Graduated springs have 
 formerly been constructed by combining rubber 
 and spiral springs, but they are now out of use. 
 Graduated springs have been superseded by single 
 and double nest coil springs of equal length, and 
 few. if any, are being applied to new construction. 
 
 Graduating Spring (Triple Valve). 22, Fig. 12:33. A 
 spiral spring which acts against a collar on the 
 graduating stem to restrain the triple valve piston 
 from moving beyond service position when a grad- 
 ual brake pipe reduction is made, but which is com- 
 pressed by the piston when a sudden brake pipe 
 reduction is made. 
 
 Graduating Stem I Triple Valve). 21. Fig. 1233. See 
 Graduating Spring. 
 
 Graduating Stem Nut I Triple Valve). 20, Fig. 1233. 
 
 Graduating Valve (Triple Valve). A device attached 
 to the piston stem by a pin and its movements are 
 controlled by the piston. Its office is to open and 
 close the service port in the slide valve, feeding 
 air from the auxiliary reservoir to the brake cylin- 
 der when a service application of the brakes is 
 made. 
 
 Graduating Valve i.Car Heating"). Figs. 2885, 2588, 2970- 
 2971. A valve constructed so as to open slowly 
 and designed to give better regulation of the tem- 
 perature of the car after a car is heated. 
 
 Grain Car. A box car with tight inside grain doors. 
 Nearly all box cars are provided with them. 
 
 Grain Door. Fig. 1402. A close fitting movable door 
 on the inside of a box car by which the lower 
 part of the door opening is closed when the car is 
 loaded with grain, to prevent the latter from leak- 
 ing out. Such doors are usually made so that they 
 can be thrown over on one side of the doorway or 
 suspended from the roof, and thus be out of the 
 way when they are not used. 
 
 Grain Door Flap. The upper part of a grain door. 
 Hinged horizontally with the door proper. 
 
 Grain Door Rod. K. Fig. 1402. An iron rod at- 
 tached to the door posts on the inside of a box car, 
 to which a grain door is fastened or hinged. The 
 door and rod are generally arranged so that the 
 former can be moved to one side and out of the 
 way when the car is not loaded with grain. In 
 other styles the door slides upon the rod to the 
 roof and is there suspended. 
 
 Grate (.Baker Heater). Fig. 2690. A frame of iron bars 
 for holding coals in a stove, fireplace, etc. It is 
 usually capable of a sliding or rocking motion, or 
 both, to clear away ashes and clinkers. 
 
 Grate Shaker v Baker Heater). Fig. 26S9. An iron bar 
 which can be attached to a grate to move it in 
 shaking the fire. 
 
 Grate Support I Baker Heater). Fig. 2692. A crowfoot- 
 
GRA 
 
 re 
 
 HAL 
 
 shaped bracket, fastened to the sides of the ash 
 pit to carry tile lire grate. 
 
 Grated Door. 61, Figs. 341-344. A door consisting of 
 a wooden frame with iron or wooden bars, used 
 on cars for carrying fruit, live stock, etc. 
 
 Grating. A perforated or slatted covering for an 
 opening. See 
 Ice Box Grating (Re- Ventilator Grating 
 
 frigerator Cars). (Fruit Car). 
 
 Clinker Grating. Window Grating. 
 
 Gravel Car. A car for carrying gravel; usually either 
 a dump car or a flat car. the latter most used. They 
 are often fitted with a central rail, over which a 
 ballast plow, drawn by the locomotive after detach- 
 ing it from the cars, works to unload the cars. 
 Sometimes a hoisting plant is mounted upon one 
 of the cars, for moving the plow. 
 
 Gravity Relief Trap (Gold's Steam Coupler). Figs. 
 2795-2797. An auxiliary trap, automatic in its 
 action, which is closed by the escape of steam and 
 held closed by the steam pressure. When the 
 pressure is removed the weight of the valve stem 
 tips the valve and allows the escape of the water 
 of condensation. The pressure under which it 
 closes is dependent on the weight of the valve 
 stem. 
 
 Grease Axle Box (British). Figs. 6760-0767. An axle 
 box which is lubricated from above by a grease 
 composed of tallow, soda, and water, which is solid 
 at ordinary temperatures and melts should the box 
 get warm. This form is being superseded by the 
 Oil Axle Box, which see. 
 
 Grease Box. A Journal Box, which see. 
 
 Grease Chamber (British). A cavity above the journal 
 bearing which contains the lubricating material in 
 a Grease Axle Box, which see. 
 
 Greenlee Bros. Woodworking Machinery. Figs. 6808- 
 6821. 
 
 Griffin Chilled Cast Iron Car Wheels. Fig. 5460. 
 
 Grille (Interior Decoration). Fig. 3791. Generally a 
 piece of wrought work in wood or metal for deco- 
 ration. Used in the place of panels, over door- 
 ways and in bulkheads and sometimes employed 
 as brackets. 
 
 Grip Nuts. Figs. 3850-3852. 
 
 Grommet. 33, Figs. 2655. "A ring formed with spliced 
 rope (Nautical)." The separate parts of any me- 
 tallic eyelet are known as grommets. The two 
 grommets, when compressed together (with a set- 
 ting die), form the eyelet. 
 
 Ground Glass. Glass the surface of which has been 
 roughened by mechanical or chemical process so as 
 to break up the light passing through it and de- 
 stroy its transparency. Several processes exist; by 
 the wheel, sand blast, rotating with pebbles, or by 
 fluoric acid. The sand blast is at present most 
 commonly used. 
 
 Group Spring. A spiral car spring formed of a number 
 of separate springs, single or nested, united to- 
 gether by a common pair of spring plates. It is 
 called a double, or two-group, a three-group, four- 
 group spring, etc., according to the number of 
 separate springs. 
 
 Guard. 1. That which protects. See 
 
 Dash Guard. Fender Guard. 
 
 Door Guard. Heat Guard. 
 
 Draw Timber Guard. Mirror Guard. 
 
 Dust Guard. Window Guard. 
 
 2. (British.) American equivalent, conductor. 
 A railway official traveling with and having charge 
 
 of a railway train. He unites the functions of a 
 conductor, baggage master, express agent, and 
 brakeman, but seldom collects or nips tickets, and 
 never issues them or receives fares. An assistant 
 guard is sometimes, but not always, carried. 
 
 3. (For Lanterns.) The exterior wire cover sur- 
 rounding the globe and protecting it from accident. 
 They are termed either single, double, or triple 
 guard, according to the number of horizontal wires. 
 
 Guard Lining Strips. Horizontal bars or strips which 
 are placed in a car to keep freight from a door, 
 ice box, ventilator, etc. When placed vertically, 
 as they usually are, they are termed guard posts. 
 
 Guard Posts (Fruit Car). A row of posts standing in- 
 side of the ventilators and serving as a fender for 
 the load packed within so as to prevent obstruc- 
 tion to the ventilators. 
 
 Guard Rail and Frog Wing Gage. Fig. 5601. The 
 guard rail and frog wing gage shown were adopted 
 as standard in 1894, to define the dimensions of 
 track to which M. C. B. standard wheel and flange 
 gages gave been made to conform. Modified in 
 1907. 
 
 Guard's Van (British). Fig. 6512. Nearest American 
 equivalent, baggage car. See Brake Van. 
 
 Gudgeon. The bearing portion of a shaft, especially 
 an upright wooden shaft. A rude journal bearing 
 for slow motion. See Screw Coupling Nut and 
 Gudgeon. 
 
 Guide. "That which leads or conducts." — Webster. 
 See 
 
 Bell Cord Guide. Drawbar Guide. 
 
 Bell Strap Guide. Glass Plate Guide. 
 
 Brake Lever Guide. Journal Box Guide. 
 
 Brake Rod Guide. Stop Bar Guide. 
 
 Dead Lever Guide. Strap Hanger Guide. 
 
 Guide Bar. 1. See Bolster Guide Bar or Column. 
 
 Guide Bracket. Figs. 795-797. Sec Door Guide 
 Bracket. 
 
 Guide Casting. A strip or plate or metal screwed to 
 the wall or arm rest of a seat for the striker arms 
 to rub against to save the wood. Called also a 
 Friction Plate, which see. 
 
 Guide Rail. A Door Track, which see. 
 
 Gun Shaped Lamp Chimney. Fig. 3575. Sec Lamp 
 Chimney. 
 
 Gurring Piece (Snow Plow). Probably from gurr. a 
 fort, hence a piece built out to protect or fortify 
 a structure. In a snow plow, timbers bolted to 
 the posts to build out and give shape to the sides. 
 
 Gusset Plate. 192, Figs. 262-272, etc. A flat plate used 
 to rivet I wo parts of a metal underframe together 
 by riveting through each member ami the plate 
 or to stiffen a joint between two pieces which are 
 riveted together by angle plates, in which case the 
 gusset plate is riveted to the flanges of the ad- 
 joining pieces. 
 
 Guy. A rope used as a stay. 
 
 Guy Rings (of a Derrick or Crane). Rings attached to 
 the head block at the top of the mast (o which guy 
 ropes may be attached. 
 
 H 
 
 Hair. See Curled Hair. 
 
 Hair Felt (Refrigerator Car). D, Figs. 305-321. A 
 heavy non-conductor of heat made of hair placed 
 between the inner and outer linings to prevent ab- 
 sorption of heat. 
 
 Hale & Kilburn Car Seats and Upholstery. Figs 
 4093-1111. 4166-4179. 
 
HAL 
 
 77 
 
 HEA 
 
 Half Elliptic Spring. See Spring, Elliptic Spring. 
 
 Hammer (Pile Driver Carl. The heavy weigh: 
 (4,000 to 4,500 lbs.) by which piles are driven. It 
 falls between the leaders and is provided with a 
 hammer eye or clevis, to which the shears of the 
 hoisting rope or hammer rope are attached. In 
 Great Britain called a tup. 
 
 Hammock (Sleeping Car Berth.) 52. Figs. 2201-2202. 
 A light small hammock of twine, in which to put 
 wearing apparel in a sleeping car berth. One is 
 furnished to each berth. 
 
 Hand Car. Figs. 6193, 6196, 6203, etc. A small and 
 light car arranged with cranks or levers and gear- 
 ing so that it can be propelled by hand by persons 
 riding on the car. One of these cars is provided 
 for each section of 3 to 6 miles of track. Hand 
 cars for regular section service weigh from 450 to 
 600 lbs., generally about 500 lbs. 
 
 Hand Car Lever or Propelling Lever. 19, Figs. 6207- 
 6209. 
 
 Hand Car Truss Rod. 26, Figs. 6207-6209. A trans- 
 verse or longitudinal rod by which the floor frame 
 of a hand car is trussed. 
 
 Hand Car Wheel. A light wheel for hand cars, with 
 cast iron rim and hub and wrought iron spokes, or 
 with a wooden center or made of one piece of 
 pressed steel as Figs. 6215-6217. 
 
 Hand Holds ill. C. B. Standard). Figs. S77-S78, 5637. 
 See Grab Irons, also Protection of Trainmen. 
 
 Hand Brake Connection. Figs. 873-874. 
 
 Hand Pole (Street Cars). A wooden rod carried on 
 hand rail of box and stock cars. 
 
 which pole are hung hand pole straps for people to 
 cling to, who are required to stand. See Pole 
 Straps. 
 
 Hand Rail. 1. A bar or rail to take hold of with the 
 hand, as the bod}- hand rail of passenger car plat- 
 forms, door hand rail, inside hand rail and step 
 hand rail of street cars, and roof hand rail or brake 
 hand rail of box and stock cars. 
 
 2. (Tank Cars.) 121, Figs, 545-549. An iron pipe 
 supported on hand rail posts on the outside of the 
 running board, for trainmen to hold on to in pass- 
 ing over cars. 
 
 Hand Rail Brace I Freight Car Roofs). See Roof 
 Hand Rail. 
 
 Hand Rail Bracket (Postal Cars). Fig. 3769. 
 
 Hand Rail Post (.Tank Car). 122. Figs. 545-549. A ver- 
 tical support for the Hand Rail, which see. They 
 are usually bolted to the side sills. 
 
 Hand Straps (Street and Suburban Cars). Fig. 3777. 
 Straps attached to the inside hand rail for passen- 
 gers to hold on by. Generally made in the form of 
 a double loop. 
 
 Hand Wheel. A Brake Wheel, which see. 
 
 Handle. "That part of anything by which it is held in 
 the hand. A haft. As the handle of a knife or 
 other instrument." — V orcester. They are desig- 
 nated by the name of the part or thing to which 
 they are a handle, as ash pit door handle, etc. 
 
 Handle Clamp Bolt (Motorman's Brake Valve). 8. 
 Figs. 1225-1226. 
 
 Handle Latch Spring (Motorman's Brake Valve"). 13. 
 Figs. 1225-1226. A spring carrying a latch or dog 
 to hold the handle in any desired position. 
 
 Hanger. 1. ''That by which a thing is suspended." — 
 Webster. 
 
 2. "A means for supporting shafting of ma- 
 chinery." — Knight. See 
 Bell Cord Hanger. Push Rod Hanger. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Rocker Bearing Tim- 
 
 Hanger, ber Hanger. 
 
 Brake Beam Adjusting Safety Hanger. 
 Hanger. Spring Hanger. 
 
 Brake Hanger. Step Hanger. 
 
 Door Hanger. Strap Hanger. 
 
 Link Hanger. Swing Hanger. 
 
 Parallel Brake Hanger. Swing Link Hanger. 
 Pipe Hanger. T Hanger. 
 
 Hanger LinK. A Swing Hanger, which see. 
 
 Hanging Boards or Meat Timbers (Refrigerator Car). 
 Transverse bars, resting usually on bogus plates, 
 to which the load of meat is suspended from hooks. 
 
 Hanging Door Sheave. Fig. 2655. See Car Door- 
 Hanger. 
 
 Hard Hair. A quality of curled hair which is very stiff 
 or rigid. See Curled Hair. 
 
 Harrison Dust Guard. Fig. 5322. 
 
 Harrison Lubricator. Fig. 5315. 
 
 Hart Convertible Car. Fig. 88. A car which can readily 
 be converted from a standard gondola car with flat 
 bottom to a center dumping hopper car for ballast 
 or a car with hinged sides for use with an unload- 
 ing plow. 
 
 Hart Deck Sash Pivot and Ratchet Catch. A device 
 for regulating the opening of deck sashes, the 
 special feature of which is the undulating rack, en- 
 abling the sash to be easily moved by the hands 
 and yet holding it fixed when released in any one 
 of several different positions. 
 
 Hartshorn Shade Roller. Fig. 4681. See Shade Roller. 
 An ingenious device to hold window shades at any 
 desired point by means of centrifugal pawls which 
 fly out and do not check the revolution of the 
 roller while in rapid motion, but engage with and 
 hold it at any point otherwise. The McKay shade 
 roller is somewhat similar, but uses a cam in- 
 stead of a pawl. 
 
 Harvey Friction Draft Spring. Figs. 1468-1469. 
 
 Hasp. The bar which fits over a staple and is fastened 
 thereon by passing the shackle of a padlock through 
 the staple, or by a pin. The other end of the hasp 
 is attached by a pin or another staple to the door. 
 See Door Hasp, Head Board Coupling Hasp. 
 Shackle. 
 
 Hat Hook. Fig. 3808, etc. A metal hook for hanging 
 hats on. 
 
 Hat Post. Fig. 3831, etc. An upright metal pin for 
 hanging hats on. These are used chiefly in sleeping 
 and parlor cars, and they are invariably combined 
 with a hook and technically called hat post and 
 hook. 
 
 Hat Rack. A Basket Rack, which see. 
 
 Hay Car. A box car for carrying baled hay; usually 
 made with larger bodies and doors than ordinary 
 box freight cars. 
 
 Head. See 
 
 Brake Head. Draw Head. 
 
 Buffer Head. Drawbar Head. 
 
 Cylinder Head. Piston Head. 
 
 Dome Head. Tank Head. 
 
 Head Block. 1. (Of a Derrick or Crane/) The casting 
 carried at the top of the mast to which the boom 
 hoe rods, tension rods and guy rings, etc., are 
 attached. It usually revolves upon a head block 
 pin. 
 
 2. (Of a Switch.) The long timber to which the 
 switch stand or its equivalent is fastened, and on 
 which the ends of the switch rails bear. 
 
 3. See Tank Head Block. 
 
HEA 
 
 HEI 
 
 Head Board. 9, Figs. 2201-2202. A light partition which 
 separates one berth in a sleeping car from that next 
 to it. It is stowed away by day in the pocket be- 
 tween the upper berth, when closed up. and the 
 roof. It is secured in place at the back and front 
 by head board bolts entering at the back into a 
 bushing, fixed to the top of the stationary seat 
 back and along the upper inside edge by a head 
 board coupling, entering into a head board coup- 
 ling keeper. The head board bolt for the front 
 corner of the head board is of peculiar construction, 
 designed to avoid all interruption of a flush surface 
 by day, while still giving a secure attachment. 
 
 Head Board Bolt. Figs. 4335. 4341-4342, etc.; 54. Figs. 
 2201-2202. See above. 
 
 Hat Board Bolt Bushing. Figs. 4332-4334. See above. 
 
 Head Board Coupling. Figs. 4337-4338. A metal hasp 
 and keeper by which a head board is fastened to 
 the side of the car. 
 
 Head Board Coupling Hasp. See above. 
 
 Head Board Coupling Keeper. Fig. 4002. See above. 
 
 Head Board Fastener. Figs. 4338-4339. 
 
 Head Board Pocket. 32. Figs. 2201-2203. A pocket 
 which closes up flush with the head board surface, 
 but opens at night, by releasing a head board rack 
 catch so as to afford a receptacle for clothing or 
 parcels. This form of head board pocket has been 
 superseded by a pocket made by folding up the 
 upholstered head rest, as shown in 32, Fig. 2201. 
 
 Head End System. A system of electrically lighting a 
 complete railway train from a single generating 
 plant, located either on the locomotive, tender or 
 on one of the cars of the train. Head end gen- 
 erators may be steam or axle-driven. If located on 
 the locomotive, they are driven by steam. If lo- 
 cated on the tender or on one of the cars, they 
 may be axle-driven or steam-driven. Axle-driven 
 head end generators must be automatically regu- 
 lated, and steam-driven generators should be auto- 
 matically regulated, although very little attention 
 is, as a rule, given to the subject of regulation. 
 The head end generator is connected to the train 
 line system of the train by a suitable set of con- 
 nections, and current is supplied to each car 
 through the taps to the train lines. In the head 
 end system it is not essential to equip each car with 
 a storage battery, although it is generally advis- 
 able, for when so equipped the train can be broken 
 up and separated into its units without destroying 
 the continuity of the light on any car. 
 
 Head Lining. A painted canvas or prepared lining with 
 which the ceilings of passenger cars are covered. 
 The painting on head linings is intended to be of 
 an ornamental character. When of wood the head 
 lining is called ceiling. The duck for head lining 
 comes in any width up to 12 feet. Head lining is 
 sometimes cut tip into panels, but a paneled ceiling 
 is usually understood to be a wood ceiling, which 
 is largely supplanting canvas head linings. 
 
 Head Lining Nail. A nail with a large button-shaped 
 head especially made for fastening head linings to 
 the ceilings of cars. 
 
 Head Piece (Street Cars). A body end plate. 
 
 Head Rest. 32, Figs. 2201-2202. In a first class car- 
 riage and sleeping car a fixed vertical projection 
 from the back of the seat, thickly padded with horse 
 hair and covered with broadcloth or leather. It 
 serves to support the side or back of the head of a 
 passenger. That at the end of the seat is a head 
 
 rest, but it is also called a seat head end or end 
 head rest, 14 Figs. 2201-2202. 
 
 Head Roll (of a Seat). Fig. 4107. A padded projection 
 at the top of a seat or chair back, which is to sup- 
 port the head. It is cylindrical and extends the full 
 width of the seat. 
 
 Headstock i British). American equivalent, end sill. 
 The transverse end member of the Underframe. 
 which see. It is pierced transversely in the center 
 for the drawgear, and the buffing gear is carried 
 near the ends. 
 
 Headstock and Diagonal Knee (British). A wrought 
 iron knee connecting the head stock to the diagonal 
 and the sole bar, and thus binding three of the four 
 main members of the underframe together. 
 
 Headstock Cap (British). A cast iron cap fitting the 
 end of the headstock in order to prevent its split- 
 ting, and to prevent any access of water to the end 
 grain of the wood. A wrought iron strap is some- 
 times used. 
 
 Heat Guard. A sheet metal covering for the woodwork 
 of a passenger car, to protect it from the heat of a 
 stove. It is nailed to the side and ends of the car,, 
 and sometimes surrounds the stove, as the conical 
 Russia iron guard of the Baker heater. 
 
 Heater. 1. Figs. 2676-2783. Any apparatus for warming 
 a car. room, or building by convection: that is, by 
 conveying hot water, steam, or warmed air into 
 or through the apartments. The term generally 
 refers to any arrangements for warming apartments 
 other than stoves, which heat by direct radiation. 
 There have been many varieties in use, but the one 
 remaining and which has the field practically to 
 itself is the Baker heater. There are numerous 
 heating systems, but they, for the most part, use 
 Baker heaters in connection with their apparatus. 
 Nearly all the systems use heaters which circulate 
 hot water. They are usually placed in a small 
 closet called the heater room. In emigrant cars 
 cook stoves are used for heating. 
 
 2. (For Lamps or Lanterns.) A metallic attach- 
 ment passing around and above the flame or other- 
 wise immediately adjacent to it, by which heat is 
 conveyed to the oil in the reservoir below, to pre- 
 vent freezing, or, in some cases to assist combus- 
 tion by heating or volatilizing the oil. 
 
 Heater Car. One constructed for carrying fruits, vege- 
 tables, and other perishable products in winter. 
 They are heated by special forms of mineral oil 
 lamps, the supply to which is automatically con- 
 trolled by the expansion and contraction of me- 
 tallic rods. They are principally in use for the 
 transportation of potatoes and other vegetables. 
 
 Heater Coil. Fig. 2742. A Generator Coil, which see- 
 Heater Pipe Casing. Q. Fig. 2204. A wooden or iron 
 shelf over a heater pipe in a passenger car to pre- 
 vent the feet of passengers from coming in con- 
 tact with the hot pipes. The casing also forms a 
 foot rest. 
 
 Heater Room. A small closet, eased with sheet metal 
 interior heat guards, to contain the heater and pre- 
 vent all direct radiation. All heaters proper are 
 placed in some equivalent for such rooms. 
 
 Height of Couplers (M. C. B. Standard). The standard 
 height of couplers for passenger equipment cars 
 is 35 inches from top of rail when ear is light. 
 Adopted in 1890. 
 
 The standard height of couplers for freight cars, 
 measured perpendicularly from the level of the tops 
 of rails to center of couplers, adopted in 1803, is 
 
HEL 
 
 79 
 
 HOO 
 
 34^2 inches, with no greater variation allowable 
 than 3 inches, minimum height 31 v 2 inches. By 
 center of coupler is meant the horizontal line 
 through the center of the coupler shank. 
 
 Helper. A term used to designate either an assistant 
 engine for trains, or a horse to help street cars up 
 grades. 
 
 Hercules Brake Beam. Figs. 5120-5125, 5190. 
 
 Heywood Bros. & Wakefield Car Seats. Fig. 4113, etc 
 
 High Back Seat. Fig. 4107. etc. A class of seats with 
 extra high back and frequently a head roll or head 
 rest. 
 
 High Side Gondola Car. Figs. 51, 57. A gondola car 
 with extra high sides and ends for carrying coal or 
 minerals. 
 
 High-Seated Wagon (British). Fig. 6545. A four- 
 wheeled gondola car, with sides about 4 feet high. 
 Used chiefly for bulk}- freight, wheat, potatoes, 
 sacks and bales. See Wagon. 
 
 High Speed Brake (Westinghouse). Figs. 1216-1218. 
 Brake attachments essentially the same as the ordi- 
 nary quick acting brake, with a pressure reducing 
 valve, Fig. 1250. The auxiliary reservoir pressure 
 is increased from 70 lbs. to 110 lbs. and on emer- 
 gency applications a pressure of about 85 lbs. is 
 obtained in the brake cylinder. This high pressure 
 is slowly bled off through the reducing valve to 
 60 lbs. when subsequent operations of release and 
 recharging take place, as in the ordinary quick 
 acting brake. For cars not equipped with reducing 
 valves a safety valve, Fig. 1256. is required. 
 
 Hillman Lock Turnbuckle. Fig. 3859. 
 
 Hinge. Fig. 2442. "A hook or joint on which a door, 
 gate, etc., turns." — Webster. They are provided 
 with a tube-like knuckle through which the Hinge 
 Pin, which see. passes. See 
 Bali-Bearing Butt Drop Door Hinge. 
 
 Hinge. Manhole Hinge. 
 
 Butt Hinge. Seat Hinge. 
 
 Door Hinge. Sofa Hinge. 
 
 Double Acting Hinge. Stop Bar Hinge. 
 
 The common door hinge is usually a butt or butt 
 hinge, the varieties of which are the acorn butt, a 
 large ornamental hinge. Blake Butt, which see. and 
 the hopper butt, so called from its pointed form. 
 The parliament hinge is a sort of T-shaped butt 
 hinge to afford more room for screws. It is little 
 used except for ornamental purposes. The strap 
 hinge is a common form of rough hinge for heavy 
 doors, but it is sometimes made very elaborate and 
 ornamental. Fig. 2458. A T-hinge is a combination 
 of the butt and strap hinge, one-half being of each 
 form. Butt hinges are either fast joint, loose 
 joint or loose pin. A double acting hinge is one 
 which permits the door to swing either way. 
 
 Hinge Pin. Fig. 2443. etc. The pin passing through the 
 knuckle of a hinge and holding the two parts 
 together. A loose joint butt hinge has the pin fast 
 in the lower half of the knuckle and projecting 
 upward, so that the other half is held on only by 
 gravity. The hinge pin in the best hinges screws 
 into the knuckle. 
 
 Hinge Plate Washer (British). A long wrought iron 
 washer taking all the bolts securing the main part 
 of the hinge to the door. 
 
 Hinson Draft Gear (Freight). Figs. 1567-1579: (Pas- 
 senger). Figs. 1982-1990. 
 
 Hinson Emergency Knuckle. Fig. 1796. 
 
 Hitchcock Combination Hot and Cold Water Faucet. 
 Fig. 3658. 
 
 Hodge Brake. An arrangement invented by Xehemiah 
 Hodge, patented in 1849. for operating the brakes 
 on each truck of a car simultaneously, and equaliz- 
 ing the pressure on all the wheels. The brake may 
 have one or two levers on each truck. Underneath 
 the car body are two levers, called Hodge or float- 
 ing levers, with movable fulcrums in their centers, 
 which are connected together by a rod. One end 
 of each of these levers is connected by a rod and 
 chain to the brake shaft, and the other end of the 
 floating lever is connected by a rod with the long 
 arm of a brake lever on a truck. 
 
 Hog Chain "(Shipbuilding). A chain in the nature of a 
 tension rod passing from stern of a vessel, and over 
 posts nearer amidships; designed to prevent the 
 vessel from dropping at the ends." — Knight. 
 
 Hence applied to certain forms of trusses in car 
 construction. A hog chain is an inverted truss rod, 
 and usually so called when applied in connection 
 with and in similar form to a body truss rod, the 
 object of a truss rod being to prevent a beam from 
 sinking in the middle, and of a hog chain to prevent 
 sinking at the ends when supported at the middle. 
 Also called an overhang truss rod. 
 
 Hog Chain Queen Post. 221, Figs. 599-619. See above. 
 The struts over which the hog chain passes. 
 
 Hog Chain Rod i of a Passenger Car). See above. 
 More properly a continuous counterbrace rod or 
 an overhang truss rod. 
 
 Hoisting Block (of a Derrick or Crane). The main 
 block at the lower end of the hoisting chains carry- 
 ing the sheave hook, or hoisting hook, to which the 
 load is attached. See Block. 
 
 Hoisting Block Clevis. A clevis carried at the top of a 
 hoisting block to which the fixed end of the hoist- 
 ing chain is attached. In some cases it is attached 
 to a clevis at the upper end of the boom. See 
 Clevis. 
 
 Hoisting Chain (of a Derrick, Steam Shovel or Crane). 
 18. Figs. 596-598. The chain attached to the hoist- 
 ing drum at one end and to the hoisting block or 
 boom clevis at the other, by which the loads are 
 raised. 
 
 Hoisting Chain Sheave. A pulley placed in some wreck- 
 ing cars at the foot of the mast, when the hoisting 
 gear is at some distance from it. The term is 
 equally applicable to the mast sheave and boom 
 sheave at the top of those parts of a derrick, but 
 the latter are generally otherwise distinguished. 
 
 Hoisting Drum (Steam Shovel). 20. Figs. 596-598. The 
 barrel about which is wound the chain cable at- 
 tached to the dipper block. 
 
 Hoisting Engine (Steam Shovel). 21. Figs. 596-598. 
 The engine geared to the hoisting drum. 
 
 Hoisting Gear (Steam Shovel). 19, Figs. 596-598. The 
 gear wheel on the hoisting drum. 
 
 Hoisting Hook. See Sheave Hook. See also Hoisting 
 Block. 
 
 Holder. "Something by which a thing is held." — 
 Webster. A great variety of parts which serve this 
 purpose are so called, as door holder, lamp holder, 
 etc.. which take their names from the thing which 
 they hold. 
 
 Holder Valve I Pintsch System). Figs. 3045. 3109. 
 
 Hollow Chisel Mortiser. See Mortiser. 
 
 Hollow Piston Rod (Freight and Tender Brakes). A 
 brake cylinder piston rod which is hollow to receive 
 the Push Rod or Push Bar, which see. 
 
 Hollow Spoke Wheel. See Car Wheel and Wheel. 
 
 Hood. 1. See Platform Hood. Ventilator Hood. A 
 
HOO 
 
 80 
 
 HOS 
 
 roof apron which is attached to both platform roofs 
 and platform hoods is sometimes called a hood. 
 
 2. (Heater.) More properly a ventilator or wind 
 scoop. A horizontal tube or covering on the out- 
 side of a car, and on top of the cold air pipe, so as 
 to give the latter a T-shape. The air is admitted 
 to the pipe through the ends of the hood, which 
 are covered with wire netting to exclude cinders. 
 It has a valve which is moved by the current of 
 air so as to admit it whichever way the car runs. 
 
 3. (For Urinal.) More properly ventilator cap. 
 Hood Brace (Buhoup Vestibule). 129, Figs. 2215-2203. 
 Hood Brace Brackets ( Buhoup Vestibule.) 125-128, 
 
 Figs. 2215-22G3. 
 Hood Support (Street Cars). A platform end post. 
 Hook. See 
 
 Bell Cord End Hook. Draw Hook. 
 
 Berth Catch Hook. Hat Hook. 
 
 Berth Curtain Hook. Hat Post and Hook. 
 
 Body Check Chain Lamp Case Hook. 
 
 Hook. Pouch Hook. 
 
 Ceiling Hook. Seal Hook. 
 
 Check Chain Hook. Stake Hook. 
 
 Coat and Hat Hook. Table Hook. 
 
 Coat Hook. Table Leg Hook. 
 
 Coupling Hook. Truck Check Chain 
 
 Door Hook. Hook. 
 
 Door Latch Hook. Window Curtain Hook. 
 
 Drawbar Coupling 
 Hook. 
 Hoop (for Oil Lamps). A ferrule with an interior 
 
 thread into which the burner screws. 
 Hoopstick (British). See Roofstick. 
 
 Hopper. 1. (Passenger Cars.) Fig. 4054. A closet 
 hopper, water, or soil hopper. 
 
 2. (Freight Cars.) Sec Hopper Bottom Car. 
 Hopper-Bottom Gondola Car. Figs. 57-58, 456-462. A 
 car having one or more hoppers built in the floor 
 which slope toward the center from all sides and 
 which are closed by hopper doors. Most of the 
 load can be discharged by gravity on opening the 
 doors. Distinguished from Hopper Cars, which see, 
 by the fact that at least a part of the floor is level 
 whereas in a hopper car the floor slopes toward the 
 center for its entire length and all the load can be 
 discharged by gravity. See Gondola Car, Drop- 
 Bottom Gondola Car. 
 Hopper Butt Hinge. Fig. 2456. A hinge so named 
 
 from its pointed form. 
 Hopper Car. Figs. 67-70, 463-512. A car witli the floor 
 sloping from the ends and sides to one or more 
 hoppers in the center and which will discharge its 
 entire load by gravity through the hopper doors. 
 Hopper Carry Irons. A Hopper Supporting Strap, 
 
 which see. 
 Hopper Chain. See Drop Door Chain. 
 Hopper Door (Hopper Cars). 61, Figs. 474-500. See 
 
 Drop Door. 
 Hopper Door Locking Pawl. 106, Figs. 474-477. In a 
 hopper door gear, the catch which when thrown 
 into engagement with the toggle arms, prevents 
 the arms from moving from the closed position and 
 opening the hopper doors. 
 Hopper Door Toggle Arm (Hopper Cars). 104, Figs. 
 474-500. A link in the drop door mechanism which 
 is fastened to the door and forces it shut when the 
 toggle link is forced down. 
 Hopper Door Toggle Link (Hopper Cars). 105, Figs. 
 474-500. The arm in the drop door mechanism 
 
 which forces down the toggle arms when the wind- 
 ing shaft is revolved and closes the doors. 
 
 Hopper Ore Car. Figs. 496-512. See Hopper Car. 
 
 Hopper Plates. The metal sheets constituting the bot- 
 tom of a hopper bottom car. Also termed inclined 
 floor or hopper slope. 
 
 Hopper Siding. The planking that forms the side of a 
 box hopper. 
 
 Hopper Slope (Hopper Car). 27c, Figs. 428-431. That 
 part of the floor which slopes from the center of 
 the car to both hopper doors. See Side Slope and 
 End Slope. 
 
 Hopper Stayrods. Inclined rods passing through the 
 center sill and to the hopper supporting strap at 
 the hinged end of the doors to prevent the hopper 
 from sagging in the middle. 
 
 Hopper Support (Hopper Cars). 45, Figs. 474-500. An 
 angle riveted to the ridge of the hopper at the 
 center and the top of the side sheet, forming a 
 support for the hopper. It serves the same pur- 
 pose as the Hopper Supporting Strap, which see. 
 
 Hopper Supporting Strap. A heavy U-shaped iron strap 
 bent to the shape of the hopper of a gondola car, 
 and with the ends bolted to the side sills. Its office 
 is to support the hopper, and it is usually applied 
 at the end of the inclined floor, and in the middle 
 of the hopper at which point the doors are hinged. 
 
 Hopper Ventilator. Sec Bell's Exhaust Hopper Ven- 
 tilator. 
 
 Horizontal Brake Shaft. 95, Figs. 267-268. A brake 
 shaft usually at the end of a car body, the position 
 of which is horizontal instead of vertical, so that it 
 can be applied from below. When used it is com- 
 monly in combination with a long brake shaft of 
 the ordinary kind at the other end of the car. It is 
 for use in grain elevators, tunnels and in city yards, 
 chiefly on the Pennsylvania Railroad. 
 
 Horizontal Brake Shaft Chain. 104, Figs. 267-268. A 
 chain attached to a brake rod at the end of a car 
 and running over a pulley to a horizontal shaft on 
 which it is wound. 
 
 Horizontal Telegraph Cock or Faucet. See Faucet. 
 
 Hornplate (British). The name given to the part of a 
 locomotive or tender which on other railroad ve- 
 hicles is termed Axle Guard (American, pedestal), 
 which see 
 
 Horse Box (British.) A four-wheeled covered vehicle 
 adapted to run on passenger trains. It is fitted with 
 large side doors and mangers, and is divided into 
 three stalls by movable padded partitions. 
 
 Horse Car. 1. Figs. 114-117, 201, 620, 622. A box ear 
 or express car lifted up with stalls especially for 
 carrying horses. Some horse cars are very elabor- 
 ate. 
 
 2. Street Cars, which see, drawn by horses, are 
 very frequently called horse cars. 
 
 Horse Hook or Towing Hook (British). Nearest Amer- 
 ican equivalent, roping staple. An iron hook at- 
 tached to the sole bar and forming an attachment 
 for a rope by which the vehicle can be drawn. 
 Horses are largely used for switching in England. 
 
 Horse Shoe Seal. Fig. 4085. A cast-in wire and lead 
 seal. 
 
 Hose. Flexible tubing, made of leather, canvas, or In- 
 dia rubber, for conveying water, air. or other fluids. 
 See also Brake Hose, Coupling Hose. 
 
 Hose Bracket. See Brake Hose Bracket. 
 
 Hose Protector (Flexible). Fig. 132.3. 
 
 Hose Chain. Fig. 2814. A light chain to hold up the 
 steam hose when uncoupled and prevent its drop- 
 ping to the track. 
 
HOS 
 
 81 
 
 INJ 
 
 Hose Clamp. Fig. 1291. A clamp to bind the hose to 
 the hose nipple and coupling. 
 
 Hose Connection. Figs. 1324-1325. 
 
 Hose Couplings. See Brake Hose Couplings. 
 
 Hose Nipple. See Brake Hose Nipple. 
 
 Hospital Car. Figs. 245-246. A car fitted up with all 
 the appliances of a hospital for use in treating in- 
 juries caused by railroad accidents. Such cars are 
 usually kept in large yards and are used for tem- 
 porary treatment of injured employees. In case of 
 a wreck the car is sent out with the wrecking crew 
 to the scene of the accident. 
 
 Hot Water Heater. See Baker Heater. 
 
 Hot Water Pipes. P. Fig. 2204. Pipes running along- 
 side of a car under the seats, which contain hot 
 water, and by which the car is heated. They are 
 usually naked iron pipes, and the car is heated by 
 convection as well as radiation. Between the seats 
 the pipes on the side of the car have a hot water 
 guard rail running along over and above them. 
 
 House Car. An occasional term for a Box Car, which 
 see. 
 
 Housing Box. A Journal Box, which see. 
 
 Howard's Railway Water Closet. Figs. 4042-4043, A 
 device the essential feature of which is the connec- 
 tion between the seat lid and the pan and service 
 measure, by which no water is carried to the pan 
 except on opening the lid. 
 
 Hub (of a Car Wheel). The central portion into which 
 the axle is fitted. It is usually cylindrical in form 
 and projects beyond the disks or spokes of the 
 wheel on eacli side. In Great Britain termed the 
 boss. 
 
 Hub Bolts (Steel-Tired Wheels). Bolts fastening the 
 face plates to the hub. 
 
 Huntoon Brake Beam. Figs. 5143-5148, 5152-5155. 
 
 Hydraulic Jack. Figs. 3890-3891. A tool or machine in 
 which the power is exerted by means of the pres- 
 sure of some liquid acting against a piston or 
 plunger, for raising heavy weights, like a car. The 
 head and interior tube or ram form a reservoir, 
 from which the fluid flows to the pump., and to 
 which it is returned in lowering. From the pump 
 it is forced, by the downward stroke of the piston, 
 past the lower valve into the cylinder, and, this 
 being closed at the bottom, the ram rises. The 
 lever, which is made with a projection on one edge, 
 slips into a socket at the side of the head. This 
 socket passes through an arm on the interior of 
 the head, and to this is fastened the piston of the 
 pump. The claw attachment is a third tube, which 
 screws into the head, below the ram collar and 
 outside of the cylinder, at the lower end of which 
 is a claw projecting out at one side. The)- are rated 
 so that one man can raise the weight for which 
 they are designed. The speed of lifting is inversely 
 proportionate to the amount lifted. Ten tons can 
 be lifted one foot in about a minute and a half. See 
 Dudgeon's Hydraulic Jacks and Watson & Still- 
 man's Hydraulic Jacks, Joyce-Cridland's Hydraulic 
 Jacks. 
 
 Hydraulic Pressed Car Candles. Candles made of par- 
 affin by hydraulic pressure. See Candles. 
 
 Hydrostatic Buffer. A platform and buffing apparatus 
 designed by Mr. A. G. Leonard and first applied to 
 the Empire State Express between New York and 
 Buffalo. It consists of a buffer plate extending 
 the full width of the platform end sills, with two 
 side, two intermediate and one center buffer stems. 
 These center stems are backed up by springs, as is 
 
 usual in other buffing apparatus, and in addition 
 the center and side stems are enlarged at their ends 
 and fitted so as to act as pistons in buffer stem 
 cylinders. The two side and center cylinders are 
 filled with a liquid and they are connected with 
 suitable piping. The drawbar has attached to it a 
 pressure bar, which is also fitted to a cylinder which 
 has pipe connection with the center and side buffer 
 steins. The effect of this arrangement is to equal- 
 ize the pressure upon the buffer plate. If one side 
 buffer stem receives more than its proportion of the 
 thrust the fluid conveys the hydrostatic pressure to 
 the other side and center and tends to equalize it. 
 When the drawbar is drawn out the pressure bar 
 piston forces the fluid from its cylinder into the 
 buffer stem cylinders and forces out the buffer 
 plate, insuring contact at all times between the 
 buffer plates. Folding steps are required, since the 
 buffing apparatus takes up the full width of the 
 platform. 
 
 I-Beam. A general term applied by makers to any form 
 of rolled iron or steel having an I cross-section. 
 The top and bottom parts are termed the flanges, 
 and the middle the web. The usual dimensions ar.^ 
 given by the total height from out to out, and vary 
 from 3 to 15 inches or more. When one of the 
 flanges is simply a round bar it is termed a deck 
 beam. I-beams are used for center and interme- 
 diate sills, also for body and truck bolsters. 
 
 Ice Car. A car for transporting ice, usually constructed 
 with double roofs, floors and sides, filled in with 
 sawdust or other non-conducting substance. 
 
 Ice Pan (Refrigerator Cars). The receptacle for carry- 
 ing ice, especially roof ice pans, in distinction from 
 ice racks, at the ends of the car. 
 
 Inclined Floor (Coal Cars). 27, 27a, 27b, 27c, Figs. 474- 
 500. Subdivided into inclined end floor and inclined 
 side floor, the latter not always used. 
 
 Inclined Floor Timbers (Hopper Car). The wooden 
 sills to which the inclined floor of a coal car is 
 nailed. 
 
 Inclined Plane Car. A passenger street car which is 
 drawn by a wire rope on a steep inclined plane. 
 The car is so arranged that the floor will be level 
 when the wheels are on the incline, by making the 
 wheels at one end larger than at the other, or by 
 raising up one end of the car body. 
 
 Independent Pneumatic Tools. Figs. 6897-6904. 
 
 India Rubber. A gum which exudes from a tropical 
 tree growing in the East and West Indies, Mexico, 
 South America, etc. It is prepared for use by vul- 
 canizing with a greater or less proportion of sul- 
 phur, according to the stiffness required. 
 
 India Rubber Body Cushion or Attock's Body Block 
 (British). A piece of rubber about 6 inches by 3 
 inches by 1 inch thick, interposed between the body 
 and the underframe, serving to deaden noise and 
 vibration and permit a free circulation of air to the 
 floor timbers. 
 
 India Rubber Floor Mat. Fig. 2670. See Floor Mat. 
 They are either perforated or corrugated. 
 
 Ingate. "The aperture in a casting mold at which the 
 melted metal enters." — Knight. Often called a 
 gate. 
 
 Ingersoll-Rand Pneumatic Tools. Figs. 6909-6913. 
 
 Injector. A large hood or wind scoop on the roof of 
 the car to catch the air and force it through the 
 various pipes into the car. Corresponding parts 
 
INL 
 
 S2 
 
 INT 
 
 arc called hoods, jacks, ventilators, ventilator jacks, 
 wind scoops, etc. 
 
 Inlet Valve (Steam Heating). Figs. 2899, 2906-2967. 
 The valve controlling the inflow of steam to the 
 heater pipes. 
 
 Inner Intermediate Sills. 3, Figs. 262-272. Those two 
 intermediate sills next to the center sills. See In- 
 termediate Sills and Outer Intermediate Sills. 
 
 Inner Lamp Ring (British). An ornamental or wooden 
 ring in the inner surface of the roof surrounding the 
 aperture for the Roof Lamp, which see. 
 
 Inside Body Corner Knee (British). American equiv- 
 alent, sill knee iron or corner plate, which latter 
 is used outside instead of inside. A wrought iron 
 knee placed in a horizontal plane securing the end 
 and side of the body together. 
 
 Inside Casing (British). Boards in the inside of the 
 body attached to the framing of the sides and ends. 
 Also called inside lining. 
 
 Inside Casing (Baker Heater). Fig. 2725. Sheet iron 
 or steel plate bent and riveted into the shape of a 
 frustum of a cone, which forms the top of the fire 
 pot. 
 
 Inside Ceiling (Refrigerator Car). K, and 53e, Figs. 
 305-321. The inside layer of light boards in the 
 roof of the car. 
 
 Inside Cornice (Passenger Car Interiors). 94. Figs. 
 648-651. A molding which fills the angle where the 
 roof joins the side of the car. 
 
 Inside Cornice Fascia Board. 95, Figs. 648-651. A pro- 
 jecting board which forms a molding or ornament 
 under the inside cornice. The sub-fascia board lies 
 under it. The arrangement of these details, how- 
 ever, is frequently varied. 
 
 Inside Cornice Sub-Fascia Board. Z, Fig. 2204. See 
 above. 
 
 Inside Deck Cornice. 120, Figs. 648-651. 
 
 Inside End Piece (Truck Frame). Figs. 4788-4790. The 
 end piece which is nearest to the center of the car. 
 It is usually straight, while the outer one is cut 
 away on top so as to make room for the draft 
 rigging. 
 
 Inside Frieze Panel (Street Cars). A panel on the in- 
 side over a window. See Panel. 
 
 Inside Hand Rail (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3951. 
 
 Inside Hung Brakes. Fig. 5072. Brake attachments for 
 trucks in which the brake shoes and beams are 
 between the wheels. When attached on the out- 
 side they are Outside Hung Brakes, which see. 
 
 Inside Lining. 1. 53, Figs. 262-263; 53b and A, Figs. 
 305-321; 97, Figs. 648-651. The boarding which is 
 nailed to the insides of the posts of freight, baggage 
 and other cars. In box cars it extends half way up 
 only, to the girth. Inside lining becomes some- 
 times inside sheathing when it is carried up to the 
 roof, and is the only sheathing for the car, the 
 frame being left exposed. 
 
 2. (British.) See Inside Casing. 
 
 Inside Lining Cap. A Girth or Belt Rail, which see. 
 
 Inside Lining Stud. A vertical strip or post extending 
 from the side sill to the girth to serve as a "nailer ' 
 for the inside lining. 
 
 Inside Roof. 86c, Figs. 262-272. A light board roof 
 under the main roof and separated from it by the 
 purlins. 
 
 Inside Wheel Piece Plate. 12, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777. 
 See Wheel Piece. 
 
 Inside Window Panel. 89, Figs. 648-651; 10, Figs. 2201- 
 2202. A panel inside of a passenger car between 
 the windows. 
 
 Inside Window Sill. 78, Figs. 648-651. etc. A horizontal 
 piece of wood under the window on the inside. 
 
 Inside Window Stop. A wooden strip attached to a 
 window post on the inside of a window blind or an 
 inner sash of a double window. It forms a groove 
 in which the blind or window sash slides. Also 
 called window casing. Sometimes the window 
 molding forms a stop on the inside. 
 
 Inspection Car. 1. A car used for inspecting track of 
 a railway. In inspecting the track it is pushed in 
 front of a locomotive. 
 
 2. Fig. 6196. A hand car used for very much 
 the same purpose. Three-wheeled hand cars are 
 also used by roadmasters for inspection. See Hand 
 Car. 
 
 3. Fig. 6191, etc. A small car propelled by gaso- 
 lene with seats for from four to six persons. 
 
 Instruction Car (Air Brake). Figs. 244, 258-260. A 
 car maintained by the Westinghouse Air Brake Co. 
 and by some railroads to send out over the line in 
 charge of experts, and with a full equipment of air 
 brake apparatus, for the purpose of instructing em- 
 ployees required to operate or inspect air brakes as 
 to their construction, operation and proper main- 
 tenance. The same end is accomplished by some 
 roads by establishing instruction shops or schools 
 at certain points along the road and requiring em- 
 ployees to attend the same. 
 
 Insulating Paper (Refrigerator Cars). B, Figs. 305-321. 
 A heavy tar paper placed between the linings to aid 
 the insulation of the contents of the car from hea*. 
 
 Interchange of Traffic, Rules for. 
 
 The following code of rules governing the con- 
 dition of. and repairs to freight cars offered in in- 
 terchange traffic has been adopted by the Master 
 Car Builders' Association. It is revised from year 
 to year. The rules here given are the latest re- 
 vision. 1908. 
 These rules make car owners responsible for. and 
 therefore chargeable with, the repairs to their cars 
 necessitated by ordinal wear and tear in fair service, 
 so that defect cards will not be required for any defects 
 thus arising. 
 
 Railroad companies handling cars are responsible for 
 damage done to any car by unfair usage, derailment or 
 accident, and for improper repairs made by them, and 
 they should make proper repairs at their own expense, 
 or issue defect card covering all such damage or im- 
 proper repairs. 
 
 All inspection of freight or passenger cars for inter- 
 change will be made in accordance with the following 
 rules: 
 
 Care of Foreign Freight Cars. 
 
 Rule 1. Each railway company shall give to foreign 
 cars, while on its line, the same care as to oiling, pack- 
 ing, inspection and adjusting brakes that it gives to its 
 own cars. 
 
 Interchanging Freight Cars. 
 
 Rule 2. Cars offered in interchange must be accepted 
 if in safe and serviceable condition, the receiving road 
 to be the judge in cases not provided for in Rules 3 to 
 56, inclusive. 
 
 In case cars are rejected by the receiving road and 
 returned to the delivering company, all the defects ob- 
 jected to must be designated on a return card 3% x 8 
 inches, of the following form, tilled in with ink or 
 black indelible pencil, and placed on the car adjacent to 
 the destination card: 
 
INT 
 
 S3 
 
 INT 
 
 RETURN CARD. 
 
 Ry., 
 
 Ry. 
 
 for the following defects: 
 
 Inspector 
 
 Instructions for Inspectors, 
 use of defect card. 
 
 Rule 3. Defect cards shall be 3% inches by 8 inches, 
 and of the form shown below. They should be printed 
 in red ink on both sides, and shall be filled in on both 
 sides with ink or black indelible pencil. The cards 
 must plainly specify in full each item for which charge? 
 are authorized, indicating on which end of the car the 
 defects exist. The end of the car upon which the brake 
 staff is located shall be known as "B" end, and the 
 opposite end shall be known as "A" end. Where ther° 
 are two brake staffs on same car. the end toward which 
 the cylinder push rod travels shall be known as "B" 
 end. 
 
 =§ss 
 
 
 M C. B. DEFECT CARD 
 [Name of Road.) 
 
 Date 
 
 Car specified below will be received at any point on this 
 company's line with the following defects: 
 
 Car No Initials 
 
 Inspector at. 
 
 Rule 4. Defect cards shall not be required for de 
 fects for which owners are responsible, except for miss- 
 ing material on cars offered in interchange, as provided 
 for in Rules 27, 32, 35 and 42 ; neither shall they be re- 
 quired of the delivering road for improper repairs that 
 were not made by it with the exception of the cases 
 provided for in Rules 29, 34. 43, 44 and 45. 
 
 Rule 5. If a car has defects for which the owners 
 are not responsible, but which do not render it unsafe 
 to run, nor unsafe to trainmen, nor to any lading suit- 
 able to the car, the receiving road may require that a 
 defect card be securely attached to the car with four 
 tacks, preferably on the outside face of intermediate sill, 
 between cross-tie timbers on wooden cars; and on steel 
 cars to cardboard located either on cross-tie under car 
 or on inside of side sill at end of car. 
 
 Rule 6. Duplicate defect cards shall be furnished for 
 lost or illegible cards. 
 
 Wheels, 
 defects of wheels which justify renewal. 
 Rule 7. Shelled out: wheels with defec- 
 tive treads on account of pieces shelling out: 
 if the spots are over 2 1 ? inches, or are so 
 numerous as to endanger the safety of the 
 wheel. 
 
 Rule 8. Seams % inch long or over at a 
 
 Owners 
 
 responsible 
 
 distance of ¥2 inch or less from the throat 
 of the flange, or seams 3 or more inches 
 long, if such seams are within the limits of 
 3% inches, as shown on Fig\ 5. 
 
 = »U*o£ti£c. STE£l_ 
 
 Wheel Defect and Worn Coupler Limit Gage. 
 Fig. 1. 
 
 Rule 9. Worn through chill: when the 
 worn spot exceeds 2% inches in length. 
 Care must be taken to distinguish this de- 
 fect from flat spots caused by sliding wheels. 
 
 Rule 10. Worn flange: cast wheels under 
 cars of less than 80,000 pounds capacity, 
 with flanges having flat vertical surfaces ex- 
 tending more than 1 inch from tread, or 
 flange IS inch thick or less, gaged at a 
 point % inch above tread. Wheels under 
 cars of 80,000 pounds capacity or over, with 
 flanges having flat vertical surfaces extending 
 more than % inch from tread, or flange less 
 than 1 inch thick, gaged at a point % inch 
 above tread. (See Figs. 4 and 4a.) 
 
 Worn flange: steel and steel-tired wheel s 
 with flanges having flat vertical surfaces ex- 
 tending more than one inch from tread, or 
 flange 11 inch thick or less. (See Figs. 1 
 and 4a. 
 
 Rule 11. Thick flange: flange 
 
 1A 
 
 -2f - 
 
 M.]c B. STANDARD WHEEL TREAD % FLAfYftE 
 
 Maximum Flange Thickness Gage. 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 inches thick for cast iron wheels, standard 
 of 1903, 19114. 19115 and 1906. (See Fig. 2), 
 or flange over ]Ji inches thick for cast 
 iron wheels having increased flange and 
 tread, standard of 1907. (See Fig. 2a.) 
 
INT 
 
 B4 
 
 INT 
 
 -Maximum Flange Thickness Gag 
 Fig. 2a. 
 
 caused by seams, worn through chill or 
 worn flange. See also Rules 20 and 21. 
 
 Rule 15. Broken or chipped rim, caused 
 by defective casting, if the tread, measured 
 
 from the flange at a point % inch above 
 tread, is less than 3?4 inches in width. 
 (.See Fig. 5.) See also Rules 20 and 21. 
 
 Rule 16. Cracked tread, cracked plate, 
 one or more cracked brackets, or broken in 
 pieces under fair usage. See also Rule 20. 
 Steel or steel tired wheels loose, broken 
 or cracked hubs, plates, bolts, retaining 
 ring or tire under fair usage. 
 
 Rule 17. Wheels loose or out of gage. 
 (See Fig. 6.) 
 
 S 
 
 Method of Gaging Shelled and Fla 
 Spots. 
 
 Wheels are out of gauge If lass 
 — than 4 feet 6' 4 ' Inches here — 
 
 or It more than 
 
 4 feet 8?i Inches here 
 
 or less than 6 feet 4 Inches here 
 
 Measurements to be made at the same height on the wheels as the 
 center of the axle. 
 
 For wheels cast prior to the M. C. B. Standard tread and flange 
 adopted in 1907. 
 
 cvuoncune 
 
 Fig. 6a. 
 
 Measurements to be made at the same height on the wheels as the 
 
 center of the axle. 
 
 < For wheels cast after January 1, 190S.) 
 
 Rule 18. Chipped flange: if chip is on 
 the opposite side from throat of flange and 
 exceeds 1% inches in length and % inch 
 in width, or if it extends % inch past the 
 center of flange. 
 
 Rule 19. Flat sliding: if the spot caused 
 by sliding is 2} : 2 inches or over in length. 
 (Care should be taken to distinguish this 
 defect from worn through chill.) 
 
 Rule 20. Broken flange, except as in 
 Rule 14; chipped flange, if chip is on throat 
 side of flange, and exceeds V& inches in 
 
 Delivering 
 
 Company 
 
 responsible, 
 
 length and 
 
 :h 
 
 Method of Gaging 
 Chipped Rims. 
 
 Rule 12. Tread worn hollow: if the tread 
 is worn sufficiently hollow to render the 
 flange or rim liable to breakage. 
 
 Rule 13. Burst: if the wheel is cracked 
 from the wheel fit, outward, by pressure 
 from the axle. 
 
 Rule 14. Cracked or broken flange, 
 
 in width, or if it ex- 
 tends '/s inch past the center of flange; 
 broken rim, if not caused by defective east- 
 ing, if the tread, measured from the flange 
 at a point % inch above tread, is less than 
 3% inches in width (see Fig. 5), or any 
 breakage caused by unfair usage, derail- 
 ment or accident. 
 Rule 21. The determination of flat spots, worn 
 flanges and chipped treads shall be made by a ga.ee as 
 shown in Fig. 1. The determination of thick flanges 
 
INT 
 
 So 
 
 INT 
 
 --hall be made by a gage as shown applied to M. C. B. 
 standard wheel tread and flange in Fig. '2 and '2a. 
 
 The following engravings of the wheel defect gage, 
 Fig. 1, show the method of using it: 
 
 Axles. 
 
 defects of axles which justify renewal. 
 
 Owners Rule 22. Axles broken, or having seamy 
 
 responsible, or pitted journals, fillets in back shoulder 
 
 worn out, or with collars broken or worn 
 
 to % inch or less, under fair usage. 
 
 Rule 23. Axles less than the following 
 prescribed limits: 
 
 All cars to have their light weight and capacity or 
 
 their light weight and maximum weight stenciled on 
 them. 
 
 Delivering Rl t le 24. Cut journals, axles bent or axles 
 
 Company rendered unsafe by unfair usage, derailment 
 
 responsible. or accident. 
 
 Trucks, 
 parts of trucks which justify repairs if 
 owners are responsible, or repairs or card- 
 ing if delivering company is responsible. 
 Rule 25. Defective, missing or worn-out 
 parts of trucks not elsewhere provided for, 
 which have failed under fair usage, or if any 
 part of the truck frame or attachments is 
 less than 2% inches above the top of the 
 rail. 
 
 Rule 26. Damage of any kind to the truck 
 due to unfair usage, derailment or accident, 
 Rule 27. Material missing from trucks 
 of cars offered in interchange. 
 
 Rule 28. Journal bearings and journal 
 box bolts which require renewal by reason 
 of change of wheels or axles for which the 
 delivering company is responsible, regard- 
 less of the previous condition of the bear- 
 ings. 
 
 Rule 29. Cars equipped with steel or 
 steel-tired wheels and so stenciled, if 
 found with cast-iron wheels. 
 
 Owners 
 responsible. 
 
 Delivering 
 
 Company 
 
 responsible. 
 
 Owners 
 responsible. 
 
 Brakes, 
 parts of brakes which justify repairs. 
 Rule 30. Damage to interior portion of 
 cylinder or triple valve, leaky pipes, account 
 of seams, air hose burst from air pressure, 
 torn air hose and defective missing or 
 worn-out parts of brakes not elsewhere pro- 
 vided for, which have failed under fair 
 usage; except burst or torn air hose, burst 
 or leaky pipes, account of seams, or miss- 
 ing material on cars offered in interchange. 
 
 Owners' 
 
 responsibility 
 
 qualified. 
 
 Cap 
 
 FOR CARS 
 acity of car 
 
 MARKED WITH "CAPACITY." 
 Journal. Wheel seat. Center. 
 
 Owners 
 responsible. 
 
 
 100,000 
 
 5 
 
 inches. 
 
 694 incl 
 
 es. 
 
 5% 
 
 inches. 
 
 
 
 80,000 
 
 4% 
 
 " 
 
 6Vi " 
 
 
 5ft 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 70,000 
 60,000 
 50,000 
 40,000 
 
 4 
 
 3%. 
 3% 
 3% 
 
 " 
 
 5% 
 5 
 
 4% " 
 4% " 
 
 
 i% 
 4% 
 3% 
 
 « 
 
 Delivering 
 Company 
 
 responsible. 
 
 
 30,000 
 
 3 
 
 
 4 1 /! " 
 
 
 3^2 
 
 
 
 
 FOR CARS 
 
 MARK 
 
 Eli "MAXIMUM 
 
 WEIGHT 
 
 
 
 Maximum weight. 
 
 Journal. 
 
 Wheel seat. 
 
 
 Ce 
 
 nter. 
 
 
 161,000 
 
 5 inches. 
 
 6% 
 
 inches. 
 
 
 5% 
 
 inches. 
 
 
 132,000 
 
 4U' 
 
 
 6Vi 
 
 " 
 
 
 5% 
 
 " 
 
 
 112,000 
 
 4Vi 
 
 
 6 
 
 " 
 
 
 5% 
 
 " 
 
 
 95,000 
 
 3% 
 
 *' 
 
 5% 
 
 " 
 
 
 4% 
 
 " 
 
 
 79,000 
 
 3% 
 
 " 
 
 5% 
 
 " 
 
 
 4% 
 
 " 
 
 
 66,000 
 
 3% 
 
 " 
 
 4% 
 
 " 
 
 
 4'-l 
 
 " 
 
 
 5S.000 
 
 3 
 
 " 
 
 i% 
 
 " 
 
 
 4y s 
 
 " 
 
 
 Owners 
 responsible. 
 
 Delivery 
 Company 
 
 responsible. 
 
 Rule 31. Cylinder or triple valves of 
 air-brake cars not cleaned, oiled and tested 
 within twelve months and the date of last 
 cleaning, oiling and testing, preferably 
 marked on the brake cylinder or auxiliary 
 reservoir, or if same is not readily visible, in 
 a convenient location at release rod, with 
 white paint. 
 
 Rule 32. If the car has air-signal or 
 steam pipes the hose, pipes and couplings 
 on the car are at owner's risk, unless the 
 car is stenciled that it is so equipped. 
 
 Rule 33. Cars equipped with air-brake 
 hose other than M. C. B. standard and 
 hose applied without swelled end and 
 not conforming to M. C. B. standard hose 
 on and after June 1, 1909, except cars of- 
 fered in interchange, where delivering com- 
 pany is responsible. 
 
 Rule 34. If 1-inch hose and fittings are 
 found on 1%-inch train pipe. 
 
 Rule 35. Missing air-brake hose, missing 
 or damaged air-brake pipe, fittings, angle 
 cocks, cut-out cocks, cylinders, reservoirs, 
 triple valves, release valves, pressure-re- 
 taining valves or any parts of these items; 
 also pressure-retaining valve and pipe when 
 damage to car denotes rough usage. 
 
 Rule 36. Damage to any part of the 
 brake apparatus caused by unfair usage, de- 
 railment or accident. 
 
 Rule 37. All freight cars offered in in- 
 terchange must be equipped with air brakes. 
 On and after September 1, 1909, M. C. B. 
 standard l'l-inch train line shall be used. 
 
 Bodies. 
 
 parts of bodies which justify repairs if 
 owners are responsible, or repairs or card- 
 ing if delivering company is responsible. 
 Rule 38. Locks, side doors, end doors, 
 roof doors, grain doors and all inside or 
 concealed parts of cars missing or damaged 
 under unfair usage, and failure or loss under 
 fair usage of any part of the body of the 
 car, except as provided for in Rules 42 
 and 87. 
 
 ALL CARS 
 
 NOT ORIGINALLY' EQUIPPED WITH 
 TAINING VALVES. 
 
 RE- 
 
 Rule 39. Cars not within the limits of 
 standard height for couplers, 31% inches to 
 34% inches for standard gage cars. 
 
 Rule 40. Steps, ladders, handholds or 
 running boards in bad order or insecurely 
 fastened, or absence of grabirons or hand- 
 holds as required by law. Handholds or 
 grabirons must be of wrought iron or steel 
 and secured by bolts, rivets or lag screws. 
 
 Rule 41. Damage of any kind to the 
 body of the car due to unfair usage, derail- 
 ment or accident; also temporary advertise- 
 ments tacked, glued, pasted or varnished on 
 cars. Any card or poster which bears the 
 name of a manufacturer or shipper printed 
 on same will be considered as an adver- 
 tisement. 
 
 Rule 42. Material missing from body of 
 cars offered in interchange, except locks, 
 grain doors and all inside or concealed 
 parts of car. 
 
INT 
 
 86 
 
 INT 
 
 Company 
 making 
 repairs 
 responsible. 
 
 Rule 43. M. C. B. couplers not equipped 
 with steel or wrought-iron knuckles. 
 
 Rule 44. Cars intended to be equipped 
 with metal brake beams and so stenciled, if 
 found with wooden brake beams. 
 
 Rule 45. Cars equipped with II. C. B. 
 couplers having pocket rear-end attachment 
 and so stenciled, if found with stem or 
 spindle attachments instead of pocket. 
 
 Rule 46. Uncoupling attachments of M. 
 C. B. couplers offered in interchange must 
 be made operative before moving from in- 
 terchange points. 
 
 IMPROPER REPAIRS. 
 
 Rule 47. Any company making improper 
 repairs is solely responsible to the owners, 
 with the exception of the cases provided 
 for in Rules 29. 34, 43, 44 and 45, and also 
 in case it should be necessary to replace 
 stem or spindle with pocket attachment. 
 
 Rule 48. The company making such im- 
 proper repairs shall place upon the car, at 
 the time and place that the work is done, 
 an M. C. B. defect card, which card shall 
 state the wrong material used. 
 
 COMBINATIONS OF DAMAGES WHICH DENOTE UNFAIR USAGE IF 
 OCCURRING AT THE SAME END OF CAR. 
 
 Rule 49. Damage to coupler, accompanied by dam- 
 age to either combined front and back coupler stop, 
 draft timber or its substitute, or end sill. 
 
 Rule 50. Damaged coupler pocket accompanied by 
 damage to either draft timber or its substitute, or end 
 sill. 
 
 Rule 51. Damaged combined front and back coupler 
 stop accompanied by damage to either coupler or end 
 sill. 
 
 Rule 52. Damaged draft timber or its substitute, ac- 
 companied by damage to either coupler, coupler pocket, 
 or to end sill. 
 
 Rule 53. Damaged end sill, accompanied by damage 
 to either coupler, coupler pocket, combined front and 
 back coupler stop, draft timber or its substitute or 
 longitudinal sill. 
 
 Rule 54. Damaged longitudinal sill, accompanied 
 by damage to end sill. 
 
 Rule 55. Damaged longitudinal sills, if necessitating 
 replacement or splicing of more than two sills. 
 
 Rule 56. Damaged corner and end posts, if necessi- 
 tating the replacement of, or repairs to, more than two 
 end or two corner posts at one end, or more than one 
 end and one corner post at same end of car. 
 
 The word "coupler" in the above Rules 49 to 53, inclusive, means 
 the coupler body or knuckle, open knuckles excepted. 
 
 An American continuous draft key and rod shall not enter into a 
 combination of defects denoting unfair usage. 
 
 It will be assumed that a missing coupler and attachments are 
 damaged unless shown to the contrary. This only refers to cases 
 where the coupler if broken would enter into the combination of 
 defects. 
 
 INSTRUCTIONS TO REPAIR MEN. 
 
 Rule 57. Any car having defects which render it 
 unsafe to run, unsafe to trainmen, or to any lading suit- 
 able to the car, may be repaired. 
 
 Rule 58. Repairs to foreign cars shall be promptly 
 made, and the work shall conform in detail to the orig- 
 inal construction, and with the quality of material orig- 
 inally used, except as provided for in Rules 59 and 62. 
 Malleable iron, M. C. B. standards, may be substituted 
 for gray iron, M. C. B. standards, but the net cost to car 
 owner in such cases must be no greater than if the 
 original kind and weight of material had been applied. 
 Gray iron, M. C. B. standards, may be substituted in 
 
 place of malleable. M. C. B. standards, but in such cases 
 the debits and credits must be for what is actually ap- 
 plied and removed. Repair cards and stubs must state 
 kind of material applied and removed. 
 
 Rule 59. In repairing damaged cars, M. C. B. stand- 
 ards ma)' be used when of dimensions that do not im- 
 pair the strength of the ears, in lieu of the parts form- 
 ings its original construction. In making repairs, cast 
 iron brake shoes may be replaced with reinforced brake 
 shoes. When using materials for repairs to foreign 
 cars for which the .Master Car Builders' Association 
 has adopted specifications as a standard, the materials 
 must comply with the requirements of these specifica- 
 tions. 
 
 Rule tin. In making repairs for which owners are re- 
 sponsible, wheels other than 33-inch may be replaced 
 with 33-mch wheels, if practicable. If changes are neces- 
 sary in order to bring the car to proper height, the 
 cost of so doing shall also be chargeable to the car 
 owner. 
 
 Rule 61. Couplers of the vertical plane type other 
 than M. C. B. replaced with M. C. B. standard, the ex- 
 pense of alterations thus necessitated shall be charge- 
 able to car owners. Couplers that exceed the distance 
 of 5% inches between point of knuckle and guard arm 
 measured perpendicularly to guard arm must be re- 
 paired. See drawing. 
 
 Rule 02. When M. C. B. couplers of another make 
 are placed upon a car, the uncoupling arrangements 
 shall be made operative at the expense of the company 
 making the repairs. Malleable iron couplers, open 
 knuckles and malleable or steel backed filled journal 
 bearings shall not be used in repairs of foreign cars. 
 
 Rltle 63. When M. C. B. couplers, knuckles, metal 
 brake beams, wheels or axles are replaced under con- 
 ditions which make them chargeable to the owner, it 
 must be plainly stated on the repair card and stub 
 whether the material is new or second-hand. 
 
 The cards and stubs must state whether solid or 
 tilled journal bearings are applied or removed; also, 
 length of bearing. In the case of couplers applied and 
 removed, they shall state the make and kind of ma- 
 terial in couplers and the size of shank. In the case 
 of knuckles, they must state whether open or closed 
 knuckles are removed and applied. In the case of 
 brake shoes removed and applied, they shall state the 
 kind of shoe. 
 
 Rule 64. Any company finding cars not within the 
 limits of standard height for couplers may make re- 
 pairs and charge to owners. Cars should be adjusted 
 in height when empty, as far as possible, and in order 
 to justify a bill for this work under the Rules of Inter- 
 change an empty car measuring 32%l inches or less 
 should be adjusted to 34% inches, or within ] i inch 
 
INT 
 
 87 
 
 INT 
 
 thereof, and when it is necessary to alter a loaded car 
 it should be adjusted to 33^2 inches, or within V± inch 
 thereof, or as nearly as possible to such height as will 
 bring it to 34*2 inches when the car is unloaded, the 
 height to be measured from top of the rails to the 
 center line of the coupler shank. 
 
 Rule 65. Draft timbers must not be spliced. All 
 longitudinal sills may be spliced once, with the excep- 
 tion of center sills, which may be spliced at both ends. 
 Not more than two adjacent sills may be spliced at the 
 same end of car. 
 
 The splice may be located either side of body bolster, 
 but the nearest point of any splice must not be within 
 12 inches of same, excepting center sills, which must 
 be spliced between body bolster and cross-tie timbers 
 and not within '24 inches of either. 
 
 Longitudinal sills other than center sills where less 
 than 12 inches in depth, the plan shown in Fig. 8 is to 
 be followed. When the sills are 12 inches or more in 
 depth the plan shown in Fig. 9 is to be followed. 
 When center sills are spliced the plan shown in Fig. 9a 
 is to be followed. 
 
 The size of horizontal or cross bolts shown in Fig, 
 9a should be % inch. 
 
 Sills of foreign cars shall be spliced in accordance 
 with the standard form of splice shown above. Cars 
 delivered in interchange with the form of splice shown 
 in Fig. 9b will be acceptable. 
 
 Steel sills may be spliced in the most convenient lo- 
 cation in accordance with Figs. A, B and C. Adjacent 
 steel sills may be spliced. 
 
 Rule 60. Wheels on the same axle must be of the 
 same circumference. 
 
 Rule 67. Xew wheels must not be mated with 
 second-hand wheels. 
 
 Rule 68. Prick punching or shimming the wheel fit 
 must not be allowed. 
 
 Rule 69. The wheel seats of foreign axles must not 
 
 Rule 70. Any company repairing foreign cars with 
 wrong material, and not in compliance with the Rules 
 57 to 70, inclusive, shall be liable to the owners for the 
 
 , ,•— | 
 
 1 It 
 
 
 \-—f — 
 
 —r ~-i 
 
 i si _J 
 
 / 
 
 %£CTtan at ipucf 
 
 ^l 
 
 !h 
 
 Fi&. 3 A. 
 
 The size of horizontal or cioss bolls to be It inclie- 
 be reduced more than tV inch to fit the wheels, and in 
 no case must they be reduced below the limits given in 
 Rule 23. 
 
 v2> 
 
 cost of changing such car to the original standard, or 
 to the requirements of these rules, except that com- 
 panies applying axles smaller than the limits given in 
 Rule 23 shall not be held responsible for improper re- 
 pairs if the car is not stenciled showing the capacity of 
 the car. 
 
 Rule 71. In replacing air-brake hose on foreign cars 
 for which bills are made, new hose must be used. 
 
 Air-brake hose applied to foreign cars shall be con- 
 sidered wrong repairs unless they are made in accord- 
 ance with the M. C. B. specifications and are so labeled. 
 
 Rule 72. If the weight of a car is found to vary 
 more than 500 pounds from the light weight stenciled 
 on the car. or if the light weight is obliterated, a rail- 
 
INT 
 
 ss 
 
 INT 
 
 road company having the car in its possession may 
 weigh and restencil the car. making a charge for each 
 car weighed and so reported. The railroad company 
 making the bill shall notify the owner, giving the date 
 and point at which the reweighing was done. 
 
 Rule 73. Cars undergoing extraordinary repairs, 
 such as sills, resheathing, roofing, etc., must be re- 
 weighed and restenciled by the company having the 
 car in its possession at its own expense, and the owner 
 notified. 
 
 Rule 74. When second-hand axles are applied under 
 conditions which make them chargeable to the owners 
 the diameters of the wheel seats, and center must not 
 be less than, and the diameter of the journal must be 
 % inch greater than the limiting diameters given in 
 Rule 23. If cars are marked with the word "Capacity," 
 the first set of limits must be followed. If cars are 
 marked "Maximum Weight," the second set of limits 
 must be followed. 
 
 Rule. 775. When two or more cars chained together, 
 or any cars which require switch chains to handle 
 them, are delivered at an interchange point, the receiv- 
 ing road shall deliver to the delivering road at the 
 time, an equivalent number of switch chains of the 
 same size as the chains so used on the cars delivered, 
 or, in lieu thereof, furnish a defect car for such chains. 
 
 l. Use of Repair Card. 
 
 Rule 76. When repairs of any kind are made to for- 
 eign cars a repair card shall be securely attached outside 
 face of intermediate sill between cross-tie timbers. This 
 card shall specify fully the repairs made, and reason for 
 same, the date and place where made, and name of road 
 
 
 1 
 * 
 
 3 | 
 
 "3 
 
 2 * 
 
 a ^ 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 3 
 
 < 
 
 1 i 
 « * i 
 
 a- "> 5 
 
 W * a, 
 
 s 5 1 
 11 " 
 
 s s. 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 § g 
 
 ■5 s> 
 ■ 5 <u 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 ! 
 
 t 
 
 3 
 
 •-5 
 
 1 2. " 
 o & «,; 
 
 lias o) wm |i qnis pew pj||ddy *| pji^ g» BM 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 I 
 
 t 
 
 i 
 
 PJ15 law*l fMMj iq p*«|B|>a aq •» qois »IU 
 
 making repairs; also show location of parts repaired or 
 renewed. The end of car on which brake staff is located 
 shall be known as "B" end. and the opposite end as "A" 
 end. \\ here there are two brake staffs on the car, the 
 end toward winch the cylinder push rod travels shall be 
 known as "B" end. The card shall be provided with a 
 stub, which will duplicate information on the card and 
 stubs must be forwarded with the bill. 
 
 If no bill is to be rendered, the repair card stub must 
 be forwarded on or before the twentieth day of each 
 month, with the words "no bill" written across the fac* 
 of the repair card stub. In case it is not the intention 
 to render bill, the words "no bill" shall be written 
 across the face of the repair card. 
 
 Rule 77. The repair card shall be S'e by S inches, 
 and the stub 3% by 4 inches. The card shall be printed 
 on both sides in black ink, and shall be filled in on both 
 sides with ink or black indelible pencil, and be of the 
 following form: 
 
 Rule 78. Any road making partial repairs of defects 
 on a car which are covered by defect cards will have 
 the defects repaired crossed off the original card with 
 ink or indelible pencil and card placed back on car. A 
 copy of the card accompanying the bill with the de- 
 fects which were not repaired crossed off will be suffi- 
 cient authority to bill. 
 
 Rule 79. Duplicate repair cards shall he furnished 
 for lost or illegible cards. 
 
 Instructions for Billing. 
 
 Rule 80. Bills may be rendered for work done under 
 Rule 57, except in cases where ow-ners are not respon- 
 sible and the car bears no defect card covering the 
 defects repaired, stating upon the bill the date and place 
 where the repairs were made; the repair card stub or 
 defect card to accompany the bill. 
 
 Rule 81. Car owners may require receipt of repair 
 card or stub before payment of bill for repairs. 
 
 Rule 82. For repairs made on defect cards, the card 
 must accompany the bill as voucher for the work don\ 
 but no bill shall be rendered for repairs which have not 
 been made. 
 
 Rule 83. When improper repairs of owner's defects 
 have been made and bill rendered, the owner may 
 counter-bill against the company making the wrong re- 
 pairs for the cost of changing the ear to the original 
 standard, or to the requirements of Rules 57 to 19. in- 
 clusive, if the work is done. 
 
 Rule 84. When improper repairs of defects fur which 
 owners are not responsible are made, the owner may make 
 bill against the company making the improper repairs for 
 the cost of changing the car to the original standard, or to 
 the requirements of Rules 57 to 79, inclusive, if the work 
 is done. 
 
 Rule 85. The evidence of a joint inspector or the 
 joint evidence of two persons, one representing the 
 owner of the car, and the other representing the de- 
 livering road, that the repairs are not proper, shall be 
 final. A joint evidence card shall be used for this pur- 
 pose, which shall describe and show location of parts 
 repaired or renewed. The end of the car on which the 
 brake staff is located shall be known as "B" end, and 
 the opposite end as "A" end. Where there are two 
 brake staffs on the car, the end toward which the cylin 
 der push rod travels shall be known as "B" end. This 
 card shall be of the following form: 
 
INT 
 
 89 
 
 INT 
 
 Rule 86. The joint evidence card, accompanied by a 
 proper repair card, upon which a hill has been made, 
 shall be used as authority for rendering bill, but if un- 
 accompanied by such repair card, the joint evidence 
 card shall be sent to the company against which the 
 evidence has been presented, and it shall furnish a de- 
 fect card covering the wrong repairs if it made them. 
 
 O 
 O 
 
 > 
 
 5 
 
 _i 
 
 5 
 
 a: 
 
 -s<, 
 
 S 
 
 u 
 
 I 
 I- 
 
 V 
 
 u 4 
 
 i 
 
 o 
 
 ~- 
 
 Rule 87. Bills may be rendered against car owners 
 for the labor only of replacing couplers, brake beams 
 (including their attachments, such as shoes, heads, key 
 bolts, brake pins, jaws and hangers), brake levers, 
 lever guides, top and bottom brake rods that have been 
 lost on the line of the company making the repairs. 
 Coupler springs, followers and yokes may be included 
 in the above, providing they have been lost with the 
 couplers. 
 
 Rule S8. In making bills under these rules, the in- 
 formation necessary for the car department should be 
 embodied on the forms shown, whether the same is 
 made as a bill or a statement to accompany a bill. 
 
 Rule 89. Bills rendered for wheels and axles shall be 
 in accordance with the following schedule of prices for 
 material, with the proper debits and credits: 
 
 Second 
 New. 
 
 One 36-inch cast-iron wheel $10.50 
 
 One 33-inch cast-iron wheel 9.00 
 
 One 33-inch steel or steel-tired wheel 23.00 
 
 One axle, 100,000 lbs 21.50 
 
 One axle, 80,000 lbs 17.75 
 
 One axle, 60,000 lbs 14.00 
 
 One axle, 50,000 lbs. (or under) 11.50 
 
 and with an additional charge for all labor for each 
 pair of wheels and axles removed from all arch bar 
 trucks of $1.75. and from all solid pedestal trucks 
 of $2.00. If new wheels and axles are sub- 
 stituted for second-hand wheels and axles, proper 
 
 hand. 
 
 Scrap. 
 
 $7.75 
 
 $5.25 
 
 7.00 
 
 4.75 
 
 17.25 
 
 5.00 
 
 11.75 
 
 7.75 
 
 10.00 
 
 6.50 
 
 7.75 
 
 5.25 
 
 6.25 
 
 4.25 
 
 charges and credits shall be allowed, although such 
 substitution be made on account of only one loose 
 or defective wheel, or a defective axle, with the follow- 
 ing exceptions: In case the owner of a car removes a 
 damaged wheel or axle, no charge shall be made for 
 any difference in value between the parts used and 
 those removed that are not damaged. 
 
 O 
 O 
 
 >- 
 < £ 
 
 DC 
 
 ■s 
 
 u 
 
 I 
 
 c 
 
 ■3 
 
 OS 
 
 a 
 
 Removing, turning and replacing a pair of stel or 
 steel-tired wheels: 3.25 for pedestal type of truck and 
 3.00 for archbar truck. 
 
 Loss of service metal from steel or steel-tired wheels 
 for defects for which the delivering company is re- 
 sponsible, to be charged for at the rate of 1.50 per 1-16 
 inch thickness of tread or tire. 
 
 Rule 90. If car owner elects on account of improper 
 repairs to remove M. C. B. standard axles suitable to 
 the capacity of the car, he shall make charge for sec- 
 ond-hand axles and allow credit for second-hand axles 
 if they are in good order. Axles removed below the 
 journal limit of 100,000 pounds, 80,000 pounds, 60,000 
 pounds and 40,000 pounds capacity to be credited as 
 scrap when removed. 
 
 Rule 91. Bills for wheel and axle work must make 
 specific mention of each axle and wheel removed or 
 applied. 
 
 Rule 92. Bills which do not embody all the informa- 
 tion called for by the headings of the columns may be 
 declined until made to conform to the requirements 
 of the rule. If no marks are found on wheels or axles 
 removed, a notation to that effect must be made on 
 face of bill. 
 
 Rule 93. In noting on bills the cause of removal of 
 wheels and axles, the terms used in Rules 7 to 24, in- 
 clusive, shall be used, and the dimensions of the defect 
 or variation from the prescribed limits should be care- 
 fully specified. 
 
INT 
 
 90 
 
 INT 
 
 Rule 94. Bills for repairs made under these rules 
 and for material furnished shall be in conformity with 
 schedules of prices and credits for the articles enum- 
 erated below: 
 
 Material. S-Inch. 10-Inch. 
 Air-brake Equipment: 
 Air-brake hose, \\i inch, complete with fittings 
 
 applied to car, charge $2.00 $2.00 
 
 Air-brake hose, l^i inch, credit for fittings for 
 
 same SO .SO 
 
 Angle cock, plain handle 1.50 1.50 
 
 Angle cock, self-locking handle 1.80 1.80 
 
 Angle cock handle OS .OS 
 
 
 
 _ 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 ^ 2 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ; O 
 
 
 ~u 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 - cj 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <5 
 
 a. 
 
 u 
 
 SZ« 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "<3 
 
 (3 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
 j; J£' ui 
 
 
 
 "a v 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 If) 
 
 a|3 
 
 zee 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 : *s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 : ^ 
 
 
 Zi).E 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ° vV 
 
 
 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 6£< 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 5 
 
 
 
 Du 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 
 *& 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 el 
 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■« : 
 
 
 n o~ 
 
 
 Si 
 
 
 
 X j 
 
 a 
 
 E >< 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 2 c c 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 . i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ;»S 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 u S 
 
 
 
 
 ; **- 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 e w 
 
 
 
 : "« 
 
 ^ a 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 < 
 
 Z S 5 
 
 
 s 
 
 ; S 
 
 3 
 
 o J 
 
 
 
 ! ! 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 Cu 
 
 
 
 
 '■ 1 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i tS 
 
 ™Siis 
 
 
 
 
 i ^ 
 
 ~- e<-> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fi'l 
 
 -£z° 
 
 
 C3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 °»s 
 
 
 
 Material. S-Inch. 10-Inch. 
 
 Triple slide valve spring $0.03 $0.03 
 
 " valve strainer -05 .0o 
 
 ■' gasket 20 .20 
 
 Bolts, nuts and forgings, finished per lb. .OS ,4c. 
 
 Brake shoes applied; no credit for scrap .30 .... 
 
 Material. Charge. Credit. 
 
 Brake shoe, reinforced back, applied, no credit 
 
 for scrap $0.40 
 
 Brake shoe key, applied; no credit for scrap 05 '••". 
 
 Castings, rough iron per lb. .02 Ac 
 
 malleable " .03% %c. 
 
 " steel " .04% %c 
 
 Chain " -05 $0.01 
 
 Coupler, II. C. B., complete, new, steel, 5 by 5 
 
 shank S.75 
 
 Coupler, M. C. B., complete, new, steel, 5 by 7 
 
 shank 9-50 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 < 
 
 < _! 
 
 CO 
 
 u 
 
 DC 
 
 ec 
 
 UJ 
 CL 
 
 HI 
 
 a 
 < 
 5 
 
 CO 
 DC 
 
 < 
 
 a 
 tu 
 
 a 
 
 5 
 
 UJ 
 
 l- 
 < 
 
 :- 
 CO 
 
 > 
 
 WM | ~* I 
 
 5 sfi-5 i ____ 
 
 i *m : — f | 
 
 l 1 Ml if 
 
 u I -J I 
 
 I I II 1 
 
 I ^1 
 
 1 m ' 
 
 I I g I . 
 
 o 1^1 
 
 a t-l 
 S | i | 
 
 z I 3 | 
 
 s ~T|7| 
 
 £ 5 | -» | 
 
 u | •* | 
 o g « 
 
 X 
 o 1 
 
 1 | 
 
 ■con: !; w - " 
 
 ° ■/> V - : 
 
 i" £ ^ a < 
 
 ° s c a. > 
 
 a. _______^__ , 
 
 E I 
 « = | 
 
 E £ 
 
 | j 1 
 
 Auxiliary reservoir 
 
 Cut-out cock 
 
 Cut-out cock handle 
 Cylinder, body 
 piston 
 
 and rod 
 
 piston follower 
 
 piston packing leather 
 
 " expander .... 
 
 piston release spring 
 
 non-pressure head 
 
 gasket 
 
 Gasket, air-hose coupling 
 
 Pipe, nipple on end of train pipe 
 
 Pressure retaining valve, 2 position 
 
 Pressure-retaining valve, 3 position 
 
 Release valve 
 
 Release valve handle 
 
 Release rod 
 
 Spring cotter pins for key bolts and brake pins, 
 
 each applied 
 
 Train pipe air strainer (1% inch) 
 
 Triple check valve case 
 
 Triple cylinder cap (drain cup) 
 
 gasket 
 
 " emergency valve 
 
 " seat 
 
 " piston 
 
 rubber seat 
 
 check valve 
 
 spring 
 
 case gasket 
 
 " graduating spring 
 
 " stem 
 
 " nut 
 
 valve 
 
 ring 
 
 piston and 
 
 " ring (only) 
 slide valve 
 
 2.75 
 
 6.25 
 
 1.30 
 
 1.30 
 
 .07 
 
 .07 
 
 2.00 
 
 3.50 
 
 1.00 
 
 1.50 
 
 .08 
 
 .25 
 
 .60 
 
 1.00 
 
 .05 
 
 .06 
 
 .50 
 
 .50 
 
 .60 
 
 1.25 
 
 .06 
 
 .08 
 
 .04 
 
 .04 
 
 .12 
 
 .12 
 
 1.00 
 
 1.00 
 
 2.25 
 
 2.25 
 
 .60 
 
 .60 
 
 .08 
 
 .10 
 
 .10 
 
 .10 
 
 .02 
 
 .02 
 
 .60 
 
 .60 
 
 .90 
 
 .90 
 
 .75 
 
 .75 
 
 in 
 
 .40 
 
 .60 
 
 .60 
 
 .55 
 
 .55 
 
 .50 
 
 .50 
 
 .06 
 
 .05 
 
 .25 
 
 .25 
 
 .02 
 
 .02 
 
 .10 
 
 .10 
 
 .05 
 
 .05 
 
 .15 
 
 .15 
 
 .'.'n 
 
 .20 
 
 .05 
 
 .05 
 
 2.00 
 
 i 
 
 .25 
 
 .25 
 
 .75 
 
 .75 
 
 Coupler body, one, new, steel, 5 by 5 shank 
 
 Coupler body, one, malleable, 5 by 5 shank 
 
 Coupler body, one, new, steel, 5 by 7 shank 
 
 Coupler body, one, malleable, 5 by 7 shank 
 
 Coupler knuckle, one, new, open 
 
 Coupler knuckle, one, new, solid 
 
 Coupler knuckle pin, one, new 
 
 Coupler lock, one, new .40 
 
 Other individual malleable, wrought or steel parts, 
 
 per lb .04 
 
 Door, for end of box or stock car, wooden, each, 
 
 applied ; no credit for scrap 1.95 
 
 Door, for end of box or stock car, ventilated 
 (wooden frame with iron rods), each, applied; 
 no credit for scrap 3.30 
 
 Door, for side of box or stock car, wooden, each, 
 
 applied; no credit for scrap 3.65 
 
 Door, for side of box or stock car, ventilated 
 (wooden frame with iron rods), each, applied; 
 no credit for scrap 5.50 
 
 Door, for side of carriage, automobile or furni- 
 ture car, wooden, each, applied; no credit for 
 scrap 5.00 
 
 Door, for side of stock car, with iron rods, each, 
 
 applied; no credit for scrap 4.40 
 
 Door, for roof of coke car, wooden, each, applied; 
 
 no credit for scrap 2.45 
 
 Door, for roof of stock car, wooden, each, applied; 
 
 no credit for scrap ,$5 
 
 Half door, for side of box or stock car, each, ap- 
 plied; no credit for scrap 2.50 
 
 Half door, for end of furniture or carriage car, 
 
 each, applied; no credit for scrap 3.00 
 
 Hatch cover, for roof of refrigerator car, wooden, 
 
 each,, applied; no credit for scrap 1.50 
 
 Hatch plub, for refrigerator car, wooden, each, ap- 
 plied; no credit for scrap 1.50 
 
 1.05 
 
 .90 
 1.1 
 1.00 
 
 .40 
 
 .4 
 
 .0 
 
 .06 
 
INI 
 
 91 
 
 INT 
 
 .24 
 
 .03% 
 
 .03 
 
 .15 
 
 .05 
 
 .03 
 
 .05 
 
 .07 
 
 .05 
 
 .03% 
 
 .03% 
 
 Material. 8-Inch. 10-Inch. 
 
 Iron, galvanized per lb. $0.01 .... 
 
 Journal bearings, brass or bronze, lined or un- 
 
 lined, per lb., applied 20 .15 
 
 Journal bearings, nlled brass or bronze shell, per 
 
 lb., applied .15 .11 
 
 The weight charged for new journal bearings 
 for 7-inch journals and over but not S inches 
 long, shall be 10 pounds; for scrap bearings, 6 
 pounds. The weight charged for new journal 
 bearings for journals S inches long and less than 
 9 inches long shall be 13 pounds; for scrap bear- 
 ings, S pounds. For new journal bearings for 
 journals 9 inches long or over, but not 10 inches, 
 20 pounds; for scrap bearings, 12 pounds. For 
 new journal bearings for 100,000-pound capacity 
 cars (5% by 10 inches) the weight shall be 25 
 lbs.; for scrap bearings, 15 pounds. 
 Journal bearings, cast steel or malleable iron back, 
 
 credit for scrap, per pound 
 
 Labor, per hour 
 
 Lumber — yellow, white and Norway pine, poplar, 
 
 oak, hickory and elm, dressed ana framed, per 
 
 ft. B. M., required to make the part 
 
 Nails per lb. 
 
 Paint, lead, freight car, mixed " 
 
 Paint, mineral, freight car, mixed " 
 
 Pipe, %-inch, per foot 
 
 1-inch, " 
 
 " 1^4-inch, " 
 
 Steel for springs, rough per lb. .05 ^4.c. 
 
 helical springs " .OS 1 ^ .01 
 
 pressed and sheet " .03^ V^c. 
 
 Rule 95. Not more than one pound of mineral paint 
 can be charged for 15 square feet of surface covered, 
 and not more than one pound of lead paint of 12 square 
 feet of surface covered. Xo charge to be made for let- 
 tering. 
 
 Rule 96. Whenever scrap credits are allowable, the 
 weights of scrap credited shall be equal to the weights 
 of the new metal applied, except as otherwise pro- 
 vided in the rules, and except in the case of scrap 
 M. C. B, couplers., and parts of same, and material 
 applied on defect cards, in which cases the weight and 
 kind of metal removed shall be credited. 
 
 Rule 97. In the application of structural steel, it 
 should be charged out at the current market price plus 
 the necessary labor for drilling, etc.; credit should be 
 at prices quoted above for similar metal. 
 
 Rl*le 9$. Bills shall not be rendered for amounts 
 less than 25 cents in aggregate, but charges for items 
 less than 25 cents may be held until they amount to 
 that sum. provided said aggregate is rendered within 
 6 da}"s. Xo bill shall be returned for correction on 
 account of eiror for less than 100 cents in aggregate 
 of bill, but said bill shall be passed for payment at 
 once, and the alleged error brought to the attention 
 of the road rendering the same within sixty days from 
 date of bill. The receiving road shall at once issue a 
 letter of authority for counter bill to cover the 
 acknowledged error, said letter to be attached to the 
 bill as authority. 
 
 Xo bills shall be returned for correction on account 
 of wrong car numbers, but road rendering bill should 
 be communicated with by letter, and if, after investiga- 
 tion, it is found to be a fact that wrong car number 
 has been given, correct number shall be furnished or 
 credit covering amount of charge allowed on next 
 month's bill. 
 
 When necessary to return bills for correction, all 
 defect cards and repair cards stubs should be detached 
 except those covering repairs to cars, the charge for 
 which there maybe some question as to its correctness. 
 
 Rule 99. All companies rendering bill should con- 
 solidate all charges against an}- one company into 
 one monthly bill. 
 
 Rule 100. Journal bearings having a lining % inch 
 thick or thicker, shall be charged as tilled journal 
 bearings, and not as lined journal bearings. 
 Rule 101. In rendering bills for owner's defects, the 
 following should be observed: 
 
 No credit for scrap and no charge for labor shall be 
 allowed in renewing brake shoes. 
 
 Rule 102. When M. C. E. coupler parts or metal 
 
 brake beams are replaced, good second-hand material 
 ma)- be used, but they must be charged at 75 per cent 
 of the prices when new. The credits for similar parts 
 released from service in good condition must also be 
 75 per cent, of the prices when new. 
 
 Rule 103. Manufactured articles not included in the 
 above list must be charged at current market prices, 
 without freight charges. 
 
 Rule 104, Xo percentage to be added to either mate- 
 rial or labor. 
 
 Rule 105. Bills for the following work, to make cars 
 conform to United States laws and to conform to the 
 requirements of Rule 61, must be rendered within 60 
 days after the work is done, and must state the height 
 of the car before and after altering: 
 
 Altering heighi; of one end of one car, net $1.25 
 
 Putting on one handhold or grabiron, net 25 
 
 Rule 106. The following table shows the number of 
 hours which ma}- be charged for labor in doing the 
 various items of work enumerated, which includes all 
 work necessary to complete each item of repairs, ex- 
 cept in so far as labor is already included in charges 
 for materials: 
 
 Ordinary Refrigerator 
 
 Cars. Cars. 
 
 Charge Charge 
 
 for for 
 
 Hrs. Labor. Hrs. Labor. 
 Advertisements, temporary, tacked on cars, 
 
 removing, per car . . $0.50 . . $0.50 
 
 Advertisements, temporary, pasted, glued 
 
 or varnished on cars, removing, per car. . . 1.00 . . 1.00 
 
 American continuous draft rods, one rod, 
 
 welding 2 .4S 2 .48 
 
 Arch bars. 1 or 2, replaced on same side 
 
 of truck 3 .72 3 .72 
 
 Arch bar, upper or lower, or bout, black- 
 smith ship labor, repairing . 2 .IS 2 .48 
 
 Axle, bent, straightening 4 .96 4 .96 
 
 Bolster, body, composite, one, replaced... 10 2.40 12 2.88 
 
 Bolster, body, plain metal or wood, one, 
 
 replaced S 1.92 10 2.40 
 
 Bolster, body, plain metal or wood, one. 
 
 replaced when one or more defective 
 
 sills are replaced 2 .43 2 .48 
 
 Bolster, composite, one, replaced when 
 
 one or more defective sills are replaced. 4 .96 4 .96 
 
 Bolster truck, one, replaced 10 2.40 10 2.40 
 
 Bolster truck, one, and one spring plank 
 
 in same truck, replaced 12 2.8S 12 2.SS 
 
 Brake beam, one. replaced 2 .48 2 .48 
 
 Brake beam, one, metal, blacksmith labor 
 
 repairing 2 . 4S 2 .48 
 
 Brake beam, wooden truss, repairing.... 1 .24 1 .24 
 
 Brake hanger, repaired and replaced 1 .24 1 .24 
 
 Brake shoe, applied on authority of defect 
 
 card, when brake beam is not replaced. . Vi> -12 x o .12 
 
 Butter blocks, cast-iron, each, replacing.. 1 .24 1 .24 
 
 Carlin, one, replaced 3 .72 . , .... 
 
 Carrier iron bolts, three or less, at one 
 
 end of car, applied 2 .43 2 ,43 
 
 Carrier iron bolts, all at one end of car. 
 
 applied 3 .72 3 .72 
 
 Carrier iron bolts, 4 inches long or less, 
 
 each . . _. . % .06 i± .06 
 
 Center pin head applied, emptv car }-o .12 1^ .12 
 
 loaded car 3" .72 3 .72 
 
 Center pin head applied, empty car, and 
 
 putting same end on center l 1 ^ .36 1\' 2 .36 
 
 Center pin head applied, loaded car, and 
 
 putting same end on center 5 1.20 5 1,20 
 
 Center pin key applied, empty car, in- 
 cluding placing same end on center, if 
 
 necessary 1% .36 1% .36 
 
 Center pin key applied, loaded car, in- 
 cluding placing same end on center, if 
 
 necessary 2% .60 2% .60 
 
 Center plates, one or two, at same end, 
 
 replacing 3 .72 3 .72 
 
 Center plate bolts, where same do not pass 
 
 through draft timber, one or more, or 
 
 all at same end 3 .72 3 .72 
 
 Center plate bolt or bolts and center plate 
 
 replacing on one end of car 3 .72 3 .72 
 
 Column bolts, one or more, replaced in 
 
 same truck 2 .48 2 .48 
 
 Corner iron, one, replaced 1 .24 1 .24 
 
 Corner post, one, replaced, empty car.... 3 .72 6 1.44 
 
 Corner post, one. replaced, loaded car.... 4 ,96 6 1.44 
 
 Coupler with stem attachments, coupler 
 
 springs, one or more follower plates, 
 
 American continuous draft key, Amer- 
 ican continues draft rods, one or more 
 
 coupler stops, renewing or replacing any 
 
 or all, at same end of car, at same time. 3 .72 3 ,72 
 
 Coupler, with pocket attachments, coupler 
 
 spring, one or more follower plates, one 
 
 or more coupler stops, coupler pocket, 
 
 coupler pocket rivets, renewing or re- 
 placing any or all, at same end of car at 
 
IN' 
 
 92 
 
 INT 
 
 1 
 
 .24 
 
 3 
 
 72 
 
 1 
 
 .24 
 
 6 
 
 1.44 
 
 6 
 
 1.44 
 
 7 
 
 1.6S 
 
 11 
 
 2.64 
 
 2.40 
 
 3.36 
 
 .48 
 
 .72 
 .72 
 
 .72 
 AS 
 
 Ordinary Refrigerator 
 
 Cars. Cars. 
 
 Charge Charge 
 
 for for 
 
 Hrs. Labor. Hrs. Labor. 
 
 same time 4 .96 4 .96 
 
 Coupler stop bolts, lug strap bolts or 
 draft timber cross-tie bolts, 5 or less, at 
 same end of car, when coupler is not 
 
 replaced, each V2 -12 V2 '-12 
 
 Coupler stop boh-, lug strap bolts or draft 
 timber cross-tie bolts, 6 or more, at 
 same end of car, when coupler is not 
 
 replaced 3 .72 3 .72 
 
 Cross-tie timber, one. replaced 3 .72 3 .72 
 
 Cross- tie timber, one. replaced when one 
 
 or more defective sills are replaced..... 1 .24 
 
 Dead block, wooden, replacing at one end 
 
 of car 3 .72 
 
 Door, end, old. rehanging 3 j .12 
 
 Door, side, old, rehanging 1 .24 
 
 Door post, one, replaced, empty car 3 .72 
 
 Door post, one, replaced, loaded car 4 .96 
 
 Draft timber, one, replaced 7 1.6S 
 
 Draft timbers, two, on same end, replaced. 10 2.40 
 
 Draft timber, one, renewed, when upper 
 center plate bolts pass through rear end 
 
 of draft timbers 10 2.40 10 
 
 Draft timber, two, renewed, when upper 
 center plate bolts pass through rear end 
 
 of draft timbers 13 3.12 14 
 
 Draft timber, one, renewed, when its' 
 center sill is renewed or spliced at same 
 
 end of car 2 .48 2 
 
 Draft timber, one. renewed, when its op- 
 posite center sill at same end of car is 
 
 renewed or spliced 3 .72 3 
 
 Draft timber bolts complete, at one end 
 
 of car, replacing 3 .73 3 
 
 Draft timber bolts, or carrier iron bolts, 
 either or both, three or less, at one 
 
 one end of car, replacing 2 .48 2 
 
 Draft timber bolts, or carrier iron bolts, 
 either or both, four or more, at one 
 
 end of car, replacing 3 .72 3 
 
 Draft timber bolts, when same do not pass 
 
 through upper center plate, three or less. 2 .48 2 
 
 Draft timber bolts, when same do not pass 
 through upper center plate, four or 
 
 more". 3 .72 3 
 
 Draft timber bolts, when one or more of 
 the bolts pass through the center plate, 
 
 add 3 .72 3 
 
 (No additional charge to be made in 
 this case, if one or more or all of the 
 center plate bolts at same end of car 
 are renewed.) 
 Draft timber bolts, four or more at one 
 
 end of car, replacing 2 .72 3 
 
 End plank, one. renewed on gondola car — 
 
 without angle irons 2 .48 
 
 with angle irons, bolted 3 .72 
 
 with angle irons, riveted 5 1.20 
 
 End planks, two. renewed on same end — 
 
 without angle irons 2XU .60 
 
 with angle irons, bolted 3% .S4 
 
 with angle irons, riveted 5% 1.32 
 
 End planks, three, renewed on same end — 
 
 without angle irons 3 .72 
 
 with angle irons, bolted 4 .96 
 
 with angle irons, riveted 6 1.44 
 
 End planks, four, renewed on same end — 
 
 without angle irons 3^ .84 
 
 with angle irons, bolted 4% 1.0S 
 
 with angle irons, riveted 6% 1.56 
 
 End plate, one, replaced 12 2.88 
 
 End post, one. replaced, empty car 3 .72 
 
 End post, one, replaced, loaded car 4 .96 
 
 Journal box, one, replaced 2 .4S 
 
 Tournal boxes, two, on same axle, re- 
 placed 3 .72 
 
 Tournal box, one or two, replaced on 
 
 same axle, solid pedestal truck 4 .96 
 
 Journal boxes, three or four, replaced, 
 
 same truck, solid pedestal truck 5 1.20 
 
 Journal box bolt, one or two, replaced, 
 
 same box 1 .24 
 
 Journals, truing up one or two, on same 
 
 axle 2 .43 
 
 Platform plank, one, replaced 1 .24 
 
 Relasing rod for M. C. B. coupler, one, 
 
 replaced % .12 i/ a -12 
 
 Roof boards, single, including removing 
 and replacing running board, per lineal 
 
 foot .07 .. .07 
 
 Roof boards, double board roof, including 
 removing and replacing running board, 
 
 per lineal foot .09 . . .09 
 
 Running board, complete, applied 6 1.44 6 1.44 
 
 Spring plank, one, replaced 10 2.40 10 2.40 
 
 Side plank, one, renewed on gondola car — - 
 
 without angle irons 4 .96 . . 
 
 with angle irons, bolted 7 1.68 .. .... 
 
 with angle irons, riveted 8 1.92 . . .... 
 
 Side planks, two, renewed on same side — 
 
 without angle irons 5^ 1.32 . . .... 
 
 Side pl2nks, two — 
 
 with angle irons, bolted 8 1.92 
 
 with angle irons, riveted 9 2.16 . . .... 
 
 Side planks, three, renewed on same side — 
 
 without angle irons 7 1.6S . . .... 
 
 with angle irons, bolted 9 2.16 . . .... 
 
 with angle irons, riveted 10 2.40 . . .... 
 
 Side planks, four, renewed on same side — 
 
 without angle irons 8^ 2.04 . . .... 
 
 14 
 6 
 6 
 2 
 
 3.36 
 
 1.44 
 
 1.44 
 
 .48 
 
 3 
 
 .72 
 
 i 
 
 .96 
 
 5 
 
 1.20 
 
 1 
 
 .24 
 
 2 
 
 1 
 
 .48 
 .24 
 
 Refrigerator 
 Cars. 
 
 Charge 
 for 
 Hrs. Labor. 
 
 S.40 
 3.60 
 1.44 
 
 .15 
 
 .20 
 
 4. SO 
 6.24 
 11.28 
 16.32 
 3.60 
 1.6S 
 
 Ordinary 
 
 Cars. 
 Charge 
 for" 
 
 Hrs. Labor. 
 
 with angle irons, bolted 10 2.40 
 
 with angle irons, riveted 11 2.64 
 
 Side plate, one, applied 25 6.00 
 
 Side plate, one, spliced S 1.92 
 
 Side post, one, replaced 3 .72 
 
 Siding, removed and replaced, per lineal 
 
 f oof .15 
 
 Siding, removed and replaced, whe re- 
 nails are set and holes puttied . . .... 
 
 sills: 
 
 1 center sill, snliced 16 3.S4 
 
 2 center sills, spliced 22 5.2S 
 
 1 center sill, replaced 35 S.40 
 
 2 center sills, replaced 41 9.S4 
 
 1 end sill under siding, replaced 15 3.60 
 
 1 end sill outside siding, replaced 7 1.6S 
 
 1 end sill under siding, replaced when 
 
 one or more deiective sills have been re- 
 placed 3 .72 
 
 1 end sill under siding, renewed, when 
 one or more defective sills have been 
 
 spliced 10 2.40 
 
 1 end sill outside siding, replaced wdien 
 one or more defective sills have been 
 
 replaced 2 .45 
 
 1 end sill, outside siding, renewed, when 
 one or more uefective sills have been 
 
 spliced 3 .72 
 
 1 intermediate sill, replaced 32 7.6S 
 
 2 '■ sills. ■• 3S 9.12 
 
 3 " " " 44 10.56 
 
 4 " '• " 50 12.00 
 
 1 inter, sill and 1 center sill replaced.... 41 9.S4 
 
 1 2 " sills " .... 47 11.28 
 
 2 " sills " 1 " sill " 46 11.04 
 
 2 " " " 2 " sills " 53 12.72 
 
 3 " " " 1 " sill " 51 12.24 
 
 3 ,l " " 2 " sills " 63 15.12 
 
 4 ' 1 " sill •' 63 15.12 
 
 4 2 " sills " 63 16.32 
 
 1 intermediate sill, spliced 11 2.64 
 
 1 side sill and 1 center sill replaced..... 51 12.24 
 
 1 2 " sills " 56 13.44 
 
 2 " sills " 1 " sill " 71 17.04 
 
 2 " " " 2 " sills " 74 17.76 
 
 1 " sill spliced 12 2.SS 
 
 1 " sill replaced 25 6.00 
 
 2 " sills " 40 9,60 
 
 1 " sill and 1 inter, sill replaced 47 11.28 
 
 1 " " " 2 •' sills " 53 12.72 
 
 1 " " "3 '" " " 59 14.16 
 
 1 " " " 4 " " 65 15.60 
 
 2 " sills "' 1 " sill '• 61 14.64 
 
 2 " " " 2 " sills " 67 16. OS 
 
 2 " " " 3 " " " 73 17.52 
 
 2 " " 4 " " " 79 IS. 96 
 
 1 " 1 inter, and 1 center sill replaced. 56 13.44 
 
 2 " 1 " "1 " " '■ 77 1S.4S 
 
 1 " 2 "1 " " " 61 14.64 
 
 2 " 2 "1 " " " 79 IS. 96 
 
 1 " 3 "1 " " " 66 15. S4 
 
 2 " 3 " "1 " " " S4 20.16 
 
 1 " 4 "1 " " " 71 17.04 
 
 2 " 4 " "1 " " " S9 21.36 
 
 1 " 1 "2 " sills " 61 14.64 
 
 2 " 1 "2 " " " 79 IS. 96 
 1 " 2 "2 " " " 66 15. S4 
 1 " S " " 2 " " " 72 17 2S 
 
 1 " 4 " "2 " " " 77 1S.48 
 
 2 " 2 "2 " " " S4 20.16 
 2 " 3 " "2 " " " 89 21.36 
 2 " 4 " "2 " " " 94 22.56 
 Each side or inter, sill spliced, when lon- 
 gitudinal sills have to be replaced, or 
 when other sills are spliced at same end. 3 .72 
 
 1 center sill, spliced, when intermediate 
 
 or side sills have to be replaced S 1.92 
 
 1 center sill, spliced, when other center 
 
 sill has to be replaced 1.44 
 
 Stakes, end, on gondola cars, applied, eacn. l 1 ^ .36 
 Stakes, side, on gondola cars, applied, 
 
 each it. > .36 
 
 Truck springs, one, or all in same truck. 
 
 replacing 3 AS 
 
 Truck transom, one, wood, replaced 10 2.40 
 
 Truck transoms, two, wood, replaced in 
 
 same truck jo o.SS 
 
 Weighing and rcstenciling car, per 
 
 Rule 72 Hi .3 
 
 YA 'hen necessary to remove load to replace 
 body center plate, bolt or bolts, one or 
 two draft timbers, or draft timber bolts, 
 
 at one end of car 3 73 3 ~2 
 
 RLPAIRS OF STEEL CARS. 
 
 All rivets. 10 cents per rivet, which covers removal and replacing of 
 rivets, including removing, fitting, punching or drilling holes 
 when applying patches or sphces and replacing damaged parts, not 
 to include straightening or repairing. 
 
 Straightening or repairing parts removed from damaged car 50 cents 
 per 100 pounds. 
 
 Straightening or repairing parts in place in damaged car- also any 
 
 parts that require straightening, repairing or Vencwing not in- 
 cluded on rivet basis. 24 cents per hour. 
 
 Credit for scrap material removed from cars constructed of pressed 
 or structural steel, % cent per pound. 
 
 Rule 107. No charge to be made for labor of re- 
 
 1" 
 
 2.40 
 
 2 
 
 .48 
 
 3 
 
 .72 
 
 43 
 
 10.32 
 
 59 
 
 11.16 
 
 69 
 
 16.56 
 
 79 
 
 1S.96 
 
 63 
 
 15.12 
 
 S4 
 
 20.16 
 
 73 
 
 17.52 
 
 94 
 
 22.56 
 
 S3 
 
 19.92 
 
 104 
 
 24.96 
 
 93 
 
 22.32 
 
 114 
 
 27.36 
 
 14 
 
 3.36 
 
 6S 
 
 16.32 
 
 89 
 
 21.36 
 
 S9 
 
 21.36 
 
 110 
 
 26.40 
 
 15 
 
 3.60 
 
 44 
 
 10.56 
 
 65 
 
 1.5.60 
 
 6S 
 
 15.12 
 
 73 
 
 17.52 
 
 83 
 
 19.92 
 
 93 
 
 22.32 
 
 S4 
 
 20.10 
 
 94 
 
 22.56 
 
 104 
 
 24.96 
 
 \n 
 
 27.36 
 
 S4 
 
 20.16 
 
 105 
 
 25.20 
 
 94 
 
 22.56 
 
 115 
 
 27.60 
 
 104 
 
 24.96 
 
 125 
 
 30.00 
 
 114 
 
 27.36 
 
 135 
 
 32.40 
 
 105 
 
 25.20 
 
 126 
 
 30.24 
 
 115 
 
 27.60 
 
 125 
 
 30.00 
 
 135 
 
 32.40 
 
 136 
 
 32.64 
 
 1 1 6 
 
 35.04 
 
 156 
 
 37.44 
 
 2.16 
 1.6S 
 
 10 
 
 ,4S 
 2.40 
 
 1: 
 
 2.SS 
 
 m 
 
 .30 
 
INT 
 
 93 
 
 INT 
 
 placing or applying M. C. B. knuckles, knuckle pins, 
 locking pins, clevises, clevis pins, lift chains, brake 
 shoes or brake-shoe keys, except on the authority of a 
 defect card. 
 
 Xo charge to be made for adjusting brakes. 
 
 Rule 108. When it is necessary to apply an M. C. 
 B. coupler complete, on account of a broken or missing 
 knuckle, the usual labor charge for replacing a coupler 
 can be made. 
 
 Rule 109. Xo additional labor to be charged for 
 applying center pins or friction rollers or for putting 
 ear on center, when center-plate bolts or center plates 
 are renewed on same end c t car. 
 
 Rule 110. Xo additional labor to be charged for 
 renewing dead block or platform plank n end sill at 
 same end is renewed or replaced. 
 
 Rule 111. Xo additional labor to be charged for re- 
 placing or renewing coupler when one or both draft 
 timbers are replaced or renewed at the same end of 
 car at the same time. 
 
 Vi hen one or more carrier iron bolts are replaced, 
 where coupler at same end of ear is removed and re- 
 placed ior any other reason, the regular labor charge 
 should be reduced one hour. 
 
 Rule 112. The following table shows the labor charges 
 allowable tor air-brake repair work. The let- 
 ters "R. & R." mean "removed and replaced." 
 
 Cents. 
 
 Air hose. R. & R 3 
 
 Angle cock, R. & R 7 
 
 Angle cock handle. R. & R 4 
 
 Angle cock, grinding in 28 
 
 Check valve case, spring, gasket, or all, R. & R 10 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Disconnecting union 3 
 
 Check valve case (.two cap screws) 2 
 
 Emergency valve seat 5 
 
 Total 10 
 
 Coupler, dummy, R. & R. (1 lag screw) 1 
 
 Cut-out cock. R. & R 9 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 1 union disconnected 3 
 
 2 pipe connections 6 
 
 Total 9 
 
 Cut-out cock handle, R. & R 4 
 
 Cylinder. R. & R 30 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Push rod (1 connecting pin) 3 
 
 Clamping piston (1 cap screw) 2 
 
 Cylinder head, R. & R. (4 nuts H inch, 1 cent 
 
 each) 4 
 
 Disconnecting cylinder from reservoir (7 nuts, 
 
 % inch, 1 cent each) 7 
 
 Reclamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) ._ 2 
 
 Removing cylinder from car (.6 nuts, % inch, 
 
 2 cents each) 12 
 
 Total 30 
 
 Cylinder and reservoir. R. & R 41 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3 
 
 Removing cylinder head (.4 nuts, 1 ._> inch. 1 cent 
 
 each) 4 
 
 Removing cylinder from car (6 nuts, % inch. 2 
 
 cents each) 12 
 
 Removing reservoir from car (2 nuts, % inch. 2 
 
 cents each) i 
 
 Removing release rods (2 spring cotters) 4 
 
 Removing release valve 2 
 
 Removing two plugs 2 
 
 Removing triple (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents each) . . 4 
 
 Disconnecting train pipe union 3 
 
 Disconnecting retaining pipe unions 3 
 
 Total 41 
 
 Cylinder and reservoir, tightening when loose (8 
 
 nuts lc each) 8 
 
 Cylinder cleaned, oiled, tested and stenciled 33 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3 
 
 Clamping piston (1 cap screw) 2 
 
 Removing cylinder head (.4 nuts, % inch, 1 cent 
 
 each) * 
 
 Cleaning, testing and stenciling 24 
 
 Total 33 
 
 Cylinder release spring, R. & R H 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3 
 
 Clamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) 2 
 
 Removing cylinder head (4 nuts, V* inch, 1 cent 
 
 each) •* 
 
 Reclamping cylinder head (1 cap screw) 2 
 
 Total 11 
 
 Cylinder gasket, R. & R '-5 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Disconnecting triple union 3 
 
 Disconnecting retaining pipe union 3 
 
 Disconnecting reservoir block (2 nuts, % inch, 2 
 
 cents each) 4 
 
 Disconnecting reservoir from cylinder (7 nuts, V? 
 
 inch, 1 cent each) 7 
 
 Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) o 
 
 Clamping cyinder piston 1 
 
 Removing release rods (2 spring cotters) 4 
 
 Total 25 
 
 Emergency check valve, grinding in 10 
 
 Emergency valve piston, R. & R 10 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Disconnecting union 3 
 
 Removing check valve case (2 cap screws) 2 
 
 Removing emergency valve seat 5 
 
 Total 10 
 
 Emergency valve seat, R. & R. (see E. V. piston) ... 10 
 Emergency valve, rubber seat, R. & R 10 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Disconnecting union 3 
 
 Removing check valve case (2 cap screws) 2 
 
 Removing riveted pin 4 
 
 Removing emergency valve nut 1 
 
 Total 10 
 
 Cylinder piston packing, R. & R 13 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3 
 
 Clamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) 2 
 
 Removing cylinder head (4 nuts, ^ inch. 1 cent 
 
 each) 4 
 
 Removing leather packing (4 nuts, % inch, 1 
 
 cent each) 4 
 
 Total 13 
 
 Cylinder piston. R. & R 15 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Removing push rod (1 connecting pin) 3 
 
 Clamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) 2 
 
 Removing cylinder head 1.4 nuts, 1A inch, 1 cent 
 
 each) . . 4 
 
 Removing leather packing (4 nuts, to inch, 1 
 
 cent each ) 4 
 
 Reclamping cylinder piston (1 cap screw) 2 
 
 Total 15 
 
 Gasket, coupling, R. & R 2 
 
 Graduating nut. stem, spring or all. R. & R 2 
 
 Oil plugs. R. & R.. each 2 
 
 Packing leather expander. R. & R. (see cylinder 
 
 piston) g 
 
 Pipe, train or branch. R. & R.. for each connection 
 
 made 3 
 
 Push rod. R. & R. i 1 connecting pin) 3 
 
 Release valve, R. & R 6 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Disconnecting release rod (2 spring cotters) 4 
 
 Disconnecting release valve 2 
 
 Total g 
 
 Release valve, removed, repaired and replaced (R. & 
 
 R.. 4c) o 
 
 Release valve rod, removed, repaired and replaced. . 3 
 
INT 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 1 spring cotter 2 
 
 Removing staple 1 
 
 Total 3 
 
 Reservoir, R. & R 29 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Removing from car (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents 
 
 each ) ■ 4 
 
 Disconnecting from cylinder (7 nuts, % inch, 1 
 
 cent each) 7 
 
 Removing release rods (2 spring cotters') 4 
 
 Removing release valve 2 
 
 Removing two plugs 2 
 
 Removing triple valve (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents 
 
 each) 4 
 
 Disconnecting union 3 
 
 Disconnecting union, retaining pipe 3 
 
 Total 29 
 
 Removing cylinder cap (3 nuts, % inch, lc each) .... 3 
 
 Removing slide valve (3 nuts, % inch, lc each) 3 
 
 Repairing retaining valve (R. & R., 5c) 10 
 
 Retaining valve, R. & R. (2 lag screws, 2c; valve, 3c) 5 
 
 Slide valve, removed, ground in and replaced 33 
 
 Slide valve spring, R. & R 6 
 
 DETAILS. Cents. 
 
 Cvlinder cap (3 cap screws) 2 
 
 Removing riveted pin 4 
 
 Total 6 
 
 Strainer, R. & R. (disconnecting union) 3 
 
 Triple cylinder cap, R. & R. (3 nuts, % inch, lc each) 3 
 Triple cylinder cap gasket, R. & R. (3 nuts, Vi inch, 
 
 lc each) . . .'. 3 
 
 Triple piston packing ring, fitted 17 
 
 Triple valve, removed, cleaned, oiled, tested and 
 
 stenciled 40 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Train pipe union disconnected 3 
 
 Retaining pipe union disconnected 3 
 
 Removing tripe (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents each).. 4 
 
 Check valve case (2 cap screws) 2 
 
 Emergency valve seat 5 
 
 Cylinder cap (3 bolts) 3 
 
 Cleaning, testing and stenciling 20 
 
 Total 40 
 
 Triple valve gasket, R. & R 10 
 
 details. Cents. 
 
 Disconnecting branch pipe union 3 
 
 Disconnecting retaining pipe union 3 
 
 Removing triple (2 nuts, % inch, 2 cents each) . . 4 
 
 Total 10 
 
 Unions disconnected and connected 3 
 
 The following basic units were used in determining 
 
 the details of prices given above. These units are not 
 
 to be used in rendering bills, but may be used in the 
 
 determination of cost of other combinations of air 
 brake repairs not above mentioned. 
 
 Cents. 
 
 Cap screws or studs or bolts, R. & R., one or more 2 
 
 Cylinder cleaning, testing and stenciling 24 
 
 Emergency valve seat, R. & R 5 
 
 Graduating steam nut, R. & R 2 
 
 Lag or wood screws, R. & R., each 1 
 
 Nuts tightened when loose, each 1 
 
 Nuts, y 2 inch or less, R. & R., 1 or 2 on same bolt 1 
 
 Nuts, % inch or over, R. & R., 1 or 2 on same bolt 2 
 
 Pins connecting R. & R. (including split key) S 
 
 Pins riveted. R. & R., each 4 
 
 Plugs, oil, R. & R., each \ 
 
 Spring cotters, R. & R., each 2 
 
 Staples, R. & R., each ! 
 
 Testing air (after repairs) 5 
 
 Threads on pipe, cutting, per coupling 5 
 
 Train or branch pipe, disconnected and connected, or only con- 
 nected, each connection 3 
 
 Triple valve, cleaning, testing and stenciling 20 
 
 Union disconnected and connected 3 
 
 Rule 113. The settlement prices of new eight-wheel 
 cars shall be as follows, with an addition of $27.50 for 
 
 94 INT 
 
 each car equipped with 8-inch air-brake equipment and 
 $35 for 10-inch air-brake equipment. The road de- 
 stroying a car with air brakes may elect to return the 
 air-brake apparatus, including such attachments as are 
 usually furnished by the air-brake manufacturer, com- 
 plete and in good condition: 
 
 BODIES. 
 
 Wood. 
 
 Box car, eight-wheel, 40 feet long or over $440.00 
 
 Box car, eight-wheel, 3G feet long or over, but 
 
 under 40 feet 385.00 
 
 Box car, eight-wheel, 34 feet long or over, but 
 
 under 3G feet long 360.00 
 
 Box car, eight-wheel, 32 feet long or over, but 
 
 under 34 feet long 330.00 
 
 Box car, eight-wheel, under 32 feet long 265.00 
 
 Box car, ventilated, eight-wheel, 40 feet long or 
 
 over 470.00 
 
 Box car, ventilated, eight- wheel, 36 feet long, 
 
 but under 40 feet 415.00 
 
 Box car, ventilated, eight-wheel, 34 feet long, but 
 
 under 36 feet 385.00 
 
 Flat car, eight-wheel, plain, 40 feet long or over 200.00 
 Flat car, eight-wheel, plain, 32 feet long or over, 
 
 but under 40 feet 155.00 
 
 Flat car, eight-wheel, plain, under 32 feet long.. 110.00 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, drop-bottom, 40 tons 
 
 capacity or over 330.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, drop-bottom, 30 tons 
 
 capacity or over, but under 40 tons 300.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, drop-bottom, 25 tons 
 
 capacity or over, but under 30 tons 275.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, drop-bottom, 20 tons 
 
 capacity or under 200.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 50 tons 
 
 capacity 440.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 40 tons 
 
 capacity or over, but under 50 tons 360.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 30 tons 
 
 capacity or over, but under 40 tons 330.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 25 tons 
 
 capacity or over, but under 30 tons 290.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 20 tons 
 
 capacity or less 220.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, 50 tons capacity 
 
 and over 350.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, 40 tons capacity, 
 
 but under 50 tons 300.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, 30 tons capacity, 
 
 but under 40 tons 275.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, 25 tons capacity, 
 
 but under 30 tons 250.00 
 
 Gondola car, eight-wheel, plain, under 25 tons 140.00 
 
 Stock car, eight- wheel, 34 feet long or over 330.00 
 
 Stock car, eight-wheel, 32 feet long or over, but 
 
 under 34 feet 300.00 
 
 Stock car, eight-wheel, under 32 feet long 265.00 
 
 The lengths of cars above mentioned refer to the lengths over the 
 end sills. 
 
 In the case of double-deck stock cars, $25 may be added to the 
 prices given above for stock cars. 
 
 Where the capacity of the car is 00,00(1 pounds or over, 10 per 
 cent, should be added to the above prices for the car bodies. 
 
 When cars of 60,000 pounds capacity or over and so 
 
INT 
 
 95 
 
 INT 
 
 stenciled, have trucks with journals 4 inches or over 
 in diameter when new, $40 per car shall be added to 
 the figure as given above for the values of car bodies, 
 when equipped with metal bolsters. 
 
 When cars are equipped with metal center sills, $40 
 shall be added to the values of bodies for cost of such 
 metal sills. 
 
 Steel. 
 
 Box car, wooden body, metal underframe, eight- 
 wheel, 50 tons capacity, 38 feet 6 inches or over, 
 over end sills 825.00 
 
 Box car, wooden body, metal underframe, eight- 
 wheel, less than 50 tons capacity, 36 feet long 
 or over 740.00 
 
 Flat car, wooden floor, metal underframe, eight- 
 wheel, 50 tons capacity, 40 feet over end sills.. 770.00 
 
 Flat car. wooden floor, metal underframe, eight- 
 wheel. 40 tons capacity, 40 feet over end sills.. 590.00 
 
 Flat car, wooden floor, metal underframe, eight- 
 wheel, 40 tons or over, but under 50 tons, 34 feet 
 long over end sills, but under 40 feet 510.00 
 
 Gondola car, all metal, eight-wheel, hopper bot- 
 tom, 50 tons capacity, 33 feet over end sills.. .. 825.00 
 
 Gondola car, all metal, eight-wheel, drop bot- 
 tom, 50 tons capacity, 40 feet over end sills.. .. 815.00 
 
 Gondola car, all metal, eight-wheel, plain, 50 tons 
 
 capacity, 40 feet over end sills 790.00 
 
 Gondola car, wooden body, metal underframe, 
 
 eight-wheel, flat bottom, 40 feet over end sills. 790.00 
 
 Gondola car, wooden body, metal underframe, 
 eight-wheel, hopper-bottom, 32 feet over end 
 sills, but under 40 feet 650.00 
 
 Stock-car, eight-wheel, wooden body, metal un- 
 derframe, less than 50 tons capacity, 36 feet 
 long or over 715.00 
 
 TRUCKS. 
 
 50,000 lbs. capacity, with metal transoms and 
 
 wooden bolster, per pair $215.00 
 
 60,000 lbs. capacity or under, with wooden bol- 
 ster, per pair 215.00 
 
 60,000 lbs. capacity, but under 80,000 lbs., all 
 
 metal, per pair 315.00 
 
 80,000 lbs. capacity, but under 100,000 lbs., all 
 
 metal, per pair 400.00 
 
 100,000 lbs. capacity or over, all metal, per pair.. 425,00 
 
 Prices include brake beams complete, truck levers, 
 dead lever guides and bottom connection rods. 
 
 For trucks with steel or steel-tired wheels an addi- 
 tional allowance of $112 per car shall be made. 
 
 All trucks in service of 60,000 pounds capacity or 
 over, which consist entirely of metal, with the excep- 
 tion of the spring plank, shall be known hereafter as 
 all-metal trucks. 
 
 Rule 114. In the case of wooden car bodies the de- 
 preciation due to age shall be figured at 6 per cent, 
 per annum upon the yearly depreciated value of such 
 car bodies. 
 
 In the case of all-steel car bodies the depreciation 
 shall be figured at 5 per cent per annum. 
 
 In the case of car bodies with steel underframes 
 the depreciation shall be figured at 5% per cent pc- 
 annum, with the exception of steel underframe flat 
 cars having wooden floors, which shall be figured at 
 5 per cent per annum. 
 
 The depreciation on trucks other than all-metal shall 
 be figured at 6 per cent per annum. 
 
 The depreciation on all-metal trucks shall be figured 
 at 5 per cent per annum. 
 
 Allowances for depreciation shall in no case exceed 
 60 per cent of the value new. 
 
 The amounts $27.50 and $35.00 for air brakes shall 
 not be subject to any depreciation. 
 
 Rule 115. The bodies of refrigerator cars, stock cars 
 prmanently fitted for stall shipments, tank cars, except 
 the tanks, and other freight cars, designed for special 
 purposes, not referred to above, shall be settled for at 
 the present cost price, as may be agreed to by the 
 parties in interest, less the deduction for depreciation 
 due to age, which shall be on the same basis as for 
 freight equipment. 
 
 In the case of cars equipped with racks for carrying 
 coke and for other such purposes, and also stock cars, 
 other than those permanently fitted for stall shipments, 
 with feeding and watering attachments, the actual cost 
 of these equipments shall be added to the standard set- 
 tlement price for such cars. 
 
 Rule 11G. In rendering bills, cars shall be treated as 
 belonging to companies or individuals whose name or 
 initials they bear, except in case of Line Cars where 
 the equipment list of the general officers of the Line 
 designates a party to make settlement. 
 
 Rule 117. Switching roads will only be allowed to 
 render bills against car owners for the following de- 
 fects repaired by them: Roof lost on account of decay 
 or faulty construction, wornout brasses, broken truck 
 springs, truck transoms, arch bars, draft-timber bolts, 
 column bolts, truck hangers, truck hansom truss rods, 
 truck bolters, truck bolster truss rods, oil boxes, spring 
 planks, truck hanger pins, side bearings and center 
 plate, center plate bolts, center pins, followers, Ameri- 
 can continuous rods or keys, draft springs, couplers, 
 knuckles and drawbar pockets and rivets, defective 
 wheels as specified in Rules 7 to 18, inclusive, defective 
 axles as described in Rules 22 and 23, worn-out parts 
 of brakes as prescribed in Rule 30, cars not within the 
 limits of standard height for couplers, as per Rule 39, 
 safety appliances as prescribed by Rule 40, and grain 
 doors and all inside or concealed parts of bodies of 
 cars missing or damaged under fair usage as prescribed 
 in Rule 38, provided the damage has not been caused 
 by derailment or rough usage. They will be allowed to 
 render bills direct against car owners on all car owners' 
 defects on cars received by them from a railroad com- 
 pany, provided they procure joint evidence from the 
 delivering road that such car owners' defect existed 
 when the car was delivered by the railway company, 
 joint evidence to accompany the bill against the car 
 owner. 
 
 Rule 118. A switching road is a corporation doing the 
 major part of its business on a switching charge. 
 
 Rule 119. Bills may be rendered against car owners 
 for the cost of applying temporary running boards and 
 hand rails to make cars safe for trainmen. 
 
 Destroyed Cars and the Return of Trucks. 
 
 Rule 120. The company on whose line the bodies or 
 trucks are destroyed shall report the fact to the owner 
 immediately after their destruction, and shall have its 
 opt'on whether to rebuild or settle for the same. 
 
 Rule 121. If the company on whose lines the car is 
 destroyed elects to rebuild either bod)- or trucks, or 
 both, the original plan of construction must be fol- 
 lowed, and the original kind and qualities of materials 
 used. The rebuilding must be completed within 60 
 days from the original date of damage or destruction. 
 
INT 
 
 96 
 
 INT 
 
 In such cases no allowance shall be made for better- 
 ments. 
 
 Rule 122. If only the body of a car is destroyed, and 
 the company destroying it elects to return the trucks, 
 they shall be put in good order, or accompanied by a 
 defect card, covering all defects or improper repairs 
 made by them for which owners are not responsible, 
 and forwarded, within 60 days, free of freight or other 
 charges, to the nearest point on the line of the com- 
 pany owning or operating the car, and the number, line 
 and class of car destroyed shall be stenciled or painted 
 on each truck so returned. 
 
 Rule 123. The company on whose line the body or 
 trucks of a car are seriously damaged, but not de- 
 stroyed, may notify the owner and ask an appraise- 
 ment on the damage done to the car as a basis for the 
 disposal of the damaged car. 
 
 Rule 124. For the mutual advantage of railway com- 
 panies interested, the settlement for a car owned or 
 controlled by a railway company, when damaged or de- 
 stroyed upon a private track, shall be assumed by the 
 railway company delivering the car upon such tracks. 
 Sending Home Worn-out and Damaged Cars. 
 
 Rule 125. A car unsafe to load on account of general 
 worn-out condition, due to age or decay, shall be re- 
 ported to its owner, who must be advised of all existing 
 defects. If the owner elects to have it sent home, he 
 shall furnish two home cards, noting upon them exist- 
 ing defects and the route over which the car is to be 
 returned to its owner. If the route coincides with that 
 over which the car passed to the point where it became 
 unserviceable, no liability shall be incurred as between 
 the owner and the road handling the car, either for 
 freight charges in handling the car or for car service 
 during this movement. 
 
 Such cards shall be attached to each side of the body 
 of the car. They shall be 3% by 8 inches, and of the 
 form shown below. They shall be printed on both 
 sides, and shall be filled in on both sides with ink or 
 black indelible pencil: 
 
 R. R. 
 
 R. R. 
 
 Car No Initials 
 
 To be shopped for 
 
 (Head of Car Department.) 
 
 Rule 126. A car which is safe to run, but unsafe to 
 load on account of serious damage caused by wreck or 
 accident, shall be reported to the owners for appraise- 
 ment and disposition, and disposed of as provided in 
 Rule 125, if the owner so elects. 
 
 Rule 127. In case of cars of private ownership sent 
 home on account of general worn-out condition due to 
 age or decay, such cars shall be entitled to as many 
 miles of homeward movement, free of charge to owners, 
 as they may have been handled over said line under 
 load, and no mileage to be paid to owners by roads 
 handling. If the haul necessary to get cars home is in 
 excess of such loaded mileage, said excess will be billed 
 against the owner at regular freight rates and the 
 owner notified. 
 
 Rule 128. Private line cars sent home to owners on 
 account of being wrecked or damaged in accident shall 
 
 be regularly billed home free of charge to owners and 
 owners notified, providing such homeward movement 
 passes over roads which have handled the cars loaded, 
 previous to their homeward empty movement; other- 
 wise the damaged cars to travel home empty, free of 
 charge and free of mileage according to home route; 
 or, if owners prefer to have them billed home via direct 
 line, then charges to accrue to such line over which 
 cars were not entitled to free movement. 
 Furnishing Materials. 
 Rule 129. Companies shall promptly furnish to each 
 other upon requisition, and forward free over their own 
 road, material for repairs of their cars damaged upon 
 foreign lines, excepting that the company having car in 
 its possession at the time shall provide from its own 
 stock the following: 
 
 Lumber, forgings, hardware stock, paint, hairfelt, pip- 
 ing, air-brake material and all M. C. B. standard ma- 
 terial. 
 
 Requisitions for such material shall specify that same 
 is for repairs of cars, giving car number and initial of 
 such car, together with pattern number or other data 
 to enable correct filling of requisition. 
 
 Conditions of Acceptance of this Code. 
 Rule 130. Any car owner or railway company may 
 become a party to this Code of Rules by giving notice 
 through one of its general officers to the Secretary of 
 the Master Car Builders' Association. 
 
 Railroad companies becoming subscribers to this 
 Code of Rules must have a representative member in 
 the Master Car Builders' Association. 
 
 Rule 131. Any ear owner or railway company that is 
 a party to this Code of Rules shall be bound by same 
 through its successive revisions, until one of its general 
 officers files with the Secretary of the Master Car 
 Builders' Association its notification of withdrawal. 
 
 Rule 132. Acceptance or rejection of this Code of 
 Rules must be as a whole, and no exception to an indi- 
 vidual rule or rules shall be valid. 
 
 Settlement of Disputes. 
 Rule 133. In order to settle disputes arising under 
 the rules, and to facilitate the revision of the rules at 
 the annual conventions of the Association, an Arbitra- 
 tion Committee of five representative members shall be 
 appointed annually by the Executive Committee; three 
 members of this committee to constitute a quorum. 
 
 In case of any dispute or question arising under the 
 rules between the subscribers to said rules, the same 
 may be submitted to this committee through the secre- 
 tary, in abstract jointly, said abstract setting forth the 
 point or points at issue, and each party's interpretation 
 of the rules upon which its claim is based, clearly and 
 concisely, not exceeding three typewritten pages of 
 letter size, single space, which shall be signed by both 
 parties to the dispute. Should one of the parties refuse 
 or fail to furnish the necessary information, the com- 
 mittee shall use its judgment as to whether, with the 
 information furnished, it can properly give its opinion. 
 The decisions of the committee shall be final and binding 
 upon the parties concerned. This committee shall re- 
 port its decisions to the Association, and its report 
 shall be incorporated in the annual report of proceed- 
 ings of the Association. 
 
 Revision of this Code of Rules. 
 Rltle 134. The Arbitration Committee shall ask for 
 suggestions of changes, amendments and additions to 
 these rules prior to each annual convention, which it 
 shall consider, and it shall report its recommendations 
 to the succeeding annual convention. 
 
 Rule 135. In the revision of these rules by the Asso- 
 
INT 
 
 97 
 
 INT 
 
 ciation, a two-thirds vote shall be necessary for adop- 
 tion. 
 
 Rule 136. Voting powers shall be the same as pre- 
 scribed in the Constitution of the Master Car Builders' 
 Association on matters pertaining to the adoption of 
 standards and the expenditure of money. 
 
 Rule 137. This Code of Rules shall be introduced for 
 the discussion and revision at one session of the Master 
 Car Builders' Association convention each year. 
 
 Rule 138. This Code of Rules shall take effect Sep- 
 tember 1, 1908. 
 
 Passenger Equipment. 
 
 1. Each railway company shall give to foreign cars, 
 while on its line, the same care as to oiling, packing 
 and inspection that it gives its own cars, except in case 
 of cars on which work is done under special agreement 
 existing between the company owning the cars and the 
 Road operating the same. 
 
 2. The expenses of maintenance of passenger equip- 
 ment operated in interchange or line service, shall be 
 divided into three classes, namely: 
 
 (a) Owner's defects. 
 
 (b) Delivering company's defects. 
 
 (c) Line expenses proratable against the roads com- 
 prising the lines on a mileage basis. 
 
 3. (a) Owner's defects are those due to ordinary wear 
 and tear. 
 
 (b) Delivering company's defects are those due to 
 unfair usage, derailment or accident. Delivering com- 
 pany is solely responsible to car owners for any im- 
 proper repairs made by them. 
 
 (c) Line expenses shall consist of the expense of 
 terminal cleaning, lubrication (oil. waste, tallow and 
 labor), lighting (oil. wicks, chimneys, burners, shades, 
 gas, candles and broken glass). 
 
 4. The railway making the repairs for the defects not 
 proratable against the line is privileged to bill the car 
 owner for these repairs, unless there is evidence to in- 
 dicate that the damage was occasioned by unfair hand- 
 ling on the part of the delivering company. 
 
 5. Information as to mileage made by cars must be 
 furnished promptly on request of owners by railways 
 over which cars are run. 
 
 6. Only one journal bearing per journal may be 
 charged per trip. 
 
 7. Xo labor charge shall be made for applying brake 
 shoes, journal bearings, hose (air, steam or signal) or 
 for icing, filling lamps, gassing tanks or coaling cars. 
 
 8. No credit to be allowed for scrap brake shoes re- 
 moved. 
 
 Note. — Steel back brake shoes not to be removed if 
 one one-half ('%') inch thick; gray iron shoes not to be 
 removed if over three-quarter (%) inch thick. 
 
 9. Loss of metal from tires of steel-tired wheels, 
 caused by flat sliding, is chargeable to the company on 
 whose road the damage occurs. 
 
 Note. — Loss of service metal from steel-tired wheels 
 as a result of sliding to be measured from point where 
 slide begins. One-sixteenth (rW) inch of metal to be 
 allowed for flat spots under two and one-half (2 1 -;) 
 inches long and one-eighth (Vs ) inch of metal to be 
 allowed for flat spots two and one-half (2%) to three 
 and one-half (3%) inches in length, both inclusive. 
 
 10. (a) Axles broken under fair usage or having jour- 
 nals one-half ( l: i) inch or more under the standard for 
 car (except for three and three-quarters by seven (3% 
 bv 7) which will be condemned at three and one-half 
 
 (31:;) inches) may be renewed at the expense of the 
 car owner. Size of journal should be stenciled on 
 truck. 
 
 (b) Cut journals, axles bent or broken or rendered 
 unsafe by unfair usage, derailment or accident, shall be 
 renewed at the expense of the railway on whose line 
 the damage occurs. 
 
 (c) Where necessary to true up axles in cases of cut 
 journals, where the journal is reduced below the limit 
 as prescribed in Rule 10a, axle must be changed at the 
 expense of company cutting journal. 
 
 Charge for car heating to be 15 cents per day per 
 car. 
 
 11. Cars lying at stations for over forty-eight hours, 
 expense of heating to be borne by railway in whose 
 possession cars may be. 
 
 12. (a) Brakes must be in perfect working order. 
 Cylinders and triple valves must have been cleaned and 
 oiled within six (6) months, and in case of cars 
 equipped with high speed brakes, triple and high-speed 
 valves must be cleaned every three (3) months and date 
 of last cleaning and oiling stenciled on brake cylinder 
 and triple valve with white paint. 
 
 (b) The adjustment of piston travel based on not 
 less than seventy (70) pounds initial pressure must not 
 be less than five (5) inches nor more than eight (8) 
 inches. 
 
 Defects in Wheels — Owners Responsible. 
 
 13. (a) Loose wheels. 
 
 (b) Variation from gage if less than 4 feet 5}4 
 inches inside of wheel at flange, or, if more than 4 feet 
 6?i inches outside of flange or less than 5 feet 4 inches 
 outside of tread. 
 
 « 
 
 rVheeli are out of gauge If leis 
 than 4 feel e 1 ^ Inches here — 
 
 or It more than 
 
 4 feet 6 J 4 inche* here 
 
 or lesi than 5 feet 4 Inchei here - 
 
 Wheels — Cast-irox. 
 
 14. (a) Shelled out; wheels with defective treads on 
 account of pieces shelling out; if the spots are over one 
 (1) inch or so numerous as to endanger the safety of 
 the wheel. 
 
 (b) Tread worn hollow; if tread is worn hollow Vs 
 inch or over. 
 
 (c) Worn flanges; flanges having flat vertical sur- 
 faces extending more than % inch from tread, or, 
 flanges less than IVs inches thick. 
 
 (d) Burst: if wheel is cracked from wheel fit out- 
 ward by pressure from axle. 
 
 (e) Flange, rim, tread, plate brackets or any other 
 part of wheel, either cracked, chipped or broken under 
 fair usage. 
 
 Wheels — Steel-tired. 
 
 15. (a) Loose, broken or cracked hubs, plates, bolts, 
 retaining ring or tire, occurring under fair usage. 
 
 (b) Worn flange or tire; with flange less than 1% 
 inches thick or having flat vertical spot extending more 
 than n j- inch from tread, or witli tire thinner than 
 shown in Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4. 5 and 6. 
 
INT 
 
 9S 
 
 INT 
 
 i_ 
 
 
 pj 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 e: — 1 
 
 <* 
 
 
 
 
 Rolled Steel Wheel. 
 Fig. 5. 
 
 Tire Wear Limit, 
 
 Boise Wheel. 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 Delivering Company Responsible. 
 
 16. Flat spots; if flat spots, caused by sliding, exceed 
 one inch in length. 
 
 17. (a) If a car is transferred from service of one 
 railway to that of another, the receiving road shall 
 issue gas certificate authorizing the delivering road to 
 bill against it for the number of atmospheres of gas 
 and number of holders at the time ear was received. 
 
 (Name of Road.) 
 GAS CERTIFICATE. 
 
 Car Number Initial 
 
 Number of Atmospheres 
 
 Number of Holders 
 
 Size of Holders 
 
 Station, 190 
 
 Inspector. 
 
 (b) Cars in interchange requiring holders to be filled, 
 the receiving road shall be charged for the quantity of 
 gas supplied. 
 
 (c) For cars stored in shops for repairs the com- 
 pany having car in its possession shall be responsible to 
 the delivering company for the gas in holders. This 
 will apply to sleeping-car companies when ears are in 
 their possession and out of service. 
 
 (d ) Private or other cars, except regular line cars, 
 when offered in interchange equipped with steam hose 
 couplings that will not couple with the standard on the 
 receiving line must be changed by receiving company; 
 the hose removed to accompany car or be returned to 
 delivering company. 
 
 18. The depreciation of all passenger equipment cars 
 due to age shall be figured at 3 per cent per annum 
 upon the yearly depreciated value of same, to continue 
 not to exceed 50 per cent of its original value. The 
 above method of depreciation applies equally to either 
 bodies or trucks of such cars. No depreciation shall be 
 allowed on the value of air brakes. 
 
 19. This code of rules is to apply to all equipment 
 interchanged in passenger trains. 
 
 20. Bills for line charges shall be made and rendered 
 monthly and prices for materials and labor shall be in 
 accordance with accompanying schedule. 
 
 21. Air-brake hose applied subsequent to September 
 1, 1906, must be made in accordance with M. C. B. 
 specifications and so labeled. 
 
 22. This Code of Rules shall take effect September 
 1, 1908. 
 
 LIST OF PRICES FOR MAINTENANCE OF PASSENGER 
 EQUIPMENT IN INTERCHANGE. 
 
 New. S. H. Scrap. 
 
 1 Axles, 5 by 9 inches $17.75 $10.00 $6.50 
 
 Axles, 4 M x 8 inches 14.00 7.75 5.25 
 
 Axles, 3% by 7 inches 11.50 6.25 4.25 
 
 2 Burners, round wick, each 50 
 
 3 Burners, dual wicks, each 30 
 
 4 Bell or signal cord and couplings, per car 75 
 
 5 Bearings, journal, applied, per lb 20 
 
 6 Bearings, journal, credit for scrap bearing one-half weight 
 
 of new bearing, per lb 15 
 
 7 Bolts, nets and f orgings, per lb 03 
 
 8 Bolts, nuts and forgings, credit, per lb 00% 
 
 9 Bowls, opal, gas, 9-inch, each 50 
 
 10 Chimneys, round wick, each 11 
 
 11 Chimneys, dual wick, each 06 
 
 12 Candles, per lb 15 
 
 13 Coal (including labor), per ton 6.00 
 
 14 Chain, per lb 05 
 
 15 Chain, credit, per lb 01 
 
 16 Cleaning parlor and sleeping cars, exclusive of bedding, 
 
 per car 1.35 
 
 17 Cleaning vestibuled passenger and combination cars, each. .S5 
 
 18 Cleaning common passenger and combination cars, each... .50 
 
 19 Cleaning vestibuled baggage and mail cars, each 50 
 
 20 Cleaning common baggage and mail cars, each 30 
 
 21 Taking out carpets, seats, draperies, etc., from parlor and 
 
 sleeping cars and beating them, per car 1.00 
 
 22 Taking out and beating cushions and backs of seats of 
 
 passenger cars, either vestibuled or common, per car. . .65 
 (No additional charge for cleaning trucks of parlor or 
 sleeping cars.) 
 
 23 Domes, gas, each 50 
 
 24 Diamond S. brake shoes, applied, each, no credit for scrap. .50 
 
 25 Gas, Pintsch, per receiver S5 
 
 26 Globes, gas, 4-inch, each 50 
 
 27 Globes, opal gas, each 50 
 
 28 Glass, per light At Cost. 
 
 29 Glass, setting, per light 25 
 
 30 Hose, air-brake or signal, complete with fittings, applied 
 
 to car, each : 
 
 1-inch air signal 1.75 
 
 lVi-inch air-brake 2.00 
 
 31 Hose, air-brake or signal, credit for fittings SO 
 
 S2 Hose, H/o-inch straight port, steam, complete with fittings, 
 
 applied to car 6.50 
 
 1-inch 5.00 
 
 33 Hose, 1^-inch steam, credit for fittings 5.25 
 
 1-inch 4.00 
 
 34 Ice ( including labor), per cwt 30 
 
 35 Iron, cast, per lb 02 
 
 36 Iron, cast, credit, per lb 00& 
 
 37 Iron, malleable, per lb 03% 
 
 38 Iron, malleable, credit, per lb 00% 
 
 39 Labor, on lubrication, per hour 24 
 
 40 Labor, on repairs, per hour 30 
 
 41 Lumber, oak, pine, hickory, poplar and elm, per ft 03% 
 
 42 Oil, Galena, car, per gal 22 
 
 43 Oil, Galena, coach, per gal 35 
 
 44 Oil, illuminating, American roads to charge, per gal 11 
 
 45 Oil, illuminating, Canadian roads to charge, per gal 16 
 
 46 Shades, acme lamp, each 45 
 
 47 Shades, common lamp, each 25 
 
 48 Steel, spring (not springs), per lb 05 
 
 49 Steel, spring, credit, per lb 00-% 
 
 50 Steel castings, per lb 04% 
 
 51 Steel castings, credit, per lb 00% 
 
 52 Tallow, per lb , 06 
 
 53 Waste, woolen, per lb 12% 
 
 54 Waste, cotton, per lb 06 
 
 55 Wicks, round, each 02 
 
 50 Wicks, dual, each 00% 
 
INT 
 
 99 
 
 JAW 
 
 New. S. H. Scrap. 
 
 57 Wheels, cast, 36-inch $10.50 $7.75 $5.25 
 
 58 Wheels, cast, 3S-inch 9.00 7.00 4.75 
 
 59 Wheels, new, steel Cost. 
 
 60 Loss of metal from steel-tired wheels, $2.00 per 1-16 inch. 
 
 61 Labor changing, per pair $2.00 
 
 62 Removing, turning and replacing steel-tired wheels 7.00 
 
 63 Steel-tired, cost of retiring to be cost with the addition of 
 
 freight charges. 
 
 Intermediate Brake Lever Fulcrum. Figs. 841-842. A 
 fulcrum for the intermediate brake lever, attached 
 to the sills of the car body". 
 
 Intermediate Cross Tie Timber. 26a, Figs. 599-619. A 
 timber framed across the longitudinal sills about 
 half way between the cross tie timbers and the 
 body bolster. 
 
 Intermediate Floor (Passenger Cars). A floor consist- 
 ing of boards placed between the sills and between 
 the deafening ceiling, or under floor, and the upper 
 or main floor. Its purpose is to exclude noise and 
 cold. The tendency is to use no other deadening 
 material in car floors. 
 
 Intermediate Lever. (Air Brake). Fig. 926. 
 
 Intermediate Lining (Refrigerator Car). Same as 
 Blind Lining, which see. 
 
 Intermediate Sills. 3 and 3a, Figs. 262-272, 599-619. 
 The main longitudinal members of the underframe 
 between the side sills and the center sills. 
 
 Internal Cylindrical Gage. A very accurately made 
 solid steel cylinder, used as a standard of measure- 
 ment of cylindrical holes. 
 
 Internal Screw Gage. A solid steel cylinder with a 
 screw thread on it, for testing the diameter of 
 female screws. 
 
 Interurban Electric Car. Fig. 6245. 
 
 Inverted Arch Bar (Truck Side Frames'). 15, Figs. 
 6281-6285. A wrought iron or steel bar which rests 
 on top of the journal boxes with the Arch Bar, 
 which see, on top of it. Also sometimes called the 
 middle or lower arch bar, as in logging cars. See 
 Center Bearing Inverted Arch Bar (Six Wheel 
 Trucks), 67, Figs. 4780-4783. 
 
 Inverted Body Queen Post. A post in the side of a 
 car body which supports the inverted body truss 
 rod or overhang truss rod. 
 
 Inverted Body Truss Rod. A truss rod used as a Hog 
 Chain, which see, to prevent the ends of a car body 
 from sagging. It rests on two queen posts on top 
 of the sill and is attached to the latter at each end, 
 bearing against an inverted truss rod plate. An 
 overhang truss rod. 
 
 Iron. See. 
 
 Carry Iron. 
 Cricket Iron. 
 Knee Iron. 
 Pull Iron or Switch- 
 
 Safety Beam Iron. 
 Step Iron. 
 Truck Frame Knee 
 Iron. 
 
 ing Iron or Roping Truss Rod Iron. 
 
 Staple. 
 Italian Hemo Bell Cord. See Bell Cord. 
 
 Jack. Fig. 3866, etc. See Jack Screw. Hydraulic 
 Jack. Lamp Jack. Ratchet Jack. Screw Jack. 
 Stove Pipe Jack. Ventilator Jack. Independent 
 Pump Jack. Fig. 6914. Smoke Jack. 
 
 Jack Arms (Steam Shovel). 29, Figs. 596-598. Heavy 
 beams with jack screws at the ends which are put 
 out on each side of the shovel at the forward bol- 
 ster and which serve to keep the car body from 
 overturning when the outer ends are firmly sup- 
 ported on blocking. 
 
 Jack Screw. Figs. 3870-3871. 1. A tool machine for 
 lifting or raising heavy weights. It consists of 
 one or more screws, turned by a lever and work- 
 ing in a case, which rests upon the floor or ground, 
 as shown in the figure. 
 
 Jacks take various names from their forms, sizes 
 and shapes, and are designated as bell base, broad 
 base, claw, and low, and also from the uses for 
 which they are designed, as journal box jacks, 
 traversing jacks, track jacks, etc. See Hydraulic 
 Jack. 
 
 2. (Pile Driver Car and Steam Shovel.) 30, Figs. 
 596-598. A jack screw working on a jack screw 
 pin or jack arms attached to the body, for relieving 
 the springs of the cars from action and making 
 the platform a rigid body. Tongs or crabs attached 
 to the track are used to prevent the car body from 
 rising upward when on the jack screws. Another 
 device for this same purpose is a bolster jack 
 screw. 
 
 Jackets for Steam Heating (Safety's). Figs. 2951-2960. 
 The figures show in detail the construction of the 
 single jackets and double jackets. The inner or 
 the water circulation pipes are of brass or copper, 
 and therefore most efficient conductors of heat. 
 Leakage of steam from steam spaces past the water 
 pipes is prevented by packed glands shown. 
 
 Jacquemin Grain Door. Fig. 1409-1412. 
 
 Jamb (of a Door). The door post on each side of the 
 door proper. 
 
 Janney Coupler, (Freight). Figs. 1608-1615, 1715-1720. 
 (Passenger), Figs. 1812-1819. 
 
 Janney, R. E., Coupler. Figs. 1583-1588. 
 
 Janney "X" Coupler. Figs. 1715-1720. 
 
 Janney-Miller Coupler. A modification of the Janney 
 coupler, so as to enable it to be rapidly changed 
 into an equivalent of the Miller coupler, thus en- 
 abling cars provided with it to be run in connection 
 with either Janney or Miller draw gear. The prin- 
 cipal changes to effect this end were as follows: 
 
 A joint was made in the barrel of the ordinary 
 Janney coupler to provide for the removal of the 
 head when it was desired to change to the Miller. 
 There was added the part called the center buffer 
 yoke, in order to provide a connection between the 
 center buffer spring and center buffer when used 
 as a Miller coupler, the same springs being used, 
 whether in use as a Janey or as a Miller coupler. 
 A spiral spring called the side spring, with its 
 bracket and clevis, was added to give the necessary 
 side resistance to the Miller hook. The platform 
 lever was lengthened for the purpose of conforming 
 to the difference in heights between the Janney 
 catch lever and the chain by means of which the 
 Miller hook is moved in uncoupling, the same lever 
 serving for either draw gear. Followers and guides 
 were provided and placed back of the center buffer 
 spring to form a better base for that spring when 
 used in connection with the Miller buffer. The 
 Miller stop was added to the Janney platform. 
 After a little practice the change from the Miller 
 to the Janney gear was made in from two to five 
 minutes. Superseded almost entirely by more 
 modern platform equipments using only M. C. B. 
 couplers. 
 
 Jaw. A Pedestal Jaw, which see. 
 
 Jaw Bit. A bar extending across the mouth of a pedes- 
 tal jaw underneath a journal box and bolted to the 
 horns of the pedestal. 
 
JAW 
 
 100 
 
 JOU 
 
 Jaw Bolt. A bolt with a U-shaped split head, perfo- 
 rated to carry a pin. Used largely as a brake lever 
 fulcrum on brake beams. 
 
 Jaw Spring. A Journal Spring, which see. 
 
 Jenings Refrigerator. Figs. 332-33S. A system of re- 
 frigeration in which the ice tanks and interior 
 fittings of the car are collapsible and readily folded 
 out of the way when ice is not required, increasing 
 the capacity of the car. 
 
 Jib (of a Derrick or Crane). More properly Boom, 
 which see. 
 
 Joint Bolt. Fig. 4209. A bolt used for fastening two 
 timbers when the end of one joins the side of an- 
 other. The lug bolt is another form for the same 
 purpose. 
 
 Joint Cover. See Window Molding Joint Cover. 
 
 Joint Strip ('of Winslow Roof). 1. Figs. 1998-2008. A 
 strip of wood with rabbeted grooves for inserting 
 the corrugated roof sheets. A cover strip is a U- 
 shaped strip of metal for uniting flat roof sheets. 
 
 Jones Car Door. Figs. 1369-1370. 
 
 Journal. The part of an axle or shaft on which the 
 journal bearing rests. A gudgeon is a rough form 
 of journal, usually of wood with an iron strap 
 around it, as for the mast of a derrick, or crane. 
 The journals of bodies of irregular shape, like 
 cannon or leaders of pile-driver cars, are more 
 commonly designated Trunnions, which see. See 
 below. 
 
 Journal Bearing. Fig. 5328. A block of metal, usually 
 some kind of Brass or Bronze, which see, in con- 
 tact with a journal, on which the load rests. In 
 car construction the term when unqualified means 
 a car axle journal bearing. A standard form has 
 been adopted by the Master Car Builders' Associa- 
 tion, but its composition is not specified. The 
 Hopkins or lead-lined journal bearing is one coated 
 on the inside with a thin sheet of lead to make it 
 self-fitting on the journal. Babbitt metal in some 
 of its many forms is used for car journal bearings 
 occasionally, and almost universally for the bear- 
 ings of machinery. In order that the journal bear- 
 ing may be more easily removable, and to dis- 
 tribute the load more equally, a journal bearing 
 key, also called a wedge, is used to hold the jour- 
 nal bearing in place. The term "wedge" is in very 
 common use, perhaps more common than the name 
 here given. 
 
 Journal Bearing and Wedge Gages (M. C. B. Stand- 
 ard). Figs. 5713-5731, 5732-5743. 
 
 In 1900 gages for journal bearings and wedges 
 for journals 5 by 9 inches and 5% by 10 inches were 
 adopted as standard. 
 
 In 1903 gages for journal bearings and wedges 
 for journals 3?4 by 7 inches and 4%' by 8 inches 
 were advanced from Recommended Practice to 
 Standard. 
 
 Journal Bearing Key or Wedge (M. C. B. Standard). 
 Figs. 5472-5476, 5494-5498. Sec Journal Bearing. 
 
 Journal Bearing Stop Key. A journal bearing key witli 
 a projection to which a stop plate is attached to re- 
 strain lateral play, so that a collar on the axle may 
 be dispensed with. Xow little used. 
 Journal Box. 3, Figs. 4771-4777; Figs. 5254-5320. A 
 cast iron box or case which incloses the journal of 
 a car axle, the journal bearing and key, and which 
 holds tlie packing for lubricating the journal. Also 
 called an axle box, car box, grease box, housing 
 box, oil box, and pedestal box. British, usually 
 axle box. 
 
 All car journal boxes are outside bearing. In 
 certain laro r or push cars, and also in locomotive 
 trucks, inside bearing journal boxes are used. To 
 dispense with the need of a collar on the axle, vari- 
 ous devices, like the stop key and stop journal 
 bearings, have been introduced, but the}' are now 
 seldom used. 
 
 Journal Boxes and Details (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 
 5466-5471. (For Journals, 3% by 7 inches.) 
 
 The journal box and details as shown in these 
 drawings were adopted as standards of the Associa- 
 tion, in 1893, and revised in 1894 and 1896. The 
 revision made in 1894 consisted in correcting the 
 drawing at the top of the journal box, and in leav- 
 ing off the lugs at sides of arch bars. Also in 
 changing the wedge and bearing so as to make 
 the latter flat on top instead of curved, as thereto- 
 fore, and in curving the top of the wedge, thus 
 making this construction similar in general ar- 
 rangement to the standard forms for the AV± by 
 8-inch journal box. The revision made in 1896 
 consisted in the elimination of the dust guard, and 
 the addition of notes providing that any suitable 
 dust guard might be used, and that a rivet or nut 
 might be used instead of the cotter, if preferred, 
 in the hinge pin of the lid. Also in the addition 
 of notes concerning the lid spring and the wedge. 
 At the same time the side lugs on the brass were 
 increased so as to measure 1% inches long instead 
 of 1 inch long as they were formerly. In 1899 the 
 size of bolt hole was increased from 1 inch to lA 
 inches. In 1905 the addition of a rib % inch deep 
 on the back face of the lid immediately within 
 the inside of the oil box was adopted. 
 
 In 19il8 a dimension of A inch was shown, it 
 being the distance from the center line of bolt 
 hole to inside bearing face of lid. 
 
 (For Journals. 4% by 8 inches.) Figs. 5488- 
 5493. 
 
 The journal box and details as shown in these 
 drawings were adopted as standards of the Asso- 
 ciation in 189?.. and revised in 1896. 
 
 The revision made in 1896 consisted in the elimi- 
 nation of the dust guard; also, in removing the 
 arch bar seat lugs and making the arch bar seat 
 4Ys inches wide. Also, in the addition of notes pro- 
 viding that any suitable dust guard might be used, 
 and that a rivet or nut might be used, instead 
 of a cotter, if preferred, in the hinge pin of the 
 lid. Also, in the addition of notes concerning the 
 lid spring and the wedge. At the same time the 
 side lugs on the brass were increased so as to 
 measure 1'n incites long instead of :5 i inch long 
 as they were formerly. The revision in 1901 con- 
 sisted in cutting out entirely the inner dust guard 
 wall at tlie top. In 1&05 the addition of a rib % 
 inch deep on the back face of the lid immediately 
 within the inside of the oil box was adopted. In 
 1908, the inside dust guard was restored at the top 
 and joined to (he inside side wall with an open- 
 ing of 2"i inches radius, the center being located 
 one inch above the horizontal center line of the 
 box. In 1908 the distance from center line of box 
 to edge of wedge stop was increased from 4% 
 inches to 4 1,'; inches 1.. allow ' s inch clearance be- 
 tween wedge and stop. 
 
 (For Journals. 5 by 9 inches.') Fig. 5615. 
 
 The journal box and details shown in these 
 drawings were adopted as recommended practice in 
 1806. In 1898 they were adopted as standards of 
 
JOU 
 
 101 
 
 KEE 
 
 the Association. In 1900 the opening at the back 
 end of box, corresponding with the dust guard, 
 was increased from 3ft inches to 3% inches radius, 
 making the opening 6?i inches wide instead of 6% 
 inches, the height remaining unchanged. The re- 
 vision in 1901 consisted of cutting out entirely the 
 inner dust guard wall at the top. In 1902 the wedge 
 stop lugs were increased in size and extended lat- 
 erally to the sides of box. In 1905 the addition of 
 a rib % inch deep on the back face of the lid im- 
 mediately within the inside of the oil box was 
 adopted. In 1907 the inside dust guard was re- 
 stored at the top and joined to the inside side wall 
 with a 3-inch radius, with the center located 1 inch 
 above the horizontal center line of the box. The 
 opening in the outside wall was enlarged at the 
 side and struck with a 4-inch radius all around. 
 The distance from the center of the box to the 
 inside of the lug for the journal bearing key located 
 in the top wall of the box was increased to oft 
 inches. The width of the inside side lugs for the 
 journal bearings was decreased to 2?s 
 inches. In 1908 the center of box from w-hich the 
 lower half of the circle is struck was raised ^4 inch, 
 increasing the depth to l"'s inches. 
 
 (For Journals, 5% by 10 inches.) Figs. 5621-5626. 
 
 The journal box and details shown in these 
 drawings were adopted as standard in 1900. In 
 
 1901 the inner dust guard wall at the top was cut 
 out entirely to avoid all danger of the journal bear- 
 ings striking the wall of the box at the rear. In 
 
 1902 the wedge stop lugs were extended laterally to 
 the sides of box. In 1903 the radius of the dust 
 guard opening was changed to 3 = s inches, and the 
 diameter to T 1 ^ inches to allow proper play for 
 the wheel lit. In 1905 the addition of a rib ?s inch 
 deep on the back face of the lid immediately 
 within the inside of the oil box was adopted. 
 In 1907 the inside dust guard was restored at the 
 top and joined to the inside side wall with a 3-inch 
 radius located l^i inches above the horizontal cen- 
 ter line of the box. The opening in the outside 
 back wall was enlarged at the side and struck 
 with two 4-inch radii, the lower one-half having its 
 center line on the center line of box, the center of 
 the upper one-half being *s inch above the cen- 
 ter line of the box. The distance from center of 
 the box to the inside of the lug for the journal box 
 key was increased to 5H inches. The width of the 
 inside side lugs for journal bearings was decreased 
 to 2 5 s inches. In 1908 the distance from center 
 line of box to face of wedge stop was increased 
 from 5ii inches to 594 inches, thus allowing Vs 
 inch clearance between wedge and stop. In 1908 
 the note reading "the total lateral [extreme posi- 
 tions of axle] equals % inch," was eliminated. 
 
 (For Passenger Car Journals, 4'± by 8 inches.) 
 Figs. 5685-5693. In 1898 a Recommended Practice 
 was adopted for passenger car journal box and 
 contained parts for journals 4% by 8 inches, and 
 was formerly shown on Sheet M. C. B. — G. In 
 1901 this was changed to Standard. 
 
 (For Passenger Car Journals, 5 by 9 inches.') 
 Figs. 5803-5805. (Recommended Practice.) This 
 design was adopted as Recommended ■Practice in 
 1903. 
 
 Journal Box Bolts. The bolts on either side of the 
 journal box which secure it between the arch bar 
 and the pedestal tie bar. 
 
 Journal Box Cover or Lid. 4. Figs. 4771-4777. A door 
 
 or lid covering an aperture on the outside of a 
 journal box, by means of which oil and packing 
 are supplied and journal bearings are inserted or 
 removed. Such covers are made of cast iron, 
 malleable iron, pressed steel, and sometimes of 
 wood. They are usually closed by a spring. 
 
 Journal Box Cover Bolt. A bolt used to fasten covers 
 which have no hinge to the box. Two of these are 
 usually employed to each cover. A gasket of can- 
 vas, rubber or leather is used to make a tight joint. 
 Journal box covers are, however, now almost in- 
 variably held on by hinges and springs or some 
 arrangement of lugs or grooved joints. 
 
 Journal Box Cover Hinge Pin. Fig. 5479. 
 
 Journal Box Cover Spring. A flat spring to hold the 
 lid in place. 
 
 Journal Box Guides. Iron bars or blocks placed one on 
 each side of the journal boxes of some metal frame 
 trucks in which journal springs are used. These 
 irons, while holding the box in place longitudinally 
 and transversely, allow it to have a vertical motion 
 between them. When a pair of these guides is cast 
 in one piece it is called a Pedestal, which see. 
 
 Journal Box Jacks. Fig. 3869. A low jack specially 
 designed to set under journal boxes, and take the 
 weight off the journal, so that brasses can be re- 
 moved. 
 
 Journal Box Lid. 4. Figs. 4771-4777; Fig. 5477. The 
 iron or steel lid or cover which closes the opening 
 in the end of a journal box through which oil 
 and waste for the journal packing is inserted. 
 
 Journal Brass. A Journal Bearing, which see. 
 
 Journal Packing. Y\ aste. wool, or other fibrous mate- 
 rial saturated with oil or grease, with which a 
 journal box is filled to lubricate the journal. Vari- 
 ous forms of patent packing have also been intro- 
 duced. 
 
 Journal Spring. A spring supporting part of the weight 
 of a car which is placed directly over the journal, 
 and which usually rests on the journal box under 
 the truck frame. Such springs are sometimes 
 placed above the truck frame and supported by 
 straps, and the weight of the car is transmitted to 
 the journal box by a vertical pin or stirrup. Equal- 
 izer Springs, which see, accomplish the same end 
 in six-wheel trucks as journal springs, and more 
 effectually. 
 
 Jumper, i Electric.) Fig. 6362. 
 
 Jute. A course fiber raised in India for making gunny 
 bags, matting, ropes, etc. It has been recently used 
 for making journal packing by a patented process. 
 
 Joyce-Cridland Double-Movement Jack. Fig. 3887. 
 
 K 
 
 Kalamined Iron. Sheet iron, coated with an alloy of 
 zinc, lead, tin and nickel in the proportion of 29 
 lbs. of tin, 50 to 75 lbs. of zinc, 100 lbs. of lead, 
 and three to six ounces of nickel. The alloy melts 
 at a lower temperature than common zinc, and is 
 claimed to give a more durable compound as well 
 as a thinner and more adhesive coating. Galva- 
 nized iron is sheet iron coated in the same way with 
 pure zinc. 
 
 Kalamazoo Hand Cars. Fig. 6196, etc. 
 
 Karbolith. A composition cement, used for flooring in 
 street cars and in buildings. 
 
 Keeper. "A ring, strap, pocket, or the like device for 
 detaining an object; as 
 
 1. "A jam nut. 
 
 2. "The box on a door jamb into which the bolt 
 of a lock protrudes w-hen shut, as Figs. 2252-2261. 
 
KEW 
 
 102 
 
 KNU 
 
 When the keeper is for a beveled latch bolt, which 
 is moved by contact with it, it is more commonly 
 called a strike plate, as Fig. 2261. They are also 
 further designated by the name of the lock or latch 
 which they accompany. 
 
 3. "The latch of a hook, which prevents its acci- 
 dental disengagement." — Knight. 
 
 Kewanee Brake Beam. Figs. 5091-5092. A steel brake 
 beam of rectangular cross section, and a bar for a 
 truss rod, which is bent around the ends of the 
 beam proper. 
 
 Keg Shaped Spiral Spring. A spiral spring, the form of 
 which resembles a keg or cask. Its object is to 
 obtain a Graduated Spring, which see. 
 
 Kensington Journal Box. Figs. 5291-5298. 
 
 Kelso Coupler. Figs. 1706-1714. 
 
 Keratol. An artificial leather used for curtains and up- 
 holstering. It is made by coating a cloth fabric 
 with a compound which gives it the appearance of 
 leather. 
 
 Key. 1. "In a general sense, a fastener; that which 
 fastens; as a piece of wood in a frame of a build- 
 ing." — Webster. Hence a pin inserted in a hole in 
 a bolt, and used to secure the bolt or its nut. A 
 Split Key, which see, is a special form. 
 
 2. "An instrument for opening or shutting a 
 lock by pushing the bolt one way or the other." — 
 Webster. See Lock and Bit. 
 
 3. A block over the top of a journal bearing, 
 called in full Journal Bearing Key, which see. This 
 part is also very commonly called a wedge. 
 
 4. A beveled bar used with a gib to form a Gib 
 and Key, which see. See also King Bolt Key. 
 
 5. (For Lamps and Valves of Pintsch Gas Appa- 
 ratus.) A substitute for the ordinary cocks of gas 
 fixtures to prevent unauthorized tampering. 
 
 Key Bolt. A bolt slotted near the end to receive a key, 
 which takes the place of a nut. 
 
 Key Hole Escutcheons. See Escutcheons. 
 
 Key Hole Plate. An Escutcheon or Escutcheon Plate, 
 which see. 
 
 Key Pin (of a Lock). The pivot on which the key 
 turns when inserted in the lock. 
 
 Key Ring Tire Fastening. A. mode of securing the tire 
 to the wheel, composed of two 'rings, one of U- 
 section and the other nearly rectangular. The 
 former ring holds the tire and wheel together, and 
 the latter ring holds the former in place, filling up 
 the groove in the tire. When both rings are in place 
 the outer lip of the groove in the tire is slightly 
 hammered over, thus gripping the second or key 
 ring, and retaining it in place. See also Tire 
 Fastening. 
 
 Keystone Car Seal. Figs. 4085-4086. 
 
 Kicking Coil. A coil of wire consisting of about ten 
 turns wound on a wooden core; it is located in the 
 feed circuit between the lightning arrester and con- 
 troller, and acts as an inductive resistance to the 
 passage of lightning discharge through the appar- 
 atus. See Lightning Arrester. 
 
 King Automatic Platform Extension. Figs. 2276-2279. 
 
 King Bolt or Center Pin. 18, Figs. 202-272; Figs. 813- 
 814. A large bolt which passes through the truck 
 and body bolsters and center plates of a car body 
 and the center of a track. It is accessible from the 
 floor of the car by removing the king bolt plate. 
 The truck is supposed to swivel on the king bolt, 
 but in reality the two center plates normally carry 
 all the strain. In some wrecking cars the king bo't. 
 
 is provided with keys to bind the truck to the car 
 so that they cannot be separated from each other. 
 
 King Bolt Key. Figs. 881-883. See above. 
 
 King Bolt Ring. Fig. 883. 
 
 King Bolt Plate. See above. 
 
 King-Lawson Dump Car. Figs. 93-94. A dump car 
 with a box or body which may be tipped to either 
 side by compressed air and the load dumped. 
 
 King Post (of a Truss). A single post or distance 
 piece between a truss rod and the chord of a truss 
 or beam. If two such posts are used they are called 
 queen posts. In car construction king posts are 
 made in two ways — one adjustable, so that they 
 may be lengthened or shortened, and the other 
 without adjustment. Also see 
 Brake Beam King Post. Truck Bolster King 
 Cross Frame King Post. Post. 
 
 Kirby's Car Door Lock. Fig. 2480. A device to give 
 a lock extra strength and durability and to dispense 
 with the use of screws for fastening on the door 
 knobs. 
 
 Kirby's Seat Lock. Fig. 4188. 
 
 Kitchen (Dining Car). A large compartment at on; 
 end of the car provided with all the facilities of ;i 
 well-organized kitchen. Officers' and other private 
 cars are commonly provided with a kitchen smaller 
 than in dining cars, and usually at the extreme end 
 
 Kitchen Car. Fig. 236. A combined day coach and 
 dining car for use on trains where a regular dining 
 car could not be profitably run. Sometimes called a 
 cafe coach. 
 
 Knee Iron. An L-shaped or angle iron casting or forg- 
 ing which is fastened to the corner where two tim- 
 bers are joined to strengthen the joint. See Sill 
 Knee Joint, Truck Knee Iron. 
 
 Knob. See Berth Safety Rope Knob, Door Knob, 
 Window Curtain Knob. 
 
 Knob Escutcheon. A Door Latch Rose, which see. 
 
 Knob Sash Lift. See Sash Lift. 
 
 Knob Shank. A Door Latch Spindle, which see. 
 
 Knuckle. 1. (M. C. B. Couplers.) The rotating 
 coupling hook by means of which coupling is ef- 
 fected when the knuckle is locked by the catch or 
 lock. It must conform to certain contour lines 
 adopted by the M. C. B. Association in 1888 and 
 shown in Fig. 5579. 
 
 2. (Of a Hinge.) Fig. 2442, etc. The central 
 tubular projections which carry the hinge pin. The 
 term is of wide and general application in mechanics 
 to many similar parts. 
 
 Knuckles, Specifications. (M. C. B. Standard.) 
 
 In 1904, specifications were adopted as Recom- 
 mended Practice for separate knuckles, and in 1907 
 advanced to standard, as follows: 
 
 The knuckles furnished under this specification 
 must be made of steel in accordance with the best 
 foundry methods, and must not be painted. 
 
 1. Knuckles will be subject to the inspection and 
 test of the above-named company as to their gen- 
 eral condition and strength. The tests and inspec- 
 tion will be made at the place of manufacture, where 
 assistance and labor necessary to make satisfactory 
 and prompt inspection and shipment must be fur- 
 nished free by the manufacturer. The testing ma- 
 chine and gages approved by the INI. C. B. Associa- 
 tion must be used in the test and inspection of 
 knuckles. 
 
 2, Knuckles will be ordered as far as practicable 
 in lots of 100; for each 100 ordered the manufac- 
 turer shall furnish 102, and in the event of addi- 
 
KNU 
 
 103 
 
 KNU 
 
 tional knuckles being required to carry out the pre- 
 scribed tests, they shall be furnished free of cost bv 
 the manufacturers. 
 
 3. Knuckles must be accurately made to gages 
 furnished by the manufacturer. These gages must 
 govern all dimensions representing fitting surfaces, 
 thereby insuring absolute interchangeability with- 
 out machining. 
 
 4. Knuckles shall not be accepted if distorted by 
 improperly matched flasks or any other defects due 
 to molding. They must be free from injurious 
 shrinkage cracks, flaws, checks, sand, sand holes or 
 blow holes. The holes for pivot pins in knuckles 
 should be drilled, or, if cored, must be roached out, 
 and must not be more than 1-16 inch larger than 
 1%-inch diameter pivot pin. The holes must be 
 parallel to the face of the knuckle, and at right 
 angles to the axis of knuckle. As many knuckles 
 as possible must be cast from the same heat of 
 steel. All parts must be well annealed throughout. 
 
 5. The pulling and contact faces of knuckle mus: 
 be clean and smooth. 
 
 (3. Each knuckle must bear a serial number and 
 the manufacturer's name or identification mark 
 legibly cast or stamped at some point where it will 
 not be worn off. 
 
 7. Every knuckle made to comply with these 
 specifications must have a slightly raised plate or 
 flat surface cast upon the head in plain view, where 
 it will not be subject to wear. After a lot of 
 knuckles have successfully passed the inspection 
 and tests prescribed below the letters M. C. B. must 
 be legibly stamped upon the plate on each knuckle; 
 this mark to be evidence that the knuckle is an 
 M. C. B. standard. 
 
 INSPECTION. 
 
 The knuckles, after having been thoroughly in- 
 spected by the manufacturer to see that they meet 
 the requirements as to interchangeability, sound- 
 ness and dimensions of parts, etc., herein specified, 
 should be arranged in lots of 102, and, where possi- 
 ble, care should be taken to put all knuckles of the 
 same heat number or numbers in the same lot or 
 lots. The inspector shall then inspect and gage 
 each knuckle as to its compliance with drawing 
 sizes, and for surface defects and proper contour 
 lines. Any irregularities or swollen parts on the 
 working or bearing faces must be ground or chipped 
 off before the knuckles are accepted. 
 
 After this inspection the inspector shall select 
 two knuckles taken at random from the lot or lots 
 as provided for above, and subject one of them to 
 Test No. 1 and the other to Test No. 2, hereafter 
 specified. If one of these knuckles fails to stand 
 prescribed Test No. 1, but, before failing, stands 
 a sufficient number of blows to make retest ad- 
 missible, another knuckle shall be taken from the 
 same lot from which the first knuckles were taken. 
 If it stands the test, that lot of knuckles shall be 
 accepted as far as Test No. 1 is concerned; other- 
 wise that lot of knuckles shall be rejected and an- 
 other lot substituted and tested in the same way. 
 
 The other knuckle selected by the inspector shall 
 be subjected to Test No. 2. If this knuckle fails to 
 stand prescribed Test No. 2, hereafter specified, but, 
 before failing, stands a sufficient number of blows to 
 make a retest admissible, another knuckle shall be 
 taken from the same lot from which the first knuckles 
 were taken. If it stands the test, that lot of knuckles 
 shall be accepted; otherwise that lot of knuckles 
 
 shall be rejected and another lot substituted and 
 tested in the same way. 
 
 PHYSICAL TEST. 
 
 Test No. I. Striking Test. 
 
 The striking test back block and knuckle supports 
 are placed in the housing against the back and 
 sides, the knuckle dropped in between the supports 
 and held by inserting the pin through the holes in 
 the knuckle supports. The knuckle is then adjusted 
 by means of liners between the back block and the 
 knuckle supports, and between the knuckle supports 
 and the housing. The striking block is then placed 
 in the housing casting resting upon the knuckle. A 
 fitting piece made to suit the type of knuckle is 
 slipped in position between the tail and housing 
 casting so that the striking face of the knuckle is in 
 a horizontal position. 
 
 Blows to be struck on striking block through 
 which they are transmitted to knuckle. 
 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling four (4) feet. 
 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling eight (8) feet. 
 
 The knuckle shall be considered as having failed 
 to stand this test if it is broken before it has re- 
 ceived three blows at 4 feet and three blows at 8 
 feet, or if any cracks appear more than 1 inch long 
 or open more than 1-16 inch. Should the knuckle 
 before failing stand three blows at 4 feet and one 
 blow at 8 feet, another knuckle shall be provided 
 and tested as per Section 7 governing retest. 
 
 Test No. 2. Jerk Test. 
 
 The jerk test back block and knuckle supports 
 are placed in the housing against the back and 
 sides, the knuckle dropped in between the supports 
 and held by inserting the pin through the hole in 
 the knuckle supports. The knuckle is then adjusted 
 by means of liners between the back block and the 
 knuckle supports, and between the knuckle sup- 
 ports and the housing. The striking block is then 
 inserted resting on the inner face of the knuckle, 
 and a block of suitable size inserted between the 
 tail of the knuckle and striking block so that the 
 striking face of the knuckle is in a horizontal posi- 
 tion. 
 
 If preferred by manufacturers, an old coupler 
 and lock of the same kind, in which the knuckle fits 
 properly, and which may be suitably reinforced in 
 order to endure as many tests as possible, may be 
 used in place of supporting casting for this test. 
 
 Blows to be struck on the striking block through 
 which they are transmitted to the knuckle. 
 
 Three blows of 1,640 pounds falling three (3) feet. 
 
 Two blows of 1,640 pounds falling six (6) feet. 
 
 The knuckle shall be considered as having failed 
 to stand this test if it is broken before it has re- 
 ceived three blows at 3 feet and two blows at 6 feet, 
 or if any cracks appear more than 1 inch long or 
 open more than 1-16 inch. Should the knuckle be- 
 fore failing stand three blows at 3 feet, another 
 knuckle shall be provided and tested as per Section 
 7 governing retest. 
 
 Recommended Practice. — In 1905, as a result of 
 letter ballot, the following Recommended Practice 
 was adopted: 
 
 That the use of a knuckle-throwing device, which 
 will throw the knuckle completely open and operate 
 under all conditions of wear and service is favored 
 by this Association. 
 
 Knuckle, Automatic Coupler, Contour Line and Limit 
 Gages. See Automatic Car Coupler. 
 
KNU 
 
 104 
 
 LAG 
 
 Knuckle Joint. "A joint in which a projection on each 
 leg or leaf of a device is inserted between corre- 
 sponding recesses in the other, the two being con- 
 nected by a pin or pivot on which they mutually 
 turn. The legs of dividers and the leaves of door 
 hinges are examples of true knuckle joints. The 
 term, however, has been somewhat commonly re- 
 stricted to compound or universal joints designed 
 to act in any direction.'' — Knight. 
 
 Knuckle Lock (Automatic Couplers). The block which 
 drops into position when the knuckle closes and 
 holds it in place, preventing uncoupling. 
 
 Knuckle Opener (Automatic Couplers). The device 
 which throws the knuckle open when the lock is 
 lifted so that a coupling can be made. With 
 couplers not having a knuckle opener it is necessary 
 to go in between the cars and pull the knuckle open 
 by hand after the lock has been lifted. 
 
 Knuckle Pin (M. C. B. Coupler). 88, Figs. 1608-1615. 
 The steel pin holding the knuckle in the jaws of 
 the coupler. Also called Pivot Pin, which see. 
 
 Knuckle Pin Plate (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler. 1600. 
 Figs. 1886-1935. 
 
 Knuckle Pivot Pin (Specifications, M. C. B. Recom- 
 mended Practice). In 1907 the following specifica- 
 tions for Knuckle Pivot Pins were adopted as 
 Recommended Practice: 
 
 "All knuckle pivot pins ordered under the specifi- 
 cations must be made from open-hearth steel prop- 
 erly forged and then annealed, and must not be 
 painted. 
 
 "1. Knuckle pivot pins will be subject to the in- 
 spection and test of the above-named company as 
 to their general condition and strength. The test 
 and inspection will be preferably made at the place 
 of manufacture where assistance and labor neces- 
 sary to make satisfactory and prompt inspection 
 and shipment must be furnished free by the manu- 
 facturer. The testing machine, approved by the 
 M. C. B. Association, must be used in the test of 
 knuckle pivot pins. 
 
 "2. Knuckle pivot pins will be ordered as far as 
 practicable in lots of 500; for each lot ordered the 
 manufacturer shall furnish three extra pins, and in 
 the event of additional pins being required to 
 carry out the prescribed tests, they shall be fur- 
 nished free of cost by the manufacturer. 
 
 "3. All pins must be of such size as will enter the 
 plus end and will not enter the minus end of a limit 
 gage for 1%-inch round iron as prescribed in M. C. 
 B. Recommended Practice under 'Limit Gages for 
 Round Iron,' and must not vary more than Is inch 
 above or below the proper length. The lower end 
 of the pin must be cut off square and have at 
 least %-inch level or chamfer. The cotter-pin hole 
 to be properly drilled for % inch cotter. The head 
 must be well formed, and pins which are not 
 straight and true and those which have blisters or 
 surface defects of any kind will be rejected. 
 
 INSPECTION. 
 
 "Knuckle pivot pins, after having been thor- 
 oughly inspected by the manufacturer to see that 
 they meet the requirements as to interchange- 
 ability, soundness, dimensions of parts, etc., herein 
 specified, should be arranged in lots of 503. The 
 inspector shall then inspect and gage each pin as 
 to its compliance with drawing sizes and for sur- 
 face defects. 
 
 "After this inspection the inspector shall select 
 three pins taken at random from each lot or lots, 
 
 as provided for above, and subject them to the 
 cross-bending drop test as hereafter specified. If 
 one of the pins fails to stand the test prescribed 
 below, and the other two pass, three more pins 
 shall be selected at random from the same lot 
 from which the first pins were taken; if all three 
 of these pins stand the prescribed test, the lot of 
 pins shall be accepted, otherwise that lot of pins 
 shall be rejected, and another lot substituted and 
 tested in the same way. If two or more pins fail 
 to stand the test, originally, the lot represented will 
 be rejected without further consideration. 
 
 PHYSICAL TEST. 
 
 "The cross-bending test will be made in standard 
 M. C. B. drop-testing machine, the pins resting on 
 rounded supports, held rigidly 10 inches center to 
 center, to be subjected to a blow by the weight fall- 
 ing a height of three feet. The blow of the weight 
 should be transmitted to the specimen by a block 
 having a round lower edge resting on the speci- 
 men. The radius of all these round edges is to be 
 % inch. All pins are to be tested cold, and must 
 not show any cracks or fractures. The bend must 
 be directly under the nose of the plunger. Pins 
 will be rejected if they break, or crack, or show a 
 deflection less than 15 degrees or greater than 35 
 degrees." 
 Krupp Steel-Tired Car Wheels. Figs. 5422-5427. 
 
 Label Holder (Postal Car). Figs. 4022, 4032, 4038. 
 Made both single and double. Sometimes com- 
 bined with a drawer pull. 
 
 Lace (British). See Broad Lace, Pasting Lace, Seam- 
 ing Lace. 
 
 Ladder. 
 
 Figs. 26: 
 
 Bars of wood or iron at- 
 
 tached to the side or end of a box car so as to 
 form steps by which persons may climb to and 
 from the top of the car. 
 
 The individual bars, whether of wood or iron, and 
 whether round or square, are termed ladder rounds. 
 They are sometimes made with Ladder Side Rails, 
 which see. The handles alongside of the ladder are 
 termed grab irons, or hand holds, or sometimes 
 corner handles; that placed on the roof near the 
 ladder, the roof grab iron or ladder hand rail. See 
 Protection of Trainmen. 
 
 Ladder Handle. 60. Figs. 262-272. A Roof Grab Iron 
 or Hand Hold, which see. 
 
 Ladder Hinge. Fig. 2470. 
 
 Ladder Rod. An iron ladder round. 
 
 Ladder Round. 59. Figs. 262-272; Figs. 815-816. See 
 Ladder. The lower round of the ladder, by recom- 
 mendation of the Master Car Builders' Association, 
 should be a bent ladder round, as a safeguard 
 against the slipping of the foot in swinging around 
 the corner of a car. 
 
 Ladder Side Rails. The wooden vertical side pieces to 
 which wooden or iron ladder rounds are attached. 
 
 La Flare Spring Insulation. Figs. 1393-1401. A system 
 of insulation for refrigerator car doors, in which 
 the openings are securely sealed against the outside 
 air by strips pressed against the door by springs 
 set in the posts. 
 
 Lag Screw. An iron bolt with a square or hexagonal 
 head, and with a wood screw thread cut on it, in- 
 tended to screw into wood. Lag screws are round 
 under the head, so that they can be turned after 
 they enter the wood. British equivalent. Coach 
 Screw, which see. 
 
LAM 
 
 105 
 
 LAM 
 
 Lambrequin. Fig. 4060. A cloth or drapery fastened 
 over the upper part of a window. It covers the rod 
 and rings or roller of the window curtains. The 
 lambrequin has been replaced by Valances, which 
 see. 
 
 Laminated Buffing Spring (British). A half elliptic 
 spring. See Plate Buffing and Draft Spring. 
 
 Lamp. Fig. 3173, etc. "A vessel for the combustion 
 of fluid inflammable bodies for the purpose of pro- 
 ducing light." — Webster. The chief forms of lamps 
 now used are for burning gas and mineral oil or 
 petroleum, though candle lamps are used in cases 
 of emergency, as also oil lamps for lard oil, for 
 panel lights, lanterns, etc. Car lamps are distin- 
 guished as side lamps and center lamps, the latter 
 now usually consisting of two or more distinct 
 lamps, forming a chandelier. In Great Britain roof 
 lamps, inserted from the roof of the car, are ex- 
 clusively used. Lamps are also distinguished as 
 adjustable globe, loose globe and plastered or fixed 
 globe, the latter being a form in which the lamp is 
 removed from below and the globe cannot be taken 
 off. Many modern lamps are constructed upon the 
 Tornado or Hurricane principle, which see, to 
 avoid the effects of draft. Postal car lamps or 
 chandeliers are a special class, in which every means 
 possible is used to obtain a powerful light. See 
 also Acme Lamp, Alcove Lamp, Gas Lamps, Sig- 
 nal Lamp, Tail Lamp, etc. 
 
 Lamp Alcove. A metal casing or lining for a recess in 
 the side of a car to contain an Alcove Lamp, which 
 see. 
 
 Lamp Arms. 1. Figs. 3585-3601. Rods by which a lamp 
 is attached to the ceiling of a car. Some lamp arms 
 have bracket angles to support the shade, and are 
 then called bracket arms. 
 
 Lamp Bottom. 20, Figs. 3585-3601. 
 of a lamp which is removable, 
 burner and oil. 
 
 Lamp Bracket. Figs. 3602-3614. 
 Bracket. 
 
 Lamp Burner. S. Figs. 3585-3601. 
 
 lamp by which the opening on the top of the reser- 
 voir is closed, which holds the wick, and by which 
 the latter is adjusted. The Acme Burners, which 
 see, are favorites for car service where a brilliant 
 light is wanted, but many forms are used. The 
 name burner is also applied to the tip of a gas 
 light in the Pintsch gas system. 
 
 Lamp Burner (British). The wick holder in the Roof 
 Lamp, which see. 
 
 Lamp Canopy. Fig. 3150. A large and elaborate 
 Smoke Bell, which see. 
 
 Lamp Case (Street Cars). 1. A box over the end win- 
 dows in which a lamp is placed. It has a glazed 
 door on the inside and usually colored glass on the 
 outside as a signal to designate the line to which 
 the car belongs. It is fastened by a lamp case hook 
 and eye. 
 
 2. (British.) A cylindrical sheet of iron for the 
 protection of the Roof Lamp, which see. 
 
 Lamp Case Base or Packing (British). A wooden pack- 
 ing piece secured to the roof boards and present- 
 ing a level face for the lamp case. See also Roof 
 Lamp. 
 Lamp Case Chimney (Street Cars). A metal pipe 
 through which the smoke and gases escape from a 
 lamp case, very similar to a Lamp Jack, which see. 
 Lamp Case Door (Street Cars). See Lamp Case. 
 
 The lower portion 
 Contains the wick. 
 
 See Side Lamp 
 That portion of a 
 
 Lamp Case Door Holder. A kind of hook attached to 
 the roof to hold the lamp case door in place. 
 
 Lamp Case Eye. See Lamp Case. 
 
 Lamp Case Hook. See Lamp Case. 
 
 Lamp Chimney. 10. Figs. 3585-3601. A glass tube 
 which incloses the flame of a lamp, conducts away 
 the smoke and gases and produces the necessary 
 draft. 
 
 Figs. 3568-3576 give what are known as the stand- 
 ard types, for the names of which see engravings. 
 
 Lamp Chimney Bracket. 12, Figs. 3585-3601. A pro- 
 jecting metal arm attached to the side of a car and 
 carrying a chimney holder, by which a lamp chim- 
 ney is held in place. 
 
 Lamp Chimney Holder. 11. Figs. 3585-3601. See above. 
 
 Lamp Chimney Reflector. 15. Figs. 3585-3601. Usually 
 it has a hole in the center in which the chimney is 
 inserted. 
 
 Lamp Cover or Lamp Protector (British). American 
 equivalent, lamp jack. A sheet iron cover hinged to 
 the lamp case and secured by a spring catch to pro- 
 tect the lamp from rain, while it allows the smoke 
 to escape through the room. See also Roof Lamp. 
 
 Lamp Cover Spring Catch (British). See above. 
 
 Lamp Fount. The receptacle for the oil burned in a 
 lamp. Also called lamp reservoir. 
 
 Lamp Glass (British). In a carriage, a hemispherical 
 glass globe of unusual thickness, which surrounds 
 the burner of a Roof Lamp, which see. 
 
 Lamp Globe. Figs. 3121-3131; 28. Figs. 3585-3601. A glass 
 or porcelain case or vessel inclosing or surrounding 
 the flame of a lamp or candle, and intended to 
 protect the latter from wind. Lamp globes are ap- 
 proximately globular in form, in distinction from a 
 lamp shade, which flares at the bottom, but are 
 often made of different shapes, as round, pear- 
 shaped, egg-shaped, melon-shaped, double cone- 
 shaped, etc. 
 
 Lamp Globe Chimney. 3. Figs. 3585-3601. A metal tube 
 attached to the top of a lamp globe for conducting 
 away the smoke. A shade cap is an equivalent 
 device for a lamp shade. 
 
 Lamp Holder. See Side Lamp Holder. 
 
 Lamp Hoop. A ring with an interior screw thread for 
 attaching to cheap oil lamps to receive the burner. 
 
 Lamp Iron (British). American equivalent, tail light 
 holder, or signal light holder. See End Lamp Iron 
 and Side Lamp Iron. 
 
 Lamp House Hinge. Figs. 2466-2167. 2469. 
 
 Lamp Jack. A cap or covering over a lamp vent on the 
 outside of a car to exclude rain and prevent down- 
 ward currents of air. Also see Lamp Case Chim- 
 ney. 
 
 Lamp Key (Pintsch Gas). Fig. 3094. A substitute for 
 the ordinary cock of gas fixtures, used to prevent 
 unauthorized tampering with the burners. 
 
 Lamp Panel. A small switchboard placed generally in 
 some locker of the car. upon which is mounted 
 switches for controlling the lamps and ventilating 
 fans. 
 
 Lamp Plug (British). A sylindrical piece of wood se- 
 cured to the lamp case by a chain, and used to block 
 up the lamp aperture in the roof when the lamp is 
 not in its place. See Roof Lamp. 
 
 Lamp Plug Stand (British). A cast iron stand on 
 which the lamp plug rests when the Roof Lamp, 
 which see, is in use. Its object is to prevent the 
 lamp plug bumping on the roof of the carriage 
 when the train is moving. 
 
LAM 
 
 106 
 
 LAY 
 
 Lamp Reflector. 14. Figs. 3585-3601. See also Alcove 
 Lamp Reflector. 
 
 Lamp Regulator. An automatic electrical device for 
 maintaining constant voltage upon the lamps or, 
 more popularly expressed, a device for insuring the 
 constant brilliancy or candle power of the lamps. 
 The lamp regulator is usually mounted under- 
 neath the car body where the heat which is dis- 
 sipated in it may be easily taken care of and 
 radiated. The lamp regulator may be of the 
 rheostatic or counter electro motive force type. As 
 a rheostatic device it varies resistance in series 
 with all the lamps, responding to variations in 
 lamp voltage and having a tendency toward main- 
 taining constant lamp voltage. If it is of the coun- 
 ter electro motive force type, it acts in the same 
 way as far as the lamps are concerned, but varies a 
 counter electro motive force in series with the 
 lamps instead of varying a resistance. In either 
 case, the lamp regulator is governed by an auxiliary 
 relay or equivalent device, generally placed inside 
 of the car with the other electrical apparatus. 
 
 Lamp Regulator Vibrator or Relay. An automatic and 
 very sensitive electrical device for controlling the 
 action of the lamp regulator. Such device must 
 be very sensitive in operation and robust enough in 
 construction to withstand railway service. It is 
 generally enclosed for protection against dust and 
 accident, but when once adjusted should not re- 
 quire attention for long periods. 
 
 Lamp Reservoir. G. Figs. 3585-3601. The portion of a 
 lamp which holds the oil. Also called lamp fount, 
 
 Lamp Ring. 5. Figs. 3585-3601. A metal ring at the 
 base of a lamp to which the lamp bottom or reser- 
 voir and lamp globe are attached. In center lamps 
 the ring is supported by the lamp arms. 
 
 Lamp Screw. A more elaborate Lamp Hoop, which 
 see, with a flange. 
 
 Lamp Shade. S, Figs. 3585-3601. A conical shaped re- 
 flector placed over a lamp to reflect the light down- 
 ward. 
 
 Figs. 3564-3567 and 3577-3579 give what are 
 known as standard forms, the dimensions of which, 
 in inches, are as shown in the figures. 
 
 Lamp Socket. Figs 6324-6327, 3604. A socket or dove- 
 tail joint to which a lamp or flag is attached at the 
 corner of a car. They are flat, inclined, angular or 
 projecting, as may be desired. 
 
 Lamp Stay. 1, Figs. 3585-3601. A horizontal bar, usual- 
 ly reaching from side to side of the clear story, by 
 which a car lamp is steadied, and also made more 
 ornamental. 
 
 Lamp Switch. A switch for controlling the lamp cir- 
 cuit of the car and which, by opening or closing, 
 turns off or throws on all of the lights. This 
 switch is generally mounted on or near the lamp 
 panel. 
 
 Lamp Vent. An opening in the roof, through which 
 the gases from a lamp escape. 
 
 Lantern. Figs. 3620-3625. A portable lamp, the flame 
 in which is protected from wind and rain by glass, 
 usually in the form of a globe surrounded by wires, 
 called guards. According to the number of these 
 wires the lantern is called single, double or triple 
 guard. The conductor's lantern is one with a large 
 bail, so as to be carried on the arm, leaving both 
 hands free. It is usually provided with a reflector 
 above. Inspector's lanterns are generally arranged 
 to give blue light. See Lens, Signal Lamp. 
 
 Lantern and Flag Holder. A device for displaying sig- 
 nals on rear of trains. See Flag Holder. The 
 novelty is the convenience of attachment for either 
 a lamp or flag. 
 
 Larry. See Lorry. 
 
 Latch. Figs. 2411-2427. etc. The primary sense of this 
 word is — to catch, to close, stop, or make fast; 
 hence, an attachment to a door, window, etc.. to 
 hold it open or shut, is called a latch. The ordi- 
 nary distinction between a latch and a lock is that 
 a lock is closed and opened with a separate key, 
 and usually has a square bolt; whereas, a latch has 
 no separate key, and usually has a beveled bolt 
 which snaps shut automatically by contact with the 
 keeper or strike plate. The most exact distinction 
 between a latch and lock seems to be the form of 
 the bolt, and not the use or disuse of a key. See 
 Sash Lock. Latches named from the use which 
 they subserve are the following, which see: 
 Berth Latch. Sliding Door Latch or 
 
 Deck Sash Latch. Lift Latch. 
 
 Safety Berth Latch. Spring Door Latch. 
 
 Saloon Latch. 
 
 A sliding door latch, or lift latch. Figs. 2411-2412, 
 has a beveled hook instead of a beveled bolt, but 
 operates upon substantially the same principle. 
 Xearly all forms of latches are spring latches. A 
 night latch is a large and carefully made form of 
 an ordinary latch, which can be opened from the 
 surface by a key. A cupboard latch is any form of 
 small latch. A rim latch, like a rim lock, is one 
 attached simply to the inside of the door, in dis- 
 tinction from a mortise or rabbeted latch (both 
 rarely used), which is boxed into the door. 
 
 Latch Bolt Facing (Kirby's Door Lock). Q, Figs. 2480- 
 2481. 
 
 Latch Pull (Kirby's Door Lock). J, Figs. 2480-2481. 
 
 Lateral Motion. A movement sidewise, more particu- 
 larly meaning, as generally used, a side or swing 
 motion of the bolster of a swing motion truck, in 
 distinction from f he end play of an axle under the 
 journal. A lateral motion spring, which is slipped 
 over a lateral moton spring pin, is sometimes used 
 to check the lateral movement of such spring 
 bolsters, but this end is more commonly accom- 
 plished by splaying the swing hangers outward. 
 
 Lateral Motion Spring. See above. 
 
 Lateral Morion Spring Pin. See above. 
 
 Lateral Play. Side motion of any part of a car or ma- 
 chinery; the space left to permit of such side mo- 
 tion. See Lateral Motion (of a Truck Bolster), 
 End Play (of an Axle). 
 
 Lathe (Wood-Working Machinery). Fig. 6794. etc. A 
 machine with a fixed spindle and a revolving" spindle 
 in which a piece of wood is inserted and rapidly 
 revolved. A hand chisel is used to remove the 
 wood and produce a stick of cylindrical dimensions. 
 
 Latrobe Coupler. Figs. 1648-1657. 
 
 Lavatory. A room provided with washbowl, towels, 
 combs, brushes, etc., in which passengers may make 
 their toilet. Parlor and sleeping cars are provided 
 with separate lavatories for men and women, which 
 are separated from the saloons. The best and most 
 modern coaches have a lavatory. See Wash Room. 
 A saloon is sometimes termed a lavatory. 
 
 Lavatory Carriage (British). Figs. 64, 86, etc. A pas- 
 senger vehicle in which two or more compartments 
 have access to a small lavatory, urinal, etc. See 
 also Carriage. 
 
 Laycock's "Easy Push Over" Car Seat. Figs. 4138-4158. 
 
LEA 
 
 10T 
 
 LEV 
 
 Lead Car Seal. Figs. 4072-4092. Lead seals are either 
 in the form of rivets or buttons. Both are in com- 
 mon use. See Car Seal. 
 
 Lead Rivet Car Seal. Figs. 4072-4092. See Car Seal. 
 
 Lead Seal. Figs. 4072-4092. See Car Seal, Lead Car 
 Seal. 
 
 Lead-Lined Journal Bearing. A journal bearing which 
 has its inner surface covered with a thin layer of 
 lead, so that it may fit itself to the journal as soon 
 as subjected to wear. Such bearings are often 
 called Hopkins journal bearings. A variety of other 
 bearings are more or less similar, but a greater 
 quantity of lead or babbitt metal is frequently used. 
 
 Leader (of Pile-Driver Car). The long vertical timbers 
 serving to guide the Hammer, which see, in its 
 fall. The leaders swing upon leader trunnions, 
 carried on the leader trunnion pedestal. They are 
 stiffened at some point midway of their length by 
 top stringers, leader braces, and commonly by 
 pilasters at the outside, which latter serve to sup- 
 port the top stringers. They are connected at the 
 top by a leader cap and at the bottom by a leader 
 cross piece, the latter attached at the side in such 
 a manner as not to interfere with the fall of the 
 hammer. 
 
 Leader Brace I File Driver Car). See above. 
 
 Leader Brace Pocket ( Pile Driver Car). See above. 
 
 Leader Cap (Pile Driver Car). A cross piece connect- 
 ing the two leaders at the top and carrying the 
 main sheave and pile hoisting sheave of the hoist- 
 ing gear. 
 
 Leader Cross Piece. See Leader. 
 
 Leader Stay. An oblique diagonal brace, attached at 
 the upper end to the top stringers, serving to 
 stiffen the leaders. 
 
 Leader Trunnion. Sec Leader and Trunnion. 
 
 Leakage Groove (of 'Westinghouse Brake Cylinder). A 
 small passage past the brake piston to prevent ap- 
 plication of the brakes by trifling leakages of air. 
 
 Leather. The hide of some animal, usually cattle, which 
 has had the hair removed and been subjected to a 
 toughening and hardening process called tanning. 
 See Piston Packing Leather, Packing Leather, Win- 
 dow Shade Leather, Solid Leather Nails. 
 
 Leather Bell Cord. See Bell Cord. 
 
 Leatheroid. A substance somewhat resembling leather, 
 and somewhat similar to Vulcanized Fiber, which 
 see, in its general character and appearance. It is 
 made by treating paper with sulphate of zinc. 
 
 Leather Seat. A Dust Guard Bearing, which see. 
 
 Leg. See Seat Leg. 
 
 Leg Iron (British). See Step Iron. 
 
 Leg Rest (Reclining Seats). A bracketed and adjust- 
 able shelf, which ma}' be used on a chair seat to 
 support the limbs when the seat or chair is in a re- 
 clining position. It is adjusted by a leg rest ratchet 
 and leg rest pivot casting, or by a leg rest slide fit- 
 ting in a leg rest socket casting. 
 
 Length (of Elliptic Springs). The distance from center 
 to center of scrolls when the spring is unloaded. 
 
 Lens. An optical instrument for conveying rays of 
 light upon a fixed path or fixed point. Lenses for 
 lanterns consist of three types — bull's eye, a double 
 convex or piano convex lens; semaphore (a mere 
 modification of the Fresnel), and the Fresnel 
 proper, the latter rarely used. 
 
 Leonard Hydrostatic Buffer. See Hydrostatic Buffer. 
 
 Letter Board (Passenger Car Exteriors). 91, Figs. 599- 
 619. A horizontal board under the cornice, extend- 
 ing the whole length, on which the name of the 
 
 Figs. 4020-4021. A plate 
 receiving letters for the 
 
 company to which the car belongs is usually 
 painted. The letter board occupies the frieze of 
 the car, and is often so called. 
 
 Letter Box Lid (Postal Cars). Figs. 4020-4021. 
 
 Letter Case Label Holders (Postal Cars.) Figs. 4022, 
 4041. 
 
 Letter Drop (Postal Cars), 
 with a spring flap for 
 post. A letter box lid. 
 
 Lettering (of Freight Cars). Fig. G177. In 1893 the 
 M. C. B. Association adopted a Recommended 
 Practice for Marking Fast Freight Line Cars, as 
 shown in Fig. 6177. It was resolved: 
 
 '■1st. The half of side of car on which the 
 doors do not slide to show the name of the 'Fast 
 Freight Line,' spelled out in full, and the car num- 
 ber in the Fast Freight Line series immediately be- 
 low it. In the name panel and within 2 ft. of the 
 sill shall appear, in letters not over i in. high, the 
 name of the railroad company owning or contribut- 
 ing the car, and between the same and the sill shall 
 appear the light weight of the car, with such other 
 information as it is found advisable to give in con- 
 nection with the same. 
 
 "2d. Side doors to bear the initials of the road 
 to which the car belongs, or the name of the line 
 on which the car is used, together with the number 
 of the car. 
 
 "3d. The ends to show the initials of the 'Fast 
 Freight Line,' with the car number in the Fast 
 Freight Line series, and the light weight just be- 
 low them; no other marks will appear on ends of 
 car. 
 
 "4th. The half of sides of cars on which the 
 doors do slide to be reserved for advertising sym- 
 bols or trade marks, where used. The use of pro- 
 fuse lettering in this panel is to be discouraged, 
 however, and it is recommended that only the sim- 
 plest trade marks or advertising signs should be 
 used; the capacity of the car to appear near the sill 
 in this same panel." 
 
 Lever. "In mechanics, a bar of metal, wood or other 
 substance, turning on a support called a fulcrum." 
 — AYebster. See 
 
 Brake Lever. Hand Car Lever or Pro- 
 
 Brake Equalizing Lever, pelling Lever. 
 
 Live Lever. 
 Platform Lever. 
 Release Lever. 
 Uncoupling Lever. 
 
 Cylinder Lever. 
 Dead Lever. 
 Door Shaft Lever. 
 Eccentric Lever. 
 Floating Lever. 
 
 Lever Faucet. Fig. 3653. A self-closing faucet, shut 
 by a spring and opened by the movement of a 
 handle or lever. Also called telegraph faucet. They 
 are called vertical or horizontal according to the 
 direction of the pipe or opening into which they 
 are fastened. 
 
 Lever Frame (Hand Car). 17, 13, Figs. 6207-6209. A 
 wooden frame shaped somewhat like a letter A, on 
 top of a hand car, which supports the lever shaft 
 and lever. 
 
 Lever Frame Cap (Hand Car). 18, Figs. 6207-6209. A 
 short horizontal piece of timber, to which the lever 
 journal bearings are fastened. 
 
 Lever Frame Post (Hand Car). 17. Figs. 6207-6209. 
 
 Lever Frame Tie Rod (Hand Car). 25, Figs. 6207-6209. 
 A vertical rod by which the lever frame cap is 
 bolted to the floor frame. 
 
 Lever Guard. A guide on the platform rail for the plat- 
 form uncoupling lever. 
 
LEV 
 
 10S 
 
 LIN 
 
 Lever Guide. Sec above and Brake Lever Guide. 
 
 Lever Hand Car. Figs. 6207-6209. The common style 
 of Hand Car, which see, worked by levers con- 
 nected to cranks. These levers are usually placed 
 horizontally, but sometimes they are vertical. 
 Double lever hand cars, to avoid danger of trouble 
 with the dead center, have been in use. See Hand 
 Cars. 
 
 Lever Handle (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 152, Figs. 
 1886-1935. 
 
 Lever Hinge Bracket (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 148, 
 Figs. 1886-1935. 
 
 Lever Pin Hole Gage (M. C. B. Standard). Fig. 5707. 
 In 1907 a gage having limited diameters of brake 
 lever pin holes was adopted as standard. See Gage. 
 
 Lever Shaft. (Hand Car.) 21, Figs. 6207-6209. A short 
 iron shaft to which the propelling levers are at- 
 tached. 
 
 Lever Shaft Bearings (Hand Car). 22, Figs. 6207-6209. 
 
 Lift. A finger hold attached to windows and window 
 blinds to take hold of in raising or lowering them. 
 See Sash Lift, Window Blind Lift. 
 
 Lift Latch or Sliding Door Latch. Fig. 2411, etc. A 
 lock, the latch of which is lifted by turning the 
 knob instead of drawing it backward. 
 
 Lift Latch Lock. "A lock in which the latch is pivoted 
 and lifted free of the keeper, passing through a 
 notch in the box instead of being simply retracted." 
 — Knight. 
 
 Lightning Arrester. Figs. 6363-6365. A device for pro- 
 tecting the electrical apparatus from damage by 
 lightning. It usually consists of an air gap in series 
 with a non-inductive resistance connected between 
 power circuit and ground. The gap serves as an 
 easier path to ground for high voltage discharge 
 than through the electrical apparatus. The gap is 
 provided with a magnetic blowout that extinguishes 
 the are after discharge. 
 
 Lignomur. A decorative head lining made from straw- 
 board or paper, with figures stamped or embossed 
 upon it. The figures are usually light colored, 
 while the background is darker. It is glued to a 
 thin narrow matched ceiling or may be applied 
 directly to an old veneered ceiling. 
 
 Limit Gage. A term applied to many forms of gages 
 which are used for determining whether pieces do 
 not exceed or fall below a certain specified range 
 of dimension. In 1893 limit gage and diameters for 
 round iron were adopted as a Recommended Prac- 
 tice by the M. C. B. Association; these had for- 
 merly been standard of the Association. Limit 
 gages, such as shown herewith, for D/i-inch iron, 
 are recommended for use in procuring round iron 
 to take the Seller's standard screw threads; round 
 iron used to be of such size as will enter the large 
 or + end of the gage intended for that size, in any 
 way, and also of such size as will not enter the 
 small or — end in any way. 
 
 The limiting diameters for certain nominal sizes 
 of iron, together with the maximum variation al- 
 
 lowable by such use of these gages, are given in the 
 following table: 
 
 Sizes of Limit Gages for Round Iron. 
 Nominal diam- Large size Small size Total 
 
 eter of iron. + end. — end. variation 
 
 Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. 
 
 14 2550 .2450 .010 
 
 A 3180 .3070 .011 
 
 % 3810 .3690 .012 
 
 & 4440 .4310 .013 
 
 a-, 5070 .4930 .014 
 
 A 5700 .5550 .015 
 
 % 6330 .6170 .016 
 
 % 7585 .7415 .017 
 
 % 8840 .8660 .018 
 
 1 1.0095 .9905 .019 
 
 p/s 1.1350 1.1150 .020 
 
 1% 1.2605 1.2395 .021 
 
 Lincrusta Walton. A decorative material for walls and 
 ceilings, having something of the appearance and 
 toughness of leather . It is made from the residuum 
 of boiled linseed oil mixed with sawdust. Designs 
 of any form are pressed upon it and it is furnished 
 in a great variety of colors. It is attached to walls, 
 generally with paste or glue, like wall paper, but 
 is waterproof and very flexible. 
 Lind Drop Door Gear. Figs. 1073-1076. 
 Lindstrom Ratchet Brake Handle. Fig. 4002. A brake 
 handle for wide vestibules intended to work in a 
 small arc of a circle. It is attached to the end panel 
 of the vestibule, and when not in use is pushed 
 against the wall. 
 Line Car. Fig. 17, etc. A short term to designate cars 
 belonging to the various fast freight lines which 
 run over several roads between the leading ship- 
 ping points east and west. The number of these 
 lines is large, and at the present time they are 
 nearly all owned by associations of the roads them- 
 selves and not by private individuals. Their object 
 is to make it possible to issue through bills of lad- 
 ing and to avoid breaking bulk, as well as to obtain 
 greater despatch. 
 
 At the seventeenth M. C. B. Convention, Chica- 
 go, 1883, the following resolutions were adopted: 
 
 "Whereas, It is a common practice to store line 
 cars on side tracks during summer months or dull 
 times away from home, after they have been in 
 severe service; and, 
 
 "Whereas, Many of the cars after being so stored 
 are found to be more or less out of proper condition 
 so that they need more or less repairs, and when 
 put into service cause much detention to traffic and 
 many transfers; 
 
 "Be it resolved, therefore, That it is the sense of 
 this meeting that all line cars owned by foreign 
 companies should be returned to their owners in- 
 stead of being stored on foreign tracks, and that a 
 competent man should be detailed to inspect the 
 stored cars and to arrange to have the necessary 
 repairs made during the time such cars are out of 
 service." 
 
 For standard lettering of line cars, Fig. 6177, see 
 Lettering. 
 Liner Blocks (Coupler). Blocks of cast or malleable 
 iron bolted to the top and bottom of the tail end 
 of the coupler or drawbar. They are now usually 
 cast integral with the coupler shank. For different 
 sizes of liner blocks see Fig. 1658. 
 Lining. See End Lining, Head Lining, Inside Lining, 
 Feed Door Lining. Inner, outer and intermediate 
 linings of refrigerator cars are those partitions or 
 
LIN 
 
 109 
 
 LOC 
 
 layers of boards intermediate between the inside 
 lining and the sheathing, which usuall}- consist of 
 J -t or % in. stuff, the purpose of which is to make 
 dead air spaces for insulating the contents of the 
 car. i M. C. B. Standard.) 
 
 Lining Strips. Wooden or metal strips put on the in- 
 side of freight or baggage cars to protect the inside 
 of the car from being injured by freight or baggage. 
 Lining strips serve very much the same purpose 
 as inside lining. 
 
 Lining Studs. 54, Figs. 305-321. Vertical studs placed 
 between the posts and over or under the braces, 
 i.nd to which the lining is nailed. 
 
 Link. 1. "A short connecting piece, of circular or 
 other equivalent shape; as one of the oval rings for 
 divisions of a chain." — Knight. * 
 
 2. (Coupling Links.) A short bar with an eye at 
 each end for connecting two things together or for 
 > ipporting one from another. When used alone 
 the term in railroad service always means p Coup- 
 ling Link, which see. 
 
 Link and Pin Coupler. An old type of drawbar by 
 which cars were connected together by a link and 
 a pin. There were a great variety of shapes and 
 devices, but they have now been almost entirely 
 replaced by the M. C. E. automatic coupler. 
 
 Link Hanger. 46, Figs. 4361-4369, 4167-4574. A Swing 
 Hanger, which see. in the form of a link. 
 
 Link Hanger Eye Bolt. A bolt passing through the 
 truck transoms, from which a short swing hanger 
 is suspended. 
 
 Link Pin. A Coupling Pin, which see. 
 
 Linofelt Flax Fiber Insulation. Figs. 2199-2200. A 
 quilt l /± in. in thickness, made of degummed and 
 batted flax fibres stitched between two sheets of 
 ninety-pound Lino Xeponset waterproof insulating 
 paper. Flax fibre is chemically prepared, and clean 
 and odorless. The paper is stitched to the fibre 
 with a good quality of thread, the rows of stitches 
 not more than live inches apart, edges bound with 
 paper to prevent fraying. Linofelt weighs .42 lbs. 
 per square foot, and is furnished in rolls and pieces 
 of various dimensions to conform to the ideas of 
 the car builder. 
 
 Linoleum. A form of floor covering manufactured 
 from linseed oil. prepared by a special process, 
 mixed with ground cork and backed with canvas. 
 Another floor covering of substantially the same 
 nature as linoleum is known as corticine. 
 
 Lintel. 90 and 99, Figs. 648-651. The horizontal part 
 of a door or window frame above the sash. See 
 Deck Sash Lintel. 
 
 Lip. See Retaining Lip (Steel Tired Wheels). 
 
 Lip Lamp Chimney. One with an indented ring near 
 the bottom, for use with screw lamp burners. 
 
 Live Lever. 92, Figs 4771-4777. The one of a pair of 
 brake levers to which the brake power is first ap- 
 plied is sometimes given this title, the other lever 
 being termed the dead lever. 
 
 Loading Gage (British). American equivalent, Clear- 
 ance, which see. The limiting dimensions of car- 
 riages or wagons as to height and width, in ordei 
 that they may clear tunnels, bridges, station plat- 
 forms, etc. The dimensions are, roughly, 9 ft. in 
 width and 12 ft. in height. 
 
 Loading Lcng Materials, Rules For (M. C. B. Stand- 
 ard.) Figs. 5806-5938. In 1893 a Recommended 
 Practice was adopted for loading logs and poles 
 on cars and for racking cars for loading bark, and 
 in 1890 extended rules governing the loading of 
 
 lumber and timber on open cars were adopted, re- 
 placing the former practice, heretofore shown on 
 Sheet B, with the exception of racking cars for 
 loading bark. At the same time rules governing 
 the loading of long structural material, rails, plates, 
 girders, etc., were adopted. 
 
 In 1897 some modifications of these rules were 
 adopted, with slight changes in the illustrations 
 also. In 1898 still further slight changes were 
 made in the text and in some of the drawings, and 
 a new section was added containing rules for load- 
 ing large logs, pipe and stone on open cars. In 
 1900 a further modification was made in both text 
 and illustrations. Further revised in 1904 and 1905. 
 Further revisions were made in 1904, 1905 and 
 1906. In 1908 a standard was adopted. A separate 
 pamphlet is issued by the M. C. B. Association con- 
 taining these rules which are too voluminous to be 
 included here. Copies may be had by applying to 
 the Secretary, Old Colony Building, Chicago, 111. 
 
 Lock. 1. Figs. 5749-5756. Generally, a fastening of 
 any kind operated by a key. Specifically, one hav- 
 ing a dead bolt as distinguished from one having a 
 spring latch bolt, the latter being technically 
 termed a latch. A rim lock is one applied to the 
 surface of a door. A mortise lock is one de- 
 signed to be mortised into the edge of a door. A 
 rabbeted lock is one with an offset front to con- 
 form in shape to a rabbeted door. A dead lock is 
 one in which a bolt is moved by a key and not a 
 spring. A latch is a lock with a spring bolt. A 
 night latch is a lock with a spring bolt operated 
 from the outside only by a key and from the inside 
 usually by a knob. A padlock is a detached lock 
 provided with a shackle adapted for engagement 
 with a hasp or staple. According to their uses, 
 locks are divided into berth locks, door locks, 
 freight car locks, grain door locks, seat locks, slid- 
 ing door locks, etc. See also Sash Lock. Freight 
 car locks are usually seal locks. See Car Seal. 
 The Yale Lock, which see. is a special, secure type 
 largely used. 
 
 2. (M. C. B. Automatic Coupler.) The catch 
 which drops in front of the knuckle horn and holds 
 it shut, thus locking the couplers together. 
 
 Lock Case. The outside or covering part of a lock, 
 more especially a padlock. 
 
 Lock Chain. A chain by which a padlock is fastened to 
 a car. 
 
 Lock Keeper. Figs. 2411-2589. The box on a door 
 jamb into which the bolt of a lock protrudes when 
 shut. See Keeper. 
 
 Lock Lifter. (Automatic Coupler. 1 The part of the 
 mechanism inside the coupler head in some types 
 of M. C. B. couplers which is moved by the un- 
 coupling rod and in moving lifts the knuckle lock 
 so that the knuckle can open. 
 
 Lock Nut. Fig. 3062. The outer one of a pair of nuts 
 on one bolt, which, by screwing up separately to a 
 tight bearing, locks the inner one. A large number 
 of special forms of lock nuts and nut locks, which 
 serve the same purpose, are in use which are not 
 strictly included under the above definition. One 
 of these is shown in Figs. 3855-3856. 
 
 Lock Seal. A piece of glass, lead or paper, which forms 
 a seal for a lock, so that the latter cannot be opened 
 without its being known. See Car Seal. 
 
 Lock Set (Automatic Couplers). A feature of most 
 M. C. B. couplers whereby the knuckle lock when 
 lifted is held in a raised position until the knuckle 
 
LOC 
 
 110 
 
 LOW 
 
 is opened, when it allows the lock to drop back 
 into position for automatically coupling when the 
 cars arc brought together. 
 
 Lock Washer. Fig. 3853. 
 
 Locker. A small compartment or closet for storage. A 
 closet is usually the same height as the room and a 
 locker is of less height. Lockers are frequently 
 attached under cars. 
 
 Locomotive Crane. A self-propelling car, with a steam 
 crane, mounted upon it, which crane has three in- 
 dependent motions, viz., that of hoisting, slewing 
 or rotating and raising of the boom. See Wreck- 
 ing Crane. 
 
 Locomotive Valve (Steam Heating). Figs. 2972-2974. 
 The valve on the locomotive which admits live 
 steam to the train line. See Starting Valve. 
 
 Lodging Car. A passenger or box car fitted up with 
 sleeping accommodations for men at work on the 
 line of a road. More commonly called boarding 
 car. 
 
 Logging Cars. Figs. 102-106. A special variety of light 
 and strong cars used for getting out lumber, run- 
 ning usually on cheap logging railroads. They con- 
 sist of a pair of four-wheel trucks, a heavy center 
 sill or sills and two Bolsters or Bunks, which see, 
 on which the logs are laid. They are often without 
 brakes and automatic couplers are seldom used. 
 
 Long Brake Shaft. 94, Figs. 2G2-272. One which ex- 
 tends up above the top of a car so that brakes can 
 be applied by a person on the roof. 
 
 Long Flat Car. A flat car of extra length for long 
 timbers, piling, etc. A barrel car is an example, 
 shown racked in Fig. 25. 
 
 Long Seat End. A vertical frame of wood or iron 
 which combines a seat end and seat stand together, 
 supports the end of the car seat and also forms 
 the arm seat end. A short seat end is a seat end 
 proper, which is supported on a separate stand. 
 
 Longitudinal Rising Timber. See Rising Timber. 
 
 Longitudinal Seat (Street and Suburban Cars). A seat 
 which extends lengthwise of a car. 
 
 Longitudinal Step. ]. A board which extends along 
 
 the side of an open car, or a car with doors on the 
 
 side, used as a step in getting on or off the car 
 
 or for passing from one end of the car to the other. 
 
 2. (British.) See Foot Board. 
 
 Longitudinal Step Bracket. A hanging support to carry 
 a longitudinal step. See above. 
 
 Longitudinal Tie Rod (British). Corresponds in part 
 to an American truss rod. A long bolt binding the 
 timbers of the underframc together longitudinally. 
 It is generally horizontal, and if inclined slopes 
 downward to the ends of the vehicle to prevent 
 them from sagging or drooping. In British eight- 
 wheel vehicles truss rods arc used, but in four- 
 wheel vehicles the ends are more likely to sag than 
 the center. 
 
 Lookout (Freight Caboose). 174, Figs. 577-588. A 
 small cupola or upper deck in the roof to afford 
 opportunity for display of signal lights and to 
 enable train hands to keep a better lookout on the 
 train. 
 
 Lookout Signal Lamp (Caboose Cars). 141, Figs. 577- 
 588. A lamp mounted on the rear of the lookout to 
 indicate the class or the position of the train to 
 which the caboose is attached. Also called Tail 
 Lamp, which see. 
 
 Loose Berth Hinge. Fig. 4349. A berth hinge, the two 
 parts of which are detachable. It enters into a 
 
 loose berth hinge bushing or plate. See Berth 
 Hinge. 
 
 Loose Globe. See Lamp Globe. 
 
 Loose Globe Lamp. A lamp or lantern in which the 
 globe is attached to the frame by springs, screws or 
 catches, so that it can be easily removed. 
 
 Loose Joint Butt Hinge. Fig. 2453. A Butt Hinge, 
 which sec, permitting the door to be lifted off its 
 hinges when desired. 
 
 Loose Pin Butt Hinge. Figs. 2443-2445. A Butt Hinge, 
 which see, having a removable hinge pin. 
 
 Lorry or Larry. Fig. 6213, etc. Push cars used in 
 construction for moving rails, ties, etc. Often 
 made with only a half bearing for the journals so 
 that the frame can be removed from the wheels 
 at any time. 
 
 Low Sided Wagon (British). Fig. 6549. A freight car 
 with sides and ends about 9 in. high. It has gen- 
 erally no doors, and is used chiefly for conveying 
 pig iron and similar loads. 
 
 Low Truck. Trucks constructed so as to bring the 
 floor nearer to the rails; mainly used in construc- 
 tion service. They are commonly constructed so 
 as to bring the floor about 3 ft. 2 in. or 3 ft. 6 in. 
 from the rail, instead of about 4 ft. 
 
 Lower Arch Bar. The Inverted Arch Bar, which see. 
 See Arch Bar. 
 
 Lower Berth (Sleeping Cars). 1, Figs. 2201-2202. The 
 bed nearest the floor made up by pulling out the 
 seats and dropping down the seat backs. The mat- 
 tress for it is carried by day in the pocket formed 
 by the upper berth. See Berth. 
 
 Lower Berth Stop Bar. 49, Figs. 2201-2202. See Stop 
 Bar. 
 
 Lower Brake Rod. 97, Figs. 4771-4773. A rod which 
 connects the two brake beams or levers of outer 
 hung brakes. When two levers are used the rod 
 is attached to each lever. It is sometimes sup- 
 ported in case of accident by a lower brake rod 
 carrier. With inner hung brakes the substitute 
 for the lower brake rod becomes a part in com- 
 pression and is called the brake lever coupling bar. 
 
 Lower Brake Shaft Bearing. 97, Figs. 262-272 and Figs. 
 772-773. An eye or support for a vertical brake 
 shaft, near the lower end. The support at the 
 lower end is called the brake shift step. The 
 lower bearing is above the step. 
 
 Lower Chord (of a Truss). The lower outside member. 
 In the side trussing of a freight or passenger car 
 the side sill is the lower chord. 
 
 (The distinction between a lower chord and a 
 truss rod is not very clear. A chord is usually so 
 called only in a truss having both vertical and in- 
 clined members. A mere trussed beam is not a 
 truss in usual technical usage.) 
 
 Lower Corner Plate. Figs. 9(13-904; 57, Figs. 262-272. 
 See Corner Plate. A push block, or push pole cor- 
 ner iron, is usually the lower corner plate. 191, 
 Figs. 262-272. 
 
 Lower Deck. 102, Figs. 648-661. The main roof of a 
 passenger car on each side of the clear story or 
 upper deck. 
 
 Lower Deck Ceiling (Sleeping Cars). 22, Figs. 2201- 
 2206. The inside finish of the lower deck which 
 forms the top finish for the upper berth. 
 
 Lower Diaphragm (Pintsch Lamp). 286, Figs. 3208- 
 
 Lower Door Hinge (British). See Door Hinge. This 
 hinge is made witli a longer butt than the others, 
 to allow for the curvature or fall under the door. 
 
LOW 
 
 111 
 
 MAI 
 
 Lower Door Panel. 10, Figs. 1329-1337. 
 
 Lower Door Sash. 13, Figs. 1329-1337. The lower sec- 
 tion of a door sash, which is made in two parts. 
 This is commonly movable, the other fixed. 
 
 Lower Foot Board (.British). American equivalent, plat- 
 form step. A board running nearly the whole 
 length of the carriage, and situated about 20 in. 
 from the ground. 
 
 Lower Seat Back Rail (.Street Cars). Also called a 
 seat back bottom rail. See Upper Seat Back Rail. 
 
 Lower Swing Hanger Pivot. 48, Figs. 4705-4713. A bar 
 by which a spring plank is attached to the lower 
 end of a Swing Hanger, which see. 
 
 Lower Thimble (Pintsch Lamp). 290, 290a, Figs. 3208- 
 3224. 
 
 Lower Wainscot Rail (.Passenger Car Interiors). 74, 
 Figs. (348-651; D, Fig. 22u4. A longitudinal rail im- 
 mediately above the truss plank. The upper wain- 
 scot rail comes directly below the window. 
 
 Lower Window Blind. The lower section of a window 
 blind which is made in two parts, as is usually the 
 case. 
 
 Lower Window Blind Lift. Fig. 4545. The lifts for 
 lower blinds differ from those for a single blind 
 in having a lug which engages with the upper 
 blind when the lower one is raised up half way, and 
 thus the upper one is raised with the lower one. 
 See Window Blind Lift. 
 
 Lubricator. Fig. 5315. An instrument used for apply- 
 ing a lubricant to a journal or other moving part. 
 Also called oiler. 
 
 Lug. A projecting stud or ear to afford a bearing or 
 point of attachment. See Follower Plate Lug. 
 
 Lug Bolt. A Strap Bolt, which see, with a lug turned 
 up at one end to enter a mortise in the timber and 
 in part to relieve the attaching bolts from strain. 
 
 Lumber. Timber of all kinds sawed into merchantable 
 form, but more particularly such as is not sawed 
 into boards. The term, however, is often used in 
 the broad sense. 
 
 Lumber Car. A car of extra length, more particularly 
 intended for carding long timbers. Box and stock 
 cars frequently have end doors to facilitate the 
 loading of lumber. Gondola cars, with flat bot- 
 toms and drop doors, are largely used for lumber. 
 
 Lumber Lorry. See Lorry Car. 
 
 Lunch Counter Car. Fig. 229. A baggage car fitted up 
 with a lunch counter for serving light meals on 
 excursion trains. 
 
 31 
 
 McCord Journal Box and Dust Guard. Figs. 5299-5305. 
 
 McCord Friction Draft Gear. Figs. 1484-1496. 
 
 McCord Spring Dampener. Fig. 5370. 
 
 McKay's Curtain Brackets. Figs. 4682-4685. A form 
 of bracket for holding the various forms of spring 
 roller curtains, one bracket having a rectangular 
 hole and the other a circular. A variety of patterns 
 are made besides those shown. The McKay and 
 Hartshorn shade roller accomplish the same end in 
 much the same way, but the McKay works with a 
 cam, while the Hartshorn works with a pawl. See 
 Shade Roller. 
 
 Machine Bolt. A bolt with a metal thread cut on it, 
 and with a square or hexagonal head, especially if 
 turned or finished. The word bolt, unqualified, 
 usually means a machine bolt. 
 
 Magazine (Base Burning Stove). A general term for 
 
 a receptacle for coal before it reaches the fire-pot 
 proper, usually situated directly above the latter. 
 
 Magazine Coil Heater. Fig. 2749. 
 
 Mail Car. A car for carrying mail. More properly a 
 postal car. Figs. 190, 194-197, 623-629. Mail cars 
 are sometimes defined as those used only for carry- 
 ing mail bags and not for distributing mail matter, 
 but the distinction is not always observed. Dis- 
 tributing mail cars are, however, always called 
 Postal Cars, which see. See also Combination Bag- 
 gage Car. 
 
 Mail Car Lamp. Figs. 3586 and 3588. See Postal Car 
 Lamp. 
 
 Mail Catcher or Collector. Fig. 4034. A contrivance 
 consisting of a bent iron bar attached to the door 
 of a postal car for taking up or ''catching'' mail 
 bags while the train is in motion. The British 
 system of collecting mail bags is different from the 
 American, and relies upon the use of nets. The 
 leather bag is fastened by a spring to an iron bar 
 in the car, and when the exchanging station is near 
 the bar is turned out, the bag hanging suspended. 
 At the same time the catching apparatus, consist- 
 ing of a net attached to a bar, is put out. The bag 
 from the car is caught in the net attached to a 
 stationary post, and the bag for the car caught in 
 the car in a similar manner. The American plan 
 has been copied in Australia and India. 
 
 Mail Catcher Socket or Mail Collector Socket. The 
 brackets or sockets on either side of the postal 
 door which hold the collector. 
 
 Mail Van (British). A vehicle adapted to run on pas- 
 senger trains and fitted with apparatus for sorting 
 and conveying letters, and generally with apparatus 
 for taking up and dropping mail bags while the 
 train is running at full speed. A mail van in which 
 letters can be posted and letters are postmarked is 
 termed a traveling post-office. When fitted only 
 for conveying mail bags and not for sorting it is 
 termed mail van tender. Every projecting piece of 
 either wood or metal is carefully padded to prevent 
 injury to the post-office officials in collisions, etc. 
 
 Main Carline (Freight Cars). A carline stronger than 
 the ordinary carlines. so as to support the roof and 
 tie the two plates together. 
 
 Main Cock (Pintsch Gas Lighting). Figs. 3050, 3104. A 
 cock usually placed in the saloon for the control 
 of the low pressure supply. It regulates all the 
 burners at once, in addition to which there are 
 separate cocks to each. 25, 25b, 25c, Fig. 2608, are 
 respectively for % in., " 5 in. and ^ in. pipe, and 
 are used in all classes of cars, according to the size 
 of main low-pressure pipe required. 25c (1% in.) 
 i- in most general use. (Acetvlene Lighting, Fig. 
 3287.) 
 
 Main Cock Covers (Pintsch System). Xos. 135, 135C. 
 Fig. 3051. For main cocks, Xos. 25, 25B, 25C, Fig. 
 3050. They are of cast iron, with hinged lid to fit 
 over the key shaft of cock. Are to be screwed to 
 side of car or to bulkhead. 
 
 Main Floor (Refrigerator Car). G, Figs. 305-321. Th» 
 top layer of boards in the floor of the car. See 
 Floor. 
 
 Main Pipe (Air Brake). The brake pipe. 
 
 Main Rafter. A Main Carline, which see. 
 
 Main Reservoir (Air Brake). A cylindrical boiler plate 
 tank, carried on the locomotive, or motor car, to 
 hold a supply of compressed air. So called in dis- 
 tinction from the auxiliary reservoirs under each 
 car. 
 
MAJ 
 
 112 
 
 MAS 
 
 Major Coupler. Figs. 1743-1756. 
 
 Male Center Plate. The body center plate is sometimes 
 called a male center plate. See Center Plate. 
 
 Malleable Iron. Cast iron which has been annealed 
 and the brittlcness greatly decreased by packing 
 the castings in iron pots containing forge scale, 
 hematite ore or some other oxide of iron and sub- 
 jecting them to a continued red heat for from four 
 to six days. They are then allowed to cool slowly. 
 The change which takes place is internal, and while 
 little or no carbon is removed its physical condition 
 is changed from graphitic to amorphous or cement 
 carbon and the iron is rendered less brittle. Mal- 
 leable castings can be bent within moderate limits, 
 but are not truly malleable like wrought iron. Many 
 parts used in car work are made of it. including 
 couplers, brake levers, journal boxes and almost all 
 small castings. 
 
 Mandrel. 1. (For Lathes.) A shaft serving as a tem- 
 porary axis for objects to be turned. 
 
 '_'. (Foundry.) A plug around which a body of 
 metal is cast. 
 
 Mandrel Pin or Cross Bar (Swing Link Hanger.) The 
 bar which supports the spring plank. See Swing 
 Hanger. 
 
 Manhole (Tank Car). 110, Figs. 545-549. An opening 
 in a boiler or tank through which a man can creep 
 to the inside. The tanks for tank cars always have 
 manholes on top. 
 
 Manhole Cover. Ill, Figs. 545-549. A plate or lid to 
 close a manhole. 
 
 Manhole Cover Chain. A chain with which a manhole 
 cover is fastened to a tank to prevent it from fall- 
 ing off the tank when the manhole is opened. 
 
 Manhole Hinge. A hinge by which a manhole cover 
 is attached to the manhole ring. 
 
 Manhole Ladder (Tank Cars'). 103, Figs. 545-549. An 
 iron ladder extending down into the tank under the 
 manhole to allow workmen to descend into the 
 tank through the manhole for purposes of clean- 
 ing or inspection. 
 
 Manhole Ladder Brace (Tank Cars). 104, Figs. 545- 
 519. A wrought iron piece attached to the inside 
 of the tank and to the manhole ladder to keep the 
 latter in a vertical position. 
 
 Manhole Ring. A metal ring riveted around a man- 
 hole, and which forms a seat for the cover. 
 
 Mansell Retaining Ring. Figs. 5406-5411. A mode of 
 connecting steel tires to the wheel centers by a ring 
 of an approximate L or U cross-section, which 
 secures the tire to the wheel, so that every part of 
 the tire is securely held, into however many pieces 
 il may be ruptured. This ring is almost universally 
 used in English passenger service. 
 
 Mansfield Deck Sash Opener. Figs. 4444-1446. One of 
 (lie numerous styles of deck sasli openers, the pecu- 
 liarity in which consists in the manner of connect- 
 ing each end of eacli deck sash to an opener in such 
 manner that either the front end or the back end 
 id the window may be thrown open, producing 
 draft either into or out of the car. at discretion. 
 
 Marking Cars (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 5744-5748. 
 See Lettering. 
 
 Marshaling (British). American equivalent, switching 
 or dialling. Arranging the cars of a freight train in 
 proper station order. 
 Mason Safety Tread. Figs. 2282-2285. 
 Mast. 1. (Of a Derrick or Crane). The main upright 
 member against which the boom abuts. 
 
 2. (Of Brake Gear.) A Brake Shaft, which see. 
 
 For pamphlets and trade 
 catalogues 
 
 Mast Packet (Derrick or Wrecking Car). A heavy- 
 casting under the car floor serving as a socket for 
 supporting the mast of a derrick to hold it upright. 
 Mast Sheave or Pulley (of a Derrick or Crane). A 
 sheave or pulley wheel placed at the top of the 
 mast. 
 M. C. B. Reports. In 1893 a standard size of 6 inches 
 by 9 inches was adopted for M. C. B. Reports. 
 
 In 1894 a standard size for Pamphlets, Catalogues, 
 Specifications and publications of that nature was 
 adopted, as follows: 
 
 For postal card circulars, 3% inches by 6% inches 
 
 3% in. by 6 in. 
 6 in by 9 in. 
 9 in. by 12 in. 
 For specification and letter paper, 8M inches by 
 10% inches. In connection with these standards 
 it was decided that a standard practice should be to 
 have the proper standard dimensions, and the word 
 "standard" printed on the upper left-hand corner 
 of title page or cover whenever practicable. 
 Master Car Builders' Standards and Recommended 
 Practice. A variety of standard details for cars, or 
 recommendations in respect to them, which have 
 been adopted and promulgated by the Master Car 
 Builders' Association, and are separately described 
 in this volume. By a letter ballot, cast in 1893, the 
 standards of the Association prevailing at that date 
 were modified — 
 
 First — By abolishing certain standards because 
 they had either become obsolete or nearly so, or be- 
 cause they were simply forms of gages for shop use 
 to produce certain other standard forms, and it was 
 believed that such gages were not essential as 
 standards of the Association, and it had been as- 
 certained that they were not generally used. 
 The old standards thus abolished were: 
 ^ heel diameter testing gage. 
 Wheel flange and journal gage. 
 Wheel bore testing gage. 
 \\ heel boring, use of six dogs. 
 Journal length and diameter gage. 
 Journal shoulder and centering gage. 
 Journal distance gage. 
 
 Guard rail gage. (Made standard again in 1894.) 
 Attachments and dimensions of drawbars. 
 Train pipe fitting for steam heat. 
 Second — By ordering that the three items for- 
 merly printed at the end of the standards, namely: 
 Storage of line cars on foreign roads. 
 Dictionary of terms, 
 Entertainments, 
 be printed with the proceedings as heretofore, but 
 nut among the standards. 
 4 bird — By dividing the remaining standards into: 
 
 (a) Standards of the Association. 
 
 (b) Recommended Practice, as follows: 
 (a) Standards: 
 
 Journal Box and Details, Journals, 3% in. x7 in. 
 
 Fig. 546G. 
 Journal Box and Details. Journals, I 1 ! in. x 8 in. 
 
 Figs. 5488, 5691. 
 Journal Box and Details, 
 
 Fig. 5615. 
 Journal Box and Details, 
 
 in. Fig. 5621. 
 Journal Bearing and Wedge Gages, Journals, 
 
 3% in. x 7 in., 4G in. x 8 in., 5 in. x 9 in. and 
 
 5% in. x 10 in. Figs. 5713, 5732. 
 Axles. Fig. 5510. 
 
 Journals, 5 in. x 9 in. 
 Journals, 5V^ in. x 10 
 
MAS 
 
 113 
 
 MAT 
 
 Form of Wheel Tread and Flange. Fig. 5518. 
 Wheel Circumference Measure. Fig. 5514. 
 Brake Head and Shoe. Fig. 5519. 
 Specifications for Brake Shoes. See Brake 
 
 Shoes, Specifications for. 
 Brake Beam. Fig. 5710. 
 Air Brakes. — General Arrangement and Details. 
 
 Figs. 5527, 5562. 
 Pedestal for Journal, 3 3 * in. x 7 in. Fig. 5566. 
 Automatic Coupler. Fig. 5580. 
 Contour Line and Limit Gages for Automatic 
 
 Coupler. Fig. 5579. 
 Gage for Worn Couplers. Fig. 5573. 
 Specifications for M. C. B. Automatic Couplers 
 
 See Automatic Car Coupler Specifications. 
 Terms and Gaging Points for Wheels and 
 
 Track. Fig. 5598. 
 Guard Rail and Frog Wind Gage. Fig. 5601. 
 Distance Between Backs of Flanges of Car 
 
 Wheels, which see. 
 
 Standard Reference Gage for Mounting and 
 Inspecting Wheels and Wheel Check Gage. 
 Fig. 5599. 
 
 Wheel Flange Thickness Gage. Fig. 5602. 
 Height of Couplers, which see. 
 Screw Threads, Bolt Heads and Nuts, which 
 see. 
 
 Uniformity of Section for Car Sills. See Sills. 
 
 Square Bolt Heads, which see. 
 
 M. C. B. Reports, Pamphlets, Specifications, 
 
 Catalogues, etc. See M. C. B. Reports. 
 Sliding, Flooring, Roofing and Lining. Fig. 
 
 5749. 
 Arch Bars and Column Bolt for 80,000-Ibs. 
 
 Capacity Cars. Fig. 5697. 
 Adjusting Height of Couplers. See Height of 
 
 Couplers. 
 Stenciling Cars. See Stenciling. 
 Passenger Car Pedestal for Journal 4 1 ± in. x 8 
 
 in. Fig. 5685. 
 Passenger Car Journal Box and Contained 
 
 Parts for Journal 4^ in. x 8 in. Fig. 5694. 
 Air Brake Repair Card, which see. 
 Protection of Trainmen. Figs. 5635, 5637. 
 Label for A'r Brake Hose. See Air Brake 
 
 Hose. 
 Wheel Defect Gage. Fig. 5599. 
 Center Plates. Fig. 5711. 
 Pipe Unions, which see. 
 Specifications for Air Brake Hose. See Brake 
 
 Hose Specifications. 
 Brake Head Gage. Fig. 5706. 
 Brake Beam Gage. Fig. 5708. 
 Lever Pin Hole Gage. Fig. 5707. 
 Limit Gage for Remounting Cast Iron Wheels. 
 
 Fig. 6068. 
 (b) Recommended Practice: 
 
 Specifications for 33-inch Cast" Iron Wheels. 
 
 See Wheels. 
 Specifications for Iron Axles. See Axles. 
 Specifications for Steel Axles. See Axles. 
 Limit Gages for Round Iron. See Limit Gages. 
 Check Chains, which see. 
 Marking Cars. See Lettering. 
 Air Brake and Train Air Signal Instructions. 
 Platform Safety Chains, which see. 
 Marking Fast Freight Line Cars. Fig. 6177. 
 Attachment of Couplers to Cars. Fig. 5779. 
 
 Uncoupling Attachments for M. C. B. Couplers. 
 
 Fig. 5785. 
 Safety Chains for Freight Cars. Figs. 5766-5785. 
 Minimum Thickness for Steel Tires. Fig. 5766. 
 Rules for Loading Long Materials on Cars. 
 
 Fig. 5806, etc. 
 Mounting Wheels, which see. 
 Air Brake Appliances. See Air Brakes. 
 Air Brake Tests, which see. 
 Eox Car Side and End Door Fixtures. Fig. 
 
 5961. 
 Springs and Spring Cars for Freight Trucks. 
 
 Fig. 6010. 
 Collection of Salt Water Drippings. Fig. 5776. 
 Twist Gage for Xew Couplers. Fig. 5579. 
 Steam Air Line Connections, which see. 
 Signal Lamp Brackets and Sockets. Fig. 5951. 
 Pedestal and Journal Box for Passenger Cars, 
 
 Journals 5 in. x 9 in. Figs. 5805, 5685. 
 Framing for Box Cars. Fig. 6021. 
 Drop Test Machine. Fig. 6024. 
 Inside Dimensions of Box Cars. See Box Car 
 
 Dimensions. 
 Height and 'Width of Cars. See Box Car 
 
 Dimensions. 
 Cast Iron Wheels. Figs. 6070. etc. See Wheels. 
 High Speed Foundation Brake Gear. Fig. 6028. 
 
 See Foundation Brake Gear. 
 Tank Cars, which see. 
 
 Permanent Stake Pockets. See Stake Pockets. 
 Temporary Stake Pockets. See Stake Pocket. 
 Knuckles, which see. 
 
 Splicing Center Sills. Fig. 5953. See Splice. 
 Safety Chains. Fig. 5785. 
 Rules for Examination of Car Inspectors. See 
 
 Examination. 
 Cleaning Air Brakes, which see. 
 These Standards and this Recommended Practice 
 are given under their respective heads in these 
 pages as modified by letter ballot on these or other 
 subjects, and revised up to 1905. 
 
 Xew drawings of the Standards and Recom- 
 mended Practice have been made on sheets of uni- 
 form size, and lithographed and printed on trans- 
 parent paper so that blue prints may be taken from 
 them: such sheets are for sale by the Secretary of 
 the M. C. B. Association. Old Colony Building, 
 Chicago, 111., in connection with pamphlets con- 
 taining explanatory text as given in the Proceed- 
 ings. See Standards, Recommended Practice. 
 Master Controller. Fig. 6357. See Control System. 
 Master Key. Fig. 2607. A key which commands many 
 locks of a certain set. the keys of which are not 
 interchangeable through the hollow rollers, coup- 
 ling the middle ring of rollers to the outside rings 
 each to each, which insures their keeping in line 
 and working together. 
 Mat. Figs. 2539-2540. See Floor Mat. 
 Match Box Holder. Figs. 4394. 4407. 
 Match Lighter. Figs. 3486, 4392-4393, 4064. A Match 
 
 Striker, which see. 
 Match Safe. Fig. 4395. 
 Match Striker. Figs. 4392-4393. A metal plate with a 
 
 rough surface. 
 Match Striker Frame. A metal frame for holding a 
 piece of sand or emery paper on which to strike 
 matches. 
 Mattress (Sleeping Cars). D, E. Fig. 2202. etc. In 
 sleeping cars both mattresses are stowed away by 
 day above the upper berth. 
 
MEA 
 
 11, 
 
 MON 
 
 Meat Timbers (Refrigerator Car). The vertical and 
 horizontal timbers inside the refrigerating chamber 
 on which the meat is suspended. They are usually 
 independent of the framework of the car and fas- 
 tened to it with coach screws. 
 
 Melrose Coupler. Figs. 1766-1775. 
 
 Metal Screw Thread. A form of screw thread used 
 when botli the male and female screws are made 
 of metal. Metal threads are made of the same size 
 as the spaces between them, whereas the spaces 
 between wood screw threads are made wider than 
 the projections. See also Sellers System of Screw 
 Threads. 
 
 Mica Chimney (Pintsch Lamp). Fig. 3110. A chim- 
 ney for use on all center lamps, being placed im- 
 mediately above the ring reflector, allowing a por- 
 tion of the light to be directed toward the roof of 
 the Car. See Pintsch Lamps. 
 
 Micrometer Gage. A general term for any form of gage 
 giving very minute and exact measurements. There 
 are several varieties; the most common is one with 
 an accurate screw thread and an index to give the 
 number of revolutions and fractions thereof. 
 
 Middle Brake Shaft Bearing. Figs. 783-784. An iron 
 casting with an eye, bolted to the end of the car 
 about half way up and serving as a bearing for the 
 brake shaft. 
 
 Middle Corner Plate. Figs. 804-806, 836-838; 56, Figs. 
 262-272. See Corner Plate. 
 
 Middle Door Panel. 11, Figs. 1197-1199. See Door 
 Panel. 
 
 Middle Doer Rail. 148, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal 
 bar in a door frame intermediate between the top 
 and bottom rails. See Door Frame. 
 
 Middle Longitudinal (British). American equivalent, 
 intermediate sill. A part of the underframing sup- 
 porting the body or floor, and in many cases trans- 
 mitting the buffing and the draft strains. 
 
 Middle of Axle. The portion of a car axle between the 
 two sloping necks which come next to the wheel 
 seat. See Axle, Car Axle. 
 
 Middle Safety Beam (Six-Wheel Trucks). A beam at- 
 tached to the two transoms to hold the center axle 
 in case of breakage. 
 
 Middle Transoms (Six-Wheel Trucks). 21, Figs. 4780- 
 4783. The two cross pieces nearest the center, in 
 distinction from the two outside transoms. They 
 are sometimes made of iron to allow the two 
 swinging spring beams to be connected to each 
 other by the bolster bridge. 
 
 Mighty Midget Heater (Baker's). Figs. 2736-2748. A 
 small heater for cars. 
 
 Milk Car. Figs. 325-328. A car built like a refrigerator 
 car and intended for carrying fresh milk in cans. 
 They are usually equipped to be run in passenger 
 trains and like the car shown in the illustrations, 
 often have much the appearance of an ordinary 
 baggage or express car. 
 
 Milk Base Check (Pintsch Lamp). Fig. 3089. 
 
 Miller Coupler. Figs. 1840-1847. A form of automatic 
 coupler for passenger cars largely in use before 
 the general adoption of the M. C. B. type of ver- 
 tical plane coupler. It consisted of a shank and a 
 head with a fixed projection or hook which en- 
 gaged with a corresponding hook when cars were 
 brought together, by side displacement of the draw- 
 bars. To uncouple, one or both of the drawbars 
 were pulled to one side by an uncoupling lever and 
 chain operated from the platform. A strong spring 
 
 kept the drawbars normally in the center line of 
 draft. 
 
 Mine Car. Fig. 98a. A small car for carrying minerals 
 in mines, usually four-wheeled, and provided with 
 a dumping device by which the load may be quickly 
 and completely discharged. 
 
 Miner Drawbar Centering Device. Figs. 2091-2092. 
 
 Miner Draft Gear (Freight). Figs. 1407-1519. (Pas- 
 senger.) Figs. 1871-1885. 
 
 Miner Gravity Side Bearing. Fig. 5341. 
 
 Miner Metallic Running Board Saddle. Fie 
 
 2156-2159. 
 
 Miner Roller Side Bearing. Fig. 5340. 
 
 Mineral Wool. A substance having much the appear- 
 ance, which its name implies, manufactured from 
 the slag of iron furnaces by throwing against it 
 while in the molten state a strong blast of air. It 
 is used for deadening in passenger cars and also 
 largely as a non-conductor for coating steam pipes 
 and boilers. 
 
 Minimum Thickness of Steel Tires. In 1894 a Recom- 
 mended Practice was adopted for minimum thick- 
 ness for steel tires of car wheels, to be 1 inch, to 
 be measured normal to the tread and radial to the 
 curved portions of the flange through the thinnest 
 part within Hi inches from the back of the flange; 
 the thickness from the latter point to the outer 
 edge of tread to be not less than % inch at thin- 
 nest part, as shown in Fig. 5766. 
 
 A further practice was adopted of cutting a small 
 groove, as shown in the outer face of all tires when 
 wheels are new, at a radius 3 4 inch less than that of 
 the tread of tire when worn to the prescribed limit, 
 to facilitate inspection. 
 
 Mirror (for Wash Rooms of Sleeping Cars). A look- 
 ing-glass. 
 
 Mirror Frame. Fig. 3796. A frame for a looking-glass. 
 
 Mirror Frame Spring. A mirror sash holder. 
 
 Mirror Guard (Wash Rooms, etc., of Sleeping Cars). 
 A fender of various forms to protect mirrors. 
 LJusually nickel-plated bars across the face, and a 
 tray for towels or brush and comb at the bottom 
 of the mirror. 
 
 Mirror Sash. A frame of a mirror which covers a lamp 
 alcove in the side of a car. It slides up and down 
 like a window sash. 
 
 Molding. Figs. 678-690. 1. "A mode or ornamentation 
 by grooved or swelling bands or forms, following 
 the line of the object." — Knight. Small moldings 
 are often termed beads and also fillets. A cove 
 molding is one of concave section. There are a 
 great variety of other special technical terms for 
 different forms of moldings. Moldings are either 
 straight or Waved, which see. See also 
 Deck Eaves Molding. Window Cove Molding. 
 
 Eaves Molding. Window Molding. 
 
 Platform Hood Molding. Window Sill Molding. 
 
 2. (For Car Scats.) Fig. 4197. Also called seat 
 back bands or scat molding. A metal band to 
 finish the edge of the seat back. Plush or leather 
 covered strips are also used. 
 
 Molding Joint Cover. A piece of wood or metal in 
 some ornamental form for covering the joints of 
 two pieces of molding. See Window Molding Joint 
 Cover. 
 
 Monitor Body and Truck Bolsters. Figs. 1121-1124, 
 11-11, 5013-5015. 
 
 Monitor Deck Sash Pivot and Ratchet Catch. Figs. 
 1521-4522. A device for regulating the opening of 
 deck sashes by means of a small fixed ratchet plate 
 in which a ratchet bolt engages, holding the sash 
 
MON 
 
 115 
 
 MUL 
 
 fixed in any one of four different positions. See 
 Deck Sash Pivot. 
 Monitor Top. A Clear Story or Upper Deck, which 
 see. 
 
 "Monarch Solid" Brake Beam. Figs. 5098-5099. 
 
 Monogram Hose Bracket. Figs. 1315-1322. See Brake 
 Hose Bracket. 
 
 Monogram Safety Vent Valve. Fig. 3861. 
 
 Moore Ventilator. Fig. 4423. See Ventilator. 
 
 Morgan's Automatic Deck Sash Pivot. Figs. 4505-4508. 
 A device for regulating the openings of deck sashes, 
 the essential feature of which is the use of a double 
 circular undulating ratchet, one attached to the 
 sash and the other to a fixed part of the car, the 
 two ratchets being pressed together by springs so 
 as to admit of easy motion of the sash by hand at 
 the same time that it is held in any position when 
 released. 
 
 Mortise Lock. Fig. 2510. "A lock adapted to be in- 
 serted into a mortise in the edge of a door, so as 
 only to expose the selvage or edge plate." — Knight. 
 See Lock. 
 
 Mortiser (AVood Working Machinery). Figs. 6796,6806, 
 6809. A tool for cutting a rectangular hole or mor- 
 tise in a stick of wood. It usually consists of a 
 boring bit revolving inside of a hollow square chisel 
 which has a reciprocating motion. The bit forms 
 a round hole which the chisel enlarges to a rect- 
 angular hole. A chain mortiser uses a chain cutter 
 instead of a hollow chisel. 
 
 Moskowitz System of Electric Car Lighting. Figs. 
 3042-3420. This is a complete electric car lighting 
 system, utilizing the rotation of the car axle for 
 driving dynamos. The dynamo is mounted on the 
 truck, suspended over the outside of end sill and 
 vertically cushioned to protect it from jars and 
 vibrations of truck, and driven from the car axle. 
 The polarity changer is part of the dynamo, and is 
 operated from end of armature shaft. This device 
 operates by gravity, within less than one revolu- 
 tion of the car wheel, and is withdrawn by cen- 
 trifugal force, after rectifying polarity of dynamo. 
 The automatic controller controls the dynamo, 
 electro-magnetically, causing it to generate a pre- 
 determined output of current under all speed varia- 
 tions. It also automatically closes the generator 
 circuit when dy-namo is in operation, and opens it 
 when it is under speed or out of operation. The 
 complete system of wiring, including battery and 
 protective devices is in the individual light cir- 
 cuits, which are automatically short-circuited when 
 the battery is supplying the lamp, so that there 
 will be approximately no difference in voltage, 
 whether there are one or more circuits in use, thus 
 permitting the dynamo to feed the lamps and 
 charge the battery at the same time, irrespective 
 of the number of lamp circuits in use. 
 
 Motor. See Electric Motor. 
 
 Motor Car. Figs. 206-210, 039-044. See also Electric 
 
 Motor Car. 
 Motor-Driven Air Compressor (Air Brake). Figs. 1221- 
 1224, 1290-1297. An air compressor driven by a 
 motor for use on electric cars. See Air Pump and 
 Motor. 
 Motor Inspection Car. Figs. 6187, 6190, etc. A small 
 four wheel car with seats, propelled by a gasoline 
 engine similar to an automobile. They are light 
 and fast, having a speed of 30 or 40 miles an hour, 
 and are in increasing use in place of hand cars for 
 inspection purposes. 
 
 Motorman's Brake Valve. Figs. 1225-1232, 1300. See 
 Brake Valve. 
 
 Motorman's Cab Door Lock. Figs. 2436-2439. A flush 
 handle lock for the swinging door forming the 
 motorman's cab on electric motor cars. It has a 
 spring catch and a key bolt and permits the door 
 to be locked in three positions. 
 
 Mould. See Molding. 
 
 Mounting Wheels. In 1896 it was decided by letter 
 ballot that a gage for determining the center of 
 the axle between centers of journals be used, and 
 that all axles be carefully centered between centers 
 of journals prior to mounting, and that a gage for 
 locating the wheels equidistant from the center 
 of the axle, as thus determined and shown in Fig. 
 5600, should be used in mounting wheels. 
 
 In 1902 this gage was made a standard of the 
 Association. 
 
 In 1897 the Recommended Practice for mounting 
 wheels was modified by letter ballot by the omis- 
 sion of that part providing, among other things, 
 that wheels with flanges worn to a thickness of 
 1% inches or less should not be remounted, and 
 the substitution therefor of the following: 
 
 First — That wheels with flanges worn to a thick- 
 ness of liV inches or less shall not be remounted. 
 Second — That the thickness of flanges of wheels 
 fitted on the same axle should be equal and should 
 never vary more than iV inch. 
 
 Third — That in mounting wheels, new or second- 
 hand, the standard wheel check gage should be used 
 in the following manner: 
 
 After one wheel is pressed into position place 
 the stop "A" or "B" of the check gage against the 
 
 inside of the flange of the wheel with the thinner 
 flange with the corresponding tread stop "C" or 
 "D" against the tread of the wheel. Press the 
 other wheel on the axle until the opposite tread 
 stop comes in contact with the tread with the cor- 
 responding gage point "E" or "F" in contact with 
 the outside of the thicker flange. 
 
 Movable Foot Rest (Car Seats). More properly, simply 
 Foot Rest, which see, in distinction from fixed foot 
 rails under the seats. 
 
 Muck Bar. "Bar iron which has passed once through 
 the rolls. It is usually cut into lengths, piled, and 
 rerolled." — Knight. Certain grades of iron axles 
 are made directly from muck bars and contain no 
 scrap. See Axle. 
 
 Muffler Exhaust. See Exhaust Muffler. 
 
 Muffler (Vacuum Brake). A device to render noiseless 
 the emission of steam at the ejector when brakes 
 are applied. It is simply a lot of beads or shot, 
 through the interstices of which the steam forces 
 its way. 
 
 Muley Axle. An axle without collars. 
 
 Mullion. A slender bar between panes of glass or panel 
 work. See Door Mullion. 2, Figs. 1329-1337. Win- 
 dow Blind Mullion. 
 
 Multiple Circuit Drum System (Consolidated Car Heat- 
 ing Co.). Fig. 2878. A system of car heating by 
 . circulating hot water heated by steam from the 
 locomotive by means of a drum, placed longi- 
 
MUL 
 
 116 
 
 NIP 
 
 tudinally beneath the floor of the car, as shown. 
 The piping in the car is connected from this drum 
 in a number of circuits so that there is a quick 
 flow of water through the different circuits and all 
 parts of the apparatus are run at practically the 
 same temperature. Its time of circulation is about 
 one-sixth of the time of circulation of a heater in 
 which piping is arranged in series. 
 
 The advantages claimed for multiple circuits are: 
 1, a low pressure of steam; 2, no limit, practically, 
 to amount of heating surface that can be supplied; 
 ':;, a more uniform heat is supplied to all parts of 
 ear; 4, short circuit of hot water circulation. 
 
 The circulating system, as shown, is also con- 
 nected with a fireproof heater, which may be used 
 when steam is not available, and in those States 
 where the law permits a stove or heater. 
 
 Multiple Control Switch. Fig. 6409. See Westinghouse 
 Unit Switch System of Control, Control System. 
 
 Multiple Nut Fastener. Fig. 3863. 
 
 Muntin. A corruption of the word mullion, chiefly used 
 in Great Britain. See End Stanchion or End 
 Muntin. 
 
 Murphy's American Car Roof. Fig. 2170. An outside 
 metallic roof. 
 
 Murphy's Improved Winslow Car Roof. Fig. 2169. 
 
 N 
 
 Nail. "A small pointed piece of metal, usually with a 
 head, to be driven into a board or other piece of 
 timber, and serving to fasten it to the other tim- 
 ber." — Webster. 
 
 The common nails of commerce are divided into 
 cut nails, and clinch nails, and wire nails. They 
 are distinguished in size by the number of pennies, 
 as l'Od., 20d., etc., nails. See also Panel Pin 
 (British). 
 
 Nail Strip. 104 and 194a, Figs. 262-272. A strip of 
 wood laid over a metal underframe and bolted to 
 it, to which are nailed the floor boards. 
 
 Nailing Strip Bracket. 193, Figs. 262-272. A bracket 
 secured to the sills to hold in place the Nailing 
 Strip, which see. 
 
 Nailing Strip Cross Ties. 196, Figs. 262-272. Light 
 members of a metal underframe extending across 
 the sills for the purpose of supporting the nailing 
 strips. 
 
 Name Panel. A panel usually of elliptical form, on the 
 outside of a passenger car body below the windows, 
 on which the name or number of the car is painted. 
 
 Name Plate. See Door Name Plate and Notice Plates. 
 
 Narragansett Car (Electric). Figs. 6273-6274. A type 
 of long double truck open car having a peculiar 2 
 bar side sill construction which gives a double side 
 step or running board without decreasing the width 
 of the car body with a given clearance limit. 
 
 Narrow Gage. The distance in the clear between the 
 heads of the rails of a railroad when less than 4 ft. 
 8% in. See Gage. 
 
 National Brake Lever Jaw. Figs. 5221-5223. A malleable 
 iron substitute for the forged jaws on brake lever 
 connections. 
 
 National Centering Yoke. Figs. 2087-2088. 
 
 National Coach Wheel. Figs. 5396-5401. 
 
 National Coupler (Freight). Figs. 1591-1598. (Pas- 
 senger), Figs. 1830-1847. 
 
 National Dead Lever Guide. Fig. 5223. A malleable 
 iron guide I'm- the dead lever similar in shape and 
 dimensions to the usual form of wrought iron. 
 
 National Equalizing Wedge. Figs. 5258-5260. A journal 
 
 box wedge having a spherical surface cast on the 
 top side which tends to constantly equalize the 
 pressure on the journal bearing. 
 
 National Hollow Brake Beam. Figs. 5087-5090. A 
 brake beam consisting of a hollow tube 2 or 2% ins. 
 in diameter, trussed by a rod passing through cast 
 end pieces and over a king post, through which the 
 brake lever passes. 
 
 National Journal Box. Figs. 5254-5269. 
 
 National Platform and Draft Gear (Passenger Cars). 
 Figs. 1849-1925. 
 
 National Push Rod End. Fig. 5224. A malleable iron 
 jaw for the end of the brake cylinder push rod. 
 
 National Safety Freight Door Lock. Figs. 1375-1380. 
 A lock for freight car doors designed to prevent 
 the opening of the door without breaking the seal 
 by removing the hasp staple. The staple plate and 
 seal pin are riveted together so that the pin cannot 
 be lost. 
 
 National Safety Brake Lever. Fig. 5218. 
 
 National Steel Trap Door. Figs. 2272-2275. 
 
 National Window and Curtain Fixtures. Figs. 4651- 
 4054. 
 
 "N. B." Hose Connection. Figs. 1324-1325. 
 
 Necked Door Bolt. Fig. 2389. See Door Bolt. 
 
 Neck of Axle. The sloping portion of a car axle just 
 inside of the hub of the wheel. 
 
 Needlebeam. 22. Figs. 262-272. 1048-1049. A term 
 adapted from bridge engineering applied to the 
 transverse members of the underframe of a car be- 
 tween tiie body bolsters which support the truss 
 rod queen posts. There are usually two. but in 
 long passenger cars sometimes four are used, the 
 two nearest the bolsters serving only to tie the 
 longitudinal sills together. The terms cross frame 
 tie timber, cross tie timber or cross tie, bod3 r tran- 
 som, cross bearer and needlebeam are all applied 
 to these members of the underframe, of which 
 cross tie timber or cross tie seem most precisely 
 descriptive of their function. 
 
 Needlebeam End Plate. Figs. 942-943. 
 
 Nest Spring. A spiral spring with one or more coils of 
 springs inside of it. See Spiral Spring. 
 
 Netting. Fig. 3921. Sec Basket Rack Netting. 
 
 Newbold System of Electric Car Lighting. Figs. 3365- 
 3370. A system of electric car lighting using a 
 dynamo mounted on the truck frame and driven 
 by a belt from one of the axles. An automatic 
 regulator mounted in the ear maintains a constant 
 voltage on the lights in the car and a normal charg- 
 ing rate on the storage batteries at all times regard- 
 less of the speed of the train. The regulator can 
 be adjusted to deliver any predetermined amount of 
 current up to 80 amperes. An essential part of the 
 system is a storage battery which is charged while 
 the train is running and automatically discharged 
 to maintain the lighting current when the speed of 
 the train drops to a point where the dynamo will 
 not supply current at the proper voltage. 
 
 New York Air Brake. Air brake apparatus sold by the 
 N'cw York Air Brake Company. The devices sold 
 accomplish much the same ends as the Westing- 
 house equipment. The apparatus will work in the 
 same train with Westinghouse equipment. 
 Night Latch. Fig. 2566, etc. A spring door lock which 
 requires a key to be opened from the outside, but 
 which can be opened Erom the inside without one. 
 A spring door lock. See Latch. 
 
 "Ninety-Six" Brake Beam. Figs. 5096-5097. 
 Nipple. 1 In mechanics, "a small rounded perforated 
 protuberance, as the nipple of a gun." — Knight. It 
 
NON 
 
 117 
 
 OUT 
 
 is often used, however, in a more general sense. 
 2. (Pipe Fittings.) Figs. 2773, 2*46-2848. A 
 short wrought iron pipe with a screw thread cut on 
 each end, used for connecting couplings, tees, etc., 
 together or with some other object, as a tank or 
 heater. See Brake Hose Nipple. 
 
 Non-Pressure Head (Brake Cylinder). The cover for 
 the end of the brake cylinder opposite to that hav- 
 ing air pressure against it. It has an opening in 
 the center for the piston rod. 
 
 Nosing. 1. (Of a Lock.) A Keeper, which see. 
 
 2. (Of Steps.) The part of a tread board which 
 projects beyond the riser, hence the metallic mold- 
 ings used to protect that part of the tread board. 
 The nosings should be distinguished from the step 
 facings. 
 
 Notice Plate. Fig. 2611. Varieties are the platform 
 notice plate, saloon notice plate, etc. See Name 
 Plate. 
 
 Nozzle. See Tank Nozzle. 
 
 Number Panel. See Name Panel. Xow rarely used 
 on modern cars. The number is simply painted on 
 between horizontal bars of striping. 
 
 Nut. "A small block of metal or wood containing a 
 concave or female screw.'' — Webster. Xuts take 
 their name from the bolts, rods or other parts to 
 which they are attached. They are usually either 
 square or hexagonal. A spanner nut is one with 
 eight or more sides. They are usually more truly 
 couplings than nuts, properly so called, which screw 
 on a bolt or rod. See Screw Threads. 
 
 o 
 
 Oakette. An artificial leather used for curtains and up- 
 holstering. It is made by coating a cloth fabric 
 with a compound which gives it the appearance 
 of leather. 
 
 Observation End of a Car. Fig. 157. A car, one end 
 of which is fitted with an extended platform and 
 large windows, from both of which pessengers may 
 get a view of the countr\-, and especially of the 
 track and structures. They are coupled at the end 
 of the train and the observation end is a feature 
 of many officers' cars. 
 
 Observation Platform Railing. Figs. 4000-4001. 
 
 Observation Sleeping Car. Figs. 179-181, 217. A 
 sleeping car with an Observation End, which see. 
 
 Officers' Car. A car for the private use of the higher 
 officers, directors, etc., of railways in traveling 
 over their lines. They are usually provided with 
 kitchens. They are sometimes very elaborate and 
 costly — sometimes merely business cars. A pay 
 car is a special variety, found on nearly all roads 
 from 300 to 600 miles long. See also Private Car. 
 
 Offset Butt Hinge. Fig. 2462. 
 
 Oil Axle Box (British). Figs. 6768-6784. A journal 
 box in which oil is used instead of grease as a lu- 
 bricant. See Axle Box and Grease Axle Box. 
 
 Oil Box. A Journal Box, which see. 
 
 Oil Car. A car made especially for the transportation 
 of mineral oil. Some oil cars are built for carrying 
 barrels of refined oil. Crude oil and refined oil 
 are usually carried in Tank Cars, which see, Figs. 
 123, 130 and 545, 576, or in combination box and 
 lank cars. 
 
 Oil Cellar. A cavity in the lower part of some ex- 
 ceptional forms of journal boxes for collecting the 
 oil and dirt which run off the axle at the dust guard. 
 The oil cellar is below the space occupied by the 
 axle packing. 
 
 Oil Lamp. Figs. 3544-3553, 3581-3601. A lamp for 
 burning oil. 
 
 Oliver Dump Cars. Figs. 95b-96. 
 
 Opal Dome (Pintsch Gas Lighting). Fig. 3122. May 
 be used on any center lamp. 
 
 Opal Globe (Pintsch Gas Lighting). 102. Fig. 3133. It 
 is for use on bracket lamps of all descriptions. 
 
 Open Door Stop. 71. Figs. 262-272 and Figs. 793-794. 
 A block of iron or wood fastened to the side of a 
 freight car to prevent a sliding door from sliding 
 too far when opened. 
 
 Open Extension Car. An open car with curtained sides 
 for short suburban runs to summer resorts. 
 
 Open Plate Wheel (Street Cars). Fig. 5460. A light 
 cast iron single plate wheel, with openings cast in 
 the plate between the ribs. See Wheel, Car Wheel. 
 
 Open Return Bend (Pipe Fittings). Fig. 2779. A short 
 cast or malleable iron U-shaped tube for uniting 
 two parallel pipes. It differs from a close return 
 bend. Fig. 2780, in having the arms separated from 
 each other. 
 
 Open Wagon (British). Fig. 5645. American equiva- 
 lent, four-wheeled gondola car. A vehicle with 
 sides and ends from 6 in. to 5 ft. high, and having 
 no roof; suitable for the conveyance of freight. A 
 Tarpaulin, which see, is used to protect the freight 
 from the weather. See also Wagon. 
 
 Opener. See Deck Sash Opener, Ventilator Opener. 
 
 Operating Valve (Westinghouse Traction Brake K Fig. 
 1225. See Brake Valve. 
 
 Ore Car. Figs. 71-74, 496-512. A hopper car made es- 
 pecially for carrjdng iron or other ores. Gondola 
 cars, which are sometimes lined with sheet iron, 
 and drop-bottom and tip cars are also used for this 
 purpose. They are shorter than the ordinary hop- 
 per car, with a steeper incline to the hopper to per- 
 mit rcad3' dumping of the load. See Goodwin Car. 
 
 Ormolu. Literally, found gold. A style of bronzing 
 metallic surfaces. 
 
 Ornamental Carlines. A recent innovation of breaking 
 up the interior of a car into sections by very heavy, 
 prominent and highly decorated compound carlines. 
 
 Ostermann Drop Brake Mast. Figs. 5207-5208. See 
 Brake Shaft. 
 
 Ottoman. A carpet-covered movable cushion serving 
 as a foot rest. 
 
 Outer Double Floor or Floor Under Lining (British). 
 American equivalent, deafening ceiling. In a car- 
 riage, planking attached to the under side of the 
 framing and floor of the body. The space between 
 it and the true floor is generally filled with sawdust. 
 
 Outer Intermediate Sill. 3a, Figs. 262-272, 599-619. A 
 term applied to the two intermediate sills next to 
 the side-sills, to distinguish them from the two 
 intermediate sills adjacent to the center sills, which 
 are the inner intermediate sills. 
 
 Outside Body Truss Rod. When two or more truss 
 rods are used under each side of a car body those 
 farthest from the center are called outside body 
 truss rods, in distinction from the inside truss rods. 
 
 Outside Casing (Heaters). Fig. 2719. An outside shell 
 made of Russia iron or sheet steel and bent and 
 riveted into the form of a cylinder or a frustum 
 of a cone. 
 
 Outside Corner Plate (British). A plate placed outside 
 of the body, securing the side and ends together; 
 made a continuous plate, or in several knees, each 
 2% in. deep. 
 
 Outside Cornice (British). See Side Gutter. 
 
 Outside End Piece (of Wooden Truck Frame). Fi^s. 
 
OUT 
 
 IIS 
 
 PAD 
 
 4793-4795. The cross piece nearest the end of the 
 car, in distinction from the inside end piece. 
 
 Outside End Sill. A type of box car framing in which 
 the end sill projects outside the sheathing, forming 
 a narrow platform at the ends of the car. It is not 
 the general practice. 
 
 Outside Hung Brake. Fig. 5074. Brake shoes and 
 beams attached to the outside of the wheels of a 
 truck. They are sometimes hung from the car 
 body, but usually the truck frame is extended and 
 the brakes are hung from it. When hung between 
 the wheels it is an inside hung brake. 
 
 Outside Middle Corner Plate. Figs. 804-806. See Cor- 
 ner Plate. 
 
 Outside Panel. G7, Figs. 599-619. A panel in the out- 
 side of a passenger or street car under the windows. 
 Those between the windows are called outside win- 
 dow panels. Above the windows comes the frieze. 
 or letter board. Street cars have lower outside 
 panels, below the outside panels proper. In stand- 
 ard car construction outside paneling between and 
 below the windows has been superseded by sheath- 
 ing. 
 
 Outside Sills. The side sills. Sec Sills. 
 
 Outside Transoms (Six-Wheel Trucks). 22, Figs. 4780- 
 4783. The two transoms farthest from the center 
 of the truck, in distinction from the middle tran- 
 soms. 
 
 Outside Wheel Bars (Steel Six-Wheel Truck). A steel 
 substitute for wooden wheel pieces. 
 
 Outside Wheel Piece Plate. 11, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771- 
 4777. An iron plate fastened to the outside of a 
 wheel piece to strengthen it. There are two when 
 any are used, outside and inside. They are usual 
 on six-wheel trucks, and frequently used on four- 
 wheel trucks. 
 
 Outside Window Panel. 68, Figs. 599-619. See Outside 
 Panel. 
 
 Outside Window Sill. 77, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal 
 piece of wood or iron under a window on the out- 
 side of a car, and on which the sash rests. 
 
 Outside Window Stop. A wooden strip attached to a 
 window post on the outside of a sash to hold the 
 latter in its place. Often called a Bead, which see. 
 
 Overhang (of a Roof). The projection beyond the 
 sides. 
 
 Overhang (of a Car Body). That part of a car body 
 between the body bolster and end, and which is not 
 supported by the body truss rods. 
 
 Overhang Brace Rod (Passenger Car Framing). 167 
 and 220, Figs. 599-619. A truss rod extending over 
 the side sills and between the sheathing and wains- 
 coting. Its office is to sustain and stiffen that part 
 ot the underframe which overhangs at the ends and 
 outside the bolsters. Usually it passes from the 
 end of the side sill diagonally up to the belt rail 
 and over a queen post, called the overhang brace 
 rod strut, and then along close under the belt rail 
 to the other end of the car and down to the end 
 of the side sill. Frequently they extend diagonally 
 down on both sides of the overhang brace rod strut 
 (which then becomes a king post), and diagonally 
 through the sill. The overhang brace rod strut 
 stands upon the sill directly over the body bolster. 
 It is sometimes called an inverted truss rod, a con 
 tinuous body brace rod, body chain rod, and a hog 
 chain rod. 
 
 Overhang Brace Rod Strut. 221, Figs. 599-619 and Figs. 
 908-910. A vertical cast or wrought iron strut 
 seated upon the side sill directly over the body 
 
 bolster, and acting as a king post or queen post for 
 the overhang brace rod. See Overhang Brace Rod. 
 
 Overhang Truss. Shown in Fig. 614. An inverted truss, 
 forged or cast, the office of which is to support and 
 stiffen the overhang ends of a passenger car under- 
 frame. It is used only in very long and heavy cars, 
 and is intended as an auxiliary to the overhang 
 truss rod. Its use is confined to long passenger 
 and sleeping cars. 
 
 Overhead Equalizer Spring (Pullman Vestibule). A 
 face plate buffer spring is a more appropriate term, 
 as it corresponds to the side stem buffer spring of 
 a platform equipment. It affords the spring pres- 
 sure on the face plate stem, which is attached near 
 the top of the face plate, and keeps it forced out. 
 
 Overhead Lining (Refrigerator Cars). 53e, 53f, 53g, 
 Figs. 305-321. See Ceiling, Inside Ceiling. 
 
 Overhung Door. A sliding door which is hung from 
 or supported on a rail above the door. If the door 
 is supported by a rail below it is called an under- 
 hung door. Overhung doors are almost universal 
 for freight cars. See Door Hanger, Car Door 
 Hanger. 
 
 "P. and S." Car Seats. Figs. 4116-4119. A car seat 
 patented by Pottier & Stymus and made by Hey- 
 wood Bros. & Wakefield. 
 
 Package Rack (Passenger Cars). Fig. 3921. A small 
 rack analogous to basket racks. 
 
 Packing. Journal Packing, which see. 
 
 Packing Blocks. Rectangular blocks gained into the 
 center sills and draft timbers, and serving the pur- 
 pose of connecting them firmly together longitu- 
 dinally. The term is borrowed from bridgework, 
 in which the form of packing block is very com- 
 mon. They are called key blocks. 
 
 Packing Expander (AYestinghouse Brake). 8, Fig. 
 1262. A spring wire ring for spreading out the 
 leather packing of the brake piston so as to make 
 it fit air-tight. See Piston Packing Expander. 
 
 Packing Gland. See Piston Rod. 
 
 Packing Leather. 1. (Of Journal Boxes.) A dust 
 guard is sometimes called packing leather. 
 
 2. (Westinghouse Brake). 7, Fig. 1262. A ring 
 of leather used in connection with brake cylinder 
 pistons to make an air-tight pump. When so used 
 it is always accompanied with a packing leather 
 expander. A packing leather for a piston rod is 
 called a cup leather, and is compressed by a piston 
 spring. Sec Piston Packing Leather. 
 
 Packing Ring. 1. (Triple Valve). 5, Fig. 1234. A 
 circular metallic ring of variable rectangular cross- 
 section which is placed in grooves in the edge of 
 the piston to make it air-tight in the cylinder. The 
 rings are turned slightly larger than the cylinder 
 and cut apart diagonally at one point so that when 
 compressed they will tend to spring open. 
 
 2. (Hose Coupling). An india rubber ring in a 
 coupling case which makes a tight joint between 
 the two parts of the coupling. 
 
 Padlock. Figs. 2519-2599. A loose lock having a semi- 
 circular shackle jointed at one cud so that it can 
 be opened, the other end of the link being locked 
 when desired by the entrance of the sliding bolt 
 into it. Such locks are used to secure a hasp or 
 the like on a staple or similar device by passing 
 the link through the staple. A spring padlock is 
 one which snaps shut and locks by pressure only. 
 A dead padlock has no springs. 
 
PAI 
 
 119 
 
 PAP 
 
 Paige Steel Tired Wheel. Figs. 5390-5393. A type of 
 steel tired wheel, the hub and skeleton (wheel 
 center) being in one piece, and the tire secured 
 thereto by front and back face plates, hub bolts and 
 tire bolts. It has no retaining ring, although the 
 company does make a wheel with the tire fastened 
 by retaining rings. 
 
 Painting (of Passenger Cars) consists usually of the 
 priming, rough stuff or scraping filling coats, color 
 coats and varnishing. The care and expense de- 
 voted to the process and the order and number of 
 the various coats are often varied, but the following 
 is among the most approved processes, and the 
 order of the coats and the time required for each 
 to dry are about as follows: 
 
 Hours. 
 
 Priming with drier 2 t 
 
 Scraping filling coat (2 coats) 43 
 
 Color coats (3 coats) 72 
 
 Color and varnish 24 
 
 Striping 24 
 
 Finishing varnish (.2 coats) 48 
 
 Total 10 days, or hours 240 
 
 A process known as "Murphy's A, B, C System'' 
 is also used, A being a liquid used for priming or 
 first coat on new wood; B a liquid heavier in body 
 than A, which is used for the second and third coat. 
 C is a still heavier liquid, applied over B, and when 
 ihoroughly dry and hard is rubbed down to a 
 smooth surface with water and black pumice stone, 
 leaving the surface read3 - for the color coat. 
 
 Other systems are the "lead and oil" and the 
 "M. J. S.," the former being a very old method and 
 the latter a very simple method, consisting simply 
 of a priming or filling coat, followed by a surface 
 coat that is rubbed down with pumice stone or 
 sandpaper, preparatory to the color coat. 
 
 Pair of Trucks. A pair of trucks means two truck 
 frames, each with two or more pairs of wheels, 
 etc., complete for an entire car, and does not mean 
 one truck frame with wheels and axles for one end 
 of a car onh - . 
 
 Pair of Wheels. This term is used to designate two 
 car wheels fitted on one axle, including the axle. 
 
 Palace Car. An extravagant term used to designate 
 sleeping, parlor and chair cars, which are fitted up 
 with more than the ordinary amount of ornament 
 and elaborate finish and furniture. 
 
 Palace Stock Car. An extravagant general term applied 
 to cars designed for carrying stock with less injury 
 and greater comfort than the common stock car. 
 Cars built after the plans of so-called palace stock 
 cars are in general use, and are shown in Fig. Hi. 
 They are provided with apparatus for feeding and 
 watering, and those for very valuable stock have 
 separate stalls partitioned off. 
 
 Pan. 1. (Refrigerating Cars). The ice pan. 
 
 2. (Howard's Water Closet). Fig. 4042. The 
 basin forming the bottom of the bowl so con- 
 structed that it is only brought into position and 
 filled with water on raising the lid. 
 
 Panel. Figs. 678-690. 1. A board inserted in the space 
 left between the stiles and rails of a frame or be- 
 tween moldings. Sometimes metal plates are used 
 for this purpose. Door panels in passenger cars 
 are usually only the middle and lower or twin door 
 panels. The upper door panel is usually of glass. 
 Window panels come between the windows, and 
 are distinguished as outside and inside. Wainscot 
 
 panels come below the windows, between the upper 
 and lower wainscot rails. Other interior panels are 
 deck side panels and end panels, the latter some- 
 times called ventilator panel, and the end roof 
 panel over the door. The exterior panels are the 
 end panel below the windows and the end window 
 panel alongside of the window. A name panel is 
 now quite obsolete. In street cars additional panels 
 to those above named are an upper end panel, 
 which also sometimes occurs in passenger cars; a 
 lower outside pane! or concave below the outside 
 panels proper; inside frieze panels, end seat panels 
 and door case seat panels and top panels. 
 
 2. (Of a Truss.) The space between two verti- 
 cal posts or braces and the two chords of a truss. 
 
 3. (British.) In a carriage, the outside sheath- 
 ing of a body. Teak and mahogany are generally 
 used for this purpose in England, and sheet iron on 
 the Continent of Europe. 
 
 Panel Ceiling. Properly, any form of ceiling divided 
 up into panels, but in popular custom used as 
 synonymous with wood ceiling, which is always 
 divided into panels, in distinction from a head 
 lining of canvas, lignomur, etc. 
 
 Panel Furring. 59, Figs. 645-647. Horizontal bars or 
 strips of wood between the posts of a passenger 
 car, and to which the outside panels are nailed. 
 When a strip is made continuous and extends from 
 one end of the car to the other, and is notched into 
 the posts, it is called a panel rail. Window panel 
 furring is included in the general term, and is that 
 coming between the window posts. 
 
 Panel Lamp. An Alcove Lamp, which see. 
 
 Panel Bin (British). A small, headless nail of copper, 
 brass or iron, used to secure the outside sheathing 
 (panel) of a passenger car to the framing of the 
 body. 
 
 Panel Rail. 66, Figs. 648-051. See Panel Furring or 
 Sheathing Furring. 
 
 Panel Strip. A narrow piece of wood or metal with 
 which the joint between two panels, or a panel and 
 a post, on the outside of a car, is covered. 
 
 Panel Washer. The washers of the transverse floor 
 timber tie rod of a street car. 
 
 Pantagraph. Fig. 6407. 
 
 Pantasote. A substitute for leather, and in extensive 
 use for upholstering and decorating cars and steam- 
 ships. The material was first made b} r R. P. Brad- 
 lej-, a chemist, and the ingredients are a secret. 
 That it contains rubber or any animal substance 
 is denied. It is made by sheeting two or more 
 pieces of cloth or canvas together, with the warp 
 running in different directions, to give strength. 
 The sheet making the leather side is passed be- 
 tween heavy rollers many times, and each time it 
 receives a very thin coat of pantasote material, and 
 this is kept up until the cloth or canvas is literally 
 saturated and coated. The color is added to the 
 pantasote material and is incorporated into the 
 fabric. It is very like leather, and is not readily 
 distinguished from it. 
 
 Paper Case Casting. Fig. 4037. A cast side or bracket 
 frame for a paper case in a postal car. 
 
 Paper Holders. Figs. 4061-4062. (Which take rolls of 
 closet paper.) See Paper Hook. 
 
 Paper Hook (for Saloons). Figs. 4063-4064. A hook 
 for carrying closet paper in sheets. A carrier or 
 holder for perforated continuous roll paper is in 
 increasing use. Figs. 4061-4062. 
 
 Paper Seal Holder. A style of seal holder (of which 
 
PAP 
 
 120 
 
 PED 
 
 several patterns exist) in which a sheet of paper 
 or printed label is used to protect the lock against 
 unauthorized opening'. The paper is usually pro- 
 tected by glass. 
 
 Paper Wheel. .More properly, Allen Paper Wheel, 
 which sec. Fig. 5402. A car wheel with a steel 
 tire and a center formed of compressed paper held 
 between two iron face plates. It is in limited use. 
 The compressed paper can be turned and polished 
 like wood. 
 
 Parallel Brake Hanger. See Brake Beam Adjusting 
 Hanger. 
 
 Parcel Net (British). American equivalent, basket rack. 
 In a carriage, a netting placed tranversely above 
 the seats for the purpose of carrying light baggage, 
 parcels, etc. The front edge is attached to a 
 wooden bar called the parcel net rod, which is 
 supported by a bracket. 
 
 Parcel Net Bracket (British). See above. 
 
 Parcel Net Rod (British). See above. 
 
 Parcel Rack. See Basket Rack. 
 
 Parcel Van (British). American equivalent express 
 car. A closed vehicle adapted to run on passenger 
 trains and to carry parcels and packages, rather 
 than passengers' baggage. Such business in Eng- 
 land is done by the railroad companies themselves, 
 and not by separate corporations. 
 
 Parliament Hinge. Fig. 2440. See Hinge. 
 
 Parlor Car. Figs. 153-154, 158-150, 210, 225, 22S. A 
 luxurious car for day travel having revolving seats, 
 smoking compartment and other conveniences on 
 which an extra fare is charged. They are operated 
 on many roads by the Pullman Company and are 
 often referred to as Pullman cars. The term chair 
 car is also sometimes used, but incorrectly, as a 
 chair car is properly a day coach with reclining 
 seats, on which no extra fare is charged. 
 
 Parlor Car Chairs. Figs. 4093-4100, etc. The most 
 common type of chair for parlor cars is a simple 
 arm chair revolving on a pivot which enters a fixed 
 pedestal. 
 
 Parlor Car Window. Figs. 2204-2205. 
 
 Parting Bead or Parting Strip. A long, thin piece of 
 wood which acts as a distance piece between two 
 objects, as a window and a window blind. See 
 Sash Parting Strip. 
 
 Parting Rail (of Door Frame). 7, Figs. 1329-1337. A 
 vertical rail between the bottom and middle or 
 middle and top rails of a door or partition, dividing 
 a panel into twin panels. 
 
 Partition (British). A vertical division dividing the in- 
 terior of the body into separate compartments, gen- 
 erally extending completely across the vehicle from 
 side to side, and from floor to roof, but occasionally 
 made to extend only some four or five feet from 
 the floor, leaving a clear space between the top 
 and the roof. This practice is, however, going out 
 of favor. 
 
 Partition Stop (for Door Holder). Figs. 2630-2631. So 
 called in distinction from a floor stop, with which 
 a door holder engages. 
 
 Passageway Curtain (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3956. 
 
 Passenger Car or Coach. Figs. 160, 599-619; (Framing), 
 Figs. 599-647; (Interior Finish), Fig. 657; (Cross- 
 Sections), Fig. 649-656. Literally, a car used for 
 carrying passengers, but in popular practice re- 
 stricted to ordinary vehicles for day travel, in dis- 
 tinction from sleeping cars and sometimes in dis- 
 tinction from the more luxurious Parlor Cars, or 
 Chair Cars, which see, as well. Passenger cars are 
 
 also very commonly termed day coaches or first- 
 class coaches. Second-class coaches are very rarely 
 run, although there are numbers of emigrant cars. 
 A smoking car is usually attached to all trains, and 
 holders of second-class tickets or tickets bought at 
 reduced rates are often required to ride in the 
 smoking car. See Car, Coach. 
 
 Passenger Car Truck. Fig. 4740. A truck for carrying 
 a passenger car body. Such trucks usually have 
 two sets of springs — bolster springs under the truck 
 bolster and equalizer springs attached to the outside 
 frames. They always have swing bolsters. The 
 wooden truck frames are usually reinforced with 
 iron plates, especially six-wheel trucks, which latter 
 are almost always used for sleeping and parlor cars. 
 All-steel passenger car trucks are coming into gen- 
 eral use and several designs are shown in the illus- 
 trations. Other passenger cars usually have four- 
 wheel trucks. See Truck, Car Truck. 
 
 Pasting Lace (British). An ornamental woolen fabric, 
 made in bands about Ys inch wide, and used to 
 finish and cover the seams and points in upholster- 
 ing against the woodwork of a carriage round the 
 quarter lights and front seat rail, and to form bor- 
 ders to the broad lace above the back squabs. It 
 is fastened by tacks driven in the tape edge, the 
 main part being then turned over to hide the tacks, 
 and passed in position. See also Seaming Lace. 
 
 Pawl (for Brake Ratchet Wheel). 103. Figs. 213-223. 
 "A pivoted bar adapted to fall into the notches or 
 teeth of a wheel as it rotates in one direction, and 
 to restrain it from back motion. Used in wind- 
 lasses, capstans and similar machinery." — Knight. 
 
 In most of the English dictionaries ratchet is 
 given as another name for pawl, but this is believed 
 to be incorrect, according to present practice. See 
 Ratchet Wheel. 
 
 Pawl Weight. Figs. 779-780. 
 
 Pedal Alarm Gong (Street Cars). A large bell, sounded 
 by striking a stem, connected by a lever with the 
 clapper, to warn teams and persons of the car's 
 approach. 
 
 Pedestal. 1. 172, Figs. 585-586; 5, Figs. 4771-4777. A 
 casting of somewhat the form of an inverted letter 
 U, bolted to the wheel piece of a truck frame to 
 hold the journal box in its place, while permitting 
 a vertical movement. The two projections of a 
 pedestal are called pedestal horns, and the space 
 between them a jaw, which is closed at the bottom 
 by a Jaw Bit, which see. In Great Britain pedestals 
 arc called axle guards on cars and horn plates on 
 locomotives, and are there made of wrought iron. 
 2. (Revolving Chairs.) The stand by which the 
 chair is supported; consists of three portions — base. 
 column and seat frame. 
 
 Pedestal (M. C. B. Standard). 
 
 (For Journals 3% in. x 7 in.). Figs. 5566-5569. 
 The pedestal shown was recommended in 1874. 
 Again approved as standard in 1881. Also approved 
 by the Master Mechanics' Association in the same 
 year. Again adopted as standard in 1893. Weight, 
 141 pounds. 
 
 (For Journals 4% in. x8 in.) Figs. 5694-5696. In 
 1898 a Recommended Practice was adopted for pas- 
 senger car pedestal for journal box with 4M by 8- 
 inch journal. In 1901, as a result of letter ballot, 
 this was changed to standard. 
 
 (For Journal 5 in. x 9 in.) (M. C. B. Recom- 
 mended Practice). Figs. 5939-5943. The pedestal 
 and journal box were adopted as Recommended 
 
PED 
 
 121 
 
 PIN 
 
 Practice in 1903. The journal box was revised in 
 1908. 
 Pedestal Box. A Journal Box, which see. 
 Pedestal Brace. A diagonal bar or rod staying the 
 lower end of a pedestal longitudinally. It is often 
 combined into one piece with a pedestal tie bar to 
 form a pedestal brace tie bar. 
 Pedestal Brace Tie Bar. A pedestal brace and a ped- 
 estal tie bar combined in one piece. See above. 
 Pedestal Horns. See Pedestal. 
 Pedestal Jaw. It is closed at the bottom by a jaw bit. 
 
 See Pedestal. 
 Pedestal Spring. A Journal Spring, which see. 
 Pedestal Stay Rod. 7. Figs. 4771-4777; 167, Figs. 585- 
 588; Figs. 4827-4828. 1. A transverse rod connect- 
 ing the pedestal tie bars on each side of a truck, 
 so as to prevent them from spreading apart. 
 
 2. A similar rod connecting the pedestal tie bars 
 on four-wheel caboose cars. 
 Pedestal Tie Bar. 108. Figs. 585-588; 6, Figs. 4771-4774, 
 and Figs. 4827-4828. An iron bar or rod bolted to 
 the bottom of two or more pedestals on the same 
 side of a truck or car, thus holding or tying them 
 together. The pedestal tie bar is used to get a low 
 truck. Sometimes it is given a half turn for addi- 
 tional stiffness. It is also sometimes combined 
 with a pedestal brace to form a Pedestal Brace Tie 
 Bar, which see. 
 Pedestal Timber. 1. (Four-Wheel Cabooses.) 169, 
 Figs. 5^5-5s8. A longitudinal timber sometimes 
 used en four-wheeled cars, which is placed under 
 the floor or alongside the sill and to which the 
 pedestals are bolted. 
 
 2. 10, Figs. 4771-4777. A term sometimes used to 
 designate the Wheel Piece of trucks, which see. 
 Pedestal Trucks. Figs. 4714, etc. Trucks so called be- 
 cause the journal boxes are held in jaws or ped- 
 estals which are an integral part of the truck frame 
 as distinguished from trucks using pedestals bolted 
 to the truck frames. 
 "Penn" Body and Truck Bolsters. Figs. 1137-1138. 
 Pennsylvania Brake Beams. Figs. 5178-5181. 
 Perch. Another name for the draw timbers of a tip car, 
 on which the floor is not directly built The name 
 comes from the perch of wagons connecting the 
 front and hind running gear. 
 Perfected Horse Car. See Horse Car. 
 Perfected Heater (Baker's;). Figs. 2717-2735. 
 Perfection Car Seal or Shackle. Fig. 4090. 
 Perforated Rubber Floor Mat. Fig. 2671. Another 
 
 style is the corrugated rubber floor mat. 
 Perforated Veneer. A form of seat covering which con- 
 sists of three, and sometimes four, layers of wood 
 veneering, glued together and perforated with holes 
 for ornament and ventilation. 
 Pet Cock. Fig. 2766. 
 Phosphate Car. Figs. 10, 63. 
 
 Phosphor Bronze. "A term applied to an alloy of 
 bronze or brass, or to a triple alloy of copper, tin 
 and zinc, which has been given special purity and 
 excellence by skilful fluxing with phosphorus. It 
 is supposed that the presence of phosphorus gives 
 the tin a crytalline character which enables it to 
 alio}' more completely and strongly with the cop- 
 per. 'Whether for this reason or not, the phosphor 
 bronzes, when skilfully made, are greatly superior 
 to unphosphorated alloys." — Thurston. 
 
 Piece. See 
 
 Center Piece. 
 Distance Piece. 
 
 End Piece. 
 Wheel Piece. 
 
 Pilaster. 1. (Architecture.) "A square pier, like a flat 
 column built against a wall, and having cap and 
 base." — Knight. 
 
 2. (Car Construction.) Any stick or timber fas- 
 tened against another piece to serve merely as the 
 supporting block or a cross piece. 
 
 3. (Sleeping Car.) An ornamental finish to the 
 window posts on the inside of the car. 11, Figs. 
 2201-2202. 
 
 Pile Driver Car. Figs. 256 and 589-592. A class of cars, 
 one of which at least is kept upon most large rail- 
 ways, the details of which vary, but which are 
 similar to the type shown. The essential features 
 of a pile driver car are the swinging platform, or 
 upper platform, carrying the cabin and framework 
 upon which the leaders and hoisting engine and 
 the accompanying gear are carried. The swinging 
 platform is to enable piles to be driven at a con- 
 siderable distance from the rails on either side. To 
 enable the cabin to be swung through a wider arc, 
 adjustable wings are fixed to the side of the car, 
 which are removed when not required for use by 
 the crane. The leaders are usually long enough to 
 take a 35 to 40 ft. pile and swing upon leader trun- 
 nions, so that the leaders may be dropped back 
 upon the roof of the cabin for transportation over 
 the road. The hammers weigh from 4,000 to 5,000 
 pounds. 
 
 Pile Hoisting Sheave (Pile Driver Car). A wheel 
 placed at the side of the main sheave, for use in 
 hoisting piles. It projects a little further forward 
 than the other, so as to swing the pile more easily 
 clear of the leaders. 
 
 Pillar. 1. "A kind of irregular column. 
 
 2. "A supporter; that which sustains or upholds; 
 that on which some superstructure rests." — Web- 
 ster. See Transom Pillar. 
 
 Pillar (Pintsch Lamp). Fig. 3091. (Acetylene Lamp.) 
 Fig 3291. 
 
 Pillar Crane. A style of crane used on wrecking cars, 
 having the mast supported from below, either by a 
 mast pocket or a base plate. See Derrick. 
 
 Pillow Box (Sleeping Cars'). 19, Figs. 2201-2202. The 
 space under the seat in which pillows are stored 
 when the berth is not made up. 
 
 Pin. "A peg or bolt of wood or metal having many 
 uses." — Knight. In railway service the word, wheT 
 used alone, commonly means a coupling pin. See 
 also 
 
 Center Pin. Journal Box Cover 
 
 Door Pin. Hinge Pin. 
 
 Lateral Motion Spring Platform Lever Pin. 
 Pin. 
 
 Pinion. 1. The smaller cog wheel of two wheels in 
 gear. 
 
 2. (Hand Car.) 4. Figs. 6207-6209. A small gear 
 wheel attached to the axle of the car, into which 
 the larger wheel on the crank shaft gears. 
 
 3. Pinion is sometimes incorrectly used in the 
 sense of a small pivot pin or journal. 
 
 Pintle. "A pivot pin, such as that of a hinge. The king 
 bolt of a wagon." — Knight. 
 
PIN 
 
 123 
 
 PIN 
 
 Pintsch Gas Burner. Fig. 3098. Used on all Pintsch 
 lamps other than the bracket lamps. It consists of 
 a small lava tip of the "fish-tail" type, held in a 
 special brass pillar. Its consumption is about % 
 cubic ft. per hour. A larger burner of the same type 
 is usually employed on bracket lamps. Its con- 
 sumption is about 1 cubic ft. per hour. 
 
 Pintsch Gas Lamp. Figs. 3173-3224. A lamp for burn- 
 ing gas, the essential features of which are the 
 closed globe at the bottom, the white porcelain re- 
 flector above the flames near the top of the globe, 
 and the peculiar method of supplying air. 
 
 Various forms of cutter lamps are made, all on 
 the regenerative principle, the inlet air being highly 
 heated before reaching the flames, thereby produc- 
 ing extreme whiteness and steadiness of light. 
 
 Some of these lamps are supported by four orna- 
 mental arms, Figs. 3201-3208, etc., one of which 
 forms the gasway. In all, the interior of the lamp 
 is so constructed that a portion of the light is re- 
 flected outward and upward toward the roof of the 
 car, illuminating the same. 
 
 In all standard center lamps, Figs. 3209-3211, air is 
 admitted to the lamp immediately above the upper 
 dome, 101. Passing thence through the orifice in 
 chimney, 313, it comes in contact with the sheet 
 iron flues, 312, and in its downward passage be- 
 comes highly heated. It then issues into a space 
 within the dome, 101, between the dome and the 
 mica chimney, 109, and continuing its course is by 
 the diaphragm, 315, deflected and constrained to 
 pass close to the mica chimney, where it is still 
 further heated. It now passes outward between 
 diaphragm, 315, and the ring reflector, 110, and 
 through the orifices near the outer rim of this 
 reflector into the bowl and to the flames. In its 
 tortuous course the effect of drafts against the 
 lamp is entirely nullified. 
 
 The products of combustion escape directly 
 through the annular space between mica chimne}', 
 109, and the cup reflector. 111. Thence by flues, 
 312, out through the crown at the top of the lamp, 
 in the case of the four-arm lamps, and through 
 the flues, 333. 
 
 In vestibule lamps, two or four-flame, Fig. 3214, 
 air is admitted to the annular space between the 
 parts of ventilating chimney, 324, through the 
 shielded opening above the roof, immediately below 
 the ventilator. Becoming heated in its downward 
 passage, it passes through the diaphragm, 323, and 
 through the orifices in the body, 320, to the flames, 
 The products of combustion escape through the 
 flues, 321, and the chimney, 324, to the outside air. 
 Any excess of air over and above what is required 
 for proper combustion of the gas will also be car- 
 ried off by the ventilating chimney, which the air 
 reaches from the space above the body by means 
 of the passage around the outside of the chimney, 
 321. 
 
 Bracket lights, wall lamps for express cars and 
 vestibule lamps, Figs. 3173-3188, are supplied in 
 various designs and forms. 
 
 The burner is of the "fish-tail" type, and from 
 one to six are used in each lamp or light, four being 
 the number generally adopted. See Pintsch Gas 
 Burners. Consumption of gas is at the rate of about 
 % cubic ft. per hour for each burner enclosed in a 
 lamp, or 1 cubic ft. per hour for single open burners. 
 
 Pintsch Gas Lamps ( Method of Securing and Con- 
 necting). (Four-Arm Lamps.) Fig. 3208. The 
 arms are secured by means of nipples, 26, passing 
 through the roof; a water-tight joint around the 
 nipples on the roof being made by bedding putty 
 close around the nipple, with a rubber washer, 24, 
 above the putty, and the iron washer, 23, above the 
 rubber. The lock nuts, 27, are then put on and 
 forced down until the excess putty is forced out 
 and the arm drawn firmly up to its place. The gas 
 arm nipple is then supplied with the reducing ell, 
 28, the three blank arms with caps, 29. The ell, 28, 
 is then connected with the Ys-in. pipe to the flange 
 tee, 16c, on the roof line. The roof around the 
 smoke bell is protected with a tin thimble, large 
 enough to give a Ms-in. air space around the smoke 
 bell flue The upper end of this thimble is made 
 of proper size to receive the ventilator, 204. 
 
 Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3243-3275. An improve- 
 ment on the standard Pintsch gas lamp whereby 
 the same gas is burned with an incandescent mantle 
 enclosed in a bulb. Figs. 3247-3248. The candle 
 power of the lamps is greatly increased with the 
 same consumption of gas. Xo change is neces- 
 sary in the piping of the car. but the regulator is 
 adjusted to give a higher pressure in the car pip- 
 ing. The form of lamp used is very similar to the 
 standard Pintsch gas lamp. 
 
 Pintsch Pillar. 230, Fig. 3213 and Fig. 3091. Used on 
 bracket lamps below the burner. Where no globe 
 holder is used, mill check, 231, Fig. 3089, is placed 
 immediately below the pillar. 
 
 Pintsch System of Gas Lighting. Figs. 3042-3275. A 
 system of car lighting which burns gas taken from 
 a storage tank, where it is carried under a pressure 
 of 150 lbs., or less, per square inch. The system is 
 well and favorably known. The gas is an oil gas, 
 made from crude petroleum or similar oils, and is 
 able to withstand a high degree of compression 
 without undue loss of luminosity. The pressure of 
 150 lbs. of the receiver tank is automatically re- 
 duced by the Pintsch regulator (Fig. 3055) to a 
 uniform pressure at the burners of about V-i oz., re- 
 gardless of the pressure in the gas receiver. 
 Works for the supply of the gas are now estab- 
 lished in all the large cities. 
 
 The arrangement of the apparatus is shown in 
 Fig. 3042. The receiver or gas holder, A, suspended 
 beneath the car floor, is connected by a system 
 of extra heavy V4-in. pipes, with soldered joints and 
 special fittings, to the regulartor. R. The charging 
 ol the receiver is effected (from either side of the 
 car) by means of hose, connecting the charging 
 lines from the gas station with the filling valves, F 
 (Fig. .3044). The gage, G. communicating with the 
 high pressure pipes connecting the various parts 
 of the apparatus below- the ear, serves the double 
 purpose of registering the amount of pressure in 
 the receiver at any time and of showing the amount 
 of gas consumed in lighting the car for any given 
 period. 
 
 From the regulator, R, the gas (with its pressure 
 reduced to about %' oz. per sq. in.) passes upward 
 through the car toward the roof. At some con- 
 venient point, as in a saloon or locker, a main 
 cock (No. 25c, Fig. 3050) is placed as shown, 
 whereby the flow of gas to the lamps is controlled. 
 
 A %-inch pipe is run along the roof, with %-inch 
 branches to each lamp or bracket. These branches 
 are made by means of special flanged tees (No. ltic. 
 
PIN 
 
 123 
 
 PIP 
 
 Fig. 3060). Where %-inch connections are neces- 
 sary passing downward from the 1 i-inch low pres- 
 sure line on the roof to brackets or vestibule lamps, 
 the flanged elbow or angle fitting (No. 17A, Fig. 
 3059, is used. 
 
 For lamps and methods of suspending and con- 
 necting them see Pintsch Gas Lamps and Figs. 
 3173-3224. 
 
 Pintsch Washers. Fig. 30S7, etc. These washers are 
 of lead and rubber, in thiee sizes, and are always 
 used in pairs. The rubber is always placed first 
 on the fitting, the lead outside with the collar in- 
 ward. When pressure is brought upon the washer, 
 the lead collar protects the inner edge of the rub- 
 ber, and the bod\ r of the lead washer protects the 
 outside surface of the rubber, and the rib protects 
 the outer edge of rubber. The rubber is entirely 
 enclosed in metal, and protected from the action 
 of the gas, which would otherwise destroy it. The 
 scored surfaces of the flanges entering into the soft 
 lead make a perfectly tight joint. These washers are 
 used on all classes of flanged fittings, whether high 
 or low pressure. 
 
 Pipe. "A tube for conveyance of water, air, or other 
 
 lings the thread at one end is right hand and the 
 other left hand, but generally they are both right 
 hand threads. 
 
 Pipe Fittings. Fig. 2771, etc. The connections for sys- 
 tems of wrought iron gas, water, and steam pipes. 
 The more usual pipe fittings are bushings, elbows, 
 tees, return bends (close or open"), reducers, coup- 
 lings, nipples, plugs, clips, etc. 
 
 Pipe Hanger. Figs. 856-857, 962-964. A hanger for the 
 air brake pipe or train pipe. 
 
 Pipe Patents. Figs. 1470-1476. 
 
 Pipe Reducer. See Pipe Fittings. Bushings, tees and 
 couplings may be and are all so made as to serve 
 as reducers. 
 
 Pipe Shield (Steam Heating). Fig. 2823. A metal cov- 
 ering over the radiator pipes to protect surround- 
 ing parts or passengers' clothes from the heat of 
 the pipes. 
 
 Pipe Support or Strap (Steam Heating). Figs. 2753- 
 2757. A cast iron stand screwed to the floor, with 
 a receptacle at the top to receive and hold a pipe. 
 
 Pipe Turnbuckle. See Turnbuckle. 
 
 DIMENSIONS FOR STANDARD PIPE UNIONS. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 ' 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 IS 
 
 u 
 
 17 
 
 1 
 18 ] 19 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 
 375 
 
 270 
 
 105 
 
 59 
 
 63 
 
 78 
 
 SO 
 
 S5 
 
 S9 
 
 I. OS 
 
 26 
 
 | 
 
 27 
 
 2225 
 
 OS 
 
 5625 
 
 1 
 
 .59 
 
 615 
 
 006 
 
 05 
 
 
 J96 
 
 364 
 
 .132 
 
 76 
 
 SO 
 
 96 
 
 9S 
 
 1 05 
 
 1 09 
 
 1.29 
 
 33 
 
 
 18 
 
 2625 
 
 10 
 
 6925 
 
 ,\ 
 
 .76 
 
 .76 
 
 006 
 
 06 
 
 
 .630 
 
 494 
 
 .136 
 
 .90 
 
 95 
 
 1 11 
 
 1 13 
 
 1 20 
 
 1.24 
 
 1.45 
 
 34 
 
 i 
 
 IS 
 
 .2K23 
 
 11 
 
 .7325 
 
 1 
 
 .90 
 
 905 
 
 006 
 
 .07 
 
 
 .783 
 
 .623 
 
 160 
 
 1 16 
 
 1 21 
 
 1 3d 
 
 1.40 
 
 1 49 
 
 1.54 
 
 1.78 
 
 40 
 
 ,'e 
 
 14 
 
 3025 
 
 .12 
 
 .8225 
 
 
 1 03 
 
 1 20 
 
 006 
 
 .OS 
 
 
 992 
 
 S24 
 
 .168 
 
 1.38 
 
 1 43 
 
 1 61 
 
 1.83 
 
 1 72 
 
 1.77 
 
 2.02 
 
 42 
 
 i 
 
 14 
 
 3225 
 
 .13 
 
 S725 
 
 
 1 24 
 
 ! 43 
 
 007 
 
 .09 
 
 
 1 246 
 
 ) 04S 
 
 .198 
 
 1 74 
 
 1.79 
 
 1 9S 
 
 2 01 
 
 2 13 
 
 2 19 
 
 2.49 
 
 49 
 
 ,\ 
 
 11 
 
 3625 
 
 .15 
 
 1.0025 
 
 
 1 565 
 
 1 76 
 
 007 
 
 . 10 
 
 
 ( 592 
 
 1 3S0 
 
 .212 
 
 2.12 
 
 2 IS 
 
 2 37 
 
 2.40 
 
 2 52 
 
 2 58 
 
 2.90 
 
 53 
 
 ,6 
 
 11 
 
 3S25 
 
 16 
 
 1 0725 
 
 9 
 
 1 91 
 
 2 13 
 
 067 
 
 .11 
 
 
 1 631 
 
 1 610 
 
 .22] 
 
 2.40 
 
 2 46 
 
 2 66 
 
 2 69 
 
 2.81 
 
 2 S7 
 
 3.20 
 
 55 
 
 .7 
 
 11 
 
 .4025 
 
 17 
 
 1 1225 
 
 10 
 
 2 IB 
 
 2 40 
 
 007 
 
 .13 
 
 2 ■ - 
 
 2 306 
 
 2 067 
 
 .239 
 
 2.S9 
 
 2 95 
 
 3 16 
 
 3 19 
 
 3 31 
 
 3 3S 
 
 3 71 
 
 60 
 
 .8 
 
 11 
 
 4225 
 
 .IS 
 
 1 2025 
 
 1.1 
 
 2 66 
 
 2 90 
 
 00s 
 
 .14 
 
 
 2 775 
 
 2 46S 
 
 .307 
 
 3 39 
 
 3 45 
 
 3 67 
 
 3 70 
 
 3.86 
 
 3 93 
 
 4 39 
 
 77 
 
 .9 
 
 8 
 
 .5225 
 
 .23 
 
 1.5:25 
 
 1 2 
 
 3 16 
 
 3 41 
 
 COS 
 
 16 
 
 3 ' 
 
 3.401 
 
 3.067 
 
 .334 
 
 4.07 
 
 4 13 
 
 4.36 
 
 4 40 
 
 4.M 
 
 4 63 
 
 5 13 
 
 84 
 
 1.0 
 
 S 
 
 5625 
 
 .25 
 
 1 6525 
 
 1 3 
 
 3 SI 
 
 4 08 
 
 .008 
 
 .IS 
 
 31 ' 
 
 3.901 
 4.4 
 
 3 54S 
 
 4 026 
 
 .363 
 .374 
 
 4.61 
 
 5.22 
 
 4 51 
 
 4 95 
 
 5 11 
 
 5 19 
 5.75 
 
 5.72 
 
 6.31 
 
 88 
 
 94 
 
 1.1 
 
 8 
 8 
 
 6025 
 
 I 
 
 1 7525 
 1 S425 
 
 1 5 
 
 ' 3 ' 
 
 4 03 
 
 .008 
 .008 
 
 .20 
 
 DESCRIPTION ACCOMPANYING TABLE OF MALLEABLE PIPE UNIONS 
 
 Column No. 3 represents the internal diameter of the pipe. 
 
 Column No. 4 represents the difference between columns Nos. ; and 3. and is equal to tn-ice the thick- 
 ness of melaJ in pipe measured from inside line to one-half the height of thread, as specified before. 
 
 Column No 5 represents the outside diameter of end of pipe union and is taken as No. 3. plus ttcict 
 V.v t plus an arbitrary increment. 
 
 Column No. 6 is equal 10 No. 5 plus an increment varying f;om 04 to .07 of an inch. This incre- 
 mi nl w^ allowed f.'r the purpose of being able to slip the nut over upper swivel end of union. 
 
 Column No. 7 is No. o plus an amount varying between 1 ? and . 15. This lip created is considerably 
 in excess ol what ousts on present pipe unions for the reason that we filid the surface between the lip and 
 thecorrcspondin'' part of nut is often dan-.ac.ed. and the beanne. surface, when the full strength of the man is 
 used on the wrench, is sufficient. We assume that a man would pull about 30 pounds on a wrench with a 
 possibility 01 uslnc less force on pipes of small diameter;. For that rca'on «._ made a variation in tht width 
 of lip, which lip. theoretically, would be uniform for all sizes of pipe. The nut itself has been STjenpthened 
 to prevent Ihc lip from rlcflccling upward. _ 
 
 Column No. S is No. T. Pi" 5 an increment varying from = to 04 of an inch. 
 
 fluids." — Knight. The wrought iron pipes used for 
 
 conveying gas, steam, etc., and commonly called 
 
 gas pipe, are usually meant by compound words 
 
 beginning- with pipe, as below. See 
 
 Brake Cylinder Pipe. Signal Pipe. 
 
 Brake Pipe. Smoke Pipe. 
 
 Conductors' Valve Dis- Steam Pipe, 
 charge Pipe. Stove Pipe. 
 
 Conductors' Valve Pipe. Supply Pipe. 
 
 Discharge Pipe. Tripple Valve Branch 
 
 Hot Water Pipe. Pipe. 
 
 Pipe Bushing. Fig. 2762. See Bushing. 
 Pipe Clamp. Figs. 854-855 and 1193-1108. A clamp for 
 
 the air brake pipe or train pipe under the car. 
 Pipe Clamp Bracket. Figs. 891-89%, 935-937. See 
 
 Bracket. 
 Pipe Clip or Strap. Fig. 2753, etc. An iron band 
 
 for fastening a pipe against or to some other object. 
 
 They are usually single, but sometimes double, for 
 
 two or more pipes. See Clip. 
 Pipe Coupling. Fig. 2776. A short cast iron tube with 
 
 a thread cut on the inside at each end, which is 
 
 screwed on the ends of two pipes and used for 
 
 uniting them together, or uniting one pipe with 
 
 another object, as a cock or valve. In some coup- 
 
 Column No q is No. S, plus twice the heiphl of the thread. 
 
 Column No. id is No. o. plus an increment varying between ,o 4 and eS of an inch. 
 
 Column No. ii is No. 10. plus one and one-hall limes No. 4- 
 
 Column No. 1 3 is two and one-half times No. 4. and was figured especially for bearing surface, so that 
 the thread would not wear away loo rapid!) when the rut is e-ccas ion ally removed. 
 
 Column No 13 has been assumed arbitrarily, but in alt cases is greater than the length of full thread 
 on standard pipe. 
 
 Column No. 14 represents the number of threads per inch in length of nut. This thread, we believe 
 Should be United States Standard form and not sharp thread. 
 
 Column No. 15 is taken arbitrarily, but is based on the probable requirements of manufacturers for 
 tapping out the nut. 
 
 Column No. j6 is three-fourths of No. 4. 
 
 Column No. 1 j represents the full height of nut, and is equal to No. n, plus No. 15, plus No. 16. 
 
 Column No. 18 is the amount of projection outside of nut. 
 
 Column No. 10 is No. 3, plus No. 4. plus an artritrarv increment. 
 
 Column No. 30 ii No. ;, less No. 16. with shphr modifications. 
 
 represents the clearance at several points, as indicated on print. 
 
 Column No. 
 
 nitd arbitrarily. 
 
 Pipe Unions (M. C. B. Standard). In 1903 the dimen- 
 sions for pipe unions shown in the accompanying 
 table were adopted as standard. 
 
 In 1908 the following specifications were adopted: 
 
 That all wrought iron pipe for car work be 
 threaded with a standard total taper of 34 inch in 
 one foot, and that all pipe -fittings be tapped' to 
 suit the standard pipe thread with a total taper of 
 % inch in one foot, so that the thread on pipe and 
 fittings will be uniform and taper-tight. 
 
 Pipe Screw Threads. Screw threads used for connect- 
 ing wrought iron pipes together. Such screws are 
 cut "tapered"; that is, the end of the pipe, or the 
 inside of the coupling where the thread is cut, forms 
 part of a cone, so that in screwing up the pipe a 
 tight joint can be made. Pipe threads are of a 
 V-shape. sharp at the too and bottom, and their 
 sides stand at the angle of 60° to each other. The 
 following is the number of threads per inch for 
 pipes of different sizes. The size is given by the 
 inside diameter, but the actual bore of the smaller 
 sizes is considerably larger than the nominal. The 
 exterior diameter of ordinary gas pipe is from .27 
 to .37 inches greater than the inside diameter. 
 
PIS 
 
 124 
 
 PIS 
 
 
 American 
 
 Standard 
 
 System 
 
 of Pip 
 
 e Threads. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Inside 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Inside 
 
 diam. 
 
 
 
 
 Outside 
 
 Inside 
 
 diam. 
 
 Double 
 
 
 
 
 diam- 
 
 diam- 
 
 Extra 
 
 extra 
 
 Threads 
 
 Whit- 
 
 Size 
 
 )£ eter. 
 
 eter. 
 
 strong. 
 
 strong. 
 
 per 
 
 worth's 
 
 Pipe 
 
 Ins. 
 
 Ins. 
 
 Ins. 
 
 Ins. 
 
 inch. 
 
 thread. 
 
 Vs in. .405 
 
 .27 
 
 .205 
 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 % ' 
 
 .54 
 
 .364 
 
 .294 
 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 % 
 
 .675 
 
 .494 
 
 .421 
 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 % 
 
 .84 
 
 .623 
 
 .542 
 
 .244 
 
 14 
 
 14 
 
 % 
 
 1.05 
 
 ,824 
 
 .736 
 
 .422 
 
 14 
 
 14 
 
 1 
 
 1.315 
 
 1.048 
 
 .915 
 
 ,587 
 
 11 y 2 
 
 11 
 
 1% ' 
 
 1.66 
 
 1,38 
 
 1.272 
 
 .884 
 
 11% 
 
 11 
 
 1% ' 
 
 1.9 
 
 1.611 
 
 1.494 
 
 1.088 
 
 11% 
 
 11 
 
 2 ' 
 
 2.375 
 
 2.067 
 
 1.933 
 
 1.491 
 
 ny 2 
 
 11 
 
 2V2 ' 
 
 2.875 
 
 2.468 
 
 2.315 
 
 1.755 
 
 8 
 
 
 3 
 
 3.5 
 
 3.067 
 
 2.892 
 
 2.284 
 
 8 
 
 
 3% ' 
 
 4. 
 
 3.548 
 
 3.358 
 
 2.716 
 
 8 
 
 
 4 
 
 4.5 
 
 4.026 
 
 3.818 
 
 3.136 
 
 8 
 
 
 4V2 ' 
 
 5. 
 
 4,508 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 5 ' 
 
 5.563 
 
 5.045 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 6 ' 
 
 6.625 
 
 6.065 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 7 
 
 7.625 
 
 7.023 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 8 ' 
 
 8.625 
 
 7.982 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 9 ' 
 
 9.688 
 
 9.001 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 10 ' 
 
 10.075 
 
 10.019 
 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 (The European standard is the Whitworth pipe thread, 
 which is quite different.) 
 Taper of Thread % in. per foot. 
 Piston. A metal disk with packing, etc., made to fit 
 air-tight and work back and forth in a cylinder. 
 Those shown in this volume are chiefly used in con- 
 nection with air brakes, Figs. 1221-1224, etc., to 
 which more detailed reference seems unnecessary. 
 
 The piston consists of a piston head, attached to h 
 piston rod. The piston follower or follower plate 
 lies at the back of the piston head, inclosing be 
 tween them the piston packing rings, or (in the 
 Westinghouse air brake cylinders) the piston pack- 
 ing leather, which latter is provided with a packing 
 leather expander. The follower plate is secured to 
 the piston with follower bolts. All these parts are 
 essentially the same in all the various cylinders 
 shown, and for distinctness should be designated 
 with the name of the cylinder in which they 
 work. 
 
 Piston Packing Expander (Air Brake). 8, Figs. 1275- 
 1276. A spring wire ring for spreading out the 
 leather packing of the piston so as to make it air- 
 tight. 
 
 Piston Packing Leather (Air Brake). 7, Figs. 1267- 
 1268, 1275-1276. A circular ring of leather used as 
 a substitute for Piston Packing Rings, which see, 
 pressed into the cylinder so as to have an L-section, 
 which is attached to and surrounds the piston and 
 bears against the inside surface of the cylinder 
 being pressed against it by a round steel rod called 
 the piston packing expander. 
 
 Piston Packing Ring. See Packing Ring. 
 
 Piston Rod (Brake Cylinder). 
 
 1. A rod attached to the piston of a passenger 
 brake cylinder, by which the pressure against 
 the piston is transmitted to the brake levers and 
 shoes. 
 
 2. A tube attached to the piston of freight and 
 traction brake cylinders to act as a guide to the 
 piston as it is forced outward by the air pressure 
 In this case a Push Rod, which see, is attached to 
 
 ■5/X S/OF5 UP TO AND HVCLUDmO t£ C/VtOrt 
 
 US.STANDtifiD 
 THREAD 
 
 % Pi PF umqiv 
 Ooubce size 
 
 %-in Pipe Union With Dimensions Numbered. 
 
PIS 
 
 125 
 
 PLA 
 
 the levers and is inclosed by the tube. The push 
 rod transmits the pressure on the piston to the 
 levers and brake shoes, while it allows an applica- 
 tion of the brakes by hand without pulling out the 
 piston. 
 
 Piston Stem (Buhoup Vestibule) 
 
 54, Fit 
 
 •2-215 
 
 263. 
 
 Piston Stem Bracket (Buhoup Vestibule). 119, Figs. 
 2-215-2263. 
 
 Piston Stem Ferrule (Buhoup Vestibule). 156, Figs. 
 2215-2263. 
 
 Piston Stem Guide (Buhoup Vestibule). 120, Figs. 
 2215-2263. 
 
 Piston Stem Spring (Buhoup Vestibule). 154, Figs. 
 2215-2263. 
 
 Piston Stem Washer (Buhoup Vestibule). 155, Figs. 
 2215-2263. 
 
 Piston Travel (Air Brakes). The amount of movement 
 of the piston when forced outward as the brakes 
 are applied. Running piston travel is the piston 
 travel obtained when the car is in motion and is 
 always greater than the travel obtained when the 
 car is at rest, due to the fact that the slack or lost 
 motion in trucks and brake gear as well as the 
 elasticity of the car body is more easily taken up 
 by the brake shoe pressure when the car is in 
 motion. False travel is that due to some uneven- 
 ness of the track or to some cause which occasions 
 a momentary change. 
 
 Piston Travel Indicator. A graduated scale abutting 
 against the piston of a brake cylinder and passing 
 through the end of the cylinder so that it can be 
 seen. It shows the maximum movement of the 
 piston since it was last adjusted. Seldom used. 
 
 Pit. See Ash Pit. 
 
 Pitch. 1. (Of a Screw.) The advance made by the 
 thread in one complete revolution, usually expressed 
 by the number of threads in a given space, as (in 
 U. S. and Great Britain) an inch. 
 
 ("Of a Roof.) The ratio of the rise of a roof to 
 the horizontal distance covered. 
 
 Pitching Roof. A roof formed of one or more inclined 
 plane surfaces. When the pitch becomes steep, th = 
 term is used to distinguish a roof formed of plane 
 surfaces from one formed of curved or arched 
 surfaces. 
 
 Pitt Coupler. Figs. 1721-1729. 
 
 Pivot. 1. "A pin or short shaft on which anything 
 turns." — Webster. Seat arm pivots are inaccurately 
 called rivets. See 
 
 Deck Sash Pivot. Upper Berth Rest 
 
 Lower Swing Hanger Pivot. 
 
 Pivot. Upper Swing Hanger 
 
 Monitor Deck Sash Pivot. 
 
 Pivot. Ventilator Pivot. 
 
 Seat Arm Pivot. 
 
 2. (Of Car Door Fastener.) The pin on which 
 the hasp turns. 
 
 2. (Monitor Deck Sash Pivot). The pin held in 
 place by a spring upon which the desk sash turns. 
 
 Pivot Bearing. 49, Figs. 4705-4713. See Swing Hanger 
 Pivot Bearing ( Passenger Car Trucks). 
 
 Pivot Pin (M. C. B. Coupler). Another name for the 
 Knuckle Pin, which see. So called from the fact 
 that the knuckle when opening swings about the 
 pin as pivot. For specifications see Automatic 
 Car Couplers. 
 
 Pivot Plate. See Seat Arm Pivot Plate, Ventilator 
 Pivot Plate. 
 
 Pivot Pin Testing Machine (M. C. B. Recommended 
 Practice): Fig. 6024. In 1907 a design of apparatus 
 
 for testing knuckle pivot pins was adopted as Rec- 
 ommended Practice. 
 
 Pivot Spring (Monitor Deck Sash Pivot). The spring 
 retaining the pivot in its proper place after the sash 
 has been placed in position. 
 
 Pivoted Seat or Seat Cushion. A seat commonly called 
 an "opera seat," with the cushion pivoted so that 
 it may be raised to permit easy access. Sometimes 
 used in dining cars. 
 
 Pivoted Seat Back Arm. Fig. 4272. 
 
 Plain Triple Valve (Air Brake). Fig. 1235. A triple 
 valve which has no provision for making emergency 
 applications. See Triple Valve. 
 
 Planer (Wood Working Machinery). Figs. 6793, 6802, 
 6831. A machine with a sliding bed plate or more 
 often a series of rollers and one or more rotating 
 cylinders carrying knives for reducing the thick- 
 ness of boards and giving them a smooth surface. 
 Often combined with other cutters to produce 
 tongued and grooved boards or matched lumber. 
 A sizer is a heavy planer which removes wood 
 from all four sides of a stick and is used for re- 
 ducing heavy timbers to the required size. 
 
 Planished Iron. One of the attempted substitutes for 
 Russia iron. One of many processes consists 
 of the formation of an oxidized surface on each 
 sheet over and above the surface secured in ordi- 
 nary working. The oxidized surface is then recon- 
 verted into metallic iron, which will enter readily 
 "into combination with an oxidizing agent applied 
 throughout. The surface thus given to the sheet 
 is hxed by planishing or hammering until the de- 
 sired polish is secured. 
 
 Plank. "A broad piece of sawed timber, differing from 
 a board only in being thicker. In America, broad 
 pieces of sawed timber, which are not more than 
 an inch or an inch and a quarter thick are called 
 boards; like pieces from an inch and a half to three 
 or tour inches thick are called planks." — Webster. 
 See Spring Plank, Truss Plank. 
 
 Plank Car Roof. More commonly Single Board Car 
 Roof, which see. See also Car Roof. 
 
 Planted Molding or Bead Molding (British). Ameri- 
 can equivalent, panel strip molding, or bead mold- 
 ing. In a carriage, a small molding which is pinned 
 on the body, and is not worked out of the solid 
 on the post or rail, as is a Wrought Molding, which 
 see. 
 
 Plastered Lamp. A lamp with a fixed globe which is 
 fastened to a lamp frame with plaster of Paris. 
 
 Plate. 1. (Architecture! "A piece of timber which 
 supports the ends of the rafters." — Webster. 
 
 2. (Car Building.) 46, Figs. 262-272; 98, Figs 
 599-619. A horizontal piece of timber on top of 
 the posts of a car body supporting the roof car- 
 lines or rafters. Also sometimes called side plate, 
 in distinction from an End Plate, which see, which 
 is a similar stick across the end of the car. A deck 
 plate is used to cap the deck posts of an upper 
 deck. Main Carlines, which see, are sometimes 
 called tie plates. In refrigerator cars Bogus Plates 
 (which see) are used. 
 
 Plate (of a Cast Car Wheel). The central portion 
 connecting the hub and tread, sometimes single 
 plate, sometimes double plate. The plate is stiffened 
 by brackets. See Car Wheel and Face Plate (Steel 
 Tired Wheel). 
 
 Plate or Laminated Buffing and Draw Spring (British). 
 Fig. 6733. A large half elliptic spring which spans 
 the distance between the two buffer rods and takes 
 
PLA 
 
 126 
 
 PLA 
 
 the buffing strains. It is also connected in the cen- 
 ter to the drawbar and takes the draft strain. 
 Plate Facing. An inside cornice fascia board. 
 
 Plate Rod (Freight Cars). 47, Figs. 
 
 A hor 
 
 zontal metal rod which passes across the car 
 through the two side plates to tie them together. 
 Plate Washer. Usually a wrought iron cut washer, in 
 distinction from a cast washer, but also used to 
 designate many forms of large washers or plates 
 serving as double or triple washers. See Washer. 
 Plate Wheel. Fig. 5428. A car wheel of which the 
 center portion is formed of a disk or plate instead 
 of spokes. Varieties are the single, double, open 
 and combination plate wheel. See Wheel and Car 
 Wheel. 
 Platform I Passenger and Caboose Cars). 1. 31, Figs. 
 577-588; 34. Figs. 599-619, 017-019, and vestibules. 
 Fig. 2207. A floor at the end of a car, supported 
 by projecting timbers below the car body, to facili- 
 tate ingress and egress. On freight cars they are 
 not common, except on cabooses, but narrow plat- 
 forms are sometimes added for convenience of 
 train men. See also Gould, Buhoup, Pullman and 
 Standard Platforms or Vestibules, containing cer- 
 tain special modifications of the platform, which 
 have greatly added to its strength and security. 
 2. (Pile Driver Car.) See Swinging Platform. 
 Platform Car. Fig. 26. A flat car. If provided with 
 
 sides, it becomes a gondola car. 
 Platform Chain. A chain connecting the inner plat- 
 form railings, posts and rails, closing the passage 
 way between the platforms of two cars coupled 
 together. It is used only on the rear end of the 
 last car, and the front end of the first car when 
 the first car is a passenger car. 
 Platform End Bracket. K, Figs. 048-G51. An orna- 
 mental casting attached under the platform roof on 
 each side of the vestibule face plate on narrow 
 vestibule cars. 
 Platform End Hand Rails, Panels and Brackets. Fig. 
 
 3990. 
 Platform End Post or Corner Post (Street Cars). A 
 hollow iron post standing upon the platform end 
 sill and helping to support the platform hood. 
 Platform End Sill. 38, Figs. 599-019. The transverse 
 
 end piece of the platform framing. 
 Platform End Timber or Buffer Beam. 38, Figs. 599- 
 019, 012-619, 648-651. A cross timber at the outer 
 end of a car platform. A platform end sill. 
 Platform Floor. 34, Figs. 599-019. The layer of boards 
 
 over the platform sills. 
 Platform Foot Plate. See Foot Plate. 
 Platform Gate. Fig. 4012. A gate used to close the 
 entrance to a platform, in general use only for 
 private ears, suburban cars or street cars. 
 Platform Gate Panel. Fig. 3995. 
 
 Platform Hood. 197, Figs. 599-019. A cover or canopy at- 
 tached to the end of a car body, covering the plat- 
 form. It is made of either wood or sheet iron. 
 When it consists of an extension of the main roof 
 of a car it is called a platform roof, but when it is 
 a separate part, and fastened to the car body, as is 
 usually the case on street cars, it is called a plat- 
 form hood. A roof apron is a vertical finish of 
 sheet iron to either a platform hood or platform 
 roof. 
 Platform Hood Bow. 108, Figs. 045-047. A bent wooden 
 or iron piece which forms the outer edge of a 
 platform hood, to which the platform hood carlines 
 arc fastened. 
 
 Platform Hood Bracket. A bracket or knee iron to 
 
 connect the hood to the corner post. 
 Platform Hood Carlines. Transverse timbers which 
 
 supporF the roof of a wooden platform hood. 
 Platform Hood Ceiling. See Platform Hood Side Piece. 
 Platform Hood Knee. An L-shaped piece of wrought 
 iron by which a platform hood is fastened to the 
 car body. 
 Platform Hood Molding (Street Car). A small wooden 
 molding to cover the nails with which the roofing 
 canvas is fastened around the edge. It corresponds 
 to a roof molding. 
 Platform Hood Post. 109. Figs. 048-051. An upright 
 iron bar or rod attached either to the platform or 
 platform railing, to support a platform hood. 
 Platform Hood Shoulder Carline (Street Car). A hood 
 carline that lies adjacent to and against the end 
 plate in a street car. 
 Platform Hood Side Piece. The side piece to which 
 
 the ceiling is attached. 
 Platform Knee or Platform Timber (Street Car). A 
 longitudinal piece bolted to the underframe and 
 extending out under the platform to support it. 
 Corresponds to the platform sill of a coach. 
 Platform Lever. A lever corresponding to the Miller 
 uncoupling lever, actuating the pull rod which 
 operates the catch lever for uncoupling the M. C. 
 B. types of passenger car couplers. 
 Platform Lever Pin. The pin on which the platform 
 
 lever pivots. 
 Platform Notice Plate. Figs. 2611-2623. 
 Platform Plate or Buffer. A steel angle plate bolted 
 to the buffer stems and overlapping the platform 
 end sill. When in contact with the like plate of 
 another car, it makes a continuous floor between 
 them. Being pivoted at the platform end sill, it 
 adjusts itself to all curves of the road. The plat- 
 form plate also acts as a buffer, and is sometimes 
 so called. See Vestibule. 
 Platform Post. 39, Figs. 048-051. See below. 
 Platform Rail. 41, Figs. 048-051. A wrought iron bar 
 fastened to the tops of the platform posts, forming 
 a railing on the end of a car platform. On steam 
 cars an opening is left in the middle of the railing 
 to allow persons to pass from one car to another. 
 The railing is therefore made in two parts, and 
 two platform rails are used. On street cars no such 
 passengerway is left, and the rail is in one piece. 
 The outside ends of the platform rails of steam 
 cars are usually carried down to the end timber, so 
 as to form the outside post. On street cars the 
 outside end is attached to an ordinary post. 
 Platform Railing. Fig. 3988, etc. An inclosure con- 
 sisting of iron or brass posts and rails on the end 
 of a platform of a car to prevent persons from 
 falling off. See above. 
 Platform Railing Chain. \ chain connecting the two 
 sections of the platform rails of a passenger car. 
 Commonlj used in service on the rear platform 
 ol the rear car only. 
 Platform Railing Post. 39, Figs. 048-051. An iron or 
 brass pipe supporting the Platform Rail, which see. 
 Platform Roof. 103, Figs. 599-019. That portion of a 
 car roof which projects over the platform. See 
 Platform Hood. 
 Platform Roof Carline. ID I, Figs. 599-619'. See Car- 
 line. A carline supporting the platform roof. 
 Platform Roof End Carline. 105, Figs. 599-019. See 
 Carline. The carline at the extreme end of the 
 platform roof. 
 
PLA 
 
 127 
 
 POL 
 
 Platform Safety Gate. A gate to close the entrance on 
 one side of a street car, to prevent passengers from 
 getting on or off on the side of the double track. 
 See also Platform Gate. 
 
 Platform Safety Chain. Figs. 982-985. See Brake Safety 
 Chain. 
 
 Platform Short Sills. 37, Figs. 599-619. Short longi- 
 tudinal pieces of timber, not extending under the 
 car proper, which are framed into and bolted to the 
 end sills and platform end timbers of a passenger 
 or street car to sustain the floor of the platform. 
 The longer timbers which extend under the body 
 of the car proper are called platform sills. 
 
 Platform Sills. 35. Figs. 599-619. Pieces of timber 
 attached to the bottom of a car frame at each end, 
 and projecting beyond the end of the car to sup- 
 port the platform. They extend usually from the 
 platform end timbers to the bolster, or, in street 
 cars, to one of the transverse floor timbers. See 
 above. 
 
 Platform Steps. 30. Figs. 577-588; 45, Figs. 599-619. 
 The stairs at each corner of a passenger or street 
 car which afford the means of ingress and egress. 
 Forms of steps have been introduced, but they are 
 not in general use. which are folding or extensible, 
 being dropped down into position when the car is 
 stationary, and removed or elevated when the train 
 starts. In modern passenger cars the platform 
 steps consist of usually three and sometimes four 
 separate steps below the platform. The steps being 
 of wood, are often called box steps. On street 
 cars, one step only is used, and it is commonly 
 made of plain iron. See Vestibule. 
 
 Platform Sub-Sill [Street Cars'). An end sub-sill, to 
 which the platform is hung: it makes part of the 
 riser of the step from the platform into the car. 
 
 Platform Tail Gate. Fig. 4016. 
 
 Platform Tie Rods. Horizontal rods which pass 
 through the platform end timber and end sill or 
 body bolster, for the purpose of holding them and 
 the other portions of the frame of the car securely 
 together. 
 
 Platfcrm Timber. See Platform Sill. 
 
 Platform Timber Band (Street Cars). A band made of 
 plate iron, which covers and embraces the outer end 
 of a platform end timber. Called also a buffer 
 band. 
 
 Platform Timber or Platform Sill Camp. A U-shaped 
 iron clamp or bolt, with which a platform sill is 
 fastened to the end sill of a street car. 
 
 Platform Trap Door. 1. Fig. 2266. A door which 
 covers the space occupied by the steps, and thus 
 extends the platform out to the side of the car. 
 It is used on officers' or other private cars, and in- 
 variably with the Pullman extended vestible. 
 
 2. A door used in cabooses to serve the purpose 
 of a water closet. 
 
 Play. See End Play, Lateral Motion. 
 
 Plow. S;e Snow Plow. 
 
 Plug (Pipe Fittings'). Fig 2761. A short, solid metal 
 cylinder, with a screw on the outside and a square 
 or hexagonal end to take hold of with a wrench, 
 screwed into the end of a pipe or hole in a plate, 
 to close the opening. See also Basin Plug. 
 
 Plumbago. Graphite; one of the form of pure carbon 
 from which pencils, etc.. are manufactured. When 
 pulverized, plumbago is an excellent lubricant, 
 especially under heavy loads, and plumbago oils, 
 prepared so as to hold the plumbago in permanent 
 
 suspension, are among the most efficient of all 
 lubricants. 
 
 Plush. "A species of shaggy cloth or stuff with a vel- 
 vet nap on one side, composed regularly of a woof, 
 of a single thread and a double warp; the one, wool 
 of two threads twisted, the other of goat's or 
 camel's hair. But some plushes are made wholly 
 of worsted, others wholly of hair." — Webster. Plush 
 is used in car building chiefly as a covering for 
 upholstered seats, 'for which it is almost invariably 
 used. 
 
 Pneumatic Tools. Figs. 6884-6913. 
 
 Pocket. 1. (Sleeping Car.) 32, Figs. 2201-2204. A re- 
 ceptacle for the clothing and small baggage of 
 occupants of sleeping berths. They are known as 
 the head board pocket for the lower berth and 
 upper berth pocket. It is formed by turning the 
 head rest up. as shown in Fig. 2201. 
 
 2. Any object having a cavity or opening which 
 forms a receptacle to hold anything in its place. 
 The main pockets of a car are the body post, corner 
 post and right and left hand bod}' brace pockets, 
 which are castings fastened to the upper side of the 
 sill and the under side of the plate, to serve instead 
 of mortises to receive the posts and braces. Brace 
 pockets are distinguished as right or left hand, 
 according to the inclination of their top to a person 
 standing facing the car. Double brace pockets, to 
 receive two braces inclining in opposite directions. 
 are also made, often with a receptacle in the middle 
 for a post. A post pocket is a receptacle for the 
 posts, door post or corner post. A stake pocket 
 of a flat or gondola car shuld be distinguished from 
 a post pocket, it being bolted to the outside on the 
 side of the side sill. See also Drawbar Spring 
 Pocket. 
 
 Pocket Guide. Figs. 790-792. See Drawbar Pocket 
 Guide. 
 
 Pocket Hinge. Fig. 2463. See Hinge. 
 
 Pocket Strap or Yoke (Drawbar Attachment). The U- 
 shaped strap or yoke that incloses the draft spring 
 and follower plates. See Yoke. 
 
 Polarity Changer (Car Lighting). Figs. 3404-3412. 
 
 Pole or Hand Straps. Fig. 3777. Straps to which 
 people who are required to stand may cling and 
 keep from falling as the car starts and stops. See 
 Hand Pole. 
 
 Pole or Hand Strap Brackets. Fig. 3771. For support- 
 ing the pole in street cars from which the straps are 
 suspended. See above. 
 
 Pole Changer. An automatic device for preserving the 
 polarity of an axle generator. It is made generally 
 in one of three types; rotating, mechanical or elec- 
 trical type. The rotating type employs the prin- 
 ciple of shifting the brushes of the generator auto- 
 matically when the direction of rotation changes 
 through an angle equal to the pole pitch; that is, 
 the angle between two poles of the generator. If 
 it is a two-pole machine, the brushes must be 
 shifted 180 degs.; if a four-pole machine 90 degs. 
 The latter is the general arrangement. The rotat- 
 ing type employs no switches or contacts that 
 might interfere with the continuity of the armature 
 circuit, and it permits the brushes taking a "lead," 
 advantages not possessed by the other types which 
 necessarily employ fixed brushes. The mechanical 
 type consists of a reversing swjtch operated me- 
 chanically by the rotation of the armature shaft 
 in one direction or the other. W "hen the armature 
 rotates in one direction the switch is automatically 
 
POL 
 
 128 
 
 PRE 
 
 closed to make proper connections under these 
 conditions and vice versa. The electrical type con- 
 sists of a reversing switch, generally operated by 
 solenoids, the entire mechanism being placed inside 
 of the car with the other electrical apparatus. This 
 reversing switch is automatically thrown one way 
 or the other, depending upon the direction of the 
 rotation of the generator armature. 
 Poling Car. See Push Pole Car. 
 
 Pop Safety Valve. A valve set with a spring so as to 
 open suddenly with a wide opening at a fixed 
 pressure; hence the name. 
 Port. An opening in a valve for the passage of steam 
 
 or air. 
 Posson Reinforcing Frame. Fig. 2097. 
 Post (of a Truss). A piece of timber or metal set up- 
 right and intended to support something else, as 
 the posts of a house; the posts of a door; the posts 
 of a gate; the post of a fence; the posts of a bridge. 
 See 
 
 Body Post. Hand Rail Post. 
 
 Body Queen Post. Hat Post. 
 
 Brake Beam. King Lever Frame Post. 
 
 Post. Platform Hood Post. 
 
 Corner Post. Platform Post. 
 
 Deck Post. Queen Post. 
 
 Door Post. Window Post. 
 
 Post Cross Bar (Open Street Car). A bar or plank 
 connecting th,e posts at the ends of a transverse 
 seat. They are under the seat. 
 Post Office Car. See Postal Car. 
 Post Parting Strip. See Sash Parting Strip. 
 Post Plate (Bouhoup Vestible). Fig. 922; 12, N. P., 
 
 Figs. 2215-2263. 
 Post Pocket. Figs. 707-709; 719-721; 42a, Figs. 262-272. 
 An iron casting which is attached to the top of the 
 sill of a car to receive and hold a post in distinction 
 from a stake pocket which is bolted to the outside 
 of the side sill. Such pockets are commonly used 
 with box and stock cars. See Pocket. 
 Postal Car. Figs. 190, 194-197, 241-242, 623-629. A car 
 for carrying mail matter, and fitted up with boxes 
 and other conveniences for assorting and distribut- 
 ing it. Nearly all mail matter is now assorted en 
 route. 
 
 A distinction has been attempted between mail 
 cars, used solely for carrying mails and distributing 
 postal cars, but the distinction is not well observed, 
 and so-called mail cars, except as compartments in 
 combination baggage cars on minor lines, are little 
 used. The word mail is invariably used in speaking 
 of a combination baggage and mail car. 
 
 The railway post office is an English invention, 
 separate postal cars having been used as early as 
 1837. The present American postal car service was 
 introduced by George B. Armstrong in 1864, and 
 the first postal cars were run between Chicago and 
 Clinton, la., and at about the same time between 
 Washington and New York. Postal cars are owned 
 by the railroad companies, but when in use are 
 under the exclusive control of the post office au- 
 thorities. They are usually built after plans and 
 specifications approved by the Superintendent of 
 Railway Mail Service, in whose district they are 
 to run. 
 Postal Car Chandelier. See Chandelier. A variety of 
 postal car lamps and chandeliers have been intro- 
 duced with the object of giving a brilliant light 
 when and as desired. Pintsch gas lamps and oil 
 lamps with the Acme burner are in special favor. 
 
 Postal Car Furnishings. Fig. 4018. 
 Postal Car Side Lamp. Fig. 3586. 
 Pot. See Fire Box or Fire Pot. 
 
 Pouch Hook (Postal Cars). Figs. 4021, 4035-4035a. 
 Hooks used for suspending mail bags while assort- 
 ing the mails. They are usually strung loosely upon 
 a rod. and are distinguished as square eye or round 
 eye, according to the section of the rod. Some 
 forms are permanently attached to the side of the 
 car. 
 Pouch Rack. A rack built of standards and horizontal 
 rods to which the pouch hooks are attached and 
 which support the pouches or bags while mail is 
 being distributed into them. 
 Poultry Car. Figs. 23-24. A car specially designed to 
 carry live poultry. The car is provided with ar- 
 rangements for feeding, watering, and by removing 
 intermediate floors may be arranged to carry geese 
 and turkeys instead of chickens. 
 Pratt Dump Car. Figs. 532-535. A side dump car for 
 carrying coal. The side planks are hinged on a 
 shaft running the length of the car, and so arranged 
 that the lower plank may be raised and the upper 
 swung down, opening the whole side of the car. 
 Pratt & Whitney Wheel Gage. Figs. 6922-6930. 
 Press. See Seal Press. 
 
 Pressure Bar (Gould Buffing Apparatus). A stiff iron 
 bar of a cross-shaped ( + ) cross section, which con- 
 nects the drawbar to the buffer spring, so that the 
 draft spring reinforces the buffing spring and the 
 buffing spring takes up part of the pull on the draw- 
 bar, thus relieving the draft spring. The pres- 
 sure bar also forces out the buffer stem and plate 
 when the drawbar is pulled out, thus maintaining 
 a continuous platform between the cars. 
 Pressure Gage (Pintsch Gas Lighting). Fig. 3019. A 
 gage usually placed in the saloon. It registers 
 atmospheres or pounds and atmospheres, for con- 
 venience in computing the volume of gas in the 
 tank. 
 Pressure Head (Brake Cylinder). The head that covers 
 the end of the brake cylinder into which air pres- 
 sure is admitted when the brakes are applied. 
 Pressure Regulator (Gold's Car Heating). Fig. 2815. 
 A valve designed to regulate the delivery pressure 
 of steam. It depends entirely upon the elasticity 
 of springs, the pressure of which can be gaged 
 or regulated by screw studs that bear upon one end 
 of the springs. In the Gold pressure regulator 
 there is a spring on each side of the valve. 
 Pressure Regulator (Pintsch Gas Lighting Apparatus). 
 R, Fig. 3042 and Fig. 3044. The valve by which 
 (lie pressure of the compressed gas is reduced for 
 consumption. The pressure regulator is one com- 
 plete fixture, adjusted by the maker. Names of 
 the principal interior parts are diaphragm, dia- 
 phragm connecting rod. diaphragm lever, regulating 
 valve and dust arrester. 
 Pressure Retaining Valve (YVestinghouse Brake). Figs. 
 1148-1150. A device by means of which a certain 
 part of the brake cylinder pressure may be retained 
 to aid in retarding the acceleration of a train in de- 
 scending long grades while the brake pipe pressure 
 is increased after one application to recharge the 
 auxiliary reservoirs. It is controlled by a small 
 handle, the position of which causes it to operate 
 or not, as desired. There arc four different types, 
 the ordinary, Fig. 1253, the vestibule. Fig. 1255, 
 the double pressure. Fig. 1251, and the driver brake. 
 The first two types may be made to retain or 15 
 
PRI 
 
 129 
 
 PRO 
 
 lbs.; the third to retain 0, 15 or 30 lbs. or 0, 25 and 
 50 lbs.; the fourth to retain 0, 15 lbs or all cylinder 
 pressure. In descending grades the handle is 
 turned to the proper position to retain the desired 
 pressure, while on the lev«l the handle is turned to 
 allow the air to escape to the atmosphere. Also 
 called retaining valve. 
 
 Priming (Painting). The first coat in car painting. 
 Usually a pure thin oil put on hot, at about 150° F. 
 or less. A thin drier, of red lead or borate of 
 manganese, is used with it. The next coat is the 
 scraping filling coat or Rough Stuff, which see. 
 See also Painting. 
 
 Private Car. Figs. 109, 172, 211, 6231. A handsomely 
 finished car for the exclusive use of an officer of 
 a railroad or other person, containing all the com- 
 forts and conveniences of a house. They are usu- 
 ally built with an observation end and are fre- 
 quently called Officers' Cars, which see. 
 
 2. (Freight Cars.) Cars owned by companies 
 other than the railways are termed private line 
 cars or sometimes simply private cars. 
 
 Private Lock (British!. A door lock universal in pas- 
 senger service, which can only be operated by a 
 tapered rectangular hardened steel key, which is 
 carried by all passenger trainmen, and most 
 habitual travelers. One kev w'll open any private 
 lock. 
 
 Produce Car. Figs. 15. 309, 312; details. 313. A mod- 
 ified form of refrigerator car, provided with ven- 
 tilators and ice boxes, for the transportation of 
 fruit, vegetables and perishable produce. 
 
 Profile Carline. A Carline, which see, extending from 
 one plate to the other, bent to conform to the shape 
 of the clear story. They are. of necessity, always 
 Compound Carlines, which see. 
 
 Propelling Chain (Steam Shovel). 28, Figs. 596-598. A 
 heavy chain passing over a sprocket on an axle of 
 the truck and a sprocket geared to the winding 
 drum. By revolving the winding drum sprocket the 
 shovel is made to move forward or back, on the 
 track by its own power. 
 
 Propelling Gear (Steam Shovel). 27, Figs. 596-598. The 
 gears which turn from the main winding drum 
 when the propelling chain is to be operated. 
 
 Propelling Lever or Hand Car Lever (Lever Hand 
 Car). 19, Figs. 6207-6209. The main lever, to which 
 power is applied. 
 
 Protection Cap. A lamp jack. 
 
 "Protection" Cuspidor. Fig. 2674. One with a large 
 mat fastened to it to prevent overturning. See 
 Cuspidor. 
 
 Protection Dry Closet. Figs. 4045-4046. 
 
 Protection of Trainmen. (II. C. B. Standard.) Figs. 
 5635-5636, 5637-5684. In 1893 a Recommended 
 Practice was adopted to protect trainmen from 
 accident, under the subheads as given. In 1896 
 some changes were made, especially in regard to 
 handholds, and by the elimination of various de- 
 tails from drawing. In 1902 it was changed to 
 Standard. 
 
 In 1905 the drawings were revised to more clear- 
 ly define the location of safety appliances on cars. 
 Also, the lower round of the end ladder with 
 wooden rails was made straight instead of having 
 an offset. 
 
 In 1906 the position of the brake shaft and lo- 
 cation of roof handholes were modified. 
 
 In 1907 a sheet was devised entirely to illustrat- 
 ing these standards. 
 
 Position of Brake Shafts. — The brake shaft to be 
 
 placed on what is the left-hand corner of the car 
 when a person is standing on the track facing the 
 end of the car. The ratchet wheel to be fastened 
 to the brake shaft and brake pawl to be fastened to 
 a suitable casting attached to the roof or attached 
 to the brake shelf. The center of the brake shaft 
 to be about 20 inches from the middle of the car. 
 
 Running Boards. — The ends of the running 
 boards of box cars to be made to project over the 
 ends of the cars, and properly supported. The run- 
 ning board shall be made not less than 18 inches 
 wide. 
 
 Steps. — Two good substantial steps, to be made 
 of wrought iron, about % by l 1 ^ inches section to 
 be fastened, one to each side sill, next to the corner 
 of the car to which the ladder is attached on cars 
 having ladders, and to diagonally opposite corners 
 on all other cars. The steps to be about 12 inches 
 long, measured horizontally between the sides, and 
 the tread to be about 8 inches below the bottom 
 of the sill. The side of the step next to the corner 
 of the car to be as near to the end of the car as is 
 practicable. Each side of the step to be fastened 
 to the sill with two a i;-inch bolts and nuts or two 
 rivets, not less than ^2-inch in diameter. 
 
 Ladders. — Each box and stock car should have 
 two iron or wooden ladders with not less than five 
 steps to each ladder; steps, if of iron, to be not less 
 than % inch diameter; if of wood, to be not less 
 than I 1 !' by 2 inches, and to be made of hardwood; 
 the steps to be not less than 2V2 inches from side 
 or end of car; each car to have the handhold on 
 the roof directly over the ladder and running par- 
 allel with the side or end of car on which the ladder 
 is located; these handholds to be placed not less 
 than 2 inches nor more than 18 inches from the 
 edge of the car and of a length suitable to the 
 construction of the car. 
 
 When iron ladders are used and placed on ends of 
 car. the bottom step to have a guard or projection 
 to prevent men from slipping when swinging around 
 the end of car to get on the step. 
 
 Handholds. — Box and stock cars constructed 
 with projecting end sills with end ladders should be 
 provided with a horizontal grabiron or handhold 
 about 24 inches long on side of car over each step, 
 located not less than 18 inches nor over 30 inches 
 above center line of coupler. The end ladder 
 should be located on lefthand side of end of car 
 and one horizontal grabiron or handhold, about 
 24 inches long, on right-hand side of end of car 
 not less than 18 inches nor over 30 inches above 
 center line of coupler, the lower rung of ladder 
 being a suitable grabiron for opposite side of end 
 of car, as shown. 
 
 Box and stock cars constructed with projecting 
 end sills with side ladders located over steps; the 
 lower rung of such ladders is an effective grab. 
 They should also be provided with two horizontal 
 end grabirons or handholds, about 24 inches long, 
 located on each side of end of car not less than 
 18 inches nor over 30 inches above the center line 
 of coupler, as shown. 
 
 Box and stock cars not constructed with project- 
 ing end sills, and which have end ladders, should 
 be provided with horizontal grabiron or handhold 
 about 24 inches long on side of car over each step, 
 located not less than 18 inches nor over 30 inches 
 above center line of coupler. The end ladder 
 should be located on left-hand side of end of car 
 
PRO 
 
 13( 
 
 PUL 
 
 and one horizontal grabiron or handhold about '24 
 inches long on right-hand side of end of car not 
 less than IS inches nor over 30 inches above center 
 line of coupler, the lower rung of ladder being a 
 suitable grab for that side of end of car, as shown. 
 End ladders constructed without side frames should 
 have the lower rung provided with a guard to pre- 
 vent the foot from slipping off. 
 
 On box and stock cars not constructed with pro- 
 jecting end sills, and which have side ladders located 
 over steps, the lower rung of such ladder is an 
 effective grab. The}- should also be provided with 
 two horizontal grabirons or handholds about 2-1 
 inches long, located on each side of end of car not 
 less than 18 inches nor over 30 inches above center 
 line of coupler, as shown. 
 
 All other classes of house cars, such as refrigera- 
 tors, furniture cars, etc., if constructed with pro- 
 jecting end sills, are to have ladders, sill steps and 
 handholds as described for box and stock cars, and 
 as shown. If not constructed with projecting end 
 sills, they are to have ladders, sill steps and hand- 
 holds, as described for box and stock cars, and as 
 shown. 
 
 All gondolas with drop ends to be provided with 
 horizontal grabirons of handholds on sides of car 
 over each step, about 24 inches long, located as 
 high as possible, but not less than 18 inches nor 
 more than 30 inches above center line of coupler, 
 or with vertical grabiron or handhold over steps on 
 the sides of car about 24 inches long, the lower end 
 to be placed about 6 inches above the floor of the 
 car, and two grabirons or handholds placed under 
 the sill at the end of car as near the face as wi'l 
 insure a good safe fastening, the outside end of it 
 to be in line with the inside face of the side sill, 
 and to be about 18 inches long, with a space not 
 less than 2 inches nor more than 3 inches between 
 it and the end sill, as shown. If preferred, the end 
 handholds may be placed on the face of the end 
 sill, as shown in the alternate illustration. 
 
 All fixed-end gondolas should be equipped with a 
 vertical grabiron or handhold over steps on the 
 sides of the car, about 24 inches long, the lower end 
 to be placed about 6 inches above the floor of the 
 car, or with a suitable number of horizontal grab- 
 irons or handholds, about 24 inches long, over each 
 step, and two horizontal grabirons or handholds on 
 each end of car, about 24 inches long, about 4 
 inches from the outside of car and not less than 
 18 inches nor over 30 inches above center line of 
 coupler; exception to be made where the car is pro- 
 vided with a brake step, in which case the bracket 
 of the brake step can be used as a grabiron on that 
 side of end of car, as shown. It is also recom- 
 mended that where the side of a gondola car is too 
 high for a man standing on the step to reach the 
 top, there should be one additional vertical grab- 
 iron or handhold placed on left side of end of car. 
 extending from within 1 inches of the top, to be 
 about 18 inches long, as shown. 
 
 Tank cars should be provided with horizontal 
 grabirons or handholds, about 24 inches long, on 
 sides over steps; cars provided with safety railings 
 on sides do not require side grabirons or hand- 
 holds, but all cars should be provided with two end 
 grabirons or handholds, about 18 inches long, lo- 
 cated on under side of end sill, the same as for 
 drop-end gondolas, as shown. If preferred, the end 
 
 handholds may be placed on the face of the end sill, 
 as shown in the alternate illustration. 
 
 All flat cars to be provided with horizontal grab- 
 irons or handholds, about 24 inches long, over- 
 steps near end of cars, where coupler unlocking rod 
 is located, and two end grabirons or handholds, 
 about 18 inches long, placed under the sill as near 
 the face as will insure a good safe fastening, the 
 same as for drop-end gondolas, and as shown. If 
 preferred, the end handhold may be placed on the 
 face of the end sill, as shown in the alternate illus- 
 tration. 
 
 Cars of other types of construction not covered 
 specifically in foregoing paragraphs of this section 
 and not shown by the drawings may be deemed of 
 special construction, but shall have the complement 
 of grabirons or handholds, steps and ladders, as is 
 required for cars of the nearest approximate type, 
 and such handholds shall be considered as required 
 by the rules of interchange. 
 
 Rivets not less than % inch diameter may be 
 used when grabirons or handholds are applied on 
 steel cars. 
 
 All handholds should have a clearance behind 
 them of not more than three inches nor less than 
 two inches. 
 
 All handholds should be made of iron not less 
 than % inch diameter; handholds on the sides and 
 ends of cars should be about 24 inches long in the 
 clear, except end sill handholds, which may be from 
 18 to 24 inches long, provided, also, that the coupler 
 unlocking rod, if properly located and having not 
 more than three inches nor less than two inches 
 clearance between it and the car, will be a suitable 
 end sill grabiron or handhold. 
 
 Pull. "A catch or lip upon a drawer, door or window, 
 by which it is pulled open." — Knight. See 
 Deck Sash Pull. Seat Pull. 
 
 Door Pull. Window Blind Pull. 
 
 Drawer Pull. 
 
 Pull Hook or Deck Sash Opener. Fig. 4450. A shaft 
 with a small hook on the top for opening deck 
 sashes. Also called ventilator staff. 
 
 Pull Iron. A roping staple. A U-bolt passing through 
 the side sill for the purpose of attaching ropes in 
 switching. A push pole corner iron is a lower 
 corner plate with a socket cast or forged thereon, 
 and in which the end of a pole is inserted for push- 
 ing or pulling the car. 
 
 Pull Ring. Fig. 4450. A metal ring with a screw at- 
 tached, by which it is fastened to any object, as a 
 sash, drawer, etc., to take hold of in opening it. 
 Chiefly used for deck sashes. 
 
 Pull Rod. 1. The rod connecting the uncoupling lever 
 with the catch lever on a passenger car platform; 
 also called an uncoupling rod. 
 
 2. (British Brake Gear.) Any rod transmitting 
 tension when the brake is applied. 
 
 Pull Rod Carry Iron. A carry iron for an uncoupling 
 rod. 
 
 Pulley. "A wheel with a grooved, flat or slightly con- 
 vex rim, adapted to receive a cord or band which 
 rims over it. Its function is to transmit power or 
 change the direction of motion." — Knight. A 
 sheave is a pulley wheel in a block, but sheave and 
 pulley are used as almost synonymous terms. See 
 Sheave. See also Bell Cord Pulley, Berth Chain 
 Pulley. 
 
 Pullman Car. A name strictly applicable only to cars 
 operated by the Pullman Company, but in common 
 
PUL 
 
 PUS 
 
 usage frequently applied to "palace" sleeping, par- 
 lor or drawing-room cars built after the same de- 
 signs as those adopted by the Pullman Company, 
 the Pullman cars having been the first of this class 
 introduced on a large scale and in modern style of 
 finish, and being much more in use than any other 
 class of parlor or palace cars. Included among 
 Pullman cars are sleeping cars, parlor or drawing- 
 room cars, dinning cars and combination cars. Lat; 
 designs differ from the earlier designs in the use 
 of a "buffet," etc., and in being finished in much 
 less ornamental fashion than the former styles 
 prevalent. 
 
 The plans of Pullman cars are shown in Figs. 
 211-212, etc. Interiors, Fig. 142, etc. Framing, 
 Figs. 645-1347. Sleeping car berth. Figs. 2201-2203. 
 Vestibules, Figs. 2207-2210. Trucks. Fig. 4771. 
 
 Pullman Passenger Car Trucks. Fig. 4771. Nearly, if 
 not all, Pullman cars are equipped with six-wheeled 
 trucks, similar to the illustration. 
 
 Pullman System of Water Supply. Figs. 3696-3702. 
 This system of water supply under air pressure re- 
 places the old method of using pumps for raising 
 water for wash purposes in sleeping cars. The 
 system consists of forcing water into the wash 
 bowls by air pressure taken from the brake system 
 as applied to cars. When the auxiliary air brake 
 reservoir is filled with air to a pressure of 60 lbs., 
 an air governor admits air through a drip cut into 
 an air tank, 36 inches long by 22 inches in diam- 
 eter. This is a storage tank for use when cars 
 are disconnected from the engine. The pressure 
 carried is about 75 lbs. From this tank the air 
 passes through a reducing valve (set for 22 lbs. 
 pressure) into the water tank. At the end and 
 center of the tank is a special three-way valve. 
 This valve performs the triple service of admitting 
 water and air. and also allowing the air to escape 
 when the tank is filled with water. The valve is 
 operated from inside the car by a stem, marked, 
 to which is attached a pinion and gear. The air be- 
 fore passing into the water tank passes through a 
 check valve, which is to prevent the water in the 
 tank from backing into the air pipes; the water being 
 forced out of the tank passes through a strainer or 
 screen. The strainer is cleaned by a valve, which 
 when opened allows water to pass over the screen 
 in such a manner as to thoroughly wash it. After 
 passing through another valve the water enters the 
 car and is led by pipes to the different washstands 
 and closets. One pipe passes to the heater and 
 the water goes through a check valve, and a shut- 
 off valve, when it enters the copper coil which en- 
 circles the fire magazine. The hot water passes 
 by gravity to a tank, which has a connecting pipe 
 back to the coil. Through these pipes there is a 
 constant circulation from the heater, which keeps 
 the water hot. A connection is made from the 
 top of this tank to the various washstands and bath 
 tub where hot water is required. At each end of 
 the car a fire hose is placed, which can be used at 
 a moment's notice, under the tank pressure. At 
 the top of tank is a safety valve. The water tank 
 is insulated to prevent the water freezing in cold 
 weather. This insulating box contains about 20 ft. 
 of heater pipe, which is connected with the heating 
 pipes of the car. 
 
 Pullman Wide Vestibule. Figs. 2207-2210. A vestibule 
 which incloses and utilizes the whole of the plat- 
 form of a car. It is provided with equalizing de- 
 vices above and below and employs the same 
 
 frictional resistance to prevent lateral oscillation 
 as the earlier type. The improvements are chiefly 
 confined to the platform inclosure. Windows are 
 introduced at the end of the car in this construc- 
 tion, which permit of better ventilation. The plat- 
 form may be utilized, the steps being covered with 
 trap doors, so that the entire area of the platform 
 is available. A single door may be used at the 
 sides and avoid the double folding doors of the 
 other pattern. 
 
 The peculiarities of the Pullman vestibule are 
 explained under Vestibules, which see. The fric- 
 tional resistance of the diaphragm face plates to 
 oscillation under opposing spring pressure is accom- 
 plished by an ingenious mechanism. The plate 
 equalizer is intended to keep the upper part of the 
 face plate thrust out and adjusted to its com- 
 panion plate. The two sides are equalized at the 
 tup by the face plate equalizing lever, and at the 
 bottom by a platform equalizer. 
 
 Pump (Wash Rooms). A Basin Pump, which see. 
 
 Pump Governor ( Westinghouse Traction Brake). See 
 Electric Pump Governor. 
 
 Purlin. 83, Figs. 262-263. A longitundinal piece of tim- 
 ber over the rafters, extending from one end of the 
 car roof to the other, to which the roof boards are 
 fastened. Sometimes called a roof strip, but the 
 latter more correctly applies to strips sometimes 
 used above the purlins. 
 
 Push Baggage Car. A light lorry car, used at stations 
 for moving baggage or freight from one train to 
 another. 
 
 Push Bar (Gould Vestibule). A Pressure Bar, which 
 see. 
 
 Push Bar (Westinghouse Brake). Usually called push 
 rod. A compression bar which butts up against the 
 piston of a brake cylinder, being guided by a hollow 
 piston rod in such manner as to transmit the pres- 
 sure of the piston when the air brake is used, but 
 to simply move away from the piston, without 
 moving the latter, when brakes are applied b}' hand. 
 
 Push Block. See Push Pole Corner Plate. 
 
 Push Car or Lorry Car. Figs. 6212-6214. A four- 
 wheeled car, also called larry car, used to carry 
 materials and tools, moved or pushed by hand. 
 Also see Ferry Push Car. 
 
 Push Pole. A pole or wrought iron tube which is used 
 as a strut to span diagonally the distance between 
 the corners of a locomotive and a car. standing on 
 two parallel tracks, and which is used to push such 
 car without switching the locomotive onto the 
 same track that the car occupies. 
 
 Push Pole Car. A flat car with a push pole attached 
 to the side sill so that it can be used in "poling" 
 cars. The pole of former days has become a 
 wrought iron tube, and one end is pivoted to the 
 side sill of the car. A post and lever is attached 
 to the pivoted end so it can be swung out over the 
 side track by the operator, who stands upon the 
 push pole car. See Push Pole. 
 
 Push Pole Corner Plate or Iron. 191. Figs. 262-272. A 
 plate for inserting poles or bars in switching to 
 enable the car to be moved from the side by an 
 engine on a parallel track. It is usually a cavity cast 
 upon the lower corner plate, and not a separate 
 attachment. A Roping Staple, which see. serves 
 the same purpose for the use of a rope. 
 
 Push Rod (Westinghouse Freight and Traction Brakes). 
 Figs. 869-870. A round steel bar which transmits 
 the air pressure against the piston of the brake 
 cylinder to the levers and to the brake shoes. It 
 
PUS 
 
 132 
 
 RAL 
 
 has a crosshead formed on one end by which it is 
 attached to the cylinder lever. It is guided by the 
 hollow piston rod (Figs. 1275-1276) and transmits 
 the pressure when the air brake is used. When 
 hand brakes are used it simply moves away from 
 the piston without moving it. 
 
 Pushover Seat. Figs. 6415-6418. 
 
 Putty. A mixture of linseed oil with whiting, which 
 latter is chalk finely pulverized. Water is some- 
 times added in adulteration, causing the putty to 
 stick to the fingers, and making it hard and brittle 
 when dry. Panel putty, used for filling nail holes 
 in car work is an extra quality made from whiting, 
 white lead in oil, japan or varnish, and a small 
 quantity of turpentine. The whiting is used merely 
 to prevent the white lead from sticking to the 
 fingers, and no more than necessary for this pur- 
 pose is required. This putty forms a hard cement, 
 which does not shrink. When dry it can be rubbed 
 down with pumice stone or dusted with sandpaper. 
 Glycerine putty is made of good thick glycerine and 
 white lead or litharge. It hardens in 15 to 45 min- 
 utes, and stands water and acids. 
 
 Pyramidal Hopper Bottom. Figs. 41, 50, etc. See 
 Hopper Bottom. 
 
 Q 
 
 Quadrant. A piece of metal curved in the form of the 
 arc of a circle. See Sector. See also Deck Sash 
 Quadrant. 
 
 Quadrant (Steam Shovel). 16, Figs. 596-598. The cast- 
 ing for holding the operating levers. 
 
 Quadrant Levers (Steam Shovel). 17, Figs. 596-598. 
 The handles mounted on the quadrant which con- 
 trol the various movements of the shovel. 
 
 Quadruplet (of Elliptic Springs). Figs. 5376-5377. Four 
 springs side by side acting as one. 
 
 Quarter Light or Side Light (British). American 
 equivalent, window. In a carriage, the window in 
 the bod}' as distinguished from the windows in 
 the doors. The quarter lights, in British practice, 
 are always fixed, but on the continent of Europe 
 they are invariably made to fall or open, and 
 this is also the case with the vehicles made in 
 Great Britain and exported to warm climates. 
 
 Quarter Light Molding or Glass Frame Stile (British). 
 The upright member of the fixed window framing. 
 The glass is generally fitted direct to the body, a 
 strip of rubber being interposed, and the molding 
 screwed on outside, keeping the whole in position. 
 
 Quarter Light Panel (British). A panel on the out- 
 side of the body, placed above the window. Other 
 exterior panels are quarter panel, waist panel, and 
 bottom side panel. Interior panels are the parti- 
 tion panel, inside top light panel and roof panels. 
 
 Quarter Light Pillar (British). A part of the body 
 framing of a carriage. A vertical post forming one 
 side of the window aperture. 
 
 Quartette (Elliptic Spring). Alsa called Quadruplet, 
 which see. 
 
 Queen Post (of a Truss). Figs. 753-755, 979-984. One 
 of a pair of vertical posts against which the truss 
 rod bears. When one post only is used, it is called 
 a King Post, which see. Such posts are used for 
 the body truss rods under car bodies and occasion- 
 ally trucks. Sec Body Queen Post, Inverted Body 
 Queen Post. 
 
 Queen Post Stay. A bar attached to a queen post to 
 stay it laterally. See Body Queen Post Stay. 
 
 Quick Action Air Brake (Westinghouse). Fig. 1207, 
 
 etc. A system now almost universally used 
 equipped with quick-acting triple valves to permit 
 the rapid successive application of brakes through- 
 out the train. See Westinghouse Air Brake. 
 
 Quick Action Triple Valve (^Westinghouse Air Brake). 
 Fig. 1233. See Triple Valve. 
 
 Quintuplet (of Elliptic Springs). Five springs side by 
 side acting as one. Figs. 5374-5375. 
 
 R 
 
 "R. A." Vestibule Roller Curtain. Figs. 2300-2303. 
 
 Rabbet. "A rectangular groove made longitudinally 
 along the edge of one piece to receive the edge of 
 another. It is common in paneling, and in door 
 frames for the door to shut into."— Knight. Rabbet 
 is a corruption of the word rebate. 
 
 Rabbeted Lock. "A kind of lock whose face plate is 
 sunk within a rabbet cut in the edge of a door." — 
 Knight. See Lock. 
 
 Rack. 1. "A frame for receiving various articles." — 
 Webster. See Basket Rack, Brush and Comb 
 Rack, Card Rack, Towel Rack. 
 
 2. "In machinery, a rectilineal sliding piece, 
 with teeth cut on its edge for working with a 
 wheel." — Brande. A Ratchet, which see. 
 
 Rack Catch (for Head Board of a Sleeping Car Berth). 
 A small cupboard catch to hold the headboard 
 pocket closed. 
 
 Radial Draft Bar (Street Cars). A draw bar pivoted 
 so that it may be swung oblique to the car length 
 over a drawbar sector. A center draft drawbar is 
 an example of a radial draft bar. See Van Dorn 
 Radial Draft Gear. 
 
 Radiator. Baker and other steam and hot water heat- 
 ers. Figs. 2769-2770. A piece of iron pipe bent 
 into a U-shape under the seats of a car, through 
 which the hot water or steam circulates. 
 
 Radiator Stand (Baker and Other Heaters). Figs. 
 2758-2764. A support for a radiator. 
 
 Rafter. A timber to support the roof of a car, which 
 extends part way across the top, either from the 
 plate to the ridge of the roof, or to the base of the 
 deck side only, as 101, Figs. 599-619, etc. When 
 such timbers extend all the way across they are 
 called carlines. See Main Rafter. 
 
 Rail. "The horizontal part in any piece of framing or 
 paneling." — Webster. 
 
 Rail Motor Car. A car for the transportation of pas- 
 sengers which generates its own motive power 
 either by a steam engine mounted on one of the 
 trucks, a gasolene engine or a gasolene engine and 
 generator supplying current to electric motors 
 mounted on the trucks. They are now growing in 
 favor for branch line use. Figs. 206-210. 
 
 Rail Roof Molding (Street CarV A roof deck sill mold- 
 ing. Its use is to make a tight joint between the 
 roof boards and deck sill, or upper deck bottom 
 rail. 
 
 Railing. "A series of rails; a fence." — Webster. See 
 Platform Railing. 
 
 Railing Chain. See Platform Railing Chain. 
 
 Railway Car. See Car. 
 
 Railway Lantern. Fig. 3620. A lantern used in large 
 numbers by trainmen and other employees of 
 railroads. A variety of patterns exist and are 
 shown. 
 
 Raised Roof. An Upper Deck or Clear Story, which see. 
 
 Ralston Drop-Bottom Car. Figs. 81, 83, 416-420. A 
 car with a flat floor made up entirely of drop 
 doors, hinged at the center which will discharge 
 its entire load on opening the doors. 
 
RAL 
 
 133 
 
 REG 
 
 Ralston Steel Underframe. Fig. 1033. A steel under- 
 frame consisting essentially of two built-up bol- 
 sters and a heavy box girder center sill made up 
 of channels and top and bottom cover plates. It 
 may be applied to old wooden cars by removing 
 the wooden center sills and bolsters but allowing 
 the old side and intermediate sills to remain. See 
 also Figs. 1012-1018, 1024-1026. 
 
 Ranges and Cook Stoves. Fig. 3633. A range is a 
 fixed and more elaborate cook stove attached to 
 the wall, and, in houses, usually built in with 
 brick so as to need no stovepipe to connect with 
 the chimney. 
 
 Ratchet. A serrated edge like that of a saw, some- 
 times straight and sometimes on a wheel, into 
 which a pawl engages, for producing or (more 
 commonly) restraining motion. See Brake Ratchet 
 Wheel, Winding Shaft Ratchet Wheel. An un- 
 dulating ratchet is one having no sharp edges, so 
 that the ratchet catch will slide over them without 
 removal on the application of force, as in deck sash 
 pivots. Figs. 4505-4508. See also Deck Sash Pivot, 
 Figs. 4505-4508, for various forms of ratchets and 
 attached parts used in connection therewith. 
 
 Ratchet Bolt (Kirby's Door Lock). M, Figs. 2480-2481. 
 
 Ratchet Burner (for Lard Oil). One in which the wick 
 is moved up and down by a pointed wheel engaging 
 in it. like mineral oil burners. 
 
 Ratchet Jacks. Figs. 3873, 3875. 
 
 Ratchet Wheel. A wheel with teeth like a saw cut 
 into the outer edge to engage with a Pawl, which 
 see, which prevents the wheel from being turned in 
 one direction while allowing it to turn in the op- 
 posite direction. See Brake Ratchet Wheel, Wind- 
 ing Shaft Ratchet Wheel. 
 
 Rattan Seats and Seating (Canvas Lined). Fig. 4121, 
 
 Rave. A vertical side piece to the frame of a wagon 
 body or other vehicle. The term is applied to such 
 parts on handcars (the raves being also called seat 
 risers I, but not to other railroad cars, although 
 literally applicable, for instance, to the sides of a 
 gondola car. 
 
 Reach. See Extension Reach. 
 
 Rear Sheath (Security Car Door). Figs. 916-918. 
 
 Rebate. "In architecture, a groove or channel sunk on 
 the edge of a piece of timber." — Webster. Usually 
 written Rabbet, which see. 
 
 Receiver (Pintsch System). Fig. 3407. A cylindrical 
 steel tank, with riveted and soldered seams, adapted 
 to receive and retain gas at high pressures. The 
 sizes vary in diameter from 16 1 !i> inches to 20*2 
 inches, and in length from 6 feet 1 inch to 9 feet 
 6 inches. According to requirements, cars are 
 equipped with from one to four receivers, connected 
 by Vi inch high pressure piping, etc. See Pintsch 
 System of Gas Lighting. 
 
 Receiver Filling Valve (Pintsch Gas Lighting). F, 
 Fig. 3042; Fig. 3044. A valve of peculiar construc- 
 tion for the admission of the compressed gas to 
 the receiver, so that it can be transmitted to the 
 regulator for consumption. 
 
 Reclining Chair. Figs. 4111, etc. A chair the back of 
 which can be inclined to almost any angle, and 
 which is provided with leg and foot rests. 
 
 Recommended Practice (M. C. E.). Fig. 5767, etc. 
 "Those forms, parts, constructions, units, measure- 
 ments or systems which are conducive of sound 
 contruction. good practice and safe operation, but 
 which do not affect either interchangeability of 
 
 parts or interchangeability of cars as a whole." See 
 Master Car Builders' Standards. 
 
 Recording Bell (Street Cars). A bell attached to a bell 
 punch or other instrument on which the conductor 
 records the fares collected, to indicate that fact to 
 the passengers. 
 
 Reducer (Pipe Fittings). Fig. 2777. A means of de- 
 creasing the diameter of the pipe used. They are 
 either Bushings, Couplings or T's, which see. 
 
 Reducing Pipe Coupling. Fig. 2777, etc. See Reducer. 
 
 Reducing Tee or T (Pipe Fittings). See also Reducer 
 and T. A pipe fitting having three openings, one 
 of which is smaller or larger than the other two. 
 
 Reducing Valve. Figs. 1248-1252. 1. (Train Air Signal 
 Apparatus.) A valve for reducing the pressure of 
 air admitted to the train signal pipes below that 
 maintained in the brake pipes and main reservoir. 
 In the train air signal apparatus a pressure of from 
 40 to 45 lbs. is used. 
 
 2. (Air Brake.) See Feed Valve. 
 
 3. High-Speed Brake.) See Automatic Reducing 
 Valve. 
 
 Reference Gage for Mounting Wheels (M. C. B. 
 Standard). Fig. 5600. In 1896 a new standard 
 reference gage for mounting and inspecting wheels 
 was adopted by letter ballot to take the place of 
 the check gage for mounting wheels, and the gage 
 for distance between wheels, formerh- used. At 
 the same date a standard check gage was adopted. 
 
 Reflectors ('Pintsch Lamps). Figs. 3111-3114. 
 
 Refrigerator (of a Refrigerator Car). The chamber, 
 constituting the main body of the car. in which the 
 paying load is placed. 
 
 Refrigerator Car. Figs. 12-22, 243, 305, 319-328; details, 
 Figs. 313-318, 329-340. A car for carrying perish- 
 able articles, especially meat, constructed with 
 compartments in which ice is carried, and with 
 double floor, sides and roof, to keep the ice from 
 melting. A great variety of types have been de- 
 signed, but they can all be reduced to four general 
 classes, viz., those which use ice and salt, or ice 
 only, for refrigerating, and those which carry ice 
 overhead in ice pans or in the ends of the cars in 
 ice racks or tubes. The most important difference 
 of all in refrigerator cars, the difference in the 
 character of the circulation and dryness of air, is- 
 not touched by the classification, nor can it be 
 gone into. The temperature aimed at is about 40 
 degrees F., or 8 degrees above freezing. Many of 
 the older cars were mere air-tight boxes, without 
 any circulation whateA'er, with the effect that an 
 unnecessarily low temperature was required in one 
 part of the car to keep all cool enough. The prin- 
 cipal difference in the external appearance of re- 
 frigerator cars, as may be seen, is their greater 
 height and width. Refrigerator cars using salt use 
 12 pounds for each 100 lbs. of ice. 
 
 Refrigerator Car Doors. Fig. 1393. 
 
 Refrigerator Door Hinge. Fig. 2468. 
 
 Refrigerator Express Car. Figs. 204-205-328. A car that 
 does not differ from a regular baggage and express 
 car, except that it is insulated and iced to maintain 
 a low temperature, and in which are carried perish- 
 able goods. 
 
 Register. Fig. 4494. An aperture for the passage of 
 air, provided with suitable valves, doors and sliding 
 or revolving plates, by which the aperture is opened 
 or closed. See Ventilator Register. 
 
 Register Face. A grating with which the opening of a 
 
REG 
 
 134 
 
 RID 
 
 covered. It is usually of some ornamen- 
 
 register 1 
 tal pattern. 
 Regulating. An unusual term foi 
 
 switching 
 
 act 
 
 ching, or the 
 oi moving cars from one track to another in making 
 up or separating trains. Also called drilling, or, 
 in Great Britain, marshaling, or, less correctly, 
 shunting. 
 
 Regulating Valve (Pintsch Gas Pressure Regulator). 
 See Pressure Regulator. 
 
 Regulator I Pintsch System of Gas Lighting"). Fig. 
 3054. An automatic regulator which receives the 
 gas from the receiver at its inlet at any pressure 
 from 1 to 300 lbs. and automatically reduces it to 
 an outlet pressure of 1 -j oz. It is screwed to a 
 board, having a recess 12% ins. diameter and ?s in. 
 deep to receive the upper surface of the regulator, 
 this board being held against the under side of the 
 car floor by straps and suitable lag screws. The 
 regulator is sealed and is guaranteed by the makers 
 for 5 years, if returned intact and seal unbroken. 
 
 Regulator. Sec Fire Regulator, Fig. '2678, Pressure 
 Regulator. 
 
 Regulator (Electric Car Lighting). Figs. 3419, 3434- 
 343G. The device for controlling the generator out- 
 put and maintaining constant voltage on the lamp 
 circuits. It is a form of automatic rheostat. 
 
 Regulator Straps (Pintsch System). Fig. 3073. An 
 iron strap used to secure the regulator to the under 
 side of the car. One is passed across each end of 
 the board carrying the regulator, and is lag-screwe 1 
 to the board and to the car sills. 
 
 Remounting Wheels. In 1907 limit gages for use at 
 shops when inspecting second-hand wheels for re- 
 mounting were adopted as Recommended Practice. 
 They are shown herewith. 
 
 /7s 7 
 
 *— •# 
 
 Release Cock. .More properly Release Valve, which see 
 
 Release Spring. 1. ( Passenger Car Trucks). 91, Figs. 
 4054-4956 and Figs. 4771-4777. A spring attached 
 to the end piece of a truck lor the purpose of 
 throwing the brakes out of contact with the wheels. 
 The name is also applied to any spring used to 
 throw the brake off from the wheels. 
 
 2. ( Westinghouse Brake.) 9, Figs. 1275-1276. A 
 spiral spring which acts so as to move the brake 
 piston inward, and thus release the brakes from the 
 wheels after the compressed air is allowed to escap" 
 from the cylinders. It was formerly carried out- 
 side the brake cylinder by a release spring bracket, 
 etc., but is now placed inside the cylinder. 
 
 Release Valve (Air Brake). More properly an auxiliary 
 reservoir bleeding valve. A cock attached to the 
 auxiliary reservoir for permitting the air pressure 
 to be reduced therein, when the locomotive is de- 
 tached or when the apparatus is out of order, so as 
 to release or "bleed" the brakes. 
 
 Release Valve Rod. Figs. 8G1-8G2. A rod extending 
 from the release valve on the auxiliary reservoir 
 to the side of the car to operate the release valve. 
 
 Release Valve Rod Guide. Figs. 843-844. A small iron 
 eye attached below the sills as a guide for the 
 Release Valve Rod, which see. 
 
 Reliance Truck Bolster. Figs. 5053. 
 
 Replacer. Figs 3864-3865. 
 
 Republic Friction Draft Gear. Fig. 1533. 
 
 Reservoir. 1. (Air Brake.) Main reservoirs of large 
 capacity are placed under all motor cars having air 
 compressors. Auxiliary reservoirs. Figs. 12 1 6-1274, 
 are placed under all cars equipped with automatic 
 air brakes. In freight service a cast iron auxiliary 
 reservoir, Figs. 1275-1276, is connected directly with 
 the brake cylinder and triple valve. 
 
 2. See Lamp Reservoir or Lamp Fount. 
 
 3. (Pintsch Gas Lighting Apparatus.) See Re- 
 ceiver. 
 
 Reservoir Drain Cock (Air Brake). Fig. 1284. Acock 
 for emptying the reservoir of any water condensed 
 from the compressed air. 
 
 Reservoir Pipe (Air Brake). Also called air pipe and 
 discharge pipe. The pipe conveying the air from 
 the air pump to the reservoir. 
 
 Reservoir Plate. Figs. 910-912. 
 
 Rest. That which supports something or on which it 
 rests. See 
 
 Arm Rest. Stake Rest. 
 
 Berth Rest. Upper Berth Rest. 
 
 Foot Rest. Window Blind Rest. 
 
 Side Foot Rest. Window Sash Rest 
 
 Side Rest (Tip Car). (Street Cars). 
 
 Retaining Ring (for Wheel Tires). Fig. 5396, etc. A 
 ring securing the tire to the wheel. See Mansell 
 Retaining Ring and Tire Fastening. 
 
 Retaining Valve. See Pressure Retaining Valve. 
 
 Return Bend (Pipe Fittings). Figs. 2772-2780. A short 
 cast iron L T -shaped tube for uniting the ends of two 
 wrought iron pipes. They are called close return 
 bends, or open return bends, according as the sec- 
 tion of the pipe is kept a distinct circle at all points. 
 The close return bend has simply a partition divid- 
 ing the two parts for a short distance. 
 
 Return Tag. A tag attached to cars, usually by slipping 
 it on to the shackle of the seal, and used as an evi- 
 dence of the due arrival of the car, or as a direction 
 to what point the car itself is to be returned. 
 
 Reversible Car Seat. Fig. 4105. A name sometimes 
 applied to the common form of car seat in which 
 the back only reverses, but more properly applied 
 to a seat in which the seat is moved and not the 
 seat back only, what was the seat becoming the 
 seat back, and vice versa. 
 
 Revolving Chair. Fig. 4093. See Parlor Car Chair. 
 
 Rex Sanitary Water Closet. Fig. 4044. 
 
 Rheostat. Fig. 6340. A resistance used in connection 
 with the controller for limiting the current taken by 
 the motors during acceleration. Usually consists of 
 a number of iron grids or strips of iron ribbon 
 properly connected together and packed in a sub- 
 stantial frame, the whole being mounted on the 
 under side of the car flooring. 
 
 Rib (of a Cast Iron Wheel). A bracket. See Wheel 
 Rib, Car Wheel. 
 
 Richards Panel Back Seats. Figs. 4159-4165. A car seat 
 made with a loose panel in the back, pivoted and 
 supported by springs set in the seat back frame. 
 The panel pushes back and accommodates itself to 
 the occupant's back, making a very comfortable 
 chair. This principle is used on parlor car chairs in 
 all Pullman cars, as shown in Fig. 4164. 
 
 Ridge. See Roof Ridge. 
 
 Ridge Clamp. The grooved stick on top of the board- 
 ing of a pitched roof directly over the ridge pole. 
 In the Winslow car roof they are called simply 
 Roof Strips, which see. 
 
 Ridge Pole. 84, Figs. 262-272. A longitudinal timber in 
 
RID 
 
 135 
 
 ROD 
 
 the center of a roof, supported by the earlines or 
 rafters on which the roof boards rest. In some 
 cases the rafters are framed into the ridge pole, and 
 in some cases the ridge pole is grooved to receive 
 the roof sheets. 
 
 Ridge Timber. A timber which caps the intersection of 
 two inclined floors meeting in the center of the car. 
 as in side dump or ore cars. If the inclined floors 
 were the two sides of a gable roof the ridge timber 
 would then become a ridge pole. 
 
 Right and Left Screw. A pair of screw threads cut 
 turning in opposite directions, so that a common 
 nut or pipe coupling tapped with similar threads 
 will, according to the direction in which it is 
 turned, draw the two rods nearer together or press 
 them farther apart. 
 
 Rigid Bolster Truck. Fig. 4698, etc. A car truck with 
 a bolster which has no Lateral or Swing Motion, 
 which see. See also Bolster and Truck Bolster. 
 
 Rigid Caster (for Tables). Fig. 4279. See Caster. A 
 "rigid caster" is a mere socket and not properly 
 a caster at all. except from being used in the same 
 manner as a finish for legs of tables and chairs. 
 
 Rim. 1. (Of a Car Wheel.) That portion of a car wheel 
 outside of the plate. The face of the rim is the out- 
 side vertical edge or face. 
 
 2. (Of a Wrought Iron Wheel.) The wrought 
 iron ring which is welded to the outer ends of the 
 spokes and surrounded by the tire. 
 
 Rim Latch. Figs. 2590-2591. A latch which is attached 
 to the inside of a door and is not let into it. 
 
 Rim Lock. Fig. 2503. "A lock having an exterior 
 metallic case which projects from the face of the 
 door, differing thus from a mortise lock." — Knight. 
 
 Ring. 1. See 
 
 Lamp Ring. Pull Ring. 
 
 Manhole Ring. Slewing Ring. 
 
 Mansell Retaining Stove Pipe Ring. 
 
 Ring. Window Curtain Ring. 
 
 Packing Ring. 
 
 2. (Baker Heater/) Figs. 2683, 2691. A cast iron 
 ring attached to the smoke top to stiffen it and 
 hold the feed door. Also an ash pit ring. 
 
 Ring Curtain Fixture. Fig. 4667. 
 
 Rip Saw. (Wood-Working Machinery.) Figs. 6803, 
 6829. A circular saw used for cutting boards in 
 the direction of the grain of the wood. See Cut- 
 off Saw. 
 
 Riser. 3. Figs. 3684-3686. A piece of marble or metal 
 set on edge around about the wash bowls to pre- 
 vent water from running against the walls. See 
 Step Riser, Seat Riser. 
 
 Rising Timber. A timber placed upon another parallel 
 or transverse timber to get greater height. 
 
 Rivet. "A pin of iron or other metal, with a head 
 drawn through a piece of timber or metal, and the 
 point bent or spread and beaten down fast to pre- 
 vent it being drawn out, or a pin or bolt clinched 
 at both ends." — Webster. The Seat Arm Pivot, 
 which see, Fig. 4210, is usually in the trade termed 
 a rivet, but incorrectly. 
 
 Rivet Fastening (British). As applied to railroad 
 wheels, the oldest an-d most defective mode of se- 
 curing the tire to the wheel. Little used. See 
 Tire Fastening. 
 
 Rivet Seal. A seal with a lead rivet, w-hich is closed by 
 a die. See Car Seal. 
 
 Robertson Box Car Roof. Figs. 2189-2198. An inside 
 roof for standard box cars, constructed entirely of 
 asbestos protected metal, which see. The metal 
 
 sheets extend from within a grooved recess in the 
 ridge pole to the outer edge of the fascia, having 
 flanges on each side turned up one inch and butting 
 closely together. These upturned edges or flanges 
 fit into a grooved strip of the same material which 
 fits snugly over them and is held in place by a 
 grooved intermediate carlin or wood rafter. This 
 grooved rafter is tenoned at one end and fits into a 
 mortised recess in the ridge pole in such manner 
 as to be absolutely firm yet flexible. The opposite 
 or outer er.d of the grooved rafter is secured by 
 means of screws or bolts to the eaves plate. This 
 form of joint between the roofing sheets is abso- 
 lutely weathertight and at the same time provides 
 for all oscillation or working of the car frame, 
 without breaking down or deteriorating. 
 
 Each sheet is further secured by a malleable iron 
 clip, interposed between the fascia and the 
 frieze. This clip is held in place by screws and 
 provides space for the free circulation of air and 
 water. The roof sheathing is applied over the 
 intermediate purlins in the usual manner. The 
 ridge joint formed by the abutting ends of the 
 roof sheathing boards may be covered under the 
 running board saddles by a strip of asbestos pro- 
 tected metal, secured to the sheathing by nails. 
 
 Rocker (Tip Car). A crescent-shaped casting bolted 
 to the rocker timbers of the car body on which the 
 body rests and rolls when the body is tipped. 
 
 Rocker Bearing i Tip Car). The iron cap for the 
 rocker bearing timber to support the rocker. 
 
 Rocker Bearing Timber (Tip Car). A horizontal tim- 
 ber at the end of the car, on which the rocker bear- 
 ing rests. 
 
 Rocker Bearing Timber Hangers (Tip Car). Vertical 
 timbers or iron bars framed and bolted to the end 
 piece, to which the rocker bearing timbers are 
 fastened. 
 
 Rocker Car Seat. A seat having the bottom adjustable 
 so as to give it an inclination toward the seat back 
 in all cases, on whichever side the seat back may 
 be placed. All modern car seats have mechanism 
 by which this inclination is automatically given to 
 the seat when the back is reversed or swung back. 
 See Car Seat. 
 
 Rccker Casting (Car Seats). A casting forming a part 
 of the cushion carrier or stand, which is moved 
 back and forth by the seat back arms, and moves 
 the cushion forward, as well as giving it some in- 
 clination toward the back. 
 
 Rocker Side Bearing (Trucks). A device somewhat 
 similar to the Roller Side Bearing, which see. In- 
 stead of rollers, elliptical rockers are used, which 
 tend to offer a gradually increasing resistance to 
 the lateral motion of the bolster and tend to re- 
 turn it to its normal position at all times. 
 
 Rocker Timbers (Tip Car). See Rocker. 
 
 Rocking Bar (Heaters). A horizontal bar which sup- 
 ports the grate, and on which the latter is attached 
 by a pivot in the center so that it can be turned 
 horizontally and thus shake down the ashes. 
 
 Rock Plank. A Truss Plank, which see. 
 
 Rod. In car building this term generally means a 
 slender bar of iron with a nut on each end, in dis- 
 tinction from a bolt which has a head on one end 
 and a nut on the other. Very long bolts, however, 
 are often called rods. Rods in general take their 
 name from the parts with which they are connected 
 or the use which they serve. 
 
ROD 
 
 136 
 
 ROO 
 
 Rod Hanger (Bell Cord). Fig -2371, etc. See Bell Cord 
 Hanger. 
 
 Rodger Ballast Car and Distributing Plow. Figs. 64-68. 
 A hopper-bottom car with bottom doors by which 
 crushed stone or gravel ballast can be distributed 
 between the rails, and a flat car with a plow at- 
 tached beneath it, by which the ballast is leveled 
 and plowed out over the ends of the ties and 
 cleaned from the rails. See Hart Convertible Car. 
 
 Roe Ventilator. Fig. 4425. See Ventilators. 
 
 Rolled Axle. An axle made of rolled iron. See Axle, 
 Car Axle. 
 
 Roller. 1. "That which rolls; that which turns on its 
 own axis, particularly a cylinder of wood, stone, 
 metal, etc." — Webster. 
 
 2. (Window Shades.) Fig. 4681. The cylinder 
 on which the shade is rolled up, containing within 
 it the springs which actuate it. See Hartshorn and 
 McKay Shade Roller. 
 
 Roller Side Bearing Truck. Fig 4700. A lateral motion 
 diamond truck the frame of which is very like a 
 swing motion truck (Fig. 4705), with a rigid spring 
 plank. Lateral motion is given to the truck bolster 
 by placing it upon cylindrical rollers resting upon 
 the spring caps. The spring cap and bolster bear- 
 ing plate are concaved, so that the motion of the 
 rollers is restrained and the truck bolster given 
 stability. See Rocker Side Bearing (Truck). 
 
 Roller Side Bearings, Body and Truck. Fig. 4340, etc. 
 See Anti-Friction Side Bearings. 
 
 Roof. Fig. 2098, etc. "The cover or upper part of a 
 house or other building, consisting of rafters cov- 
 ered with boards, shingles, or tiles, with a side or 
 sides sloping from the ridge for the purpose of 
 carrying off the water that falls in rain or snow." 
 — Webster. The roof of passenger cars is in two 
 parts, commonly called the Upper and Lower Deck, 
 which see. See Car Roof; also 
 Arched Roof. Pitching Roof. 
 
 "A" Car Roof Platform Roof. 
 
 Corrugated Metal Car Single Board Roof. 
 
 Roof. Winslow Roof. 
 
 Double Board Roof. 
 
 Roof Apron. 106, Figs. 599-619. A vertical or inclined 
 metal or wooden screen attached to the end of 
 a passenger car roof to prevent cinders, rain, or 
 snow from being driven on to the platform and 
 into the doorway. 
 
 Roof Ascending Rail (British). See Ascending Rail. 
 
 Roof Boards. 1. 86, Figs. 262-272; 102, Figs. 599-619. 
 The boards which form a covering of a roof. The}' 
 run longitudinally on passenger cars and usually 
 transversely on freight cars. See Car Roof. 
 
 2. (British.) The planking forming the roof. It 
 invariably runs longitudinally. 
 
 Roof Brace (of a Center Lamp or Chandelier). Diag- 
 onal stays passing from the lamp to the roof. Verti- 
 cal supporting stays are known as lamp arms, with 
 or without a large center stay. 
 
 Roof Commode Handle (British). See Ascending Rail. 
 
 Roof Corner Casting (Passenger Cars). A cast iron 
 molding for the corners of platform roofs. They 
 are made rights and lefts, and are specified as for 
 a person standing and facing the end of the car. 
 
 Roof Cover Strips (Single Board Roofs). A metallic 
 U-shaped strip used to cover the joints of the roof 
 sheets. See Roof Strip. 
 
 Roof Door (Refrigerator Cars). Olr, Figs. 305-321. 
 The cover for the opening in the roof of the car 
 over the ice boxes. 
 
 Roof Hand Hold. Figs. 839-840. See Roof Grab Iron. 
 
 Roof Hand Rail. A hand rail usually made of gas pipe 
 in front of the brake wheel, designed to protect the 
 brakeman when applying the brakes. It is stiffened 
 by a hand rail brace. The whole arrangement is 
 designed to take the place of the brake step, which 
 has been disapproved of by vote of the M. C. B. 
 Association. See Brake Step. 
 
 Roof Grab Iron (Box and Stock Cars). 60, Figs. 262- 
 272, 305-321, etc. A hand hold. An iron bar fast- 
 ened to the roof to be grasped when ascending the 
 ladder at the end of the car. Also called ladder 
 handle. See Grab Iron. 
 
 Roof Lamp (British). A lamp used to illuminate the 
 inside of a carriage or other covered vehicle. A 
 circular hole, about 8 in. in diameter, is cut through 
 the roof, and the roof lamp placed in this aperture 
 from the outside, the glass and burner when in 
 position being a little below the inner surface of 
 the roof, and entirely inaccessible from within. 
 This form of lamp is wastful of oil, yields a dim 
 and uncertain light, is costly to handle and the 
 glass is constantly broken. It is therefore being 
 superseded in Germany and Great Britain by the 
 Pintsch and similar methods of using compressed 
 oil gas and by electric train lighting. 
 
 Roof Landing. A small platform built on the roof of 
 a trolley car on which inspectors step in climbing 
 upon the roof to inspect the trolley. In freight 
 cars 't is called a roof step. 
 
 Roof Light. A Deck Sash, which see. 
 
 Roof Panel (End). The panel over the door of a pas- 
 senger car. 
 
 Roof Ridge (Freight Cars). The intersection of the 
 two plane surfaces forming a pitching roof. 
 
 Roof Running Board. 87, Figs. 262-272, etc. See Run- 
 ning Board. 
 
 Roof Running Board Bracket. 89, Figs. 262-272, etc. 
 See Running Board Bracket. 
 
 Roof Running Board Extension. 88, Figs. 262-272, etc. 
 See Running Board Extension. 
 
 Roof Sheets. Metallic sheets, 'sometimes corrugated 
 and sometimes not, for covering freight car roofs. 
 Their joints are sometimes closed by a roof cover 
 strip, and sometimes the edges fit into grooves in 
 wooden carlines or joint strips. See Car Roof. 
 
 Roof Step (Freight Car Roofs). A horizontal board 
 which extends sidewise from the running board to 
 near the side of the car above the ladder, its object 
 being to give a secure foothold and protect the roof 
 from wear. It is not much in use. 
 
 Roof Stick or Hoop Stick (British). American equiva- 
 lent, carline. A piece of timber which supports 
 the planking of the roof, and is either bent or cut 
 to the curve of the roof. 
 
 Roof Strips. 1. Used quite frequently, but somewhat 
 confusedly, to designate a Purlin, which see. 
 
 2. (Passenger Cars.) Narrow wooden strips at- 
 tached as stifteners to the under side of the car- 
 lines of the lower deck. 
 
 3. (Winslow and Other Car Roofs.) Fig. 2110. 
 A longitudinal wooden strip on top of the metal 
 roof sheets to which the roof boards are attached. 
 The central roof strip is called in other roofs a 
 ridge clamp. Sometimes at the ridge a single ridge 
 clamp is used. 
 
 Roof Thimble (Pintsch Lamp). 291, Figs. 3208-3224 
 Roof Ventilator.. A Ventilator, which see, in the roof 
 
 of a car. 
 Roofing (M. C. B. Standard). Figs. 5749-5756. 
 
ROO 
 
 137 
 
 SAF 
 
 Roofing Canvas. A heavy cotton cloth or duck for 
 covering the outside of the roofs of cars, chiefly 
 used on street cars. 
 
 In Great Britain it is universally used for all cars 
 with roofs. It is bedded on fresh thick white lead 
 or Smudge, which see, and then receives several 
 coats of the same paint. 
 
 Roofing Duck. The trade name for the cloth used for 
 head linings, manufactured in any width up to 12 
 ft. It is lighter than roofing canvas. 
 
 Rope. "A large string or line composed of several 
 strands twisted together." — Webster. See Berth 
 Safety Rope, Berth Spring Rope. 
 
 Roping Staple. 5S. Figs. 262-272. A U-bolt secured to 
 the side sill near the end of a car into which the 
 hook of a switching rope may be caught, so that a 
 switching locomotive may pull cars on side tracks 
 while it is on the main track, or vice versa. 
 
 Rose. Fig. 2484. See Door Latch Rose. Sometimes 
 called a rosette. 
 
 Rotary Snow Shovel. See Snow Shovel. 
 
 Rotary Valve (Motorman's Brake Valve, etc.). Figs. 
 1225-1226. The main valve which rotates when the 
 handle is turned. 
 
 Rotary Valve Key (Motorman's Brake Valve, etc.). 
 14. Figs. 1225-1226. 
 
 Rough Stuff or Scraping Filling Coat (Painting). The 
 next coat after the Priming, which see. Its pur- 
 pose is not to protect, but to level the surface of 
 the wood. Therefore, none of it is left on the 
 higher portions of the surface, but used merely to 
 fill the hollows to a level with these. The surface 
 is scraped to an even plane level with the highest 
 level of the bare wood. After 24 hours to dry, 
 a second coat is put on, scraped down to the level 
 of the highest portions of the bare wood. After a 
 second 24 hours to dry, the car is sand papered or 
 rubbed down, pumice stoned, and is ready for the 
 Color Coats, which see. See also Painting. A 
 common material for this coat is 6 lbs. keg white 
 lead. 7 lbs. whiting, mixed thick with coat japan 
 and ground in a paint mill. This mixture is 
 thinned with turpentine, so as to be thin enough 
 to work easily, and so thick as not to run. It is 
 put on with a leveler or scraper, often made of an 
 old saw blade. 
 
 Round (of a ladder). 59. Figs. 262-272, 815-816. The 
 horizontal bars on which the foot rests. They are 
 called rounds, whether of wood or iron, and 
 whether round or square. See Ladder Rounds. 
 
 Rubber Floor Mat. Fig. 2671. There are two leading 
 styles, corrugated rubber and perforated rubber. 
 
 Rubber Gasket. See Gasket. 
 
 Rubber Spring. A car spring made of india rubber. 
 They are rarely used, it having been found diffi- 
 cult to secure uniform quality, and the cost of a 
 reall}' good quality being higher than steel spiral 
 springs of equal efficiency and durability. The 
 same is true of the various rubber and steel com- 
 pound springs. Rubber springs are in occasional 
 use on platform safety chains for passenger equip- 
 ment, and in Great Britain they are used for draft 
 and buffing springs. 
 Rubber Tread (for Step). Fig. 977. An india rubber 
 covering fastened to a step, or threshold plate, of 
 a car to prevent persons from slipping when 
 ascending or descending the steps. 
 Rubberoid Car Roof. Figs. 2151-2155. A composition 
 material intended to be laid between the inside and 
 outside board roofs. 
 
 Rules for Interchange. See Interchange of Traffic. 
 
 Runners (Foundry). Apertures which connect the ju- 
 gate of a mold for cast metals with spaces to be 
 filled with molten metal. 
 
 Running Board. 1. 87, Figs. 202-272, etc. A plane sur- 
 face, made usually of boards, for trainmen to walk 
 or run on. It is placed on the roof of box or stock- 
 cars and at the side of tank cars. Gondola and flat 
 cars usually have none. 
 
 2. (Tank Car.) 119, Figs. 545-549. The only 
 substitute for a car floor. 
 
 Running Board Blocking. 8Ga, Figs. 305-321. Angu- 
 lar wooden blocks, the acute angle of which is the 
 same as the slope of the car roof. Inserted under 
 the running boards to level them up and to give 
 them a bearing on the roof boards over the car- 
 lines. 
 
 Running Board Bracket. 1. 89, Figs. 262-272 and Figs. 
 822-823. Wrought iron supports bolted to the end 
 of a box or stock car to carry the Running Board 
 Extension, which see. 
 
 2. (Tank Car.) Cast iron knees attached to the 
 main sills of a tank car, and projecting outward to 
 support the running board. 
 
 Running Board Extension. 88, Figs. 262-272. The part 
 which extends beyond the end of the car body so 
 as to bring the ends of the running boards on ad- 
 joining cars nearer together to facilitate the pas- 
 sage of trainmen from one car to another. See 
 Running Board. 
 
 Running Beard Extension Bracket. Figs 822. A 
 bracket to support the Running Board Extension, 
 which see. 
 
 Russell Snow Plows. Fig. 249. 
 
 Russia Iron. A form of sheet iron manufactured in 
 Russia the exact process for making which has 
 heretofore been kept secret, but which consists 
 essentially in forming a chemical compound of 
 iron upon its surface at the same time that it is 
 highly polished, so that it is not likely to rust. 
 Modern substitutes for this iron are also known as 
 Planished Iron, which see. 
 
 Russwin Liquid Door Check. Fig. 2653. 
 
 s 
 
 Saddle. "A seat or pad to be placed on the back of an 
 animal to support the rider or the load." — Knight. 
 Hence, a block or plate which acts as a bearing 
 or support for a rod, beam, etc., in construction, is 
 called a saddle. See Body Truss Rod Saddle, 
 Truss Rod Saddle, Bolster Truss Rod Saddle. 
 
 Safety Appliances. (M. C. B. Standards). Figs. 5637- 
 5684. See Protection to Trainmen. In 1893 a Recom- 
 mended Practice was adopted on safety appliances 
 under the subheads as given. In 1896 some changes 
 were made, especially in regard to handholds, and 
 by the elimination of various details from drawing. 
 In 1902 it was changed to Standard. 
 
 In 1905 the drawings were revised to more clear- 
 ly define the location of safety appliances on cars. 
 Also, the lower round of the end ladder with 
 wooden rails was made straight instead of having 
 an offset. 
 
 In 1906 the position of the brake shaft and loca- 
 tion of roof handholds were modified. 
 
 In 1907 a set of drawings were devoted entirely 
 to illustrating these standards. 
 
 In 1908 a thorough revision was made of both 
 text and drawings in order to make their meaning 
 and intent clear and adaptable to all existing types 
 
SAF 
 
 136 
 
 SAF 
 
 of car equipment, and to be capable of but one in- 
 terpretation. 
 
 FREIGHT TRAIN CARS. 
 
 Preface. Cars of construction not covered specifically 
 in the following sections, relative to handholds, sill 
 steps and ladders, and not shown by the drawings, 
 shall be considered as of special construction but 
 shall have the same complement of handholds, sill 
 steps and ladders as are required for cars of the 
 nearest approximate type. 
 
 BRAKE SHAFTS. 
 
 (1) The brake .shaft to be located on 
 the end of car, preferably to the left of 
 the centre thereof, when facing the end of 
 car. 
 
 (2) On cars without fixed ends the lo- 
 cation of brake shafts to be suitable to 
 the car construction and operation. 
 
 (3) The ratchet wdieel to be secured 
 from turning cm the brake shaft. 
 
 (4) The brake pawl to be fastened to a 
 suitable casting or plate attached to the 
 car body or brake step. 
 
 RUNNING BOARDS. 
 
 Brake-shaft 
 location. 
 
 On open-end 
 cars. 
 
 Ratchet wheel. 
 Brake pawl. 
 
 Running 
 boards. 
 
 Width on 
 house cars. 
 
 Width on 
 tank cars. 
 
 Projection. 
 
 Sill steps. 
 Number and 
 location. 
 
 dimensions. 
 
 Width. 
 
 Height from 
 rail. 
 
 Deep steps. 
 
 Fastenings. 
 
 Ladders. 
 Number. 
 
 Location. 
 
 (1) Box and other house cars to be 
 provided with running boards on roof, 
 not less than 18 inches wide. 
 
 (2) Longitudinal running boards on 
 tank cars used in connection with safety 
 railings to be not less than 10 inches. 
 Running boards will not be required on 
 tank cars having floors. 
 
 (3.) The ends of all running boards 
 which project more than four inches over 
 the edge of roof of ends of cars to be 
 properly supported. 
 
 SILL STEPS. 
 
 (1) One substantial sill step to be se- 
 cured to each side of car at the lower 
 right-hand corner, this being the corner 
 on the right, when facing the side of car. 
 The side of the sill step next to the cor- 
 ner to be as near as practicable to the end 
 of the car. 
 
 (2) Sill steps to be made of wrought 
 iron or steel about % by 1% inches cross 
 sectional area or equivalent. 
 
 (3) Sill steps to be about 12 inches long 
 between the sides, measured horizontally 
 at the tread. 
 
 (4) The lower treads of sill steps to 
 be about 24 inches and not more than 32 
 inches above the rail, the clear depth of 
 sill steps to be not less than G inches. 
 
 (5) Sill steps exceeding 18 inches in 
 depth to have an additional tread above 
 the lower tread, and such sill steps to be 
 laterally braced. 
 
 (6) Each side of sill steps on cars to be 
 securely fastened by means of lag screws, 
 bolts and rivets. 
 
 LADDERS. 
 
 (1) Box and other house cars, and all 
 cars the top of which cannot be reached 
 from sill steps or platform end sills, shall 
 have two wrought iron wooden ladders. 
 
 (2) Ladders to be located at diagonal 
 corners, on right-hand end of sides of cars 
 or left-hand side of ends of cars. When 
 cars have platform end sills, ladders may 
 
 Dimensions. 
 
 Spacing. 
 
 Clearance. 
 
 Footguard. 
 
 Tank-car 
 ladders. 
 
 Handholds 
 
 Roof 
 
 handholds. 
 
 etc 
 
 Bo 
 
 Side 
 
 handholds 
 
 End 
 handholds 
 
 etc. 
 
 Box, 
 Side 
 handholds. 
 
 End 
 handholds. 
 
 be located near center of ends of cars. 
 High side gondola cars with fixed ends 
 having brake staff platform at one end of 
 car should have ladders and sill steps on 
 both sides at same end of car. 
 
 (,3) Ladder treads of wrought iron or 
 steel, to be of % inch nominal diameter: 
 or of hardwood, to be nominally \Vi by 2 
 inches, about 10 .inches clear length. 
 
 (4) The spacing of treads of ladders to 
 be about 18 inches. 
 
 (b) All ladder treads shall have a mini- 
 mum clearance around them of 2 inches, 
 nominal clearance 2 J 2 inches. 
 
 (0) When wrought iron or steel ladders 
 without sides are placed on ends of cars 
 with non-projecting end sills, the bottom 
 treads to have a guard or upward pro- 
 jection at inside ends. 
 
 (7) Tank cars having running boards to 
 be provided with suitable ladders to give 
 access to the running boards; the ladders 
 to be located on right-hand end of sides 
 of cars or left-hand side of ends of cars 
 when running boards are continuous 
 around the car. If running boards are 
 not continuous, ladders to be so located 
 as to give access to each end of each 
 running board. Treads of ladders to be 
 spaced about 18 inches apart. 
 
 HANDHOLDS. 
 
 (1) Box and other house cars shall 
 have handholds on roofs, in line with each 
 ladder, running parallel with the ladder 
 treads. 
 
 (2) Roof handholds to be placed not 
 less than 2 inches nor more than 18 inches 
 from the edge of the roof and the length 
 to be not less than 10 inches in the clear, 
 unless the construction of the car will 
 not permit. 
 
 (3) Box and other house cars with end 
 ladders to be provided with a horizontal 
 or vertical handhold, 10 inches in the clear 
 or longer, on each side of each car over 
 sill step; if horizontal side handholds are 
 used they shall be located not more than 
 30 inches above center line of coupler. 
 
 (4) Each end of car to be provided with 
 two horizontal handholds, not less than 
 12 inches, and preferably 10 inches in the 
 clear, or longer, located not over 30 inches 
 above center line of coupler, or placed 
 under the end sill as near the face as will 
 insure a good, safe fastening, or, if pre- 
 ferred, may be placed on the face of end 
 sill. The coupler unlocking rod, the tread 
 of the ladder or any suitably located part 
 of the car which does not exceed two 
 inches on each side or in diameter, and 
 has the proper clearance, will be consid- 
 ered a suitable end handhold. 
 
 (0) Box and other house cars having side 
 ladders located over sill step, a tread of 
 such ladder, not over 30 inches above cen- 
 ter line of coupler, is an effective hand- 
 hold. 
 
 (7) Each end of car to lie provided 
 with two horizontal handholds, not less 
 than 12 inches, and preferably It', inches 
 
SAF 
 
 139 
 
 SAF 
 
 Gondola cars 
 drop ends. 
 Side 
 
 ii::i' :'. i~ 
 
 End 
 
 handholds. 
 
 Drawing 
 
 r .-.::: : :- 
 
 Gondola cars 
 Fixed ends. 
 Side 
 
 handholds. 
 
 i : p-er.i 
 handholds 
 
 Side 
 
 handholds 
 high cars. 
 
 End 
 handholds 
 
 Brake-step 
 bracket as 
 handhold. 
 
 in the clear, or longer, located not over 
 30 inches above center line of coupler or 
 placed under the end sill as near the face 
 as will insure a good, safe fastening, or. 
 if preferred, may be placed on the face 
 of end sill. The coupler unlocking rod. 
 or any suitably located part of the car 
 which does not exceed two inches on 
 each side or in diameter, and has the 
 proper clearance, will be considered a 
 suitable end handhold. 
 
 (9) Gondola cms with drop cuds to be 
 provided with a horizontal or vertical 
 handhold on each side of each car over 
 sill steps, with as much clear length as the 
 car construction will permit, provided 
 same need not exceed 16 inches; and 
 
 (10) If horizontal side handholds are 
 used they shall be located not more than 
 30 inches above center line of coupler. 
 
 ( 11) Gondola cars with drop ends to be 
 provided with two end handholds not less 
 than 12 inches., and preferably It; inches 
 in the clear, or longer, at each end of 
 car, placed under the end sills as near the 
 face as will insure a good, safe fastening. 
 and as shown. 
 
 (12) If preferred, the end handholds 
 may be placed on the face of end sills, as 
 shown on the alternate illustration. 
 
 (13) The coupler unlocking rod when 
 properly located and having proper clear- 
 ance around it under all conditions, in- 
 cluding projecting loads, will be a suit- 
 able end handhold. 
 
 (14) Gondola cars zi'itli fixed ends to be 
 provided with a horizontal or vertical 
 handhold, on each side of each car over 
 sill steps, with as much clear length as 
 car construction will permit, provided 
 handholds need not exceed 16 inches in 
 length; and 
 
 (15) If horizontal handholds are used 
 they shall be located not more than 30 
 inches above center line of coupler. 
 
 (16) Gondola cars without projecting 
 end sills, having ladders located on sides, 
 to have one vertical or horizontal hand- 
 hold at upper corner of left-hand side of 
 brake end of car. 
 
 (17) Vertical handhold to extend down- 
 ward from about i inches from top of 
 car: horizontal handhold located about 6 
 inches from top of car. 
 
 (18) Each end of each car to be pro- 
 vided with two horizontal handholds not 
 less than 12 inches, and preferably 16 
 inches in the clear, or longer, located not 
 over 30 inches above the center line of 
 coupler or placed under the end sill as 
 near the face as will insure a good, safe 
 fastening, or, if preferred, may be placed 
 on the face of the end sill. The coupler 
 unlocking rod, when properly located, and 
 having proper clearance around it, is a 
 suitable end handhold. 
 
 (19) Exception to be made when the 
 car is provided with a brake step, in 
 which case the bracket of the brake step, 
 if of suitable height, may be used as a 
 
 Tank-car 
 
 safety 
 
 railings. 
 
 Tank-head- top 
 
 handhold. 
 
 Side 
 
 har.dli; ii; 
 
 Safety-railing 
 posts as 
 handholds. 
 
 End 
 
 l:i:: ih : '. is. 
 
 Flat cars. 
 Side 
 
 .:.-'■-.' .: 
 
 handhold on that side of the end of the 
 car. as shown. 
 
 (20) The arrangement without brake 
 step is shown. 
 
 (21 1 High cars with vertical end hand- 
 holds are shown. 
 
 (22 ) High cars with horizontal side 
 handholds are shown. 
 
 (23) All tank cars to have a safety rail- 
 ing for each running board, not less than 
 30 inches and not more than 5 feet above 
 platform or above running board. Hand 
 railing may be on the outside of running 
 board, secured to side frame, or may be 
 on the inside of running board, secured 
 to tank or tank bands: or, in case of there 
 being one overhead running board, the 
 hand railing may be secured to top of 
 tank, or tank bands. 
 
 (24) Tank cars with end platforms and 
 without hand railings extending around 
 the ends of the tank to have a horizontal 
 handhold of as much length in the clear 
 as the diameter of the tank will permit, 
 secured to each head and located not less 
 than 30 inches and not more than 5 feet 
 above platforms. 
 
 (25) Tank cars to be provided with a 
 horizontal or vertical handhold, 16 inches 
 in the clear or longer, on each side of 
 each car over sill steps. Tank cars hav- 
 ing safety railings secured to the tank to 
 be provided with an additional vertical 
 handhold attached to the tank. 
 
 (26) Tank cars provided with side 
 safety railings, supported by posts which 
 are not more than 2 inches on each side 
 or 2 inches in diameter; the posts are suit- 
 able side handholds if located over sill 
 steps. 
 
 (27) Tank cars to be provided with two 
 horizontal end handholds, not less than 12 
 inches, and preferably 16 inches in the 
 clear, or longer, located not over 30 
 inches above the center line of coupler, 
 and. 
 
 (28) If preferred, the end handholds 
 ma}- be placed on the face of the end sills 
 or under the end sills as near the face as 
 will insure a good, safe fastening. The 
 coupler unlocking rod, when properly lo- 
 cated and having proper clearance around 
 it, is a suitable end handhold. 
 
 (29) Tank cars with side platform and 
 hand railings secured to side frame to 
 have handholds, as shown. 
 
 (30) Tank cars without end sills, the 
 end handholds may be secured to tank 
 heads, or to end running boards on car so 
 equipped, as shown. 
 
 (31) Tank cars without through side 
 sills but having running boards and safety 
 railing secured to tank or tank bands to 
 have handholds, as shown. 
 
 (32) Flat cars to be provided with a 
 horizontal handhold on each side of each 
 car over sill steps, with as much clear 
 length as the car construction will per- 
 mit, provided same need not exceed 16 
 inches. 
 
SAF 
 
 140 
 
 SAF 
 
 End 
 
 handholes and 
 
 drawing 
 
 references. 
 
 Coupler- 
 unlocking rod 
 as end 
 
 handhold. 
 
 Hopper-car 
 
 side 
 
 handholds. 
 
 High cars. 
 
 End 
 
 handholds. 
 
 Brake-step 
 bracket as 
 handhold. 
 
 Caboose cars. 
 
 With 
 
 platforms. 
 
 Without 
 platforms. 
 
 Side-door 
 handholds 
 and steps. 
 
 Curved 
 
 handholds. 
 
 Through bolts. 
 
 (33) Flat cars to be provided with two 
 end handholds not less than 12 inches, 
 and preferably 16 inches in the clear, at 
 each end of car; placed under the end sills 
 as near the face as will insure a good, 
 safe fastening, and as shown, or, 
 
 (34) If preferred, the end handholds 
 may be placed on the face of the end sills, 
 as shown on the alternate illustration, or, 
 
 (35) The coupler unlocking rod, when 
 properly located and having proper clear- 
 ance around it under all conditions, in- 
 cluding projecting loads, will be a suitable 
 end handhold. 
 
 (36) Hopper cars to be provided with 
 horizontal or vertical handholds on each 
 side of each car over sill steps, with as 
 much clear length as the car construction 
 will permit, provided handholds need not 
 exceed 16 inches length in the clear. 
 
 (37) If horizontal handholds are used, 
 thej' shall be located not more than 30 
 inches above center line of coupler. 
 
 (38) Hopper cars without platform end 
 sills, having ladders located on sides, to 
 have one vertical or horizontal handhold 
 at upper corner of left-hand side of brake 
 end of car; 
 
 (39) Vertical handhold to extend down- 
 ward from about 4 inches from top of 
 car; horizontal handhold located about 6 
 inches from top of car. 
 
 (40) Each end of hopper cars to be pro- 
 vided with two horizontal handholds not 
 less than 12 inches, and preferably 10 
 inches in the clear, or longer, located not 
 over 30 inches above center line of 
 coupler, or placed under the end sill as 
 near the face as will insure a good, safe 
 fastening, or, if preferred, may be placed 
 on the face of end sill. The coupler un- 
 locking rod, or a tread of ladder, when 
 properly located and having proper clear- 
 ance around it, is a suitable end hand- 
 hold. 
 
 (41) Exception to be made when the 
 car is provided with a brake step, in 
 which case the bracket of the brake step, 
 if of suitable height, may be used as a 
 handhold on that side of the end of car. 
 
 CABOOSE CARS. 
 
 (43) Caboose ears having end platforms, 
 the platform railings and posts will be 
 effective handholds. 
 
 (44) Caboose cars not having end plat- 
 forms to be equipped with side and end 
 handholds, same as described for box and 
 other house cars. 
 
 (45) Caboose cars having side doors, to 
 have vertical handholds on each door post 
 and suitable steps below doorway. 
 
 (46) Curved hand railings located so as 
 to facilitate catching caboose cars under 
 motion, will be considered as suitable 
 handholds. 
 
 HANDHOLD) AND LADDER TREAD ) FASTENINGS,, 
 DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. 
 
 (1) All handholds and ladder treads ap- 
 plied on wood to be secured by through 
 bolts or lag screws. 
 
 Bolt 
 description. 
 
 Lag screws. 
 
 Clearance. 
 
 Material. 
 
 Coupler 
 unlocking-rod. 
 
 Brake-step 
 bracket used 
 as a 
 handhold. 
 
 Railings as 
 handholds. 
 
 Wide vestibule 
 
 side 
 
 handholds. 
 
 Wide vestibule 
 
 end 
 
 handholds. 
 
 Non-platform 
 
 corner 
 
 handholds. 
 
 Steps. 
 
 Hand-railing. 
 
 End 
 
 handholds. 
 
 Step 
 dimensions. 
 
 (2) When bolts are used, they should 
 be not less than % inch diameter, with 
 nuts on the outside wherever possible, and 
 riveted over. 
 
 (3) When lag screws are used, they 
 should be not less than % inch diameter, 
 3 inches long, and screwed full length into 
 the wood. 
 
 (4) When rivets are used, they should 
 be not less than %' inch diameter. 
 
 (5) All handholds and ladder treads 
 shall have a minimum clearance around 
 them of 2 inches, nominal clearance -\'i 
 inches. 
 
 (6) All handholds and ladder treads 
 made of wrought iron or steel to be of "s 
 inch nominal diameter, or larger. 
 
 (7) The coupler unlocking rod, if prop- 
 erly located and having minimum clear- 
 ance of 2 inches around it will be a suit- 
 able end handhold. 
 
 (8) Brake step brackets, if properly lo- 
 cated and not more than 30 inches above 
 center line of coupler, will be suitable end 
 handholds. 
 
 PASSENGER TRAIN CARS. 
 
 (1) Passenger train cars having open cud 
 platforms, platform steps, and platform 
 railings, the railings will be effective hand- 
 holds. 
 
 (2) Passenger train ears having wide 
 vestibules, the side door posts to be 
 equipped with vertical handholds of 16 
 inches clear length or longer. 
 
 (3) Passenger train cars having wide 
 vestibules also to be equipped with end 
 handholds, one on each side of each end 
 of car, with about 16 inches clear length, 
 attached to under side of platform end sill 
 or face of vestibule; but the body of any 
 handhold should not project beyond vesti- 
 bule face more than 1 inch. 
 
 (4) Passenger train cars not equipped 
 with platforms to have at each corner of 
 each car a vertical handhold of 16 inches 
 clear length, or longer. 
 
 (5) Passenger train cars with projecting 
 end sills to have a metal sill step under 
 each corner with tread not higher than 32 
 inches from the rail. 
 
 (0) Passenger train cars with projecting 
 end sills to have end hand railings extend- 
 ing across the ends of the cars, except 
 within end doorways or vestibules, lo- 
 cated a suitable height above top of end 
 sills. 
 
 (7) .-111 passenger train ears, excepting open 
 platform cars, to be equipped with end 
 handholds, one on each side of each end 
 of car, about 16 inches clear length, at- 
 tached to the end of car on face, or under 
 side of end of car as near the face as will 
 insure a good, safe fastening. 
 
 (8) Metal sill steps on passenger train 
 cars to be not less than % by 1% inches 
 cross sectional area or equivalent, and to 
 be securely fastened to the car. 
 
 (9) Handholds on passenger train cars 
 to be made of metal of % inch nominal 
 
 diameter, and to be securely fastened to 
 the car. 
 
SAF 
 
 141 
 
 SAF 
 
 (10) Passenger train cars without end 
 platforms, but with side doors, to have 
 vertical handholds and suitable steps be- 
 low doorway. 
 
 Safety Beam (Passenger Car Trucks). 51, Figs. 4771- 
 4777. A longitudinal timber connecting the end 
 piece and transom above the axles and inside of 
 each wheel piece. Iron straps (axle safety bear- 
 ings) are attached to the beam and pass under 
 the axles so as to hold them in position in case of 
 a breakage of axles or wheels on either side. An 
 additional middle safety beam is sometimes used 
 on six-wheel trucks. 
 
 Safety Beam Block. A block fastened to the under 
 side of a safety beam and to which a safety strap 
 is attached. It is put there to bring the safety 
 beam nearer to the axle, and is usually cut out so 
 as to conform to the shape of the latter. 
 
 Safety Beam Iron. 60, Figs. 47S0-4783. A wrought 
 iron bar or casting bolted to the transom (six- 
 wheel truck), by which the middle safet3 r beam is 
 attached to the transoms. 
 
 Safety Beam Tie Rod. 59, Figs. 4771-4777. A longi- 
 tudinal rod alongside a safety beam, tying the end 
 piece and transom together. A safety beam truss 
 rod sometimes serves as a substitute and equiva- 
 lent. 
 
 Safety Bearing.. See Axle Safety Bearing for safety 
 beam, above. 
 
 Safety Berth Latch. A device by r which it is made im- 
 possible for the berth to shut itself automatically 
 in case of accidental overturning of the cars. 
 These devices enable the Berth Safety Rope, which 
 see, to be dispensed with. 
 
 Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.'s Acetylene Lamps. 
 Figs. 1641-3203. 
 
 Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co.'s System of Steam 
 Heating.. Figs. -2922-3011. (Standard Systems.) 
 The fundamental principle of these systems is the 
 replacing of the heat of the Baker heater fire, by 
 the heat of the steam from the engine, applied by 
 means of jackets on portions of the circulation 
 piping, but in all cases leaving the Baker heater 
 system in such condition that a fire or steam can 
 be used, separately, or in conjunction, without its 
 being necessary to alter or adjust any valves or 
 other devices whatsoever. These systems are all 
 closed circulation, the seal of the Baker heater 
 being unbroken, and, therefore, there is no reduc- 
 tion of the water in the pipes, and no danger of 
 burning out the coil. Salt water may be used and 
 is recommended. 
 
 Details of the various applications to single and 
 double circulation are given in Figs. 2924-2932. The 
 water circulation being heated at from three to six 
 different points (instead of one point, as when fire 
 is used in the Baker heater) it produces more 
 rapid and more equable heating of the car. See 
 Coil Jacket System. 
 
 A system of direct steam heating is shown in 
 Fig. 2933. 
 
 The Thermo Jet System is shown in Figs. 2942- 
 2945. 
 
 Safety Chain. 1. See Brake Safety Chain (for brake 
 beams). Safety Coupling Chain (for draw gear), 
 Fig. 5769. 
 
 2. (British.) American equivalent, safety coup- 
 ling chain. An additional coupling chain provided 
 at one end with a hook, and intended to hold the 
 train together should the main coupling part. Two 
 are secured at each end of the vehicle, one on each 
 
 side of the main coupling. Also called side chain. 
 
 Safety Chain Eye. Fig. 944. An iron eye with a broad 
 base bolted to the under side of the side sills of a 
 passenger car to receive the hook on the end of a 
 Truck Safety Chain, which see. More commonly 
 Body Check Chain Eye, which see. 
 
 Safety Chain Eye Bolt or Strap Bolt. See Brake Safety 
 Chain Eye Bolt. 
 
 Safety Chains, Freight Car (M. C. B. Recommended 
 Practice, as to location of). Fig. 5769. 
 
 Safety Coupling Chain (Passenger Car Platforms). 
 Figs. 982-985. 1. A chain attached to the plat- 
 form end timber and hooked to an eye in the plat- 
 form of an adjoining car or tender so as to prevent 
 the train from being separated in case the couplers 
 should be detached. They are necessarily used in 
 pairs, an eye and a chain with hook being attached 
 to opposite sides of the same platform. 
 
 2. (M. C. B. Recommended Practice.) In 1893 
 a Recommended Practice was adopted for location 
 and details of platform safety chains for passenger 
 equipment cars. In 1896 this was modified as fol- 
 lows: Platform safety chains for passenger equip- 
 ment cars to be located 14% inches each side of 
 center; to be suitably attached to under side of 
 platform timbers, and to be of such length that 
 when extended horizontally the chain with hook- 
 shall measure 12% inches from face of end timber 
 to bearing point of hook, and the chain with eye 
 shall measure 2' n, 4. inches from face of end timber to 
 bearing point of eye. The hook shall not be more 
 than 1'%' inches thick transversely, and the eye 
 shall not be less than 1% inches wide, or less than 
 4 inches long in its opening. When facing end of 
 car the chain fitted with hook shall be on the left- 
 hand side, and the chain fitted with eye on the 
 right-hand side. 
 
 In 1894 a Recommended Practice was adopted 
 for safety chains for freight cars, when such chains 
 are used. The use of safety chains on freight cars 
 was not recommended, but when they are used on 
 cars for special services a location is recommended 
 as shown in Figs. 5769-5771. 
 
 In 1904 a Recommended Practice for safety chains 
 for steel cars was adopted, Figs. 5772-5775. 
 
 In 1905 the two designs of temporary safety 
 chains for cars carrying double loads, shown in 
 Figs. 5799-5802, were adopted as Recommended 
 Practice. 
 
 Safety's Direct Steam System. Fig. 2933. This de- 
 pends for its efficiency upon the close regulation 
 of steam supply possible with the special inlet 
 valve, 603A. This valve has a Jenkins Seat, and is 
 so constructed that the first full turn of the hand- 
 wheel only opens the valve enough to give 1-100 sq. 
 in. area of the inlet port. It can be adjusted by the 
 wheel so as to give any desired inlet area from 
 that point to the full area of 1 inch pipe. By this 
 means the flow of steam to the radiator pipes (and 
 therefore the car temperature) can be closely 
 regulated. 
 
 Safety Gate. See Platform Gate. 
 
 Safety Guard (for Spring Plank). Figs. 4849-4850. An 
 iron strap attached to the truck transoms and pass- 
 ing under the spring plank to hold up the latter in 
 case of accidental breaking of the link hangers. 
 More properly Spring Plank Safety Strap, which 
 see. 
 
 Safety Hanger. See above, also Brake Safety Chain, 
 Brake Safety Strap, Safety Hanger (for Lower 
 Brake Rod). 
 
SAF 
 
 142 
 
 SAS 
 
 Safety Hanger (for Lower Brake Roil). A metal loop 
 or eye attached to a truck and through which the 
 lower broke rod passes. It is intended to prevent 
 the brake rod from falling on the track in case it 
 or its connections should break. 
 
 Safety Latches. See Safety Berth Latch. 
 
 Safety Plate (Baker Fireproof Heaters). Figs. 2693- 
 2694, 2712. An iron plate which covers the hole in 
 the partition between the fire pot and the base of 
 the smoke flue. Its office is to prevent the ignited 
 coals from falling out if the heater be overturned. 
 It is operated by a safety plate handle, the safety 
 plate sliding between safety plate guides. Fig. 2712. 
 The safety plate is held closed by a safety plate 
 spring, Fig. 26H4, bearing upon the safety plate 
 handle. 
 
 Safety Plate and Gas Preventor (Baker's Mighty 
 Midget Heater). Fig. 2743. This is a cover for the 
 fire pot with an upturned flange, and is fitted to the 
 top, Fig. 2745. It has an upturned flange along its 
 hinged axis which deflects the cool air that enters 
 when the door is opened, and prevents its mixing 
 with the gases which escape from the fire pot 
 through the holes in the top, Fig. 2614. The gases 
 remaining hot pass up through the smoke flue and 
 do not escape into the car. 
 
 Safety Plate Guide. Sec Safety Plate. 
 
 Safety Plate Handle. See Safety Plate. 
 
 Safety Plate Spring. See Safety Plate. 
 
 Safety Rod (Postal Cars). A rod suspended from over- 
 head, over the pouch racks, within easy reach, to 
 serve as a handhold or grabiron in case of derail- 
 ment, etc. Certain fittings, Fig. 4025, are used to 
 fasten it to the roof or sides of the car; they are the 
 safety rod brackets, bushings and T joints. 
 
 Safety Rope (for Sleeping Car Berths). 26, Figs. 2201- 
 2206. More properly Berth Safety Rope, which see. 
 See also Safety Berth Latch. 
 
 Safety Step Treads. Fig. 2285. Rubber or metal 
 coverings for step treads which prevent the foot 
 from slipping. 
 
 Safety Straight Port Coupler. Fig. 2998. A straight 
 port steam hose coupler used on all equipments of 
 the Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 Safety Strap. See Axle Safety Strap, Brake Safety 
 Strap, Spring Plank Safety Strap. 
 
 Safety Valve. 1. (Baker Heater.) Figs. 2759-2760. A 
 valve formed of an india rubber ball, with which 
 an opening on top of the circulating drum is closed. 
 When the pressure in the drum exceeds the elas- 
 ticity of the rubber ball the latter permits the 
 steam or hot water to escape, and thus relieve the 
 former. This safety valve is often replaced by a 
 safety vent or bushing, Fig. 2737. The latter is 
 simply a cast iron cap, the top of which is cut out 
 so that if the pressure in the pipes becomes too 
 high the top will blow out and relieve it. A new 
 cap must be supplied whenever the pressure ex- 
 ceeds the limit and the head of the safety vent is 
 blown out. 
 
 2. (Consolidate! Heating Appratus.) Fig. 2892. 
 
 3. (Westing-house High Speed Brake.) Fig. 1256. 
 An improved type of relief valve applied to the 
 brake cylinders of such ears in a train as are not * 
 equipped witli a high speed reducing valve, to re- 
 lieve the brakes from excessive pressure. 
 
 I- ( Westinghouse Traction Brake.) The same 
 valve applied to main reservoirs to prevent an ex- 
 cessive accumulation of air pressure in case the 
 electric pump governor should fail lo act. 
 Safety Valve Ball (Baker Heater). See Safety Valve. 
 
 Safety Valve Body. 2, Fig. 1256. 
 
 Safety Vent and Bushing. See Safety Valve. 
 
 Safety Vent Valve. Fig. 3861. 
 
 St. Louis Car Seats. Fig. 4128. 
 
 Saloon. 1. "A lofty, spacious apartment." — Worcester. 
 
 2. The main room in a compartment car (rarely 
 used). 
 
 3. One of the smaller subdivisions or staterooms 
 of a sleeping or parlor car. 
 
 4. A retiring room, furnished with urinal and 
 closet hopper, or soil hopper; and in the more 
 luxurious cars with a water closet. The saloon is 
 commonly also provided with washing facilities. 
 Other terms are lavatory, closet, toilet, etc. 
 
 Saloon Door Plate or Notice Plate. Figs. 2621-2627. 
 
 Saloon Furnishings. Fig. 4042. 
 
 Saloon Handle. Figs. 4057-4060. See Urinal Handle. 
 
 Saloon Hopper. Figs. 4054-4056. See Closet Hopper. 
 Also called soil hopper. 
 
 Saloon Latch. Figs. 2585-2587. A latch for saloon doors, 
 which consists of a spring bolt, usually with a stop 
 on the inside, which locks the bolt fast, or with 
 a separate bolt for fastening the door from the in- 
 side. See below. 
 
 Saloon Lock. Figs. 2553-2554. The same as a saloon 
 latch, with provision for locking the door from the 
 outside. Saloon latches without locking facilities 
 are rarely used. 
 
 Saloon Paper Hook. Figs. 4063-4064. See Paper Hook. 
 
 Saloon Plate. See Notice Plate. 
 
 Saloon Roof. In most of the modern cars the saloon 
 is entirely roofed over so as to be distinct from 
 the body of the car. Sometimes the partitions are 
 carried up to the roof of the ear. 
 
 Saloon Seat. The wooden seat over a closet hopper. 
 
 Saloon Stop Latch. See Saloon Latch. 
 
 Saloon Ventilating Jack. See Ventilator. 
 
 Samson Dry Closet. Figs. 4051-4056. 
 
 Sand Blast Process. 1. A process of cutting glass by 
 blowing sand upon it with a strong blast of air. 
 The glass is covered with paper or other elastic 
 surface, which it is found the sand does not cut at 
 all while rapidly cutting away the glass itself. The 
 process was invented by observing the action of 
 sand blown by the wind upon the rocks in the 
 western plains of the United States, and is now 
 largely used in place of wheel cutting. 
 
 2. The same principle is used in larger machines 
 for cleaning the rust and old paint from steel cars, 
 bridges, etc., before repainting. Such a machine 
 is shown in Fig 6010. 
 
 Sand Box (Street Cars). A box placed under the seats 
 containing grit for sanding the tracks. It is pro- 
 vided with a spout and valve, operated by a lever, 
 connecting rod and lexer bidder. 
 
 Sand Plank. 43. Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777. A common 
 name for spring plank. 
 
 Sander (Wood Working Machinery). Fig. 6S00. A 
 machine used lo finish the rough surface of boards 
 by the use of sand or similar abrasive. The abra- 
 sive is spread in a thin layer over sheets of paper 
 covered with glue and these sheets when dry are 
 mounted on horizontal rollers over a movable bed 
 or table. The rolls are rapidly revolved and the 
 board is run under them. 
 
 Sandwich Plates. See Flitch Plates, Body Bolster 
 Flitch Plates. 
 
 Sash. The frame of a window or blind, in which the 
 glass or slats are set. but commonly used, espe- 
 cially in compound words, as a substitute for win- 
 dow, which means the window- and sash complete. 
 
SAS 
 
 143 
 
 SCR 
 
 The various members used in framing a sash are 
 the same as a Door Frame, which see. See 
 Deck Sash. Mirror Sash. 
 
 Door Case Window Swinging Sash. 
 
 Sash. Upper Door Sash. 
 
 Door Light (.British). Ventilator Sash. 
 Door Sash. Window Blind Sash. 
 
 Lower Door Sash. Window Sash. 
 
 Sash Balance. Figs. 4642-4671. A spring or weight, 
 with or without a cord, so connected to a sash as 
 to counterbalance its weight and make it easy to 
 raise or lower. There are numerous devices of 
 this kind, the O. M. Edwards, Caldwell, National 
 and Grip Xut Co.'s being illustrated. 
 
 Sash Bar Lift. Figs. 4(539-4641. A sash lift having a 
 projecting bar sufficiently large to be grasped by 
 the entire hand. Chiefly used for heavy double 
 windows, in parlor cars, etc. 
 
 Sash Fastener. A Sash Lock, which see. 
 
 Sash Holder. See Sash Lock. 
 
 Sash Lift. 43. Figs. 2201-2202; Figs. 4613-4641. A metal 
 finger hold attached to the bottom rail of a window 
 sash for raising and lowering it. They are some- 
 times let in flush, and so called (Fig. 4633), but 
 usually attached on the outside. Sometimes, but 
 rarely, the sash lift is a mere knob, and so called. 
 A Window Blind Lift, Figs. 4545-4572, which see, 
 is a somewhat similar device. See Bar Lift, End 
 Door Sash Lift. 
 
 Sash Lock. Figs. 4597-4612. A spring bolt attached 
 to a window sash, or (rarely) a window blind, 
 provided with thumb lever (sash lock trigger), to 
 withdraw the bolt with by one hand, while the 
 sash is lifted by the other. Both hands must thus 
 be used. To accomplish this end less awkwardly 
 sash balances. Figs. 4642-4664, have been adopted. 
 See also Deck Sash Latch. 
 
 In the common form of sash lock. Fig. 4599, the 
 sash lock bolt. 1, is pressed outward by the sash 
 lock spring, 2, and moved inward when desired by 
 the sash lock trigger, 3. The bolt enters into a 
 sash lock bushing. Fig, 4575. let into the parting 
 strip or other part of the window casing. In place 
 of the bushing sash lock stops. Figs. 4573-4582, or 
 sash lock plates, fastened upon the outside of the 
 window casing, or let in flush, are sometimes used. 
 and occasionally a sash lock rack. Figs. 4-591-4594. 
 A sash lock lower stop is often added at the bottom 
 to hold the sash shut and prevent it from being 
 opened from the outside. 
 
 Sash Lock Bolt. 1. Fig. 4599. See above. 
 
 Sash Lock Bushing. Figs. 4531-4532. See above. 
 
 Sash Lock Lower Stop. See above and Sash Lock 
 Stop. 
 
 Sash Lock Plate. Figs. 4591-4593. A sash lock stop. 
 See below. 
 
 Sash Lock Rack. Figs. 4594-4595. 
 
 Sash Lock Spring. 2, Fig. 4599. See Sash Lock. 
 
 Sash Lock Stop. Figs. 4573-4582. There are two kinds 
 of stops, upper stops for holding the window open, 
 and lower stops to hold it shut. Sash lock bush- 
 ings, plates, or racks, are substitutes and equiva- 
 lents for sash lock stops. See Sash Lock. 
 
 Sash Lock Trigger. 3. Fig. 4599. See Sash Lock. 
 
 Sash Opener. Figs. 4444-4463. A contrivance, as a 
 lever or rod. for opening a window, used chiefly for 
 the deck sashes, which are out of reach. See Deck 
 Sash Opener. 
 
 Sash Parting Strip. A strip of wood attached to the 
 window post of a passenger car which acts as a 
 distance piece between two sashes and against 
 
 which the latter slide. Also called Bead and Part- 
 ing Bead, which see. 
 
 Sash Pivot. Figs. 4404-4473. A metal pin or pivot at- 
 tached to a sash on which the latter turns. The 
 term almost always means a deck sash pivot. 
 
 Sash Pull. Figs. 4456-4462. See Deck Sash Pull. 
 
 Sash Pull Hook. Figs. 4497-4501. See Pull Hook. 
 
 Sash Rail. A horizontal bar in the outside frame of a 
 window or blind. See Window Blind Rail. 
 
 Sash Rest (Street Cars). See Window Sash Rest. 
 
 Sash Spring. Figs. 4527-4529. A metal spring at- 
 tached to the edge of the stile of a window or 
 blind sash to prevent it from rattling. They are 
 made of various forms. A single window sash 
 spring consists of a metal plate, like Fig. 4529, 
 attached to the sash at one end. A double window 
 sash spring is a metal plate fastened in its cen- 
 ter to the sash. Another is of a spiral form, 
 spiral window sash springs, let into the sash. 
 
 Scantling (Carpentry). "Lumber under 5 inches square 
 used for studs, braces, ties, etc. It is expressed in 
 terms of its transverse dimensions." — Knight. An 
 upright scantling is termed a stud. 
 
 Scarf. "A joint uniting two pieces of timber endwise. 
 The ends of each are beveled off and projections 
 are sometimes made in the one corresponding 
 to concavities in the other, or a corresponding con- 
 cavity in each receives a jiggle" (or packing 
 block). — Knight. It is technically known as a 
 ship splice, prescribed by the rules for interchange 
 of traffic for splicing any broken sills but the cen- 
 ter sills. See Interchange of Traffic for the splice 
 recommended for sills. 
 
 Scarritt-Comstock Car Seats. Figs. 4122-4133. Seats 
 made by the Scarritt Car Seat "Works under the 
 Forney patents. The feature of the Forney seat 
 is the seat back arms and the tilting of the cushion 
 and inclinations of the back given by these arms. 
 This is fully shown in the figures. Another fea- 
 ture of these seats is the adjustable foot rest, 
 which permits luggage to be set under it out of 
 the way. 
 
 Scheme Rod (Postal Cars). A rod supported upon the 
 scheme rod bracket, and carrying the scheme or 
 schedule of the proper distribution of mail matter 
 for the various post offices used in distributing 
 mail. 
 
 Schroyer Uncoupling Apparatus. Figs. 1794-1795. 
 
 Schoen Steel Wheel. Figs. 5414-5419. 
 
 Screen (for Heater Room Doors, Wash Room Panels, 
 etc.). A perforated plate of sheet metal, usually 
 jappaned. used as an ornamental finish. 
 
 Screen (Deck Window). A wire netting extending the 
 entire length of the clear story outside the deck 
 sash to exclude cinders. It is usually a very fine 
 wire netting, 64 meshes to the inch. 
 
 Screw. "A cylinder surrounded by a spiral ridge or 
 groove, every part of which forms an equal angle 
 with the axis of the cylinder, so that if developed 
 on a plane surface it would be an inclined plane. It 
 is considered as one of the mechanical powers." — 
 Knight. When used alone the term commonly 
 means a wood screw, having a slotted head and 
 gimlet point, for driving in with a screw driver. 
 Machine screws are similar, except that they have 
 no gimlet point and have a metal screw thread. 
 They are used for uniting metallic parts. All ordi- 
 nary forms of bolts have screw threads cut on 
 them, but are not commonly called screws. A 
 special form of wood screw is a lag screw, which 
 is a large sized screw with a head like a bolt, so 
 
SCR 
 
 344 
 
 SCR 
 
 that it may be inserted with a wrench instead of a 
 screw driver. Figs. 3075-3080. See Screw Thread. 
 
 Screw Coupling (British.) The means by which pas- 
 senger train vehicles are coupled together. On the 
 Continent it is used for both passenger and freight 
 cars. It comprises a right and left-handed screw 
 provided with a hinged weighted handle, which al- 
 ways hangs downward, so that it has no tendency 
 to unscrew and slacken the coupling, and two nuts 
 with gudgeons taking in the eyes of U-shaped 
 coupling links or shackles. The screw coupling 
 may be either loose, or one shackle may be at- 
 tached to the drawbar. 
 
 Screw Coupling Nut, and Gudgeons (British). See 
 above. 
 
 Screw Coupling Weighted Lever (British). See above. 
 
 Screw Gages. Instruments for measuring the diameter 
 or size of screws. They are of two kinds: external, 
 for measuring male screws, and internal, for 
 measuring female screws. See also Screw Pitch 
 Gage, Screw Thread Gage. 
 
 Screw Jack. Figs. 3870-3871. A jack, the power of 
 which depends upon a screw, turned by a lever. 
 There are several such jacks in use, the bell base, 
 ratchet screw jack, the differential screw jack, 
 which has two screws, one working within the 
 other, and the Chapman screw jack, which has a 
 capstan head, into which a bar may be inserted. 
 
 Sellers' or Franklin Institute system, and that all 
 the members of the Association are urged to aban- 
 don entirely the use of over or undersize screws.." 
 
 ^vww5-\y 
 
 WWWww 
 
 Flo. 11. «l-S5V 
 \ A , 
 
 rrv\'vw\.A.'vyv 
 
 
 ■ fWPWPWS 
 
 Flo. 12. 
 
 ■WHITWOBTH 
 
 1 
 
 Flo. 13. ^-60%, 
 
 (V- 
 
 FCC. 15. 
 
 The Sellers' or Franklin Institute system of 
 screw threads, bolt heads and nuts is the standard 
 of the Association, and repeated action of the 
 
 PROPORTIONS FOR SELLERS' STANDARD NUTS AND BOLTS 
 
 *«V_J Rough Nat = one and one-half diame- 
 •n ter of bolt + 4. 
 
 Finished Nut = one and one-half 
 diameter of bolt + A. 
 
 Rough Nut — diameter of bolt. 
 
 it 
 
 -_ir- 
 
 Finished Not = diameter of bolt — j> fl . 
 
 Rough Head = one and one-half 
 
 diameter of bolt -f- J, 
 
 Finished Head = one and one-half 
 X J - *! diameter of bolt + ^ e . 
 
 W^ 
 
 Rough Head = one-half distance be 
 tween parallel sides of head. 
 
 ■l 
 
 
 
 Finished Head = diameter of bolt - A 
 
 Note — In 1899 the following dimensions for square bolt heads were adopted as recommended practice : The side of the head 
 shall be one and ooe-half times the diameter of the bolt, and the thickness of the head shall be one-half the side of the head. See 
 Recommended Practice. In 1900 these dimensions were adopted as standard 
 
 Screw Pitch Gage. "A gage for determining the num- 
 ber of threads to the inch on screws and taps. It 
 consists of a number of toothed plates turning on a 
 common pivot, so that the serrated edge of each 
 may be applied to the screw until one is found 
 which corresponds therewith. The figures stamped 
 on the plate indicate the number of threads to the 
 inch." — Knight. In the ordinary single thread 
 screw the pitch is indicated by the number of 
 threads to an inch. 
 
 Screw Thread. The groove, or the material between 
 the grooves, which is cut on the outside surface of 
 a cylinder to form a male screw, or on the inside 
 surface of a cylindrical hole to form a nut or 
 female screw. Metal Screw Threads and Wood 
 Screw Threads, which see, are of different form. 
 Pipe Screw Threads, which see, are usually V- 
 shaped, but all other threads in common use for 
 ordinary purposes are made by the Whitworth or 
 Sellers' standard screw threads, the former being 
 the European and the latter the American standard. 
 At the M. C. B. Convention, 1882, it was "Re- 
 solved that this Association deprecates the use of 
 screws larger or smaller in diameter by a small 
 fraction of an inch than the sizes specified for the 
 
 Association has deprecated the use of any other 
 system, and encouraged the careful maintenance 
 of these standards. 
 
 A set of gages for standard screw threads and a 
 standard inch scale, 2 feet long, are held in the 
 office of the Secretary for reference. 
 
 Mr. Sellers, who proposed this system of screw 
 threads described it in an essay before the Frank- 
 lin Institute of Philadelphia, April 21, 1864, as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 "The proportions for the proposed thread and its 
 comparative relation to the sharp and rounded 
 threads will be readily understood from the dia- 
 grams. Figs. 11-lii. The angle of the proposed 
 thread is fixed at 60 degrees, the same as the sharp 
 thread, it being more readily obtained than 55 de- 
 grees, and more in accordance with the general 
 practice in this country. Divide the pitch, or, 
 winch is the same thing, the side of the thread 
 into eight equal parts, take off one part from the 
 top and fill in one part in the bottom of the 
 thread, then the flat top and bottom will equal one- 
 eighth of the pitch; the wearing surface will be 
 three-quarters of the pitch, and the diameter of 
 
SCR 
 
 145 
 
 SEA 
 
 PROPORTIONS FOR SELLERS' STANDARD SCREW-THREADS, NUTS AND BOLTS. 
 
 Sckztt-Thbiads. 
 
 Nuts. 
 
 Bolt Heads 
 
 Tb reads 
 per Inch. 
 
 * >//¥ >, 
 
 Width of 
 tat. 
 
 f 
 
 Thickne8f< 
 
 rough. 
 
 
 Thickness 
 
 finish. 
 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 u 
 n 
 11 
 
 H 
 
 if 
 if 
 
 20 
 IS 
 16 
 14 
 13 
 12 
 11 
 10 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 7 
 
 5£ 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 4i 
 
 .185 
 .240 
 .294 
 .844 
 .400 
 .454 
 .507 
 .620 
 .731 
 
 .837 
 .940 
 1.065 
 1.160 
 1.284 
 1 389 
 1.491 
 1.-616 
 1.712 
 
 ,0002 
 .0074 
 .0078 
 .0089 
 .0096 
 .0104 
 .0113 
 .0125 
 .0138 
 
 .0156 
 .0178 
 
 .0178 
 .0208 
 .0208 
 .0227 
 .0250 
 .0250 
 .0277 
 
 M 
 
 7 
 
 1ft 
 
 U 
 
 ift 
 
 i| 
 if! 
 
 2 
 
 2ft 
 
 2 3 
 
 2ft 
 3* 
 S» 
 St 
 
 H 
 
 l 
 
 ift 
 if 
 
 ift 
 
 if 
 
 91 
 *■» 
 
 2ft 
 
 3A. 
 
 - Tz 
 
 s 
 
 Ift 
 
 1ft 
 
 Ift 
 
 1ft 
 
 Ift 
 
 1U 
 1}I 
 
 itf 
 
 3 3 
 
 ift 
 
 1} 
 
 ift 
 
 if- 
 
 154 
 
 2 3 
 
 51 
 
 1 
 
 1ft 
 
 If 
 
 1} 
 
 1ft 
 
 2i 
 
 2ft 
 2| 
 
 2fi 
 
 i 
 
 ift 
 ift 
 ift 
 13 
 
 111 
 
 ift 
 
 ift 
 ift 
 ift 
 ift 
 ift 
 
 lU- 
 ill 
 life 
 
 screw at bottom of the thread will be expressed 
 by the formula: 
 
 1.299 
 
 Diameter, 
 
 Xumber of threads per inch 
 The tables are reprinted from Mr. Sellers' essay; 
 they give the proportions of his standard screw 
 threads, nuts and bolt heads. 
 
 The Sellers' or Franklin Institute System is also 
 called the United States Standard System, 
 
 Screw Thread Gage. A steel plate with notches in the 
 edge of the precise form of screw threads, used for 
 giving the proper form to the edges of screw cut- 
 ting tools. See Sellers' Screw Thread and Screw 
 Threads. 
 
 Screw Top (Bell Cord Hangers). Fig. 2365. A simple 
 form of Bell Cord Hanger Bracket, which see. 
 
 Scribing. The fitting of the edge of a piece of timber 
 or metal to another more or less irregular surface. 
 Scribing is usually done by marking a parallel line 
 to the surface which it is designed to fit by a pair 
 of compasses or with a scribe awl. 
 
 Scroll Iron (British). A wrought iron forging, carry- 
 ing a vertical spring link adjusting screw. The 
 upper face is attached to the under side of the sole 
 bar, and the lower part is bored horizontally for 
 the adjusting screw. In general use on passenger 
 carriages. 
 
 Scrubber and Condenser (Adlake System). Fig. 3346. 
 
 Scutcheon (of a Lock). Properly, Escutcheon, which 
 see. 
 
 Seals. Figs. 4072-4092. See Car Seals. See also Lead 
 Seal, Lock Seal, Rivet Seal. 
 
 Seal Lock (Freight Car). Figs. 4072-4092. A lock in 
 which a seal made of glass, paper, or other material 
 is inserted in the lock in such a manner as to 
 cover the bolt or the key hole. The lock canot be 
 opened without breaking the seal. See Car Seal. 
 
 Seal Press. Figs. 4078-4079. A pair of levers arranged 
 like a pair of pincers, with two dies in which lead 
 car seals are compressed on the wire to which they 
 are attached, leaving an impression on the lead so 
 that if the seals are removed or defaced it can be 
 
 known. Similar seal presses are used for eylet 
 shacTcles. 
 
 Seal Wires. Figs. 4074-4077, etc. Several strands of 
 tine wire twisted together like a rope, or single 
 bars of twisted flat wire, by which leaden seals 
 are attached to car doors. There are various spe- 
 cial forms, called detective wires, as Fig. 4087, etc., 
 to prevent stripping the seal. 
 
 Seal Wire Opening (Car Door Fastener). A hole for 
 inserting- the shackle of a seal. 
 
 Sealed Jet (Gold's Car Heating). Fig. 2868. The essen- 
 tial part of the apparatus shown in Fig. 2788. Live 
 steam is brought directly into contact with the 
 circulating water and heats it, at the same time 
 forcing the circulation. 
 
 Seaming Lace (British). An ornamental woolen fabric 
 made in bands about 1 2 inch wide, and used to 
 cover the seams and joints in the upholstery of a 
 carriage. It is sewn to any textile fabric and has 
 two tape edges and is wrapped round a piece of 
 seaming cord which is stitched inside. It differs 
 from Pasting Lace, which see. 
 
 Seat. 1. "That on which one sits." — Webster. 
 
 2. "That flat portion of a chair or sofa to sup- 
 port the person." — Knight. See Car Seat, special 
 forms, which also see, being: 
 
 Corner Seat. 
 Hale and Kilburn 
 
 Seats. 
 Heywood Bros. & Wake 
 
 field Seats. 
 Longitudinal Seat. 
 Parlor Car Chairs. 
 Pushover Seat. 
 Rattan Seat. 
 See also Saloon Seat. 
 
 3. In M 
 thing rest: 
 Axle Seat. 
 
 Bolster Spring Seat. 
 Equalizer Spring Seat 
 Equalizing Bar Seat. 
 
 4. (For Hand Car." 
 
 Reversible Seat. 
 
 Revolving Chair. 
 
 Richards Panel Back 
 Seats. 
 
 Scarritt-Comstock Seats. 
 
 Side Seat. 
 
 Slat Seat. 
 
 Slideover Seat. 
 
 Walkover Seat. 
 
 Wheeler Seats, etc. 
 hanics: "The part on which another 
 as a valve seal." — Knight. See 
 
 Leather Seat. 
 
 Spring Seat. 
 
 Tank Valve Seat. 
 
 Wheel Seat. 
 
 A horizontal board placed 
 
SEA 
 
 140 
 
 SEA 
 
 lengthwise over the wheels above a rave for the 
 occupants to sit on. 
 
 Seat Arm. Tigs. 4268-4271. An arm by which the back 
 of a seat is attached to the seat end or to the side 
 of the car. Such arms are usually attached by a 
 pivot, so that the seat back can be reversed. Some- 
 times called striker arm, seat back arm, and also 
 seat back reversing arms. 
 
 This term is also used to designate the portion 
 of a seat end (more properly called seat end arm) 
 which supports the arm of a person sitting in the 
 seat, and sometimes, incorrectly, to designate a 
 Seat Arm Cap, Figs. 4189-4193, which see. 
 
 Seat Arm Cap. Figs. 4189-4193. A piece of metal 
 shaped to the form of the seat arm and screwed to 
 the top to take the wear and as an ornament. 
 
 Seat Arm Pivot. Figs. 4245-424C. A metal pivot by 
 which a seat arm of a reversible seat is attached to 
 a seat end or the side of a car. In some cases the 
 pivot is made in one piece with the seat arm plate, 
 which is attached to the seat end. The two com- 
 bined then become a Seat Arm Pivot Plate, which 
 see. A seat arm pivot is sometimes called in the 
 trade a seat arm rivet. 
 
 Seat Arm Pivot Plate. Figs. 4247-4248; 4253-4261. See 
 above. 
 
 Seat Arm Plate. Figs. 4247-4261. A plate fastened 
 to a seat end with a hole in the corner, which re- 
 ceives and holds a seat arm pivot. In some cases 
 the pivot is made in one piece with the plate. The 
 part formed by combining the two is then called a 
 Seat Arm Pivot Plate, which see, sometimes a seat 
 arm pivot plate or washer and a bolt is used. 
 
 Seat Arm Rest Bracket. Figs. 4185-4187. A bracket to 
 be screwed to the wall to carry a wood arm rest. 
 
 Seat Arm Rivets. Figs. 4210-4215. 
 
 ■Seat Arm Stop. Figs. 4228-4234, etc. A metal lug or 
 bracket attached to a seat end, and sometimes to 
 the side of the car, on which the seat arm rests. 
 Seat stops are either attached to a long plate 
 (curved or straight seat stop), as in Figs. 4228-4234, 
 etc.. or as in round seat stops, Figs. 4241-4244, etc., 
 and have a flange entirely surrounding them, by 
 which they are attached to the seat arm or side of 
 the car. They are also called seat stops. 
 
 Seat Arm Thimbles. Figs. 4194-4195. 
 
 Seat Arm Washer. Figs. 4219-4222. A small washer 
 for the head of a screw, by which a seat arm is 
 fastened to a seat end. Now little used. 
 
 Seat Back. That part of an ordinary American car seat 
 which forms a support for the back. It has an arm, 
 called the seat back arm, attached to it, by which 
 it is attached to the seat ends with a seat arm pivot, 
 so that it can lie swung over so as to face the other 
 way. In some syles the seat back arm is pivoted 
 below the seat cushion and the seat back swings 
 over the cushion so that both sides are used al- 
 ternately. See Seat. On some suburban cars, and 
 usually on street cars, longitudinal seafs are used, 
 with the backs against the side of the car. 
 
 Seat Back Arm. A Seat Arm, which see. 
 
 Seat Back Arm Lock. See Seat Lock. 
 
 Seat Back Arm Pivot. 1. Pivot seat arm. Fig. 4272. 
 The swinging joint or seat back pivot in the seat 
 arm. 
 
 2. A Seat Arm Pivot, which see. 
 
 Seat Back Band. Figs. 4174-4175, 4197-4208. A Seat 
 Back Molding, which see. 
 
 Seat Back Board (Street Cars). A board placed be- 
 tween the two seat back rails of a longitudinal seat. 
 Usually made in the form of a raised panel so as 
 
 to make a comfortable rest for the back. A seat 
 back. 
 
 Seat Back Bottom Rail. See Back Seat Bottom Rail. 
 Also called a lower seat back rail. 
 
 Seat Back Corners. Figs. 4286-4287. A metallic corner 
 piece to screw to the backs of seats and protect the 
 upholstery from wear. 
 
 Seat Back Curved Stop. Figs. 4228-4234. A Seat Back 
 Stop, which see, of a curved form, resembling 
 somewhat a letter S. 
 
 Seat Back Molding. Figs. 4197-4208. A wood or (usu- 
 allv) metal band or molding fastened around the 
 edge of a seat back to give it a finish and protect 
 it from wear. 
 
 Seat Back Pivot Plate. Fig. 4110. The plate bear- 
 ing a seat arm pivot fastened to the seat back. 
 
 Seat Back Rail (Street Cars). Two narrow rails, upper 
 and lower, which form the top and bottom of a 
 longitudinal seat enclosing the seat back board be- 
 tween them. 
 
 Seat Back Reversing Arms. Fig. 4110. A seat back 
 arm of a car seat. 
 
 Seat Back Round Stop. Figs. 4241-4244. A round Seat 
 Stop, which see. 
 
 Seat Back Slats. Narrow- strips of wood used to form 
 a back seat; used chiefly for seats which are not 
 upholstered. 
 
 Seat Back Spring. A weak spring placed in the up- 
 holstering in the back of a seat. Usually called 
 simply back spring. 
 
 Seat Back Stop. See Seat Stop. 
 
 Seat Bearing Cross Bar (Longitudinal Seat of Street 
 Car). The bearing bar transverse to the seat and 
 resting upon the seat leg and the back seat rail. 
 
 Seat Board (British). In a carriage, the support for 
 the seat sofa springs. These springs are tied down, 
 and a piece of canvas is stretched tightly over 
 them, the cushion resting on this canvas. 
 
 Seat Bottom (Street Cars'). The boards or floor in a 
 seat frame on which a cushion rests, or on which 
 persons sit when no cushion is used. It is attached 
 to the back and front seat bottom rails. 
 
 Seat Bottom Cross Bar. A filling piece shaped like the 
 seat bottom, to which the slats are screw r ed. It 
 rests upon or over the seat bearing cross bar. 
 
 Seat Bottom Rail. See above. 
 
 Seat Bracket (Hand Car). A wrought iron knee which 
 supports the seat. 
 
 Seat Corner. Figs. 4267, 4287. A metal corner plate to 
 protect the wood corner from abrasion. 
 
 Seat Cove. The rail that takes the place of the back 
 seat bottom slat. 
 
 Seat Cover (Street Car). A piece of tapestry or seat 
 covering with which the bare seat is often covered. 
 
 Seat Cover Guaid Rail. A strip of wood tacked to the 
 flap of the seat cover to keep it straight. 
 
 Seat Cushion. 1. Figs. 4093-4184. A soft pad or pillow 
 on which passengers sit. Two kinds of cushions 
 are used on cars; a squab cushion, which is a loose 
 pad and is now little used, and box cushion, which 
 is a cushion built upon a cushion frame, with 
 springs, etc. See Back Squab (British). 
 
 A great variety of forms of seat cushions exist, 
 the leading ones of which are shown. Special 
 forms are, as respects material, woven wire, rattan 
 or cane, canvas-lined; as respects mode of con- 
 struction, flexible top, elliptic, broad band elliptic, 
 spiral elliptic, spring edge, sectional, drop-down 
 frame, etc., etc. 
 
 2. (British.) American equivalent, squab eush- 
 
SEA 
 
 147 
 
 SEC 
 
 ion. In a first-class carriage, a flat, loose squab 
 cushion, about four inches thick, covered with 
 broadcloth on one side and leather on the other, 
 and stuffed with curled horsehair. It is reversible, 
 and often so called. 
 
 Seat Division (Longitudinal Seats). A bar of wood or 
 metal to separate the space occupied by a passenger 
 from that adjoining it. 
 
 Seat End. 123, Figs. 648-651, and 13, Figs. 2201-2202. 
 A frame of wood or metal at the end of a car seat 
 which supports the arm of the occupant and to 
 which the seat back arm is attached. Seat ends are 
 designated as long or short, according to whether 
 they extend entirely to the floor or are supported 
 upon a seat stand. They are also designated as 
 aisle seat ends, or wall seat ends, and, for corner 
 seats, as left-hand or right-hand seat ends. 
 
 Seat End Arm. The portion of a seat end which sup- 
 ports the arm of a person sitting in the seat. An 
 arm rest. 
 
 Seat End Cross Rail. The end rail between posts 
 of a wood seat end. 
 
 Seat End Fanel Rib (Open Street Carl. A piece of 
 furring to which the seat end panel of an open car 
 is fastened. 
 
 Seat End Rest. The end posts or upright members of 
 a wood seat frame. 
 
 Seat Front (Street Car"). The rave or seat riser. 
 
 Seat Front Panel i Street Car). The panel beneath 
 the seat. 
 
 Seat Front Rail. A rail fastened to the ends of the seat 
 bearing cross bar and running along at the top of 
 the seat front and under the front seat rail. 
 
 Seat Head End. 14, Figs. 2201-2202. The upper part of 
 the seat end projecting out beyond the head rest. 
 
 Seat Hinge (Sleeping Cars). Figs. 4285. A strap hinge 
 used to connect a seat with the seat back. See also 
 Sofa Hinge. 
 
 Seat Joint Bolt. Fig. 4209. A bolt for fastening a seat 
 rail to aisle seat ends. It is also used at the wail 
 ends. 
 
 Seat Leg (Longitudinal Seats'). A wooden post which 
 supports a front seat rail. 
 
 Seat Leg Plate. A metal plate with which the front of 
 a seat end or leg is covered to protect it from 
 injury. 
 
 Seat Lever (Howard's Water Closet). Fig. 4u42. A 
 lever projecting backward from the seat lid, to 
 which the connecting rod is attached. 
 
 Seat Lid (Howard's Water Closet). Fig. 4042. A lid 
 connected with the pan and service measure by the 
 connecting rod in such a manner that on raising 
 it the pan is brought up into position and about 
 half a gallon of water is discharged from the serv- 
 ice measure. 
 
 Seat Lock. Fig. 4223. A lock for holding the back 
 of a seat so that its position cannot be reversed. 
 Such locks are attached either to the seat end. sen 
 back arm or seat back stop. A form for iron seat 
 ends with a smaller escutcheon, not provided with 
 screw holes, is sometimes distinctively called a 
 barrel lock, although the term is almost equally 
 applicable to any form of seat lock. Seat locks 
 operate by pushing the key inward, turning it a lit- 
 tle and then pulling on the key. 
 
 Seat Lock Bolt. Fig. 4223. The beveled bolt by which 
 locking is effected. 
 
 Seat Lock Key. A key for a seat lock. Some work by 
 pushing in and not turning. See Seat Lock. 
 
 Seat Pull (Sleping Cars). Figs. 4283-4284. A flush han- 
 dle for pulling out the seat in making up the berth 
 
 so as to drop the back and seat to the same 
 level. 
 
 Seat Rail. One of a pair of wooden rails, front and 
 back, resting on and attached to the seat end and to 
 the side of the car, and which support a cushion 
 frame or seat bottom. 
 
 Seat Rail Bracket or Socket. Figs. 4262. A support for 
 a wooden seat rail. In iron seat ends it is fre- 
 quently cast upon it. 
 
 Seat Rail Knee (British). A piece of wood secured to 
 the door pillar and supporting the seat rail. It is 
 generally slotted to receive a leather strap, restrain- 
 ing the undue opening of the door. 
 
 Seat Rail Support (British). A piece of hard wood 
 supporting the seat and securing it to the side of 
 the body of a carriage. It is often pierced for a 
 leather strap limiting the opening of the door. 
 
 Seat Riser. 1. (Street Cars). A vertical board or 
 front of a seat, extending from the seat rail to the 
 floor; seldom used with reversible seats. A seat 
 front. 
 
 2. (Hand Car.) A Rave, which see. 
 
 Seat Slat. A narrow strip of wood which forms part of 
 a seat bottom, or seat back. 
 
 Seat Spring. Fig. 4166. A spiral or other metal spring 
 used to give a seat elasticity. Spiral springs are 
 the most common, the elliptic and spiral-elliptic 
 having become nearly obsolete in new seats. A 
 special form of seat springs called back springs, of 
 little resistance, is used for seat backs. British seat 
 springs ire called sofa springs, and the back springs 
 back squab sofa springs. 
 
 Seat Stand. 124. Figs. 648-651. A support, usually 
 made of cast iron, on which an aisle seat end rests. 
 Very commonly the seat stand and seat end are in 
 one part, which is then called a long seat end. 
 
 Seat Stand Tie Rod. A rod connecting the aisle and 
 wall seat stands of a Scarritt seat. 
 
 Seat Stop. See Seat Arm Stop. 
 
 Seat Tilting Leers. See Parallel Rod. 
 
 Seat Webbing. Fig. 4166. A form of coarse canvas 
 used in upholstering car seats. 
 
 Seating. Fig. 4171. The plush or rattan-covered cloth 
 which is commonly used to upholster car seats is 
 also sometimes called seating. 
 
 Second Catch (of Car Door Fastener). A double hook 
 or eye placed in the hasp of a car door lock in such 
 manner that the door can. if desired, be locked, 
 leaving a crack open for ventilation. 
 
 Second-Class Car. A plainly finished passenger car for 
 carrying passengers who pay a lower rate of fare 
 than first-class passengers do. Such cars are rarely 
 used, the smoking car usually serving this purpose 
 for the small number of so-called second-class (in 
 reality, third-class) passengers. See Coach, First- 
 Class Car. 
 
 Second-Class Carriage (British). A vehicle adapted to 
 carry passengers paying an intermediate rate of 
 fare, the fittings being less expensive and comfort- 
 able than in the first class. Each compartment 
 measures about 6 feet in the length of the carriage, 
 and seats 10 passengers. It is rapidly going out of 
 use, so much so that several of the English roads 
 have discontinued the running of second-class car- 
 riages. See also Carriage. 
 
 Section (of a Sleeping Car). Figs. 2201-2203. Two dou- 
 ble berths, one above the other, making up into 
 two seats facing each other by day. There are from 
 8 to 16 sections in a car. besides the staterooms. 
 
 Section Hand Car. See Hand Car. 
 
 Sectional Seat Cushion. One with spiral springs sep- 
 
SEC 
 
 148 
 
 SHE 
 
 arately attached to narrow slats so that the seat 
 can be made up or repaired in sections 
 
 Sector. In geometry: "A part of a circle included by 
 an arc and the two radii drawn to its extremities." — 
 Davies. Hence, any object whose shape is that of 
 a part of a circle ought to be called a sector, but 
 as a matter of fact, it is generally called a quadrant. 
 See Desk Sash Quadrant. 
 
 Security Door Brackets. Fig. 1382-1383. A door bracket 
 designed to prevent the opening of the door from 
 the side or bottom without destroying the seal. 
 They are bolted to the car body, and the bolt head 
 is fitted into a socket in the bracket. 
 
 Self-Acting Ventilator. See Ventilator. 
 
 Self-Adjusting Brake Head. Fig. 5150. 
 
 Self-Clearing Car. Fig. 78. 
 
 Self-Closing Faucet or Cock. Fig. 3656. A faucet hav- 
 ing a horizontal bar handle provided with a spring 
 by which it is closed when released. Telegraph 
 Cocks, which see, Fig. 3G53, and also compression 
 cocks, Fig. 3659, are also self-closing, but not dis- 
 tinctively so called. 
 
 Self-Locking or Spring Padlock. One which snaps, 
 locked by pressure only, without using a key, in 
 distinction from a dead padlock. 
 
 Sellers System of Screw Threads. A system of screw- 
 threads designed by William Sellers of Philadel- 
 phia. Often called Franklin Institute or United 
 States Standard Thread. See Screw Thread. 
 
 Semaphore Lens. A trade name for a cheap modifica- 
 tion of the Fresnel lens, the latter term being more 
 generally restricted to those having the back a 
 plane or nearly cylindrical surface. 
 
 Semi-Convertible Car. Figs. 6238, 6224-6225. 0278-6280. 
 A modification of the convertible car in which only 
 the sash raises into the roof, leaving the car open 
 above the belt rail. 
 
 Service Measure (Howard's Water Closet). Figs. 3653- 
 3654. An auxiliary tank holding about a half-gallon 
 of water connected with the seat lid and water tank 
 and discharging the water on raising the lid only. 
 
 Sessions-Standard Friction Draft Gear. Figs. 1440-1463. 
 A form of friction draft gear in which the friction 
 surfaces are triangular wedges forced together with 
 gradually increasing pressure as they slide over 
 each other. 
 
 Set (of Elliptic Springs). The amount of compression 
 of which the spring is capable. The distance be- 
 tween the spring bands when unloaded. The arch 
 is half the set, plus the thickness of the spring 
 band. 
 
 Set of Springs. All the springs for carrying the weight 
 of one car, not including draw springs. A set of 
 bolster springs consists of the springs which are 
 placed between the truck frames and carry the 
 weight of the body only. A set of equalizing bar 
 springs means all the springs for a car on the 
 equalizing bars. A set of wheel or journal springs 
 means all the springs which are placed directly over 
 the journal boxes of one car. 
 
 Set of Wheels. This term means a number of wheels 
 sufficient for one car. A set of wheels and axles 
 means the requisite number of wheels fitted to axles 
 complete for one car. A pair of wheels means two 
 wheels already fitted to an axle, including the axle; 
 but a set of wheels does not include the axles unless 
 specified. 
 
 Set Screw or Stud Fastening. Fig. 2854. As applied to 
 railroad wheels, a mode of securing the tire to the 
 wheel which is becoming obsolete. See Tire Fas- 
 tening. 
 
 Sewall Steam Coupler. Fig. 2968. 
 
 Sextuple (Elliptic Springs). Figs. 5372-5373. Six el- 
 liptic springs coupled together, side by side, to act 
 as one. 
 
 Shackle. 1. (Of a Padlock.) A U-shaped bar which is 
 passed through the staple in front of the hasp by 
 which the padlock is used to lock the object. The 
 inner end of the shackle is termed the heel, which 
 is sometimes provided with the shackle spring to 
 hold the shackle open or shut. 
 
 The shackle of cheap padlocks is attached to pro- 
 jecting ears, but in those of better quality the heel 
 is entirely within the lock itself. The shackle is 
 sometimes termed the hasp, but this usage is in- 
 correct. 
 
 2. (Of Car Seals.) The wire or metal strip 
 passing through the fastening to be sealed and 
 closed together at the end. See Car Seals. 
 
 Shackle Bar. A Coupling Link, which see. 
 
 Shackle Guard (of a Padlock). A plate used in some 
 padlocks lying immediately under the point of the 
 shackle when locked in place, serving to exclude 
 dirt and wet from the interior. 
 
 Shackle Lock (Car Door Fastener). A term used in 
 distinction from the seal lock. 
 
 Shade. See Lamp Shade, Window Shade. Fig. 4665. 
 
 Shade Cap (of a Lamp). 33, Figs. 3585-3601. A verti- 
 cal tube extending the shade upward and consti- 
 tuting in effect an extension of the chimney. A 
 similar part for a lamp globe is called a globe 
 chimney. 
 
 Shade Holder (Pintsch Lamp). 33, Figs. 3106a-3107. 
 
 Shaft. " That part of a machine to which motion is 
 communicated by torsion." — Webster. See 
 
 Brake Shaft. Horizontal Brake Shaft. 
 
 Crank Shaft. Lever Shaft. 
 
 Door Shaft. (Street Cars). 
 
 Driving Shaft. Winding Shaft. 
 
 Drum Shaft. 
 
 Shade Roller (for Window Shades.) Fig. 4681. A de- 
 vice serving the purpose which its name implies, 
 the only forms of which now in general use are the 
 automatic forms, which hold the shade in any posi- 
 tion when released by means of centrifugal pawls. 
 The leading styles are the Hartshorn Shade Roller 
 and the McKay Shade Roller, which sec. The 
 Hartshorn works with a pawl on the end, while the 
 McKay has a cam. 
 
 Shaker. Fig. 2732. See Grate Shaker. 
 
 Shank (of a Coupler). That part of a coupler or draw- 
 bar between the draw head and tail end. The body 
 of the coupler. 
 
 Shank (Kirby's Car Door Lock.) A, Fig. 2480. The 
 spindle. See also Buffer Shank. 
 
 Shank Facing (Kirby's Door Lock). P, Figs. 2480-2481. 
 
 Sharon Coupler. (Freight). Figs. 1616-1629, (Passen- 
 ger) Figs. 1798-1809. 
 
 Shear Beams (Snow Plow Framing). The timbers 
 forming the inclined plane and parting ridge of a 
 plow. They arc placed in positions so that they 
 resemble the knives of a pair of shears, hence the 
 name. 
 
 Shears (of a Pile Driver Car). The tongs which grasp 
 the Hammer, which see. 
 
 Sheath. See Rear Sheath. 
 
 Sheathing. 52, Figs. 262-272, and F, Figs. 305-321. also 
 70, Figs. 51(9-619. Boards which are tongued and 
 grooved, and with which the sides of cars are 
 covered. The sides of a gondola car are ordinarily 
 termed side plank and end plank, and arc much 
 heavier than the sheathing of a box car. Inside 
 
SHE 
 
 149 
 
 SID 
 
 Lining, which see, is in addition to the ordinary 
 outside sheathing". Formerly passenger cars were 
 covered with panels, but it is now the universal 
 practice to use sheathing. Figs. 1348-1354. (M. C. B. 
 Standard.) Figs. 5749-5756. 
 
 Sheathing Furring. 59, Figs. 645-647. Pieces of wood, 
 nailed, screwed or glued in a wall to nail the sheath- 
 ing to, inserted where the distance between rails 
 is so great as to require intermediate pieces to back 
 up the sheathing. Corresponds to Panel Furring, 
 which see. 
 
 Sheathing Rail. <56, Figs. 599-619. See Panel Furring. 
 Sheathing rail, or sheathing furring, is the same 
 as a panel rail or panel furring, the panelling hav- 
 ing been superseded by sheathing. 
 
 Sheathing Strips. 69, Figs. 599-619. See Panel Strips. 
 
 Sheave. A wheel, roller or pulley, over which a cord 
 or rope runs, or on which any object, as a door or 
 window, rolls. Sheave is often used to designate 
 a block or pulley, but more properly it designates 
 simplj- the grooved wheel in the block. See Pulley. 
 
 Sheave Hook (Derrick CarsV The hook carried at the 
 lower end of a hoisting block, to which the load 
 is attached. 
 
 Sheave Pin or Pintle. The axle of a sheave. See 
 Pintle. 
 
 Sheet Iron. Iron rolled thin and, in car work, usually 
 galvanized. Its thickness is given by its number 
 of w4re gage. The standard sizes are 6 and 8 ft. 
 long and 24, 26, 28 and 30 in. wide. It is, however, 
 manufactured to order up to 10 ft. long and 44 in. 
 wide. Sheet steel, galvanized or not, is now also 
 largely manufactured. 
 
 Sheet Ring and Staple (British). A small wrought iron 
 ring, to which are tied the cords attached to the 
 edges of the tarpaulin protecting the contents of 
 an open wagon from the rain. 
 
 Shield (Pmtsch Lamp). 293, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 Shield (Buhoup Vestibule). 50, Figs. 2215-2263. 
 
 Shell. See Berth Latch Shell. 
 
 Shelled Out (Car Wheels). A term applied to wheels 
 which become rough from circular pieces shelling 
 out of the tread, leaving a rounded flat spot, deep- 
 est at the edge, with a raised center. The M. C. B. 
 rules for Interchange of Traffic, which see, specify 
 that no wheel shall be condemned for this fault 
 unless the spots are over 2% in. in length, or are 
 so numerous as to endanger the safety of the 
 wheel. 
 
 Shim. A thin piece of wood or metal used as a dis- 
 tance block to save more careful fitting. In track 
 work shims are very largely used in order to 
 remedy the heaving of the rails from frost. Shim- 
 ming has been used in fitting on car wheels when 
 the wheel seat of the axle w-as a little too small, 
 but the M. C. B. rules for interchange of traffic 
 forbid this. See Interchange of Traffic and Wheels. 
 
 Shipper Shaft (Steam Shovel). 7, Figs. 596-598. The 
 shaft connected to the boom engine and geared to 
 the ratchet beam. 
 
 Ship Splice. One of the many forms of splicing or 
 scarfing broken pieces of timber. It is that selected 
 for splicing broken car sills under the regulations 
 for Interchange of Traffic, which see. See Scarf. 
 
 Shoe. A plate, block or piece of any material on or 
 against which an object moves, usually to prevent 
 the latter from being worn. See Boom Shoe, Brake 
 Shoe, Door Shoe. 
 
 Short Seat End. A seat which does not extend below 
 the seat or support it, but is supported upon a 
 separate seat stand. See Seat End. 
 
 Short Plate Rod. Horizontal bolts passing through the 
 plate bolt strip and the plate, serving to stiffen the 
 latter horizontally. It is rarely used. 
 
 Short Sill or Floor Timber. An auxiliary longitudinal 
 timber used in a car floor, but not extending its 
 whole length. 
 
 The term short floor timber is also applied with 
 questionable propriety to short auxiliary cross 
 pieces used in freight car floors as distance blocks 
 between the sills and not extending across the 
 whole width of the floor. Corresponding timbers 
 in passenger cars are termed floor timber distance 
 blocks. See also Bridging. 
 
 Shot (Chilled Car Wheels). See Cold Shot. 
 
 Shovel. 1. (Steam Shovel.) Figs. 251-252, 254-255, 
 596-598. A car upon which is mounted a steam der- 
 rick frame so adjusted and connected with proper 
 mechanism that it will scoop up bucketfuls of dirt 
 and gravel and deposit them in a car or other 
 conveyor. 
 
 2. (Snow Shovel.) See Snow Plow. 
 
 Shunting (British). The act of moving cars from one 
 track to another, as in making up or separating 
 trains. In this country usually called switching. 
 Marshaling, which see, has a nearly similar mean- 
 ing. Sometimes the word drilling or regulating is 
 used. 
 
 Side Arm Rest or Elbow Rest (British). A wooden 
 support for the elbow attached to the inner sides 
 of a carriage beneath the windows, and padded with 
 horsehair and covered with broadcloth or leather. 
 See also Folding Arm Rest. In American cars a 
 window ledge is made to serve the same purpose, 
 but arm rests are general in sleeping cars. 
 
 Side Bearings. 16, Figs. 262-272; Fig. 5340, etc. Sup- 
 ports attached to the bolsters, bod}- and truck, 
 near their ends to prevent too much rolling or 
 rocking of the car body on the center plate and to 
 allow the truck to turn freely when the weight of 
 the car is not evenly distributed on the center and 
 the body is tilted over. Usually a plate or block 
 of iron or steel is attached to the body bolster and 
 a corresponding plate, block, roller or ball bearing 
 on the truck bolster. The first is called the body 
 side bearing in distinction from the second which 
 is called the truck side bearing. They are also 
 distinguished as upper and lower side bearings. 
 
 Side Bearing Bridge or Arch Bar (Six- Wheel Truck). 
 62, Figs. 4780-4783, and Fig. 4985. An iron bar, 
 truss or wooden beam attached to the spring beam 
 to support the truck side bearing. 
 
 Side Bearing Roller. See Roller Side Bearing. 
 
 Side Bearing Spring (Side Dump or Tip Car). Bearing 
 springs, upon which the body bears at the side to 
 steady the box and to receive the shock when the 
 body is returned to its normal position after dump- 
 ing. 
 
 Side Board. 1. (Dining Cars.) An ornamental re- 
 ceptacle for dishes, etc., usually placed so as to face 
 the central compartment of the car. See Buffet 
 Car. 
 
 2. (British). American equivalent, side plank. 
 A planking constituting the sides of the car. 
 
 Side Body Brace. 33, Figs. 262-272, etc. Commonly, 
 simply Body Brace or Brace, which see, except 
 when the end braces are to be distinguished from 
 them. 
 
 Side Body Brace Rod. 34, Figs. 262-272. See above. 
 
 Side Body Truss Rods. See Side Truss Rod. 
 
 Side Buffer Spring. See Buffer Spring. 
 
 Side Buffer Stem. See Side Stem. 
 
SID 
 
 150 
 
 SID 
 
 Side Casting. Sec Drawbar Side Casting. 
 
 Side Chute Plank. The planking of an inclined floor 
 which discharges its load transversely to the car, 
 cither toward or from the middle of the car. 
 
 Side Deck Lamp. A bracket lamp fastened above the 
 windows and to the deck sill, or to the lower deck 
 ceiling and the deck post. 
 
 Side Door (Suburban Car). Figs. 202-203. 
 
 Side Doors (Baggage Car). Figs. 1335-1337. 
 
 Side Dump Car. Fig. 52. A car so constructed that 
 its contents may be discharged to one side of the 
 track through side doors, either by having the floor 
 inclined, or by tipping it sidewise. See Dump Car, 
 Goodwin Car, and Tip Car. 
 
 Side Foot Rest (Passenger Cars). Q, Fig. 2204. A 
 metal plate fastened to the truss plank between the 
 seats for passengers to rest their feet on. Chiefly 
 used over heater pipes as a guard to prevent the 
 feet of passengers from coming in contact with the 
 lint pipes. Also called shields. 
 
 Side Frame. 1. (Of a Car Body.) The frame which 
 forms the whole side of a car body. It includes 
 the posts, braces, plate, rail, girth, etc. See Fram- 
 ing. 
 
 2. (Of a Truck.) See Truck Side Frame, Dia- 
 mond Truck. 
 
 Side Gutter or Outside Cornice (British). A piece of 
 wood secured on the outside of the chicle at the 
 angle of the roof to the sides. It is channeled on 
 the top to catch the rain and to coney it to the 
 ends of the vehicle to prevent it running down the 
 sides. 
 
 Side Gutter .Molding (British). A molding which is 
 attached to the outer side of the side gutter in or- 
 der to hide the heads of the bolts by which it is 
 secured. 
 
 Side Lamp. 1. Figs. 3581, etc. A lamp attached to 
 the side of a passenger car, in distinction from a 
 center lamp, which hangs from the roof. They are 
 usually made with brackets, by which they can be 
 conveniently fastened. 
 
 2. (British.) American equivalent, side tail light. 
 A colored signal lamp carried at the side of the 
 last vehicle of a train. Two red side lamps and 
 one red tail lamp are generally carried, arranged 
 in the form of a triangle. 
 
 Side Lamp Braces. 18, Figs. 3585-3601. Diagonal bars 
 attached to a side lamp and to the side of a car to 
 steady the lamp. 
 
 Side Lamp Bracket. 17, Figs. 3585-3601. See Side 
 Lamp. 
 
 Side Lamp Holder. 16, Figs. 3585-3601. A metal ring 
 or bowl-shaped receptacle usually attached to a 
 bracket to hold a lamp. 
 
 Side Lamp Iron (British). American equivalent, tail 
 light holder, A wrought iron lamp holder secured 
 to the outer side of the body to carry the colored 
 Side Lamp, which see. See also Signal Lamp. 
 
 Side Motion Spring (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 95, Figs. 
 1886-1035. 
 
 Side Nailing Strip. 104a, Figs. 262-272. A piece of 
 wood bolted outside the side sills of steel under- 
 name cars to which the ends of the floor planks 
 and the bottom ends of the sheathing are nailed. 
 
 Side Nailing Strip Bracket. 193, Figs. 262-272. A metal 
 support attached to the outside of the side sills of 
 steel cars to carry the wooden nailing strips to 
 which the ends of the floor planks and the bottom 
 ends of the sheathing are nailed. 
 
 Side Piece (for Platform Hood). A thin block cut to 
 the curve of the hood. 
 
 Side Plank. (Gondola Cars). 52, Figs. 383-387. The 
 boards bolted to the stakes, constituting the sides 
 of the car. They vary in height according to its 
 capacity and are 2y 2 to 3 ins. thick. Those at the 
 end of the car are termed end planks, and are 
 sometimes hinged at the bottom so as to drop down 
 inwardly onto the floor of the car. 
 
 Side Plank Tie Rod. A vertical rod passing through 
 the side sill and side planking, and tying them 
 together. A side plank tie strap fulfils the same 
 office, but the planks are bolted or riveted to the 
 strap, the end of the strap being forged round and 
 threaded to take a nut. 
 
 Side Plank Tie Strap. See above. 
 
 Side Plate. 46, Figs. 262-272; 98, Figs. 648-651. More 
 properly, simply plate. The longitudinal stick on 
 top of the posts of the car body. So called as dis- 
 tinguished from the end plate. 
 
 Side Plate Stiffening Angle (Steel Cars). 41, Figs. 
 474-477. An angle iron riveted to the side plank or 
 plate, and serving the same purpose as the stakes. 
 
 Side Post Strap Bolt. A strap bolt joining the post 
 to the side sill. 
 
 Side Rail. A longitudinal timber extending along the 
 top of a side frame of a coal or ore car. It rests 
 upon posts and braces and connects with end rails, 
 which go across the end of the car. It corresponds 
 to the plate of a box car, but does not carry any 
 rafters or carlines, as does a plate. 
 
 Side Rest (Tip Car). A block of wood or metal, or a 
 spring, on top of the frame on which the body 
 rests when tipped. 
 
 Side Seat. A longitudinal car seat, the back of which 
 is against the side of a car. See Car Seat. 
 
 Side Sheet Angle Tie (Steel Cars). 44. Figs. 474-477. 
 An angle secured to the top edge of the side sheets 
 and running across the car, to prevent the sides 
 from bulging. See Bench Cap. 
 
 Side Sills 
 
 Outside Sills. 1, Figs. 
 
 262-2 i : 
 
 599-619; 
 
 8, Figs. 6207-6209. The outside longitudinal mem- 
 bers of the underframe. In some designs of steel 
 cars the side sills arc done away with entirely and 
 the entire side of the car designed as a deep plate 
 girder to carry most of the load to the bolsters. 
 
 Side Sill Flitch Plank. The two wood parts which en- 
 close the flitch plate and make up a composite side 
 sill. 
 
 Side Slope (Hopper Car). 27c, Figs. 428-431 and 27b, 
 Figs. 474-500. That part of the floor which slopes 
 from the side of the car to the hopper door. See 
 End Slope and Hopper Slope. 
 
 Side Spring (Miller Hook). A spiral spring actuating 
 tlie Miller hook laterally. The M. C. B. coupler, 
 from its peculiar movement of the knuckle or coup- 
 ling hook in coupling, requires no side play. 
 
 Side Stem (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 998, Figs. 1886- 
 1935. 
 
 Side Stem Bevel Washer (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 
 60S, Figs. 1886-1935. 
 
 Side Stem Bracket (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 594, 
 Figs. 18S6-1935. 
 
 Side Stem Lug Washer (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 607, 
 Figs. 1886-1935. 
 
 Side Stem Pivot Pin (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 5S6, 
 Figs. 1886-1935. 
 
 Side Stem Spring (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 602, Figs 
 1886-1935. 
 
 Side Step (Street Cars). A ledge usually made of a 
 
SID 
 
 151 
 
 SIL 
 
 wrought iron plate attached to the side of the plat 
 form. Also called footboard. 
 
 Side Straps (Gondola Cars). The straps to which the 
 end planks and sometimes also the side planks, are 
 bolted. They are also called side plank tie straps. 
 
 Side Strut for Hopper Floor (Hopper Cars). An in- 
 clined strut or support for the hopper floor be- 
 tween the bolster and the end of the car, fastened 
 to the corner of the end sill. See Center Strut for 
 Hopper Floor. 
 
 Side Top Panel Rail (British). A part of the body 
 framing running horizontally in the upper part of 
 the side of a carriage. 
 
 Side Truss Rod or Side Trussing. A horizontal truss 
 rod extending longitudinally along the sides and 
 fastened to the end planks. Its office is to prevent 
 the sides from bulging. Seldom used. 
 
 Side Truss Rod Bearings. The queen posts of the side 
 truss rods. 
 
 Side Truss Rod Block. A block of wood or cast iron 
 inserted in the corner at the junction of the side 
 and end planking to guide the side truss rod. 
 
 Side Urinal. A urinal to fit against the flat side of a 
 room, in distinction from a corner urinal. The lat- 
 ter is almost universal in car work. 
 
 Siding. 1. A side track. 
 '2. See Sheathing. 
 
 Siding. Flooring, Roofing and Lining. ( M. C. B. Stand- 
 ard. I In 1901 the following specifications were 
 adopted as standard: 
 
 Flooring shall be of three kinds — square edged, 
 dressed all over; ship-lapped, dressed all over; or 
 tongued and grooved, dressed all over, in accord- 
 ance with section shown in Figs. 5749-5756. 
 
 Siding, roofing and lining shall be of the section 
 shown in Figs. 5749-5756. 
 
 In 1908 the dimensions of dressed flooring was 
 increased % inch. In 1908 a drawing was added 
 showing details of flooring 2% inches thick for use 
 on cars for rough freight. In 1908 drawing was 
 revised to show separate sections for roofing and 
 lining. 
 
 Signal Bell (Street Cars). A saucer-shaped bell at- 
 tached to each platform. They are rung by a 
 clapper, to which a strap is attached which extends 
 from one platform to the other. 
 
 Signal Bell Cord. See Bell Cord and Bell Strap. 
 
 Signal Bracket. Figs. 938-940. 
 
 Signal Branch Pipe. A pipe leading from the train air 
 signal pipe to the car discharge valve. 
 
 Signal Car Discharge Valve. See Car Discharge Valve. 
 
 Signal Cord. See Bell Cord. 
 
 Signal Hose. See Hose. 
 
 Signal Hose Connection. See N. B. Hose Connection. 
 
 Signal Hose Coupling. See Hose Coupling. 
 
 Signal Lamp or Signal Light. Fig. 3617. A name ap- 
 plied to lanterns of extra power and quality of 
 several kinds, but usually meaning those provided 
 with semaphore or bull's-eye lenses, of which from 
 one to four are used; whence the name single lens, 
 double lens. etc. Thej' are also called side tail 
 lights, tail lights, operator's signal lights, etc. 
 
 Signal Lamp Bracket. 141a, Figs. 577-581. A bracket 
 attached to the car body to hold the signal lamp. 
 
 Signal Lamp Brackets and Sockets. Figs. 938-940. (M. 
 C. B. Recommended Practice). In 1903 a form of 
 combination lamp holder and flag bracket shown in 
 Fig. 5951 was adopted as Recommended Practice. 
 
 Signal Lens (Street Car). A lens in the clear story of 
 colored glass, behind which a lamp is placed. 
 
 Signal Pipe (Tram Air Signal Apparatus). A con- 
 tinuous pipe running from car to car through the 
 tram, substantially a duplicate of the brake pipe, 
 but working with a much lower pressure of air. 
 The signal pipe couplings are also substantially 
 similar to brake pipe hose couplings, but are ar- 
 ranged so that they will not couple with the latter. 
 
 Signal Pipe Coupling (Tram Air Signal Apparatus). 
 See above. 
 
 Signal Pipe Cut-out Cock (Train Air Signal Apparatus). 
 A cock placed at each end of every car for closing 
 the signal pipe at the rear of the tram. 
 
 Signal Reservoir (Train Air Signal Apparatus). See 
 Whistle Reservoir. 
 
 Signal Strap (Street Cars). A Bell Strap, which see. 
 
 Signal Valve (Train Air Signal Apparatus). A valve 
 attached to a branch from the signal pipe, which, 
 on the opening of the car discharge valve in any 
 car. and the consequent reduction of pressure in 
 the signal pipe, permits the air to escape to blow 
 the signal whistle. On motor cars this A-alve and 
 whistle are placed in the cab at each end of the car. 
 
 Signal Whistle (Train Air Signal Apparatus). See 
 Signal Valve. 
 
 Sill. 1. "Properly, the basis or foundation of a thing; 
 appropriate!}', a piece of timber on which a build- 
 ing rests. The lowest timber in any structure, as 
 the sills of a house, of a bridge, of a loom, and the 
 like. 
 
 2. "The timber or stone at the foot of a door; 
 the threshold. 
 
 3. "The timber or stone on which a window 
 frame stands, or the lowest piece in a window 
 frame." — W ebster. 
 
 4. ( Car Building.) The mam longitudinal tim- 
 bers, usually six, but sometimes eight in number, 
 which are connected together transversely by the 
 end sills, body bolsters, and cross tie timbers. Sills 
 are divided into side sills, intermediate sills and 
 center sills. A few cars, such as dump cars and 
 tank cars, have but two sills, and others onty four. 
 For the splice for broken sills required by the 
 regulations for the interchange of cars see Inter- 
 change of Traffic. See also 
 
 Deck End Sill. Platform Sill 
 
 Deck Sill. Short Sill. 
 
 End Sill. Platform Short Sill. 
 
 Platform End Sill. 
 
 5. The lower horizontal member of the fram» 
 surrounding a window or door. See Door Sill, 
 Window Sill. 
 
 Sills (M. C. B. Standards). In 1899 the following 
 finished sizes for sections of longitudinal car sills 
 were adopted as standard of the Association: 
 
 For cars such as box. stock, flat, long gondolas, 
 refrigerators, etc., 32 feet and over in length, but 
 under 40 feet: 
 
 4" x8" 4" x9" 4" xlO" 4%"xl2" 5" xl4" 
 4%"x8" 4V>"x9" 4 1 2"xl0" 5" xl2" 
 5" , x8" 5" x9" 5" xlO" 
 
 For cars 40 feet long and over, such as furniture 
 and special long gonolas: 
 
 4%"x8" 4%"x9" 5" xlO" 6" xl2" 6" xl4" 
 5" x8" 5" x9" 6" xlO" 
 6" x9" 
 
 It is believed that the above recommendations af- 
 ford a sufficient range of sizes to cover all require- 
 ments of design; they are good merchantable sizes, 
 and if used as suggested car repairs will be greatly 
 expedited, as there will be less delay in getting 
 
SIL 
 
 SLE 
 
 special sizes of lumber, and requisitions for regular 
 sizes can be filled more promptly, as lumbermen 
 can saw in advance of orders, with a reasonable 
 certainty of selling their stock. 
 
 Sill and Plank Rod. A rod passing through the sill and 
 planking to tie them together securely. A side 
 plank tie rod. 
 
 Sill and Plate Rod. 30, Figs. 262-272, etc.; 54, Figs. 599- 
 619. A vertical iron rod which passes through the 
 sill and plate of a car body frame and ties the two 
 together. A Brace Straining Rod, which see, is a 
 similar part for low passenger car trusses below 
 the windows. 
 
 Sill and Plate Rod Washer. Fig. 830. A large rectan- 
 gular Washer, which see, for the ends of the sill 
 and plate rod. 
 
 Sill Corner Iron. Figs. 991-992. 
 
 Sill Knee Iron. 8, Figs. 599-619. An L-shaped or right- 
 angled iron casting or forging bolted into the in- 
 side corner of a car frame to strengthen it. 
 
 Sill Splice. See Ship Splice, and Interchange of Traf- 
 fic. 
 
 Sill Step (Freight Cars). 30, Figs. 262-272, etc., and 
 Figs. 798-800. rt U-shaped iron attached to the 
 sill of a car, below the ladder, as a step for getting 
 to or from the ladder. In 1893 the M. C. B. As- 
 sociation recommended "That two good substan- 
 tial steps (sill steps), made of wrought iron, about 
 %xl% in. section, be fastened, one to each side 
 sill, next to tne corner of the car to which the 
 ladder is attached, on cars having ladders, and to 
 diagonally opposite corners on all other cars. The 
 steps to be not less than 12 inches long, measured 
 horizontally between the sides, and the tread to be 
 not less than S inches below the bottom of the sill. 
 The side of the step next to the corner of the car 
 to be as near to the end of the car as is practicable. 
 Each side of the step to be fastened to the sill 
 with two %-inch bolts and nuts." In 1902 this rec- 
 ommended practice was adopted as standard. See 
 Protection of Trainmen. 
 
 Sill Step Stay. A diagonal iron rod or bar attached to 
 one of the sills and to a sill step to stiffen the 
 latter. Not commonly required or used. 
 
 Sill Strap Bolt. 220, Figs. 262-272. A strap bolt, used 
 to fasten the side and end sills together. When set 
 into the sill is called a joint bolt. 
 
 Sill Tie Rod. 10, Figs. 383-387, etc.; 9, Figs. 599-619. 
 A transverse iron tie rod in the floor of a car for 
 holding the sills together. 
 
 Sill Timber Key. Figs. 785-786. A metal block let into 
 a gained seat on the sills to relieve the sill bolts 
 from shearing stresses. 
 
 Simplex Bolster. Figs. 1128-1129, 1135, 1143-1146, 5047- 
 5048. A type of bolster, both body and truck, 
 using flat iron plates for the top and bottom mem- 
 bers, and a cast center filling piece. The ends are 
 lapped over and riveted. In the truck bolster the 
 top member is a channel, and a heavy malleable 
 iron strut is used in the center. 
 
 Simonton Drop Door Gear (Drop Bottom and Hopper 
 Cars). Figs. 1056-1064. A drop door mechanism in 
 which two links are brought into a self-locking 
 position when the doors are closed. The usual 
 winding shaft is employed with a sheave over 
 which the links are wound. 
 
 Single Board Car Roof (Freight Cars). A roof in which 
 one layer of boards covered by some kind of sheet 
 metal is used in place of double boards. All single 
 board freight roofs use a sheet metal cover, either 
 
 above or below the boards, but those only having 
 sheet metal on top are commonly so called. 
 
 Simplex Coupler. Figs. 1589-1592. 
 
 Single Guard (for Lanterns). According to the num- 
 ber of horizontal wires surrounding 'the globe, lan- 
 terns are designated as single, double or triple 
 guard. 
 
 Single Pipe Strap. Fig. 2756. A pipe Clip, which see. 
 
 Single Plate Wheel. A cast iron wheel, in which the 
 hub and tire are united by only a single plate, 
 which is strengthened usually by ribs, called brack- 
 ets, or sometimes by corrugations. See Wheel, 
 Car Wheel. 
 
 Single Screw Turnbuckle. A Turnbuckle, which see, 
 shaped like the link of a chain with a screw at ane 
 end and a swivel at the other. 
 
 Single Window Blind. A blind which is made in one 
 piece or section, and large enough for one window. 
 They require a lower window, and hence are rarely 
 used in the better grade of passenger cars unless 
 made flexible. See Window Blind. 
 
 Single Window Blind Lift. See Window Blind Lift. 
 
 Sink (Dining Car). A shallow metallic box to receive 
 and carry off dirty water. 
 
 Six-Wheel Truck. Fig. 4774; details, Fig. 4S66, etc. 
 Six-wheel trucks are the standard for sleeping, 
 parlor and dining cars. They are sometimes, 
 though rarely, built of iron or steel. SeeTruck, Car 
 Truck. 
 
 Sizer (Wood Working Machinery). Fig. 6799. See 
 Planer. 
 
 Skeleton (Steel Tired Wheels). Another term for the 
 Wheel Center or Central Filling Piece, which see. 
 The word skeleton is principally used when the 
 wrought or cast wheel center consists of open bars. 
 
 Skew Back. 1. (Masonry.) The face on the edge of 
 the abutment against which the arch proper abuts. 
 
 2. (.Of a Truss.) A casting on the end of a truss 
 or a trussed beam to which a truss rod is fastened. 
 It is usually made in the form of a cap, and forms 
 a bearing for the truss rod nuts. 
 
 3. (Car Building.) A Truss Rod Washer, which 
 see. 
 
 Slab. 2, Figs. 3684-3686. See Wash Stand Slab. 
 
 Slack Adjuster. Figs. 1173-1182, 1187-1192, 1259. A device 
 for automatically taking up the slack in the founda- 
 tion brake gear when normal piston travel is ex- 
 ceeded. 
 
 Slanting Table Leg. One which abuts against a slant- 
 ing table leg plate in the side of the car instead of 
 standing vertically. 
 
 Slanting Table Leg Hook. Fig. 4408. See above. 
 
 Slat. A narrow piece of board or timber, such as Seat. 
 Back Slats, Seat Slats, Window Blind Slats, which 
 see. 
 
 Slat Cattle Car. A Stock Car, which see. 
 
 Slat Seat. A seat composed of narrow strips of wood. 
 These are usually placed longitudinally on the 
 seats with a space between them. 
 
 Slatted Floor. An open floor made of slats nailed to 
 cross pieces with a space left between them so that 
 air can circulate beneath and through between the 
 slats. 
 
 Sleeper. 1. The tics or cross timbers on which the rails 
 of a tramway are laid and spiked. 
 
 2. A misnomer for a sleeping car, since it is the 
 passengers who sleep and not the car. 
 
 Sleeping Car. Figs. 174-178, 213-217, 605-606, 612-613. A 
 car provided with fixed seats, arranged to face each 
 other, which can be used for day travel and at night 
 
SLE 
 
 5M0 
 
 can be made up into berths. Each pair of seats is 
 called a section and the standard Pullman sleeping 
 car contains 12 such sections which can be made 
 up into upper and lower berths. The mattress and 
 bedding are carried in a pocket under the deck, 
 the bottom of the pocket being hinged to lower and 
 form the upper berth, while the seat cushions and 
 backs are arranged on the seat frame to form the 
 lower berth. See Fig. 2201. 
 
 Most of the sleeping cars in the United States are 
 owned and operated by the Pullman Company and 
 hence are often referred to simply as Pullman 
 cars. They are handsomely finished and uphol- 
 stered. 
 
 Emigrant Sleeping Cars or Tourist Sleeping 
 Cars resemble ordinary sleeping cars, but are with 
 out expensive upholstery. In Great Britain sleep- 
 ing cars are in use on some through night trains, 
 but they differ from the Pullman cars in being 
 divided up into small compartments, each contain- 
 ing one lower berth, or sometimes two, but with- 
 out upper berths. The berths are arranged across 
 the car instead of lengthwise and for day travel 
 are made up into a comfortable sofa seat. 
 
 The first sleeping car built in the United States 
 was made in the shops of the Terre Haute, Alton 
 & St. Louis Railroad by a mechanic named Wood- 
 ruff. The coach provided seats for sixty passen- 
 gers, which were convertible into flat berths. The 
 patent was secured in 1856-1857. The next sleeping 
 cars were two of the same kind run on the New 
 York Central Railroad. Webster Wagner, founder 
 of the AYagner Palace Car Company, built and 
 patented four sleepers for the New York Central 
 Railroad in 1858. The modern palace sleeping car 
 was introduced by George M. Pullman, who built 
 his first car in 1859. Some of the early Pullman 
 cars had sixteen wheels instead of twelve. The 
 first Wagner palace car was built in 1807. Both 
 A\ agner and Pullman paid royalties to Woodruff. 
 See 
 Compartment Sleeping Sleeping Car Section. 
 
 Car. Stateroom Sleeping 
 
 Lower Berth. Car. 
 
 Observation Sleeping 
 Car. 
 
 Sleeping Car Section. Figs. 2201-2203, 4112. The space 
 in a sleeping car occupied b}' two double seats in 
 da\'time and by two berths or beds at night. Ther; 
 are usually 12 sections in a car, in addition to a 
 stateroom, smoking compartment, etc. 
 
 Sleet Cutter. Fig. 0346. A special trolley wheel hav- 
 ing corrugated contact surfaces, used in place of a 
 standard wheel during sleet storms. The corru- 
 gated surface breaks through the ice on the trolley 
 wire and maintains electrical contact between the 
 wheel and wire. 
 
 Sleeve (Kirby's Door Lock). C, Figs. 2480-2481. 
 
 Sleeve Collar (Kirby's Door Lock). D, Figs. 2480- 
 2481. 
 
 Slewing Gear (or Pile Driver Car). The means for 
 causing the swinging platform to revolve. It con- 
 sists of a hand wheel and spur wheel, the latter 
 engaging in the slewing rack fixed to the floor of 
 the car. 
 
 Slewing Rack (of Pile Driver Car). See above. 
 
 Slewing Rings (of a Derrick). Rings attached to the 
 upper end of the boom for attaching a rope by 
 which to move or steady it when loaded. 
 
 Slide Valve (Triple Valve). 1. 20, Figs. 1225-1230; 3, 
 Figs. 1233-1237. A plain slide valve, controlled in 
 
 its motion by the piston, by means of which the air 
 is admitted to, and exhausted from, the brake 
 cydinder, applying and releasing the brake. 
 2. (Reducing Valve.) 8, Figs. 1248-1252. 
 
 Slide Valve Feed Valve. See Feed Valve. 
 
 Slide Valve Reducing Valve. See Feed Valve. 
 
 Slide Valve Spring. 1. (Triple Valve.) 18, Figs. 1225 - 
 1230; 6, Figs. 1233-1237. 
 
 2. (Reducing Valve.) 9, Figs. 1248-1252. 
 
 Sliding Bolt (of a Padlock). The bolt in the interior 
 of the padlock which engages with the shackle, 
 locking it to place. The forward end of the bolt 
 is termed the bit. The movement of the sliding 
 bolt is controlled by the sliding bolt spring. 
 
 Sliding Door. A door opened by sliding sideways in 
 stead of swinging on hinges. Such doors are al- 
 most universally used on freight cars; also on 
 subway trains and tunnel cars. Figs. 1341-1342. 
 They are hung by a hook called the door hanger. 
 which slides on a top door track. See also Car 
 Door Hanger. They are also in general use on 
 baggage cars and street cars. 
 
 Sliding Door Bracket. A Door Track Bracket, which 
 see. 
 
 Sliding Door Fixtures. Figs. 2407-2427, 2654-2662. See 
 also Car Door Hanger, Sliding Door Lock and 
 Sliding Door Latch. 
 
 Sliding Door Friction Roller. Fig. 2659. A small 
 wheel attached to the top or bottom of a sliding 
 door to make it run easily. It may or may not 
 carry the weight of the door. 
 
 Sliding Door Handles. Figs. 2426-2427. See Door 
 Handles. 
 
 Sliding Door Hasp and Staple (Mail Car). Figs. 2407- 
 2408. See Hasp and Staple. 
 
 Sliding Door Holder or Hook (Street Cars). A metal 
 hook by which a sliding door can be fastened on 
 the inside. 
 
 Sliding Door Hook and Button (Baggage Car). Figs. 
 2409-2410. 
 
 Sliding Door Latch. Figs. 2411-2418. A latch made 
 with a hook lifting vertically instead of a bolt slid- 
 ing horizontally, for fastening sliding doors. 
 
 Sliding Door Latch Keeper. Figs. 2411-2420, etc. Also 
 called a strike plate. 
 
 Sliding Door Lock. Figs. 2413-2427. A lock made 
 especially for fastening sliding doors. Such locks 
 usualh r have a hook which engages in a correspond- 
 ing catch attached to the door post. The hook is 
 secured in connection with the catch by means of 
 a bolt, which is operated by a key. 
 
 Sliding Door Roller. Fig. 2659. 
 
 Sliding Door Sheave. See Door Sheave. 
 
 Sliding Door Track. See Door Track. 
 
 Slip Lamp Burner. A burner in which the chimney is 
 held in place by springs or screws, and so con- 
 structed that the entire slotted cap to the burner 
 may be removed at once by lifting, still carrying 
 the chimney, without removing any spring. 
 
 Smith Car Door. Figs. 1359-1364. 
 
 Smith Heater. Fig. 2749. 
 
 Smoke Bell. Fig. 3554 and 13, Figs. 3585-3601. A cover 
 or screen of glass, porcelain or metal, shaped 
 somewhat like a bell, and placed over a lamp to 
 protect the ceiling of a car or room. Large smoke 
 bells are often called canopies. 
 
 Smoke Bell Bracket. A separate carrier for a smoke 
 bell. 
 
 Smoke Bell Stem (of Lamps). A tube attached to the 
 upper part of a smoke bell and serving to conduct 
 
SMO 
 
 154 
 
 :oc 
 
 away the gases so as to bring the smoke bell lower 
 and nearer to the lamp. 
 
 Smoke Flue. A smoke pipe. 
 
 Smoke Flue Base (Baker Heater). Fig. 2695-2696. 
 
 Smoke Jack. See Lamp Jack, Stove Pipe Jack. 
 
 Smoke Pipe (Heaters). The pipe by which the smoke 
 is conducted to the outside of the car, usually called 
 stove pipe, but the stove pipe of heaters is called a 
 smoke pipe or smoke flue, to distinguish it from 
 the air pipes. 
 
 Smoke Pipe Cap. A covering on top of the smoke pipe 
 to exclude rain and wind. Also called jack. 
 
 Smoke Pipe Casing (Heaters). An outside pipe which 
 incloses a smoke pipe, leaving a space between the 
 two through which air is admitted from the top 
 and is thus warmed. 
 
 Smoke Screen (Baker Heaters). Fig. 2687. A con- 
 ical-shaped box, the front of which is the feed door 
 and the bottom of which is the hole through which 
 the coal enters the fire pot, and which is covered 
 by the safety plate. 
 
 Smoke Top (Baker Heater). Fig. 2695, etc. The upper 
 part of the heater, made of Russia iron, in a conical 
 form. 
 
 Smoking Car. A car usually attached to all passenger 
 trains immediately behind the baggage car, in which 
 smoking is permitted: also, in general custom, the 
 only one open to passengers with second-class 
 tickets. Buffet Smoking Cars, which see, and some 
 others, are more luxurious. Combination Smoking 
 and Baggage Cars, which see, are also largely in 
 use. 
 
 Smoking Carriage (British). A passenger vehicle in 
 which smoking is allowed. The whole of a vehicle 
 is seldom devoted to this purpose, separate com- 
 partments of each class being set apart for smok- 
 ing in every train, as required by law. See also 
 Carriage. 
 
 Smoking Room (Sleeping Cars). A compartment now 
 almost universal in modern sleeping cars and parlor 
 cars. It is generally kept for the free use of the 
 passengers, and separate seats or berths are not 
 sold in it. 
 
 Smudge ( British). The scrapings and cleanings of 
 paint pots collected and used to cover the outer 
 side of the roof boards as a bed for the Roofing 
 Canvas, which see. 
 
 Snatch Block. Properly a single block which has an 
 opening (notch) in one cheek to receive the rope 
 The snatch block is usually provided with a swivel 
 hook. The term is also popularly applied to any 
 form of single block provided with a hook, al- 
 though more properly it applies to only one with 
 an opening at the side for readily inserting or re- 
 moving the rope. 
 
 Snow Plow. Fig. 249. "A machine operated like a 
 plow, but on a larger scale, for clearing away the 
 snow from railroads." — Webster. The parts of a 
 snow plow corresponding with the plow share ami 
 mold board of an ordinary plow are mounted on 
 running gear similar to that used for freight cars. 
 Small snow plows are also attached to the cow- 
 catchers of locomotives and regularly carried 
 throughout the winter. See Russell Snow Plow. 
 
 Other machines, called the rotary steam shovel, 
 and the Jull centrifugal snow excavator, operated 
 in a manner altogether different from ordinary snow 
 plows, are made and are in use on roads in moun- 
 tainous districts where the snowfall is very great. 
 They have found considerable favor in the West- 
 ern States. The rotary steam snow shovel is a 
 
 powerful machine, carried in a heavy frame, made 
 of steel I and channel beams. A boiler and double 
 cylinder engine of the locomotive type are carried, 
 which are connected b3 r heavy steel pinions to a 
 bevel gear on a horizontal shaft. 
 
 Upon this shaft is mounted the rotary wheel, con- 
 sisting of a series of 12 rotary shovels with auto- 
 matic reversible cutting blades. This is rotated in 
 a drum, or casing, having a square front which cuts 
 the snow not reached by the knives to a width of 
 10 feet 6 inches or more if required. 
 
 The cutting blades slice the snow from the bank 
 into the shovels, which, with the centrifugal force 
 of the wheel, discharge the snow in a solid stream 
 through a chute on top of the drum, to either sid; 
 of the track desired, and to a distance of from on? 
 to two hundred feet. The speed of the wheel is 
 from one to two hundred revolutions per minute 
 This machine is equipped with an ice pick and 
 flanger — the former to protect it from derailment 
 by snow and ice — the latter for cleaning the flange 
 and rail every time it passes over the road. Coal 
 and water for the rotary are carried in an ordinary 
 locomotive tender, coupled to the rotary for this 
 purpose. One standard locomotive is required to 
 push this machine in any kind of snow. 
 
 The Jull centrifugal snow excavator has a 
 "scoop" in front, 10 feet or more wide and 11 feet 
 high, consisting of a square-shaped open front 
 box, within which revolves the "snow cutter." This 
 "snow cutter" consists of an inverted truncated 
 cone, inclined downward and laterally, upon which 
 are riveted four helical, sharp-edged cutting blades. 
 which slice off the snow, gather it into the "scoop," 
 and, by centrifugal force, discharge it to either 
 side of the track separately, or to both sides at 
 once, through openings in the "scoop." The diam- 
 eter of the cone from the outer edge of one cutting 
 blade to that of its opposite blade is, at the larg" 
 or upper end, 10 feet, and at the small or lower 
 end, 3 feet. The "snow cutter" is operated by an 
 engine of locomotive design, having two cylinders. 
 18-inch diameter, 24-inch stroke. The excavator 
 is equipped with separate flanger and ice cutters, 
 which are controlled and operated by the pilot by 
 means of compressed air, and it is equipped with 
 Westinghouse air brake. Two hundred revolutions 
 of the "snow cutter" are made to 175 revolutions 
 of the engine. In actual service the number of 
 revolutions of the "snow cutter" varies from 150 to 
 250 revolutions per minute, according to the diffi- 
 culty of the work to be done. 
 
 Snow Flanger. A plate of iron or steel attached to a 
 car or engine to scrape away snow and ice on the 
 sides of the heads of the rails so as to make room 
 for the flanges of the wheels. The term is some- 
 times applied to an adjustable plow fitted to a loco- 
 motive or car which extends low down onto the 
 track and has a plate or tool for cutting and 
 scraping the snow and ice from the rail. 
 
 Snow Scraper. A plate or bar of iron or steel attached 
 to an engine or car to scrape away the snow and 
 ice from the rails. 
 
 Soap Dish. Figs. 3662-3666. 
 
 Soap Holder. A soap dish attached to a partition like 
 a bracket. 
 
 Socket. "Any hollow thing or place which receives 
 and holds something else." — Webster. As the 
 socket for a water cooler valve. See also 
 
soc 
 
 155 
 
 SPL 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Revolving Chair Stand 
 
 Bushing or Socket. Socket. 
 
 Flag Holder Socket. 
 Socket Caster. Figs. 4279-4282. A fixed or rigid caster. 
 Xot properly a caster at all, except by custom of 
 the trade. See Caster. 
 Socket Washer. Figs. 777-T7S. A large washer with 
 a cavit}- to receive the head or nut of a bolt or rod 
 so that is will not project beyond the surface of 
 the wood to which it is attached. Also called cup 
 washer. 
 Sofa (Sleeping Cars). A longitudinal seat which makes 
 • up by pulling out sidewise so as to drop the back, 
 now used only in staterooms. 
 Sofa Spring (British). See Back Squab Sofa Spring, 
 
 Squab Sofa Spring. 
 Sofa Arm Rest Bolt. Figs. 4302-4303. 
 Sofa Arm Rest Fixtures. Figs. 4297-4299. 
 Sofa Back Leg Socket. Figs. 4300-4301. 
 Sofa Back Pivot Hinge and Bushing. Figs. 4294-4295. 
 Sofa Bolt i Sleeping Cars). Fig. 4304. A sliding bolt 
 used for holding a sofa in its place. It is operated 
 from the front by a sofa pull working through a 
 sofa crank. Sofas standing against the side of the 
 cars are now little used, except in private cars. 
 Sofa Caster. Figs. 4279-4282. See Caster. 
 Sofa Furnishings. Figs. 4288-4304. 
 
 Sofa Hinge. Figs. 4288-4289. A hinge by which the 
 seat and back of a sofa are fastened together so 
 that they can be changed from a sofa to a bed. 
 See Seat Hinge. 
 Sofa Leg Hook. Fig. 4307. 
 Sofa Rail End and Socket. Figs. 4314-4315. 
 Soffit Board. 121s, Figs. 648-651. A board which forms 
 the under side or ceiling of some subordinate part 
 or member of a building or a car. as of a staircase 
 or cornice. See Deck Soffit Board. 
 Soil Hopper. Fig. 4u54. See Closet Hopper 
 Sole Bar I British). American equivalent, side sill. 
 One or two longitudinal bars which are the main 
 members of the Underframe, which see. In British 
 car construction the side sills are relatively more 
 important than in America. 
 Sole Bar Angle Iron (British). An angle iron secured 
 to the sole bar, to stiffen it. A plate is sometimes 
 used instead of an angle iron. 
 Solenoid. A coil of insulated copper wire wound on a 
 spool which, when the electric current flows through 
 it, may draw or attract an iron rod, core or plunger 
 into its interior. A modified form of electro mag- 
 net. Used as a means for operating regulators, 
 switches and other electrical apparatus. 
 Solid Braided Bell Cord. Fig. 2321. See Bell Cord. 
 "Solid" Compressed End Brake Beam. Figs. 4822- 
 
 4*23. 
 Solid Draft Gear. Fig. 1536. 
 
 Solid Leather-Head Nails. Fig. 3781. A form of orna- 
 mental nail for finishing work, in which the head is 
 of solid leather. The same principle is applied to 
 the manufacture of solid leather buttons, also much 
 used for decorative purposes. 
 Solid Wrought Iron Single-Spoke Wheel. A wheel in 
 which the spokes, hub (boss) and rim are all 
 welded together, each spoke consisting of one 
 single bar. The tire is shrunk on. 
 Soule Rawhide Lined Dust Guard. Fig. 5321. 
 Spacing Block (Pintsch Lamp). 292, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 Spanner. A wrench for uncoupling hose, etc., formed 
 like the arc of a circle, with notches or lugs for 
 engaging into dogs or grooves on a spanner nut. 
 
 An ordinary wrench is termed a spanner in Great 
 Britain. 
 Spanner Bar (Buhoup Vestibule). 6 and 94. Figs. 2215- 
 
 2203. 
 Spanner Bar Bolt (Buhoup Vestibule). Ill, Figs. 2215- 
 
 2263. See also Filling Spider. 
 Spider (Pintsch Lamp). 302, Figs. 3208-3224. 
 Spider Plate or Underframe Plate (British). A fiat 
 horizontal wrought iron bar connecting two or 
 more timbers of the underframe together, and be- 
 ing placed beneath them prevents one sinking be- 
 low the others. It is often made with three or 
 more arms radiating from a common center; hence 
 its name. 
 Spindle ( Kirby's Door Lock). B. Figs. 2480-2481. 
 Spiral Elliptic Seat Spring. A spring made of a thin 
 band of steel wound in a spiral coil, the transverse 
 section of which is elliptic. 
 Spiral Journal Bearing. Fig. 5328. 
 Spiral Sash Spring. See Sash Spring. 
 Spiral Seat Spring. The common form of Seat Spring, 
 
 which see. 
 Spiral Spring. Fig. 6010. A spring made of a metal 
 rod or bar coiled in the form of the thread of 
 a screw, so that it can be compressed or ex- 
 panded in the direction of the axis around which it 
 is coiled. Vost of the springs now in use in car 
 work, except the bolster springs of passenger cars, 
 are spiral springs. Volute springs, india rubber 
 springs, compound or wool packed springs are quite 
 obselete. Spiral springs are designated as single, 
 double, triple or quadruple coil springs when nested 
 one inside the other. Such springs are also called 
 nest springs. Usually the single springs or nest 
 springs are again combined into two group, four 
 group, six group, etc.. springs. Two to eight group 
 springs are the most common. Graduated springs 
 seem to have had their day, and are not often speci- 
 fied for new construction. The various springs in 
 them come into action successively as the load in- 
 creases, instead of all at once. Spiral springs are 
 also designated according to the section of bar, as 
 round bar, flat bar, square bar, half round bar, oval 
 bar, edge rolled, etc.. but nearly all springs are now 
 made from round bar steel. Equal bar is a term 
 applied to nest springs made from bars of such size 
 that the resistance of the coil is proportioned to its 
 diameter. Spiral springs are also designated ac- 
 cording to their use. as equalizer springs, journal 
 springs, pedestal springs, bolster springs (which 
 latter are the main springs of a car), buffer springs, 
 draft springs, etc. 
 Spiral Spring Cap. 75. Figs. 4771-4777: Fig. 6010. A 
 casting or plate which forms a bearing for the top 
 of a spiral spring, and which also holds it in its 
 place. A seat is used at the other end, but both 
 these parts in bolster springs are commonly called 
 Spring Plates, which see. 
 Spittoon. Figs. 2667-2669. A vessel to receive the dis- 
 charges of spittle and other abominations. A Cus- 
 pidor, which see, is the same thing in a different 
 form. 
 Splash Board. A board attached in an inclined position 
 covering up the back of passenger car steps. It 
 serves much the same purpose as the risers of 
 steps, and prevents mud and dirt being thrown on 
 the steps. Not in general use. 
 Splasher (British). An iron plate attached to the floor 
 above the wheels. Only used when the wheels are 
 too large in diameter to clear the ordinary floor. 
 Also called wheel cover or wheel plate. 
 
SPL 
 
 150 
 
 SPR 
 
 Splice. 1. "The union of ropes by interweaving the 
 strands." — Webster. Hence any appliance by 
 which the ends of a rope, cord, beam or bar, are 
 united. See Bell Cord Splice. 
 
 2. (For Car Sills.) See Scarf Joint, Ship Splice. 
 According to the rules for the interchange of cars 
 of the Master Car Builders' Association, the splice 
 of a sill to be received must be '24 in. long. See 
 Interchange of Traffic. 
 
 Splicing Center Sills. See Center Sills. 
 
 .Split Key. Figs. 807-808. A form of pin which is self- 
 fastening, consisting essentially of two parallel 
 strips or bars of metal, which, when united, con- 
 stitute one pin, but which tend to spring apart, so 
 that the pin cannot be withdrawn without the use 
 of considerable force. 
 
 Spoke. "One of the radial arms which connect the 
 hub with tlie rim of a wheel." — Knight. 
 
 Spoke Wheel. Fig. 5392, etc. A wheel, the rim or tire 
 of which is connected with the hub by spokes in- 
 stead of one or more plates. These spokes are 
 sometimes made of solid cast iron, in others they 
 are cast hollow, and still others are made of 
 wrought iron or cast steel. 
 
 Spool (of Hoisting Gear). The drums on which the 
 hoisting rope or chain is wound. 
 
 Spring. Figs. 5368-5383, 6010-6020. Elliptic springs, 
 Figs. 5372-5383. An elastic body to resist con- 
 cussion. Springs are also used to produce motion 
 in a reverse direction to that caused by some other 
 applied force, as a brake spring and the spring of a 
 door latch. The leading forms of springs are 
 Elliptic Springs and Spiral Springs, which see. 
 Spiral springs are designated according to the num- 
 ber combined together one within the other, as 
 double coil, triple coil, etc.; or, if the springs are 
 placed side by side, as two group, four group, six 
 group, etc.; elliptic springs, according to the num- 
 ber united to work together as one spring, are 
 designated as double or duplicate, triple or tripli- 
 cate, quadruple, quintuple and sextuple. The main 
 springs about a car are nearly all spiral springs, ex- 
 cept that elliptic springs are almost exclusively 
 used for the bolster springs of passenger cars. 
 
 The principal springs of a car supporting its 
 weight are the bolster springs, also called bearing 
 springs or body springs. Equalizing bar or equal- 
 izer springs are used in addition on passenger cars, 
 as also sometimes journal springs. Side journal 
 springs are used on street cars, and are sometimes 
 key-shaped or spool-shaped. Tension communi- 
 cated through the draw spring or springs. 
 
 In European practice bearing springs are semi- 
 elliptical; buffing and draft springs are rubber, semi- 
 elliptical, spiral or volute. The seat cushions and 
 backs arc supported by sofa springs. The tendency 
 to-day of American practice is toward single and 
 double coil, round bar springs for car work. For 
 equalizer springs the universal practice is to use 
 plain single and double coil, round bar spiral 
 springs. 
 
 Springs and Spring Caps (M. C. B. Recommended 
 Practice). Figs. 6010-6020. In 1898 detail designs 
 of spring coils and caps were adopted as Recom- 
 mended Practice. 
 
 In 1901 a committee presented revised drawings, 
 with full details and specifications. They were sub- 
 mitted to letter ballot and adopted as Recommended 
 Practice, and are shown in Figs. 6010-6013. 
 
 In 1901 designs, with full details and specifications 
 
 for springs for 100,000-pound capacity cars, were 
 presented, and as a result of letter ballot were 
 adopted as Recommended Practice. See Figs. 6014- 
 6017. 
 
 Spring Band (Elliptic Springs). A wrought iron strap 
 which embraces the plates at the center. 
 
 Spring Blocks. 76, Figs. 4780-4783. Blocks to which 
 the equalizer spring caps are attached. They are 
 made right and left. 
 
 Spring Box (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 961, Figs. 1886- 
 1935. 
 
 Spring Box Holder (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 932, 
 Figs. 1886-1935. 
 
 Spring Cap. Figs. 5384-5389. A cup-shaped piece of 
 cast or wrought iron for holding the top of a spring 
 and against which the latter bears. They are fur- 
 ther distinguished by the name of the spring, as 
 bolster spring cap, etc. The spring seat comes be- 
 low the spring, but both these parts are very com- 
 monly called spring plates, especially in large group 
 springs. 
 
 Spring Controller. Figs. 5368-5369. 
 
 Spring Door Latch. Figs. 2585-2587, etc. A latch, the 
 bolt of which is thrown into contact with a catch 
 by a spring, and is disengaged by a knob or handle. 
 Such latches are not arranged so as to be fastened 
 with a key. See Latch. 
 
 Spring Door Lock. Figs. 2576-2577, etc. A lock usually 
 called a night latch. See Latch. 
 
 Spring Edge (Car Upholstery). A term applied to a 
 method of upholstery which protects the frame 
 work entirely by springs, so that it is not felt by 
 the occupant of the seat. 
 
 Spring Hanger (Elliptic Springs). 170, Figs. 585-588. 
 A T-shaped bolt or an 8 or U-shaped iron strap 
 which sustains the end of a semi-elliptic spring. 
 The T-hanger is a bolt with a T-head pass- 
 ing through a slot in the spring, used in locomo- 
 tives, but not on cars. The 8-shaped hanger is a 
 wrought forging with holes at each end for two 
 bolts. 
 
 Spring Hanger Iron or Bracket (Cabooses, etc.). 171, 
 Figs. 585-588. A bent bar fastened to a pedestal 
 timber or wheel piece, to which the spring hangers 
 are attached. 
 
 Spring Hinge. Fig. 2741. See Double-Acting Spring 
 Hinge. 
 
 Spring Link or Spring Shackle (British). American 
 equivalent, spring hanger, a term also used in 
 Great Britain. A link attached to the end of a 
 laminated spring by which the weight is placed 
 upon it. 
 
 Spring Link Adjusting Screw or Tee Bolt (British). 
 An eye bolt by which the tension of the bearing 
 spring, ami, to some extent, the height of the car 
 body above the rails can be regulated. Rarely used 
 except in passenger service, where it is very gen- 
 eral. A different style, having the bolt vertical, 
 is the same as above, except that being vertical, it 
 cannot put initial tension on the spring. 
 
 Spring Padlock. A padlock, the hasp of which can be 
 locked by pressure only, without a key; so called 
 in distinction from a dead padlock. 
 
 Spring Pin. See Lateral Motion Spring Pin (Passenger 
 Car Trucks). 
 
 Spring Plank. 43, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4774, and Figs. 
 4791-4792, 5016-5018. A transverse timber under- 
 neath a truck bolster and on which the bolster 
 springs rest. Also called sand plank or sand board. 
 A Spring Plank Safety Strap or Guard, which see, 
 
SPR 
 
 157 
 
 STA 
 
 passes under the spring plank. In iron trucks, iron 
 spring plank bars take the place of the wooden 
 spring plank, and in other trucks they are very 
 common. A swing spring plank is used in passen- 
 ger and other Swing Motion Trucks, which see. 
 In rigid bolster trucks the spring plank is bolted 
 to the lower arch bar of the truck frame. 
 
 Spring Plank Bearing. 44, Figs. 4771-4774. A casting 
 on which a spring plank rests, and which is sup- 
 ported by the lower swing hanger pivot. Also 
 called cross-bar casting or spring plank carrier. 
 
 Spring Plank Safety Hanger. Figs. 4849-4850. 
 
 Spring Plank Safety Strap (Passenger Car Trucks). 
 45, Figs. 4771-4777, and Figs. 4S49-4S50. A U-shaped 
 strap of iron attached to the transoms, and passing 
 under the spring plank, so as to hold it up in case 
 the swing hangers or their attachments should 
 break. 
 
 Spring Plate. Fig. 4^22. A common term for spring 
 seats and caps, especially those of considerable size, 
 as for bolster springs. They are often provided 
 with spring plate lugs to hold the spring in place. 
 
 Spring Pocket (Strap Drawbar). See below. 
 
 Spring Pocket or Strap Drawbar. A drawbar with a 
 rectangular strap or "pocket" at the back end. in 
 which the draft spring is placed. So called in dis- 
 tinction from a tail bolt attachment. See Yoke. 
 Practically all drawbars are now attached with a 
 yoke or strap, and this form is the Recommended 
 Practice of the M. C. E. Association. 
 
 Spring Seat. 74. Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4774. A cup- 
 shaped piece of cast or wrought iron, on which the 
 bottom of a spring rests. See Spring Cap, Spring 
 Plate. 
 
 They are further distinguished by the name of the 
 spring for which they serve, as bolster spring seat, 
 equalizer spring seat, etc. 
 
 Spring Shackle (British). See Spring Link. 
 
 Spring Stud (Street Cars). A round iron bar which 
 rests on the top of the journal box or spring seat 
 and passes through the center of a spiral spring. 
 The upper end works in a guide and thus holds the 
 spring in its place. A similar bar has been used on 
 steam cars for transmitting the weight from the 
 spring to the journal box. 
 
 Sprue (Foundry). The piece of metal which fills the 
 gate or channel through which the metal is poured 
 in making a casting.. This piece is broken off when 
 the casting is cooled. The gate iself is often called 
 a sprue. 
 
 Sprue Hole. A gate of a mold for casting metals. 
 
 Spud. Figs. 3648-3649. A bushing or coupling by 
 which the hole of a sink or water cooler drip is 
 connected with the drain or drain pipe. 
 
 Spur Wheel. 1. (Hoisting Gear, etc.) Literally any 
 cog wheel, but usally meaning the larger one of a 
 pair of wheels in gear, in distinction from the 
 pinion, which is the smaller one of the two. 
 2. (Lever Hand Car.) 5, Figs. 6207-6209. 
 
 Squab Cushion. One formed of a bag or case stuffed 
 with curled hair or other elastic materia], not at- 
 tached to the seat, but simply laid upon it. Xow 
 little used, box cushions being preferred. See 
 Cushion. 
 
 Square Bolt Heads (M. C. B. Standard). In 1899 the 
 following dimensions for square bolt heads were 
 adopted as Recommended Practice: 
 
 The side of the head shall be one and one-half 
 times the diameter of the bolt, and the thickness 
 of the head shall be one-half the side of the head. 
 
 In 1900 these dimensions were adopted as 
 
 Standard. 
 Square Door Bolt. Fig. 2391. A door bolt made of a 
 
 square and straight bar of metal. When the bolt 
 
 has an offset it is termed a square neck door bolt, 
 
 as in Fig. 2393. 
 Square End. A rectangular piece on the end of a shaft 
 
 to which a crank or wrench can be applied; also 
 
 termed winding arbor or crank pin. 
 Square Root Iron. A term applied by manufacturers 
 
 to angle iron in which the corners are brought to 
 
 a sharp angle and not rounded off. Square root 
 
 iron is one form of angle iron, but is never meant 
 
 when that term alone is used. 
 St. Louis Flush Car Door. Figs. 1367-1368. 
 Stake (Flat or Gondola Cars). 42. Figs. 383-387. 
 
 1. i Flat Cars.) A stick of wood attached to 
 the outside of the sills by a Stake Pocket or Stake 
 Pocket Strap and Stake Bolt, which see. to keep 
 the load from falling off. They are sometimes 
 attached by swivelmg bolts, so that they can be 
 dropped if desired along the side of the car. 
 
 2. (Gondola Cars.) A similar piece, attached by 
 stake pockets to the sills and fastened to the 
 side piank. usually on the outside, but sometimes 
 on the inside, by bolts. In steel cars the stakes 
 are formed of angles or pressed T shapes. 
 
 Stake Bolt (Gondola and Flat Cars). A bolt passing 
 through the bottom end of the stakes, serving in 
 connection with the Stake Pocket Strap, which see, 
 in place of the ordinary form of stake pocket. 
 
 Stake Hook (Flat Cars'). A hook on the side of a flat 
 car to hold a swiveling stake m an upright position. 
 
 Stake Pocket (Gondola and Flat Cars). 39a, Figs. 360- 
 363. etc. A cast iron receptacle attached to the 
 side sills by U-bolts to receive the end of a stake 
 which supports the side or confines the load, in the 
 case of a fiat car. A substitute is the Stake Pocket 
 Strap, which see. 
 
 Stake Pockets (M. C. B. Recommended Practice). 
 
 In 1905, as a result of letter ballot, the following 
 Recommended Practice was adopted regarding 
 permanent stake pockets: 
 
 1. That the method of securing permanent stake 
 pockets to cars of wooden construction be by U- 
 bolts. 
 
 2. That the method of securing permanent stake 
 pockets to cars of steel construction be by rivets 
 or U-bolts. 
 
 3. That malleable iron be used in the manufacture 
 of permanent stake pockets. 
 
 4. That stakes should be located to suit the con- 
 struction of the car or the requirements of the 
 service, but should not be placed further apart than 
 4 feet from center to center. 
 
 In 1905. as a result of the letter ballot, the fol- 
 lowing dimensions were adopted as Recommended 
 Practice for temporary stake pockets: 
 
 For flat cars and gondola cars with sides less than 
 30 inches high, 4 inches wide by 5 inches deep. 
 
 For gondola cars with sides 30 inches and over, 
 4 inches wide by 4 inches deep. 
 Stake Pocket Strap or U-Bolt (Gondola, Flat and Stock- 
 Cars). A U-shaped bolt flattened at the side, and 
 serving as a substitute for the ordinary form of 
 stake pocket, when the stakes are intended as per- 
 manent attachments. 
 
 Stake Pocket U-Bolt. A U-bolt applied to a stake 
 pocket that encloses three sides of the stake and 
 
STA 
 
 15S 
 
 STE 
 
 pocket and passes through the flange holes into the 
 
 side sill, to which it is bolted. 
 Stake Rest (Flat Cars). A bracket or support on which 
 
 a stake rests when turned down horizontally. 
 Stake Sleeve (Flat or Gondola Cars). A casting with a 
 
 horn-shaped projection slipped over a stake to hold 
 
 up the hinged side of a platform or gondola car. 
 Stanchion. 1. A prop or support. 
 
 2. (Nautical.) A term very generally, but not 
 exclusively, used for posts with an eye in one end, 
 which carries a rope. 
 
 3. (Car and Locomotive Work.) By analogy 
 from nautical use, a metal post or hanger with an 
 eye in one end, which holds a rod or other object, 
 as a hand rail or curtain rod. The opposite end is 
 usually fastened by a nut, or with a flange or lugs, 
 which form a part of the stanchion. 
 
 Stand. "Something on which a thing rests or is laid." 
 — Webster. See 
 
 Radiator Stand. Seat Stand. 
 
 Revolving Chair Stand. 
 Standard. 1. A name sometimes applied to the Col- 
 umn or Bolster Guide Bar, which see. 
 
 2. (Of M. C. B. Association.) A considerable list 
 of standard details of cars, which have been adopted 
 by the Master Car Builders' Association. See 
 Master Car Builders' Standards. 
 
 fn 1893, when the old standards of the Master 
 Car Builders' Association were divided into two 
 groups, the group which retained the name stand- 
 ard was defined as "Those forms, parts, construc- 
 tions, units, measurements or system in which it 
 is desirable to secure not only sound construction, 
 good practice and safe operation, but which also 
 promote quick and cheap repairs and consequent 
 free interchange of cars." 
 
 The group termed Recommended Practice was 
 defined as "Those forms, parts, construction, units, 
 measurements or systems which are conducive of 
 sound construction, good practice and safe opera- 
 tion, but which do not affect either interchange- 
 ability of parts or interchangeability of cars as a 
 whole." 
 Standard Axles (M. C. B.). See Axle. 
 Standard Bolts and Nuts (Table). See Sellers' Stand- 
 ard. 
 Standard Car Axle (M. C. B.). See Axle. 
 Standard Car Coupler (Freight). Figs. 1599-1607; Pas- 
 senger, Figs. 1820-1827. 
 Standard Check Gage for Mounting Wheels (M. C. B.). 
 
 Adopted in 1894. See Check Gage. 
 Standard Dry Closet. Fig. 4067. See Dry Closet. 
 Standard Gage. The most common distance between 
 the rails of railroads, which is throughout the world 
 4 ft. 8% ins. See Gage. This gage originated from 
 the use of an even 5 ft. gage, with outside flanges. 
 As inside flanges came to be preferred, and had to 
 run on the same rails (then with much narrower 
 heads than now), the present standard was of 
 necessity used. 
 Standard Journal Bearings and Wedges (M. C. B.) 
 
 See Journal Bearings. 
 Standard Journal Boxes (M. C. B.) ). See Journal Boxes. 
 Standard Pedestal (M. C. B.). See Pedestal. 
 Standard Ry. Eqpt. Pneumatic Tools. Figs. 6905-6907. 
 Standard Screw Threads (M. C. B.). See also Sellers' 
 
 and Whitworth. Sec Screw Threads. 
 Standard Splice (M. C. P..). See Interchange of Traffic. 
 Standard Steel Platform. Fig. 1936. A platform con- 
 struction for passenger cars, combining a draft 
 
 gear and buffer plate mechanism. The platform 
 sills are of I-beams, which are continuous back to 
 the bolster. It is the standard construction on 
 Pullman cars and on large numbers of other pas- 
 senger cars. 
 
 Standard Steel Works' Steel Tired Wheels. Figs. 5428- 
 5453. 
 
 Standard Wheel Gage (Between Backs of Flanges; M. 
 C. B.). See Wheel Gage. 
 
 Standing or Partition Pillar (British). American equiva- 
 lent, post. An upright piece in the body running 
 its entire height. The term is not applied to the 
 Corner or Door Pillars, which see. 
 
 Stanwood Safety Step Tread. Figs. 2280-2281. 
 
 Staple. Figs. 908-909, 1375-1370. A U-shaped piece of 
 wrought iron pointed at the ends, to be driven into 
 wood told hold a hasp, hook, pin, etc. The term is 
 also applied to a wrought or cast iron keeper, 
 which is screwed or bolted to the doorpost or 
 frame, and over which a hasp fits. 
 
 Star Ventilator. Fig. 4427. See Ventilator. 
 
 Starting Valve (Gold Car Heating). Fig. 2819. A valve 
 on the locomotive to admit steam to the train line. 
 
 Stasch Ventilator. Fig. 4426. See Ventilator. 
 
 Stateroom. Fig. 182. A compartment in sleeping and 
 private cars, sometimes containing a stationary bed 
 and in other designs the usual berths. Also termed 
 Drawing Room, which see. 
 
 Stateroom Sleeping Car. Fig. 214. A sleeping car hav- 
 ing one or more separate compartments or state- 
 rooms in addition to the standard sections or berths 
 in the main part of the car. A drawing-room sleep- 
 ing car has one or more separate compartments 
 which are larger than a stateroom and have a 
 lounge or sofa in addition to the two section seats 
 which are made up into the berths. Drawing rooms 
 usually have a private toilet room off. 
 
 Stationary Lock (Freight Cars). Fig. 1371. A lock 
 permanently fixed to the door or side of the car, in 
 distinction from padlocks, which are quite out of 
 use on freight cars. 
 
 Stay. A beam, bar, rod, etc., by which two or more 
 objects are connected together to prevent lateral 
 deviations of one or both of them. See 
 Body Queen Post Stay. Lamp Stay. 
 Center Stay. Sill Step Stay. 
 
 Stay Rod. 1. A rod which acts as a stay. See Pedestal 
 Stay Rod, 7, Figs. 4771-4777. 
 2. (Of a Derrick or Crane). See Tension Rods. 
 
 Steam and Air Line Connections (M. C. B. Recom- 
 mended Practice). Figs. 5944-5947. 
 
 In 1903 the following specifications for steam and 
 air line connections were adopted as Recommended 
 Practice: 
 
 Two-inch steam train pipe; end train pipe valves; 
 steam hose, 1%-inch inside diameter and of such 
 length as to provide 31 inches from face of coup- 
 ling gasket to cud of hose nipple; 1%-inch steam 
 hose couplings of dimensions to agree with those 
 shown with gaskets having 1%-inch diameter open- 
 ing, gaskets to be so constructed that the normal 
 diameter of opening will always be maintained; 
 couplings not provided with gravity traps; inlet 
 valves to have reduced openings which should be 
 as small as possible and maintain the volume of 
 steam required by the radiating pipes for the 
 severest weather conditions. 
 
 That the air brake and air signal hose should be 
 1 inch in diameter and 22 inches long. 
 
STE 
 
 159 
 
 STE 
 
 Steam Car. A term used to designate ordinary railroad 
 cars when it is desired to distinguish them from 
 street cars. 
 
 Steam Drum | Car Heating Apparatus). Figs. 2894-2896. 
 A part of every indirect steam heating system, be- 
 ing the covered coil or nest of tubes in which the 
 circulating water is heated by the steam surround- 
 ing the pipes. Also called Jacket, which see. 
 
 Steam Gage (Steam Heating). Figs. 2975-2976, 2816- 
 2817. A dial or gage for recording the pressure of 
 steam in the steam pipes on a car or locomotive. 
 
 Steam Hammer. Figs. 6850-6851. 
 
 Steam Heating Apparatus. Fig. 278-1, etc. 
 
 Steam Hose Couplers. Figs. 2776-2777. 
 
 Steam Pipe. The pipe under passenger cars corre- 
 sponding to the brake pipe and connected with hose 
 and couplings for conveying steam from the loco- 
 motive to heat the cars in the train. 
 
 Steam Shovel. Figs. 251-252. 254-255, 596-598. A shovel 
 operated by steam hoisting engines mounted on a 
 carbody. The shovel or dipper holds from 1 to 6 
 cu. yds. of dirt and is mounted on the end of a 
 heavy beam which is carried by the boom. By 
 manipulating the boom and the dipper beam with 
 
 Steam Hose Coupling. 
 1% in. full opening gasket. 
 
 blocks and tackle the shovel can be filled, raised, 
 turned in the arc of a circle and emptied into a 
 car standing on an adjacent track. Steam shovels 
 are largely used in construction excavation and for 
 loading ballast cars in gravel pits. 
 
 Steam Trap (Car Heatingj. Fig. 2849, etc. A device 
 for catching and liberating the water of condensa- 
 tion in any steam pipe line. There are a large 
 number of special forms made by each company 
 which has a steam or hot water system. 
 
 Steel Back Brake Shoe. Fig. 5243. A brake shoe hav- 
 ing a thin steel strip cast into the back of it which 
 holds the parts together in case they break when 
 the shoe is worn down thin. 
 
 Steel Doors. Figs. 1338-1347. 
 
 Steel Framing. Fig. 1043. See Frame. 
 
 Steel Sash. Fig. 1351. 
 
 Steel Sheathing. Figs. 1348-1354. See Sheathing. 
 
 Steel Tire, Minimum Thickness (M. C. B. Recom- 
 mended Practice). Fig. 5766. In 1894 a Recom- 
 mended Practice was adopted for minimum thick- 
 ness for steel tires of car wheels to be 1 in., to be 
 measured normal to the tread and radial to the 
 curved portions of the flange through the thinnest 
 part within 4}i ins. from the back of the flange; 
 the thickness from the latter point to the outer 
 edge of tread to be not less than l: z in. at thinnest 
 part. 
 
 A further practice was adopted of cutting a small 
 groove, as shown in the outer face of all tires when 
 wheels are new, at a radius Y± in. less than that 
 of the tread of tire when worn to the prescribed 
 limit, to facilitate inspection. 
 
 In 1909, as result of a letter ballot, it was recom- 
 mended that the illustration showing the minimum 
 
 thickness of steel tires, be canceled, and that the 
 four illustrations shown herewith be substituted 
 therefor as Recommended Practice to govern the 
 service operations of both steel and steel-tired 
 wheels under both passenger and freight cars. 
 
 Steel Tired Wheel. Fig. 5390, etc. A wheel with a steel 
 tire. In the McKee-Fuller and Washburn Wheels, 
 which see, the tire is welded to the body or center 
 of the wheel, which is made of cast iron. The term, 
 unless otherwise stated, however, always means 
 that the tire is shrunk on, bolted or fastened with 
 retaining rings. 
 
 Stem. See Buffer Stem, Graduating Stem, Smoke Bell 
 Stem. The rod to which a valve of any kind is at- 
 tached is always called a stem. 
 
 Stenciling Cars (M. C. B. Standard). In 1806 it was 
 decided: 
 
 That on all box cars standing more than twelve 
 (12,) feet from top of rail to eaves, the height and 
 width at eaves be stenciled in 3-inch letters on 
 side of car, as near the bottom as convenient. 
 
 That all classes of cars have size of coupler, style 
 of rear attachments, kind of draft gear and style of 
 brake beam stenciled in 2 or 3-inch letters on each 
 side of car at opposite ends, or on each end of car 
 directly above coupler, where design of car per- 
 mits it. Where the kind of draft gear implies the 
 style of rear attachments, the marking for the let- 
 ter may be omitted. 
 
 That ivhere the construction of the truck per- 
 mits, trucks shall be stenciled on each side, giving 
 the size of journal, and the letters "M. C. B." if the 
 axle is M. C. B. standard axle. If the axle is not 
 M. C. B. standard, use dimensions from center to 
 center of journal in place of M. C. B. This stencil- 
 ing to be in 1 or 2-inch letters, and to be put on 
 end or side of bolster in Diamond trucks, and on 
 side truck frame in center on pedestal type of 
 trucks. 
 
 Initials of the road should also appear in letters 
 1 or 2 inches high on one side of bolster or transom 
 of each truck. 
 
 In 1901 this was changed from Recommended 
 Practice to Standard, as a result of letter ballot. 
 Modified in 1906 by the elimination of fractional 
 sizes of figures and letters. Modified in 1908. 
 
 (Recommended Practice). As a result of a spe- 
 cial letter ballot in March, 1906. certain sized let- 
 ters and numerals were adopted as Recommended 
 
STE 
 
 160 
 
 STO 
 
 Practice for the uniform stenciling of cars, as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 1. That Roman letters and figures of the design 
 shown herewith be used. 
 
 2. That the sizes of these letters and figures be 
 confined to 1, 2, 3, 4, 7 and 9 inches. 
 
 3. That 7 and 9 inch letters or figures be used 
 for the initials, names and numbers for the sides 
 of cars, and 4-inch letters or figures for the letter- 
 ing on the doors and ends of cars. 
 
 4. That for other car-body markings on sides 
 and ends, such as capacity, couplers, brake beams, 
 class of car. date built, outside and inside dimen- 
 sions, and markings inside of car, 2 or 3 inch let- 
 ters and figures be used, with the following excep- 
 tions: 
 
 (a) All weight marks to be 3 or 4 inch letters 
 or figures. 
 
 (b) Trust marks, patent marks and other private 
 marks should be 1-inch letters or figures. 
 
 5. That all marks on trucks be confined to 1 or 2 
 inch letters or figures. 
 
 ij. That stenciling on air-brake cylinders or res- 
 ervoirs be 1-inch letters or figures. 
 
 Step. 1. A ledge on a stair or round or rung of a ladder. 
 2. A footpiece for ascending to or descending 
 from a car or for standing in certain places or 
 positions. Passenger car steps are from their lo- 
 cality called platform steps, or from their material 
 box steps. In freight cars a U-shaped iron, called 
 the Sill Step, which see, is used, and a kind of plat- 
 form on the roof, called the roof step. A small 
 ledge on the end of a freight car near the top for a 
 brakeman to stand on when applying brakes, called 
 the brake step, is also used, but it is not recom- 
 mended by the Master Car Builders' Association, 
 but it is considered good practice on many roads. 
 A bracket called a tank step is attached to the tanks 
 of tank cars. Steps in stairs are connected by ver- 
 tical risers. 
 
 Step Facings. A metallic facing for the step hanger. 
 
 Step Hanger. 48, Figs. 599-619. A vertical board or 
 metal plate by which the steps are supported from 
 the corner of a car and from the platform timber. 
 
 Step Iron (Platform Steps). A flat iron bar bent 
 to conform to the shape of the steps and their 
 risers, and to which they are fastened. It is bolted 
 at the upper end to the platform sill. 
 
 2. (British.) Also called leg iron. A wrought 
 iron forging attached to the sole bar, and support- 
 ing the upper and lower Foot Boards, t which see. 
 
 Step Ladder (Sleeping Car). Figs. 4413-4415. A fold- 
 ing step ladder, for use in a sleeping car, to reach 
 the lamps, upper berths, etc. 
 
 Step Ladder Hinge. Fig. 2470. See Hinge. 
 
 Step Moldings or Nosings. Figs. 3979-3980. A metallic 
 
 facing or molding for the tread of steps. 
 Step Riser. The vertical portion of a step in stairs. 
 Step Stringer Nosings (Platform Steps). Figs. 2282, 
 
 Step Timber. A timber bolted to the end sill and plat- 
 form end sill, to which the platform steps are hung. 
 
 Step Treads. Figs. 972-978. See Tread Board. 
 
 Step Tread Nosing (Platform Steps). Fig. 3973. 
 
 Sterns Car Range. Figs. 3633-3638. 
 
 Sterlingworth Brake Beam. Figs. 5100-5101. A brake 
 beam made of deck or bulb iron shapes and not 
 trussed. 
 
 Stile. ,?, Figs. 1329-1337. The upright pieces on the 
 outer edge of a door or sash, as door stile, sash 
 stile, window blind stile, etc. 
 
 Stirrup. 1. A kind of ring or bent bar of iron resem- 
 bling somewhat the stirrup of a saddle. A drawbar 
 carry iron is sometimes called a stirrup. 
 
 2. (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler.) 1111, Figs. 1886- 
 1935. A drawbar carry iron. 
 
 Stock Car. Figs. 108-112, 345-355. A car made for trans- 
 porting live stock, usually having a tight roof, but 
 open grating sides and ends. Double-deck stock 
 cars are built for carrying sheep and hogs, and mod- 
 ern stock cars are so designed that the} - can be used 
 as double-deck cars if desired. In order to prevent 
 suffering and injury to stock when carried, modern 
 stock cars are provided with some of the devices 
 that were formerly special to so-called palace stock 
 cars. Stock cars are usuall}' provided with at least 
 the apparatus for feeding and watering. 
 
 Stop Bar (Sleeping Car). 49, Figs. 2201-2206. A bar 
 to connect the two seats on which the seat bottoms 
 may rest when drawn down to make up into beds. 
 It rests upon a stop bar plate. 
 
 Stop Bar Guide. An attachment to hold a stop bar in 
 place laterally. 
 
 Stop Bar Hinge. The hinge which enables the stop bar 
 to swing horizontally. 
 
 Stop Bar Plate. See Stop Bar. 
 
 Stop Bead or Parting Strip. More properly sash part- 
 ing strip. The strip dividing the groove for the 
 window sash and the groove for the blind. 
 
 Stop Bolt (of Car Door Lock). An attachment for 
 throwing a door latch out of gear. 
 
 Stop Cock. Figs. 2768, 3646-2647, 3657. A simple form of 
 Cock, which see, having a body and a tapered plug 
 which has an opening through it. When the plug 
 is turned so that the holes in it correspond to the 
 ports in the body the liquid flowing in the pipe can 
 pass through the cock. When the plug is turned 
 so that the openings do not correspond, the flow 
 is stopped. 
 
 Stop Key. See below. 
 
 Stop Key Journal Bearing. A key or wedge with a lug 
 or projection which bears against the end of the 
 axle to restrain lateral motion and thus dispense 
 with a collar on the axle. 
 
 Stop Latch. A spring door latch with a stop bolt by 
 which the latch can be fastened on one side so as 
 not to act. 
 
 Stop Plate or Wedge (for Journal Box). A metal plate 
 which forms an end bearing for the axle and checks 
 its end motion. It is held in position either by 
 flanges cast in the box, or by attaching it to the 
 journal bearing or its key. Its object is to dispense 
 with a collar. But little used. 
 
 Stop Wedge. A stop key. See Stop Key Journal Bear- 
 ing. 
 
STO 
 
 161 
 
 STU 
 
 Storage Battery (Electric Car Lighting). Figs. 3444- 
 3459. An electro-chemical device, consisting of a 
 number of cells, generally 16 or 32 in number, con- 
 nected in series when used for car lighting pur- 
 poses, each cell containing two groups of lead 
 plates peculiarly constructed and prepared, im- 
 mersed in dilute sulphuric acid, the function and 
 properties of which are to receive and store elec- 
 trical energy generated by the axle generator and 
 to deliver said energy to the lighting circuit of the 
 car as occasion may require. Storage batteries are 
 carried in two boxes attached to the underside of 
 the car bod)-. The number of cells connected in 
 series determines the voltage of the system. Ap- 
 proximately 2 volts per cell are realized from a 
 storage battery. It has become customary to em- 
 ploy Id cells connected in series for the so-called 
 30-volt system and 32 cells connected in series for 
 the so-called 60-volt system. Lamps designed to 
 be operated on either of these systems would be 
 called 30 or 60-volt lamps as the case might be. 
 
 Storage Gas Tank (Commercial Acetylene Lighting). 
 Fig. 3286. An iron tank 114 in. x 20 in. filled with 
 asbestos discs saturated with Acetone, which see, 
 into which acetylene gas is forced under pressure. 
 
 Storage Heaters (Car Heating). Figs. 2871-2872, 2874- 
 2875. See Storage System of Car Heating. 
 
 Storage System of Car Heating. Figs. 2871-2872, 2374- 
 2875. A direct system of car heating, in which the 
 radiating pipes are enlarged and inclose a smaller 
 pipe or tube which is filled with salt water or other 
 heat-retaining substance, and which when heated 
 continues to radiate heat after the steam is shut oft. 
 In the Gold storage heater the radiating pipe con- 
 tains a fluted cylinder of terra cotta of the same 
 extreme diameter as the inside diameter of the 
 radiating pipe. These storage heaters are shown 
 in detail in Figs. 2871-2875. See Gold's Car Heat- 
 ing Systems. 
 
 Stove. An apparatus made usually of iron, variously 
 constructed, in which a fire is made for warming a 
 room, house or car by direct radiation. When the 
 warming is effected by convection, as with warm 
 air, hot water, etc., the entire apparatus is called a 
 heater. Stoves are out of use for heating passenger 
 cars, but cast iron stoves are largely used for 
 caboose cars. 
 
 A cook stove permanently fixed against the side 
 of a room and directly connected with the chimney 
 without the use of stove pipe, is called a range; 
 used in dining cars, etc. Fig. 3633. 
 
 Stove Pipe. A tube, usually of sheet iron, for convey- 
 ing the smoke from a stove or heater, and creating 
 a draft. In heaters, commonly called Smoke Pipe 
 or Smoke Flue, which see. 
 
 Stove Pipe Cap. A L"-shaped piece of sheet iron fas- 
 tened to the top of a stove pipe, serving as a rough 
 form of Jack, which see. 
 
 Stove Pipe Damper. A circular disk in the stove pipe 
 for regulating the draft. 
 
 Stove Pipe Jack. A covering or bonnet for the aperture 
 of a stove pipe on the outside of a car. The term 
 usually means a more elaborate structure than a 
 stove pipe cap. 
 
 Stove Pipe Ring. A metal plate or ring attached to the 
 ceiling of a passenger car around the opening 
 through which the stove pipe passes from the in- 
 side to the outside of the car. It is used for orna- 
 ment or to make a finish around the opening for 
 the stove pipe. 
 
 Stove Ring. A Stove Pipe Ring, which see, or a ring 
 
 for Russia iron casing of a Baker heater, Fig. 2720, 
 etc. 
 
 "Straight-Air" (Air Brake). A term applied to the 
 original form of the YVestinghouse air brake, which 
 is still used on engines and tenders and street cars. 
 Fig. 125. See Westinghouse Air Brake; also Gen- 
 eral Electric Air Brake. Fig. 1295. 
 
 Strainer. See Brake Pipe Strainer. 
 
 Straining Rod. See Brace Straining Rod. 
 
 Strap Bolt or Lug Bolt. Figs. 919-920. A round bolt 
 with a flat bar of iron welded to it, and usually with 
 a hook on the end which serves the purpose of a 
 head. The flat bar has holes in it, by which it is 
 attached to a piece of timber or other object by 
 one or more separate bolts or screws. 
 
 Strap Brake (Hoisting Gear). A method of controlling 
 the spools by an iron strap which is pressed down 
 upon the spool by a treadle. 
 
 Strap Drawbar. A Spring Pocket Drawbar, which see. 
 
 Strap Hanger. Fig. 2355. See Bell Cord Hanger. 
 
 Strap Hinge. 1. A door hinge, the two parts of which 
 are made longer than those of a butt hinge, and of 
 a triangular shape. 
 
 2. (British.) In a freight car (goods wagon) a 
 hinge in which the pin is welded to two flat bars 
 at each end, and the main part of the hinge is 
 turned while hot over the pin. The hinge has thus 
 no loose part. The main part or strap is secured to 
 the door, which it stiffens. The flat ends of the 
 pin are bolted to the car. 
 
 Strap Washer or Washer Plate. A wrought iron strap 
 which takes the heads of several bolts. 
 
 Street Cars. Figs. 6237-6240. 
 
 Street Car Wheel. Figs. 5460, etc. A light cast iron 
 single plate or open plate wheel. 
 
 Streeter Brake Shoe. Fig. 5238. A brake shoe with hard 
 white iron spiral inserts and cast iron bod}-. 
 
 Streeter Journal Bearing. Figs. 4938-4939. 
 
 Strike Plate. Fig. 4311, The keeper for a beveled 
 latch bolt against which it strikes, so as to snap 
 shut automatically. See Keeper, which is a general 
 term including and often used as a substitute for 
 strike plate. 
 
 Striker Arm. A Seat Arm, which see. The terms 
 striker arm, seat back arm and seat arm are used 
 in the trade. 
 
 Striker Flate. See Strike Plate. 
 
 Striking Plate. See Buffer Block Face Plate. 
 
 String Board (Passenger Car Steps i. A vertical board 
 which supports the ends of the steps. A step 
 hanger. 
 
 Stringer (Carpentry). 1. " A horizontal timber con- 
 necting posts in a frame, as a tie timber of a truss 
 bridge; a horizontal tie in a floor framing." — 
 Knight. 
 
 2. (Bridge Construction.) The principal longi- 
 tudinal timbers at the base of the roadway or track 
 structure, analogous to the sills of cars. Hence, this 
 name is often given to the sills of a car. 
 
 Strut i of a Truss). A member subjected to a strain of 
 compression. A vertical strut is usually called a 
 post. 
 
 Stucki Radial Drawbar Controlling Device. Fijs. 2083- 
 2084. 
 
 Stud. 1. (Carpentry.) "A small piece of timber or 
 joist inserted in the sills and beams between the 
 posts to support the beams or other main timbers. 
 The boards on the outside and the laths on the in- 
 side of a building are also nailed to the studs." — ■ 
 Webster. A vertical Scantling, which see. 
 
 2. (Car Construction.) 60, Figs. 599-619. A 
 
SUB 
 
 162 
 
 SWI 
 
 short vertical wooden post in the side or end of a 
 car between the window posts, or below the win- 
 dows, extending from the side sills to the window 
 sills. 
 
 3. A standing bolt, pin, boss or protuberance 
 designed to hold an attached object in place, 
 especially one formed of a headless bolt perma- 
 nently screwed into a tapped hole in a casting or 
 forging so as to become a part thereo.f 
 
 Sub-Carline (Refrigerator Car). O, Figs. 305-321. A 
 strip of wood under the main carline, supporting 
 the sub-roof. See Carline. 
 
 Sub-Center Sill. 6, Figs. 383-387. An extra sill bolted 
 under the center sill and running the length of the 
 car. 
 
 Sub-Floor (Refrigerator Car). H, Figs. 305-321. A 
 layer of flooring boards under the main floor, and 
 separated from it by an air space and hair felt. 
 
 Sub-Roof (Refrigerator Car). M, Figs. 305-321. The 
 inside layer of boards of the roof proper, supported 
 on sub-carlines. 
 
 Sub-Sill. 26a, Figs. 262-272. A sill or timber bolted 
 under another sill to give it added strength. The 
 draft sills of a car are frequenty so applied. See 
 Center Sub-Sill, Buffing Sub-Sill, Back-Stop Tim- 
 ber. 
 
 Suburban Car. Figs. 202-203, 630-634, 571-573. A car 
 specially designed for suburban passenger traffic. 
 
 Subway Car. Figs. 6218, etc. An electric motor car 
 for use in subways in large cities. 
 
 Sugar Cane Car. Fig. 100. 
 
 Summer Street Car. See Street Car. 
 
 Summer Street Car Curtain. Fig. 4669. A cloth, usually 
 made of heavy canvas, to inclose open cars and 
 exclude rain or sunshine. 
 
 Supply Pipe. 1. (Air Compressor.) A pipe sometimes 
 connected to the air inlet of an air compressor by 
 means of w-hich the air supply is drawn from a 
 point away from the compressor. 
 
 2. (Lavatory Fittings.) 9, 11 and 12, Figs. 3684- 
 3686. Pipes which carry hot or cold water to the 
 basin faucets. 
 
 Supply Valve (Steam Heating). Fig. 2820. A. valve for 
 regulating the supply of steam in the radiator pipes 
 of the car. 
 
 Support. "That which upholds, sustains or keeps from 
 falling, as a prop, a pillar, a foundation of any 
 kind." — Webster. See Cylinder Lever Support, Pipe 
 Support. 
 
 Surfacer (Wood Working Machinery). Fig. 6801. 
 
 Suspension. The method of supporting" a railway motor. 
 Except in the case of gearless motors, the suspen- 
 sion is designed to put as little dead weight as 
 possible on the axle. The iron work and fittings 
 which are attached to the car truck for support- 
 ing or suspending the axle generator and which in- 
 clude the belt tightening and alining devices. 
 
 Sway Brace. A term borrowed from the similar parts 
 used in trestles to designate any form of diagonal 
 bracing, but more especially timber planking spiked 
 on the main timbers of a structure. 
 
 Sweeping Car or Sweeper, Fig. 6256. A car with rotary 
 brooms for sweeping snow from the railroad track. 
 The brooms are attached to a horizontal shaft 
 which is connected by suitable gearing with the 
 axles, and the brooms are thus made to revolve. 
 Used in cities, and chiefly on electric roads. 
 
 Swing Back Car Seat. A car seat the back of which 
 swings over the cushion, without reversing, top-to- 
 bottom. It requires that both sides of the seat back 
 
 be upholstered so that either side may be used. 
 Such a seat back requires but one head roll. 
 
 Swing Beam. See Swing Bolsters, Swing Spring Plank. 
 
 Swing Bolster. A truck bolster (so called in distinction 
 from a rigid bolster) which bears on springs that 
 are supported by a transverse timber called a spring 
 plank, which is suspended by hangers or links so 
 that it can swing laterally to the truck. As the 
 springs rest on this plank and they support the 
 bolster, the latter can swing with the spring plank. 
 The object of providing this swinging motion to the 
 bolster is to prevent, as much as possible, lateral 
 blows and shocks from being communicated to the 
 car bod3 _ , and, vice versa, to prevent the momentum 
 of the car body from acting with its full force on 
 the truck. All passenger car trucks are swing 
 bolster. 
 
 Swing Bolster Spring. See Lateral Motion Spring. 
 
 Swing Cables (Steam Shovel). 22. Figs. 596-598. The 
 wire ropes passing around the swinging circle and 
 carried back to the swing gear and drum. 
 
 Swing Engine. (Steam Shovel). 24, Figs. 596-598. The 
 engine geared to the swing drum and used to re- 
 volve the swinging circle. 
 
 Swing Figurehead (Steam Shovel). 25, Figs. 596-598. 
 The fixed pulley or sheave about which one of the 
 swing cables is passed to be lead back to the swing 
 gear and drum. 
 
 Swing Gear (Steam Shovel). 23, Figs. 596-598. The 
 gear and drum about which the swing cables are 
 wound and which controls the movement of the 
 swinging circle. 
 
 Swing Hangers. 46, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4775, and Fig. 
 4846. Bars or links attached at their upper ends 
 to the transoms of a swing motion truck, by which 
 the spring plank is suspended at their lower end 
 so that it can swing laterally. Various forms are 
 (1) solid bars with an eye at each end; (2) swing 
 link hangers, made like a long link of a chain; (3) 
 those made with a fork or clevis at one end and an 
 eye at the other, Figs. 4543-4544, and used on pas- 
 senger trucks; and (4) those made with a very 
 short link attached to an eye bolt passing through 
 the transom. These latter are called eye bolt link 
 hangers. Also called bolster hanger. 
 
 Swing Hanger Friction Block. A casting or bearing 
 of considerable diameter, on which the upper end 
 of a swing link hanger rests. See also below. 
 
 Swing Hanger Friction Washer (Lower and Upper). 
 A cast iron chafing block serving no other purpose 
 than to take the wear. It is only occasionally used. 
 A friction block is almost synonymous, but is 
 usually a larger casting. 
 
 Swing Hanger Pivot (Lower and Upper). (Car Trucks). 
 47-48, Figs. 4705, 4713; 4771-4777. An iron bar by 
 which a swing hanger is suspended, or which sup- 
 ports a spring plank. The lower swing hanger 
 pivot is more commonly called a cross bar or man- 
 drel pin or axle, Fig. 4922. The upper one is car- 
 ried in a swing hanger pivot bearing attached to 
 the transom. 
 
 Swing Hanger Pivot Bearing. 49, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771- 
 4774, and Fig. 4893. Sec above. 
 
 Swing Hanger Shaft. A Swing Hanger Pivot or Cross 
 Bar, which see. 
 
 Swing Links. Sec Swing Hanger. 
 
 Swing Link Hanger. 6, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777, etc. 
 A Swing Hanger, which sec, made in the form of 
 an open link. 
 
 Swing Motion. A term applied to an arrangement of 
 hangers and other supports for the springs and 
 
SWI 
 
 163 
 
 TAN 
 
 truck bolster which enables a car body to swing 
 laterally on the truck. See Swing Bolster, Swing 
 Hanger. 
 Swing Motion Spring. 1. A Bolster Spring, which see. 
 
 2. A lateral motion spring. 
 Swing Motion Truck. Figs. 4687-4688. A truck with 
 a bolster and spring plank suspended on swing 
 hangers so that they can swing laterally to the 
 truck frame. Also called swing bolster truck in 
 distinction from a rigid bolster truck. Most pas- 
 senger trucks are swing motion trucks. 
 
 Swing Spring Plank. 43, Figs. 4705-4713, 4771-4777. A 
 transverse timber underneath the bolster of a four- 
 wheeled truck, or the spring beam of a six-wheeled 
 truck, on which the bolster springs rest. A swing 
 spring plank differs from an ordinary spring plank 
 in being supported by hangers or links. See Spring 
 Plank. 
 
 Swinging Circle or Mast Wheel (.Steam Shovel). 10, 
 Figs. 596-598. A large wheel at the foot of the 
 mast or boom about which is wound a chain for 
 revolving the boom. 
 
 Swinging Platform (Pile Driver Car). A platform 
 carrying the entire pile driving gear in such manner 
 that it can be swung about at right angles to the 
 car so as to project for a considerable distance on 
 either side. It swings upon a center plate, and its 
 movements are controlled by the Slewing Gear, 
 which see. A cabin is almost always built upon 
 it, and the floor is constructed with sills and end 
 sills corresponding to those usually used in a car 
 floor. Removable wings are sometimes provided to 
 support the swinging platform when swung out in 
 this manner. See Pile Driver Car. 
 
 Swinging Sash. A window or blind sash which is hung 
 and swings on hinges. See Door Case Sash (Street 
 Cars). Otherwise rarely used. 
 
 Switching. The act of moving cars from cue track to 
 another by means of switches, as in making up or 
 separating trains, and placing the cars on the tracks 
 and in the places where there are needed. Also 
 occasionally called drilling or regulating, and in 
 Great Britain shunting or marshaling. 
 
 Switching Eye. More commonly Push Pole Corner Iron 
 or Push Block, which see. A cast iron socket usu- 
 ally attached to the lower corner plate of a freight 
 car. to which a push bar or push pole can be at- 
 tached, to move the car by an engine on an adjoin- 
 ing track. A roping staple or pull iron is some- 
 times called a switching eye. 
 
 Swivel (of a Chain). A twisting link, consisting of a 
 headed pin, entering into an eye or ring in an ad- 
 jacent link. The object is to avoid kinking. Hence 
 the term is applied to many forms of equivalent 
 devices, consisting essentially of a ring surround- 
 ing a headed bolt in such manner as to permit 
 rotation. 
 
 Symington Journal Box and Dust Guard. Figs. 5306- 
 5314. A journal box with a machined joint on the 
 lid and box and with a spring exerting its entire 
 pressure in the center of the lid. The interior of 
 the box is arranged to prevent settling and rolling 
 of wasie and to facilitate packing and maintenance. 
 
 T 
 
 T or Tee (Pipe Fittings). Figs. 2781-2782, 3053, 3056- 
 3057. A T-shaped cast iron tube for uniting one 
 pipe at right angles to two others in the same line. 
 The pipes are screwed into the arms of the T. A 
 Reducing Tee, which see. has the arms of different 
 diameters. 
 
 T-Hanger. See Spring Hanger. 
 
 T-Hinge. Fig. 2400. A door hinge, one part of which 
 is made like a strap hinge, and the other like a butt 
 hinge, so that the shape of the whole resembles a 
 letter T. 
 
 Table (Parlor and Sleeping Cars). 27, Figs. 2201-2202. 
 A removable board attached to the side of the car 
 by inserting a table hook fixed to the table into a 
 table hook plate fixed to the side of the car. The 
 inner end of the table is supported by a table leg, 
 which is sometimes vertical and sometimes Slant- 
 ing, which see. The tables of Dining Cars, which 
 see. are permanently fastened to the floor and sides 
 of the car. A drop table is used in the kitchens 
 of dining cars. 
 
 Table Fastener. A latch by which a folding table is 
 fastened up out of the way. 
 
 Table Furnishings. Figs. 4408-4410, 4411-4417. 
 
 Table Hinge. Fig. 2457. A hinge for a table. 
 
 Table Holder. Figs. 4408-4409. A special form of table 
 hook. See Table. 
 
 Table Hook. 45, Figs. 2201-2202 and Figs. 4411-4417. 
 See Table. 
 
 Table Leg Hook. Fig. 4408. A metal hook which is 
 attached to a slanting table leg. It engages in a 
 plate attached to the side of the car. See Slanting 
 Table Leg. 
 
 Table Leg Hook Plate. See Slanting Table Leg. 
 
 Table Plate. 46, Figs. 2201-2202 and Fig. 4417. See 
 Table. 
 
 Tag (Seal Lock). A loose label used chiefly in con- 
 nection with seals. They are now often made of 
 metal. 
 
 Tail Bolt. See Drawbar Bolt. 
 
 Tail Coupling (Alcove Faucet). Fig. 3042. 
 
 Tail Gate. Fig. 4016. 
 
 Tail Gate Sockets (Vestibule Fittings). Fig. 3957. 
 
 Tail Lamp or Tail Light. Fig. 3617. 1. A signal lamp 
 attached to the rear of a train. They are always 
 carried on the platform, usually in pairs, and very 
 commonly also at the side of the car so as to be 
 visible from the engine. They are often of two or 
 more colors. 
 
 2. (British.) A colored signal lamp carried at 
 the rear end of the last vehicle of a train. See 
 also Side Lamp. 
 
 Tail Pin ( Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). Figs. 1010-1011; 
 574. Figs. 1883-1935. 
 
 Tank. 1. (Passenger Cars.) A water tank for the 
 wash room. 
 
 2. (Gas Lighting Apparatus.) A. Fig. 3047. 
 More properly Receiver, which see. 
 
 3. (Tank Car.) Figs. 123-130. 545-576. A boiler 
 iron receptacle for oil, sometimes made of uniform 
 diameter or straight, but generally made telescopic 
 by slipping each successive ring inside the other, so 
 as to bevel the tank toward the middle, to afford 
 better drainage. It is held in place by tank bands, 
 107, fastened to tank band tie rods, F. on the top of 
 a car to prevent the tank from turning. A tank 
 dome, 108, is added at the top and tank heads. 106, 
 are used to close the ends. The oil is drawn off 
 through the tank valve. 114. 
 
 4. ( Westinghouse Brake.) The main reservoir. 
 Tank Band. 107, Figs. 545-549. Wrought straps which 
 
 pass around the tank of a tank car and hold it in 
 
 place on the underframe. See Tank. 
 Tank Band Tie Rod. F. Figs. 545-549. See Tank. 
 Tank Car. Figs. 123-130. 545-576. A car provided with 
 
 a large Tank, which see, for carrying oil, acids, 
 
TAN 
 
 164 
 
 TAN 
 
 molasses, paraffine, and, in fact, all liquids trans- 
 ported in bulk. By far the greater number of tank 
 cars are engaged in carrying crude and refined 
 petroleum. Those used to carry the thicker oils, 
 molasses and paraffine are fitted with steam pipes, 
 by which the contents may be melted or warmed 
 to hasten its discharge. 
 Tank Cars (M. C. B. Recommended Practice). 
 
 In 1903 a report was submitted embodying cer- 
 tain specifications for the repairs of old equipment 
 and the construction of new equipment. These 
 specifications were submitted to letter ballot and 
 adopted as a Recommended Practice. 
 
 In 1906 these specifications were modified; also, 
 in 1907. In 1908 a further revision was made. 
 
 The modified specifications are as follows: 
 Requirements for Tank Cars. 
 
 Tank cars offered for movement over the lines 
 of a railroad must conform to the following gen- 
 eral and detail specifications. 
 
 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS. 
 
 Damage ey Fike. — Tanks which bear evidence of 
 damage by fire must be withdrawn from trans- 
 portation service. 
 
 Trucks Size of Axles. — Each truck must have a 
 strength equal to or greater than the strength 
 of the axles used. 
 
 Sizes of axles must conform to rule relating to 
 axles in M. C. 11. Rules of Interchange for Freight 
 Cars, which have been modified as below, to make 
 them applicable to tank cars: 
 
 Table I. 
 For Tank Cars Marked Limit Weight I. 
 Limit Weight I 
 
 in lbs. Journal. Wheel Seat. Center. 
 
 161,000 -j inches 0% inches 5% inches 
 
 132,000 4% ■'« 614 " 5 5-16" 
 
 112,000 4 " 5% " 4 7 /s " 
 
 95,000 3% " 5 " 4% " 
 
 79,000 3% " 4% " 4Vs " 
 
 66,000 3% " 4% " 3% " 
 
 58,000 3 " 4% " 3% " 
 
 Table II. 
 For Tank Cars Marked Limit Weight II. 
 
 Limit Weight II 
 
 in lbs. Journal. Wheel Seat. Center. 
 
 161,000 5 inches 6% inches 5% inches 
 
 132,000 4% " 014 " 5% " 
 
 112,000 4% " 6 " 5% " 
 
 95,000 3% " 514 " 4% " 
 
 79,000 3 ] /2 " 514 " 4% " 
 
 66,000 3% " 4 7 /s " 414 " 
 
 58,000 3 " 4% " 4% " 
 
 All tank cars to have Limit Weight I or Limit 
 Weight II stenciled on them. 
 
 Axles. — New steel underframe tank cars built here- 
 after must have axles to meet requirements of 
 Table No. 2 and car stenciled Limit Weight No. II. 
 
 Existing tank cars built prior to this date must 
 have axles to at least meet requirements of Table 
 No. 1, and preferably Table No. 2; and be stenciled 
 "Limit Weight I" if the axles conform to Table 
 No. 1, or "Limit Weight II" if the axles conform 
 to Tabic No. 2. When all the axles under any car 
 are changed to meet the requirements of Table 
 No. 2 the stenciling must be changed from "Limit 
 Weight I" to "Limit Weight IT," to protect the 
 tank owner when renewals of wheels or axles are 
 made in repairs. 
 
 Brakes.— Each car must be equipped with air brakes 
 of a capacity equal to not less than 70 per cent, of 
 the light weight of car, and at least one hand brake 
 operating the brakes on both trucks. 
 
 Safety Appliances. — Each end of car must be pro- 
 vided with the necessary steps, grabirons, etc., to 
 comply with the requirements of the M. C B. As- 
 sociation. Each tank car must be provided with 
 substantial and adequate hand railing securely fas- 
 tened and applied, as shown in the Standards of 
 the M. C B. Association. Where, from the con- 
 struction of a car, a side hand railing is inadmissible 
 and therefore involves an overhead running-board 
 and high brake staff, each end of car must be pro- 
 vided with ladders to comply with the requirements 
 of the M. C B. Association. 
 
 Push-Pole Pockets. — There shall be a push-pole 
 pocket at every corner of the car. Where, from the 
 construction of the car, the push-pole pockets can- 
 not well be placed on the body, they must be 
 applied to the trucks, so placed above the journal 
 boxes that the push pole will push toward the 
 center of the truck. 
 
 Dome Yokes, Tank Straps, Etc. — Tanks must be 
 secured from turning on the underframes, either 
 by center anchors riveted to the tank and under- 
 frame, or by means of dome yokes, and must also 
 be secured to underframe by means of tank straps, 
 two for tanks not more than 76 inches in diameter, 
 and four for tanks of greater diameter. The center 
 anchors may be made of two parts, sliding into 
 each other, one riveted to the tank and one to the 
 underframe. This sectional area of dome yokes 
 and tank bands must at no place be less than three- 
 quarters of a square inch, or 1 inch round iron 
 upset to 1% inches at threaded end. Cars having 
 no underframe, with tank securely riveted to body 
 bolsters, do not require dome yokes or tank bands 
 Explanation : A threaded end is 1% inches in diam- 
 eter or more, with a body consisting of a flat band 
 by 2 by % inches or equivalent section, or round 
 iron 1 inch in diameter will be accepted as meet- 
 ing the requirements. 
 
 The dome yoke proper which passes around the 
 dome may be a rod % inch in diameter, or its 
 equivalent, to which is secured the strap or rod 
 which is fastened to the underframe. The sec- 
 tional area of dome yoke strap must be the same 
 as required for tank straps. 
 
 Where tanks arc equipped with a greater number 
 of tank bands than called for, the total sectional 
 area of all bands will be considered as meeting the 
 requirements if they equal the total sectional area 
 of the rods specified. 
 
 Existing tank cars, which have the reqired num- 
 ber of tank bands and dome yokes, but where the 
 1-inch rod fastening the tank band to the under- 
 frame is not upset for the threaded portion to 1% 
 inches, will be accepted until such time that the 
 cars go to the shop for repairs, when the threaded 
 portion of such bands must be changed to 1% 
 inches or lVA-inch rods used. 
 
 Test. — Tanks must be carefully inspected and tested 
 with cold water pressure at least once in ten years. 
 The test for new tanks should be at sixty pounds 
 per square inch and for old tanks at forty pounds 
 per square inch, which they must stand without 
 serious leak or evidence of distress. This inspec- 
 tion and test must be made by the tank-car owners, 
 and all tanks must so be tested by January 1, 1908. 
 
TAN 
 
 165 
 
 TAN 
 
 Tanks, when tested, must be stenciled with date 
 and place where test was made, and by whom, as 
 follows: 
 
 Tested (Date) • 
 
 Pressure (Pounds per square inch) 
 
 At ( Place) 
 
 By (Name of Firm) 
 
 New Tanks. — New steel or iron tanks must be de- 
 signed for a bursting pressure of not less than 
 240 pounds per square inch. 
 
 Inspection. — All tank cars at home on a railroad 
 must be inspected by inspectors in the employ of 
 that railroad company, and when such tank cars 
 meet the requirements herein set forth, the legend 
 shown below must be stenciled by the inspector on 
 both tank heads, with the initials of the railway 
 company making such inspection and the date the 
 inspection is made. If foreign tank cars and indi- 
 vidual tank cars at home on foreign lines stenciled 
 with the legend "M. C. B. Construction" by a for- 
 eign road are offered for movement over another 
 railroad and some of the details do not conform to 
 the requirements of the tank-car circular, a report 
 
 of same should be made through the proper officers 
 to the official in charge of equipment and the car 
 allowed to proceed until further notice. 
 
 APPLICATION OF SAFETY VALVES. 
 
 Five-inch Safety Valves. — All tanks carrying vola- 
 tile or inflammable material, such as crude petro- 
 leum, fuel oil, benzene, naptha, kerosene, illuminat- 
 ing oils, petroleum products, turpentine, etc., must 
 be equipped with five-inch safety valves of the 
 recommended design; one valve for a capacity of 
 6,500 gallons or less, and two valves for a capacity 
 of more than 6,500 gallons. Where tank cars 
 carrying such products are subdivided into com- 
 partments, each compartment must be provided 
 with a safety valve. Where only one valve is 
 used, it must be set to open at a pressure of eight 
 pounds per square inch; where two valves are 
 used, only one must be set to open at a pressure 
 of eight pounds per square inch, and the other 
 at twelve pounds per square inch. 
 
 Safety Vents with Lead Disks. — Tank cars carry- 
 ing volatile, non-inflammable products, such as 
 gas liquor, ammonia liquor, etc.. where the pre- 
 vention of evaporation is essential, may be pro- 
 vided with vents depending on frangible lead disks 
 
 for safety, which vents shall be of recommended 
 design, as shown by cut below, the disks to be of a: 
 thickness that shall insure rupture at pressure not 
 higher than twenty-five pounds per square inch. 
 
 Vent Hole or Small Valve. — Tank cars carrying 
 non-inflammable or non-volatile material, such as 
 sulphuric acid, vinegar, linseed oil, cotton-seed oil, 
 lard oil. fish oil. tannery products, glucose, mo- 
 lasses, calcium chlorid, caustic soda, silicate of 
 soda. etc.. need not be provided with five-inch 
 safety valves, but each tank must have a small 
 open vent or valve, equal to not less than 2 inches 
 in diameter. 
 
 In the case of such liquids as coal tar, contain- 
 ing volatile products where it is essential to avoid 
 the escape of the vapor, either the frangible lead 
 disk or standard safety valve may be used, other- 
 wise one or more open vents equal in area to an 
 
 WtT S£C7 >?7/].^ 
 I . 
 
 Old Tank Cars H 
 
 avixg Wooden Underfram.es. 
 
TAN 
 
 166 
 
 TAN 
 
 opening of not less than two inches in diamete' 
 will be acceptable. 
 Tank cars having wooden underframes, of railway 
 or individual ownership, will be required to conform 
 to the foregoing general specifications, and in addition, 
 must be as strong as the construction covered by the 
 following detailed specifications: 
 
 Center Sills. — If cars are not equipped with inter- 
 mediate sills the underframe must have two 
 center sills, each not less than 5 inches wide by 
 10 inches deep, or the equivalent in strength. If 
 the car is equipped with intermediate sills, the cen- 
 ter sills must not be less than 5 inches wide by 9 
 inches deep, or the equivalent in strength. Cen- 
 ter sills must not be spaced more than 18 inches 
 apart. 
 
 Center Sill Fillinc Timber. — Where draft timbers 
 are underneath the center sills, the space between 
 
 wide by 10 inches deep and of sufficient length to 
 overlap center sills, will be acceptable as a sub- 
 stitute for 9 by 10-inch end sills. 
 
 On existing cars, if buffer blocks are used for 
 the purpose of reinforcing end sills which do not 
 come within the specified requirements, the buffer 
 blocks in no case must be less than 4 inches thick 
 nor end sill less than G inches thick. The total 
 strength of the end sill and buffer block must be 
 equal to the strength of the construction specified. 
 
 Draft Timbers. — Draft timbers secured to inside of 
 center sills and extending to cross-bearer or cross- 
 timber will be accepted as a substitute for filling 
 timbers referred to above. Where center sills are 
 9 inches wide by 10 inches deep, or over, and draft 
 timbers are placed between same, they need not 
 extend farther back than body bolster, provided 
 they arc adequately secured to center sills by 
 
 Fig. 1. Minimum Requirements for Tank Cars with Wooden Underframes. 
 
 the center sills must be filled in with timbers not 
 less in depth than center sills, extending from end 
 sill to the center of nearest cross-bearer or cross- 
 timber, provided the latter is located not less than 
 4 feet 6 inches from center of bolster. On cars 
 where the draft arrangement is between center 
 sills, the filler timber must be extended to the 
 cross-tie timber when the cars go to shop for re- 
 pairs to center sills. Center sills and filling tim- 
 bers must be securely bolted together by means of 
 %-inch bolts. On cars having center or inter- 
 mediate sills not less than 10 inches wide by 10 
 inches deep, which may be made up of two 5 by 
 10-inch sills, bolted together, the filling timbers 
 may be omitted. 
 
 End Sills. — End sills not reinforced by buffer blocks 
 must not be less than 9 inches wide by 10 inches 
 deep. End sills G inches wide by 12 inches deep, 
 reinforced with buffer blocks not less than 6 inches 
 
 means of seven %,-inch bolts or their equivalent, 
 and butt against body bolster. Draft timbers 
 located underneath the center sills must not be 
 less than 4 inches wide by 8 inches deep, and 
 each draft timber must be held to center sills, end 
 sills and buffer block by means of seven or more 
 %-inch bolts, or six 1-inch bolts. Where an ar- 
 rangement for supporting draft timbers is sub- 
 stituted for one or more bolts and the construc- 
 tion is of equal strength, the same will be accept- 
 able. Draft timbers extending beyond bolster 
 must be secured to center sills by additional bolts. 
 Draft Gear. — The draft gear and draft attachments 
 must be at least as strong as the design shown in 
 Fig. 1. 
 
 Cars should be provided with draft gear stops 
 gained into draft timbers or heeled on end sills, 
 filler timber or body bolster, and secured with five 
 %-inch bolts; but cars having stops gained into 
 
TAN 
 
 167 
 
 TAN 
 
 draft timbers or heeled on end sill, filler timber or 
 body bolster secured with three %-inch bolts may 
 be continued in service until such time as they go 
 to shop for repairs, when five bolt stops must be 
 provided. 
 
 In all cases, tail yokes or attachments of equal 
 strength must be used. Tail bolts, tail straps or 
 American continuous draft gear will not be ac- 
 cepted. 
 
 Head Blocks. — Head blocks must not be less than 
 10 inches wide unless reinforced by metal plates, 
 
 be tied to corresponding end of head block at the 
 other end of the car by means of rods not less 
 than 1 inch in diameter, with 1%-inch threaded 
 ends, and each head block supported at center by 
 means of a substantial casting securely bolted to 
 end and center sills. Where the construction of 
 the car does not permit of this fastening, the fol- 
 lowing ma}- be substituted: 
 
 The ends of each head block tied to correspond- 
 ing end of head block at the other end of car by 
 rods not less than 1 inch in diameter, with 1%-inch 
 
 arrjagj , u . <-., „ i , l , .fat = 
 
 lit _e: 
 
 i_la_ _l 
 
 :ix 
 
 --*.- »-i--e -t "■*! \~ -«-;>••> ■ 
 
 ggS^lJE r -^JtZEJg; 
 
 l-± 
 
 .4 i-*i*M >- 
 
 V-"', ■-'•-*--.»-.' 
 
 
 m/t : t—tc.yzj : : >- -cr.r:: 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 and of sufficient depth to extend at least 6 inches 
 above bottom of tank, and may be made of two 
 pieces bolted together and bolted to underframe 
 
 by means of not less than four %-inch vertical 
 bolts. They must be cut out to suit curve of tank. 
 The ends of each head block should, preferably, 
 
 threaded ends, and each head block secured by two 
 stay rods 1 inch in diameter anchored to center 
 sills; 
 
 Or, head block supported at center by means of 
 a substantial casting securely bolted to end and 
 center sills and two 1-inch rods passing diagon- 
 ally through head block toward bolster and 
 secured to underframe; 
 
 Or, head block secured by two stay rods 1% 
 inches in diameter anchored to center sills; 
 
 Or, head block secured by two stay rods 1 inch 
 in diameter anchored to center sills and two 1-inch 
 rods passing diagonally through head block toward 
 bolster and secured to underframe. 
 
 Or, head block secured by two stay rods 1 inch 
 in diameter anchored to center sills and two 
 straps not less than 3 A inch thick and 3 inches 
 wide passing over head blocks and securely fas- 
 tened to underframe. 
 
 Dome Heads and Covers. — Where tank cars are 
 fitted with cast-iron dome heads and covers not 
 sufficiently strong to stand the necessary 40 
 pounds hydraulic test, they must be replaced by 
 others of cast or pressed steel, or of malleable iron. 
 
 Taxk HEADS.—Tank heads less than 7-10 of an inch 
 thick bearing evidence of damage from impact 
 
TAN 
 
 168 
 
 TAN 
 
 with head blocks, should be reinforced at bottom 
 by means of steel plate shoes "s inch thick, riveted 
 to head and shell. 
 
 NEW TANK CARS. 
 
 Xo tank cars built hereafter shall be accepted for 
 transportation unless equipped with steel underfram- 
 ing or with reinforced shell. The design and con- 
 
 underframe between bolsters, must have a sectional 
 area of at least thirty square inches. 
 
 Bolsters ; Draft Gear. — Each car must be equipped 
 with steel body and truck bolsters, steel couplers 
 and a draft gear of approved design, having a 
 capacity of at least 60,000 pounds. Tail bolts or 
 straps must not be used. 
 
 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 struction of the car throughout must be at least as 
 strong as that shown in attached Figs. 2 and 3. 
 
 New tank cars must conform to the general specifica- 
 tions given in theforegoing in addition to the following 
 detailed specifications: 
 
 Center Sills.— The center sill construction of the 
 
 Tank Seams. — All longitudinal and head scams 
 must be double riveted. Where head blocks are 
 not used, head scams need not be double riveted. 
 
 Cars Without Underframes. — If the car has no 
 underframe, the tank shell at bottom must be at 
 least % inch thick, and all circumferential seams in 
 
TAN 
 
 169 
 
 TEN 
 
 bottom sheet except head seams must be double 
 riveted. The sectional area of the additional metal 
 in bottom of tank shell must be at least 20 square 
 inches. 
 
 Longitudinal Anchorage.— Particular attention must 
 be given to the longitudinal anchorage of the tank 
 which must be thoroughly substantial to prevent 
 end shifting. 
 
 Steel underframe tank cars must have a longi- 
 tudinal clearance for tank valve extension of not 
 less than 2% inches on each side of valve. 
 
 Wooden underframe tank cars must have as much 
 longitudinal clearance for tank valve extension as 
 the construction wil permit, with a minimum of six 
 inches on each side. 
 
 Dome Heads and Covers. — Dome heads and covers 
 must be made of either cast or pressed steel or of 
 malleable iron. 
 
 Tank Head Block. E. Figs. 545-549. A block securely 
 bolted to the underframe transverse to the sills, at 
 either end of the tank, to prevent any longitudinal 
 motion of the tank with respect to the car. The 
 block is shaped to ht the end of the tank. 
 
 Tank Nczzle. A short pipe used to empty the Tank, 
 which see. It is usually cast in one piece with the 
 Tank Valve, which see. 
 
 Tank Saddles. D. Figs. 545-549. Floor distance blocks 
 placed between the sills and curved to the contour 
 of the tank; they support the tank slabbing, which 
 in turn carries the tank. 
 
 Tank Slabbing. C, Figs. 545-540. Longitudinal strips 
 or rilling pieces underneath the tank of a tank car. 
 upon which the tank bears. 
 
 Tank Step i Tank Carl. A metal shelf or bracket fast- 
 ened to the tank to facilitate access to the top of 
 the dome. 
 
 Tank Valve. 1. (Tank Car/) 114. Figs. 545-549. A 
 valve attached to the bottom of the tank to draw 
 off the contents. 
 
 2. (Water Cooler.! A valve used with water 
 tanks which extend to the roof, and sometimes with 
 other smaller fixed tanks, for enabling them to be 
 completely drained when desired. Also called 
 water cooler valve. 
 
 Tank Valve Gage. A metal inclosure, over the top of 
 a tank valve, as a guide for it. 
 
 Tank Valve Rod. 117, Figs. 545-549. An iron rod for 
 opening and closing a tank valve extending from 
 the valve to the top of the dome. 
 
 Tank Valve Rod Bracket. 117c. Figs. 545-549. An iron 
 brace in the tank valve having a threaded hole or 
 bushing in it through which the tank valve rod 
 screw passes. 
 
 Tank Valve Rod Screw. 117a, Figs. 545-549. The 
 spiral screw thread on the upper end of the tank 
 valve rod which passes through the tank valve rod 
 bracket and which causes the valve to move up or 
 down on the valve seat when the rod is turned. 
 
 Tank Waste Cock Spider. Fig. 3651. 
 
 Taper Charge Vibrator or Relay. An automatic and 
 sensitive electrical device similar in construction to 
 the battery voltage relay. It acts as an auxiliary 
 regulator in connection with the generator regulator 
 to taper the charging current of the generator after 
 the voltage of the battery has reached a predeter- 
 mined value, indicating that the latter is fully 
 charged. Its action on the regulation differs from 
 that of the batter}- voltage relay in that instead 
 of abruptly cutting off the charging current it 
 tapers the same, causing the charging current to 
 
 decrease gradually to zero. The taper charge 
 vibrator or relay gradually assumes control of the 
 apparatus and finally regulates the axle generator 
 as a constant potential machine. 
 
 Target Lamp. A Signal Lamp, which see, used for at- 
 taching to fixed targets or semaphore signals. No 
 special form of signal lamp is required or used for 
 this purpose except that they be powerful and well 
 constructed lamps. 
 
 Tarpaulin or Wagon Sheet (British). A piece of stout, 
 flexible waterproof painted canvas, measuring about 
 20x12 ft., used to protect the contents of open 
 freight cars (wagons) from the weather. Cords 
 fastened to its edges are tied to Sheet Rings (which 
 see), by which it is firmly secured to the vehicle. 
 It is largely used, as it saves much of the dead 
 weight of a covered car, and gives good protection, 
 except from theft. 
 
 Tassel Hook. See Window Curtain Holder. Tassels 
 and tassel hooks are now rarely used. 
 
 Teak. An oily, hard and most durable wood, grown in 
 India. Largely used for ship building or other pur- 
 poses requiring strength and exceptional durability. 
 It has an oily, odorous sap, shrinks little and does 
 not corrode iron. Generally used for passenger car 
 bodies in Great Britain and for wheels. 
 
 Teak Wood Center Wheel. A form of steel tired wheel, 
 in which triangular blocks of teak wood are used 
 to connect the hub to the tire, which latter is at- 
 tached to the wood by Mansell retaining rings. 
 This wheel is the standard for Great Britain pas- 
 senger service, but it has been considered that it 
 would not stand the dry American climate. See 
 Wheel, Car Wheel, Mansell Retaining Ring. 
 
 Tee. See T. 
 
 Telegraph Cock or Faucet. Figs. 3653-3654. A self- 
 closing cock, the lever of which resembles the key 
 of a telegraph instrument. See Lever Faucet. 
 When the water enters the cock horizontally they 
 are called horizontal telegraph cocks, as Figs. 3292- 
 3293. When it enters vertically the}" are called ver- 
 tical telegraph cocks. See Faucet. 
 
 Temperature Regulator (Gold Steam Heating). Figs. 
 2818. 2S21. A device for automatically controlling 
 the supply of steam to maintain any desired tem- 
 perature in the car. 
 
 Templet. "A gage, pattern or mold, commonly a thin 
 plate or board, used as a guide to the form of the 
 work to be executed." — Webster. 
 
 Tenon. The projecting end of a piece of timber fitted 
 for insertion into a mortise by cutting away a por- 
 tion on one or more sides. Sometimes the tenon 
 is made cylindrical. Tenons are secured in their 
 mortises by pins or by giving them a Dove Tail, 
 which see. 
 
 Tenoning Machine or Tencner (Wood-Working Ma- 
 chinery). Figs. 6804. 6308. 0821. A tool for cutting 
 a Tenon, which see. The cutter is carried on a re- 
 volving head which can be moved up and down. 
 
 Tension Bar. Any bar subjected to a tensile strain. 
 The upper member of an iron body bolster is called 
 the tension bar. 
 
 Tension Member (of a Frame, Truss, Beam or Girder). 
 Truss rods, brake rods, etc., are tension members 
 in distinction from Compression Members, which 
 see. 
 
 Tension Rod (of a Derrick or CraneL A horizontal 
 stay connecting the top of the mast and boom. It 
 is of fixed length in a crane and of adjustable length 
 in a derrick. See Derrick. 
 
TEN 
 
 170 
 
 TIP 
 
 Tension Rod Clevis (of a Derrick or Crane'). A Clevis, 
 which see, sometimes carried at the upper end of a 
 boom, to which the tension rod connecting the 
 boom and mast is attached. 
 
 Terra Cotta Storage Heater System (Gold's). Fig. 
 2871. A system of steam heating using direct 
 steam, in which the radiators are large iron cylin- 
 ders filled with terra cotta bricks. Steam is ad- 
 mitted into these cylinders and heats the bricks, 
 which give off heat after the car is cut out at sta- 
 tions and other like points. 
 
 Texoderm. An artificial leather used for curtains and 
 upholstering. It is made by coating a cloth fabric 
 with a compound which gives it the appearance of 
 leather. 
 
 Theater Seats (Dining Cars). An ordinary double car 
 seat having two separate seat bottoms which can 
 be raised up into a vertical position in the manner 
 usual in theaters, in order to make the inner seats 
 more easy of access. 
 
 Thermo-Jet System (Car Heating). Figs. 2942-2945. 
 
 Thermostatic Steam Trap (Car Heating). Fig. 2849, 
 etc. A device to regulate the escape of steam in 
 proportion to the condensation that has taken place. 
 It consists of a cast iron shell or body with an in- 
 let at the top and outlet at the bottom. In front 
 of the inlet is a hollow brass diaphragm, partly filled 
 with an expansive fluid, adjusted and kept in place 
 by lugs round the sides of the trap body by a regu- 
 lating spring, and the set screw. When cold the 
 trap is always open, but as live steam is forced into 
 the trap and comes in contact with the diaphragm, 
 it immediately expands, and meeting the composi- 
 tion disc seat, closes the trap and prevents the 
 waste of steam. As condensation proceeds and the 
 water cools, the diaphragm gradually contracts and 
 allows it to pass off through the outlet. 
 
 Thimble. 1. A bushing. 
 
 2. A sleeve or tube through which a bolt passes, 
 and which may act as a distance piece. A thimble 
 is usually round, but sometimes square, as smoke 
 pipe thimble. See Body Bolster Thimble. 
 
 Third-Class Carriage (British). Figs. 6466-6487. A car 
 which performs much the same functions as an 
 American so-called first-class passenger car, since 
 it carries 89% per cent, of the passengers, but very 
 dissimilar in arrangement, weight and size. It gen- 
 erally weighs about 20,000 lbs., and is carried on 
 four or six wheels, divided into five compartments, 
 and seats fifty passengers. The seats and backs are 
 comfortably shaped and upholstered in rep, stuffed 
 with horsehair. Sofa springs and carpets are usu- 
 ally omitted, but parcel nets and shades are pro- 
 vided. The comfort of this class of carriage has 
 been very much improved of late years, but the 
 interior finish is considerably inferior to that of 
 ordinary American cars, the interior being generally 
 painted and grained. 
 
 Third Rail Shoe or Collector. Figs. 0333, 6337-6339. A 
 metallic sliding contact, usually of cast iron, 
 mounted on the car truck, and insulated therefrom, 
 for collecting current from an insulated third rail 
 located alongside the running rails. Positive con- 
 tact between shoe and rail is maintained by gravity 
 or by a stiff spring. Four shoes are usually used 
 for a double truck car, each being carried on a 
 wooden beam, supported by the truck journal boxes. 
 
 Thread. See Screw Thread. 
 
 Three-Pipe Manifold. A pipe fitting forming a return 
 bend for three pipes instead of two. 
 
 Threshold or Threshold Plate. 1. (.Passenger Cars.) 
 A Door Sill, which see. 
 
 2. (Of a Vestibule.) The plate which covers the 
 buffer plate and connects it with the platform, form- 
 ing an adjustable threshold for the end door, etc. 
 
 Throat (of a Car Wheel). The interior angle of a 
 flange where it joins the thread of the wheel. See 
 Flange. 
 
 Throat Piece (Snow Plow Framing) (Side, Center and 
 Intermediate Throat Pieces.) The curved ribs con- 
 necting the inclined plane of the plow with the 
 deck. Being curved they give a projection to the 
 deck, which lessens the tendency of the snow to 
 ride over the top of the plow". 
 
 Through Body Bolt (British). Nearest American 
 equivalent, sill and plate rod. A bolt passing ver- 
 tically through the body and securing the various 
 parts of the sides or ends together. 
 
 Thumb Piece. A general term applied to man}- forms 
 of lugs or projections for moving springs, catches, 
 or other movable mechanical parts. 
 
 Thumb Screw. A screw with two projecting flat sided 
 flanges adapted to be turned with the finger and 
 thumb. 
 
 Tie. "A beam or rod which secures parts together and 
 is subjected to a tensile strain. It is the opposite 
 of a strut or straining piece, which acts to keep 
 objects apart, and is subject to compressing force." 
 — Knight. 
 
 Tie Bar. A bar which acts as a tie. See Pedestal Tie 
 Bar, Pedestal Brace Tie Bar, Transom Tie Bar. 
 
 Tie Rod. A rod which acts as a tie. See 
 
 End Girth Tie Rod. Safety Beam Tie Rod. 
 
 Girth Tie Rod. Sill Tie Rod. 
 
 Lever Frame Tie Rod. Wheel Piece Tie Rod. 
 Platform Tie Rod. 
 
 Tie Timber. See Cross Tie Timber. 
 
 Timber Key. Figs. 785-786. See Sill Timber Key. 
 
 Timber Wagon (British). A short four-wheeled flat 
 car with a swiveling bolster, chains, posts, etc., 
 adapted to carry timber in the log, which rests on 
 two or three timber wagons coupled together. 
 
 Tin Car Roof. A roof consisting of a layer of boards 
 resting on the rafters and running lengthwise to 
 the car, covered with tin plates, the edges of which 
 are soldered together. Used on passenger cars, 
 and a somewhat similar roof of galvanized iron is 
 the Excelsior galvanized car roof made for freight 
 cars. Fig. 2117. 
 
 Tip. An ornamental knob on the end of a rod. More 
 commonly called acorn. See Basket Rack Tip, 
 Berth Curtain Rod Tip. 
 
 Tip Car. Fig. 97, etc. A car constructed so that its 
 body can be tipped to allow its contents to slide out. 
 Often also called a dump car. They are usually 
 four-wheeled, rarely eight-wheeled. A style of four- 
 wheeled tip car, which is slowly tipped by gearing, 
 which winds a chain, has gained considerable favor 
 on the Boston & Albany Railroad. 
 
 Cars which are tipped by compressed air have 
 been introduced and received with considerable 
 favor. The advantages secured by the use of air 
 are that cars may all be dumped at once and the 
 bodies restored to their normal positions; they may 
 be dumped while in motion and they are all under 
 the control of the man on the locomotive. The 
 dumping and restoring of the car body is effected 
 by two train pipes, provided with an auxiliary reser- 
 voir, and the dumping is effected in much the same 
 
TIR 
 
 171 
 
 TOU 
 
 way that the brakes are applied under the Westing- 
 house system. Mine cars are frequently tip cars. 
 
 Tire. A heavy hoop or band of iron or (usually) steel 
 forming the ring or periphery of a wheel to impart 
 strength to it and to resist wear. In this country 
 car wheels are generally cast iron, but steel-tired 
 wheels are in general use for passenger service. 
 They have been universal in European practice, 
 and many devices for fastening them securely to 
 the wheel have been devised. See Tire Fastening. 
 In Great Britain the word is usually spelled tyre. 
 The name is supposed to come from the fact that 
 iron bands were first used on wheels in the city of 
 Tyre. Syria. 
 
 Tire Bolt. A screw bolt for holding a tire on a wheel 
 center. 'When retaining rings are used the bolts 
 pass through the rings and hold them and the cen- 
 ter and tire together. 
 
 Tire Fastening. Figs. 5390-5413 show the principal 
 methods. The Mansell fastening, shown in Fig. 
 5404. etc., is the mode of securing the tire to the 
 wheel which becomes operative when the shrinkage 
 of the tire alone is insufficient to prevent the latter 
 leaving the wheel. The Mansell retaining rings. Fig. 
 5404. etc.; the bolted fastening, Fig. 5396, etc.; the 
 Boles tire lock. Fig. 5412, etc., are quite common. 
 See Car Wheels and Wheels. 
 
 Toe ('of a Car Wheel Flange). The extreme outer 
 point where the wheel has the largest diamter. 
 
 Toe Nail. A nail driven in obliquely to fasten the end 
 of a board or other piece of timber to the surface 
 of another. The stick so fastened is said to be 
 toed, or toe nailed. 
 
 Toggle Arms (Hopper Doors). The two arms of a 
 toggle joint, which form a strut between the two 
 opposite hopper doors, holding them closed. 
 
 Toggle Joint. "An elbow joint; a joint between two 
 bars articulating endwise, as the human knee." — 
 Knight. 
 
 Toilet. Another name for a saloon. 
 
 Tongs or Crabs I Pile Driver and Wrecking Cars). A 
 device for anchoring the body of the car to the 
 track when in use. A jack screw is used in connec- 
 tion with the tongs to raise the body of the car, so 
 as to bring a strain upon the tongs. See Bolster 
 Jack Screw, which is a different device for the same 
 purpose. 
 
 Tool Box. Figs. 119-121. A box very frequently 
 placed under the body of a car, especially in 
 caboose, derrick or wrecking cars, for carrying 
 tools and supplies. 
 
 2. T, Figs. 648-651, A rectangular wooden box 
 with a glass front, in which are kept tools to be 
 used in case of accident. It usually contains an 
 axe, a saw, a sledge and a bar. A ground glass 
 front is sometimes used. 
 
 Tool Car. A box car arranged for carrying all kinds of 
 tools, ropes, etc.. which are used, in case of acci- 
 dent to trains on the road, in replacing or remov- 
 ing the cars or engines on or from the track. Such 
 cars are often used when any heavy objects are to 
 be moved, as is necessary in erecting bridges, etc. 
 Tool cars are often fitted up with sleeping berths 
 for workmen. A tool car usually serves as a tender 
 for even' wrecking crane. 
 
 Top Arch Bar. More properly, simply Arch Bar, which 
 see. 
 
 Top Chord (of a Truss"). The upper outside member 
 of a truss, especially one divided up into panels. 
 
 The members of mere trussed beams are not com- 
 monly designated as chords. 
 Top Door Rail. 149. Figs (543-651, etc., and 4, Figs. 
 1329-1337. The uppermost horizontal bar or piece 
 of a door frame. 
 
 Figs. 
 
 etc. See Door 
 
 Top Door Track. 
 Track. 
 
 Top Light Rail (British). A part of the body framing 
 of a carriage forming the top of the window open- 
 ing. 
 
 Top Panel Batten (British). American equivalent, fur- 
 ring. A part of the bod3' framing to stiffen the top 
 panel, which is pinned to it. 
 
 Top Plate (Metal body Bolster). 1. Figs. 1128-1129 
 See Body Bolster. 
 
 Top Rail (of Door). See Top Door Rail. 
 
 Top Rail. A name applied sometimes to the plate of a 
 street car. 
 
 Top Rail Filling Strip. See Filling Piece. 
 
 Top Reservoir Journal Box. A journal box having a 
 reservoir for oil or grease above the journal, from 
 which the oil flows to the journal. Rarely used in 
 this country, but common in Europe, with either oil 
 or some form of grease as a lubricant. 
 
 Top Side Bearing. A body side bearing. See Side 
 Bearing. 
 
 Top Side Rail (.Coal Car). The horizontal piece of 
 timber which forms the top of the side. A similar 
 part in roofed cars is called the plate. 
 
 Torch and Key (Pintsch System.) Fig. 3103. A special 
 device combining the ordinary wax taper torch, 
 and a key, fitted to handle the cock of any Pintsch 
 lamp, as well as to open or close the globe of any 
 lamp from the floor of the car. 
 
 Tornado Canopy Ventilator. Fig. 4421. See Venti- 
 lators. 
 
 Tornado Lamp. A general term applied to lamps which 
 receive their supply of air through a long tube, 
 usually connected with the supports or arms of the 
 lamp, so as to check the effect of sudden gusts of 
 wind. Hurricane lamp is another name for the 
 same thing. 
 
 Torpedo. A cylindrical detonating cap provided with 
 clips for folding under the head of the rail for the 
 purpose of making a loud alarm as a signal on the 
 passage of engines over them. The basis of the 
 detonating compound is fulminate of mercury. The 
 interior pieces of iron, to insure the explosion of 
 the fulminate, are termed anvils. Some torpedoes 
 have three anvils. A torpedo with spring clips has 
 been introduced for attaching to the track from the 
 rear end of a train in motion by means of a patented 
 carrier to be held in the hands of the trainman, 
 which insures that the torpedo will not escape ex- 
 cept to clasp the head of the rail. The same device 
 is also used to attach blue lights to the track, burn- 
 ing for a fixed length of time. 
 
 Torpedo Ventilator. Fig. 4429. See Ventilator. 
 
 Torsion-Proof Car Roofing. Figs. 2160-2183. A con- 
 struction for freight car roofs with sheets sliding 
 into sub-rafters. 
 
 Tourist Car. Fig. 218. 1. A car roughly built and 
 furnished for the transportation of men alone, such 
 as bodies of troops, parties of excursionists, emi- 
 grants, etc. Frequently they are flat or box cars 
 furnished with roof sides, seats and doors. The 
 emigrant sleeping car is now usually called a tour- 
 ist car, the latter being preferred by those who 
 patronize them. 
 2. A private car, one of several, of elaborate fin- 
 
TOU 
 
 172 
 
 TRA 
 
 ish and luxurious appointments, chartered by ex- 
 cursionists who are making a tour of the country. 
 
 Tourist Sleeping Car. Fig. 218. A sleeping car plainly 
 finished, sometimes upholstered in rattan, for ac- 
 commodation of travelers who cannot afford the 
 comforts of the luxurious standard sleeping car. 
 
 Towel Rack. Fig. 3670. A tray of rods for holding 
 clean towels. 
 
 Towel Rod. Figs. 3740-3741. A rod with brackets or 
 bushings at the ends upon which towels may be 
 hung. 
 
 Towel Rod Brackets. Fig. 3707, etc. See Towel Rod. 
 
 Towel Roller Bracket. Figs. 3722-3724. A bracket for 
 supporting a towel roller. There arc two. the fixed 
 end and loose end bracket. The principal supply of 
 towels, however, is usually carried in a towel rack 
 or hung on towel rods. 
 
 Tower Coupler (Freight). Figs. 1039-1647. (Passen- 
 ger). Fig. 1639. 
 
 Track. 1. A rail or bar which forms a path on which 
 anything, as a car door, runs. Sliding doors have 
 usually two door tracks, bottom and top door track. 
 2. (Pile Driver Car.) A circular track upon 
 which the rollers of the swinging platform travel. 
 A rack is connected with it as a part of the slewing 
 gear. 
 
 Track and Wheels, Terms and Gaging Points. Fig. 
 
 5598. See Wheels and Track. 
 Track Laying Car. 1. A low push car, primarily for 
 carrying rails short distances in construction. They 
 are frequently without a floor or platform and are 
 provided with fixed rollers at the side for running 
 the rails forward. 
 
 2. A platform car with a cantilever truss extend- 
 ing out from one end ot the car over the track and 
 on which rails may be run out and distributed on 
 the ties. 
 
 Track Sweeper. Fig. 6256. A Sweeping Car, which 
 see. For city use only. 
 
 Traction brake. See Westinghouse Traction Brake. 
 
 Train Air Signal Apparatus. Fig. 1220. A substitute 
 for the bell cord arranged to give train signals by 
 compressed air. A separate line of signal pipe, 
 similar to the brake pipe, extends throughout the 
 train, connected between the cars by hose and 
 couplings. A car discharge valve, connected to this 
 signal pipe, is located in each car and attached to 
 the bell cord in such manner that pulling on the 
 cord releases air from the signal pipe. In the cab 
 on the engine or motor car is a signal valve, which 
 is also connected with the main signal pipe and a 
 small signal whistle. The supply of air is received 
 from the main reservoir through a reducing valve, 
 which maintains a i ressure of about 45 lbs. per 
 square inch in the signal apparatus. 
 
 When the car discharge valve is opened, by pull- 
 ing on the cord, the diaphragm in the signal valve is 
 operated so as to blow tne whistle. Signals can be 
 given in this way with rapidity and great certainty. 
 If the train breaks in two the whistle is blown 
 loudly for a considerable time. 
 
 Train Air Signal Stop Cock. A stop cock in the air 
 signal pipe. There is one at each end of a car. 
 
 Train Brake Pipe. See Brake Pipe. 
 
 Train Car. A Caboose Car, which see. 
 
 Train Line Coupler. Figs. 3398-3401. 
 
 Train Lines. A s}'stem of heavy conductors, gener- 
 ally three in number, running the entire length of 
 the car either over the roof or under the car body 
 
 and terminating at each end of the car in a suitable 
 connection device, located either above the vesti- 
 bule opening or below the platform. Two of these 
 conductors are tapped and connections carried 
 down inside of the car where connection may be 
 made with the electric lighting system of the car. 
 The other conductor generally has no connection 
 to it in the car. Its purpose is to act as an end 
 feeder or equalizer when a head end generator is 
 employed. The other two conductors or lines may 
 be employed for tying together in parallel the 
 lighting systems of the different cars, irrespective 
 of whether a head end generator is used or not. 
 
 Train Line Jumper. A connection made generally at 
 the rear end of the train on the end farthest from 
 the head end generator connecting the conductor 
 which is not tapped in the cars to one of the con- 
 ductors that is tapped. The current is carried 
 from the generator clear through to the end of the 
 train and by means of the jumper brought back- 
 on one of the other wires. This arrangement of 
 train lines, known as the equi-potential or return 
 loop, insures uniform voltage at each of the cars, 
 irrespective of the drop or loss that may take place 
 m the conductors themselves. 
 
 Train Line Connector. A device for connecting the 
 train lines of one car to those of another in such 
 a manner as to insure the proper connection of the 
 conductors of one car with those of another inde- 
 pendently of sequence or end relations of the va- 
 rious cars; that is to say, the conductor must al- 
 ways join wire No, 1 of one car with wire Xo. 1 
 of the next car, etc., no matter whether the cars 
 have been turned end for end or in what order they 
 ma}- stand in the train. 
 
 Train Pipe (Air Brake). See Brake Pipe. The latter 
 and preferable name is brake pipe. 
 
 Train Signal Lamp. Fig 3617. A lamp attached to a 
 car as a signal, usually to the last car on the train, 
 and commonly called a tail light. See Signal Lamp. 
 They are usually some form of lantern. Lanterns 
 of ordinary form, but with red globes, are also used. 
 
 Train Signal Pipe. See Signal Pipe. 
 
 Transfer Table. A platform and section of track on 
 wheels, its length being equal to the length of a 
 car. Its chief use is to transfer cars from one sec- 
 tion of a shop to another, connecting with parallel 
 tracks and running transversely to them. 
 
 Transom. 1. Primarily, a cross piece. 
 
 2. (Carpentry.) A horizontal piece framed across 
 a door or double light window. The term is also 
 applied in the general sense of a cross piece in 
 other ways. 
 
 3. (Trucks.) 20, Figs. 4771-4777 and Figs. 4784- 
 4785. One of two horizontal cross beams attached 
 to the side frames, between which the swing bolster 
 is placed. They are usually made of wood, but re- 
 cently they have been made of iron. See also 
 Middle Transom, Outside Transom. 
 
 4. The body bolster is also sometimes called a 
 transom or body transom, but incorrectly. The 
 term body transom is more properly limited, when 
 used at all, to the Cross Tie Timber or Needlebeam, 
 which see. 
 
 5. A word frequently used in street car work as 
 an adjective, for the word "deck," and meaning 
 that the part belongs to the upper deck windows or 
 to the clear story. 
 
 0. (British.) Commonly spelled Transome, which 
 see. 
 
TRA 
 
 173 
 
 TRI 
 
 Transom and End Piece Tie Rod. A rod extending 
 through the transom and end piece to stiffen the 
 truck frame. 
 
 Transom Bearing Block. A piece of wood or iron 
 placed on top of a transom, under the attachment or 
 bearing of a swing hanger, to raise it up higher. 
 
 Transom Casting. A casting attached to a truck frame, 
 and to which the end of one or both of the tran- 
 soms are fastened. 
 
 Transom or Bolster Chafing Plate. '27, Figs. 4771-4777. 
 A plate attached to the side of a transom to pre- 
 vent it from abrasion by the movement of the 
 bolster. See Friction Block. 
 
 Transom Corner Plate (Passenger Trucks). 131, Figs. 
 4817-4819 and Figs. 4905-4907. See Truck Frame 
 Corner Plate. 
 
 Transom Draft Gear. Figs. 1580-1582. 
 
 Transom Muntin or Mullion. See Mullion. 
 
 Transom Opener. Fig. 4118. A device for opening a 
 transom over a door; very similar to a deck sash 
 opener. 
 
 Transom Pillar (Diamond Trucks). A small casting 
 acting as a distance piece between the transom and 
 inverted arch bar. 
 
 Transom Plate. Figs. 4833-4836. Iron plates on both 
 sides of wooden transoms of passenger trucks. 
 
 Transom Sash Stop. Fig. 4525. 
 
 Transom Tie Bar. 23, Figs. 4771-4777. A wrought iron 
 bar bolted to a pair of transoms, sometimes above 
 and sometimes below the center to hold them to- 
 gether. 
 
 Transom Truss Block. 25, Figs. 4771-4777. See Tran- 
 som Truss Rod. 
 
 Transom Truss Rod. 24, Figs. 4771-4774. Fig. 4838. 
 Transverse rods attached at their ends to the 
 wheel pieces, which extend alongside the transoms 
 and are inclined downward under a central transom 
 truss block, so as to strengthen the transoms. Gen- 
 erally, two such rods are used with each truck. In 
 the Pullman trucks a transom plate is used with a 
 straight transom tie rod. 
 
 Transom Truss Rod Seat. A bearing for the transom 
 truss rod on the under side of the transom. See 
 Corner Plate. 
 
 Transom Truss Rod Washer. 26, Figs. 4771-4777; Figs. 
 4813-4814. See Washer and above. 
 
 Transom (British). A Cross Tie Timber or Needle- 
 beam, which see. More commonly called cross 
 bearer, which latter term is also in use in this 
 country. 
 
 Transverse Floor Timbers (Street Cars). Timbers 
 which extend across the car underneath the floor, 
 and on which the floor boards rest. They are used 
 only when there are two sills. Xot to be con- 
 fused with cross tic timbers, which are under the 
 sills. 
 
 Transverse Floor Timber Plate. A wrought iron or 
 steel plate to strengthen the transverse floor tim- 
 ber and act as a tie rod for the floor timber braces. 
 
 Transverse Rising Timber. See Rising Timber. 
 
 Transverse Tie Rod (British). American equivalent, 
 sill tic rod. A long rod which serves to bind 
 together the underframe transversely. 
 Trap. See Steam Trap. 
 
 Trap (for Refrigerator Car). An S-shaped pipe, largely 
 
 used in all forms of plumbing work for permitting 
 
 the exit of water, while preventing the entrance 
 
 of air. 
 
 Trap Door. 1. A door in a floor or roof, closing flush 
 
 therewith when shut. See also Platform Trap 
 Door. 
 
 2. (Pullman Wide Vestibule.) Fig. 2266. A 
 door which covers the platform steps and makes a 
 continuous level floor for the full width of the 
 car in a wide vestibule. 
 
 3. A door of a street car in the floor which 
 gives access to the motor and gearing between it 
 and the axle. 
 
 Trap Door Holder (Vestibule Fittings). Figs 3941- 
 3942. 
 
 Trap Door Latch (Vestibule Fittings). Figs. 3966-3977. 
 
 Traversing Jack. Fig. 3888. A jack that can be moved 
 horizontally on a bed or track while under its 
 load. 
 
 Tread. 1. (Of a Step.) Figs. 977-978. The part on 
 which the foot is placed. See Tread Board, Rub- 
 ber Tread. 
 
 2. (Of a Car Wheel.) Fig. 5518. The exterior 
 cylindrical surface of a car wheel inside of the 
 flange which comes in contact with the rail. The 
 usual width is about 4 in., measured from the throat 
 or inside of the flange, and about 5% in. out to out 
 measurement, from outside of flange to outside of 
 wheel. The standard section adopted by the M. C. 
 B. Association in 1886 is shown in Fig. 5518. 
 
 Tread Board (of a Step). 4(3, Figs. 599-619. The hori- 
 zontal part on which the foot is placed. Usually 
 covered with rubber or metal safety treads to pre- 
 vent slipping. See Figs. 977-978. 
 
 Triangular Washer. An iron plate or block, the cross 
 section of which is triangular, and which forms a 
 bearing for the nut or head of an inclined brace rod. 
 Also called beveled washer, but the latter term is 
 chiefly used when the angle between the two faces 
 is small. 
 
 Tri-Compo or Tri-Composite Carriage (British). A 
 composite coach in which separate compartments 
 for first, second and third-class passengers are pro- 
 vided. 
 
 Trigger. See Sash Lock Trigger. 
 
 Trimming Cap. A Seat Back Molding, which see. 
 Figs. 3862-3873. 
 
 Triple Body Dump Car. Fig. 101. 
 
 Triple Brake. Figs. 4805-4806. Brakes for a six-wheel 
 truck. 
 
 Triple Coupling Link. A kind of chain used with the 
 draw hooks of British draw gear. Used in America 
 for small four-wheel coal cars only. 
 
 Triple Valve (Air Brake). Figs. 1233-1240. 1. A valve 
 device consisting of a body or case, called the triple 
 valve body, which has connections to the brake pipe, 
 the auxiliary reservoir and the brake cylinder, in 
 which a slide valve is operated by a piston, so that 
 when the pressure of the air in the brake pipe is in- 
 creased the auxiliary reservoir is charged and the 
 air in the brake cylinder is released to the atmos- 
 phere; and so that, when the air pressure in the 
 brake pipe is reduced, air from the auxiliary reser- 
 voir is discharged into the brake cylinder for apply- 
 ing the brakes. A triple valve performing only 
 these functions is now known as the plain triple 
 valve. 
 
 2. The quick-acting triple valve has all the fea- 
 tures and performs all the functions of the plain 
 triple valve, and has the additional function of caus- 
 ing a discharge of air from the brake pipe to the 
 brake cylinder, when, in emergencies, the maximum 
 force of the brakes is instantly required. 
 
 3. (For Freight Air Brake Gear.) Fig. 1234. A 
 
TRI 
 
 174 
 
 TRU 
 
 special form, not differing in principle from the pas- 
 senger brake valve, but generally combined with 
 the reservoir and brake cylinder in one single part 
 for economy and convenience of attachment. 
 
 Triple Valve Body. 2, Figs. 1233-1237. 
 
 Triple Valve Branch Pipe (Air Brake). A short pipe 
 by which the triple valve is connected with the 
 brake pipe. 
 
 Triple Valve Gasket. A gasket placed in the joint be- 
 tween the triple valve and the brake cylinder. 
 
 Triple Valve Piston (Air Brake). 4, Figs. 1233-1237. 
 See Triple Valve. 
 
 Tripod. 1. A three-legged stand. 
 
 2. (For Lamp Shade.) A cheap substitute for a 
 shade ring. 
 
 Trojan Coupler. Figs. 1777-1793. 
 
 Trolley (Street Car). A small wheel, or a carriage with 
 journal, bearings, case, etc., usually attached to the 
 end of a trolley pole, the latter being attached, 
 pivoted and swiveled to the top of a street car, and 
 so stayed by springs that it tends to stand in a 
 vertical position. This tendency of the trolley pole 
 to stand erect keeps the trolley wheel in contact 
 (on the under side), of an electric conductor 
 stretched above the car over the center of the car 
 tracks. Electric motor cars which derive the elec- 
 tric current through a trolley are called "Trolley 
 Cars." The majority of electric motor cars in 
 use at the present time are "trolley cars," taking 
 the current from an overhead conductor. 
 
 Trolley Base. Figs. 6341, 6344. A swivel base placed on 
 the roof of an electric car for the support of the 
 trolley pole; strong springs preserve a firm contact 
 between the trolley wheel and wire. 
 
 Trolley Board (Street Car). A board or several boards 
 making a long, narrow platform (very much like a 
 running board of a freight car), to which the trolley 
 pole is attached, and on which inspectors and re- 
 pair men may stand. The boards rest upon trolley 
 board cleats. Trolley base blocks are fastened to 
 the trolley boards, and the trolley pole is fastened 
 to the base blocks. 
 
 Trolley Cord. Fig. 2180. An extra heavy cord, by 
 which the trolley is handled from the platform. 
 
 Trolley Harp. Fig. 6352-6353. A clevis-shaped metallic 
 frame at the end of the trolley pole for holding the 
 trolley wheel. Also called trolley fork. 
 
 Trolley Hoist. Fig. 6853. 
 
 Trolley Wheel. Figs. 6346-6347, 6350-6351. A deeply 
 grooved metal wheel mounted on a trolley pole for 
 collecting current from an overhead wire. 
 
 Truck. 1. "A small wheel; hence trucks, a low carriage 
 for carrying goods, stone, etc., either on common 
 roads or on railroads. Indeed, this kind of carriage 
 is often called a truck, in the singular." — Webster. 
 The term is applied to different kinds of small ve- 
 hicles used on and about stations for handling 
 freight and baggage by hand, sometimes in a con- 
 fused sense. The usage seems to be increasing, 
 however, to speak of baggage barrows and freight 
 trucks, although both are sometimes designated as 
 barrow trucks. Four-wheeled vehicles, called 
 baggage wagon trucks and freight wagon trucks, 
 are also used. Vehicles of this class arc also desig- 
 nated as warehouse trucks. Special varieties arc 
 the telecope, swing barrel and self-leading trucks. 
 Many other exist, in limited use. 
 
 2. Figs. 4350-4574. A car truck, which is, me- 
 chanically, a small four-wheel (or sometimes six- 
 wheel) car, under each end of an American car 
 
 body, and carrying the latter as a dead load by 
 means of two swiveling center plates connected by 
 a center pin or king bolt. The purpose of the truck 
 is to enable short wheel bases to be used in con- 
 nection with long ear bodies. Sec Car Truck. 
 
 Passenger car trucks are nearly always of wood 
 in combination with iron flitch plates, truss rods, 
 etc. For freight car trucks wood has almost passed 
 out of use, except for the transoms, truck bolsters 
 and spring planks, and steel is being rapidly sub- 
 stituted for the latter as well. Even when wood 
 is employed it is frequently strengthened by iron 
 or steel plates. Wooden brake beams are the ex- 
 ception. For spring planks, transoms and bolsters 
 the common structural forms of channels and I 
 beams or pressed steel shapes are used. 
 
 Truck Bolster. 30, Figs, 4705-4713, 4771-4777, and Figs. 
 4796-4797, 4995-5066. A cross timber or beam in the 
 center of a truck, to which the lower center plate 
 is fastened, and on which the car bod}' rests. The 
 truck bolster is connected to the body by a center 
 pin, which passes through it. 
 
 Truck Bolster Chafing Plate (Passenger Trucks.) A 
 plate attached to a swing bolster to protect it from 
 wear. 
 
 Truck Bolster Flitch Plates. See Bolster Flitch Plates. 
 
 Truck Bolster Guide Bars (Diamond Tracks). 37, Figs. 
 4705-4713. More commonly called columns. Cast 
 iron posts between the arch bars, held in place by 
 column bolts, which form a guide for the end of 
 the bolster. These columns are sometimes also 
 required to perform the office of brake hanger car- 
 rier. An offset shoulder is then cast on the column 
 near the top and on the inside with a jaw, to which 
 the brake hanger is fastened by a pin. 
 
 Truck Bolster Guide Block. A cast iron shoe for the 
 end of a truck bolster, which slides vertically be- 
 tween the columns or bolster guide bars. They are 
 used only in connection with the latter. See above. 
 
 Truck Bolster Truss Block. See Truss Block. 
 
 Truck Bolster Truss Rod (Rigid Bolster Trucks). A 
 rod attached near the ends of a wooden truck 
 bolster. In swing bolster trucks, rods of a similar 
 nature are used, and are termed transom truss rods. 
 
 Truck Center Bearing Truss. Figs. 66, 4780-4783. The 
 combination of the Center Bearing Arch Bar ami 
 Center Bearing Inverted Arch Bars, which see. 
 
 Truck Center Plate. 12. Figs. 1128-1120; C,-:,. Figs. 4361- 
 4369, and Figs. 4502-4504. See Center Plate. 
 
 Truck Check Chain Eye. 70, Figs. 4771-4777. See 
 Check Chain. A body check chain eye is also 
 used. 
 
 Truck Check Chain Hook. 69, Figs. 1771-4777. A hook- 
 on the end of a Check Chain, which see. 
 
 Truck Details. Figs. 4784-4994. 
 
 Truck End Piece or End Sill. 17, Figs. 4771-1777. See 
 End Piece. 
 
 Truck Frame. Figs. 5068-5071. A structure composed 
 of wooden beams, iron or bars or cast steel to 
 which the journal boxes or pedestals, springs and 
 other loose parts are attached, and which forms the 
 skeleton of a truck. 
 
 Truck Frame Corner Plate. 130, 131, Figs. 1771-4777, 
 and Figs. 4488-1189, 4905-4907. A malleable iron or 
 pressed steel plate bolted to the corners of a 
 wooden truck frame to keep it stiff and rigid. They 
 take the place of Knee Irons, which sec. 
 
 Truck Frame Knee Iron (Passenger Car Trucks). An 
 interior angle plate of cast or wrought iron to con- 
 nect the truck frame together. 
 
TRU 
 
 175 
 
 TUM 
 
 Truck Side. A Truck Side Frame, which see. 
 Truck Side Bearing. 10, Figs. 1128-1129; 61, Figs. 4705- 
 4713, 4771-4777. A plate, block or roller or spring 
 plate attached to the top of the truck bolster, on 
 which a corresponding bearing fastened to the body 
 bolster rests. Their purpose is to prevent the car 
 body from having too much rocking or rolling mo- 
 tion. They are made of various forms, such as a 
 plain metal plate, to protect a wooden bolster from 
 wear, a cup-shaped casting to hold oil or grease 
 and waste, and various forms of rollers, rockers, 
 studs, spring cases and the like. 
 Truck Side Frame. The longitudinal portion of a truck 
 frame, on the outside of the wheels, which extends 
 from one axle to the other, and to which the jour- 
 nal boxes and bolsters or transoms are attached. 
 See Diamond Truck Side Frame, in designating 
 which the term is chiefly employed. 
 Truck Sub-Sill. A sub-sill bolted to the side sill of a 
 four-wheel street car which bears upon the truck 
 frame, to which it is bolted. 
 Trunnion. The pivot upon which any body, as a gun, 
 revolves. The term is usually applied to bearings 
 for objects of irregular shape, and having slow or 
 irregular motion, as distinguished from the journals 
 of wheels, etc. 
 Truss. A frame to which rigidity is given by uniting 
 the parts so that its figure shall be in effect cut up 
 into triangles, making it incapable of distortion by 
 turning of the bars about their joints. The simplest 
 form of truss is that in which a truss rod and king 
 post are put underneath a beam to strengthen it, 
 or two beams are framed together in the form of 
 a letter A, and tied together at their lower ends by 
 a rod or another beam. These are called king post 
 trusses. Another form is that in which two posts 
 are used, which are called queen post trusses. This 
 is not a perfect truss, since it is capable of altering 
 its shape by simply bending without rupturing its 
 parts, when unequally loaded. In order to prevent 
 this counterbalances should be added. This is the 
 usual way of trussing the underframe of cars. The 
 sills resist bending and act as straining beams, thus 
 preventing great distortion. The usual forms of 
 trusses used for the side framing of cars are the 
 Pratt and the Howe types. In the former all the 
 braces are subject to tension, and in the latter the 
 braces are compression members. The Pratt truss 
 is rarely used alone to-day for side trussing, but is 
 often used in combination with the Howe truss. 
 The Howe truss is rarely used in its simple form, 
 being usually provided with vertical posts alongside 
 of the vertical tension members. The side of a car 
 is not a perfect truss as ordinarily built, for the 
 middle panel, which contains the door, lacks the es- 
 sential element of braces or counterbraces. Long 
 cars are reinforced with heavy trusses of the bridge 
 or roof type, and further strengthened by body 
 truss rods. 
 
 The Challender Truss, which see. is a kind of 
 plate girder. See Girder. See also Bastard Howe, 
 Bastard Pratt, Framing, Bunk Truss (of Logging 
 Cars'*. 
 Truss Block. A distance piece between a truss rod and 
 the compression member of a trussed beam, which 
 forms a bearing for both. See Body Bolster Truss 
 Block, Transom Truss Block, Truck Bolster Truss 
 Block. 
 Truss Plank (Passenger Car Framing). 63, Figs. 577- 
 
 588, 599-619. A wide piece of timber, set on edge 
 
 and bolted to, or sometimes gained into the posts 
 
 on the inside of the car immediately above the sills. 
 
 Truss Plank Cap. A strip of wood attached to the top 
 
 of a truss plank between the seat frames. 
 Truss Rod. Figs. 886-889. An inclined rod used in con- 
 nection with a king or queen post truss, or trussed 
 beam, to resist deflection. It -is attached to the 
 ends of the beam, and is supported in the middle 
 by a king post, truss block, or two queen posts be- 
 tween the beam and the rod. See Body Truss 
 Rod. 
 
 Truss Rod Anchor Iron. 24, Figs. 599-619; Figs. 956- 
 957. 998-999. A wrought iron strap with lugs and a 
 turn at the end which engage with the body bolster 
 and in recesses cut into the side sill, to which it is 
 bolted. It serves as an anchor to attach the ends 
 of the body truss rods to the side sills. 
 
 Truss Rod Bearing. Figs. 753-758. A bearing used to 
 furnish support to a truss rod. at an angle or bend 
 in the latter, as 
 Body Bolster Truss Truck Bolster Truss 
 
 Rod Bearing. Rod Bearing. 
 
 Body Truss Rod Bear- 
 ing. 
 
 The bearing over the bolster of a long body truss 
 rod running from end sill to end sill is called a 
 body truss rod saddle, probably in part from its 
 form. A distinction has been attempted between 
 a truss rod bearing and a truss rod saddle, founded 
 upon the direction of the strain which it resists, 
 and this distinction has been preserved in this edi- 
 tion. It cannot, however, be said to be founded on 
 usage, either of bridge builders or car builders, ex- 
 cept in respect to the body truss rod saddle, as 
 above stated. 
 
 Truss Rod End Plate. Figs. 809-830. 
 
 Truss Rod Iron. '24. Figs. 599-613, 617-619. A bar of 
 iron, having an eye, to which a body truss rod is 
 attached, bolted to the under side of a sill below 
 a body bolster. It is a form of attaching body truss 
 rods almost cut of use for freight cars, but in 
 common use on passenger cars. A truss rod anchor 
 iron. 
 
 Truss Rod Queen Post. See Truss Rod and Queen 
 Post. 
 
 Truss Rod Saddle. See Truss Rod Bearing and Body 
 Truss Rod Saddle, 2'). Figs. 305-308, 319-324, etc. 
 
 Truss Rod Safety Hanger. Figs. 1000-1001. An iron eye 
 bolted to the longitudinal sills, through which the 
 body truss rods are passed to prevent them from 
 dropping to the track in case they should break. 
 
 Truss Rod Strut. Figs. 971-973. 
 
 Truss Rod Washer. Figs. 717-718. 725-726. A large 
 flat or beveled washer, used under a nut on the end 
 of a truss rod. Sometimes called a skew back. See 
 Body Bolster Truss Rod Washer, Truck Bolster 
 Truss Rod Washer. 
 
 Trussed Brake Beam. Fig. 5083. etc. Many brake 
 beams in use to-day are trussed beams. The usual 
 method is to use a truss rod from end to end of 
 the beam with a king post in the middle. 
 
 Tufting Button. Fig. 3781. A button used in up- 
 holstery to hold the cord which passes through the 
 upper covering of the upholstered surface, dividing 
 it up into squares or diamonds. 
 
 Tumbler. 1. A drinking glass. 
 
 2. (Foundry.) A machine for cleaning castings, 
 locomotive tubes, etc. It consists of a case 
 mounted on a shaft, on which it is made to revolve. 
 
TUM 
 
 176 
 
 UNC 
 
 The articles inside of the case are cleaned by their 
 attrition against each other and the case. 
 
 3. (Locksmithing.) "A latch engaging within a 
 notch in a lock, bolt, or otherwise, opposing its mo- 
 tion until it is lifted or arranged by the key so as 
 to remove the obstacle." — Knight. 
 
 Tumbler Holder. Figs. 3643-3667-3673. A bracket or 
 stand for holding glass tumblers or drinking cups. 
 They are either single or double. 
 
 Tumbler Holder and Drip. Fig. 3643. A water cooler 
 drip, the top of which is made large enough to hold 
 a glass. 
 
 Turnbuckle. 23, Figs. 599-619, and Fig. 3S57. A device 
 inserted in the middle of a long rod for changing 
 its length. Right and left screw turnbuckles, Fig. 
 3488, or single screw turnbuckles are rarely used. 
 
 A form that has gained much favor for use on 
 cars is that shown in Fig. 3857. They are made 
 the following sizes, and larger in proportion. 
 
 Size. D. A. B. C. L. 
 
 1 inch 6 in. \ l A in. 9 in. 25 in. 
 
 V/ s " 6 " 1 11-16 " Wi " 25 " 
 
 v/ 4 " 6 " m " m " ?6 " 
 
 1H " 6 " 2 1-16 " Vb% " 27 " 
 
 V/ 2 " 6 " 2% " 10^2 " 27 " 
 
 1% " 6 " 2 7-16 " 10% " 28 " 
 
 154 " 6 *' 25- 8 " 1114 " 28 " 
 
 D. Size = Outside Diameter of Screw. 
 
 A. Length in Clear between head — 6 in. first 
 length for all sizes. 
 
 B. Length of Tapped Heads = l% D. 
 
 C. Total Length of Buckie without Bolt Ends. 
 L. Total Length of Buckle and Stub Ends when 
 open. 
 
 Turn Under (British). See Fall Under. 
 
 Turtle Back Roof. A roof for a passenger car which is 
 arched, but without a clear story or upper deck. It 
 is the prevailing roof for British carriages, but has 
 not found favor in this country, its use being con- 
 fined chiefly to a few coaches on the Boston & 
 Albany Railroad. 
 
 Twin Car Seat. Figs. 4118, 4126, etc. A seat stand with a 
 division arm, two cushions, two seat backs with 
 two striker arms each, so that they may be turned 
 so as to bring the occupants face to face. 
 
 Twin Door Panels. 10, Figs. 1329-1337. A pair of panels 
 side by side in a door, formed by inserting a part- 
 ing rail into a wide panel. 
 
 Twin Hopper Gondola Car. Figs. 35-36, 428-452, etc. A 
 gondola car with two hoppers, the centers of which 
 are about 10 feet apart. This type of gondola has 
 been adopted to get a long flat-bo' tomed car that 
 will discharge its contents with the least amount of 
 shoveling. The car may also be used for long 
 timber. See Gondola. 
 
 Twin Washer. A Double Washer, which see. 
 
 Twist Gage for New Couplers (M. C. B. Recommended 
 Practice). Figs. 5948-5950. In 1899 a twist gage 
 for new couplers, as shown, to be used so as to 
 insure that the heads are neither twisted nor dis- 
 placed sidewisc with relation to shank, was adopted 
 as Recommended Practice. In 1904 the gage was 
 changed to conform to the couper contour ines 
 adopted in 1903; and also to have raised figures 
 " 1904 " cast on same. 
 
 Twisted Flat Wire (for Car Seals). 4087. A form 
 adapted to prevent the possibility of the lead seal 
 being stripped from the wire and afterward re- 
 placed upon it. See Car Seals. 
 
 Two-Light Center Lamp. See Center Lamp and Chan- 
 
 delier. The majority of center lamps have two 
 burners. 
 Tyre (of a wheel). See Tire. The spelling ''tyre" is 
 the British method, and corresponds with the sup- 
 posed origin of the word, which is from the fact 
 that iron bands were first used on wheels in the 
 city of Tyre, Syria. 
 
 u 
 
 U-Bolt. A double bolt made of a bar of iron, bent in 
 the shape of the letter U. with a nut and screw on 
 each end. See Brake Hanger Carrier, Stake Pocket 
 U-Bolt. 
 
 U-Bolt Casting. Figs. 4823-4824. 
 
 " U " Brake Shoe. Fig. 5242. A cast-iron brake shoe 
 with inclined ends chilled from the back. 
 
 Umbrella Holder and Pocket. Fig. 3836. A bracket with 
 oval holes, put up in a horizontal position with the 
 pocket a suitable distance below it. The umbrella 
 is thrust through the bracket, the end resting in 
 the pocket below. 
 
 Uncoupling Attachments (M. C. B. Recommended Prac- 
 tice). 
 
 In 1897 designs showing the details of uncoupling 
 arrangements to concealed end sill cars and out- 
 side end sill cars were adopted as Recommended 
 Practice. 
 
 In 1905 the shoulder of the bracket for the un- 
 coupling rod was made level. 
 
 In 190S these details were revised and changes 
 made to overcome former defects. 
 
 The special feature of this uncoupling attachment 
 is the slotted center bracket. By placing the rod 
 back on the top of end sill or head block a longer 
 arm is obtained, which gives sufficient lift with ample 
 slack in the chain, and by using a sloping slotted 
 bracket the rod projects 1J4 inches in front of 
 coupler lock, which is about the best position for an 
 efficient lift. The slotted bracket allows the rod 
 to slide back 3'_' inches and avoids interference 
 when slack of train is bunched. 
 
 The handle shown should preferably project be- 
 low end of car or be bent as shown by dotted 
 lines on Sheet M. C. B. — B, in order to protect the 
 operator's hand. 
 
 Three links 3% inches, 5% inches and 7"i inches 
 long, respectively, are shown. By using one of 
 these three links, therefore, a chain 6 1 /2, 8% or 10% 
 inches long is obtained, which should fit all cars and 
 M. C. B. couplers. These links should avoid the use 
 of split links, " S " hooks and other temporary 
 repair devices now very common. The arrangement 
 as a whole is applicable to all types of cars, and if 
 properly applied will largely obviate present trou- 
 bles. Only a few limiting dimensions are shown 
 on the drawing, as the others must be adapted to 
 each particular class of car; but the dimensions 
 for center arm. chain slack and position of lift pin 
 eye should be carefully adhered to. 
 
 Uncoupling Chain. See below. 
 
 Uncoupling Lever (Freight Cars). 210, Figs. 262-272. 
 An iron rod with a bent handle forming a lever, 
 usually attached to the end sill, by which the lock 
 of the automatic coupler is opened and the cars 
 uncoupled without going between them. The lever 
 and rod arc in various forms, as the form of lock 
 may require. 
 
 Uncoupling Lever Chain (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 
 675, Figs. 1886-1935. 
 
 Uncoupling Lever Collar (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 
 72o. Figs. 1886-1935. 
 
UNC 
 
 177 
 
 UPP 
 
 Uncoupling Lever Guide iBuhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 
 683, Figs. 1S86-1935. 
 
 Uncoupling Lever Plate (Buhoup 3-Stem Coupler). 
 715, Figs. 1886-1935. 
 
 Uncoupling Rod. 210, Figs. 262-272, etc.; and 173, Figs. 
 648-651. A rod connecting the uncoupling lever 
 with the lock of an automatic coupler. On freight 
 cars it is forged in one piece with the lever. Figs. 
 905-907. See below. 
 
 Uncoupling Shaft (.Passenger Cars). 173, Figs. 648-651. 
 A vertical rod extending up through the platform 
 floor having a square end at the top to take the 
 uncoupling lever and a crank arm at the bottom 
 to which is attached the uncoupling rod. A partial 
 turn of the uncoupling lever pulls out the uncoup- 
 ling rod and releases the coupler lock allowing the 
 knuckle to open and the cars to part. 
 
 Uncoupling Shaft Bracket. Figs. 702-704, 768-769. A 
 bracket supporting the uncoupling shaft on the end 
 of the car. 
 
 Underframe. Figs. 1012-1039. A stout framework, which 
 receives the buffing and pulling stresses and car- 
 ries the weight of the floor and body of the vehicle. 
 In both freight and passenger cars in America the 
 underframe and body are rigidly connected and 
 mutually stiffen and strengthen one another, but 
 in British carriages the body is framed as an in- 
 dependent structure, and merely rests on the un- 
 derframe, rubber pads (india rubber body cush- 
 ions) being interposed to deaden shocks. The only 
 connection is through a body holding-down bolt. 
 Underframe includes all the framing below the 
 floor, and includes the platforms, draft timbers, etc. 
 Many cars have been built with pressed steel un- 
 derframes and structural steel underframes. 
 
 Underframe Plate (British). See Spider Plate. 
 
 Underhung Door. A sliding door which is supported 
 and slides on a rail below the door. Overhung 
 doors are preferred. 
 
 Union (Pipe Fittings). A Union Joint, which see. 
 
 Union Joint. Fig. 3058. (Pipe Fittings.) A means of 
 uniting the ends of two pipes with a nut. The lat- 
 ter is attached to one pipe with a collar, and is 
 screwed on the opposite pipe, or on a thimble at- 
 tached to the pipe. Often called simply a union or 
 coupling. They are largely used for all forms of 
 pipe work, and take their distinctive names, if any, 
 from the parts with which they are connected, as 
 drain pipe union, reservoir union, etc., of West- 
 inghouse brake. 
 
 United States Standard System of Screw Threads. 
 This term is often used to designate the Sellers' 
 System of Screw Threads, which see. 
 
 Unit Switch System of Control. Figs. 6393-6401. 
 
 Universal Joint. " A device for connecting the ends 
 of two shafts so as to allow them to have perfect 
 freedom of motion in every direction within cer- 
 tain de rined limits." — Knight. An application in 
 car building which has not yet secured general use 
 as a substitute for brake hose, in connection with 
 air brake and steam apparatus. Fig. 2839. 
 
 Upholstery. In passenger car construction, the term 
 includes the cushions, curtains, carpets, beds, etc., 
 and generally the materials from which they are 
 made. 
 
 Upholsterers' Nails and Buttons. Fig. 3781. 
 
 Upper Bearing. See Swing Link Hanger. 
 
 Upper Belt Rail (Passenger Car Exteriors). 82, Figs. 
 648-651. A horizontal bar attached to the posts on 
 the outside and above the windows. 
 
 Upper Berth. 2, Figs. 2201-2202. The top berth in a 
 
 sleeping car section. It folds up by day against the 
 roof, being secured by a berth latch or safety berth 
 latch, having a pocket above it in which the head 
 board, two thin mattresses and the bedding are 
 stored. See Berth. 
 
 Upper Berth Bracket. Fig. 4325. A form of upper 
 berth rest closely resembling a bracket. 
 
 Upper Berth Pocket. A pocket against the sides of the 
 car which closes up flush therewith when the upper 
 berth was folded up, but dropped open when the 
 berth was made up, so as to afford a receptacle for 
 clothing and baggage. It has been replaced by a 
 hammock. Similar pockets for the lower berth are 
 made by turning up the head rest of the seat. 
 
 Upper Berth Rest (Sleeping Cars). Fig. 4326. A metal 
 lug, or shelf, which supports an upper berth when 
 lowered. 
 
 Upper Berth Rest Pivot. Fig. 4354. A pin attached to 
 a plate fastened to an upper berth. The pin engages 
 in a hole in a Berth Rest, which see. 
 
 Upper Bolster Plate. 12a, Figs. 262-272, etc. A body 
 bolster top plate. See Body Bolster. 
 
 Upper Brake Shaft Bearing. 96, Figs. 262-272, and 156, 
 Figs. 644-051. A metal eye by which the upper end 
 of a brake shaft is held in place. In passenger and 
 street cars, usually attached to the hand rail; on 
 freight box cars, when the brakes are operated 
 from the roof, to the end of the body near the 
 top. 
 
 Upper Corner Plate. Figs. 817-818, 900-902, and 55, Fig. 
 262-272. See Corner Plate. 
 
 Upper Deck (Passenger Cars). 110, Figs. 599-019. Also 
 called clear story. The raised central portion of 
 the roof. See Deck. 
 
 Upper Deck Bottom Rail (Street Car). The deck sill 
 or sill of a clear story. 
 
 Upper Deck Carline. 118. Figs. 599-619. Carlines, which 
 see, passing from side to side of the upper deck 
 only, resting on the deck plate. Usually called sim- 
 ply deck carline. 
 
 Upper Deck Eaves Molding. A molding, usually called 
 simply deck eaves molding, on the outside edge 
 of the roof. 
 
 Upper Deck Furring Strip. See Furring. 
 
 Upper Diaphragm (Pintsch Lamp). 287, Figs. 3208- 
 3224. 
 
 Upper Door Sash. 12, Figs. 1329-1337. The part of a 
 double window sash in a car door which covers the 
 upper part of the opening. This upper section is 
 usually made movable, so that it can be lowered for 
 ventilation. 
 
 Upper End Panel (Street Cars). See Panel. 
 
 Upper Floor (Stock Car). 28. Figs. 352-355. More 
 commonly double deck. In a stock car, a deck or 
 floor built in half way between the main floor of 
 the car and the roof, to double the carrying ca- 
 pacity of the car for pigs, sheep, calves, etc. 
 
 Upper Rail (Sliding Doors). Usually called top door 
 rail. A guide rail above doors which are supported 
 upon rollers at the bottom, or one carrying a door 
 suspended upon door hangers. See Door Rail. 
 
 Upper Seat Back Rail. See Seat Back. 
 
 Upper Swing Hanger Pivot. 47, Figs. 4705-4777. See 
 also Lower Swing Hanger Pivot. 
 
 Upper Wainscot End Rail (Passenger Car Interiors). 
 See below. 
 
 Upper Wainscot Rail. 75, Figs. 648-651, and E, Fig, 
 2204. A longitudinal wooden bar or rail, fastened 
 to the posts on the inside of a passenger car im- 
 mediately under the window. See Wainscot Rail. 
 
 Upper Window Blind. See Window Blind. 
 
UPP 
 
 VEN 
 
 Upper Window Blind Lift. Figs. 4545, etc. Dis- 
 tinguished from a lower window blind lift in not 
 having a lug or ledge. See Window Blind Lift. 
 
 Urinal. A metal or porcelain receptacle used in saloons, 
 connected to a pipe leading through the floor. They 
 are distinguished as corner or side urinals. A 
 concealing urinal, shutting up flush with the wood 
 work when not in use, is sometimes used. 
 
 Urinal Cover. A wooden or sheet metal lid for inclos- 
 ing a urinal. 
 
 Urinal Drip or Drip Pan. A pan under a urinal on the 
 floor. 
 
 Urinal Handle. Fig. 4057. A handle in a saloon, placed 
 above the urinal to hold on to. They are dis- 
 tinguished as corner or side urinal handles, ac- 
 cording to their position on the side of the car. 
 
 Urinal Pipe. See Urinal. 
 
 Urinal Ventilator. A pipe attached to a cap on a urinal, 
 communicating with the top of a car, where some 
 form of wind scoop is often added. 
 
 V-shaped Screw Thread. A thread with a sharp edge 
 at the top and sharp groove at the root. The Sel- 
 lers' (U. S. ) standard thread is flat at the top and 
 at the root, and the Whitworth is rounded at those 
 threads. 
 
 Vacuum Brake. Figs. 6785-6792. A system of continu- 
 ous brakes which is operated by exhausting the air 
 from some appliance under each car, by which the 
 pressure of the external air is transmitted to the 
 brake levers and shoes. So called in distinction 
 from Air Brakes, which see, are technically under- 
 stood to refer only to brakes operating with com- 
 pressed air, although in a literal sense the vacuum 
 brake is also an air brake. An ejector on the engine 
 is ordinarily used for exhausting the air, connected 
 with the rest of the train by pipes and flexible hose 
 between the cars. The latest type of vacuum, 
 brakes, in general use in passenger service and to 
 some extent for freight service in Great Britain 
 is shown in Fig. 6785. A continuous pipe is con- 
 nected through the train between cars by rubber 
 hose, wound with wire to prevent collapsing, and 
 suitable couplings. Under each car is a large cylin- 
 der with a piston and rod connected to the brake 
 levers actuating the brake shoes. These cylinders 
 are connected to the train pipe through a simple 
 form of ball valve. An Ejector, which see, on the 
 locomotive, maintains a vacuum of from 20 to 24 in. 
 in the train pipe and in the cylinders under each 
 car. In the release position the piston rests by its 
 own weight in the bottom of the cylinder. To ap- 
 ply the brakes air is admitted to the train pipe 
 and through the ball valve under each car to the 
 space below the piston. The vacuum above the 
 piston permits the atmosphere presure below the 
 piston to raise it and apply the brakes. A vacuum 
 is always maintained above the piston and is avail- 
 able for applying the brakes at any time. In case 
 the train parts the admittance of air to the broken 
 train pipes applies the brakes in both sections of 
 the train. A valve in the guards van may also be 
 used to admit air to the train pipe and apply the 
 brakes in case of emergency. To release the brakes, 
 the vacuum is restored in the train pipe and under 
 the pistons by working the ejector. 
 
 Valance. A term applied to the tasselated decorations 
 of windows and which cover and conceal the shade 
 roller and curtain holder. B, Fig. 2204. 
 
 Valve. A lid, cover, or plug for opening and closing 
 an aperture or passage. 
 
 Valve Body. The shell case or frame of a valve. See 
 Triple Valves. 2, Figs. 1233-1237. 
 
 Valve Indicator Plate. Fig. 2848. 
 
 Valve Key (Pintsch Gas Lighting Apparatus). Fig. 
 3093. A key for opening all the high pressure 
 valves, the lamp key, Fig. 3094, being used for 
 the low pressure valves connected with the burners. 
 
 Valve Piston (Reducing Valve). 4, Figs. 1248-1252. 
 
 Valve Seat. " The flat or conical surface on which a 
 valve rests." — Knight. See Tank Valve Seat. 
 
 Valve Stem. A rod attached to a valve, and by which 
 the latter is moved, is always called a valve stem. 
 
 Van (British). A comprehensive term for any covered 
 vehicle not used for conveying ordinary passengers 
 or ordinary freight. See Brake Van, Guard's Van. 
 
 Vanderbilt Bolsters. Figs. 5023-5029. 
 
 Vanderbilt Brake Beam. Figs. 5157-5159. 
 
 Vanderbilt Coke Car. Figs. 517-520. A steel car for 
 carrying coke designed with trussed side frames to 
 assist in carrying the load and having expanded 
 metal sides instead of steel plates. 
 
 Vanderbilt Hopper Car. Figs. 69, 482-485. A hopper 
 car built entirely of steel with only two sills, of 
 15-in. channels, which are in the center of the car. 
 The side plates are reinforced to form a plate 
 girder and carry a large part of the load. 
 
 Vanderbilt Tank Car. Figs. 562-566. A tank car with 
 steel underframe, made up of two I-beams placed 
 well under the sides of the car as sills. Short 
 channels are used as center sills for the attachment 
 of draft gear, extending from the end sill back to 
 the bolster. 
 
 Vanderbilt Truck. A form of arch bar truck using 
 channels for the compression members, of the 
 truss. It is fitted with Rocker Side Bearings, which 
 see. 
 
 Van Dorn Radial Draft Gear. .A form of draft gear for 
 street cars principally, in which the coupler and 
 draft springs are carried on a long yoke pivoted 
 at the truck center pin or close to it so that they 
 have a wide range of deflection when rounding 
 sharp curves. 
 
 Van Dyke Tank Car. Figs. 128, 554-556. A type of 
 tank car in which the tank is supported on sad- 
 dles over each truck. No sills are used, the bot- 
 tom tank plate being made extra heavy and the 
 draft gear riveted to it. 
 
 Varnish. A liquid for covering paint or woodwork 
 with a hard, impervious and glossy surface. See 
 Finishing Varnish. 
 
 Vegetable Car. Fig. 22. 
 
 Velocipede Car. Figs. 6194-6195, 6198-6201. Generally 
 a three-wheeled car, in which the rider sits astride 
 and propels the car with his feet (or feet and 
 hands together), after the manner of a velocipede. 
 They comprise a variety of light cars for inspec- 
 tors, telegraph line repairers, lamp lighters, etc. 
 
 Veneer. "A thin leaf of a superior wood for over- 
 laying an inferior wood." — Webster. By trad? 
 usage it is a veneer if it covers other materials 
 than inferior wood. Thus in the Spurr veneers and 
 wood carvings, Fig. 3802, the material covered is a 
 matrix resembling wood carving. 
 
 Vent. "A small aperture; a hole or passage for air 
 or other fluid to escape." — Webster. See Lamp 
 Vent. 
 
 Ventilating Bell (Acetylene Lamp). Fig. 3323. 
 
 Ventilated Box Car or Fruit Car. Figs. 21, 341-344. A 
 box car with grated doors and screened openings 
 
VEN 
 
 179 
 
 VES 
 
 called ventilators, through which the air can circu- 
 late freely. Used chiefly for fruit. See Fruit Car. 
 
 Ventilating Chimney (Pintsch Lamp). 324, Figs. 3208- 
 32'29. 
 
 Ventilating Jack (for Saloons). Also called wind 
 scoop. A flaring horizontal tube, constituting a 
 simple form of the ventilating devices which use 
 the current produced by the motion of the cars 
 to cause an exhaust current of air. See Wind 
 Scoop, Injector, etc. 
 
 Ventilator. 1. Figs. 4418-4443. A device for admit- 
 ting or exhausting air to or from a car. Ventila- 
 tors, according to their position, are designed as 
 deck ventilators (end or side), end ventilators, 
 frieze ventilators, etc. The}- are often designated 
 as automatic or self-acting. The prominent forms 
 of the latter varieties are shown in Figs. 4418- 
 4443. 
 
 Day coaches usually depend upon the deck win- 
 dows for ventilation, the sash at every other win- 
 dow being hung on different sides, so that the 
 open sash may be hinged on the front end. Sash 
 openers for deck sash hinged in this manner are 
 shown in Figs. 4444-4455. For a report of tests 
 with the various ventilators shown see Proceed- 
 ings M. C. B. Association, 1894, page 234. 
 
 2. (For Fruit Car.) A system of slate pro- 
 tected by netting at each end of the car, so| 
 arranged as to enable the ventilators to be readily 
 opened or closed from the outside. 
 
 3. (Refrigerator and Produce Cars.) Figs. 313- 
 318. 
 
 Ventilator Arm. A small attachment carried on deck 
 sashes, especially of street cars, for holding them 
 open. 
 
 Ventilator Casing (Street Car). The casing of the 
 side ventilators, or deck windows, which takes the 
 ventilator sash, or to which the wire screen is 
 fastened. 
 
 Ventilator Cowl (British). See Ventilator Hood. 
 
 Ventilator Deflector. A metal plate or board placed 
 in such a position at a ventilator opening that 
 it will cause a current of air to flow into or out 
 of the car when the latter is in motion. Another 
 form, used in windows to produce an exhaust 
 draft when opened, is a mere loose board with :i 
 notch to receive the lower edge of the window 
 sash, Fig. 4655. See Deflector. 
 
 Ventilator Door. A door for closing the aperture of a 
 ventilator. 
 
 Ventilator Fixed Panel (British). The outer panel in 
 a ventilator, composed of two perforated panels, 
 one being capable of being slid over the other 
 so that the perforations coincide or become cov- 
 ered. This form of ventilator is used in British 
 cars to the exclusion of any other. See also 
 Ventilator Hood and Ventilator Sliding Panel. 
 
 Ventilator Hood. 1. A shield over the outside of a 
 ventilator to prevent the entrance of sparks, cin- 
 ders, rain or snow. It is sometimes intended to 
 direct the current of air either into or out of the 
 car. See also Deck End Ventilator Hood. 
 
 2. (British.) Also called ventilator cowl. A 
 shield made of either wood or metal, preventing 
 the entrance of rain or cinders. 
 
 Ventilator Netting. 1. A wire screen or netting fast- 
 ened over the outer deck window sash to prevent 
 the entrance of sparks, cinders and dust. 
 
 2. A netting over the ventilator windows of a 
 fruit car. 
 
 Ventilator Opener. See Deck Sash Opener. Figs. 4444- 
 4455. 
 
 Ventilator Panel. A panel in the frame of a valve or 
 door for closing the aperture of a ventilator. 
 
 Ventilator Pivot. A pin on which a ventilator door or 
 sash is swung or hinged. It is the same as a deck 
 sash pivot, Figs. 4467-4468. 
 
 Ventilator Pivot Plate. The same as a sash lock plate 
 or stop. Fig. 4509, etc. 
 
 Ventilator Plate. See Frieze Ventilator Plate. . 
 
 Ventilator Register. A metal plate or frame attached 
 to a ventilator opening, provided with slats ar- 
 ranged so as to turn, and thus either open or close 
 the ventilator. They are chiefly used as frieze ven- 
 tilators, but sometimes elsewhere. 
 
 Ventilator Sash. Usually a deck sash. 
 
 Ventilator Sash Pivot. A deck sash pivot. 
 
 Ventilator Sliding Panel (British). Part of a ventila- 
 tor in which there are two perforated hardwood 
 slides, the outer fixed, the inner movable, so as 
 to make the perforations coincide or be covered. 
 See Ventilator Hood and Ventilator Fixed Panel. 
 
 Ventilator Staff. Fig. 4497. A Pull Hook or Deck Sash 
 Opener, which see. 
 
 Ventilator Stop (Street Car). A small metal bracket 
 on which a ventilator sash rests when open. 
 
 Ventilator Valve. A door for opening or closing the 
 aperture of a ventilator, usually made to turn on 
 pivots at or near its center. See Deck Sash Pivot. 
 
 Vertical Equalizing Lever (Pullman Vestibule). A ver- 
 tical lever, one end of which bears against an over- 
 head face plate buffing spring (called an overhead 
 equalizer spring) and the other end against the 
 horizontal equalizing lever, the middle of which is 
 pivoted by a bracket attached to a longitudinal 
 plate or bar that abuts against the body end plate. 
 The object of these vertical equalizing levers is 
 to get the horizontal equalizer lever high enough 
 to give head room in the vestibule for the dome 
 lamp, etc. 
 
 Vertical Steam Trap and Blow-Off (Gold's Car Heat- 
 ing). Fig. 2865. A Thermostatic Steam Trap, 
 which see, and a blow-off valve combined. It may 
 be operated from inside of the car. 
 
 Vertical Telegraph Cock or Faucet. See Telegraph 
 Cock. 
 
 Vestibule. 1. (Of a Car.) Formerly that part of the 
 car nearest the door, cut off from the main saloon 
 by an interior door. It was occupied by the saloon, 
 washing and heating arrangements, etc. Its pur- 
 pose was to give protection to the interior of the 
 car against drafts and noise. 
 
 2. Fig. 2207; details, Fig. 2216, etc. Figs. 3988- 
 3989. Usually a platform enclosure, consisting of 
 a face or buffer plate, constituting an arched door- 
 way, connected with a spring extended rod, a foot 
 plate combined with the buffer stems and face 
 plate, a bellows-like connection called a diaphragm 
 between the face plate and car frame and side 
 doors opening to the steps. The successful appli- 
 cation of the vestibule to cars was first accom- 
 plished by the Pullman Company. It was patented 
 April 29, 1887, by H. H. Sessions, and assigned 
 to the Pullman Company. It claimed the inven- 
 tion of "the combination with the end of a railway 
 car of a frame plate or equivalent series of buffers 
 backed by springs, arranged with its face in a 
 vertical plane and normally projecting beyond the 
 end of the car, whereby, upon the coupling of two 
 cars, a spring buffer will be interposed between 
 the superstructures of such adjacent cars above 
 
VES 
 
 180 
 
 WAL 
 
 their platforms, and also frictional surface oppos- 
 ing spring pressures to prevent the racking of the 
 car frames upon sudden stoppages and to oppose 
 the tendency of the cars to sway laterally (oscil- 
 late) when in motion," so arranged and adjusted 
 that "when the two cars were coupled the faces 
 of the buffers will bear against each other in con- 
 tact under pressure." 
 
 The courts have upheld the validity of the patent 
 on the grounds that "the device possessed patent- 
 able novelty and utility." The claims sustained 
 were those of "frictional contact of the face plates 
 under constant^' opposing spring pressure, which 
 diminished the shock to the superstructure in col- 
 lisions and resisted the forces tending to create 
 oscillation." The frame plate of the original vesti- 
 bule was to have longitudinal motion, but no lateral 
 motion except with the car body. The use of the 
 canopy feature was old, for it had been in use for 
 more than twenty years in England, Russia and 
 the United States. 
 
 Vestibule Curtain Handle. Fig. 3950. 
 
 Vestibule Body Corner Post. The inner post of a ves- 
 tibule, set against the end of the car body and 
 directly over the platform sills. 
 
 Vestibule Buffer Plate. Y, Figs. 648-651. An extra 
 long and wide buffer plate, recessed or chamfered 
 at the ends to take the face plate of the vesti- 
 bule whose face is flush with the buffer plate. 
 
 Vestibule Diaphragm. Fig. 2289. See Diaphragm. 
 
 Vestibule Dome Lamp. Fig. 3200. A lamp specially 
 designed for vestibules. 
 
 Vestibule Door. Fig. 1332. A door by which the ves- 
 tibule of a car is entered from the side. In the 
 older type of vestibule they are double or divided, 
 the two doors being hinged together and to the 
 vestibule corner post. 
 
 Vestibule Door Bolt or Latch. Figs. 2489-2490. See 
 Door Bolt. 
 
 Vestibule Door Hinge. 1. Strap hinges, Figs. 2458- 
 2459, which fasten the double doors of a vestibule 
 together. 
 
 2. For rabbeted doors, Fig. 2464. 
 
 Vestibule Door Latch. Figs. 2489-2490. A door latch 
 specially designed for vestibule doors. 
 
 Vestibule Door Rod. Figs. 3977-3978, 3992-3994. A 
 bar or rod across the vestibule doors to prevent 
 their being pushed in. 
 
 Vestibule End Carline. A platform hood end carline. 
 
 Vestibule (Composite) End Post. The end post of a 
 vestibule, resting upon the platform end sill. In 
 the Pullman, it is a composite end post composed 
 of an iron bar or angle bent at the ends and bolted 
 to the platform and platform hood end carline. It 
 is stiffened with wood bolted to the sides of the 
 bar or angle. 
 
 Vestibule End Window. The window in the end of 
 the vestibule enclosure. 
 
 Vestibule Face Plate. X. Figs. 599-619 and Fig. 2294. 
 An inverted FT-shaped forging about the size of a 
 door frame, arched at the top, and forming a pas- 
 sageway from the platform of one car to that of 
 the next. The weight of it is carried on the buffer 
 plate; it is kept thrust out against the opposing 
 face plate either by springs, as in the Pullman 
 vestibule, or by its own weight, as in the Barr and 
 Gould vestibules. 
 
 Vestibule Fittings. Fig. 3933, etc. 
 
 Vestibule Gate (Pullman). Z, Figs. 048-651; Fig. 4016. 
 A gate to the arched doorway, leading from the 
 platform of one car to that of the next car. 
 
 Vestibule Hood. A platform hood. 
 
 Vestibule Lamps. Figs. 3325, 2984. See Pintsch Lamps. 
 
 Victor-Balata Belt (for Car-Lighting Purposes). This 
 type of belting has for its foundation a specially 
 woven 37-ounce duck. The duck is folded and 
 not cut in forming the plies for various thick- 
 nesses. Into the duck itself a vegetable gum 
 known as balata is impregnated. This gum is 
 somewhat akin to rubber, but can be solutionized 
 and made to saturate the fibers of cotton duck 
 without the vulcanizing process, as in the case of 
 rubber belting. 
 
 "Vienna" Lamp Shade. Fig. 3565. See Lamp Shade. 
 
 Vulcanized Fiber. A leathery material of great dura- 
 bility and toughness, which is made by subjecting 
 various kinds of vegetable fiber to the action of 
 acids. It is insoluble in all ordinary solvents, such 
 as oil, alcohol, ether, ammonia, etc. It is made in 
 two classes, hard or flexible (the former being that 
 used generally in car construction for the dust 
 guards of journal boxes), and in sheets from 16 
 to 24 in. wide by about 50 in. long, and from 1-32 
 in. to y!s, in. thick. Another name for the same 
 article is gelatinized fiber. 
 
 w 
 
 Wagon or Goods Wagon (British). Figs. 6541-6544, 
 6549-6556. American equivalent, freight car. A 
 vehicle (usually four-wheeled) used to convey any 
 sort of merchandise, minerals or live stock, and 
 run in freight trains. See 
 Ballast Wagons.* Goods Wagon. 
 
 Batten Wagon.* High-Sided Wagon.* 
 
 Boiler Wagon.* Low-Sided Wagon.* 
 
 Cattle Wagon. Open Wagon.* 
 
 Covered Wagon. Well Wagon.* 
 
 Wagons marked thus * are open wagons (gon- 
 dola cars), having no roof. 
 
 Wagon Coupling or Draw Chain (British). Fig. 6724. 
 The draft coupling universally used on freight cars 
 (goods wagons) in Great Britain in connection 
 with a Draw Hook, which see. 
 
 Wagon Sheet (British). See Tarpaulin. 
 
 Wagon Truck. A four-wheel vehicle for moving bag- 
 gage or freight about a station or warehouse. 
 
 Wagon Wheel (British). Sec Wrought Iron Wheel. 
 Steel Tired Wheel. 
 
 Wainscot Panel. 76. Figs. 648-651 and 12, Figs. 2201- 
 2202. A board which forms a panel under the win- 
 dows between the two wainscot rails. 
 
 Wainscot Rails (Pasenger Car Interiors). 74, 75, Figs. 
 648-651. Longitudinal wooden strips fastened to 
 the posts and extending from one end of the car to 
 the other. The lower wainscot rail comes imme- 
 diately above the truss plank; the upper wainscot 
 rail is immediately under the window. The wain- 
 scot end rails are the wainscot rails at the end of 
 the car. 
 
 Waist Panel (British). The panel immediately above 
 the lowest panel on the outside of a carriage body. 
 
 Waist Rail (British). A horizontal piece in the fram- 
 ing of the side of a passenger carriage. 
 
 Walkover Car Seat. Figs. 4101-4104. ' 
 
 Wall Lamp. Fig. 3109, etc. A lamp to lit in a recess 
 in (lie wall eif a car or corridor. 
 
 Wall Seat End. The seat end next to the wall or side 
 of a car, so called in distinction from the aisle 
 seat end. 
 
 Wall Socket Casting. A casting bolted or otherwise 
 fastened to the inside end of a car seat, to which 
 
WAR 
 
 181 
 
 WAT 
 
 the striker arms are pivoted and in which the 
 seat end connecting rail is also fastened to this 
 casting. 
 
 Wards (of a Lock"). The interior circular ridges which 
 fit into corresponding recesses in the bit of a key 
 (the latter also termed wards), the surrounding 
 solid parts of the bit being called the web. 
 
 Warehouse Truck. A small vehicle which is used for 
 moving freight about a warehouse. See Barrow, 
 Truck. Wagon Truck. 
 
 Wash Basin or Wash Stand. Figs. 3682-3691. See 
 below. 
 
 Wash Bowl or Wash Basin. 1, Figs. 3684-3686. A 
 Basin, which see. They are used in sleeping and 
 drawing room cars, and generally form a part of a 
 fixed wash stand. 
 
 Wash Bowl Pipe. A waste pipe. 
 
 Wash Room. A lavatory. A compartment provided 
 with toilet facilities. In private and officers' cars 
 it is placed in various irregular positions to leave 
 the ends of the car free. Wash rooms with pumps 
 and water tanks underneath the wash bowls are 
 being replaced on Pullman cars by what is known 
 as the Pullman compressed air system of water 
 supply, Fig. 3696. See Lavatory. 
 
 Wash Room Furnishings. Figs 3639-3695. 
 
 Wash Room Pump. More properly Basin Pump, which 
 see. They are either single or double acting. 
 
 Wash Stand (Postal Cars). A cast stand carrying a 
 basin. They are distinguished as corner or side 
 wash stands. 
 
 Wash Stand Sink. A cast iron plate with one or more 
 bowls, made in one piece and lined with porce- 
 lain and used for the top of a wash stand. Used 
 only in second-class cars. 
 
 Wash Stand Slab. 2. Figs. 3684-3686. A stone or metal 
 slab which forms the top for a wash stand. Com- 
 monly, simply slab. 
 
 Washburn Coupler (Freight). Figs. 1730-1736. (Pas- 
 senger, i Figs. 1810-1811. 
 
 Washburn Draft Gear. Figs. 1564-1566. 
 
 Washburn Wheel. 1. A cast iron car wheel, designed 
 and patented by Xathan Washburn in 1850. It con- 
 sists of two plates, which extend from the hub to 
 about half the distance between it and the rim. 
 There they unite into one plate, which extends to 
 the rim. The plates are all curved, so as to con- 
 tract when the wheels are cooled without danger 
 of fracturing the wheel. The single plate and the 
 rim are united together and strengthened by curved 
 ribs cast on the side of the wheel. See Chilled 
 Cast Iron Wheel. 
 
 2. (Steel Tired Wheels.) Wheels having a cast 
 iron center and steel tire shrunk on. Fig. 5390, 
 etc. 
 
 Washer. Figs. 745-746, 828-829. 1. A plate of metal 
 or other material, usually annular, which is placed 
 under a nut or bolt head to give it a better bear- 
 ing. Two or more washers are sometimes com- 
 bined and called washer plates, strap washers, 
 double oi twin washers, triple washers, etc.; they 
 are sometimes made beveled or triangular for a rod 
 or bolt which is oblique with reference to the 
 bearing surface. A socket washer or flush washer 
 is one provided with a recess for the bolt head, so 
 as to leave it flush with the surface of the adjoin- 
 ing parts. Cut washers or wrought washers are 
 those stamped out of rolled iron plates. Cast 
 washers are made from cast iron. Both are largely 
 used. Washers in car work all take their name 
 from that of the bolt or rod to which they are 
 
 attached, except the base washer, which stands 
 at the base of the platform posts on passenger car 
 platforms. A Gasket, which see, is sometimes 
 called a washer. 
 
 2. A brush for washing objects, as car washer, 
 Fig. 3844, etc. 
 
 Washer Plate. A Strap Washer, which see. 
 
 "Washington" Type Car. Figs. 6229-6230. 
 
 Waste. The spoiled bobbins of cotton or woolen mills, 
 used for wiping machinery and for Journal Pack- 
 ing, which see. 
 
 Waste Cock. (Baker Heaters.) A cock attached to 
 the expansion drum or circulating drum of the 
 Baker heater for drawing off or changing the water 
 in the heater pipes. 
 
 Water Alcove. Figs. 3703-3706. A recess in the side of 
 a partition of a passenger car to receive the faucet 
 of a water cooler or water pipe and a drinking 
 cup. The term is generally used to designate the 
 metal casing or lining with which the recess is cov- 
 ered. The water tank for supplying water alcoves 
 is usually placed on the other side of the partition, 
 in the saloon, and commonly when so placed ex- 
 tends to the roof. 
 
 Water Closet. Figs. 4042-4044, 4049. "A commode with 
 water supph- to rinse the basin and carry off the 
 contents." — Knight. The water closet is in in- 
 creasing use in passenger cars. It is sometimes 
 provided with an upholstered cover, and is then 
 known as a concealing water closet. 
 
 Water Cooler. 14. Figs. 3684-3686. A tank or vessel 
 for carrying drinking water, which is usually 
 cooled with ice. The sides are generally made 
 double, and the space between filled with some 
 non-conducting substance. They frequently extend 
 to the roof. See Water Alcove, Water Tank. 
 
 Water Cooler Valve or Waste Cock. Fig. 3650. 
 
 Water Drip. 1. A pan or receptacle to receive the 
 waste water from a water cooler. A drip pipe, or 
 waste pipe, connects with it. 
 
 2. A slight projection or raised seam in the roof 
 of a passenger or baggage car over the side doors, 
 or at the end of the car in the platform roof to 
 divert the water so it will not fall upon persons 
 entering the car or passing from one car to the 
 next. 
 
 Water Raising System. Fig. 3696. See Pullman Sys- 
 tem of Water Supply. 
 
 Water Reservoir (Baker Heater). Fig. 2704. See Cir- 
 culating Drum. 
 
 Water Table. 1. (Masonry.) A projecting beveled 
 face of stone to shed water from the parts below. 
 Hence, especially applied to the top course of a 
 foundation, which nearly always has such a face, 
 the masonry above being set back. 
 2. A Window Ledge, which see. 
 
 Water Tank. 1. A vessel or reservoir for holding 
 water. Those used on cars for drinking water are 
 usually made of sheet iron, and often extend to the 
 roof. They are then usually drawn from by a 
 water alcove, Fig. 3705, the tank being usually in 
 the corner of the saloon concealed from the inte- 
 rior of the car. 
 2. Pullman Water Pressure System. Fig. 3696. 
 
 Watson & Stillman Jacks. Fig. 3866, etc. Hydraulic 
 Jacks, which see. 
 
 Wattmeter. An instrument connected into an elec- 
 trical circuit for measuring the power used therein; 
 if of the indicating type, the instantaneous power 
 is shown by the instrument; if of the recording 
 type, the power is integrated, and the total energy 
 
WAV 
 
 1S2 
 
 WES 
 
 used is recorded. The latter type is sometimes 
 used on an electric car. 
 
 Waved Moldings. Moldings which by a special ma- 
 chine are made of a corrugated section longitudi- 
 nally, the number of waves or corrugations vary- 
 ing from 3 to 6 per inch. The cost of the moldings 
 is increased by this waving from V/2 to 2^2 cents 
 per foot. 
 
 Way Car. Fig. IIP. A Caboose Car, which see. Some- 
 times a so-called way car partakes more of the 
 character of a tool car. The application of the 
 term is not well defined. 
 
 Waycott Brake Beam. Figs. 5126-5129. 
 Waycott Dust Guard. Fig. 5321. 
 
 Weather Strips. Figs. 2648-2651. A rubber strip with 
 a metallic or wooden binding to apply around the 
 crevices of windows or doors, for excluding the 
 dust and wind, and for preventing water from 
 entering around the windows. Weather strips are 
 divided generally into single edge strips and cush- 
 ion strips, both being usually provided, as now 
 manufactured, with a wood or metal molding. The 
 cushion strip is simply rubber, folded over so as 
 not to show a selvage edge. The standard widths 
 of weather strips are $&, l /i, 54, and 1 in. They 
 are usually made in lengths of fifty feet, but some 
 of the cushion strips in lengths of only 7 ft. 
 Web (of a Key). The solid portion of a bit of a key, 
 the recesses cut away being termed wards. See 
 Bit. 
 Webbing. A strong fabric, from one to four inches 
 wide, made of hemp or other material which is not 
 liable to stretch, used in upholstering car seats. A 
 detached spring section is shown in Fig. 4168, 
 showing the application of the webbing. Others 
 are shown in Figs. 4166, etc. 
 Wedge. A term in quite general use for a Journal 
 Bearing Key, which see. Fig. 5494, etc. See also 
 Stop Wedge, Door Wedge. 
 Well Wagon (British). Fig. 6548. A bogie wagon 
 with the floor depressed between the bolsters in 
 order to permit a large and bulky load to be car- 
 ried without exceeding the loading gage of height. 
 Used for transporting heavy fly wheels, car bodies, 
 etc. Also called trolley wagon. 
 Western Flush Car Door. Figs. 1365-1366. 
 Westinghouse Air and Steam Pipe Coupling. Figs. 
 
 1199-1204. See Automatic Coupling. 
 Westinghouse Air Brake. Figs. 1205-1292. A system 
 of continuous brakes invented and patented (the 
 first patent in 1869) by Mr. George Westinghouse, 
 which is operated by compressed air. The air 
 is compressed by a steam air pump on the loco- 
 motive or an electric motor on the car, and is 
 stored up in a tank called the main reservoir on 
 the engine or tender. By the original form of 
 brake the compressed air was conveyed from the 
 tank by pipes connected together between the cars 
 by flexible brake hose to brake cylinders under 
 each car, by means of which the pressure of the 
 air was communicated to the brake levers, and 
 thence to the brake shoes. A later and improved 
 form is the Westinghouse automatic air brake, 
 commonly called simply Westinghouse brake, 
 which is now in universal use. At the present time 
 the Westinghouse brake, unless otherwise speci- 
 fied, is always understod to mean the automatic 
 air brake. The change made from the original 
 form of the Westinghouse air brake in order to 
 make it automatic was to carry a full pressure 
 of air at all times in the break pipes and cause 
 
 the brakes to be applied by a reduction of this 
 pressure instead of by the admission of pressure, so 
 that the breaking apart of the train or a reduction 
 of pressure by escape of air at any point on the 
 brake pipe would apply the brakes to the whole 
 train at once. A further advantage was that the 
 action of the brakes was made quicker by saving 
 the appreciable interval of time required for the 
 compressed air to flow from a single reservoir at 
 one end of the train in sufficient quantities to fill 
 all the brake cylinders. An auxiliary reservoir is 
 placed under each car, containing air at the same 
 pressure as in the brake pipes. An ingenious valve 
 called the triple valve connects the brake pipe, 
 auxiliary reservoir and brake cylinder together in 
 such manner that any reduction of pressure in the 
 brake pipes opens a passage for the air from the 
 auxiliary reservoir to the brake cj'linder, applying 
 the brakes, and closes the connection between 
 brake pipe and reservoir. To release the brakes, 
 the pressure in the brake pipes is restored, when 
 the triple valve closes the connection between the 
 auxiliary reservoir and brake cylinder and opens 
 one between the brake cylinder and the outer air 
 and between the auxiliary reservoir and the brake 
 pipe. In order that the train brakes may be applied 
 from any car, each car is fitted with a valve called 
 the conductor's valve, connected to the brake pipe, 
 so that the compressed air therein can be per- 
 mitted to escape by opening the valve. 
 Westinghouse Electric Motor (Electric Cars). Figs. 
 
 6372-6275, 6402-6403. 
 Westinghouse Freight Brake. Figs. 1208-1211, etc. A 
 device not differing essentially from the Westing- 
 house passenger brake gear except that the parts 
 are made lighter and cheaper for use on freight 
 cars. To this end the triple valve, reservoir and 
 brake cylinder are commonly combined in one 
 part, as in Fig. 1275. The engine, air pump and 
 main reservoir, on the contrar}-, are made some- 
 what larger. Special arrangements for operating 
 extra long trains and on extra heavy gradients 
 have been introduced, as shown in the engrav- 
 ings. See Air Brake and Straight-Air Brake. 
 Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear (Freight). Figs. 
 1413-1439. (Passenger) Figs. 1848-1870. A form of 
 draft gear in which the forces are absorbed and 
 dissipated by friction. The friction device is en- 
 cased in a malleable iron cylinder open at the front 
 end. The front follower bears against a prelimi- 
 nary spring, the other end of which bears against 
 the center wedge of the shape of the frustum of an 
 octagonal pyramid. Surrounding the wedge are 
 four pairs of segmental carriers having one rib 
 each, which lies in a groove in the cylinder. The 
 other grooves in the cylinder are filled by friction 
 strips resting on the carriers. These strips are of 
 wrought iron and have lugs formed on them which 
 engage in corresponding cavities in the carriers, so 
 that the friction strips must move with the car- 
 riers. The function of the preliminary spring is 
 to absorb the light shocks without bringing into 
 action the friction parts. The main release spring, 
 placed back of the carriers, forces the carriers to 
 their normal position when the pressure is removed 
 and also adds to the capacity of the device. When 
 the follower plates are moved toward each other, 
 the preliminary spring is compressed until its' 
 capacity of 20,000 lbs. is exceeded, when the fol- 
 lower bears against the release pin and forces it 
 forward, relieving the wedge from the pressure of 
 
WES 
 
 183 
 
 WHE 
 
 the auxiliary release spring, thereby allowing the 
 compression of the preliminary and auxiliary pre- 
 liminary springs to force the wedge forward and 
 press the segmental carriers and friction strips 
 firmly into the cylinder grooves. The follower 
 then strikes and forces the segmental carriers in, 
 producing friction between the friction strips and 
 the grooves. The complete movement gives a 
 resistance of 160,000 lbs. In releasing, the pre- 
 liminary spring is gradually restored, and the aux- 
 iliary release spring then forces the wedge out, 
 while the release spring returns the friction strips 
 and carriers, giving a complete release. Owing to 
 the varying width of the slots and lugs on the 
 friction strips and carriers the strips are released 
 four at a time through successive small distances. 
 The operations of buffing and pulling are exactly 
 the same, except that the load comes on the front 
 or rear follower first, as the case may be. See 
 Draft Gear. 
 
 Westinghouse Traction Brake. Figs. 1212-1215. The 
 adaptation of the Westinghouse air brake equip- 
 ment to electrically propelled cars or trains. The 
 changed conditions of motive power and method 
 of operating such cars or trains, have necessitated 
 various changes in the details of the equipments, 
 while the general principles of the Westinghouse 
 straight-air and automatic brakes, which are the 
 foundation of all known air brake equipments, 
 remain the same. A motor-driven air compressor 
 furnishes the compressed air; an electric pump gov- 
 ernor controls the operation of the same; the brake 
 and triple valves are of different design to accord 
 with the conditions for which they are required. 
 Otherwise the description of Westinghouse Air 
 Brake, which see, covers the traction brake also. 
 The principal divisions into which the traction 
 brake equipments are divided, with their designa- 
 tions, are as follows: 
 
 Equipment SM. — Plain straight-air brake for sin- 
 gle car operation only. 
 
 Equipment SME, — Straight-air brake with an au- 
 tomatic emergency feature for two-car, and under 
 some conditions three-car, trains, consisting of 
 motor car and trailers, where the motor car oper- 
 ates singly most of the time. 
 
 Equipment AMS. — Plain automatic brake with 
 straight-air release on first car; for two or three- 
 car trains, consisting of motor car and trailers, 
 which operate together most of the time. 
 
 Equipment AMT. — Plain automatic brake with 
 graduated release on each car or straight-airj 
 release on head car, whichever desired; for trains 
 consisting of all motor cars, which may at times 
 operate singly, or of motor cars and trailers, the 
 length of the train in each instance not to exceed 
 five cars. 
 
 Equipment AMQ or AMR. — Quick action auto- 
 matic brake, with graduated release, quick service 
 and quick recharge features on every car; for trains 
 of any length, consisting of all motor cars, or 
 motor cars and trailers. 
 
 Equipment AMP. — Quick action automatic brake 
 of the standard steam railroad type; for trains of 
 any length, hauled by an electric locomotive. 
 
 Electro-Pneumatic System No. 3. — A set of addi- 
 tional devices that may be used with any of the 
 above mentioned automatic brake equipments, by 
 which the brakes may be applied and released, 
 during service applications, electrically, without in 
 any way interfering with the proper operation of 
 
 the pneumatic system, which latter is always in 
 reserve if needed. 
 
 Westinghouse Train Air Signal Apparatus. Figs. 1101- 
 1102 and 1114-1115. A device for utilizing the sup- 
 ply of compressed air required for operating the 
 Westing'house brakes to transmit signals to the 
 engine or motorman's cab instead of using the 
 ordinary bell cord. See Train Air Signal Appa- 
 ratus. 
 
 Westinghouse Unit Switch System of Multiple Control. 
 A system of control for railway and other motors 
 by means of low potential train line circuits taken 
 from a storage battery under the car, which oper- 
 ate electro-magnets controlling pneumatic valves 
 and cylinders operating the main controller cir- 
 cuits under each car by air taken from the brake 
 pipe. The main controller under each car consists 
 of a group of electro-pneumatic switches, which 
 give the desired combinations to the motor cir- 
 cuits. A reverse switch and auxiliary resistance 
 are essential parts of the apparatus under each 
 car. The apparatus is applicable for either direct 
 current or alternating current motors. See Control 
 System. 
 
 Wheel. 1. A circular frame or solid piece of wood or 
 metal which revolves on an axis. See 
 Brake Ratchet Wheel. Ratchet Wheel. 
 Brake Wheel. Spur Wheel. 
 
 Gear Wheel. Winding Shaft Ratchet 
 
 Hand Wheel. Wheel. 
 
 2. Figs. 5390-5465. A circular frame or disk, as 
 above defined, serving to support a moving vehicle, 
 as Car Wheel, which see, hand car wheel, street car 
 wheel, etc. Car wheels are generally either cast 
 (chilled") or steel tired. Steel wheels do not come 
 fully under either of these titles. See also Wheel 
 Tread, Car Wheel, Chill. 
 
 3. The rules for Interchange of Traffic, which 
 see, give the defects for which wheels may be 
 replaced. 
 
 Wheels (Distance Gages Between Backs of Flanges). 
 In 18S3 the standard distance between the backs of 
 flanges of car wheels was made 4 ft. 5?s in. The 
 standard distance between the backs of car wheels, 
 as indicated. Fig. 5600, was made 4 ft. 5% in.; 
 drawing shows the form of gage for measuring 
 this distance. In 1885 it was decided by letter 
 ballot that in fitting wheels on axles variation of 
 )s in. each way from the standard distance between 
 flanges would be allowed. In 1907 this standard 
 distance was made 4 ft. 5 Fs in. owing to increase 
 in width of wheel plan. See Check Gage. 
 
 Wheels. I Gage for locating equidistant from center of 
 axle.) Fig. 6922. Formerly an M. C. B. Standard. 
 Revoked in 1907. 
 
 Wheels and Track (Terms and Gaging Points). Fig. 
 5598. Standard terms and gaging points for wheels 
 and track were adopted in 1894, as follows: 
 
 1. Track rails are the two main rails forming 
 the track. 
 
 2. Gage of track is the shortest distance between 
 the heads of track rails. 
 
 3. Base line, for wheel gage, is a line parallel 
 to the axis of the wheels drawn through the point 
 of intersection of tread with a line perpendicular 
 to the axis, and passing through the center of the 
 throat curve. 
 
 4. Inside gage of flanges is the distance between 
 backs of flanges of a pair of mounted wheels 
 measured on a line parallel to the base line, but % 
 inch nearer to the axis of the wheels. 
 
WHE 
 
 184 
 
 WHE 
 
 5. Gage of wheels is the distance between the 
 outside faces of flanges of a pair of mounted wheels 
 measured on a line parallel to the base line, but 
 17-64 in. farther from the axis of the wheels. 
 
 ii. Thickness of flange is the distance measured 
 parallel to the base line between two lines perpen- 
 dicular thereto, one drawn through the point of 
 measurement of "inside gage of flanges," and the 
 other drawn through the point of measurement of 
 "gage of wheels." 
 
 7. Width of tread is the distance measured par- 
 allel to the base line from a line perpendicular 
 thereto, drawn through the point of measurement 
 of "gage of wheels" to the outer edge of tread. 
 
 8. Check gage distance is the distance measured 
 parallel to the base line between two lines perpen- 
 dicular thereto, one drawn through the point of 
 measurement of "inside gage of flanges" on either 
 wheel, and the other drawn through point of meas- 
 urement of "gage of wheels" on mate wheel. 
 
 9. Over all gage is the distance parallel to base 
 line from outer edge of one wheel to the outer edge 
 of mate wheel. 
 
 The above mentioned wheel gage distances are 
 either directly or by inference as follows: 
 
 Inside Gage of Flanges.. 4 feet 5 7-32 inches. 
 
 Gage of Wheels 4 " 7 11-16 " 
 
 Thickness of Flange 1 11-32 
 
 Width of Tread 4 11-32 " 
 
 Check Gage Distance ... .4 " 6 29-64 " 
 Over All Gage 5 " Mi 
 
 Wheels, Specifications for 33-Inch Cast Iron (M. C. B. 
 
 Recommended Practice for cars of 60,000, 80,000 
 and 100,000 pounds capacity. The cancellation of 
 the specifications for cast-iron wheels now appear- 
 ing on pages 658-660, Proceedings 1908, and the 
 substitution therefor of the following revised speci- 
 fications was adopted by letter ballot in 1909: 
 
 1. Chills must have an inside profile that, in the 
 finished wheel, will produce the exact form of 
 flange and tread contour shown by M. C. B. draw- 
 ings. The normal diameter of the wheel produced 
 by the chill must be the M. C. B. Standard of 33 
 inches, measured at a point 25/g inches from outside 
 of tread of wheel. 
 
 2. Wheels furnished under this specification 
 must not vary more than one-fourth (*%) of an 
 inch above or below the normal size "measured on 
 the circumference," and the same wheel must not 
 varj' more than one-sixteenth (1-16) of an inch 
 in diameter. The body of the wheel must be 
 smooth and free from slag, shrinkage or blow- 
 holes. The tread must be free from deep and 
 irregular wrinkles, slag, chill cracks and sweat 
 or beads in throat, and swelled rims. 
 
 3. The wheels must show clean gray iron in the 
 plates, except at chaplets, where mottling to not 
 more than one-half (yi) inch from same will be 
 permitted. The depth of pure white iron must 
 not exceed one (1) inch nor be less than one-half 
 ({4) inch in the middle of the tread. 
 
 (A) It shall not exceed one (1) inch in the 
 middle of the tread nor be less than three-eighths 
 (%) inch in the throat, for wheels having a maxi- 
 mum weight of six hundred and twenty-five (625) 
 pounds. 
 
 (B) Tt shall not exceed one (1) inch in the 
 middle of the tread nor be less than seven-six- 
 teenths (7-16) inch in the throat for wheels having 
 a maximum weight of six hundred and seventy-five 
 (675) pounds. 
 
 (C) It shall not exceed one (1) inch in the 
 tread nor be less than one-half (J-4) inch in the 
 throat for wheels having a maximum weight of 
 seven hundred and twenty-five (725) pounds. 
 
 (D) The depth of white iron shall not vary 
 more than one-fourth (%) of an inch around the 
 tread on the rail line in the same wheel. 
 
 4. When ready for inspection, the wheels must 
 be arranged in groups, all wheels of the same date 
 being grouped together, and for each hundred 
 wheels which pass inspection and are ready for 
 shipment, two representative wheels shall be taken 
 at random, one of which shall be subjected to the 
 following tests: 
 
 The wheels shall be placed flange downward on 
 an anvil block, weighing not less than seventeen 
 hundred (1,700) pounds, set on rubble masonry at 
 least two (2) feet deep, and having three supports 
 not more than five (5) inches wide to rest upon. 
 It shall be struck centrally on the hub, by a weight 
 of two hundred (200) pounds. 
 
 (A) For wheels having a maximum weight of 
 six hundred and twenty-five (625) pounds, ten (10) 
 blows falling from a height of nine (9) feet. 
 
 (B) For wheels having a maximum weight of 
 six hundred and seventy-five (675) pounds, twelve 
 (12) blows falling from a height of ten (10) feet. 
 
 (C) For wheels having a maximum weight of 
 seven hundred and twenty-five (,725) pounds, twelve 
 (12) blows falling from a height of twelve (12) 
 feet. 
 
 Should the test wheel stand the given number of 
 blows without breaking in two or more pieces, the 
 Inspector will then subject the other wheel to the 
 following test: 
 
 The wheel must be laid flange down in the sand, 
 and a channel way one and one-half (%) inches 
 wide and four (4) inches deep must be molded with 
 green sand around the wheel. The clean tread of 
 the wheel must form one side of the channel way, 
 and the clean flange must form as much of the 
 bottom as its width will cover. The channel way 
 must then be filled to the top with molten cast 
 iron, which must be hot enough when poured, so 
 that the ring which is formed when metal is cold 
 shall be solid or free from wrinkles or layers. The 
 time when the pouring ceases must be noted, and 
 two minutes later an examination of the wheel 
 must be made. If the wheel is found broken in 
 pieces, or if any crack in the plate extends through 
 or into the tread, the one hundred wheels repre- 
 sented by the tests will be rejected. 
 
 5. In the drop tests, should the test wheel break 
 in two or more pieces with less than the required 
 number of blows, then the second wheel shall be 
 taken from the same lot and similarly tested. If 
 the second wheel stands the test it shall be optional 
 with the inspector whether he shall test the third 
 wheel or not; if he does not do so, or if he does, 
 and the third wheel stands the test, the hundred 
 wheels shall be accepted as filling the requirements 
 of the drop test. 
 
 6. The lower face of the weight of two hundred 
 (200) pounds shall be eight (8) inches diameter, 
 and have a flat face. 
 
 7. The thickness of the flange shall be regu- 
 lated by the maximum and minimum flange thick- 
 ness gages adopted by the M. C. B. Association 
 in 1907. 
 
 All wheels furnished under this specification must 
 conform to the respective sections shown by 
 
wh: 
 
 1S5 
 
 WHE 
 
 M. C. B, drawings for the different weights of 
 wheels, and these weights shall be as follows: 
 
 (A) Wheels for service under 60,000-pound 
 capacity cars shall have a maximum weight not 
 exceeding six hundred and twenty-five (625.) 
 pounds, and a minimum weight not less than six 
 hundred and fifteen (615) pounds. 
 
 (B) Wheels for service under 80,000-pound 
 capacity cars shall have a maximum weight not 
 exceeding six hundred and seventy-five (675) 
 pounds, and a minimum weight not less than six 
 hundred and sixty-live (065) pounds. 
 
 (C) Wheels for service under 100,000-pound 
 capacity cars shall have a maximum weight not 
 exceeding seven hundred and twenty-five (.725) 
 pounds, and a minimum weight not less than seven 
 hundred and fifteen (715) pounds. 
 
 (D) Weights given for the respective wheels 
 mentioned in sections A. B and C are based on 
 M. C. B. Standard drawings covering wheel design 
 adopted in 1909. 
 
 8. All wheels must be numbered consecutively, 
 in accordance with instructions from the railway 
 company purchasing them and must have the ini- 
 tials of such railroad company, also the wheel 
 number, the weight of wheel, and the day. 
 month and year when made plainly formed on the 
 inside plate in casting. Xo two wheels shall have 
 the same number. All wheels shall also have the 
 name of the maker and place of manufacture 
 plainly formed on the outside plate in casting. 
 
 W heels conforming to the requirements and fur- 
 nished under this specification must have the letters 
 "M. C. B., 1909," plainly formed on the outside 
 plate in casting. 
 
 9. Individual wheels will not be accepted which 
 
 (1) Do not conform to standard design and 
 measurements. 
 
 (2) Are under minimum weight All excess 
 weight over the maximum given to be at the expense 
 of tin- manufacturer. 
 
 3. Have physical defects described in Section 2. 
 Any Kit of one hundred wheels submitted to 
 test will not be accepted — 
 
 (1) If wheels broken do not meet the prescribed 
 drop test. 
 
 (2) If the wheel tested does not stand the 
 thermal tests. 
 
 (3) If the conditions prescribed in Section 3 are 
 not complied with. 
 
 10. All wheels must be taped with M. C. B. 
 Standard design of wheel circumference tape hav- 
 ing numbers 1. 2, 3, 4, 5 stamped one-eighth (,Y%) 
 inch apart, the figure three (3) to represent the 
 normal diameter, 103.67 inches circumference. The 
 figure one (1) the smallest diameter and the figure 
 five (5) the largest diameter. 
 
 Wheel Bar (Metal Six-Wheel Truck). A substitute 
 of iron or steel for a wooden wheel piece, to 
 which the pedestals are attached. 
 
 Wheel Boss i British). American term hub. The cen- 
 ter of the wheel, which is bored out to receive the 
 axle. 
 
 Wheel Box i Street Cars I. A covering for a wheel 
 which projects through the floor. The sides are 
 usually of wood and the top of sheet iron, but they 
 are sometimes made entirely of wood or metal. 
 
 Wheels, Cast Iron (M. C. B. Recommended Practice). 
 In 1904 the designs of cast iron wheels shown in 
 Fig. 6oTu, etc., for cars of 60,000 lbs., 80,000 lbs. 
 
 and 100,000 lbs. capacity were adopted as Recom- 
 mended Practice, 
 Wheel Center or Skeleton. The whole of a railway 
 wheel, except the tire, and the fastenings which 
 connect the tire to the rim. 
 Wheel Center (Steel Tired Wheels). Fig. 5390, etc. 
 The portion of a wheel inside of the tire and 
 between it and the hub or boss. The wheel center 
 is sometimes in one piece and sometimes made up 
 of two parts, the hub or boss and the central 
 lilling piece. Face plates, front and back, are also 
 used. The term is seldom ap*plied to chilled or 
 cast wheels. 
 Wheel Check Gage. See Check Gage. 
 Wheel Circumference Measure (M. C. B. Standard). 
 Figs. 5514-5517. By letter ballot in 1893 the wheel 
 circumference measure was adopted as a standard 
 cf the Association. Prior to that date it had been 
 recommended for use in all car building shops. In 
 1900 a new form of wheel circumference measure 
 was adopted as standard. Figs. 5511-5517. 
 Wheel Cover (British). See Splasher. 
 Wheel Cut Glass. The ordinary process of glass cut- 
 ting, which leaves a perfectly polished and per- 
 fectly transparent surface. 
 Wheel Defect Gage (M. C. B. Standard). In 1903 the 
 wheel defect gage, Figs. 5573, formerly- shown in 
 the Rules of Interchange, was adopted as stand- 
 ard. Modified in 1904, 1905 and 1907. 
 Wheel Fit. See Wheel Seat. 
 
 Wheel Flange. Fig. 5518. The projecting edge or rim 
 en the periphery of a car wheel for keeping it on 
 the rail. 
 Wheel Flanges, Gages for Max. and Min. Thickness 
 
 (M. C. B. Standard i. Fig. 5602. See Wheel. 
 WFeel Flange Thickness Gages, for New Wheels ( M. 
 C. B. Standard). Fig. 5002. Maximum and mini- 
 mum wheel flange thickness gages for new wheels 
 were adopted as standard in 1894. These gages 
 admit a variation of 1-10 inch either way from 
 the srandard thickness of l^j inches when meas- 
 ured, as shown. Such gages should be used on all 
 new wheels after September 1, 1894, to insure abil- 
 ity to mount them properly to check gage. In 
 1907 a modified form of wheel flange thickness 
 gages, applicable to the larger wheel tread than a 
 standard, was adopted as standard. 
 Wheel Piece. In, Figs. 4771-4777 and Figs. 4798-4799. A 
 stick of timber in a wooden frame truck, which 
 forms the side of the frame and to which the 
 pedestals are attached. It is often stiffened by 
 outside and inside wheel piece plates or by a wheel 
 piece truss rod, the latter serving also as a wheel 
 piece tie rod to tie the two end pieces firmly to 
 the wheel piece. A wheel piece tie rod is in all 
 cases used, but it is not always used in the form 
 of a truss rod. Iron wheel pieces are sometimes 
 called wheel bars. 
 Wheel Piece Plate. 11, 12, Figs. 4771-4777 and Figs. 
 
 4830-1-832. See above. 
 Wheel Piece Tie Rod. See above. 
 
 Wheel Plate. 1. (Cast Iron Wheels. I That part of 
 a plate car wheel which connects the rim and the 
 hub. It occupies the -place and fulfils the same 
 purpose as the spokes do in an open or spoke 
 wheel. Sec Car Wheel. Wheel. Washburn Wheel, 
 Plate Wheel. 
 
 2. (Steel Tired Wheels.) Fig. 5428, etc. See 
 Face Plate. 
 Wheel Press. Fig. 6S49. 
 
WHE 
 
 1S6 
 
 WIN 
 
 Wheel Ribs (Cast Iron Wheels). Fig. 5460, etc. More 
 commonly, brackets. Projections cast usually on 
 the inner side of plate car wheels to strengthen 
 them. They are placed in a radial position and 
 are often curved so as to permit the wheel to 
 contract when it cools. 
 
 Wheel Seat or Wheel Fit (of an Axle). The part 
 which is inserted in the hub of a wheel. It is 
 made truly cylindrical and very slightly larger than 
 the axle seat of the wheel. The wheel is pressed 
 on it by hydraulic pressure, and very rarely be- 
 comes loose. Prick punching and shimming the 
 seat have been forbidden by the Rules of Inter- 
 change. See Wheels. 
 
 Wheel Timber. A Wheel Piece, which see. 
 
 Wheel Tires, Minimum Thickness of Steel Tires (M. 
 C. B. Recommended Practice). Fig. 5766. See 
 Interchange of Traffic, Steel Tire. 
 
 Wheel Tread. The outer surface or part of a car 
 wheel which bears on the rail. The standard 
 width of wheel tread is b l /2 in., measured from 
 outside of tread to inside of flange, i. e., includ- 
 ing the entire thickness of the flange. See Fig. 
 5518. 
 
 Wheel Tread and Flange (M. C. B. Standard). Fig. 
 5518. This form of wheel tread and flange was 
 adopted as a standard of the Association by letter 
 ballot in 1886. 
 
 Wheel Truing Brake Shoe. Fig. 5235. A brake shoe 
 with abrasive inserts to grind the wheel tread 
 and flange true to center while in service. 
 
 Wheeler Car Seats. Figs. 4113-4115. A slide-over car 
 seat made by Heywood Bros. & Wakefield. 
 
 Whisk Broom or Wisp Broom, and Holder. Fig. 3843. 
 A small broom for brushing wearing apparel, fur- 
 niture and upholstering. 
 
 Whistle Reservoir. A small tank or reservoir to store 
 air for operating a pneumatic signal whistle on 
 electric motor cars. 
 
 White Metal Band. Fig. 4197. More properly, Seat 
 Back Molding, which see. 
 
 Whitworth Gages. See Cylindrical Gages. 
 
 Whitworth System of Screw Threads. A system of 
 screw threads designed by Sir Joseph Whitworth, 
 of England, and which is almost universally used 
 in that country and throughout Europe. It differs 
 from the Sellers' system in that the sides of the 
 threads stand at an angle of 55 degrees instead of 
 60 degrees, and the tops of the threads and the 
 spaces between them at the root are rounded, 
 instead of being flat, as in the Sellers' system. 
 The number of threads per inch in the two systems 
 is as follows: 
 
 Diameter of No. threads Diameter of No. threads 
 screw per in. screw per in. 
 
 Va 20 ' 1% 7 
 
 5-16 18 \y A 7 
 
 Vs 16 1H 6 
 
 7-16 14 V/i 6 
 
 h 12 m 5 
 
 1M. 
 
 9 
 
 .5 
 
 Ay 2 
 Ay 2 
 
 Vs 11 
 
 34 10 
 
 7/ s 9 
 
 1 s 
 
 The Whitworth pipe thread differs from the 
 above. See Pipe Thread. 
 
 The Whitworth system in this country has prac- 
 tically passed out of use. See Screw Thread. 
 Wickes Refrigerator Car. Figs. 339-340 show the 
 Wickes system of refrigeration. In the Wickes 
 car the refrigerator doors open out and are flush 
 
 with the outside sheathing. See Figs. 1390-1392. 
 The usual sliding doors are omitted. There is a 
 cooling compartment at each end, occupying the 
 full width of the car and 2 feet 10 inches of the 
 length and separated from the storage compart- 
 ment by a wooden partition or jacket, which starts 
 about 2 feet from the floor and extends to within 
 about 16 inches of the ceiling. 
 
 There are two ice tanks in each cooling com- 
 partment. These tanks are constructed of an oak 
 framework, to which are nailed in vertical and hori- 
 zontal rows galvanized iron strips 2 inches wide 
 interwoven in the manner of basketwork. Pro- 
 jecting outward from these strips 2 inches are 
 galvanized iron leaves, which largely increase the 
 cooling surface. These tanks are separated from 
 one another, from the jacket and from the walls 
 at the sides at the end of the car by air spaces of 
 about 4 inches. They are supported by 2x4-inch 
 oak grate bars 2 feet from the floor. Beneath 
 the bars are many rows of galvanized iron wire, 
 crossing and recrossing from side to side of the 
 car. A sloping bottom or apron of galvanized 
 iron at the bottom of the jacket leads the drip 
 water to the wires. There is another apron of 
 galvanized iron in front of the wires, extending 
 to within 12 inches of the floor. On the floor, 
 directly under the wires, is the drip pan, with a 
 properly trapped drain at each end. The drip 
 water falls from the ice through the grate bars 
 onto the wires and down into the drip pan. The 
 warm air enters the cooling compartment through 
 the opening at the top of the jacket, and, de- 
 scending as it cools, comes in contact with the 
 ice, the metal surface of the tanks, the wires, 
 and the spray of drip water about the wires, and 
 re-enters the car through the opening below the 
 apron in front of the wires, having become cooled, 
 dried and purified. Each tank is iced through an 
 opening in the roof, provided with an inner and 
 outer door, each properly insulated. 
 
 This car may be also used for shipment of goods 
 under ventilation. When so used the ice hatches 
 are left open and protected by iron screens. This 
 gives a thorough circulation of air into the open- 
 ing's at the front end, passing the length of the car 
 and out through the openings at the rear end. 
 
 Wide Gage. In a general usage, the distance between 
 the heads of the rails of a railroad when it is slightly 
 greater than 4 ft. SVj in., in distinction from Broad 
 Gage, which see, which means a material increase, 
 as to 5 ft. or 6 ft. 
 
 Wind Guard (Pintsch System). Fig. 3106. A per- 
 forated brass disc, fitting in globe holder, Sob, Fig. 
 3106a, below the opal globe, 102, Fig. 3121, and 
 supplied with a small covered hole for admitting 
 a match or taper when lighting the gas. Its pur- 
 pose is, as indicated by its name, to protect the 
 flame from the action of drafts from below the 
 globe. 
 
 Wind Scoop. A hood or ventilating jack (often so 
 called) attached to a pipe passing through the 
 roof of a car, and so formed as to create either 
 an exhaust draft or the contrary by the current 
 of external air passing over the car. 
 
 Wind Arbor. See Square End. 
 
 Winding Gear (Pile Driver Car). Consists of spools 
 and a spur gear of the ordinary form controlled 
 by a strap brake and treadle, so that on the re- 
 lease of the brake the shears attached to the ham- 
 
WIN 
 
 187 
 
 WIN 
 
 mer rope will descend by their own weight and 
 engage with the hammer eye. 
 
 Winding Shaft (Drop Doors of Coal Cars, etc.). 70, 
 Figs. 428-431. A round iron bar supported by the 
 winding shaft plates or bearings, around which the 
 drop door chain or hopper chain is wound. It 
 carries a ratchet wheel and is usually formed with 
 a square end for applying a wrench or handle to 
 turn it. 
 
 Winding Shaft Plate (Hopper Bottom Coal Car). The 
 plate attached to the side of the car carrying the 
 ratchet wheel, pawl and dog, serving as a bearing 
 for the winding shaft. See above. 
 
 Winding Shaft Ratchet Wheel and Pawl. 66, 67, Figs. 
 428-431. The ratchet wheel and pawl attached to 
 the end of the winding shaft to prevent its turn- 
 ing and allowing the doors to drop. 
 
 Window. 137, Figs. 599-619, and Figs. 2204-2205. "An 
 opening in the wall of a building or car for the 
 admission of light and of air when necessary. This 
 opening has a frame on the sides, in which are set 
 movable sashes containing panes of glass." — Web- 
 ster. Hence the window itself, especially in com- 
 pound words, is often termed simply the sash. In 
 Great Britain carriage windows are technically 
 termed lights. See also Deck Sash. Car windows 
 are now generally made of uniform size through- 
 out. In sleeping and parlor cars double windows 
 are almost always used to inclose an air space be- 
 tween them and prevent radiation of heat and 
 drafts. 
 
 Window Balance. W, Figs. 648-651 and Figs. 4659, 
 4325. A device in which a spring is used instead of 
 a weight to counterbalance the weight of the sash 
 and glass. See Sash Balance. 
 
 Window Blind. 140, Figs. 648-651, etc. A wooden 
 screen composed of a frame called the sash, carry- 
 ing slats, placed in a window to exclude sunshine. 
 Window blinds, especially in street cars, are some- 
 times made single, but for lack of room to raise so 
 large a sash they are usually made double and dis- 
 tinguished as upper and lower. Window shades 
 have nearly displaced blinds in first-class passenger 
 cars, blinds being used in the saloons only. 
 
 Window Blind Bolt. Figs. 4537-4544. A bolt used for 
 holding a window blind in any desired position. It 
 enters into a window blind bolt bushing or plate. 
 
 Window Blind Bolt Bushing. Figs. 4531-4532. See 
 above. Same as sash lock bushing. 
 
 Window Blind Lift. Figs. 4534-4535. Commonly called 
 simply blind lift. A metal hook fastened to the 
 blind for raising and lowering it, usually attached 
 to the bottom rail, but in street car blinds, which 
 are lowered below the window 7 , to the top rail. 
 Window blind lifts are distinguished as single and 
 double, the single lift being the upper and the 
 double lift the lower, which has a projection for 
 raising the outer part. Double window blind lifts 
 are also distinguished as lower and upper. The 
 upper lift differs from the lower by not having a 
 lug or ledge, which is carried on the lower blind 
 for the purpose of engaging with the upper when 
 the lower one is half raised, so that the two may 
 thereafter be raised together. 
 
 Window Blind Mullion. An upright bar in the center 
 of a window blind sash. 
 
 Window Blind Pull. Figs. 4545-4554. A Window Blind 
 Lift, which see. 
 
 Window Blind Rail (Street Cars). A horizontal bar of 
 a window blind sash. 
 
 Window Blind Rest. 1. A wooden strip to fill up the 
 
 lower part of the groove in which an upper window- 
 blind slides, and on which it rests when down. 
 
 2. (Street Cars.) A horizontal strip of wood 
 which extends from one body post to another, on 
 which the blind rests when it is lowered. 
 
 Window Blind Sash. 80, Figs. 648-651. The frame in 
 which the inclined thin slats of a window blind are 
 held. 
 
 Window Blind Slat. See Window Blind. 
 
 Window Blind Spring. Figs. 4527-4529. The same as 
 a Sash Spring, which see. 
 
 Window Blind Stile. An upright bar in a window blind 
 sash. 
 
 Window Blind Stop. An Inside Window Stop, which 
 see. 
 
 Window Casing. 7, Fig. 2205. A frame which incloses 
 or surrounds a window. Often called an inside 
 window stop. 
 
 Window Cleaner. Fig. 3846. 
 
 Window Cornice. A purely ornamental projecting struc- 
 ture, usually made of wood, placed over a window 
 on the inside. It is now little used. 
 
 Window Cove Molding. 87, Figs. 648-651 and 26, Fig. 
 2074. A small concave molding around the sides 
 and top of a window on the inside of a passenger 
 car. 
 
 Window Curtain. C, Fig. 2204. A cloth or some kind 
 of textile material loosely hung over a window to 
 exclude sunshine, and which can be spread or 
 drawn aside at pleasure. Curtains of this kind are 
 now little used. Window Shades, which see, lie al- 
 ways flat, and are rolled up upon shade rollers. 
 They are often also called curtains. 
 
 Window Curtain Bracket. Fig. 4682. More commonly, 
 simply curtain brackets, for supporting window 
 shade rollers. A more correct term would be shade 
 or window shade brackets, but in common usage, 
 curtain brackets support shade rollers. 
 
 Window Curtain Holder or Hook. Y, Fig. 2204; Figs. 
 3386-3391. A metal hook fastened at the side of a 
 window for holding a curtain when drawn aside. 
 Knobs are also used. 
 
 Window Curtain Knob. A form of window curtain 
 hook. 
 
 Window Curtain Leather. Fig. 4672. More properly, 
 window shade leather. 
 
 Window Curtain Rings. Fig. 3728. See Curtain. 
 
 Window Curtain Rod. Fig. 3713. See Curtain. 
 
 Window Curtain Roller. Fig. 4681. More properly, a 
 Shade or Window Shade Roller, which see. 
 
 Window Deflector Ventilator. See Deflector and Ven- 
 tilator. 
 
 Window Dust Guard or Deflector. Figs. 4655-4657. A 
 thin narrow board of the height of the window ad- 
 justed perpendicular to the car side at the forward 
 edge of the window, to deflect dust and cinders so 
 they shall not enter the open window. It is fas- 
 tened to the window casing by a dust guard spring 
 holder, Fig. 4658. 
 
 Window Fastener. Figs. 4598, etc. A Sash Lock, which 
 see. 
 
 Window Furnishings (for Deck Shades). Figs. 4444, 
 etc. (Lower Windows.) Figs. 4573, etc. 
 
 Window Glass. Panes of glass used for windows. They 
 are either plate or rolled glass, made by pouring 
 the molten glass onto a table having the height of 
 the desired thickness of the plate, and then passing 
 a roller over the top; or blown, or common window 
 glass, the latter being by far the cheapest and most 
 widely used, but of very much inferior quality. It 
 is made by blowing the glass into a large bulb, 
 
WIN 
 
 188 
 
 WOO 
 
 which is then -lit open while still hot and flattened 
 out. 
 
 Window Grating. A wrought or cast iron partition 
 made of bars, or in other form, placed on the out- 
 side of the windows of passenger cars to prevent 
 passengers from putting their heads or arms out- 
 side. Now rarely used. 
 
 Window Guards (Street Cars). Fig. 399(1, etc. Small 
 . metal rods to act as fenders for the end windows. 
 
 Window Holder. A Sash Holder, which see. 
 
 Window Latch. Fig. 4598. A Sash Lock, which see. 
 
 Window Latch Plate. A form of sash lock stop. 
 
 Window Latch Stop (Lower and Upper). See Sash 
 Lock Stop. 
 
 Window Ledge (Street Cars). A projecting molding 
 outside of a car which extends from one end of it 
 to the other above the windows, intended to shed 
 the rain. A water table or window lintel. 
 
 Window Lift. See Sash Lift. 
 
 Window Lintel. 90, Figs. 599-619. A horizontal strip 
 on the outside of a passenger car between the 
 posts and over the window openings. 
 
 Window Molding (Passenger Car Interiors). 88 Figs. 
 648-651. Known to the trade as car moldings, and 
 used around or on each side of a window, espe- 
 cially to cover the joint between the panel and post. 
 It sometimes forms a groove on the post in which 
 a window or window blind slides, in place of the 
 Inside Window Stop, which see. 
 
 Window Molding Base. An ornament made of wood 
 or metal attached to the lower end of a window 
 molding. 
 
 Window Molding Joint Cover. A piece of metal or 
 wood used to cover the joints of window moldings 
 when two pieces join each other. 
 
 Window Panel. 68, Figs. 599-619. See Panel. A panel 
 between the windows known as inside, outside and 
 end window panels. 
 
 Window Panel Furring. Horizontal distance pieces 
 between the window posts to which the panel is 
 fastened. 
 
 Window Pilaster, Cap and Base. 8, 9, 10, Fig. '.'205. A 
 decorative feature of a car interior, placed between 
 the windows and covering the window post. 
 
 Window Post (Passenger Cars). 58, Figs. 599-619. A 
 post extending from sill to plate at the side of a 
 window opening, against which the sash and blind 
 slide. 
 
 Window Rail. 12, Fig. 2205. A horizontal bar in a 
 window sash. 
 
 Window Rod Bracket. Figs. 3717-3721. 
 
 Window Rod Bushing. Figs. 3737-3739. A support for 
 the ends of a Curtain Rod, which see. 
 
 Window Sash. 85, Figs. 599-601; 1351. Sec Sash. 
 
 Window Sash Balance. See Window Balance and Sash 
 Balance. 
 
 Window Sash Holder. See Sash Lock. Fig. 4598. 
 
 Window Sash Lift. A Sash Lift, which see. Fig. 4613, 
 etc. 
 
 Window Sash Rest (Street Cars). A strip of wood ex- 
 tending from one body post to another, on which 
 the sash rests when lowered. 
 
 Window Sash Spring. Fig. 4527. Sec Sash Spring. 
 
 Window Shade. Una, Figs. 618-651. A window cur- 
 tain, which is wound on a roller above the window, 
 in distinction from one which is drawn aside. In 
 car building it is finished at the bottom with a win- 
 dow shade leather, Fig. 4672, and a heavy win- 
 dow shade rod bar or shade holder. A rectangular 
 clot, which is somewhat inaccurately called an eye- 
 let, is inserted in the leather to fasten the shade 
 
 down by slipping it over the sash lift. In passenger 
 cars window blinds have been superseded by shades, 
 and all sleeping and parlor cars have window 
 • shades in place of blinds. An automatic shade 
 roller is always used, the old-fashioned pulleys and 
 cord tighteners being practically obsolete. 
 
 Window Shade Leather. Fig. 4672. See above. 
 
 Window Shade Stop, in, Fig. 22U4. That part of a shade 
 holder which engages with or bears against the 
 window casing and holds the shade. 
 
 Window Shade Thumb Latch. 16, Fig. 2204. A thumb 
 latch which releases the bottom of the shade so 
 that it may be moved up or down. It fixes the 
 shade in any position automatically. 
 
 Window Sill. 77, Figs. 599-619 and 77, 78, Figs. 648-651. 
 A horizontal piece of wood or metal under a win- 
 dow, on which the sashes rest when down. There 
 are usually two, inside and outside. A thin strip 
 called the window sill cap goes above it. 
 
 Window Sill Cap. See above. 
 
 Window Sill Cornice Board. 65a, Figs. 648-651. An 
 ornamental strip placed on the inside of a pas- 
 senger car under the window sill. 64S-651. 
 
 Window Sill Molding. 80, Figs. 648-651. A small wooden 
 molding under an inside window" sill. In modern 
 cars it is usually a belt molding. 
 
 Window Spring. Fig. 4527. See Sash Spring. 
 
 Window Stile. 11, Fig. 2205; N, Fig. 2204. The upright 
 bars of a window sash. 
 
 Window Stop. The strips, or beads, attached to the 
 window posts which hold the sashes in place. 
 There are always two, inside and outside, and 
 parting beads or sash parting strips in between. 
 
 Window Stop (Inside). See Window Casing. 
 
 Window Valance. See Valance. 
 
 Window Ventilator. See Deflector, Ventilator. 
 
 Winslow Car Roof. Figs. 2098-2111. A car roof which 
 consists of metal roof sheets laid crosswise to the 
 ear. They are made with corrugations and are let 
 into grooves in the rafters. The latter are covered 
 with strips of sheet iron and the whole with a 
 layer of transverse boards, which are fastened to 
 longitudinal purlins attached to the rafters or car- 
 lines. See Car Roof and Murphy's Improved Win- 
 slow Roof. 
 
 Wire. See Seal Wires. Fig. 4074. 
 
 Wire Base (Lantern). Fig. 3622. 
 
 Wire Gauze (for Ventilator). A line netting made of 
 wire with which the outside of deck windows and 
 ventilator openings is covered to prevent the ad- 
 mission of dust. 
 
 Wire Shade Tripod. See Shade Ring. 
 
 Wood Center Car Wheel. A form of car wheel used in 
 Great Britain almost universally for passenger 
 service, but rarely in this country. The wheel cen- 
 ter is entirely made up of teakwood used as a con- 
 tinuous and solid series of spokes held in place by 
 side plates and Manscll retaining rings. Called in 
 Great Britain the Manscll wheel. See Steel Tired 
 Wheel, Car Wheel, Tire Fastening. 
 
 Wood Screw, big. 3079, A small cylindrical bar of iron 
 or steel with a wood screw thread cut on it and a 
 slotted head so that it can be turned with a screw' 
 driver. A lag screw is a heavy kind of wood screw, 
 but is not so called. It has a square instead of a 
 slotted head, as Fig. 2911. See Screw. 
 
 Wood Screw Thread. A form of screw thread used for 
 screws which are intended to screw into wooden 
 objects, It differs from a metal thread in having 
 the spaces between the projections wider. 
 
 Wood Worker (Woodworking Machinery). Fig. 6810. 
 
woo 
 
 ZAN 
 
 A light machine built like a planer with a revolv- 
 ing cutter spindle which is supplied with a num- 
 ber of adjustments and attachments for doing a 
 large variety of woodworking operations, including 
 sawing, matching, planing, molding, gaining, etc. 
 
 Wood's Platform Gate. Fig. 4012. A gate, the details 
 of which are shown in the figures, that has found 
 considerable favor on steam and suburban roads. 
 When opened it folds against the end of the car 
 quite out of the way. 
 
 Wood's Roller Bearings. Figs. 5359, etc. 
 
 Wood's Vestibule Diaphragm. Figs. 2289-2293. 
 
 Wooden Brake Block (British). A piece of soft wood 
 used in Great Britain as a Brake Block, which see. 
 
 Wooden Floor Mat (.Street Cars). A sort of grating 
 made of strips of wood, with distance pieces and 
 spaces between. 
 
 Wooden Frame Truck. A car truck, of which the wheel 
 pieces and end pieces are made of wood. See 
 Truck, Car Truck. 
 
 Wooden Wheel (Hand Cars). A form of Wood Center 
 Car Wheel, which see. 
 
 Woodworking Machinery. Figs. 6793, etc. 
 
 World Ventilator. Fig. 4428. See Ventilators. 
 
 Worm. A helix like a screw thread for winding a rope 
 or a chain upon. See Brake Chain Worm, Figs. 
 946-947. 
 
 Worn Flat (Car Wheels). Under the rules for the in- 
 terchange of traffic this defect is defined to be 
 irregular wear under fair usage, due to unequal 
 hardness of the thread of the wheel, and to be care- 
 fully distinguished from slid flat, which is a defect 
 produced by the slipping of the wheels from exces- 
 sive brake pressure. Tiie rules provide that flats 
 exceeding 2;4 in. in length are cause for rejection. 
 See Wheels and Interchange of Traffic. 
 
 Wrecking Crane. Fig. 248. A powerful crane mounted 
 on trucks and operated usuallj- by steam for use 
 in clearing up wrecks. They are built in capaci- 
 ties up to 100 tons. 
 
 Wrecking Frog. Figs. 3864-3865. A frog-like device with 
 one end elevated to form an incline plane by which 
 derailed trucks can be replaced upon the track 
 by pulling the car in the direction of its length. 
 
 Wrecking Hook. Figs. 1776-1777. 
 
 Wrench. A contrivance for screwing and unscrewing 
 a nut. A monkey wrench is adjustable to take 
 nuts of various sizes. A socket wrench is one 
 having a cubical cavity to receive a square end. 
 The wrenches for the Westinghouse brake are 
 packing nut and cap screw wrenches, and the dis- 
 
 charge valve seat wrench. A Spanner, which see, 
 is a wrench for use on round or man} r -sided nuts, 
 like hose couplings to which lugs or slots are added 
 for engaging with the wrench. 
 
 Wrought Iron Wheel ( British. ) A " wagon wheel." A 
 wheel in which the rim and spokes are of wrought 
 iron and the hub (boss) is either of wrought or cast 
 iron. If the former, the spokes are welded to it; 
 if the latter, it is cast round the spokes. The tire 
 is shrunk on. This wheel is largely used in freight 
 (goods) service in Great Britain, and in both freight 
 and passenger service on the continent of Europe. 
 See Wheel, Car Wheel. 
 
 Wrought Molding ur Fascia Molding (British). A 
 molding which is worked out of the solid on a 
 horizontal or vertical part of the framing ot a 
 carriage bod)-. See Planted Molding. 
 
 Yale Lock. Figs. 2594-2599. Xamed after its inventor. 
 It has pin tumblers instead of lever tumblers or 
 other style of lock. The key does net engage the 
 bolt as in other locks, but the bolt is engaged by 
 a cam attached to the rear of the lock, which in 
 turn is actuated by the key. The key is bitted on 
 its upper edge to engage with pin tumblers con- 
 tained in the cylinder. The original flat key has 
 been superseded by the corrugated and the para- 
 centric forms. 
 
 The key raises the pin tumblers to the proper 
 height and is then able to rotate the plug in the 
 cylinder, thus to actuate the lock. Advantages of 
 the Yale lock are its compactness, simplicity, se- 
 curity, small size of key and unequaled capacity for 
 key changes. It is made in a great variety of forms 
 adapted to all uses. 
 
 Yoke. 1, Figs. 1010-1011. A pocket strap, U-shaped, 
 which contains the spring and follower plates of a 
 drawbar. It is the means of attaching the draw- 
 bar to the spring and follower plates. A Draw- 
 bar Yoke, which see. 
 
 2. (M. C. B. Recommended Practice.) Fig. 5779. 
 In 1905 the designs of yokes for tandem spring, 
 twin spring and friction draft gear were adopted 
 as Recommended Practice superseding the stan- 
 dard yoke formerly shown. See Attachments of 
 Couplers to Cars. 
 
 z 
 
 Zane's Bibb Cock. Fig. 3656. 
 
INDEX TO ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 Note. — The following engravings, 6,93-1 in all, are alphabetically arranged under the following general heads; these twelve general 
 headings include the engravings, and they are again sub-classed alphabetically. The page number is put at the bottom and the inclusive 
 figure numbers at the top of each page. 
 
 CARS, General Views, Exterior and In- 
 terior (.63 pages, 261 cuts) 
 
 CAR BODIES (128 " 410 " ) 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS(126 " 1607 " ) 
 CAR FURNISHINGS. (159 " 2383 " ) 
 
 TRUCKS (15 " 96 " ) 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS.... (46 " 682 " ) 
 M. C. B. STANDARDS AND RECOM- 
 MENDED PRACTICE, 
 
 (32 pages, 718 euts) 
 
 Total Number of Pages and Cuts 
 
 Page Fig. 
 
 HAND CARS (7 pages, 34 cuts) 
 
 , ., ELECTRIC CARS (38 " 242 " ) 
 
 i>4 202 
 
 19-2 097 BRITISH CARS, 
 
 318 2304 General Views (35 " 194 " ) 
 
 477 4687 BRITISH CARS, 
 
 493 4784 Details (8 " 134 " ) 
 
 CAR SHOP MACHINERY, 
 539 5466 (16 " 142 " ) 
 
 676 pages, 6934 cuts. 
 
 Page Fig. 
 571 6184 
 
 579 6218 
 
 017 0460 
 
 052 6054 
 
 661 6793 
 
 If the above general arrangement be borne in mind, there will he no difficulty in turning at once to any class of engravings desired, 
 all being alphabetically arranged under their title and sub-title, as shown above and more fully in the following detailed index. Under 
 each of the headings and sub-headings of the following list, the engravings are in general arranged alphabetically, so far as their 
 nature would permit. In a few cases cars have been grouped together on account of their constructive features and uses, in preference 
 to the particular kind of freight carried, and by which name they are usually distinguished. This, it is thought, will not lead to con- 
 fusion, as they are never widely separated, but are nearly in alphabetical order. 
 
 Page Fig. 
 CARS, Freight, General Views 
 
 Box, 1 1 
 
 Poultry, " " 8 23 
 
 Barrel, " " 8 25 
 
 Flat, " " 9 26 
 
 Gondola, " " 11 35 
 
 Hopper, " " 18 63 
 
 Ore, " " 20 71 
 
 Coke, " " 21 75 
 
 Dump, " " 23 80 
 
 Logging, " " 28 102 
 
 Stock, " " 30 108 
 
 Caboose, " " 32 118 
 
 Tank, " " 35 125 
 Passenger, 
 
 Coach, " " 37 131 
 
 Combination, " " 49 189 
 
 Chair, " " 40 145 
 
 Cafe, " " 40 146 
 
 Dining, " " 40 149 
 
 Parlor, " " 41 154 
 
 Private, " " 45 169 
 
 Sleeping, " " 45 170 
 
 Baggage and Express, " " 49 193 
 
 Postal, " " 49 190 
 
 " Suburban, " " 52 202 
 
 Passenger, Floor. Plans 54 211 
 
 Working, General Views 59 247 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight, Box Cars, General 64 262 
 
 Refrig- 
 erator 80 305 
 Fruit.. 91 341 
 
 Stock Cars 92 345 
 
 " General Service. ... 97 356 
 
 Flat Cars 99 360 
 
 Gondola Cars 104 376 
 
 Hopper Gondola 
 
 Cars 120 428 
 
 Hopper Cars 129 463 
 
 Hopper Ore Cars. . 138 496 
 
 Coke Cars 142 513 
 
 Side Dump Cars... 149 532 
 
 Tank Cars 153 545 
 
 " Caboose Cars 102 577 
 
 Working, Pile Driver Car. . . 167 592 
 
 Dynamometer Car. 168 593 
 
 Page 
 CAR BODIES. [Continued:) 
 
 Working, Steam Shovel 169 
 
 Passenger, Coaches 170 
 
 Tourist Sleeping 
 
 Car 172 
 
 Dining Car 173 
 
 Sleeping Car 174 
 
 Combination Car.. 175 
 
 Baggage Car 176 
 
 Horse Car 177 
 
 Postal 178 
 
 Suburban 180 
 
 Subway 181 
 
 Passenger, Framing 183 
 
 Sides and Roofs... 186 
 
 Interior Finish ... 188 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, General, 
 
 For a Box Car 192 
 
 For a Passenger Car 197 
 
 Miscellaneous, Framing, etc 199 
 
 Drop Doors 207 
 
 Bolsters, Freight * 209 
 
 Passenger 217 
 
 Brake Gear, Automatic Slack Adjusters 220 
 Automatic Train Pipe 
 
 Couplers 222 
 
 Air, Westinghouse 223 
 
 Signal Apparatus.. . . 220 
 
 Christensen 238 
 
 General Electric 239 
 
 Doors, Passenger and Baggage 242 
 
 " Freight 246 
 
 Freight Locks 247 
 
 " Refrigerator 248 
 
 Grain 250 
 
 Draft Gear, Freight, Spring and Fric- 
 tion 251 
 
 Freight. Couplers 208 
 
 Passenger, Couplers .... 278 
 Platforms, etc. 284 
 
 Centering Devices 298 
 
 Roofs, Freight Car 299 
 
 Sleeping Car Berths 3Qg 
 
 Windows 3Q9 
 
 Vestibules 310 
 
 Fig. 
 
 596 
 
 599 
 
 605 
 607 
 
 612 
 
 614 
 617 
 620 
 624 
 632 
 635 
 645 
 652 
 657 
 
 697 
 932 
 1012 
 1056 
 1077 
 1147 
 1173 
 
 1199 
 1205 
 1216 
 1293 
 1295 
 1326 
 1365 
 1371 
 1390 
 1402 
 
 1413 
 1583 
 1798 
 1886 
 2091 
 2098 
 2201 
 2205 
 2207 
 
INDEX TO ENGRAVINGS. 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS: 
 
 Bell Cord, Attachments 
 
 Door, Hardware 
 
 Floor Furnishings 
 
 Heating Apparatus, Hot Water 
 
 Steam 
 
 Electric 
 
 Lamps and Lighting, Gas, Pintseh... 
 
 Acetylene 
 
 Electric 
 
 " Oil 
 
 Lamp Brackets 
 
 Lanterns 
 
 Gas Broilers and Stoves 
 
 Lavatory, Furnishings 
 
 Miscellaneous Furnishings: 
 
 Brackets and Rods . . . . 
 Grilles and Panels. . . . 
 
 Hat Hooks, etc 
 
 Jacks 
 
 Basket Racks 
 
 Platform and Vestibule Furnishings 
 
 Postal Car Furnishings 
 
 Saloon Furnishings, Closets, Etc.... 
 
 Seals 
 
 Seats 
 
 Seating, Springs, etc 
 
 Seat Trimmings and Hardware ... . 
 Sofa and Sleeping Berth Fixtures.. 
 
 Ventilators 
 
 Windows, Deck Sash Fixtures 
 
 Blinds and Fixtures 
 
 Shades and Curtains 
 
 TRUCKS, Freight Car 
 
 Passenger, Four-Wheel. . . 
 Six-Wheel 
 
 Page Fig. 
 
 318 
 321 
 330 
 331 
 
 336 
 357 
 359 
 383 
 391 
 412 
 417 
 117 
 418 
 419 
 
 427 
 428 
 429 
 432 
 435 
 437 
 442 
 443 
 445 
 44( i 
 454 
 450 
 459 
 464 
 466 
 472 
 475 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, 
 
 Bolsters 
 
 Brake Gear, General 
 
 Arrangem't 
 
 Brake 
 
 Beams 
 
 ' Miscellaneous 
 
 Brake 
 
 Shoes 
 
 Journal Boxes 
 
 Dust Guards 
 
 Side Bearings and 
 
 Center Plates 
 
 Springs 
 
 Wheels, Steel Fired . . 
 
 477 
 4S5 
 491 
 
 498 
 
 506 
 
 507 
 
 521 
 
 523 
 
 524 
 
 530 
 
 532 
 533 
 
 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS: 
 
 Journal Boxes and Details 539 
 
 Axles and Wheel Gages 543 
 
 Brake Gear 544 
 
 Pedestals 515 
 
 Couplers 546 
 
 Wheel and Track Gages 547 
 
 Journal Boxes and Details 54K 
 
 Flooring and Siding 551 
 
 Arch Bars 552 
 
 Hand Holds 551 
 
 Wheel Mounting Gage 547 
 
 Pedestal 551 
 
 Journal Box, Passenger Cars 552 
 
 Center Plate 553 
 
 2304 
 2407 
 2663 
 2676 
 2784 
 3019 
 3042 
 3284 
 3365 
 3549 
 3602 
 3617 
 3626 
 3639 
 
 3737 
 3791 
 3808 
 3866 
 3892 
 3933 
 4018 
 4042 
 4074 
 4(193 
 4160 
 4185 
 4302 
 4418 
 4444 
 4642 
 4665 
 
 4687 
 473(i 
 4774 
 
 4998 
 5072 
 
 5083 
 5194 
 
 5235 
 5254 
 5299 
 
 5340 
 5308 
 5390 
 
 5401 i 
 5510 
 5519 
 5560 
 5579 
 5598 
 5615 
 574!) 
 5697 
 5637 
 5598 
 5685 
 5694 
 5711 
 
 Page 
 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS. 
 
 ( Continued. ) 
 
 Brake Head Gage 553 
 
 Lever Pin Hole Gage 553 
 
 Brake Beam Gage 553 
 
 Marking Freight Cars 554 
 
 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOM- 
 MENDED PRACTICE. 
 
 Safety Chains 555 
 
 Axle Analysis Borings 555 
 
 Collection of Salt Water Drippings. 555 
 
 Coupler Attachments 550 
 
 Jncoupling Attachments 550 
 
 Temporary Chains 556 
 
 Journal Box, Passenger 557 
 
 Loading Long Material 557 
 
 Pedestal 502 
 
 Location of Air Brake Parts 562 
 
 Twist Gage for Couplers 502 
 
 Lamp Holder and Flag Bracket.. .. 502 
 
 Splicing Steel Sills 503 
 
 Box Car Side and End Doors 503 
 
 Spring and Spring Caps 505 
 
 Framing for Box Cars 566 
 
 Drop Test Machine 507 
 
 High Speed Foundation Brake Gear 508 
 
 Cast Iron Wheels 568 
 
 Limit Gage for Remounting Cast 
 
 Iron Wheels 568 
 
 Lettering for Freight Cars 570 
 
 HAND AND INSPECTION CARS 571 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS 579 
 
 Motors 589 
 
 Trucks 015 
 
 BRITISH CARS, GENERAL VIEWS: 
 
 Passenger, Dining 017 
 
 Sleeping 017 
 
 First and Third 
 Class Carriages 618 
 General Draw- 
 ings 619 
 
 Floor Plans and 
 Elevations. . 621 
 Goods, General Hews ... 629 
 
 Open Wagons 631 
 
 Ballast Wagons... 632 
 Coal Wagons .... 632 
 Coke Wagons .... 634 
 Steel Bogie 
 
 Wagons 636 
 
 Covered Wagons.. 637 
 
 Brake Tans 040 
 
 Private Owners' Wagons 041 
 
 BRITISH CARS, DETAILS: 
 
 Private Owners' 
 
 Wagons .... 052 
 Brake Gear .... 000 
 
 CAR SHOP MACHINERY: 
 
 Wood Working Machinery Oiil 
 
 Metal Working Machinery 067 
 
 Hoists and Cranes 670 
 
 Forging Machines 071 
 
 Pneumatic Tools 672 
 
 Jacks 075 
 
 Fig. 
 
 5706 
 
 5707 
 5703 
 5744 
 
 5 1 09 
 5767 
 5770 
 577! i 
 5785 
 5799 
 5803 
 5806 
 5939 
 5944 
 5948 
 5951 
 5953 
 5961 
 OHIO 
 0021 
 6024 
 0028 
 0070 
 
 6068 
 0177 
 
 0184 
 
 0218 
 0201 
 6444 
 
 0400 
 6464 
 
 6465 
 
 6469 
 
 6480 
 6541 
 6549 
 6559 
 6561 
 6574 
 
 6582 
 6591 
 6610 
 6616 
 
 0054 
 0790 
 
 0793 
 6835 
 
 0852 
 0850 
 6884 
 6914 
 
CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 1-4 
 
 Fig. 1. Box Car. Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 44,300 lbs. Length, 30 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 266-26S.) 
 
 
 
 - ■- r - 
 
 — , , ^ T 
 
 
 U. P. 
 
 
 
 
 
 X Ji '■ .X--UBJ 
 
 lOO O 06 
 
 
 1 ' 
 
 cai*t. . mhmjo 
 b.s.ur.mu. . wt. o 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■ i 
 
 . 2 4 ■ 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fig. 2. All Steel Box Car. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Length, 40 ft. 
 Union Pacific Railroad Co., Builders. 
 (Underframe of this car shown in Fig- 1042.) 
 
 Fig. 3. Furniture Car. Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 44,000 lbs. Length, 50 ft. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 287-290. I 
 
 <D 
 
 PACKET 
 c OMPAtf* 
 
 Fig. 4. Box Car, King Patent Underframe, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 Weight, 48,0i}0 lbs. Length, 40 ft. Middletown Car Works, Builders. 
 
Figs. 5-7 
 
 CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 5. Eox Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 40,700 lbs. Length, 36 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 303-304.) 
 
 Fig. 6. Box Car, Wooden Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight 30,700 lbs. Length, 36 ft. 
 Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 {.Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 262-265.) 
 
 
 
 
 CHICAGO, 1 
 MILWAUKEE 1 
 
 AND 
 
 ST PAUL. 1 
 
 ^ gpgjigSpp**^* 
 
 
 Fig. 7. Box Car, Single I-Beam Center Sill Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 39,300 lbs. Length, 42 ft. 
 
 Bettendorf Axle Co., Builders. 
 
 (2) 
 
CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 8-10 
 
 Fig. 8. Box Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Weight 35,700 lbs. Length 36 ft. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Box Car. Steel Underframe. Capacity, 66.000 lbs. Weight. 26,400 lbs. Meter Gage. 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 10. Phosphate Box Car. Steel Side and Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 46,150 lbs. 
 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (3) 
 
Figs. 11-13 
 
 CARS, Freight; General View; 
 
 Fig. 11. Box Car. Wooden Underframe. Capacity, 00,000 lbs. Weight, 36,200 lbs. Length, 36 ft. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. ]_'. Refrigerator Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 49,900 lbs. Length, 
 35 ft. 9% in. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 VENTILATED 
 REFRIGERATOR 
 
 Fig. 13. Refrigerator Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 44,700 lbs. Length, 40 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (4) 
 
CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 14-16 
 
 Fig. 14. Refrigerator Car, Pressed Steel Underframe, Capacity, 50,000 lbs. Weight, 46,100 lbs. Length, 35 ft., 2% in. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 15. Produce Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight. 15,700 lbs. Length, 36 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 300-312.) 
 
 Fig. 16. Refrigerator Car with End Ice Boxes. Capacity, 60,< lbs. Weight, 38,400 lbs. Length, 38 ft. 8 in. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 {Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 305-308.) 
 
 (5) 
 
Figs. 17-19 
 
 CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 ^=r 
 
 
 0+.J 1 i i 
 
 la •■■• 
 
 Hams - I 
 
 Fines t Quality. 
 
 Fig. 17. Refrigerator Car. Wooden Underframe, Bowen Patent. Capacity, 50,000 lb;. Weight, 35,300 lbs. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 18. Refrigerator Car, Steel Underframe, Samson Patent. Capacity 60,000 lbs 
 Whipple Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (■th 1VUHY Pliijfil'i 
 
 Fig. 19. Refrigerator Car for Dairy Products. Capacity, 70,000 lbs. Weight, 4o,800 lbs. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (6) 
 
CARS. Freight; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 20-22 
 
 DAIRY LlXE 
 FAST FREIGHT 
 
 MII3VAJ KEE 
 REFRIGERATOR 
 
 TRANSIT GO. 
 - -I 3 3 3 
 
 Fig. 20. Refrigerator Car for Dairy Products. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Weight, 42,200 lbs. 
 Length. 36 ft. Milwaukee Car Mfg. Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 21. Ventilated Fruit Car. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Weight, 33,800 lbs. Length. 36 ft. 
 Georgia Car & Manufacturing Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 22. Refrigerator Vegetable Lar. Moore's Patent. Capacity. 60,000 lb; 
 Length, 32 ft., 10% in. Moore Patent Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 V 
 
 eight. 44,000 lbs 
 
 (7) 
 
Figs. 23-25 
 
 CARS, Freight; General A' 
 
 Fig. 23. Poultry Car without Coops. 
 Milwaukee Car Mfg. Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 24. Steel Underframe Poultry Car. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 25. Barrel Rack for Empty Barrels. 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (8) 
 
CARS, Freight; General View; 
 
 Figs. 26-30 
 
 Fig-. 26. Flat Car. Wooden Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 
 7.2i)ii lbs. Length, 41 ft. 
 
 Fig. 27. Flat Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs 
 Cambria Steel Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 28. Flat Car. Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 30,5' 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 lbs. Length. 40 ft. 
 
 'a. Flat Car. Steel Underframe. Capacity. 120,000 lbs. Weight, 47,500 lbs. Length. 40 ft., 
 American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 30. Flat Lar. Pressed Steel L nderframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight. 38,800 lbs. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (9) 
 
Figs. 31-34 
 
 CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 31. Flat Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 33,000 lbs. Length, 40 ft. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 32. Flat Car, Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 32,200 lbs. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (Another view of a similar cor with body applied for ballasting is shown in Fig. 52.) 
 
 Fig. 33. Flat Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 29,700 lbs. Length, 41 ft, 4 in. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 T—-T — — 
 
 
 -g-*? 
 
 - MO- 
 
 
 THER 
 
 CO. 
 
 C 
 
 V- 
 
 m 
 
 ~wu.. 
 
 || 
 
 Ssrf^BS E$fi& 
 
 
 
 
 
 mix 
 
 
 &^k^^ 
 
 
 
 Fig. 34. Flat Car, Wood Underframe. Capacity 80,000 lbs., Weight 29,700 lbs., Length 40 ft. 
 
 Fitz-Hugh Luther Co., Builders. 
 
 (10) 
 
CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 35-38 
 
 Fig. 35. Gondola Car, Twin Hopper, All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 42,600 lb;. Length, 40 ft. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builder;. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 Y. C. 6c t 
 3 3 6 6 
 
 1. xv. 
 
 — -- 
 
 
 
 ^lB r ~i "iijJLJ W LLI-^ 
 
 . 
 
 x ■ "' : 
 
 fc4l. 
 
 -- Ssr:^;; 
 
 "35*2*^ 
 
 $m$/ 
 
 V 
 
 
 Kl T -4l> 4fj*r Jr < 
 
 
 
 
 == — ~-~3HCr- 
 
 
 
 Fig. 36. Gondola Car. Twin Hopper. All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lb;. Weight, 38,800 lbs. Length, 40 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 37. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom, All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 3 .,800 lbs. Length, 40 ft. 
 
 Bettendorf Axle Co., Builders. 
 
 ( Drjzcitigs of this car are slwwn in Figs. 400-401.') 
 
 Fig. 38. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom, All Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 37,800 lbs. Length 40 ft. 
 
 Bettendorf Axle Co., Builders. 
 
 (11) 
 
Figs- 39-43 
 
 CARS, Freight; General Vie 
 
 Fig. 30. Gondola Car. Drop Ends. "Wooden Body, Pressed Sleel Underframe. Capacity, 100, 1 lbs. Weight, 
 
 44,500 lbs. Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of litis car arc shewn in Figs. 3SS-391.) 
 
 Fig. 40. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom and Ends, Pressed Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 39,900 lbs. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 F'g. 41. Gondola Car. Twin Hopper Bottom. Pressed Steel. Capacity, 10(1,000 lbs. Weight, 40. dun ]1> 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builder-. 
 (Drawings of tliis car arc shown in Figs. 43S-441.1 
 
 Fig. !_'. Gondola Car, Flat Bottom, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 33,300 lbs 
 
 Cambria Steel Co.. Builders. 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 408-410.) 
 
 Fig. 4d. W len Gondola Car with Inside Slakes. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Middh 
 
 'low n ( 'ar C >., Builders 
 
 (12) 
 
CARS, Freight; General Vlei 
 
 Figs. 44-47 
 
 Fig. 44. Gondola Car, Flat Bottom. Structural Steel Underframe, Wooden Body. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight 
 
 44,800 lbs. Standard Steel Car Co.. Builders. 
 (Drawings of this car arc shozcn in Figs. 411-413.) 
 
 Fig. 45. Gondola Car, Flat Bottom, Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 39,300 lbs. 
 
 \\ estern Steel Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 46. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom, High Side. Capacity, 90,000 lbs. Weight, 37,200 lbs 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 47. Gondola Car. Twin Hopper Bottom. Pressed Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight. 40,400 lbs. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 < Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 432-437.) 
 
 (13) 
 
Figs. 48-51 
 
 CARS, Freight; General View! 
 
 Fig. 48. Gondola Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 30,200 lbs. Length, 41 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 49. Gondola Car, Drop Bottom, Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 40,200 lbs. Length, 38 ft., 2% in. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 50. Gondola Car, High Side, Hopper Bottom. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 51. Gondola Car, High Side, Drop End, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 51,800 lbs. 
 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (14) 
 
CARS, Freight; General Mews. 
 
 Figs. 52-55 
 
 Fig. 52. Gondola Car, Side Dump, Pressed Steel Underframe. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 36,300 lbs. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 (Another view of this car with body removed is shewn in Fig. 32.) 
 
 Fig. 53. Gondola Car, Low Side, Drop End. Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 42,700 lbs. 
 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 54. Gondola Car, Drop Side, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 66,000 lbs. 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 HTTpS i ^ S 9 "V^!W 
 
 <15) 
 
 Fig. 55. Gondola Car. Drop Side, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 66,000 lbs. 
 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (.Underframe of this car shown in Fig. 1034.) 
 
Figs. 56-58 
 
 CARS, Freight: ( General V 
 
 Fig. 56. Gondola Car with High Coke Racks. Capacity, 80.000 lbs. 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 {Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 381-382.) 
 
 Fig. 57. Coal Car, High Side, Hopper Bottom. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 34,500 lbs 
 
 Pullman Company, Builders. 
 
 Fig. OS. Coal Car, Flopper Bottom, Steel Side and Undernames. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,600 lbs 
 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (10)- 
 
CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 59-62 
 
 Fig. 59. Hopper Car, All Steel, Self Clearing. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 37,400 lbs. Length, 30 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 {Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 467-470.1 
 
 Fig. 60. Hopper Car. Steel Undername, Self Clearing. Capacity. 85,000 lbs. Weight, 37,700 lbs. Length. 32 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 (.Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 463-466.) 
 
 Fig. 01. Gondola Car, Side Unloading. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 41,600 lbs. Length, 3d ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 62. Gondola Car. High Side, Hopper Bottom, Struc tural Steel Underframe and Side Frame. Capacity, 
 (17) 100,000 lbs. Weight, 37,700 lbs. Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
Figs. 63-66 
 
 CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 63. Phosphate Car, Hopper Bottom, All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 42,000 lbs. 
 Length, 34 ft. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 64. Coal Car, Hopper Bottom, Self Clearing, All St eel. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 37,600 lbs. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 65. Hopper Car, Self Clearing, All Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,100 lbs. Length, 30 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 66. Hopper Car, Self Clearing, All Steel. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 36,600 lbs. Length, 80 ft. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (18) 
 
CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 67-70 
 
 Fig. 07. Hopper Car, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,300 lbs. 
 Standard Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 08. Hopper Car, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight. 38,900 lbs. 
 Standard Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 478-481.) 
 
 Fig. 69. Hopper Car, Structural Steel, Vanderbilt Patent. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 36,800 lbs. 
 
 Cambria Steel Co., Builders. 
 (Drazvings of this car are shown in Figs. 482-483 ) 
 
 (19) 
 
 Fig. 70. Steel Hopper Car. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 43,600 lbs. 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in F,gs. 490-495.) 
 
Figs. 71-73 
 
 CARS, Freight; General View: 
 
 •'ig. 71. Ore Car, All Steel, Self Clearing. Capacity. 80,000 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builder?. 
 
 )S. Weight. 30,600 lbs. 
 
 Fig. 72. Ore Car, Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 32,800 lbs 
 
 Tressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 73. Ore Car, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 32,200 lbs 
 
 Standard Steel Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of this car are shozvn in Figs. 505-508.) 
 
 (20) 
 
CARS, Freight: General Views. 
 
 Figs. 74-76 
 
 Fig. ,4. Ore Car. Hopper E 
 
 :>m. Self Clearing. All Sleel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight. 38,100 lbs 
 Ralst,-, n Steel Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 10. Coke Car. Pressed Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight. 17,500 lbs 
 Pressed Steel Car Co.. Bu«!d?r=. 
 
 
 
 
 " p ^^^ WBi ^__ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 Hir 
 
 
 
 \-\; w 3 *.£j 
 
 
 1 
 
 :- i 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 ' 
 
 1 
 
 J If lis 
 ■- 1 
 
 
 zi/sim 
 
 RJEB 
 
 -3 l^^HH^ 
 
 — "*t^^B^^^MBMM^B 
 
 
 mff^m 
 
 
 
 a^^^*^ 
 
 m It m.iJf 
 
 
 
 """^"■^-S^^^J 
 
 ^ \»a^ '7 ^ ^m 
 
 
 
 " :~~»' T ' 
 
 Fig. .ii. Coke Car. All Steel, Self Clearing. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight. 47,600 lbs 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (21) 
 
Figs. 77-79 
 
 CARS, Freight; General View: 
 
 Fig. 77. Coke Quenching- Car. Capacity, 20,000 lbs. 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 78. Coke Car, All Steel, Self Clearing. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. Weight, 41,300 lbs. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 
 &' 
 
 III 
 
 CHIC AGOL AKES HORE a EAS TERN 
 
 Minilm ' CMT. ,amat * ** 4TGOO ","""T 
 
 C.L.SaE. 97*5 
 
 RT 
 1 
 
 ATT":' 
 
 II 
 
 u 
 
 ! 
 
 ^^^^™ 
 
 
 •^ 
 
 
 **■: 
 
 
 
 Fig. 70. Coke Car, Structural Steel. Capacity, 100, 000 lbs. Weight, I i ,600 lbs. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 524-538.) 
 
 (22) 
 
CARS, Freight; General Mews. 
 
 Figs. 80-83 
 
 Fig. SO. Center Dump Ballast Car, Pressed Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,000 lbs. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 81. Dump Car, Drop Bottom, Flush Floor, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 41,000 lbs. 
 
 Ralston Steel Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 82. Dump Car, Drop Bottom, Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 40,500 lbs. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 83. Dump Car, Drop Bottom, Flush Floor. Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 41,000 lbs. 
 
 Ralston Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (23) 
 
Figs. 84-87 
 
 CARS, Freight; General Views 
 
 Fig. 84. Dump Car. Steel Sides and Underframe. Capacity. 100.000 lbs. Weight, 38,900 lbs. Length, 30 ft, 6 in. 
 
 National Dumo Car Co., Builders. 
 
 C.& E. I. 
 
 87749 
 
 Fig. 85. National Dump Car with Drop 
 Doors Closed. 
 
 Fig. 86. National Dump Car with Drop 
 Doors Open. 
 
 Fig. 87. Dump Car, Steel Side and Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 38,900 lbs. Length, 36 It.. 6 in. 
 
 National Dumo Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (34) 
 
CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 88-91 
 
 Class U S., Center and Side Dump. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 41,800 lbs 
 
 Rodger Ballast Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 HBHr 
 
 Fig. 89. Hart Convertible Car 
 Arranged for Center Dumping Ballast 
 
 Fig. 90. Hart Convertible Car Arranged 
 with Swinging Sides for Use with 
 Top Plow. 
 
 Fig. 9L Hart Convertible Car Arranged 
 
 as Flat Bottom Gondola Car 
 
 for General Service. 
 
 (25) 
 
Figs. 92-94 
 
 CARS, Freight; General A' 
 
 Fig. 92. Goodwin Dump Car. Class G. Capacity, 80,000 lbs 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 536-5S8.) 
 
 Fig. 93. End View, King-Lawson Steel Dump Car. 
 Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 04. King-Lawson Steel Dump Car. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (26) 
 
CARS, General Mews. 
 
 Figs. 95-96 
 
 Fig. 95. Campbell-Olden Steel Side Dump Car. Capacity 100,000 lbs. 
 
 Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co., Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of this car are shozi'n in Figs. 543-544.) 
 
 Fig. 95a. Contractor's Air Dump Car. Capacity, 12 cu. yds. Western Wheeled Scraper Co., Builders 
 
 Fig. 95b. All Steel Type Oliver Dump Car. 12 cu. yds. Capacity. Isthmian Canal Commission. 
 
 Wm. J. Oliver Mfg. Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 96. Narrow Gage Type. Oliver Double Truck. Two-Way Dump Car. 3 cu. yds. Capacity 
 ( 27 ) Wm. J. Oliver Mfg. Co., Builders. 
 
Figs. 97-99a 
 
 CARS, General Views. 
 
 Figs. 97-97a. Six-Yard, 8,500-lb., Contractor's Dump Car. Continental Car & Equipment Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 98. Contractor's Dump Car. 
 Ralston Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 98a. All Steel .Aline Car. 
 Ralston Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Figs. 99-99a. Seven-Yard Double Dump Car. Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (2Ta> 
 
CARS, General Views. 
 
 Figs, ioo-ioi 
 
 Fig. 100. Steel Sugar Cane Car. Capacity 10 to 30 Tons 
 Arthur Kopple Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 100a. Six- Yard Cradle Dump Car. 
 
 Arthur Kopple Co., Builders 
 
 Fig. 100b. Six-Yard Double Side Dump Car, 
 Rocker Type. 
 
 Fig. 101. Twelve-Yard Triple Body Double Side Dump Car. 
 Arthur Kopple Co., Builders. 
 
 (27b) 
 
Figs. 102-104 
 
 CARS, Freight; General Me 
 
 Fig. 102. Logging Car for 20-ft. Logs. 
 Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 103. Logging Trucks with Rails for Loader. Capacity, 40,000 lbs. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 104. Logging Car for Double Length Logs. 
 Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (28) 
 
CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 105-107 
 
 Fig. 105. 8,000-lb. Pacific Pattern Truck. 
 Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 106. Logging Car. 
 Sheffield Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 
 
 
 , , , •/ 1 ', „ 
 
 
 
 -. - * 
 
 ■ ■ 
 
 
 - 
 
 PACIFIC. 
 
 IS?? 
 
 
 
 .» '*" 
 
 m 
 
 ' ^ 
 
 Fig. 107. Double-Plow Distributing Car. 
 Rodger Ballast Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (29) 
 
Figs. 108-110 
 
 CARS, Freight; General Views. 
 
 Fig. ln-i. Stock Car. Capacity. 56,000 lbs. Weight. 32,100 lbs. Length, 36 ft., 6 in. 
 Western Steel Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 109. Stock Car. Steel Underframe. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. Weight, 47,400 lbs. 
 American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 110. Stock Car, Steel Underframe. Capacity, 66,000 lbs. Weight, 24,860 lbs. Meter Gage. 
 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. (30) 
 
CARS. Freight; General Views. 
 
 rigs. 111-113 
 
 Fig. 111. Stock Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Length. 35 ft., 10 in. 
 
 Middletown Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 111'. Stock Car. "Wooden Underframe. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 32,200 lbs. Length, 36 ft. 6 in. 
 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 113. General Service Car, Steel L'nderframe. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. Weight. 40,000 lbs. Length 36 ft 
 (31) Ralston Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of this car are shewn in Figs. 356-359.) 
 
Figs. 114-118 
 
 CARS, Freight; General View: 
 
 r-p 
 
 ng. 114. Arms (Burton) "Perfected" Horse Car. Capacity, 16 Hoi 
 
 Fig. 115. Interior of "Perfected" Horse Car Showing 
 Stall Partitions in Position for Four Horses. 
 
 Fig. ll(j. Interior of "Perfected" Horse Car Showing 
 Stall Partitions Shifted to One Side. 
 
 ARMS PALACE 
 HORSE CAR COMPANY 
 CHICAGO 
 
 Fig LIT. Arms Cross Stall Horse Car. 18 Stalls. 
 
 Fig. 118. Caboose Car, Eight Wheel, Wooden Underframe. Baggage Compartment, Side Door. 
 Length, 26 ft. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (32)- 
 
CARS. Caboose; General A' 
 
 Figs. 119-121 
 
 
 Fig-. 119. Caboose Car, Eight-Wheel, Wooden Underframe. Toolbox. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builder?. 
 
 Fig. 120. Caboose Car. Four-Wheel, Wooden Underframe. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 121. Caboose Car. Steel Underframe. Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Builde 
 
 (33) 
 
FigS. 122-12* 
 
 CARS. Caboose, Tank; General Viei 
 
 Fig. 122. Caboose Car, Wooden Underframe. Toolbox. 
 American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 123. Tank Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 12,850 gal 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 {.Underframe of this car shown in Fig. 1030.) 
 
 Fig. 124. Tank Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity, 8,000 gals. Weight, 38,000 lbs. 
 McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co., Builders. 
 (.Drawings of this car shown in Figs. 509-671.1 
 
 (34) 
 
CARS. Tank; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 125-127 
 
 Fig. 125. Tank Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity. 12,000 gals. Weight, 45.000 lbs. 
 McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co.. Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of litis cor ore shou'H in Figs. 572-574.) 
 
 JOHN H.HEALC3 it COM WE£* 
 LYNCHfcilJR£3,VAj 
 
 OAPV aOOUSAL € i: ' 
 
 LT.wT.3i31 sates. ; 
 
 Fig. 120. Tank Car. Structural Steel Underframe. Capacity. 8,000 gals. Weight. 30.150 lbs. 
 
 Bettendorf Axle Co.. Builders. 
 
 :.f,€i,.v3s&n £• Sons' Chicago 
 Pickle Tank Car- ^a^ 
 
 Fig. 127. Pickle Tank Car, Three Compartments. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. Weight, 37 300 lbs. 
 
 Middletown Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 (351 
 
Figs 128-130 
 
 CARS, Tank; General A' 
 
 ~7* 
 
 Tank Car, Van Dyke Patent. Capacity, 10,000 gals. 
 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 554-558.) 
 
 Fig. 1: 
 
 lank Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Cap'aacity, 6,000 gals 
 
 (Drawings of this car are shown in Figs. 559-561.) 
 
 Fig. 130. Tank Car. Structural Underframe, Capacity, 8,020 gals, or 80,000 lbs. Weight, 39,900 lbs. 
 
 Standard Steel Car Co., Builders. (36) 
 
CARS, Passenger; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 131-135 
 
 Fig. 131. A estibuled Coach. Central Railroad of New Je rsej\ 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 132. Interior of Dining Car. Lehigh Yalle 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 133. Interior of Chair Car. Chicago & Alton. 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 134. Dining Car. Lehigh Valley. Harlan & Hollingsworth, Builders. 
 
 <3T) 
 
 Fig. 135. Standard Coach. Xew York Central. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 {Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 227.) 
 
Figs. 136-139 
 
 CARS, Passenger; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 136. Steel Vestibuled Coach. Southern. Pressed Steel Car Co, Builders. 
 
 Fig. 137. Interior of Coach. L. S. oz M. S. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 138. Interior of Smoking Compartment, Com- 
 bination Smoking and Baggage Car. C. C C is: St. L. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 139. Vestibuled Coach. Carolina. Clinchfield & Ohio. Harlan & Hollingsworth. Builders. 
 
 (38) 
 
CARS, Passenger; General Yie\ 
 
 Figs. 140-144 
 
 Fig. 140. All Steel Passenger Coach. Union Pacific. Union Pacific Railroad Co., Builder;. 
 
 if 1 .' .::'.'j of steel framing slwjm in Figs. 1040-1041.) 
 
 Fig. 141. Interior of All Steel Passenger Loach. 
 Union Pacific Railroad Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 142. Interior of Standard Parlor Car. 
 Pullman Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 143. Interior of Dining Car. Michigan Central. 
 1 '" Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 144. Interior of Standard Dining Car. Northern 
 Pacific. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
Figs. 145-149 
 
 CARS, Passenger; General V 
 
 Fi?. 145. Chan- Car. S. P., L. A. & S. L St. Louis Car Co., Builders 
 
 Fig. 146. Cafe Coach. Lake Shore & Michigan Southern. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builder: 
 
 Fig. 1-17. Interior of Dining Compartment, 
 
 Cafe Coach. L. S. & M. S. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. LIS. Interior of Dining Car. C, B. & Q. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 149. Lining Car. Chicago, Bin 
 
 lrhngton & Quincy. Barney .S, Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (40) 
 
CARS, Passenger; General Mew?. 
 
 Figs. 150-154 
 
 Figs. 150-151. Interior of Dining Car. Erie R. R. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 152. Interior of Parlor Car. Pere Marquette R. R 
 Acetylene Gas Equipment. 
 
 Fig. 153. Interior of Parlor Car "Chenango. 1 
 
 N. V... O. & W. 
 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth, Builders. 
 
 Fig. 154. Parlor Car "Chenango." New York, Ontario & Western. 
 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth, Builders. 
 
 (41) 
 
Figs. 155-159 
 
 CARS, Passenger; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 155. Compartment Sleeping Car. New York, New Haven & Hartford. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 156. Compartment Observation Car. Great Northern. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 157. Observation Room. Compartment Observa- 
 tion Car. Great Northern. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 "ig. 158. Interior of Observation Parlor Car 
 
 "Mineola." C, M. & St. P. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 159. Observation Parlor Car "Mineola." Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 [Floor plan of tins car is shown in Fig. 210.) 
 
 (42) 
 
CARS, Passenger; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 160-163 
 
 Fig. 160. Vestibuled Coach. All Steel. Pennsylvania. American Car & Foundry Co.. Builders. 
 
 q»— 
 
 -—.-—-~- 
 
 ' ■ *s- «— sa» n>, .^ja" jm,. 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 S ™~' ' " 
 
 * JgJg! ? wj;M ? g ?**'' w * w ^^ 
 
 
 
 /_f M.iJR.i^'i.iii 1 
 
 ■ ■■!■■■ 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 l=m 
 
 
 sa 
 
 . 
 
 • 
 
 L-i 
 
 iffl'tj&^i. 
 
 .■■■■nil 
 
 
 
 Sjf _ 1 u| ».,.■■ ..ayi 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 Fig. 161. Vestibuled Coach. All Steel. Pennsylvania. Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 162. Vestibuled Dining Car "Springfield.'' X. Y.. X. H. & H. Wason Mfg. Co., Builders 
 
 Fig. 163. Vestibuled Coach, All Steel. New York Central Lines. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 642-644.) 
 
 (43) 
 
Figs. 164-168 
 
 CARS, Passenger; General V 
 
 164. Vestibuled Coach. Mobile & Ohio. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 {Flour plan of tliis car is shown in Fig. 238.) 
 
 Fig. 165. Parlor Buffet Car. Pere Marquette. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 (Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 225.) 
 
 Fig. 166. Interior of Parlor Buffet Car. Pere Marquette. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 167. Interior of Dining Car. Wabash. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 168. Dining Car. Wabash. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (44) 
 
CARS, Passenger; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 169-173 
 
 Fig. 169. Private Car "Eatonia." Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders 
 
 Fig. 170. Twelve-Section Sleeping Car "Humbolt." Canadian Northern. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 171. Interior of Sleeping Car "Humbolt." Fig. 172. Interior of Dining Room. Private Car "Eatonia." 
 Canadian Northern. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 CLE 
 
 P33 
 
 Fig. 173. Sleeping Car. Argentino del Norte. Wason Mfg. Co., Builder; 
 
 <45) 
 
Figs. 174-178 
 
 CARS, Passenger; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 174. Interior of Stateroom. Drawing Room, 
 
 Stateroom Sleeping Car "Bissao." 
 
 Pullman Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 175. Interior of Drawing Room. Stateroor 
 Sleeping" Car "Bissao." 
 Pullman Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 170. Interior of Sleeping Car. Berths Fig. 177. Interior of Sleeping Car. Seats 
 
 Arranged for Night. Arranged for Day. 
 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 17S. Standard Sleeping Car. Florida East Coast. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. (46> 
 
CARS, Passenger; General Views 
 
 Figs. 179-183 
 
 Fig. 179. Observation Sleeping Car "Ben Cruachan." Pullman Co., Builders. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ;jvh 
 
 L 1^. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 jPi 
 
 
 
 
 
 *»«W44 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 1 I 
 
 m'i-'< 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 B~~ v ' 
 
 ,^"^ 
 
 
 rWl 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 m ^U 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 \ '1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ; i 
 
 ^■ktMn 
 
 
 
 
 "^■t 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ™ 
 
 
 „y^ J \ 
 
 
 
 
 Kfs^i ;V:-'-'-t': , 
 
 
 
 Wi^. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fig. 180. Sleeping Compartment. Compartment 
 
 Observation Car "Cranbrook." 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 181. Observation Room. Compartment 
 
 Observation Car "Cranbrook." 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 
 | : <\y-\ : ' 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 
 IBBa 
 
 
 
 ■pepm^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ ! y 
 
 1 ore ! 
 
 HnBm^flB IK 
 
 t:(> 
 
 
 
 
 |3§ 
 
 1 : 
 
 , ' 'Sif'.'Y 
 
 
 IP »■ H 
 
 
 1 M A * ' ** < 
 
 
 
 if 
 
 
 
 
 
 t W iw--' 
 
 
 
 
 
 jj^hbp 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 i "\ 'W*Wffi:;WS^$- 
 
 
 
 mm 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 
 * : mm W? 
 
 
 
 Fig. 182. Stateroom. Standard Sleeping Car 
 "Osseo." C, M. & St. P. 
 (47) Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 183. Interior of Standard Sleeping Car 
 
 "Osseo." C, M. & St. P. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
Figs. 184-188 
 
 CARS, Passenger; General View; 
 
 Fig. 184. Sleeping Car, "Glenwood." M., St. P. & S. St. M. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 213.) 
 
 
 
 
 
 . -^Mfc 
 
 
 ' w 
 
 BBRB£EEBE9BI^^@S§P^^^ 
 
 9ES£SHEBB3E3£&fiflD9 
 
 IZlfcZl 
 
 .','' 1 
 
 
 g^j^^W™^fflffl 
 
 MP^^KESSSshhs^ : - " ~" 
 
 
 
 
 
 *J9j 
 
 Fig. 185. Observation Buffet Car, "Wanamingo." Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 {Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 235.) 
 
 Fig. 186. Interior of Smoking Compartment. Fig. 1ST. Observation Room, Observation Buffet 
 
 Observation Buffet Car "Wanamingo." C, M. & St. P. Car "Wanamingo." C, M. & St. P. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 183. Steel Combination Passenger and Baggage Car. Pennsylvania. Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (48) 
 
CARS, Passenger; General A" 
 
 Figs. 189-193 
 
 Fig. 189. Combination Passenger and Baggage Car. C, B. & Q. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 231.) 
 
 Fig. 190. Postal Car. St. Louis & San Francisco. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 241.) 
 
 Fig. 192. Baggage Car, All Steel. Pennsylvania. Pressed Steel Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 193. Combination Baggage and Express Car. C, N. O. & T. P. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (49) 
 
Figs. 194-197 
 
 CARS, Postal; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 194. All Steel Postal Car. Union Pacific. Union Pacific Railroad Co.. Builder 
 
 mkiS. 
 
 Fig. 195. Interior of Postal Car. D„ L. & W. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 19(3. Interior of All Steel Postal Car. U. P. 
 Union Pacific Railroad Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 197. Postal Car. Baltimore & Ohio. Marian & Hollingsworth, Builders. 
 
 CO) 
 
CARS, Miscellaneous; General Views, 
 
 Figs. 198-201 
 
 Fig. 198. Postal Car. D.. L. & W. Barney & Smith Car Co., Buildc 
 
 Tig. 199. Steel Underframe Postal Car. Atchison, T' peka & Santa Fe. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 BH^flWHMM 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 ..:■:,» 
 
 -| 
 
 ■-' 1 ■-": -■ .ij'.". 
 
 %J, 
 
 1 : , 
 
 ,-is a?* 1 
 
 J 
 
 « .'•"'-"' ■ .' ; 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 ■ . 
 
 Fig. 200. Combination Postal and Baggage Car. Atlantic Coast Line. 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works, Builders. 
 
 Fig. 201, Special Horse Car. Lake Shore & Michigan Southern. 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth, Builders. 
 
 (51) 
 
Figs. 202-205 
 
 CARS, Miscellaneous; General Vie\ 
 
 Fig. '202. Side-Door Suburban Car with Steel Underframe. Illinois Central. 
 
 (Drawings of this car are shoivn in Figs. 6S0-634.) 
 
 Fig. 203. Interior of Illinois Central Suburban Car. 
 
 Fig. 204. Interior of Refrigerator Express Car. 
 Great Northern. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 205. Refrigerator Express Car. Great Northern. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (Floor plan of this car is shown in Fig. 213.) 
 
 (52) 
 
CARS, Motor; General Mews. 
 
 Figs. 206-210 
 
 Fig. 20C. Gasolene Passenger, Mail and Baggage Motor Car 
 McKeen Motor Car Co., Builders. 
 
 J^m 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '■-■ — 
 
 
 
 
 | .."/.MSI 
 
 m^t;ym 
 
 iW 
 
 hil 
 
 6 ■ V ' H 
 
 i r "i.""i i 
 
 
 ,-"'., I U12 N E. 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 - — 
 
 i£ii 
 
 ^tSfi^S 
 
 §y| 
 
 Fig. 207. Gas-Electric Passenger Motor Car. Strang Gas Electric Car Co., Bnildei 
 
 Fig. 208. Gasolene-Electric Passenger and Baggage Motor Car. General Electric Co., Buildt 
 
 Fig. 200. Steam Passenger and Baggage Motor Car. American Locomotive Co., Builders. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 _ — — 
 
 
 
 . — — = 
 
 w~^fik 
 
 
 »^9 
 
 ^t^^^H 
 
 9E0 
 
 
 
 
 •9B^55 
 
 ^JiSJNLsifii 
 
 
 £5 
 
 sj§» 
 
 ]Sij 
 
 
 IT' 1 ! 
 
 
 i 
 
 J 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■ 1 : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 W^ 
 
 AM _ 
 
 MOTOR 
 
 CAR 
 
 
 
 ■j 
 
 J - 
 
 ir - 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -' * 
 
 
 1 — 
 
 
 cry. m ■ — 7/ a 
 
 
 v — - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fig. 210. Steam Passenger and Baggage Motor Car. Railway Auto Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (53) 
 
Figs. 211-217 
 
 CARS, Passenger; Floor Plans. 
 
 iji^. 
 
 e '*' ,_J Fr ; " »rc i'Pr,vate 
 
 | |^^^ - Room '|S R<jorr 
 
 
 DDK 
 
 ;cv,--?2-'--- 
 
 .□aa 
 
 -7?'<S-- 
 
 Fig. 213. Sleeping Car "Glenwood." M., St. P. & S. St. M. Barney & Smith Car Co.,' Builders. 
 
 Fig. 214. Sleeping Car. Canadian Pacific. 
 
 Fig. 215. Sleeping Car. Pullman Co., Builder: 
 
 Fig. 216. Compartment Sleeping Car. Pullman Co., Builders. 
 
 *'-■ -39- 
 
 
 .Jl. ill 
 
 II- Jrf— 1 f 
 
 Fig. 217. Observation Sleeping Car. C, M. & St. P. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (54) 
 
CARS. Passenger; Floor Plans. 
 
 Figs. 218-224 
 
 
 1 
 
 » 1 i 
 
 e 
 
 n== 
 
 _L_L 
 
 =--=11 "== 
 
 
 — t v— 
 
 ~~ t 
 
 
 =H l|= 
 
 1 »tr== 
 
 
 ■==« *= 
 
 1- 
 
 = — 
 
 ^F = 
 
 -■1 *= 
 
 —1 -i 
 
 =41 lt= 
 
 
 aj 
 
 
 
 * 1'-\0- J 
 
 ^ 
 
 i-ll' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 Room 
 
 ;-3 -«;--- 
 
 .3 
 
 a 
 ° 
 
 f?i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *™ r 
 
 
 | 
 
 °-a 
 
 
 
 - — -_-!*— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 6ui- 
 
 tbr-F 
 
 -. "" 
 
 Fig. 218. Tourist Sleeping Car. Canadian Pacific. 
 
 
 D OD ODDD al^OOOB 
 
 v .-, 
 
 Obsar-VQttOft Room 
 
 Fig. 219. Observation Parlor Car. C. M. & St. P. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 ■*■&»--+ '$'«- ( ej- 1 — ■* '«-'— t— * <?--+-?&-+ — ^i- — j-2's"f w'o- + e's- 1 — f's%- 
 
 Q Library M 
 
 joqpqoqITTI 
 
 , trjiaODO|44 7i ^ - 
 
 
 |3U'A- J=r£*=±£? —itfOnrSlls W7-^i 
 
 Fig. 220. Composite Steel Buffet Library Car. C, M. & St. P. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 i 4 ii V — p— ?a'-faiV 
 
 Fig. 222. Dining Car. Wabash. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 ee'o- 
 
 bs a i-=--=j 
 
 Range 
 
 ^J 
 
 -ISO- 
 
 _D Q S 
 
 Refrigerator 
 
 -94 
 
 Ftantry 
 
 Ice 
 
 
 -62" 
 
 Dining R oom 
 
 „©„ 
 
 _3/ 7 -'-°~- 
 
 <-32- 
 
 A, 
 
 Fig. 223. Dining Car. C, B. & Q. 
 
 Renge 
 
 J 
 
 ;y-ISt—y 
 
 BLjriiBa 
 
 u 
 
 -»-4If 
 
 *— -In 
 
 Z 
 
 an an □□ pq 
 □n JacL JanMaoL 
 
 j/,z-n gDn a'Dnz^raaDnaaUzk^! iji 
 
 Fig. 224. Dining Car. Pullman Co., Builders. 
 
 (55) 
 
Figs. 225-232 
 
 CARS, Passenger; Floor Plans 
 
 rm — r « 
 
 )OOOC ILi 1 
 
 IE LJ 
 
 -. -- 7/1 Room 
 
 tSDCOE 
 
 T7~ 1 *~ 
 
 Fig-. 2*25. Parlor Buffet Car. Pere Marquette. American Car & Foundry Co,. Builders. 
 
 few <L *ȴ* 1 
 
 Kitchen and Ftintry 
 
 L --^j.-_... 35 .^-„-i j:.-- 
 
 ^ Co " JL 
 
 ac f = ? 
 
 3^^ i- 
 
 ;QC 3 A 
 
 Fa-ior 
 
 © 
 
 i ju 
 
 JDDDDDI 
 
 naf f nrm 
 
 © © 
 
 T>DDDDi 
 
 ZB' „*___j"2_* J, op *— 3* »-- 
 
 Fig. 226. Observation Cafe Car. Chicago Great Western. Pullman to. Builders. 
 
 m 
 
 £±> 
 
 Z""LcT 
 
 as 
 
 L 7<?i?'(7ns'-.5///.5 
 
 Fig. 227. Cafe Coach. New York Central. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 228. Cafe Parlor Car. C, B. & Q. Pullman Co., Builders. 
 
 KJ 
 
 flailing- - 
 
 Counter 3 9" tftgh 
 
 7 and Coffee Urns 
 
 OQ 2 She Ires 
 
 X 
 
 y 60 *-!(-* 
 
 .33 ( 
 
 i.Jfr4t (fQ ^ 
 
 Fig. 229. Lunch Counter Car. Pere Marouette. 
 
 \~* g M. 
 
 O ° '* 
 
 [ Dnnnonnu 
 
 — n— +-*-■* 
 
 -n--sc 
 
 
 Fig. 230. Composite Car. Pennsylvania Railroad. Pullman Co.. Builders. 
 
 jn_ J ^ ~i_ ^1 ■ 1 1 
 
 2IC ' G:0 210 
 
 O 
 
 73$ - 
 
 -- — 700— 
 
 Fig. 231. Combination Passenger and Baggage Car. Chicago, Burlington & Quincy. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 232. Composite Smoking and Baggage Car. Chicago Great Western. Pullman Co., Builders. (56) 
 
CARS, Passenger; Floor Plans. 
 
 Figs. 233-240 
 
 ■ - - 
 
 Fig. 233. Observation Buffet Car. Northern Pacific. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 rr 
 
 -49'$'-— 
 
 J^r - ., - ^ ? 'r~"Da r ^~^f *'".•* 
 
 -X—3if-t, 
 
 -v:I-- 
 
 1 
 
 Fig. 234. Combination Car. Lhicago. Indianapolis & Louisville. 
 
 $£— is'—' c£- ?^-~-a£«— J&-— **$< — j£ — a 
 
 Fig. 235. Observation Buffet Smoking Car '" AYanamingo." C, M. & St. P. Barney & Smith Car Co., Builders. 
 
 
 '*E*r€H6 
 
 j ftintry jj -— j^pjfj^ — jfc£ J 1 j 
 
 
 *•#•: 
 
 U-jlf- 
 
 -rti-H j 
 i—j^- 1 
 
 Fig. 236. Kitchen Car. New York Central. 
 
 J3TC 
 
 DD 
 
 #0 
 
 -2%'--. j-as£ — asf-«-a^i 
 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 -j^f- 
 
 Fig. 237. Coach. Erie R. R. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builde 
 
 
 -«tf;0. 
 
 -2.4 -«- 
 
 -«&-■■ 
 
 
 //■Q- 
 
 ::-:&.-; 
 
 Fig. 238. Coach. Mobile & Ohio. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 
 isut 
 
 
 sai 
 
 .—^•-2S'J-- 
 
 n 
 
 nm 
 
 n 
 
 - ^ 
 
 
 Fig. 239. Coach. Chicago. Indianapolis & Louisville 
 
Figs. 241-246 
 
 CARS, Passenger; Floor Plans 
 
 2'il_2 
 
 3 2 2' . 32" 1 2' ; Zll' \ z'lp' • 2 2__ 
 
 Fig. 241. Postal Car. St. Louis 5: San Francisco. American Car & Foundry Co., Builders 
 
 s; 
 
 * 
 
 Sforage 
 
 S. . . 
 
 "D—^ l 
 
 
 ~ : I.; I i,l 1 1 
 
 PT^ 
 
 
 .pfcyef 
 
 fEiP ^ 
 
 JhTTT 
 
 4 
 
 60S ' Over Sills. 
 
 Fig. 242. Postal Car. C, H. & D. Barney & Smith Car Co.. Builders. 
 \*-<*'o- ^ 
 
 •I 
 
 K 6O'0'averS///J- - - 
 
 Fig. 243. Refrigerator Express Car. Great Northern. Barney & Smith Ca.r Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 244. Air-Brake Instruction Car. International Correspondence Schools 
 l 39' 3- 
 
 li—Pi>J'-!j U/rtcrr =.fs,r> J 
 
 |*-23H |*/7jl 
 
 
 =¥ * 
 
 Fig. 246. Hospital Car Lehigh Valley 
 
 (58) 
 
CARS, Working; General Mews. 
 
 Figs. 247-248 
 
 Fig. 247. Sliding Loader. Lake Shore & Michigan Southern. Russel Wheel & Foundry Co., Builders 
 
 Fig. 248. Railway Wrecking Crane. Chicago & North Western. 
 The Bucyrus Co.. Builders. 
 
 (59) 
 
Figs. 249-252 
 
 CARS, Working; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 240. Russell Double Track Snow Plow. 
 
 Fig. 250. Russell Single Track Snow; Plow. 
 
 Russell Car & Snow Plow Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 251. 95-C Steam Shovel. The Bucyrus Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 252. 80-Ton Victor Steam Shovel, Class A-Special 
 Toledo Foundry & Machine Co., Builders. 
 
 (CO) 
 
CARS, Working; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 253-255 
 
 Fig. 254. 32-Ton "Little Giant" Traction Wheel Shovel. The Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Builders. 
 
 (61) 
 
 Fig. 255. 110-Ton "Heavy Duty" Steam Shovel. The Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Builders. 
 
Figs. 256-257 
 
 CARS, Working; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 25(3. Railway Pile Driver. Southern Pacific. The Bucyrus Co., Builders. 
 
 ,; 
 
 >S^J2 
 
 
 Fig. 257. Pile-Driving Car. St. Louis, Brownsville & Mexico. 
 Industrial Works, Builders. 
 
 (63> 
 
CARS, Working; General Mews. 
 
 Figs. 258-261 
 
 Fig. 258. Air Brake Instruction Car. Westinghouse Air Brake Cc 
 
 Fig. 259. Interior of Air Brake Instruction Car. 
 International Correspondence Schools. 
 
 Fig. 260. Interior of Air Brake Instruction Car. 
 Westing-house Air Brake Co. 
 
 Fig. 261. Dynamometer Car. Big Four. 
 
 {Drawings of a dynamometer car arc shown in Figs. 593-595.) 
 
 (63) 
 
Figs. 262-263 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Eox Cars. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 271-272. 
 
 (M> 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars. 
 
 Figs. 264-266 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 271-272. 
 
 JJlJi J. 
 
 Figs. 264-265. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Box Lar. N. Y. C. & H. R. Capacity, 80,000 lbs 
 
 910"- 
 
 Fig. 266. Cross-Section of 36-ft. Standard Box Car. Pennsylvania Railroad. Pressed Steel Underframe. 
 
 Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 (65) 
 
Figs. 267-268 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight: Box Cars 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 271-272. 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight: Box Cars 
 
 Figs. 269-270 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 271-272. 
 
 LLLC 
 
 -i0£- > 
 
Figs. 271-272 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Ca 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names Belo-v 
 
 Figs. 
 
 Half Section at Bolster. Halt Section at Door. 
 72. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Box Car. Central of Georgia 
 List of Names of Parts of Box Car Bodies. Figs. 262-272. 
 
 Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 
 1 
 
 Side Sill 
 
 
 38 
 
 Brace Rod Washer 
 
 2 
 
 End Sill 
 
 
 42 
 
 Post 
 
 3 
 
 Inner Intermediate Sill 
 
 
 42a 
 
 Post Pocket 
 
 3a 
 
 Outer Intermediate Sill 
 
 
 42& 
 
 End Post 
 
 4 
 
 Center Sill 
 
 
 43 
 
 Corner Post 
 
 12 
 
 Body Bolster 
 
 
 44 
 
 Door Post 
 
 12a 
 
 Top Plate of Metal Body B 
 
 ilstcr 
 
 44a 
 
 Door Post Pocket 
 
 12/ 
 
 Bottom Plate of Metal 
 
 Body 
 
 45 
 
 Comer Post Pocket 
 
 
 Bolster 
 
 
 46 
 
 Plate 
 
 13 
 
 Body Bolster Truss Rod 
 
 
 47 
 
 Plate Rod 
 
 14 
 
 Body Bolster Truss Rod Washer 
 
 48 
 
 End Plate 
 
 1G 
 
 Body Side Bearing 
 
 
 49 
 
 Belt Rail 
 
 17 
 
 Body {'enter Plate 
 
 
 50 
 
 End Belt Hail 
 
 IS 
 
 King Bolt or Center Pin 
 
 
 51 
 
 End Bell Rail Trus 
 
 19 
 
 Tody 7 russ Rod 
 
 
 52 
 
 Sheathing or Siding 
 
 19a 
 
 Body Truss Rod Washer 
 
 
 53 
 
 Inside Pining 
 
 20 
 
 Body Truss Rod Saddle 
 
 
 55 
 
 Upper Corner Plate 
 
 21 
 
 Body Truss Rod Bearing 
 
 
 56 
 
 Middle Corner Plate 
 
 22 
 
 Cross Tie Timber or Needle 
 
 beam 
 
 57 
 
 Power Corner Plate 
 
 22,/ 
 
 Cross Tie 
 
 
 59 
 
 Ladder Round 
 
 23 
 
 Drawbar 
 
 
 60 
 
 Hand Hold 
 
 25 
 
 Carry Iron 
 
 
 61, 
 
 Door 
 
 26 
 
 Draft Sill 
 
 
 64 
 
 Door Sill 
 
 26<i 
 
 Sub-sill 
 
 
 65 
 
 Top Door Track 
 
 27 
 
 Floor 
 
 
 66 
 
 Bottom Door Track 
 
 30 
 
 Sill Step 
 
 
 67 
 
 Door Track Bracket 
 
 32 
 
 Buffer Block 
 
 
 68 
 
 Door Hanger 
 
 32,/ 
 
 Buffer Beam or Dead Block 
 
 
 69 
 
 Door Brace 
 
 33 
 
 Brace 
 
 
 70 
 
 Door Shoe 
 
 34 
 
 Brace Rod 
 
 
 71 
 
 Open Door Slop 
 
 3ib 
 
 Double Counterbrace Rod 
 
 Plate 
 
 73 
 
 Door Hasp 
 
 
 Washer 
 
 
 81 
 
 Carlinc 
 
 35 
 
 Cud Brace 
 
 
 83 
 
 Purlin 
 
 35,/ 
 
 Tnd Brace Pocket 
 
 
 84 
 
 Ridge Pole 
 
 36 
 
 Sill and Plate Rod 
 
 
 86 
 
 Roof Boards 
 
 37 
 
 Counterbrace 
 
 
 86, 
 
 Inside Roof 
 
 37a 
 
 Counterbrace Rod 
 
 
 87 
 
 Running Board 
 
 38 Punning Board Extension 
 
 89 Running Board Bracket 
 
 90 End Fascia Board 
 
 91 Fascia Board 
 
 93 Brake Hand Wheel 
 
 94 Brake Shaft 
 
 95 Horizontal Brake Shaft 
 
 96 Upper Brake Shaft Bearing 
 
 97 Power Brake Shaft Bearing 
 
 98 Brake Shaft Step 
 
 99 Brake Shaft Bracket 
 
 100 Brake Step 
 
 101 Brake Step Bracket 
 
 102 Roof Hand Hold 
 
 103 Brake Ratchet Wheel 
 
 103 Brake Pawl 
 
 104 Horizontal Brake Shaft Chain 
 
 105 Brake Shaft Chain Sheave 
 142 Brake Head 
 
 144 Brake Hanger 
 
 165 Journal Box 
 
 191 Push Pole Corner Iron 
 
 192 Gusset Plates 
 
 193 Side Nailing Strip Brackets 
 
 194 Nailing Strip 
 194,? Side Nailing Strip 
 
 195 End Sill Diagonal Brace 
 
 196 Nailing Strip Cross Ties 
 201 Drawbar Carry Iron 
 
 210 Uncoupling Lever and Rod 
 
 222 Inside Upper Comer Plate 
 
 A Auxiliary Air Reservoir 
 
 C Brake Cylinder 
 
 P Train Pipe 
 
 T Triple Valve 
 
 (68) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Lars. 
 
 Figs. 273-276 
 
 Fig;. 2.3-2.4. Half Plan and Side Elevation of 50-ft. Furniture Car with T-ft. 6-in. Side Doors. C, B. & Q. 
 
 Capacity, 50,000 lbs. 
 
 Figs. 275-276. End Elevation and Cross Section of 50-ft. Furniture Car with • -ft. 6-in. Side Doors. 
 
 C. B. & Q. Capacity. 50,000 lbs. 
 
 (69) 
 
Figs. 277-278 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars. 
 
 x 
 
 o 
 - 
 
 W 
 
 c/5 
 
 (TO) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars. 
 
 Figs. 279-280 
 
 'He 
 
 ■ ■ ,W itrr 
 
 ~ 
 
 ^~^K- 
 
 (71) 
 
Figs. 281-28 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Car 
 
 SECTIOH Al CENTER. 
 
 Figs. '281-282. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Box Car. N. Y., O. & W. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 
 
 7* °" Ifflrl *• "9 
 
 Figs. 283-284. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Box Car with Steel Underframe 
 and Body Framing. C. & E. I. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 
 (72) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars. 
 
 Figs. 285-286 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 
 - 
 
 u 
 
Figs. 287-290 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars. 
 
 hf^K 
 
 w 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 (74) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars. 
 
 Figs. 292-293 
 
 Fig. -202. Half Plan of 36-ft. Box Car. Steel Channel Center Sills. C, M. & St. P. 
 
 Capacity. 60,000 lbs. 
 
 Fig. 203. Half Longitudinal Section of 36-ft. Box Car, Steel Channel Center Sills. C, M. & St. P. 
 
 Capacity, 60,000 lbs. 
 
 (75) 
 
Figs. 294-296 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Can 
 
 Fig. 294. Half End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Box Car, Steel Channel 
 
 Center Sills. C, M. & St. P. Capacity, 00,000 lbs. 
 
 Figs. 295-29G. Part Plan and Side Elevation of 1 1 -ft. Box Car. C, P.. & Q. Capacity, 80,000 lbs 
 
 (76) 
 
CARS, Freight; Box Cars. 
 
 Figs. 297-298 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 d 
 
 u 
 
 - 
 
 X 
 
 o 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 ■- 
 
 V -f*£ > 
 
 <") 
 
Figs. 299-302 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars. 
 
 Figs. 299-300. End Elevation and Cross-Sections of 36 -ft. Box Car, 
 Structural Steel Underframe. C. R. R. of N. J. 
 Capacity, 60,000 lbs. 
 
 Figs. 301-302. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36- ft. Box Car, Structural Steel Underframe. Err 
 
 Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 
 (78) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Box Cars. 
 
 Figs. 303-304 
 
 rf^ir 
 
 jb: 
 
 £ / J' 
 
 'F- 
 
 *■* 
 
 a 
 
 < 
 
 ^r 
 
 : 
 
 '8F 
 
 -tKL 
 
 (TO) 
 
Figs. 305-306 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Fig. 319. 
 
 U/jii-— ;,?*£ — - 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars. 
 
 Figs. 307-310 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Fig. 319. 
 
 <P If 21 
 
 3' 0" Over Side Sill- 
 
 Figs. 307-308. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 38-ft. Refrigerator Car. Illinois Central. 
 
 Capacity. 00,000 lbs. 
 
 Figs. 309-310. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-ft. Produce Car. Erie. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 
 (SI) 
 
Figs. 311-312 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Can 
 
 .0 
 
 1- 
 
 u 
 
 (88) 
 
CAR BODIES. Freight: Refrigerator Cars. 
 
 Figs. 313-318 
 
 CI 
 
 1 "I 
 
 Fig;. 313-31.. Detail; of End Ventilators. 35-ft. Produce Car. X. Y. C. & H. R., Shown in Figs. 319-321. 
 
 Capacity, 60,000 lbs. 
 
 Fig. 318. Ventilator of Fruit Car. X. Y. C. ec H. R. 
 
 lS3) 
 
Fig. 319 
 
 CAR BODIES. Freight; Refrigerator Car?. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names Be!o\ 
 
 r 97i - 
 
 ~-8'/c> 
 
 Fig. 319. Cross-Section of 35-ft. Produce Car. 
 N. Y. C. & H. R. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. 
 
 Names of Parts of Refrigerator Cars. Figs. 305-308 and 319-321. 
 
 1 Side Sill 
 
 2 End Sill 
 
 3 Inner Intermediate Sill 
 3<7 Outer Intermediate Sill 
 
 4 Center Sill 
 12 Body Bolster 
 
 16 Body Side Bearing 
 
 18 King Bolt 
 
 19 Body Truss Rod 
 
 20 Body Truss Rod Saddle 
 
 21 Body Truss Rod Bearing 
 
 22 Cross Tie Timber or Needlcbei 
 26 Draft Timber 
 
 26,/ Sub-sill 
 
 30 Sill Step 
 
 32 Buffer Beam or Dead Block 
 
 33 Braec 
 
 34 Brace Rod 
 
 35 End Brace 
 
 37 Counterbrace 
 
 37a Counterbrace Rod 
 
 38 Brace Rod Washer 
 
 42 Post 
 
 43 Corner Post 
 
 44 Door Post 
 46 Plate 
 
 48 End Plate 
 
 49a Side Belt Rail 
 
 49c End Belt Rail 
 
 52 Sheathing. Same as F 
 
 53i7 Intermediate Lining. Same as E 
 
 53b Inside Lining. Same as A 
 
 53i- Inner Overhead Lining. Same as K 
 
 53/"' Outer Overhead Lining. Same ash 
 
 53g Intermediate Overhead Lining 
 
 54 Lining Stud 
 
 55 Upper Comer Plate 
 
 56 Intermediate Corner Plate 
 
 57 Lower Corner Plate 
 
 59 Ladder Round 
 
 60 f/i7» ( / Hold or Grab Iron 
 61c End Door 
 
 61c Roof Door for Ice 
 Sis Side Door 
 68/' Door Hinge 
 
 72 Door Bolt Bracket 
 
 73 Door Hast 
 
 74b Door Bolt or Bar 
 
 76 Door Pin Chain 
 
 77 Door Slop 
 
 82 Carliuc 
 
 83 Purlin. Same as X 
 
 S4 
 
 Ridge Pole 
 
 
 86 
 
 Running Board 
 
 
 86a 
 
 Running Board 
 
 Blocking 
 
 91 
 
 Fascia Board 
 
 
 93 
 
 Brake W lice! 
 
 
 94 
 
 Brake Shaft 
 
 
 97 
 
 Lower Brake Shaft Bearing 
 
 210 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 Inside Lining. 
 
 Same as 53b 
 
 B 
 
 Insulating Papi 
 
 r 
 
 c 
 
 Air Space 
 
 
 D 
 
 Hair Felt or L 
 
 uofelt 
 
 E 
 
 Bliud Lining. 
 
 Same as 53a 
 
 F 
 
 Outside Sheath 
 
 ng. Same as 52 
 
 G 
 
 Main Floor 
 
 
 H 
 
 Sub-tloor 
 
 
 I 
 
 Blind Floor 
 
 
 J 
 
 Nailing Strip 
 
 
 K 
 
 Inside Ceiling. 
 
 Same as 53i? 
 
 L 
 
 Blind Ceiling. 
 
 Same as 53g 
 
 M 
 
 Sub-roof 
 
 
 N 
 
 Plastic Roof 
 
 
 O 
 
 Sub-caiiine 
 
 
 P 
 
 Main Roof 
 
 
 X 
 
 Purlin. Same as 83 
 
 (84) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars 
 
 Figs. 320-321 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Fig. 319. 
 — f+£— 
 
Figs. 322-32: 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator C 
 
 r- '-"^ 
 
 (SCO 
 
CAR BODIES. Freight: Refrigerator Car-. 
 
 Figs. 324-326 
 
 
 Fig. 324. Half End Elevation and Cross-Section of 36-fl:. Refrigerator Car. 
 Milwaukee Refrigerator Transit Co. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. 
 
 JTT 
 
 Figs. 325-326. Cross-Section and End Elevation of Milk Car. Lehigh Vallc 
 
 (87) 
 
Figs. 327-328 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars. 
 
 > 
 
 cr^no 1 s 
 
 > 
 
 "5) 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 
 W 
 
 ^i^«*j/ii-.«Ljia. 
 
 m- ao to 
 
 - s?I 1 
 
 " I ! , 
 
 (88) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Car; 
 
 Figs. 329-335 
 
 j ^,^ ; - i 8 | fl j ffl ; lj 
 
 4/i fe^ L ! '■^1 
 
 Sect.on of Siphon 
 
 Figs. 329-331. Details of Bohn System of Refrigeration. 
 
 
 "J 8 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 *' 
 
 ' 
 
 __, 
 
 - — 
 
 
 / 
 1 
 1 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 1 
 
 i f] IH 
 
 r 
 
 in 
 
 Figs. 332-333. Arrangement of Permanent Floor Racks. Jenings System of Refrigeration. 
 
 0:---= 
 
 fl^-a 
 
 SECTION A.— B. 
 
 SECTION C— TJ. 
 
 Figs. 334-335. Collapsible Ice Tanks. Jenings System of Refrigeration. 
 
 (59) 
 
Fi g s 336-340 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Refrigerator Cars 
 
 Fig's. 336-338. Collapsible Ice Tanks. Jenings System of Refrigeration. 
 
 _lo:_D« r , v.''' '.; to r. 
 
 Figs. 339-340. Details of Wickes System of Refrigeration. 
 
 List of Names of Parts of Fruit Car Bodies. Figs. 341-3< -, 4. 
 
 1 Side Sill 
 
 3 Inner Intermediate Sill 
 
 4 Center Sill 
 12 Body Bolster 
 
 14 Body Bolster Truss Rod Washer 
 
 15 Bodv noisier Truss Block 
 17 Body Center Plate 
 
 19 Body 'truss Hod 
 
 19« Body Truss Rod Washer 
 
 20 Body 'Truss Rod Saddle 
 
 21 Body Truss Rod Bearing 
 
 22 Cross Tic Timber 
 
 23 Drawbar 
 
 26 Draft Timber 
 
 27 Floor 
 
 29 Buffer Block 
 
 31 Body Bolster Truss Rod 
 
 33 Brace 
 
 35 End Brace 
 
 36 Sill and Plate Rod 
 
 37 Connterbrace 
 39 Brace Rocket 
 
 42 Post 
 
 43 Comer Post 
 
 44 Door Post 
 44,v Window Post 
 46 Plate 
 
 48 End Plate 
 
 49 Belt Rail 
 
 50 /:»,/ /,'<■// Rail 
 
 52 Sheathing or Siding 
 
 55 £//>/><■;- CoDtei- /'/,i/r 
 
 56 Middle Corner Plate 
 59 Larfrff/- Round 
 
 61 (/r,;/,-,/ /),„„■ 
 
 61,/ Door 
 
 81 Carlinc 
 
 83 PwW/h 
 
 84 K/dgr Po/ f 
 
 86 A',,,./' Boards 
 
 87 Running Board 
 
 88 Running Board Extension 
 
 89 Running Board Bracket 
 91 Fascia Board 
 
 93 Brake //<»/</ l/'Av,7 
 
 94 AV,//,y .V/,,,/7 
 
 139 Drotc Gair 77V Rod 
 
 191 Pmj/i /',:/,- t7. ruer Iron 
 
 201 Drawbar Carry Iron 
 
 (90) 
 
CAR BODIES. Freight; Ventilated Fruit Car. 
 
 Fi gs- 341-344 
 
 Numbers Refer to List 
 fe,a 
 
 of Names with Figs. 336-340. 
 
Figs- 345-346 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Ca: 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 
 h 
 
 U 
 
 fu 
 
 ho 
 
 (92) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Cars. 
 
 Figs. 347-349 
 
 lgs. 347-348. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 37-ft. 10-in. Stock Car, Steel Underframe 
 and Bodv Framing. Oregon Short Line. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. 
 
 Names of Parts of Stock Car Bodies. Figs. 352-355. 
 
 1 Side Sill 
 
 2 End Sill 
 
 3 Intermediate Sill 
 
 3a Outer Intermediate Sill 
 
 4 Center Sill 
 12 Body Bolster 
 
 19 Body Truss Rod 
 
 21 Body Truss Rod Bearing 
 
 22 Cross Tie Timber or Needlebeam 
 
 26 Draft Timbers 
 
 27 Floor 
 
 28 Upper Floor or Double Deck 
 30 Sill Step 
 
 32 Buffer Blocks or Dead Wood 
 
 33 Side Brace 
 
 35 57.'/ and Plate Rod 
 
 36 End Body Brace 
 
 37 Counterbrace 
 
 25" 
 
 -97/- 
 
 Fig. 349. Half Cross-Section and End Elevation of 36-ft. 
 Stock Car. Illinois Central. Capacity, 69.000 lbs. 
 
 (93) 
 
Figs. 350-351 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Ca 
 
 Fig. 350. Half Longitudinal Section of 36-ft. Stock Car. Illinois Central. Capacity, 60,000 lbs. 
 
 Fig. 351. Half flan of Uuderframe of 36-ft. Stuck Car. Illinois Central. Capacity, 6(1,000 lbs. 
 Names of Parts of Stock Car Bodies. Figs. 352-355. (Continued.) 
 
 40 Bruce Pocket 
 
 41 Double Brace Pocket 
 
 42 Post 
 
 42u Post Packet 
 
 43 Comer Post 
 
 44 Door Post 
 
 46 Plate 
 
 47 Plate Rod 
 
 48 End Plate 
 
 49 Girth 
 
 50 Bud Girth 
 
 53 Inside Lining 
 
 59 Ladder Pounds 
 
 60 
 
 Roof Grab Iran 
 
 61 
 
 Grated Door 
 
 65 
 
 Top Paor Track 
 
 G6 
 
 Bel lain Door Track 
 
 68 
 
 Doer Hanger 
 
 70 
 
 Deer Shoe 
 
 71 
 
 Open Door Stop 
 
 73 
 
 Deer Plasp 
 
 81 
 
 Carline 
 
 33 
 
 Purlin 
 
 84 
 
 Ridge Pole 
 
 86 
 
 Roof Beards 
 
 87 
 
 Running Beard 
 
 88 Running Heard Extension 
 
 89 Running Beard Extension 
 
 Bracket 
 
 91 Bares Fascia Board 
 
 93 Brake II' lice! 
 
 94 Brake Shaft 
 
 95 Same as 94 
 
 96 Brake Shaft Bearing 
 98 Brake Shaft Step 
 
 103 Brake Ratchet Wheel 
 
 190 Brake Hand Rail 
 
 201 Drawbar Carry Iran 
 
 (041 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Cars. 
 
 Figs. 352-353 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 349-351. 
 
 (95) 
 
Figs. 354-355 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Stock Cai 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 349-351. 
 
 (96) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; General Service Cars. 
 
 Figs. 356-357 
 
 (97) 
 
Missing Page 
 
Missing Page 
 
Figs. 364-365 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Flat Cai 
 
 Figs. 364-365. Plan and Elevations of 41-ft. 8-in. Flat Car, with Structural Steel Underframe. 
 
 Chicago & Alton. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 Names of Parts of Flat Cars. Figs. 360-363. 
 
 1 Side Sill 
 
 2 End Sill 
 
 4 Center Sill 
 
 12a Top Plate of Body Bolster 
 12/? Bottom Plate of Body Bolster 
 16 Body Side Bearings 
 22 Cross Tie or Needle Beam 
 27 Floor 
 
 32 Buffer Blocks 
 
 39a Stake Pocket 
 103 Brake Ratchet Wheel 
 192 Gusset Plates 
 
 194 Nailing Strips 
 194a Side Nailing Strip 
 
 195 End Sill Diagonal Brace 
 
 196 Nailing Strip Cross Ties 
 
 Names of Parts of Gondola Cars. Figs. 383-38 i 
 
 1 Side Sill 
 
 2 End Sill 
 
 3 Inner Intermediate Sill 
 
 4 Outer Intermediate Sill 
 
 5 Center Sill 
 
 6 Sub-sill 
 
 10 Sill Tie Rod 
 
 12 Body Bolster 
 
 16 Body Side Bearing 
 
 17 Body Center Plate 
 
 19 Body Truss Rod 
 
 20 Body Truss Rod Saddle 
 
 21 Body Truss Rod Bearing 
 23 Drawbar 
 
 24 Draft Spring 
 
 25 Cross Tie or Needle Beam 
 
 26 Draft Timbers 
 
 27 Floor 
 
 32 Buffer Blocks 
 
 32<r Buffer Beam 
 
 39 Stake Pocket 
 
 42 Stake 
 
 52 Side Plank 
 
 93 Brake Whee 
 
 94 Sru/u' .S7m/7 
 
 96 Upper Brake Shaft Bearing 
 
 100 Brake Shaft Step 
 
 210 Uncoupling Lever and Rod 
 
 (100) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Flat Cars. 
 
 Figs. 366-369 
 
 u 
 
 — 
 
 :- 
 
 U £> 
 
 _ 
 
 — 
 
 u 
 
 - 
 
 (101) 
 
Figs 370-373 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Flat Cars. 
 
 2»--— »l 
 
 ..fci__L»4. £&-— J* T t* 
 
 (102) 
 
:AR BODIES, Freight; Flat Cars. 
 
 Figs. 372-375 
 
 r- -i_!' 
 
 Z -l ■*£'.& vz_ 
 
 --L,e- 
 
 — ■ 1 r 7 1 
 
 
 ™ 
 
 <TS/--~;Pt- 
 
 
 ft*- 
 
 -ffri- 
 
 ' 
 
 'A^XZXZ-X^s^iZ ' a~- 
 
 -3. "ULSj^ 
 
 w- 
 
 £.. 
 
 Wm 
 
 rtft" 
 
 ~~,i b t~ 
 
 < 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 - 
 
 ft 
 
 v&t L" 6 ;-&. 
 
 'Sr^r 
 
 (103) 
 
Figs. 376-380 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 I II ' *= 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 U 
 
 o 
 
 ■a 
 
 O 
 
 T3 
 
 C 
 
 rt 
 en 
 
 a 
 o 
 
 ho 
 
 
 (104) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars 
 
 Figs. 381-383 
 
 u 
 
 Q 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 « 
 
 o 
 
 — 
 s 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 W 
 
 c/3 
 
 — 
 
 (105) 
 
Figs. 383-387 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 364-365. 
 
 ffiffl 
 
 '!"]'' 
 
 W- 
 
 
 ::C 
 
 -*— i 
 
 ><) - T 
 
 sin 
 
 JpJ|^"5Jj^Ti 
 
 II 
 
 «*ffH 
 
 a 16 
 
 
 ua^sjog fipog p uoips^ 
 
 
 ^^tj^s^feb^ 
 
 5S3 
 
 (106) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 Figs. 388-391 
 
 k-ffi 
 
 ■a? — ■»<• 
 
 s3g 
 
 iSi 
 
 ^r--*e- 
 
 n ."i 
 
 V43~1 
 
 
 w 
 
 (107) 
 
Pigs 392-393 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 (108) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars 
 
 Figs. 394-399 
 
 -- ffeta/nfng yg/ye. . 
 
 Figs. 394-395. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Drop Bottom Gondola Car with Steel 
 Underframe and Side Frame. Buffalo & Susquehanna. Capacity. 100.000 lbs. 
 
 Fig-. 396. End Elevation of 40-ft. Caswell Drop- 
 Bottom Gondola Car, C. B. & Q. Structural 
 Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. 
 
 1 
 
 IT^<^P^^^- 
 
 in 
 
 v 
 
 -H- 
 
 I 
 
 IT 
 
 Figs. 397-398. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 40-ft. Bettendorf Drop-Bottom Gondola Car. 
 C. B. & Q. Structural Steel. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. 
 
 (109) 
 
 Fig. 339. End Elevation of 40-ft. Bettendorf Drop-Bottom Gondola Car. 
 C. B. & Q. Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
Figs 400-401 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cai 
 
 --*-- 
 
 -*-- 
 
 -*- 
 
 __a — a — 3 g 3 
 
 (X 
 
 4 
 
 -24—K—22, 
 
 (110> 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars 
 
 Figs. 402-403 
 
 (in) 
 
Figs. 404-407 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 as--;, 
 
 -,,.,,-( 
 
 s 
 
 h 
 
 -— 4--X 
 
 fs is) | 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 L . . 
 
 \ 
 
 -■ 
 
 4° 1 
 
 JO 3', 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 ©1 
 
 
 
 
 { 
 
 1 : <■ c. a d a Ta a j^ 
 'i ^a p. p. n: n Ja a a a 
 
 
 
 -~,J| 
 
 «----4-- 
 
 -3-4 
 
 | 
 
 -j--}-n]f- 
 
 ; 
 
 1 \ a p d: a 5 a ct 
 
 s ! Si 
 
 
 
 1 
 ! 
 
 ! 
 
 ! 
 ! 
 
 | 
 
 | 
 
 4' it 
 1: 
 
 
 1 a fi Pt n a d. a 
 
 5fcT-l" r -3 
 
 4! 1 f f 
 
 I 1 ! 1 ! ' I 1 
 
 1 : : il 
 
 1 i * 
 
 1 
 
 o'i] 1 1 !'! 
 
 
 
 1 J 
 
 
 
 l.J 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 $- 
 
 
 1 d a a a p. ex a 
 
 0- 
 
 
 
 
 4 Li il 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 jj | 
 1 I ! jfi 
 
 ~~«— - 
 
 
 1 
 
 O 
 
 ■ t 'k 
 
 !Oi e !e!i! 
 
 1 9 _P _n_j3_ a. ft a 
 
 :■■ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 K 
 
 Cm 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 O 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 Q 
 
 W 
 
 (112) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 Figs. 408-410 
 
 K 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 g""K I s ! griri 
 
 h 1 s°l HM 
 
 fl 
 
 :■, ,'. 
 
 TH g rare /. I4IS 
 
 1/2 
 
 ti 
 
 ■3 
 
 u 
 
 w 
 
 (113) 
 
Figs. 411-413 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Ca 
 
 k -7*r 
 
 n .J] Z-2 L_ 
 
 3 
 
 :I 
 
 a a-fl a_a a_ 
 
 tn— W7\ 
 
 »LI 
 
 tq>£ 
 
 *jx «gEa 
 
 I 
 
 5 
 
 i .iFHti^I 
 
 Hr^g? 
 
 ~J 
 
 cf 
 
 -g, 
 
 Pi 
 
 fter^— 
 
 ^ 
 
 4 
 
 tpl;3fl|^ 
 
 ^fc fe-sa^i^ 
 
 > 
 - 
 
 %\ 
 
 5) i = 
 
 (114) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 Figs. 414-415 
 
 (lis) 
 
Figs. 416-417 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 Fffii 
 
 .fP 7 * 
 
 *^ 
 
 ~n 
 
 *i> N 
 
 S3 
 
 fc — r 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 my 
 
 -fpe- 
 
 r^- 
 
 7 
 
 jftjjg — t^ti 
 
 I 
 
 -4 
 
 test ;;'■ " - 
 
 If 5 "^^ 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 
 •_- 
 
 rt 
 
 ^0 
 (JQ 
 
 (116) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 Figs. 418-422 
 
 Cross Section at Bolster. 
 
 Fig-?. 418-410. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Ralston Flush-Floor. Drop- 
 Bottoni Gondola Car. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 Fig. 420. Cross-Section at Cross Bearer of Ralston 
 Flush-Floor. Drop-Bottom Gondola Car. 
 
 ~? ' Jes* r- -'- 
 
 5-3. 
 
 ". 1- le £rd £'srat/cr. tiilf 'rsit/e Elsran-c 
 
 Figs. 421-422. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Campbell Drop-Bottor 
 Gondola Car. Capacity. 100,000 lbs. 
 
 (117) 
 
Figs. 423-424 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Gondola Cars. 
 
 Corner GnA/e |, 
 
 if— I ~p i i|~~i7 
 
 O 
 
 -4'/i-- 
 
 tzl 
 
 •:, n q ' 
 
 i 
 
 
 K---I 
 
 
 
 ~ 
 
 7^ 
 
 dfir 
 
 . T , - - ? 
 
 t^'^'."-?. 
 
 _ 
 
 "S 
 
 
 ■:- 
 
 35 
 
 ?! 1 
 
 ■":. y r ? — r* — r«"~isi 
 J__fl-_ ..ja 3_' 
 
 ■a *r e 
 
 
 ,.-«.,, 
 
 1 ! 
 
 C. I.fl6..6 
 
 ~M-— »B"BT1 
 
 
 ; : 
 
 
 o±^ 
 
 
 
 A--S.i--i r S-jS J 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 O 
 
 o 
 
 U 
 
 o 
 
 - 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight: Gondola Cars. 
 
 Figs. 425-427 
 
 Fig. 425. Half Side Elevation and Section. Drop-Bottom Gondola Car. Steel Channel Center Sills. 
 
 A.. T. & S. F. Capacity. 80,000 lbs. 
 
 if g M^glOalhsillsfliJlQ 
 
 Fig. 426. Half Floor Plan and Framing 
 
 Fig. 42 1. End Elevation. 
 
 ._r.es of Parts of Hopper Gondola Cars. Figs. 428-431. 
 
 1 Side Sill 
 
 2 End Sill 
 
 5 Center Sill 
 
 12 Body Bolster 
 
 23 Drawbar 
 
 24 Draft Spring 
 27 Floor 
 
 27.- Hopper Slope 
 
 32 Buffer Blocks 
 
 39 ; ; Stake Pocket 
 
 42 Stake 
 
 52 Side Plank or Sheet 
 
 61 Drop Door 
 
 62 Drop Door Hinge 
 64 Drop Door Chain 
 
 66 Winding Shaft Ratchet Wheel 
 
 67 Winding Shaft Ratchet Pawl 
 
 70 Winding Shaft 
 
 94 Brake Shaft 
 
 100 Brake Step 
 
 102 Hand Hold 
 
 121 Center Sill Cover Plate 
 
 191 Push Pole Comer Iron 
 
 (119. 
 
Figs. 428-431 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 425-427. 
 
 „o , -- 
 
 5 X 
 
 
 
 iu \W$$ 
 
 U 
 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 O 
 
 (120) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars. 
 
 Figs. 432-433 
 
 JQ8- 
 
 (121) 
 
 ijtuar—M 
 
Figs. 434-439 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars 
 
 *.;■ 
 
 '.'.si. :~-\jz:sz ~a~.~.y. o: 
 
 o"Io; : _- T) jo; o « ■ 
 
 ooo oij> n o o ~ '6 6 Q Q Q_ 
 
 1 
 
 TfJV _" _"P_"_ "_" _ ~_P_~ _" _" _" 
 
 
 t°3 
 
 — cr — o" — o — O, 
 
 ':■ . j"r --i" 1 --: ■'-■- "--^Ij; 
 
 UDL^ 
 
 ^HoorOpeninf* ,J * n 
 iiotf Section C~C. Haif SectionBB. 
 
 l^ -o-V-o— o-6-o" JJ o JU J-i 
 
 Ha if Section r-f: Ho /f Section £-£. 
 
 sH- 
 
 Half Section A-A 
 
 Matt 'Section BB. 
 
 K j/cg- 
 
 K -9'3"Jnside Width r 
 
 Figs. 434-437. End Elevation and Cross-Sections of Twin Hopper Gondola Car. 
 B. & O. Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 
 .=. 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 'K 
 
 
 
 L.U 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sect/on nrouy/rsl-A. Section fnrouqhB-B . 
 
 Figs. 438-439. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Twin Hopper Gondola Car 
 L. S. & M. S. Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 (122) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight: Hopper Gondola Cars. 
 
 Figs. 440-441 
 
 (123) 
 
Figs. 442-447 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars. 
 
 (124) 
 
CAR BODIES. Freight: Hopper Gondola Cars. 
 
 Figs. 448-449 
 
 : ------- 
 
 IN 
 
 ^ 
 
 '' o " ':" : • 
 
 "^ 
 
 1 I 
 
 _ 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 — 
 
 (125) 
 
Figs. 450-455 
 
 CAR BO 
 
 "rcijht; Hopper Gondola Cars. 
 
 -ft 
 
 4 
 
 m^ 
 
 - d fflfe/ 
 
 
 J£ Plate 
 
 iOI 
 
 Figs. 450-452. End Elevation and Cross- 
 Sections of Twin Hopper Gondola Car. 
 Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 P"ig. 453. End Sill of Steel Frame Hopper Gondola 
 
 Car. Berwind-Whitc Coal Mining Co. 
 
 Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 
 |< j'^l.A if ^-24' from Rat/ 
 
 Fig. -151 Holster of Steel Frame Hopper Gondola 
 
 Car. Berwind-White Coal Mining Co. 
 
 Capacity, SO. 000 lbs. 
 
 Fig. 455. End Elevation of Steel Frame Hopper Gondola Car. 
 
 Berwind-White Coal Mining Co. 
 
 Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 
 (136) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Cars. 
 
 Figs. 456-457 
 
 (127) 
 
Figs. 458-462 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Gondola Car 
 
 ■34$ 
 
 13-5 
 
 T-^ 
 
 ^m. 
 
 mm 
 
 
 K* 
 
 'I- 
 
 joX: _"3ZS 
 
 59 ._|?L. 
 
 
 TSf^&\. 
 
 31 f?:? r 
 
 7 A3 
 
 
 %T "PSt 0i 
 
 eb: 
 
 (128) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars. 
 
 Figs. 463-466 
 
 *^5E 
 
 "i ' _ 
 
 ?=*= 
 
 JN . *** 
 
 P: 
 
 \& 
 
 >' ! *, 
 
 «fc 
 
 zy---r 
 
 
 t 1 r ( ' * 
 
 1 
 
 k— - 7 ^f- 
 
 i_t, 
 
 --f^/,?- - H 
 
 
 -8>/ir|!- 
 
 33 M>; 
 
 -§»>- 
 
 a=± 
 
 |-f-|- 
 
 3iH 
 
 ■* frli- 
 
 15 
 
 i« 
 
 -" 
 
 ^^: 
 
 £JO '«// " 
 
 u 
 
 =a 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 
 u 
 
 to 
 
 I 129) 
 
Figs. 467-470 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ca 
 
 f,ZI-*'».'-C ■'" 
 
 (130) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars 
 
 Figs. 471-473 
 
 D 
 
 ?* 
 
 b" 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 __^- ^7 
 
 
 — — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 --- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "--t-^-.— ^^— ■ - . — H 
 
 p i 
 
 s. 
 
 (131) 
 
Pigs. 474-477 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 480-481. 
 
 \v 
 
 (J 
 
 o 
 HI 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 (132) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars. 
 
 Figs. 478-479 
 
 (133) 
 
Figs. 480-481 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars. 
 
 Figs. 480-481. End Elevation and Cross-Section of 30-ft. Hopper Car. 
 Pennsylvania. Structural Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 Names of Parts of Hopper and Ore Cars. Figs. 474-477 and 496-500. 
 
 1 Side Sill 
 
 2 End Sill 
 5 Center Sill 
 8 Corner Post 
 
 10 Sill Tie Rod 
 10a End Sill Tie Rod 
 
 11 End Sill Diagonal Brace 
 
 12 Body Bolster 
 12b Bottom Plate of Body Bolster 
 
 16 Body Side Bearing 
 
 17 Body Center Plate 
 
 19 Body Truss Rod 
 
 20 Body Truss Rod Saddle 
 
 21 Body Truss Rod Bearing 
 
 22 Crass Tic or Needle Beam 
 
 23 Drawbar 
 26 Draft 'Timbers 
 27a End Slope 
 
 27b Side Slope or Hopper Slope 
 27c Same as 27b 
 27d Same as 27b 
 28 Bracket Steps 
 30 Sill Steps 
 32 Buffer Blocks 
 39 Stake Rocket 
 
 41 
 
 Side Plate Stiffening Angle 
 
 42 
 
 Stake 
 
 44 
 
 Side Strut .Ingle Tie 
 
 45 
 
 Hopper Support 
 
 46 
 
 Center Strut for Hopper Floo) 
 
 47 
 
 End Tost 
 
 52 
 
 Side Plank or Sheet 
 
 61 
 
 Drop Door 
 
 62 
 
 Drop Door Hinge 
 
 63 
 
 Drop Door Eve Bolt 
 
 64 
 
 Drop Door Chain 
 
 65 
 
 Drop Door Chain Ring 
 
 70 
 
 Winding Shaft 
 
 74 
 
 Door Pin 
 
 93 
 
 Brake Wheel 
 
 94 
 
 Brake Shaft 
 
 96 
 
 Upper Brake Shaft Bearing 
 
 100 
 
 Brake Shaft Bracket 
 
 102 
 
 Hand Hold 
 
 103 
 
 Brake Ratchet IV heel 
 
 104 
 
 Hopper Poor Toggle Arm 
 
 105 
 
 Hopper Door Toggle Link 
 
 106 
 
 Hopper Door hocking Parol 
 
 191 
 
 Tush Role Corner Iron 
 
 192 
 
 Gusset Plates 
 
 (134) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars. 
 
 Figs. 482-485 
 
 i ^^M^o^a □ I p a oa ei Oj i j'^'Vjg y 
 
 U 
 
 - 
 =3 
 u 
 
 > 
 - 
 
 u 
 
 = 
 
 in 
 
 W 
 
 - 
 
 (135) 
 
Figs. 486-489 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars. 
 
 U 
 
 u 
 
 in 
 
 — 
 
 be 
 — 
 
 (130) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Cars. 
 
 Figs. 490-495 
 
 Figs. 490-491. Plan and Side Elevation of Hopper Car, Pressed Steel. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 < ■e'/Ql 
 
 
 
 ■* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 < ^■^f'tl'OverStfe Stakes 
 
 -^-- * 
 
 JHj 
 
 
 
 
 \ '' r * 
 
 — »= 
 
 if 
 
 Zpofffw/.-'' Secf/anA-B. * — •?&/' H Sect/ut on Center 
 
 Figs. 492-493. Cross-Sections of Hopper Car. 
 
 6 //at — >, 
 
 Sect /on atBotster 
 
 Figs. 494-495. End Elevation and Section at Bolster. 
 
 (137) 
 
Figs. 496-500 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ore Q 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 480-481. 
 
 U3|5|og fipog joau uoipas 3sjaAsuo-i]_ 
 
 K- ?r 
 
 Ph 
 (/I 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 o 
 
 — 
 
 w 
 
 Hi 
 
 be 
 
 ;i-*,^e-H 
 
 (138) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ore Car- 
 
 Figs. 501-504 
 
 U 
 
 o 
 
 bo 
 
 t> 
 
 U 
 
 o 
 
 
 w 
 
 (139) 
 
 CoHpler Faces' 
 
Figs 505-508 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ore Cars. 
 
 fee 
 
 u 
 
 (1401 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Hopper Ore Car?. 
 
 Figs. 509-512 
 
 _" 
 
 (1415 
 
Figs 513-514 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Ca: 
 
 5 g T5 5 J> » " ' ^"V "*~~T " .\f* 8 jjj : 
 
 
 . -* ^,»- -?_-_-?- -. r ?.-"^r~ 
 
 (14::) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars. 
 
 Figs. 515-518 
 
 f/O-t 
 
 Figs. 515-516. Cross-Section and End Elevation of Steel Coke Car. Pennsylvania Railroad. 
 
 Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 Figs. 517-518. Cross-Section and End Elevation of 40-ft. Vanderbilt Coke Car. 
 Lackawanna Iron & Steel Co. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 (143) 
 
Figs- 519-520 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars. 
 
 o 
 U 
 
 in 
 =3 
 
 6 
 
 •a 
 
 a 
 
 > 
 
 - 
 
 
 t'' s 
 
 ^c? 
 
 (144) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars. 
 
 Figs. 521-522 
 
 u. — 26 * 
 
 ' * e n ■!•■ ' ' 
 
 ■ i: • • 
 
 L4 
 
 V, ' 
 
 <:3 
 
 >j- 
 
 u 
 
 (145) 
 
Figs- 523-526 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars. 
 
 Fig. 5-23. End Elevation of 48-ft. Bin Coke Car. 
 Cambria Steel Co. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 \ \wCm . fiKT\£ 
 
 
 1 , 
 
 (2-^ 
 
 '^c'- : 
 
 
 1 Kr/V^i^ 
 
 **ol 
 
 
 \ tLi 
 
 ^^---^ 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 &« 
 
 
 Section B-B. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Figs. 524-525. Cross-Sections of Coke Car. C, L. S. & E. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 M 
 
 jgg__E 
 
 Operating End. 
 
 Fig. 526. End Elevation of Coke Car. C, L. S. & E. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 (t46) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars. 
 
 Figs. 527-52? 
 
 (147) 
 
Figs 529-531 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Coke Cars. 
 
 (14S) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Side Dumping Cars. 
 
 Figs. 532-535 
 
 Fig. 532. Side Elevation. 
 —s-si- -*• 
 
 —e'G" 
 
 Fig. 533. Half Plan and Underframing. 
 
 Fig. 534. Half Sections at Bolster and Needlebeam. 
 
 Fig. 535. End Elevation. 
 
 36-ft. Pratt Side Dump Coal Car. N. Y., N. H. & H. Capacity. 60,000 lbs. 
 
 (149) 
 
Figs- 536-538 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Side Dumping Cars. 
 
 £ 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 
 >> 
 
 _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 rt 
 
 
 
 ,_ 
 
 rt 
 
 ._. 
 
 I J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 OJ 
 
 
 
 
 L/J 
 
 
 ,_ 
 
 <Xi 
 
 rrt 
 
 
 i-i 
 
 10 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ?- 
 
 
 10 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 r/i 
 
 ui 
 
 hr 
 
 
 
 
 _ 
 
 
 (150) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Side Dumping Cars. 
 
 Figs. 539-541 
 
 .FL*. 
 
 (151) 
 
Figs. 542-544 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Side Dumping Cars. 
 
 GOODWIN 
 
 cip-y ioqooo in 
 
 CAR COM 
 
 PANY 
 
 n 
 
 60000 
 
 Fig. 542. Side Elevation of Goodwin Ore Car, Class SP. Capacity, 100,000 lbs. 
 
 5lDC Elevatiom 
 
 -~-^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 \ 
 
 
 . 
 
 B'-JOV. 
 
 1 
 __L 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 / 
 
 — 
 
 6-ioV 
 
 
 
 "i 
 
 1 
 1 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 / 
 
 3'-£'InsiDE Pls 
 
 Top Plrh View 
 
 l r 
 
 n 
 
 Z7"Clcas 
 Qpcnina 
 
 Section on Lint BB - one side: open- Section on Lint CC 
 
 Section on Line DD bothsidesopoi. 
 
 \ 
 
 
 / 
 
 % 
 
 
 ji 
 
 V 
 
 □ 
 
 n ^ 
 
 \_ 
 
 
 / 
 
 ! 
 
 
 T 
 
 1 
 
 5ECTI0M OH Line ft ft 
 
 Figs. 543-544. Elevation, Plan and Sections of Campbell-Olden Steel Side Dump Car. Capacity 100,000 lbs. 
 
 (152) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars. 
 
 Figs. 545-549 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 564-5S6. 
 
 _ 
 
 (153) 
 
Figs. 550-553 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars. 
 
 m 
 
 - 
 
 u 
 
 (154) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars. 
 
 Figs. 554-558 
 
 (155) 
 
Figs. 559-561 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars. 
 
 
 £ ,. 
 
 
 .» i> 
 
 .1 .1 
 
 *0 6 
 
 SO K 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 i 
 
 ^ 
 
 1 1 
 
 .B 
 
 «3 
 
 1 
 
 (156) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars 
 
 Figs. 562-563 
 
 u 
 
 > 
 
 -• 
 
 (157) 
 
Figs. 564-568 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight: Tank Cars. 
 
 Section C-D Section E-F 
 
 Figs. 564-566. End Elevation and Cross-Sections of 34-ft. Vanderbilt Tank Car. 
 Capacity, 12,500 gallons, or 100,000 lbs. 
 
 Names of Parts of Tank Car. Figs. 545-549. 
 
 I 
 
 Sill 
 
 2 
 
 End Sill 
 
 4 
 
 Center Sill 
 
 12 
 
 Bod\ Bolster 
 
 19 
 
 BoJx Truss Rod 
 
 20 
 
 Body Truss Rod Bearing 
 
 22 
 
 Crosstie Timber 
 
 23 
 
 Drawbar 
 
 26 
 
 Draft Timbers 
 
 30 
 
 Sill Step 
 
 32 
 
 Deait Blocks 
 
 32a 
 
 Buffer Beam 
 
 102 
 
 Grab Iron or Hand Hold 
 
 103 
 
 Manhole Ladder 
 
 104 
 
 Manhole Ladder Brace 
 
 106 
 
 Tank Head 
 
 106a Tank for Tank Car 
 
 107 Tank Baud 
 
 108 Tank Dome 
 
 109 Dome Head 
 
 110 Manhole 
 
 111 Manhole Cover 
 114 Tank i'ahe 
 
 117 Tank Valve Rod 
 117a Tank Valve Rod Scri 
 117c Tank Valve Rod Brat 
 119 Running Board 
 
 121 Hand Rail 
 
 122 Hand Rail Post 
 
 135 End Sill Diagonal Br 
 195 Same as 135 
 
 ket 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 ! 
 
 
 
 Zl 
 
 
 -. 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 Figs. 567-568. Cross-Sections of 40-ft. Tank Car, Southern Pacilic 
 Capacity, 12,500 gallons, or 100,000 lbs. 
 
 (15S) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars. 
 
 Figs. 569-571 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 
 (159) 
 
Figs. 572-574 
 
 CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars. 
 
 u 
 
 60 
 
 (160) 
 
CAR BODIES, Freight; Tank Cars. 
 
 Figs- 575-576 
 
 (lfil) 
 
Figs- 577-578 
 
 CAR BODIES, Caboose Cars. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 585-586. 
 
 U 
 
 60 
 
 s 
 
 w 
 
 ClG""* 
 
CAR BODIES, Caboose Cars. 
 
 Figs. 579-581 
 
 J3 
 
 CO 
 
 E 
 2 
 o g 
 
 .2 10 
 
 w 10 
 o 
 
 .8 £ 
 
 u 
 
 K 
 
 u 
 a 
 
 ■£> 
 
 E 
 3 
 
 z 
 
 i- ; .._.]^_; : __... 
 
 UJ ;K: 
 
 jBBLl 
 
 k s-5iTO- 
 
 (163) 
 
Figs. 582-584 
 
 CAR BODIES, Caboose Ca 
 
 syr- 
 
 Fig. 583. End Elevation of Four-Wheel Caboose. Big" Four. 
 
 Sectional Plan 
 
 Caboose. Big Four. 
 
 1 1 64 1 
 
CAR BODIES. Caboose Cars. 
 
 Figs. 585-586 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names Below. 
 
 Figs. 585-586. Plan and Side Elevation of Four-Wheel Caboose. Erie R R. 
 Names of Parts of Caboose Cars. Figs. 577-581, 585-588. 
 
 1 
 
 Side Sill 
 
 2 
 
 End Sill 
 
 3 
 
 Intermediate Sill 
 
 3a 
 
 Outer Intermediate Sill 
 
 4 
 
 Center Sill 
 
 10 
 
 Body Bolster 
 
 19 
 
 Body Truss Rod 
 
 22 
 
 Floor Timber 
 
 23 
 
 Crosstie Timber 
 
 26 
 
 Draft Timber 
 
 27 
 
 Floor 
 
 30 
 
 Platform Step 
 
 31 
 
 Platform 
 
 32 
 
 Buffer Beam 
 
 37 
 
 Brace 
 
 37' 
 
 Counterbrace 
 
 141 
 
 42 
 
 Post 
 
 141a 
 
 43 
 
 Corner Post 
 
 145 
 
 46 
 
 Plate 
 
 152 
 
 52 
 
 Sheathing or Siding 
 
 164 
 
 53 
 
 Inside Lining 
 
 165 
 
 63 
 
 Truss Plank 
 
 1656 
 
 64 
 
 Door Sill 
 
 
 81 
 
 Cartine 
 
 167 
 
 86 
 
 Roof 
 
 168 
 
 90 
 
 Eaves Fascia Board 
 
 169 
 
 93 
 
 Brake Wheel 
 
 170 
 
 96 
 
 Upper Brake Shaft Bearing 
 
 171 
 
 102 
 
 Corner Grab Iron 
 
 172 
 
 103 
 
 Brake Ratchet Wheel 
 
 174 
 
 Lookout Signal Lamp 
 
 Signal Lamp Bracket 
 
 Brake Lever 
 
 Lower Brake -Strut 
 
 Compression Beam Brace 
 
 Journal Box 
 
 A uxilia ry Compression 
 
 Brace 
 Pedestal Stay Rod 
 Pedestal Tie Bar 
 Pedestal Timber 
 Spring Hanger 
 Spring Hanger Iron 
 Pedestal 
 Lookout 
 
 (165) 
 
Figs. 587-590 
 
 CAR BODIES, Caboose Cars. 
 
 * 6' 7'// 
 
 SCALE OF FEET. 
 
 1 2 3 4 5 
 
 L_l . 1 1 1 1 1 
 
 Figs. 587-588. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Four- Wheel Caboose. Erie R. R. 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 585-586. 
 
 Fig. 589. Front End Elevation. 
 
 Fig. 500. Rear End Elevation. 
 
 Pile Driving Car. Chicago & North Western. 
 
 (166) 
 
CAR BODIES, Working; Pile Driver Car. 
 
 Figs. 591-592 
 
 (167) 
 
Figs- 593-595 
 
 CAR BODIES, Dynamometer Car. 
 
 -330 Ottr End Sills- 
 
 Figs. .593-594. Plan and Longitudinal Section through Northern Pacific Dynamometer Car. 
 
 Fig. 59.5. Cross-Section through Dynamometer Car 
 
 (10S) 
 
CAR BODIES, Working; Steam Shovel. 
 
 Figs. 596-598 
 
 Fig. 596. Side Elevation. 
 
 Names of Parts of Steam 
 Shovels. Figs. 596-598. 
 
 End Elevation. 60-Ton Steam Shovel. The Vulcan Steam Shovel Co., Builders 
 
 1 
 
 Dipper 
 
 2 
 
 Dipper Teeth 
 
 3 
 
 Dipper Bail 
 
 5 
 
 Dipper Block 
 
 6 
 
 Ben, 1,1 
 
 7 
 
 Shipper Shaft 
 
 
 and Gears 
 
 8 
 
 Boom Engine 
 
 9 
 
 Steam Pipe 
 
 10 
 
 Swinging Circle 
 
 11 
 
 Boom Step and 
 
 
 Trunnion 
 
 12 
 
 Boom Guys 
 
 13 
 
 A-Frame 
 
 14 
 
 A-Frame Step 
 
 15 
 
 Back Guy 
 
 16 
 
 Quadrant 
 
 17 
 
 Quadrant Levers 
 
 18 
 
 Hoisting Chain 
 
 24 
 
 Swing Engines 
 
 19 
 
 Hoisting Gear 
 
 25 
 
 Swing Figurehead 
 
 20 
 
 Hoisting Drum 
 
 26 
 
 Boiler 
 
 21 
 
 Hoisting Engine 
 
 27 
 
 Propelling Gear 
 
 22 
 
 Swing Cables 
 
 28 
 
 Propelling Chain 
 
 23 
 
 Swing Gear and Drum 
 
 29 
 
 Jack Arms 
 
 30 Jack Screws 
 
 31 Boom Foot Sheave 
 
 32 Boom Idler Sheave 
 
 33 Boom Point Sheave 
 
 34 Forefoot Sheave 
 
 35 Tank 
 
 (169) 
 
Pigs. 599-601 
 
 CAR BODIES, Passenger; Coach. 
 
 S^W 9 
 
 ff! 3 
 
 L 
 
 .: i 
 
 
 m$ 
 
 =3 
 
 5 
 
 2; 
 
 u 
 
 - 
 
 -.tin- - !" J" 
 
 |j| 5 i 1 ii I i n- '. J r.? 
 
 (170) 
 
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Coach. 
 
 Figs. 602-604 
 
 i_ <u 
 
 CO 
 
 <-t-i c 
 
 u cd 
 
 K Z 
 
 in 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 1 
 
 J2 -M 
 
 to 
 
 F -a 
 
 c 
 
 3 j 
 
 +j 
 
 2 
 
 S 
 
 (171) 
 
Figs. 605-606 
 
 CAR BODIES, Passenger; Sleeping Car*. 
 
 7,;;s-,n- 
 
 U 
 
 be 
 c 
 
 
 •53 ~ i. «. -g. ^ g 
 
 
 
 •w 
 
 
 M 
 
 r» 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 O 
 
 a. 
 
 
 
 
 ?., 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 fci 
 
 i: 
 
 
 
 t£ 
 
 pj 
 
 •-C 
 
 
 £ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 ^ 
 
 <0 
 
 
 r§ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 S 
 
 <ii 
 
 ^i 
 
 K 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "O 
 
 O 
 
 Co 
 
 O 
 
 
 m 
 
 r» 
 
 
 
 ,_ 
 
 
 
 <X> 
 
 Di 
 
 CV 
 
 
 ■"- 1 
 
 ■- 1 
 
 W 
 
 Oi 
 
 
 05 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 txfl 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 CD 
 
 
 -£; 
 
 
 a> 
 
 
 ^0 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 M 
 
 ^ 
 
 ; 
 
 l> 
 
 to 
 
 fcJD 
 
 0, 
 
 cfi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 OJ 
 
 C3 
 
 0- 
 
 - 
 
 ■o 
 
 ^ 
 
 tr 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 V-> 
 
 -^ 
 
 ■ „ 
 
 tX] 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 <J 
 
 s L> 
 
 
 ■K •<? "O 5 
 
 ■a ,; 
 
 a ^ - - 
 
 t; c. 
 
 Si E 5 ^ 2 C 
 
 SSSS £SiS888§Sg8SgggS 
 
 to 
 
 ")t*OOClflCD»H 
 
 « b S ^o ' = 
 5 2 ^ * 1 
 
 * w oj o) o o 6 
 
 U 
 
 »OlOmi/5i^cDCDCDCD 
 
 »3 
 
 13 
 
 •a 
 
 "2 ~° i? 
 
 ft; t§ cC 
 
 K 3 
 
 ^ K ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 "^ 
 
 Jy 
 
 ^: 
 
 
 --I 
 
 tj 
 
 
 O 
 
 f -o 
 
 °0 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 Si 
 
 l2 
 
 s 
 
 «q 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 "ts 
 
 =: 
 
 tS 
 
 
 g 
 
 '£ 
 
 .> 
 
 -3 
 
 ■ts 
 
 Co 
 
 Ly 
 
 •-H 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^0 
 
 to 
 
 O) 
 
 f— 1 
 
 o* 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 -f 
 
 C£> 
 
 00 
 
 03 
 
 
 
 <= K ti q, 5 ^ £ "2 
 
 K 
 
 S- 5 
 
 a s s o s ^ ? * ?as 
 
 
 (172) 
 
CAR BODIES. Passenger; Di 
 
 Car 
 
 Figs. 607-611 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 605-606. 
 
 ■r^c 
 
 (173) 
 
 _- 
 
 :TZLULL q 
 
 tccrrcu 
 
 Eljf 
 
 
 innDrt 
 
 liuy 
 
 finnnntffl 
 
 - 
 
 _ 
 
 '_ 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
Figs. 612-613 
 
 CAR BODIES, Passenger; Sleeping Car. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 605-606. 
 
 (174) 
 
CAR BODIES. Passenger; Combination Car. 
 
 Figs. 614-616 
 
 " 
 
 ~^M 
 
 I 
 
 -i 
 
 El 
 
 EL 
 
 m 
 
 F 
 
 IA 
 
 n 
 
 ni 11 vn i 
 
 iHKil II JJU 
 
 zel 
 
 11 11 ii m 
 
 Ld 
 
 E 
 
 :Z^ 
 
 Tr^rnr 
 
 E 
 
 _M2L_T 
 ULCkL 
 
 vrripm.... 
 lLZHZLX" 
 EEntLX 
 
 -- 
 
 r 
 
 -4 
 
 — * 
 
 (175) 
 
Figs 617-619 
 
 CAR BODIES, Baggage. 
 
 r., = J L 
 
 K 
 
 
 :?e 
 
 2< 
 
 -;&*- 
 
 (176) 
 
CAR BODIES, Horse Car. 
 
 Figs. 620-62: 
 
 > 
 
 --■-jki 
 
 X .', 
 
 .1 
 
 3F*rr 
 
 ~/!°V J° <">t °t.OI£l— 
 
 U 
 
 ^^3 /0 3UJ7 Jt;ud3 
 
 (177) 
 
Figs. 623-624 
 
 CAR BODIES, Postal. 
 
 h 
 
 LZQ 
 
 • ^iyH : V:" 1 " T 
 
 ULk } —~-^ r= 
 
 mm 
 
 1 1 i ; 
 
 JJJ 
 
 ■II 
 
 — ' i 
 
 . ' J 1 : ipti I j :. 
 
 J 
 
 u 
 
 J ,1 *%A 
 
 im 
 
 *4 
 
 fi : 
 
 ■: b 
 
 § a 
 
 ■4: 
 
 s u 
 
 : : 
 
 ^ 
 
 *-■ 
 
 Ci 
 
 (178) 
 
CAR BODIES. Postal. 
 
 Figs. 625-629 
 
 X. 
 
 ^ 1 M 1 ■** & 
 
 rccnGEznnrrc~r:rn„cnn 
 
 
 r — ~ ' '-i ^ -— - — - ~ * 
 
 Fisrs. 625-627. Body Framing of 61-ft. Meel Underframc P< 
 
 A.. T. & S. F. 
 
 Figs. 628-629. Steel Underframe for Postal Car. Atchison. Topeka & Santa Fe. 
 
 (179) 
 
Figs. 630-634 
 
 CAR BODIES, Passenger; Suburban. 
 
 X---M-* 
 
 I ISO) 
 
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Subway Motor Car. 
 
 Figs. 635-638 
 
 -6i--~M /9- 
 
 Section at Center Line. 
 
 r 
 
 a 
 
 Section A-B. 
 
 Figs. 635-638. Steel Framing for Interborough Subway Motor Car, Gibbs Patents. 
 
 (interior and exterior views of this car are shown in Figs. 6234-6225.) 
 
 (181) 
 
Figs. 639-644 
 
 CAR BODIES, Passenger; Steel Motor Cars 
 
 8'8' 'Oyer Eares- 
 
 Fig. 640. Detail of End Door Post. 
 
 Wf^W 
 
 L g 'si' 'oyer SMb j- 
 
 k s' 7" Oyer Sheathing L 
 
 Fig. 639. Half Cross-Section 
 if fnterborough Stee! (Motor) Car. 
 
 Fig. 641. Detail of Fire-Proof Floor. 
 
 K /Pi>| 
 
 Figs. 6|:i-iil4. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Steel 
 (Motor) Suburban Car. N. V. C. & H. R. 
 
 (182) 
 
CAR BODIES, Passenger; General Views of Framing. 
 
 Figs. 645-647 
 
 Names of Parts, Figs. .645-647. 
 
 3 Intermediate Sill 
 
 4 Center Sill 
 
 6 Floor Nailing Strip 
 
 20 Body Truss Rod 
 
 22 Body Queen Post 
 
 26 Cross Tie Timber 
 
 26p Cross Tie Timber Truss Rod 
 
 Bearing 
 26t Cross Tie Timber Tr.tss Rod 
 
 27 Floor 
 51 Brace 
 
 58 Window Post 
 
 59 Sheathing Furring 
 596 Furring Blocks 
 5de End Sheathing or End 
 
 Panel Furring 
 
 60 Stud 
 60.- End Studs 
 
 61 Corner Post 
 
 62 Door Post 
 
 63 Truss Plank 
 
 65 Belt Rail 
 65a Auxiliary Belt Rail 
 
 66 Sheathing Rail 
 81 Belt Rail Cap 
 90 Window Lintel 
 93 Eaves Molding 
 
 98 Plate 
 
 99 Door Lintel 
 
 100 Compound Carline 
 
 101 Rafter 
 I i J 
 
 J? 
 
 Fig. 64-5. Part Side Elevation. 
 
 102 i?oo/-' Boards 
 
 108 Platform Hood Bow 
 
 111 Iterf: 5i« 
 
 115 #<?<:£ Poif 
 
 117 7>r£ P/a/<? 
 
 118 D>/>er Deck Carline 
 137 Window 
 
 163 Compression Beam 
 
 164 Compression Beam 
 Brace 
 
 164& Auxiliary Compression 
 
 Beam Brace 
 165 Counterbrace 
 260 Dcv/t £wd Si/7 
 
 Fig. G40. Interior View 
 
 Fig. 047. Interior View. 
 
 Passenger Car Framing, Adopted by the Baltimore & Ohio, 
 Wabash and other Railroads. 
 
 (183) 
 
Figs. 648-649 
 
 CAR BODIES, Passenger; Coach Details 
 
 10' am' 
 
 Window Molding 
 Inside Window Panel 
 Window Lintel 
 
 Letter Board 
 
 Fascia Board 
 
 Eaves Molding 
 
 Inside Cornice 
 
 Inside Cornice Fascia Board - 
 
 Inside Lining 
 
 Plate 
 
 Door Lintel 
 
 C onipotind Carliue 
 
 Rafter 
 
 Roof Boards 
 
 Platform Roof 
 
 Platform Roof Carllne 
 
 Platform Roof End Carllne 
 
 Roof Apron 
 
 Platform Hood Post 
 
 Clear Story or Upper Deck 
 
 Peck Sill 
 
 Deck Bottom Rail 
 
 Deck End Sill 
 
 Deck Sill Facing 
 
 Deck Sill Sub-facing 
 
 Deck Post 
 
 Deck End Panel or Ventilator 
 
 Deck Plate 
 
 Upper Deck Carliue 
 
 Inside Deck Cornice 
 
 Deck Plate 
 
 Deck Soffit Board 
 
 Car Scat 
 
 Seat End or Aisle Seat End 
 
 Seat Stand 
 
 Scat Back 
 
 Window 
 
 Window Shade 
 
 Fig. 648. End Elevation. 
 irst-Class Passenger Coach. 
 
 7'/</2 
 
 Names of Parts, Figs. 648-651. 
 
 1 
 
 Side Sill 
 
 41 
 
 Platform Rail 
 
 2 
 
 End Sill 
 
 44 
 
 Body Hand Rail 
 
 3 
 
 Intermediate Sill 
 
 45 
 
 Platform Step 
 
 3i 
 
 Outer Intermediate 
 
 48 
 
 Step Hanger 
 
 
 Sill 
 
 51 
 
 End Brace 
 
 4 
 
 Center Sill 
 
 54 
 
 End Sill -and Plate 
 
 6 
 
 Bridging 
 
 
 Rod 
 
 7 
 
 Floor Timber Brace 
 
 58 
 
 Window Post 
 
 9 
 
 Sill Tie Rod 
 
 61 
 
 Corner Post 
 
 10 
 
 Body Bolster 
 
 62 
 
 Door Post 
 
 20 
 
 Body Truss Rod 
 
 63 
 
 Truss Plank 
 
 22 
 
 Body Queen Post 
 
 65 
 
 Belt Rail 
 
 22a 
 
 Same as 22b 
 
 65,, 
 
 Window Sill Cornice 
 
 22?7 
 
 Body Queen Post 
 
 
 Board 
 
 
 Brace 
 
 66 
 
 Sheathing Rail 
 
 23 
 
 Turubuckle 
 
 67 
 
 Outside Panel or 
 
 26 
 
 Cross Tic Timber 
 
 
 Sheathing 
 
 27 
 
 Floor 
 
 70 
 
 Sheathing 
 
 28 
 
 Deafening Celling 
 
 74 
 
 Lower Wainscot Rail 
 
 29 
 
 Drawbar or Coupler 
 
 75 
 
 I ' fper Wainscot Rail 
 
 29' 
 
 Vestibule Buffer 
 
 76 
 
 Wainscot Panel 
 
 
 Plate 
 
 77 
 
 Outside Window Sill 
 
 35 
 
 Platform Sill 
 
 78 
 
 Inside Windoiv Sill 
 
 3? 
 
 Platform Short Sill 
 
 80 
 
 Window Sill Mold' 
 
 38 
 
 Platform End Sill 
 
 
 ing 
 
 33 
 
 Platform Railing 
 
 82 
 
 Upper Belt Rail 
 
 
 Post 
 
 S5 
 
 Window Sash 
 
 40 
 
 Base Washer for 
 
 86 
 
 Windoiv Blind Sash 
 
 
 Platform Railing 
 
 87 
 
 Window Cove 
 
 
 Post 
 
 
 Molding 
 
 9'9" - 
 
 Fig. 649. End Elevation of Framing 
 First-Class Passenger Coach, 
 
 (1S4) 
 
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Coach Details. 
 
 Figs: 6 : ;o-6 : ;i 
 
 A Basket Rack 
 
 B Bell Cord and Hanger 
 
 C Frost Carburetor 
 
 D Deck Sash Window Opener 
 
 E Base of Pilaster 
 
 Ha 93 F Cap °f pilaster 
 
 ,g G Rafter Ribs and Cornices 
 
 of 
 
 t; H Heater or Scat Radiator 
 
 J Sash Lift 
 
 K Platform End Bracket 
 
 L Center Lamp 
 Sr 
 S L.V. Vestibule Lamp Ventilator 
 
 ^ M Seat Frame 
 
 O Box for Heating Pipes 
 
 P Panels 
 
 R Seat Radiator, same as H 
 
 S Deck Window Screens 
 
 T Emergency Tool Box 
 
 V Lamp Jack or Ventilator 
 V<ie V ! Saloon Ventilator 
 
 W Window Sash Balance 
 
 X Vestibule Face Plate 
 
 Y Vestibule Buffer Plate 
 Z Vestibule Gate 
 
 Fig. 650. Cross-Section Showing Interior. First-Class Passenger Coach. 
 
 Names of Parts, Figs. 648-651. 
 (Continued.) 
 
 144 Deck Sash or Deck 
 
 Window 
 Hip Deck Screen Past 
 
 145 or A Continuous Basket 
 
 Rack 
 
 147 Bottom Door Rail 
 
 148 Middle Door Rail 
 
 149 Top Door Rail 
 
 150 Door Stile 
 
 151 Door Panel 
 
 156 Upper Brake Shaft 
 
 Bearing 
 160 Brake Chain Worm 
 160a Brake Chain Sheave 
 1606 Brake Shaft Bevel Gear 
 
 Wheel 
 
 172 Uncoupling Shaft 
 172a Uncoupling Rod 
 
 173 Uncoupling Lever 
 190 Ceiling 
 
 e /o'/> •■* 
 
 Fig. 651. Sectional Side Elevation, Showing Exterior and Interior. 
 First-Class Passenger Coach. 
 
 'The car shown in Figs. 648-651 is not a modern design, but is shown for references only, the farts being practically the same in new cars) 
 (185) 
 
Figs. 652-653 
 
 CAR BODIES, Passenger; Sides and Roofs. 
 
 Names of Parts, Figs. 652-65C. 
 
 1 Side Sill 
 
 3 Intermediate Sill 
 
 4 Center Sill 
 17 Door Sill Plate 
 27 Car Floor 
 27b Car Sab-floor 
 54 Sill and Plate Rod 
 
 58 Window Post 
 
 59 Window Panel or Sheathing 
 
 Furring 
 63 Truss Plank 
 
 65 Belt Rail 
 
 66 Sheathing Rail 
 
 67 Sheathing 
 
 ',6 Middle Wainscot Rail or 
 
 Panel 
 77 Outside Window Sill 
 
 Inside Window Sill 
 82 Upper Belt Rail 
 85 Outside Window Sash 
 g&s Inside Window Sash 
 
 ig. <5o'3. Cross-Sections of 
 50-ft. Coach. P. & R. 
 
 (186) 
 
CAR BODIES, Passenger and Baggage; Sides and Roofs. 
 
 Figs. 654-656 
 
 "1 we 
 
 117 Deck Plate 
 
 118 Upper Deck Carline 
 
 119 Deck Eaves Fascia Board 
 119a Deck Eaves Sub-fascia Board 
 
 120 Deck Inside Cornice 
 
 121 Deck Plate 
 144 Deck Sash or Window 
 144a Outer Deck Sash for Screen 
 
 147 Bottom Door Rail 
 
 148 Middle Door Rail 
 149 Door Hanger 
 
 177b Inside Lining 
 178 Threshold Plate 
 
 190 Deck Ceiling Veneered 
 
 191 Lower Deck Veneered Ceiling 
 200 Roller for Shade 
 
 201 Molding for Shade Roller Box 
 221 Ceiling Furring Brace 
 223 Berth Front Pane! 
 G Overhang Truss 
 R Overhang Truss Tie Rod 
 
 Fig. 654. Cross-Section of Standard 
 Sleeping Car. Pullman Co. 
 
 Names of Parts. 
 Figs. 652-656 (Continued). 
 
 86s 
 
 Windou Blind 
 
 90 
 
 Window Lintel 
 
 91 
 
 Letter Board 
 
 93 
 
 Eaves Fascia Board 
 
 96 
 
 Inside Lining 
 
 98 
 
 Plate 
 
 98a 
 
 Same as 98 
 
 99 
 
 Door Lintel 
 
 100 
 
 Compound Carline 
 
 101 
 
 Rafter 
 
 102 Roof Boards 
 
 111 Deck Sill 
 
 111b Deck Sill Top Molding 
 
 113 Same as 98 
 
 114 Deck Sill Facing 
 
 114a Deck Sill Bottom Molding 
 
 (187) 
 
 -4*-7^ 
 
 9'8"0rerSi//s- 
 
Fi g s - 657-664 
 
 CAR BODIES, Passenger; Interior Details 
 
 >-!.i" Moulding 
 
 Fig. 657. Exterior Finish of Saloon. 
 First-Class Coach. N. Y... X. H. & H. 
 
 Figs. 658-660. Finish of Saloon Cross Partition, 
 
 Ladies' Saloon. First-Class Coach. 
 
 N. Y.„ N. H. & H. 
 
 1 
 
 Figs. 661-663. End Finish on Body of Car. 
 First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. FT. & H. 
 
 (Note: This car is shown in Figs. 509-001.) 
 
 Fig. 664. Wide Vestibule 
 
 Side Door and Casing. 
 
 First-Class Coach. 
 
 N. Y., N. 11. & U. 
 
 I 188) 
 
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Interior Detail 
 
 Figs. 665-670 
 
 —W/J'' 
 
 f *~H" — i — ! 
 
 s 
 
 j 
 
 
 Top of Buffer Timber 
 
 Fig. 665. End Finish, Interior of Saloon. 
 First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H. 
 
 Figs. 666-667. Finish on Vestibule Frame. 
 First-Class Coach. X. Y., X. H. & H. 
 
 Figs. 668-669. Finish of Saloon Front Partition, 
 Men's Saloon. First-Class Coach. X. Y., X. H. & H. 
 
 |-«?< 
 
 <>»>>****—. 
 
 H" Projc 
 
 
 
 : il 
 
 
 
 
 SS 
 
 
 
 
 ?. 
 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 11 " 1 
 
 
 
 
 ■^ty^ 
 
 g .-.-,;■ ,/.~ 
 
 —-■■--■■■■—- ■-.' 
 
 Fig. 670. Side Finish, Interior of Saloon. 
 First-Class Coach. X. Y., X. H. & H. 
 
 (Note: This car is shown in Figs. 599-601.) 
 
 (189) 
 
Figs. 671-677 
 
 CAR BODIES, Passenger; Interior Details. 
 
 
 «~ 
 
 20^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S . a, T il 
 
 
 
 / « °* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 rn 
 
 1 1 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 si 
 
 
 
 -» 
 
 -1 
 
 
 
 
 ?. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 v* 
 
 " 
 
 
 
 ■) 
 
 « - 
 
 «*4 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 c 
 
 
 *■ 
 
 
 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 13^"-*r-> 
 
 t 1SH ,L \ — J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 51 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 Thjse 
 
 Panels si 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 to 
 
 1 e Flush 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 on This S 
 
 Je 
 
 
 
 
 3",*55;-"> 
 
 J 
 
 <-53i-"-> 
 
 
 e^'j 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 X4 
 
 s- 
 
 .j-!W«- 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 g 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 ; 
 
 y Too of Floor |- 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 Fig. G71. Side Finish of Passenger Car. First-Class Coach. 
 N. Y., N. H. & H. 
 
 Fig. 07.!. Finish of Saloon Cross 
 
 Partition, Men's Saloon. 
 
 First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names 
 of Parts with Figs. 1326-1327. 
 
 1 
 Li ^_1 
 Jf-H (< — USX" — — H «"1f ffl*i"i« — ---27' i - 
 
 Figs. 073-075. Finish of Standard End Doo 
 First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H. 
 
 Figs. 070-077. End Finish. First-Class Coach. 
 N. Y., N. H. & H. 
 
 (Note: This car is shown in Figs. 599-601.) (1-0) 
 
CAR BODIES, Passenger; Interior Details and Framing. Figs. 678-696 
 
 Edge of Water Cooler 
 Alcove 
 
 Capital- Pilaster 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 <-M-» 
 
 l»— 1 - 
 
 > 
 
 I Section of Panels t\ 7/ SIde Plata 
 
 \ I Saloon Partitions , pM>W/%/ 
 
 -1*/M ->J 
 
 Figs. 678-690. Details of Moldings and Panels. Interior Finish of First-Class Coach. 
 
 N, Y., N. H. & H. 
 
 r ~m 
 
 
 *-H 
 
 : r--y-y - )--^fj i 
 
 f«t-l-/J^— . 
 
 
 
 ^;: ^— y?-^ - -2' 
 
 lf-^--ttH 
 
 Figs. 691-693. Standard Composite End Framing. 
 L. S. & AI. S. and other Vanderbilt Lines. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N-iU 
 
 \ 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 £n ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 IT Rod 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 2" ,-j^ Hole 
 
 „ 
 
 , 
 
 —22i 
 
 fl 
 
 4 
 
 O 1 ' o 
 
 "~l° !M' r 
 
 
 ———--- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 k- 
 
 Figs. 094-095. Needle Beam Trussing. 
 First-Class Coach. N. Y.„ N. H. & H. 
 
 ^" F "- . - , '- 
 
 Fig. 090. Horizontal Section Through End Frame 
 at Door. First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H. 
 
 <m) 
 
Figs. 697-748 CAR BODY DETAILS. Box Car; Cast and Malleable Iron. 
 
 'A 
 
 w^T^ 
 
 ^iB K-x---^ ; 
 
 lip 
 
 " ■" TCH* 
 
 fit'* 
 
 -'fo^T-U^Ej 
 
 LI 
 
 
 i?i 
 
 Section A-B Section C-D 
 
 Figs. 097-701. Gould Malleable Iron Draft Bea 
 
 
 
 - h'tfSIS. 
 
 
 +k"3?T 
 
 
 _±J±?3fcd 
 
 
 ^v 
 
 Figs. 702-704. 
 
 Uncoupling Shaft 
 
 End Bracket. 
 
 $•! 
 
 
 p© 
 
 Figs. 705-706. Door 
 Wedge Guide Plate. 
 
 
 *„ 
 
 
 
 r* •>— — ^-> 
 
 3-+ s?|e 
 
 4 ->. * 
 
 X V 'J, 
 
 . ,. 
 
 nreM J 
 
 ■I-Uj ■ '■■ 
 
 2^.,^^^ $3% 
 
 
 l<i&l*- ~i«r— »J 
 
 
 
 iJjTT— - I 
 
 
 1*5 
 
 2r^£^ .f, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t ""'Tl'r" 8 ' 
 
 — *-i£ 
 
 ^^Z 
 
 ws 
 
 
 U 
 
 ,3 Hj 
 
 V .1 
 
 i£dP 
 
 
 
 
 ■'> Uh,^ V — CF 
 
 Figs. 707-709. Figs. 710-712. 
 
 Brace and Post Door Post Pocket, 
 
 Pocket. Top. 
 
 %P< 
 
 
 ~J 
 
 d 3* 
 
 ; 
 
 £&'4*lXUL, 
 
 t 
 
 
 w 
 
 1 ,d 
 
 St 
 
 - 
 
 * 
 
 "1 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 - " 
 
 Figs. 713-714. 
 
 Corner Post 
 
 Pocket, Bottom. 
 
 i«*3Jk. _4i: J 
 
 Figs. 715-716. Figs. 717-718. 
 
 Corner Post and Truss Rod 
 
 Brace Pocket. Washer. 
 
 Figs. 719-721. 
 
 Post Pocket, 
 
 Bottom. 
 
 Figs. 722-724. 
 
 Door Post Pocket. 
 
 Bottom. 
 
 1 irrzs 
 
 Figs. 725-726. Figs. 727-728. 
 
 Truss Rod Post and Double Brace 
 
 Washer. Pocket. 
 
 B 
 
 .V Lr-'-lJ 
 
 A 
 
 Figs. 729-730. 
 
 Double Lipped 
 
 Washer. 
 
 £*«=£ 
 
 < 1?;— ™H 
 
 3© "4. 
 
 kflu 
 
 ujfl 
 
 Figs. 731-732. 
 Brake Hand 
 
 Wheel. 
 
 Figs. 733-734. Figs. 735-737. 
 
 Door Hasp Staple. Drawbar Follower Stop. 
 
 S±_ 
 
 1 
 
 Figs. 738-730. 
 Side Post and 
 Brace Pocket. 
 
 
 VT¥a , r- 
 
 Figs. 710-712. 
 Post Pocket. 
 
 Figs. 743-744. 
 
 Brace Rod 
 
 Washer. 
 
 Figs. 745-746. 
 %-in. Washer. 
 
 |< - H 
 
 Figs. 747-748. 
 
 Draft Spring 
 
 Thimble. 
 
 Cast and Malleable Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car, New York Central & Hudson River. 
 
 Shown in Figs. 262-265. (192> 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Box Car; Cast. Malleable and Wrought Iron. Figs. 749-816 
 
 r- — e s *'sr- 
 
 Figs. 749-752. Figs. 753-755. Fig;. 750-758. 
 
 Top Brake Shaft Body Truss Body Truss 
 
 Bearing with Rod Bearing. Rod Bearing, 
 
 Pawl Pivot. Single. Double. 
 
 Figs. 759-760. Figs. 761-762. Figs. 763-764. Fi 
 
 765-767. 
 
 Door Handle. Brake Rat- Filling 
 chet Wheel. Spider. 
 
 Uncoupling 
 
 Shaft Center 
 
 Bracket. 
 
 - f- — 
 
 
 .JxJ$£ 
 
 —-~ ^% S 1 1 
 
 & — *£- * <? A 
 
 Figs. 768-769. Figs. 770-771. 
 
 Uncoupling Shaft Brace Rod 
 End Bracket. AVasher. 
 
 Figs. 772-773. 
 Lower Brake 
 Shaft Bearing. 
 
 Figs. 
 
 Figs. 779-780. Figs. 781-782. 
 
 Door Hasp. Floor Washer. Pawl Weight. Door Hanger. 
 
 Sheave. 
 
 r 
 
 *~- C 
 
 cs? 
 
 >\\= 
 
 Figs. 783-784. Figs. 785-786. Figs. 787-789. Figs. 790-792. Figs. 793-794. Figs. 795-797. 
 
 Middle Brake Sill Timber Door Drawbar Pocket Open Door Door Guide 
 
 Shaft Bearing. Key. Fastener. Guide. Stop. Bracket. 
 
 Cast and Malleable Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car, N. Y. C. & H. R., Shown in Figs. 262-265, 
 
 
 1 
 
 J, 
 
 Figs. 798-800. 
 Sill Step. 
 
 --_-_— ---J.' . 
 
 r 
 
 ^ 
 
 Figs. 801-803. 
 Pressed Steel 
 Center Plate. 
 
 Figs. 804-806. 
 
 Outside Middle 
 
 Corner Plate. 
 
 —-\ — 
 
 Figs. 807-808, 
 Split Key. 
 
 II? ° ° 
 
 ,_, 
 
 ^ 1 ah uii,, is/,; ' 
 
 Figs. 809-810, 
 Truss Rod 
 End Plate, 
 
 ■'0 
 
 
 " -*J 
 
 -,_}% 
 
 
 ■M'^Df 
 
 
 -n— 
 
 —4^-10- - 
 
 
 — -19- 
 
 J " -. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 Figs. 811-812. 
 Brake Cylinder Lever. 
 
 Figs. 813-814. 
 King Bolt or Center Pin. 
 
 
 
 Figs. 815-816. 
 %-in. Ladder Round. 
 
 Wrought Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car, N. Y. C. & H. R., Shown in Figs. 262-265, 
 
 (193) 
 
Figs. 817-859 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Box Cars; Wrought Iron. 
 
 I< 5H- 
 
 4- *) 
 
 ~Q 
 
 -@T- 
 
 
 *"" 
 
 
 f} 
 
 
 
 
 
 l-t- 
 
 «- 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 ■=s 
 
 
 !* 
 
 ~4 
 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 <-2> 
 
 1 
 j 
 
 -J._ 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 ~T 
 
 
 1 r~°"z 
 
 A 
 
 =i 1 7/^" 
 
 
 T i / 
 
 -c- 
 
 Tl- f- 
 
 -1 
 
 £ 
 
 
 Figs. 817-818. 
 
 Fig. 819. 
 
 Figs. 820-821. 
 
 Figs. 822-823. 
 
 Jpper Corner 
 
 5%-in. x 8-in. 
 
 Brake Shaft 
 
 Running Board 
 
 Plate, Inside. 
 
 Draft Spring. 
 
 Step. 
 
 Extension Bracket 
 
 Figs. 824-825. 
 Hand Brake Rod 
 Supporting Chain. 
 
 m 
 
 Figs. 826-827. 
 Door Wedge. 
 
 <— 
 
 3-- 
 
 _» 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 l 
 
 
 Figs. 828-829. 
 
 3 /4-in. Square 
 
 Washer. 
 
 Figs. 839-831. 
 Sill and Plate 
 Rod Washer. 
 
 Figs. 832-833. 
 Distance Block, 
 Drawbar Pocket 
 Guide. 
 
 Figs. 834-830. 
 
 lli-in Square 
 
 Washer. 
 
 »S1 
 
 - 
 
 1" 
 
 -<--> 
 
 
 
 -: 
 
 
 
 0- 
 
 - - 
 
 v All holes "/» 
 
 ii 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 1 i " - 
 
 Figs. 836-838. 
 
 Middle Corner 
 
 Plate, Inside. 
 
 
 « 6— »j 
 
 w& 
 
 f 
 
 ■0 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 AU 
 
 ^ 
 
 / - 
 
 
 w 
 
 7-T 
 £2 
 
 Figs. 839-840. Figs. 841-842. Figs. 843-844. 
 
 Roof Fland Hold. Intermediate Release Valve 
 
 Brake Rod Guide. 
 Lever Fulcrum. 
 
 -ff 
 
 Figs. 845-847. 
 Brake Lever Guide. 
 
 
 -£i>7<- 
 
 -;u 
 
 
 
 1 X. 
 
 
 
 
 K ~ '"H 
 
 
 r ! 
 
 
 Figs. 848-849. 
 Door Wedge. 
 
 ;■: - 
 
 m 
 
 v4i 
 
 t_.Jr„ 
 
 G- >• 
 
 *i 
 
 
 PP * 
 
 Figs. 850-852. 
 
 Drawbar Follower 
 
 Plate. 
 
 ] 'i 
 
 i— ^v- 
 
 Fig. 853. 
 Brake Con- 
 nection Pin. 
 
 j^SjT^ 
 
 ■ 
 
 ti'-H 
 
 Figs. 854-855. 
 Pipe Clamp. 
 
 Figs. 856-85 1 . 
 Pipe Hanger. 
 
 Figs. 858-859. 
 Drawbar Yoke. 
 
 Wrought Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car, N. Y. C. & H. R , Shown in Figs. 262-265. 
 
 (194) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Box Cars; Wrought Ire 
 
 Figs. 860-891 
 
 SBc 
 
 p*i p o pnrl 
 
 -:— ;— - 
 
 Fig. 860. Brake Shaft. 
 
 S@5 
 
 Figs. 861-862. Release Valve 
 Rod. 
 
 Figs. 863-864. Drawbar 
 Carry Iron. 
 
 
 Figs. 865-860. Cylinder 
 Lever Guide. 
 
 • 
 
 3. ^ 
 
 J>'-^-->< 9 
 
 1*4 
 
 ; 
 
 . . 
 
 
 -* '-i 
 
 i > ...; 
 
 Brak 
 
 Figs. 867-868. 
 i Connection, Cylinder 
 Lever. 
 
 Lengr/7 to $u/f.~ 
 
 Figs. 869-S70. 
 Push Rod, Air Brake 
 Cylinder. 
 
 sa 
 
 Figs. 871-872. Brake Con- 
 nection, Intermediate 
 Truck Levers. 
 
 Figs. 873-874. 
 Hand Brake Connection. 
 
 Figs. 875-876. 
 Hand Brake Chains. 
 
 =51- 
 
 •£ 
 
 U 
 
 Figs. 877-878. 
 Hand Hold. 
 
 Or, 
 
 1 ? ■£ 
 
 Figs. 870-880. Brake Pa\ 
 
 Figs. 881-883. King Bolt. 
 Key and Ring. 
 
 Figs. 884-885. 
 Brake Cylinder Plate. 
 
 3^ 
 
 Lt-nnh Before litnd.E 
 
 JtSdosJ 
 
 L'FMtEui. 
 
 Len S lh Before Bend 
 
 n; 
 
 
 
 
 ,; ill 1 : 
 
 
 1 
 
 Figs. 886-887. Body Truss Rod, 
 Unset and Strap Ends. 
 
 Upset Ed.L I 
 
 rfTjrm 1 
 
 ■S- *-«- • L b, J ; ~t- -4) 
 
 Figs. 888-880. Body Truss Rod, 
 Upset Ends. 
 
 Figs. 890-891. 
 Lower Guide 
 for Drawbar 
 Follower. 
 
 Wrought Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car. New York Central. 
 
 (195) 
 
Figs. 892-931 CAR BODY DETAILS, Box Cars; Wrought Iroi 
 
 S3 
 
 <wUT 
 
 rH»4l 
 
 »!-iil« 
 
 ■pro?" 
 
 AU Holes */vt 
 
 Figs. 892-893. Figs. 894-895. Fig. 896. Figs. 897-899. Figs. 900-902. 
 
 Pipe Clamp Double Coil Inner Draft Brake Step Upper Corner Plate, 
 Bracket. Draft Spring. Spring Coil. Bracket. Outside. 
 
 T" 
 
 r->- y w j -y« 
 
 J 
 
 J£ 
 
 /O 
 
 Hi 
 
 w as 
 
 
 Figs. 903-904. 
 Lower Corner 
 Plate, Outside. 
 
 Figs. 905-907. 
 
 Uncoupling 
 
 Rod. 
 
 Figs. 908-909. 
 Staple. 
 
 Figs. 910-912. 
 
 Brake Reservoir 
 
 Plate. 
 
 *? 4 1 " 
 
 I 
 
 <S&|«3]£|- «tf— H 
 
 
 «>,"£& * 
 
 
 < 2' 11'." 
 
 
 **r 
 
 ^ 
 
 Figs. 913-915. 
 Buffer Block Angle. 
 
 W& 
 
 -x? 
 
 '*■ O O -rO 
 
 M 
 
 
 / \ '■V s 
 
 uuimu 
 
 Pt ■ r 
 
 i , 1 
 
 k 1 ; 1 
 
 
 — ta] 
 
 -CX' 1 
 
 — mrmrn 
 
 Figs. 916-918. Rear Sheath for Security Door. 
 
 Figs. 919-920. 
 %-in. Strap Bolt. 
 
 Fig. 921. 
 1-in. Draft Rod. 
 
 =£ 
 
 V= 
 
 Drill nod Countersink Holes for 1J,/ No. 1 
 
 Fig. 922. Door Post Plate. 
 
 m 
 
 Drill and Counts 
 
 Figs. 923-924. Door Threshold riate. 
 
 b? t ° K a 
 
 fl^ liilJT.^^^ !_,;,., J i ril L .,r,.l_,:oo„lor 1 i„kJ,„_ J 
 
 3* 
 
 k oH H 
 
 Fig. 925. Door 
 Chafing Strip. 
 
 Figs. 926-927. Brake 
 Intermediate Lever. 
 
 Fig. 928. 
 
 .Taw Key, Truss 
 
 Rod Bearing. 
 
 Dril iiiolCoLir.r.hik toi ^ Hulls. Drill i: U.S. J U - ;i 
 
 sa 
 
 Figs. 929-930. Door Guide Plate, Bottc 
 
 ±TJ- 
 
 ~ 
 
 ■.' . 
 
 Drill aod Countersink Uoles f„ r %' Bolt*. 
 
 
 Fig. 931. Door Guide Plate, Top. 
 
 Wrought Iron Details of 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car. New York Central. 
 
 (196) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Passenger; Cast and Malleable Iron. Figs. 932-973 
 
 .» . 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 @SSQ 
 
 Figs. 932-933. Fig. 934. Figs. 935-937. 
 Cap Socket Center Pin. Pipe Clamps. 
 Washer. Floor Plate. 
 
 Figs. 938-940. Fig. 941. Figs. 942-943. 
 
 Corner Post Body Boolster. Needle Beam 
 
 Signal Bracket. Thimble. End Plate. 
 
 Figs. 944-945. 
 
 Body Truck Safety 
 
 Chain Eye. 
 
 Figs. 946-947. Fig. 948. 
 
 Hand Brake Bolster 
 
 Worm. Thimble. 
 
 a p 
 
 — 5 ^"4j\ 
 
 1> 
 
 — vAJ JJJJJJ. 
 
 mm 
 
 E-tl 
 
 
 I— J^-J 
 
 
 Figs. 949-951. Coupler Stirrup or Drawbar 
 Centering Device. 
 
 h-ST* 3 
 
 1 ,»l 
 
 
 "1 -il,^.! 
 
 Half Bottom Half Top ' 
 
 Vie* Tie»- 
 
 Figs. 952-953. 
 Body Center Plate. 
 
 KoXoXQ, 
 
 ti&csn rzz] ^n gma 
 
 O = r.^Ca'f------^ c - = r - Q == ^ 0,-=-- — L\p, -„-,( 
 
 •*£iX-'- s ef-4 l A"-** : riy/'-?Z ?* .iS-iF ^ 
 
 -J. 
 
 — T 
 
 ^ 
 
 Figs. 954-955. 
 Draft Spring Pocket. 
 
 c 
 
 -Sh^l 
 
 Figs. 956-957. Truss 
 Rod Anchor Iron. 
 
 Figs. 958-961. 
 Pipe Clamps. 
 
 i"A\ - 
 
 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 i| 
 
 > 
 
 
 lii 
 
 > 
 
 
 -i U 
 
 -:.. 
 
 
 
 
 33= 
 K— 
 
 Figs. 962-964. 
 Pipe Hanger. 
 
 *1 
 
 Note: All Bolt holes 
 cored for 5C" Bolts 
 
 Figs. 965-967. Figs. 968-970. Figs. 971-973. 
 
 Coupler Guide. Coupler Follower Plate. Overhang Truss 
 
 Rod Strut. 
 Cast and Malleable Iron Details of First-Class Coach. N. Y„ N. H. & H. 
 
 (197) 
 
Figs. 974-101 1 CAR BODY DETAILS, Passenger; Cast and Wrought Iron. 
 
 
 
 Jm— No.12 WoocLj i 
 Q Screw 
 
 *ff ; 
 
 -"'■> 
 
 11J4 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S'~ : : .-"fe-j 
 
 1 
 
 . 
 
 . 
 
 Figs. 974-976. 
 Foot Bracket for Seat End. 
 
 Figs. 977-978. 
 Step Treads. 
 
 Figs. 979-981. 
 Body Truss Rod Queen Post. 
 
 Figs. 982-983. 
 Platform Safety Chain with Hook. 
 
 Figs. 984-985. 
 Platform Safety Chain. 
 
 Figs. 986-987. 
 
 Auxiliary Reservoir 
 
 Hanger. 
 
 ) 
 
 
 
 --./' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 At 
 
 A \ 
 
 T 
 
 ':©': 
 
 
 j o 
 
 Figs. 989-990. Figs. 991-992. Fig. 993. 
 
 Body Queen Post and Sill Corner Floating Lever Hanger. 
 
 Brace. Iron. 
 
 Figs. 994-995. 
 Pipe Strap. 
 
 ¥ 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 * ~% 
 
 6?j" „ 
 
 o> 
 
 o o 
 
 - 
 
 *4w*L- • 
 
 ^•w« 
 
 ^-_ _■ 
 
 j£i— f---7-}^-> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 10«-*- 
 
 s^~ 
 
 -11- ll)!»- 
 
 3C^ Or! o 1 
 
 5= -^ O A 
 
 -y 2 C-1'0 Ss 
 
 . Suit Drop of Truss Rod -^.2- 
 
 -■ ■-' k :-; jn c 
 
 :i. 
 
 Figs. 996-997. 
 End Sill Plate. 
 
 Figs. 998-999. Figs. 1000-1001. 
 
 Truss Rod Anchor Iron. Truss Rod Safety 
 
 Hangers. 
 
 "SHI 
 
 1 
 
 — 1 ICGOQ-f [■<!£ ., I 
 
 Figs. 1002-1003. 
 Cylinder Lever 
 Guide. 
 
 Fig. 1004. 
 Center Pin. 
 
 Figs. 1005-1006. 
 
 Brake Connection 
 
 Jaws. 
 
 
 ■33 
 
 f-' .Vr~ 3T»i 
 
 irinTTri 
 
 ^t 
 
 Pp 
 
 ,, — 1_ 
 
 'A- = T 
 
 Figs. 1007-1009. Figs. 1010-1011. 
 
 Truss Rod Draft Yoke, Draft Bolt and 
 
 Safety Hanger. Tail Pin. 
 
 Cast and Wrought Iron Details of First-Class Coach. N. Y., N. H. & H. 
 
 (108) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing. 
 
 Figs. 1012-1014 
 
 J 
 
 ■~t- 
 
 --£ 
 
 m 
 
 nli 
 
 Jtalrfb 
 
 (199) 
 
Figs 1015-1018 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing. 
 
 iS-S-AA 
 
 S 
 
 "f 
 
 -4 
 
 *!^BK?N 
 
 J>_ 
 
 •a 
 
 -a 
 
 (200) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing. 
 
 Figs, ioig-1023 
 
 ■■vr 1 
 
 -*— - 
 
 (201) 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 <—oz—> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -r— — 
 
 
 
 
 ■ ■ 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' ~ ^" ] 
 
 
 
 - - 
 
 — — — — | 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _l 
 
 -— --*-- 
 
 -. 
 
 
 
 
 h -. -. -.,ct : ^p7 
 
 
 
 :::i3r: 
 
 ir £x 
 
 ^ IJj jpTjt 
 
 
 -Hp 
 
 _l 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 ' 
 
 - 
 
 
 . 
 
 -:-: z^i:::::v: 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 %-st-^r*~~ 
 
 , -i! i- 
 
 |=E^t=aH 
 
 
 
 
 ~iJ f-T-f- 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 1 ( 
 
 ii ; 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 till 
 
 |_! 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 __T______i___ 
 
 
 
 
 
 :_^^XX:^-"3 
 
 
 
 
 1 [fc-^ 
 
 
 
 = 
 
 |5™C$Sfr 
 
 Z^^fefe: 
 
 ^5^™t; 
 
 
 
 
 
 jU^__.i. 
 
 
 
 
 ^iiassi^— -J— iJ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 | JUL 
 
 rf ^ 
 
 
 -■ 
 
 f-i — j— — 
 
 m=w *^t= = j^ = ^ 
 
 [=*§ =^^==-^=^=1==^ 
 
 
 
 Mi 
 
 fl , 
 
 i $ ' 
 
 1 v 
 
 
 •■- 
 
 r 1 1 
 
 =~--=j»«^js^- - 
 
 -*AS|-a 1 — feUi 
 
 
 • 
 
 ! 
 1 
 
 ; 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 : ,| 
 
 
 1 
 
 ;- 'rtv-fT. 
 
 
 s^^^^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 | v ■! 
 
 «n 1 
 
 j; 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 : 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 pi /'• 
 
 
Figs. 1024-1029 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing. 
 
 Fig. 1025. Structural Steel Underframe 
 
 for 70,000 lbs. Capacity Hopper Car. 
 
 Ralston Steel Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 1026. Structural Steel Underframe 
 for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Gondola Car. 
 Ralston Steel Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 1027. Double Center Sill Structural Steel Underframe, with Cast Steel Center Sill Ends for 
 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Cars. Bettendorf Axle Co. 
 
 Fig. 1028. Single Center Sill Structural Steel Underframe for 60,000 
 
 Bettendorf Axle Co. 
 
 Capacity Stock Cars. 
 
 Fig. 1020. Single Center Sill Structural Steel Underframe for 60,000 lbs. Capacity Stock Cars. 
 
 Bettendorf Axle Co. (202) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing. 
 
 Figs. 1030-1034- 
 
 Fig. 1030. Structural Steel Underframing for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Tank Car 
 American Car & Foundry Co. 
 
 Fig. 1031. Pressed Steel Underframe for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car. 
 Pressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 1032. Structural Steel Underframe for 100,000 
 lbs. Capacity Flat Car. Middle-town Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 1033. Ralston Patent Steel Underframe for 
 Freight Cars. Ralston Steel Car Co. 
 
 (203) 
 
 Fig. 1034. Structural Steel Underframe for 66,000 lbs. Capacity Drop-Side Gondola Car 
 
 Middletown Car Co. 
 
Figs. 1035-1039 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing. 
 
 Fig. 1035. Structural Steel Underframe for 
 
 Passenger Cars. 
 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth. 
 
 Fig. 1036. Composite Cast and Structural Steel 
 
 Underframe for Passenger Cars. 
 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth. 
 
 Fig. 1037. Structural Steel Underframe and Side Frame 
 
 for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Hopper Bottom Gondola Cars. 
 
 Middletown Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 1038. Structural Steel Underframe as Applied to OKI Cars. 
 Chicago Steel Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 1039. Structural Steel Underframe as Applied to New Cars 
 Chicago Steel Car Co. 
 
 (204) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Framing. 
 
 Figs. 1040-1043 
 
 
 
 
 ^^ flKI^Ri^^^ I 
 
 
 J^\*'^^Z ^^^~l/^^L " ■-' 
 
 
 1 wP^ 18*ti 
 
 1 rm in if 1 » 
 
 
 jC \ 1 V i 
 
 ■ 
 
 Figs. 1040-1041. Interior Views of Partially Completed All Steel Union Pacific Passenger Coach, No. 499. 
 
 {Exterior view of this car shown in Fig. 140.) 
 
 Fig. 1042. Structural Steel Underframe of Union Pacific All Steel Box Car. No. 100006. 
 (Exterior view of this car shown in Fig. 2.) 
 
 Fig. 1043. Steel Framing of C, M. & St. P. Library 
 Buffet Car "Winneconne." 
 
 < 205 I 
 
Figs. 1044-1055 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Miscellaneous. 
 
 Fig. 1044. Flory Cast Steel Carry Iron. 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 Figs. 1048-1049. Detail of Deck Beam Cross Tie, or 
 Needlebeam. C, B. & Q. 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car. 
 
 Figs. 1045-1047. End Post Reinforcement 
 for Box Cars. Chicago & Alton. 
 
 hand 'ho/a 'to 
 located afeach 
 corner except 
 corner mm bna.fy 
 masf 
 
 — >k-<?— >| 
 
 Figs. 1050-1055. Details of Drop End Door for Class Gsa Steel Gondola Cars. 
 
 Pennsylvania Railroad. 
 
 (206) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Drop Doors. 
 
 Figs. 1056-1064 
 
Figs. 1065-1076 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Drop Doors. 
 
 :" vL 
 
 Figs. 1065-1068. Dunham Drop Door Gear Applied to L. S. & M. S. 100,000 lbs. Capacity 
 Steel Hopper-Bottom Gondola Car. U. S. Metal & Manufacturing Co 
 
 Figs. 1069-1072. Dunham Hopper Door Gear Applied to Pennsylvania Railroad 
 Class Gla Steel Hopper Car. U. S. Metal & Manufacturing Co. 
 
 Figs. 1073-1076. Lind Drop Door Gear Applied to Steel 
 
 Hopper Gondola Car. Pressed Steel Car Co. (20S) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1077-10? 
 
 □ 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 / 
 
 -:;::: : ) 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 -1 
 
 @ 
 
 r 
 
 
 -- 
 
 ^:if 
 
 
 y 
 
 -1 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 )) 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 : 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 lgtb >l __..-.-_ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Figs. 1077-1078. Cast Steel Bodv Bolster. American Steel Foundr 
 
 Section A- A . 
 
 Sec+ion B-B. 
 
 c 
 
 r 
 
 c c c .3-1""" ' c 
 
 c 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 c c e ,' e 
 
 c 
 
 .~<?6— 
 
 Section B-B. 
 
 Section A- A . 
 
 F* 
 
 SI 
 
 K£ --^Z— ;L^i'Z: 
 
 ■ '-/- 
 
 /i''%"'3'3"frill 
 
 
 -O- H 
 
 •*l +V Xj^ *> /Z*--»| ^V 'J7&"*4£ ^- 
 
 Fig. 1087. Plan. 
 
 Fig. 1088. Side Elevation. 
 
 Two-Piece, Cast Steel Body Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car with Channel Center Sills. 
 
 American Steel Foundries. 
 
 (209) 
 
Figs. 1089-1008 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1089-1091. Cast Steel Body Bolster, I-Beam Section, \merican Steel Foundries. 
 
 !»"♦*-*— ~>i 
 
 T 
 I. 
 
 &Z 
 ..(... 
 
 -7GTL 
 
 - a- 5 2 — 
 
 *■ 5"—*— 8' 
 
 J"e?l 
 
 
 I Fo "f B01.T3 
 
 - • -V,r" - " -fc> * . "CM £ 
 
 4<^- _ ,.: , ■- 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 - 4 -X- 5 ->K- 4 -»— 71 
 
 Figs. 1092-1093. Cast Steel Body Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Coal Car. 
 American Steel Foundries. 
 
 TJ. OOPJ i aiW Or &CMT1B I 
 
 Figs. 1094-1098. Cast Steel Body Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Flat Car. 
 
 American Steel Foundries. (210) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1099-1110 
 
 Fig;. 1099-1102. Cast Steel Body Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car. 
 American Steel Foundries. 
 
 ..ML ,■ JH1 
 
 EL, JHL 
 
 Figs. 1103-1105. Metal Body Bolster for Box Car, 70,000 lbs. Capacity. Northern Pacific. 
 
 Section A-B. 
 
 Figs. 1106-1110. Cast Steel Body Bolster for 60,000 lbs. Capacity Box Car. 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 (2U) 
 
Figs. 1111-1124 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight. 
 
 I< — 10-—A 
 k 2/i J 
 
 -,,* j U~f'-~ <i ~T 
 
 r/ " SeCT/ON A-O. 
 
 Figs. 1110-1120. Cast Steel Body Bolster for Milk Car. Lehigh Valley 
 
 a a a a o-^a 9 a a a, d 
 5 a a a a^a a a 5 a*-^ 
 
 . a a a a a a a 
 
 _o_. 
 
 "0" 
 
 a 
 
 3 O 
 
 
 a q 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 ti j a a a (l 
 
 
 ^o (^e>v 
 
 Figs. 1121-1124. Monitor Body and Truck Bolster with Creco Side Bearings. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 (212) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1125-1129 
 
 Figs. 1125-1127. Bettendorf I-Eeam Body and Truck Eolsters for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Cars. Bettendorf Axle Co. 
 
 Figs. 1128-1129. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters with Susemihl Roller Side Bearings. 
 
 Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 Names of Parts of Bolsters. Figs. 1128-1129. 
 
 1 Top Plate of Body Bolster 
 
 2 Bottom Plate of Body Bolster 
 4 Thimble 
 
 9 Body Side Bearing 
 
 10 Truck Side Bearing 
 
 11 Body Center Plate 
 
 12 Truck Center Plate 
 
 14 Body Truss Rod Saddle 
 
 15 Bodv Truss Rod 
 
 16 Truck Bolster 
 19 Filling Spider 
 
 (213) 
 
Figs. 1130-1136 CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight. 
 
 Fig. 1130. Cast Steel Body Bolster. 
 Atha Steel Castings Co. 
 
 Fig. 1131. Cast Steel Separable Body Bolster for Wood Freight Cars. 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 ^fc 
 
 Fig. 1132. Cast Steel Separable Body Bolster for Steel Freight Cars. 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 1133. [-Shape Cast Steel Body Bolster. American Steel Foundries. 
 
 Fig. 1134. Cast Steel Body Bolster. American Steel Foundries. 
 
 Fig. 1135. Simplex Body Bolster. American Steel Foundries. 
 
 Fig. 1136. Monitor Body Bolster. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 (214) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight 
 
 Figs. 1137-1142 
 
 £ 
 
 
 Figs. 1137-1138. "Penn" Body and Truck Bolsters. 
 American Car & Foundry Co. 
 
 Fig. 1139. '•Common-Sense" Body and Truck Bolsters 
 American Car & Foundry Co. 
 
 Fig. 114U. Cast Steel Body and Truck Bolsters. 
 Atha Steel Castings Co. 
 
 Fig. 1141. ^ Monitor Body and Truck Bolsters. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Fig. 1142. Bettendorf Body and Truck Bolsters. 
 Bettendorf Axle Co. 
 
 (215) 
 
Figs. 1143-1146 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Freight. 
 
 Fig. 1143. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters with Susemihl Roller Side Bearings 
 Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 Fig. 1144. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters with Plate Web Filler. 
 Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 Fig. 1145. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters with Malleable Iron Web Filler and 
 Susemihl Roller Side Bearings. Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 Fig. 1146. Simplex Body and Truck Bolsters for Long Draft Timbers and Wide Side Sills 
 
 Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 (216) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 1147-1155 
 
 n 
 
 ^a^. 
 
 7 SBram IT 1 " U.S. l^r foot ~^ ' ~^j^ 
 
 Figs. 1147-1149. Double Metal Body Bolster for First-Class Coach. X. Y., N. H. & H. 
 
 Fig. 1150. One-Piece Cast Steel Double Body Bolster for Passenger Cars. 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 Figs. 1151-1155. Plan and Sections of Cast Steel Combined Platform 
 and Double Body Bolster. Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 (217) 
 
Figs. 1156-1163 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Passenger. 
 
 ,&. V 
 
 Fig. 1156. Cast Stool Combined Platform and Double Body Bolster for Steel Passenger Cars. 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 n 
 
 Fig. 1157. Cast Steel Combined Platform and Double Figs. 1158-1161. Plan and Sections of Combined Platform 
 Body Bolster for Wood Passenger Cars. and Double Body Bolster for Blind-End Cars. 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 1162. Cast Steel Combined Platform and Double Body Bolster for Blind-End Stool Cars. 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 1163. Cast Steel Combined Platform and Double Body Bolster for Blind-End Wood Cars 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 (218) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Bolsters; Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 1164-1172 
 
 E u 
 
 < 3 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rt 
 
 _L 
 
 
 
 it 
 
 "■*-J 
 
 c ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 5J 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 > 
 
 0) 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 : 
 
 CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 _ 
 
 
 
 % 
 
 p| 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 _ 
 
 - 
 
 U 
 
 
 b 
 
 c o 
 - - 
 
 W 
 
 Ph 
 
 bo 
 
 (219) 
 
Figs. 1173-1186 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear; Automatic Slack Adjuster-. Lubricator 
 
 ) - 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 
 
 y 
 
 
 — * t 
 
 
 °^ 
 
 
 t P^T"" 
 
 Figs. 1173-1178. Creco Combined Slack Adjuster and Brake Release for Freight Cars and Tenders. 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Fig. 1183. Application of Emery Lubricator to Passenger 
 Car Equipment. 
 
 Emery Pneumatic Lubricator. 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear; Miscellaneous 
 
 Figs. 1187-1198 
 
 F'gs. 1187-1191. American 
 
 Automatic Slack Adjuster. American Brake Co. 
 
 Fig. 1192. Application of American Automatic 
 Slack Adjuster to Passenger Car Brake Cylinder. 
 
 Figs. 1193-1194. Acme Pipe Clamp 
 
 for Attachment to Bottom of End Sil 
 
 Western Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Figs. 1195-1196. Acme Double Pipe Clamp 
 for Attachment to Side of Longitudinal Sills. 
 (221) Western Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Figs. 1197-1198. Acme Pipe Clamp 
 
 for Attachment to Side of Longitudinal Sills. 
 
 Western Railway Equipment Co. 
 
Figs. 1 199-1204 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear; Automatic Couple 
 
 Figs. 1199-1200. Westinghouse Automatic Air and Steam Coupler, Applied to Passenger Car. 
 
 4 
 
 Figs. 1201-1202. Elevation of Westinghouse Automatic Air and Steam Coupler, with Cut-Out Device. 
 
 Applied to Passenger Car. 
 
 Figs. 1203-1204. Plan of Westinghouse Automatic Air and Steam Coupler, with Cut-Out Device, 
 
 Applied to Passenger Car. 
 Westinghouse Automatic Air & Steam Coupler Co. 
 
 (222) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. Figs. 1205-1211 
 
 Figs. 1205-1206. Application of Westinghouse Air Erake and Train Air Signal Apparatus to Passenger Car. 
 
 Side Elevation. 
 
 End Elevation. 
 
 Cross Section of 
 Underframe. 
 
 ■(223) 
 
 Sectional Plan. 
 Figs. 1208-1211. Application of Westinghouse Air Brake to Freight Ca 
 
Figs 1212-1213 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. 
 
 Fig. 1212. Diagram of Westinghouse Air Brake Equipment. Schedule AMR, for Electric Trains. 
 
 Quick Action Automatic Brake, with Graduated Release, Quick Service and Quick Recharge Features on 
 Every 'Car. For Trains of Any Length, Consisting of all Motor Cars or Motor Cars and Trailers. 
 
 ' a " .. ...... 
 
 ,U .,,„ 
 
 Fig. 1213. Diagram of Westinghouse Air Brake Equipment, Schedule AMS, for Electric Trains. 
 
 Plain Automatic Brake with Straight Air Release on First Car. For Two and Three-Car Trains Consisting of 
 Motor Cars and Trailers which Operate Together Most of the Time. 
 
 (224) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. 
 
 Figs. 1214-1215 
 
 Fig. 1214. Diagram of Westinghouse Air Brake Equipment, Schedule AMT, for Electric Trains. 
 
 Plain Automatic Brake with Graduated Release on Each Car or Straight-Air Release on Front Car as Desired. 
 For Trains Consisting of All Motor-Cars, which May at Times be Operated Singly, or of Motor-Cars and 
 Trailers. The Length of the Train Should Not Exceed Five Cars. 
 
 Fig. 1215. Diagram of Westinghouse Air Brake Equipment, Schedule SME, for Electric Trams. 
 
 Straight-Air Erake with an Automatic Emergency Feature for Two-Car and, Under Some Conditions, Three- 
 Car Trains, Consisting of Motor-Cars and Trailers, Where the Motor-Car Operates Singly Most of the Time 
 
 (225) 
 
Figs. 1216-1220 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. 
 
 ^&1 ^ 1 
 
 /f/6H3P£ED- 
 AEDC/C/HGVsU.Vf. 
 
 ^AUXILIARY' 
 ;^^£fc \,A£S£f?l/0//> 
 
 CUTOUTCOCJf 
 
 Fig. 1216. Arrangement of Westinghouse High-Speed Brake Under Car. 
 
 NOTE 
 
 SAEETY VALV£ FOR EXTRA CARS WHEN TEMPORARILY 
 ATTACHED TO HIGH SPEED BRAKE TRAMS AND 
 NOT PROVIDED WITH REDUCING VALVE. 
 
 HIGH SPEED BRAKE DEDUCING VALVE 
 ADJUSTED TO RETAIN 60 LBS PRESSORS 
 IN THE BRAKE CYLINDER 
 
 Fig. 121H. Arrangement of Train Air Signal 
 on Passenger Car. 
 
 O^ 
 
 Figs. 1217-1218. Diagram of Apparatus 
 for High-Speed Brake on Passenger Car. 
 
 COT OUT COCK 
 
 MOTOR CAR 
 
 Fig. 1220. Diagram of Train Air Signal for Electric Car Trains. 
 
 CUT OUT COCK 
 
 TRAILER CAB 
 
 (226) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. Figs. 1221-1224 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below. 
 
 AF DISCHARGE. 
 
 !•_>: 53 73 50 60 - BEa'BOGS/ 
 
 >i^ 70 
 
 Figs. 1221-1222. Side View. 
 
 Fig. 1223. Top View. 
 
 Fig. 1224. End View. 
 Figs. 1221-1224. Motor-Driven Air Compressor for Electric Cars. 
 
 1 
 
 Suction Valve 
 
 23 
 
 2 
 
 Discharge Valve 
 
 24 
 
 3 
 
 Suction Valve Chamber Cap 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 Perforated Plate for Suction Box 
 
 26 
 
 5 
 
 Piston 
 
 27 
 
 6 
 
 Piston Packing Ring 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 Wrist Pin with Special Dowel 
 
 29 
 
 8 
 
 Connecting Rod Bush 
 
 31 
 
 9 
 
 Connecting Rod 
 
 32 
 
 10 
 
 Connecting Rod Cap 
 
 33 
 
 11 
 
 Connecting Rod Eye Bolt 
 
 50 
 
 12 
 
 Connecting Rod Liners 
 
 51 
 
 13 
 
 Shaft Bearing Bush 
 
 52 
 
 14 
 
 Crank Shaft 
 
 53 
 
 15 
 
 Crank Case Cover and Shaft 
 
 54 
 
 
 Bearing 
 
 55 
 
 16 
 
 Gear Case Shaft Bearing Bush 
 
 56 
 
 17 
 
 Cylinders and Crank Case 
 
 59 
 
 13 
 
 Crank Case Oil Fitting 
 
 60 
 
 19 
 
 Cap Nut for 18 
 
 61 
 
 20 
 
 Large Gear 
 
 62 
 
 22 
 
 Gear Case 
 
 63 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1221-1224. 
 
 Gear Case Cover 64 
 
 Gear Case Cover Cap 65 
 
 Cylinder Cover 66 
 
 Discharge Valve Chamber Cap 67 
 
 Crank Case Top Cover 68 
 
 Crank Shaft Nut 69 
 
 Cylinder Cover Gasket 70 
 
 Gear Case Cover Gasket 71 
 
 Shaft Bearing Gasket 72 
 
 Crank Case End Gasket 73 
 
 Field Yoke with Pole Pieces 74 
 
 Commutator Door 75 
 Front Bearing Housing 
 
 End Bel' 76 
 Motor Gasket 
 
 Gear Case Cover Cap Gasket 77 
 
 Crank Case Top Gasket 78 
 
 Field Coil 79 
 
 Armature 80 
 
 Commutator 81 
 
 Rocker Arm 82 
 Set Screw for Rocker Arm 
 
 Commutator Door Latch 
 
 Oil Filling Elbow Cap Nut 
 
 Nut for Rear Bearing Flousing 
 
 Pinion for Motor Shaft 
 
 Nut for Removing Pinion 
 
 Motor Shaft Jam Nut 
 
 Bed Plate 
 
 Front Bearing Housing Dust Plate 
 
 Screw for Dust Plate 
 
 Rear Bearing 
 
 Front Bearing 
 
 Front Bearing Housing Headless 
 
 Screw 
 Rear Bearing Housing Ilcadless 
 
 Screw 
 Rear Bearing Oil Ring 
 Front Bearing Oil Ring 
 Rear Bearing Housing 
 Carbon Holder 
 Carbon Holder Spring 
 Carbon Brush 
 
 (227) 
 
Figs. 1225-1230 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below. 
 10 
 
 2 Rotary Valve Seat 
 
 FROM MAIN RESERVOIR ^EXHAUST 
 
 Motorman's Brake Valve, Type M-l. Fig- 1226. Motorman's Brake Valve, Type M-8. 
 
 jf- Names of Parts of Figs. 1225-1226. 
 
 10 Thumb Nut for Clamp Bolt 18 Oil Plug 
 
 25 Slide Valve Feed Valve 
 
 3 Body 11 Handle Latch 
 
 4 %-»«. x 2%-jh. Stud and Nut 12 Handle Latch Screu 
 
 5 Index Plate 
 
 6 Index Plate Screw 
 
 7 Handle 
 
 8 C7a»//> Bolt for Handle 
 
 9 Ta/rr Pin for Clamp Bolt 
 
 19 Rotary Valve Seat Gasket 26 Vi-in. Union Swivel 
 
 20 /',-ivr/ Pin 27 %-»'». C/nioM A"»/ 
 
 13 Handle Latch Spring 21 Holding Stud 28 V6-m. £7«'o« Gasket 
 
 14 Rotary Valve Key ' 22 Holding Stud Nut 29 Gage P?>e Filling 
 
 15 Rotary Valve Key Washer 23 /•><•</ Valve Stud and Nut Z0 Vi.-in. Union Swivel 
 
 16 Rotary Valve Spring 24 /v,-,/ Fa iVf t"iw Gasket 31 %-m. f'»iY>» .Ynf 
 IT Rotary Valve 
 
 FROM GRAKE PIPE 
 
 FROM BRAKE PIPE 
 
 Figs. 1227-1228. Motorman's Brake Valve, Type SP. Figs. 1229-1230. Motorman's Brake Valve. Type SQ 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1227-1230. 
 9 Handle Latch Spring 16 Slide Valve Washer 
 
 2 Valve Scat 
 
 3 Body 
 
 4 Air Gage, Single Pointer 
 
 5 Gage Screw 
 
 6 Handle 
 
 7 Handle Socket 
 
 8 Handle Latch 
 
 10 Socket Latch 
 
 11 Socket Latch Spring 
 
 12 Index Plate 
 
 13 Index Plate Screw 
 
 14 Oil Ping 
 
 15 SV/di? Valve Spindle 
 
 17 Pinion 
 
 18 .S'/u/c / a/re S>n'ug 
 
 19 Slide Valve Wearing Plate 
 
 20 Slide Valve 
 
 21 7?,w Gtf/de 
 
 22 Rear Guide Screw 
 
 23 Front Guide 
 
 24 /•';•<)«/ Guide Screw 
 
 25 / ",//■;■«■ .SV„/ Gasket 
 
 26 </,(/> ,SY;ytv 
 
 27 I 'nion Swivel 
 
 28 T »/d,i Xnl 
 
 29 J/moH i,',i.v7,v/ (228) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westing-house. Figs. 1231-1234 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below. 
 
 
 12 
 
 EXHAUST 
 
 BRAKE PIPE FROM T MAIN RESERVOIR 
 
 Fig. 1231. Motorman's Brake Valve, Type M-6 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1231-1232 
 
 FROM WAIN RESERVOIR 
 
 Fig. 1232. Motorman's Brake Valve, Type SX. 
 
 2 Rotary Valve Scat 
 
 3 Body' 
 i Handle 
 
 5 Handle Latch 
 
 6 Handle Latch Screw 
 
 7 Handle Latch Spring 
 
 8 Rotary Valve Key 
 
 9 Rotary Valve Spring 
 
 10 Rotary Valve Key Washer 
 
 11 Rotary Valve 
 
 12 Oil Plug 
 
 13 Bolt and Nut 
 
 14 Union Nut 
 
 15 Union Swivel 
 
 16 Union Gasket 
 
 Fig. 1233 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 Quick-Action Triple Valve, Type 
 Names of Parts of Fig. 1233. 
 Body 
 
 Triple Valv 
 
 Slide Valve 
 
 Piston 
 
 Packing Ring 
 
 Slide Valve Spring 
 
 Graduating Valve 
 
 Emergency Valve Piston 
 
 Emergency Valve Seat 
 
 Emergency Valve 
 
 Rubber Seat 
 
 Check Valve Spring 
 
 Check Valve Case 
 
 Check Valve Case Gasket 
 
 Check Valve 
 
 Strainer 
 
 (229) 
 
 17 
 
 Union Nut 
 
 2 
 
 18 
 
 Union Swivel 
 
 3 
 
 19 
 
 Cylinder Cap 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 Graduating Stem Nut 
 
 5 
 
 21 
 
 Graduating Stem 
 
 6 
 
 22 
 
 Graduating Spring 
 
 7 
 
 23 
 
 Cylinder Cap Gasket 
 
 8 
 
 24 
 
 Bolt and Nut 
 
 9 
 
 25 
 
 Half -inch Cap Screw 
 
 10 
 
 26 
 
 Half-inch Plug 
 
 11 
 
 27 
 
 Union Gasket 
 
 12 
 
 28 
 
 Emergency Valve Nut 
 
 13 
 
 29 
 
 Cotter Pin 
 
 14 
 
 30 
 
 Emergency Valve Piston 
 
 15 
 
 
 Packing Ring 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 18 
 
 Triple Valve with Retar 
 Names of Parts of 
 
 Triple Valve Body 19 
 
 Slide Valve 20 
 
 Piston 21 
 
 Packing Ring 22 
 
 Slide Valve Spring 23 
 
 Graduating Valve 24 
 
 Emergency Valve Piston 25 
 
 Emergency Valve Seat 26 
 
 Emergency Valve 27 
 
 Rubber Scat 28 
 
 Check Valve Spring 29 
 
 Check Valve Case 30 
 
 Check Valve Case Gasket 31 
 
 Check Valve 32 
 Strainer 
 
 Union Nut 33 
 
 Union Swivel 34 
 
 Device, Type K-l. 
 
 Fig. 1234. 
 
 Cylinder Cap 
 Graduating Stem Nut 
 Graduating Stem 
 Graduating Spring 
 Cylinder Cap Gasket 
 Bolt and Nut 
 Half-inch Cap Screw 
 Half-inch Pipe Plug 
 Union Gasket 
 Emergency Valve Nut 
 Retarding Device Body 
 Retarding Device Screiv 
 Retarding Device Stem 
 Retarding Device Spring 
 
 Collar 
 Retarding Device Spring 
 Retarding Device Stem Pin 
 
Figs. 1235-1240 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. 
 
 CONTROL PIPE 
 
 IfiBAKE PiPC 
 
 9 
 
 Fig. 1237. 
 Triple Valve, Type S-l. 
 
 Names of Parts of Fig. 1237. 
 
 Figs. 1235-1236 
 Names of Parts of Fi 
 
 2 Triple Valve Body 
 
 3 Slide Valve 
 
 4 Piston 
 
 5 Packing Ring 
 
 6 Slide Valve Spring 
 
 7 Graduating Valve 
 
 8 Emergency Valve Piston 
 
 9 Emergency Valve Scat 
 
 10 Emergency Valve 
 
 11 Rubber Scat 
 
 12 Check Valve Spring 
 
 13 Check Valve Case 
 
 14 Check Valve Case Casket 
 
 15 Check Valve 
 
 16 Strainer 
 
 Li— as 
 Triple Valve, Type R-l. 
 ;s. 1235-1236. 
 
 17 Vnion Nut 
 
 18 Union Swivel 
 
 19 Cylinder Cap 
 
 20 Graduating Stem Nut 
 
 21 Graduating Stem 
 
 22 Graduating Spring 
 
 23 Cylinder Cap Gasket 
 
 24 Bo/? awd Vh/ 
 
 25 Half-inch Cap Screw 
 
 26 Half-inch Pipe Plug 
 
 27 Union Gasket 
 
 28 Emergency Valve Nut 
 
 30 Emergency Valve Piston Packing 
 Ring 
 
 Triple Valve Body 
 Slide Valve 
 Piston 
 
 Packing Ring 
 Slide Valve Spring 
 Check Valve 
 Cheek Valve Spring 
 Check Valve Seat 
 Cylinder Cap 
 Graduating Stem Nut 
 Graduating Stem 
 Graduating Spring 
 Cylinder Cup Gasket 
 Supporting Stud and Nut 
 
 Names of Parts of Fig. 1238 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 7 
 8 
 9 
 10 
 
 Triple Valve Body 11 
 
 Slide I 'dive 12 
 
 Piston 13 
 
 Packing Ring 14 
 
 Slide Valve Spring 15 
 
 Graduating Valve 16 
 
 Check Valve 17 
 
 Check Valve Scat 18 
 Check Valve Cap Nut 19 
 
 Check Valve Washer 
 Check Valve Spring 
 Graduating Valve Spring 
 Cylinder Cap 
 Graduating Stem Nut 
 Graduating Stem 
 Graduating Spring 
 Cylinder Cap Gasket 
 Bolt and Nut 
 
 BP 
 
 ■I' PIPE TAP 
 BRAKE PIPE 
 
 Figs. 1239-1240. Triple Valve, Type Q-l, 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Fig. 1234. 
 
 (230) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS. Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. 
 
 Figs. 1241-1247 
 
 32 34 33 
 
 Figs. 1241-1242. 
 Electric Pump Governor, 
 
 Type G-l-A. 
 
 87—0 j b 
 
 - r- 
 
 Fig5. 1243-1245. Electric Pump Governor, Type E. 
 
 
 o— 
 
 
 
 I '• I r< J^ M 
 
 Fig. 1246. Electric Pump Governor, Type L. 
 
 Fig. 1247. Electric Pump Governor, Type J. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names on Next Page. 
 
 (231) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1241-1242. 
 
 1 Base 
 
 2 Cylinder 
 
 3 Pi si un 
 
 4 Packing Leather 
 
 5 Follower 
 
 6 Piston Rod 
 
 7 Piston Rod Nut 
 
 & Piston Rod Guide 
 
 9 Set Screw for Piston Rod Guide 
 
 10 Armature 
 
 11 Pressure Spring 
 
 12 Spring Yoke 
 
 13 Adjusting Bolts 
 
 14 Adjusting Posts (Part of No. i) 
 
 15 Guide Posts (Part of No. i) 
 
 16 Magnet Shell (Part of No. i) 
 
 17 Magnet Coil (State Voltage 
 
 Desired) 
 
 18 Magnet Core 
 
 19 Armature Guide Pin 
 
 20 Circuit Closer 
 
 21 Circuit Closer Insulator 
 
 22 
 
 Circuit Closer Insulator 
 
 23 
 
 Circuit Closer Screws 
 
 24 
 
 lire nil Closer Tips 
 
 25 
 
 Contacts 
 
 26 
 
 Contact Screws 
 
 27 
 
 Terminal Clips 
 
 28 
 
 Arc Shields 
 
 29 
 
 Cylinder Screws 
 
 30 
 
 Cover 
 
 31 
 
 Latch Plate 
 
 32 
 
 Thumb Latch 
 
 33 
 
 Latch Spring 
 
 34 
 
 Shield Insulator 
 
 35 
 
 Bushing for Leads 
 
 36 Positive Lead 
 
 37 Motor Lead 
 
 38 Packing Leather Expander 
 
 39 Contact Screw Insulator 
 
 40 Contact Insulator 
 
 41 Cover Insulation 
 
 44 Screws for Tips No. 24 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1243-1245. 
 
 1 Body 
 
 2 Cylinder Head 
 
 3 Lock Nut for Adjusting Nut 
 
 4 Diaphragm 
 
 5 Diaphragm Guide Nut 
 
 6 Diaphragm Guide 
 
 7 Retarding Spring 
 
 8 Regulating Spring 
 
 9 Adjusting Nut for Regulating 
 
 Spring 
 
 10 Slide Valve 
 
 11 Bush with Slide Valve Scat 
 
 12 Operating Piston 
 
 13 Operating Piston Spring 
 
 L4 Adjusting Nut for Retarding Spring 
 
 ■ 5 Regulating Spring Spindle 
 16 Operating Piston Rod 
 
 ■ 7 Packing Ring for Operating Piston 
 .8 Leather Disc for Operating Piston 
 
 10 Switch Arm 
 
 11 Switch Rocker Shaft 
 
 12 Switch Terminal 
 3 Switch Terminal 
 
 !■ Blowout Coils, complete 
 5 J 
 
 28 Bolt and Nut for Switch Case Band 
 
 29 Switch Case Band, complete 
 
 30 Binding Screw for Terminal Block 
 
 32 Operating Lever, complete 
 
 33 Quick Break Spring 
 
 34 Stem for Quick Break Spring 
 
 35 Guide Pin for Quick Break Spring 
 
 Stem 
 
 36 Operating Lever Detent 
 
 37 Special Pin for Rocker Shaft Arm 
 
 38 Szeilch Cover 
 
 39 Insulating Disc on Switch Cover 
 
 40 Insulating Disc on Body 
 
 41 Stud and Nut for Switch Cover 
 
 42 
 43 
 
 Connector for Blowout Coils 
 
 44 Insulating Bush for Switch Arm 
 
 45 Insulating Washer for Switch Arm 
 
 46 Contact Finger 
 
 47 Contact Finger Spring 
 
 48 Clamp for Contact Finger Spring 
 
 49 Contact Finger Shunt 
 
 50 Contact for Switch Terminal 
 
 51 Mam Terminal 
 
 52 Terminal Block, complete 
 
 53 Insulating Tube for Switch Cttse 
 
 Baud Boll 
 
 (232) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. 
 
 Figs. 1248-1252 
 
 From Brake 
 Cylinder 
 
 From Brake 
 Cylinder 
 
 Service 
 
 Pressure Exceeding 60 Lbs. 
 
 in Brake Cylinder 
 
 Fig. 1248. High-Speed Reducing Valve, 
 Service Position. 
 
 Emergency 
 
 Fig. 1249. High-Speed Reducing Valve, 
 
 Emergency Position. 
 
 Ex e 
 Exhaust 20 
 
 Release 
 
 Fig. 1251. High-Speed Reducing Valve. 
 
 Release Position. 
 
 Fig. 1250. High-Speed Reducing Valve, 
 Side View in Section. 
 Names of Parts, Figs. 1248-1252. 
 
 2 
 
 Valve Body 
 
 10 
 
 Cap Nut 
 
 18 
 
 Union Gasket 
 
 i 
 
 Spring Box 
 
 11 
 
 Regulating Spring 
 
 19 
 
 Boll and Nut 
 
 4 
 
 Valve Piston 
 
 12 
 
 Regulating Nut 
 
 20 
 
 Piston Seat 
 
 5 
 
 Packing Ring 
 
 13 
 
 Cheek Nut 
 
 21 
 
 Piston Dise 
 
 t> 
 
 Piston Stem 
 
 14 
 
 Union Stud 
 
 22 
 
 Spring Abutment 
 
 / 
 
 Piston Stem A ut 
 
 15 
 
 Union Swivel 
 
 23 
 
 Cotter Pin 
 
 8 
 
 Slide Valve 
 
 16 
 
 Union Nut 
 
 24 
 
 Vi-in. Galvanized Ell 
 
 a 
 
 (2 
 
 Slide Valve Spring 
 33) 
 
 17 
 
 Air Strainer 
 
 25 
 
 %-in. Pipe Plug 
 
 j^'Xlpe Tap-" C* To Brake Cylinfler, 
 
 Fig. 1252. High-Speed Reducing Valve, 
 
 Top View in Section. 
 
Figs. 1253-1258 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. 
 
 Fig. 1253. Pressure Retaining Valve 
 for 12-in., 14-in. and 16-in. Cylinders. 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 1253. 
 2 Valve Body 
 Valve Case 
 Valve Weight 
 Valve Handle 
 Valve Lock Key 
 Valve Cock Cap Nut 
 Valve Cock Key Spring 
 
 is Kp 
 
 g PIPE TAP 
 
 Fig. 1254. High and Low Pressure 
 Retaining Valve. 
 
 6 
 
 14 
 
 II 
 
 P " 
 
 5 
 
 Names 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 7 
 
 Fig. 1254. 
 
 9 
 10 
 
 of Parts. 
 
 Valve Body 
 
 Valve Case 
 
 Inside Valve Weight 
 
 Valve Handle 
 
 J'alve Cock Key 
 
 Valve Cock Cap Nut 
 
 Valve Cock Key Spring 
 
 Valve Weight Lifting Rod 
 
 Outside Valve Weight 
 
 Fig. 12-j-j. Pressure Retaining Valve for Vesti- 
 bule Cars with 12-in., 14-in, and 16-in. Cylinders. 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 1255. 
 
 Valve Extension Socket 
 Valve Extension Socket Cotter 
 Valve Extension Socket Sleeve 
 I 'alve Extension Socket Sleeve 
 
 Rivet 
 Valve Handle Plate 
 I 'alve Handle Pin 
 
 2 
 
 Valve Body 
 
 9 
 
 3 
 
 Valve Case 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 Valve 1 V eight 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 Valve Handle 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 Valve Cock Key 
 
 
 7 
 
 Valve Cock Cap Nut 
 
 13 
 
 8 
 
 Valve Cock Key Spring 
 
 14 
 
 Fig. 1256. Safety Valve, Type F.. 
 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 1256. 
 
 2 Safety Valve Body 
 
 3 Cap Nut 
 
 4 Valve 
 
 5 I 'alve Stem 
 
 6 Safety Valve Spring 
 
 7 Regulating Nut 
 
 
 Fig. 1257. Twel 
 
 i'e-Inc 
 
 h P; 
 
 ssenger Car Brake 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 Cyl 
 
 nder, 
 
 Old 
 
 Style. 
 
 
 Names 
 
 of Parts. 
 
 Fig. 1257. 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 Cylinder Body 
 
 
 10 
 
 racking Expander 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 Piston and Rod 
 
 
 11 
 
 Follower Stud and Nut 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 Non-Pressure Head 
 
 
 12 
 
 Release Spring 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 Pressure Head 
 
 
 13 
 
 Cylinder Head Bolt and Nut 
 
 10 
 
 6 
 
 Cross head 
 
 
 14 
 
 Triple Valve Boll and Nut 
 
 11 
 
 7 
 
 Cylinder Gasket 
 
 
 15 
 
 Tuple Valve Gasket 
 
 12 
 
 8 
 
 Follower 
 
 
 16 
 
 Triple Valve Stud and Nut 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 Packing Leather 
 
 
 17 
 
 1 2-iu. Plug 
 
 14 
 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 1258. 
 
 Cylinder Body 
 
 Piston Head and Rod 
 
 Back Head 
 
 Front Head 
 
 Follower 
 
 Packing Leather 
 
 Packing Expander 
 
 Release Spring 
 
 Follower Stud and Nut 
 
 Cylinder Elead, Bolt and Nut 
 
 Gasket 
 
 Oiling Plug 
 
 (234) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. Figs. 1259-1264 
 
 ^— ■» 
 
 2L E, 
 
 ■HI ^feK 
 
 Fig. 1259. 12-in. x 8-in. Brake Cylinder, with Slack Adjuster. 
 
 =~ I 
 
 Fig;. 1260-1261. 12-in. x 8-in. Erake Cylinder and Auxiliary Reservoir. 
 Combined, with Standard Triple Valve. 
 
 Fig. 1262. Section of 12-in. x 8-in. Brake Cylinder and 
 Auxiliary Reservoir Combined. 
 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 1262. 
 
 2 Cylinder Body 
 
 3 Piston and Rod 
 
 5 Follower Stud and Nut 
 
 6 Follower 
 
 7 Packing Leather 
 
 8 Packing Expander 
 
 9 Release Spring 
 10 Reservoir 
 
 12 Reservoir Stud and Nut 
 
 13 Reservoir Cylinder Bolt and Nut 
 
 14 Cylinder Gasket 
 
 15 End Cover Gasket 
 
 16 Reservoir End Cover 
 
 17 Detachable Bracket 
 
 18 Detachable Bracket Bolt and Nut 
 
 Fig. 1263. 10-in. Passenger Brake Cylinder. 
 
 Fig. 1264. 8-in. x 8-in. Car Brake Cylinder, 
 with Type S-l Triple Valve. 
 
 (235) 
 
Figs. 1265-1276 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Westinghouse. 
 
 Fig. 1265. 8-in. x 12-in. Car Brake Cylinder, 
 with Type T-l Triple Valve. 
 
 Fig. 1266. 12-in. x 8-in. Car Brake Cylinder 
 
 rjjn :s \ V^JL^jL* 
 
 V 
 
 Figs. 1267-1268. Standard Special Freight Brake 
 
 Cylinder, with Detached Auxiliary Reservoir 
 
 and Triple Valve. 
 
 Names of Parts of Freight Brake Cylinder. 
 Figs. 1267-1268. 
 
 2 Cylinder Body 9 Release Spring 
 
 3 Piston Head and Rod, 10 Gasket 
 
 Follower Studs 11 Cylinder Head Bolt and 
 and Nut Nut 
 
 4 Back Head 12 Front Head 
 
 5 Follotver Stud and Nut 13 Special Auxiliary Reservoir 
 
 6 Follower 14 Drain Plug 
 
 7 Piston Packing Leather 15 Triple Valve Gasket 
 
 8 Packing Expander 16 Reservoir Stud and Nut 
 
 Figs. 1269-1272. 8-in. x 12-in. Car Brake Cylinder, 
 with Detached Auxiliary Reservoir. 
 
 Fig. 1273. 8-in. x 12-in. Car Brake Cylinder 
 and Auxiliary Reservoir Combined. 
 
 Fig. 1276. Special 
 Freight Brake Cylinders, Reservoirs and Triple Valves. 
 
 Fig. 1274. 8-in. x 12-in. Car Brake Cylinder, 
 with Auxiliary Reservoir Detached. 
 
 Names of Parts of Freight Brake Cylinders. 
 Figs. 1275-1276. 
 
 2 Cylinder Body 
 
 3 Piston Head and Rod 
 
 4 Back Cylinder Head 
 
 5 Follower Stud and Nut 
 
 6 Follower 
 
 7 Piston Packing Leather 
 
 8 Packing Expander 
 
 9 Release Spring 
 
 10 Reservoir 
 
 11 Drain Plug 
 
 12 Reservoir Stud and Nut 
 
 13 Cylinder Head Bolt and Nut 
 
 14 Cylinder Gasket 
 
 15 Triple Valve Gasket 
 
 (236) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air: Westinghouse. 
 
 Figs. 1277-1292 
 
 Fig. 1277. 
 
 3%-in. Air Gage, 
 
 with Single Pointer. 
 
 Fig. 1278. 
 
 S 1 ^ -in. Duplex Air Gage, 
 
 Illuminated. 
 
 Fig. 1279. 
 
 3%-in. Duplex Air Gage, 
 
 Ordinary. 
 
 Fig. 12*1. Cut-out Cock. 
 
 Fig. 1280. Conductor's Yah 
 
 Fig. 1282. Angle Cock. 
 
 Fig. 1283. 
 1-in. Brake Pipe Air Strainer. 
 
 Names of Parts. 
 
 Names of Parts. 
 
 Valve Body 
 Valve Key 
 Valve Cap 
 Key Spring 
 Key Slop 
 
 Fig. 1280. 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 Key Escutcheon 
 Valve Handle 
 Key Nut 
 
 Key Washer 
 
 76 
 77 
 
 79 
 
 80 
 
 Fig. 1281. 
 
 Cock Body 
 Cock Key 
 Cock Cap 
 Key Spring 
 Handle 
 
 Names of Parts. 
 Fig. 1282 
 
 1 Angle Cock Body 2 
 
 2 Angle Cock Key 3 
 
 3 Angle Cock Cap 4 
 
 4 Angle Cock Key Spring 5 
 
 5 Angle Cock Handle 6 
 
 Names of Parts 
 Fig. 1283. 
 
 Strainer Body 
 i-in. Union Swivel 
 Union Nut 
 Union Gasket 
 Strainer 
 
 
 Fig. 1284. 
 
 
 %-in. Reservoir 
 Drain Cock. 
 
 
 Names of Parts. 
 Fig. 1284. 
 
 2 
 3 
 
 4 
 5 
 6 
 
 Cock Body- 
 Cock Key 
 Cock Cap Nut 
 
 Cock Key Spring 
 Cock Handle 
 
 Fig. 1287. 
 Hose Xipple. 
 
 Fig. 1285. 
 Hose Coupling. Freight 
 
 Fig. 1280. 
 Hose Coupling, Passenger 
 
 Fig. 1288. 
 Dummy Coupling. 
 
 Fig. 1289. Arrangement of Erake Levers 
 for Traction Brakes. 
 
 Fig. 1200. 
 Brake Hose and Coupling 
 
 Fig. 1291. 
 Hose Clamp. 
 
 Fig. 1292. 
 
 Auxiliary Reservoir for 10-in. 
 
 Cylinder. 
 
 (237) 
 
Figs. 1293-1294 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; Christensen. 
 
 w 
 
 k 
 
 o 
 
 u 
 
 fl, 
 
 w 
 
 B 
 
 W 
 
 <; 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 to 10 
 
 
 
 CO CI 
 
 
 . OCT 
 
 0C CI 
 
 
 ^H 
 
 rH 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 ■ ■3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .£l> 
 
 C3 IC 
 
 
 ~~ci 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4J . 
 
 
 
 *fy 
 
 DC iO 
 
 
 O: fc- 
 
 
 g« 
 
 ^ CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 ■— < CI 
 CI CI 
 
 <* 
 
 
 
 05 
 
 J3 
 
 
 « 
 
 
 
 r-t 
 
 •S ■£ _ , 
 
 c: 
 
 CO 
 
 -■00 
 
 
 05 
 
 
 r>- t- 
 
 ■M 
 
 o^od 
 
 Cl CI 
 
 rH 
 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 bJJ 
 
 c 
 
 
 ta 
 
 00 "j 
 
 CO i— t 
 CO CO 
 
 " CQ CO CO rt 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 " 
 
 
 ' 1 
 
 u 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 
 z 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ri 
 
 u 
 
 6 
 
 
 "Sh 
 
 
 
 CO 
 
 C 
 
 1* 
 
 u 
 
 
 u 
 
 
 S.J 
 
 
 
 Q 
 
 << 
 
 r^ 
 
 u. 
 
 
 | 5 
 
 00 
 
 - 
 
 0) 
 
 be 
 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 £ 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 c 
 
 — 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 w 
 
 E 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 HJ » 
 
 
 LC 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 Q 
 
 1 
 U 
 
 
 KS" 
 
 lQ 
 
 £- 
 
 i^-*-* 
 
 u 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 - u 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 2 E B§ 
 
 3 cico 
 
 — 
 
 , - 
 
 - u 
 
 c 
 
 
 2 
 
 
 X| 
 
 1 - 
 GO 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 wi 
 
 
 (A 
 
 
 < 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 N 
 
 a. 
 
 J_l ij 
 
 
 
 S"^ 
 
 CJ 
 
 
 t+4 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 ■g^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 , 1 
 
 — . 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 V 
 
 c 
 
 3^ lH *"" 
 
 CM 
 
 CM 
 
 10 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 .Dirt 
 > 
 
 •O 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 £*S £ 'co 
 
 r^ 
 
 , 
 
 ■««2 
 
 rt 
 
 
 
 
 
 Of) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 £^ C1 
 
 — 
 
 -—1 
 
 
 bfl 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 S 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ft* 
 
 a, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ch 
 
 
 
 
 V <f ~~' 
 
 Cl 
 
 
 
 <+-. 
 
 
 
 
 "&K&™ 
 
 ■^ 
 
 O 
 
 x) S 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 ■a? s x 
 
 X 
 
 X 
 
 C 
 
 lOU3t> rt j 
 
 Ol CT ZiT;, 
 
 Q Q 
 
 (238). 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS. Brake Gear. Air: General Electric. Figs. 1295-1299 
 
 Fig. 1295. Diagram of Piping and Electrical Connections for General Electric Emergency, 
 Straight-Air Brake Equipment for Electric Car;. 
 
 Fig. 1296. Motor-Driven Air Compressor, 
 Type C.P.-27. 
 
 •J— *J=- if— 
 
 Fig. 1297. Motor-Driven Air Compressor 
 Type C.P.-27 with Covers Removed. 
 
 Fig. 12S8. Air Compressor Governor. 
 
 Fig. 1299. Air Compressor Governor, 
 with Cover Removed. 
 
 General Electric Cc 
 
 (239) 
 
Figs. 1 300-1314 CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air; General Elect: 
 
 oe^C§ 
 
 Fig. 1300. Motorman's Valve. 
 
 Figs. 1301-1310. Parts of Motorman's Valve. 
 
 Figs. 1311-1314. Cross-Section of Emergency Valve and Parts. 
 General Electric Co. 
 
 (240) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Brake Gear, Air. 
 
 Figs. 1315-1325 
 
 1 
 
 5" 
 
 1 , ' ' 1 
 
 J. 
 
 Figs. 1315-131.. Monogram Air Hose Brackets for Metal and Wood End Sills. 
 
 ~3=a 
 
 L 
 
 ./« 
 
 Figs. 1318-1321. Monogram Steam, Air and Signal Hose Brackets for Metal End Sills. Passenger Cars. 
 
 r.-r-V 
 
 Fig. 1323. Air Brake Hose with Wood's Flexible Nipple 
 End Hose Protector. 
 
 Fig. 132'_'. Train Pipe Nipple, Bracket, Angle Lock 
 and Hose with Flexible Xipple End Protector. 
 
 Gnleford S. Wood. 
 
 -'£— +- 
 
 J 
 
 _Thre<2 4C9mcr>¥-o/ c/'pe, os 
 1 i c^o>v/7 ; Snappctf jnf-a Socket 
 M&ta/ nrtg. I I opc-ninga , -J-o re/-a/'n hole, in po 
 
 Fig. 1324. Section Through "NB" Air Brake and Signal Hose Connection. 
 
 (241) 
 
 Fig. 1325. Air Brake or Signal Hose with "NB" Connection. 
 
 G. M. Newhall Eng. Co. 
 
Figs. 1326-1337 CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Passenger and Baggagf 
 
 — !*- 
 
 n 
 
 Figs. 1326-1328. 
 
 End Door of Coach. 
 
 N. & W. 
 
 k- 26i--— 
 
 Fig. 1333. 
 
 Door for Pullman 
 
 Wide Vestibule. 
 
 %"-* I -«" H «"l-f k-W f »* 
 
 Figs. 13-20-1331. Standard End Door of Coach 
 X. Y„ N. H. & H. 
 
 Names of Parts of Doors. 
 Figs. 1329-1337. 
 
 Door Post or Jamb 
 Door Mulliou 
 Top Door Rail 
 Bottom Door Rail 
 Middle or Look Door Rait 
 
 7 Parting Door Rail 
 
 8 Door Stile 
 Lower or Twin Door Panels 
 Middle Door Panel 
 Upper Door Sash 
 Lower Door Sash 
 
 21 Door Hanger 
 
 22 Door Hook 
 
 23 Door Guards 
 
 10 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 
 □ a 
 
 
 Fig. 1332. 
 
 Door for Gould 
 
 Narrow Vestibule. 
 
 s: 
 ^=4=^ 
 
 
 
 Plate; 
 
 
 
 18x24 \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Si 
 
 
 "5 
 
 
 ti 
 
 , ./^"U 
 
 .-:£ 
 
 
 k— 
 
 25-— 
 
 - 
 
 Fig. 1334. 
 
 Standard End Door for 
 
 Pullman Cars. 
 
 Fig. 1335. Baggage Car Side Door. N. Y. C. & H. R. 
 
 Figs. 1330-1337. Baggage Car Side Door. N. & W. 
 
 (242) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS. Doors. 
 
 Figs. 1338-134/ 
 
 Fig. 134*. Fig. 1339. Fig. 1340. Fig?. 1341-1342. Steel Sliding Doors. Hudson 
 
 Steel Vestibule Door. Steel End Door. Steel Saloon Door. & Manhattan Steel Tunnel Car Doors. 
 
 Interior. Interior. Interior. 
 
 P. R. R. Standard Steel Coach Doors. 
 
 Fig. 1343. 
 
 Steel Vestibule Door 
 
 Exterior. 
 
 Fig. 1340. Fig. 1346. Steel End 
 
 Steel Saloon Door. Door. Hudson & 
 Exterior. Manhattan Steel 
 
 Tunnel Car Doors. 
 P. R. R. Standard Steel Coach Dcors. 
 
 Fig. 1344. 
 
 Steel End Door. 
 
 Exterior. 
 
 Fig. 1347. Steel End 
 Door. Harriman Lines 
 Standard Steel Coach 
 Door. 
 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 (243) 
 
Figs. 1348-1355 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Steel. 
 
 .! i 
 
 J 
 
 l-A Panel. 
 
 3-AJlat. 
 
 it* 
 
 Figs. 1348-1350. 
 
 Metallic Steel Sheathing, 
 
 for Steel Cars. 
 
 General Railway Supply Co. 
 
 ■ 
 
 1- Panel. 
 
 3-Jlat 
 
 Figs. 1352-1354. 
 
 Metallic Steel Sheathing, 
 
 for Wood Cars. 
 
 General Railway Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 1351. Steel Interior. 
 
 Finish and Steel Sash. 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 1.355. Steel Bulkhead, Saloon, Etc, Harriman Lines Standard Steel Coaches 
 
 I laic & Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 (244) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Baggage and Box Car?. Figs. 1356-1364 
 
 , Side 
 W -Plate. 
 
 Fig;. 1356-1358. 8-ft. Folding Side Door for Special Horse Car. C. R. R. of N. J. 
 
 „ * t __A$^&i_^ ? ?'Sf5_ 
 
 h h — 
 
 i> 
 
 g*l$ Pubbina Strip Countersunk J 
 Clinch Nails' 
 
 Burglar %, 
 Proof — r ' 
 Bracket 
 
 SECTION SHOrTING trSATHSr? STr7/PS. 
 
 END SUPPORTS. 
 
 Figs. 1359-1364. Smith No. 2 Car Door. Jones Car Door Co. 
 
 (245) 
 
Figs 1365-13; 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Doers; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1305-13(36. Western Flush Car Door. 
 
 Figs. 138(-1368. St. Louis Flush Car Door 
 
 Western Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 (246) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Freight, Locks. 
 
 Figs. 1371-1580 
 
 Fig. 1371. Lock Closed, Ready for Pin or Seal. 
 Dayton Freight Door Lock. Malleable Iron. 
 
 Dayton Malleable Iron Co. 
 
 Fig. 1372. Lock in Position to 
 Release Hasp. 
 
 Fig. 1373. National Safety Car Door Fastener. 
 Complete with Seal. 
 
 Fig. 1377. A 114 Hasp. 
 
 Fig. 1378. 
 No. 189 Lock. 
 
 (247) 
 
 Fig. 1379. 
 
 No. 191 Lock with Flange. 
 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 Fig. 1374. Dohlin Automatic Car 
 
 Door Fastener. 
 
 National Railway Devices Co. 
 
 Fig. 1380. No. 193 Lock 
 with Wing. 
 
Figs. 1381-1392 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Refrigerator. 
 
 Fig. 1381. National Burglar-Proof Car Door Bracket. 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 Fig. 1382. 
 
 Fig. 1383. 
 
 Security Door Brackets. 
 Chicago Grain Door Co. 
 
 Fig. 138G. 
 Wedge Stop. 
 
 Door Hanger and Wheel. 
 
 Fig. 1388. 
 Door Guide. 
 
 ^.JA..,,: -j.-Jmjo. 
 
 m bq 
 
 Fig. 1387. 
 Double Door Wedge. 
 
 Fig. 1389. 
 Door Stop Bracket. 
 
 1390-1392. Refrigerator Car Door. Wickes Patent. 
 
 (248) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Refrigerator. 
 
 Fi^s. 1393-1401 
 
 
 Figs. 1393-1398. Ln Flare Refrigerator Insulation and Miner Refrigerator Car Door Fasteners, Applied to M. 
 
 D. T. Co. Refrigerator Cars. W. 11. Miner Co. 
 Names of Parts of Refrigerator Car Doors. Figs. 1399-1401. 
 44 Door Post 686 Door Hinge 746 Door Bolt or Bar 
 
 Gls Poor 72 Poor Bolt Bracket 77 Door Stop 
 
 73 Door Hasp 
 
 *il i 
 
 U.C 1 i 
 
 a 44 .Double Hair ! Double Hair Felt p.< j |. 
 
 J, 1" .'/ /=£/)* \\,-'and Canras T b |! ,-rDciible Hair Felt and Canras 
 
 ^^ 
 
 '. t - ": .^;-j.. 
 
 "Paper 
 
 ~~la Flare Spring frrsu/crf/on 
 
 T 
 
 (249) Figs. 1399-1401. Side Door with La Flare Spring Insulation. Produce Car. N. Y. C & H R 
 
Figs 1402-1412 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Doors; Gr 
 
 
 Door c/oyYO fo 
 receive gra/r? 
 
 tSPi (n?f ph ~ n m-t ~wr 
 
 Ot/t5Jde Mew 
 Figs. 1402-1408. Chicago Grain Door. Chicago Grain Door Co. 
 
 S c 
 
 f~~< a 
 
 if A 
 
 ^ 
 
 Core /i '•<} ' /J I /j 
 
 1 . ■•-■■■ ° « 6-^T? 
 
 ^_ 
 
 £ "h 
 
 id 
 
 U 
 
 -.,-," 
 
 t 
 
 if 
 
 o<ja- 
 
 \ W Oa/r 
 
 ,'l 
 
 gate ifV/s 
 
 - - T7 g ~ ^~ 
 
 7kT 
 
 
 jt :,«w' 
 
 Si :.-,»,\V,\fr.-..;.ft',. :.h" --■,- T— m-w-W tr-J-tU-rv 
 
 InsideWen Door Closed. 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 OutstdftViOW Door Clostd. 
 
 nrrTTTITTTYi 
 
 TopViaw Door Opening. 
 
 Figs. 1409-1412. Jacquemin Grain Door. 
 Standard Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 (250) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1413-141* 
 
 1418. Sectional View of Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear. 
 
 
 Figs. 1-114-1416. Application of Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear to Car with Steel Center Sills 
 
 a f^ 
 
 V^ === ^-^^\3 t 
 
 KywJ 
 
 Figs. 141". 
 
 (251) 
 
 -1418. Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear. Pressed Steel and Forging Attachment for Freight 
 
 Cars with Wooden Sills. 
 Westinghouse Air Brake Co. 
 
Figs. 1419-1439 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1419-1422. Ap 
 plication of \\ est- 
 inghouse Friction 
 Draft Gear to Car 
 w i t li Wooden 
 
 Center Sills and 
 Malleable 1 r on 
 Draft Sills. 
 
 Figs. 1437-143!!. Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear. Steel Casting Attachment for Tenders, with Metal Sills. 
 
 Westinghouse Air Brake Co. (252) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1440-1451 
 
 Fig;. 1440-1443. Sessions-Standard Friction Draft, Type K. 
 Standard Coupler Co. 
 
 [Z£pr/,7ff£orre<5, 0-70. S^enferfr/cf/bnB/oc/cs.Qi-n'z". 
 0ne3efCom P r ' se5 \4Sii/err/cf,on£/ocJ r s, G-7 1 gfyring Wotes 
 
 ^ 
 3 
 
 C^l5f~.^:_ ,'- -SbnhfBarne/, G-70. 
 
 ■^25ftr/np6)x8' tf.C-B.Sfit 
 (7b dose so//i?of/ZJ') 
 
 l6ec/irMJ(£3&riy3. 
 
 Figs. 1444-1451. Sessions-Standard Friction Draft Gear, Type C, Applied to Car 
 with Pressed Steel Underframe. Standard Coupler Co. 
 
 (253) 
 
Figs. 1452-1463 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 \^S«te/TictimS/ocits,Q-\2\. 'Spnngnares. int. \ 
 
 G-120 
 
 Figs. 1452-1459. Sessions-Standard Friction Draft Gear, Type H, 
 Applied to Car with Pressed Steel Center Sills. 
 
 Qiee>r P/ates mit receive Standard M CB Sear 
 „...CZL 
 
 o I o 
 
 4i" &s— — k-A-IOir^-SS"' 
 
 9i H 
 
 El ft i K l fh n^n 
 
 * -Must tie tight fit to suit castings— -li 
 
 — S=t=^^ =1 d 
 
 1<— #— 4<— <g£-->l< — /$- — >I//K- 
 
 Sectmn-\\. Section-^. 
 
 ^I©/CB^ 
 
 -^ -I— ~i- 
 
 a 
 
 J 
 
 3\® 
 
 11 
 
 *> — 7— ^ 
 11 
 
 y 
 
 d d d d d d 
 
 Figs. 1460-1463. Sessions-Standard Friction Draft Gear. Type E, Applied to Car with Wooden Center Sills. 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1460-1463. 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1423-1436. 
 
 A Spring Barrel 
 
 B Friction Box 
 
 C Side Friction Blocks 
 
 D Center Friction Blocks 
 
 E Follower Plate 
 
 F Check Plate, right 
 
 G Check Plate, left 
 
 H Draft Gear Carrier. 
 
 I Double Coil Draft Spring 
 
 5660 Standard Friction Draft Gear, 5668 Rivet for Securing Release Pin 
 
 complete 
 
 5661 Draft Gear Cylinder Body 
 
 5662 Release Spring 
 
 5663 Preliminary Spring 
 
 5664 Auxiliary Release Spring 
 
 5665 Auxiliary Preliminary Spring 
 
 5666 Nut for Release Pin 
 
 5667 Release Pin 
 
 Nut 
 
 5669 Wedge 
 
 5670 Female Segment 
 
 5671 Mo/e Segment 
 
 5672 Friction Strip 
 
 5673 Wedge and Release Pin with 
 
 Auxiliary Preliminary Spring, 
 complete 
 
 (254) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1464-1472 
 
 , B 'l/ j/'S/y!'!!'.'?'??*- 
 
 Figs. 1464-1467. Application of Dayton Twin Spring Draft Gear to Car with Steel Underframe. 
 
 Dayton Malleable Iron Co. 
 
 Figs. 1468-1469. Harvey Friction Draft Sprin 
 Frost Railway Supply Co. 
 
 
 ^V. <:-<£-■ - ^- - '-- -:^- : -■■■—>■■< : 1 £:: 
 
 ■' ■ f .- 
 
 1 
 v! 
 
 Irfc r7^.;f" >; 
 
 "3**^ 
 
 •TO 
 
 W" 
 
 QUE 
 
 B___ .. „ft^ 
 
 ^^ T5T" igr ■&!£- 
 
 Figs. 1470-1472. Butler Friction Draft Gear, Piper Paten's, Applied to Car with Wooden Center Sills 
 
 Butler Drawbar Attachment Co. 
 
 (255) 
 
Figs. 1473-147S CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1473-1474. Butler Friction Draft Gear, Piper Patents, Applied to Car with Steel Center Sills. 
 
 OOO 
 
 OOO; 
 
 ?~\ <^ r^ 
 
 Vie 
 (V 
 
 W v_^ — ^f- 
 
 OOO 
 
 -C7 V_^ — <CT" 
 
 OOO 
 
 Figs. 1475-1476. Butler Friction Draft Gear, No. 330. Piper Patents, with Standard 6%-in. x 8-in. 
 
 and 8-in. x 8-in. Springs. 
 
 Figs. 1477-1478. Butler Tandem Spring Draft Gear with 8-in. x 8-in., Class G, Springs, 
 
 Applied to Car with Steel Center Sills. 
 
 Butler Drawbar Attachment Co. 
 
 (250) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1479-1483 
 
 Fig. 1479. Butler Friction Draft Rigging. 
 ' — = T > isf . isi" 
 
 ^l^fe: X^fe'^v^-L-'U -■■^^ 
 
 zzm^^^JZMMMMm 
 
 • •••< 
 
 B 
 
 TO 
 
 
 Figs. 1480-1481. Butler Tandem Spring Draft Gear with 6%-in. x 8-in. Draft Springs, 
 Applied to Car with Wooden Center Sills 
 
 (257) 
 
 Figs. 1482-1483. Butler Special Tandem Spring Draft Gear. Applied to Norfolk & Western 
 
 Steel Underframe Cars. 
 Butler Drawbar Attachment Co. 
 
Figs. 1484-1496 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1484-1491. McCord Draft Gear, Type D. 
 
 Z-Zk- 
 
 Figs. 1492-1493. McCord Draft Gear, Type D. 
 
 Section A>-B. 
 
 Figs. 1494-1496. Application of Type D Gear to 100,000-11). Steel Underframe Car. 
 
 McCord & Company. 
 
 (258) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight 
 
 Figs. 1497-1508 
 
 Figs. 1505-1508. Miner Tandem Draft Gear, Appli 
 L. & X. Freight Cars with Wood Center Sills. 
 
 W. H. Miner Co. 
 
 (259) 
 
Figs. 1509-1519 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1513-1510. Miner Tandem Draft Gear, with Adjustable Horn, Applied to Coloradc 
 & Southern Cars with Wood Center Sills. 
 
 fir' — "f - 
 
 Figs. 1517-1519. Miner Friction Draft Gear, Applied to D., L. & VV. Cars 
 
 with Steel Center Sills. 
 
 W. H. Miner Co. 
 
 (260) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1520-1531 
 
 
 Figs. 1520-1523. Farlow Twin, Class G, Spring Draft Gear, Applied to 50-Ton Steel Cars. 
 
 4= 
 
 i >___ 
 
 ipwi 
 
 #f 
 
 :m 
 
 Hi 
 
 Figs. 1524-1527. Combination of Farlow Draft Gear Attachments and Westinghonse Friction Barrel, 
 
 Applied to 5il-Ton Steel Cars. 
 
 jtfl S^J.-V-'ji?-: y_,^ :t_ Rt £ Vj t[i|i 
 
 S H \ T | ; 1&1 — \ / q-q— - j B i -|B^ 
 
 y ' \ ; & 
 
 + .,' — 4 -I 
 
 ."[ir^i" 
 
 Figs. 1528-1531. Farlow Twin, Class G, Spring Draft Gear, with Combination Plate ami Angle Draft Arms, 
 
 Applied to 40-Ton Wood Underframe Cars. 
 
 Farlow Draft Gear Co. 
 
 (261) 
 
Figs. 1532-1539 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Fig. 1532. Sectional Plan of Republic Friction Draft Gear. 
 
 Figs. 1533-1535. Republic Friction Draft Gear, Applied to Car with Wooden Sills. 
 Western Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Figs. 1536-1539. Solid Draft Gear, Four Springs, Applied to Car with Wooden Underframes 
 
 (262) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Figs. 1540-1545 
 
 Figs. 1540-1542. Cardwell Friction Draft Gear, Type G-8. 
 
 .-i.--.-k-J;,- 
 
 ■v^V^ 
 
 "Criibi^ 
 
 iTlf 
 
 &t^^I^=l 
 
 £^i £M^i£sS. 
 
 rT 
 
 dm 
 
 T i V 7 MI 
 
 □i 
 
 '-&} 
 
 f*=? 
 
 3iJ 
 
 Figs. 1543-1545. Cardwell Friction Draft Gear, Type D. 
 Union Draft Gear Co. 
 
 (263) 
 
Figs. 1546-1551 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 Fig. 1S46. Cast Steel Bolster and Channel Draft Beams. Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 Friction Draft Gear, Application with Cast Steel Body Bolster. 
 Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 Fig. 1551. Extended Steel Draft Beams from End Sill to Body Bolster. 
 Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 (2G4) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 tigs. 1552-1563 
 
 Ft 
 
 TfQ 
 
 =_=^ 
 
 9 '--'' 
 
 ^ 
 
 Figs. 1552-1555. Application of Metal Draft Beam for Twin Spring Draft Gear. 
 
 Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 -4'IOi L - 
 
 
 
 9 i 3 
 
 lop 
 a I 
 
 %> 4B 
 
 
 _. 
 
 3 Cf 
 Secf/cnA-A. 
 
 *-&—*£* *-" 
 
 -6z'-* ?i' 
 
 O - 
 
 a 
 
 '€ )*1 
 
 — /sj"— ->l 
 
 Secfion.BS. 
 
 .a?- 
 
 )-// Owner Mates 
 
 PusfjBors.C.S. ro//o tyers.CS. 
 
 ffir- 
 
 
 iSjfiHW 
 
 ^4 
 
 R-n*-H 
 
 k—iOS— »| 
 
 Section C-C. 
 
 Figs. 1556-1563. Application of Push-Ear Tandem Spring Draft Gear to Steel Car. 
 
 Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 (265) 
 
Figs. 1564-1579 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Freight. 
 
 5de V/ew ma Sect/or? 3S. 
 /j/- - >J Snaftetv 0/?c>Secm/?c-C 
 
 Figs. 1564-1566. Single Spring Draft Box. No. 51 
 
 Washburn Steel Castings & Coupler Co. 
 
 Figs. 1573-157!) Hinson Twin Spring Draft Gea, 
 
 Applied to Cars with Wooden Sills 
 
 National Car Coupler Co. 
 
 (266) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear ; F 
 
 reig-ht. 
 
 Figs. 1580-158Z 
 
 K* 15M Cast Steel Transom Draft Gear for Steel Freight 
 
 ght Cars. 
 
 W* 158L Details of Cast Steel Transom Draft Gear for Fie 
 \\ ood Freight Cars. ff 
 
 1581a. Cast Steel Transom Draft Gear for Steel 
 Freight Cars. 
 
 Fi, 1582. Cast Stee, T ransom Dratt Gear for Wood Fr.ght C^ 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 (267) 
 
Figs 1583-1592 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. 
 
 Fig. 1591. Knuckle. 
 
 Fig. 1592. Lifter 
 
 American Steel Foundries. 
 
 (268) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. Figs. i593- l6l 5 
 
 Fig. 1593. Gould Freight Coupler. 
 Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 L-l. Drawbar on Shank. 
 
 X-2. Knuckle. 
 
 L-'S. Knuckle Opener furnished if requested 
 
 X-4. Lock. 
 
 L-5. Knuckle Tin 
 
 L-G. Lock Tin. 
 
 1- 
 
 0""qP 
 
 I 
 
 - T 
 
 J-f 
 
 \ m 
 
 i'l '-Oil 
 
 5^ 
 
 Fig5. 1594-1598. National Freight Coupler. 
 National Car Coupler Co. 
 
 J¥ HO,e JH 
 
 Section B-B 
 
 11 j 1 
 
 
 Ml! 
 
 _ i 
 
 
 
 1/TT 
 
 \ 
 
 III! 
 
 
 i<— *§" — > 
 
 
 Figs. 1599-1607. Standard Coupler and Parts. 
 
 Standard Coupler Co. 
 
 k — 3-— * 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 271. 
 
 WS?L 
 
 > 
 
 90.H. 
 
 CA i 
 
 « w 
 
 243 A 96. W.I. 88. 115. 
 
 Figs 1608-1615. Janney Coupler and Parts. McConway & Torley Co. 
 
 <269) 
 
Figs. 1616-1629 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. 
 
 Coupler Complete. 
 Patented. 
 
 Figs. 1616-1619. 
 Sharon Top Operating Freight Coupler. 
 
 Top Lock Lift. 
 Patented. 
 
 *1f* 
 
 % 
 
 Support Pin. 
 
 Top Lock Lift can be de- 
 tached if bottom operation 
 is desired. 
 
 Lock and Top Lift. 
 Patented. 
 
 •&■ 
 
 It 
 
 Knuckle Pin. 
 
 Knuckle. 
 Patented. 
 
 Parts Common to Both Couplers. 
 
 Chain Hole Cap. 
 Patented. 
 
 Coupler Complete 
 Patented. 
 
 Patented. 
 Lock. 
 
 Figs. 1620-1629. Sharon Bottom Operating Freight Coupler. 
 
 (Finished with any style of shank. Common styles of shanks. Figs. 1658-1706.) 
 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 Bottom Lock Lift. 
 Patented. 
 
 (270) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. Figs. 1630-1647 
 
 Coupler Complete. 
 Patented. 
 
 Figs. 1630-1638. Climax Freight Coupler. 
 
 Lock and Chain. 
 Patented. 
 
 -i- 
 
 Knuckle. 
 Patented. 
 
 Clevis. 
 
 - — ig~— 
 
 Clevis Pin. 
 
 j- 
 
 Knuckle Pin. 
 Parts Common to Both Couplers. 
 
 
 ■*T 
 
 ■It- 
 
 , 1 
 
 1 
 
 ■©- 
 
 , 
 
 © 
 
 Lock Set Ring. Lock Set. 
 Patented. 
 
 
 Coupler Complete. 
 Patented. 
 
 Figs. 1639-1647. Tower Freight Coupler. 
 
 /T 
 
 Lock and Chain. 
 Patented. 
 
 Chain. 
 Patented. 
 
 Knuckle. 
 Patented. 
 
 (Finished with any style of shank. Common styles of shanks, Figs. 1658-1705.) 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 (271) 
 
Figs 1648-1705 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. 
 
 Coupler Complete. 
 Patented. 
 
 Lift Pin. Patented. 
 
 Lock. 
 
 Patented. 
 
 ■4- 
 
 -i' 
 
 Knuckle Pin. 
 
 Parts of Latrobe 
 Figs. 1048-10-57. Latrobe Freight Coupler. 
 
 Knuckle. 
 Patented. 
 Coupler. 
 
 (Finished zvith any style of shank.) 
 
 No 3- 
 /dr Sessions 
 Draft Gear 
 
 No 3 
 /or Miner 
 Draft Gear 
 
 A/o 3. 
 For v/estingnouse 
 Draft Gear 
 
 No 4- 
 /or Son 6 'Key 
 
 A/o 6 
 Spec/a/ 
 Any Length 
 
 No a 
 
 for Sessions 
 Draff Gear 
 
 
 
 
 
 —-- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 j»j 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 cmJ 
 
 
 , f 
 
 crrH 
 
 
 , 1 
 
 t 
 
 'JAJ- 
 
 r S^- 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 @T 
 
 
 
 ,1 
 
 V) 
 
 1 
 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 
 
 "~r 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 im 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 [o]i 
 
 so 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 'ifl 
 
 ^©j 
 
 — i — J 
 
 = — .= — 1 
 
 o > 
 
 A/o. 3. 
 for Miner 
 Draft Gear. 
 
 /Vo 3 
 
 For Westjngnouse 
 
 Draft Gear. 
 
 A/o 9 
 
 A/o. A3. 
 - S or 6 Key. 
 
 A/o. 15 
 for So.' 6' Key. 
 
 Figs. 1058-17(15. Common Styles of Coupler Shanks for Different Draft Gear Arrangements. 
 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 (272) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS. Draft Gear. Couplers: Freight. Figs. 1706-1729 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Next Page. 
 
 495 
 
 ; : : 
 
 5101 
 
 B 
 
 257. 
 
 292 
 
 Fig;. 1706-1714. Kelso Coupler and Parts. 
 
 5253 
 
 Figs. 1721-1729. Pitt Coupler and Parts. McConway & Torley Co. 
 
 (278) 
 
Figs. 1730-1738 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1608-1615. 480 Locking Block 
 
 2S Knuckle 
 
 86S Coupler Casting 
 
 88 Knuckle Pin 
 
 90H Cln is 
 
 91H Clevis Pin 
 
 96WI Locking Pin 
 
 115 Split Key 
 
 243A Trigger for Unlocking Pin 
 
 5256 Locking Pin Trigger 
 5358 Coupler 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1721-1729. 
 
 292 Knuckle Pin 
 492 Coupler Casting. 5-in. x 7-in. 5061 S j>lit Kcy 
 
 482 Clevis 
 
 491 Coupler Casting. 5-in. x 5-1'n 
 Shank 
 
 Shank 
 498 Locking Block Pin 
 
 5101 ) 
 
 5100 
 
 ung Block Lifter 
 
 5070 Coupler Casting. 5-in. x 5-1'tt. 
 
 Shank 
 
 5071 Knuckle 
 
 5073 Knuckle Opener 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1715-1720. 5077 Knuckle Opener Pin 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1706-1714. .,,.,5 &--„„./,>, ,„„„ r~ 1 ^ ,■ 
 
 & 5357b Knuckle 5079 Coupler lasting, j-in. x 7-i«. 
 
 257 Clevis Pin 292 Knuckle Pin Shank 
 
 293 Knuckle Pin 5253 Locking Pin 
 
 392S Knuckle 5255 Knuckle Opener 
 
 5153 Locking Pin 
 
 --- ~-t ' L fOXQn 
 
 1 P s-i 
 
 Figs. 1730-1734. Washburn Coupler, Type A 
 
 Figs. 1735-1736. Sections of Figs. 1737-1738. Washburn Coupler. 
 
 Washburn International Coupler. Type 1-F, for Narrow Gage Cars. 
 
 Washburn Steel Castings & Coupler Co. 
 
 (274) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight. Figs. 1739-1756 
 
 Figs. 1739-1742. Buckeye, "Little Giant" Coupler and Parts. 5-in. x 7-in. Shank. 
 Buckeye Steel Castings Co. 
 
 (Tf2=2 
 
 -2l£- 
 
 ,^^/////W»y//\ W/M777, 
 
 JM 
 
 ~T' 
 
 o 
 
 
 '-- 
 
 ^^tr^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 * \ 
 
 IP--—^ ' 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 || 
 
 
 WW 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ■ i ' 1 
 
 J 1 -, 
 
 
 — 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Figs. 1743-1756. Major Coupler and Parts, 5-in. x 7-in. Shank. Buckeye Steel Castings Co. 
 
 (275) 
 
Flgs I757 . I77 6 CAR B ODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Freight 
 
 
 \AU2S t 
 
 Pivot Pin. 
 
 E= 
 
 Quarcl Pin. 
 
 Lift Pin. Lock. 
 
 Fio-s. 176(3-1774. Melrose Coupler and Parts. National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 Fig. 1775. Goodman Wrecking Hook Applied to Coupler. Fig. 1776. Goodman Wrecking Hook 
 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 (276) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear. Couplers; Freight. Figs. 1777-1797. 
 
 Fig. I11 1. Longitudinal Section. 
 
 Fig. 1778. 
 Horizontal Section. 
 
 Fig. 1779. Cross-Section. 
 
 Fig. 1780. Perspective Vie 
 
 Fig. 1781. 
 Perspective View 
 of Coupler and 
 Hand Rod. 
 
 u 
 
 Fig. 1782. 
 Bottom Plan of Head. 
 
 Fig. 1784. Hand Rod. 
 
 Fig. 1783. Coupler, Hand Rod and Bracket. 
 
 Fig. 1786. 
 Bracket 
 Fig. 1785. for 
 
 Bracket for Corner 
 
 Face of End Sill, of Sill. 
 
 
 Or 
 
 ( §> 
 
 
 Fig. 1787. 
 Knuckle. 
 
 Fig. 1788. Fig. 1789. Fig. 179ft. Fig. 1791. Fig. 1792. Fig. 1793. 
 
 Knuckle Lock. Knuckle Pin. Operating Rod. Finger. Bracket for Bracket for 
 
 Face of Under-side. 
 Trojan Coupler and Parts. Trojan Coupler, Co. Sill. of Sill. 
 
 HR- 
 
 ^£ 
 
 Figs. 1 1 94-1795. Plan and Elevation of Schroyer Uncoupling Apparatus. 
 National Railway Devices Co. 
 
 Fig. 1796. Hinson 
 
 Emergency Knuckle. 
 
 National Car Coupler Co. 
 
 Fig. 1797. Gilman-Brown Emergency Knuckle. 
 Quincy, Manchester, Sargent Co. 
 
 (277) 
 
Figs. 1798-1811 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Passenger. 
 
 •^6\ 
 
 Lock. -figr 
 
 Patented. 
 
 Chain Hole Cap. 
 atented. 
 
 SA,n ? O 
 
 Bottom Lock Lift, 
 Patented. 
 
 -® 
 
 Knuckle Pin. 
 
 Coupler Complete, 
 Patented. 
 
 Support Pin 
 
 (.Furnished with any style of shank required.) 
 
 Figs. 1798-1809. Sharon Passenger Coupler. 
 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 Knuckle, 
 Patented. 
 
 Figs. 1810-1811. Washburn Flexible Head Passenger Coupler. Washburn Steel Castings & Coupler Co. 
 
 (27S) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Passenger. Figs. 1812-1829 
 
 Names of Parts of 
 Figs. 1812-1819. 
 
 241 Split Key 
 
 362 Catch Lever 
 
 1483 Knuckle Pin 
 
 1600 Knuckle Pin Plate 
 
 5081 Knuckle 
 
 "') 5082 Knuckle Pin 
 
 5127 Coupler Casting 
 
 5144 Coupler Casting 
 
 Figs. 1820-1827. Standard Passenger Coupler. Standard Coupler Co. 
 
 Fig. 1828. Gould No. 1515. Steel Passenger Coupler. Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 (279) 
 
 Figs. 1829. Gould Improved 1909 Model Steel Passenger Coupler. Gould Coupler Co 
 
Figs. 1830-1S49 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear, Couplers; Passenger. 
 
 fr-Al Drawbnc r SL.-mk 
 
 6-B Knii&U 
 
 6-L' Lock Complete 
 
 6-D Lifter 
 
 6-E Knuckle Pin 
 
 ^ . 0-I-. Knuckle Pin 
 
 ■ lii, 1 m aS ; ■■ i|ll{h; I O I " Locklne Pit. 
 
 Figs. 1830-1839. National Passenger Coupler. Xo. 6 A-l. National Car Coupler Co. 
 
 -n% .y^j' 
 
 - ; — °« : >|< SK- At- — 83tf- s4<-»-:h 
 
 ' .» a _ _ 5 ■&. a. _a_ _&_ .a, _a. 151 51 1 
 
 ; a o a & a st e ~?? '3 ® ■?. c 
 
 =L 
 
 Figs. 1840-1847. National Passenger Coupler, No. 5 P, with M. C. E. or Miller Knuckle. 
 
 National Car Coupler Co. 
 
 Figs. 1848-1849. Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear. Forging Attachment for Passenger Equipment Cars with 
 Standard Steel Platforms and National Couplers. Westinghouse Air Brake Co. (2S0) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 1850-1870 
 
 -J^apl^Jt^ 
 
 Figs. 1850-1853. Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear on Passenger Equipment Cars with Standard Steel Plat- 
 form and Three-Stem Couplers. 
 
 & 
 
 
 
 :-□ 1 — ij 
 
 iifl 
 
 0= equally sficced 2%' 
 
 tie plate: 
 
 2 Ihus-Wroug/.-iiro 
 
 ^° 
 
 R r?r-r 
 
 
 3 -Gi' Important 
 
 "*" J "if- - ■ H t "L"i.~'~- " 7>« mi squnrfJ and /'ittid 
 
 C JJV >&£> T" •^wwl' £«$. ***/ S/Z?r £01S PL.ITE *} ttusizffff lH d Wrought , 
 
 SECTION 
 
 sAetrinff friLtirn J.-off fftar 
 
 ~ -CT 
 
 FULLOWEB 
 
 E^ 
 
 *f- I4f«0*rt*nl 
 
 blDi: 1.10 TIL PLATE 
 
 
 >-. - 23}Tmf»rT„r 
 
 ,'Fisis/l rndz *f fcrgings ore net syuart ja/ itt.i. 
 
 A tl dimension 1 shau'n 
 rhiis lc suit deritfn c* ft'aLforrTi 
 
 ^U 
 
 -si' 
 
 -M 3-6J Invariant 
 
 CllAMAr. CASTING 
 
 - 33§-'-JnfiarTem 
 7$ Dr.ll 
 
 -f Ihus Ma//, inn -^ j _Af 
 
 IHfl fir jr'nftrrp,*. ^ 
 
 YOKE PIN 
 
 2 thus -Wrought iron J ft us _ Qfifu h*art\ Tna/ium sttel 
 
 ©-a 
 
 
 --'7 «-?j-— ?>•- 
 
 rOfi*£ Uthas-Wrea&t iroi 
 
 ^"" ——Enliri ItTtgth of ofifm 
 
 Lrnjlh te sa.t car 
 
 ;-— - J,- 
 
 /W.HCfl.lA' EXTENSION 
 
 2 thva -Wreagtt inn 
 
 1 .. 
 
 
 
 ^/PF ZVU/T ITU *«„ s / if : f/^ Wrought iron 
 
 >■' 
 
 ' _ Z~±*-f*!»rra -.t \. , 
 
 T "i 
 
 -r^ D ; .^ p rJ ^j 
 
 
 -2Hi~lmpc-tanl 
 
 FOLLOWER TUP G17DE -1 tba -1 1 'rmgil iron. 
 
 : 
 
 ^--( 
 
 *Ct-r 
 
 ' Rnrti - rcunTtrsvnh 
 B-i chimed rirn^^^ 
 
 Figs. 1854-1870. Detail Parts used in Application of Westinghouse Friction Draft Gear to Passenger Equipment 
 Cars with Standard Steel Platforms and Three-Stem Couplers. 
 
 Westinghouse Air Brake Co. 
 
 (2S1) 
 
Figs. 1871-1880 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 ^#*W|3^ 
 
 Figs. 1878-1880 Miner Friction Draft Gear, Applied to C, M. & St. P. 
 Passenger Cars with Standard Steel Platforms. 
 
 W. H. Miner Co. 
 
 (2S2) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger 
 
 Figs. 1881-1885 
 
 Figs. 1881-1884. Miner Friction Draft Gear, Applied to I. C. 
 Combination Postal and Baggage Cars. 
 
 Figs. 1885-1885. Miner Friction 
 
 28P Draft Spring, 6 
 
 Draft Gear, Applied to N. Y. 
 W. H. Miner Co. 
 Names of Parts of Fig's. 
 
 1886 
 
 8 
 
 90 Clevis 
 
 91 Cle-jis Pin 
 
 139 foot Plate Housing 
 
 148 Lever Hinge Bracket 
 
 152 Lever Handle 
 
 154 Buffer Stem King Washer 
 
 156 Buffer Stem End Washer 
 
 528 Catch Spring 
 
 574 Tail Pin 
 
 586 Side Stem Pivot Pin 
 
 594 Side Stem Bracket, L. & R. 
 
 602 Side Stem Spring, 3% in. x 18 in. 
 
 607 Side Stem Lug Washer 
 
 608 Side Stem Bevel Washer 
 614 Buffer Plate 
 
 620 Buffer Stem 
 
 628 Buffer Pin 
 
 630 Buffer Spring, 4 in. x 18 in. 
 
 634 Buffer Stem Bracket, R. & L 
 
 641 Buffer Stem Guide 
 
 648 Draft Bolt 
 
 655 Foot Plate 
 
 660 Foot Plate Bolt 
 
 665 Foot Plate Stop, R. & L. 
 
 675 Uncoupling Lever Chain 
 
 683 Uncoupling Lever Guide 
 
 700 Uncoupling Lever 
 
 715 Uncoupling Lever Plate 
 
 720 Uncoupling Lever Collar 
 
 845 Center Stem Thimble 
 
 904 Catch 
 
 Ii. & H 
 
 . Motor and Trailer Cars. 
 
 -1935. 
 
 
 917 
 
 Coupler Head Casting 
 
 920 
 
 Side Motion Spring, 2% in. x < 
 
 932 
 
 Spring Box Holder 
 
 987 
 
 Center Stem 
 
 998 
 
 Sid? Stem 
 
 1030 
 
 Spring Box- 
 
 1086 
 
 Cat cli Lever 
 
 1111 
 
 Stirrup 
 
 1120 
 
 Chafing Plate 
 
 1200 
 
 Center Stem Pivot Pin, 1V2 in 
 
 1204 
 
 Center Stem Pivot Pin, 1% in 
 
 1240 
 
 Split Key for Buffer Stem 
 
 1471 
 
 Knuckle 
 
 1483 
 
 Knuckle Pin 
 
 1600 
 
 Knuckle Pin Plate 
 
 (283) 
 
Figs. 1886-1935 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names on Page 283. 
 
 1.483, 
 
 1086 
 
 95 
 
 3 
 
 332 
 
 Figs. 1886-1935. Buhoup 3-Stem Passenger Coupler and Draft Gear. 
 McConway & Torley Co. 
 
 (284) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 1936-1947 
 
 ,e_a 
 
 
 i ; W . 
 
 ,. n ,T) 
 
 nmrx 
 
 ? 
 
 SE^EI! X 
 
 f? c 
 
 ] -"□[a r4° a I 
 
 
 \. 
 
 Parts Comprising One Set of Standard Steel Platforms, Types A-3, A-5, A 
 
 Xo. Pieces 
 
 Description 
 
 Open or 
 Vestibule 
 
 No. Pieces Description 
 
 2 Buffer Tread Plates 
 
 4 Buffer Steins. Side, Length to Suit 
 
 2 Buffer Stems, Center, Length to 
 
 Suit 
 4 Buffer Stem Hinges 
 4 Buffer Stem Clevises, A-II 
 4 Buffer Stem Clevis Bolts, % x 4 in. 
 4 Buffer Stem Clevis Pins, 
 
 iVi x 4% m. 
 6 Buffer Stem Sleeves, 2 Each, A, C 
 
 and D, not required with buffer 
 
 beam extensions 
 2 Buffer Springs, Double or Triple 
 
 Coil, to Suit 
 Equalisers, A-o 
 
 2 I-Beams, Each A and D, 14.75 fts., 
 
 17.25 lbs. or 23.90 lbs. per ft., as- 
 required, machined to suit car 
 
 framing 
 2 I-Beams, Each B and C, 17.25 lbs. 
 
 or 23.90 lbs. per ft., as required, 
 
 machined to suit car framing 
 12 or 16 I-Beam Brackets, A-15 or 
 
 K-15, riveted to beams 
 2 Buffer Beam Angles, 6x6x 37V2 in. 
 
 to suit 
 2 Buffer Face Angles, for 
 
 Vestibule Platforms 
 2 Buffer Face Plates, for 
 
 Platforms Only 
 
 Note. — Buffer beam extensions are extra. Drawbar guides F-8 are for central 
 ment 2 in. either way. 
 (285) 
 
 13 and A-15, A-23 and A-25. 
 
 . Piei es Description 
 
 Equalizer Pivot Pins, 1% x 4% in. 
 
 Equalizer Guide Bars 
 
 Equalizer Guide Angles 
 
 Equalizer Guide Anchors, A-17 or 
 B-17 
 
 Equalizer Guide Bolts, % x 3% in. 
 
 Spring Cups. Front, B-10 or L-10. 
 
 Spring Cups, Back, B-13 or L-13 
 
 Name Plates, as required 
 
 Buffer Beam Extensions, as re- 
 quired 
 
 Drawbar Guide Yokes, F-S 
 
 Drawbar Guide Sleeves, C-S-i 
 
 Drazvbar Guide Springs 
 
 Drawbar Guide Rods 
 
 draft couplers only; lateral move- 
 
Figs. 1948-1952 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 ■* " 
 
 ~~ 
 
 
 
 -ffe— 
 
 - - 
 
 -- 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 hi? (Q 
 
 " 
 
 O 
 
 J3 
 
 
 
 
 
 •Sji 
 
 
 ®; 
 
 
 ■ i*C 
 
 
 c 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^C 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 °l 
 
 
 ^O 
 
 
 O 
 
 k 6- +- 
 
 — + 
 
 C 
 
 ■d 
 c 
 
 rt 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 u 
 
 < 5 
 
 a -a 
 >. 1- 
 
 ■a 
 c 
 
 9 
 
 oil©! 
 
 MM 1 r^^r-H^n pw 
 
 ~ !|Q 
 ©! 
 
 oil® 
 
 Oi jO 
 
 TUTU CL 
 
 
 
 -9 
 
 -1 
 
 
 c 
 
 ^ 
 
 te 
 
 1 
 
 ID 
 
 ! ^ 
 
 vSi.p^ 
 
 * 
 
 H" 
 
 ~| 
 
 3. 
 
 (1 
 
 ! ^ 
 
 91 
 
 l -^- 
 
 ?> 
 
 
 -^^' 
 
 ! 
 
 
 
 L 
 
 ID" 
 
 
 6 
 
 IX 
 
 (2S6) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 1953-1964 
 
 mfljjgto 
 
 Figs. 1953-1960. Standard Steel Platform 
 
 and Draft Gear for Blind End Cars. 
 
 Standard Coupler Co. 
 
 TYPE-B-l 1. 
 
 Vestibule Blind End. 
 
 
 vVv 
 
 
 \ .DO 
 
 f '" ' O 
 
 b 
 
 ■-C-6-19. 
 
 i 
 
 % 
 
 d 
 
 "I 
 
 F-8-. 
 
 B-19. 
 
 |/a 
 
 1 
 
 u 
 
 
 O 
 
 djji 
 
 C 
 
 as 
 a 
 
 Pc-8-K 
 
 
 a/Vn 
 
 
 
 /!// Wood Buffer Beam . 
 
 1961-1004. Standard Steel Platform, Type C. for Caboose Cars. Standard Coupler Co. 
 
 Parts Comprising One Set of Standard Steel Platforms for Blind End Cars. 
 
 No. Pieces 
 
 Description 
 
 4 l-Beams, 17.2s lbs. or 23.90 lbs. per 
 
 ft., as required, machined to suit 
 
 ear framing 
 2 Buffer Face Angles, for Vestibule 
 
 Blind Ends of Non-Vestibule 
 
 Blind Ends 
 2 Buffer Face Plates, for Vestibule 
 
 Blind Ends Only 
 2 Buffer Tread Plates 
 4 Buffer Stems, Side, Length to Suit 
 2 Puffer Stems, Center, Length to Suit 
 
 No. Pieces Description No. Pieces 
 
 4 Buffer Stem Hinges 4 
 
 12 Buffer Stem Sleeves, 6 A, 2 each 4 
 
 B, C and D (2 each A. C and D 4 
 
 not used with buffer beam ex- 2 
 
 tensions) 2 
 
 Buffer Stem Washers, Front 2 
 
 Buffer Stem Washers, Back 2 
 
 Buffer Stent Keys 4 
 
 Buffer Springs for Center Stem 2 
 
 Spring Cups, Front 2 
 
 Description 
 Buffer Springs for Side Stems 
 Hold-back Springs for Side Stems 
 End Sill Plates, Side, as required 
 End Sill Plates, Center, as required 
 Name Plates 
 Buffer Beam Extensions 
 Drawbar Guide Yokes, F-8 
 Drawbar Guide Sleeves, C-S-i 
 Drawbar Guide Springs 
 Drawbar Guide Rods 
 
 Spring Cups, Back 
 
 Note. — Buffer Beam extensions are ex Ira. Drawbar Guides F-8 are for central draft couplers only; lateral move- 
 ment '2 in. either way. 
 
 (287) 
 
Figs. 1965-1969 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 'ff-tf-P SMI*] NO N0I1D3£ 
 
 ■s-A 
 
 9 *-Tf—i 
 
 C 
 
 a. 
 
 3 
 O 
 
 u 
 
 — 
 
 o- 
 
 m 
 o 
 
 a 
 < 
 
 83 
 
 PQ 
 
 
 Parts Comprising One Set of Standard Steel Platform Buffers, Type D-3. Adapted to Steel Cars. 
 
 No. Pieces. Description. 
 
 2 Buffer Beam Extensions, with 
 
 Inserts 
 2 Name Flutes 
 2 Buffer Spring Followers 
 2 Buffer Spring Casings 
 4 Side Stem Brackets, with Keys 
 
 No. Pieces. Description. 
 
 12 Side Stem Washers 
 
 2 Buffer Center Stems 
 
 2 Buffer Face Angles 
 
 2 Buffer Face Plates 
 
 2 Buffer Tread Plates 
 
 4 Buffer Side Stctus 
 
 No. Pieces. Description. 
 
 4 Side Stem Keys and Colters 
 
 4 Hinge Plates 
 
 6 Chafing Plates 
 
 2 Single Coil Buffer Springs, P-14 
 
 4 Double Coil Buffer Springs, P-I2 
 
 8 Double Coil Buffer Springs, P-13 
 
 Back Spring Cup, "X," may be furnished by Car Builder to Suit Car Construction. 
 
 (288)' 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 1970-1974 
 
 V-V-V 3NI7 NO NO 11039 
 -S— 1 
 
 3 
 
 u 
 
 = 
 
 u 
 
 H 
 
 Parts Comprising One Set of Standard Steel Platform Buffers, Type E-3. Adapted to Steel Cars. 
 
 No. Pieces. Description. 
 
 2 Buffer Beam Extensions and 
 
 Inserts 
 2 Name Plates 
 2 Front Spring Cups 
 2 Back Spring Cups 
 & Side Stem Brackets, with Keys 
 
 Xo. Pieces. Description. 
 
 4 Buffer Side Stems 
 
 Side Stem Keys and Cotters 
 Hinge Plates 
 Chafing Plates 
 
 Double Coil Buffer Springs, P-13 
 Triple Coil Buffer Springs, P-19 
 Back Slops, "X," "Y," "Z," may be furnished by Car Builders to Suit Car Construction. 
 
 Xo. Pieces. Description. 
 
 8 Side Stem Washers 
 
 Side Stem Followers 
 
 Buffer Center Stems 
 
 Buffer Face Angles 
 
 Buffer Face .-Ingle Plate. 
 
 Buffer Tread Plates 
 
 4 
 4 
 4 
 8 
 2 
 
 (289) 
 
Figs. 1975-1981 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 
 rTT 
 
 Figs. 1975-1977. Forsyth Buffing Device, Applied to Cast Steel Platfor 
 
 Figs. 1978-1981. Forsyth Huffing Device, Applied to Built-up Platform. 
 Forsyth Brothers Co. 
 
 (290) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. Figs. 1982-2041 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names on Page 292. 
 
 m 1 m 
 
 TZ 
 
 vf 
 
 ■j<* Bi-^is^Mg 
 
 -1-2 »LlSJBolt k— »K_ 
 
 7-r 
 
 a~£ : 
 
 Ln 
 
 o o 
 
 ?■> — -'I 
 
 $ 
 
 sa 
 
 fe. 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 : 
 
 
 0— ,- 
 
 O- -r 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 £=£= 
 
 O 
 
 
 = -" 
 
 
 ~s 
 
 
 .--■ 
 
 -0 
 
 
 c=!= 
 
 : 
 
 g- 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 
 :'- 
 
 -0 
 
 
 - ■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 '* 
 
 
 
 . . _ u 
 
 b— 
 
 
 *— ' 
 
 
 -e? ^r « gg fP ? 
 
 [Csg 
 
 -^ 
 
 E^L- 
 
 "J^H: 
 
 ©w ,. 
 
 V4 
 
 ^0 
 
 ---12A-- -■ -' J>J 
 
 3 
 
 Figs. 198-2-1990. 
 Hinson Single Spring Draft Gear and National Buffer, Applied to Passenger Car with Wooden Draft Sills. 
 
 [3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ( \o 
 
 
 :_■*&_ 
 
 
 'J3-/' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3-3." 
 
 
 rf^S 
 
 
 
 
 -"- 
 
 
 — Li 
 
 
 n 
 
 "3-2: 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 '3-4-w." 
 
 = 1 
 
 ;=>; " :z . . 
 
 t 
 
 HZ3 
 
 "3-/4." 
 
 (o~ E 
 
 £-40" 
 
 _J 
 
 3--AJ " 
 
 B-/OB 
 
 B-Z/ ' 
 
 'B-/OS.' 
 
 B-/OS>" 
 
 B-//Q." 
 
 T^l 
 
 3-//0" 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 ^ N /"" X 
 
 3-/00" 
 
 r 
 
 EC 
 
 "£-///.' 
 
 3-/// " 
 
 (201) Figs. 1901-21141. Parts of National Steel Pla 
 
 form and Puffer. National Car Coupler Co. 
 
Figs. 2042-2058 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 Oyrstrvct/o/? for Qoer?r~/7d drs 
 
 \<r &%'- >|fcj5$| 
 
 Figs. 2042-2052. Application of National Steel Platform and Buffer and Hinson 
 Twin Spring Passenger Draft Gear to Vestibule and Open End Cars. 
 
 n EM 
 
 Figs. 2053-2058. National Continuous Platform Buffer ami Equalizing Yoke 
 with Hinson Single Spring Draft Gear. National Car Coupler Co. 
 
 B-l Buffer Plate 
 B-2 Buffer Face Plate 
 B-3 Sliding Foot Plate 
 B-3-W Sliding Foot Plate 
 B-4-W Buffer Stem 
 B-8 Buffer Spring 
 B-9 Buffer Spring 
 B-10 Buffer Stem Washer 
 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 1991-2041. 
 
 B-ll Buffer Stem Washer 
 
 B-12 Buffer Foot Plate 
 
 B-12-W Buffer Foot Plate 
 
 B-14 Buffer Stem Key 
 
 B-16 Buffer Yoke 
 
 B-17 Push Bar or Strut Beam 
 
 B-18 Buffer Yoke Spring 
 
 B-19 Buffer Yoke Spring Washer 
 
 B-20 Buffer Face Plate 
 
 B-21 Buffer Yoke Stop Block 
 
 B-22 Buffer Push Bar 
 
 B-40 Buffer Stem 
 
 B-108 Buffer Yoke Stop Block 
 
 B-109 Buffer Yoke Stop Block 
 
 B-110 Buffer Yoke Stop Block 
 
 B-lll Buffer Yoke Stop Block 
 
 (292) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 2059-2064 
 
 /^~^- = ~ n :] -' "w"-',? r> ^rvAru'vSji-l^-^" ~~ 
 
 TO SUIT CAR 
 
 Section at Side Stem. 
 
 II I. J-lilL 
 
 Mm 
 
 '-left 
 
 it 
 
 ■ —TO SUIT CAR 
 
 Section Through Trap Door. 
 
 -_ J 
 
 Section Through Bolster. 
 
 (293) 
 
 Figs. 2059-2064. End Elevation and Cross-Sections of Gould Wide Vestibule 
 
 Steel Platform with Friction Buffer and Draft Gear. 
 
 Gould Coupler Co. 
 
Figs. 2065-2066 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passens 
 
 Fig. 2065. Plan of Gould Wide Vestibule Steel Platform, with Friction Buffer and Draft Gear. 
 
 Fig. 2CJG0. Side Elevation of Gould Wide Vestibule Steel Platform, with Friction Puller and Draft Gear. 
 
 Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 (204) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 2067-2074 
 
 Fig. 2068. Gould Friction Draft 
 
 Fig;. 2069-2071. Gould Friction Draft Gear. 
 Dismantled. 
 
 Fig. 2073. Gould Spring Buffer for Stub-end Cars 
 
 Fig 
 
 Gould Friction Draft Gear. Assembled. 
 
 (295) 
 
 Fig. 2074. Application of Gould Spring Buffer 
 to Stub-end Milk and Express Cars. 
 Gould Coupler Co. 
 
Figs. 2075-2082 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Passenger. 
 
 f ^_— ^l'--^.,..^!,..^ ^ ^ 
 
 >|^Kittit::^J-:]^g±Jjfc 
 
 fl W/ 7i 
 
 DecK&eam W~4 
 
 :t^-:>,V--£:S fg 
 
 7; - : , ( .,-.--J-fi- - ^y^ 1 
 
 □ [oil! ish !® : 
 
 i^— M* 
 
 •-T-i"-'-i."//jUjBT 
 
 z 
 
 5" 
 
 
 iZ-I 
 
 ^3 
 
 SECTION B-B. 
 
 V 
 
 "1? 
 ft 
 
 >> 
 
 
 Diaphragm- 
 
 1 * 
 
 Figs. 2075-2079. Draft Gear Attachments for Vestibuled Steel Postal Car. Atchison, Topeka & Santa Fe. 
 
 i 
 
 ^--lo'-if-S'it 2'/"— ^~>|* 
 
 2'l"- >*^-5-> 
 
 - 30- ^-AI^-^^ 
 
 I i i 
 
 f^pp|P|P|p^ 
 
 riss 
 
 tb — £ra*| 
 
 j^V^r^:: 
 
 k—^-tz^sgEg^Z^r- ^ 
 
 H 
 
 l: 
 
 efrv.v.iFl.iP a 
 
 ■*■ 
 
 J-' W-fr-h— 
 
 cgfaS&feii 
 
 -a— --f- 
 
 v 
 
 fr 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 S?t t 
 
 Figs. 2080-2082. Standard Platform and 3-Stem Draft Gear for Wide Vestibule 
 Passenger Cars. C, C, C. & St. L. 
 
 (296) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear; Centering Devices. Figs. 2083-2090 
 
 Figs. 2083-2084. Stucki Radial Drawbar Controlling Device as Applied by the Pullman Co. and Others. 
 For Freight and Passenger Equipment. Forsyth Eros. Co. 
 
 Arrange i*. T Loth 
 4"apd 5"Yoke Strap 
 
 Figs. 2085-2086. Passenger Drawbar Centering Device. 
 Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 Figs. 208/-208S. National Centering Yoke. 
 National Car Coupler Co. 
 
 u |j 
 
 \ ^ J 
 
 (297) 
 
 Fig. 2089. On Straight Trad 
 
 ~~> 
 
 i '■■ } ) 
 
 Fig. 2O00. On Curve. 
 Chaffee Drawbar Centering Device. Forsyth Bros. Co. 
 
Figs. 2091-2097 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Draft Gear. 
 
 Figs. 2091-2096. Cory Drawbar Centering Device. W. H. Miner Co. 
 
 Fig. 2007. Miner Tandem Draft Gear and Posson Reinforcing Underframe for Incrcasiiu 
 
 Freight Car Capacity. 
 
 W. H. Miner Co. 
 
 (298) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs. 
 
 Figs. 2098-2111 
 
 Letters Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 302. 
 
 Fig. 2098. Transverse Section. 
 
 rspx.. -'. ~~ 
 
 H 
 
 ; 1 
 
 
 | jsi ■ ■ S 
 
 
 
 ! M 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ * ■ 1 
 
 i i 
 
 
 ! 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 U>: c 
 
 
 : I 
 : j 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 l|;; j 
 
 
 
 ■■ .; : 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 la "" L'- ~ ~ ~ " -'-'"."'" :-"'-' 
 
 _~_v_rrrr r_~. w~_~ z ~\ z z z ...z\^ 
 
 --v.q 
 
 :Zr. 
 
 A 
 
 Fig. 2099. Plan. 
 
 2 3 2 2 
 
 
 i 
 
 " 
 
 ' ~ 
 
 I 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 
 SSll 
 
 
 1 J 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 Fig. 2102. Plan. Winslow Car Roof. 
 (With Curved Roof Sheets.) 
 
 Fig. 2103. Longitudinal Section. 
 The Winslow Car Roof. 
 
 [u&. mm j 
 
 * 2'/2-' * 
 
 Fig. 2104. 
 
 Section of Joint 
 
 Strip. 
 
 Fig. 2105. Half Cross-Section 
 and Half Elevation. 
 
 Figs. 2106-2107. 
 Strap Bolts for 
 Ridge Pole. ~~i*~~t' ? ~ **' 
 
 Fig. 2108. 
 Part Longitudinal Section. 
 
 Fig. 2109. 
 
 Cross-Section of Plate 
 
 and Eaves. 
 
 Figs. 2110-2111. Joint Strip and Section of Metallic Lining 
 Winslow Metallic Car Roof. 
 
 (21)!)) 
 
FigS. 2II2-2I20 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs. 
 
 Letters Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 302. 
 
 Fig, 2114. Cross-Section of Ridge Pole. Fig. 2115. Longitudinal Section of Ridge Pole 
 
 LLLp' Fig. 2110. Cross-Sections of Roofing Strips. Tl£T 
 Excelsior Car Roof, an Inside Metallic Car Roof. 
 
 Fig. 2118. Transverse S 
 
 ection. 
 
 Fig. 2119. 
 
 Malleable 
 
 Iron Integral 
 
 Corner Cap. 
 
 1W^~- 
 
 Fig. 2120. 
 
 Section Through 
 
 Ridge Pole. 
 
 Excelsior Galvanized Car Roof. An Outside Metallic Roof. 
 Excelsior Car Roof Co. 
 
 (300) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs. 
 
 Figs. 2121-2130 
 
 Section Showing Transverse 
 Roof Boards. 
 
 ■Section Showing Longitudinal 
 Roof Boards. 
 
 Figs. 2121-2123. Application of No. 4 Outside Iron Roof. 
 Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofing Co. 
 
 Detail of Intermediate 
 Sheet. 
 
 Galvanized Iron, 
 Section at Fa yes. 
 
 Section of Punning 
 Board and Roof. 
 
 Section af Eaves. 
 
 Detail of Saddle. 
 
 Section Over Door wag. 
 
 Figs. 2124-2130. Details of No. 4 Outside Iron Roof. 
 Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofing Co 
 
 (301) 
 
Figs. 2131-2141 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs. 
 
 I^CT^I t ^tf.y.M r-^v. 
 
 LiuuaiiuoiiJ^jjiJJJ^ 
 
 Side Elevation of ffoof. 
 
 frames of Parts of Winslow Roof. 
 Figs. 2098-2103. 
 
 1 Joint Strip 
 
 2 Corrugations 
 
 3 Cover Strip 
 
 4 Roof Strips 
 
 5 Ridge Pole 
 
 6 Purlins 
 
 7 7?co/ Boards 
 
 8 Pairs Fascia Board 
 
 9 Carline 
 
 Names of Parts of the 
 
 Excelsior Roof. 
 
 Figs. 2112-2116. 
 
 A Lower Ridge Pole 
 
 B Upper Ridge Pole 
 
 C Carline 
 
 D Running Boards 
 
 E Roof Strips 
 
 F Eaves Fascia Board 
 
 G Sub-fascia Board 
 
 K Galvanized Iron Lining 
 
 L Purlins 
 
 P Ptoe 
 
 R i?oo/ Board 
 
 S Sub-rafter 
 
 T Cover Strip for Sub-rafter 
 
 -5 
 
 > 
 
 Fig. 2137. Part Side Elevation Fig. 2138. 
 
 of Ridge Pole, Showing Cross-Section of Ridge Pole. 
 
 Mortise. 
 
 Fig. 2136. 
 Cross-Section Through Plate and Eaves. 
 
 Fig. 2139. Fig. 2140. 
 
 cction Thr, ,,.-,:, (.over Strips. Stop Block. 
 
 Fig. 2141. Sectional View of Roof. 
 Figs. 2131-2141. Improved Chicago Car Roof. Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofing C< 
 
 (302) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs. 
 
 Figs. 2142-2154 
 
 f^an 0/ ffoaf 
 
 Figs. 2142-2150. Chicago Improved Winslow Roof. Chicago-Cleveland Car Roofing Cc 
 
 TOP ROOF- 
 
 PURLIN 
 
 RL'BEROIO 
 
 LOWER ROOF 
 
 ■CARLINt U'-CAQLINE M.-CARLIUE ^(^ARLINE 
 
 PARTING - 5TRIP 
 
 PARTING OTRIP 
 
 Figs. 2151-21.54. Application of Ruberoid Roofm*. 
 Standard Paint Co. 
 
 (303) 
 
Figs. 2155-2164 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs. 
 
 Fig . 2155. Ruberoid Torsion-Proof Car Roof. Standard Paint Co. 
 
 i'BoH. length to soil End riveted over nut 
 D.nance from under side of bolt-head to 
 lop of roof board =$. 
 
 Slonl of under 
 surface = 1$ «l ' -0 
 
 if Wood B'CCK 
 
 Ti„- S . 2156-2159. Miner Metallic Running Board Saddle. 
 
 Figs. 2151 
 
 SwcLiou nt A 
 
 Cross Section of Sub-Raftrr 
 
 Figs 2160-2163. Torsion-Proof Car Roof. 
 F. W. Bird & Son. 
 
 Fig 2164 Corrugated Inside Iron Roof. 
 
 Drake & Weirs Co. (304) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Rcofs. 
 
 Figs. 2165-2172 
 
 Fig. 2168. Application of Carey's 3-PIy, Burlap Center Freight Car Roofing. Philip Carey Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 217(1. 
 Fig. 2169. Murphy's Improved Winslow Car Roof. Murphy's American Car Roof. Outside Metallic Roof. 
 
 Standard Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 PV - 
 
 T> 
 
 
 
 rr - $"— •> 
 
 c rt*^ — 
 
 
 a QJj 
 
 Q 
 
 ^ ' ^ hi J 
 
 ( 305 ) Stefan c-D. Fi ? s ' 2171-2172. Steel Channel Roof Carline. Standard Railway Equipment Co. 
 
Figs. 2173-21! 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Roofs. 
 
 „-to ~kaUj ptsx-rlu;**. ■'« &-o. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Q' ;£ 
 
 
 '■k\—- 
 
 
 1*1 
 
 \\\ 
 
 j ' 
 
 ±X- 
 
 \ 
 
 ■\ 
 
 "3 
 
 '« 
 
 3 
 
 i'" 41 
 
 
 *■ 
 
 
 --~TT\ 
 
 r*3 1 
 
 iT *+ 
 
 I 
 
 Figs. 2176-2179. Details of Cleveland Pressed Steel Roof Carline, Type P>, Heavy Pattern. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 
 n * 
 
 
 1, 
 
 v_ 
 
 
 
 .1 \\\ 
 
 r 
 
 I 
 
 f~~i • Jt L^g Sc-rem 
 
 \-f\Boits 
 
 
 n 
 
 
 
 
 wv 
 
 LJ 
 
 
 lJ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ SextunSB SecZcorv A/9 
 
 ■Jul do/As Ao ?/m>f foc~k m<As 
 trr fhrtorf /Checked,. 
 
 www 
 
 Figs. 2180-2185. Details of Cleveland Pressed Steel Roof Carline, Standard Pattern. 
 
 < 
 
 Figs. 2180-2188. Cleveland Pressed Steel Roof Carline, Type C. with Nailing Strip 
 
 Outside Metallic Roof. 
 Cleveland Car Specialty Co. 
 
 (300) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS; Box Car, Roofs. 
 
 Figs. 2189-2200 
 
 Plan of Roof. 
 Figs. 2180-2107. Robertson Standard Box Car Root. Asbestos Protected Metal Co. 
 
 Fig. 2108. Robertson Standard Box Car Roof. 
 Asbestos Protected Metal Co. 
 
 Fig. 2100. Batted Flax Fibre for Use in Linofelt 
 
 Car Lining. 
 Union Fibre Co. 
 
 Fig. 22()0. Linofelt Car Lining 
 Union Fibre Co. 
 
 (.307) 
 
Figs. 2201-2204 CAR BODY DETAILS, Sleeping Car Berths and Windows. 
 
 Fig. 2201. Section of a Sleeping Car, with Cushions Fig. 22(12. Section of a Sleeping Car, with the Upper 
 
 Removed, Showing Pillow Box, Upper Berth and Lower Berths Made Up, Except the 
 
 Hangings, Head Board and Table. Head Board and Curtains. 
 
 Sleeping Car Sections and Berths. Pullman Co. 
 
 203. Section of a Sleeping Car, Arranged Pullman Co. Fig. 2204. Parlor Car Window, 
 
 for Day Travel. Numbers Refer to List of Names on Next Page. (308) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Sleeping Car Berths and Wind 
 
 ows. Figs. 2205-2206 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below. 
 
 36 s 
 
 Names of Parts of Sleeping Car Sections 
 Figs. 2201-2202, 2206. 
 
 46 
 47 
 48 
 
 49 
 
 B 
 C 
 D 
 
 E 
 F 
 G 
 
 H 
 
 J 
 
 L 
 
 Fig. 2205. Coach Window. 
 
 Table Hook Piute 
 Berth Cat eh Handle 
 Berth Catch 
 Lower Berth Stop Bar 
 
 50 
 51 
 52 
 
 Lower Berth 
 
 Upper Berth 
 
 Upper Berth (folded up) 
 
 Berth Front, Upper Part 
 
 Berth front, Lower Part 
 
 Berth Front Panel 
 
 Bunk Apron, or Deck Sill 
 
 Facing 
 Berth Partition 
 Head Board 
 Inside Window Panel 
 Pilaster, between Windows 
 U 'ainscot Panel 
 Seat End 
 Scat Head End 
 Curtain Rod Folding Bracket 
 Berth Curtain Rod or Pole 
 Berth Curtain 
 Berth Mattresses 
 Pillow Box 
 Bunk End 
 Bunk Panel 
 Lower Peek Ceiling 
 Berth Spring and Frame 
 Berth Chain Pulley 
 Berth Chain 
 Berth Safety Rope 
 Card or Writing Table 
 
 Window Shade 
 
 Window Shade Thumb Latch 
 
 Hammock 
 
 53 
 54 
 55 
 
 Window I 'a lances M 
 
 Drapery Curtain N 
 
 Lower Wainscot Rail O 
 
 Upper Wainscot Rail P 
 
 Wainscot Panel Q 
 
 Wood Grille R 
 
 Inside Window Cornice S 
 
 Inside Window Sill T 
 
 Mullion of Upper Sash U 
 
 Names of Parts of Windows 
 
 Names cf Parts of Coach Window. Fi 
 
 1 russ Plan, 
 Lower Wainscot Rail 
 I pper Wainscot Rail 
 Wainscot Panel 
 Inside Window Sill 
 Window, or Window Glass 
 Window Casing, or Inside Window Stop 
 Window Pilaster 
 Pilaster Cap 
 Base of Pilaster 
 Window Stile 
 Window Rail, or Sash 
 Shade 
 
 Bottom Bar of Shade 
 Shade Thumb Latch or Lift 
 Continuous Basket Rack 
 Basket Rack Bracket 
 Window Shade Stop 
 Window Casing or Cap .Molding 
 Window Lift 
 Window Latch 
 Pilaster Cap Bracket 
 Window' Cove Molding 
 Car Floor 
 Inside Cornice 
 
 Inside Cornice Sub-Fascia Board, 
 or Paneling 
 
 Molding of Window Post 
 
 Window Sash Stile 
 
 Window Sash Rail 
 
 Hot Water Pipes 
 
 Hot Water Pipe Guard Rail 
 
 Basket or Bundle Rack 
 
 Lower Sash 
 
 Upper Sash. Leaded Glass 
 
 Window Lift 
 
 V 
 
 w 
 
 X 
 
 Fig. 2204. 
 
 // 'iudow Stop 
 Electric Push. I 
 Table Hook Plate 
 
 utton 
 
 28 Table Leg 
 
 29 Seat Cushion. (The cushion 
 pulls out, and the back takes 
 the place of the cushion, 
 and together they form the 
 lower berth ) 
 
 30 Seat Back 
 
 31 Seat Arm. Upholstered 
 
 32 Head Rest and Head Board 
 Pocket. (The upholstered 
 head rest lifts up about its 
 hinged top and forms a 
 pocket for day -wearing ap- 
 parel) 
 
 33 Upholstered Inner Seat End 
 
 34 Pillow 
 
 35 Blankets 
 
 36 Deck Window Screen 
 
 37 Vaulted Compound Carline 
 Decorations 
 
 38 Vaulted Deck Ceiling 
 
 39 Lamp Dome 
 
 40 Center Lamp 
 
 41 Vaulted Deck Window 
 
 42 Cross-Section of Car Side 
 
 43 Window Sasii Lift 
 
 44 Window Stop 
 
 45 Table Hook 
 Scat Back Paneling 
 Head Board Bolt and Lock 
 Hat Posts 
 
 Y Curtain Hook 
 Z Inside Cornice Sub-Fascia 
 Board 
 
 XZ^Sr 
 
 1 
 2 
 3 
 
 4 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 8 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 12 
 13 
 
 14 
 15 
 17 
 18 
 19 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 36 
 
 37 
 
 (309) 
 
 ?.L206. Section of a Sleeping Car, the Upper Berth Partly 
 The Columbian Style of Sleeping Car Section. Pullman 
 
 -Made 
 C 
 
 le Up. 
 
Figs. 2207-2214 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules. 
 
 Figs. 2207-2210. Framing ami tnterior Finish of Standard Pullman Wide Vestibule. 
 
 Pullman Co. 
 
 Figs. 2211-2212. Roof Framing. 
 
 Figs, 2213-221 1. End Framii 
 
 Vestibule Framing, First-Class Coach. N. V., X, 11. & I! 
 
 (;U0) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules. 
 
 Figs. 2215-2222 
 
 Names of Parts of 
 Vestibule. Figs. 
 
 Buhoup Wide 
 2215, 2263. 
 
 4 Foot Plate 
 
 6 Spanner Bar, Lower 
 
 5 Curtain Plate, Front 
 9 Curtain Plate. Rear 
 
 10 Curtain Roller 
 
 11 Curtain 
 
 12NP Post Plate. L. & R. 
 
 20 Curtain Bearing, Lower 
 
 20A Curtain Bearing. Lower, Used with 
 Standard Steel Platform 
 
 21 Curtain Bearing, Upper 
 23 Curtain Socket 
 
 4C Patent Plate 
 
 44 Curtain Spring. L. & R. 
 
 45 Curtain Roller Plug 
 
 46 . Irch Plate and Buffer Spring 
 
 49 Arch Plate Band 
 
 50 Shield 
 
 52 Curtain Spring Plug, Large 
 
 53 Curtain Spring Plug. Small 
 
 54 Piston Stem 
 
 79 Buffer Plate for Standard Steel 
 
 Platform 
 
 80 Foot Plate for Standard Steel 
 
 Platform 
 
 81 Buffer Plate Spring 
 91 Arch Plate 
 
 94 Spanner Bar, Upper 
 
 95 --lugle Connection, Top. R. 
 
 96 --Ingle Connection, Top, L. 
 
 100 Foot Plate Housing 
 
 101 Bulb Angle 
 
 111 Spanner Bar Bolt 
 
 115 .-ingle Connection, Bottom, R. 
 
 116 Angle Connection. Bottom, L. 
 
 119 Piston Stem Bracket 
 
 120 Piston Stem Guide 
 
 123 Accordion Hood Baud 
 
 124 Accordion Hood 
 
 125 /AW Br,)u- Bracket, Front. R. 
 
 126 Hood Brace Bracket, Trout 
 
 127 Hoo</ Brace Bracket. Rear. 
 
 128 Wsnrf Brace Bracket. Rear. 
 
 129 i-i\W Brace 
 
 130 Buffo- P/aiV 
 
 2215. Buhoi 
 
 p Wide Vestibule. 
 
 McConway 
 
 & Torley Co. 
 
 . L. 134 
 
 Foot Plate Bolt 
 
 R. 154 
 
 Piston Stem Spring 
 
 L. 155 
 
 Piston Stem ll'ashei 
 
 156 
 
 Piston Stem Ferrule 
 
 628 
 
 Buffer Plate Pin 
 
 =a 
 
 _ — ,__*_._- _ ■„. 
 
 1' 
 
 (0. 
 
 ^Tr^tT 1 mm 11 
 
 ' 1 1 Mmi 
 
 12. L. 
 
 ~' 
 
 Q 
 
 (311) 
 
 i* _ 
 12. R. 
 
 
 Figs. 2216-2222. Details of Buhoup Wide Vestibule. McConway & Torlev Co. 
 
Figs. 2223-2263 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules. 
 
 
 
 ■ t 
 
 
 c c 
 
 
 
 c c 
 
 
 101 
 
 [»■■!... ;. : r"::t-: mitt: .<■!. 
 
 IB H 
 
 3 «»» 
 
 134. 
 
 II5R. 
 
 II6.L. 
 
 Us= 
 
 =»8» 
 
 III. 
 
 155. 
 
 *w 
 
 1 -4UII W ! 
 
 129. 
 
 1 
 
 100. 
 
 S n 
 
 _ 
 
 Z=3 
 
 156. 
 
 655S — -~ .ii~** M n1 immnr 
 
 45. 
 
 44. L. 
 
 120. 
 
 154. 
 
 52. 
 
 628. 
 
 (MiWiifHIJ 
 46. 
 
 It ■■'"'] 
 
 . J 
 
 96.I-. 
 
 mm 
 
 53. 
 
 2QA. 21. 23. 40. B5.B. 01 
 
 Figs. 2223-2263. Details of Buhoup Wide Vestibule. McConway & Torley Co. (312) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules. 
 
 Figs. 2264-2271 
 
 Fig. 22i>4. Steel Extension Platform Trap Door, 
 Apolied to Wood Platform. 
 
 O. M. Edwards Co. 
 
 Fig. 22(j.j. Steel Extension Platform Trap Door. 
 
 Figs. 2266-2271. Extension Platform Trap Door, Design G. O. M. Edwards Co 
 
 (313) 
 
Figs. 2272-2279 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibules. 
 
 Figs. 2272-2273. National Steel Trap Door, 
 for Grade Level Platforms. 
 
 Figs. 2274-2275. National Steel Trap Door 
 for Elevated Station Platforms. 
 
 General Railway Supply Co. 
 
 scfflu ) 
 
 if t~l~~{\ Automatic 
 'V/ir.TJIWoc/i'- 
 
 Ves tibule Door 
 
 T 
 
 
 ■Platform 
 Lerel 
 
 eking 
 Device 
 
 Door Extension 
 
 Figs. 2210-2279. King Automatic Car Platform Extension. 
 King Automatic Car Platform Co. 
 
 v :i 1 4 ) 
 
CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibule, Details. 
 
 Figs. 2280-2289 
 
 n^^ 
 
 ■ .'' ti -'?''?^: ':ii* 
 
 Fig. 2280. Double Car Stop Fl S- 2 " 281 - Triple Car Step, 
 
 with Stanwood Safety Tread. Quincy, Manchester, Sargent Co. with Stanwood Safety Tread. 
 
 Fig. 2282. Cross-Section, Mason Safety \J Fig. 2283. Cross-Section Mason Safety Tread. 
 
 Tread. Brass Ribs, with 2%-in. Nosing. Steel Ribs, with 3%-in. Nosing. 
 
 American Mason Safety Tread Co. 
 
 Fig. 22*4. Mason Safety 
 Tread. Applied t ( i 
 Wood Steps. Amer- 
 ican Mason Safety- 
 Tread Co. 
 
 Mason Safety Tread. Applied to Pullman 
 Car Steps. 
 American Mason Safety Tread Co. 
 
 D 
 
 j 
 
 Figs. 2286-2288. Acme Improved Fireproof 
 Diaphragm and Attachment. 
 (315) Acme Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 2289. 
 
 G. S. \\ ood's Vestibule Diaphragm. 
 
 Pullman Pattern. 
 
 G. S. Wood. 
 
Figs. 2290-2296 
 
 CAR BODY DETAILS, Vestibule Details. 
 
 G. S. 
 
 Figs ■'2!)0-'22!11. 
 
 r — " P" 1 " 
 
 Wood's Vestibule Diaphragm hi 
 
 for Gould Vestibule. 
 
 G. S. Wood. 
 
 Figs. 2292-2293. 
 
 G. S. Wood's Vestibule Diaphragm 
 
 for Pullman Vestibule. G. S. Wood. 
 
 Figs. 2294 2290. Gould Vestibule Face Plate. Gould Coupler Co. 
 
CAR BODY D2TAILS, Vestibule Details. 
 
 Figs. 2297-2303 
 
 (317) 
 
 Figs. 2300-2303. "R. A." Vestibule Curtain Bracket 
 
 and Roller Curtain. 
 
 Quincy, Manchester, Sargent Co. 
 
Figs. 2304-2341 CAR FURNISHINGS, Bell Cords; Bushings, Couplings and Guides. 
 
 Fig. 2310. Valve Cord Hook. 
 Samson Cordage Works. 
 
 Figs. 2311-2313. Bell Cord Fig. 2314. Quartet 
 
 Bushings with Pulley. A. & W. Bell Cord Bushing. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 2315. Socket Snap. 
 Samson Cordage Works. 
 
 =» "Weans. 
 
 Fig. 2316. Double Connector. 
 Samson Cordage Works. 
 
 Fig. 2317. Samson Spot Trolley Cord. 
 Samson Cordage Works. 
 
 Fig. 2318. Coupling. Fig. 231!). Splice. Fig. 2320. Single Connector. 
 A. & W. Samson Cordage Works. 
 
 Fig. 2321. Solid Braided Bell Cord. 
 Samson Cordage Works. 
 
 Fig. 2324. Bell Cord Fig. 2325. Bell Cord Coupling. 
 
 Coupling. D. M. Co. A. & W. 
 
 SaSii^iS-a 
 
 SMSaoaa 
 
 Fig. 2322. Samson Wire Center Bell Cord. 
 Samson Cordage Y\ orks. 
 
 Fig. 2320. Attachment of Bell Cord 
 to Coupling. Samson Cordage Works. 
 
 Fig. 2332. 
 Guide with Flan 
 1). M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2335. D. M. Co. 
 
 Overhead Guides with 
 
 Screw and Pulley. 
 
 Fig. 2338. Fig. 2339. Fig. 2310. 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. D. M. Co. 
 
 Side Guides with Screw and Pulley. 
 
 Fig. 2341. 
 Overhead 
 
 Swing Guide 
 with Two 
 
 1'i.llcys. 
 IX M. Co. 
 
 (.Note: The Abbreviations, A. & IV. and D. M. Co. on this and following page 
 
 nr.' for Tin- Adams & Westlake Co. and (o-iq\ 
 '1 he Dayton Mfg. Co., respectively, who arc the makers.) \ \v±a) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS. Bell Cords; Guides and Hangers. Figs. 2342-2366 
 
 Fig. 2342. Fig. 2343. Fig. 2344 
 
 Pulley Guides with Flanges. 
 
 Fi g- 2345. Fig. 2346. Fig. 2347 
 
 D - M - Co- D. M. Co. A. & W. 
 
 Side Pulley Guides with Flanges. 
 
 " 
 
 Fig. 2348. 
 Overhead Guide 
 with Pulley, 
 Flange and Stem 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2340. 
 Corner Guide 
 with Pulley. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 2350. Fig. 23-51. 
 
 Swing Guides with 
 Pulleys. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2352. Fig. 2353. 
 
 A. & W. D. M. Co. 
 
 Angle Guides with Flange and Pulleys. 
 
 Fig. 23 
 
 (319) 
 
 Fig. 2362. Fig. 2363. Fig. 2364 Ficr 9 365 
 
 A. &W. D. M. Co. A. &W. D. m" Co 
 
 Bell Cord Strap Hangers. 
 
 Fig. 2366. 
 D. M. Co 
 
Figs. 2367-2406 CAR FURNISHINGS, Bell Cords; Hangers, Doors, Bolts 
 
 Fig. 2374. Fig. 2375. Fig. 2376. Fig. 237 
 Adams & Westlake. 
 
 Fig. 2367. Fig. 23(38. Fig. 2369. Fig. 2370. Fig. 2371. Fig. 2372. 
 D. M. Co. A. & W. A. & W. A. & W. A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 Bell Curd Band, Chain and Rod Hangers. 
 
 < ? 
 
 \M 
 
 l.\_ . A. 
 
 1.3 
 
 
 1 X 
 
 ii*LM 
 
 Fig. 2380. Fig. 2381. Fig. 2382. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Bell Cord Hanger Straps. 
 
 Fig. 2383. 
 
 Fig. 2384. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2385. 
 
 Fig. 2380. 
 Barrel Door Bolt with 
 Bent Staple Plate, 
 
 Fig. 2387. 
 
 Barrel Door Bolt and 
 
 Keeper. 
 
 Fig. 2388. Figs. 2389-2300. 
 
 Barrel Door Bolt with Round Necked Door 
 
 Necked Staple. Bolt and Plate. 
 
 ' "&SP 
 
 Fig. 2301. Square 
 Door Bolt and Keener. 
 
 Fig. 2392. Figs. 2393-2394. 
 
 Keeper. Square Neck Door Bolt 
 and Plate. 
 
 Fig. 2396. Flush Door Bolt. 
 
 m 
 
 Fig. 2395. Barrel Door Bolt with 
 Keeper. A. & W. 
 
 It 
 
 Fig. 2397. 
 
 Staple with Bent 
 
 Striking Plate. 
 
 
 Fig. 2398. 
 Flush Door Bolt. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2399-2400. Figs. 24U1-Z4UH. A. & vv. 
 
 Cupboard Catches and Bolts. 
 
 No. 0342. No. 0341. 
 
 Figs. 2403-2404. Refrigerator Catches. 
 Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 Figs. 24H5-24II6. Vestibule Door Bolt. 
 A. & W. 
 
 (320) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Catches Locks and Handles. Figs. 2407-2441 
 
 Figs. 2407-2408. Sliding Door Hasp Figs. 2409-2410. Sliding 
 
 and Staple for Mail Car. A. & \V. Door Hook and Button 
 
 tor Baggage Car. A. & W. 
 
 ?\? ^> <^-.<C>j?" 
 
 Fig. 2413. Sliding 
 Door Flush Lock. 
 
 Figs. 2411-2412. Spring Latch 
 
 and Keeper tor Baggage Car 
 
 Sliding Door. A. & W. 
 
 j6j 
 
 «^ 
 
 Fig. 2417. 
 
 Elbow Catch. 
 
 R. & E. Mfg. Co 
 
 Fig. 2414. Sliding 
 Door Latch. D. M. C( 
 
 Figs. 2415-2416. Sliding Door 
 Mortise Latch. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2418. 
 Spring Latch. 
 
 Figs. 2419-2420- Sliding 
 
 Door Flush Handle Lock 
 
 and Keeper. A. & W. 
 
 rs. 2423-2425. Baggage Car Door Lock, 
 Keeper. Key and Escutcheon. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 2421-2422. Flush Sliding 
 Door Mortise Latch and Keeper 
 for Round Edge Door. A. & W. 
 
 No. 12 
 
 Xo. 00. 
 
 Figs. 2426-2427. 
 Double Sliding Door Lock. Xo. 
 J L. Howard & Co. 
 
 Figs. 2828-2831. Cabin Door Hooks. 
 Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 (3L'l) 
 
 2434. Door Handle Fig. 2435. Figs. 2430-2430. Figs. 2440-244 
 
 For Sliding Doors. Flush Door Handle. Motorman's Cab Door Lock. Xo. 48. Saloon Door Handles 
 
 D. M. Co. A. & W. J. L. Howard & Co. ~ A. & W. 
 
Figs. 2442-2472 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Hint 
 
 OK 
 
 Cl 
 
 iC'i 
 
 m 
 
 Qj 
 
 !S3 
 
 
 (steal 
 
 1) 
 
 Ife 
 
 Fig. 2442. 
 Acorn Butt 
 
 Hinge. 
 
 D. M. C 
 
 Figs. 2443-2445. 
 Loose Pin Reversi- 
 ble Butt Hinge. 
 
 Fig. 2446. 
 Parliament Hinge. 
 
 Fig. 2447. Fig. 2448. 
 
 A. & W. D. M. Co. 
 
 Loose Toint Acorn Butt Hinges with Washer. 
 
 D 
 
 J§ 
 
 2450. 
 Washer Complete. 
 
 3 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 & 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 Fig. 2451. 
 Washer Base. 
 
 Fig. 2452. 
 Ball Guide. 
 
 w 
 
 Fig. 2450. 
 Hopper Butt Hinge. 
 
 Loos 
 
 tt Hinge with Ball Bearing Washer. 
 
 Fig. 2453. Loose Joint 
 
 Butt Hinge. No. 50. 
 Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2457. 
 Table Hinge. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 2458. A. & W. Fig. 2459. D. M. Co. 
 
 Vestibule Door Hinges Covered with Brass. 
 
 Fig. 2400. T-Hinge. 
 
 Fig. 2461. Butt Hinge, 
 Riveted Joint. 
 
 Fig. 2162. Offset Riveted Joint 
 Butt Hinge. 
 
 Fig. 2463. Fig. 2464. 
 
 Pocket Flinge. Vestibule Hinge 
 
 for Rabbeted Door. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 2465. Distributing Table 
 Hinge for Postal Cars. 
 
 D. M. Co. "''^S^ O J-ff^Pi 
 
 Fig. 2460. 
 
 Figs. 2466-2407. Fj g . 2468. Refrigerator Lamp House Hinge. 
 
 Lamp House Hinges. D. M. Co. Door Hinge. D. M. Co. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2470. Step- 
 Ladder Hinge. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 2471. 
 Double Acting Spring Hinge. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2472. Double Acting 
 Spring Hinge. A. & W. (322) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Escutcheons. Knobs and Locks. Figs. 2473-2502 
 
 3 * 
 
 — ' 1 r t r rn 
 
 2473. Fig. 2474. Fig. 247 
 
 Fig. 2476. Fig. 2477. 
 
 Hole Escutcheons. A. & YV. 
 
 Fig. 2478 
 
 Fig. 2479. 
 
 Figs. 2480-2481. Kirbv'> Car Door Lock. D. .\1. Co. 
 Names of Parts of Car Door Lock. Figs. 2480-2481. 
 
 A Inside Door Knob 
 
 A' Shank 
 
 B Spindle 
 
 C Sleeve 
 
 D Outside Sleeve Collar 
 
 E ajid F £Wr Latch Rose K Coupling Siccve 
 
 G Lock Nut L Outside Knob 
 
 H /nttde .S7;W/ M Ratchet Bolt 
 
 I Bc7c/c P/a/ t - P Shank facing 
 
 J lo/Wi Pull Q Lafc/i £o/f Facing 
 
 
 / 
 
 11 11 nl In 
 
 
 
 
 f ee; 
 
 
 Fig. 
 
 2482. 
 
 Door Handle, 
 
 
 scut 
 
 cheon 
 A. 
 
 Plate and 
 & W. 
 
 Ros 
 
 e 
 
 Fig. 2483. Fig. 2484. Fig. 2485. 
 
 Door Knobs. Spindles and Roses. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2486-2487. Fig. 2488. 
 
 Door Knobs and Flush Door Handle 
 
 Rosettes. and Escutcheon. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2489-2490. Vestibule Door Latch and Keeper. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2491-2404. Platform Vestibule Door Latch, 
 Handles and Keeper. A. & W. 
 
 L 
 
 □ • 
 
 
 jO__4j 
 
 Fig. 2495. 
 
 Baggage Car 
 
 Door Latch. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 (323) 
 
 Figs. 2496-2497. 
 Cabin Door Hook and 
 Button. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2498-2499. 
 
 Cupboard Catch. 
 
 A. & YY. 
 
 Figs. 2500-2502. 
 Door Dead Lock 
 with Slide Bolt. 
 A. & W. 
 
Figs 2503-2539 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Locks. 
 
 1 * ' 
 
 LI 
 
 Figs. 2503-2505. End Door Lock, Keeper 
 Rose and Escutcheon. 
 
 W 
 
 Figs. 2506-aout). Partition Door Lock, Figs. 2510-2512. Mortise 
 Keeper, Knobs and Escutcheon. Door Lock and Escutcheons. 
 
 Figs. 2513-2514. End Door Lock and Keeper. Figs. 2515-2518. End Door Lock, Keeper, Knob and Escutcheon. 
 
 Figs. 2519-2522. End Door Lock, Keeper. Rose 
 and Escutcheon. 
 
 Figs. 2523-2525. End Door Lock, Keeper and Rose. 
 
 f~r.. 
 
 Figs. 2520-252!!. End Door Lock, Keeper, Knobs 
 Escutcheon and Rose. ■•>■ 
 
 Figs. 2530-2532. Combined End Door Lock and 
 Night Latch, Keeper and Escutcheon Plate. 
 
 Figs. 2533-2530. 
 End Door Lock, Keeper, Escutcheon 
 
 Plate and Thumb Latch 
 
 Adams & Westlake 
 
 (334) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; 
 
 Figs. 2540-2565 
 
 Figs. 2540-2542. Car Doer Lock. Keeper. 
 Knob and Escutcheon. 
 
 Figs. 2543-2545. Car Door Lock, Keeper 
 and Knob. 
 
 r cTcfl 
 
 3 a 
 
 ^0 
 
 3 ? 
 
 Figs. 2546-2548. Car Door Lock, Knob 
 and Escutcheon. 
 
 Figs. 2549-2551. Car Door Lock. Keeper. Knob 
 and Escutcheon. 
 Rim Knob Latches and Locks. Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 ■M 
 
 I igs. 2553-2554. Saloon Door Lock and Keeper 
 with Extra Bolt. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 
 
 Saloon Door Lock. Keeper and Knob. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2563-2564. Fxtra Long Salo 
 and Keeper. A. & \\ 
 
 Lock 
 
 (3251 
 
 Fig. 2565. Vestibule Door Mortise Latch. 
 A. & W. 
 
Figs. 2566-2589 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Locks. 
 
 Pt 
 
 IHWMUMMl' 
 
 ■J 
 
 
 * i 
 
 $ 
 
 Figs. 2-5(36-2568. Double Flush Handle Saloon 
 Door Lock and Keeper. A. & AY. 
 
 Figs. 2569-2571. End Door Lock, Keeper and 
 Escutcheon. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2580-2582. Combination End Door Lock 
 and Night Latch. A. & W. 
 
 igs. 2583-2584. Double Flush Handle 
 Saloon Door Lock. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2585-2587. Saloon Door Latch, Keeper, 
 Knob and Rose. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2588-2589. Dead Lock with Keeper 
 
 A. & W. (326) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Latches and Padlc 
 
 Figs. 2590-2610 
 
 Figs. 2590-2591. Fig. 2592. 
 
 Yale & Towne Rim Night Latch, Cylinder and Key- 
 
 Fig. 2593. 
 
 Figs. 2594-2505. 
 
 Figs. 2596-2597. 
 Yale & Towne Padlocks and Keys. 
 
 Figs. 2598-259 
 
 Figs. 2600-2602. 
 Yale & Towne Cabinet Lock, Keys and Master Key. 
 
 Figs. 2603-2604. 
 Yale & Towne Cabinet Lock and Keys. 
 
 Figs. 2605-2607. 
 
 Yale & Towne Cabinet Locks. Keys and Master Key; 
 Yale & Towne Manufacturing Co. 
 
 Figs. 2608-2009. 
 
 Fig. 2610. Russwin Rim Night Latch. 
 Russell & Frwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 (327) 
 
Figs. 261 1-2627 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Notice Plates. 
 
 Passengers 
 are not allowed to stand onthe 
 Platform ' 
 
 Passengers 
 
 nof allowed to stand on the 
 
 Platform 
 
 Fig. 2611. A. & W. 
 Size, 2% x 10% ins. 
 
 Fig. 2612. A. & W. 
 Size, 4 x 12% ins. 
 
 
 SelSs 
 
 Fig. 261.°,. A. & W. 
 Size, 4 x 13% ins. 
 
 Fig-. 2014. A. & W. 
 Size, 3i« x 12 ins. 
 
 '-: -i? 
 
 iff iiwwii i&umi ii fit 
 
 Fig. 2615. A. & W. 
 Size, 3% x 11% ins. 
 
 Fig. 2616. A. & \V 
 Size, 3% x 11% ins. 
 
 ARE NOIAiOIOM) TO STAND ONTHE 
 
 Fig. 2617. A. & W. 
 Size, 3% x 12% ins. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Fig. 2618. A. & W. 
 Size, 5 x 14% ins. 
 
 Fig. 2619. A. eS: W. 
 Size, 5 J /4 x 12% ins. 
 
 Fig. 2620. A. & \\ . 
 Size. 4 x 9% ins. 
 
 GOTCI-EMEH 
 
 XADIES 
 
 ffillVAl*!! 
 
 Fig. 2621. D. M. Co. 
 Size, 2% x 1 I ins. 
 
 Fig. 2622. D. M. Co. 
 
 Size, 2% x 8% ins. 
 Platform Notice Plates. 
 
 Fig. 2623. D. M. Co. 
 Size, 2% x 9 ins. 
 
 ■ - — -'—rr: 
 
 a 
 
 E. 
 
 01 
 
 SMOKING ROOM, 
 
 Fig. 2621. A. & W. 
 Size, 2 x 7% ins. 
 
 ig. 202o. A. & W, 
 Size, 2 x 6% ins. 
 
 pj:Xi} ri_IXJ_Lia fTTrTTTT T-TTTTT 1 1 1 f M T . l . l . 
 
 TS 
 
 OI LET 
 
 rrrnxEixiTTirTTTTrrriiTirrri 
 
 nraiin 1 1 1 1 1 m 
 
 c.friiju UxLaiiiii^Liiujiiiiuii.ii;;iuuii!i:i ' .;ir ^T 
 
 lteADlE3: l T0ILET 
 
 Fig. 2626. A. & W. 
 Size, 3 x 14% ins. 
 
 Door Notice Plates. 
 
 Fig. 2627. A. & W. 
 Size. 3 x 1 I '.j ins. 
 
 1 :12S) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Doors; Notice Plates, Stops, Springs, Weather Strips. Figs. 2628-2653 
 
 Figs. 2628-2629. Exceisn 
 
 Door Holder for Floor. 
 
 it: n^ 
 
 Figs. 2630-2631. Excelsior Door Figs. 2632-2633 
 Holder for Partition. Door Holder. 
 
 Figs. 2634-2635. Fig. 2636. 
 
 Door Holder. Door Holder For 
 Sliding Door. 
 Door Holders and Stops. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 2637-263* 
 Door Holder. 
 
 No. 255. No. 2501%. 
 
 Figs. 2639-2642. Door Stops and Holders. 
 Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 112 to 8112. 
 
 
 Xo. 245. Xos. Ill to 8112. 
 
 Figs. 2643-2646. 
 Door Stops and Holders. 
 Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2650. 
 
 D. W. Bosley Co. 
 
 Fig. 2652. Blount Door Check. 
 Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 (329) 
 
 Fig. 2653. Russwin Liquid Door Checl 
 Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
Figs. 2654-2675 CAR FURNISHINGS, Sliding Door Fixtures; Floor Furnishing 
 
 
 lv\a VVV\A VVL VL VI. V 
 
 vuiviiuiiimiivi 
 
 sT^/Vs- [ 
 
 v -: 
 
 
 Wf 
 
 la orirmmiw 
 
 tn i rmniwn ^ 
 
 Fig. 2654. Double Sliding Door Gear. Jas. L. Howard & Co. 
 
 No. 34. For 
 No. 34. Inside Doors. 
 
 Figs. 2655-2658. Hanging Sliding Door Sheeves. 
 Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 o 
 
 No. 34. 
 For Baggage 
 Bottom Door Roller. Fig. 2660. No. 35. and Freight Cars. 
 
 D. M. Co. Corner Door Roller. Figs. 2661-2662. Hanging Sliding Door Sheaves. 
 
 D. M. Co. Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 Figs. 2664-2665. Upper and 
 
 Lower Gromets for Carpet 
 
 Eyelets. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 2666. 
 Wire Eyelet Nail. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 2663. Carpet Eyelets and Nails. D. M. C 
 
 i"A.»A'VAV*VA«F A VATA'r i »i 
 
 ,TiT A r A TiV A ? A T r A.T A T.lTA'AY»T 4 '>j 
 WVaTJaVa'AWaWAVaTA'I 
 
 .-■■i*iiV .-r*.\- v. v.t?iC, > T * ■ 4V ; .'a-'i 
 
 'A»AT**iT ViW»W.«y A ' 'iT*' jJJ 
 r < * 4 .- 4 » A T»» A T A Ti.- 4 yAT 1 ,r t YiT A T A 
 .T A »aVAVAVa.'.VV(.;.-Ii'' A ', 
 'A»*T*»*rAVA.»AT A TjL7k»A T JTAT***' 
 l»A T A r a T 'A»t'A"A'-AT„Ti».t*A'lA*A». 
 'a**V*T»WAWAVaWa»W*[ 
 niWI »« T./,l tt T A T A T A »AT».T A TiT i »J 
 
 fAT l »,ir**A T A T AVATA» A » A » A »A*/ 
 
 d,V A V A T A < A V A T A T A * A V A * A *l.TAViT A 1 
 
 ita»*w5 mSmwwaMMtf m 
 
 !TA''A» A TiT A TA»A.T A T A TA , rAT A T ft T A 'r, 
 4 T A » A T A » A T A T A TATA* A Tl,»ArA"'ATA'l 
 lTA T A*ATATA»A»A'<'ATA»AVA'**' l 'A»i 
 
 Figs. 2667-2668. Spittoon. I). M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2669. 
 Cast Spittoon. 
 
 Fig. 2670. Fig. 2671. 
 
 Corrugated Rubber Perforated Rubber 
 
 Floor Mat. Floor Mat. 
 
 Fig. 2672. 
 Cuspidor. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2673. 
 Spittoon. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 2674. Fig. 2675. 
 
 Protection Cuspidor with Mat. (330) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Eaker's. Figs. 2676-2695 
 
 Fig. 2678. Automatic Fire 
 
 Regulator and Pressure 
 
 Indicator Combined. 
 
 Fig. 2670. Sectional View. Fig. 26' 
 
 The "Fire-Proof" Heater. 
 
 Exterior Vie\ 
 
 Fig. 2680. Ash Pit 
 Door Frame. 
 
 Fig. 2681. 
 Removable Ash Can. 
 
 Fig. 2679. 
 
 Draft Door and 
 
 Frame. 
 
 Fig. 2683. 
 Ring for Russia 
 
 Iron. 
 
 Fig. 2682. Feed Dc 
 
 Fig. 2684. 
 Coal Feed Chute. 
 
 Fig. 2685. Ash Pit. Fig. 2686. 
 
 Regulator Diaphragm. 
 
 Fig. 2687. Cast Iron 
 Smoke Screen. 
 
 Fig. 2689. 
 Grate Shaker. 
 
 ^= i 
 
 5^' Wit 
 
 "^.SP' 7 
 
 Fig. 2688. 
 
 Generator Coil of 30 feet of 
 
 Continuous Extra Heavy 
 
 Wrought Iron Pipe. 
 
 Fig. 2690. 
 Fire Grate. 
 
 Fig. 2691. Ash Pit Ring. 
 
 a . - HA 
 
 Fig. 2692. 
 Fire Grate Support. 
 
 Fig. 2693. 
 Safety Plate and 
 Wooden Handle. 
 
 Fig. 2694. Safety 
 Plate Spring. 
 
 m 
 
 Fig. 2695. 
 Base of Smoke Flue. 
 
 Baker's Single-Coil "Fire-Proof" Heater and Parts Specially Belonging to It. 
 
 (331) 
 
Figs. 2090-271G CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Bake 
 
 9^k.;C 
 
 Fig. 2698. Sectional View. Fig-. 2699. Exterior View. 
 
 Baker's Improved Two-Coil Fire-Proof Heater. 
 
 Fig. 2701. Ash Pit. 
 
 tm 
 
 Fig. 2702. 
 Safety Plate 
 Spring. 
 
 Fig. 2703. 
 Ash Pit Door. 
 
 Fig. 2704. 
 Circulating Drum. 
 
 
 r— " 
 
 ?9^ 
 
 Fig. 2705. 
 Fire Grate. 
 
 Fig. 2706. 
 
 Fire Grate 
 
 Support. 
 
 Fig. 2707. 
 Draft Door 
 and Frame. 
 
 Fig. 2708. 
 
 Grate Shaker 
 
 Fig. 2(00. Ring for 
 Russia Iron Top. 
 
 Fig. 2710. 
 Double Expanding 
 Generator Coil. 
 
 Fig. 2711. Fig. 2712. 
 
 Ash Pit Safety Plate 
 
 Door Frame. Guides. 
 
 Fig. 2714. Safety Plate 
 and Handle. 
 
 Fig. 2710. 
 
 Removable 
 
 Ash Pan. 
 
 Baker's Two-Coil, "Fire-Proof" Heater and Parts Specially Belonging to It. 
 
 (332) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Baker's 
 
 Figs. 2717-2735 
 
 Fig. 2717. The 
 'Perfected'' Heater. 
 
 Fig. 27"2"2. Expanding 
 Generator Coil. 
 
 Fie. 
 
 Fig. 2718. Upright 
 Circulating Drum. 
 
 Fig. 2720. Ring for 
 Russia Iron Top. 
 
 Coil. 
 
 Fig. 2 1 24. Smoke 
 Flue Ease. 
 
 Fig. 2719. Outside 
 Casing. Removable. 
 
 Fig. 2721. Circulating Drum 
 and Expansion Chamber. 
 
 Fig. 2725. Inside 
 Casing. Removable 
 
 Fig. 2/26. 
 High Fire Pot. 
 
 Fig. 2730. Ash Pit. 
 Bottom and Hearth. 
 
 Fi 
 
 Ash Pit. 
 
 Fig. 2 1 28. Ash Pit Top. Fig. 2.20. Top of Heater and 
 Grate and Door. Part of Smoke Preventer. 
 
 Fig. 2731. 
 Safety Latch. 
 
 Fig. 2733. Feed Door. 
 
 Fig. 2734. Filling Funnel and 
 Combination Cock with Drip. 
 
 Baker's "Perfected" Heater and Parts Belonging to It. 
 
 Fig. 2735. 
 Grate Support. 
 
 (333) 
 
Figs. 2736-2752 CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Baker and Smith 
 
 Fig. 2737. Cast Iron 
 Safety Vent and Bushing. 
 
 Fig. 2 1 3 9 . Outside Case. 
 
 Fig. 2738. Ash Pit Bottom. 
 
 Fig. 273(3. "Mighty 
 Midget" Heater. 
 
 Fig. 2741. 
 Grate Support. 
 
 SB 
 
 i!3!pis 
 
 Fig. 2740. Safety Latch. 
 
 ■I ",-■ 
 
 niinniiiiiiniiL- 
 
 SW^^^JBHSIIIIIIIlllli 
 
 Fig. 2742. Heater Coil. 
 
 Fig. 2743. Safety Plate 
 and Gas Preventer 
 Combined. 
 
 Fig. 2744. Ash Pit 
 Door Guides. 
 
 Fig. 2745. Top of Heater. F.g. 274G. Ash Pit. Fig. 2747. Fire Pot. Fig. 2748. Ash Pit Door. 
 
 Baker's "Mighty Midget" Heater and Parts Belonging to It. 
 
 Fig. 2740. 
 
 Magazine Coil Heater, No. 1 "C.' ; 
 
 Peter Smith Heater Co. 
 
 Fig. 2750. Double-Coil 
 Fire-Proof Fleater. 
 
 Solid Steel Shell. 
 
 Figs. 2751-2752. Baker Heater 
 with Steam Attachment. 
 
 (334) 
 
CAR 
 
 FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Bakery. Figs^^^ 
 
 xruuxf 
 
 Fig. 2753. 
 Four-Pipe Strap. 
 
 Fig. 2754. 
 Two-Pipe Strap 
 and Back. 
 
 Fig. 2(5o. 
 Back for Four- 
 Pipe Strap. 
 
 Fig. 2756. 
 
 Single Pipe 
 Strap- 
 
 Fig. 2757 Pipe and 
 Radiator Support. 
 
 Fig. 2758. 
 Radiator 
 
 Stand. 
 
 Fig. 2759. 
 
 Ball tor 
 
 Safety Valve. 
 
 Fig. 2760. 
 Safety Valve. 
 
 Fig. 2701. 
 Plug. 
 
 Fig. 2702. 
 Bushing. 
 
 Fig. 2763. 
 Filling 
 Funnel. 
 
 Fig. 2764. Stand 
 
 for Open Return 
 
 Bend Radiator. 
 
 Fig. 2766. 
 Pet Cock. 
 
 Fig. 2 1 1 . 
 Combination Cock. 
 
 rr 
 
 "■a. 
 
 I 
 
 '^ 
 
 r\ 
 
 Stop Cock. 
 
 Fig. 2700. Radiator. 
 Placed Under Seats. 
 
 Fig. 2770. Double Radiator. 
 Placed Under Seats. 
 
 Fig. 2771. Ell 
 with Outlet. 
 
 Fig. 2773. 
 Xipple. 
 
 Fig. 2776. 
 Coupling. 
 
 Fig. 2777. 
 Reducing 
 Coupling. 
 
 Fig. 2778. 
 Elbow. 
 
 Fig. 27s 
 
 Fig 2774. Fig. 2779 
 
 - P770 Three Way Open Return Open Return. Closed Return 
 
 Fig. 2m 2. Inree-way -*i ^ ^ p, pn d. Bend 
 
 Return Bend. 
 
 General Fittings 
 
 Bend. Bend. 
 
 and Special Parts for Baker's Heating Apparatus. 
 
 ater. 
 
 {?.?.?>} 
 
Figs. 2784-2787 CAR FURNISHINGS. Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Next Page. 
 
 Fig. 2784. Locomotive and Tender Equipment. 
 
 Fig. 2785. Piping for Gold's Combination Pressure and Vapor 
 System for Heating Passenger Cars. (Tee Traps.) 
 
 755 
 
 *t=s 
 
 Fig. 2786. Piping for Gold's Improved Vapor System for Heating Baggage Cars 
 
 337 
 
 -541 
 
 Fig. 2787. Piping for Gold's Improved Direct Steam System for Heating Combination Passenger and 
 Baggage Cars Fitted with Gold's New Stop Valve Regulators. 
 
 (336) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus: Gold's. Figs. 2788-2789 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below. 
 
 Fig-. 2788. Piping for Gold's Improved S3'stem of Hot Water Circulation. 
 
 ..^----i-.- 
 
 , 
 
 ■ T aV 
 
 Fig. 2 j 89. Piping for Gold's Improved Storage System for Heating Compartment Cars. 
 
 320 Gold Automatic Vapor Regulating 
 
 Valve, Complete 
 325 Vapor Reservoir, Complete 
 528 Gold Improved Pressure Regu- 
 lator 
 531 Locomotive Steam Gage 
 
 Locomotive Starting Valve 
 
 iVo-in. Ell 
 
 2-in. x Vt-in. x 2-in. Tec 
 
 2-in. Ell 
 
 2-in. x lV-i-in., 65-deg. Ell 
 
 i-in. Ell 
 
 i-in. R. & L. Ell 
 
 ihi-in. x I-in. Ell 
 
 532 
 533 
 534 
 535 
 536 
 540 
 541 
 542 
 543 
 544 
 545 
 
 iVi-in. R. & L. Ell 
 iVi-in. x i-in. Eli 
 iVi-in. Ell 
 
 Names of Parts, Figs. 2784-2789. 
 
 in. R. & L. Ell 
 ■2-in., 6ydeg. Ell 
 /i-in. R. & L. Coupling 
 in. x 2-in. x iVi-in. Tec 
 in. x 2-in. x iVi-in. x iM-in. 
 Cross 
 
 in. R. & L. Return Bend 
 in. Return Bend, iVz-in. Side 
 Outlet 
 561 2-in. Return Bend, iVz-in. Back 
 Outlet 
 
 563 2-in. x ihhi-in. Eccentric Reducers 
 
 564 2-in. Hook Plate 
 
 565 Pipe Shield 
 
 566 i-in. Supply Valve 
 
 567 Car Gage 
 
 574 Gold End Tram Pipe Valve 
 
 547 
 
 2 
 
 548 
 
 I 
 
 550 
 
 I 
 
 556 
 
 2 
 
 558 
 
 2- 
 
 559 
 
 2- 
 
 560 
 
 2 
 
 590 Gold Improved Tec Trap 
 606 Gold Improved Vertical Trap 
 609 High Duplex Coil 
 616 Scaled Jet Accelerator 
 618 Ideal Safety Valve 
 621 Gold Storage Heater 
 
 623 Storage Heater Stand. High 
 
 624 Storage Heater Stand, Low 
 
 737 Gold New Stop Valve Tempera- 
 ture Regulator, Angle Type 
 750 Train Pipe Strainer Nipple 
 
 754 iVi-in. x i-in. Reducer 
 
 755 2-in. x i-in. Reducer 
 
 756 2-in. x 2-in. x I-in. Tee 
 
 837 Gold New Stop Valve Tempera- 
 ture Regulator, Straightway 
 Type 
 
 (337) 
 
Figs. 2790-2814 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's. 
 
 -*bv,- 
 
 I Centre Lint Between 
 Cars when Cavpled 
 
 Figs. 2793-2794. 
 Proper Location of Gold's Universal Straight Port Steam Coupler. 
 
 Figs. 2790-2792. Gold's 
 Universal Straight Port 
 Steam Coupler, No. 701. 
 
 Fig. 2795. Automatic 
 
 Gravity Relief Trap, 
 
 \ : o. 592. 
 
 Fig. 2796. Gravity 
 Relief Trap, Less 
 Strainer, No. 503. 
 
 Fig. 2707. Relief 
 
 Trap Body, 
 
 No. 504. 
 
 Fig. 2798. Gold's Universal Straight Fig. 2,99. Relief Fig. 2800. Fig. 2801. Fig. 2802. Fig. 280.3. 
 
 Port Steam Coupler, Xo. 800. Trap Spindle. Relief Trap Baffle Plate, Composition Strainer, 
 
 Two-Piece. No. 505. Cotter, Xo. 507. Seat. No. 508. No. 509. 
 
 No. 506. 
 
 Xo. 14. No. 801. No. 520. 
 
 For 1%-in. I. D. Hose. For 1%-in. I. D. Hose For 1%-in. I. D. Hose. 
 
 Figs. 2804-2807. Interchange Nipples for No. 800 Coupler. 
 
 Fig. 28(18. Couplei 
 Latch, No. 519. 
 
 Fig. 28H0. Host 
 
 Band, Complete, 
 
 No. 523. 
 
 Figs. 2810-2812. Coupler Gaskets for Xos. 800 and 400 Fig. 2813. Coupler Fig. 2814. Hose Chain and 
 
 Cou P lers ' Gasket for Nos. 701 Eye Plate, No. 527. 
 
 and 901 Couplers. 
 
 Gold's Universal Straight Port Coupler, Hose Fittings and Parts. 
 
 (338) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's. Figs. 2815-2825 
 
 315. Improved Balance Valve 
 'ressure Regulator. Xo. 520. 
 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 2815 
 
 7 1 2-!/(. Inlet Union Nipple 
 
 2-in. Outlet Union Nipple 
 
 Bolts and Nuts for Dome and Body 
 
 Balance Spindle uith Hard Seats 
 
 Oscillating Washer 
 
 Bottom Spring 
 
 Body of Regulator 
 
 Bottom Plug 
 
 Handle 
 
 Top Nut 
 
 Hollow Screu 
 
 Top Spring 
 
 Dome of Regulator 
 
 Lock Nut 
 
 Top Flange 
 
 Bottom Flange 
 
 Top Spindle 
 
 Set Screw 
 
 i l 'j-in. Inlet Union Nut 
 
 2-in. Outlet Union Nut 
 
 'tfffiliHlWY- 
 
 Fig. 73: 
 
 Fig. 2818. Stop Valve 
 Femperature Regulator, 
 Xo. 737." 
 
 Fig. 2819. Locomotive 
 
 Starting Valve. 
 
 No. 532. 
 
 Fig. 2820. 1-in. 
 
 Supply Valve. 
 
 Xo. 000. 
 
 Fig. 2822. 2-in. 
 Hook Plate, 
 Xo. 564. 
 
 Fig. 2823. 
 
 Pipe Shield, 
 
 Xo. 565. 
 
 Fig. 2824. 
 
 Strainer Xipple, 
 
 Xo. 750. 
 
 J> L 
 
 Fig. 2816. 
 
 Car Gage, 
 
 Xo. 567. 
 
 Fig. 281 1. Locomotive 
 Steam Gage, Xo. 531. 
 
 Fig. 2821. Section of Stop 
 Valve Temperature Regulator, 
 Xo. 737. 
 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 2821 
 
 Fig. 2825. Application of Tempera- 
 ture Regulator. Xo. 737. 
 
 A 
 
 Body of Regulator 
 
 B 
 
 Dome of Regulator 
 
 C 
 
 Top Spring 
 
 D 
 
 Regulating Screw 
 
 E 
 
 Set Screw 
 
 G 
 
 Wheel 
 
 H 
 
 Indicator Spring 
 
 I 
 
 Washer 
 
 J 
 
 Top Flange 
 
 JK 
 
 Bottom Flange 
 
 L 
 
 Auxiliary J'ahe Spindle 
 
 M 
 
 Main Valve Spindle 
 
 N 
 
 Bottom Spring 
 
 P 
 
 Bottom Plug 
 
 R 
 
 I-in. Inlet 
 
 S 
 
 l-in. Outlet 
 
 T 
 
 Spanner Nut 
 
 U 
 
 Diaphragm 
 
 V 
 
 Strainer 
 
 W 
 
 Lock Nut 
 
 (339) 
 
Figs. 2826-2848 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's. 
 
 Fig. 2828. Valve 
 Piston, No. 577. 
 
 Fig. 2826. improved 
 End Train Pipe Valve, 
 No. 574. 
 
 Fig. 2829. Valve 
 Bonnet, No. 080. 
 
 Fig. 2831. 
 Valve Spindle, 
 No. 576. 
 
 Figs. 2832-2836. 
 
 Sections of Gold's Improved 
 
 End Train Pipe Valve. 
 
 Fig. 2827. Valv 
 Body, No. 575 
 
 880. Valve Handle, 
 No. 580. 
 
 % 
 
 Figs. 2837-2838. 
 
 Universal Joint Set 
 
 Screw and Wrench, 
 
 Nos. 582 and 583. 
 
 Fig. 2839. Fig. 2840. Valve Fig. 2841. Fig. 2842. Valve 
 
 Universal Joint, Packing Nut, Gland, Handle Wheel, 
 
 No. 581. No. 578. No. 570. No. 584. 
 
 Gold's Improved End Train Pipe Valve and Parts. 
 
 Fig. 2843. 
 Indicator, 
 
 No. 587. 
 
 
 Figs. 2844-2845. Automatic Vapor Regulating Valve. Complete 
 
 Fig. 284(1. Nipple, 
 
 No. 758, for 1%-in. 
 
 Train Line. 
 
 Fig. 2847. Nipple, 
 
 No. 320, for 1-in. 
 
 Train Line. 
 
 Fig. 2848. Valve 
 Indicator Plate, 
 
 No. 580. 
 
 Parts of Gold's Combination Pressure and Vapor Car Heating System. 
 
 (340) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Gold's. 
 
 Figs. 2849-2864 
 
 Names of Parts, Figs. 2844-2845. 
 
 A Body 
 
 B Diaphragm Case 
 
 C Diaphragm Case Cover 
 
 D Diaphragm 
 
 E Valve 
 
 F Valve Stem 
 
 G Spring 
 
 H Strainer 
 
 I Bottom Plug 
 
 J Bonnet 
 
 K Packing Nut 
 
 L Diaphragm Shield 
 
 M Diaphragm Plate 
 
 Vk-in. Copper Pipe with Flanges 
 
 Steel Flange Screws 
 
 Vapor Reservoir, Complete 
 A Copper Coil 
 B Slotted Pipe 
 D Top Cap 
 E Bottom Cap 
 F Iwi- ATm* 
 
 G 2-j'm. x l-in. Brass Connector (to be used 
 only when connecting to horizontal 
 trap) 
 
 Horizontal Section 
 
 Figs. 2849-2850. Gold's Improved Automatic Tee Trap. No. 590. 
 
 Fig. 285]. Automatic 
 Tee Trap. No. 590. 
 
 Fig. 2554. Set 
 Screw, No. 596. 
 
 to c o 
 
 Fig. 2860. Trap. 
 
 Fig. 2855. Floor 
 Plate, No. 603. 
 
 Fig. 2852. Trap 
 Bodv, No. 591. 
 
 Fig. 2856. Valve 
 Handle Wheel, No. 002. 
 
 Fig. 2861. Strainer 
 Nipple, No. 597. 
 
 Fig. 2862. Trap 
 
 A r entilator, 
 
 No. 599. 
 
 Fig. 2853. Trap 
 Cover, No. 595. 
 
 Figs. 2857-2859. Dia- 
 phragm, Seat and 
 Collar, Nos. 592-593 
 and 594. 
 
 Fig. 2863. No. 600 
 Plate, No. 604. 
 
 Parts of Gold's Improved Automatic Tee Trap. 
 
 A 
 
 Fig. 2864. 
 Trap Rod, 
 
 No. 605. 
 
 (341) 
 
Figs. 2865-2877 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; 
 
 ^\ A 
 
 I. A, 
 
 WM B 
 
 ^^ibi c 1 
 
 Wali JJHLi 
 
 all d 
 
 S M E 
 
 m u 
 
 F 
 
 l\^| 
 
 
 \\ I G 
 
 r 
 
 H 
 
 
 Em 
 
 I 
 J 
 
 
 1 
 
 K 
 L 
 
 M 
 
 N 
 
 
 1 
 
 O 
 
 P 
 Q 
 
 \ 
 
 
 1 R 
 
 
 S 
 
 
 1 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 ~p V 
 
 
 1 j 
 
 w 
 
 
 »| 
 
 X 
 Y 
 
 r 
 
 | 
 
 \ z 
 
 \ 
 
 1*1 
 
 Mel 
 
 ,_, 
 
 Names of Parts. 
 
 2865. 
 
 Fig 
 
 Automatic Valve 
 
 Disc for Automatic Valve 
 
 Blow-off Valve 
 
 Disc for Blow-off Valve 
 
 Cast Iron Trap Head 
 
 Strainer for Valve A 
 
 Valve Stein 
 
 Expansive Diaphragm 
 
 Set Screw for Adjusting Trap 
 
 Outlet Ports of Trap, Four 
 
 Cam Lock for Cover M 
 
 Diaphragm Casing Ventilating Holes 
 
 Blow-off Discharge Shield 
 
 Cast Iron Casing 
 
 Hinged Cover for Trap Casing 
 
 Hooks to Prevent Diaphragm Shiftiu 
 
 Bottom Plate 
 
 Top Plate 
 
 Outside Tube 
 
 Inside Tube 
 
 Blow-off Discharge Passage 
 
 Automatic Valve Discharge Passage 
 
 Automatic Valve Guides 
 
 Automatic Valve Stem Guides 
 
 Spring Catch 
 
 Brass Valve Seats 
 
 Lack Nut 
 
 Slot for Spring Catch 
 
 Bonnet of Blow-off Valve 
 
 y. 2867. Section 
 Through Gold's Ideal 
 Safety Valve, 
 No. 61S. 
 
 Fig. 2806. Im- 
 proved Vertical 
 Trap, No. 007. 
 
 Fig. 2865. Section of Gold' 
 Improved Vertical Trap, 
 No. 607. 
 
 Fig. 28G9. Large Heating Fig. 2870. Small Heating 
 Coil, No. 600. Coil, No. 608. 
 
 Figs. 2871-2872. Storage Heater, No. 621. 
 
 Fig. 2873. Expansion Drum, No. 615. 
 
 Fig. 2876. 
 
 Fig. 2874. Longitudinal Section Through Storage Heater Fig. 2875. Cross-Section Air Valve, 
 
 for Refrigerator Cars, No. 620. Through Heater, No. 620. No. 625. 
 
 Fig. 2877. Piping for Gold's Improved Storage System for Heating Refrigerator Cars. (342) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidated. Figs. 2878-2882 
 
 A'Circuit "B'Circuit 
 
 ^/expansion \ (Expansion^* 
 g y Drum JV Drum / & 
 
 Connect to top 
 'of Heater Coi/s 
 
 Drum 
 IH9U 
 
 59 D 
 
 Regulating Steam fa/re 
 I4. Steam from Train Line 
 
 B"Circuit Oulf/otr Return-, Steam, 
 
 -Pis 
 
 ^f Trap 138 L 59 D 
 
 /.f Pipes 
 
 of Heater Coils 
 
 Mi 
 
 \ B Circuit. 
 
 cS3=^3^ 
 
 54- Jf 54 * 59D ^/^ Train Pipe 
 
 =©= 7rc/7 /35a 
 
 Figs. 2878-2880. Plan and Elevation of Piping Showing Application of Consolidated 
 Steam Drum Xo. 169U to Double Circuit. 
 
 COMBINATION DR1^AnD\_ r f^&U 
 
 sum off Valve f IS6 -^?. l[> o< R f T ^y^To F cTf. OF 
 
 HOT METflLLfC CONNECTION 
 
 
 SE«/iLiCOuPl.ER-ao 
 
 Fig. 2881. Plan of Piping, Direct Steam System C, Showing 3-Pipe System with Two Traps, Xo. 138 L. 
 
 jsli 
 
 54 ^ Jm 54 __ ^i£z / yl n J?p^ 
 
 4 ffi -=f?/f*m~Trap 138 L 
 
 (343) 
 
 Fig. 2882. Plan of Piping, Direct Steam System B, with 1 Thermostatic Trap, Xo. 138 L. 
 
Figs. 2883-2890 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidated. 
 
 Fig. 2883. Plan of Piping. Standard Direct Steam System with 2 Traps, No. 138. 
 
 74 V 
 
 Fig. 2884. 
 
 7F Tee with Drip Connection 
 
 7H Angle Trap Valve 
 
 7J Eccentric Tee 
 20 Sewall Coupler 
 26 Asbestos Packed Cock 
 26F Round Spindle 
 26G Floor Plate for 26F 
 45A iVi-in. Pipe Clamp 
 54 Coupling, R. & L. 
 54W Return Bend 
 54X Return Bend 
 54Z Return Bend with Eccentric 
 Outlet 
 
 Direct Steam System No. 2, with Special Tee and Cock 
 Names of Parts, Figs. 2878-2884. 
 55L Expansion Bracket 
 65C R. & L. Ell 
 67A Tec 
 67J J?. & L. Ell 
 67K R. & L. Couplings 
 67M Ell 
 68B Eli 
 
 68C R. & L. Ell 
 68F R. & L. Coupling 
 74R Tee 
 74V Tee 
 74Z Tec 
 
 85AB Three-Pipe Manifold 
 
 85AC Center Tee 
 
 MAD Return Tec 
 
 85H Graduating Steam Angle 
 
 Valve 
 100R Graduating Steam Valve 
 133G End Train Pipe Vane 
 138 Steam Trap 
 138A Steam ''rap 
 138B Steam Trap 
 138C Steam Trap 
 138L .S'teaw Trap 
 
 >^J^$& 
 
 Fig. 2885. Graduating 
 Steam Valve. No. 85H. 
 
 Fig. 288G. End Train Pipe Valve, 
 No. 200. 
 
 Fig. 2887. End Train Pipe 
 Valve, No. 133G. 
 
 Fig. 2888. Section of Grad- 
 uating Steam Valve, 
 No. 85H. 
 
 A Body Casting 200A 
 
 B Bonnet icj^fj 
 
 C Gland 133GC 
 
 2889. Section of End Train 
 Pipe Valve, No. 200. 
 Names of Parts of Fig. 2889. 
 
 D Gland Nut 133GD 
 
 E Stem 133GE 
 
 F Swivel Head 133GG 
 
 G Swivel Head Nut 133GH 
 
 Fig. 2890. 
 
 No 
 
 r Cock, 
 
 H Gasket Nut 133GJ 
 
 J Gasket 133GK 
 
 K Brass Seat 195D 
 
 (344) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidate* 
 
 Figs. 2891-2901 
 
 Fig. 2893. Current Director, Xo. 59R. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 rl. Salety \ alve, 
 No. 59C. 
 
 Figs. 2894-2895. Section of Steam Drum. No. 169U. 
 
 Fig. 2896. Steam Drum, No. 169U. 
 
 Fig. 289 1. Section of Steam 
 Trap, No. 138R. 
 
 Names of Parts. Figs. 2894-2895. 
 169V F t-in. Brass Pipe. 
 
 C Head Casting 169V F [-in. Brass Pipe 169P 
 
 D 3%-in. Iron Pipe 169N G Plug for t 169L 
 
 E iV-i-in. Brass Pipe 169R H Cap Casting 169K 
 
 Fig. 2898. 
 Steam Trap, Xo. 138L. 
 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 2897. 
 
 A Body Casting 138RA L Swivel Head Casket 13SCL 
 
 B Upper Basket Casting 138RB M Spring 138CM 
 
 C Lower Basket Casting 138CU N Cap for I'ahc Stem 138CR 
 
 D Brass Seat for Thermostatic O Lower Spider Plate 138CIV 
 
 Valve 138RC P Bonnet 100B 
 
 E Curved Nipple for Bloze- Q Valve Stem jooC 
 
 off 138RD R Swivel Head 100D 
 
 F Strainer 13SLC S Swivel Head Nut 100E 
 
 G Stem or Rod 138LD T Gasket 100G 
 
 H Diaphragm 138CA U Nut for T 100H 
 
 I Upper Spider Plate 13SCE V Gland 100J 
 
 J Swivel Head 13SCJ W Gland Nut 100K 
 
 K Swivel Head Nut 138CK X Hand Wheel -R 
 
 Fig. 28:i9. Steam Inlet 
 Valve, Xo. 100L. 
 
 Fig. 2900. Consolidated Steam Coupler, 
 No. 33. 
 
 Fig. 2901. Clamp Lock for Steam 
 Couplers, Xo. 9S. 
 
 (345J 
 
Figs. 2902-2906 CAR FURNISHINGS. Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidated. 
 
 Fig. 2902. Cross-Section of Piping Plan, Showing Installation 
 of No. 172R Trap. 
 
 ■HI a 
 
 B1SEJ 
 
 INLET 
 
 RISER; 
 
 Fig. 2903. Combination 
 Vapor-Pressure Trap, 
 
 No. 172R, Operating as 
 Vapor. 
 
 NLET RISER' 
 
 Fig. 21)04. Combination 
 
 Vapor-Pressure Trap, 
 
 No. 172R, Operating as 
 
 Pressure. 
 
 |nlet h» 
 
 Fig. 2905. Straight Vapor 
 Trap, No. 172V. 
 
 Fig. 2906. Straight Pres- 
 sure Trap, No. 172SP. 
 
 (346) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS. Steam Heating Apparatus; Consolidated and C. & X. W. Figs. 2907-2923 
 
 Fig. 2907. Pair of Consolidated Steam Couplers, 
 No. 9C (Locked). 
 
 Fig. 2908. Pair of Sewall Steam Couplers, 
 No. 20AF (Locked). 
 
 
 Fig. 2909. Consolidated Steam Coupler, Xo. 9C. Fig. 2910. Sewall Steam Coupler, Xo. 20AF. 
 
 Consolidated Car Heating Co. 
 
 Figs. 2911-2912. Section 
 
 through Xo. 33TD Coupler 
 
 Head, with Old Style Nipple. 
 
 Straight Shank 
 Xipple for Two-Piece Hose 
 Clamp Below. 
 Consolidated Car Heating Co. 
 
 Fig. 2913. Xo. 33TD. Steam Coupler, wit 
 
 Two-Piece Hose Clamp. 
 
 Consolidated Car Heating Co. 
 
 HJM* Ja^Jr 
 
 : <-2- 
 
 1 
 
 r P.ptTee 
 
 Figs. 2914-2918. Inlet 
 Elbow with Strainer. 
 
 
 2919-292(1. Seat Tees. 
 
 Fig. 2921. Cross-Section 
 of Car. 
 
 -4n--il | - 
 
 J II II 
 
 
 f 
 
 f 
 
 j 
 
 1 
 
 . 
 
 
 * 
 
 (347) 
 
 Figs. 2922-2923. Diagram of Piping for Steam Heating and Ventilating System 
 Used on the Chicago & North Western. 
 
Figs. 2924-2932 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus ; Safety Cc 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 350. 
 
 Figs. 2924-2926. General View of Heater and Connections. Standard System of Steam 
 
 Heating by Single Water Circulation (L-850). Water is Heated at 3 Points by 
 
 Jackets (.Nos. 702p and 702q), Shown in Figs. 2958-2960. 
 
 Figs. 2927-2929. General View of Heater and Connections. Standard System of Steam Heating 
 
 by Double Water Circulation (L-845a). Water is Heated at 6 Points by 
 
 Jackets (Nos. 702x and 702y), Shown in Figs. 2951-2954. 
 
 .REGULATING VALVE 603 
 
 Figs. 2930-2932. General View of Heater and Connections. Standard System of Steam by Double 
 
 Water Circulation. (L-1476) Water is Heated at 4 Points by Jackets. 
 
 (Nos. 702p and 972), Shown in Figs. 2955-2960. 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 (348) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co. Figs. 2933-2945 
 
 Fig. 2933. General View of Piping and Connections. Direct Steam Heating System (L-811). 
 
 Adapted to All Classes of Cars with Slight Modifications. 
 
 Diagrams of Heating Systems. 
 
 SPECIAL BALANCED VALVE 14*5. 
 
 supplemental 5team sl'pplv valve 905 
 
 Elevation ofValvcs ^floof 
 
 ShOWNG 
 
 Special Balanced Valve No. iafs in Place of Fitt^g No 
 
 =»S= 
 
 rfeul S^— 9SQ 
 
 136"! I3b7 1405 ' 
 
 I STEA" SITPLV P.FE 
 
 Figs. 2934-2941. General \ T iew of Piping and Connections. Regulating Direct Steam Heating 
 System (L-1410). Specially Adapted for Passenger Cars. 
 
 Figs. 2944-2945. General View of Piping and Connections. Thermo Jet System (L-1634). 
 Speciall}' Adapted for Passenger Cars. 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 f34fl~l 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus ; The S 
 
 ifetv Co 
 
 Names of Parts for Standard Heating Systems (L-850, L-845a and L-1476). Figs. 2,924-2932. 
 
 Cat. No. Specials. 
 
 603 l-in. Angle Valve 
 
 603b i-in. Drain Valve 
 
 611 iVirin. Extra Heavy Car Ell 
 
 611a PA-in, Extra Heavy Car Ell, 
 
 R. & L. 
 612a 1%-in. x %-in. Extra Heavy Tee 
 622 %-in. Extra Heavy Cock 
 629 %-in. Extra Heavy Nipple 
 639 Directions for Management 
 
 {Framed) 
 642 l-in. Plug 
 
 680 Covering for l-in. Pipe 
 
 681 Covering for I-in. Ell 
 
 682 Covering for I-in. Tee 
 690 iVi-in. Plug 
 
 702p Single Jacket 
 702q Single Jacket 
 702x Double Jacket 
 
 Cat. Xo. Specials. 
 
 702y Double Jacket 
 
 756 Covering for iVi-in. Ell 
 
 793 Di-in. Extra Heavy Return Bend, 
 
 with iVi-in. Back Outlet 
 797 lYi-in. Extra Heavy Return Bend 
 802p Covering for Jacket, No. 702P 
 802x Covering for Jacket, No. 702x 
 802y Covering for Jacket. No. /02y 
 833 Automatic Trap Complete 
 960 Directions for Management, 
 
 L-1476 System (Framed) 
 972 Bent Jackets 
 
 Train Pipe Specials. 
 617 i^'i-in. x I-in. Tee 
 677 Covering for iYz-in. Pipe 
 679 Covering for i l: 2-in. Tee 
 776x Train Pipe Valve 
 777a Extension Handle 
 
 Cat. Xo. Pipe and Fittings. 
 
 (train pipe) 
 
 618 iVz-in. R. & L. Coupling 
 628 7%-i'u. Standard Pipe 
 
 ( OTHER THAN TRAIN PIPE) 
 
 616 l-in. Ell 
 
 616a l-in. Ell, R. & L. 
 
 621 l-in. Tee 
 
 625 I-in. Standard Pipe 
 
 626 iVi-in. Extra Strong Pipe 
 631 l-in. R. & L. Coupling 
 699 i-in. Street Ell 
 
 Names of Parts for 
 
 Cat. No Specials. 
 
 179 2-in. x %-in. Lag Screw 
 603a i-in. Angle Valve 
 603c l-in. Cross Valve 
 617 iVi-in. x l-in. Tec 
 638 i\2-in. x i-in Cross 
 
 680 Covering for l-in. Pipe 
 
 681 Covering for i-in. Ell 
 
 686 2-in. Cross-over 
 
 687 2-in. x l-in. Eccentric Reducer 
 708b 2-iu. Tee 
 
 723a 2-1)1. Return Bend 
 723b 2-i'»., i?. <fr L. Return Bend 
 726 2-in., i?. & L. Ell 
 741a Directions for Management 
 (Framed) 
 
 Direct Steam Heating Systems (L-811, 
 L-811d and L-811e). Fig. 2933. 
 
 Cat. No. Specials. 
 
 743 2-in. x i-in. Ell 
 
 748 2-in. x I-in. Reducer 
 
 749 Pipe Strap 
 
 752 2-in. x i-in. Ell (Eccentric Left) 
 
 753 2-in. x /-/;;. Ell (Eccentric Right) 
 783 j-m. O^ra Return Bend with i-in. 
 
 Back Outlet 
 836 2-in. Special Return Bend 
 
 933x Automatic Trap 
 
 Train Pipe Specials. 
 677 Covering for iVz-in. Pipe 
 679 Covering for iVi-in. Tee 
 683 Covering for iVs-in. Cross 
 
 L-811a, L-811b, L-811c, 
 
 Cat. Xo. Train Pipe Specials. 
 776x Train Pipe Valve 
 777a Extension Handle 
 
 
 
 Pipes and Fittings. 
 
 
 
 (train pipe) 
 
 618 
 
 1V2-. 
 
 '11., R. & L. Coupling 
 
 628 
 
 1Y2- 
 
 in. Standard Pipe 
 
 (OTHER THAN TRAIN PIPE) 
 
 616 
 
 I-iu. 
 
 Ell 
 
 616a 
 
 i-in. 
 
 ,R. & L. Ell 
 
 625 
 
 i-iu. 
 
 Standard Pipe 
 
 631 
 
 i-in. 
 
 R. & L. Coupling 
 
 183 
 
 1-111, 
 
 Extra Strong Pipe 
 
 685 
 
 2-in. 
 
 Standard Pipe 
 
 732 
 
 2-111. 
 
 . R. & L. Coupling 
 
 Names of Parts for Direct Steam Heating Systems (L-1410 and L-1634). Figs. 2934-2945. 
 
 Specials. 
 74 %-in. Pipe 
 
 177 2 1 / 2 -in. x V-i-in. Lag Screws 
 185 ll'ood Screws, r%, in. Long 
 628 1'2-in. Standard Pipe 
 
 680 Covering for i-in. Pipe 
 
 681 Covering for I-in. Ells 
 726 2-in. Ells, Right and Left 
 748 2-in. x l-in. Reducers 
 836 2-in. Close Return Bends 
 871 2-in. Pipe Caps 
 
 897 iVa-in. x i-iu. Strainer Crosses 
 
 905 l-in. Globe Valve 
 
 947 i-iu. Close Return Bends, with 
 i-in. Bach Outlet 
 
 975 Trap, with Blow-off Valve No. 
 003b and Strainer No. 1498 
 
 980 i-in. Angle Valve 
 
 986 Blow-off Valves and Traps. Com- 
 plete, with 2 Tees No. 987 
 
 986 Blow-off Valves and Traps, Com- 
 plete, with 2 Tees No. 9S8 
 1315 Directions for Management 
 (Framed) . System L-1410 
 1339 Clamps for %-in. Pipe 
 1367 i-in. Extra Heavy Pipe Nipples, 
 4 in. Long, R. & L. 
 
 1368 i-in. Extra Heavy Pipe Nipples, 
 
 4 in. Long 
 
 1369 i-in. Extra Heavy Pipe Nipples, 
 
 I0Y2 in. Long, R. & L. 
 
 Specials. 
 
 1405 i-iu. Globe Valve 
 
 1423 2-in. Pipe Hangers 
 
 1429 Extension Rod and Valve Stem 
 
 1430 Indicator Casting (with Pius and 
 
 Cotters) 
 
 1431 Indicator Floor Plates 
 1434 Indicator 
 
 1437 Handles, with 2 Colters Each 
 
 1442 Eccentric Tees 
 
 1451 ll'ood Screws. No. 14, F. IT., 
 2 in. Long 
 
 1476 Universal Joints 
 
 1477 Indicator Plates 
 1479 Valve Stems 
 
 1480 Guide for Valve Stem 
 
 1481 Injector, Complete 
 
 1482 Worm Gear Case, Complete 
 1485 Expansion Guide 
 
 1489 JJ'orm Gear 
 
 1490 Worm 
 
 1491 Special 2-in. Pipe Clamps 
 
 1496 Shut-off Valve 
 
 1497 Bonnet 
 
 1499 Directions. System L-1634 
 
 Train Pipe Specials. 
 677 Covering for iYz-in. Pipe 
 683 Covering for TY-i-in. x l-in. 
 Cross 
 776X Train Pipe Valve 
 777A Extension Handles 
 800 Covering for 2-in. Cross 
 
 Pipe and Fittings, 
 (other than train pipe) 
 616 i-in. Ells 
 6I6A1-/1;. Ells, Right and Left 
 
 625 
 627 
 631 
 685 
 689 
 732 
 
 618 
 628 
 
 I-in. Standard Pipe 
 
 iM-in. Standard Pipe 
 
 l-in. Couplings. Right and Lefi 
 
 2-in. Standard Pipe 
 
 iVt-in. Ells 
 
 2-in. Couplings, Right and Left 
 
 Pipe and Fittings, 
 (train pipe) 
 iVa-in. Coupling. Right and Left 
 iVi-in. Standard Pipe 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 (350) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co. Figs. 2946-2960 
 
 Cat. No. Special? 
 
 660 iVi-in. Ground Joint Union 
 
 663 Steam Gage 
 
 757 Covering for 2-in. Pipe 
 
 934 1%-in. Steam Hose, 24 in. Long 
 
 948 Half Clamps 
 
 949 Nipples, 1%-in. Hose, iYa-in. 
 Pipe Thread 
 
 953 &x*%-j«. Bolts (square head, 
 hexagon nut) 
 
 Figs. 2946-2948. Locomotive Equipment (L-1608). 
 Names of Parts for Locomotive Equipment (L-8a). Figs. 2946-2948. 
 
 Cat. No Specials. Cat. No Pipe and Fittings. 
 
 Specials. 
 961 iVm-in. Extra Heavy Angle 
 Valve 
 1350 i^x.'-in. Reducing Valve 
 1363 2xi%-m. Reducers 
 1384 Covering for 2-in. Ell 
 1454 2-in. 43° Ell 
 
 1457 ^h-in. Extra Heavy Nipples, 
 3 in. Long 
 
 1458 =x_'x Vi-in. Tee 
 
 615 1%-in. Ell 
 
 628A jV 2 -!h. Extra Heavy Pipe 
 
 685 2-in. Standard Pipe 
 
 725 2-in. Ells 
 
 732 2-in. Couplings, R. & L. 
 
 1" Pipe Thread ,1" Pipe Thread M" Pipe Thread 
 
 V 1V4 Pipe Thread 
 - End View - 791 * Fl P e Thread 
 ""* Vlgw - Sectional Plan - IVi Pipe Thread' 
 
 Section A-B 
 
 34" Pipe Thread 1 — Side View — 
 Figs. 2951-2954. Double Jackets. Xos. 702x and 702y 
 Xo. 702x-a, T ft. 6 in. 
 Xo. 702y-a, 8 ft. 6 in. 
 
 W P'pe Thread 
 795 
 
 Figs. 2949-2950. Vertical Steam Trap, Xo. 9c 
 
 : 1" Pipe Thread 
 
 154° Pipe Thread 792 x U/V'Pipe Thre&d : 
 ~ Sectional Plan — 
 
 Section A B 
 Figs. 2955-295 
 
 O latino Section CD 
 Jacket Xo. 972. 
 
 Figs. 2958-2960. Single Jackets, Xos. 702p and 702q. 
 Xo. 702p-a, 7 ft. 6 in. 
 No. 702q-a, 8 ft. G in. 
 
Figs. 2961-2971 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co. 
 
 Figs. 2963-2964. 1-in. Globe Valve, 
 No. 905, (Body Has Inlet on Right). 
 1-in. Globe Valve, No. 1405, (Body 
 Has Inlet on Left). 
 
 Fig. '2965. 1-in. Angle Valve, 
 No. 9S0. 
 
 1 Pipe Thread' 
 
 Figs. 2966-2967. 
 
 1-in. Inlet Valve, 
 
 No. 603. 
 
 Figs. 2968-2969. 
 Fin. Drain Valve, 
 No. 603b. 
 
 #<5 
 
 Fig. 2970. 
 1-in. Graduating Valve, 
 
 No. 603a. 
 
 Fig. 2971. 
 
 1-in. Cross Graduating 
 
 Valve, No. 603c. 
 
 The Safely Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 (r>52> 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus ; The Safety Co. Figs. 2972-2987 
 
 Figs. 2972-2974. 1-in. Extra Heavy 
 Locomotive Valve, Xo. 601. 
 
 \~,^ 
 
 SIPHON. \i 
 
 Figs. 2975-2976. Locomotive Steam Figs. 2977-2978. Drain 
 Gage, No. 663. Valve Extension 
 
 Handle. No. 619. 
 
 Elevation ' I Section 
 
 Figs. 2979-2980. Car Heater, No. 1325. 
 
 SECTION 
 
 Fig. 2981. Locomotive 
 
 Reducing Valve, 
 
 No. 1350. 
 
 Section X-Y 
 
 X 
 Elevation 
 
 Figs. 2982-2983. Safety Valve, No. 893. 
 
 Elevation 
 
 End Elevation 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co 
 
 Figs. 2984-2987. Combination Valve, No. 894. 
 
.Figs. 2988-3006 CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co. 
 
 l\ PipcThread - 
 
 Section 
 
 Figs. 2092-2004. Extension Handle for 
 End Train Pipe Valve, No. 777a. 
 
 Side Elevation 
 
 Elevation 
 
 Figs. 2988-2991. 1%-in. End Train Pipe 
 Valve, No. 776x. 
 
 Figs. 2995-2997. Train Pipe Valve, Xo. 1376. 
 
 Fig. 2998. S-S Coupler, No. 720-B. 
 
 Fig. 2999. Section of No. 720-B. 
 
 Fig. 3000. S-4 Coupler, No. 920-B. 
 
 S5S 
 920 
 
 Fig. 3001. Section of No. 920-B. 
 
 Fig. 3002. Clamp for S-4 Coupler 
 Nos. 982-982a for 1%-in. hose. 
 Nos. 948-948a for 1%-in. hose. 
 
 Figs. 3003-3004. Gasket and 
 Retaining" Ring for Couplers. 
 
 Gasket No. 922 has 1%-in. port and is Standard 
 for Nos. 920a and 920b 
 Couplers. 
 931 1%-in. port and is Standard 
 
 for Nos. 920a and 920b 
 Couplers with 1%-in. Hose 
 
 The Safely Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 Figs. 3005-3006. Gasket No. 778 
 and Retaining Ring No. 779. 
 
 ci.-.-n 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Steam and Hot Water Heating Apparatus; The Safety Co. Figs. 3007-3011 
 
 Steam train Pipe. 
 AirBrakt 
 
 VSteam Train Pipe. 
 Air Brake. 
 Signal 
 
 No. 777"' 
 ' % x £ropofRaiL 
 
 Figs. 3007-3009. Standard Position for Train Pipe Valve, No. 770x, with Extension Handle, Xo. 777a. 
 
 Safety Straight^ 
 Port Coupler ^/ 
 
 Slcam Train Pipe 7 
 
 'n Top of Rail 
 
 Figs. 3010-3011. Standard Position for Train Pipe Valve, Xo. 137G, with Illustration of Platform 
 
 Operating Mechanism, Xo. 1377. 
 
 Platform Operating Mechanism No. 1377 Complete, Includes 
 
 Cat. No. 
 
 1340 1 Platform Handle 
 
 1341 7 Vertical Rod 
 
 1342 1 Floor Plate 
 
 1343 1 Bottom Plate 
 
 1344 I Set Collar 
 
 1345 1 Bottom Handle 
 
 1346 I Collar Link 
 
 1347 1 Bell Crank 
 
 Cat. Xo. 
 
 1348 2 Pins with Washers and Cotters for 
 
 Bell Crank 
 
 1349 3 % x Hk-in. Bolts 
 
 1351 1 Connecting Rod 
 
 1352 1 Valve Stem Lever 
 
 1353 / Bracket {or Bell Crank 
 
 1354 1 % x iVs-in. Bolt with Cotter Pin 
 1387 1 Top Casting for Platform Handle 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 (355) 
 
Figs. 3012-3018 CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus; Steam and Electric. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Belov 
 
 Fig. 3012. Diagram of Piping for Vapor System of Car Heating. Chicago Car Heating Co. 
 
 Names of Parts of Fig. 3012. 
 
 2 2-in. x 2-in. x i-iu. Tee 
 
 3 i-in. Special Spread Bend, R. & L. 
 
 4 2-in. R. <5r L. Elbow 
 
 5 2-111. x 2-in. x iV-2-in. Eccentric Drip 
 
 Tee 
 
 41 2-in. Rclnni Rend 
 
 55 2-in. R. & L. Coupling 
 
 104 End Train Pipe Valve 
 
 106 Throttle Supply Valve 
 
 111 2-in. x i-in. Strainer Cross 
 
 300 Steam Hose Coupler 
 
 402 I apor Regulator 
 
 Fig. 3013. Asbestos Pipe Covering. 
 Franklin Mfg. Co. 
 
 Figs. 3014-3015. Single Coil Electric 
 
 Heater for Cross Scats, Drop 
 
 Pattern, No. 192. 
 
 iiJHppiMBMIMlMiaiaaasaaaaii.aflHi.iMa- 
 
 m m»mimmmimTLT,rr,T:'\' ■ r « •-! 
 
 nCQTriciicwrr. 
 
 COS! SOI ir: ; .Tu(i Rl.d- 
 
 BgiBnEiiiiiSiiBiipBpigsaG 2 j 2 Z7czi~q~m 
 
 11«tj*n>-i«jtc3»LJi6uiiuiij*ijBCa<3i;i1 
 
 Fig. 3010. Electric Car Heater. Flush 
 Panel Type. Double Coil, No. 143 LL. 
 
 Fig. 3D17. Resistance Coil for Electric Fig. 3018. Double Coil, Panel Type, 
 
 Fleater. Electric Car Heater, No. 203 M. 
 
 Consolidated Car Heating Co. 
 
 (356) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus, Electric; Consolidated and Gold's. Figs. 3019-3026 
 
 Fig. 3019. Double Coil Electric Heater, 
 Drop Pattern, Xo. 192 H. 
 
 Fig. 3020. Continuous Panel, Single 
 Coil, Electric Heater, No. 93 T. 
 
 Fig. 3021. Double Coil Electric Heater, Fig. 3022. Heater Switch, Fig. 3023. Heater Switch, 
 
 Drop Pattern, No. 192 H. Closed, No. 204. Open, Xo. 204. 
 
 Electric Car Heaters. Consolidated Car Heating Co. 
 
 Fig. 3^24. Y\ iring Diagram for Gold Electric Car Heating System Using Sixteen Panel Type 
 
 Heaters — Three Degrees. 
 
 twuiy 
 
 "RICUmTTNC SWITCH 
 
 if 
 
 BJ 
 
 I 
 
 Fig. 3025. Wiring Diagram for Gold's Improved Electric Heater Equipment for Cross Seat 
 
 Cars Using Fourteen Standard Heaters. 
 
 Fig. 3026. Diagram of Piping for Gold's Improved Sealed Jet Accelerator System of Hot Water 
 (357) Circulation in Connection with Electric Heaters for Interurban Electric Cars. 
 
Figs. 3027-3041 CAR FURNISHINGS, Heating Apparatus, Electric; Gc 
 
 Figs. 3027-3028. Arrangement of Panel Heater 
 and Deflectors. 
 
 Fig. 3029. Gold's Improved Electric Heater. 
 
 *$&»»*'» i<^.-:.- ' .-; 
 
 GOLD CAK HKATIN-G ^LIGHTING CO 
 
 Fig. 3030. Interior View. 
 
 Fig. 3031. Front View. 
 
 Gold's Improved Electric Heater, Panel Type, Three Degrees. 
 
 Fig. 30.32. Resistant Coil and Support Used in 
 Gold's Improved Electric Heaters. 
 
 ■HI] FV 
 
 
 Fig. 3033. Interior View. 
 
 ""HWBIHH 
 
 .t-LLLLLLLLLLLLLLCLLLCLCCLLCCLLLCJJJJJJJJJJJJJJjJJJJJDJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJ 
 
 Fig. 3034. Interior Vie\ 
 
 Fig. 3035. Front View. 
 
 Gold's Improved Standard Electric Heater, 
 
 Three Degrees. 
 
 ?&&&&&&&&&&+&&&?&&&I+l*& 
 
 n 
 
 _GQLD CAR..HEATING AND LIGHTING CO. j 
 
 Jil- <§]< 
 
 mmimnmmmm 
 
 Fig. 3037. Interior View. 
 
 UC GOLD CAR HEATINGANDLIGHTINGCO 
 
 nvnwiiiwnwiwwtw 
 
 WiP{fif,PPfWf*IW;!MM*{:MIMJb i aJ 
 
 Fig. 303G. Front View. 
 
 Gold's Improved Electric Heater, Panel Type, 
 
 Three Degrees. 
 
 Fig. 3038. Front View. 
 
 Gold's Improved Standard Electric Heater, 
 
 One Degree. 
 
 Fig. 3039. Electric Fleater 
 Knife Switch. 
 
 Fig. 3040. Regulating Switch. 
 Gold Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 Fig. 3041. Regulating Switch, 
 Interior View. 
 
 (358) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch. The Safety Co. Figs. 3042-3057 
 
 &SJ 
 
 Fig. 3042. Sectional View. General Method of Application of Pintsch System of Gas Lighting to Passenger Cars. 
 
 Fig. 3043. 
 No. 89. Filling Valve Cover (F) 
 
 Fig. 3044. 
 
 Xo. 65. Filling Valve for Cars 
 
 (See Section, Fig. 3108.) 
 
 Fig. 3045. Fig. 3046. 
 
 No. 118a. Bracket No. 214. Gage 
 for Filling Valve. for Car (G). 
 
 Fig. 3047. 
 Nos. 245-252. Holders (A) 
 
 Fig. 3050. 
 Nos. 25, 25b, 25c. 
 
 Main Cock. Nos. 135, 135c. 
 
 Yi, % and % in. Cover for Main 
 Cocks. 
 
 Fig. 3048. 
 No. 53b. Holder Valve. Fig. 3049. 
 
 Side Outlets V± in. Xo. 214a. Gage for Car. 
 (See Section, Fig. 3100.1 (lbs. and atm.) 
 
 Fig. 3053. 
 
 No. 55a. Flanged Cross, Vt in. Nos. 54-55. Flanged Tees, % in. 
 
 Side Outlets, Vs in. and V± in. 
 
 Fig. 3054. 
 No. 9. Connection 
 Piece, Vi in. 
 
 (359) 
 
 Fig. 3055. 
 Regulator (R). 
 No. 244. 2-in. Water Pressure. 
 
 254. 2-lb. Pressure. Fig. 3056/ 
 
 " 1844. G-in. Water Pressure. No. 49. Flange Tee 
 
 1954. 1-lb. Pressure. for Regulator, Vi in. 
 
 Fig. 3057. 
 Fig. 53a. Flange Cross, % in. 
 Side Outlet. % in. 
 
Figs. 3058-30C 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. 
 
 m 
 
 Fig. 3058. 
 Nos. 12-13. To 
 Flange Unions; 
 
 % x % in. 
 
 % x V-t in. 
 
 Fig. 3059. 
 
 Xo. 17a. Angle- 
 
 Flange; % in. 
 
 Fig. 3060. 
 Nos. 10a, b and c. 
 Tee Flanges; 
 V-t x % in. 
 % x % in. 
 %x%in. 
 
 Fig. 3061. 
 
 Nos. 3 and 3a 
 
 Flange for 
 
 Nos. 4!), 53b, 
 
 53a and 120. 
 
 Fig. 3062. Fig. 3063. 
 
 Nos. 27-50. No. 107. Bracket 
 Lock Nuts; Back; % in. 
 
 % in.; % in. 
 
 Ct^ £M 
 
 Fig. 3(104. Fig. 3065. Fig. 3000. 
 
 Nos. 28-28a-2Sb. Nos. 20-57. No. 171. 
 
 Reducing Elbows; Cap; Bolt for 
 
 % in. x % in. % in.; % in. Filling Valve; 
 
 %in. x % in. 1% i„. x Vi ir 
 V-t in. x % in. 
 
 Fig. 3067. 
 
 No. 170. 
 
 Bolt for 
 
 Tank Strap; 
 
 2% in. x % in. 
 
 Fig. 3068. Fig. 3069. Fig. 3070. 
 
 Nos. 130-134. Nos. 32-32a. Nos. 4-5. 
 
 Couplings. Elbow; Connection; 
 
 Vs in.; Ys in. % in.; V-t in. 
 
 WBZZWBWm 
 
 Fig. 3071. 
 
 No. 20. 
 
 Nipple to Support Lamp; % in. 
 
 (Give Thickness of Roof.) 
 
 Fig. 3072. 
 No. 31a. 
 
 Plug; 
 
 %-in. 
 
 ^ T ;> '" ; ' l ^ '^ i ^l^ ' ' : ^" ' ^-^ ' ^^y ' ' ' "'-"'*- •; ;^" ' ^' ' • '^ 
 
 Fig. 3073. No. 243. Regulator Strap. 
 
 Fig. 3074. 
 
 Nos. 101-104. 
 
 Pipe Strap. 
 
 ung 
 
 Fig. 3075. 
 Nos. 140-159. 
 
 140 Screws for Gland of Nos. 21, 25, 
 25b, 25c, etc. (brass) 
 
 Fig. 3076. 
 Nos. 142-157. 
 
 250,25c, etc. (brass) l42 c hcclc Screws for Clusters 
 
 146 Screws for Regulator Inlet No. ib 144 Screw for Bracket Lamp 
 146a Screw for Top Gland of No. 66 151 Screws for Hinge Cover an 
 
 (brass) Spring Catch (brass) 
 
 148 Screws for Valve Covers Nos. 89 154 Screws for Vestibule Lamp 
 
 and 00 (brass) 
 
 149 Screws for Gland of No. 65 
 
 150 Screws for Flange Fittings, Nos. 
 
 10, 12, 13, 25c, 49, 33b, etc. 
 150a Screws for Large Valves, etc., 
 same as No. 130 {brass) 
 
 152 Screws for Bonnet of No. 65 
 
 153 Screws for Valve Carrier of No. 
 
 65. Retaining Screw (brass) 
 159 Screws for Flange Fittings, Nos. 
 8a, 16c, lya, etc. 
 
 Diaphragm 
 
 156 Screws for Hinge Cover, Spring 
 Catch and Crown (brass) 
 
 156a Screws for Cluster Stem (brass) 
 
 157 Screws for Reflectors, Bezel 
 Ring, etc. 
 
 Fig. 3079. 
 Nos. 185-187. 
 
 185 iVn-in. Wood Screws. No. 14 f. h. 
 
 bright, for Regulators 
 
 186 /-iu. Wood Screws, No. 8 f. h. 
 
 bright, for Pipe Straps 
 
 187 %-in. Wood Screws, No. 8 /'. h, 
 
 bright, for Fife Straps 
 
 Fig. 3078. 
 Nos. 188-189. 
 
 161 Stiaps for %-in. Pipe 
 
 162 Straps for V-t-iu. Pipe 
 
 163 Straps for Vs-iu. Pipe 
 
 164 Straps for %-m. Pipe 
 
 ys s mmm mm 
 
 Fig. 3077. 
 Nos. 175-181). 
 
 175 Lags for Hanging Holders, 
 
 7-in. x %-in. 
 
 176 Lags for Hanging Holders, 
 
 5-in, x %-in. 
 
 177 Lags for Filling Valve Brackets, 
 
 2%-2'n. x %-in. 
 
 188 iVt-in. Wood Screws, No. 14, r. h 
 
 nickel, for Vestibule Lamps 
 
 189 %-in. Wood Screws, No. 10, r.h. 
 
 brass, for Main Cocks and 180 Lags for Hanging Regulatoi 
 (■ overs .?%-!». x %-in. 
 
 179 Lags for Flanging Regulator, 
 2-in. x %-in. 
 
 Fig. 3080. 
 Nos. 155-158. 
 
 155 Screws for Hinge and Spider 
 
 155a Screws for Bracket 
 
 158 Screws for Inner Ring of Crown 
 
 X- 3081. 
 No. 0. 
 Brass Ring for 
 Nos. 4 and 5. 
 
 'v_ 
 
 No. 58. No. 00. No. 62. 
 
 For Large For Flanges of For Flanges of 
 
 Valves. %-in. x %-in. %-in. Pipe. 
 
 Pipe. 
 Figs. 3082-3084. Lead Washers. 
 
 (360) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. Figs. 3085-3110 
 
 Fig. 3085. Fig. 3086. Fig. 3087. Fig. 3088. Fig. 3089. Fig. 3090. Fig. 3091. 
 
 Xo. 14a. No. 14. No. 23. Iron No. 24. Rubber No. 231. Mill No. 34. Tee. No. 230. Pillar 
 
 Flanges for Gages. Washer. for Iron Washer. Base Check. for Bracket Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3092. Fig. 3093. Fig. 3094. 
 
 Xo. 222a. No. 45. No. 40. 
 
 Burner. Keys for Lamps and Valves. 
 
 Fig. 3095. No. 21a. Fig. 3096. Fig. 3097. 
 
 Burner Cock for Lamp. No. 235. Burner Xo. 1112. Burner 
 
 Xo. 205a. for Argand Lamp, for Argand Lamp. 
 
 X T o. 86a. Xo. 87a. 
 
 Fig. 3098. 
 
 Fig. 3099. 
 
 Xos. 227 and 575. No. 226a. Cluster for 
 Four-Flame Cluster. Vestibule Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3100. 
 
 Nos. 226 and 575a. 
 
 Two-Flame Cluster. 
 
 Fig. 3101. Ventilator. Fig. 3102. 
 
 Xo. 348, 6%-in.; Xos. 203-204. 
 
 Xo. 1689, 4%-in. Globe Ventilator. 
 
 6% in. and 4% in. 
 
 k. 
 
 Fig. 31(13. Xo. 300. Torch and Ke 
 
 Fig. 3104. Fig. 3105. Fig. 3106. 
 
 Xo. 22. Main Xo. 135b. Cover for No. 200. Wind 
 
 Cock for Postal Main Cocks. Nos. 25, Guard. 
 
 Cars. 25b and 25c. 
 
 Fig. 3106a. No. 80b. Shade 
 Holder for Xo. 102. 
 
 Fig. 3107. No. 80c. Shade 
 Holder for Xo. 236. 
 
 Fig. 3108. Section of 
 Filling Valve. Xo. 65. 
 
 Names of Parts of Fig. 3108. 
 
 Fig. 3110. Mica Chimney. 
 Xo. 109. 
 
 B 
 
 Set Screw 
 
 C 
 
 Valve Body 
 
 G 
 
 Gasket for Bonnet 
 
 K 
 
 Valve Stem 
 
 L 
 
 Valve Carrier 
 
 M 
 
 Valve Stem Nut 
 
 N 
 
 Bonnet 
 
 O 
 
 Disc 
 
 Q 
 
 Packing 
 
 R 
 
 Packing Nut 
 
 52 
 
 S'ercze for Bonnet 
 
 Fig. 3109. Section of Holder 
 Valve, Xo. 53b. 
 
 Names of Parts of Fig. 3109. 
 K Flanges R Gland 
 
 N I \ilve S Gasket for Gland 
 
 O Gasket for Cap 150 Flange Screws 
 Q Cap 
 
 (361) 
 
Figs. 3111-3131 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. 
 
 Fig. 3111. 
 No. 113 and No. 513. 
 
 Two-flame Reflectors. 
 
 Fig. 3115. 
 
 No. 285. Enameled 
 
 Chimney. 
 
 Fig. 3112. 
 No. 110. Ring Reflector. 
 
 Fig, 3116. 
 No. 577. Reflector. 
 
 Fig. 3113. 
 No. 1625. Ring Reflector. 
 
 Fig. 3117. 
 No. 410. Reflector. 
 
 Fig. 3119. 
 No. Ilia. Cup Reflector. 
 
 Fig. 3122. 
 No. 492. 10-in. Opal Dome. 
 Xo. 1646. 6-in. Opal Dome. 
 
 ~- v 'r;JS>. 
 
 Fig. 3121. 
 No. 99. 8%-in. Clear Glass Bowl. 
 No. 100. 9-in. Clear Glass Bowl. 
 
 No. 106. 10-in. Clear Glass Bowl. 
 
 No. 106a. 10-in. Etched Glass Bowl. 
 No. 1084. 6-in. Clear Glass Bowl. 
 
 No. 1084a. 6-in. Etched Glass Bowl. 
 No. 1804. 5-in. Clear Glass Bowl. 
 
 No. 2193. 10-in. Opal Bowl. 
 
 \ 
 
 No. 102. 4-in. 
 
 Opal Globe 
 
 No. 1912. 3-in. 
 
 Opal Globe. 
 
 Fig. 3114. 
 No. 114. Reflector 
 for Wall Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3118. 
 
 No. 107 and No. 3313. 
 
 Reflectors. 
 
 Fig. 3120. 
 
 Xo. 537a. Cup Reflector. 
 
 (Porcelain.") 
 
 Fig. 3124. 
 No. 104. 10-in. Opal Dome 
 No. 1668. 9-in. Opal Dome. 
 
 Fig. 3125. 
 
 No. 103a. Glass 
 
 for Lamn No. 205a. 
 
 Tijljl ;^jjjl|F Fig. 3127. 
 
 ^:— -^s=e^>-^ Xo. 493. 10-in. Etched Bowl. 
 
 Fig. 3126. No. 493a. 10-in. Clear Glass Bowl. 
 
 No. 1826. O'-j-in. Opal Bowl. No. 2206. 10-in. Clear Glass Bowl, 
 No. 1826a, 6%-in. Clear Glass Bowl. Etched Figure. 
 
 v v- 
 
 Fig. 312S. 
 
 No. 596. 9-in. Clear Glass Bowl. 
 
 Xo. 596a. 9-in. Clear Glass Bowl. 
 
 Etched Figure. 
 
 No. 597. 9-in. Etched Bowl. 
 
 Fig. 3129. 
 
 No. 100a. 9-in. Pressed 
 
 Glass Bowl. 
 
 .7 
 
 
 Fig. 3130. 
 No. 1647. 6-in. Etched 
 
 Bowl. 
 
 Fig. 3131. 
 
 No. 423. 11-in. Etched 
 
 Glass Bowl. 
 
 (368) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS. Gas Lighting; Pintsch. The Safety Co. Figs. 3132-3153 
 
 Fig. 3132. 
 
 Xo. 3181. 8%-in. Opal Bowl. Fig. 3133. Fig. 3134. Fig. 3135. 
 
 No. 2090. 7%-in. Opal Bowl. Xo. 3245. 6-in. Opal Bowl. Xo. 3069. 9-in. Frosted Bowl. 
 
 •' 3055. 8%-in. Frosted " " 3312. 10-in. " " " 3107. 9-in. Opal 
 
 •' 3116. 9%-in. Opal " " 3318. 10-in. Frosted " " 3199. 6-in. " 
 
 •■ 3261. 9%-in. Frosted " " 3320. 9-in. Frosted " 
 
 " 3264. 8%-in. Opal 
 
 Xo. 3227. 8%-in. 
 
 Straw Opal Bowl. 
 
 " 
 
 
 Fig. 3140. 
 No. 1620. 3%-in. 
 
 Etched Globe. 
 
 No. 47.5. 3%-in. 
 
 Opal Globe. 
 
 %J0? 
 
 Fig. 3137. 
 No. 3230. 4%-in. 
 
 Straw Opal Bowl 
 
 Xo. 3333. 4%-in. 
 
 Opal Bowl. 
 
 Fig. 3138. 
 No. 3047. 9-in. 
 Frosted Bowl. 
 Xo. 3302. 9-in. 
 Electro Etched Bowl. 
 No. 3308. 9-in. 
 Opal Bowl. 
 Bowls for Mantle Lamps. 
 
 Fig. 3141. 
 Xo. 236. Shade for 
 Argand Reading Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3142. 
 
 No. 295. 7-in. Ribbed 
 
 Dome. 
 
 Fig. 3139. 
 
 Xo. 3138. 6-in. 
 
 Opal Bowl. 
 
 No. 3326. 
 
 6-in. Frosted Bov 
 
 Fig. 3143. 
 No. 374. 4-in. Etched 
 Globe. 
 
 Shades for Bracket Gas L 
 
 amps. 
 
 _) 
 
 Fig. 3144. 
 
 No. 2864. 3%-in. 
 
 Opal Shade. 
 
 Fig. 3145. 
 
 Xo. 2689. 4-in. Electro- 
 Etched Shade. 
 
 i 
 
 Fig. 3146. 
 Xo. 1769. 2%-in. 
 Etched Shade. 
 
 Fig. 3147. 
 
 Xo. 1768. 2%-in. 
 Etched Shade. 
 
 Fig. 3148. 
 
 No. 1817. 3%-in. 
 
 Etched Shade. 
 
 -&■• 
 
 Fig. 314.9. 
 No. 1741. 2%-in. 
 
 Opal Shade. 
 Xo. 1741a. 2%-in. 
 Etched Shade. 
 
 (363) 
 
 Fig. 3150. 
 
 Xo. 1771. 2%-in 
 
 Pressed Shade. 
 
 m 
 
 Fig. 3151. 
 
 Xo. 17 
 
 Etched Shade. 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 \S£j 'it' 
 
 Fig. 3152. 
 Xo. 1752. 3-in. 
 Etched Shade. 
 
 -^7 _jr 
 ~ y~ 
 
 Xo. 1753. 3-in. 
 
 Fig. 3153. 
 
 Etched Shade. 
 
Figs- 3154-3172 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Cc 
 
 No. 237 
 
 No. 237a. No. 234. 
 
 Fig. 3154. Chimneys. 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 No. 1090. 
 
 No. 202. 2-in. No. 201. 4-in. 
 
 Fig. 3159. Mica Canopies. 
 
 Fig. 3160. Car Filler's 
 Lantern, No. 209. 
 
 Fig. 3161. 
 Mantle, No. 3044. 
 Protector, No. 3077 
 
 Fig. 3162. 
 Mantle. No. 2040. 
 Protector, No. 3078. 
 
 Fig. 3163. 
 No. 2712. 3-in. 
 Clear Glass Bowl. 
 
 Fig. 3164. 
 No. 2603a. 4%-in. 
 
 Opal Bowl. 
 No. 3345. 4%-in. 
 Clear Glass Bowl. 
 
 Fig. 31G5. 
 No. 4025. Electric Bulb. 
 
 Fig. 3166. 
 No. 4026. Electric Bulb. 
 
 Fig. 3167. 
 No. 4028. Electric Bulb. 
 
 Fig. 316S. 
 No. 4029. Electric Bulb. 
 
 4 A 
 
 Fig. 3109. Fig. 3170. 
 
 No. 4031. Electric Bulb. No. 4032. Electric Bulb. 
 
 Fig. 3171. 
 No. 4033. Electric Bulb. 
 
 Fig. 3172. 
 No. 4034. Electric Bulb. 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 (3G4) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. Figs. 3173-3188 
 
 Fig. 3173. Fig. 3174. Fig. 3175. Fig. 3170. 
 
 No. 373a. Combination Xo. 373. Bracket Lamp. No. 377. Drop Bracket Xo. 86. Drop Bracket (Key Cock). 
 Bracket Lamp. Lamp. Xo. 86a. Drop Bracket (Thumb Cock). 
 
 See Section. Fig. 3213. 
 
 Fig. 3177. 
 
 No. 1825a. Combination 
 Bracket Lamp. 
 
 <&^r 
 
 Fig. 3180. 
 
 Xo. 375. Combination Bracket 
 
 Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3178. 
 Xo. 1870. Bracket. 
 
 Fig. 3179. 
 No. 1025. Bracket Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3181. 
 
 Xo. 84. Combination 
 
 Bracket Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3182. 
 
 No. 87a. Argand Bracket 
 
 Lamp. 
 
 Figs. 3183-3184. 
 
 Xo. 232. Candle 
 
 (365) Bracket Lamp. 
 
 Figs. 3185-3186. 
 
 No. 282. Removable 
 
 Candle Bracket. 
 
 Fig. 3187. 
 No. 1910a. Combina- 
 tion Bracket. 
 
 Fig. 3188. 
 No. 1920a. Combina- 
 tion Bracket. 
 
Figs. 3189-3200 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. 
 
 ^^--$e - -w^^mm- 
 
 
 Fig. 3180. 
 No. 218. Deck Lamp. 
 
 • • • • • « » . 
 
 • •"«'■• • • • • "*»; 
 
 * + +.+ + + + *■ 
 
 •'.'*■••.'■«.• 
 
 Fig. 3191. 
 No. 256. Deck Lamp. 
 See Section, Figs. 3221-3222. 
 
 W&Bte. 
 
 x 
 
 Fig. 3190. 
 
 No. 431. Combination Deck Lamp. 
 
 See Section, Fig. 3212. 
 
 Fig. 3102. 
 No. 440a. Combination Deck 
 Lamp with 4 Electrics. 
 No. 44nb. Combination Deck 
 
 Lamp with 2 Electrics. 
 See Section, Figs. 3217-3218. 
 
 Fig. 3193. 
 
 No. 44(i. Deck Lamp. 
 
 See Section, Figs. 3217-3218. 
 
 Fig. 3194. Fig. 3105. Fig. 3100. 
 
 No. 442. Deck Lamp. No. 441. Deck Lamp. No. 1841. Deck Lamp. 
 
 See Section, Figs. 3223-3224 
 
 — _ ----- — -^ 
 
 
 *F 
 
 Fig. 3197. 
 
 No. 1080a. Combination Deck- 
 Lamp with 4 Electrics. 
 
 No. 1080b. Combination Deck- 
 Lamp with 2 Electrics. 
 Sec Section, Fig. 3210. 
 
 Fig. 3198. 
 No. 1905b. Combination Deck 
 Lamp with 2 Electrics. 
 No. 1005. Deck Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3199. 
 Wall Lamp, No. 205a. 
 
 Fig. 3200. 
 No. 194. Two-flame Vestibule Lamp. 
 No. 195. Four-flame Vestibule Lamp. 
 See Section, Fig. 3214. 
 
 (366) 
 
_C AR FURNISHINGS. Gas Lighting; Pint.ch. The Safety Co , Figs. 3201-3207 
 
 Fig. 3201. 
 No. 427. Lamp. 
 See Section, Figs. 3215-321G 
 
 Fig. 3202. 
 Xo. 438a. Combination Lamo. 
 
 Fig. 32n3. 
 No. 438. Lamp. 
 See Section. Fig. 3220. 
 
 Fig. 3204. 
 No. 191. Lamo. 
 
 w %&k 
 
 Fig. 3206. 
 No. 434. Combination Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3205 
 No. 196. L 
 
 amp. 
 
 Fig. 3207. 
 No. 208. Lamp. 
 
 (3C7) 
 
Figs. 3208-3213 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 151 -^-fa 
 
 Fig. 3208. Method of Hanging 
 Four-arm Lamp. 
 
 Figs. 3209-3211. Section of Standard 
 Lamp Body. 
 
 Fig. 3212. Section of 
 
 Combination Deck Lamp, No. 431 
 
 and No. 218. 
 
 Fig. 3213. Section of 
 Bracket Lamp, No. 86a. 
 
 List of Names of Parts of Lamp Sections. Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 8a Vs-in. Flange Union 
 17a Vs-in. Angle Flange 
 
 23 Iron Washer for %-in. Pipe 
 
 24 Rubber Washer for %-in. Fife 
 
 26 %-in. Nipple, 6 in. Long 
 26b %-in. Nipple, 5 in. Long 
 26c %-in. Nipple, 3V2 in. Long 
 
 27 %-in. Locknul 
 
 28 %-in. x Vs-in. Ell 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 29 %-in. Cap 
 
 79 Vs-in. Fxlra Strong Pipe 
 
 100 Glass Bowl 
 
 100a o-»i. Pressed Glass Bozvl 
 
 101 Opalescent Dome 
 
 102 4-in. Opal Globe 
 104 Opal Dome 
 
 107 Ring Reflector 
 
 109 Mica Chimney 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 110 Ring Reflector 
 Ilia Cup Reflector (Porcelain) 
 113 Reflector 
 
 142 Check Screws for Cluster 
 142a Screw for Bracket 
 151 Screw for Hinge Cover and 
 Spring Catch 
 
 154 Screw for Center Casting 
 
 155 Screw for Hinge and Spider 
 
 (368) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. Figs. 3214-3218 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 Fig. 3214. Section of 
 Vestibule Lamp. Xo. 104. 
 
 319 
 
 Section taKen at 
 45° to GftS way 
 
 Figs. 3215-3216. Section of Lamp, No. 427. 
 
 * Section taken at 15 
 — ■ to (Jos-way ■ — - 
 
 Figs. 3217-3218. Section of Combination Deck Lamp, No. 440a. 
 
 (369) 
 
Figs. 3219-3220 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 
 Fig. 3219. Section 
 Combination Deck Lamp, 
 
 List of Names o 
 
 Cat. No. 1 )escription. 
 
 155a Screw for Spacing Block and 
 Bracket 
 
 156 Screw for Hinge Cover and 
 
 Spring Lalch 
 156a Screw for Cluster Stem 
 
 157 Screw for Reflector 
 
 158 Screw for Inner Ring or Crown 
 167 Bracket Back 
 
 189 Screw for Thumb-piece 
 
 200 4-in. Wind Guard 
 
 203a Ventilator 
 
 203b Ventilator 
 
 204 4%-in, Ventilator 
 
 204a Ventilator 
 
 222a Burner Tips, Hexagon Base 
 
 226 Two-flame Cluster 
 226a Two-flame Cluster 
 
 227 Four-flame Cluster 
 230 Pintsch Pillar 
 
 283 Cast Iron Body Ring 
 
 284 Cast Iron Spider 
 
 285 Enameled Chimney 
 
 286 Lower Diaphragm 
 
 287 L7>/><t Diaphragm 
 
 288a Deflecting Plate and Chimney 
 
 289 Bracket 
 
 289a Bracket for Gas-way Connection 
 
 290 Livtcrr Thimble 
 290a Lower Thimble 
 
 291 Roo/ Thimble 
 291a /fV)o/ : Thimble 
 292 
 293 
 299 
 301 
 302 
 303 
 304 
 305 
 
 1680a. 
 f Parts of Lamp Sections. 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 305b Cluster Stem Flange 
 305c Cluster Stem Flange 
 
 Loekuut for Cluster Stem 
 
 Bezel or Ring for Bowl 
 
 Gas-way Tube 
 
 Post 
 
 Top Piece for Flues 
 
 Flues 
 
 Chimney 
 
 Ring for Fastening Crown 
 
 Diaphragm 
 
 Spring Catch, Complete 
 316a Spring for Spring Catch 
 317 Hinge Cover 
 
 Loeknuts for Check Screws 
 
 Body Casting 
 
 Flues 
 
 Top Piece for Flues 
 
 306 
 307 
 309 
 310 
 311 
 312 
 313 
 314 
 315 
 316 
 
 319 
 320 
 321 
 322 
 
 Spacing Block 
 Shield 
 
 Asbestos W id- 
 Cast Iron King 
 Spider 
 
 Extension Pillar 
 Lock 
 Cluster Stem 
 
 305a Cluster Stem Flange 
 
 323a Diaphragm 
 
 324 Ventilating Chimney 
 
 325 Center Post for Flues 
 
 326 Cock, Complete 
 
 327 Gas-way 
 
 338 Cock and Sleeve 
 
 339 Thumb-piece and Socket for Cock 
 
 345 Spun Globe Holder Ring 
 
 346 Deflecting Plate 
 
 348 oVi-iu. Ventilator 
 
 349 Gas-way Tube 
 
 403 Spring for Catch 
 
 404 Catch 
 417 Screw 
 
 420 Screw for Fuse Block Bracket 
 
 439 Washer for Cock 
 
 439a Washer for Cock 
 
 444 Plug and Pin for Cock 
 
 445 Cap for Cock 
 
 446 Set Screw for Cap 
 
 447 Spring for Cock 
 472 Body Casting 
 
 Fig. 3220. Sect 
 Figs. 3208-3224 
 Cat. 
 473 
 474 
 492 
 493 
 493a 
 494 
 495 
 496 
 497 
 498 
 525 
 537a 
 538 
 539 
 540 
 542 
 545 
 546 
 547 
 573 
 574 
 575 
 575a 
 577 
 580 
 583 
 584 
 586 
 589 
 
 590 
 592 
 596 
 596a 
 
 597 
 598 
 1617 
 
 n of Lamp, Xo. 438. 
 (Continued). 
 
 No. Description. 
 
 Tlucs 
 
 Chimney 
 
 iei-in. Opal Dome 
 
 10-in. Etched Bowl 
 
 10-in. Clear Glass Bowl 
 
 Bezel 
 
 Spun Globe Holder 
 
 Frame for Dome 
 
 Ring Casting 
 
 Diaphragm 
 
 Top Ring for Flues 
 
 Cup Reflector 
 
 Extension Pillar 
 
 Lockout for Deflecting Flate 
 
 Deflecting Plate 
 
 Top Piece for Flues 
 
 Cover for Flues 
 
 Flue Post 
 
 Screw for Ceiling Plate 
 
 Loveer I himble 
 
 Roof Thimble 
 
 Four-flame Cluster 
 
 Two-flame Cluster 
 
 l yliudrical Reflector 
 
 Body Casting 
 
 Flues 
 
 Body Casting 
 
 Extension Chimney 
 
 Screw for Spun Globe Holder 
 
 Ring 
 Spun Globe Holder Ring 
 Flues 
 
 g-iu. Clear Glass Bozvl 
 g-in. Clear Glass Bowl, Etched 
 
 Figure 
 Q-in. Etched Bowl 
 Screw for Globe Holder 
 Screws for Ring Reflector 
 
 (370) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch, The Safety Co. Figs. 3221-3224 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3208-3224. 
 
 Fis?; 
 
 '3-3224. Section of Deck Lamp, No. 442. 
 List of Names of Parts of Lamp Sections, Figs. 3208-3224 
 
 Cat. Xo. Description. 
 
 1625 Ring Reflector 
 
 1637 Conical Shield 
 
 1646 6-in. Opal Dome 
 
 1647 6-in. Etched Bowl 
 
 1648 Ring Reflector 
 
 1649 Cup Reflector 
 
 1658 Cluster Stem 
 
 1659 Spun Globe Holder Ring 
 
 1660 Body Casting 
 
 1661 Frame for Dome 
 
 1662 Bezel or Globe Ring 
 
 1663 Extension Pillar 
 
 1664 Long Bracket 
 
 1665 Short Bracket 
 1667 Mica Chimney 
 (S71) 
 
 Cat. 
 
 No. Descriftio 
 
 X. 
 
 
 Cat. 
 
 1668 
 
 Opal Dome 
 
 
 
 1738 
 
 1670 
 
 Frame for Dome 
 
 
 
 1739 
 
 1672 
 
 Cover for Catch 
 
 
 
 
 1673 
 
 Catch 
 
 
 
 1757 
 
 1674 
 
 Spring for Catch 
 
 
 
 
 1675 
 
 Frame for Dome 
 
 
 
 1851 
 
 1685 
 
 Bezel 
 
 
 
 
 1686 
 
 Dome Ring Holder 
 
 
 
 1853 
 
 1687 
 
 Screw for Dome Ring Holder 
 
 1854 
 
 1688 
 
 Frame for Dome 
 
 
 
 1855 
 
 1689 
 
 Ventilator 
 
 
 
 1857 
 
 1690 
 
 Screw for Catch 
 
 
 
 1858 
 
 1705 
 
 Lower Thimble 
 
 
 
 1862 
 
 1708 
 
 Screw for Ornamental Parts 
 
 1873 
 
 1708a 
 
 Screw for Ornamen 
 
 tal B 
 
 ody 
 
 1877 
 1878 
 
 for Ornamental 
 for Ornamental 
 
 (Continued). 
 No. Description. 
 
 Screw for Thumb-piece 
 Thumb-piece and Socket for 
 
 Cock 
 Wood Screw 
 
 Ring 
 Wood Screw 
 
 Ring 
 Key for Switch 
 Bracket for Wires 
 Clamp for Wires 
 Bracket for Switch 
 Key for Switch 
 Wood Screws for Ceiling Ring 
 Porcelain Insulator Clamp 
 Washer for Xo. 1873 
 ll'ashcr for No. 1855 
 
Figs. 3225-3238 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. 
 
 Fig. 
 
 Fig. 3226. 
 
 No. 2515. Bracket Mantle No. 2511a. Combination Dec]* 
 Lamp. See Section, Mantle Lamp. 
 
 Figs. 3242-3243. 
 
 See Section, Figs. 3245-3246. 
 
 Fig. 3227. Fig. 3228. 
 
 No. 2511. Deck Mantle No. 2503. Deck Mantle 
 Lamp. Lamp. 
 
 Sec Section. Figs. 3252-3253. 
 
 Fig. 3229. 
 
 No. 2501. Four-light 
 
 Mantle Lamp Chandelier. 
 
 See Section. Fig. 3244. 
 
 Fig. 3230. 
 
 No. 2505. Four-light 
 
 Mantle Lamp Chandelier. 
 
 See Section, Fig. 3241. 
 
 Fig. 3231. 
 No. 2523a. Combination 
 Lamp. 
 See Section, Figs. 3247-3248. 
 
 Fig. 3232. 
 
 No. 2532 Deck 
 
 Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3236. 
 
 No. 2550a. Combination 
 
 Bracket Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3237. 
 
 No. 2534. Bracket 
 
 Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3234. 
 
 No. 2550a. 
 
 Combination 
 
 Bracket 
 
 Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3235. 
 
 No. 2556. 
 
 Bracket 
 
 Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3238. 
 
 No. 2513. Wall 
 
 Mantle Lamp. 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 (372) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamp?. Figs. 3239-3244 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts, with Figs. 3239-3254. 
 
 Cock and Arm Wall ?\nie 
 
 1 Pipe Thread 
 
 Figs. 3239-3240. 
 Section of Bracket Mantle Lamp, No. 2536. 
 
 Cock and Arm Wall Plait- 
 
 r 1 
 
 a — 
 
 l a Pipe Tnreaci 
 
 Figs. 3242-3243. 
 Section of Bracket Mantle Lamp, No. 2515. 
 
 Fig. 3244. Section of Mantle Lamp, No. 2501. 
 
 The Safety Car Heatinc 
 
 Fig. 3241. Section of Mantle Lamp, No. 2505. 
 
 Names of Parts of Mantle Lamp Sections. 
 Figs. 3239-3254. 
 
 Cat. Ni . Description. 
 
 8a %-in. Flange Union 
 
 23 Iron Washer 
 
 24 Rubber Washer 
 
 26 %-in. Nipple, 6 in. Long 
 26d %-in. Nipple, 4 in. Long 
 26c %-in. Nipple, J 1 ? in. Long 
 26f %-in. Nipple, 6V2 in. Long 
 
 27 %-in. Locknut 
 
 28 %-in. x %-in. Ell 
 
 29 %-in. Cap 
 
 30 %-in. Tee 
 
 31 %-in. Plug 
 
 79 %-in. Extra Strong Pipe 
 100 Glass Bozd 
 
 142a Screw for Ornamental Ring 
 151 Screw for Deflecting Plate 
 
 154 Screw for Deflecting Plate 
 
 155 Screw for Hinge 
 
 155a Screzv for Body Casting 
 
 156 Screw for Cateli Cover 
 
 157 Screws for Reflector, Catch, etc. 
 157a Screw for Porcelain Clamp 
 
 158 Screw for Ceiling Plate 
 204a Ventilator 
 
 307 Bezel 
 
 316a Spring for Catch 
 
 326 Cock, Complete 
 
 338 Cock and Sleeve 
 
 339 Thumb-piece for Cock 
 345 Spun Globe Holder Ring 
 413 Screw for Husk 
 
 417 Screw for Bezel 
 
 Lighting Co. 
 
 (373) 
 
Figs. 3245-3251 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 3239-3254. 
 
 Figs. 3245-324G. Section of Mantle Lamp, No. '2511a. 
 
 No. 2700. No. 2680. 
 
 Figs. 3249-3250. Sections of Mantle Lamp Bulbs. 
 
 ^30 
 
 1 '^i' .'.—.' '_-■■ 
 
 Fig. 3251. Section of Mantle Lamp, No. 2524. 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co 
 
 Section of Mantle Lamp. No. 2523a. 
 
 Names of Parts of Mantle Lamp Sections. 
 Figs. 3239-3254. (Continued). 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 421 Screw for Ornamental Cage 
 
 439 Washer for Lamp Cock ( Thick) 
 139AWasher for Lamp Cock (Thin) 
 
 446 Set Screw for Extension Pillar 
 
 447 Spring for Lamp 
 
 573 Lower Thimble 
 
 574 Roof Thimble 
 57iARoof Thimble 
 
 589 Screw for Spun Globe Holder 
 
 1527 Screw for Top and Side Pieces of 
 
 Bezel 
 
 1672 Co-: cr for Catch 
 
 1690 Screw for Ornamental Body 
 
 1816 %-»». Close Nipple 
 
 1847 Screw for Spring Lock 
 
 1849 Screw for Ornamental Ring 
 
 1853 Key for Switch 
 
 1862 Wood Screw for Ornamental Ring 
 
 1870 Thumb-piece for Cock 
 
 1873 Porcelain Insulator Clamp 
 
 2601 11-in. Spherical Bowl, Clear Glass 
 2603A Opai Bozvl 
 
 2605 Body Ring 
 
 2606 Ceiling Ring 
 2608 Reflector 
 
 2610 Deflecting Plate 
 
 2611 Mantle and Globe Holder 
 2615 Gas Tip 
 
 2619 Cover for Catch 
 
 2620 Globe Ring 
 
 2621 Mantle and Globe Holder 
 2627 Lockuut 
 
 2634 Ventilating Chimney 
 
 2635 Screen for Gas Tip 
 2640 Mantle 
 
 2647 Pinnacle for Deflector 
 
 2658 Catch Cover 
 
 2659 Catch 
 
 2667 %-in. x Vs-iu. Angle Plunge 
 
 2669 Spider Casting 
 
 2673 Air Mixer 
 
 2674 Gas Tube 
 
 2675 Center Casting 
 
 2677 Air Shield 
 
 2678 liilcabcstou Washer 
 
 2679 Extension Piece 
 
 2680 Incandescent Gas Bulb. Complete 
 
 2694 Air Shield 
 
 2695 Bezel 
 
 2697 Spun Globe Holder 
 
 2698 n-in. Etched Glass Bowl 
 
 (374) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3252-3254 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Below. 
 
 
 
 m fcn5"n.CfirtM- L:ii*iif r>r 
 
 Figs. 3252-3253. Section of Mantle Lamp, Xo. 2503a. 
 
 Fig. 3254. Section of Vestibule Mantle 
 
 Lamp, No. 2594. 
 
 
 Names of Parts 
 
 of Mantle 
 
 Lamp Sections, Figs. 
 
 3239-3251, 3252, 3254. (Continued.) 
 
 Cat. No. Description". 
 
 Cat. 
 
 Xo. Description. 
 
 Cat. 
 
 \*o. Description. 
 
 2700 
 
 Incandescent Bulb 
 
 2727 
 
 Vulcabeston Washer 
 
 2782 
 
 Bodv Ring 
 
 
 and Globe, 
 
 2728 
 
 Screw for Orna- 
 
 2783 
 
 Center Casting 
 
 
 Complete 
 
 
 mental Arm 
 
 2816 
 
 Clamp for Glass 
 
 2701 
 
 Burner Nozzle 
 
 2729 
 
 Screw for Porcelain 
 
 2823 
 
 Shield 
 
 2702 
 
 Spring Lock 
 
 
 Clamp 
 
 2873 
 
 Catch 
 
 2703 
 
 Lamp Body 
 
 2730 
 
 Roof Thimble 
 
 2883 
 
 Cluster Stem 
 
 2704 
 
 Washer 
 
 2732 
 
 Cluster Stem 
 
 2886 
 
 Gas-way Bracket 
 
 2705 
 
 Air Mixer 
 
 2734 
 
 Bottom Glass 
 
 2887 
 
 Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock 
 
 2706 
 
 Buriicr Nozzle 
 
 2735 
 
 Side Glass 
 
 2890 
 
 Electric Switch 
 
 2707 
 
 Shade Holder 
 
 2737 
 
 Cat cli 
 
 2893 
 
 Bracket for Cateli 
 
 2708 
 
 Thumb Screw 
 
 2738 
 
 Spring for Catch 
 
 2904 
 
 Brace for Lamp Bodies 
 
 2709 
 
 Thumb Screw 
 
 2740 
 
 Spun Ring 
 
 2905 
 
 Ceiling Thimble 
 
 
 Locknut 
 
 2742 
 
 Clamps for Bottom 
 
 2908 
 
 Ceiling Thimble 
 
 2710 
 
 Spun Crown 
 
 
 and Side Glass 
 
 2911 
 
 Ventilating Bell 
 
 2711 
 
 Thimble and Flange 
 
 2743 
 
 Clamps for Side Glass 
 
 2917 
 
 Bracket for Switch 
 
 2712 
 
 Clear Glass Bold 
 
 2747 
 
 Lamp Body 
 
 2918 
 
 Ceiling Thimble 
 
 2713 
 
 Air Mixer 
 
 2748 
 
 Gas Strainer 
 
 2922 
 
 Collar for Electric Nipple 
 
 2714 
 
 Shield 
 
 2749 
 
 Extension Pillar 
 
 2923 
 
 Roof Thimble 
 
 2717 
 
 Bezel 
 
 27iSAExtensiou Pillar 
 
 2928 
 
 Bezel Clamp for Glass 
 
 2718 
 
 Body Casting 
 
 2750 
 
 Spring Lock 
 
 2929 
 
 Side Clamp for Glass 
 
 2719 
 
 Catch 
 
 2751 
 
 Inner Globe Ring 
 
 2953 
 
 Bonnet for Cock 
 
 2720 
 
 Brace for Catch 
 
 2752 
 
 Outer Globe Ring 
 
 2954 
 
 Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock 
 
 2721 
 
 Bodv Ring 
 
 2753 
 
 Inner Globe Ring 
 
 3162 
 
 Wood Screw 
 
 2722 
 
 Cluster Stem 
 
 2754 
 
 Spring Pin 
 
 3170 
 
 Body Casting 
 
 2724 
 
 Cluster Stem Strap 
 
 2764 
 
 Screw for Orna- 
 
 4018 
 
 II 'ire Cleat 
 
 2725 
 
 Ventilator 
 
 
 mental Ring 
 
 4033 
 
 Electric Bulb 
 
 2726 
 
 Porcelain Clamp 
 
 2767 
 
 Air Shield 
 
 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighti 
 
 Co. 
 
 (375) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. 
 
 Names of Parts of Mantle Lamp Sections, Figs. 3355-3275. 
 
 Cat. No. 
 
 Description. 
 
 SAVs-in. Flange Union 
 
 23 Iron Washer 
 
 24 Rubber Washer 
 
 26 %-in. Nipple, 6 in. Long 
 26B %-in. Nipple, 5 in. Long 
 26E%-/». Nipple, 4%-in. Long 
 26F %-in. Nipple, 6V2 in. Long 
 261 %-in. Nipple, 6V±-in. Long 
 
 27 %-in. Loeknitt 
 
 28 %-in. x Vs-in. Ell 
 
 29 %-in. Cap 
 
 30 %-in. Tee 
 
 31 %-in Plug 
 
 79 Vs-in. Extra Strong Pipe 
 102 4-in. Opal Boivl 
 U2ASercw for Gas Cock Body 
 151 Screw for Catch, etc. 
 
 156 Screw for Bracket 
 
 157 Screw for Body Casting 
 157 A Sc rew for Ceiling Ring 
 
 158 Screw for Switch Bracket 
 167 Wall Plate 
 
 200 Wind Guard 
 204 4%-in. Ventilator 
 222ABurner Tip 
 230 Pintsch Pillar 
 307 Bezel 
 
 31SASprin.g for Catch 
 319 Locknul 
 324 Ventilating Chimney 
 326 CocA", Complete 
 
 338 Cor£ <i»rf .SVtvir 
 
 339 Thumb-piece and Socket for 
 
 Cock 
 345 Spun Globe Holder 
 413 Screw for Husk 
 
 420 Screw for Crown 
 
 421 .SY/th- /or Thimble 
 
 439 TVm'cA Washer for Cock 
 439A7/i/» Washer for Cock 
 
 Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock 
 Bonnet for Cock 
 Set Screw for Bonnet 
 Spring for Cock 
 Screw for Spider Casting 
 Screw lor Hinge 
 Screw for Globe Holder 
 Screw for Lock 
 
 444 
 
 445 
 446 
 447 
 518 
 547 
 589 
 598 
 1527 Screw for Gas Cock Body 
 
 1672 Cover for Catch 
 
 1673 Catch 
 
 1674 Spring for Catch 
 
 1683 Gas Cock Body 
 
 1684 Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock 
 1733 Spun Globe Holder 
 
 1741 sVi-iu. Opal Shade 
 
 1782 Screw for Shade Holder 
 
 1783 Locknut for No. 1782 
 
 Cat. 
 
 N T o. Description. 
 
 Cat. 
 
 1816 
 
 %-in. Close Nipple 
 
 3085 
 
 1847 
 
 Screw for Husk 
 
 3087 
 
 1853 
 
 Key for Switch 
 
 3091 
 
 1855 
 
 Clamp for Wires 
 
 3106 
 
 1856 
 
 Screw for Electric Socket 
 
 3107 
 
 1857 
 
 Bracket for Switch 
 
 3116 
 
 1858 
 
 Key for Switch 
 
 3125 
 
 1865 
 
 Set Screw 
 
 3126 
 
 1873 
 
 Porcelain Insulator 
 
 3128 
 
 1877 
 
 I'ulvabestou Washer 
 
 3129 
 
 1878 
 
 Vulvabeston Washer 
 
 3130 
 
 1949 
 
 Ceiling Thimble 
 
 3131 
 
 1950 
 
 Roof Thimble 
 
 3132 
 
 2175 
 
 High Pressure Base Check 
 
 3134 
 
 2213 
 
 Cheek Screw 
 
 3135 
 
 2214 
 
 Screw for Orifice 
 
 3136 
 
 2601 
 
 11-in. Clear Glass Bowl 
 
 3137 
 
 2606 
 
 Ceiling Ring 
 
 3139 
 
 2615 
 
 Gas Tip 
 
 3140 
 
 2619 
 
 Cover for Catch 
 
 3143 
 
 2640 
 
 Small Mantle 
 
 3147 
 
 2656 
 
 Screw for Bracket 
 
 3148 
 
 2667 
 
 %-in. x Vs-in. Angle Flange 
 
 3149 
 
 2695 
 
 Bezel 
 
 3163 
 
 2697 
 
 Spun Globe Holder 
 
 3165 
 
 2698 
 
 Ji-in. Electro Etched Bowl 
 
 3168 
 
 2711 
 
 Thimble and Flange 
 
 3170 
 
 2719 
 
 Catch 
 
 3174 
 
 2720 
 
 Brace for Catch 
 
 3218 
 
 2721 
 
 Body Ring with Electrics 
 
 3219 
 
 2726 
 
 Porcelain Clamp 
 
 3220 
 
 2727 
 
 t ' uleabeston Washer 
 
 3237 
 
 2728 
 
 Screw for Ornamental Arm 
 
 3241 
 
 2729 
 
 Screw for Insulator 
 
 3243 
 
 2748 
 
 Gas Strainer 
 
 3261 
 
 2763 
 
 Screw for Shade Holder Ring 
 
 3264 
 
 2854 
 
 Ceiling Thimble 
 
 3266 
 
 2855 
 
 Roof Thimble 
 
 3267 
 
 2886 
 
 Gas-way Bracket 
 
 3268 
 
 2887 
 
 Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock 
 
 3270 
 
 2890 
 
 Electric Switch 
 
 3271 
 
 2917 
 
 Bracket for Switcli 
 
 3272 
 
 2922 
 
 Collar for Electric Nipple 
 
 3273 
 
 2936 
 
 Globe Holder 
 
 3274 
 
 3044 
 
 Large Mantle 
 
 3303 
 
 3046 
 
 Gas Tip 
 
 3313 
 
 3049 
 
 Burner Nozzle 
 
 3319 
 
 3050 
 
 Bezel 
 
 3321 
 
 3051 
 
 Spider Casting 
 
 3373 
 
 3052 
 
 Body Casting 
 
 3375 
 
 3053 
 
 Top Flue 
 
 3406 
 
 3054 
 
 Botlom Flue 
 
 3411 
 
 3055 
 
 8Vn-in. Frosted Bowl 
 
 3412 
 
 3057 
 
 Crown 
 
 4018 
 
 3063 
 
 Ventilating Bell 
 
 4033 
 
 3070 
 
 Ventilating Bell 
 
 4144 
 
 3081 
 
 Ornamental Crown and Apron 
 
 
 No. Description. 
 
 Center Casting 
 Bottom Flue 
 Top Flue 
 Gas Strainer 
 cj-in. Clear Glass Boivl 
 9V2-111. Opal Bowl 
 Ornamental Crown and Apron 
 Brackets 
 Bushing 
 Crown 
 Flue 
 
 Ornamental Collar 
 Ornamental Apron 
 Bracket 
 Spider Casting 
 Gas-way 
 
 Extension Pillar 
 Spacing Piece 
 Center Casting 
 Screw for Gas-way 
 Burner A'ozzlc 
 Ventilating Bell 
 Short Arms 
 Short Arm 
 Spider Casting 
 Extension Pillar 
 Spider Casting 
 Center Casting 
 
 Ornamental Crown and Apron 
 Bracket 
 Flue 
 
 Body Casting 
 Ornamental Collar 
 Ceiling Thimble 
 9V2-U1. Frosted Bowl 
 8Vi-in. Opal Bowl 
 Body Ring 
 Extension Piece 
 Flue- 
 
 Extension Pillar 
 Flue 
 Lock 
 
 Ornamental Crown and Apron 
 Roof Thimble 
 Gas Strainer 
 Reflector 
 Ceiling Thimble 
 Bracket for Reflector 
 Apron 
 
 Body Casting 
 Extension Flue 
 Air Tube 
 Ring Reflector 
 Porcelain Wire Cleat 
 Electric Bulb 
 
 Screw for Ornamental Coiling 
 Riuc 
 
 3084 Bracket 
 
 (376) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS. Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3255-3258 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376. 
 
 Fig. 3255. 
 Xo. 3500. Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3250. 
 Section of Xo. 3500. Lamp. 
 
 ISffiHU 
 
 Fig. 3257. 
 Xo. 35ii8. Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3258. 
 Section of X T o. 3508. Lamp. 
 
 (377) 
 
Figs. 3259-3262 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376. 
 
 Fig. 3259. 
 No. 3509. Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3260. 
 Section of No. 3509. Lamp. 
 
 ' S ft " ■" 
 
 Fig. 3261. 
 Section of No. 3511. Lamt 
 
 Fig. 3262. 
 Section of No. 3512. Lamp. 
 
 (378) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3263-3266 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376. 
 
 Fig. 3263. 
 No. 3514. Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3264. 
 Section of No. 3514. Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3265. 
 No. 3518. Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3266. 
 No. 3510. Lamp 
 
 (379) 
 
1^^3267^270 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376. 
 
 Fig. 3267. 
 No. 3520. Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3268. 
 Section of No. 3520. Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3269. 
 
 No. 3538a. Combination 
 
 Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3270. 
 
 Section of No. 3538a. 
 
 Combination Lamp. 
 
 (3S0> 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Pintsch Mantle Lamps. Figs. 3271-3275 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts on Page 376. 
 
 Fig. 3271. 
 Xo. 3532a. Combination 
 Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3272. 
 Section of Xo. 3532a. Combina- 
 tion Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3273. 
 
 Xo. 2286a. Bracket 
 
 Lamp. 
 
 SECTION OF VESTIBULE LAMPS N» ZS94 od XH 
 Non —Lamp No 23114 has a small mantle, ai shown m small section m upper right hand comer 
 ihJ when oscd with RegnLiti.r No 254. Gas Strainer No 3303 is required, as shown, and with Rcgnlaior No 
 OS4. Gas Stramer No 3106 is required For old style vestibule lamp No 2^04. tee sectional cot on page 
 
 . ■ 
 
 Fig. 3274. 
 
 Section of Xos. 2594 and 3594. 
 
 Vestibule Lamps. 
 
 ^S~t~ .flrr, „ y ,. „ r .lrr toy, ^ ^fr_= 
 
 SECTION OF LAMP No. iaiia 
 
 Fig. 3275. 
 Section of Xo. 3561a. Lamp. 
 
 .3811 
 
Figs. 3276-3283 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene. The Safety O 
 
 Names of Parts of Acetylene 
 Lamp Sections, Figs. 3276-3285. 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 17a Angle Flange 
 
 23 J ran Washer 
 
 24 Rubber Washer 
 
 26 %-in. Nipple, 6 in. Long 
 2Gb %-in. Nipple. 5 in. Long 
 26f %-in. Nipple, 6V2 in. Long 
 
 27 %-in. Locknut 
 
 28 %-in. x Vs-in. Ell 
 
 29 %-in. Cap 
 32 Vs-in. Ell 
 79 Vs-in. Extra Strong Pipe 
 
 100 Glass Bowl 
 
 140 Screzv for Bezel 
 
 142a Screw for Gas Cock Body 
 
 144 Screzv for Spring Lock 
 
 151 Screzv for Catch and Reflector 
 
 154 Screw for Flue 
 
 155 Screzv for Hinge 
 
 156 Screzv for Ceiling Ring 
 156a Screw for Flange 
 
 157 Screzv for Reflector 
 157a Screzv for Ceiling Ring 
 204 4%-in. Ventilator 
 204a Ventilator 
 
 307 BeseZ for Bowl, imth Hinge 
 316 Spring Catch, Complete 
 316a Spring for Catch 
 323a Diaphragm 
 324 Ventilating Chimney 
 
 No 
 
 Fig. 3276. 
 
 1641. Acetylene 
 
 Wall Lamp. 
 
 See Section, 
 
 Figs. 3282-3283. 
 
 Fig. 3277. 
 No. 1081. Acetylene 
 
 Deck Lamp. 
 See Section, Fig. 3284. 
 
 Fig. 3278. 
 No. 1G27. Acetylene 
 
 Lamp. 
 See Section, Fig. 3279. 
 
 -]J* : i 79 
 
 Fig. 3279. 
 Section of Acetylene Lamp, No. 1627. 
 
 Clovation of Catch 
 
 Figs. 3280-3281. 
 Section of Acetylene Vestibule Lamp, No. 1694 
 
 Figs. 3282-3283. 
 Section of Acetylene Wall Lamp, No. 1641. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts Above and on Page 383. 
 
 (382) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting: Acetylene. The Safety C 
 
 Figs. 3284-3285 
 
 £#3 
 S S^ 
 
 Names of Parts of Acetylene Lamp 
 Sections, Figs. 3276-3285. (Continued.) 
 
 Cat. Xo. 
 
 Description. 
 
 Cock, Complete 
 
 Spun Globe Holder Ring 
 
 Thick Washer for Cock 
 
 326 
 
 345 
 
 439 
 
 439a Thin Washer for Cock 
 
 444 
 
 445 
 
 446 
 
 447 
 
 547 
 
 586 
 
 589 
 
 590 
 
 596 
 
 597 
 
 Fig. 3284. Section of Acetylene Lamp, No. 1681. 
 
 {383) 
 
 Fig. 3285. 
 
 Section of Acetylene Lamp, No. 2012. 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 Plug and Thumb-piece for Cock 
 
 Bonnet for Cock 
 
 Screw for Cock 
 
 Spring for Cock 
 
 Screw for Wall Plate 
 
 Extension Chimney 
 
 Screw for Spun Globe Holder 
 
 Spun Globe Holder 
 
 (j-in. Clear Glass Bowl 
 
 9-in. Etched Glass Bowl 
 1600a Frame for Dome 
 1602a Flue 
 
 1604 q-in. Etched Dome 
 
 1605 Q-in. Opal Dome 
 
 1606 Dome Ring 
 
 1607 Pour-flame Cluster 
 1608a Gas-way Tube 
 1609 Post for Flues 
 
 1613 : ;s-/7. Von Schwartz Burner 
 
 1614 Vh-ft. J 'on Schwartz Burner 
 
 1615 %-ft. Von Schwartz Burner 
 
 1617 Screw for Gas-way Tube Flange 
 
 1618 9-iu. Opal Bowl 
 1635 Body Casting 
 
 1638 Gas-way Tube 
 
 1639 Flanged Ell 
 1643 Crown 
 1644a Gas-way Tube 
 1645 Frame for Dome 
 1668 Opal Pome 
 1672 Cover for Catch 
 1674 Spring for Catch 
 1679 Catch 
 
 1682 Body Casting 
 
 1683 GasCock Body 
 
 1684 Thumb-piece and Plug for Cock 
 1693 Bezel 
 
 1695 Reflector 
 
 1696 Body Casting 
 
 1697 Gas-way Tube 
 1697a Two-tlamc Cluster 
 
 1698 Brass Nipple 
 
 1699 Flanged Ell 
 
 1700 Flue 
 
 1733 Spun Globe Holder 
 
 1826 6V2-in Opal Bowl 
 1826a 6V2-U1. Clear Glass Bowl 
 
 1827 Bezel 
 
 1832 Catch 
 
 1833 Spring for Catch 
 
 1834 Rcflccto, 
 
 1835 Spring for Hinge, Left 
 1835a Spring for PTinge, Right 
 
 1860 Flange for Catch 
 
 1861 Screw for Flange 
 1926 Body with Gas Cock 
 1928 Spring Lock for Bezel 
 
 1949 Lower Thimble 
 
 1950 Roof Thimble 
 
 1970 Reflector 
 
 1971 Casing for ReflectO) 
 
 1977 5V« 5'ercK' 
 
 1978 Bushing for Flue Post 
 
 2025 Reflector 
 
 2026 Borfy fo'rag 
 
 2027 Thumb-screw 
 
 2028 Ga^-xeay Tub^ 
 2119 Tivo-flamc Cluster 
 
 2854 C«7mg Thimble 
 
 2855 tfoof Thimble 
 3070 Ventilating Bell 
 
Figs. 3285-3287 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene. Commercial System. 
 
 Fig. 3286. Application of Tank. Piping, Etc., for Safety Storage System of Acetylene Car Lighting 
 
 117 A 
 
 Fig. 3287. Application of Tank, Piping, Etc., for Safety Storage System of Acetylene Car Lighting 
 
 with Filling Valves on Each Side of Car. 
 The Commercial Acetylene Co. 
 
 C'S-0 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene, Commercial System. Figs. 3288-3318 
 
 Fig;. 3288. Brazed Cylinder 
 Cut Open to Show Packing. 
 
 Fig. 329-2. No. 242. 
 
 = j- ft. V. S. Burner 
 
 Male Thread. 
 
 Fig. 3293. No. 49. 
 Burner Pillar. 
 
 Fig. 3289. No. 121. 
 Main Cnck. 
 
 Fig. 3290. Xo. 1-22. 
 Alain Cock Key. 
 
 Fig. 3291. No. 114. 
 Gage for Car. 
 
 Fig. 3294. No. 123. 
 Blow Off for Safety Device. 
 
 Fig. 3295. No. 106. 
 Key for Nos. 101, 104, 149. 
 
 Fig. 329G. Pipe Line Valve (No. 
 
 149) with Cover ( No. 151) and 
 
 Bracket (No. 159) Complete. 
 
 ; ig. 3297. No. 108. 
 %-in. Flange 
 Union H. P. 
 
 Fig. 3298. No. 117A. 
 Regulating Valve. 
 
 Fig. 3299. No. 144. 
 
 Charging Hose 
 
 Connection. 
 
 Fig. 3301. No. 125. Fig. 3302. No. 101. 
 %-in. x %-in. Brass Stud Valve. 
 Union Tee. 
 
 Fig. 3300. Filling 
 
 Valve ( No. 104) 
 
 with Bracket (No. 
 
 105) and Cover (No, 
 
 107 ) Complete. 
 
 Fig. 3303. 
 
 No. ln9. Lead 
 
 Gasket for No. 198. 
 
 Fig. 3304. 
 No. 128. Lock 
 Nut for No. 127. 
 
 Fig. 330.-,. Xo. 102. 
 
 Nut for Stud 
 
 Valve Connection. 
 
 Fig. 330G. No. 159. 
 
 %-in. x %-in. Drop 
 
 Ell C Plain). 
 
 Fig. 3310. No. 56. 
 Burner Cleaner. 
 
 Fig. 3307. No. 19. 
 %-in. Hose Band. 
 
 Fig. 3308. No. 216. 
 %-in. Rubber Washer. 
 
 Fig. 3311. No. 145. 
 
 ft-in. Wire Wound 
 
 Gas Hose. 
 
 n<7. 3312. No. 10.3. 
 Nipple for No. 101. 
 
 Fix 3314. No. 79. 
 Hose Coupler. 
 
 (385) 
 
 Fig. 3315. 
 
 No. 112. %-in. 
 
 Steel Ell. 
 
 Fig. 3399. No. 217. 
 %-in. Iron Washer. 
 
 ffii7.T ~~"T» 
 
 Fig. 331::. Fig. 127. 
 Special %-in, 
 Pipe Nipple, 
 
 G* 
 
 Fig- 3316. Fig. 3317. 
 
 No. 113. No. 111. 
 
 %-in. Steel Coupling. Steel Tee. 
 
 The Commercial Acetylene Co. 
 
 Fig. 3318, 
 
 No. 110. 
 
 Steel Cross, 
 
Figs. 3319-3329 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene, Commercial System. 
 
 Fig. 3319. 
 
 Center I, amp No. 350. 
 
 (Section Cut, Fig. 3320.) 
 
 •3=3 
 
 LIL 
 
 
 
 UJ-jft 
 
 Fig. 33-20. 
 
 Vestibule Lamp 
 
 No. 375. 
 
 Section Cut, Fig. 3357.) 
 
 Fig. 33-21. No. 39. 
 
 Globe Holder for 
 
 Nos. 12 and 13. 
 
 Fig. 3322. No. 5. 
 Side Bracket. 
 
 Fig. 3323. No. 40. 
 
 Bracket. 
 
 Globe No. 47. 
 
 Fig. 3324. No. 
 Car Bracket. 
 
 Fig. 3326. No. 43. 
 4%-in, Globe Ventilator. 
 
 Fig. 3325. No. 40. 
 
 Standard Ventilating Bell. 
 
 Fig. 3327. 
 Vestibule Fixture No. 375 
 
 Fig. 3328. 
 Pintsch Lamp Converted. 
 
 Fig. 33211. Center Lamp No. 350. 
 
 Names of Parts of Acetylene Lamp Sections. Figs. 3327-3329. 
 
 43 4%-in, Globe Ventilator 
 
 44 Roof Thimble 
 
 64 %-in. x Ys-in. Reducer 
 127F %-in. Pipe Nipple 
 
 128 %-in. Lock Nut 
 
 136 %-in. Cap 
 
 168 Ys-in. Pipe 
 
 173 Ys-in. Ell, Iron 
 
 183 Ys-in. Ell, Brass 
 
 204 Mica Chimney 
 
 205 2-Flame Cluster 
 214 Ventilating Bell 
 
 216 Rubber Washer 
 
 217 Peon Washer 
 
 221 Plug and Thumb Piece for Cock 
 
 111 Spring for Cock 
 
 223 Nut for Spring 
 
 224 Washer for Cock 
 
 225 Body for Cock 
 
 226 Cock Complete 
 228 Ys-in. x %-in. Ell 
 237 %-ft. Burner 
 
 250 Screw for No. 357 
 
 251 Screw for Nos. 353 and 364 
 
 262 Screw for Hinge 
 
 263 Screw for Catch 
 
 264 Screw for Thimble No. 383 
 
 265 Screw for No. 360 
 
 276 Wood Screw for Ventilating Bell 
 
 No. 214 
 278 Wood Screw for Body Ring 
 
 351 10-in. Opal Dome 
 
 352 10-in. Clear Glass Bozvl 
 Z52A 10-in. Opal Bowl 
 
 353 Reflector 
 
 354 Gas JVay 
 354AGas Way Tube 
 
 355 
 
 Body Casting 
 
 356 
 
 Bezel 
 
 357 
 
 Spun Globe Ploldci 
 
 358 
 
 Crown 
 
 359 
 
 Catch 
 
 360 
 
 Spring for Catch 
 
 361 
 
 Support for Catch 
 
 362 
 
 363 
 364 
 365 
 366 
 367 
 368 
 369 
 370 
 376 
 377 
 378 
 379 
 380 
 381 
 382 
 383 
 384 
 385 
 
 Hinge 
 Hinge Pin 
 
 Brass Baud for Body No. 355 
 Pin and Clip for Catch No. 359 
 9-in. Clear Glass Bowl 
 Reflector 
 
 II 'ire Support and Nut 
 Gas II ay Connection 
 Support for No. 364 
 Lug for No. 365 
 Wire Support and Nut 
 Burner Pillar 
 Body Ring 
 Ventilating Flue 
 Body for Cock 
 Plug for Cock 
 Thumb Piece for Plug 
 Cap for Cock 
 Cock Complete 
 Thimble 
 
 Washer for Cock 
 Spring for Cock 
 
 The Commercial Acetylene Co. 
 
 ( 386) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting: Acetylene, Adlake System. Figs. 3330-3339 
 
 Figs. 3331-3332. Generating Apparatus and Removable 
 Cartridge. 
 
 Fig. 3333. View Showing Location of 
 Generator in Closet at End of Car. 
 
 Fig. 3334. Vestibule Lamp, Xo. ,09 
 
 Fig. 333 1. Two-light Chandelier, 
 No. 720. 
 
 Fig. 3338. One-light Oval 
 
 Corridor Lamp. 
 Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 "4>> 
 
 Fig. 3339. 
 Four-light Combination Gas and 
 Electric Chandelier, Xo. 747. 
 
 (3S7) 
 
Figs. 3340-3346 CAR FURNISHINGS. Gas Lighting; Acetylene. Adlake_System. 
 
 «S^ 
 
 Fig. 3340. 
 
 Combination Gas and Electric 
 
 Side Bracket Lamp, 
 
 No. 723. 
 
 Fig. 3341. 
 
 Oval Panel Lamp, 
 No. 732. 
 
 Fig. 3342. 
 
 Panel Lamp for Passage Way, 
 
 No. 766. 
 
 Fig. 3343. 
 Side Bracket Lamp, 
 No. 738. 
 
 gjfl Globe Ventilator 
 
 Regulator 
 
 Fig. 3345. 
 Plan of Piping of Car. 
 
 Fig. 3344. Section of Lamp Body. 
 
 Qas Receiving Tank 
 
 Fig. 3316. 
 Arrangement of Fixtures Under Car. 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 (388) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene, Adlake System. Figs. 3347-3356 
 
 Fig. 334 1. Four-light 
 Chandelier, No. 772. 
 
 Fig. 3348. Two-light 
 Chandelier, Xo. 7i : i4. 
 
 Fig. 3340. Two-light 
 Chandelier. No. 770. 
 
 Fig. 3350. One-light 
 Vestibule Chandelier. Xo. 
 for Flat Deck. 
 
 Fig. 3351. One-light 
 Chandelier, Xo. 784. 
 
 Fig. 3352. Two-light 
 
 Electric Bracket, Xo. 7290. 
 
 Fig. 3353. One-light 
 
 Side Deck Lamp, 
 
 Curved Foot for Empire Deck. 
 
 Fig. 3354. Four-light 
 Chandelier, No. 792. 
 
 fig. 3355. Two-light Electric 
 Bracket, Xo. 7190a. 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 Fig. 3356. One-light 
 Oval Panel Lamp. 
 
 (389) 
 
Figs. 3357-3364 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Lighting; Acetylene: Avery System. 
 
 Fig. 3357. Application of Generator and Gas Tank Under Car. 
 Avery System of Acetylene Gas Lighting. 
 
 Fig. 3358. Generator J '.ox Lowered for Recharging. Fig. 3359. Generator Box Closed in Running Position. 
 
 Fig. 3360. Two-light Chandelier, No. '202. 
 
 Fig. 3361. Two-light Chandelier. No. 302. 
 
 Fig. 3362. 
 
 Fig. 3363. 
 Eracket Gas Lamps. 
 Dayton Manufacturing Co. 
 
 Fig. 3364. 
 
 (390) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS. Electric Lighting; Newbold System. Figs. 3365-3370 
 
 Fig?. 3365-3367. Application of Generator to Truck. Newbold System of Electric Car Lighting. 
 
 Fig. 3368. Generator with Casing Removed Showing 
 Brushes. 
 
 Fig. 3369. Generator with Casing and Pulley Removed 
 and Brushes Taken Down. 
 
 Fig. 3370. Automatic Regulator. 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 (391) 
 
Figs. 3371-3374 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Bliss System. 
 
 SlSsiiSg 
 
 Figs. 3371-3372. Type C-2 Panel. Regulator and Automatic Switch. 
 
 CD 
 
 I 
 
 : 
 
 Figs. 3373-3374. Type F Panel. Regulator and Automatic Switch. 
 The United States Light & Heating Co. 
 
 (393) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS. Electric Lighting: Bliss System. Figs. 3375"3384 
 
 =*s 
 
 1 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 Fig. 3375. Wiring Diagram, 
 Tvpe C-"2 Panel. 
 
 1 
 
 
 -^ 
 
 - ' 
 
 - 
 
 Fig. 3oTi^. \\ iring Diagrim. 
 Type F-7 Pane!. 
 
 tfr 
 
 
 .#£ 
 
 I# I ' ' 
 
 Fig. 3377. Wiring Diagram, 
 Type E-2 Panel. 
 
 rJ; 
 
 =7 ^ 
 
 
 = j^=saRsii._ l= _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 " — uiiiiinimiKH — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fig. 3378. "W iring Diagram, 
 Type C-3 Lamp Regulator. 
 
 
 H«f - 
 
 Fig. 3379. Wiring Diagram, 
 
 Eucker System as Applied to 
 
 Pullman Private Cars. 
 
 ^4= 
 
 n 
 
 Figs. 3380-3382. Type C Lamp 
 Regulator Vibrator or Relav. 
 
 
 ~7T _. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 JMT 
 
 w 
 
 i ? "* 1 
 
 _— . ' 
 
 "1 
 
 - 
 
 •J) 
 
 Figs. 33^-::3-4. Battery 
 Voltage Relay. 
 
 The United States Light & Heating Co. 
 
 (3«3) 
 
Figs. 3385-3389 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Bliss System. 
 
 Fig. 3385. Type E-2 Panel. 
 
 Regulator and Automatic Switch. 
 
 "Export" Type. 
 
 %>~WIKW~& 
 
 Figs. 338C-3387. Type A-2 Panel. 
 Automatic Switch. Bucker System. 
 
 Figs. 3388-3389. Type C-3 Lamp Regulator. 
 The United States Light & Heating Co. 
 
 (304) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Bliss System. Figs. 3390-3393 
 
 
 Figs. 3390-3392. Application of Type E Generator to Pullman Standard 106-S Steel Truck. 
 
 Fig. 3393. Pullman Standard 106 Truck with Type E Generator. 
 The United States Light & Heating Co. 
 
 (395) 
 
Figs 3394-3401 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Bliss System. 
 
 Figs. 3394-3395. Tender Generator. Gear 
 
 Driven from Axle. Capacity, 25 K.W. 
 
 Adapted for Lighting and Charging 
 
 Batteries on 10 to 12 Cars. 
 
 Figs. 3396-3397. Application of Gear-Driven Tender Generator to Pennsylvania Railroad 
 Tender, Showing Method of Suspension. 
 
 Figs. 3398-3399. Train Line Coupler, Steam Type, .Adapted for Use Below Car Floor, 
 Couples by Hand and Automatically Uncouples. Capacity, 300 Amperes. 
 
 Figs. 3400-3401. Train Line Coupler, Vestibule Type. Adapted for Overhead Use. Couples 
 
 by Hand, Uncouples Automatically. The United States Light & Heating Co. (396") 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Moskowitz System. Figs. 3402-3403 
 
 COMPLETE EQUIPMENT IS COMPOSED OF THE FOLLOWING: 
 
 1 Standard Generator 1 Standard Regulator 
 
 1 Polarity Changer 1 or more Resistance Unit 
 
 I Dynamo Pulley I Lamp Rheostat 
 
 I Standard Suspension 1 Exciting L oil 
 
 1 Axle Pulley, Belt, Plates and Rivets 1 C omplete Coupling Block 
 
 /73 /72 
 
 //O 
 783 R . 
 
 Fig. 3402. Application of Moskowitz Car Generator to Truck 
 
 Fig. 3403. Application of Moskowitz Car Generator to Truck, Using Belt Drive. 
 
 Names of Parts of Moskowitz Generator Application. Figs. 3402-3403. 
 
 Cat. Xo. Description. 
 
 51 Suspension Shaft Boxes 
 
 52 Suspension Shaft Boxes Caps 
 
 55 Spring Washers (Double Guide) 
 
 56 Spring Followers (Single Guide) 
 75 Distance Block 
 
 96 Shaft Wedges 
 
 97 Shaft Shoes 
 
 98 Trunnion Ends and Pius 
 
 109 Recoil Spring Washers 
 
 110 Bolt Guides 
 146 Gravity Nuts (for belt tension springs) 
 
 165 Axle Pulley 
 
 166 Belt Tension Spring 
 
 167 Springs, Cushion, Square Section 
 
 168 Springs, Recoil, Round Section 
 172 Bolts for Recoil Spring Nuts and Pins 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 173 Bolts, Hex. Nuts and Cotter Pins for 
 Boxes 
 
 Bolts for Side Bar (Special) 
 
 Bolts for Tension Bar 
 
 Wedge Bolts with Hex. Nuts and 
 Cotters 
 
 Spring Bars 
 
 Suspension Shaft 
 
 Hook Tension Bolts 
 WRAngle Bar ( Pulley Side) 
 183liAngle Bar (Commutator Side) 
 135 Distance Rod 
 
 186 Distance Rod 
 
 187 Swivel Bar 
 200 Belt 
 
 174 
 175 
 
 176 
 
 179 
 180 
 181 
 
 (397) 
 
 The United States Light & Heating Co. 
 
Figs. 3404-3420 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Moskowitz System. 
 
 Numbers Refer to Lists of Names of Parts Below and with Figs. 3424-3425. 
 
 Figs. 3404-3412. Automatic Polarity Changer 
 
 and Parts. 
 
 Names of Parts of Polarity Changer. 
 
 Figs. 3404-3412. 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 20 
 21 
 22 
 25 
 26 
 27 
 48 
 50 
 53 
 72 
 118 
 
 Polarity Changer Case 
 
 
 Polarity Changer Door 
 
 
 Guide Ring 
 
 
 Polarity Changer Door Graz 
 
 ity Nuts 
 
 Switch Tonges {Bronze) 
 
 
 Short Circuit Contact Bar 
 
 
 Polarity Changer Latch- 
 
 
 Brass Washers 
 
 
 Switch Ring 
 
 
 Nuts, Brass 
 
 
 Terminal Cover and Bolt 
 
 
 Cat. No. 
 
 Figs. 3414-3418. Head, Field and Parts of Car 
 Lighting Generator. 
 
 Description. 
 
 154 Nut (hex.) and Cotter for 
 Polarity Changer Latch 
 
 156 Stop Screw for Guide Ring 
 
 157 P. C. Contact Post, Short 
 
 158 P. C. Contact Post, Long 
 
 159 Machine Screws and Washers 
 161 Polarity Changer Door Studs 
 163 Cotter Pins 
 
 Cat. 
 
 N*o. Description 
 
 171 
 
 Bolts, Machine 
 
 3751 
 
 Insulating Bushings 
 
 3752 
 
 Insulating Bustlings 
 
 3753 
 
 Insulating Washers 
 
 3754 
 
 Insulator Shoes 
 
 3756 
 
 Insulating Segments 
 
 3757 
 
 Insulating Washers 
 
 
 v. > - ---.-to \ iijm \ 
 
 Fig. 3419. Automatic Regulator and Switch. \OOG J 
 
 The United States Light & Heating Co 
 
 Fig. 3420. Standard Wiring Diagram, with 
 
 Type B Regulator and Separate Rheostat in 
 
 Light Circuits. 
 
 C39S) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; General Electric; Consolidated. Figs. 3421-3426 
 
 Fig. 3421. Curtis Steam Turbine Generator Set for 
 
 Train Lighting, Baggage Car Type. 
 
 General Electric Co. 
 
 
 
 rr 
 
 U- 
 
 <a 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 B 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 h 
 
 
 " — s 
 
 T 
 1 
 
 [:: 
 
 3V 
 
 
 
 Fig. 3422. Curtis Steam Turbine Generator Set for Fig. 3423. Application of Generator, Type A, to Four 
 Tram Lighting, Locomotive Type. Open. Wheel Truck. Consolidated Railway Electric 
 
 General Electric Co. Lighting & Equipment Co. 
 
 3424. Regulator for Typ 
 Consol 
 
 Cat. No. 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 19A 
 35 
 
 (399) 
 
 Description. 
 
 Dynamo Head, Commutator 
 
 End 
 Bearing Cap 
 
 Dynamo Head, Pulley End 
 Bearing Cap 
 Commutator Door 
 Commutator Door Latch 
 Commutator Door Hook 
 Dynamo Pulley, S in. 
 Dynamo Pulley, in. 
 Dynamo Pulley, 10 in. 
 
 e A Equipment. Fig. 3426. Regulator, 
 
 idated Railway Electric Lighting & Equipment 
 
 Names of Parts. Figs. 3414-3418. 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 59 Brush Connector, Bottom 
 
 60 Brush Connector, Top 
 
 73 Steel Dynamo Field 
 
 74 Bearing 
 80N Overflow Pipe 
 
 Type D, with Cover Removed. 
 Co. 
 
 Cat. No. 
 
 Description. 
 
 146 Gravity Nuts for above 
 
 164 Complete Generator 
 
 170 Bolts, with Nuts, Washers 
 
 and Cotters 
 190 Bearing Stop 
 190A Bearing Stop, Screw and 
 
 Nut 
 
 192 Oil Pipes, Complete 
 
 197 Thumb-screw 
 
 203 Field Wedges, Fiber 
 
 207 Leather Gasket for Bearing 
 Cap 
 
 217 Oil Rings 
 
 218 Brush Holders 
 234 Cap Screws 
 240 Clamping Block 
 
 242 Polarity Changer, Complete 
 
 246 Field Coils 
 
Figs. 3427-3430 CAR FURNISHINGS Electric Lighting; The Safety Ci 
 
 Fig. 3427. Axle Lighting Generator Complete. 
 
 Fig. 3428. Section Through Axle Lighting Generator. 
 
 342.1. Section A-B Through Generator. Fig-. 3430. End Elevation of Generator. 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 (400) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting: The Safety Co. Figs. 3431-3436 
 
 SS^ 4271 
 
 Figs. 3431-3432. 
 Flexible Leads. 
 
 4269 
 
 Fig. 3431. Front Head for Generator 
 with Brush Rocker. 
 
 426E 
 
 Fig. 3433. Back Head 
 for Generator. 
 
 Fig. 3434. Lamp Regulator. Type "A" Equipment. 
 
 (.Implied Under Car.) 
 
 Fig. 3435. Arrangement of Type "B" Generator Fig. 343G. Lamp Regulator, Type "A" 
 
 and Lamp Regulator. Equipment. 
 
 (Applied In Car.) (Applied In Car.) 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 (401) 
 
F 'g s - 3437-344Q CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; The Safety Co. 
 
 4071 4 ^ 02 / 4199 
 4203 
 
 End Elevation 
 Figs. 3437-343?. 
 
 Cat. No. Description. 
 
 4060 Strap for Belt Shield 
 
 4065 Angle Iron 
 
 4066 l-in. Eye Bolt 
 
 4067 Spring 
 
 4068 2 3-lO-in. Steel Shafting, 
 
 3 ft. ejl-i in. Long 
 
 General Method of Supporting Dynamo on 
 Names of Parts of Figs. 3437-3438. 
 
 Side Elevation 
 (wheel removed) 
 Six-Wheel Truck. 
 
 Cat. J 
 
 no. Description. 
 
 4070 
 
 Safety Chain 
 
 4071 
 
 Washer 
 
 4072 
 
 Saddle 
 
 4198 
 
 %-in. Bolt 
 
 4199 
 
 i-in. Bolt. p% in. Long 
 
 4200 
 
 l-in. Bolt. J in. Long 
 
 Cat. No. 
 
 Description. 
 
 -LAMPS 
 
 4201 
 4202 
 4203 
 4249 
 4250 
 4252 
 4253 
 4254 
 4255 
 4281 
 
 %-in. Bolt, 3 in. Long 
 Pipe Filler for Shaft. Short 
 Pipe Filler for Shaft. Long 
 Strap for Belt Shield 
 Belt Shield 
 
 Upper Supporting Iron 
 Middle Supporting Iron 
 Lower Supporting Iron 
 Shield for Dynamo Pulley 
 Dynamo Pulley, 9-111. Diameter, 
 6-in. Fare 
 
 R BATTERY CJRREN" 
 
 A-SHUNT RCGULATU+i CO*. F 
 
 I -battery 
 
 t-nciO RES15TANCC CARBONS 
 
 ■ DYNAMO 
 
 C LAMP RESISTANCE 
 
 r - dynamo netO 
 
 u - raouuTiriQ spring roo ntu) carbons 
 
 J ■ MAIN SVHTCH SHUNT LlTTJia CO*. 
 
 n ' SERIES PELEAS1XG COL TOO MAW SmTO 
 
 M- AUH-LABY LU*> RESUTW1CC OfT CUT SWITCH 
 
 0-waim rust 
 
 P-PUWEO F[» REGULATING SOLENCW) 
 
 Q-REJ£TAHCE FOB CM"*" 
 
 R- TOTAL LAMP RESISTANCE CtfT OUT SttTTE* 
 
 S ■ SFMS REuULATINQ COt 
 
 T -BATTERY CUT OUT SWITCH 
 
 U-AOJUSTdlG SLOES FOR LAMP RT5li TA-.CL 
 
 v -aoajsting slides roa UUP RESE/UNCC 
 w-felO rust 
 
 V-TOKEFOn CAR60* FtLO ersaTA.iCE 
 
 nrio 
 
 Fig. .3439. 
 
 GENERATOR CUT OUT COIL CIRCUIT 
 
 AUXILIARY LAW RCSGTAKZ bWTr.H CBCKT 
 
 BATTERY CUT OUT SWITCH CWOJIT 
 
 LAMP CIRCUIT ON 8ATTtRi 
 
 Wiring Diagram, Type "B" Equipment. 
 
 — LAMPS 
 
 
 SHUNT REGULATING COIL FOR BATTCflY CL'ROtNT 
 
 BATTERY 
 
 FTELO RESISTANCE CARBOnS 
 
 DYNAMO 
 
 LAMP RESISTANCE 
 
 DYNAMO FILLO 
 
 REGULATING. SPRM3 TOR HELD CARBONS 
 
 MAIN SWITCH 
 
 T LlFTiN 
 
 COL 
 
 SERIES RELEASING COIL FOB V 
 RESISTANCE FOR MAIN SWITCH SHUNT CCIl 
 
 maw rust 
 
 plunger foh regulating solenoo 
 
 resistance tor coo. a' 
 
 !LAMP REGULATOR fltLM 
 i-9tRCS REGIA.ATING CO*. 
 
 r- Battery cut out switch 
 
 S SWITCH FOR LAMP REGULATOR 
 
 V SHUNTS FOR RELAY 
 
 w-nciD Fust 
 
 X OPP0SE0 FtLDS FOR LAMP REGULATOR MOTOR 
 
 Y YOKE FOR CARBON FIELD RESISTANCE 
 — LAMP REvGULATOCt 
 
 riranr™ 
 
 "r 
 
 Q[H[RAT0R CIRCUIT — BATTERY CUT OUT SWITCH COIL CIBCUIT 
 
 BATTERY GENERATOR CUT OUT CO*. CIRCUIT 
 
 L** 11 * ' RtLAYlLAMP BtQuiATOOkOIL CmcUTT 
 
 nCL0 LAMP REQULATOn MOTOR CIRCUIT 
 
 OPPOSED JCRits FrELDSFOR LAMP REGULATOR MOTOR C 
 
 Fig. 3440. Wiring Diagram, Type "A" Equipment. The Safety Car Heating & Lighting C 
 
 (402) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Installations. Figs. 3441-3443 
 
 Fig. 3441. Generator Applied to Four-Wheel Truck. Consolidated Type A Axle Light 
 System for Da3 r Coaches and Chair Cars. Consolidated Railway Electric Lighting & Equipment Co. 
 
 Fig. 344^. Generator Applied to Four-V\ heel Truck. Consolidated Type C Axle Light 
 System for Dining, Sleeping and Private Cars. Consolidated Railway Electric Lighting & Equipment Co. 
 
 (403) 
 
 Fig. 3443. Application of Generator to Six-Wheel Truck. Gould System of Electric Car 
 
 Lighting. Gould Coupler Co. 
 
Figs. 3444-3456 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Storage Battc 
 
 SH 
 
 Fig. 3445. Cable Connector, Style A. 
 
 Fig. 3440. Cable Connector, Style B. 
 
 Fig. 3444. Element on Bottom Rests 
 
 Figs. 344 1 -34411. Negative and Positive Terminal 
 Bushings and Hard-Rubber Vent. 
 
 3453. Crowned 
 
 Lead Lining. 
 
 Fig. 3455. Hard Ri bber Covci 
 
 Soft Edge Type. 
 
 Gould Storage Battery Co. 
 
 r ig. 3450. Hard Rubber lar. 
 
 (404) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS. Electric Lighting; Storage Batteries. Figs. 3457-3464 
 
 Fig. 3457. Lead Lining for Type Fig. 3458. Tudor Positive Group for 
 EP-13 Storage Battery. Type EC-13 Storage Battery. 
 
 Fig. 3459. Rubber Jar for Type 
 EP-13 Storage Battery. 
 
 Fig. 3460. Manchester Positive Group Fig. 3461. Box Negative Group for Fig. 3402. Rolled Negative Group for 
 
 for Type ECS-13 Storage Battery. Type ECS-13 Storage Battery. Type ECS-13 Storage Battery. 
 
 Fig. 3403. Two-Cell Unit of Type EP-13 Storage Fig. 3404. Two-Cell Unit of Type EP-11 
 
 Battery in Lead Lined Tank with Special Storage Battery in Rubber Jars, 
 
 Connectors. Wood Crate. 
 
 The Electric Storage Battery Co. 
 
 (405) 
 
Figs. 3465-3477 CAR FURNISHINGS. Electric Lighting; Storage Battel 
 
 ۥ 
 
 Figs. 3465-3466. Sponge Rubber Terminal 
 
 Bushings for Type E P Storage Battery 
 
 Cover, Positive and Negative. 
 
 esbco 2c 
 
 Fig. 3407. Ribbed and Perforated 
 
 Rubber Separator for Type 
 
 EP Storage Battery. 
 
 (Ribbed on Both Sides.) 
 
 Fig. 3472. Hard Rubber Cover 
 
 for Type FP Storage Battery 
 
 Cell, Showing Hard Rubber 
 
 Vent Plug. 
 
 \ 
 
 
 Fig. 3408. Cable Connector. Fig. 3409. Cable Connector, 
 Xo. 7290. Xo. 7292. 
 
 Fig. 3470. 
 
 Bolt Connector, 
 
 Xo. 7080. 
 
 Fig. 3471. 
 
 Lead Protector Cap, 
 
 No. 7090. 
 
 Fig. 3474. Soft Lip Rubber 
 Cover for Storage Battery 
 Cell, Showing Knob and 
 Soft Rubber Vent Plug. 
 
 Fig. 3473. Tudor Accumulator Element 
 for Type EP-13 Storage Battery. 
 
 Fig. 3470. Shelf Negative Plate for Fig. 3470. Tudor Positive Plate for Fig. 3177. Rolled Negative Plate for 
 Type EP Storage Battery. Type EP Storage Battery. Type EP Storage Battery. 
 
 The Electric Storage Battery Co. (406) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Stc 
 
 Bam 
 
 Figs. 3478-3484 
 
 Fig. 3478. Rubber Jars Assembled in Two- 
 Compartment Lined Tanks. 
 
 Fig. 3480. Two-Compartment Unit Com- 
 plete in Lead Lined Tank. 
 
 Element with Separators. 
 
 Figs. 3481-3483. Reinforced Rubber Jar with Soft 
 Rubber-Lipped Cover and Double-Ribbed Separator. 
 
 United States Light & Heating Co. 
 
 Fig. 3484. Lead Lining with 
 Porcelain Rests. 
 
 (407) 
 
Figs. 3485-3489 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Lighting; Storage Batteries 
 
 
 
 
 »»« 
 
 j 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 1 ■ 
 
 i | ,: 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 ■ . 
 
 
 ■ :: ' 
 
 '■■'■,:■ 
 
 r;i 
 
 1 
 
 i - '■JMlliP 
 
 ' ■■: ^iiaiiiiip 
 
 MIUilliilV: , :':!:, ; . 
 
 mmmmat 
 
 iiiiiiiiiiiMffliiiiiiiiiiii 
 
 liiiiiiwiiiiiiSiiii 
 
 IS 1 ': .: iV.'*:!,,,,. 
 
 iiiiSiSiifciiJiiiiiii! 
 Illllllll 
 
 < :„ : : :'..:■ 
 
 ,;'l!!!il!!l,lll:i:l 
 
 IIBilEI] 
 HWK'V ■ 
 
 Fig. 3485. Positive Formed Plate 
 
 Fig. 3480. Negative Unformed Plate. 
 
 Figs. 3487-348(1. Enlarged Details of Positive Plate. 
 United Slates Light & Heating Co. 
 
 (408) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Fixtures. 
 
 Fi: 
 
 3490-3510 
 
 Fig. 349a 
 Electric Chandelier. No. 1703. 
 
 Fig. 3493. 
 
 Electric Pendant, 
 
 No. 1781. 
 
 Fig. 3491. 
 Electric Chandelier. Xo. 1777. 
 
 €§»» 
 
 
 Fig. 3492. 
 Electric Chandelier, Xo. 1746. 
 
 Fig. 3-105. 
 Electric Bracket, 
 Xo. 1843. 
 
 Fig. 3496. 
 
 Electric Bracket, 
 
 No. 1786. 
 
 Fig. 3407. 
 
 Electric Bracket. 
 
 No. 371a. 
 
 Fig. 3498. 
 
 Electric Bracket. 
 
 Xo. 1747. 
 
 Fig. 3400. 
 
 Electric Bracket. 
 Xo. 1776. 
 
 Fig. 3500. 
 
 Electric Bracket, 
 
 Xo. 370a. 
 
 Fig. 3-501. 
 
 Electric Bracket. 
 
 Xo. 1748. 
 
 Fig. 3502. 
 
 Electric Bracket. 
 
 Xo. 1023. 
 
 Fig. 85"3. 
 
 Electric Bracket, 
 
 Xo. 1702. 
 
 Fig. 3504. 
 
 Electric Bracket, 
 
 Xo. 372a. 
 
 Fig. 3505. 
 
 Electric Bracket, 
 
 Xo. 1743. 
 
 Fig. 3506. 
 
 Electric Bracket. 
 
 Xo. 1765. 
 
 Fig. 35117. 
 Electric Bracket, 
 
 Xo. 1742 
 
 
 
 X 
 
 Fig. 3511c'. Fig. 3500. 
 
 Electric Bracket, Electric Pendant, 
 
 Xo. 1785. Xo 1700 
 
 Tl 
 
 (409) 
 
 te Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 Fig. 3510. 
 
 Electric Pendant, 
 
 Xo. 1740. 
 
Figs. 35H-3539 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Electric Fixtures. 
 
 Fig. 3511. 
 
 4 Light Deck Lamp, 
 
 No. 2247. 
 
 Fig. 35)5. 
 
 2 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 2148. 
 
 
 Fig. 3520. 
 
 2 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 1933. 
 
 Fig. 3524. 
 
 1 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 1923. 
 
 Fig. 3512. 
 2 Light Bracket, 
 No. 2117. 
 
 Fig. 351G. 
 
 1 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 2147. 
 
 Fig. 3517. 
 
 2 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 2176. 
 
 €|*^ 
 
 Fig. 3521. 
 
 1 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 1930. 
 
 Fig. 3522. 
 
 2 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 1973. 
 
 Jr^~ \, 
 
 Fig. 3525. 
 Pendant, 
 No. 1929. 
 
 
 Fig. 3513. 
 
 1 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 2116. 
 
 Fig. 3514. 
 Pendant, 
 
 No. 2115. 
 
 Fig. 3518. 
 
 1 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 2177. 
 
 Fig. 3519. 
 Pendant, 
 No. 2178. 
 
 Fig. 3523. 
 
 2 Light Bracket, 
 
 No. 1924. 
 
 Fig. 3527. 
 Pendant, 
 No. 1936. 
 
 Fig. 3528. 
 Pendant, 
 No. 1931. 
 
 Fig. 3529. 
 
 Fig. 3530. 
 
 Fig. 3531. 
 
 Fig. 3532. 
 
 Fig. 3533 
 
 Fig 3534 
 
 Pendant, 
 
 Pendant, 
 
 1 'endant, 
 
 Pendant, 
 
 Pendant, 
 
 Pendant, 
 
 No. 1774. 
 
 No. 369a. 
 
 No. 1740. 
 
 No. 1704. 
 
 No. 1955. 
 
 No. 2151. 
 
 Fig. 3535. 
 Pendant, 
 No. 1773. 
 
 Fig. 3530. 
 Pendant, 
 No. 1744. 
 
 Fig. 3537. 
 Pendant, 
 
 No. 1700. 
 
 Fig. 35.38. 
 Pendanl . 
 No. 1719. 
 
 The Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 Fig. 3539. 
 Pendant, 
 No, 1921. 
 
 (410) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS.. Electric Fixtures. 
 
 Figs. 3540-3548 
 
 
 - 
 
 Fig. 3540. Electric Chandelier, No. 7580. 
 
 ■.'-. ' i. 
 
 P 
 
 Fig. 3541. Fig. 3542. 
 
 Side View. Front Y:e\ 
 
 Electric Bracket, No. 9000. 
 
 Fig. 3543. 
 
 Electric Pendant, 
 
 No. 7620. 
 
 Fig. 3544. 
 
 Electric Pendant, 
 
 No. 7760. 
 
 Fig. 3545. Fig. 3546. 
 
 Front View. Side View 
 
 Electric Bracket, No. 9230. 
 
 Fl S- 3547. F ig 3543 
 
 Front View Side View. 
 
 Electric Bracket, No. 7260. 
 Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 (411) 
 
Figs- 3549-3553 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lighting Fixtures; Oil Lamps. 
 
 Fig. 35411. Acme Burner Chandelier, No. 102 
 
 Fig. 3550. Acme Burner Chandelier. No. 191. 
 
 v.'v 
 
 Fig. 3551. Acme Burner Chandelier, No. 190. 
 
 Fig. 3552. Acme Burner Chandelier, No. 190-A 
 
 Fig. 3553. Acme Burner Chandelier, with Oil 
 Fount Detached. 
 \dams eS; Westlake Co. 
 
 (412) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Lighting Fixtures; Oil Lamps. Figs. 3554-3579 
 
 Fig. 3554. Fig. 3555. 
 
 Diam. 6% ins. Diam. 6 ins 
 
 Fig. 3557. 
 Diam. 4% in 
 
 Adjustable. 
 
 Fig. 355*. 
 Diam. 7% ins. 
 
 Fig. 3559. 
 Diam. 9 ins. 
 Kirov's Adjustable. 
 
 Fig. 3560. Fig. 35iil. Fig. 3562. Fig. 3563. 
 
 Diam. 7 1 -s ins. Bracket Canopy. Sectional View. Diam. 5% ins. 
 
 Figs. 3554-3563. Lamp Canopies or Smoke Bells. Dayton Manufacturing Co. 
 
 Fig. 3564. 
 "Dome'' Lamp Shade 
 
 Fig. 3565. 
 
 'Vienna" Lamp Shade. 
 
 "Crown" Lamp Shade. "Globe" Lamp Shade 
 
 or Lamp Globe. 
 
 Figs. 3564-3507. Standard Styles of Lamp Shades: Special Forms for Student and Other Lamps. 
 (The use of these Standards in the trade is general, but not universal.) 
 
 r=i 
 
 L 
 
 L 
 
 Fig. 3568. Fig. 3569. Fig. 3570. Fig. 3571. Fig. 3572. 
 Lip Sm. Bulb Lip Bulb Moehring. Mammoth. Sun. 
 (Dual). (Dual). Argand. 
 
 \ 
 
 Fig. 3573. Fig. 3574. Fig. 3575. 
 Hinge Hinge Lip 
 
 (Crimp Top). (Bell Top). (Gun Shape). 
 
 Fig. 3576. 
 
 Slip 
 
 (Dual) 
 
 Standard Styles of Lamp Chimneys. 
 (The use of these Standards in the trade is general, but not universal). 
 
 6/4 — - 
 
 : !/,'■!- 
 
 Fig. 3577. 
 
 Fig. 3578. 
 
 Fig. 3579. 
 
 Standard Styles of Cone Lamp Shades. 
 (The use of these Standards in the trade is general, but not universal). 
 
 (413) 
 
Figs. 3550-3589 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Oil Lamps. 
 
 Fig. 3580. 
 Side Candle Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3581. Fig. 358-2. 
 
 No. 3. No. 11%. 
 
 Side Lamps. Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 Fig. 3583. 
 
 No. 306. 
 
 Fig. 3584. 
 Side Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3585. 
 Emergency Side Candle Lamp. A. & W 
 
 Fig. 3587. 
 Side Lamp and Electrolier. 
 
 Fig. 3588. Mail Car Lamp. 
 
 With Reflector and Acme Burner. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3586. Mail Car Lamp. 
 
 With Shade and. Acme Burner. 
 
 Warns & Westlake Co. 
 
 Fig. 3589. 
 
 Side Lamp. 
 
 With Acme Burner. 
 
 (414) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Oil Lamps. 
 
 Figs. 3590-3594 
 
 Fig. 3590. Two-light Chandelier. 
 
 J. L. Howard & Co. 
 
 Fig. 3591. Two-light Chandelier 
 with Acme Burners. A. & \V. 
 
 Fig. 3592. 
 Center Lamp and Electrolier Combined. 
 
 Fig. 3593. Center Lamp. 
 Drop. 22 in. Moehring Center Draft Burner. 
 
 Fig. 3594. 
 
 Plain Lamp for Postal, Baggage and 
 Suburban Cars. A. & W. 
 
 (415) 
 
Figs- 3595-36oi 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Oil Lamps. 
 
 /*/■■: 
 
 Ml 
 
 Fig. 3595. 
 
 Drop Over-all., 26 ins. 
 
 Acme Burner. 
 
 Fig. 3596. Acme Burner. Drop, 26 ins. 
 
 Center Lamps. Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 Fig. 3597. 
 
 Drop Over-all, 23 ins. 
 
 Acme Burner. 
 
 Fig. 3598. 
 
 A Decorated Lamp for Dining, Parlor, Sleeping 
 and First-Class Coaches. 
 
 Fig. 3599. Four-Light Chandelier for Private, 
 
 Dining and Parlor Cars. 
 
 Drop, 26 ins. With Acme Burner. Glass Drip 
 
 Cups, and Patent Combination Smoke Bell 
 
 and Ventilator. 
 
 — • 1 . sab?-'-- 4 IJ^» 1* iSs> 
 
 In 
 
 28'. 
 
 Fig. 3600. Improved Combination Smoke 
 Bell and Ventilator. 
 
 Fig. 3C01. Vestibule Dome or Platform Lamp. 
 Diameter of Ring, 13 j ns . Drop of Bowl, 7 1 -'. ins 
 Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 (416) 
 
1 
 
 Lamp Stay 
 
 7 
 
 2 
 
 Lamp Shade 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 Lump Globe Chimney 
 
 10 
 
 4 
 
 Lamp Arms 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 Lamp Ring 
 
 12 
 
 6 
 
 Lamp Reservoir 
 
 13 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Tail Lights and Lanterns 
 
 Names of Parts of Lamps 
 Globe Holder 
 Lamp Burner 
 Lamp Chimney 
 Lamp Chimney Holdei 
 
 Figs. 3602-3625 
 
 Lamp Chimney Bracket 
 Smoke Bell 
 
 14 
 15 
 16 
 
 17 
 IS 
 20 
 
 Figs. 3585-3601. 
 
 Lamp Reflector 21 
 Lamp Chimney Reflector 22 
 
 Side Lamp Holder 28 
 
 Side Lamp Bracket 30 
 
 Side Lamp Braces 31 
 
 Lamp Bottom 33 
 
 Candle Holder Cap 
 Candle Holder Cup 
 Lamp Globe 
 Center Stay 
 feed Tube 
 Shade Cap 
 
 Fig. 3602 
 
 Fig. 3603. 
 
 Fig. 3604. 
 
 Fig. 5uu5 
 
 Hinged 
 
 Hinged 
 
 Lamp 
 
 Parted 
 
 Bracket. 
 
 Bracket. 
 
 S..ckc-i 
 
 Bracket. 
 
 Fig. 3666. Fig. 3607. Fig. 3608. 
 Flag Lamp and Corner 
 Socket. Flag Lamp 
 
 A. & W. Holder. and Flag 
 A. & W. Holder. 
 
 Fig. 3609. 
 
 Projecting 
 Socket 
 Holder. 
 
 Fig. 3611. Parted 
 Lamp Bracket. 
 
 a a. & w. 
 
 M A 
 
 Fig. 361". 
 
 Fig. 3612. 
 
 Fig* 3613. 
 
 Fig. 3614. 
 
 Fig. 3615. 
 
 Fig. 361 
 
 Lamp Bracket, 
 
 Solid 
 
 Top Support 
 
 Set Screw- 
 
 Corner 
 
 Corner 
 
 Adjustable. 
 
 Lamp Bracket. 
 
 Bracket. 
 
 Bracket. 
 
 Socket. 
 
 Socket. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 A. 8: W. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 
 Lamp and Flag Holders. Brackets and Sockets. 
 
 Fig. 361 1. Caboose 
 Cupola Lamp. A. S: W 
 
 Fig. 3618. 
 
 Caboose Tail 
 
 Lamp. 
 
 Fig. 3619. 
 "Tornado" Coach 
 Tail Lamp, No. 83. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3620. 
 
 Double Wire Guard 
 
 Lantern, No. 39. 
 
 Fig. 3621. Fig. 3622. 
 
 Double Wire Guard Double Wire Guard 
 Lantern, No. 39, with Lantern, No. 39. 
 Outside Wick Raiser. 
 
 Fig. 3623. 
 
 Double Wire Guard 
 
 Lantern, No. 39, with 
 
 Outside Wick Raiser. 
 
 Fig. 3624. 
 
 Fig. 3625. 
 
 (417) 
 
 Adams Steel Guard Lantern, No. 11, with 
 Outside Wick Raiser. 
 
 Railway Lanterns. Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
Figs. 3626-3638 CAR FURNISHINGS, Gas Broilers and Stoves. 
 
 Fig. 3626. Gas Broiler and Oven. No. 1507 
 
 Fig. 362 1. Gas Broiler and Oven. 
 No. 1501a. 
 
 Fig. 3620. Egg Poacher. 
 No. 1504. 
 
 Fig. 3G31. Broiling 
 Iron. No. 1502. 
 
 Fig. 3630. Hash Browner. Fig. 3632. Frying Pan. 
 
 Fig. -3628. Gas Broiler. No. 15(10. No. 1004. No. 1503. 
 
 Pintsch Gas Broilers and Utensils. Safety Car Pleating & Fighting Co. 
 
 
 ]j 
 
 
 B 
 
 
 
 c" 
 
 Sinuke 
 Flue 
 
 Dralt 
 
 
 - 
 
 C- 
 
 Id 
 
 -O 
 
 _C 
 
 
 
 
 
 ~3 
 
 Section A & E 
 
 Section B, C, & D 
 
 Plan of Top 
 
 ill 
 
 > 
 
 Roll To] 
 ■A. 
 
 Dr.£tt»lp 
 
 3C 
 
 -Draft to 
 Fire Box 
 
 t 
 
 i 
 
 4 Fire Uri.-k 
 
 .Agbeslc 
 Llnlas 
 
 L 
 
 Section through Oven 
 
 Front View 
 
 Figs. 3633-3638. Stearns Safety Car Range for Fining Cars. 
 Stearns Steel Range Co. 
 
 bootiou through Fiie-Box 
 
 (418) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Fittings and Faucets 
 
 Figs. 3639-3658 
 
 Fig. 3640. bink 
 
 Bushing and Plug. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3633. Basin Bush- Fig. 3641. 
 
 ing and Plug for Basin Bushing 
 Overflow Bowl. and Plug. 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3642. 
 Tail Coupling 
 for Alcove Far.ce 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3643. Tumbler Fig. 3644. Fig 3645. Water 
 Holder and Drip. Drip Cooler Drip and 
 A. & W. Couplings. Connections. 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3646. Fig. 3647. 
 
 D. M. Co. D. M. Co. 
 
 Stop Cocks. 
 
 Fig. 3648. 
 Spud. 
 
 Fig. 3640. 
 Spud and 
 
 LI 
 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Coupling. 
 
 Fig. 365 >. Ta 
 
 nk 
 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Waste Cod- 
 A. & W. 
 
 
 Fig. 3651. Fig. 365 
 
 Spider. \\ rench. 
 D. M. Co. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3653. 
 
 I Telegraph Faucet (Decorated) 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3654. 
 
 Telegraph Faucet. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3656. 
 Zane's Self-Closing Bibb Cock. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 (410) 
 
 Fig. 3657. 
 
 Stop Cock. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3658. 
 Hitchcock's Combination Hot and Cold 
 Water Faucets. 
 A. & W. 
 
Figs- 3659-3674 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Tumbler Holders and Soap Dishes. 
 
 Soap Dish. 
 Center to Center of Bolts., S ins 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3663. Soap Dish. A. & W. 
 
 lESSSMS-S]?? 
 
 Fig. 3660. 
 Chain Post or 
 Fig. 3659. Com- Stay, 
 
 pression Faucet. A. 6c W. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3662. Soap Dish. 
 
 4 1 ! 1 ins. in Diameter. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3664. Soap Dish. 
 
 Size, 3% x 4% ins. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 366.3. Soap Dish. 
 Size, 3% x 4% ins. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3666. Soap Dish 
 
 Fig. 3667 
 
 Tumbler Holder. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3668. Tumbler Holder. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3673. Double Tumbler Holder. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3674. 
 
 Bottle Bracket. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 (420) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Racks and Wash Basins. Figs. 3675-3683 
 
 Fig. 3675. Comb and Brush Case. Fig. 3676. Cuff Rack. A. & W. 
 A. & W 
 
 Fig. 307 1. Comb and Brush Case. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3678. Comb and Brush Rack. A. & W 
 
 Fig. 3070. Towel Rack. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3680. Three-basin Wash Stand with Water Cooler. 
 
 White Metal with Fittings Arranged on Splasher Rail. 
 
 A.' & W. 
 
 
 Fig. 3081. Fern or Flower Rack. 
 
 Fig. 3682. Two-basin Wash Stand with Water Cooler. 
 
 White Metal with Fittings Arranged on Splasher Rail. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3083. Single-basin Corner Wash Stand. 
 
 White Metal with Fittings Arranged on 
 
 Splasher Rail. A. & W. 
 
 (421) 
 
Figs. 3684-3691 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Wash Basins and Stands. 
 
 Names of Parts. Figs. 3684-3686. 
 
 1 Boiel or Basin 
 
 2 Slab 
 
 3 Riser 
 
 4 Compression Faucet 
 
 5 Basin I al'ce 
 
 9 Supply Pipe to Compression 
 Faucet 
 
 10 Wash Basin Drain 
 
 11 Supply Pipe, Hot Water 
 
 12 Supply Pipe. Cold Water 
 
 6 Combination Hot and Cold 13 Tumbler Holder Drain 
 
 Water Faucets {A. &W.) 14 Water Cooler 
 
 7 Soap Dish 15 Water Cooler Faucet 
 
 10 
 Fig. 3684. Fig. 3085. Wash Bowl and Fittings. 
 
 Wash Bowl, Fittings and Water Cooler. 
 
 Fig. 3686. Double Wash Bowl, Fittings and Water Cooler. Made of White Metal. 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 " 
 
 Fig. 3689. 
 Sectional Side Elevation. 
 
 Fig. 3690. 
 Front Elevation. 
 
 Fig. 3087. 
 Combination Hot and Cold 
 Water Faucet. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3688. 
 General Viev 
 
 of Folding 
 Wash Stand. 
 
 ¥ q •> 
 
 ~?^ 
 
 
 
 Fig. 3691. Sectional Plar 
 
 Folding Wash Stand for 
 Staterooms. A. & W. 
 
 (488) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS. Lavatory: Wash Basins and Stands. Figs. 3692-3695 
 
 Fig. 3692. White Metal Corner Lavator 
 
 Fig. 3693. Vitreous Ware Corner Lavatc 
 
 Fig. S<m. Vitreous Ware Lavatory. Fig. 3005. Vitreous Ware Recess Lavatory. 
 
 ^ atrous Co. 
 
 (423- 
 
Figs. 3696-3698 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Pullman Water Supply. 
 
 (424) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; Pullman Water Supply. Figs. 3699-3702 
 
 Figs. 3699-3700. Plan of Piping for Men's Wash Room, 
 Pullman Standard Drawing-Room Sleeping Car. 
 
 C425) 
 
 •ToJochet3> 
 Figs. 3701-3702. Hot and Cold Water Connections to Baker Heater, 
 Pullman Standard Drawing-Room Sleeping Car. 
 
F'gs- 3703-3735 CAR FURNISHINGS, Lavatory; A 
 
 Window and Towel Rod Brackets. 
 
 Fig. 3707. Towel Rod and Bracket. Fig. 3708. Curtain Fig. 3709. Curtain Rod Bracket. Fig. 3710. Window Rod 
 D. M. Co. Rod Bracket. A. & W. Bracket. A & W 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 3711-3712. Towel Rod Bracket. Fig. 3713. 
 
 D. M. Co. Towel Roc! Bracke 
 
 L). M. Co. 
 
 Curtain Rod Brackets. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 371G. 
 
 Fig. 3717. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3718. Fig. 3710. Fig. 3720. 
 
 A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W. 
 
 Window Rod Brackets. 
 
 Fig. 3721. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig- 
 
 Fig. 3T23. Fig. 3721. 
 
 Towel Roller Brackets. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3720. Fig. 3727. 
 
 Window Rod Brackets. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 3728-3731. 
 
 Curtain Rings. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 3732-3733. 
 
 Curtain Rod Bushings. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 3734-3735. 
 Curtain Rod Brackets. 
 D. M. Co. (426) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS. Miscellaneous; Brackets. 
 
 Figs. 3736-37 68 
 
 Figs. 3737-3739. Window Rod Brackets. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3,30. Section Curtain Rod. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 3740-3741. Towel Rods. Fig. 3742. 
 
 A. & W. Window Guard 
 
 Rod Bracket. A. & W. 
 
 **4 
 
 Fig. 3743. 
 
 Fig. 3744. 
 Towel Racks and Rods. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3745. 
 
 «W 
 
 JL 
 
 s/ 8 
 
 Figs. 3748-3749. Towel Rods.. 
 A. & \\". 
 
 r igs. 3750-3734. Curtain Cord Hooks. A. & \\ 
 
 Fig. 3 1 55. 
 Cup Hook. 
 
 Figs. 3756-3757. Curtain 
 Rod Bushings. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 3,58-3759. Foot Rest Rod Bracke 
 
 <ets. Fig. 3700. Curtain Rod Fig. 3761. Window Fig 3762 
 
 A " & W - Bracket. A. & W. Rod Bracket. Window Rod Bracket. 
 
 A. & \V. 
 
 Figs. 3763-3768. Curtain Rod Bushings. D. M. Co. 
 
 (4271 
 
Figs. 3769-3807 CAR FURNISHINGS, Miscellaneous; Brackets, Grilles, Panels, Etc. 
 
 Figs. 3709- 
 
 Hand Rail Brackets 
 
 Figs. 3771-3772. 
 Pole Brackets for Street Cars 
 
 Figs. 3775-3776. Drawer Pull. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 379(1. Hand 
 Rod Bracket. 
 
 Figs. 377 1 -3780. 
 Pole or Hand Straps. 
 
 Figs. 3781-3789. Upholsterers' Xails and Buttons. 
 
 Fig. 3791. 
 Grille for Vestibule 
 Door. 
 
 Fig. 3792. 
 
 BCfOCf 
 
 Fig. 3794. 
 
 Fig. 3793. 
 
 Grille for Vestibule To Cover Heater Pipes. For Vestibule and 
 
 Door. King Pin Plate. 
 
 Ornamental Cast Work, Grilles, Etc. D. M. Cc 
 
 Fig. 3795. 
 For Door. 
 
 ■rjr^FTj 
 
 
 8 1 
 
 <aw? i 
 
 Fig. 3797. Transom Grille. 
 
 Fu 
 
 Fig. 3796. 
 
 B 
 
 Eh 3 — Sf 
 
 I; 
 
 lllASHJtmi^^ij 
 
 p 
 
 % 
 
 «e 
 
 _. [ ■ ' 
 
 
 
 
 Wty 
 
 v v- ■.!'■ 
 
 . :v>[» 1 
 
 
 
 (j.- 
 
 ■'("■■va ■ 
 
 5Sf .- 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 98. T 
 One 
 
 
 
 
 ansom 
 
 -Half. 
 
 Grille. 
 
 _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 -Mirror Frame. Fig. 3799. Mirror Frame. Fig. 3800. Mirror Frame. 
 Ornamental Cast Work. D. M. Co. 
 
 
 ' *%*»' V* ^ ' l tear 
 
 AK.< 
 
 ^ > 
 
 
 ^gS^ 
 
 
 
 
 %y 
 
 Fig 3S01. Asbestos Protected 
 
 Metal Interior Finish. 
 Asbestos Protected Metal Co. 
 
 
 Fig. 3802. 
 Deck Window Panel. 
 
 I 4 --:.:, --„S^s ■ 
 
 Figs. 3803-3804. Partition or Window Panels. 
 
 Fig. 3805. For Bulkheads, 
 
 Panel Decorations in Relief. They Are Veneered with Natural Wood. 
 
 Figs. 3806-3807. Cast 
 Grilles. A. & W. (42S) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Miscellaneous; Hooks. 
 
 Figs. 3808-3835 
 
 D. M. Co 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 3808-381-1. 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 Coat and Hat Hooks. 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 A. & W. D. M. Co. 
 
 A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 381.5-3823. Coat and Hat Hooks. 
 
 iQuj-0 
 
 ~M. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 :c5o 
 
 Figs. 3824-3825. Coat and Hat Hook Clusters 
 
 Fig. 3826. Folding Coat Hook. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 3827-3830. Coat Hooks. D. M. Co. 
 
 [ 
 
 —^ 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 No. 0170. 
 
 
 No. 0171. 
 Figs. 3831-3833. Coat and Hat Hooks. 
 Russell & Erwin Mfg. Co. 
 
 
 Fig. 3834. 
 
 Ceiling Hook, 
 
 Xo. 0256. 
 
 R. & E. Mfg. Co. 
 
 V 
 
 No. 017: 
 
 Fig. 3835. 
 Wardrobe Hook, Xo. 129. 
 R. & E. Mfg. Co. 
 
 (429) 
 
Figs. 3836-3849 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Miscellaneous; Sui 
 
 Fig. 3836. Umbrella Holder. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3838. 
 
 Broom Holder or Hook 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 .-A 
 
 ^r/f' 
 
 Fig. 3839. 
 
 Whisk Broom Holder. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3840. 
 
 Broom Holder. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig, 3837. Umbrella 
 Holder Pocket. 
 A. & W. 
 
 \£y 
 
 Fig. 3841. 
 Car Washer 
 
 Fig. 3842. 
 
 Broom in 
 
 Holder. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3S43. 
 
 Whisk Broom and Holder 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3844. 
 Car Washer. 
 
 ^masmm^M® 
 
 ----- 
 
 Fig. 3845. Match Striker. 
 
 Fig. 3846. Window Cleaner. 
 D. W. Bosley Co. 
 
 Fig. 3848. Axe Pocket and Holder. 
 
 $a tcuzur -CB5g@ 
 
 r^n 
 
 Fig. 3847. F 
 
 mountain Car Washer. 
 
 f. 3849. 
 Babcock Fire 
 Extinguisher. 
 
 A. Acid P.ottle. 
 
 B. Acid Bottle 
 Carrier. 
 
 (430) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Miscellaneous; Sundries. 
 
 Figs. 3850-3865 
 
 Fig. 3850. Grip Nut with Exaggerated 
 
 Curve in Thread Pitch. 
 
 Grip Nut Co. 
 
 Fig. 3854. "F. E. C." Arch Ear Nut and Lock. 
 Keystone Nut Lock Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 385 1. Cleveland Turnbuckle. R. and L. 
 Cleveland City Forge &. Iron Co. 
 
 Fig. 3859. Hillman Lock Turnbuckle. 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co. 
 
 Figs. 3851-3852. Hexagon and Square Grip Nuts. 
 Grip Nut Co. 
 
 Fig. 3853. Lock Washer. 
 National Lock Washer Co. 
 
 Figs. 3855-385G. Columbia Lock Nut. 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3858. Coes' Steel Handle Railroad 
 Monkey Wrench. Cocs Wrench Co. 
 
 Fig. 3860. Railroad Wrench. Key Model. 
 Coes Wrench Co. 
 
 (jo 
 
 w, n 
 
 o 
 
 Fig. 38G1. Monogram Safety 
 
 Vent Valve for Tank Cars. 
 
 Payne-Jennings Co. 
 
 Fig. 3862. Bartley Flange 
 Nut Fastener. 
 
 Fig. 3863. Multiple Nut Fastener. 
 American Nut and Bolt Fastener Co. 
 
 (431) 
 
 S*?4P«>4>»c«»«- ^n»<r" 
 
 Figs. 3864-3865. Inside and Outside Car Replacers 
 Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co. 
 
Figs. 3866-3877 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Jacks. 
 
 Fig. 3866. 
 
 Broad Base 
 
 Jack. 
 
 Fig. 3867. 
 Claw Type 
 
 Jack. 
 Watson-Stillman Co. 
 
 Fig. 3868. 
 
 Double Piston Outside 
 
 Pump Jack. 
 
 9 
 
 slj Jh,, STILtMiWft 
 
 j || " NEW $agM 
 
 4 . M 
 
 Fig. 3869. Low Type Journal 
 
 Box Jack. 
 
 Watson-Stillman Co. 
 
 Figs. 38i0-3871. Chapman Jack 
 Chapman Jack Co. 
 
 Fig. 387'.'. Barrett 
 Automatic Lowering Car Jack 
 Capacity, 15 Tons. 
 Duff Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3873. Roller Bearing 
 
 Ratchet Screw Jack, No. 02. 
 
 Capacity, 35 Tons. 
 
 Fig. 3874. 
 Wrecking Jack. 
 
 j. 3875. 
 Barrett Geared 
 Ratchet Lever Car 
 
 Jack, No. 30. 
 Capacity, 35 Tons. 
 Duff Mfg. Co. 
 
 (432) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Jacks. 
 
 Figs. 3878-388? 
 
 Fig. 3878. 
 Small Base 
 Jack. 
 
 Fig. 3379. 
 
 Broad Light 
 
 Base Jack. 
 
 Fig. 3880. 
 
 Broad Heavy 
 
 Base Jack. 
 
 Fig. 3881. 
 Independent 
 Claw Jack. 
 
 Fig. 3882. 
 
 Car Inspectors' 
 
 Double Pump Jack. 
 
 Fig. 3883. 
 
 Fig. 3884. 
 
 Elliptical 
 
 Claw Jack 
 
 Base Jack. 
 
 
 Richard Dudgeon. 
 
 
 Fig. 3885. 
 Horizontal 
 Claw Tack. 
 
 Fig. 38*0. Car 
 Replacing Jack. 
 
 Fig. 3887. Double 
 Movement Jack. 
 
 Joyce-Cridland Co. 
 
 Fig. 3888. Traversing Jack. 
 
 (433) 
 
Figs. 3889-3891 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Jacks. 
 
 fte/a/n/nq 
 Scren 
 
 Fig. 3889. Sectional View Through Head. 
 
 Fitlirg Hole 
 
 Rocker Arm 
 tever SAaff 
 
 Pump Rod, 
 
 tripping L «5 
 
 Tripping 
 
 <Suction Valve. 
 
 Ptickir{° Rinis 
 
 Qlinder Packing 
 
 Jlase 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts 
 Below. 
 
 49-6 5-6 
 
 Fig. 3890. Inside Type Hydraulic Jack. 
 Joyce-Cridland Co. 
 
 _J7-6 36-6 29-6 42-6 4^-6 
 
 Fig. 3891. Universal Hydraulic Jack. 
 Richard Dudgeon. 
 
 Names of Parts of Universal Jack. Fig. 3891. 
 
 1-6 
 
 Head 
 
 2-6 
 
 Ram 
 
 3-6 
 
 Cylinder 
 
 4-6 
 
 Low Base 
 
 5-6 
 
 Head Plate 
 
 6-6 
 
 Air Valve 
 
 7-6 
 
 Socket 
 
 8-6 
 
 Arm 
 
 9-6 
 
 Piston Head 
 
 10-6 
 
 Piston Retaining Pin 
 
 11-6 
 
 Lowering Pin 
 
 12-6 
 
 Cam Shaft A 11/ 
 
 13-6 
 
 Cam 
 
 14-6 
 
 Cam Shaft 
 
 15-6 
 
 Valve Handle 
 
 16-6 
 
 Valve Handle Pin 
 
 17-6 
 
 Push Tube 
 
 18-6 
 
 Piston 
 
 19-6 
 
 Push 1 uhe Spring 
 
 
 37-6 
 
 J 'alve Spring 
 
 20-6 
 
 Large Piston Collar 
 
 
 38-6 
 
 Pump Retaining Ring 
 
 21-6 
 
 Large Hard Packing 
 
 
 39-6 
 
 Ram Packing 
 
 22-6 
 
 Large Cup Packing 
 
 
 40-6 
 
 Ram Packing Ring, Upper 
 
 23-6 
 
 Large Piston Packing 
 
 Ring 
 
 41-6 
 
 Ram Packing Ring. Lowei 
 
 24-6 
 
 Piston Extension 
 
 
 42-6 
 
 Bottom Packing 
 
 25-6 
 
 Small Piston Collar 
 
 
 43-6 
 
 Bolt, mi Packing Ring 
 
 26-6 
 
 Small Hard Packing 
 
 
 44-6 
 
 Handles 
 
 27-6 
 
 Small Cup Packing 
 
 
 45-6 
 
 Straps 
 
 28-6 
 
 Small Piston Packing 
 
 Ring 
 
 46-6 
 
 Handle Bolts 
 
 29-6 
 
 Jam Screw 
 
 
 47-6 
 
 Lever 
 
 30-6 
 
 Pump 
 
 
 48-6 
 
 Base Screw 
 
 31-6 
 
 Pump Pin 
 
 
 49-6 
 
 Arm Screw 
 
 32-6 
 
 Upper Valve 
 
 
 50-6 
 
 Socket Packing 
 
 33-6 
 
 Middle Valve 
 
 
 51-6 
 
 Packing Ring Pin 
 
 34-6 
 
 Lower Valve 
 
 
 52-6 
 
 Cam Pin 
 
 35-6 
 
 Valve Case 
 
 
 
 
 36-6 
 
 1 'alve Bonnet 
 
 
 
 
 (434) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Basket Racks. 
 
 Figs. 3892-3910 
 
 -.■ 
 
 Fig. 3592 
 
 I -- 
 Cast Basket Rac 
 
 Fig. 3893. 
 
 Wire Basket Rack, with 
 Cast Ends. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3896. 
 
 Continuous Basket Rack. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3900. 
 
 Cast Basket Rack. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3903. 
 
 Cast Basket Rack 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3897. 
 
 Cast Basket Rack. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3899. 
 
 Cast Basket Rack. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3901. 
 Wire Basket Rack with Cast Bracket. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 3904-3907. 
 Cast Bracket Ends for Basket Racks 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3908. 
 
 Cast Basket Rack. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 3909-3910. 
 Wire Bottom Basket Rack. 
 A. & W. 
 
 (435) 
 
Figs. 3911-3932 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Basket Racks. 
 
 Fig. 3911. 
 
 Fig. 3912. 
 
 Fig. 3913. 
 
 Fig. 3914. 
 
 Fig. 3915. 
 
 Removable Bottom Basket Racks. 
 
 Fig. 3916. 
 Adams & Westlake. 
 
 -*sS 
 
 1 
 
 Fig. 391 1. Removable Bottom Basket Rack. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 3918. Continuous Removable Bottom Bag 
 Rack, No. 55. J. L. Howard & Co. 
 
 Brackets Spaced to Suit Windows and Finish About ,! I) Ctrs. 
 
 d^ 
 
 T( 
 
 Bra« Ccsing for Binding Rod 
 
 -3 
 
 Vjj """» Wiru \iy.. a Bras, Wire y s < Brass Wire 
 
 Sia s lc Hooks for Mlddla Side Hooks Siugie Hook for Eod 
 
 Brackets 
 
 Brackets 
 
 \ ^ I 
 
 Cord Clip 
 
 Binding XuC 
 Brass 
 
 Figs. 3919-3932. Continuous Basket Rack and Details. First-Class Coach. N. Y„ N, H. & H 
 
 (436) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Wide Vestibule Fittings. 
 
 Figs. 3933-395° 
 
 Figs. 3933-39.34. 
 Door Latch. 
 
 Fig. 3935. 
 Door Latch Handle. 
 
 Figs. 3930-3937. 
 Door Bolt and Keeper. 
 
 Fig. 3938. 
 Door Hinge. 
 
 Fig. 3939. 
 Door Latch Handle. 
 
 Fig. 3940. 
 
 Brakeman's 
 
 Grab Handle. 
 
 Fig. 3941. 
 Trap Door Holder. 
 
 Fig. 3943. 
 
 Flush End 
 
 Sash Lift. 
 
 O* o 
 
 Fig. 3942. 
 Trap Door Holder. 
 
 Fig. 3944. 
 
 End L'pper 
 
 Sash Lift. 
 
 Fig. 3945. 
 
 Brakeman's 
 
 Step. 
 
 :■-..-- 9- ---:>-- >-^ 
 
 i B •■■rfrian 
 
 Fig. 3947. Brake Wheel. 
 
 s,.„ ■■ — 
 
 Q 
 
 » 
 
 ' Q : 
 
 u J 
 
 ^^^ 
 
 
 ^y- iJ 
 
 g 
 
 o 
 
 «i 
 
 Figs. 3948-3949. 
 
 Trap Door Latch and Keeper. 
 
 Wide Vestibule Fittings, Pullman Type. 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 Fig. 3946. Step Tread Xosing. 
 V ide Vestibule Fittings. Pullman Type. Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 Fig. 3950. Automatic Releasable Vestibule Curtain 
 
 Handle. 
 
 The Curtain Supply Co. 
 
 (437) 
 
Figs- ags^ges 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Wide Vestibule Fittings. 
 
 Fig. 3951. 
 Inside Hand Rail. 
 
 Fig. 3954. 
 
 Corner Post Grab 
 
 Handle. 
 
 Fig. 3955. 
 
 Uncoupling Rod 
 
 Floor Plate. 
 
 Fig. 3951 
 Door Chafing Scroll. 
 
 Fig. 3953. Door Ornament. 
 
 Figs. 3957-3958. 
 Tail Gate Sockets. 
 
 Fig. 3900. 
 
 Brake Handle. 
 Bumper. 
 
 Fig. 3956. 
 Passageway Curtain and Shield. 
 
 Fig. 3963. Uncoupling Rod 
 Handle and Socket. 
 
 Fig. 3964. 
 Door Hinge. 
 
 Fig. 3959. 
 Uncoupling Rod Guide. 
 
 Fig. 3961. 
 Bell Cord Guide. 
 
 Fig. 3962. 
 Diaphragm 
 
 Molding- 
 Joint Cover. 
 
 Fig. 3965. 
 Door Chafing Plate. 
 
 Wide Vestibule Fittings, Pullman Type. Adams & Westlake Co. 
 
 (43S) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Wide Vestibule Fittings. 
 
 Figs. 3966-3987 
 
 Fig. 3987. 
 Corner Post 
 Grab Handle. 
 
 Fig. 3984 
 Mat Hoo 
 
 Fig. 398G. 
 
 Corner Post 
 
 Grab Handle. 
 
 (439) 
 
 Fig. 3985. Door Ornament 
 Wide Vestibule Fittings, Pullman Type. Adams & Westlake Co 
 
rigs. 
 
 398 8-400Q CAR FU RNISHINGS. Platform; Railings and Gu; 
 
 ? 
 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 3988 
 
 . A Connecting Strip End L Rail Bolt 
 
 B Ornamental Casting 
 
 C Port i?n;7 Ornament 
 
 D Connecting Strip 
 
 I E Connecting Strip 
 
 I F Grafc Pa// 
 
 I G Po.rf 
 
 I H Pa// Bfl.tr 
 
 ' I Pm7 Fwj^ 
 
 J i?at'i Pert 57n> 
 
 K Bottom Rail 
 
 N Brake Wheel 
 
 O #a»rf i? a // Nut 
 
 P Sorfv Graft Pa// 
 
 Q Grab Rail Bushing 
 
 R Step Fender 
 
 S S7e/> Molding 
 
 T 57o/> Molding 
 
 U Poor Pro/) Handle 
 
 V Ornamental Casting 
 
 ) A Ornamental Casting 
 
 B Ornamental Casting 
 
 C fltmd Pa// ]Vwf 
 
 D P/,,,7; Haurf/e 
 
 E Prar:o 5Ya/r" Holder 
 
 F 57^ Pejirfe/- 
 
 G Platform End Rail 
 
 Fig. 3988. 
 Narrow Vestibuled Platform 
 
 and Trimmings. D. M. Co. 
 
 Names of Parts. Fig. 3989. 
 
 H Body Grab Rail 
 
 I Brake Wheel 
 
 J Connecting Strip 
 
 K Door Frame 
 
 L Ornamental Casting 
 
 M Poor Pro,,,,- 
 
 m fir — ~~ir* 
 
 Figs. 3000-3901. 
 Window Guard Rod?. 
 
 Fig. 3989. 
 
 Narrow Vestibuled Platform 
 
 and Trimmings. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 3002-3994. 
 Door Guard Drop Rod Catch and 
 Pocket. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 3905. 
 Platform Gate Panel. 
 A. & W. 
 
 
 Pigs. 399(3-3999. 
 Platform End Hand Rails, Pane 
 and Bracket. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4000. Observation Platform Railing. A. & 
 
 ■\v. 
 
 (440) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Platform; Gates and Brakes. 
 
 Figs. 4001-4017 
 
 {MMmM 
 
 lYiY V, - 
 
 Fig. 4001. Observation Platform Railing. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4002-4011. Lindstrom 
 
 Ratchet Brake for Wide 
 
 Vestibule Platforms. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Names of Parts. Figs. 4002-4011. 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 ir 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 20 
 
 Screw Cap 5 
 
 Top Nut 6 
 
 Top Ratchet Wheel 7 
 Trigger 8 
 
 Latch Spring 
 Stop Bracket 
 'Trigger Fin 
 Foot Pawl and Spring 
 Brake Shaft Casing 
 Brake Ratchet Casing 
 Bottom Ratchet Casing Plate 
 Bottom Ratchet Wheel 
 Brake Shaft 
 Chain Connector 
 Shaft Bracket Bolts and Nuts 
 Bottom Ratchet Casing Bolts 
 Bottom -\ uts 
 
 Brake Handle 
 • Trigger Rod 
 Shaft Bracket 
 Latch 
 
 ~\Yood's Platform Gate 
 
 ated. A. & \Y. 
 
 and 
 
 Fig. 4015. Platform Chain. 
 
 Figs. 4013-4014. Bliss Folding Platform Gate. 
 R. Bliss Mfg. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4010-4017. Closed. 
 
 Folding Platform Tail Gate. 
 
 (441) 
 
Figs. 4018-4041 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Postal; Trimmi 
 
 ■ 
 
 ILETTEi 
 
 s 
 
 l 
 
 
 J 
 
 Fig. 4(i21. Fig. 40-22. 
 
 Fig. 4u20. Fetter Box Fid. Mail Bag Honk. Fetter Case 
 
 D. M. Co. A. & W. Label Holder. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 I 
 
 -0 
 
 LETTER BOX. 
 
 Fig. 4023. Fetter Box Fid. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4024. Label Holder. 
 
 Fig. 4025. Fig. 4026. Fig. 4027 
 
 Safety Rod Bracket, Bushing and F Joint. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4018-4019. 
 
 Expanded Metal Window Guard, for 
 
 Postal Cars. Merritt & Co. 
 
 Fig. 4028. Grab Handle. &&&■'*- 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4029-4031. Fig. 4032. Fig. 4033. 
 
 Door Handles. Fetter Case Door Wedge 
 
 D. M. Co. Label Holder, and Clasp. 
 
 D. M. Co. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4034. 
 Mail Bag Catcher. 
 
 _^£§^. 
 
 Fig. 4035. Fig. 4035a. 
 
 Pouch Hooks. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4038. Paper Case Label Holder, 
 Double. D. M. Co. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 }--- 
 
 
 
 see-' 
 
 "^•vOT 
 
 to 
 
 - 
 
 Xfl^ 
 
 h ■ " 
 
 Fig. 4037. 
 Paper Case Casting. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4039-1010. 
 Paper Case Label Holders. 
 A. & W. 
 
 J 
 
 Fig. 4030. Fig. 4030a. 
 
 Pouch Hooks. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 *?sr 
 
 3 
 
 Fig. 1041. 
 
 Paper Case Label Holder. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 (442) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Saloon: Hoppers and Closets 
 
 Figs. 4043-4048 
 
 Fig. 4042. Fig. 4043. 
 
 Howard's Patent Railway Water Closets. Jas. L. Howard & Co. 
 
 „VENT HOLE 
 
 Fig. 4114.1 Fig. 4046. 
 
 Apron and Fid Partly Raised. Apron and Fid Raised. 
 
 Protection Drv Closet. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4044. 
 Rex Sanitary Water Closet. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4047. 
 Seat and Fid Raised. 
 
 Acme Dry Closet. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4048. 
 Fid Raised. 
 
 (443) 
 
Figs. 4049-4060 CAR FURNISHINGS, Saloon; Hoppers and Closets 
 
 Fig. 4049. "Eckert," Xo. 8, Enameled 
 
 Iron Water Closet. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4051. Fig. 4052. 
 
 Seat and Lid Raised. Lid Raised. 
 
 Samson Drv Closet. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4054. Fig. 4055. 
 
 Sloping Cone Straight 
 
 Shaped Closet Earthen 
 
 Hopper. Closet 
 
 D. M. Co. Hopper 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4056. 
 Straight Cone 
 Shaped 
 Earthen 
 Hopper. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4050. Duner Combined Flush 
 
 or Dry Closet with Side Handle. 
 
 Duner Co. 
 
 < ~ 
 
 Fig. 4053. Duner Enameled Iron 
 
 Corner Closet, Xo. 3. Tray to be Inclosed. 
 
 Duner Co. 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. A. & W, D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4057-4000. Saloon Handles. 
 
 (444) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Saloon and Car Seals. 
 
 Figs. 4061-4092 
 
 r -"- 
 
 *£^^» 
 
 Figs. 4061-4062. 
 
 Paper Holders and Roll. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4063-4064. 
 
 Paper Hooks. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 w 
 
 Figs. 4065-4066. Figs. 4067-4071. The "Standard" Dry Closet Hopper and Seat. 
 
 Enameled Drip Tray Enameled Drip Tray D. M. Co. 
 
 lor Oval Seat. for Round Seat. 
 
 D. M. Co. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 40.2-4 | h3. Tin Cup Shackle Car Seal. 
 E. J. Erooks & Co. 
 
 Figs. 4074-4077. Safety Cross "Wire Tin and Lead Seals. 
 E. J. Brooks & Co. 
 
 Fig. 40i8. Ratchet Seal Press. 
 
 1 
 
 Fig. 4079. Ratchet Seal Press. 
 E. J. Brooks & Co. 
 
 Figs. 4080-4081. Self-Locking Seal. 
 E. J. Brooks & Co. 
 
 Q{ 
 
 Figs. 4082-4084. Horse Shoe Car Seal. 
 E. J. Brooks & Co. 
 
 Figs. 4087-4088. Fig. 4089. Figs. 4090-4091. Fig. 4092. 
 
 Safety Cast in Six-Ply Wire The Perfection Central Cast 
 
 Coil Wire Pebbled Shackle and Stamped Encased in Crosswise 
 
 Lead Seal with Lead Car Seal. Eyelet Rivet Lead Seal with 
 
 Indented B Wire. Shackle. Detective Wire. 
 
 Car Seals. E. J. Brooks & Co. 
 
Figs. 4093-4100 CAK FURNISHINGS, Seats; Hale & Kilburn 
 
 Fig. 4093. Revolving Parlor Car Chair, 
 No. 32. 
 
 Figs. 4094-4096. Detachable Cushion and Back of Parlor 
 Car Chair, No. 3'2. 
 
 Fig. 4097. Parlor Car Chair, 
 No. 38. 
 
 Fig. 4098. Parlor Car Chair, 
 No. 34. 
 
 Fig. 4099. Reclining Parlor Car Chair, Fig. 4100. Parlor Car Chair, 
 
 No. 41. No. 30. 
 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 (446) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Hale & Kilburn. 
 
 Figs. 4101-4106 
 
 Fig. 4101. Steel Walkover Seat. No. 104. 
 
 Frieze Plush Upholstery. 
 
 P. R. R. Standard tor Steel Coaches. 
 
 Fig. 4103. Walkover Seat, Xo. 197 
 Frieze Plush Upholstery. 
 For Vestibuled Coaches. 
 
 Fig. 4105. Reversible Seat, Xo. 73. 
 
 Plush Upholstery. 
 For Dav Coaches. 
 
 I 
 
 Fig. 4102. Steel Walkover Seat. Xo. 197. 
 
 Plush Upholster}-. 
 Harriman Lines Type for Steel Coaches. 
 
 Fig. 4104. Walkover Seat. Xo. 96 
 Frieze Plush Upholstery. 
 For Vestibuled Coaches. 
 
 Fig. 4106. Walkover Seat. No. 90. 
 
 Frieze Plush Upholstery. 
 
 P. R. R. Standard for Wood Coaches 
 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 (447) 
 
Figs. 4107-4112 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Hale & Kilburn. 
 
 Fig. 4107. Reversible Seat, Xo. 179. 
 
 Plush Upholstery. 
 
 N. Y., N. H. & H. Type for Vestibuled Coaches. 
 
 Fig. 4108. Walkover Seat, Xo. 93. 
 Rattan Upholstery. 
 For Smoking Cars. 
 
 Fig. 4109. Walkover Seat. Xo. 97. 
 Frieze Plush Upholstery. 
 For Vestibuled Coaches. 
 
 Fig. 4110. Reversible Seat, No. 71. 
 
 Rattan Upholstery. 
 
 For Xarrow Gage Cars. 
 
 Fig. 4111. Double Reclining Chair, No. 05. 
 Plush Upholstery. 
 
 Fig. 4112 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 Steel Sleeping Car Berth Seats. 
 Plush Upholstery. 
 
 (44S) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Heywood Brothers & Wakefield. Figs. 4113-4121 
 
 Fig. 4113. Wheeler Slideover Seat Fig. 4114. No. 38W. Wheeler 
 
 without Ends for Electric Slideover Seat with High 
 
 Service. Back and Pedestal Base. 
 
 Fig. 4115. No. 55AGF. Wheeler 
 
 Slideover Seat for Interurban 
 
 or Xarrow Gage Cars. 
 
 Extra High Back. 
 
 Fig. 4116. Xo. 104 P. & S. High 
 
 Turnover Back with Adjustable 
 
 Foot Rest. 
 
 Fig. 4117. Xo. 102. P. & S. Seat 
 
 in Plush for Steam Road 
 
 Service. 
 
 Fig. 4118. Xo. 97B. Wakefield 
 
 Double Revolving Individual 
 
 Car Seats. 
 
 Fig. 4119. Xo. 99. P. & S. Seat 
 
 for Electric Service. 
 
 Fig. 4120. Xo. 42C. Wheeler 
 
 Slideover Seat, Rattan, for 
 
 Electric Cars. 
 
 Heywood Brothers & Wakefield Co. 
 
 Fig. 4121. Upholstered Rattan 
 Chair for Parlor Cars. 
 
 (449) 
 
Figs. 4] 22-412; 
 
 CAR FURMISHINGS, Seats; Scarritt-Comstock. 
 
 Fig. 4122. No. 34. High Back Coach 
 Seat, Pedestal End. 
 
 4124. No. 66X. High Back Coach Seat. 
 Flyover Type. 
 
 Fig. 4123. No. 32X. High Back Coach Seat, 
 Showing Construction of Frames. 
 
 Fig. 112-Y No. 33. Medium Mack Coach Scat. 
 
 Fig. 4126. No. 5!). Scarritt Double Reclining Chair. Fig. 4127. No. IT. Medium Hack Coach Seat. 
 
 Scarritt-Comstock Furniture Co. — - '450) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Scarritt-Comstock ; St. Louis. Figs. 4128-4133 
 
 Fig. 4128. Reversible Seat Fig. 4129. Standard High Back 
 
 for Electric Cars. Rattan Upholstery. Coach Seat. Frieze Plush Upholstery. 
 
 St. Louis Car Co. 
 
 «*> 
 
 Fig. 4130. No. 114. Parlor Car Chair. 
 
 Fig. 4131. No. 1091. Parlor Car Chair. 
 
 • 
 
 (451) 
 
 Fig. 4132. No. 113. Parlor Car Chair. Fig. 4133. No. 115. Parlor Car Chair 
 
 Scarritt-Comstock Furniture Co. 
 
Figs. 4134-4158 CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Barney & Smith and Laycock. 
 
 Fig. 4134. Standard Coach Scat. 
 Plush Upholstery. 
 
 Fig. 4137. Mechanism of Double Reclining Chair Seat 
 Barney & Smith Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 4136. Double Reclining Chair Seat. 
 
 Figs. 4138-4158. Laycock's "Easy Pusl 
 Over" Car Seat. W. S. Laycock, Ltd. 
 
 f* °\ 
 
 ■V— *™ - If 
 
 (452) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Richarc 
 
 Figs. 4159-4165 
 
 Fig-. 4159. Richards 
 
 Panel Back Dining Car Chair. 
 
 without Arms. 
 
 Fig. 4160. Richards 
 Panel Back Double Seat. 
 
 Fig. 4161. Richards 
 
 Panel Back Dining Car Chair, 
 
 with Arms. 
 
 Fig. 4163. Richards 
 Panel Chair Steel Pivot Fixture. 
 
 Fig. 4162. Richards 
 Panel Back Fiber-Rush Chair. 
 
 (453) 
 
 Fig. 4164. Richards 
 
 Standard Pullman Panel Back 
 
 Parlor Car Chair. 
 
 Richards Chair-P 
 
 anel Co 
 
 Fig. 4165. Richards Panel 
 
 Back Revolving Chair Seat, with 
 
 or without Reclining Back. 
 
Figs. 4166-4177 CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Seating. Hale & Kilburn. 
 
 Figs. 4106-4167. Improved Combination Spring Back 
 One Section is Detached. 
 
 Figs. 4168-4169. Improved Combination Spring 
 Cushion, with One Section Detached. 
 
 "*^ 
 
 Fig. 4170. Sectional View, Showing the Use of Slat and 
 Webbing and the Flastic Slat Edge. 
 
 Figs. 4 1 1 F 4 1 7 J . Reverse Side of Single and Double Rattan 
 Spring Seats. Showing Construction. 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 Fig. 4173. Sleeping Car Berth Spring for Upper Berth. 
 
 Figs. 4174-417.J. 
 
 Leather Band Flush Band 
 
 and Xails. and Xails. 
 
 Fig. 1176. Double Rattan Spring Ci 
 
 Seat. Fig. 4177. Spring Bed Sections for Private and Sleeping Cars. 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 (454) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Seating 
 
 Figs. 4178-4184 
 
 Fig. 4178. Fig. 4179. Rattan Cross Seat Spring Back 
 
 Patent Spring Edge Sleeping Car Cushion and Back. with Head Rest. 
 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4181. Spring Edge Cushion Springs 
 
 Fig. 4180. Sectional View. 
 Upholstered Back Springs. 
 
 Fig. 4182. Sectional View. 
 Upholstered Cushion Springs. 
 
 Fig. 4183. 
 Plain Springs for Cushions. 
 
 Fig. 4184. Reversible Double Border Spring for Beds. 
 Heywood Brothers & Wakefield Co. 
 
 (455) 
 
Figs. 4185-4234 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Trimming 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4185-4187. Scat Arm Rest Brackets. 
 
 Fig. 4188. 
 
 Kirby's Seat Lock for Wood 
 
 Seat Ends. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4194-4195. 
 
 Seat Arm Thimbles. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4189-4193. 
 
 Seat Arm Caps. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4197-4208. Seat Back Mouldings. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 White Metal from V2 in. Flat to :! 4 in. Half-Round. 
 
 Fig. 4196. 
 
 Seat Arm Pivot Bolt. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4209. 
 Joint Bolt and Washer. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4210-4215. Seat Arm Rivets. D. M. Co. 
 
 D. M. Co. A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4216-4218. Seat Arm Washers. 
 
 Figs. 4219-4222. Seat Arm Washers and Machine 
 Bolts. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4223-4224. Seat Back Arm 
 Lock, Bolt and Spring. A. & W. 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4225-4227. Scat Back Arm Locks with Escutcheons. 
 
 
 R 
 
 £ 
 
 
 . ' : -««i :> 
 
 Figs. 4228-4220. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 Straight Seat Arm Stops. Figs. 4230-4234. Curved Seat Arm Stops. Made Right and left Handles 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 (456) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Trimmings. 
 
 Figs. 4235-4267. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4235-4240. 
 Shield and Oval Shaped Seat Arm Stop 
 
 -\ Sr 
 
 w. 
 
 w 
 
 ^9 
 
 
 SM 
 
 <o 
 
 V#j 
 
 Figs. 4241-4244. 
 
 Round Seat Arm Stops. With or Y\ ithout Locks 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4245-424ii. 
 Seat Arm Pivots. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4247-4248. Figs. 4249-4250. 
 
 Seat Arm Pivot Plates. Seat Arm Stops. 
 
 The thicker ones are for the side of car to prevent the arm from 
 striking the woodwork when the back is being turned. 
 O. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4251-4252. 
 
 Seat Arm Stops. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Q)G) 
 Y0 / 
 
 A. S: YV. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 A. & W. Figs. 4253-4256. A. & \V. 
 
 Seat Arm Pivot Plates. 
 
 The thicker ones are for the end of seat next to side of car and prevent the arm from striking 
 
 the woodwork when the back i a being turned. 
 
 Fig. 42G1. Seat Arm Pivot Plate, 
 With Solid Nipple. D. M. Co. 
 
 Figs. 4257-4200. Seat Arm Pivot Plates. D. M. Cc 
 
 (457) 
 
 Figs. 4262-4266. Seat Rail Brackets or Sockets 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4267. Seat Corner, Sheet Brass. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
Figs. 4268-4301 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; T 
 
 rimminir- 
 
 Fig. 4272. 
 
 Pivoted Seat Back Arm. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4273. 
 Seat Arm Pivot Plate. 
 A. & W. 
 
 1. 
 
 © 
 
 1 
 
 Figs. 4268-4271. 
 
 Seat Back Arms for 
 
 Forney Seats. 
 
 Fig. 4274. 
 Curved Seat Arm Stop with Lock 
 
 t( 
 
 © 
 
 Figs. 427.5-4278. 
 
 With Lock. Without Lock. 
 
 Seat Arm Stops. 
 
 "ft ■" ^^ Q 
 
 ft 
 
 r 
 
 *A\\ 
 
 feKaaisaPi'jsft 
 
 I 
 
 Em 
 
 B 
 
 
 isiiiyuii., jeh 
 
 Figs. 4279-4282. Chair and Sofa Caster; 
 A. & W, 
 
 Fig. 4283. Seat P11I 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4284. Seat Pull. 
 A. & W. 
 
 ^ 
 
 O UOj o o op 
 
 Fig. 4285. 
 Seat Hinge 
 D. M. ( 
 
 Figs. 428G-4287. 
 
 Seat Back Corners. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 « 
 
 Fig. 4200. Sofa Fig. 4201. Fig. 4202. Fig. 4293. 
 
 Arm Rest Fixture. Soft Arm Rest Fixtures. Spring Catch 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 4294-4295. Sofa Back Pivot, 
 Hinge and Bushing. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 IS 
 
 Z — ■ 
 
 -f7~ 
 
 v.'.» ^ 
 
 -Li 
 
 Fig. 4296. 
 Pin BushinE 
 
 r ig. 12 
 
 Fig. 4297. 
 Pin Plate. Catch Plate. 
 Sofa Arm Rest Fixtures. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 > 1 . in 11 .' 
 Fig. 4299. 
 
 Pin. 
 
 Figs. 4300-4301. 
 Sola Back Leg Socket 
 and Pocket. 
 D. M. Co. (45S) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats; Trimming- 
 
 Figs. 4302-433 1 
 
 Fig. 4302. 
 Sofa Arm Rest Bolt in 
 
 Position. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 43h3. Sofa Arm Rest Eolt. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4304. Sofa Bolt. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4305-4306. 
 
 Berth Pivot Sockets. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4307. Figs. 4308-4309. Fig- 4311 
 
 Sofa Leg Hook. Upper Berth Pivot Sockets. Upper Berth 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 Catch. 
 
 Fig. 4311. 
 
 Strike Plate. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4314-4315. 
 
 Sofa Rail End and 
 
 Socket. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4318. 
 Berth Extension 
 Arms. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4312-4313. 
 
 Upper Berth Catch and Plate. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4316-4317. 
 
 Mead Rest Pivot and 
 
 Plate. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4319. 
 
 Mead Board Bolt 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 432m. 
 Head Board Fastener. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4321-4322. 
 
 Seat Back Pocket Catch. Figs. 4323-4324. Berth Lock Plate and Bolt. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 <^ 
 
 Fig. 4325. Fig. 4326. 
 
 L'pper Berth Bracket. Upper Berth Rest. 
 
 (459) A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4327. Figs. 4328-4329. Figs. 4330-4331. 
 
 Berth Pivot. Berth Flead Rest Pivot Berth Rattle Stops. 
 A. & W. and Plate. A. & W. A. & W. 
 
Figs. 4332-4361 CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats and Berths; Trimmings. 
 
 Fig. 4332. 
 
 For Bevel Rail 
 
 Head. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4333. 
 
 For Flat Rail For Flat Rail 
 
 Eoard. Bushings. 
 
 A. & W. D. M. Co. 
 
 Head Board Bushings. 
 
 i 
 
 Vi 
 
 Fig. 4335. 
 
 Fig. 433G. 
 
 Head Board Bolt and Bushing. Head Board Bolt. 
 
 D, M. Co. 
 
 1 I'ppcr Face Plate 
 
 2 Knob Latch 
 
 Outside View. 
 
 5 Lower Face Plate 
 
 6 Bolt Spring 
 
 €g§ 
 
 Fig. 4337. 
 Head Board Coupling Fig. 4338 
 Keeper. 
 
 3 Lower or Fixed Boll 7 Upper or Spring Bolt 
 
 4 Slide Latch 
 
 Figs. 4330-4340. 
 Head Board Head Board Fastener. 
 Coupling. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4341-4342. Head 
 
 Board Bolt and Bushing 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4344. 
 
 Berth Hinge Pivot. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4345-4347. 
 Head Board Plate 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4348. Window Fitted with 
 
 "Rex" Sash Fastenings. 
 
 n. M. Co. 
 
 
 r 
 
 A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W. D. M. Co. Fig. 4353. Fig 4351. Fig. 4355. 
 
 Figs. 4349-4352. Berth Hinges. Berth Hinge Berth Hinge Fast Berth 
 
 £ 56M *l Plate. Pivot. Hinge. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4358-4361. Pullman Berth Latch Mechanism. 
 
 (460) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats and Berths; Trimmings. Figs. 4362-4377 
 
 Fig. 4375. Berth Latch Handle. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4376. 
 Berth Curtain Hook. 
 
 Fig. 4377. 
 Upper Berth Safety 
 
 Strap and Hook. 
 J. L. Howard & Co. 
 
 <461) 
 
Figs. 4378-4398 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Berths and Miscellaneous. 
 
 Fig. 4383. 
 Berth 
 Curtain Hook. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4384. 
 
 Berth Safety. 
 
 Rope Hook. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 raJ 
 
 Figs. 4385-4387. Elevations 
 
 Gibbs Berth Lamp. 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4.390. 
 
 Telegraph Blank Rack 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 ■rtb Numbers. D. AI. Cc 
 
 r 
 
 Fig. 4388. General View. 
 Gibbs Berth Lamp. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4380. 
 Pen Rack. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4391. Paper, Envelope and Ink Rack. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 439'2. 
 Hatch Striker. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4393. 
 
 Hatch Striker. A. & W 
 
 Fig. 4397. 
 
 Ash Receiver. 
 
 \ & W. 
 
 Figs. 4394-4395. 
 Match Box Holder. Hatch Safe 
 A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4390. Cigar and Asli Receiver 
 
 Fig. 1398. 
 
 Hatch Striker and 
 
 Cigar Holder 
 
 A. & W. (463) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Seats and Berths; T: 
 
 Figs. 4399-441; 
 
 Fig. 4399. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4400. A. & \V. 
 
 Fig. 44'il. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4402. 
 
 J. L. Howard & Co. 
 
 Fig. 4406. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Eracket. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4403. A. & W. Fig. 4404. A. & W. 
 
 Berth Curtain Rod Brackets. 
 
 Fig. 4405. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4407. 
 
 Match Box Holder. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 o • 
 
 6 
 
 C- — 3 
 
 Fig. 4408. Figs. 44119-4410. 
 
 Table Leg Hook. Table Holder 
 A. & W. and Plate. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 '© 
 
 C 
 
 Qy 
 
 G" 
 
 ■ 
 
 Q 
 
 Fig. 4411. Fig. 4412. 
 
 Table Hook. D. M. Co. Table Hook. D. M. Cc 
 
 (403) 
 
 Figs. 4413-4415. Pullman 
 Sleeping Car Step Ladder. 
 
 Fig. 4416. 
 
 Fig. 44H 
 
 Table Hook. D. M. Co. Table Hook Plate 
 
 D. M. Co. 
 
Figs. 4418-4437 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Ventilators. 
 
 =t£# 
 
 ^/OsfOlA^-- 
 
 ~\- 
 
 \ Ctirttc ot 8^°sr 
 
 if 
 
 Fig. 441S. The Cone Cap. Fig. 4419. The Cone and Apron. Fig. 4420. The Canopy. 
 
 ±_ 
 
 CfAfgf Cf Si "ST 
 
 cs/rr/ar or siist 
 
 -J ir-r 
 
 a_r T - 
 
 Fig. 4421. The Tornado Canopy. Fig. 4422. The Dished Cap. 
 
 -1- 
 
 Ct/TTPE pr SLAST 
 
 Fig. 4423. The Moore. 
 
 "uy,"(T.Z 
 
 C£rtTQ£ Of 8l*ST 
 
 
 J 
 
 Fig. 4424. The Duplex. 
 
 Fig. 4425. The Roe. 
 
 Fig. 4426. The Stasch. 
 
 CT/T OF BLAST 
 
 Fig. 4427. The Star. 
 
 Fig. 4430. 
 The Globe Horizontal. 
 
 Fig. 4428. The World. 
 
 Crf!. OF B LUST 
 
 Fig, 4429. The Torpedc 
 
 Fig. 4431. 
 The Globe Erect. 
 
 Fig. 4432. 
 The Globe. 
 
 Li.. 
 Fig. 4433. 
 The Globe. 
 
 Globe Ventilator Co. 
 
 Figs. 4434-4435. Ventilator for Saloons. 
 
 Figs. 4436-4437. 
 System of Ventilating Passenger Cars. 
 Pennsylvania Railroad. 
 
 (464) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Ventilators. 
 
 Figs. 4438-4443 
 
 )* V1 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 - . . _ " _ 
 
 
 *- ---■ — ------ 
 
 
 
 Fig. 4439. Section Through 
 Automatic Ventilator. 
 
 Fig. 4438. Automatic Ventilator. 
 
 Fig. 4440. Application of Automatic Ventilator to 
 
 Deck of Passenger Car. 
 
 Automatic Ventilator Co. 
 
 Fig. 4441. Application of Andrews Automatic 
 Ventilator to Deck of Passenger Car. 
 
 -= TRANSVERSL-SE CTION .LOOKING TOWARDS CAR = — 
 
 Figs. 4442-4443. Sections Through Andrews Automatic Ventilator. 
 Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co. 
 
 <465) 
 
Figs. 4444-4480 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Deck Sash. 
 
 J 
 ®OQ ©is© 
 
 Figs. 4447-4448. 
 
 Fig. 4444. Windows Closed. Fig. 4445. One Window Open. Fig. 4446. Opener Complete. Deck Sash Transom. 
 
 Mansfield Deck Sash Opener. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Opener. Opener. 
 
 D. M. Co. D. M. Co. 
 a 
 
 Fig. 4440. 
 Lander Monitor 
 
 Fig. 4450. Single, Fig. 4451. Fig. 4452. Mansfield's Fig. 4453. Single, 
 
 Decorated. Single, Plain Improved, Double. Plain. 
 
 Deck Sash Openers. A. & W. 
 
 *^\ 
 
 
 ~^\ 
 
 $ 
 
 r u 
 
 
 (D- 
 
 C| 
 
 © 
 
 y[ 
 
 
 ■>£l 
 
 1464-4405. Deck Sash Pivots 
 I). M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4466. 
 Pull, 
 
 With Screw. 
 A. & W. 
 
 js. 446i-4468. 
 
 Deck Sash Pivot 
 ,1 Plate. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 44(13. Continuous 
 Deck Sash Opener. 
 
 Fig. 4472. Fig. 4473. 
 
 A. & W. J. L. Howard & Co 
 
 Deck- Sash Pivots and Tlates. 
 
 ~ig. 4474. Fig. 447S. Fig. 4479. Fig. 4480. 
 
 Deck Sasli and Transom Catches. A. & W. 
 
 (466) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Sash Frames. 
 
 Figs. 4481-4494 
 
 Figs. 4481-4490. Application of Forsyth "Safety" Deck Sash Ratchet to Pullman Lars. 
 
 Forsyth Brothers Co. 
 
 Fig. 4401. Art Glass Deck Light. A. & W 
 
 Fig. 4402. Art Glass Half Deck Light. A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4403. Art Glass Oval Sash. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Mg. 4404, Art Glass Oval Sash 
 
 with Ventilator for Saloons. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 (467) 
 
Fi e s - 4495-4526 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Dec 
 
 k Sash. 
 
 WP 
 
 k™ 
 
 ,*»: 
 
 M ' 1 
 
 J 
 
 » 
 
 
 ^^ F 'S"s- 4495-4-196. 
 Deck Sash Catches 
 :). M. Co 
 
 Fig. 4502. 
 
 Fig. 4503. 
 Deck Sash Catches. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4504. 
 
 l3 
 
 Fig. 4509. Fig. 4510. Fig. 4511. Fig. 4512 
 
 Deck Sash Catch Plates or Strike Plates. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4497-4501. 
 Pull Hooks or Deck Sash Openers. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4505-4506. 
 Lower Ratchet Upper 
 Plate and Ratchet 
 Ratchet Spring. Plate. 
 
 Morgan Automatic Deck Sash Pivot and Clamp. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4507-4508. 
 Ratchet Clamp. 
 Pivot. 
 
 Fig. 4513. Fig. 4514. 
 
 Deck Sash Circle Plate. Deck Sash Quadrant 
 D. M. Co. and Clip. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4515-4517. Sectional Elevations. 
 Pullman Deck Sash Pivot and 
 Ratchet Catch. 
 
 Fig. 4518. 
 Deck Sash Socket 
 and Spring, and 
 Ratchet Catch. 
 
 Fig. 4519. 
 Deck Sasli Stop 
 Hinge. 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig. 4520. 
 
 Deck Sash 
 
 Quadrant and Clip. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4521. 
 Ratchet Plate. 
 
 
 '.J;:,:. ■! J ' 
 
 Fig. 1522. 
 Pivot and Ratche 
 
 Fig. 1525. 
 
 Transom Sash Stop. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 "Monitor" Deck Sash Pivot ami Patch 
 D. M. Co. 
 
 t Bolt, 
 et Catcl 
 
 Fig. 4523. Fig. 4521. 
 
 Deck Sash Double Ratchet 
 and Ratchet Plate (Left Hand). 
 A. & W. 
 
 S» 
 
 Fig. 1520. 
 
 Deck Sash Pivot 
 
 and Ratchet. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 (408) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Window Blinds; Bolts, Springs and Pulls. Figs. 4527-4572 
 
 A. & W. A. & W. D. M. Co. A. & W. A. & W. J. L. Howard & Co. D. M. Co. D. M. Co. D. M. Co. 
 Figs. 4555-4564. Upper and Lower Window Blind Pulls or Lifts. 
 
 Figs. 4005-4072. Upper and Lower Window Blind Pulls or Lifts. A. & W. 
 (469) A Lower Window Blind Pull Has a Projecting Flange to Support the Upper Blind. 
 
Figs- 4S73-46i2 CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows and Blinds; Stops and Bolts. 
 
 ^ 
 
 D.M.Co. D.M.Co. D.M.Co. D.M.Co. A.&W. A.&W. A.&W. A.&W. D.M.Co. A.&W. 
 Figs. 4573-4582. Sash and Blind Lock Stops. 
 
 &Wi 
 
 
 mm 
 
 EM m 
 
 Figs. 4583-4586. End Door Sash Bolts. 
 
 M 
 
 1 
 
 €f <0 
 
 Figs. 4591-4594. 
 End Door Ratchet Sash 
 Sash Bolt and Blind 
 Plates. Lock Stops. 
 A. & W. 
 
 Fig. 4587. Fig. 4588. 
 
 End Door Sash Bolt. End Door Sash Lift. 
 A. & W. 
 
 w&m 
 
 Figs. 4589-4590. 
 End Door Sash Bolts. 
 
 Figs. 4595-4596. Sash Bars. D. M. Co. 
 
 Fig-. 4597. Sash Lock. 
 
 Fig. 4598. 
 Sash Lock. 
 
 Fig. 4599. Back View. 
 Sash Lock. 
 
 Figs. 4600-460-2. Window Sash Locks. 
 J. L. Howard & Co. 
 
 Figs. 4G08-4612. Window Sash Locks. A. & W. 
 
 (470) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Sash Lifts. 
 
 Figs. 4613-4641 
 
 A. & W. D. M. O 
 
 (« 
 
 D. M. Co. A. & W. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4013-4618. Window Sash Lifts, Cone Top. 
 
 '© 
 
 & 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4619-4624. Window Sash Lifts. Curved and Straight Top 
 
 Figs. 46-25-4627. Window Sash Lifts, Straight Top. A. & W. 
 
 Q 
 
 Figs. 4628-4630. Window Sash Lifts. Straight Top. A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4631-4632. Window Sash Lifts. A. & W. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 J. L. Lfoward & Co. 
 Figs. 4633-4035. Window Sash Lifts, Mortise. 
 
 A. & W. 
 
 Figs. 4030-4038. Window Sash Lifts. A. & W. 
 
 
 Figs. 4039-4041. Window Sash Lifts Bar Pattern. A. & W. 
 
 (471) 
 
Figs. 4642-4647 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; 
 
 •lxtures. 
 
 Fig. 4643. Stamped Bronze Continuous Flush Stop Rack, 
 with Gravity Wedging Lock. 
 
 Fig. 4642. Stamped, Individual and Continuous Wedging 
 Racks and Gravity Wedging Sash Lock. 
 
 Fig. 4645. Top View of Side Compression Strip, 
 
 Dust Deflector and Gravity Wedging 
 
 Sash Lock. 
 
 Fig. 4644. Top and Bottom Weather Stripping and 
 Brass Holding Channels for Two-Part Sash. 
 
 Fig. 4646. Universal Roller Sash Balance and 
 
 Chain Connections. Grip Nut Co. 
 
 Fig. 4647. Universal Window Fixtures. (472) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Fixtures. 
 
 Figs. 4048-4654 
 
 Figs. 4648-4649. Brown Metallic Window Strip. Metal Plated Car & Lumber Co. 
 
 I9v 
 
 * s i 
 
 i if 
 
 
 1 SI 
 
 1 \ 
 
 1 '< 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 jpSjfr 
 
 Fig. 4650. Xo. 83. Ratchet Sash Loc 
 and Stop. J. L. Howard & Co. 
 
 Fig. 4651. National Cam Curtain Fixture. 
 National Lock Washer Co. 
 
 Fig. 4652. National Sash Lock. 
 National Lock Washer Co. 
 
 Fig. 4653. National Sash Balance. 
 National Lock Washer Co. 
 
 (473) 
 
 Fig. 4654. National Balance Curtain Fixture with 
 Protected Groove. National Lock Washer Co. 
 
Figs. 4655-4664. 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Miscellaneous 
 
 iL 
 
 J ! 
 
 ffi 
 
 - 
 
 l^ ^ 
 
 
 i* 
 
 
 lU 
 
 Fig. 41358. 
 Dust Guard Spring Holder. 
 
 * 
 
 Figs. 4655-4657. 
 
 Window Dust Guard 
 
 or Deflector. 
 
 Fig. 4659. 
 
 Caldwell Window 
 
 Sash Balance. 
 
 •'ig. 4661. Edwards Wedge Lock and Bevel 
 
 Stop Bar as Used Without Roller 
 
 Sash Balance. 
 
 i 
 
 Fig. 4660. Edwards Roller Sasli Balance with Rock 
 Shaft Sash Tightening Devices. 
 
 Fig. 4662. Edwards Wedge Lock and Bevel 
 
 Stop Bar as Used with Spring Roller 
 
 Sash Balance. 
 
 !•".-< ) Lock as Used 
 
 Edward 
 'itliont Roller Sasli Balance 
 
 Fig. 1664. Edwards Combined Rock Shaft 
 
 Lock and Sasli Tightening Device as 
 
 Used Willi Spring Roller Sash 
 
 Balance, Window Design 
 
 No. 13-OBFI. 
 
 The O. M. Edwards Co. 
 
 (474) 
 
CAR FURNISHINGS, Windows; Curtains and Shades. Figs. 4665-4671 
 
Figs. 4672-4686 
 
 CAR FURNISHINGS. Windows: Shades. 
 
 3 
 
 S 
 
 Figs. 4672-4679. Leather and Fringe Shade Bottoms 
 In all Colors and Designs to Match Tapestry. 
 
 - 
 
 Fig. 4680. 
 
 Lambrequin and Shades for 
 
 Parlor Car. 
 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. 
 
 
 Fig. 4681. 
 
 Hartshorn Shade Roller and Brackets, 
 
 Showing Centrifugal Pawls. 
 
 (The McKay shade roller is somewhat similar 
 
 but uses a cam instead of a pawl.) 
 
 Figs. 4682-4683. 
 McKav's Curtain Brackets, No. 1. 
 
 Figs. 4684-4685. 
 
 McKay's Curtain Brackets, 
 
 No. 2. 
 
 HHHH^BEHHIHHHHpHB 
 
 h*" 
 
 i 1 i*iMl Yt "MWIMW 
 
 "-' ■'"•'■ ■ " * 
 
 Fig. 4686. Car Curtain with Schroyer Friction Roller. 
 Acme Supply Co. 
 
 (476) 
 
TRUCKS, Freight. 
 
 Figs. 4687-4691 
 
 Fig. 408 1. Swing Motion Truck. Bettendorf Axle Cc 
 
 Fig. 4688. Detail Parts and Ensemble of Swing Motion Truck. Bettendorf Axle Co. 
 
 Y-—/4 
 
 U~a£~+\ 
 
 Between Columns 
 
 Figs. 4689-4691. 80,000 lbs. Capacity Truck. Bettendorf Axle Co. 
 
 (477) 
 
Figs. 4692-4694 
 
 TRUCKS. Freight. 
 
 Fig. 4692. Swing Motion Truck. 30 Tons Capacity. Bettendorf Axle Co. 
 
 Fig. 4693. Diamond Arch Bar Truck. 30, 40 or 50 Tons Capacity. 
 American Car & Foundry Co. 
 
 1 
 
 Fig. 4694. Pressed Steel Arch Bar Truck 
 Cleyeland Car Specialty Co. 
 
 (4TS) 
 
TRJCKS. Freight. 
 
 Figs. 4695-4697 
 
 Fiar. 4i>9-5- Buckeye Pressed Steel Truck. Pressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 4696. Pressed Steel Diamond Arch Ear Truck. Pressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 Fia\ 4097. Fox Pressed Steel Truck. Pressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 (4T9) 
 
Figs. 4698-4713 
 
 TRUCKS, Freight. 
 
 ■Z'9-- 
 
 Elevation of Orch BarColumns 
 
 Figs. 4698-4699. 100,000 lbs. Capacity Diamond Arch Bar Truck. Cambria Steel Co. 
 
 K /O' H 
 
 Figs. 4700-4704. Barber Type Diamond Arch Bar Truck with Top Rollers. Capacity, 80,000 lbs. 
 
 Standard Car Truck Co. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names with Figs. 4724-4726. 
 
 Figs. 4705-4713. Swing Motion Diamond Arch Bar Truck; 100,000 lbs. Capacity. 
 
 i L9.ft\ 
 
TRUCKS, Freight. 
 
 Figs. 4714-4719 
 
 Figs. 4714-4716. Fox Pressed Steel Pedestal Truck; 80,000 lbs. Capacity. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 Figs. 4717-4710. 100,000 lbs. Capacity Diamond Arch Bar Truck with Pressed Steel Bolster. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 (481) 
 
Figs. 4720-4723 
 
 TRUCKS, Freight. 
 
 1« 
 
 i?--*"4--*-4'-*\ y--'I 
 
 r -*j. Y f. ""] Sprmcrs, Dcvt>/e Co// 
 
 Figs. 4720-4721. Diamond Arch Ear Truck with Cast Steel Bolster for 150,000 lbs. Capacity Flat Car. 
 
 Pittsburgh & Lake Erie. 
 
 S'O'Ctr.toCfr.ofSideBearmgs—^ [ 
 
 QfiKo 
 
 i ' 
 
 Figs. 4722-4723. 100,000 lbs. Capacity Diamond Arch Bar Truck with Tressed Steel Bolster. 
 
 Standard Steel Car Co. 
 
 (482) 
 
TRUCKS, Freight. 
 
 Figs. 4724-4726 
 
 Figs. 4724-4726. 40,000 lbs. Capacity Swing Motion Truck. 
 American Car & Foundry Co. 
 
 Santader a Eilboa. 
 
 Names of Parts of Car Trucks, Freight, Figs. 4705-4713, Passenger, Figs. 4771-4777, 4780-4783. 
 
 1 Wheel 
 
 2 Axle 
 
 3 Journal Box 
 
 4 Journal Box Lid 
 
 5 Pedestal 
 
 6 Pedestal Tie Bar 
 
 7 Pedestal Stay Rod 
 
 10 Wheel Piece 
 
 11 Outside Wheel Piece Plate 
 
 12 Inside Wheel Piece Plate 
 
 14 Arch Bar 
 
 15 Inverted Arch Bar 
 
 17 End Piece of Truck Frame 
 
 20 Transom 
 
 20a Extra Transom 
 
 21 Middle Transom for Six-Wheel 
 
 Truck 
 
 22 Outside Transom for Six-Wheel 
 
 Truck 
 
 23 Transom Tie Bar 
 
 23a Extra Transom Tie Rod 
 
 24 Transom Truss Rod 
 
 25 Transom Truss Block 
 
 26 Transom Truss Rod Washer 
 
 27 Transom Chafiiie Plate 
 
 30 Truck Bolster 73 
 
 37 Bolster Guide Bars or Truck 74 
 
 Columns 75 
 
 43 Spring Plank 76 
 
 44 Spring Plank Bearing 79 
 
 45 Spring Plank Safety Strap 80 
 
 46 Swing Hangers 83 
 
 47 Upper Swing Hanger Pivot 84 
 
 48 Lower Swing Hanger Pivot 86 
 
 49 Swing Hanger Pivot Bearing 87 
 51 Safety Beam 88 
 55 Axle Safety Strap 89 
 
 59 Safety Beam Tic Rod 90 
 
 60 Safety Beam Iron 91 
 
 61 Truck Side Bearing 92 
 
 62 Side Bearing Bridge 93 
 
 63 Truck Center Plate 95 
 
 64 Center Plate Block 97 
 
 66 Center Bearing Arch Bar 98 
 
 67 Center Bearing Inverted Arch Bar 109 
 
 68 Check Chain 124 
 
 69 Truck Check Chain Hook 
 
 70 Truck Check Chain Eye 130 
 
 71 Equalizing Bar 131 
 
 72 Equalizing Bar Spring Cap 
 
 Equalising Bar Spring Seat 
 
 Bolster Spring Seat 
 
 Bolster Spring Cap 
 
 Spring Block 
 
 Equalizing Bar Spring 
 
 Bolster Spring 
 
 Brake Head 
 
 Brake Beam 
 
 Brake Hanger 
 
 Brake Hanger Carrier 
 
 Brake Beam Safety Chain 
 
 Brake Safety Chain Eye Bolt 
 
 Brake Safety Strap 
 
 Release Spring 
 
 Brake Lever 
 
 Brake Lever Fulcrum 
 
 Brake Lever Stop 
 
 Lower Brake Rod 
 
 Brake Shoe 
 
 Column Bolts 
 
 Brake Beam Adjusting Hanger 
 
 Plate 
 End Piece Corner Plate 
 Transom Corner Plate 
 
 (483) 
 
Figs. 4727-4735 
 
 TRUCKS, Freight and Passenger. 
 
 
 T \ 
 
 JjL } 
 
 tify 
 
 v.:.i .u. 
 
 * Rd 
 
 H'| 1 '■ 
 
 i 
 
 4^b^i:==^ 
 
 fczl^blrrij 
 
 Figs. 4727-4732. Pressed Stud Arch Bar Truck. 100,000 lbs. Capacity. 
 Cleveland Car Specialty Co. 
 
 Fig. 4733. Cast Steel Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. 
 
 (Truck f runic cast in one piece.) 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 4734. Cast-Steel Six-Wheel Passenger Truck. 
 (.Truck frame cast in one piece.) 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 " Ail - Vv 1 -- 
 
 — /■ ' ; 
 
 Fig. 4735. Four-Wheel Passenger Truck with Cast Steel Center 
 Truck Frame. Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 (Details of , enter frame shown in Figs. 5061-5065.) 
 
 (484) 
 
TRUCKS, Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 4736-4740 
 
 Figs. 4736-4737. Plan and Side Elevation of Four-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck. 
 
 Figs. 4738-4739. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Four-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck. 
 
 Fig. 4740. Four-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck. 
 Barney & Smith Car Co. 
 
 (485) 
 
Figs. 4741-4744 
 
 TRUCKS, Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 4741-4742. Plan and Side Elevation of Double Transom Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. C, I. & L. 
 
 -2'«i-~ - p 
 
 Fig. 4743. Part End Elevation and Cross-Section of Truck 
 
 Fig. 4744. Four-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck, Xo. i'7-E 3. T. G. Prill Co 
 
 (480) 
 
TRUCKS, Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 4745-4747 
 
 -2'0- 
 
 Fig. 4745. Plan. 
 
 -e'a-- 
 
 |f. 3'0'-. 
 
 '\f8"I8eam 2S.SIHS 
 
 Fig. 4746. Part Side Elevation and Section. 
 
 <ig. 4747. Part End Elevation and Cross-Section. 
 All-Metal Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. L. S. & M. S. 
 
 (4S7) 
 
Figs. 4748-4751 
 
 TRUCKS, Passenger. 
 
 izi: 
 
 M-"-* 
 
 Fig. 474S. Plan. 
 
 g' !l 
 
 Fig. 4749. Side Elevation. 
 
 Fig. 4750. End Elevation. 
 Details of Brake Gear, Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. L. S. & M. S. 
 
 Tg. 47">1. Four-Wheel Box Steel Passenger Trucl 
 I 1 arlan 6-: I I ollingsworth. 
 
 (4SS) 
 
TRUCKS, Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 4752-4755 
 
 IV* ,»~XLi 
 
 Fig. 47-52. Four Wheel Steel Passenger Truck 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth. 
 
 Fig. 4754. Half Plan. 
 
 Fig. 4755. Half End Elevation and Cross-Section. 
 Cast Steel Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. C. C. C. & St. 
 
 (489) 
 
Figs. 4756-4773 
 
 TRUCKS, Passenger. 
 
 !*■ 74- 
 
 ^W 2 ^^ 
 
 On fed far I Softs 
 
 -—/r&z 
 
 C , r—&f- 
 
 Qrilfed for ! Softs 
 
 
 & 2-» OUTSIDE. 
 
 
 ir-l" 
 
 ■ J..l,L l --l^.'..L.- 
 
 — 4r— V3-"— +— -/Z- 
 //" K—Ethislr—* 
 
 SECTIOH 5ECTI0H SECTION 
 S Drill fori A-A. C'C. 8-3. 
 
 
 X£> ^I? 7 " 
 
 WHEEL PIECE. 
 
 ^-;;— r-^^v 
 
 TT 
 
 tJ i 
 
 Sllg- 
 
 — 'A -*j K-' 
 
 /Ww Drilled for I "Bolts 
 
 EQUALIZER. ~*2i>— 
 
 Figs. 4756-4770. Details of Cast Steel Four-Wheel Passenger Truck. C, C. C. & St. L. 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 4724-4726. 
 
 Ir 
 
 Figs. 47.1-4773. Plan, Side and End Elevations of Pullman Standard Four-Wheel 
 Passenger Truck, No. 104. Pullman Co. 
 
 (490) 
 
TRUCKS, Passenger. 
 
 Figs. 4774-4778 
 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 4724-4726. 
 
 -ze^-- 
 
 Figs. 4774-4775. Plan and Side Elevation of Six-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck. 
 
 Figs. 4776-4778. End Elevation and Cross-Section of Six-Wheel Steel Passenger Truck. 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co. 
 
 (491) 
 »1J 
 
Figs. 4779-4783 
 
 TRUCKS, Passenger. 
 
 Fig. 47,11. Six-Wheel Truck. Harlan & Hollingsworth 
 Numbers Refer to List of Names of Parts with Figs. 4724-4726. 
 
 Figs. 4780-4781. Plan and Side Elevation of Pullman Standard Six-Wheel Passenger Truck, No. 106, 
 
 Pullman Co. 
 
 —37f- 
 
 —33j[-- 
 .jy—. 
 
 <- --/■*/--> 
 
 H 
 
 ~~I 
 
 Figs. 4782-4783. Cross-Section and Half End Elevation. 
 
 (49:; ) 
 
TRUCKS, Passenger; Deta: 
 
 Figs. 4784-4824 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 -3-0}*--- 
 
 , 
 
 
 
 
 s^ - 
 
 J oil : i i 
 
 
 ; 
 
 i°l|°L 
 
 
 
 
 
 ; 
 
 
 iRT 
 
 J.|j |j ! 
 
 
 
 □ e 
 
 
 
 
 |.j|-t 
 
 >f 
 
 ;o i: o :; o ;l ,i -4 ;! j| ° Vi ° ;i °'.', 
 
 Figs. 4784-4785. Transom. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 ^ i hh ,t ?.^_ 
 
 ^y i 1 
 
 . tiH I 
 
 as 1 „ l_il-J -^ ]j j.Lh o ° 
 
 1 
 
 
 ll 111. 
 
 
 Figs. 4 .88-4. 90. Inside End Piece. 
 
 -I- 
 
 ?^v_ 
 
 1 
 
 Figs. 4793-4795. Outside End piece. 
 
 _>r 
 
 Figs. 4i80-4i87. Extra Transom. 
 
 Figs. 4791-4792. Spring Plank. 
 
 ® pis © 
 
 © F FT >.| @ 
 
 !_l 'I >■ ® 
 
 » ; *^ 
 
 
 
 
 ~^r 
 
 
 v ; ' 1 m' 
 
 
 w 
 
 -it -1-8— 
 
 t/ 
 
 W h 'if j 
 
 
 ! '1 1 
 
 ' 
 
 
 h o 
 
 
 
 - : l] ; >i> i l| 
 
 
 oJJ ;J — 
 
 n 
 
 
 ii ° 
 
 Si] 2 ! |i i 
 
 
 
 
 J; a 
 
 ;: , , : i i'|: 
 
 Figs. 4796-4797. Bolster. 
 
 
 12-6— -Lcnfth-'r'-rer All 
 
 Figs. 4798-4799. Wheel Piece. 
 
 XI 
 
 "iii^.4li^, J« 1 . 11 
 
 -IS- — » -.-1% 
 
 t\_ 
 
 I 
 
 Figs. 4800-4801. Axle Guard. 
 
 "if ^.ja^.-^ 
 
 Figs. 4802-4804. 
 
 Figs. 4805-4807 
 
 Equalizer Spring Cap. Equalizer Spring Seat. 
 
 K W—„, >i .- 
 
 1* 
 
 aza^ 
 
 
 
 I«rf 4 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 [( 
 
 °) 'i ~%(o) 
 
 L 
 
 
 
 7 
 i 
 
 
 I j AH? 
 
 I 
 
 o 
 
 °\/ 
 
 Figs. 4810-4812. 
 Friction Plate. 
 
 * 
 
 Figs. 4808-4809. 
 End Sill Corner Plate. 
 
 Figs. 4813-4814. 
 
 Transom Tie Rod 
 
 Washer. 
 
 ©f©f ©V © 
 
 Fig. 4822. 
 Elliptic Spring Cap and Seat. 
 
 Figs. -1815-4810. 
 Center Plate. 
 
 Figs. 4817-4819. 
 Transom Corner Plate. 
 
 Figs. 4820-4821. 
 Washers. 
 
 Figs. 4823-1824. 
 U-Bolt Casting. 
 
 Cast Iron and Wooden Details of Pullman Standard Four-Wheel Passenger Truck No 104 
 
 {493) 
 
Figs. 4825-4865 
 
 TRUCKS, Passenger; Details. 
 
 
 Figs. 4825-4820. Equalize 
 
 ^^3 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Fig. 4829. End Piece Bottom Plates. 
 
 .H 
 
 CLi 
 
 © _ T a © © 
 
 »H 
 
 -LeDgth-over-all 1-2-6- 
 
 
 Figs. 4830-4832. Inside and Outside Wheel Piece Plate 
 
 St 
 
 Figs. 4833-4830. Transom Plates. 
 
 - - 17" *J 
 
 f 2-5^- 
 
 /r 
 
 Fig. 4837. End Piece Plate. 
 
 Figs. 48.38-4839. 
 Transom Tie Rods. 
 
 Fig. 4840. 
 Eye Bolt. 
 
 . ju% „ 
 
 -5-1J4- 
 
 
 X , o 
 
 '*rgi 6 
 
 3 
 
 _!/ 
 
 Fig. 4841. End Piece PL 
 
 k- -6*1- 83'^ -[ 
 
 Figs. 4842-4845. 
 Brake Levers. 
 
 Fig. 4840. Figs. 4847-4848. 
 
 Bolster Hanger. Safety Chains. 
 
 I til "i 
 
 -JTJ 
 
 FH 
 
 □ 
 
 
 Figs. 4849-48S0. Figs. 4851-4853. Figs. 4854-4855. 
 Spring Plank Balance Spring. Brake Hanger 
 Safety Hanger. Carrier. 
 
 
 .♦-'-Mtf-"--* 
 
 
 ;tr-J:'j 
 
 Figs. 4850-4858. Fig. 4859. Figs. Fig. 4802. Fig. 4803. Fig. 4864. 
 
 Dead Lever Balance 4800-1801. U-Bolt. U-Bolt. Brake 
 
 Guide. Hanger. Brake 
 
 Hanger. 
 
 Hanger 
 Pin. 
 
 Fig. 4865. 
 
 Bolster 
 
 Hanger 
 
 Pin. 
 
 Wrought Iron Details of Pullman Standard Four-Wheel Passenger Truck, No. 104. 
 
 (404) 
 

 TRUCKS, Passenger; 
 
 Details. 
 
 Figs. 4866-4904 
 
 ■ l'-' 
 
 5=2 . !i> JL 
 
 'j*! -;r: £ ° ! i " "' '>« !i° 
 
 — \ C : ° ^ .°]j 
 
 o ! ! ! fc> o JJI'o * o '■ 
 1 1 i o o : jo . . o ! j° / — 
 
 
 U 2-^ «- 
 
 -J^L ^i_ 
 
 -5-3 
 
 -1 2-5 >] 
 
 1 U-i?i, " - 
 
 ------ ! ;'? % :: 
 
 ; ° f ----- ; ■: c : : 
 
 : | 
 
 Figs. 4si>0-4SCi . Wheel Piece. 
 
 JV_ 
 
 -^iW 
 
 0- 
 
 Si 
 
 
 — ' ' 
 
 Figs. 4868-4869. End Piece. 
 
 Figs. 4870-48 1 1. Transom. 
 
 
 
 MH 
 
 =-*- 13& --J 
 
 7 
 
 Si © 
 
 g ; :- f , 
 
 is .1 
 
 lf*i ® d r 
 
 
 
 __£ ! 
 
 
 : L-° =' '' 
 
 
 
 
 
 "V 
 
 
 
 ire ( 
 
 
 IfrJ 
 
 jC 
 
 % 
 
 
 -M « 
 
 ■1 IU. 
 
 % T 
 
 " iu ~~^i 
 
 Figs. 4872-4873. Bolster. 
 
 Figs. 4874-48 1 5. Spring Plank. 
 
 
 TT iJ0 H 
 
 >,; riff [ 
 
 
 25 ; — - 
 
 -- 
 
 M= ,S *j 
 
 » 
 
 ! 4i -: - 
 
 A 1 
 
 --■ -?: : - 
 
 EST 
 
 Figs. 4876-4877. Center Block. Figs. 48.8-4810. End Axle Guard. Figs. 4880-4881. Center Axle Guard. 
 
 k- -sy -X- -5>, -> *2>i-~ ni 
 
 «-8M— - 
 
 Figs. 4882-4884. 
 Equalizer Spring Cap. 
 
 Figs. 4885-4887. 
 Equalizer Spring Seat. 
 
 
 1® 
 
 -T-- 
 
 © 
 
 f 
 
 
 r 1 ' 
 
 Jk- 
 
 
 l. 
 
 'O 
 
 
 
 
 L 6>^ >j 
 
 ]:° c -©- ; o 
 
 ~\ 
 
 Figs. 4888-4890. 
 End Piece Corner Plate. 
 
 
 Jfi '* 1 if ^ r - ht 
 
 V _i f "V 
 
 5~T ; 
 
 -©- 
 
 •aj/* ' f* - ' 2^, a ' 
 
 Figs. 4891-4802. Figs. 4893-4895. Figs. 4896-4898. 
 
 Fulcrum Hanger Bolster Hanger Elliptic 
 
 Carrier. Carrier. Spring Cap. 
 
 £& 'M^K 
 
 Figs. 4899-4902. 
 
 Bolster Hanger 
 
 Axle Plates. 
 
 J.. 
 
 ♦3 
 
 Figs. 4903-4904. 
 Elliptic 
 Spring Seat. 
 
 Wooden and Cast Iron Details of Pullman Standard Six-Wheel Passenger Truck, No. 106. 
 
 (405) 
 
Figs. 4905-4963 
 
 TRUCKS, Passenger; Details. 
 
 m 
 
 © ® ®t ® 
 
 Figs. 4905-4907. 
 Transom Comer Plate. 
 
 Figs. 4911-4912. Figs. 4913-4914. 
 Bolster Hanger 
 Axle Washer. 
 
 ggj ; .gi[aj^*i 
 
 Washers. 
 
 \v 
 
 Figs. 4908-4910. 
 Center Plate. 
 
 Fig. 4915. 
 
 Transom Truss 
 
 Washer. 
 
 -h^k- 
 
 * 
 
 ,-2 ,;* 
 
 
 S«" e- 
 
 Figs. 4910-4018. 
 Axle Guard Truss 
 
 Figs. 4919-4921. 
 Middle Transom. 
 
 Figs. 4922-4924. 
 Bolster Hanger 
 Axles and Pin. 
 
 o" / - 
 
 
 t 
 
 ^ -^ 
 +- 
 
 £\1 
 
 '& 
 
 Figs. 4925-4027. 
 
 Safety Guards for 
 
 Brake Connection Rods. 
 
 Figs. 4928-4929. Figs. 4930-4931. 
 
 Bolster Chafing Friction Block. 
 
 Plate. 
 
 ^ 
 
 Fig. 4932. 
 U-Bolt. 
 
 Fig. 4933. 
 Transom Tie Rod. 
 
 I'MU.l.H UH^f- 
 
 Fig. 4934. 
 
 Transom and End Piece 
 
 Tie Rod. 
 
 Figs. " Fig. 4937 
 4935-4936. Safety 
 
 Eye Bolt. Guard. 
 
 W 
 
 S.IJ±5| 
 
 Figs. 4938-4939. 
 Lever Fulcrum. 
 
 Figs. 4940-4945. 
 Balance Springs. 
 
 Figs. 4940-4050. Figs. 4951-4953. 
 
 Brake Hanger Brake Connection. 
 
 Carriers. Pins. 
 
 
 jcfr 
 
 W.l. Turfa Buoklo 
 U-Qf^—J I |->---l (, -^l , 
 JUTOIffiWl „ 'lltH'H'll V ' 
 
 =3 ^ jiwiHw ] .. 'iitn-mi v ■ - 
 
 Figs. 4057-4958. 
 Brake Connection Rods. 
 
 i4H'' 'iv' i*M*' ^j£" 
 
 Figs. 4058-4001. Figs. 4902-1003. 
 
 Bolster Hangers. Safety Chains. 
 
 Figs. 4954-4050. 
 Release Springs. 
 Cast and Wrought Iron Details of Pullman Standard Six-Wheel Passenger Truck. No. 106 
 
 (496) 
 
TRUCKS, Passenger; Details. 
 
 bigs. 4964-4994 
 
 
 * ... , 1, 
 
 
 y 
 
 
 i!r 
 
 R-*- r~ 
 
 ;iJ : i > 
 
 tside riale 
 
 izn 
 
 
 _i 
 
 ii 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 N 
 
 3 
 
 Sled 
 
 
 
 □ I* 
 
 ■- 
 
 
 '.' 
 
 J 
 
 
 a 
 
 j 
 
 ■ 
 
 D 
 
 ; 1 
 
 Inside Plate 
 
 □ 
 
 
 
 Figs. 4964-4966. Wheel Piece Plates 
 
 Firs. 4967-4969. Transom Plates. 
 
 -4-3}*- 
 
 :tl 
 
 Figs. 49,0-4971. End Piece PI 
 
 ates. 
 
 * ■ 3 ^" 
 
 n?i 
 
 5— £j 
 
 r 
 
 c< K-*J 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 5 fl 
 
 «■*#*■ 
 
 X 4_ 
 
 *1'' 
 
 1 
 
 * 
 
 -! 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 -i 
 
 
 
 
 T 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 11. 
 
 'is 
 
 ■i-r 
 
 11/ 
 
 'ia 
 
 
 
 
 fj 1 
 
 Q 
 
 
 Figs. 49,2-4974. Equalizer 
 
 Figs. 4975-497:1. 
 Center Block- 
 Plates. 
 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 ^-Inside Plate 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - -"7-11 : ;"— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 _M56~-H ° 
 
 • 
 
 O 
 
 
 ; 
 
 ° 1 
 
 ?" -SJ "X" 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 ^!»" 
 
 -va Outside Plate 
 
 Figs. 4977-1978. Bolster Plates. 
 
 Jtiti 
 
 sji- 
 
 ; — o-'>i f- 
 
 ^ 
 
 Figs. 4979-4981. Pedestal Str 
 
 ap. 
 
 »H 
 
 M7/;* Elevation. 
 
 "^^ Half Section 
 ">:■« atCenter. 
 
 Figs. 4982-4984. Cast Steel Truck Center Bolster. 
 
 ; ii 
 
 -?r"T_ 
 
 __ > u 
 
 — # 
 
 —1-3- — >] 
 
 ^^^=v^ 
 
 =1 
 
 l' 1 1 1 1 J 
 
 ^-^7 
 
 i^ ^\ 
 
 
 Figs. 4985-4986. 
 Side Bearing Arch. 
 
 »-9> 2 "-> 
 
 nr^tiD 
 
 
 —1-13— — iH 
 
 j* - -1-12— -X 
 
 Figs. 4987-4989. Brake Levers. Figs. 4990-4992. Figs 4993.4994 
 
 Brake Beam Hangers. Fulcrum Hanger Carrier Be 
 
 Wrought Iron Details of Pullman Standard Six-Wheel Passenger Truck, No. 106. 
 
 (497) 
 
Figs- 4995-5003 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Bolsters. 
 
 Figs. 4995-4997. Cast Steel Body and Truck Bolsters. American Steel Foundries. 
 
 •»|2|K- 
 
 Figs. 4998-5000. Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries. 
 
 — 1 
 
 Figs. 5001-5003. Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries. 
 
 (498) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Bolsters. 
 
 Figs. 5004-5018 
 
 SECTION AT CENTER. 
 
 1-4-41 
 
 SECTION X-Y. 
 
 i I 
 
 SECTION M-N. 
 
 Figs. 5004-5008. Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries. 
 
 t 1-0^- H 
 
 LJL?-fi-Pli 
 
 HH 
 
 -~^-^->--'^-^.-'r---: 1-^y^ .-_--^'5i_j'j o__ 
 
 •Tjf-vr-ci-f^ 
 
 
 ._ Bj ^_ j_- ■^ r — '■'- V- - ■ --,-, — . , r -__ r; :-. 
 
 ■~vj ^ j p.) a o o o o : 
 
 V _ C .y, _jrj, __ c 1 _ _ c \-jFyy--r C £ 
 
 ESsfe,"-^ 
 
 e^t^ 
 
 ga 
 
 _J 
 
 Figs. 5009-5012. Pressed Steel Truck Bolster for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Car. 
 Standard Steel Car Co. 
 
 .0- 
 
 V 
 
 
 O " " 1 ^ "" ' * 
 
 ; _9_ ! _.<,-_j>_ JgL,^ _g__Q J?_ P. _ g_ gl jg_ Q © 
 
 3 ' - 1 5 3 -1 y> J 3 'J q @ © © © 
 
 Figs. 5013-5015. Monitor Truck Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Car. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 fT" -*<:: 
 
 *^L 
 
 gE 
 
 . ( x 
 
 — -rz~ 
 
 _4 
 
 ^ 
 
 r iy 
 
 1 H ! 
 
 -^•' '-V- 
 
 h,«£^ 
 
 ■'( ■■; 
 
 W 
 
 Figs. 5016-5018. Pressed Steel Spring Plank for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Car Truck. 
 
 Cleveland Car Specialty Co. 
 
 (499) 
 
Figs. 5019-5029 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS. Bolsters. 
 
 -f S-'-— jjt-- -8'--- * 
 
 i ijif ;;.^i',- 1 ^' ',,1 
 Jl 
 
 /Vote : /?/>«/.? gdiam. except as noted. 
 
 
 i&i'h) 
 
 e— -7/-"— -* 
 
 n ^Malleab/e Irur 
 
 3Z£ — 
 
 
 
 f-- 
 
 ^'■% tio/es 
 
 -3 2f.- 
 
 
 
 
 *— -75 — «H 
 
 ri rj 
 
 O O O ! 
 OOOO! 
 
 
 
 
 • / 
 
 i >ff?,KK 
 
 
 
 c 
 b 
 
 "o 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 & 
 
 !0 
 
 OODOl 
 
 oooi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 • \ 
 
 \ ~T\£ l J?i>ets] 
 
 6: 
 
 
 P 
 j 
 
 -.-.-.-4.-^-.-.-.-.---.-^ 
 
 
 h J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J J 
 
 Fio-c 
 
 5019-5022. 100.800 lbs. Capacity Diamond Arch Bar Truck Bolster. Cambria Steel Co. 
 
 vk<9^-"-4 
 
 Figs. 5023-5025. Twin Channel Truck Holster. Vanderbilt Patent. 
 
 /vti rr^ 
 
 nm Lorn 
 
 Figs. 5026-5029. Trussed Channel Truck Bolster. Vanderbilt Patent. 
 
 (500) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS.. Bolsters. 
 
 Figs. 5030-5042 
 
 Figs. 5030-S031. Truck Bolster and Spring Plank. 
 Bettendorf Axle Co. 
 
 -TL 
 
 ~\J~ 
 
 ^_T 
 
 _\_ 
 
 Figs. 5H32-5033. Cast Steel Truck Bolster for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Cars. 
 
 T\ 
 
 m 
 
 ML—-, 
 
 1 
 
 n 
 
 ':,-"-TTf 
 
 T 
 
 SJ 
 
 Figs. 5034-5(13!. Cast Steel Truck Bolster for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Cars. 
 
 
 O J I. O 
 
 o "Xf o 
 
 to) to; 
 ;6; (6) 
 
 fJ^T^J^ 
 
 Figs. 5038-5042. east Steel Truck Bolster for Electric -Motor Cars. 
 Benjamin Atha & Co. 
 
 
 n 
 
 (501) 
 
Figs. 5043-5048 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Bolsters. 
 
 Fig. 5043. I-Shape Cast Steel Truck Bolster. America! Steel Foundries. 
 
 Fig. 5044. Box Shape Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries. 
 
 Fig. 5045. I-Shape Cast Steel Truck Bolster. American Steel Foundries. 
 
 Fig. 5046. V-Shape Cast Steel Truck Bolster. Araericin Steel Foundr 
 
 Fig. 51)47. Simplex Truck Bolster for Theilson Truck. Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 Fig. 5018. Simplex Truck Bolster for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Car. 
 Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 (5081 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Bolsters. 
 
 Figs. 5049-5054 
 
 Fig. 5040. Gould U-Type Truck Bolster. Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 Fig. 5051. Crown Truck Bolster. Gould Coupler Co. 
 
 Fig. S052. Lind Truck Bolster. Pressed Steel Car Co 
 
 Fig. 5"53. Reliance Truck Bolster. Pressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 5054. Monitor Truck Bolster. Chicago Railway Equipment Co 
 
 (503) 
 
Figs. 5055-5066 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS. Bolsters. 
 
 -;9- I* I4g" >J 
 
 Figs. 5055-5057. Standard Column. Brake Hanger and Spring Seat. Cast Steel. 
 
 American Steel Foundries. 
 
 Figs. 5058-5060. Combined Cast Steel Spring Seats and Column Guides for Arch Bar Truck 
 
 American Steel Foundries. 
 I 
 
 Figs. 50CF5065. Cast Steel Truck Center Frame 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 Fig. 50G6. Cast Steel Double Truck Center Bolster for Six-Wheel Passenger Truck 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co. 
 
 (504") 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Side Frames. 
 
 Figs. 5067-5071 
 
 Fig. 5067. Standard Arch Bar Truck Side Frames 
 American Steel Foundries. 
 
 Fig. 5068. Cast Steel Truck Side Frames, Assembled. Gould Coupler Co 
 
 Figs. 5069-5070. Cast Steel Truck Side Frames. Bettendorf Axle Cc 
 
 Fig. 5071. Open Hearth Cast Steel Truck Side Frame. 
 Scullin-Gallagher Iron & Steel Co. 
 
 (505) 
 
Figs. 5072-5082 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear. 
 
 Figs. 5072-5073. Application of Inside Hung 
 
 Brake Beam to Rigid Diamond Freight 
 
 Truck. 
 
 Figs. 5074-5075. Application of Outside Hung 
 
 Brake Beam. Beam Hung from Car Body 
 
 with Pot Hook Hangers. 
 
 Figs. 5076-5080. Application of Adjustable Spring Head Beam to Four-Wheel Passenger Truck 
 A, shows Old Style Release Spring. B, shows Adjustable Release Spring. 
 
 Figs. 5081-5082. Arrangement of Brake Rigging for Triple Brakes for Six-Wheel Passenger Truck 
 Above Hangings Recommended by the Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 (506) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. 
 
 Figs. 5083-5087 
 
 Head 273 R. 
 
 Strut 280 L. 
 
 Fig. 5083. "Creco" Heavy Freight Brake Beam. 
 
 Head 274 L. 
 
 Sleeve 2CC -^ ClirjJOO 
 
 StiatMJ 
 
 Fig. 5084. "Creco" Triple Brake Beam for High Speed Service, 6-Wheel Trucks. 
 
 867 R. 268 L. 
 
 Fig. 5085. "Creco" Brake Beam for 4-Wheel Passenger Truck. 
 
 Head 284 L. 
 
 Fig. 5086. "Creco" Passenger Brake Beam with Rigid Breads. 
 
 Fig. 5087. 2%-Inch National Hollow Brake Beam with Rigid Heads 
 for Heavy Freight Service. 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 (50T) 
 
Figs. 5088-5093 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. 
 
 Fig. 5088. 2-Inch National Hollow Freight Brake Beam with Rigid Heads. 
 
 Fig. 5089. 2%-Inch National Hollow Double Brake Beam with Adjustable Heads for 4-Wheel Passenger Trucks. 
 
 Fig. 5090. 2%-Inch National Hollow Triple Brake Beam with Adjustable Heads for G-Wheel Passenger Trucks. 
 
 lv /x /RectangulitfPiP^ 
 
 =3? 
 
 Fig. 5091. Kewanee Freight Brake Beam with Rigid Struts. 
 
 Fig. 5092. Kewanee Passenger and Tender Brake Beam with Reversible Struts 
 
 Fig. 51193. "Diamond" Extra Freight Brake Beam. 
 Chicago Railway Kquipment Co. 
 
 (008) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. Figs. 5094-5101 
 
 -6-CV Ctre.- 
 
 Fig. 5004. "Diamond Adjustable" Brake Beam for Heavy Freight Service. 
 
 Sleeve 112* Strut 213 _ „ , 
 
 HI- 
 
 Fig. 5095. "Diamond Special" Triple Brake Beam for 6-Wheel Passenger Trucks and High Speed Service. 
 
 RTfl 
 
 ^ 
 
 .J- 
 
 
 n 
 
 (OH^ -Finger Guard 
 
 -^— p^ggpl. 
 
 Safety Hanger U" 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 Figs. 5096-5097. "Ninety-Six" Brake Beam for Freight Cars. 
 
 O 
 
 I- 
 
 -4Jf 
 
 M 
 
 J i 
 
 _ t Face ofBrake Shoes at Center 
 
 S 3 
 
 = 
 
 0-0¥- 
 
 jM 
 
 „yp= 
 — 
 
 w- 
 
 >- 
 
 tiaiurj- Manger q 
 
 j Figs. 5098-5099. "Monarch Solid" Compressed End Freight Brake Bear 
 
 Jft 
 
 IP 
 
 --,"/. Holes 
 
 
 -«x- 
 
 ^A, Rivet 
 
 T— '"' 
 
 H Rivet 
 
 -6-Ofcj- 
 
 .m.i 
 
 
 -JK- 
 
 =*- 
 
 "jt 
 
 3~: 
 
 £-J 
 
 fY Finger Guard 
 
 
 nrh 
 
 j+ — = *- 
 
 — -nh -j- - 
 
 ■it 1 * 
 
 ffl 
 
 Safety I-Iau^e 
 
 (509) 
 
 Figs. 5100-5101. Sterlingworth Freight Brake Beam. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 
Figs. 5102-5113 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams 
 
 Finger Guard Pin and 
 Safety Chain Hook. 
 
 Figs. 5102-5106. "Monarch Solid" Brake Beam. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 ># ft/re ■/ 
 
 9-3 
 
 Malleab/e iron 
 Filler Block ^ 
 
 W 
 
 S I Beam, /ZZ 
 
 -ih 
 
 r -7 4 1 
 
 i^o I 
 
 g? /fye ^o// 
 
 Figs. 5107-5111. "Monarch Solid" Brake Bear 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 
 3^ 
 
 ^«= 
 
 — >i 
 
 fo\A -$*-* 
 
 fert 
 
 if 
 
 I 
 
 Hj). V C-I-Benv,- \^.;_& 
 
 «^ 
 
 
 i» 
 
 Figs. 5112-5113. Metal Brake Beam. Standard Steel Car Co 
 
 (510) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. 
 
 Figs. 5114-5122 
 
 ALL RIVETS '.8 ''Ol A 
 
 (511) 
 
 Figs. 5120-5122. Hercules Trussed Brake Beam for 4-Wheel Passenger Truck. 
 Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
Figs. 5123-5132 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams 
 
 Figs. 0123-5125. Hercules Trussed Brake Beam. 
 Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 m 
 
 # 1 ,. 
 
 U /4i- J 
 
 E3 
 
 ^L_ 
 
 ^3 
 
 rsr 
 
 /■■g"/?/Vefc. 
 
 
 iff 
 
 ST 
 
 w 
 
 l a -HHtK / Safety CAo/nfye£o/r£C//p 
 
 rty-Jns/c/e //i/ny£ecm. 
 
 Section 7nroc/yn Center l/ne 
 of/l//cn/m. 
 
 Figs. 5126-5129. Waycott Heavy Freight Brake Beam. Damascus Brake Beam Co 
 
 -25-- 
 
 --f^yeBo/f 
 
 rfafc ~ 
 
 $'/?/ver. 
 
 iQ> 
 
 try 
 
 -H 
 
 ,S"-/2jlAs.ft:r/T. 
 
 x 
 1 
 
 dD 
 
 -fcyyeo ' /v/crt/m //? /tro /brfs 
 
 Figs. 5130-5132. Damascus Brake Beam. Damascus Brake Beam Co. 
 
 (512)- 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. Figs. 5133-514 2 
 
 Figs. -5133-5135. Special Combination Deck and I-Section Brake Beam, Recommended for 
 Heavy Freight Service. Pennsylvania Brake Beam Co. 
 
 i 
 
 /Hook for SafafyOan_ 
 
 -s'oi- 
 
 Fig. 5136. T-Iron Brake Beam. Standard Railway Equipment C 
 
 Figs. 5137-513!). Pressed Steel Brake Beam. Pressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 Figs. 5110-5142. Tressed Steel Double Trussed Brake Beam. Tressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 (513) 
 
Figs. 5143-5151 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. 
 
 m 
 
 W^*'~T. 
 
 ♦ — h i/o ^ *-"—■ K //.yo/ "^ m /10— 
 
 Figs. 5143-5144. Huntoon Brake Beam for Four-Wheel 
 
 Passenger Truck. Joliet Railway Supply Co. 
 
 tmj 
 
 Figs. 5145-5146. Huntoon Special High Speed Brake Beam for 
 J it) Six-Wheel Passenger Truck. Juliet Railway Supply Co. 
 
 CAMBCR-/'- 
 
 ft 81 H 9. - 
 
 j Figs. 5147-5148. Huntoon Standard Freight Brake Beam. 
 
 Joliet Railway Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 5149. Figs. 5150-5151. 
 
 Pullman Standard Self-Adjusting Self-Adjusting Head and Sleeve for 
 
 Head and Sleeve. "Creco" Freight Brake Beam. 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 (514) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams 
 
 Figs. 5152-5156 
 
 r ig. 5152. Huntoon Heavy Freight Brake Beam. 
 Joliet Railway Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 5153. Huntoon Standard Passenger Brake Bear 
 Joliet Railway Supply Co. 
 
 __"■■ . j. 
 
 : \ - 
 
 Fig. 5154. Huntoon High-Speed .Passenger Brake Beam. 
 Joliet Railway Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 5155. Huntoon High Speed Passenger Brake Beam. 
 Joliet Railway Supply Co. 
 
 
 Fig. 515(1. L. N. Creco Triple Brake Beam. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 (515) 
 
Figs- 5157-5165 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS. Brake Gear; Brake B 
 
 earns. 
 
 Fig-, oloi. Vanderbilt I-Beam Brake Beam with Wheel Guard and Chain Clip. 
 
 Fig. 5158. Vanderbilt FBeam Brake Beam for Application to Trucks where 
 
 Space is Limited. 
 
 Fig. 5159. Vanderbilt Special Brake Beam for Heavy Freight and Passenger Service. 
 
 •I it" 
 
 FORCED FULC1U 
 
 
 ' hio 
 
 W-:m 
 
 •a-T^ T 
 
 -dfe- 
 
 am 
 
 
 -S- °k 
 
 lit 
 
 J3> 
 
 ©L 
 
 3j 
 
 _i. 
 
 5 3& 
 
 V I 
 
 P 
 
 X 
 
 wk 
 
 fp 
 
 Hjj 
 
 Figs. 5160-51G5. Buffalo Special Brake Beam. Buffalo Brake Beam Co. 
 
 (,516) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Be; 
 
 Figs. 5166-5177 
 
 BP-I 24.-R. 
 BP-125 -L. 
 
 BfeO 
 
 3" 
 
 8 - 
 
 S— ""•£:— Jr^ 
 
 BP-116-L. 
 
 Figs. 5166-5168. Trussed Brake Beam. Xo. 1, for Cars of Light Weight Up to 35. Ohm lbs 
 
 RIGHT.B.P-109. LEFT. B.P-110 
 
 Figs. 5169-5171. Trussed Brake Beam. Xo. 2. 12,000 lbs. Capacity. 
 
 rfLl 
 
 
 rti 
 
 BP-IOp ' \\ 
 
 > \ 
 
 3 8 4 2 H 
 
 BP-103 
 
 ,- v „ BP-106 
 rnsit^ on 
 
 J] Ji BP-102 v_} 
 
 ! i' r 
 
 RIGHT- BP-104. LEFT-EP-105 
 
 (517) 
 
 Figs. 5172-5177. Adjustable High Speed Trussed Brake Beam, Xo. 3. 
 Buffalo Brake Beam Co. 
 
Figs. 5178-5181 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams 
 
 Fig. 5178. Standard I-Beam Brake Beam, Drop Forged Fulcrur 
 
 Fig. 31,0. Standard Deek Beam Brake Beam, Malleable Fulcrur 
 
 Fig. 5180. Standard Deek Beam Brake Beam, Drop Forged Fulcru 
 
 Fig. 5181. Special Combination Deck Beam and I-Section Brake Beam, Drop Forged Fulcrum. 
 
 Pennsylvania Brake Beam Co. 
 
 (518) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beams. Figs. 5182-5187 
 
 Fig. 5182. Detail of Davis Se 
 
 Figs. 5183-5184. Davis Solid Truss Details. 
 
 Fig. o18-j. Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam. No. 3, for 100,000 lbs. Capacity La 
 
 Fig. 5186. Davis Solid Truss High Speed Brake Beam. No. 4. 
 with "D" Adjustable Head. Single Link Hanger. 
 
 Fig. 5187. Davis Solid Truss High Speed Brake Beam. No. 4. with "F" Adjustable Head Loop Hanger. 
 
 Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam Co. 
 (519) 
 
Figs. 5188-5193 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Beai 
 
 Fig. 5188. Pressed Steel Trussed Brake Beam. Pressed Steel Car Co. 
 
 Fig. 5189. High Speed Passenger Brake Beam. Simplex Railway Appliance Cc 
 
 Fig. 5190. Hercules Passenger Brake Beam. Simplex Railway Appliance Cc 
 
 Fig. 5191. Acme Freight Brake Beam. Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 Fig. 5192. "Creco" Freight Brake Beam. Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Fig. 5193. "Diamond Special" Triple Brake Beam for 6- Wheel Passenger Trucks. 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 (520) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Miscellaneous 
 
 Figs. 5194-5208 
 
 Figs. 5194-5195. 
 
 Safety Hanger. 
 
 Buffalo Brake Beam CV 
 
 Fig. 5196. Application ot Safety 
 
 Chain to Chain Clip. 
 
 Fig. 5199. 
 lS-Inch Malleable Iron 14 and 16-Inch Malleable 
 
 Brake Wheel. Iron Brake Wheel. 
 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 
 
 
 =Sflg. ■ _ 
 
 
 
 
 l 
 
 
 1 i 
 
 
 . 
 
 -A 
 
 4f»T. .. 
 
 ii ■■■-. 
 
 1 
 
 i-muiuft 
 
 • A 
 
 ^ 
 
 DRAFT BE XI 
 
 -3 
 
 Ilv - 
 
 
 
 ( 
 
 i)E 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 - 
 
 Fig. 5198. 
 
 application of 
 
 Safetv Hanger 
 
 Figs. 5201-5202. One and Two-Piece Forged Brake 
 Beam Fulcmms. Buffalo Brake Beam Co. 
 
 Figs. 5203-5204. Feasible Drop Brake Staff. 
 U. S. Metal & Mfg. Co. 
 
 Figs. 5205-5206. Pullman Standard Self-Adjusting 
 Head and Sleeve. Chicago Ry. Fqpt. Co. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 ■v*« 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 ( 
 
 Iw 
 
 
 mbmti' .- ~^mmtgm 
 
 
 
 ■ 3. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,. •■r"' 
 
 
 (521) 
 
 Figs. 52O7-5208. Ostermann Drop Brake Mast. Ostermann Mfg. Co 
 
Figs, 5209-5234 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Miscellaneous. 
 
 (*?■' s&C I'm- & *0^ 0k & '0* /*/* 
 
 Fig-. 5222. Two-Hole Malleable 
 Fig. 5223. Malleable Iron Dead Lever Guide. Iron Brake Jaw. 
 
 National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 Fig. 5224. One-Mole Malleable 
 Iron Brake Jaw. 
 
 Figs. 5225-5226. Malleable Iron Brake Levers. 
 
 Dayton Malleable Iron Co. K 2 f'-— * 
 
 c j<-|V- / i'- > t*-i- > i 
 
 Fig. 5227. Two-Hole Malleable 
 Iron Brake Taw. 
 
 1 \\ 
 
 fl 
 
 1 J 
 
 4 
 
 i_ <s 
 
 .. __L. 
 
 2tv 
 
 1 ",; 11 iK 'i^o 
 
 ^Al' Front Elevation . Rear Eievat/on. 
 
 Fig. .-■_'_'>'. Three-Hole Malleable 
 Iron Brake Jaw. 
 \\ estern Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Figs. 5229-5234. "Creco" Brake Jaw. 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. (522) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Brake Gear; Brake Shoes. 
 
 Figs. 5235-5253 
 
 Fig. 5235. 
 
 Wheel Truing Brake Shoe 
 
 with Flange. Abrasive Insert. 
 
 Wheel Truing Brake Shoe Co. 
 
 Fig. 5230. 
 Plain Cast Iron 
 Brake Shoe. 
 
 Fig. 5237. 
 Congdon Shoe with 
 
 Wrought Iron or 
 Steel Inserts. 
 
 Fig. 5238. 
 
 Streeter Shoe with White 
 
 Iron Inserts. 
 
 Figs. 5239-5240. 
 "Diamond S" Shoe with 
 Expanded Steel Inserts. 
 
 Fig. 5241. Corning Shoe 
 with Chilled Fnds and 
 Soft Iron Inserts. 
 Unflanged Car Shoes, Body Metal Cast Iron, 
 
 Fig. 5242. "U" Shoe 
 with Inclined Ends Chilled. 
 
 -■ 
 
 Figs. 5243-5244. 
 Steel Back and Lug. 
 
 Fig. 5245. Steel 
 
 Back Brake Shoe. 
 
 Weight, 20 lbs. 
 
 Fig. 5246. Steel 
 
 Back Holding Broken 
 
 Tarts Together. 
 
 Fig. 5247. Scrap 
 
 Steel Back Brake Shoe. 
 
 Weight, 5 lbs. 
 
 Figs. 5248-5249. 
 
 Steel Back and 
 
 Lug. 
 
 Fig. 5250. Steel 
 
 Back and Lug. 
 
 Flanged Shoe. 
 
 Fig. 5251. 
 "Diamond S" Type, 
 Flanged Shoe. 
 Flanged Coach Brake Shoes. 
 
 Fig 
 
 Streeter Type, 
 Flanged Shoe. 
 
 Fig. 5253. 
 Chilled Type, 
 Flanged Shoe. 
 
 American Brake Shoe & Foundry Co. 
 
 (523) 
 
Figs. 5254-5269 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS. Journal Boxes. 
 
 Figs. 5258-5260. National Equalizing Journal Box Wedge 
 
 for 4%-in. x 8-in. Journal. 
 
 Figs. 0254-5257. National Journal Box for 4%-in. x 8-in., 
 5-in. x 9-in., 5%-in. x 10-in. and 6-in. x 11-in. Journals, 
 
 Arch Bar Truck. 
 
 Figs. 5201-52(33. National Equalizing Journal Box Wedge 
 for 5-in. x 9-in. Journal 
 
 1 
 
 Fig. 52(14. National Equalizing Wedge. 
 
 Figs. 5205-5267. National Equalizing Journal Box Wedge 
 for 5%-in. x 10-in Journal. 
 
 Fig. 52GS. National Journal Box. Fig. 5200. National Journal Box and Equalizing Wedge. 
 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 (524) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Journal Boxes. 
 
 Figs. 5270-5281 
 
 Figs. 5270-5271. Climax Journal Box for Passenger Cars and Open View. 
 
 Figs. 5272-5275. Climax Journal Box Lid and Parts in 
 Detail. 
 
 m 
 
 
 Figs. 5276-527.*. M. C. B. Standard Malleable Journal Fig. 5279. Side Hinge Journal Box, made for 4%-in. x 
 Box Lids made for 3%-in. x 7-in., 4 1 /4-in. x 8-in., 8-in., 5-in. x 9-in. and 5%-in. x 10-in. Journals, Arch 
 
 5-in. x 9-in. and 5%-in. x 10-in. size Boxes. Bar Truck. 
 
 The National Malleable Castings Co. 
 
 Fig. 5280. Gould Journal Box with Inset Lid and 
 Inset or Slotted Dust Guard. 
 
 Fig. 5281. Gould Passenger Journal Box with 
 Inset Lid and Dust Guard. 
 
 (525) 
 
 Gould Coupler Cc 
 
Figs. 5282-52C 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Journal Boxes. 
 
 Figs. 5282-5285. Standard M. C. B. Journal Box with Figs. 5286-5290. Standard M. C. P.. Journal Box with 
 "Crcco" Fill for Journal -F4 in. x 8 in. "Creco" Fid for Journal 5 in. x 9 in. and 5% in. x 10 in. 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Fig. 5201. Kensington Steel Journal Box with Fig. 5292. Kensington Steel Journal Box with 
 
 Outside Fid Spring. Inside Fid Spring. 
 
 Union Spring & Manufacturing Co. 
 
 Seci : -n A-A. 
 
 Ha/f Section R-B. 
 
 Section A-A Half Section B~B. 
 
 Fig. 5203-5205. Kensington Steel Journal Box with Figs. 5296-5298. Kensington Steel Journal Box with 
 
 Outside Fid Spring. Inside Fid Spring. 
 
 Union Spring & Manufacturing Co. 
 
 (52R.) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Journal Boxes. 
 
 Figs. 5299-5305 
 
 Figs. 5299-5300. McCord Outside Dust Guard. Fig. 5301. McCord Journal Box for Arch-Bar Truck. 
 
 Fig. 5302. McCord Passenger Journal Box with Steel 
 Inserts and Outside Dust Guard. 
 
 Fig. 5304. McCord Journal Box with Outside Fig. 5305. McCord Journal Box for Arch-Bar 
 
 Dust Guard. Truck. 
 
 McCord & Co. 
 
 (527) 
 
Figs. 5306-5315 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Journal Boxes. 
 
 DUST GUARO 
 
 Figs. 5306-5308. Symington Journal Box with Symington Flexible Dust Guard. 
 
 Figs. 5309-5310. Symington M. C. B. Freight Journal Figs. 5311-5312. Symington M. C. B. Freight Journal 
 Box with Torsion Spring Lid. Box with Flat Spring Lid. 
 
 T. H. Symington Co. 
 
 Figs. 5313-5314. Symington Passenger Journal Box Lid 
 
 with Pivot Lid and Central Spring Pressure. 
 
 T. H. Symington Co. 
 
 Fig. 5315. Harrison Lubricator. 
 Harrison-Williams Co. 
 
 (528) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Dust Guards; Bearings. 
 
 Figs. 5316-5339 
 
 Fig?. 5310-5320. Davis Pressed Steel Journal Box Lid and Spring. Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam Co. 
 
 SOULE 
 
 R AW HIDE LINED 
 
 OUST 6UAR0 
 
 7 
 
 Fig. 5321. 
 Waycott Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 5322. 
 Harrison Dust Guard. 
 
 Waycott Dust Guard. Harrison Dust Guard Co. 
 
 |< 3* -H 
 
 Fig. 5323. 
 Soule Rawhide Lined 
 Dust Guard. Soule Raw- 
 hide Lined Dust Guard 
 
 ^-^TT- 
 
 Figs. 5324-5327. Barber Roller 
 
 Bearing Center Plate. 
 
 Standard Car Truck Co. 
 
 k— .e/-~>i 
 Figs. 5328-5334. Spiral Journal Bearing for 5-in. x 9-in. Journals. 
 
 St. Louis Car Co. 
 
 Figs. 5335-5330. 
 Baltimore Ball Bearing 
 
 (529) 
 
 Figs. 5337-5339. Baltimore Side Bearings. 
 T. H. Svmington Co. 
 
Figs. 5340-5358 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Bearings. 
 
 Fig. 5341. Gravity Side Bearing 
 W. H. Miner Co. 
 
 Fig. 5340. Miner Roller Side Bearing for Six-Wheel 
 Passenger Trucks. 
 
 
 ii-^-J 
 
 ; M 
 
 
 
 
 || .5 ,\\f-^ r ^ ; ,„, 
 
 
 
 
 U--^--* J^"'T J 
 
 5M 
 
 , ■ ,\ 
 
 Figs. 5342-5345. Application of "Creco" Roller Side Fl & s ' 5346-5348. Application of Gravity Side Bearing to 
 Bearing to Six-Wheel Truck Bearing Bridge. Six-Wheel Passenger Truck Bridge. 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. "• "■ ™ ln " i ~' K 
 
 Fig. 5349. "Creco" Side Bearing, Style 4A, 
 
 for Passenger Trucks. 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Figs. 5350-5352. 
 "Creco" Roller Side Bearing- 
 Style 3A, for Freight Trucks. 
 
 Figs. 5354-5356. 
 
 "Creco" Roller Side Beariuj 
 
 Style 7A for Six-Wheel 
 
 Passenger Trucks. 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 r igs. 5357-5358. Plan and Section of Lateral 
 Motion Device for Pedestal Trucks. 
 
 (5301 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Bearings. 
 
 Figs- 5359-5367 
 
 Fig. 5359. Body Roller, Closed Top, Side Bearing; 
 
 Showing Parts. 
 
 Edwin S. Woods & Co. 
 
 Fig. 5362. Body Roller, Closed Top, Side Bearing. 
 Edwin S. Woods & Co. 
 
 «> 
 
 Figs. 5364-536.1. Single Roller. Open Tup. Side 
 
 Bearing for Freight Cars. 
 
 Edwin S. Woods & Co. 
 
 Fig. 5360. Cardwell Rocker Side Bearing 
 Cardwell Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 5361. Lower Casing and Parts of Susemihl 
 
 Side Bearing. 
 
 American Steel Foundries. 
 
 Fig. 5363. Susemihl Side Bearing 
 American Steel Foundries. 
 
 ; ig. 5366. Single Roller, Open Top, Side Bearing 
 for Passenger Cars. 
 Edwin S. Woods & Co 
 
 (531) 
 
 Fig. 5367. Double Roller, Open Top Side Bearing for Four- Wheel Trucks. Edwin S. Woods & Cc 
 
Figs. 5368-5389 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Springs and Spring Caps. 
 
 Fig. 5368. Single-Coil Controller Spring. Fig. 5369. Double-Coil Controller Spring 
 
 Simplex Railway Appliance Co. 
 
 Fig. 5370. McCord Spring Dampener. McCord & Cc 
 
 Fig. 5371. Four-Coil Bolster Spring 
 
 i 1 1 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 =— 
 
 
 MM 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 MM 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 jj] 
 
 
 
 
 
 III 
 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 
 1 I ! 
 
 
 
 
 fl 1 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 I] 1 1 1 
 
 
 
 1 if 
 
 (J 1 IM 
 
 Mil 
 
 || Ml 
 
 1 1 !{ 
 
 1 I 
 
 1 1 1 1 
 
 
 Figs. 5372-5373. 
 Sextuple Elliptic Spring. 
 
 
 
 1 1 I ' 
 
 1 1 1 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 it 1 1 1 
 
 
 1 1 I 
 
 IM II 
 
 
 ■II 1 il 
 
 Figs. 5374-5375. 
 Quintuple Elliptic Spring". 
 
 Figs. 53711-5377. 
 Quadruple Elliptic Spring 
 
 I I 1 ML 
 
 y 1 — > 
 
 Figs. 5378-5379. 
 Graduated Quadruple Elliptic Spring 
 
 ^ J f 
 
 Figs. 5380-5381. 
 Triple Elliptic Sprinc 
 * --s' - n 
 
 Figs. 538-2-5383. 
 Double Elliptic Sprinc 
 
 '/jff 
 
 € 
 
 Sact/On en" Ce.-rftv-. 
 /3 'if 
 
 — &?; 
 
 ■n 
 
 
 'Hi 
 
 ^E^M 
 
 3er^i'/an of Cas7T^J-. 
 
 r 
 
 tMtT 
 
 -mmj — sq 
 
 * $-. sf -+ 
 
 i±=M 
 
 *?> 
 
 m . 
 
 I*— >- ■■-•-.. 
 
 M- -4'- -* ^ */{ 
 
 ^^M^.| M] 
 
 /po/fo/Seaf ^V.Sa-//y 1^0. 
 
 4"'"' &o//&r Cfc^o. 
 
 Con four- of3*ovy/7<? Sot^trcms #arfi'o/for&. 
 
 Figs. 5384-5389. Details of Spring Caps and Scats for Barber 
 
 Truck, with Top Rollers. Standard Car Truck Co. (532) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels. 
 
 Figs- 5390-5401 
 
 r*r.' v. 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 ■ 
 
 1 
 
 3. ' N LC 
 
 ] 
 
 i! _-il 
 
 : 
 
 =j 
 
 Figs. 5390-5391. Paige Plate Coach Wheel. Cast Iron Figs. 5392-5393. Paige Spoke Coach Wheel. Cast Iron 
 Spider with Steel Plates Secured by Bolts. Spoke Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage Re- 
 
 taining Rings and Bolts. 
 
 Pigs. 5394-5395. Fused Coach Wheel. Cast Iron Plate 
 Center with Tire Secured by Welding. 
 
 Figs. 5396-5397. National, Xo. 6, Coach Wheel. Wrought 
 Iron Disc Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage 
 and Mansell Retaining Rings. 
 
 Figs. 5398-5399. National, No. 2, Coach Wheel. Cast 
 Iron Double Plate Center, having Internal Ribs with 
 Tire Secured by Shrinkage and Gibson Retaining 
 Ring. 
 
 Railway Steel-Spring Co. 
 
 Figs. 5400-5401. National, Xo. 6, Coach Wheel. Wrought 
 Iron Disc Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage 
 and Double Lip Retaining Rings. 
 
 (533) 
 
Figs. 5402-5413 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels. 
 
 Figs. 5402-5403. Allen. Xo. 1, Coach Wheel. Compressed Figs. 5404-5405. National, No. 3, Coach Wheel. Cast 
 Paper Center with Tire Secured by Bolts. Iron Spoke Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage 
 
 and Mansell Retaining Rings. 
 
 Figs. 5406-5407. National, No. 4, Coach Wheel. Cast pigs. 5408-5409. Allen No. 9, Coach Wheel. Cast Iron 
 
 Iron Double Plate Center, having Internal Ribs. Double Plate Center with Tire Secured by Shrinkage 
 
 with Tire Secured by Shrinkage and Mansell Retain- ant j Mansell Retaining Rings. 
 ing Rings. 
 
 Figs. 5410-5411. Allen, No. 11, Coach Wheel. Cast Iron Figs. 5412-5413. P.oies, 
 Double Plate Center, having Internal Spokes, with Iron Disc Center 
 
 Tire Secured by Shinkage. Bolts and Mansell Re- and Integral Lock. 
 
 taining Ring. 
 
 Railway Steel Spring Co. 
 
 No. 2. C( 
 with Tire 
 
 ach Wheel. 
 Secured by 
 
 Wrought 
 Shrinkage 
 
 (5341 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels. 
 
 Figs. 5414-5427 
 
 
 
 Figs. 5414-5419. Six Stages of Manufacture of Schoen Steel Wheels. 
 Carnegie Steel Co. 
 
 Figs. 5420-5421. Davis Steel Wheel. American Steel Foundries 
 
 Figs. 5422-5423. No. 3 Krupp 
 
 Wheel, 
 
 Cast Iron Spoke Center. 
 
 Tire Secured by Wrought Iron 
 
 Retaining Rings. 
 
 Figs. 5424-5425. No. 14 Krupp Figs. 5420-5427. No. 1 Krupp 
 
 Wheel, Wheel, 
 
 Forged Steel Disc Center. Forged Steel Disc Center. 
 
 Steel Tire Secured with Bute Fastening. Tire Secured by Wrought Iron 
 
 Retaining Rings. 
 Thomas Prosser & Son. 
 
 (535) 
 
Figs. 5428-5443 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels. 
 
 Figs. 5428-5429. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by 
 Shrinkage and Bolts. 
 
 Figs. 5432-5433. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by 
 Shrinkage, Double Lip Retaining Rings 
 and Rivets. r- 
 
 Figs. 543C-5437. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by 
 
 Shrinkage, Mansell Retaining Rings 
 
 and Rivets. 
 
 5430-5431. Cast Steel Plate Center, Held by 
 
 Shrinkage and Eolts. 
 
 - 
 i 
 
 igs. 5434 
 Shrin 
 
 5435. Cast Steel Plate Center. Held by 
 kage. Double Lip Retaining Rings, 
 and Rivets. 
 
 Figs. 5438-5439. Cast Steel Plate Center. Held by 
 Shrinkage, Mansell Retaining Rings 
 and Rivets. 
 
 ^ -^ I — J 
 
 Figs. .-,-Uii-5441. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by Figs. 5442-5443. Cast Steel Plate Center, Held by 
 
 Shrinkage, Mansell Retaining Rings Shrinkage, Mansell Retaining Rings 
 
 and Bolts. Standard Steel Works Co. and Bolts. (536) 
 
TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels. 
 
 Figs. 5444-5459 
 
 Figs. 5444-o44-:.. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by 
 Shrinkage and Gibson Retaining Ring. 
 
 Figs. 5446-5447. Cast Steel Plate Center, Held by 
 Shrinkage and Gibson Retaining Ring. 
 
 Figs. 5448-5449. Cast Iron Plate Center, Held by 
 Shrinkage and Shoulder. 
 
 Figs. 5450-5451. Cast Steel Plate Center, Held by 
 Shrinkage and Shoulder. 
 
 Figs. 5450- 
 
 <537) 
 
 Solid Forged and Rolled Steel Figs. 5458-5459. Solid Forged and Rolled Steel 
 
 Freight Car Wheel. Carnegie Steel Co. Interurban Car Wheel. 
 
Figs. 5460-5465 
 
 TRUCK DETAILS, Wheels. 
 
 Figs. 5460-5461. 33-Inch Channel Spoke Cast Iron Wheel for Electric Motor Cars, City Service. 
 
 Figs. 5462-5463. 33-Inch Double Plate Cast Iron Wheel for Electric Motor Cars. Intcrurban Service 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
 Figs. 5464-54C5. 33-Inch. 665-lb. Double Plate Cast Iron Wheel for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Freight Car; 
 
 Griffin Wheel Co. 
 
 (53S) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes. Figs. 5466-5471 
 
 Figs. 5466-5408. Standard Journal Box and Contained 
 Parts for Journal 3% in. x 7 in. Sheet 1. 
 
 u IMH OF tt>* Oi'CR SU 
 »h£B£ ud *m IHOVL0- 
 II m '•Oies. in Accoay 
 
 A\(J ItlTH BALLOT Of 
 l£fl, IMiTCJO Of } tMOGi, 
 
 nocutwu 'Sfi 
 
 NOTE 
 
 IF THE METHOD OF 'MOULDING DOCS NOT PERMIT OF 
 PLACING THE LETTERS MCB ON THE SIDE OF THE 
 JOURNAL SOX. THET MAY BE PLACED ON ThE TOP, 
 BETWEEN THE HINGE LLC S THE ARCH 04% SEA T 
 
 SECTION OP BOX MAY BE MADE £/THER CIRCULAR OR SQUARE BELOW THE CE/ITFR LINE, 
 PROVIDED ALL THE ESSENTIAL DIMENSIONS ARE AOHEREO TO. 
 
 WHEN JOURNAL BOX IS /HADE OF /rlALlEASLE /RON, PEDNCTlGW /IY TH/CKNF5S OF METAL 
 and CORING TO LIGHTEN WEIGHT /J PERMISSIBLE. PROVIDED ALL TRE F5SENTIAL 
 DIMENSIONS NHICH AFFECT /NTERCHA.\GEABIUTY RrYQ THE PROPER PITT/WO OP 
 CO<YTAtN£Q PARTS, ARE ADHERED TO. 
 
 Figs. 5469-5471. Standard Journal Box for Journal 3% in. x 7 in. Sheet 2. 
 
 (539) 
 
Figs. 5472-5487 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS. Journal Box Wedges and Bearings. 
 
 Note. Skeleton wedge of malleable iron or steel 
 
 may be used provided the essential dimensions are 
 adhered to. The lid spring may be of any design and 
 max be secured to the lid by any practicable method. 
 provided that it works properly on the standard box 
 and is of the designated section, 2 in. x 1, s in. A 
 rivet or nut may be used instead of a cotter in hinge 
 pin if preferred. 
 
 -7W 
 
 ^P4 
 
 3z 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 Figs. 5472-5-iTG. Standard Wedge for Journal 3^4 in. 
 7 in. Sheet 3. 
 
 NOTE. 
 Oar THE GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF THE LID TOtETtitR 
 WTH THE DIAMETER Cr THE HIHGC PtN HOLE ARE STANJDAffP. 
 THE LID N/tr BL OF ANY MATERIAL.ANDOF ANY DESIRED THKXK££? 
 
 *^ 
 
 ■-'£-\ 
 
 Figs. 5477-5479. Standard Journal Box Lid and Pin 
 for Journal 3% in. x 7 in. Sheet 3. 
 
 Figs. 5480-5484. Standard Bearing for Journal 3% in. 
 7 in. Sheet 3. 
 
 Figs. 5485-5487. Standard Bearing and 
 
 Wedge Assembled, for Journal 3% in. x 7 in. 
 
 Sheet 3. 
 
 (540) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes. Figs. 5488-5493 
 
 _£ 3 ct*r<i£ TO C&/TJTC- 
 
 y -Me. i .\ : " si-aad tur bi vseo 
 
 Sfrr/ov or sax may Bf mao£ £/the# ci#cuia# o# squaxc aetow tm£ cf#rr*-:/y£ 
 
 H tetWO All W £S3£HT/Al DtXItHSiQHS Aflf AQNFfffD fO 
 
 Figs. 5488-5490. 
 
 Standard Journal Box and Contained Parts 
 
 for Journal, 4 1 4 in. x 8 in. Sheet 4. 
 
 Note. — If the method of molding docs 
 not permit of placing the letters M. C. B. on 
 the side of the journal box. they may be 
 placed on the top between the hinge lug and 
 the arch bar seat. 
 
 Figs. 5491-5493. Standard Journal Eox for 
 Journal, 4% in. x 8 in. Sheet 5. 
 
 section or aax may be made eithea cihchlah on souaae belon the centea- unr 
 
 P#O*0fD AU TH£ ESSENTIAL DIMENSIONS AHE AOHEXED TO. 
 
 AMEN JOUANAL BOX (S MADE OF AULLEAAlE /A 'Of*. XEOOCTlQV IN THlCNNESS Of AtETAt 
 AH0 CORING TO LIGHTEN WEIGHT IS PERMISSIBLE. PfiOyiOED ML THE ESSENTIAL 
 DIMENSIONS HHICH AFFECT INTETtCHAHGEABlLITr AND THE PNOAER F/TTlNG ft"~ 
 CONTAINED AAAni. AXE AOHEAEO TO. 
 
 (541) 
 
Figs. 5494-5509 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Box Wedges and Bearings. 
 
 
 y 
 
 ^W? ,. 
 
 
 
 
 < "' 
 
 ' V^ 1 
 
 
 
 •#■ 
 
 
 .1 
 
 3&" 
 
 1 s¥ — 
 
 fc 1 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 -7-3 T— 
 
 7 ' 
 
 — &"- 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 ir^S : 
 
 - ;l - ^ 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 
 
 , ': vfc , : y 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 .1 
 
 -7*- 
 
 i* 
 
 Hff-* 
 
 
 
 . aa? 
 
 ■» 
 
 -*- 
 
 1* 
 
 ,t 
 
 * — p^'X-1 — » 
 
 
 
 Figs. 5494-5498. Standard Bearing for Journal. 
 4% in. x 8 in. Sheet 6. 
 
 Figs. 5499-5501. Standard Bearing and 
 
 Wedge Assembled, for Journal, 
 
 4% in. x 8 in. Sheet 6. 
 
 «o-- 
 
 
 49/!— 
 
 —A 
 
 *'~£7' 
 
 jjp-J 
 
 1" 
 
 If — 
 
 
 A 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 ■& 
 
 P7- - 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,. 1 
 
 ' 
 
 — ///- 
 -5*"- 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 T~"r";SF 
 
 -A- 
 
 «}<%% 
 
 L t-iEi 
 
 
 m & 
 
 &— J 
 
 Figs. 5502-5506. Standard Wedge for Journal, 
 4M in. x 8 in. Sheet G. 
 
 NOTE 
 GV£K THE GENERAL DIMENSIONS OF THE LID. TOGETHER 
 
 tviTH the Diameter or the hihge pih hole, are standard. 
 
 THE LID MT BE OF ANY. MATERIAL.AND Of ANY DESIRED THICKNESS* 
 
 Figs. 5507-5509. Standard Journal Box Lid and Pin 
 for Journal, 4 1 i in. x S in. Sheet 0. 
 
 Note. — Skeleton ivcdge of malleable iron or stee! may 
 be used provided the essential dimensions are adhered 
 to. The lid spring may be of any design and may be se- 
 cured to the lid by any practicable method, provided that 
 it works properly on the standard box and is of the 
 designated section, 2 in. x % in. A rivet or nut may 
 be used instead of a cotter in hinge pin if preferred. 
 
 (542) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Axles and Wheel Gages. Figs. 5510-5518 
 
 1 
 
 8 
 
 
 T It- 
 
 Uj 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 «-> 
 
 
 «> 
 
 1 
 
 ? 
 
 
 i 
 
 'U 
 
 v! 
 
 X 
 
 *i 
 
 If 
 
 
 8 
 
 
 & 
 
 B 
 
 >^--^s--im 
 
 -% 
 
 7M/S fW~iQM TO Q£ a 3t#a &KT TAPffJt. 
 
 -3-/0'- 
 S- 3' 
 
 _ *"- 3 - 
 
 - 7-C*- 
 
 V^Y' 
 
 rrr 
 
 TIT 
 
 J'-vO" 
 
 ■r- 3' - 
 
 Is 
 
 -r 6 - 
 
 v> 
 
 m 
 
 i f^v «h xjw ^a*y/a* to as a st**&#t- taw.- 
 
 ■■>-■* 
 
 Figs. 5510-5513. Standard Axles. Sheet 
 
 CiMXJMKKENCE MEASURE. LJ£T/I/L OF LUG. 
 
 Figs. 5514-5517. Standard Wheel Circumference Measure. 
 Sheet 7. 
 
 DIAMETER or CHILL MOULDS FOR 33* 
 WHEELS TO BE 33h',E0R 30'tYHEELS 
 TO BE 30^ MEASURED ON L INE A B 
 
 Fig. 5518. Standard 
 
 Wheel Tread and Flange. 
 
 Sheet 7. 
 
 (543) 
 
Figs. 5519-5531 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Brake Gear. 
 
 Figs. 5527-5531. Standard General Arrangement of Air Brakes on Freight Cars. Sheet 9. 
 
 (544) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Brake Gear and Pedestals. Figs. 5532-5569 
 
 "i 
 
 LEVER CAFR/ER 
 
 PIPE HOLDER 
 
 (°Z 
 
 O OS? 
 
 0) 
 
 
 1 ^ I 
 
 CYLINDER £ FLOATING LEVER 
 
 I 
 
 5($~ 
 
 of 
 
 f)I 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 00 ( ■# ~ ) 
 
 * FLOATING LEVER GUIDE 
 X FOR DOUBLE HAND BRAKE 
 
 DETAIL OF ENDS TO SU.T FRAMING OT CAR 
 
 E~3l 
 
 U^^ 
 
 4s 
 
 
 DEJQ & LIVE LEVER 
 
 »** ■» 
 
 ~qFM 
 
 -AN? OTHER FORM OF HJKDL E MFY BE USED 
 
 E\D OF PUSH ROD 
 
 •- gCgTTCT J 
 
 NUMBER. LOCATION OF HOLES £. DETAIL OF END 
 MAY VARY TO SUTT TRUCK 
 
 0^0 00 00 0^0 )^ J^t f / THE FORM OF JAWS MAY BE MR/ED PROVIDED 
 
 ,J \\^~~\f THE ESSENTIAL DIMENSIONS ARE ADHERED TO 
 
 f-i^ W »V y^rt/J MAY BE MADE ft/TV 2 (OR MORE) HOLES 
 
 "2 ^ \ ,p— *^ IF DESIRED. ALL RODS MUST BE AT LEAST 
 
 3 T ^ * / fa'O/AMETER, AND TRUCK LEifER CONNECTION 
 
 \J. *. ^^ OUTSIDE HUNG BRAKES W&-AMETER 
 
 SECTION OH CO 
 
 gj 
 
 p*** 
 
 — 
 
 3g» 
 
 /WA'iD BRAKE CONNECTION 
 
 23 
 
 .u*- 
 
 «MM9 BRAKES 
 
 /F MADE OF M4TER/AL OTHER THAU MALLEABLE /RON MUST BE OF EQUAL STRENGTH 
 IFAUDE OF ROUND /RON OR STEEL MUST NOT BE LESS THAN /$'D/AME TER 
 
 » d ■ 
 
 l^E^gK CYLINDER & FLOATING LEVER CONNECTION $i D/AM (^ -' *~. ^' 
 
 1 j ; [ gg jr 
 
 
 3 c 
 
 jXpT™ Figs. 5532-5561. Standard Details of Foundation Brake 
 
 ^LSO TRUCK LEVER COMECT'OV OUTS/DE HMG BRAKES jk D/JM 
 
 Gear. Sheet 9. 
 
 ©- 
 
 OUTSIDE Hl'VG 
 
 e- 
 
 OUTSIDE HUNG 
 
 CO 
 
 Figs. 5562-5565. Standard Arrangement of Brake Levers and Connections. Sheet 9. 
 
 ovE/e 
 
 WHEEL-FAECES G-7. % 
 
 — 2 3 *- F=! -~ '■" CF '■ "^ ^L? C E v T=E _ 
 OFJOURNALS 6—3'. 
 
 it 
 
 ; ' ; l -r ) 
 
 -J 
 
 _^r — , I 
 
 Jjb 
 
 -1 
 
 4« : a 
 
 PFP 
 
 SECTION ON C-O 
 
 in 
 
 
 
 r — r 
 
 --■»# 
 
 V- 
 
 D 
 
 UJ 
 
 J|S 
 
 r 
 
 U2l 
 
 'V 
 
 END VIEW 
 
 (545) 
 
 Figs. 5566-5569. Standard Pedestal for Journals, 3' 5 j, in. x 7 in. Sheet 10. 
 
Figs. 557Q-S597 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS. Couplers. 
 
 , rotf nfrt CAfiS ox 
 O P '*" r " 
 
 £> 
 
 >^^^ 
 
 
 Figs. ">oi ii— 55T1. Standard Location of Main Air Pipe on 
 Freight Car?. Sheet 0. 
 
 
 „ 03 I 2 3 4 5 6 g H 
 
 ? 04 A 7 B 9 10 II 12 % m 
 
 05 *= m 
 
 I 0G „ ' 2 3 4 5 6 i • 
 
 " 07 1 8 9 10 II 12 E ° 
 
 Figs. 5573-537-1. Standard Worn 
 
 Coupler Limit and Wheel Defect 
 
 Gage. Sheet 12. 
 
 Fig. 5572. Standard 
 
 Label for Air Brake Hose. 
 
 Sheet 9. 
 
 Note. — The total lift of locking pin shall 
 be not more than 6 in. All couplers must 
 have an eyelet for locking dcz'icc located 
 immediately above locking pin hole, on all -I 
 nezv types of couplers after January 1st, 1909. 
 Spice between back of coupler horn and 
 inside face of knuckle to be P 1 * in. and 
 minimum thickness of front wall of coupler 
 to be 1V4, in. iVi-in. rivets to be used for 
 ■z? .-^-g ^j attaching yokes to coupler butts. 
 
 Figs. 5575-557?. Standard Draft 
 Gear Stops. Sheet 11. 
 
 
 Figs. 5570-5597. Standard Automatic Coupler, Coupler Limit Gage and Knuckle Limit Gage. Sheet 11. 
 
 (546) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Gages and Wedges. Figs. 5598-5614 
 
 -si- 
 
 ' ^ fMX **& or r fiAirs £S r 4 - i r/ ^ ~~ 
 
 m 
 
 Fie 559S. Standard Terms and Gaging Points 
 for Wheels and Track. Sheet 1"2. 
 
 Fig. 5600. Standard Reference Gage for Mountir 
 and Inspecting \\ heels, as Used for 
 Mounting. Sheet 12. 
 
 Ss 
 
 Fig. "'604. Standard Reference Gage for Mounting and 
 
 Inspecting Wheels, as Used for Inspecting. 
 
 Sheet 12. 
 
 Fig. 5599. Standard Wheel Check Gage. Sheet 12. 
 
 . 5t5'"'l. Standard Guard Rail and 
 Free Wing Gage. Sheet 12. 
 
 VA 
 
 rar .Vfn ir*ffi5'- 
 
 
 
 ." .' .. -.Flat gc Thickness Gage. 
 
 .I/111. Flange Thickness Gage. 
 
 Figs. 5602-5603. 
 Standard Flange Thick- 
 ness Gases. Sheet 12. 
 
 -trt-- 
 
 ^^91' 
 
 g : ; y 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 t 
 
 
 \ 
 
 •t 
 
 *- 
 
 1 
 
 '■? 
 
 
 -!'- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 '\\ 
 
 / >- , r 
 
 
 
 mm. 
 
 __ 
 
 V) 
 
 =*l- r*r IXMemM a- * f* iimj or^j row*. 
 
 r-c autt '£' arnmer Km voir ro oe j. 
 
 £fi*rrj r.-.-erxm. 
 
 V$i h v — -- 
 
 -i- 
 
 v.. 
 
 -si 
 
 Figs. 5605-5614. Standard Bearing. Wedge and Lid for Journal, 5 in. x 9 in. Sheet 15. 
 
 (.547) 
 
Figs. 5615-5620 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Tournal Boxes. 
 
 Figs. 5615-5617. Standard Journal Box and Contained 
 Parts for Journal, 5 in. x 9 in. Sheet 13. 
 
 SECTt&Y Of BOX MAY BE MAOE EITHER CIRCDLAj? OH SQUARE SSlQiY THE CEaiTEW l/AE 
 PROS-BED Alt THE ESSEHT/AL DiMEKSiOHS PRE ADHERED TO 
 
 WHEN JOLiRWt. BOX IS MADE OP AtALLEABlE UfOAf, REDvCT/Oft «W Tff/CSf/tESS OP METAL 
 ArvO COR//VG TO LlGMTE/i WEIGHT IS PERMISSIBLE. PPOk>lD£D ALL THE £35£HTIAL 
 
 QtMENSi&VS WHICH AFFECT MTEPCHAKGEABIUTY AAD THE PROPER! E/TT/A/G OP 
 
 COrVTAlHED PARTS APE ADHERED TO. 
 
 IP THE METHOD OP MODlDHvG DOES 10T PERMIT OE PiAC/XG ThE LETTERS M C B 
 
 O/V THE SJOE OP THE UOt/PHAL SO*. T^EY MAY BE PLACED QY THE TQP SET/r££f 
 
 THE H//VGE Li/G ArtO THE ARCH SAR SEAT. 
 
 Figs. 5618-5620. Standard Journal Box for Journal, 5 in. x 9 in. Sheet 14. 
 
 (548) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes. Figs. 5621-5626 
 
 m 
 
 Tc face c' stoe — « , 5 • 
 
 Figs. 5621-5623. Standard Journal Box and 
 
 Contained Parts for Journal, 5*2 in. 
 
 x in in. Sheet 16. 
 
 SECT/OH Or &OX MAY BE MAO£ £ITH£A> CtJKUlAX Oft S0UWS SSlOW TVC OAfTTA' LSAfE, 
 
 twwiD au wf essential o*ktnaro*s ame ashesed to 
 
 irttcn jou***i box is maoe or aulleasle /#o% avoaTt/ov *>• Twar/rEM or metai 
 Afro COT/IMG TV i.t6#T£M WEIGHT AT FfA>At,MJBL£, PfOf'BiO AIL 7W FMFAfT/Al 
 QL*l£*iia*3 rrn'CH AFFECT VfTEWCMAffGEABIUTr AJvff THE AWOAW F7TT//VS JF 
 COVTAlt/EO *WT3, *#£ A0HBTEO TO. 
 
 IF THE METNQC 0T mOVLD#tG EH3E3 HOT PC&AlT QE fltACJH* THE IfTTEAZ M.CB. 
 
 OJV THE SJOE OF THE JOVAWAJ. ffox. TXEY AiAr 0E FtACEO OV THE 7T>? 8£rw££/Y 
 
 THE H/M6E Zt/« AS*Q thc AAfCM 3Aft J£AT 
 
 Figs. 5624-562(5. Standard Journal Box for 
 Journals. 5M> m. x 10 in. Sheet IT. 
 
 (549) 
 
Figs. 5627-5636 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Bearings; Flooring. Siding. 
 
 Quiv the GrnrfiAL d/mtus/ohs ofl/o. together with 
 
 THF DIAMETER OF HINGE P//V HOU TO 8F STANDARD 
 
 At B. THI5 HO. WA/G£-PlM AVE> COrrr&Affr MME 
 AS d"X9 STMIOMDASSHOIWaVMCB PLATE /S 
 PROCEEOtAfGS Cf >833 
 
 ■ _ i »g- — -.— 
 
 I 
 
 
 J^ 
 
 :± 
 
 &Je 
 
 m=^ 
 
 -1-1- 
 
 1 *w ^ <4-i,,. r 
 
 -? 
 
 *** 
 
 >H' 
 
 Figs. 5627-5634. Standard Journal Bearing, Wedge and Lid for Journal, 5*2 in. x 10 in. Sheet 18. 
 
 BMW ffffSSi. 3£CU#£D 
 TO SHAFT Kf'Tft 
 
 *W£KLV PITTED WT 
 
 AOTlfSS rwtM^&OLTS 
 about 5* /J ^4$. Sorrow or Shaft SECURED ffr/vwr /rsr 
 
 at? some other Suitable DEvtCS ffO Pesviivr 
 SHAFT LIFTING OUT OF POSITION. 
 
 /TOT 4*S3 THAN t 
 
 Fit 
 
 POSITION OF BRAKE SHAFT STEP. LADDER AND RUNNING BOARD. 
 Standard Position of Brake Shaft Step, Ladder and Running Board. Sheet 19, 
 
 (550) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Arch Bars and Hand Holds. Figs. 5637-5693 
 
 
 ■>r BOTH r.yps 
 
 sa outajl s»cn -i 
 
 ifffD*if«/OltOi03 
 
 ZlSZ 
 
 -Ej3 
 
 
 3££ DETAIL 3H£[T-t 
 
 DETAIL 3H£L~T- Af.C O 15! 
 
 TJ 
 
 
 ■F-S- 
 
 ~-??rr? Tar^f^is?.-.. 
 
 3E£ PETAIL inter- frtC B 13-J W 
 
 P/XED f/VD GONDOL/T5 
 
 
 /- 
 
 i 
 
 3* 
 
 ST ™fpt : :'::_L^5o 
 
 3£^ afWi .v^f r m c b 
 
 BOX/lNDaW£/HK>US£'catS,£m)/Bi/'DSiD£lffDDS/iS. 
 
 OR Wl 
 
 
 £Tf OETf-JL SHCCTMCB I3L 
 
 zzn^prj 
 
 
 
 .a. i 
 
 4! figi 
 
 segDtTAa. sn£Z7-i 
 
 Sff Of 7>V£ 5MRfr 
 
 € 
 
 /"/SVVVf C/W.5 
 
 19 
 
 
 ft£ff ctTAii. sxzrr • inc b i 
 
 DPOPEWD eO,VDOL/JS 
 
 :tC 0£ ''An. 5*<£Z7 «;a 19 r. 
 
 Figs. 5637-5684. Standard Safety Appliances. 
 Sheet 19. 
 
 L"__J set octal, shlct- 
 
 .«".' crfsow.- cotMWS ore** 
 
 /"Z/77" C0S.S 
 
 i^* 
 
 
 SCCDETAiL SHEET 
 
 HOPPEP. CPFIZ 
 
 end view. 
 
 \HALF SEC.ONLhVE FO. 
 
 SEC ON UrVE O.E. 
 
 (551) 
 
 HAL F PLAN. 
 
 Figs. 5685-5693. Standard Passenger Car Pedestal for Journal, 4Vi in. x 8 in. Sheet 20. 
 
Figs. 5694-5705 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes and Pedestals. 
 
 Figs. 5694-5696. 
 
 Standard Journal Box and Contained 
 
 Parts for Journal 4M, in. x 8 in. 
 
 for Passenger Cars. 
 
 Sheet 21. 
 
 TWO BARS OF /TACH fP^QUI F<-F£>. TIE Q Art 
 
 Figs. 5C9T-5705. Standard Arch Bar and Column Bolt for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Car. 
 
 (552) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Center Plates and Journal Gages. Figs. 5706-5731 
 
 or MCTA.L Berrrcf* f*C£ Of C£ifT£/t iuGl 
 -■ ~ <TCY JtOlz C-I1"I*'"'"J'*, A/1D-D-I& 
 
 Fig. 5706. Standard Brake Head Gage. Sheet 22 
 
 ,/cte,-itzx PiHium. M.-tmuM-Musr mrce Pet r/ai£ 
 
 Fig. 5707. Standard Lever Pin Hole Gage. 
 Sheet 22. 
 
 secTKHATcam, p; g? .5708-5709. Standard Brake Beam Gage. Sheet 2: 
 
 L ____ CEHTRCs OF BRAKE. SHOES. 6 0J 
 
 J5- 
 
 ANGLE OF SLOT 40' 
 
 fflow isefitical 
 
 k 
 
 J3- 
 
 HEIGHT-TOP OF RAIL TO CENTRE OF NEW SHOE 
 FOR INSIDE HUNG BEAMS 13 INCHES 
 
 Fig. 5710. Standard Dimensions 
 for Metal Brake Beams. Sheet 22. 
 
 eeARiiK-eafic gauge 5 Ux Tjourhal 
 
 BEARING BaHC GAUGE 4%'x& JOURUAL 
 
 (553) 
 
 ■5&'x h /tf Journal 
 
 BBWNG-amBEANOSIBEiWaiUSe^t 
 
 Figs. 0713-3/31. Standard Journal Bearing and Wedge Gages for Journals, 
 3% in. x 7 in., 4Vt in. x 8 in., S in. x 9 in. and 5% in. x 10 in. Sheet 23. 
 
Figs. 5732-5756 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' STANDARDS, Journal Boxes. 
 
 BEARING-THICKNESS GAUGE. 3h'x7& 4& 'xS 'JOURNALS 
 
 6% 
 
 LENGTH AND FILLETS OF BEARING. 
 
 3&X 7 JOURNAL 
 
 'CURVE oftopof\vedge. 78'RADIUS 
 BEARING & WEOGE-LONGITUDINAL SECTION GAUGE 
 
 LENGTH AND FILLETS O F BE ARING ^- ) 
 
 4'Az X 8" JOURNAL 
 3ii * 4% »f 
 
 BEABIN6-TH1CKNE66 6,WCE.Sx3'AND S&XICf JOURNALS. 
 
 ~X 
 
 IENGTH AND FILIET6 OF BEARING. 
 
 
 SjgXlO". JOORA/AL, 
 
 U 
 
 rk 
 
 -a$£ 
 
 IENGTH AND F/lLETi OF BEARING. 
 
 ^J 
 
 S'X 3' JOURNAL 
 
 S&- — f 
 
 O/RkE OF TOP OF WEDGE. 78 RAD/US. 
 BEARING AND tVFOCF-iONGITVD/NAL SECT/ON GAUGE. 
 
 CURVE OF TOP OF WEDGE. 78" RADIUS ""■ 
 
 BEARING a WEDGE-LONGITUDINAL SECTION GAUGE 
 
 Figs. 5732-5743. Standard Journal Bearing and Wedge Gages for Journals 
 3% in. x 7 in.. 4% in. x 8 in.. 5 in. x 9 in. and o 1 ^ in. x 10 in. Sheet 23. 
 
 CUFtVE OF TOP OF WEDGE. 78' RADIUS. 
 BEARING ANO WEDGE-IONG/TUOI/VAL SECT/ON GAUGE. 
 13S ===== ^ = __ = ^^^ = 
 
 ^dit 
 
 t j^fS — J 
 
 TTP 
 
 FTP' 
 
 m 
 
 Q 
 
 O O 
 
 Figs. 5744-5748. Standard Marking of Freight Cars. Sheet 24 
 
 S 
 
 
 
 'AN 
 
 - <3 RCuSN SiZC— 
 
 . ~ <£ ftouG* Sn 
 
 vm. 
 
 
 SH EATHING 
 
 W- 
 
 T 
 
 -r 
 1 
 
 ! - |« .? '&eva» 5'/*— J 
 
 ROOFING AND LINING- 
 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 $J 
 
 
 
 nS 
 
 ** 
 
 "-ni [-tr". 
 
 « 
 
 \h~ 
 
 -■% 
 
 --4- 
 
 '^' J 
 
 
 - 
 
 — 
 
 — * 
 
 
 
 * 1 
 
 T 
 
 
 
 
 ! 
 
 , _J 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 A <toiye« 
 
 -A ffiouG" 
 
 A 5" Q" 7" 8 - 9' 10" 
 a «*!' 5$' 6i 7$ 8j' 9i' 
 b < 5i' &i 74' 8V 9V 
 
 c ^v sv 6i' 7i' 8i' %' 
 FLOORING 
 
 Figs. 5749-5756. Standard Sheathing, Flooring, Roofing and Lining. Sheet 24. 
 
 l.VM ) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5757-5778^ 
 
 J4*t/e a f &af/ 
 
 unmj.3; ;■ Z'O-r a* Ce+ re* o- fence* ttMt or 
 *o_:5— •'. i/jf oec-t* nrne*f oca*; Sitae re 
 
 C*f"<'7-y ij~oc*i *L".ijff. 
 
 
 udibie:^ 
 
 I ~T 
 
 LETTERINC 
 
 10000 
 
 
 
 Fig. 5766. Steel Tire 
 Limit Figure. Sheet A. 
 
 Ai^i 
 
 IV 3 
 
 e_-_A_2_ / ] Ll „„., i r ^ «- rJ '" X»' ~ r Tf~or. *r^r«wc, 
 
 \ j ft 4.n>»r tvfe-fr W -.,.^7(,*-*,/-s 
 
 
 "^^'"TcTTtP^ TTV^.-.-^— v- :-^-'~ -' "' -m ^[] 
 
 w w w w 
 
 
 
 J-ETTERIMI - . £:^y a 
 
 
 c+) 5vl ' r-o s> 
 
 
 * 
 
 =7^00000 -« WS . »:^| 1 |. f j ,»™. 
 
 
 O <+) R Q ~«? 
 
 
 
 3ss.fi 1$ 
 
 Si 
 
 U- 
 
 XT 
 
 F 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ,a/""T"43 O' HAIHt) a 
 
 MARKING OF FREIGHT CARS. 
 
 Figs. 57-57-5765. Standard Marking of Freight Cars. Sheet A. 
 
 Figs. 5767-5768. Manner of Taking 
 irings from Axles for Analysis. Sheet A. 
 
 Figs. 5769-5770. Safety Chains for Wooden Underframe Freight Cars. Sheet A. 
 
 Fig. 5771. Permanent Safety Chains for "Wooden Underframe Freight Cars. 
 
 Figs. 5772-5775. Permanent Safety Chains for Steel 
 Underframe Freight Cars. Sheet A. 
 
 JE-^ 
 
 Figs. 5776-5778. Collection of 
 
 Salt Water Drippings. 
 
 Sheet A. 
 
 (555) 
 
Figs- 5779-5802 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. 
 
 W: 
 
 S- 
 
 
 asr /rw aiocr 
 
 ( : ' -l' , 
 
 ! "&> 
 
 
 -r ML ■ *! 
 5 1 « 
 
 > y 
 
 ^ 
 
 ■r, 1* 
 
 1 i 
 
 * r 
 
 i 
 
 
 l_AXL 1 * ^ 
 
 YOKE rOR TfYW SPRING GEAR. 
 
 i^r 
 
 ^jf 
 
 m. 
 
 I zW-'f 
 
 *► 
 
 tfio&Le f7tt.ar. euxy cast wot aiocnr 
 
 -Of 
 
 
 "Crf: 
 
 C04 
 
 ^V/TT ROJP TAHDEM SPRtMG GEAR 
 
 1 :'■-!' " 1 ^ 
 
 
 i i 
 
 i^\ 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 s 1 
 
 
 Pi ; 5 ' 
 
 ^y 
 
 I i h i 
 
 _. _J i 
 
 _s^ 
 
 VOKE FOf? Ftf'CTiOH G£AR 
 
 Fig-s. 5779-5784. Recommended Practice for Automatic Coupler Attachments, Sheet B. 
 
 Jf 
 
 -L-- 
 
 Uk-~°-*~° """•'W 
 
 ) , 
 
 ,,.. s 
 
 ( jft=^r, .„. j-„.„ — : iaj • 
 
 
 
 
 SfgHgj|.SHp iSSr 
 
 '^-r 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 .- —„ T „r TV. M.M. 
 
 1; i 
 
 ti i 
 
 
 Figs. 5785-5792. Recommended Practice for Uncoupling Attachments. Sheet B. 
 
 WsBsrf 
 
 E 
 
 it- 
 
 Figs. 5793-5798. Uncoupling 
 Rod and Brackets. Sheet B. 
 
 Figs. 5799-5802. Temporary Chains 
 for Cars Carrying Double Loads. Sheet B. 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5803-5822 
 
 /.'OTE- J£CT/Oflf CP BOX MAY SB MADE ElTnEP C/ZCl/LAP OB SQUARE 
 BELOfY Tr-IB C£NT£/S UtiB, PBW//DED ALL THE E33E//TJAL 
 D/MBK3I0H-Z ABE ADhEBED TO. 
 
 r/HB/V •JOl/B'rtAL BOX /5MA&B OF MALLBABl B /BOA BEDUCT/Q* 
 W T/-//CAWE&5 OB METAL AMD Cftf/HO TO L/OMTBA/ WE/6HT 
 J5 PEPM'3Cj£lE, PBOV/SEP ALL Tne E5-5EHTIAL D/MEN3/OA/ 
 f/H,Crt AFFECT_.'MTEBCHAfJ6EAB'LlTY AN£> THE PBOBBTaZ 
 B/TT/A/O OF OQAiTA/riED PBBT3- ABE ADBEBED TO. 
 
 Fig?. 5803-5805. 
 Recommended Practice for Journal 
 
 Box for Passenger Car Journals, 
 -j in. x 9 in. Sheet C 
 
 Awca 
 
 t*5' ' msr£»£B mrrfr 
 
 fj / S TAtrfS 4 'S 
 
 ^■xSb. tr&EA 
 
 - ;l 
 
 
 ^^="" 
 
 ' • •"- 
 
 ^— ^— --: 
 
 
 Ifif 
 
 H^= 
 
 ?==£= 
 
 
 rj_ 
 
 
 
 \~j ' / 
 
 P 
 
 Mmret a* lOKp&G £/#GIi**BC£ a* rt^or f-orr akcss 0* 3«B{f CJ> ** 
 
 ^*- f p- -n-~ ; ■£**! /*(/■* J nit *=- / *■*% SCCC/o Q>»*rTB*- t-ct <yoQ i>$ CF- Cff r,c*> r,$ ,\ j- 
 
 ' ,B£»*if>S PrZCZS 'Q-tr-CF 1 M.f.M 
 
 US CAS OffiCffJXeS 
 
 OLBAAaaOB ,VCTz^3 T**v fir CLOSFJT Pu/r£\ B^/S- S 3BB ft/tCJ JV- 
 
 . . _ _ .._ *^" J5 ' /w ^osj Auws flfcwr -*.iz> TELt£r*p» pole 
 
 BOe I06i Pilwg '**&=& *■•& 72U&TWW BolBJ UOT /o srA'Wffj Qff Snr . 
 
 % *T=L 
 
 
 
 ^* ^ '^fi 
 
 ^J 
 
 
 0£WWY6 P/BCF3 & -mDB Mim/ML/AH 
 !^5 ' &£AeA*(Z VCTLfJi G BTffAtfBS Of J #/?APP//Y£S 
 
 - '" HvAurBK 
 
 -3~~ 3ffl TW 6' BVLB + ft/*£, GOOD '% 
 
 
 . 3BAB/N6 PlBCBZ 8 'm££ W>-'Mi*V CLT/tKAt*C£ 
 
 Plat CMPS a *o g&ydgzas tv/rn 5/DB5 lbss tha* Fro 1 Sff mjL 
 
 BOV WrtBC* AH> MlMlMUM 5>zrs ->#' h,gh 4 STAKES ■+■* Stasis G- 3t*>ahos 0*~3 
 
 ROT STAfFJ S£F 5Fe C£C77Q»J CP ' FVU J4 ffp A rp/ft&S rv/A£ GOOD fc'OtA Oft 30AJTOS /'X S~ 
 {GONDOLA: rviTH 5'D£5 30' AMD OscP 
 CLCABAftCE #DT L£53 THAA> 6' #UL£ * ^V-S-' S-*r£3 . f-STAAf/C? Of £ tvfAPA/f/SS y*/re ,Cl£APX,-'CB ■*0T lB. r : -*A' 
 
 crooo '4b' ' £>a / 
 
 
 LCAO/MG OF LUMBBP O" GCWbfUA CAPS rv/TM JrOAj C*£# JO' AflSM 
 r Bt £' BOAfOJ SBO/fBlY #Ai^O TD Zr**£3 AT £ACH B/tD By J-'S PBx.Yr *A/LS OP STfTZ ~£^ 
 700BTHBff WITH £ 3TPAV&3 00 3 »*HAP/MSJ #>tB GOOG fa' £>/A. '. 
 
 f6£J /O" *6A>Mt/*t >r,o 
 
 ■PuLB V f 
 
 - 6 STBA/TDfOf 3 ft**Ae,#s 5 
 
 b ffmt£7B4: AftAW 3g J« TA&-Z evi£ zs 
 
 'icspsr Acxht 0i/j.e 
 3f.3S3A 4lA"*j4G. 
 
 Boa iv/artr o r LQoo T^-io'v -.im,*? s - 
 
 TTTT 
 
 UftrtA/V *<?r USJ Tmav, £' M& 4-a\ *?lO£3 33-33- as*d 34 
 
 nn: 
 
 St**™ tuca urmiMim 
 
 (557) 
 
 ClOifST POi* 
 
 Figs. 5806-5822. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Materials on Open Cars. Sheet D. 
 
 '7- 2*-JSj£ -?7 . 
 
 Jpen 
 
Figs. 5823-5852 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. 
 
 - ro* i-065 STC. UJC /O STf/wOS Of? S- HKmrr>*r*6S RuL£ s n 
 rir*lA«Cl HOT LESS **--, g STMNDl O* S VmvtXGZ. ^pXQ-MMMJto . . 
 
 d -~J , ; £ " _ t^+- c "-iti -°- - — —I \* J j 
 
 
 nrr cm.) outtttt 
 
 .vor ifjj 
 
 ZLEASWCE MOT i£SS f FOf IQoS £TC. US£ iO SrWPS Of J" w.e.wW/xr.5 
 fW fi!4U££ -? _( 6 5WWB1 ftp jww^ ■^■2-C'A 
 
 7f ocwa Vb' o/t»iert-Ji or&owizs 'ij -: r - 1 " 6 ^ 
 
 _ __ >v --.- (.-.--.'-- ,- ,->,-- -> s - a, - - _Z -^ lI J Z- 
 
 t S£rr//*g "scjts 'Q-x/o *.v/w*. <Rn£j' ~~~*~ ctstwvtcz /ror csss rr-rr <• **vte s/. 
 OG./2. S££*Ut£J J3, 34. 36. -ti -'O ,5V 
 
 r&w&trc use ra-jmwa or sv**>»*es*its siamsj 
 
 \ OP 5 njPAfiiRS/VGS. 
 
 ~-sr/*c£s f-tsj' 
 
 OTfflH. ■■■ * ■*■ *" 
 
 FiG. 12 A . 
 For lost rrc t/ss /o-stra^ds or s-wppmlv ftzc #4*0 sr 
 
 l'45'0D*VOS OR Wt£ $C.?0 &Ck# 
 
 ee**,«a «r« WS$m ****** °* 3-m***-*es 
 
 NOTCHED Qv£* W - j.* 'J.v,vwf 
 
 t^'^MnniK 
 
 CLfMMCt AOTiess rv*y b.WLC.4 r FOX LOGS FTC. t/S£ /D-STRAHtlS OR 5-lt#*PPmGl 
 
 ,^;r*w« oe j.ffwwwS5 /v/flf cjjo^im / r /6./3- S££ pules 3*.js. 3c-*e si a«o jj. 
 
 TO SC fnsrfAfO TO W5/OC OR ST&rCS. 
 
 ■ Hd ' T ' a « e f* q - 
 
 W" VCff Tr/A.t lO 
 
 - t>30YC Rico 
 
 HO ,. TTTT^ 
 
 STAWES +'*5 , 
 
 /=?6 /^. /r«if j"J" 
 
 a^_ 
 
 
 LADING or pt/v 3WA- orv flat Cfl*?$ 
 
 Y ^ . - ■*$* - — f—n n # I 1 rp 
 
 7=7g1€T 
 
 
 -T7e7V 
 
 rv/Af or 'jAPwvci at/vac*. 
 
 Wisk 835 |rt= 3;Mj 
 
 
 33C 
 
 ~R7iS./7M 
 
 lAPGE GlKEfS LOADED riAT 
 
 CT? T p£H^ 
 
 /.ARGE G'RDEKS LORIDEO Fl.QT 
 crirr* or ,--« X //V^,«. Of JutGie AQIDi 
 
 / f-/r >* " for DCv8i.f iqaos 
 
 t (. * ^/J-^d R/nivi R'£C£RZ 
 
 CtR-n^cff-A- 
 
 H£R R.tL..\S -SCS ROf W'* 
 IQAD* lOCITfO 'S N£AH RZAM6C 
 x, . -»5 ROSS Si £ -—_ 
 
 
 SRAC/.YG SO*? 10A0//\'G 
 
 ■eJ-,3— e-^z: __i_-V jW.V(r :*RC*.t* V>1? *>* ■ <:- ^^ 
 
 fib'Aijn 3ff*xf icvj f'Sdl r/ez 20 *»o zr £ ltAT j- X 4\-t) FIG 22 
 
 .,£ V'X CCL3LC £iW« 
 
 Curit*s*e* 
 
 ■■-- -^ --,-- 
 
 """f/gUs""' 
 
 IWHG OF L.1/?G£ 6/PCSf Cr-ffHArvGA'Vtj 
 
 TS. ?y ~~^ 
 
 f&~&t.!3C*r/.-*G 
 
 
 
 Figs. 5823-5852. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Material on Open Car-. Sheet D. 
 
 (55S> 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5853-5880 
 
 
 .'J y rjgl ~ 1 
 
 RAPING Cf SHOUT ST7FVC Ti/fAl W T&P, «t. 
 
 ** *'»»? letsTH fc^35-*'£s L*m 6Ma a swj yew ro 
 
 J- nScross met 
 
 '. eui-e « S~/S-2~7 
 
 iAeetQ teorr van of CM :y z> 
 
 t ( anGo **/ %, , ■ son*. 
 
 o»r 7MW* 20 f 
 
 w^^SLCw'"" 
 
 5ff K>Ut.C. IS. "/« '-C-' 
 
 jiiiifiilpil"' "" /; 
 
 i«(/*i j*x,c»/ nrre t*3£G '** tO^OfrS. 
 
 » __ ,-_ _ MOOTS «* m*Ct**G N 
 
 /*4Z^ /fiS^ 7PUSSSS /7~> ''I'M'! 
 
 1 KwSttS 
 
 IS 
 
 F/&3/ 
 
 
 £»;? £LFi>*r.-art or fr& 3< 
 
 frG.J/A. Suif/sa. 
 
 *.)» f>«*** 
 
 ^C*r Ji^ G&'OOJ* CK0K- «"» iflfJ MOEV J - MM 
 
 g^g fe^ 
 
 jtusr/iDT excess eo ft _ 
 
 7S. 3-T" «*« 7Mt>&* 
 
 7^. - N/r 
 
 ^7g 34 
 
 
 
 
 /76i 36.*l>WS7i RS96.fr 
 
 
 c/^-iv o- c ""s J7 
 
 ^ 
 
 jj*pw6 or loefB aWTZPW. o* fiat ox c*op £*o gcvdola cats 
 
 24- - "* 
 
 ^^-^ 
 
 tAimG t c /<w6 Mtrmt/M ov gohqoij) cms. 
 
 ijBWS cr^OHS tVITEftV. c* GOK00LA CAPS . WTMmYS GPCP £MX. 
 
 IACW6 cr LC*V6 fiftiBLE ' .V/t7I.f/n av Furor ^ey>F.Ye 6SW0UJXS 
 
 
 .—- r- ■."'- --. 
 
 ^T7^ 
 
 
 i . 
 
 1 T 
 =1* 
 
 ^/f/Dfc arAxe wrmt en govdolp Ovs mr ha::.ys cxvp ends 
 
 M2 
 
 2'9'sz**f* to SSrSS ■:«■' A/ (5. ^3 
 
 
 Figs. 5853-5880. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Materia] on Open Cars. Sheet Dl. 
 
 (559) 
 
Figs. 5881-5907 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. 
 
 MNNCX Cf BLOCKING A*ltTBStflM$ LUAMftiS MCF Off ITffl £Q*4&* 
 
 f <y aiocx-wo and bpmcw6 af*8rvG &£cm o* sr&A 
 
 
 F/G-.45B. 
 
 3TPVCri//P/)L MATERIA)- IOAOTO 
 
 <^ 
 
 LOtnXP OUT 2 
 
 HOC Of CWI TOAJ.LOW W» 
 
 At ntC/f Of 'OiOi K*i6 FO*ftD B£A*1*6 PlCCfJ 
 
 WAWCX or 3t<F *■/»■<* acA/v»£j*<f 
 yv^srcfi- Ooyjxua CjftK^--- . - 
 
 TTU, 
 
 - U& ojO£- rtf* c*f of uico ■ 
 
 'j'Aii Y M*S£. 
 
 $000* 
 
 m £?' 
 
 ;-A- „ 
 
 ^*r rrrrr or r>&* 
 
 r/e. +a 
 
 M1±=±&^G^^ £TW 3BE 
 
 V&PT/6AL lADftfG & ICW6 &-r/¥tt ow **tariSD aoisrnrs. 
 
 /2*p w/-v lOAns 
 
 jr**«*« 
 
 *br A^ 1-1. * «> -UjO* •''•W 
 
 WW &KMJi D ->OT t* ,'*.r TO «<,C~ I 
 
 AVA'C >**- * "'JJ r/^gi£GS*-y \ 
 
 J? JU i >\ ft*? G'*Of*5 nei&*""& SoOOO 1&-1 &" -s 5+&a>-£t *,a* B'*v 
 
 .^^* '2T, ^<s- J:2 - 
 
 iee. *3,/o$ t tO4. J toL»"0i 
 
 < c *"*<ii*'- :-:■?!■ 'L 
 
 « C/fOffS "£/&*"** ^.VW/SJ, <j* +!iH?£ _ 
 JTr etucz 3& two / °*' 
 
 - At-/"!. 1 *' njnzjt for &A 
 
 -?-&.e fun w* 
 
 Figs. 5881-5907. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Material on Open Cars. Sheets D and Dl. 
 
 (560) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5908-5938 
 
 — 1 1 r fl ,A A\ lQ*&HG ?>*0 IFHGTHS Of AIL PffV 0* Tu&s*? 
 
 _J ,-f' f A *'5, J^JL 12'Ut tm I* a*M£T£* IN 60HP0LA CA*-J- 
 
 AVWNgX Or ZOA£»?JG &*fr£LS /M BOX. ok srocr o>*s. 
 
 , __. »** «W Ktnr ff ',**Ol£is />*+w £fiet 
 
 fcj^fefep^gp^fe^ 
 
 mjQ. 
 
 S>eM 
 
 ■1 '*c^rs T»,cr~ re* w ircv *,re g££ fr^ie ir£ 
 
 F/g. ec. 
 
 5 jqj 
 
 — 1 — i ^S -— ■— ; 
 
 L JL /J 
 
 
 
 llLMjM Ji fa Ji 
 
 U L_^_ 
 
 
 
 ocr 
 
 3^=: 
 
 |p= 
 
 =.-— 
 
 s=' 
 
 
 ]:. 
 
 
 
 yF- 
 
 jen^ 
 
 a^; 
 
 ,Zs~~ 
 
 :shi 
 
 _^ 
 
 
 ko 
 
 
 
 ' - 
 
 V J 
 
 TCC5 3PBCCD #Qr fttOGE 7*?*// JV .r rer - A -« r 71 
 **;- sr "l-zfc ermec* coMSrctmvr ccupicj or f/^s 
 ->-.':r Bomt6 **eccs*mnree /tor less tum* r&^f < mcws. 
 
 * -t AnO "' if*.'- ,^-.f ■ . tc-r ~- C re* r-'Cj^rT ,*£-, p <./-. a.-.q 
 Tift t OtC-VS Tfr'C-r fok Cir.,*^, nrr-Str <y,„c nt 
 
 He. S3 
 
 .i^h* '^■"~~~ , j~ J 2 ; _ r "„"'^ : ^" 
 
 /V-y <S3 5c£ Wltt-M 120 
 
 F)S 6^ 
 
 
 MAHH£J? OTJMOW6 rYHenSj* CiQSfD ov?s. 
 
 Figs. 5908-5938. Recommended Practice for Loading Long Material on Open Cars. Sheet Dl 
 
 (561) 
 
Figs. 5939-5952 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. 
 
 A/DTE~ THf EM&VSOYS LMDEJPSCQRED SHOULD 
 BE MA/A/TA/NFO BUT DE&V?TURE FROM 
 OTHER O/MENStOHS ARE ALLOWABLE TO 
 SUIT COHO/T/OHS. 
 
 A/R BRAKE HOSE I % 22 
 AIR SIGNAL HOSE I' X 22' 
 
 OJAMETER OR STEAM HOSE TO BE tg'WCWES, 
 A/WO OT SUCH L\EA/GTH THAT DlSTA/JCE FX>CAf 
 FACT OF COOBL/Af& GASKET TD £S'D OFA7PPLE 
 ft'LL BE 3! IHCHES. 
 
 S1TV>> HOSS COi/PUHG 
 
 Fio;s. 5944-5947. Recommended Location tor Steam and Air Line Connections. Sheet E. 
 
 t^p*ip=.rj 
 
 rfjMrtsnjfhffem ~W~ *gj 
 
 Figs. 5048-5950. Twist Gage for Automatic Couplers. 
 Sheet G. 
 
 Figs. 5951-5952. Combination Lamp Holder 
 and Flag Bracket. Sheet E. 
 
 (562) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 5953-597^ 
 
 nan. 
 
 H£Ll. 
 
 section D-D. 
 
 FIG.D. 
 
 SPJLicisra of sills. 
 
 SIDE SILL. 
 
 Figs. 5953-5960. Recommended Practice for Splicing Sill? on Steel Cars. Sheet G. 
 
 /0" 
 
 M/i/Mf/m f/af/tao/?-/?: 
 
 
 - 
 
 &£0/T\ 
 
 ■ 
 
 tf\AW / 6 
 
 ■':-—" 
 
 \^ 
 
 ?$ 
 
 - 
 
 '<*-■ 
 
 ~~ 
 
 C/Z0W/YG' 
 
 <^S >fc 
 
 /y/iAwtf so? saw amr. ' 
 
 taw? -/f%vr/mv 
 
 %^\ 
 
 /!-;> 1 ! 
 
 f « 
 
 ) i 
 
 1 1 
 
 *1/-J*/'J 
 
 -&Z7l/f Of MM. 
 
 
 W -aragt&r/TZ 7pjf/sr/A'Zi7/vsrj % • 
 
 -r-J 
 
 
 
 Figs. 5961-5971. Recommended Practice for Box Car Side and End Doors. Sheet F. 
 
 (563) 
 
Figs 5972-6003 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. 
 
 Figs. 5972-5999. Recommended Practice for Box Car Side and End Doors. Sheet F. 
 
 cvrsipt tf<{ <m car 300* —i 
 
 IMIMSIOH A futvrt CMNWt or 4/r girtre evimor* 
 /a rv>,r v*iyr ro avr3ioe ut; or staffs j^,i 
 
 • B*4rr C'l>»DZ* ""C T*"l( >-,•' *i »f#r re 
 ft 0i"-j, ct i,t/g or jrtrfy ij 'W/iTfM ror 
 
 ~^^~ 
 
 =*= 
 
 Figs. 0000-6003. Recommended Practice for Location of Air Brake Parts on Cars. Sheet G. 
 
 (SG4) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 6004-6013 
 
 -^m^^TTyQ 
 
 It mrnr >v tor c 
 
 Figs. 6004-6009. Recommended Practice for Location of Air Brake Parts on Cars. Sheet G. 
 
 Spmistg A" 
 
 eOOOO IBS. CARS (ARCH BAR TRUCKS). 
 SECT/OK A-B" SECT/ON B-C" 
 
 iSl*RIJVG B 
 
 70000 LBS. CARS (ARCH BAR TRUCKS) 
 
 ■SBCT/O/V "A-B" SECT/OH B-C" 
 
 -iff- -f/Tf- 
 
 yfr U^/J^i ikr~ 2 %^ 'H~ 
 
 ■4 BARS 1% OIA., 7J?l'LO<V<7 TAPfRfD ro SO%'. 
 EIGHT BAP5, A-OU/?BARS /'O/A. 6S%'l°" a TAP/THCD TO 72ft. mflMAL IYT OrjTACHBAR 23 LBS; MIMMUM r/r e2L£S Soz. 
 
 <e - 62je - - • 6 6 %' Oc/rsios d/am, Sfe" 
 
 s/ormL wr or £ach iveouk ems mlbs, is oz; mw,mvm vzrtiBi s 07 Heis „ rs> B ^ F ^. ^souc. 7% 7*oo lbs. capy, vsooias. 
 
 ■ 2— ■ , S , & ■ • ■■ . . 3 . CLLLSTCPr OF SPRINGS 
 
 Ol/rs/OS O/AM, /STr-OUR COILS J% ,S™ A-Oit? CO/IS 3% W/BHT& S^ttf. 6%S0LID, 7".- 29OO0LBS;CAPY SOOOOtBS 
 
 HE/Snrs,./*T AOV/i COILS SffAffF£';-?%"50L/D: S% "3370LB5 CPPY 744C LBS. 
 
 2!B .. . 6/2 » 4Jp . S%" /S30 . .. 3060 . 
 
 CLl/Srm OF SR/7//VSS 
 '//f/SI/73- rxCLUS/ff OFCAP5 6f£ V/RKF; ^ SOLID, S^'PSOOO ' LS5; CAPY *2000 LBS 
 
 Figs. 6010-0013. Recommended Practice for Springs and Spring Caps for Arch Bar 
 Trucks, 00,000 lbs. and 70,000 lbs. Capacity. Sheet H. 
 
 (565) 
 
Figs. 6014-6023 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. 
 
 Sjw/jvg"C" 
 
 BOOOO LBS, CARS (ARCH BAR TRUCKS). 
 
 Sl*JiUVG & " 
 
 /OOOOO IBS CARS (ARCH BAR TRUl KS) 
 
 SECT/ON 'A-B~ SECTION B-C~ 
 
 6 BARS. -2 ■ 2 
 
 4 BAPS Ifc a/A, 73%' Uava. TAPFRFD To BO%- 
 
 2 " -g* ' 7-?!£ < „ , 77-%' E/G.VT 3.1PS 48FHS /fg P/P, 73%"LOf/G, T4P3A<£D TO 80*g' 
 
 ifMM/u. WTer&ia//!Lr rcU ff BA „s?34is;/»wmuMnr.e2iB$soz ■? . %~ . 74-%- „ .. 77%' 
 
 • ,. ., 2™ mo „ e, iB5 7oz . e , .4 /varmL fvrors/ic// /fret//? bws 23ZB5,/uw/mi/m wt 3s ^es. s c2 
 
 OUTS/BP D/AM. OF /?T fovf CO!LS s%/;j™> T/YO CO//S 8~%" ■ ... 2?? » ., 6 IBS 7SZ . .,3.4. 
 
 RS/GPTS. /SI SOU/? CO//S 8%Ff£E . 6%S01ID; 7j£ 7400 IBS.lPPY tf£OOiS5. °VTS/0£ Omf. OF /ST PVM CO/IS Sfc ; P»° ROVR 2%~ 
 
 2 ~ TWO . „ „ „ 2/OO . , 3SOO . H3'GHTJ,/ST TOO/? CO/IS 8%T/l3£:e%f50L/D: 7%,' 7400 IBS OlPY^SOOlBi 
 
 CLUSTER OP SPP//VGS „ a™ „ .' 2/00 . . 3SOO . 
 
 R3/GR7S »'IPCa-TC<tPS;8'yrPFF;G,f t :scl/D:7£-33800LBS:C/IPY£7O00LBS. CLUSTFH OP SPP/A/tSS 
 
 H3/GRTS fy/Tf/CUT CAP3 8/i" FPF£ 6%SOlJD;7Jf'38O0O 185. CPP'r &4GCO 185 
 
 Figs. G014-6017. Recommended Practice for Springs and Spring Caps for Arch Bar 
 Trucks, 80,000 lbs. and 100,000 lbs. Capacity. Sheet H. 
 
 /Spring "e" 
 
 6OO0O IBS. CAPS (PFDFSTAL TRUCKS) 
 
 'SPZfZA'G "F" 
 
 80000 IBS CARS (PFOFSTAL TRUCKS) 
 
 r 
 
 S/PRiiXG "G" 
 
 l OOOOO LBS CARS (PFDESTAL TRUCKS) 
 
 A.L 
 
 TWO BARS ttT0flR /%'o/A,67?2 LOWS, TAP£X£D TV 76%' 
 <?-T* - W ■ Mftf , , . U%' 
 
 jto#i<m.wr ,"- r .. 2/fzss soi. wmmum wr 27 lbs /o 02 
 
 . 20-° , /p . S . . to - 2 ■ 
 
 ci/rs/Dc mm. /-vco/i 7' rrr co/t 
 
 7~ftVSAf?S LV£At\/%OiA_ ^I'zOtfi T*PEf£D re 84'i 
 
 ?"> - r . 65f . . . 7tft 
 
 /YORMAL >YT /£/"- 40 L35 5 Of. A/WML** n'r 5?^3S /£ OZ 
 
 TWO BAPS iSJ SAP t% 0/4,76% ' LONG, TAPF<??0 TO 86% 
 2Z" . •%* - 74- - - .80' 
 
 HOPMAL rtT t£f~ ■■ 38 IBS 6 Q2 AWtnAUM t*r 37 LBS. -? DZ 
 
 - 2ZP . M . e , - - ts * zS . ■ 2Z? ...'*.$; . . / 
 
 0UT5IDE &/AM- /U COIL 8', JZ? CO'L -3%~ OL/TS/OC LVaM /i T COU g- 2& COZi. ** %' 
 
 HS/OHTS, /CTCO/L ?'$'^Cf:J jSCLtO: 6#' &270 LBS C4FY /S530 LBS HEIGHTS, /€' C&i 7^>W/", S%'S0tlO, <Tf. S200L3SCifr I94C0LBS H£/GHTS /if Cc/L 7$>WT. 5%SOtiD. 6%/tSAO i.BS, CA>h 20300 IBS. 
 
 ZST - l-% ■ 0~%' - tog ' 3080 , . 7OO0 , 21" - 7%' - S%' - 6%' oMBO ■ - TOO ■ - S£? . T'.'Z , JjJ}' - £%' SOSO . - >QCbO t 
 
 CLl'S'ST Of JPP/MSS CLUSTER CT &WTGS CLUSTER Or 5PP'h&5 
 
 H&GKT£l7% ffff.-Sfi ' SOLID, 6%' //JSO LBS, CAP* 22S30 LBS. A-f/ffvro 7% n?EF S$SCL/D. 6 s f Z25S0 LBS, C4P> 26500 LBS. /.T'OhTS. 7$'f*¥S. S$'SL3t/z>: &%'/6970iBS C* c r 3C36C J.SS. 
 
 Figs. 6018-6020. Recommended Practice for Springs for Pedestal Trucks. Sheet IT. 
 
 zf2£VA770A' MALF $/OiT fftAM/ZVG FOR 
 
 60.000-1 b Capacity Cars. 
 
 1 
 
 I\~ 
 
 ll 
 
 ll 
 
 II 
 
 
 w 
 
 // 
 
 II 
 
 ll 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 if id 
 
 W i 
 
 BlFWT/OV //A/.F S/OF F/?AM///6 FOR ELEVATJON &VO /SHW/MS FO* 
 
 80.000 mo /OO.0OO-LB. Capacity Cars. 60,000, 80.000 aa/d 100.000-Lb. CAmarr Cws 
 Figs. 6021-0023. Recommended Practice for Framing of Box Cars. Sheet K. 
 
 (56fi) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 6024-6027 
 
 £LevATIOM SECTION A.A 
 
 APPARATUS FOR DROPTEST OF KAIUCKLE P/VOT PINS 
 
 (567) Figs. 6024-6027. Recommended Practice for Drop Test Machine for M. C. B. Couplers. Sheet J. 
 
Figs. 6028-6070 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 ? ~S-i. ' A 
 
 
 iV.-=:""-.;- ;.«- 
 
 $25\ 
 
 
 a 
 
 3" S-3' 
 
 
 
 
 -/ 
 
 -". -. . v :.:.■. - -; /-_-- :> 1 .'.• 
 
 SMOPfoAfM V;-c£7: 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 aSS 1 SR3A ^ v _- . j- ^ ^_ 
 
 .:_--.< V-- \-:V •.-.?-- e ~- . j 
 
 
 
 
 W 
 
 
 
 -" ." -r j *■* -.' .-"-" -"' j- . i 
 
 
 
 -j, 
 
 
 
 ■5 _.-^ 
 
 
 ; -^a^f^^es 
 
 
 ■,-££?£ 
 
 IT* <* 
 
 .3 
 
 Lace. 
 
 v:=iz>-.-.- 
 
 -.-•• 
 
 
 . "' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 f?" 
 
 
 
 
 
 - -*. 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 £fXl " 
 
 
 
 
 
 r/J- 
 
 
 .£¥;££"* 
 
 
 . -r 
 
 
 
 
 -V.;.- 
 
 _'V.V -_■. 
 
 t. w 
 
 -V 
 
 Set' 
 
 T- CZ -A 
 
 Figs. 6028-6067. High-Speed Foundation Brake Gear for Six-Wheel Passenger Trucks. Sheet J. 
 
 |"WMMOjMrt 
 
 Figs. 0068-6069. 
 
 Standard Limit Gage 
 
 for Remounting Cast Iron 
 
 Wheels. Sheet J. 
 
 Fig. 6070. Recommended Practice for Cast Iron Wheel for 60,000 lbs. Capacity Cars. 
 Maximum 625 lbs., Minimum 615 lbs. Sheet J. 
 
 (,"HiS) 
 
MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. Figs. 6071-6101 
 
 & - C S S. g-CT— . 
 
 T-c/S-, r-cc-D 
 
 £T-i^j-B. T-i- 
 B-C2-B, 
 
 T-i-Z-B-* I 
 
 
 W5Z/" / TA3L£T /J 
 
 fOfi CAX5 Wf/GxlHG SOOOOTO 70000 LBS fC,9 C/lffS trf/OWAG 7COOO 7O$7t0CLBS. 
 
 r~~ * 7 B-i. S.-& - F WftWf t -T- 
 
 5060070 S2J00 S7 ^ " ^'- = 2. 
 
 OfTS/£>£ HUNG BftAK£S. 
 
 5B ip67U$37 G03t :^a^5 3 
 
 S3800ToS57jQ7 SC"d676, 4 
 
 ' a ' c S B 
 
 t 7- ^ p *■-<■'-* t^Ia-a \ ( %a-<-*-aS$ 7--c^s t ^ 
 
 4900070X000, 
 
 ■7 7'.: - ..-■ 
 
 
 S$*OCTc £7700 .^02 'oF74 , J" 
 
 ;"-'."■-• -■■■'-■■■-•-• .?■. . .. f '■- 6 
 
 5S [?i? -j't.' 577 e> J v trj 7 
 
 £■<?#?,? -v £^7^ 3^ t; /ygT? 1 a 
 
 eit.'i'' >c &--&X- 1i .-■ -■■■■_' - :r 3_ 
 
 ■-•■'*• . _-.^-:J£-i ?-y ..S .^ .<: 
 
 CrUAD£f l£V£P 3-1/-3. 
 
 FOR e*>f*s f^"/ 
 
 vrC/G#ir,S. ',7'j. 
 
 ° £'"-"■' 
 
 1 * 
 
 '" 
 
 i 
 
 ! / 
 
 5" 
 
 ?,-. 
 
 ., f.f.."'.' -. '".-.-; v." 
 
 
 J- 
 
 *l 
 
 7 Ji-" - "775' ' 
 
 - '4 7 
 
 l/M 
 
 /Si 
 
 VJ,V; -_V _-- 
 
 -V -r 
 
 /3J 
 
 '91' 
 
 .'=."..- -.- ■<;,';;. 
 
 M9V jr 
 
 /■*" 
 
 /a- 
 
 _".. >: -„i:nc-: ■--■:: 
 
 :S-- 7. 
 
 Wi~ 
 
 >*i 
 
 -.-,.: '.&teo; ■'-:: - 
 
 ;..f7..- - 
 
 \/4i 
 
 .-a, 
 
 ; : ; ;.';&r^ ?.'. 
 
 "o6 , 7J | 8 
 
 M-l- 
 
 ■ Si 
 
 ".".":; -:■ "ex.- 3 ;■.■:■ 
 
 087 S S 
 
 tS' 
 
 -8 
 
 li .: ■:. --■'.. :■■ ■ 
 
 .• ft v . .: 
 
 /fi'wr 
 
 A'~*jw7(^7Ay- -if^.f^Tyj^-i-v 
 
 
 P//W A-Q/. flW Vd ? /=V/v A'a 2/«. /» /v ^v;, />(- 
 
 
 
 Figs. G071-6100. Recommended Practice for High Speed Foundation Brake Gear for 
 Four-Wheel Passenger Trucks. Sheet K. 
 
 Fig. 6101. Recommended Practice for Cast Iron Wheel for 80,000 lbs. Capacity Cars. 
 Maximum 675 lbs., Minimum 065 lbs. Sheet T. 
 
 (569) 
 
Figs. 6102-6183 MASTER CAR BUILDERS' RECOMMENDED PRACTICE. 
 
 ->■ ! 
 
 T-C/-C. B-C5-C- 
 
 -B-L2.-C --B-C2-C 
 
 \B-CI-C, ! 
 
 u-c— i 4, 
 
 B-i. z -c — r 
 
 r B-CZ-C < 
 
 ~*-B-L/-c * ^ — • 
 
 ■3-C4--C- B-C-&-C 
 
 OUTSIDE HUNG BRAKE'S. 
 
 3-C &-C. B-C5-C — B-C4-- C 
 
 sB-CZ-C 
 
 . /B-C3-C 
 
 \t-l/-c trr-L./-c 
 
 -B-i-Z-C 
 
 , B-CZ-C i / 7 -^ / , c -J \r-T-i.Z-C 
 
 b-s.z-c-4 7 T -<:&-c,\ 
 
 WS/DE HUNG B/?*/<£S . 
 
 B -C4--C - B-C 5-C 'B-C&-C 
 
 schbx/ic c. 
 
 FO/IC/I/IS H&&MN6 3&XO ~c SCOCO—SS 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 3 1 
 
 Jf=;:v;r;; 5S9-.-f— , 
 
 f4 
 
 .'9 
 
 j^i::-:-:?x x;-£'£ z 
 
 #i 
 
 '81 
 
 ~ :::-:~2?:: 3c ^a/s 3 
 
 /4i 
 
 of 
 
 ■±2ix~z~'5:?y::-;e-'5 -*■ 
 
 t+i 
 
 /8s. 
 
 
 fS' 
 
 /a- 
 
 ■*r::;';-<6:x 355';e-4 & 
 
 ■:y 
 
 -i 
 
 ~ ■-. ;-:• ~~~J.J£53'c87S 7 
 
 >-> 
 
 f7f\ 
 
 ■z-3:~-cs- J ax'Sc:^oas£ a 
 
 5"j 
 
 -+ 
 
 • 2 2' — 5 i- '-'-! V"~'i' ^ -lfl -2- 
 
 'I . i. s- 4 ' " 
 
 /iv- Z-3f— - 
 
 VS£DOH ALL. "~»- — 65'- 
 
 COHHECT/OHS T-CZ-C 
 
 Figs. 6102-6176. Recommended Practice for High-Speed Foundation Brake Gear 
 for Four-Wheel Passenger Trucks. Sheet L. 
 
 Figs. 6177-6182. Recommended 
 
 Practice for Lettering 
 
 for Freight Cars. Sheet M. 
 
 Fig. 6183. Recommended Practice for Cast Iron \\ 
 for 100,000 lbs. Capacity Cars. 
 Maximum 725 lbs., Minimum 715 lbs. Sheet J. 
 
 heel 
 
 (570) 
 
INSPECTION CARS. General Views. 
 
 Figs. 6184-6186 
 
 Fig-. 6185. 
 No. 16. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car 
 Type C. 
 
 Fig. 6186. No. 21. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car. 
 
 Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 (571} 
 
Figs. 6187-61! 
 
 INSPECTION CARS, General Views. 
 
 
 Fig. 6187. No. 22. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car. 
 
 Fig. 6188. No. 26. Section Gasolene Motor Car. 
 
 Fig. 6189. No. 14. Section Gasolene .Motor Car. Auto, nubile Type. 
 
 Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 (573) 
 
HAND CARS, Inspection; General \ iews. 
 
 Figs. 6190-6192 
 
 Fig. 6190. Xo. 2J. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car. 
 Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 Fig. 6191. Xo. 16. Inspection Gasolene Motor Car. 
 The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 6192. No. 15. Motor Inspection Car. 
 Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 (573) 
 
Figs 6193-6196 
 
 HAND CARS, Inspection; General View! 
 
 Fig. 6193. Xo. 13. Gasolene Hand Car. 
 Fairbanks. Morse & Co. 
 
 Fig. 6194. Eiul.-i Xo. 12. Motor Velocipede Car. Fig. 6195. Buda No. 12A. Motor Velocipede Car. 
 
 The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 6196. No. 9. Inspection Hand Car. 
 Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co. 
 
 (574) 
 
HAND CARS, Inspection; General View 
 
 Figs. 6197-6201 
 
 Fig. 6197. No. 0. Gasolene Motor Inspection Car. 
 Fairbanks. Morse & Co. 
 
 Fig. 6198. Xo. 7. Steel Velocipede Car. Fig. 6199. Xo. 12. Velocipede Car. 
 
 Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 6200. No. 3. Velocipede Car. 
 The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co. 
 
 Fig. 0201. Xo. 0. Steel Velocipede Car. 
 Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co. 
 
 (575) 
 
Figs 6202-6206 
 
 HAND CARS, Inspection; General V 
 
 Fig. 6202. No. 2. Section Hand Car with Side Seats 
 Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 6203. No. 3. Bridge Gang Hand Car. Fig. 6204. No. 1. Section Hand Car. 
 
 Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 6205. Hand Car. 
 Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 Fig. 6206. No. 1. Hand Car with Steel Wheels. 
 The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co. 
 
 (576) 
 
HAND CARS. Inspection; General Views 
 
 Figs. 6207-6210 
 
 SCALE OF FEET. 
 
 Fig. 0207. End Elevation 
 
 Fig. 6208. Side Elevation 
 
 — --3 0- 
 
 Names of Parts of Hand Car. 
 Figs. 6207-6209. 
 
 1 Wheel 
 
 2 Axle 
 
 3 Journal Box 
 
 4 Pinion 
 
 5 Gear Wheel 
 
 6 Crank Shaft 
 
 7 Crank Shaft Bearings 
 
 8 Side Sills 
 
 9 End Sills 
 10 Center Sills 
 
 16 Floor 
 
 17 Lever Frame Post 
 
 18 Lever Frame Cap 
 
 19 Hand Car Lever 
 
 20 Lever Handle 
 
 21 Lever Shaft 
 
 22 Lever Shaft Bearings 
 
 23 Bell Crank 
 
 24 Connecting Rod 
 
 25 Lever Frame Tie Rod 
 
 26 Hani Car ZYm« Rod 
 26a CY<«.s Frame Truss Rod 
 
 27 Brake Beam 
 
 28 Brake Beam Hanger 
 
 29 5raib H«id 
 
 30 Brafo Rod 
 
 31 Brake Lever 
 
 
 —so' - -J- I 
 
 
 
 TO 
 
 rrr, >.dfe 
 
 irri o"_v_t-~-i; :: = "" 
 
 TtT"^ 
 
 , 2- ,/2 - : 
 
 /o« ■ ion ■ •- -a- 7*' 
 
 "*v-*^*- /*y' 
 
 5KS& 
 
 ^ w . jH ;L"I 
 
 ^1^/fer 
 
 ; 
 
 
 -=, 
 
 
 ,--•3*--' 
 
 j.U 
 
 --T* 
 
 ! 
 
 UiL 
 
 £1ED 
 
 ■ r 
 
 29 
 
 ***' |C 
 
 Fig. 6209. Plan. 
 Hand Car. Wabash Railroad. 
 
 Fig. 0210. No. 3. Narrow Gage Hand Car. 
 The Duda Foundry & Mfg. Co. 
 
 (577) 
 
Figs. 6211-6217 
 
 HAND CARS, Inspection; General V 
 
 Fig. 6211. Combination Walking Beam Hand and Push Car. The Walking Beam Frame May be 
 Detached as Shown. Turnbuckle Pitman Connection. 
 
 Fig. G212. No. 16. Push Car. Fig. 6213. Xo. SV2. Track Laying or Rail Car. 
 
 Kalamazoo Railway Supply Co. 
 
 Fig. 6214. No. 4. Push Car 
 Fairbanks, lorse & Co. 
 
 Figs. 6215-6217. Pressed Steel Hand Car Wheels 
 The Buda Foundry & Mfg. Co. 
 
 (578) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views. 
 
 Figs. 62i3-522i 
 
 Fig. 6218. All Steel Subway Car. Baker Street & Waterloo. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 6219. Convertible Elevated Motor Car. Brooklyn Rapid Transit Co. 
 John Stephenson Co., Builders. 
 
 <ig. 6220. Elevated Motor Car. Interbonmgli Rapid Transit Co. 
 Wason Mfg. Co., Builders. 
 
 (07!), 
 
 Fig. 6221. Combination Passenger and Baggage Electric Car. 
 Wason Mfg. Co., Builders. 
 
Figs. 6222-6226 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, General Views. 
 
 Fig. 0223. Interior of Convertible Elevated Motor C 
 B. R. T. John Steohenson Co.. Builders. 
 
 1 
 •- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 [ J Jil^lK«a5SSI ' ■— '1™ |» --"'■ |^nl| i! | H P -f 1 1 
 
 JiUSi.-l 
 
 1 3354. — - ■■-■■1. . •"- — — - :-■-■--. ------ . -7 — 
 
 
 
 P9BHB JttflUiagfiL'"f^'"4~" im ^fc - •* J W"fl|Bjr 
 
 *! 
 
 ^B® I ; ^^^^^^^^* 
 
 Fig. 6225. Steel Subway Car. Gibbs Patents. Interboroi'.gh Rapid Transit Co. 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 (Drawings of this car arc shown in Figs. 6S5-638.) 
 
 Fig. 0226. Electric Division Baggage Car. West Jersey & Seashore. Wason Mfg. Co., Builders. (580) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views. 
 
 Figs. 6227-6231 
 
 Fig. 6227. Drawing Room Car. 
 
 Fig. 6228. Interior of Drawing Room Ca 
 
 Fig. 6229. Interior of "Washington" Type Car. 
 
 Fig. IJ23II. "\\ ashington" Tvoe Car 
 
 (581) 
 
 Fig. G231. Private Car "Josephine.' 
 The J. G. Brill Co., Builders. 
 
Figs 6232-6236 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, General Views. 
 
 Fig. 6232. Combination Passenger, Smoking and Baggage Car. 
 
 Fig. 6233. Interior of Combination Passenger, Smoking 
 and Baggage Car. 
 
 Fig. 6234. Interior of Semi-Convertible Car. 
 
 (Exterior shown in Fig. 6238.) 
 
 Fig. 6235. Baggage and Express Car. 
 
 Fig. 6236. 14-Bench, "Narragansett" Type. Open Car. 
 The J. G. Brill Co., Builders. 
 
 (582) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views. 
 
 Figs. 6237-6240 
 
 Fig. G237. Convertible Car. 
 {Both window sashes and metal panels slide into roof pockets.) 
 
 Fig. 6238. Semi-Convertible Car. 
 (The window pockets are in the side roofs.) 
 
 T^- f§ 
 
 Fig". 0230. Standard 12-Bench Open Car. 
 
 (583) 
 
 Fig. 0240. Standard 10-Bench Open C; 
 The J. G. Brill Co., Builders. 
 
Figs. 6241-6244 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, General Views. 
 
 11241. Standard P-A-Y-E Car. Metropolitan Street Railway Co. Jewett Car Co.. Builder: 
 
 Fig. 11242. Electric Street Car. Southeastern Ohio Ry., Light & Power Co. Jewett Car Co.. Builders 
 
 Fig. U243. All Steel Electric Street Car. New York & Queens Count)' Ry. Ci 
 American Car & Foundry Co., Builders. 
 
 1 
 
 ■ —■,-■ 
 
 MA^MfltcAi^flMttMiHi^A^liflflHIH 
 
 
 
 1 >— — t «■-»• r-f_ _ 1 • 
 
 il 
 
 !iTJa.»aWffiE 
 
 
 
 Jf\'\ T VIZ 
 
 D " • ..' v :a"5|£ b^SEsr— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fig. 11244. Steel Electric Street C; 
 
 ;ton Rapid Transit Ci 
 
 (r>84) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, General Views. 
 
 Figs. 6245-6248 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 }; 
 
 ilBMter 
 
 
 
 
 1 ;i r ' — 11 r— — r- 
 
 
 lr" " 
 
 ■*~ fc ™ 1 " 
 
 
 
 ^'^c 
 
 
 
 
 -j. 
 
 (■k^^tIv^bs 
 
 j*1£! 
 
 &f 
 
 i^BTjsa 
 
 
 ■■ 4 w l!Ug *'^^ify^^fe 
 
 
 
 Fig. 6245. High Speed Interurban Car. St. Louis Car Co., Builder;. 
 
 Fig. 6246. Interior of Elevated Car. 
 
 Northwestern Elevated R. R._, Chicagc 
 
 St. Louis Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 6247. Interior of High Speed Interurban 
 
 Car. Canton-Akron Ry. 
 
 St. Louis Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 6248. High Speed Interurban Car for Cleveland & liastern R\ 
 St. Louis Car Co.. Builders. 
 
 (585) 
 
Figs. 6240,-62^ 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, General Views. 
 
 Fig-. 6249. High Speed Electric Interurban Car. 'Jewctt Car Cm.. Builders. 
 
 Fig. 6250. Interior of High Speed Electric. Passenger. 
 Baggage and Smoking Car. 
 
 Fig. 6251. Interior of Standard Interurban Car. 
 Jewett Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 6252. High Speed Electric Passenger, Baggage and Smoking Car. Jewctt Car Co., Builders. 
 
 ~~* vtti'gBammm^ 
 
 Fig. 6253. High Speed Electric Interurban Ca 
 
 (586) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Working; General Views. 
 
 Figs. 6255-6257 
 
 -■ ^ a s zi 
 
 Fig. 6255. High Speed Electric Interurban Car. Jewett Car Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 6256. Snow Sweeper. McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co., Builders 
 
 Fig. Cil-jT. Standard Snow Sweeper. The J. G. Brill Co., Builders. 
 
 (587) 
 
Figs. 6258-6260 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, Working; General Views. 
 
 Fig. 6258. Bag-gage and Express Car, with Removable Snow Plows. 
 The J. G. Brill Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. 6259. Centrifugal Sprinkling Car. The J. G. Brill Co., Builders. 
 
 Fig. G260. Pneumatic Sprinkling Car. McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co., Builders. 
 
 (588) 
 
MOTOR CARS, General Vi 
 
 ews. 
 
 Figs. 6261-6263 
 
 Fig. 6261. Gasolene Motor C 
 
 ar. No. 19. Open Type. 
 Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 Fig. 6202. Gasolene Motor Car, Xo. 19. Enclosed Type 
 Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 Fig. 6263. Gasolene Motor Car, No. 24. Enclosed Ty 
 Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 
 
 pc. 
 
 (589) 
 
Figs. 6264-6265 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies. 
 
 (590) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies. 
 
 Figs. 6266-6268 
 
 (591) 
 
Figs. 6269-6272 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodk 
 
 (592"! 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies. 
 
 Figs. 6273-6280 
 
 Fig. G2 1 3. Single Step Car. Fig. 6274. "Xarragansett" Car. 
 
 Sections of Standard Single Step and "Narragansett" Cars Showing Different Forms of Construction. 
 
 Fig. 6275. Fig. 6276. Fig. 6277. Fig. 6278. Fig. 6279. Fig. 6280. 
 
 Panels and Showing Details Panels and Standard Car. Semi-Convert- Semi-Convert- 
 
 Windows Lowered. of Grooves. Windows Stored ihle Car. ible Car 
 
 in Roof Pocket. Sashes Raised. Sashes Lowered. 
 
 Figs. 6275-0277. Sections of Brill's Convertible Car. Figs. 6278-6280. Sections of Brill's Semi-Convertible Car 
 
 The J. G. Brill Co., Builders. 
 (593) 
 
Figs. 6281-6285 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies. 
 
 C if 
 
 1 
 
 -ST~- 
 
 L 
 
 
 HE 
 
 IrC 
 
 
 aB^fiSffiTESvB/I 
 
 n 
 
 PiP 
 
 h 
 
 Figs. 6281-6282. Side Elevation and Floor Plan of 55-ft. Electric Interurban Car. 
 Cleveland & Eastern. St. Louis Car Co., Builders. 
 
 \— ?? J .^ 
 
 Figs. 6283-6285. Part Side Elevation, Plan and Section of Framing of 55-ft. Electric Interurban Car. 
 Cleveland & Eastern. St. Louis Car Co., Builders. 
 
 (594) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Car Bodies. 
 
 Figs. 6286-6289 
 
Figs. 6290-6313 ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric. 
 
 Fig. 6290. G. E.-207 Railway Motor. Front View, 
 
 Fig. 6291. G. E.-207 Railway Motor. Rear View-. 
 
 C 
 P 
 F 
 
 r 
 
 6 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 ®/r 
 
 L 
 
 M 
 H 
 
 + <? 
 
 ■\P 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 T 
 IJ 
 V 
 W 
 X 
 Y 
 Z 
 
 men 
 
 Fa 
 
 mi'f-ZJ'i'Sfff 
 
 Lock Washer Cat Ho JOPit 
 
 Nut I'rd7, hex 
 
 SfudforhxIeCap 
 
 Lock Washer Cat do fbldd 
 " " •> 16177 
 '• " " 16176 
 
 dear 
 
 Piii/on 
 
 Ga 
 , M> 
 
 ■fda 
 
 fHa 
 
 La 
 
 Lb Fo/ftorFamedeadCayerSprinqP/manend 
 
 Mb Spring for Frame dead dowf~f/d/o/7e/fo' 
 
 Hb Hut for F^ome dead Baft P/n/gn end 
 
 3 
 
 Frame Head Coyer P/mon end 
 " " " .Commuig/orend 
 
 Magnet 'Frame, compfefe 
 
 Spring forCear Case Oil dote l/d Ob Sprmq for F-ame dead Cover Commend 
 
 Ifmqe Pm for gear Case Oil dole Lid Pb Bo/flor Framedead CarerSprmq, " " 
 
 Bolffor/ldeCap{d4 i 7,4'''£dex.d) Ob dp'l Washer for Frame dead Bo/f " " 
 
 . <Spl Lock Washer P/a/e for drte Cap Stud TiBb '"opCoeer forhfoqnefF'ame comp/efe 
 
 Ha " " " for dx/e Cap dolts &Sb FicdinaFe/dCoiicomp/efe 'm/h Terminals andleadsS/de- 
 Oa Baft for Coverst&rddtydex.d.) *Th " ' " •■ ■■ " _ " " " TopandBottom , 
 
 Pa dolt for Ground Terminal Cat Ho. 44.909 lib lead m/nleff-bond Threaded 'terminal 'for Side Fxcd/nqF/eid Cods d/ff/xq 
 
 itrle Beoriaq Lir/mqjGireBore) da 
 drma/ure Shaft Bare 
 Pinion dutCtfdofflSt 
 Commufa'or, compte/e 
 Brush do/dercomp/efe 
 Cammu/a/mq Pc/ePieoe 
 ffacfanq for Cables 
 T/irust Collar 
 Frame head Pinion Fnd 
 
 " " ..Commutator Fnd 
 msherl%tHzXd5l 
 SprmqCot/erCatHo 15207 
 LockHixsherCai ' M>.Z4d6d 
 
 " " » " 16170 
 " " "B9790 
 Brush-Holder complete 
 Terminal for CroundCab/e 
 Terminal for Field Coil Ledds 
 Pad lor Fading Fie/d Cod 
 Sprmq for Oil Well lid 
 HwqePin/orOdde/llid 
 
 diSa 
 
 KTa 
 
 mda 
 
 Xia 
 
 Wo 
 
 Xd 
 
 Ya 
 
 Za 
 
 Itrmature.complefe Includes Pinion Vb " " " •• " •• " •• " " " 7 
 
 heyforP/nionlZ4."X4fy"oneendround) Jib " " Biqhfhond " " "TopfBoffom" " " 7 "igg/^ 
 
 CroundCuile, complete mth Terminal QXb Cmmufalinqde/a Coil, ' complete mlhTermmalsZleadsTop/lx/eZdodom 'Suspension 
 F/onqe for Fxe/fmq Feld Coil *kYb " " " " " " " " fipSas-penson/Bediwrifx/eSiaes 
 
 F/unqeforCommufofinqde/dCod iVZb Cahte w/lffd/qhthandTpreadedfermma/forCommu/afinqFetddoit 
 Spr/nqPad forCommutat/nq Fie/dCoit Tide " " Led band " " " Fxe/fmq F/e/dCods 
 
 Laminated Ps/e Piece m/h Stud dx/e Side dlffc " " diqhfhond " " " " " " 
 
 " " " "except dx/e Side Co drmoture Bearing l/ninq Pinion end Cat do 41060 
 SfudforLaminated PolePiece itx/eSide Dc » » " Commutator end Cat do 598ZZ 
 
 " " " " " except dx/eSid^Fe CovernithPocPmq for drma/ure Bearinqlininq/inionend 
 UdeSearinqCop Pinion Fnd Fc VenfilofinqCo/erforMaqnefFrame.Pimanerrd 
 
 " " " Commutator end §e Van/i/ai/nq Cover for Mdqnet 'Frame. Cammu Fa/or end 
 
 Ooiyel Pin for dale Beonnq Cap He lid with Paehnq for dxleBear/nq Cap Oil Wed 
 
 So.'tforCearCoeeriSuspensionCidde.WOCI k Bolt forFramePeodCommu/a/orFndfii'Z 7 Z^etd drilled forCo/ferPinJ 
 ('i-SAfy'f/ei ft ! Jc " " " " Pi man " " Zfy 
 
 Ft Bol/forCommu/a/inqPo/eP/ecelifrf/ferlt.1 Kc Hal ' for Fie dinq Pole Piece ■6lads/lx/e -Side (Pd, fydexl) 
 
 6b Bell for Brush thMerHupportlndblleit. tt.) 
 
 Hb tiulforPdeCtpotudCa/doSm 
 
 lb Connector for Col/fe'lerm/na/ 
 
 Jb CammthFyeBo/UCaichdutfor 
 
 Lc " " " " " " Except itileSideCuf.dafBddd 
 Mc Spring mfBdiif/s for tfoqnef Frame doeer [field Cart ll'/mq 
 
 He Uadm/bl.PTPreaded'lermmalforFopili/edffol/omSuspensianSideCommufafinq 
 Oc " " " '■ " " " " " " '■ " 1 ' 
 Pc Leodmdd/t. " " " -Suspension and Bottom dxfe£/de 
 Commufafinq Fe/d Cods 
 
 •^ Cat do I00d45 lor 600 Zoit Mo/or Cat No I008A6 for 600- IZ00M Motor 
 
 * ""100797" " " " " -lOOdOl " " " " " 
 
 * " "100798 " " " " " "I0080Z " " '■ " " 
 ® " "100799 " " " " " " 10080? " " " " 'i 
 
 * " "lOOdOO " " " '■ " "100804 " " '■ " " 
 
 1- Cm Col Ho ol Gear Case TidineMfoqe and Form of Motor ^For details, see photoqraph number (80414-d) 
 ® Cot do Stamped on dear, Pinion and dear Case OSpecify number of teeth m P/mon 
 • Me whether diqht or Left-hand thread % State f/hef tier Commutator or Pinion Fnd 
 
 Figs. 6293-6313. Details of G. E.-207 Railway Motor. 
 General Electric Co. 
 
 (506) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric. Figs. 6314-6327 
 
 Fig. 6320. Keyless 
 Lamp Socket 
 for Cluster. 
 
 Fig. 6321. Three-way 
 Snap Switch for 
 Lighting Circuit. 
 
 Fig. 6323. G. E.-219 Railway Motor, Lower Frame 
 Dropped and Armature Ready for Removal. 
 
 (507) 
 
 Figs. 6324-6327. Keyless Lamp Sockets and Bases. General Electric Co. 
 
Figs. 6328-6330 ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric. 
 
 =a OlBCV-'ir BftEAHEW. 
 
 E.a^q ETa Taps ar£ connects to same wse in Caile,, 
 
 Fig. 6328. Car Wiring for Two Series-Parallel Controllers and Four Motors. 
 
 7ro//ey 
 
 Ccs^-out (Str/icA 
 
 C/roj/6 Con£ac6or Sox 
 
 Breaker 
 
 s e 
 
 Fig". 6329. Control Wiring, Sprague- General Electric. Type M Control. 
 
 ^%= 7rv//ey 
 
 H 
 
 ij A/<?/n (Sw/6c/) 
 
 vfil 
 
 
 CS /?/>eos6e6s 
 
 ^\ 
 
 /f/c/r/no 
 Co// ilkwf 
 
 7^1, 
 
 ^gjlpgj 
 
 _ J_ILIt^ 
 
 /Stye? <5»r <f//w/<f Corrector Sox 
 
 S/~eo/er 
 
 _ Motor 
 Leads 
 
 ftevenser 
 
 Fig. 6330. Motor Wiring, Sprague-General Electric. Type M Control. 
 
 General Electric Co. 
 
 (598) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric. Figs. 6331-6339 
 
 Fig. 6334. K-36-B Series-Parallel Controller. 
 
 Fig. 6333. Third-Rail Shoe Mounted on 
 Car Truck. 
 
 Fig;. 6335-6336. Open Conduit Plow. 
 
 Fig. G337. Spring Type Collector 
 
 for Over-Running Third Rail. 
 (599) 
 
 Fig. 6338. Spring Type Collector 
 for Under-Running Third Rail. 
 General Electric Co. 
 
 Fig. 6339. Gravity Type Collector 
 for Over-Running Third Rail. 
 
Figs. 6340-6356 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General_Electric. 
 
 ?ig. 6340. Type RG Rheostat for Railway 
 Service. 
 
 Fie. 6341. Rolle 
 
 r Bearing Trolley Base. Type U. S.-13. 
 
 Fie. 6344. 
 
 Sleeve Bearing Trolley Base. Type U. S.-G. 
 
 Figs. 6342-634? 
 Open View of Type M. R. Circuit 
 Breaker. 
 
 Fig. 6345. Commutator 
 
 Construction, G.E.-216 
 
 Railway Motor. 
 
 AUTOMATIC 
 CIRCUIT. BR EAK ER 
 
 MR - 1 NO ? 
 
 PATENTED MAR.28.I905' 
 
 GENERAL 1 ': ' *'| 
 ELECTRIC COMPANY ' 
 
 SCHE.NECTADY,NY,0.5.A. 
 
 Figs. 63411-11347. Trolley \\ heel 
 Sleet Cutter. 
 
 Fie. 6348. Circuit Breaker. 
 
 Fig. 6349. 
 Type M. R. Circuit Breaker. 
 
 iT/i-Si i* — n 
 
 Fig. 6352. Trolley Harp, 
 Slow Speed Type. 
 
 I c 
 
 Figs. 0356-6351. Trolley Wheel for 
 
 City Service. 
 
 Fig. 6353. Trolley Harp, 
 High Speed Type. 
 
 General Electric Co. 
 
 Figs. 6355-6356. Trolley Wheel tor 
 High Speed Service. 
 
 (600) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; General Electric. Figs. 6357-6371 
 
 Figs. 6357-6358. 
 Master Controller. 
 
 Figs. 6359-6360. Master Controller, 
 Automatic Control. 
 
 Fig. 6362. Jumper. 
 
 Fig. 6363. lype M, Form D, 
 Lightning Arrester. 
 
 Figs. 6364-6365. Open View of Type M, 
 Form D, Lightning Arrester. 
 
 Fig. 6366. 
 Reversed in Box. 
 
 Fig. 6367. Extra Heavy Lightning Switch and Cut-Out. 
 
 Fig. 6368. Lightning Switch and Cut-Out. 
 
 Fig. 6369. 
 Contactor. 
 
 Fig. 6371. Brush 
 
 Holder for G.E.-216 
 
 Railway Motor. 
 
 General Electric Cc 
 
 (601) 
 
Figs. 6372-6375 ELECTRIC CARS. Electrical Machinery; Westinghous 
 
 Fig. 6372. Westinghouse Commutating Pole Direct-Current Railway Motor with Split Frame. 
 
 Fig. 6373. Westinghouse Xo. 93A. Direct-Current Railway Motor 
 
 Fig. G3 1 4. Armature for Westinghouse 93A Railway Motor. 
 
 Fig. f!37f). Westinghouse Xo. 304. Direct-Current Railway Motor with Solid Frame. 
 Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
 
 (602) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS. Electrical Machinery; Westinghouse. Figs. 6376-6384 
 
 Fig. 6376. Westinghouse No. 121. Direct-Current 
 Railway Motor with Upper Half of Frame Removed. 
 
 Figs. 6377-6378. 
 
 Hand Connectors for Motor Leads 
 
 and Car Wiring. 
 
 Fig. 03.9. M. P. Lightning Arrester 
 for Railway Service. 
 
 Fig. 638'2. Westinghouse Car Type 
 Circuit Ereaker. 
 
 Fig. 6381. Westinghouse Xo. 92A. Direct Current 
 Railway Motor, Lower Field Down. 
 
 Fig. 6383. Direct-Current Fig. 6384. Open View Circuit 
 
 (603) Car Circuit Ereaker. Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. Breaker for Car Service. 
 
Figs. 6385-6392 ELECTRIC CARS. Electrical Machinery: 
 
 Westinghouse. 
 
 Figs. 6385-6387. Westinghouse, 
 Type B-23, Direct-Current Controller. 
 
 Figs. 6388-6390. 
 Westinghouse; Type K-10, Direct-Current Controller 
 
 Fig. 6391. Motor Control Cut-Out 
 
 Fig 6392. Type No. 176-C. Reverse Switch 
 for Two 200-h.p. D. C. Motors. ' for Two 200-h.p D. C. Motors. 
 
 Westinghouse Unit Switch System of Multiple Control. I.OU* 
 
 Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; Westinghouse. Figs. 6393-6401 
 
 Fig. 63.93. Type Xo. 250. Unit Switch Group, Front View. 
 
 Cover Removed, Showing Interlocking Contacts. 
 
 Fig. 6394. Line Relay. 
 
 Fig. 639-5. Type No. 250. Unit Switch Group, Rear View. 
 Cover Removed, Showing Circuit Breakers. 
 
 Figs. 6396-6398. Seven-Point Connector Sockets, 
 Right Hand, Left Hand and Straight. 
 
 Figs. 6399-6400. Series Limit Switch. Fig. 6401. Junction Box. 
 
 Parts of Westinghouse Unit Switch System of Multiple Control for 
 Two 200-h.p. Direct-Current Motors under Each Car. 
 
 (605) 
 
Figs 6402-6404 ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; Westinghouse. 
 
 Fig. 6402. Westinghouse, No. 156. Alternating-Current Railway Motor. 
 
 -> ■ ">-.-. 
 
 Fig. 6403. Westinghouse, No. 132. Single-Phase Alternating-Current Railway Motor. 
 
 Fig. G404. Unit Switch Group for Westinghouse System of Multiple Control for Alternating Current. 
 
 Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
 
 (606) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; Westinghouse. Figs. 6405-6407 
 
 Fig. 6405. Type 251. Switch Group for Automatic 
 Unit Switch Control. 
 
 Fig. 6400. Drum Controller for Westinghouse 
 Four 50-h.p. Alternating-Current Motor Equipment. 
 
 Fig. 0407. Westinghouse Pantagraph Trolley, Raised. 
 Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
 
 (607) 
 
Figs. 6408-6409 ELECTRIC CARS, Electrical Machinery; Westinj 
 
 Fig. 6408. Diagram of Wiring and Apparatus for Westinghouse Hand Control for Alternating-Current Equipment. 
 
 Fig. 6409. Diagram of Wiring and Apparatus for Westinghouse Unit Switch System 
 of Multiple Control for Alternating-Current Equipment. 
 Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 
 
 (COS") 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Automatic Couplers, Etc. 
 
 Figs. 6410-6414 
 
 Fig. 6410. Westinghouse Automatic Air 
 
 C" - .:pler, with Flexible Metallic Joints 
 
 and Cut-Out Device. 
 
 Fig. 6411. Westinghouse Automatic Air Coupler, with 
 Flexible Metallic Joints. 
 
 =^ES^^=^> 
 
 Fig. 6412. Westinghouse Swivel Joints as Applied with 
 Radial Drawbars. 
 
 SV.IVEL JOT 
 
 03=E£a 
 
 O...L JO..W 
 
 ** 
 
 - 
 
 0= 
 
 Fig. C413. Train Line Connection to Emergency F'ig. Gill. Cross-Sections of Westinghouse 
 
 Trip Valve on Truck. Metallic Joints. 
 
 Westinghouse Automatic Air & Steam Coupler Co. 
 
 (COti) 
 
Figs. 6415-6413 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS, Furnishings; Seats 
 
 Fig. 6410. "Winner" Pushover Back Seat with 
 Steel Pedestal. 
 
 Fig. 6416. "Winner" Pushover Back Seat, with 
 
 Cast or Pressed Steel Pedestal and 
 
 Self- Adjusting Foot Rest. 
 
 Fig. lillT. "Winner" Pushover Back Scat, with 1'ig 
 
 Cast or Pressed Steel Pedestal and 
 Self- Adjusting Foot Rest. 
 
 The J. G. Brill Co 
 
 Fig. G418. "Winner" Pushover Back Scat, with 
 
 Cast or Pressed Steel Pedestal. 
 
 (610) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Furnishings: Seat?. 
 
 Figs. 6419-6422 
 
 Fig. 6419. "Winner" Pushover Back Seat, with 
 Cricket Leg5. 
 
 Fig. 6420. "Winner" Pushover Back Seat, with 
 Cricket Legs. 
 
 The T. G. Brill Co. 
 
 <• V 
 
 Fig. 6421. Xo. 60. Street Car Seat. 
 Flyover Type. 
 
 Fig. 6422. No. 35%. Street Car Seat. 
 Stationary Type. 
 
 Scarritt-Comstock Furniture Co. 
 
 (611) 
 
Figs. 6423-6428 
 
 ELECTRIC CARS. Furnishings; Scat- 
 
 Fig. 6423. Walkover Scat. No. 99-B. Frieze 
 Plush Upholstery. City Service. 
 
 Fig. 6425. Walkover Seat, No. 84. Rattan 
 Uoholstery. City Service. 
 
 Fig. 0424. Walkover Seat, No. 97-E. Rattan 
 Upholstery. City Service. 
 
 Fig. 6426. Walkover Seat, No. 199-A. Rattan 
 Uoholstery. City Service. 
 
 Fig. 6427. Walkover Seat, No. 99-EE. Leather Fig. 6428. Walkover Seat, No. 99-E. Rattan 
 
 Upholstery. Interurban Service. Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co. Upholstery. Suburban Service. (612) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Trucks; Brill. 
 
 Figs. 6429-6432 
 
 Fig. 6429. Motor Truck. No. 27-MCB, Solid Forged Side Frame 
 
 Fig. 8431. High Speed Motor Truck, So. 27-El%. Solid Forged Side Frames. 
 
 Fig. 6432. Maximum 1 ra 
 
 (613) 
 
 3n Truck. No. '6H-H1, 
 The J. G. Brill Co. 
 
 1 Forged Side Frames 
 
Figs 6433-6443 ELECTRIC CARS, Trucks; American Locomotive. 
 
 Fig. 0433. High Speed Electric Motor Truck, Type "A." Capacity 60,000 lbs. 
 
 Interurban Service. 
 
 Figs. G13-l-t3437. Elevations, Plan and Cross-Section of Type "A'' Truck. 
 
 Figs. 0438-11443. Details of Device for Adjusting Height of Car Body as Applied 
 to Type "A" Truck. Applicable to any Swinging Bolster Truck. 
 
 American Locomotive Co. 
 
 (614) 
 
ELECTRIC CARS, Trucks; American Locomotive. 
 
 Figs. 6444-6453 
 
 Fig. 0444. High Speed Electric Motor Truck, Type "B." Capacity 60,0fX) lbs 
 Elevated, Subway and Interurban Service. 
 
 33Mf/}S£rtodt[_ Ogtit _ 
 
 Fig. 0448. Device for Adjusting Angularity of Swing Links and Height of Car Body as 
 Applied to Type "B" Truck. Applicable to any Swinging Bolster Truck. 
 
 Figs. 0449-0453. Details of Adjusting Device, Type "B" Truck. 
 American Locomotive Co. 
 
 (615) 
 
Figs. 6454-6459 ELECTRIC CARS, Trucks: American Locomotive. 
 
 Fig. 6454. Short Wheel Base Electric Motor Truck, Type "S." with Steel Plate 
 Frames and Pressed Steel Bolster. City Service. 
 
 Y 28? Mtb Full Load 
 
 f—30%'vnlh Carbody Ught- 
 
 Figs. 6455-6457. Elevation, Plan and Cross-Section of Type "S" Truck. 
 
 
 Fig. 0458. Pressed Steel Truck Bolster 
 for Type "S" Truck. 
 
 Fig. 0453. Steel Date Truck Frames for Type "S" 
 American Locomotive Co. 
 
 (616) 
 
BRITISH CARS. Passenger; Dining; and Sleeping. Figs. 6460-6464 
 
 Fig-. 6460. Composite First and Third-Class Dining Saloon. North Eastern. 
 
 Fig. 6401. Interior of Third-Clas 
 Orning Saloon. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 Fig. 0402. Interior of First-Class 
 Dining Saloon. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 'A ■ ■■_■.■.■_ 
 
 ^jLJmSLiIL' 
 
 Jlll^ 
 
 iEm- •.' 
 
 
 
 IrU ' 
 
 ^ 
 
 •» 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 2um SPB 1 '*"^' — 
 
 sss 
 
 : — ■_ . ' — ---■ 
 
 
 E 
 
 «-■■ 1 1 r ■ 11 ■ 1 
 
 — ,„.., _ . . J1E 
 
 
 First-Class Dining Car. Lancashire & Yorkshire. 
 
 Fig. 6464. Corridor Sleeping Car. East Coast Joint Stock. 
 
 (617) 
 
Figs. 6465-6468 
 
 BRITISH CARS. Passenger; Carria; 
 
 Tc.-s £4 
 
 -Lias? Lioarie Lornclor L; 
 
 11 .MULK. 
 
 Fig. (J4Gfi. Third-Class Bogie Carriage. North Eastc 
 
 Fig. C467. Composite First and Third-Class Bogie Carriage. North Easte 
 
 Fig. C468. Electric Motor Car. North East 
 
 eastern. 
 
BRITISH CARS. Passenger: Dining Car. 
 
 Figs. 6469-6476 
 
 E= 
 
 
 -— ■ -^_ 
 
 
 — tj 
 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 (J 
 
 
 1 
 
 -ji 
 
 U- 
 
 (619) 
 
Figs. 6477-6479 
 
 BRITISH CARS, Passenger; Composite Carriage. 
 
 ' '—,§3,9 
 
 1 > 
 
 =3 
 
 (620) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General Views 
 
 Figs. 6480-6487 
 
 
 «? 
 
 \ 
 
 ' 
 
 - 
 
 r 9 ^ 
 
 
 
 it 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 ^= 
 
 :^J 
 
 
 M 
 
 Figs. 6480-G482. First-Class Carriage, 24 Scats. North Eastern. 
 
 N3 
 
 pwiir- 
 
 incucrr 
 
 del 
 
 ODD 
 
 T 
 
 V 
 
 n 
 
 2& 
 
 3 
 
 -T-' ( ' _rqr*i_ leng. 
 
 4 Firsts, U ■ 
 
 ^eats. 
 
 Weight 
 
 t. a 3. 
 IS 12 2 
 
 \Thousf: Brake 
 
 and Gas. 
 
 Figs. 6483-6485. First-Class Carriage, '24 Seats. North Eastern. 
 
 Fig. 6486. Plan of Lavatory First-Class 4-Whecl Bogie Carriage, 50 Seats. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 u 
 
 ii 
 
 <r -o 
 
 h=M 
 
 W=a, 
 
 % 
 
 (621) 
 
 Fig. 6487. Plan of Third-Class Carriage, 4 Wheels, 50 Seats. North Eastern. 
 
Figs. 6488-6495 
 
 BRITISH CARS, Passenger; Genera] View: 
 
 
 izf 
 
 Figs. 6488-6490. Third-Class Carriage, 4-Wheel Bogies, 80 Seats. North Eastern. 
 
 :Mh 
 
 > y y y ■ y 
 
 Fig. 6491. Plan of Lavatory Composite Carriage, 4-Wheel Bogies, 55 Seats. North Eastern. 
 
 Fig. G492. Plan of Composite Carriage, 4-Wheel Bogies, 62 Seats. North Eastern. 
 
 Figs. 6493-6495. Composite Carriage, 60 Seats. North Eastern. 
 
 (622i- 
 
BRITISH CARS. Passenger: General Views. 
 
 Figs. 6496-6502 
 
 zn :": oca 
 
 'MJ Ui 
 
 .^ 
 
 j=l ' 
 
 - 
 
 
 ■ . J iui U-trrv a*i ««. fwrsoMi^ j 
 
 lEirt.ru oi-eb gvFFEBs 4-a en 
 
 .OVEP VESTIBULES 35 "# 
 ■ .. BODY 37 2 
 
 -H 
 
 2 rVst Compt ? 
 3 Third Compt' & 2 Lavatories 
 =V 5 MtJ f r S Prats 
 
 height n - 1 3 
 
 Fig-. '";4!V;.i;t:"i>. Corridor Composite First and Third-Class Carriage. East Coast Joint Stock 
 
 w 
 
 Fig. 6499. Luggage Composite First and Third-Class 4- "Wheel Bogie Carriage. 64 Seats. Xorth Easter 
 
 - LEnGTH q*ea VCST'BULEi S4- 10' 
 
 , BOor S3 6' 
 
 . CORNER P'LAAftS S2' 0' 
 
 ■-; 1 
 
 -1 
 
 Fig. 6500. Corridor Composite First and Third-Class 4-Wheel Bogie Carriage, 26 Seats. E. C. J. S. 
 
 Fig. 6501. Corridor Composite First and Third-Class 6-\Yheel Bogie Carriage, 36 Seats. E. C. J. S. 
 
 (623) 
 
 Fig. 6502. Corridor Composite First and Third-Class 6-Wheel Bogie Carriage, 39 Seats. E. C. J. S. 
 
Figs 6503-6510 
 
 BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General View: 
 
 ->.*=& 
 
 L 
 
 bod. osaooD jsiaDavaon .oqei 
 
 ! LJI 
 
 "/■^t— rs\- - "-^.rj _ " ^TT 
 
 ^-- ^gjE c^wr 
 
 hfSWF" 
 
 ^* 
 
 at 
 
 1 1 1 I 
 
 Hi 
 
 1 1 , _-" 
 
 " TcfsSfSr 
 
 ; '- gj 
 
 i? 
 
 5'_ O. 
 
 _5£- PI 
 
 2 Firsts 12 Seats 
 4 Thirds. 34 Seats 
 2 Lavatories 
 I Luggage 
 
 Total Seats 46 
 
 Figs. G303-6503. Lavatory and Luggage Composite First and Third-Class Carriage. North Eastern. 
 
 Fig. 6306. Composite First and Third-Class Carriage and Brake Van. E. C. J. S. Six-Wheel Bogies, 26 Seats. 
 
 I I 
 I l 
 
 . C2 S LENGTH OV'£P VESTIBULES 
 . 6/ 0~ ■• ■■ BOOY 
 
 . M 6 „ ., HLAOSTOCXa 
 
 tpr . 
 
 
 ni! 
 
 m 
 
 d± 
 
 X- 
 
 Fig. 6507. First-Class Corridor Carriage and Brake Van. Six-Wheel Bogies. 20 Scats. East Coast Joint Stock. 
 
 Figs. 6308-6310. Third-Class Carriage and Brake Van, 40 Seats. North Eastern. 
 
 (624) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General Mews. 
 
 Figs. 6511-6519 
 
 45'0' TOTAL LENGTH - 
 
 GlMan ** a-U t£GA6£- 
 
 Fig. 6511. Composite First and Third-Class Carriage and Brake Van. North Eastern. 
 
 Four-Wheel Bogies. 29 Seats. 
 
 rtaiM 13 • ' ■ 2 
 
 Figs. G512-6514 Bogie Brake Van. East Coast Joint Stock. 
 
 / Guards Comparrmen/: 
 
 / h'ounds Van 
 
 / Attendants Compartment 
 
 7 c <? 
 
 We/ght 6 /3 e 
 
 ■ j^.-.: • ■_ l ■■■ ■ - 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 r 
 
 'i '% 
 
 1 — K 
 
 J 
 
 JLj 
 
 e8 - 10- Gvl* 8v*r 
 
 Weight 3 4 3 
 
 ■trr£o w/r* Wh 'bra 
 
 K E <* GAS 
 
 (625) 
 
 Figs. 6518-6519. Milk Van. North Eastern. 
 
Figs. 6520-6527 
 
 BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General Mews. 
 
 - 
 
 
 (;::-:; ;.j top*™ 
 
 -~-,r^ 
 
 
 EGaeojp^noEfflODQj 
 
 
 hi 
 
 t* !T»/.o .' lb 
 
 ■■- '« ' : •;•■■> iW-k 
 
 Fig. 6520. Open Composite First and Third-Class Carriage. F. C. J. S. Six-Wheel Bogies. 48 Seats 
 
 ^rrw - 
 
 6 CEH7RES OF BOGIES 
 
 II LEHGTH OVER VESTIBULES 
 
 hrr 
 
 iii 
 
 mil 
 
 S A L O O 
 
 .3' 
 
 I 
 
 n^ 
 
 ■•- ' 
 
 rr 
 
 "1 ; 
 
 tx 
 
 ISahon IBSests 
 Kitchen &. Pantry 
 
 rtCICMT 2J i2 
 
 Figs. 6521-6523. First-Class Dining Saloon and Kitchen. East Coast Joint Stock 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 So'ocn.c 
 
 Sm(-» for *2 
 
 Figs. 6524-6526. Third-Class Dining Saloon. East Coast Joint Stock. 
 
 IW.u- 
 I 'ifcif 
 
 jipngttraiijSB^ 
 
 -„,— -. ftrr: 
 
 ^3 
 
 I \ \Mli Kill 
 
 ^$M^ f ' 
 
 Fig. 6527. Composite First and Third-Class Dining Saloon and Kitchen. E. C. T. S. Six-Wheel Bogies. 24 Seats 
 
 (626) 
 
BRITISH CARS. Passenger; General Mews. 
 
 Figs. 6528-6535 
 
 P-ii 
 
 Uper '- n) « '- Smoi ■ : Partitior, 
 - ; ... .: ;- 34 la:: *'f '- ■ J 
 
 '-.■' - -t :■-'■ -.: 
 
 Figs. 6528-6530. Open Third-Class Carriage and Pantry. East Coast Joint Stock. 
 
 _ ._"_- ~Zrl^y_^LX 
 
 ■ 
 
 nBEDHDiDDDmnninHa z 
 
 t>a±l - in,- „> 
 
 : 
 
 JSP 
 
 Figs. 6531-6533. First-Class Dining Carriage. East Coast Joint Stock. 
 
 LE*STH QfE* £ufF£»3 66-2.2 
 
 soar &t^_i 
 
 ccnxcm* ez-6'i - 
 
 BuJlUJ 
 
 n ~ 
 
 -r 
 
 t u_ 
 
 - — *■-(? — f 
 
 == U^jr^fb 3 
 
 1 ■ V\ 
 
 r— i-'i — - 
 
 Tf*fjfa D/Pitb Salqo* 
 
 TO SCAT l& 
 
 F/fiST DikihG Salocm 
 to S£*t n 
 
 COR 
 
 DO* 
 
 Fig. iV/?A. Composite First and Third-Class Dining Saloon with Kitchen. E. C. T. S. 
 
 Six-Wheel Bogies. 30 Seats. 
 
 tej 
 
 ■■'■•■: 
 
 Lb 
 
 j, fl- : 
 
 
 
 
 1 i 
 
 
 /^Sr <- x 'W «--% 5 ' 
 
 .... '.'.:. .. 
 
 1 ■ ■ .. -.;.ci :=£'=- - • 
 
 - -|J £ej PHI 
 
 
 I ' J "^>~ ' 3v< 
 
 ? 
 
 U5 
 
 
 s 
 
 4 e * i PAHT 
 
 ,,-.-.,* ; . -,< 
 
 1 < s ~"-'.'.' 
 
 . 1 * J 
 
 IjpH 
 
 Fig. 6535. Six-Wheel Kitchen Car for Through Trains. E. C. J. S. 
 
 (627) 
 
Figs. 6536-6540 
 
 BRITISH CARS, Passenger; General Views. 
 
 — SB 5 i£*;r« O.ED V£S*lBULES 
 
 Si O" „ ,., BOO* 
 
 HEADST0CK3 
 
 - S3 6 
 
 I 
 
 m ;~U~ 
 
 ; T 
 
 _ c— s ;-.■*. —a 5 — f ----- r c --■ -i " " 6 "'• 
 
 - r 
 
 o 
 
 4 . ... — J j ■■- -| J ■* .^ .- 
 
 : ! 
 
 Fig. 0530. First-Class Sleeping Carriage. Six-Wheel Bogies. 9 Berths, 3 Seats. Fast Coast Joint Stock. 
 
 H 
 
 r™r 
 
 1 1 
 
 44 LENGTH OVER HEADSTOCXS . 
 . 46 6 .. „ VESTIBULES - 
 
 -1- 
 
 l 
 
 ! I 
 
 i I 
 
 i 
 
 ■®L 
 
 i ' ' ' ,)i Nr- — : — 
 
 •■ ' ■ ■ I L 
 
 :i il' ■ ■ ■ 4 1 
 
 -f 
 
 
 Fig. 0537. First-Class Sleeping Car. Four-Wheel Bogies. 8 Berths. East Coast Joint Stock. 
 L— .. 
 
 56 S Ok-fff SO0Y. 
 
 §=^ 
 
 M 
 
 y x v x -\ 
 
 -2 -*--> 
 
 x * * y x >!! I 
 
 MN 
 
 Fig. G538. Composite Six-Wheel First and Third-Class Sleeping Carriage. 4 Berths, 12 Seats. E. C. J. S. 
 
 1 L- 
 
 56 ■ ■*' LEHGTH QVE2 VEST, BULLS 
 
 5S' ■ 0' „ ., fii?0>" 
 
 S3 ■ £' ,. „ HEADSTOCKS 
 
 -1 
 
 - J i 
 
 4j 
 
 IP- 
 
 i 1 
 
 ^, 
 
 " 
 
 ~?7\ pr 
 
 ,.„„o.J M ! re»o . 4 If! i™'« 
 
 J fl 7*.' 
 
 JL 
 
 BERTH 
 
 . - 
 
 4 0*. 
 BERTH 
 
 i^j 
 
 -...-:- .-.....:-■. u, . ? j . . . 
 
 
 \ c o fl 
 
 /y 
 
 Fig. 0539. Composite Sleeping Carriage. Six-Wheel Bogies. 5 Berths, 15 Seats. East Coast Joint Stock. 
 < <~ I 
 
 HNMI- 
 
 (C28) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Views. Figs. 6541-6544 
 
 Fig. 6541. 30-Ton Eogie Covered Goods Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshire. 
 
 ■'ig. 0542. 30-Ton Bogie Covered Goods Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshire. 
 
 Ton Lr 
 
 (629) 
 
 Fig. 0544. 30-Ton Bogie Open Goods Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshire. 
 
Figs. 6545-6548 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons: General V 
 
 Fig-. G54S. 20-Ton Open Fruit Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshi 
 
 Fig. 6546. -20-Ton Steel Hopper Mineral Wagon. Lancashire & Yorksh 
 
 Fig. 6547. 7-Ton Refrigerator Van. Lancashire & Yorkshire 
 
 Fig. 6548. 52-Ton Well Wagon. Lancashire & Yorkshire. 
 
 (030) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General A" 
 
 Figs. 6549-6556 
 
 HEIOT FROM RAIL 
 TO TOP OF FLOOR, 4-3 
 
 ___7 • 10* Outside J 
 
 t 
 
 20 -0_ Outside 
 IS ■ 6' Inside 
 
 7 • 4 Inside 
 
 ■ 
 
 K~T 
 
 ■ar 
 
 ~ 
 
 -=p3 — : -,- 
 
 / , 1 
 
 Wheels 3-0 DiA 
 
 — 
 
 £r 
 
 M 
 
 *'■ «4 
 
 ^ 
 
 JOURNALS 9*4 
 
 '25- 0' 
 
 6 G 
 
 To Carry 30 Tons 
 Tare 
 
 9— 12— 
 
 Figs. 6549-6550. 30-Ton Goods "Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 HEIGHT FROM TOP . 
 OF RAIL TO FLOOR, 3 -« 
 
 
 21 ■ 10' Outside 
 21-5 Inside 
 
 ^ 8'-o"_Oo 
 
 7 -7_ Inside 
 
 -Mt^ 
 
 TTF 
 
 'WhEEIS 2-9 Dia 
 
 /JOURNALS 8 x 4 \ 
 
 FT i ! & JL. 
 
 M 
 
 10 
 
 7_ : _5 £ 7-5 
 
 ZMO^OvER HEADSTOCKS. 
 
 2*'- ic' Over Buyers 
 
 Figs. 6551-6552. 20-Ton Goods Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 To Carry 20 Tons 
 Tare 
 
 r. c a 
 
 8- 5-0 
 
 KEI3HT FROM RAIL 
 TO TCP OF FLOG*. 4 I 
 
 22 -_S Ob'TSJZXE 
 ii' 7 3" f HSH DE " " 
 
 7 ■ S O'JTSiDE 
 
 7 ■ 3 lN3'DE 
 
 fl > I 
 it " ' 
 
 'Wheels 3-0 0i, 
 
 >f 
 
 
 -JTH1 
 
 7 
 
 ■hA!' 3 . jf+ JOURNALS 
 
 h- 
 
 2G-0 Over Buffers 
 
 Figs. 0503-0554. 15-Ton Goods Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 HEIQHT FROM RAIL „ 
 TO TOP OF FLOOR, 4- 2 
 
 22 9 Outside 
 
 22 -S' Inside 
 
 a x 4 
 
 7o Carry 15 Toms. 
 
 L 7-9 0utside_ J 
 
 ■ i 7'-3" Inside 
 
 To Carry 10 Tons 
 Tare 
 
 Tea 
 
 7- 5—0 
 
 Figs. 6555-6556. 10-Ton Low Sided Goods Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 (631) 
 
Figs- 6557-6562 
 
 BRITISH CARS. Goods Wagons: General View. 
 
 HEIGHT FROM FLOOR „ 
 TO TOP OF WAGON. 1.4* 
 
 17 ■ Outside 
 
 -— - I i JOURNALS 8 X 31 
 
 „9;6.Wheei Base 
 17 -O'OverJ-Ieadstocks 
 
 20 ■ 0"Cver Buffers. 
 
 To Carry 7 Tons. 
 Tare 4_ 16 _ 
 
 Figs. C557-GS58. .-Ton Low Sided Goods Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 8 Outside 
 
 JOURNALS 8 x 4 
 
 Figs. G559-6560. 10%-Ton Ballast Wagon, North Eastern. 
 
 To Carry 8 Tons 
 Tare 
 
 r. c a 
 
 5-5-0 
 
 Figs. 6501-65(32. 8-Ton Coal Wagon. North Faster 
 
 (6?,-2) 
 
BRITISH CARS. Goods Wagons: General Views. 
 
 Figs. 6563-6569 
 
 JOURNALS 8x4 
 
 " 
 
 8 6 Wheel Base 
 IS Over Headstocks 
 
 ^ i 8 : _0_" Ove R_B UCFER8. 
 
 To Carry 8 or 10 Tons, 
 
 Tea 
 
 Tare • 5 16 0- 
 
 Figs. 6563-6-564. B-Ton Open Good; Wagon. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 20 • 0' Outside 
 19'' 8* Inside 
 
 8-0 Outside 
 IJMKpricsinfc: 
 
 z 
 
 irC.T ll!-\\6_: h'A T .Sai36>i"I» 
 
 ,__- 
 
 
 4^?fe|- 
 
 ^ E— I 
 
 WheelsS'-ODia 
 
 1 
 
 - v -- v 
 
 ., — JOURNALS 10 x 5 
 
 j( ' 
 
 ■ I0 : S . Wweel Base. _ 
 
 20' ■ Over HcADergais, 
 
 23-0' Oyep Buffers 
 
 ,i-^ 
 
 Approximate Capacity 940 Cubic Feet, 
 allowing 9" for Top Load. 
 
 To Carry 20 Tons. 
 Tare - 8-2-0 
 
 Figs. 6566-6567. 29-Ton Coal Wagon. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 20 • Outside 
 " 19' •'flr""~Tii»ioE_. 
 
 W 
 
 8 0" Outside 
 
 ?H 
 
 v \y 
 
 J - 
 
 "^ 
 
 L**r T 
 
 1 i» 
 
 U I iO 
 
 I !>, 
 
 • WheelsJ I Dwi 
 
 4^T 10'- 6" _„...|. f.:.9. 
 
 , r-jf f " * " - .?P'.: .9* - - •'-- - 
 
 i-r. 
 
 To Carry 25 Tons 
 Tare 
 
 Tea 
 
 10-17 - 2 
 
 Fig;. 6568-6569. 25-Ton Coal Wagon. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 <633) 
 
Figs. 6570-6575 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General \ "u 
 
 ^ 8-CJOuTSICE 
 
 Tare 
 
 Figs. 6570-6571. 23-Ton Locomotive Coal Wagon with Anti-Friction Gear. North Eastern. 
 
 16-2/2 
 
 3^4- * 
 
 Wheels 5- 1 Dia 
 
 — JOURNALS 8 * 3i 
 
 10 -6 
 
 19'- 8" 
 
 To Carry 8 Tons 
 Tare 
 
 r. c. a- 
 
 5-17-0 
 
 Figs. 0572-6573. 8-Ton Coke Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 JOURNALS e'4 
 
 Cubic Capacity 687 feet 
 
 allowing 9* for top load. 
 
 F-'gs 6571-6575. 10-Ton Railed Coke Wagon. North Eastern 
 
 (634) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Views. Figs. 6576-6581 
 
 , J 
 IS 0* Outside 
 
 8-.Q JJuTsjoe j 
 
 7_':.7"J.isj oe j*| 
 
 — JOURNALS 8 < 4 
 
 Cubic Capacity 696 feet 
 allowing 9 for top load 
 
 Figs. 6576-6577. 10-Ton Coke Wagon with Extra Top Rail. North Eastern. 
 
 JOURNALS 8 x 31 
 
 <j To Carry 10 Tons. 
 
 r. e. q. 
 
 Tare . 6-10-0 
 
 Figs. 6578-0579. 10-Ton Iron Ore Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 JOURNALS a x 4 
 
 r~ " " " " 1 
 
 Figs. 6580-0581. 10-Ton Open Goods Wagon with Expanded Metal Frames. North Eastern. 
 
 (635) 
 
Figs. 6582-6590 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Mews. 
 
 ntiun . rfMjw 1 ^r 
 OF RAIL TO FLOOR. 4 3*1 
 
 Tare 
 
 Figs. 6582-6583. 30-Ton Steel Goods Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 JS'-0'lNSIOE , 
 
 8 Outside 
 7 5 1 j Inside 
 
 , -^ J— I -JOURNALS 
 
 Figs. 6584-6586. 32-Ton Steel Hopper Coal Wagon. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 JOURNALC IO ■ S 
 
 Figs. 6587-6588. 40-Ton Steel Hopper Coal Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 M'jHfbniDC __ J l. /Silnsipt. 
 
 ■1 
 
 To Carry 40 Towi. 
 Tare 10-8-0 
 
 Figs. 0589-6590. 40-Ton Steel Hopper Coal Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 (.630) 
 
BRITISH CARS. Goods Wagons: 
 
 Figs. 6591-6597 
 
 3S-G iraat 
 
 ^~ 
 
 '-y 'I 
 
 iHC^- 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 _ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 ^- ~1 
 
 ._: . ...£ 
 
 :?'- 
 
 Ji 
 
 S_ 4- 
 
 £53 
 
 5 
 
 
 B 
 
 s*c 
 
 .-^ 
 
 - . 
 
 
 27- D Cp,-TRta at Bootes 
 
 33 - D Dvcn w E»ss'ic« 
 
 4-1 ■ I EKcr B jcret>s 
 
 TO CARHY « TOK 
 Tape - """-is 
 
 Underframe Locomotive Coal and Sleeper Wagon. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 : 7";0'Outs:de_ 
 16*41-2 INSIDE 
 
 7-9 ? Qljts.ce 
 
 - 
 
 +rf 
 
 "J; 
 
 T^H- 
 
 t I .11 
 
 Wheels 3-6 Du 
 
 JOURNALS 8 » 4 
 
 !0-0' Wheel Base. 
 
 17* 0' Over Headstoccs 
 
 20'-IO' Over Buffers. 
 
 To Carry 7 Tons. 
 
 ■'co- 
 Tare ■ 8-9-0 
 
 Figs. 6594-6595. 7-Ton Insulated Meat Van. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 JOURNALS 8x4 
 
 Figs. 059G-6597. 8-Ton Covered Fruit and Fish Wagoa. Xorth Eastern. 
 
 (637) 
 
Figs. 6598-6603 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Views. 
 
 * JOURNALS 8 ' 4 
 
 Figs. 6598-6599. 5-Ton Perishable Goods Van. North Eastern. 
 
 16 Outside 
 IS' 9^ Inside 
 
 I 7-9'Outsioe 
 
 7 - 1 Inside 
 
 l 9- 6 Wheel Base. j 
 
 16- Over Hcadstocxs 
 
 L JOURNALS 8 ■ ♦ 
 
 >! 
 
 J9;0'0vE_s L Buffers .__ . . ._ _ J 
 
 To Carry 8 Tons. 
 
 t. c. Q 
 
 Tare • 6-11-0 
 
 Figs. 6600-6601. 8-Ton Covered Goods Wagon. North liastern. 
 
 '8'-4" 
 
 ZL JOURNALS 91-* <l 
 
 To Carry 12 Tons. 
 Tare - 6-12-0 
 
 Figs. 6602-6603. 12-Ton Covered Goods Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 (63S) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General Views. Figs. 6604-6609 
 
 j§mm 
 
 3Mt 
 
 JOURNALS 8 * 4i 
 
 , £j|£"_ J 
 
 '-'=-■ — -:jc 5 —°- ->) Capacity - 1,750 Cubic Feet 
 
 ^L';6J x Carry 20 Tons. 
 
 Tare - 14-19-2 
 
 Figs. 6604-G605. 20-Ton Covered Goods Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 8'- 0" Outside 
 
 r 
 
 16 j_0_ Over Heaostocks 
 19'- 10" Over Buffers 
 
 To Carry 8 Tons 
 Tare 
 
 r. c. a 
 
 7-0-0 
 
 Figs. 0606-6607. 8-Ton Cattle Wagon. North Eastern. 
 
 |, 8 '.Outside J 
 
 7;S'lNai_qt J 
 
 . |_ journals 
 
 M.l_6_ __ 
 
 21 9' Over Heaostocks 
 24'-II0ve;r Buffers 
 
 H 
 
 To Carry 8 Tons. 
 Tare 9. 5 „ q 
 
 Figs. C608-6609. 8-Ton Special Cattle Wagon with Attendant's Compartment. North Eastern. 
 
 '(639) 
 
Figs. 6610-6615 BRITISH CARS, Goods Wagons; General V 
 
 I6'6 GuTSIDE 
 
 i h 
 
 JOURNALS 8 X 4 
 
 1 JO': P.! WhklBa»b_ j 
 
 16 • 6 Over Heaostocks 
 20'' 0' Over Buffers. 
 
 -1 I 
 
 Tare 
 
 10-0-0 
 
 Figs. 6610-6611. 10-Ton Goods Erake Van. North Eastern. 
 
 16- 6'' Outside J I 8- 0" Outside 
 
 -JOURNALS 8 x 4 
 
 Figs. 6612-6013. 10-Ton Mineral Brake Van. North Eastern. 
 
 X:=£L 
 
 JOURNALS I>« 
 
 Figs. 6614-6615. '20-Ton Goods Brake Van. North Eastern. 
 
 ( 640) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
 Figs. 6616-6619 
 
 c 
 
 — 
 -- 
 : 
 
 O 
 
 5 
 
 C 
 
 (641) 
 
Figs. 6620-6623 
 
 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners" Wagons. 
 
 *-.y 
 
 ■y ©- 
 
 ^V .L. " -> -, ->--»' ' » " ^ J: "- : ' . 
 
 
 I 
 
 : 
 - 
 
 2 ■" 
 < - 
 
 
 *-*6o t~%>-'r—nnjx»,t—F i ~~ i- ""* «,>-$< <-i- "*& V*.' -■ y J f=«JH ~Z' 
 
 ;+A..*..*..^..*..!*r?t..^T-*i.-*-.--».-_*i.*.-:*: 
 
 
 ---« 
 
 > 
 
 o 
 o 
 
 "_£*!"' ■ J*\ J It I 
 
 ((54i) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
 Figs. 6624-6629 
 
 (643) 
 
Figs. 6630-66; 
 
 BRITISH CARS. Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
 
 - ~-y .^'/ .e 
 
 1 
 
 ==^= 
 
 -: _ : _ ^ 
 
 . g= 5 
 
 
 p — | 
 
 «■; 
 
 
 * 
 
 ^7* 
 
 
 
 *- 
 
 ^ 
 
 ."^ 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 -■ 
 
 
 
 *" 
 
 
 t 
 
 i« 
 
 ■v! * 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 M 
 
 >* 
 
 
 4- 
 
 LJ 
 
 - 
 
 
 Is « 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 S«f 
 
 
 '' : 'T 
 
 
 
 
 •s 
 
 
 
 ■. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .+ -i- v,^ 
 
 =■^3- 
 
 ^ - .- -! 
 
 
 -^ t: 
 
 
 e 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 
 ; ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 : 
 
 •- 
 
 
 I 
 
 > 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 V._J 
 
 ~°" "to 
 
 ' 
 
 -!©.»! 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 *- •). 
 
 *■ 
 
 -3-3- 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 *•- 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 ««r/&' 
 
 /?.-& *"<=" 
 
 c - __.. 
 
 
 e- 
 
 
 
 
 
 ! 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 - ■«,:_- d 
 
 
 
 
 j. _ « _ 4 ._ 4 
 
 
 ■>- 
 
 
 
 ;-_ . .. 
 
 -9- p -0— * 
 
 
 
 
 -— z. 
 
 *i 
 
 
 
 
 G* ~- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i_ 
 
 
 ""* i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 rrT,* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ _ V) _ ' 
 
 -*. 
 
 
 
 
 
 . _ d 
 
 
 
 
 (,044") 
 
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
 Figs. 6634-6637 
 
 O 
 
 ► _♦ j* ,* .-«■ :**.' a ^ 
 7*7" 1*7 7." 7* 777; *-. 7 7.5 77 _*! 
 
 BF I 
 
 03 
 
 "■■^ 
 
 I 
 
 \ 
 
 rLr 
 
 
 i 
 
 ; 1 u 
 
 Eg ga } ^- 
 
 -■9 * J 
 
 r — |Jf J 
 
 I! 1U! 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 be 
 
 o 
 
 - 
 
 m 
 
 : O 
 
 fc 
 
 w— -1 . m 
 
 (645j 
 
Figs. 6638-6639 
 
 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
 Q_ 
 
 *;— -42 ^>--»--A — ! ■»-*-? '— -s ■ 
 
 ; '» ■ '■* | M"> :. !«S 
 
 ♦J i i*L \ ! Li*- L L._ it 
 
 * * ; * ^ /* _ fr L.iL..*._i.*— * 
 
 
 03 
 
 < 
 
 LL 
 
 ^ » .'♦■■ :♦ j, ■*; \«\ n 
 
 \\ ' 
 
 ,-V •♦ SKI 
 // : "Stf 
 
 i 
 
 V. 
 
 «;< _ ?^;*i^::V[i:fj \?.\ LI 
 
 * ■ ♦ * ♦ « 
 
 " 
 
 — 
 O 
 
 - 
 
 o 
 bo 
 
 a 
 
 
 - 
 
 O 
 
 - 
 
 so 
 
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
 Figs. 6640-6641 
 
 
 
 ;, jjL ;: ffi" "' -L" 
 
 ■■_.—-- + ;■ ■ - 
 
 
 . -,---■'-(' — nf --Hi" — »'* |[-\h? ^f 
 
 "■'II ' - J f it 1 1 i : 
 
 P 
 
 c 
 c 
 bo 
 
 c 
 o 
 
 H 
 
 O 
 
 >\ 
 
 d I 
 
 a i 
 
 * == 
 
 Q.l 
 
 b£ 
 
 '— 
 
 (047) 
 
Figs. 6642-6644 
 
 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
 (G4S) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
 Figs. 6645-6647 
 
 d 
 
 z. 
 a. 
 -J 
 
 LL. 
 
 °ir 
 
 (649) 
 
Figs. 6648-6650 
 
 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons. 
 
 Figs. 6651-6653 
 
 !i TIT! 1 
 
 (651) 
 
Figs. 6654-6683 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Detail 
 
 F'gs. 0054-0055. Details of Manhole and Cover for Tank Cars. 
 
 ■ HORSE HOP 
 
 Figs. GG5G-G683. Ironwork Details of Private Owners' 8, 10 and 12-Ton Open Wagons 
 
 (652) 
 
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Details. Figs. 6684-6723 
 
 - — Bottom Door Hinge for waggons 
 
 — - * ~- s t eew e -G ES 
 
 ■p ,. T^PCp 
 
 Figs. 6684-6707. Ironwork Details of Private Owners' 8, 10 and 12-Ton Open Wagons with Steel Underframes. 
 
 T > 
 
 t ^v 
 
 \l 
 
 <*- 1- 
 
 .,/.. ..- 6 J. -.//.. 
 
 -itf-j— J IF—*- 
 
 '»•-- t--"--t- 
 
 ^rrtz 
 
 S i D£ Poop Fastening 
 
 - Side Pops hinge - 
 
 
 B urring Sphins W e ar ins Plates 
 
 Figs. 6708-0723. Ironwork Details of Private Owners' 8. 10 and 12-Ton Open Wagons with Wood Underframes. 
 
 (653) 
 
Figs. 6724-6732 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Details. 
 
 fer Srttl ffudtrfrtrnM 
 
 1 T "-r Y 
 
 Figs. 6 1 24-6729. Drawbar Hooks and Couplings for Private Owners' 8, 10, 12. 15, 20 and 30-Ton Open Wagons. 
 
 ^m^ 
 
 Spring to compre:.L '17 per T,- n of foa<f Initial compression 5 /, 6 ~ 
 
 — jv„ri„A } stroke mi — To he h,me wt,,„ comprtsKjjj^ pj gs 6730-6732. Self -Con rained Buffers for Private 
 
 Not, - Steli on of, t„ l drawn a ppronmete/y to su, t dm ome n Owners' 8 and 10-ToU YVagOnS. (6i"4 > 
 
BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Details. Figs. 6733-6738 
 
 ha. ■--, S.:«.e - 
 
 5-C*^E. *-*"• F -■ S -ED 
 
 SUFFIWC $»Qj sS - 
 
 Figs. 6733-6736. Bulling Spring for Private Owners' 8, 10 and 12-Ton Wagons. 
 | 
 
 izrr— - k---Jj*v-»-»*J — . .-^= 
 
 * »«/3 2.2 P^ 
 
 Side Elevation — ' -^ 
 
 Figs. 6737-6738. Arch Bar Bogie Truck for Private Owners' 30-Ton Open Wagons 
 
 
Figs. 6739-6750 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Detail 
 
 Wheel with c*st steel Boss & Spokes 
 
 jflHT IBQN BOSS & SPQKE3 
 
 _S v-v">- — 
 
 y=p — 
 
 ... /V< «•-. 
 
 :1! 
 
 Figs. 6739-6742. Wheels and Axles for Private Owners' 20-Ton Open Wagon. 
 
 \-iK-* 
 
 Figs. 6743-6746. Tire Sections for Private Owners' 20-Ton Wagon Wheels. 
 
 !"""' \ u— ..z*| ,' L-./ls'.-J 
 
 ■%■■ 
 
 >•'*■ 
 
 ?.--«*. -T 
 
 S ECT I ON ON L I NE E.'F.- 
 
 Plan S pbing Seat & Cap Plates— — 
 
 Figs. 6747-6750. Springs, Spring Seat and Spring Cap for Arch Bar Truck for Private Owners' 30-Ton Wagons. 
 
 (6561 
 
BRITISH CARS. Private Owners' Wagons; Details. Figs. 6751-6767 
 
 Half Longitu dinal Section Half Elevation 
 
 Half Cross 5 ectiqn . 
 
 Half Emd Elevation. 
 
 ± 
 
 ±J ..: 
 
 -Top Bearing 
 
 k : 
 
 frr^Ti 
 
 Hi 
 
 ■ v?t_/---,v'-*^-X-'V~/ — Side Bearings 
 
 Bottom Bearing. 
 
 Ccwtre & Bolster Side Bearings. 
 
 Fig-s. 1 51-6759. Center Plate and Side Bearings for 30-Ton Arch Bar Bogie Truck. 
 
 Section on C C 
 
 Figs. 07011-0707. Grease Axle Box for Private Owners' 8 and 10-Ton Wagons. 
 
 (657) 
 
Figs 6768-6784 BRITISH CARS, Private Owners' Wagons; Details. 
 
 - Longitud inal Section 
 
 : ; ir\ 
 
 PUtN 
 
 -Section oh Line 
 
 1*1 n 
 
 -Front Elevati 
 
 Jr. 
 
 " n 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 
 
 — a*->-if-fr-.--j*. 
 
 
 ' : 
 
 ! 
 
 It _:*_ 
 
 J 
 
 
 -1 
 
 
 
 Vrr" 
 
 
 S e ct 1 on on Line A A . 
 
 Back Elevation 
 
 [£Sa 
 
 :*-■:?.;; 
 
 Bearing 
 
 - Scal e 3 In ches to '_Eoot - 
 
 ffl 
 
 u.ii i - 
 
 if/MS*! — ! Scale : 
 
 Figs. 6768-6776. Oil Axle Box for Private Owners' 12 and 15-Ton Wagons. 
 
 rxLJS 
 
 Figs. 6777-6784. Oil Axle Box for Private Owners' 12-Ton Wagons. 
 
 (65S) 
 
BRITISH CARS. Details: Drake Gear 
 
 Figs. 6785-6787 
 
 (659) 
 
Figs. 6788-6792 
 
 BRITISH CARS. Details; Brake Gear 
 
 r ig. 6788. Application of Vacuum Brake to Carriage 
 
 C; 
 
 KE^f 
 
 S) 
 
 Fig. 6789. Application of Vacuum Brake to Brake Vai 
 
 Fig. 6792. Brakes Applied. 
 Cylinder and Ball Valve. Vacuum Brake Co., Ltd. 
 
 Fig. 0791. Brakes Released. 
 
 (660) 
 
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working. 
 
 Figs. 6793-6799 
 
 A 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 Fig. 6793. No. 131. American Planer and Matcher. Works 9 in. and IS in. Wide by 6 in. Thick. 
 
 "3T 
 
 Fig. 6794. American Pattern Maker's Lathe. 
 
 Fig". 6795. No. 6. American Railway Cut-off Saw. 
 
 Fig. 6790. American 
 Hollow Chisel Mortiser. 
 
 Fig. 6797. American 
 Three-Spindle Car Borer. 
 
 Fig. 6798. American 
 60-in. Band Re-Saw. 
 
 (661) 
 
 Fig. 6799. American Eight-Roll Boss Sizer. 
 American Wood Working Machinery Co. 
 
Figs. 
 
 300-6807 
 
 CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working. 
 
 Fig. 0801. No. 4%. American Single Surface 
 
 Fig. 6802. American Buzz Plane 
 
 Fig. 080.3. No. 2. American Self-Feeding Rip Saw. 
 
 Fig 
 
 0804. No. 1. American Tenoner. 
 
 Fig. GS05. No, 200. American 
 Automatic Knife Grinder. 
 
 A 
 
 b^^.r 1 
 
 Fig. B8ua. No. 1. 
 
 American Mortiser 
 
 and Borer. 
 
 Fig. 0807. American Inside Moldcr. 
 American Wood Working Machinery Co. 
 
 (662) 
 
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working. 
 
 Figs. 6808-6815 
 
 Fig. 6808. No. 525. Vertical 
 
 Automatic Car Sill Tenoning Machine. 
 
 Fig. 68U9. Xo. 218. Extra Range 
 Automatic Hollow Chisel Mortiser. 
 
 Fig. 6810. Xo. 575. Universal Wood Worker 
 with Boring and Mortising Attachments. 
 
 Fig. 6811. Xo. 4.5. Cabinet Maker's 
 Double Saw Bench. 
 
 Fig. 6812. Xo. 428. Heavy ieli-Feeding Rip 
 Saw Table. 
 
 Fig. 6814. Xo. 520. Vertical 
 Automatic Cut-off Saw and Gainer. 
 
 Fig. 6813. Xo. 4.4. Automatic Car 
 Brace Cutter. 
 
 Fig. 6815. Xo. 456. Automatic 
 Railway Cut-off Saw. 
 
 (663) 
 
 Greenlee Bros. & Co. 
 
Figs. 6816-6821 
 
 CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working. 
 
 Fig. 6816. No. 3-27. Vertical 
 Car Boring Machine with Universal Spindle? 
 
 Fig. 6817. No. '238. Extra Range 
 Vertical Hollow Chisel Car Mortiser. 
 
 Fig. 6818. No. 505. Combined Medium Range 
 Car Gainer and Vertical Boring Machine. 
 
 Fig. 6819. No. 306. Extra Range 
 Horizontal Car Boring Machine. 
 
 Fig. 6820. No. 512. Extra Range 
 Automatic Car Gainer with Boring Attachment. 
 
 Greenlee Bros. & Co 
 
 Fig. 6821. Nil 528. Combined Automatic 
 ( ar Gainer ami Horizontal Tenoner. 
 
 (064) 
 
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Wood Working. 
 
 Figs. 6822-6825 
 
 _*B^"f 
 
 wing Cut-off Saw. Fig. 6822. "American 
 
 American Saw Mill Machinery Co. 
 
 Noiseless Post Borer. 
 
 Fig. 0824. Tilted for Bevel Sawing. Fig. G825. Frect for Square Sawing. 
 
 Crescent Angle Band Saw. Crescent Machine Co. 
 
 Table of Power Required to Drive Woodworking Machines by Electric Motor. 
 Data Compiled from Actual Installations Made by The Crocker-Wheclcr Co. 
 
 Maker'; 
 Type of Machine. Number. Maker. 
 
 Boring Machine. Car 321 S. A. Woods 
 
 Boring Machine, Universal 52 Fay k Egan. 
 
 Fjox Joint Machine ... 
 
 Drill, Post 
 
 Friezer or Shaper, Single Spindle... S Pay & Egan. 
 
 Grinder 226 S. A. \\ uods 
 
 Gainer, Automatic Car 315 S. A. Woods 
 
 Grinder. Auto Knife 2 Pay & Egan. 
 
 Hardwood Floorer lit S. A. Woods 
 
 Hardwood Floorer 24 S. A. Woods 
 
 Lathe. 16 in. Wood Pay & Egan. 
 
 Mortiser and Borer 71 Pay & Egan. 
 
 Mortiser and Borer, Blind Stile Pay S: Egan. 
 
 Mortiser. Hollow Chisel 305 S. A. Woods 
 
 Molder, Inside 1"7 S. A. Woods 
 
 -Molding Machine, 6 in. 4 Side.... 2 Fay & Egan. 
 
 Molding Machine, Outside 12s S. A. Woods 
 
 Molding Machine. Upright 141 Fay & Egan. 
 
 Panel Kaiser. Double..'. S. A. Woods 
 
 Planer and Jointer 1 Pay & Egan. 
 
 Planer and Matcher 20 S. A. Woods 
 
 Planer and Matcher, Heavy 10 S. A. Woods 
 
 Planer and Matcher, Heavy 12 S. A. Woods 
 
 Planer, Dimension 32 Fav & Egan . 
 
 Planer. Double Cylinder IS Fav S: Egan. 
 
 Planer, Pony \m. Wd. Wkg 
 
 Mach. Co 
 
 Re-Saw. Band 36 Fav & Egan. 
 
 Re-Saw. Band 182 S. A. Woods 
 
 Saw. Band on Fay &■ Egan . 
 
 Saw and Dado Machine.... . 5 Fav & Egan.. 
 
 Saw, Auto. Kv. Cut-Off 2 Fav & Egan., 
 
 Saw, Rip 153 S. .V. Woods 
 
 Saw. Scroll 6 Fav & Egan . 
 
 Saw. Self Feed Rip 2% Fav & Egan . 
 
 Sizer 4 S. A. Woods. 
 
 Sizer 8 S. A. Woods. 
 
 Surfrcer, Single 93 S. A. Woods 
 
 Surfacer. Single or Double 50 S. A. Woods. 
 
 Surfacer. 6 Roll Doubl- 51 S. A. Woods 
 
 Tenoni"? Machine S'W, Fav & Egan.. 
 
 Wood Worker 2 Fay S: Egan . . 
 
 Semi-enclosed shunt-wound motors are recommend°d 
 
 desirable practice 
 (665) 
 
 
 Horse 
 
 Power of 
 
 W ill Take Stock. 
 
 M 
 
 3tor 
 
 to Drive. 
 
 12 in. x 14 in. 
 
 
 7V> 
 
 to lu 
 
 20 in. Stroke. 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 12 in. x 1 in. 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 42 in. x 7 in. 
 
 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 30 in. to 42 in. long. 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 24 in. x 20 in. 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 32 in. Long. 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 !' in. x G in. 
 
 
 
 40 
 
 to 30 in. x Li in. 
 
 
 40 
 
 to GO J 
 
 16 in. Swing. 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 Mortise, i 1 ^ in. Deep. 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 Murtise, 2 l A in. Deep. 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 12 in. x 14 in. 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 12 and 15 in. x 6 in. 
 
 
 20 
 
 to 35 
 
 6 in. x 3 1 *! in. 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 13 in. x 6 in. 
 
 
 OOl 
 
 ■ to 15 
 
 4o in. x 56 in. Table. 
 
 9 1 
 
 > max. 4 min. 
 
 Raises up to 5 in. 
 
 
 
 7% 
 
 15 in. x 6 in. 
 
 40 
 
 to 60 
 
 30 in. x 12 in. 
 
 25 
 
 to -i'} 
 
 30 in. x S in. 
 
 25 
 
 to 50 
 
 24 hi. x 24 in. 
 
 
 25 
 
 30 in. x 8 in. 
 
 
 20 
 
 24 in. x (i in. 
 
 
 5 
 
 30 in. x 20 in. 
 
 
 .30 
 
 S in. x 13 in. 
 
 8 
 
 to 15 
 
 34 in. x 28 in. Table. 
 
 
 o 
 
 14 in. Saw. 17 x ML. in. 
 
 
 5 
 
 20 in. Saw. 
 
 
 10 
 
 24 in. Saw. 
 
 
 25 
 
 32 in. x 38 in. Table. 
 
 
 1 
 
 22 in. Saw. 
 
 
 15 
 
 30 in. x 24 in. 
 
 40 
 
 to 70 
 
 30 ,n. x 16 in. 
 
 30 
 
 to 60 
 
 24 10. x 6 in. 
 
 7V. 
 
 to 10 
 
 15 to 30 in. x 6 in. 
 
 20 
 
 to 40 
 
 30 in. x 12 in. 
 
 171 
 
 . to 30 
 
 Medium Size. 
 
 
 5 
 
 Connection Between 
 Motor and Machine. 
 Geared to Counter Shaft. 
 
 Belted to Machine 
 
 Belted to Counter Shaft.. 
 Belted to Counter Shaft.. 
 Geared to Friction Clutch 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 Geared to Counter Shaft. 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 
 Geared to Spindle 
 
 Geared to Counter Shaft. 
 Belted to Counter Shaft.. 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 Belted to Counter Shaft. 
 Coupled to Driving Shaft 
 Coupled to Cutter Head.. 
 Belted to Driving Shaft.. 
 Geared to Counter Shaft.. 
 Coupled to Counter L'haft 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 Belted to Counter Shaft.. 
 Belted to Counter Shaft.. 
 
 Counter 
 Shaft or 
 Motor Speed. 
 R. P. M. 
 
 875 
 375 
 
 500 
 600 
 
 750 
 1,400 
 
 for mn,t of the =e 
 
 a woodw 
 
 will always depend on local conditions 
 
 Geared to Machine 
 
 Coupled to Driving Shaft 
 
 Geared to Machine 
 
 Belted to Counter Shaft. . 
 Geared to Counter Shaft. 
 
 Belted to Saw Arbor 
 
 Belted to Crank Shaft 
 
 Belted to Counter Shaft.. 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 Belted *o Counter Shaft.. 
 Counl^d to Counter Shaft 
 Coupled to Counter Shaft 
 ConnHd to Counter Shaft 
 Belted to Driving Shaft. . 
 orking establishment, though the most 
 
 35o 
 500 
 350 
 950 
 
 950 
 
 500 
 
 800 
 850 
 900 
 950 
 1,100 
 
 6,000 
 
 05ll 
 
 n no -9 50 
 
 900-1.000 
 
 90n 
 
 900 to 950 
 
 900 to 950 
 
 1,100 
 
 950 
 
 0,1 . 
 
Figs. 6826-6834 
 
 CAR SHOP MACHINERY. Wood Working. 
 
 Fig. 6826. Berlin, No. 285, Band 
 Resaw. For Saws up to 8 in. Wide. 
 
 Fig. 6827. Berlin. Xo. 261, 
 
 Circular Resaw. Built in 
 
 24, 30 or 36-in. Sizes. 
 
 Fig. 6828. Berlin. Xo. 281, 
 Band Rip Saw. For 
 Blades up to 4 in. Wide. 
 
 Fig. 6829. Berlin, Xo. 257, Self-Feed Rip Saw, 
 Used with or without Countershaft. 
 
 Fig. 6830. Berlin. Xo. 286, Horizontal Saw Mill 
 
 Resaw. For 10-in Saw, 7-ft. Wheels. 
 
 Fig. 6831. Berlin "94X" Plainer and Matcher for 
 Producing High Grade Work at Fast Feeds. 
 
 Fig. 6832. Berlin. Xo. 118, Inside Molder. Built 
 10, 12 and 15 in. Wide. Opening 6 in. 
 
 Fig. 6833. New Berlin Sander, Equipped with Fig. 6834. Berlin. No. 1U8, < ipen-Side Molder. 
 
 Spiral or Straight Opening Drums. Built 10, 12 and 15 in. Wide. Opening 8 in. 
 
 Berlin Machine Works. 
 
 (666) 
 
CAR SHOP MACHINERY. Metal Working. 
 
 Figs. 6835-6841 
 
 Fig. 6835. Special Multiple Punch. 
 
 Fig. 6836. Heavy Plate Shear. 
 
 Fig. 683 1. Improved Rapid Action Punch. 
 
 Fig. 6838. Small Gate Shear. 
 
 Fig. 6839. Improved Horizontal Punch. 
 
 Fig. 0841. Horizontal Punch with Adjustable 
 Die Block. 
 Hilles & Jones Co. 
 
 (667) 
 
Figs. 6842-6846 
 
 CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Metal Working. 
 
 Fig. 6842. 1%-Inch Double Bolt Cutter. 
 
 Can be fitted with holders for threading pipe nippers 
 
 Acme Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 6843. 4-Inch Bolt Cntte 
 Acme Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 0844. Single Bolt Cutter 
 Acme Machinery Co. 
 
 Fig. 6845. Nut Facing Machine. 
 Detrick & Harvey Mch. Co. 
 
 Fig. 6840. Car Wheel Grinder. Norton Grinding Co. 
 
 ,,,,',0 
 
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Forging Machines; Presses. Figs. 6347-6851 
 
 Fig. 6S47. Hydraulic Coping Machine. 
 Watson-Stillman Co. 
 
 Fig. 6848. 1,000-Ton Press. 
 Morgan Engineering Co. 
 
 Fig. 6849. Hydro-Pneumatic Wheel Press. Built in 19 Sizes, Capacities 60 to 600 Tons. Watson-Stillman Co. 
 
 Fig. 6850. Single Stand Hammer. 
 Morgan Engineering Co. 
 
 Fig. 6851. Double Stand Hammer. 
 Morgan Engineering Co. 
 
 (669) 
 
Figs. 6852-6355 
 
 CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Hoists and Cranes. 
 
 Fig. 6852. Type C Electric Chain Block. 
 
 Fig. 6853. Type PL Electric Express Trolley Hoist. 
 
 Fig. 0854. Type E Electric Crane Trol 
 
 Fig. 6855. Standard Northern, Type E, 4-Motor Electric Traveling Crane. 
 Northern Engineering \\ orks. 
 
 (670) 
 
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Forging Machines. 
 
 Figs. 6856-6883 
 
 Fig. 6856. Bolt-Heading, Upsetting and Forging Machine. 
 Built in Sizes from 94-in. to 6-in. 
 
 Figs. 6857-6881. Forgings Made on Ajax Machine. 
 
 ,>*2iliiij 
 
 Fig. 6882. Standard Bulldozer. Fig. 6883. High Speed Bulldozer. 
 
 Built in Sizes Nos. 3 to 12. Belt or Motor Driven, Built in Sizes Nos. 1 to 5, Stop Motion Device. 
 
 with Single or Double Friction Clutches. 
 
 Ajax Manufacturing Co. 
 
 (071) 
 
Figs. 6884-6896 
 
 CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Pneumatic Tools. 
 
 Fig. 6884. Size DRC "Little Giant" Drill. 
 with Compound Gear for Extreme 
 Heavy Work. 
 
 Fig. 6885. No. 4 "Little 
 Giant" Grinder or Buffer. 
 
 Fig. G88G. Size AC "Little 
 Giant" 1 Jrill, Fitted with any 
 Style Chuck Desired. 
 
 
 Fig. 0887. "Little Giant" 
 Corner Drill. 
 
 Fig. 6888. Sizes ER, DR and CR "Littl 
 Giant" Reversible Drills, with Throttle 
 Handle Reverse. 
 
 Fig. 6889. Sizes DT and CT "Little 
 Giant" Flue Rolling and Tapping 
 
 Machines. 
 
 Figs. 6890-6891. "Boyer" Chipping and 
 Calking Hammers. 
 
 Mg. 6892. Sizes DW and C\\ 
 
 "Little Giant" Wood Boring 
 
 Machines, Spade Handle 
 
 Reverse. 
 
 Fig. 6893. "Keller" Chipping 
 and Calking Hammers. 
 
 m m u rn imm» i ». i ». >i 
 
 Fig. 6895. "Boyer" Riveting Hammers. Fig. 6896. 
 
 Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co. 
 
 'Keller" Riveting Flat 
 
 (672) 
 
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Pneumatic Tools. 
 
 Figs. 6897-6904 
 
 Fig. G897". Thor Piston Air Drill. Xo. I. 
 Made in 8 Sizes. 
 
 Fig. 6898. Thor 
 
 Pneumatic Wood Boring 
 
 Machine, No. 6. 
 
 Fig. 0899. Thor 
 Breast and Screw Feed 
 Drill. No. 3. 
 
 f.-jy i',!Wi. Thor One-Piece Pneumatic Long Stroke Riveting Hammer, Xo. 90. Made in 3 Sizes. 
 
 Fig. 6901. Thor Pneumatic Chipping and Calking 
 Hammer, Xo. 3. Made in 5 Sizes. 
 
 Fig. 0902. Thor Pneumatic Light Riveting Hammer. 
 
 Fig. 6903. Thor Close Quarter Piston Air Drill, 
 No. 8. Made in 2 Sizes. 
 
 Independent Pneumatic Tool Co. 
 
 Fig. G904. Thor Reversible Wood 
 Boring Machine, No. 5. 
 
 (673) 
 
Figs. 6905-6913 CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Pneumatic Tools 
 
 n — 
 
 a — _ 
 
 3m 
 
 Fig. 0905. Monarch Drill, No 
 Boring. 
 
 jr Wood 
 
 Fig. 6907. Chipping Hammer, with 
 Improved Locking Device. Made in 8 Sizes. 
 C, D, E. F, G, H. I and L. 
 Standard Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 Fig. 6909. "Imperial" Wood Boring 
 
 Machine. 
 
 Ingersoll-Rand Co. 
 
 Fig. 6908. Riveting Hammer. No. 60, with 
 Improved Locking. 
 
 Standard Railway Equipment Co. 
 
 'ig. 0910. "Imperial" Long Stroke 
 Riveting Hammer. 
 
 Fig. 6912. "Crown" Chipping Hamme 
 
 'ig. 0911. •imperial" Chipping Hammer. 
 
 Ingersoll-Rand Co. 
 
 Fig. 6913. "Crown" Rivetin 
 
 (074) 
 
CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Jacks. 
 
 Figs. 6914-6921 
 
 Fig. 6914. Independent Pump Jack. 
 Watson-Stillman Co. 
 
 Fig. 6915. Independent Pump Jack. 
 Richard Dudgeon. 
 
 Fig. 6916. Operating Mechanism 
 
 of Geared Lever Tack. No. 200. 
 
 Set for Raising. 
 
 Fig. 6917. Horizontal 
 
 Claw Jack, with Reinforced 
 
 Cistern. 
 
 Fig. 6918. Round 
 Base Jack. 
 
 Richard Dudgeon. 
 
 Fig. 6919. Oblong 
 Ease Tack. 
 
 Fig. 6920. Automatic Geared Lever Tack. Fig. 6921. Cross-Section of Bell 
 
 Xo. 200. Base Jack. 
 
 Joyce-Cridland Co. 
 
 (675) 
 
Figs. 6922-6934 
 
 CAR SHOP MACHINERY, Miscellaneous. 
 
 fE 
 
 CAST Ifm FINISHED AIL OTEH 
 
 
 lp=i=^ 
 
 -2^zS - 
 
 '-*:» J 
 
 
 Z Esafcl 
 
 -2X- 
 
 
 Jffi 
 
 te'witEL Pin -^^^'^ \ V^f 
 
 
 — » 
 gfcfc 
 
 
 Vg/ \2/ 
 
 >| 
 
 ^ 
 
 MALLEABLE IRON 
 
 ^ 
 
 AFTER ALL GAUGE POINTS APE PROPERLY 
 LOCATED AND CLAMPED. PUT IN EACH PART 
 AtiDOr/EL PIN TO PRESENT TURNING AND 
 SLIPPING 
 
 Figs. 6922-6930. Gage for Locating Car Wheels Equidistant from Center of Axle. 
 
 Pratt & Whitney. 
 
 Fig. 6931. Buckeye Power Outfit. 
 
 Fig. 6932. Buckeye Oil Paint Sprayer. 
 
 Fig. 6933. Buckeye Heater. Fig. 6934. Buckeye Sand Blast Machine. 
 
 Walter Macleod & Co. 
 
 C8W) 
 
ADVERTISEMENTS. 
 
 SEE CLASSIFIED INDEX TO ADVERTISEMENTS FOLLOWING THE PREFACE. 
 
 Adams & Westlake Co 18 Howard & Co., James L 48 
 
 American Brake Co 34 Hunt & Co., Ri ibert W 48 
 
 American Brake Shoe & Foundry Co 30 
 
 . . ~ „ t, , ,, ,-, Joliet Railway Supply Co 45 
 
 American Lar & Foundry Co 9 " - 
 
 W .„ ..-, Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co 8 
 
 American Mason Safety 1 read Co Oo 
 
 . c , ..,, , r " , ■ 0I Joyce-Cridland Co 28 
 
 American Saw .Mill .Machinery Co -4 
 
 American Steel Foundries 31 Kay £ £ ss q gj 
 
 Asbestos Protected Metal Co 40 Kerite Insulated Wire & Cable Co 1 
 
 Barney & Smith Car Co 5 Ko PP el Co "> Arthur 10 
 
 Baume & Marpent, Ltd 13 McCo nway & Torley Co u 15 
 
 Bettendorf Axle Co 4 
 
 Boston Belting Co 52 
 
 McCord & Co 3d 
 
 McGuire-Cummings Mfg. Co 19 
 
 Hriil Co - J- G 3 Miner Co., VV. II 25 
 
 1 iuffalo Brake Beam Co 30 
 
 Butler Drawbar Attachment Co 26 National Malleable Castings Co 54 
 
 Northern Engineering Works 38 
 
 Cardwell Mfg. Co 23 
 
 Chapman Jack Co 27 Pantasote Co 38 
 
 Chicago Pneumatic Tool Co 51 Pressed Steel Car Co 7 
 
 Chicago Railway Equipment Co 32 
 
 Clark Car Co 10 
 
 Railway Materials Co 30, 47 
 
 Cleveland Car Specialty Co 20 Ralhva - V Steel-Spring Co 4 
 
 Cleveland City Forge 6c Iron Cc 
 
 Ralston Steel Car Co 4 
 
 ,- ,,. . _ Kn Rapp Co., T W 40 
 
 C oes u rench Co 50 " • J *" 
 
 n 1 , • -xt . o t> 1. r in Russel Wheel & Foundry Co 4 
 
 Columbia -\ ut ct Bolt Co 42 - * 
 
 Commercial Acetylene Co 19 
 
 Safety Car Heating & Lighting Co 21 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co 45 Sanlson Cordage Works 53 
 
 Consolidated Car Heating Co 22 Scarritt Car Seat Works 3g 
 
 Curtain Supply Co 39 Standard Car Truck Co i 2 
 
 Davis Solid Truss Brake Beam Co 48 Stalldard Coupler Co 12 
 
 Dayton Manufacturing Co 49 Sla,u,ari1 P; ' :,lt Co 47 
 
 Dudgeon, Richard 28 Standard Railway Equipment Co 41 
 
 Duff Manufacturing Co 29 Stalldard Steel Car Co H 
 
 Duiier Company 47 Standard Steel Works Co 44 
 
 Sterling Varnish Co 1 
 
 Edwards Co., O. M 38 Symington Co., T. II ' 37 
 
 Electric Storage Battery Co 19 
 
 Emery Pneumatic Lubricator Co 34 Union Draft Gear Co 03 
 
 Excelsior Car Roof Co .... 40 Ln, " n Fibre Co 40 
 
 Union Spring cc Mfg. Co 3tj 
 
 Farlow Draft Gear Co 22 
 
 United States Light & Heating Co 20 
 
 Fitz-Hugh, Luther Co 8 U. S. Metal & Manufacturing Co '"10 
 
 Forsyth Steel Tie Co 54 
 
 Fort Pitt Spring & Mfg. Co 42 Vulcan Steam Shovel Co -,•> 
 
 General Electric Co 40 Wason Manufacturing Co o 
 
 Globe Ventilator Co 52 Watson-Stillman Co .>,) 
 
 Goodwin Car Co 8 Western Railway equipment Co 4a 
 
 Gould Coupler Co lii, 17 Western Steel Car & Foundry Co ( ; 
 
 Gould Storage Battery Co 17 Westinghouse Air Brake Co 00 
 
 ( ireenlee Bros. & Co 28 Whipple Car Co .-, 
 
 \\A, ,i, Guilford S ■ .,- 
 
 Woods & Co., Edwin S 00 
 
 Hale & Kilburn Mfg. Co 39 
 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth Corporation 2 
 
 Hicks Locomotive & Car Works 12 Yale & Towuc Mfg. Co p 
 
These Cars which carry acid 
 are painted with 
 
 Sterling Black Iron Enamel 
 
 which contains 
 
 Sterling Raw Refined Linseed Oil 
 
 We remove all the mucilaginous impurities from the oil — they are soluble 
 jn water and as they dissolve open the way for corrosion — and the result is an 
 elastic and impervious film of paint which wil 
 thing you have ever used. 
 
 last many 
 
 years longer than any 
 
 If you keep a coat of paint free from any opening through 
 which outside influences can enter and have its co-efficient of 
 expansion properly adjusted you attain the maximum of 
 durability. 
 
 The Sterling Varnish Company 
 
 INCORPORATED 1891 
 
 PITTSBURGH, PA. 
 
 
 6^ KERITE 
 
 '£&& INSULATED WIRES AND CABLES ^ 
 
 ERITE insulation is a homogeneous combination of crude 
 Kerite with the finest Para rubber. Kerite preserves the 
 rubber and gives the insulation unequalled life and dura- 
 
 )ility. This has been proved by the actual tests of fifty years. 
 
 Kerite insulation actually improves with age. 
 
 ERITE, on account of its remarkable durability and its 
 power to resist deteriorating influences such as moisture, 
 brine, oils and acids, is especially suitable for such severe 
 
 service as Car Wiring. Kerite wires and cables installed half a 
 
 century ago are in service to-day. 
 
 "ASK THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE USED THEM" 
 
 KERITE INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE COMPANY 
 
 INCORPORATED BY W. R. BRIXEY 
 
 HUDSON TERMINAL, 30 CHURCH ST., NEW YORK 
 
 WESTERN REPRESENTATIVE 
 
 WATSON INSULATED WIRE CO., RAILWAY EXCHANGE, CHICAGO 
 
WHIPPLE CAR COMPANY 
 
 Succeeding Chicago, New York & Boston Refrigerator Company 
 
 BUILDERS 
 
 Refrigerator Cars 
 
 All Kinds of Freight Equipment 
 
 Heavy Repairs 
 
 GENERAL OFFICE PLANT 
 
 Suite 618-622 Commercial National Bank Building 51st Street and St. Louis Avenue 
 
 115 Adams Street, CHICAGO, ILL. CHICAGO, ILL. 
 
 Harlan & Hollingsworth Corporation 
 
 WILMINGTON, DELAWARE, U.S.A. 
 
 BUILDERS OF 
 
 Parlor, Sleeping, Private, Dining, Pas- 
 senger, Baggage and Mail Cars 
 of Every Description 
 
 ALSO BUILDERS OF 
 
 Steel Steamships and Steamboats, Land 
 and Marine Engines and Boilers 
 
 PHILADELPHIA OFFICE: NEW YORK OFFICE: 
 
 The Bourse Hudson Terminal Building, 50 Church St. 
 
 Wilmington Cable Address "HARLAN" 
 
Steam and Electric Gars and Trucks 
 
 <H Wason cars arc used in many of the finest trains in 
 America and abroad. Besides having built cars which 
 call for superior design and workmanship, such as espe- 
 cially elaborate diners and sleepers, drawing-room, club 
 and private cars, the new Wason catalogue (write for 
 it) indicates that the company's business covers every 
 type of steam car and truck for both passenger and 
 freight service and for many of the foremost foreign as 
 well as domestic railway systems. 
 
 CJI A good share of the cars for the elevated and sub- 
 way lines of New York City bear the name of Wason, 
 and at present twenty cars for the former are in course 
 of construction. All-steel cars and cars with steel 
 underframes are built in accordance with the most ad- 
 vanced practice. 
 
 (J| While the W T ason Manufacturing Company has the 
 principal steam car business of the six Brill companies, 
 the other companies, which are chiefly equipped for 
 electric car construction, also have facilities for building 
 every type of steam passenger and freight car. 
 
 (JJ A pamphlet on the new Brill M. C. B.-E passenger 
 truck has recently been issued. This truck is the only 
 one of its class having each side frame solid forged in 
 a single piece including the yokes. 
 
 THE J. G. BRILL COMPANY 
 
 Main Office : Philadelphia, U. S. A. 
 
 London Office: 110 C/VNNON STREET, E. C. 
 Cable AJdresses: "BRILL," Philadelphia; "AXLES," London 
 
 AMERICAN CAR COMPANY JOHN STEPHENSON COMPANY 
 
 St. Louis, Mo. Elizabeth, N. J. 
 
 G. C. KUHLMAN CAR COMPANY DANVILLE CAR COMPANY 
 
 Cleveland, Ohio Danville, 111. 
 
 WASON MANUFACTURING COMPANY 
 Springfield, Mass. 
 
 COMPAGNIE J. G. BRILL 
 
 14 Place de Laborde, Paris 
 Cable Address: "BOGIBRIL" Paris 
 
 AGENCIES 
 
 Pacific Coast Belgium and Holland Argentine and Uruguay 
 
 PIERSON, ROEDING & CO. C. DUBBELMAN FEDERICO IL BAGGE 
 
 409 Monadnock Building 45 Rue de la Caserne 121 San Martin 
 
 San Francisco Brussels Buenos Aires 
 
 Italy China Australasia 
 
 GIOVANNI CHECCHETTI SHEWAN TOMES & CO. NOYES BROTHERS 
 
 Piazza Sicilia, 1 Hong Kong, Canton, Melbourne, Sidney, Dunedin, 
 
 Milan Shanghai Brisbane, Perth 
 
 Mexico Natal, Transvaal, Orange River Colony 
 
 INTERNATIONAL MACHY. & ENG. CO. THOMAS BARLOW & SONS 
 
 Mutual Building, Mexico, D. F. Natal, South Africa 
 
The Ralston Steel Car Company 
 
 Designers and builders of all types of freight 
 equipment— Gondola dump cars, dumping one 
 hundred per cent.— Steel underframes for new 
 and old equipment— Steel subsills. 
 
 NEW YORK CITY 
 No. 2 Rector Street 
 
 COLUMBUS, OHIO 
 
 CHICACO, ILL. 
 1213 Fisher Building 
 
 Logging Cars and Trucks Dump Cars 
 
 Platform and 
 Construction Cars 
 
 Wheels and Axles 
 Steam Skidders 
 
 and Loaders 
 
 RUSSEL WHEEL and FOUNDRY COMPANY 
 
 DETROIT, MICHIGAN 
 
 Bettendorf axle Company 
 
 Designers and Builders of S tee | Qondola CarS, Tank 
 
 Cars, Underframes, Sub Sills, Trucks, Bolsters 
 
 Chicago Office : 
 
 Old Colony Building 
 St. Louis Office : 
 Commonwealth Trust Building 
 
 GENERAL OFFICES AND WORKS *' " Y cort?^? Building 
 
 Buffalo Office: 
 
 Fidelity Building 
 
 DAVENPORT, IOWA 
 
 J 
 
r 
 
 The Barney and S mith Car Co. 
 
 Designers and Builders of 
 Modern Railway Car Equipment 
 
 For sixty years this 
 company has been design- 
 ing and building cars for 
 American railways. 
 
 It has acquired a repu- 
 tation for honesty, fair 
 dealing and good work 
 of which it is both proud 
 and jealous. 
 
 Barney and Smith de- 
 signs are usually a little 
 ahead of the procession 
 in both refinement of 
 details and sensible prac- 
 ticality. 
 
 We have the most 
 complete and modern 
 plant for building cars in 
 both steel and wood and 
 for both freight and pas- 
 senger service. 
 
 The B arney and S mith Car CQ. 
 
 DAYTON, OHIO 
 
WESTERN STEEL CAR & 
 FOUNDRY COMPANY 
 
 Manufacturers of 
 
 WOOD AND COMPOSITE 
 
 CARS 
 
 FOR FREIGHT SERVICE 
 
 OFFICES : New York, Pittsburg, Chicago, St. Louis, Atlanta, Mexico City 
 
 ■ ;93»<"'" f " ' 
 
 TWHC"***' 
 
 180 BOSTON & MA p~ 
 8 5 1 8 
 
ALL-STEEL PASSENGER CAR AS BUILT FOR PENNSYLVANIA RAILROAD. 
 
 Pressed Steel Car Co 
 
 AH Steel or Composite 
 
 FREIGHT EQUIPMENT 
 
 Passenger Cars and Trucks 
 
 For Steam and Electric Railways 
 
 BOLSTERS, BRAKE BEAMS 
 
 And Other 
 
 PRESSED STEEL SPECIALTIES 
 
 OFFICES : New York, Chicago, Pittsburg, St. Louis, Atlanta, Mexico City 
 
 NEW TYPE SIDE-DUMP CAR FOR GENERAL SERVICE. 
 
Fitz=Hugh, Luther Company 
 CAR BUILDERS 
 
 -CAR REPAIRS^ 
 
 REBUILT CARS 
 
 SECOND-HAND CARS 
 COACHES 
 
 LOCOMOTIVES 
 Works: LOCOMOTIVE REPAIRS 
 
 HAMMOND, IND.; DOVER, N. J. car forcings 
 
 CHICAGO, ILL., 1647-1651 Monadnock Block 
 
 NEW YORK, 140 Cedar Street 
 
 JOLIET, 
 
 III. 
 
 Joliet Steel Car Mfg. Co. 
 
 Convertible Steel Hopper-Ballast Gar 
 
 i 
 
 »»(((§ 
 
 Trade-Riark. 
 
 wm 
 
 Trade-Mark. 
 
 GOODWIN CAR COMPANY 
 
 115 Dearborn Street, Chicago, III. 
 
 The 
 
 Standard 
 
 " Class G" 
 
 Construction 
 
 and 
 Ballast Car 
 
 17 Battery Place, New York City 
 
 Capacity 
 80,000 
 100,000 
 Pounds 
 
 Pages 
 26-150 
 
American Car m Foundry Co. 
 
 BUILDERS OF 
 
 CARS 
 
 FOR PASSENGER 
 
 FREIGHT OR 
 ELECTRIC SERVICE 
 
 WOOD 
 STEEL AND WOOD 
 OR ALL STEEL 
 
 CARS 
 
 ANY 
 
 CAPACITY 
 GAUGE . . . 
 SERVICE 
 TYPE .... 
 
 DOMESTIC or FOREIGN 
 
 AMERICAN CAR m FOUNDRY CO. 
 
 NEW YORK CHICAGO ST. LOUIS 
 
 CABLE ADDRESS 
 I NAIXIM, NEW YORK 
 
 L 
 
 CODES USED 
 LIEBER, WESTERN UNION, At, ABC 
 
ARTHUR KOPPEL COMPANY 
 
 We Design and Manufacture 
 
 ALL KINDS OF STEEL CARS 
 
 for standard and narrow 
 gauge, for contractors, 
 mines, brickplants, rail- 
 roads, etc. 
 
 Switchpoints and Frogs 
 Turntables, Rails 
 Portable Railways 
 
 OFFICES AND WAREHOUSES 
 
 NEW YORK, 1409 Cortlandt Building CHICAGO, 344 Monadnock Block 
 
 BOSTON, 53 Oliver Street PITTSBURGH, 1640 Machesney Building 
 
 SAN FRANCISCO, 1506 Chronicle Building BALTIMORE, 449 Equitable Building 
 
 WASHINGTON, D. C, 11 Fleming Building 
 
 WORKS AT KOPPEL, PENNA. 
 
 Balanced Door Dump Cars 
 
 Side Dump Cars Center Dump Cars 
 
 Center and Side Dump Cars 
 
 NO CHAINS 
 
 NO RATCHETS 
 
 Large Door Areas, Securely Held and Easy to Operate 
 
 Special Designs Furnished for Mining and 
 Industrial Service 
 
 CLARK CAR COMPANY 
 
 PITTSBURGH, PA. 
 
Standard Steel Car Co. 
 
 Offices: New York, 170 Broadway 
 
 General Offices: Frick Bldg., Pittsburg, Pa. Chicago, Fisher Bldg. 
 
 Works : Butler, Pa. New Castle, Pa. Hammond, Ind. 
 
 STEEL AND COMPOSITE 
 
 FREIGHT CARS 
 
 AND 
 
 All Steel Passenger Equipment 
 
 Steel Car Underframes 
 Electric Railway Trucks 
 
 M. C. B. TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION 
 
 Trucks, Bolsters, Brake Beams, Etc, 
 
 CAPACITY, 50,000 CARS PER ANNUM. INQUIRIES SOLICITED. 
 
 11 
 
EAST WORKS 
 
 Hicks Locomotive and 
 —Car Works=^= 
 
 Builders of NEW 
 
 FREIGHT CARS 
 PASSENGER CARS 
 
 Capacity, 40 Freight Cars Per Day; 15 Coaches 
 Per Month 
 
 Railroad Car and Locomotive Repair Work 
 Solicited 
 
 REBUILT FREIGHT AND PASSEN- 
 GER CARS AND LOCOMOTIVES 
 OF VARIOUS TYPES :: :: :: :: 
 
 Sales Office 
 
 410 FISHER BUILDINC, - - CHICAGO, ILL. 
 
 Works 
 
 CHICAGO HEIGHTS, ILLINOIS 
 
 300,000 Trucks in Use 
 
 Ghe 
 
 BARBER 
 
 TRUCK 
 
 Gives Bolster Lateral Travel 
 
 CI Our steel roller bearing center 
 plate gives the truck free radial 
 travel, lessening train resistance 
 and preventing derailment. 
 
 Standard Car Truck Company 
 
 Old Colony Building, CHICAGO 
 
 In this Dictionary will be found Detailed Descriptions 
 of the Railway Specialties manufactured by the 
 
 STANDARD COUPLER COMPANY 
 
 The company enjoys a high commercial reputation established 
 by many years of fair dealing. 
 
 Its goods have demonstrated their superior merits by many 
 years of satisfactory service. 
 
 STANDARD STEEL PLATFORMS 
 
 SESSIONS STANDARD FRICTION DRAFT GEARS 
 
 STANDARD COUPLERS 
 
 Main Office: 
 
 2 Rector St., New York 
 
 Chicago Office: 
 Fisher Building 
 
 12 
 
B AUME & MARPENT, Ltd. 
 
 i HAINE-ST. -PIERRE (BELGIUM) 
 Works at MORLANWELZ 'BELGIUM) 
 
 ' MARPENT (NORTH-FRANCE) 
 
 Builders of 
 
 Railway Carriages, Wagons, Electric Cars 
 
 And Every Other Description of 
 
 Railway and Tramway Rolling Stock 
 
 Tenders 
 
 Makers of Wheels and Axles 
 
 Railway Plant, Forgings, Smith-Work, Iron Castings. Axleboxes, Points and Cross- 
 ings, Turntables, Mining and Works Materials, Hydraulic 
 and Gas Appliances 
 
 IPSE 
 
 ' '■■■'■• J . '-.'■ 
 
 Bridges, Girders, Roofs, Buildings 
 
 Address for Letters: Telegrams: 
 
 LEON MOYAUX, HAINE-ST.-PIERRE, BELGIUM MOYAUX, HAINE-ST.-PIERRE 
 
 Codes Used: A 1, A B C, 4th and 5th Edition LIEBERS and BENTLEY'S COMPLETE PHRASE 
 
 13 
 
The Buhoup Cast Steel Truck Side Frame 
 
 N OTE: BOLSTER CAN BE REMOVED AND REPLACED wrTHOLfT 
 DISTURBING ANY OTHER PARTOFTHETRUCK. 
 
 The superiority of a cast steel side frame for trucks of the Arch Bar type over 
 the built-up frame on account of the decrease in the number of parts and the 
 possibility of securing greater strength where additional strength is required, 
 thereby reducing the expense of repairs and maintenance, is becoming very 
 generally recognized. 
 
 The Buhoup Side Frame embodies all the desirable features so far de- 
 veloped in cast steel side frames, and has in addition distinctive desirable 
 features peculiarly its own. 
 
 NOTE: IFDESIRFI) FRAMES CAN BE MADE WITHOUT EXTENSIONS AA- AND A Tl E BAR USED INSTEAD OF THEM.. 
 
 Adjustable Bolster Columns which permit the insertion of the Bolster after 
 the balance of the truck has been assembled, and which also permits of remov- 
 ing and replacing bolsters without disturbing any other part of the truck. 
 
 Brake Hanger Supports cast integral with adjustable columns. 
 
 Lower Journal Box Extensions A A cast integral with the frame dispens- 
 ing with the use of tie bars and the use of nuts on journal box bolts, a split 
 key being all that is required. 
 
 Furnished if desired for use with ordinary bottom tie bar as shown in 
 Fig. 3. 
 
 Design can be changed so as to be interchangeable with Standard Side 
 Frames on any railroad. 
 
 -MANUFACTURED BY- 
 
 THE McCONWAY & TORLEY CO. 
 
 PITTSBURGH, PA. 
 
 14 
 
■ 
 
 I 
 
 THE McCONWAY & TORLEY GO. 
 
 PITTSBURGH, F»A. 
 
 Original Manufacturers of the M. C. B. Coupler, 
 
 THE JANNEY, KELSO, PITT and 
 
 JANNEY X 
 
 FREIGHT CAR COUPLERS 
 
 All made from acid, open-hearth steel and with all the up-to- 
 date features required or recommended by the 
 
 M. C. B. ASSOCIATION. 
 
 The Buhoup 3-Stem Passenger Equipment 
 
 The most complete, strongest and the largest used passenger 
 coupler equipment on the market. Has important and desirable 
 features not possessed by any other coupler equipment. 
 
 The Buhoup Vestibule 
 
 A complete, effective and thoroughly up-to-date and satisfactory 
 vestibule ; easy to apply and cheap to maintain. 
 
 STEEL CASTINGS, MALLEABLE IRON CASTINGS 
 
 FOR RAILROAD AND CAR WORK 
 
 15 
 
o 
 o 
 
 ft 
 
 a. 
 
 D 
 
 © 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 > > > 
 
 z* z z 
 
 £ £ £ 
 
 u u a) 
 
 a a a 
 
 t> 4) v 
 
 5QQQ 
 
 -a "a x x ~u 
 
 O O UOOOO 
 
 16 
 
Gould Storage Battery Co., 341-347 Fifth Ave., N. Y. 
 
 GOULD 
 CAR 
 
 LIGHTING 
 BATTERIES 
 
 cP u ^> 
 
 tf-*<*^;-' i ?5-J* 
 
 
 GOULD 
 
 AXLE 
 
 SYSTEM OF 
 
 LIGHTING 
 
 (Sec pages 403-404.) 
 
 Gould Coupler Company, 341-347 Fifth Ave., N. Y. 
 
 17 
 
& Westlake Co. 
 
 ANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 ilway and Steamship 
 Supplies 
 
 NEW YORK OFFICE 
 
 HUDSON TERMINAL BLD6. 
 
 *;.30 CHURCH STREETS 
 
 : 
 
 ^***&k 
 
 W 
 
 EASTERN OFFICE awSHOPS 
 
 2042 N. TENTH STREET 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 MAIN OFFICE and WORKS, CHICAGO, USA. 
 
 ESTABLISHED 1869 
 
 I 
 
 % 
 
 % 
 
 ■%> -z* c 
 
 
 &? 
 
 r* 
 
 UJ 
 
 CO, 
 
 
 
 <£ 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 '<£ 
 
 rn 
 
 
 ^ 
 ^ 
 
 *r> 
 
 -» .— £5 
 
 ce 
 
 e> 
 
 # 4? 
 
 { 
 
 1 
 
 TO u-i 
 
 £> 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 On. % 
 
 % 
 
 '* 
 
 
 
 c 
 
 ^ 
 
 a 
 
 & 
 
 
 c> 
 
 
 <0 
 
 *# 
 
 s 
 
 % 
 
 a 
 
 r -fr 
 
 ^ G 
 
 1 2 ■ a: <o tS 
 
 /9 
 
 & 
 
 t J* J! 
 
 £ 
 
 ^v ~2- cc 
 
 if V 
 
 jv-" 
 
 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 <3v •& ^ 
 
 "C 
 
 LO 
 
 £ 
 
 % C. l/> UJ 
 
 "- 1 =: ""> d* 7 U 
 
 ^.\%, % 
 
 % 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 %\ 
 
 *v ?= ip 
 
 <Q 
 
 * i? 
 
 .#■ 
 
 <- -» 
 
 T 'Mt 
 
 '*> X<£& 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 ^ n 
 
 s * J? _^ 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 ,v 
 
 # .«£ 
 
 # 
 
 ^ x 
 
 \ 3 -<!«:, # 
 
 £■ .* 
 
 y > 
 
 * 
 
 v> 
 
 *£$&* 
 
 *° <>* 
 
 «? ^ 
 
 
 HEAD 
 
 Ao 
 
 1/ 
 
 LlNi 
 
 
 r 5 
 
 «&V« 
 
 ,O v 
 
 <u 
 
 ? <s 
 
 ^ 
 
 & 
 
 NGS 
 
 ADLAKE 
 
 
 C^ S 
 
 ^ 
 
 vV 
 
 ^ 
 
 BLCL 
 
 tt 
 
 1NIN 
 
 c^ 5 
 
 G CHAIRS 
 
 ^/^ 
 
r 
 
 THE 
 
 Iu5or Bccumulator" 
 
 Electric Lighting of Railway Cars 
 
 "Cblovibe Hccumulator" andthe 
 
 FOB THE 
 
 New York 
 Boston 
 
 They are used by the principal railroads throughout the United States. 
 The elements and containing tanks in all their details are specially de- 
 signed to withstand severe service. 
 
 Catalogue C, describing these cells will be forwarded upon request. 
 
 THE ELECTRIC STORAGE BATTERYCO. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 Chicago 
 St. Louis 
 
 Cleveland 
 Atlanta 
 
 San Francisco 
 Toronto 
 
 McCUIRE-CUMMIIMCS MANUFACTURING CO, 
 
 Works ; 
 
 CHICAGO, ILL. 
 PARIS, ILL. 
 
 CARSJRUCKS, SNOW 
 PLOWS AND SWEEPERS, 
 ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVES, 
 GRAIN DOORS, BURCLAR- 
 PROOF DOOR BRACKETS. 
 
 General Offices : 
 CHICACO. 
 
 LIGHTING 
 
 THE SAFETY STORAGE SYSTEM 
 
 Supplies Brilliant Illumination at Lowest Cost 
 
 Constant Recharging Not Necessary— Tank 20x114 ins., contains suf- 
 ficient gas for 266 burning hours for coach equipped with rive lamps. 
 Smaller tanks can be used if desired. 
 
 Absolutely Safe — Tanks are packed solid with asbestos and gas is dissolved in 
 acetone. No Free Gas. 
 
 Used by Railroads for Cars, Signals and Headlights; U. S. Government for 
 Lighthouses, Beacons, Buoys, Boats, and on Hundreds of Yachts and Thou- 
 sands of Automobiles. 
 
 Permitted by National Board of Fire Underwriters and U. S. Steamboat 
 Inspection Service. 
 
 Estimates and Information Cheerfully Furnished 
 
 The Commercial Acetylene Company 
 
 80 BROADWAY, NEW YORK 
 
 Branches: CHICAGO— BOSTON— ATLANTA-SAN FRANCISCO— TORONTO 
 
 10 
 
****•••*••*** 
 
 Hatteri^ 
 
 THE STANDARD 
 
 BATTERY FOR 
 
 CAR LIGHTING 
 
 SERVICE 
 
 ANY CAPACITY 
 
 ANY TYPE 
 ANY METHOD 
 OF ASSEMBLY 
 
 '■- H& 
 
 BLISS-SYSTEM-MOSKOWITZ 
 
 ELECTRIC TRAIN LIGHTING 
 
 ECONOMY RELIABILITY EFFICIENCY 
 
 These three all-important considerations are thoroughly demon- 
 
 strated in the "BLISS 
 
 JJ 
 
 an 
 
 d "MOSKOWITZ" Svste 
 
 ms 
 
 of Electric Car Lighting. Actual figures obtained from oper- 
 ating conditions on a large number of railroads indicate 
 conclusively the superior advantages of these two Systems 
 over all others. <J| PERFECT REGULATION with LOW- 
 EST OPERATING COSTS are assured to the purchaser. 
 
 COMMUNICATE WITH NEAREST OFFICE FOR COMPLETE INFORMATION 
 
 The United States Light and Heating Co. 
 
 Genera! Office: 30 Church St., New York 
 
 'Bliss System ol Electric Car Lighting.' 
 NEW YORK CHICAGO 
 
 National" Batteries ' Moskowltz System ot Electric Cai Lighting.' 
 
 MILWAUKEE BOSTON SAN FRANCISCO 
 
PINTSCH LIGHT 
 
 The Inverted -Mantle lamp for Pintsch Gas is now in service on over 
 
 5, jco car;-. 1 he merits that are interesting railroad managements include: 
 
 Unexcelled brilliancy of 99.5 candle power per lamp. 
 
 Demonstrated cost approximately one cent per hour. 
 
 Flat flame lamp equipment available for alteration at minimum cost, result- 
 ing" in threefold greater illumination and increased tank capacity 
 
 Pintsch System has been applied to over 165,000 cars throughout the world. 
 
 VAPOR LIGHT 
 
 This system uses carburetted air in conjunction with the Pintsch inverted 
 mantle lamps. The apparatus employed closely resembles that used 
 in the Pintsch equipment and is particularly adapted for use on Branch. 
 Lines. 
 
 One charge will burn 200 Injurs and supply five lamps of ico candle power 
 each. 
 
 ELECTRIC LIGHT 
 
 Safety Axle-Driven Dynamo Equipment — now operating successfully 
 on leading railroads — has demonstrated its reliability. 
 A product of sixteen years' experience. 
 High grade of materials' and workmanship. 
 Generator of simple, strong and durable construction and of most practical 
 
 design. 
 Regulator giving effective control and economy in the use of current. 
 Equipments either sold or operated under contract. 
 
 STEAM H EAT 
 
 Car Heating Specialists. Direct Steam and Hot Water Systems designed 
 to give positive regulation of temperature and economy in steam. The 
 Thermo let System is automatic and operates with or without pressure as 
 desired. Steam tight couplers, traps, end-train pipe valves and other 
 appliances. 
 
 THE 
 
 Safety Gar Heating & Lighting Company 
 
 2 RECTOR STREET, NEW YORK 
 
 CHICAGO BOSTON ATLANTA MONTREAL PHILADELPHIA ST. LOUIS BERKELEY, CAl. 
 
 21 
 
Farlow Twin Spring Draft Gear 
 or Farlow Attachments 
 
 for any make of friction 
 draft gear for either steel 
 or wooden cars, elimi- 
 nates repairs. 
 The coupler fastening 
 does not fail. 
 
 FARLOW DRAFT GEAR CO. 
 
 BALTIMORE, MD. CHICAGO, ILL. 
 
 EDWIIN S. WOODS & COMPANY 
 
 Established 1903 
 
 FOR SIX-WHEEL 
 
 PASSENGER TRUCK 
 
 13oO Monadnock Block, Chicago 
 MANUFACTURERS OF ANTI-FRICTION SIDE BEARINGS AND CENTER BEARINGS 
 
 See Text Page S31 
 
 Agents for WM. B. SCAIFE & SONS CO., Pittsburg, Water Softening Systems 
 
 TANKS (Black, Galvanized, Copper Brazed, 
 
 ftSO\$&W*47^ 
 
 Steam heating without pressure as used in the "Consolidated" 
 System gives most uniform and economical distribution of heat 
 with a minimum of parts. A choice of three systems is offered 
 with the use of the same trap — Straight Vapor, Straight Pressure 
 and a combination of the two. The piping is the simplest. 
 
 Our Steam Couplers are the only ones made having a one- 
 piece gasket without retaining springs, which obstruct the 
 passage. 
 
 We have a straight Shank Nipple with two-piece clamp in 
 stock for various sizes of hose. 
 
I — 1 
 
 CARDWELL ROCKER SIDE BEARING 
 
 Absolutely an Anti-Friction Bearing 
 
 Centers by its own 
 weight. It is simple, 
 strong and durable. 
 Has no small parts to 
 get out of order. 
 
 Their Use Saves 
 
 Motive Power-Coal, 
 Wheel Flanges, Rails, 
 Trucks, Time, Liability 
 of Accidents, which 
 means their cost in a 
 short time. 
 
 Cardwell Manufacturing Co., Chicago, ill. 
 
 CARDWELL FRICTION DRAFT GEAR 
 
 THE GEAR THAT DOES THE WORK 
 
 MADE BY 
 
 Union Draft Gear Company 
 
 CHICAGO 
 
 -J 
 
 23 
 
WE MAKE A LINE OF 
 
 i. m-^gk 
 
 Band Saws 
 Swing Cut-Off 
 and 
 Table Cut-Off 
 Saws 
 
 Combined Rip 
 and Cut-Off 
 Saw Benches 
 and other 
 
 WOOD-WORKING 
 MACHINES 
 
 as Planers and Matchers, Surfacers, Boring Machines, 
 
 etc., adapted to CAR SHOPS and 
 
 Planing Mills 
 
 Also a full 
 line of 
 
 CIRCULAR SAW 
 MILLS 
 
 and other Saw Mill 
 Equipment 
 
 Catalog Free 
 
 AMERICAN SAW MILL MACHINERY CO, 
 
 Main Office and Works, HACKETTSTOWN, N. J. 
 
 NEW YORK OFFICE, 50 Church Street 
 
 24 
 
I ffffrTT^TTTTTfftnTfTfftTnrrfTtTtTWtV^V^ 
 
 n i i ij ij. i . . ? i i i iy|. i i4j i y^ 
 
 U ff f ! JM i MJ i M i w?ii?i^M»t ? mT?'*^ ,;j l -'ym t ?fflTiffiri i . " j ■" i 11 1 - 1 - ' - -. t 
 
 
 t; 
 
 B 
 
 
 • 1 
 
 V 
 
 ! 
 
 ►:< 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
 ' • -.- -. -,. 
 
 GRAVITY SIDE BEARINGS 
 
 FRICTION DRAFT GEAR 
 
 ?tSb1oo1ebS chi c^-ao^ 
 
 .-dl 
 
 25 
 
USE THE 
 
 Butler Drawbar Attachments 
 
 FRICTION GEAR (Piper) 
 
 6V2 or 9V8 Yoke, or combined 
 with the Farlow Attachment. 
 Has all the Points of 
 
 A PERFECT GEAR 
 
 z. 
 
 
 a 
 r 
 
 
 7> 
 
 uJ 
 Ot 
 
 a 
 Z 
 
 
 u 
 
 225.O0O 
 
 
 
 
 | 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2.00.O00 
 
 
 fio 
 
 te the l&r<^e am< 
 
 Durrt 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 h500O. 
 
 
 of work absorbed. ./Vote 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 I5O000 
 
 
 the easy st&rt, and 1 /C 
 
 ,'- x - ^ 
 
 
 
 125.000 
 
 
 Jbmooth Action . 1 yT*-' 
 
 
 
 
 10 000 
 
 
 Alio, Low | /\ 
 
 
 
 -75.00 
 
 
 Rele&it- . 
 
 
 
 
 
 -Soooo 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .-',' ] v \- \-: \ .- . :! 
 
 : j 
 
 25,000 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^-4-4-^r^ 
 
 
 zk- -k * li- i: f 2 i i 4-- 3 
 
 -r F* .©* N^ c; »-. im • r-i n s. is 
 
 Note the Extreme Simplicity 
 Few Parts. Large Wearing Surfaces 
 
 -' -I 7_ 
 
 TANDEM SPRING RIGGING 
 
 CASE PATENTS 
 
 Perfect Spring Protection. Light and Strong. 6V4 or 8 x 8 Springs. For Steel or Wood 
 
 The Butler Drawbar Attachment Co., Cleveland, Ohio 
 
 SEND FOR CATALOG 
 
 CLEVELAND 
 PRESSED STEEL CARLINES 
 
 STANDARD CARLINE 
 
 CHANNEL CARLINE FOR OUTSIDE METAL ROOF 
 
 Strengthen the Roof Structure, Increase the Life of the Roof, and are Lighter, 
 Stronger and Cheaper than Wood in the End. The ONLY CARLINE Requiring 
 no changes in Car Framing. Several Designs for various kinds or styles of Roof. 
 
 jlKtg&i 
 
 w 
 
 PRESSED STEEL END TIE BAND 
 
 Other Pressed Steel Parts for Freight and Passenger Cars. Send for Catalog. 
 Let us figure on any PRESSED STEEL SPECIALTIES. 
 
 Cleveland Car Specialty Co., Cleveland, Ohio 
 
 26 
 
CLEVELAND CITY FORGE & IRON CO. 
 
 FORGINGS 
 
 RAILROAD STRUCTURAL MACHINERY 
 
 TURNBUCKLES 
 CLEVIS NUTS 
 BRAKE JAWS 
 PUSH ROD JAWS 
 ARCH BARS 
 DRAWBAR YOKES 
 YOKE RIVETS 
 AIR BRAKE PINS 
 KNUCKLE PINS 
 BRIDGE PINS 
 CRAB IRONS 
 BRAKE LEVERS 
 UPSET RODS 
 PRESSED STEEL 
 SPECIALTIES 
 
 WE ARE THE LARGEST MAKERS 
 AND ARE MAKERS OF THE 
 
 Largest Turnbuckles 
 
 IN THE WORLD 
 
 FORGINGS WHERE ACCURATE 
 WORK IS REQUIRED A SPECIALTY 
 
 CLEVELAND CITY FORGE & IRON CO. 
 
 CLEVELAND, OHIO 
 
 NEW YORK OFFICE, 
 No. II Broadway. 
 
 USE 
 THE 
 
 CHAPMAN JACK 
 
 PATENTED 
 
 A PERFECT RAILROAD JACK 
 
 ALWAYS RELIABLE 
 
 ALWAYS SAFE 
 
 ALWAYS LUBRICATED 
 
 ALWAYS FREE FROM DIRT and RUST 
 
 ALWAYS READY FOR USE 
 
 ALL SIZES 
 
 The Chapman Jack Co. 
 
 CLEVELAND, OHIO 
 
 27 
 
JACKS 
 
 For Car Shop Use 
 
 There is a Joyce-Cridland Jack for every 
 requirement in the building or repairing of 
 cars and locomotives. Among others, we 
 might mention the 
 
 DOUBLE-MOVEMENT JACKS 
 
 with which the load is raised twice as fast 
 as with an ordinary jack, and no more power 
 is required. 
 
 TELESCOPING 
 JACKS 
 which have a rise 
 equal to their height 
 and can be used in 
 cramped places. 
 
 TRAVERSING 
 JACKS 
 
 'with rapid movement 
 lift. 
 
 JOURNAL 
 JACKS 
 
 the lightest and most 
 convenient jack on 
 the market; a 15-ton 
 jack weighs only 34 
 pounds. 
 
 AUTOMATIC 
 GEARED JACKS 
 
 capable of lifting the 
 heaviest locomotives 
 
 and which replace a hydraulic jack for many 
 
 classes of work. 
 
 HYDRAULIC JACKS 
 
 of any tonnage and size, having automatic 
 speeding device, and capable of standing 
 under load an indefinite time without settling. 
 We have special bulletins on any of the 
 above jacks which we would be glad to send 
 upon application. See pages 433, 434 and 
 675 of this book for further illustrations and 
 description. 
 
 id Base Hvd 
 
 Joyce=Cridland Co. 
 
 Dayton, Ohio 
 
 Makers of Over 250 Types and 
 Styles of Jacks 
 
 The New Type of Hydraulic Jack, 
 known as the 
 
 tt 
 
 UNIVERSAL" 
 
 offers the following advantages : 
 
 It has a double pump, which allows a 
 variation in speed to suit a light or heavy 
 load. 
 
 It can be used horizontally or vertically. 
 
 It can be lowered by the lever or by the 
 valve handle. 
 
 It can be freed from obstructions which 
 might lodge on the valve seats by opening 
 the valves and working the lever. 
 
 It is operated in the usual way, excepting 
 in respect to the valve handle. 
 
 RICHARD DUDGEON 
 
 Inventor and Original Manufacturer 
 of the Hydraulic Jack 
 
 BROOME AND COLUMBIA STREETS 
 NEW YORK 
 
 See illustrations in text pages — Figure numbers 337S-33S5, 
 3391, 6915, 6917-6919. 
 
 New York Office, = 136 Liberty Street 
 :iJ 
 
 GREENLEE 
 =CAR SHOP- 
 MACHINERY 
 
 See Pages 663 and 664 
 
 Greenlee Bros. & Co. 
 
 CHICAGO 
 
 ROCKFORD, ILL. 
 
BARRETT -^^ CAR JACKS 
 
 DUFF BALL BEARING SCREW JACKS 
 DUFF-BETHLEHEM F s°A°" HYDRAULIC JACKS 
 
 Every type, kind or size of Jack for TRACK, CAR, LOCOMOTIVE and BRIDGE Departments 
 
 Duff-Bethlehem Forged Steel 
 
 Hydraulic Jack. 
 
 Broad Base Type . 
 
 THE DUFF-BETHLEHEM FORGED STEEL HY- 
 DRAULIC JACKS are ENTIRELY S TEEL F ORGING S, 
 eliminating Joints and Packings and all expense and 
 trouble common to all other HYDRAULIC JACKS. 
 They are from 30 '{ to 60?„ lighter in weight than 
 any other Jack of equal capacity, extend lull length 
 vertically or horizontally and are enormously power- 
 ful, the full capacity being raised by one man, and 
 each Jack capable of a large overload. 
 
 We make the largest line of High Grade Jacks 
 in the world and are specialists in Jacks for Car and 
 Motive Power Departments. 
 
 SEND FOR FULL LINE OF PRINTED MATTER. 
 
 THE DUFF MANUFACTURING COMPANY 
 
 Established 18 8 3 
 
 50 Church Street, New York 
 
 No. 19. Barrett Car Jack. 
 
 Pittsburg, Pa. ^_ 
 
 FAIRBANKS, MORSE & CO., CHICAGO, ACENTS FOR RAILROAD DEPT. 
 
 Duff Ball Bearing Screw Jack. 
 
 r 
 
 Hydraulic Tools 
 
 For Car Shops and Every Other Railroad Purpose 
 
 WE make Punches, Shears, Riveters, Presses, Benders, Pumps, 
 Accumulators, Jacks, etc., which embody every improvement 
 for getting the greatest speed, efficiency and economy from 
 hydraulic power. Our large line, consisting 
 of over 3,500 standard tools, probably offers 
 a model that will meet your requirements. 
 If not, we are prepared to build on short 
 notice and at reasonable price. 
 
 Our engineering experience covers over 
 fifty years in the manufacture of hydraulic 
 tools, and we use only the best materials. 
 Every Watson-Stillman tool is guaranteed. 
 They must make good on every claim or 
 they may be returned. 
 
 WRITE FOR OUR LATEST RAILWAY CATALOC 
 
 THE WATSON-STILLMAN CO. 
 
 15S3 HUDSON T E R VI I N A L BUILDINGS, NEW YORK 
 
 20 
 
Buffalo Brake Beam Company 
 
 NEW YORK BUFFALO 
 30 Pine Street Works 
 
 ST. LOUIS 
 
 Lincoln Trust Building 
 
 CAPACITY, 15,000 POUNDS WITH LESS THAN 1-16 INCH DEFLECTION 
 
 BRAKE BEAMS FOR ALL CLASSES OF CARS, LOCOMOTIVES AND ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT 
 
 II 
 
 RAILWAY MATERIALS 
 COMPANY 
 
 BACK BRAKE 
 SHOES 
 
 Old Colony Building, 
 CHICAGO 
 
 Singer Building, 
 NEW YORK 
 
 THE LOCOMOTIVE DICTIONARY 
 
 (1909 EDITION) 
 
 is absolutely necessary to anyone designing, building, repairing or handling locomotives 
 Complete, in full Morocco Binding, 704 pages. Price, $6.00 
 
 RAILWAY AGE GAZETTE 
 
 New York — Chicago — Pittsburg 
 
 THE UNFLANGED STEEL BACK BRAKE SHOE 
 
 The Steel Back and Lug 
 
 Cracks cannot disable the Steel Back Shoe 
 
 THE USE OF 
 
 THE 
 
 STEEL BACK SHOE 
 
 MEANS 
 
 SAFETY AND 
 
 ECONOMY 
 
 IN BRAKE SHOE 
 
 MAINTENANCE 
 
 The Steel Back Shoe, new. 20 lbs. 
 
 The Scrap Steel Back Shoe. 5 lbs. 
 
 THE FLANGED STEEL BACK BRAKE SHOE 
 
 ;3 
 
 Diamond "S" Type 
 
 Flanged Steel Back and Lug 
 
 "Special Chilled Type" 
 
 American Brake Shoe and Foundry Company 
 
 NEW YORK MAHWAH, N. J. CHICAGO 
 
AMERICAN 
 STEEL FOVNDRIES 
 
 Simplex Railway 
 Appliance Company 
 
 MANUFACTURERS OF 
 
 Cast Steel Bolsters Simplex Bolsters 
 
 Wheel Centers 
 Side Bearings 
 Davis Wheels 
 
 All Kinds of 
 
 Steel 
 Castings 
 
 Break Beams 
 
 Springs 
 R . £. Janney Couplers 
 
 Simplex Couplers Andrews Side Frames 
 
 NEW YORK ST. LOVIS 
 
 30 Church Street Frisco Building 
 
 CHICAGO 
 
 Commercial National Bank Building 
 
 31 
 
"I 
 
 Our LNCreco Brake Beam 
 
 FOR USE WITH THE LATEST DEVELOPMENT OF THE AIR BRAKE ON HEAVY 
 STEEL PASSENGER EQUIPMENT 
 
 Withstands load of 40,000 lbs. with only 1-16 in. deflection 
 
 GREATER CAPACITY IF DESIRED 
 
 This beam interchanges with our Diamond Special High Speed and 2/2-inch 
 
 National Hollow Passenger beams, takes the same adjustable 
 
 heads and no more space for application to trucks. 
 
 CRECO, NATIONAL HOLLOW, DIAMOND, KEWANEE, RELIANCE, 
 NINETY-SIX, STERLINGWORTH and MONARCH, and other types of 
 metal brake beams. BEAMS BUILT FOR ALL CLASSES OF RAILWAY 
 EQUIPMENT AND REQUIREMENTS. 
 
 DIAMOND SPECIAL HIGH SPEED PASSENGER BEAMS 
 
 28,000 lbs. at 1-16 inch deflection 
 
 MONITOR BOLSTERS 
 
 EXCEL ALL OTHERS IN STRENGTH, SAFETY, DURABILITY, ECONOMY. 
 
 CRECO ROLLER SIDE BEARINGS, CRECO SLACK ADJUSTERS, CRECO JOURNAL 
 
 BOXES, CRECO BRAKE JAWS. 
 
 CHICAGO RAILWAY EQUIPMENT CO. 
 
 General Executive Offices, 46 Robey and Lincoln Sts. 
 General Sales Offices, Fisher Building 
 
 BRANCH OFFICES: 
 
 NEW YORK ST. LOUIS WASHINGTON 
 
 DETROIT MONTREAL 
 
 WORKS: 
 CHICAGO DETROIT JERSEY CITY 
 
 MONTREAL MARION GRAND RAPIDS 
 
Air Brake Equipment 
 
 Westinghcuse Centrifugal 
 Dirt Collector 
 
 Prevents pipe scale, sand, cinders, 
 dirt or other foreign matter of any 
 kind reaching the triple valve. 
 
 Westinghouse Self-Locking 
 Angle Cock 
 
 Locks the handle in both open and 
 closed positions. It cannot be moved 
 by accident, but must be raised and 
 moved by hand. 
 
 Westinghouse Type "K." 
 Triple Valve 
 
 The special features of quick service, 
 uniform release and uniform recharge 
 have made possible smooth opera- 
 tion and easy control of long freight 
 trains, better control of short trains, 
 higher tonnage ratings on grades, 
 and a material economy in air con- 
 sumption. 
 
 Westinghouse Galvanized 
 Annealed Steel Hose Clamp 
 
 Made from a drop forging and will last 
 indefinitely. It is tougher, stronger 
 and more uniform than malleable 
 iron clamps. 
 
 Westinghouse " Hose-Protecting " 
 Coupling 
 
 Interchangeable with old-style coup- 
 ling. The flexible bead permits the 
 disengagement of the couplings, 
 when cars are separated, before the 
 pull is sufficient to damage the hose. 
 
 Westinghouse Enameled Reservoir 
 
 The special enamel coating, inside and outside, is permanent 
 and flexible, resisting blows and vibrations, and protects the reser- 
 voir against corrosion due to moisture, acids or other causes. 
 
 The Westinghouse Air Brake Co. 
 
 The Air Brake Builders 
 
 BOSTON, Exchange Building 
 BUFFALO, Ellicott Square Building 
 CHICAGO, Railway Exchange Building. 
 CINCINNATI, Traction Building 
 COLUMBUS, Columbus Sav. & Trust Bldg. 
 
 GENERAL OFFICES, PITTSBURG, PA. 
 
 DENVER, Majestic Building 
 HOUSTON, TEX.. 403 Hawthorne Ave. 
 MEXICO CITY, MEXICO, 4a Calle Pte de 
 
 Alvarado, No. 100 
 NEW YORK, City Investing Building 
 
 RICHMOND, American Nat. Bank Bldg 
 ST. LOUIS, 1932 North Broadway 
 ST. PAUL, Endicott Building 
 SAN FRANCISCO, Pacific Building 
 PORTLAND, ORE., Couch Building 
 
 FOR CANADA, Canadian Westinghouse Co., Limited, Hamilton, Ontario. 
 
 J 
 
AUTOMATIC LUBRICATION for TRIPLE 
 VALVES and BRAKE CYLINDERS 
 
 Sectional Views of A 
 
 (Automatic) Type 
 
 Lubricator. 
 
 The accompanying cut illustrates the device and 
 shows its position in the brake system on passenger 
 car equipment. 
 
 The use of this device will insure the continuous 
 and proper lubrication of triple valves and brake 
 cylinders without the necessity of removing for 
 cleaning or oiling. The supply of lubricant passing 
 from the lubricator to the triple valve and brake 
 cylinder is regulated by the flow of air and is auto- 
 matic in its distribution. 
 
 Slide valves wear longer and remain tight and 
 brake cylinder packing leathers have a greatly in- 
 creased life, with no tendency to leak through 
 porosity. 
 
 Manufactured by 
 
 The Emery Pneumatic 
 Lubricator Co. 
 
 Diagram Showing Application of Emery Lubricator 
 to Passenger Car Equipment. 
 
 ST. LOUIS, 
 
 MO. 
 
 Westinghouse 
 
 American Automatic Slack Adjuster 
 
 ~~ 
 
 — — __ — 
 
 1 1 ^i 
 
 Automatically Regulates Piston Travel 
 
 Its use secures Uniform Piston Travel Maximum Brake Efficiency Saving of Brake Shoes 
 
 Minimum Wear of Adjuster Parts Device does not Operate until Adjustment is Required 
 
 FOR INFORMATION ADDRESS THE 
 
 AMERICAN BRAKE COMPANY 
 
 ST. LOUIS, MO. 
 
 34 
 
GUILFORD S. WOOD 
 
 RAILWAY NECESSITIES 
 
 Mechanical Rubber Goods ; P. & W. Air Hose Preservative ; 
 Car Vestibule Diaphragms; Inlaid Linoleum; Cocoa Mattings; 
 Upholsterers' Leather; Rolled Steel Tie Plates. 
 
 WOOD'S FLEXIBLE 
 NIPPLE END PRO- 
 TECTOR 
 
 FOR AIR BRAKE HOSE 
 
 Greatly lessens wear 
 where wear is the most 
 severe. Saving in hose is 
 many times greater than 
 the small cost of 
 
 WOOD'S PROTECTOR 
 
 Prevents chafing and abrasion. 
 
 THE MONOGRAM BRACKET 
 
 FOR THEfEND OF TRAIN PIPES 
 Makes Shifting Impossible 
 
 Is Furnished in Seven Different 
 Patterns 
 
 For a Metal End Sill with Webb Outside. 
 
 For a Metal End Sill with Flange Outside. 
 
 For a Pressed Steel End Sill. 
 
 For a Wood End Sill. 
 
 For Steam Hose on Passenger Coaches. 
 
 For Air and Signal Pipes on Passenger Coaches. 
 
 ONCE APPLIED, REDUCES THE 
 
 COST OF MAINTENANCE 
 
 TO A MINIMUM 
 
 GREAT NORTHERN BUILDING 
 
 ===== CHICAGO ===== 
 
Standard Devices 
 
 THE McCORD JOURNAL BOX 
 
 THE McCORD SPRING DAMPENER 
 
 THE McCORD DRAFT GEAR 
 
 McCORD AND COMPANY 
 
 OLD COLONY BUILDING 50 CHURCH STREET 
 
 CHICAGO NEW YORK 
 
 Union Spring and Manufacturing Co, 
 
 General Office: 6I6-6I6A and 617 Farmers Bank Building 
 PITTSBURGH, PA. 
 
 WORKS: NEW KENSINGTON, PA. 
 
 SPRINGS 
 
 KENSINGTON JOURNAL BOXES call steel, 
 
 PRESSED STEEL JOURNAL BOX LIDS 
 
 50 Church St., NEW YORK 
 
 Fisher Bldg. CHICAGO 
 
 Missouri Trust Bldg., ST. LOUIS 
 
THE T. H. SYMINGTON CO. 
 
 Manufacturers of 
 
 RAILWAY SPECIALTIES 
 
 and 
 
 Miscellaneous Malleable Castings 
 
 OF HIGHEST GRADE 
 
 -as» 
 
 
 ROCHESTER PLANT, 
 
 NEW YORK BALTIMORE CHICAGO 
 
 SYMINGTON JOURNAL BOXES 
 
 SEE PAGE 528 
 
 SYMINGTON FLEXIBLE DUST GUARDS 
 
 SEE PAGE 52J 
 
 FARLOW DRAFT GEAR 
 
 SEE PAGE 261 
 
 BALTIMORE CENTER BEARINGS 
 
 SEE PAGE 529 
 
 SYMINGTON ROLLER SIDE BEARINGS 
 
 SEE PAGE 529 
 
 37 
 
EDWARDS 
 
 TRADE 
 
 "PAOWNYC" 
 
 MARK 
 
 Extension Platform 
 All Steel Trap Doors 
 Window Fixtures 
 Sash Balances 
 Shade Rollers 
 Metal Car Window Sash 
 Metal Cabinets and 
 Office Furniture 
 
 High-Grade Hardware 
 Specialties 
 
 Complete Line of Heavy Bronze 
 RAILWAY PADLOCKS 
 
 Catalogs, Blue Prints and Information 
 
 ADDRESS. 
 
 THE 0. M. EDWARDS CO. 
 
 SYRACUSE, N. Y, 
 
 imjlkM^U 
 
 The National Standard 
 for Car Curtains 
 and Car Upholstery 
 
 AGOSOTE HEADLINING 
 
 WATERPROOF 
 HOMOGENEOUS in its Composi- 
 tion, will not warp, blister 
 or separate 
 
 SEND FOR SAMPLE 
 
 THE PANTASOTE COMPANY 
 
 I I Broadway, New York 
 
 613 Fisher Bldg., Chicago, 111. 
 
 793 Monadnock Bldg., San Francisco, Cal. 
 
 Scarntttat miU Mffi, 
 
 STEEL OR WOOD CONSTRUCTION 
 
 RATTAN, PLUSH OR LEATHER 
 
 Best Reversing Mechanism which tilts seat and ac- 
 tuates foot rest. Most Elastic Spring Construction 
 
 Comfort — Simplicity — Durability 
 
 Photos and Prices Furnished 
 
 SCARRITT CAR SEAT WORKS, SStSJSaSg ST - L0UIS > u - s - *■ 
 
 70-ft. Span Electric Traveling Northern Cranes. Am. Car & Fdy. Co. Plant 
 
 10RIT1ERN 
 ICRANESl 
 
 AND ELECTRIC HOISTS 
 
 are the made-for-hard-service kind. 
 You ought to examine these ma- 
 chines. They will be a pleasing 
 revelation to you. Get catalog No. 
 25 Cranes and No. 21 Hoists. 
 
 NORTHERN ENGINEERING WORKS. 
 
 DtTBOIT. MlCH.U.&A, 
 
 ;;s 
 
HALE & KILBURN 
 
 Lead the World in 
 
 Railway Car Seats, Steel Doors, Sash and Interior 
 
 Steel Car Finish 
 
 No. 194. Walkover Scat. 
 (All steel.) 
 Perina. R. R. Standard for Steel Cars. 
 
 Highest Possible Grade 
 Throughout. Original in De- 
 sign. Simplest. Strongest. 
 Mechanically Correct. 
 
 Seats and Chairs for Steam 
 and Electric Railway Coache?, 
 Pallor and Sleeping Cars. 
 
 Seats and Seating for Sur- 
 face, Elevated and Under- 
 ground Railway Cars. Rattan 
 Seat Covering (canvas-lined). 
 
 Hale & Kilburn Seats are 
 Used Almost Universally on 
 the Steam and Electric Rail- 
 ways of North America, and 
 in most Foreign Countries. 
 
 Do not fail to specify Hale & Kilburn 
 Seats and Steel Car Fittings. They 
 cost less ultimately than the cheap 
 imitations. 
 
 No. 197. Walkover Neverbrcak Pressed 
 
 Steel Seat. 
 
 Standard for Day Coach Service. 
 
 The Hale & Kilburn Manufacturing Co. 
 
 ^ 
 
 /- 
 
 NEW YORK 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 CHICAGO 
 
 
 ^wm^WM?^ 
 
 . 
 
 V 
 
 1 
 
 Ura curtains may be seen on 
 m> the railroads in every civilized 
 country ol the world ^sm^s^ 
 
 /^r^^p?:Main Office andWorks 320-330West (feidStreet/ ^>^^? 
 
 mM 
 
 LYC? 
 
 30 
 
LIINJOFELT 
 
 Flax Fibre Refrigerator Car Lining 
 
 is used by the majority of the prominent railroads and 
 refrigerator car companies. 
 
 Flax fibre treated under our patents is nearly pure 
 cellulose. It remains unaffected by water, either cold 
 or boiling, and is not damaged by any acids. It has been 
 subjected to the severest tests, and to long severe usage, 
 and will not dscay. Its insulating value is admittedly 
 the highest of any form of refrigerator car lining. 
 
 Sample snd booklet sent anywhere upon request, and services 
 of our engineers are at the disposal of prospective customers. 
 
 UNION FIBRE COMPANY, ■ Winona, Minnesota 
 
 Showrooms and Offices : 
 
 METROPOLITAN UFE BUILDING 
 
 1 Madison Ave., New York 
 
 DOORS, WINDOWS 
 TRIM 
 
 AND 
 
 COLD ROLLED 
 
 MOULDINGS 
 HOLLOW STEEL 
 
 AND 
 
 BRONZE 
 
 Distributors of Asbestos Protected Metal Head 
 Linings and Side Panels 
 
 WE HAVE RECENTLY COMPLETED: 
 
 FIFTH AVENUE BUILDING, NEW YORK 
 METROPOLITAN TOWER. - NEW YORK 
 
 THE EXCELSIOR CAR ROOF 
 
 Has shown in ACTUAL SERVICE 
 that it is in every way THE BEST 
 
 Outside and Inside Metal 
 
 Excelsior Car Roof Co., 
 
 WRIGHT BUILDING 
 
 ST. LOUIS 
 
 r 
 
 FIREPROOF HEADLININGS 
 
 RUSTPROOF STEEL BOX CAR ROOFS 
 
 ASBESTOS PROTECTED METAL SHEETS Made in special forms 
 for Railroad Equipment and Buildings. This material is FIREPROOF, 
 will withstand rough service. It WILL NOT RUST. See Figure 
 Nos. 2189-2198 and 3801. 
 
 Trade-Mark. 
 
 ASBESTOS PROTECTED METAL CO., Canton, Mass. 
 
 AGENCIES IN ALL PRINCIPAL CITIES 
 
Murphy; American Outside Roof 
 
 (250 -OOO Now in Service) 
 
 Reduces Height of Car Reduces Width of Car Reduces Weight of Car 
 Two Inches Six Inches 1200 Lbs. 
 
 Reduces Cost of Car from Three to Ten Dollars 
 
 No Roof Boards to Burn or Blow off 
 
 Never Break or Tear as Sheets are not Nailed 
 
 Use Our Type F Angle Garline 
 
 Wedges are inserted to take up any 
 shrinkage of plates 
 
 #r 
 
 Decreases Dead Weight Increases Head Room Stronger Construction 
 
 Cannot be Damaged from Coal Loading or Freight Handling 
 
 More Durable 100,000 in Use Least Expense 
 
 COMPLETE AIR PLANTS MONARCH TOOLS ONCJS USED 
 
 ALWAYS STANDARD 
 
 STANDARD RAILWAY EQUIPMENT CO. 
 
 ST. LOUIS, MO. 
 
 CHICAGO NEW YORK PITTSBURG 
 
 707 Great Northern Bldg. 90 West Street 360 Frick Bldg. Annex 
 
 SAX FRANCISCO 
 
 London Berlin 
 
 FOREIGN OFFICES 
 Paris St. Petersburg 
 
 Kobe Mexico City 
 
 Cable Address: " STANRAEQCO," St. Louis. Lieber Code Used 
 
wmt mitt mwm 
 
 tMFa 
 
 McKees Rocks, Pa. 
 
 OFFICES 
 
 Farmers Bank Bldg. 
 
 PITTSBURG 
 
 For Passenger, 
 
 Freight & Electric 
 
 Railway Service 
 
 dm &iill!1pte mw&\ 
 
 COLUMBIA LOCK NUTS 
 
 "The nut that will not shake off" 
 
 FOR ALL KINDS OF GARS 
 
 Our Special for Wrist, Knuckle and Cross Head 
 Pins has proven a great success on locomotives 
 
 INEXPENSIVE .-. SIMPLE .'. EFFECTIVE 
 
 Samples free for the asking 
 
 COLUMBIA NUT & BOLT GO. 
 
 "Original Columbia" Assembled Bridgeport, Conn. New York, 1 65 Broadway -'Improved Columbia" Assembled 
 
 U. S. Metal and Manufacturing Co. 
 
 165 BROADWAY, NEW YORK CITY 
 
 CHICAGO 
 
 PROVIDENCE 
 
 PITTSBURGH 
 
 LEBANON 
 
 STEAM 
 RAILWAY 
 SUPPLIES 
 
 Dunham Hopper Door 
 
 Davidson Locomotive and Car Raiser 
 
 Feasible Drop Brake Staff 
 
 Hillman Locked Clevis and Turnbuckle 
 
 Wolfe Automatic Rail Joint Lock 
 
 "Peerless" Cast Steel Truck Bolster 
 
 Penn Pressed Steel Truck Bolster 
 
 Howard Wrot Iron Brake Jaws 
 
 ELECTRIC 
 RAILWAY 
 SUPPLIES 
 
 Diamond Steel Pole 
 
 Western Malleable Iron Brake Jaws 
 
 Detroit Box Car Door 
 
 Columbia Lock Nuts 
 
 Continental Whistling Post 
 
 Stucki Side Bearing 
 
 Fresnel Lenses and Lantern Globes 
 
 Moulded Semaphore Roundels 
 
 CENERAL EASTERN ACENTS FOR HUTCHINS CAR ROOFINC COMPANY 
 
 SOLE EASTERN ACENTS FOR ST. LOUIS SURFACER AND PAINT COMPANY 
 
 SOLE RAILROAD ACENTS FOR CLIFF SAFETY AUTOMATIC FIRE HOSE REEL 
 
 CENERAL EASTERN ACENTS RECAL PAINT AND OIL COMPANY 
 
Standard Steel Works 
 
 Company 
 
 Harrison Building PHILADELPHIA, PA. 
 
 BRANCH OFFICES: 
 
 New York, N. Y., 50 Church Street 
 Richmond, Ya., Chamber of Commerce 
 St. Louis, Security Building 
 
 Portland, Ore., Couch Building 
 
 Pittsburg, Pa., Frick Building Annex 
 
 Chicago, 111., Railway Exchange 
 
 San Francisco, Cal., Flood Buildint 
 
 THE WORKS 
 
 Locomotive Driving Tires 
 Engine Truck, Tender and Coach Wheel Tires 
 
 Steel Tired Wheels 
 
 Rolled Steel Wheels 
 
 Steel Springs 
 Iron and Steel Castings Iron and Steel Forgings 
 
 ■ i 
 
A Safety Appliance 
 for Coach Doors 
 
 The Yale & Towne Blount Door Check and Spring 
 closes the door surely, yet gently. It does away with 
 slamming doors, reduces wear on the lock, protects 
 passengers and trainmen from personal injury and torn 
 clothes, and adds to comfort by excluding dirt and drafts. 
 
 Specially valuable for suburban trains. 
 
 Don't forget that we also make six sizes for all kinds 
 of exterior or interior station and ferry house doors, for 
 ferry boats, etc. 
 
 For technical description see pages 327 and 320. 
 Detailed information and prices on request. 
 
 The Yale & Towne Mfg. Co. 
 
 Makers of the Yale Locks, Builders' Hardware, Etc. 
 9 MURRAY STREET, NEW YORK 
 
 CHICAGO 
 
 BOSTON 
 
 Local Offices 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 SAN FRANCISCO 
 
 Huntoon Brake Beams 
 
 Huntoon Automatically 
 Adjustable Heads 
 
 and 
 
 Perry Frictionless Roller 
 Side Bearings 
 
 For all Classes of Freight 
 
 and Passenger Cars and 
 
 Locomotive Tenders. 
 
 JOLIET RAILWAY 
 SUPPLY CO. 
 
 Works: JOLIET, ILL. 
 
 Commonwealth 
 Castings 
 
 PATENTED) 
 
 The Platform Integral 
 with Double Body 
 
 Bolster 
 
 The Double Body Bolster for 
 Passenger-Train Cars 
 
 The Four-Wheel 
 
 Passenger-Train Truck 
 
 The Six-Wheel 
 
 Passenger-Train Truck 
 
 
 The Double Truck Center Bol- 
 ster for Six-Wheel Trucks 
 
 The Truck Center Frame for 
 Repairs and New Trucks 
 
 The Needle Beam for 
 
 Passenger Cars 
 
 n — n 
 
 The Needle Beam for 
 
 Freight Cars 
 
 The Commonwealth 
 Transom Draft Gear 
 for Freight Cars 
 
 The Separable Body Bolster 
 for Freight Cars 
 
 The Flory Carry Iron 
 
 and Striking Plate 
 
 The Engine and 
 Tender Trucks 
 
 The Pilot Beams 
 
 and Tender Bumpers 
 
 The Davis Counter-Balanced 
 Driving Wheel Center 
 
 <!> 
 
 The One-Piece Tender Frame 
 with Transom Draft Gear 
 
 SDDd 
 
 The Self-Propeiling &>Ml 
 
 Weed Burner J^slL 
 
 Et Cetera 
 
 Commonwealth Steel Co, 
 
 PIERCE BUILDING, - - ST. LOUIS, MO. 
 
 45 
 
General Electric Company 
 
 Multiple Unit Control System 
 
 Automatic control of trains provided 
 by the Sprague-General Electric 
 Type "M" -Multiple Unit System im- 
 provi s railway service in many waj-s; 
 Life ot equipment 
 is increased by limit- 
 ing amount ot current 
 taken by the motors. 
 The most efficient 
 [i. acceleration is assured. 
 Uniform accelera- 
 tion results in maxi- 
 mum comfort to pas- 
 sengers. 
 
 Motormen can 
 concentrate their at- 
 tention to the track 
 ahead. 
 
 Master Controller 
 
 The apparatus illus- 
 trated represents the 
 latest developments in 
 the automatic form ot 
 Type " M " Control. 
 
 Exclusive Features of 
 G. E. Multiple Unit Control 
 
 Two Pick - Up Circuits from 
 double relav insure positive automatic 
 operation over wide range of voltage. 
 
 Line Current Operation of Con- 
 tactors provides operating voltage 
 
 high enough to break down any dirt 
 or oil films on the control contacts. 
 Slight accumulations of dirt do not 
 therefore affect the operation of the 
 control. 
 
 Magnetic Operation of Con- 
 tactors causes a quick make and 
 break of motor circuits, preventing 
 excessive arcs and resultant burning. 
 
 Reduced Liability of Motor Arc 
 
 Over results from reversing fields 
 instead of armatures, by keeping 
 positive lead always connected to same 
 brush. Reverser can be used for 
 braking without chance of damage. 
 
 Double Pick-Up Current 
 Limit Relay 
 
 Contactors in Box 
 
 Over 6,000 Type "M" 
 Equipments have 
 bee n sold to about :oo 
 different railways in 
 all parts of the world. 
 Many of these roads 
 have duplicated their 
 orders several times 
 — conclusive evidence 
 that the control has 
 proved successful 
 
 New York Office : 
 30 Church Street 
 
 Principal Office : 
 
 Schenectady, N. Y. 
 
 Sales Offices in All 
 Large Cities 
 
Car 
 Roofing 
 
 RUBEROID 
 
 Cab 
 Roofing 
 
 Trade-Mark Registered U. S. Patent Office. 
 
 Standard for 19 years. See diagrams, pages 303-304. Guaranteed waterproof, air-tight and spark-proof. 
 
 Strong and flexible. Withstands the racking strain of cars in motion. 
 
 Demonstrated ability. Easy to apply. 
 
 THE STANDARD PAINT COMPANY 
 
 100 William Street Manufacturers 
 
 CHICAGO PHILADELPHIA BOSTON KANSAS CITY ATLANTA 
 
 NEW YORK 
 
 DENVER SAN FRANCISCO 8 
 
 RAILWAY MATERIALS 
 COMPANY 
 
 STEEL 
 
 BACK BRAKE 
 
 SHOES 
 
 Old Colony Building, 
 CHICAGO 
 
 Singer Building, 
 NEW YORK 
 
 THE LOCOMOTIVE DICTIONARY 
 
 11909 EDITION) 
 
 An absolute necessity to anyone engaged in designing, building, repairing or handling locomotives. 
 Descriptive and illustrative of all parts and fittings. Full morocco binding, 704 pages. Price, S6.00 
 
 RAILWAY AGE GAZETTE, 
 
 NEW YORK — CHICAGO - PITTSBURG 
 
 Enameled Iron 
 
 or Porcelain Combined 
 
 Flush or Dry 
 
 uner 
 
 D 
 
 Car Closets 
 
 DUNER COMPANY 
 
 101 So. Clinton Street, - CHICAGO 
 
 SEE PAGE 444 
 
 PAINT SPECIALTIES 
 
 FOR 
 
 RAILROAD USE 
 
 I. X. L. System of Surfacers 
 
 Canvas Roof Preservative 
 
 Carbelastic — It really does 
 protect Iron and Steel 
 
 Floor, Truck, Platform and 
 Baggage Enamels 
 
 Colors in Oil and Japan 
 
 THE KAY & ESS CO. 
 
 Makers 
 
 DAYTON, OHIO 
 
 47 
 
Robert W. Hunt 
 
 Jno. J. Cone 
 
 Jas. C. Hallsted 
 
 D. W. McNaugher 
 
 ROBERT W. HUNT <& CO. 
 
 ENGINEERS 
 
 Bureau of Inspection, Tests and Consultation 
 
 Chemical and Physical Laboratories. Reports and Estimates on Properties and Processes 
 INSPECTION OF LOCOMOTIVES, CARS, BRIDGES, BUILDINGS, RAILS AND FASTENINGS 
 
 CHICAGO: TheHookery NEW YORK: 90 West Street PITTSBURGH: Monongahela Bank Building 
 
 ST. LOUIS: Syndicate Trust Building SAN FRANCISCO: 425 Washington Street 
 
 MONTREAL: Canadian Express Building BUENOS AIRES: Argentine, S. A. 
 
 Truss formed in 
 one piece from 
 solid bar. 
 
 Davis Solid Truss Brake Beams 
 
 For freight and passenger cars, tenders and high 
 speed service, meet the folio-wing specifications : 
 
 Service Load at Center Deflection 
 
 No. 2. 
 No. 3. 
 No. 4. 
 No. 4. 
 
 Freight 
 Freight 
 High Speed 
 High Speed 
 
 12,000 pounds 
 15,000 pounds 
 30,000 pounds 
 45,000 pounds 
 
 1-16 inch 
 1-16 inch 
 1-16 inch 
 3-32 inch 
 
 DAVIS SOLID TRUSS BRAKE BEAM CO., Wilmington, Delaware, U. S. A. 
 
 NATHAN H. DAVIS, President 
 
 THOS. C. DAVIS, Vice-Pres. and Treat?. 
 
 C. THEO. BUCHHOLZ, Secretary 
 
 James L. Howard & Co., hartford, conn. 
 RAILWAY CAR SUPPLIES 
 
 Parlor, Sleeping and Day Car Trimmings 
 
 In Bronze, Brass, Silver, Nickel and Oxidized Metals. 
 
 Patent Double Sliding Door Fixtures 
 
 Locks 
 
 Specially designed for Steel Cars. 
 
 Patent Removable Bottom Baggage Racks 
 Water Closets and Dry Hoppers 
 
 with Automatic Seat Raising Attachments. 
 
 SLEEPING CAR BLANKETS COTTON WASTE MOHAIR PLUSHES 
 
 Western Railway Equipment 
 
 LOUIS A. HOERR, President 
 
 S. H. CAMPBELL, Gen. Sales Agent 
 
 H. W. HOERR, Superintendent 
 
 Company. 
 
 GENERAL OFFICES 
 
 Suite 1412-1418 Mo. Trust Bldg. 
 
 ST. LOUIS, mo: 
 
 Acme Brake Slack Adjusters 
 Western Sill & Carline Pockets 
 Western Brake . Jaws 
 Republic Draft Gear 
 Acme Pipe Clamps 
 Llnslrom Eccentrics 
 Linstrom Syphon Pipes 
 Western Plush Car. Doors 
 Interchangeable Car Doors 
 Western Angle Cock Holders 
 
 Hoerr Car Doors 
 St. Louis Plush Car Doors 
 Security Dust Guard 
 Downing Card Holders 
 Economy Slack Adjusters 
 Western Bell Ringer 
 Car Door Fastenings 
 Fish Hook Tie. Plates 
 Brake Pins 
 Tie Dating Nails 
 
49 
 
r 
 
 Above cut shows 
 
 6 and 12 inch Steel 
 Handle 
 
 36 and 48 inch Key 
 Model Wrenches 
 
 IkA 
 
 Genuine 
 Screw 
 
 WRENCHES 
 
 Strongest 
 Best Finished 
 Longest Life 
 
 and 
 
 COES' Warrant 
 
 Sixty-six years of experience in 
 Wrench Making 
 
 5 STYLES 48 SIZES 
 
 6 to 72 INCH LONG 
 
 Catalogue and other 
 literature on request 
 
 COES WRENCH COMPANY 
 
 WORCESTER, MASS. 
 
 N Y Aqents \ J " C- M 00 **™ & co > 21 Murray Street 
 
 ' 1 JOHN H. GRAHAM & CO., 113 Chambers Street 
 
 OR YOUR SUPPLY HOUSE 
 
 50 
 
Solution of Compressed Air 
 
 Power Units 
 
 EOR ALL DEPARTMENTS OF RAILWAY SERVICE 
 
 "BOYER" 
 
 RIVETING 
 
 HAMMERS 
 
 should always be 
 
 used for driving 
 
 your rivets. 
 
 Our Tandem Gasoline Engine Driven Frank- 
 lin Air Compressor is an ideal type for railway 
 service. Self-contained, direct-connected, two- 
 cycle engine, simple in construction, reliable in 
 operation and highly efficient. 
 
 Type HG-High-Speed Self-Oil- 
 ing-Mechanical Valves. 
 
 "BOYER" or 
 "KELLER" 
 CHIPPERS 
 for general all- 
 round chipping 
 and calking. 
 
 "LITTLE GIANT" DRILLS 
 
 are made in types 
 and sizes to meet 
 every condition in 
 the machine shop, 
 car shop or main- t 
 tenance of bridges 
 and buildings. 
 
 Size BW "Little Giant " Dri 
 
 Size C "Little Giant" Dri 
 
 Manufactured by 
 
 CHICAGO PNEUMATIC TOOL COMPANY 
 
 General Offices, Fisher Building, CHICAGO Eastern Offices, 50 Church Street, NEW YORK 
 
 51 
 
Rubber Goods 
 
 FOR 
 RAILWAYS 
 
 Air, Water, Steam, Gas, Pneu- 
 matic, Suction, Fire, Air Brake, 
 Car Heating and Tank .... 
 
 Hose 
 
 PACKINGS 
 
 For RODS and JOINTS 
 in great variety 
 
 Gaskets, Valves, Springs 
 
 Mats, Mattings, Treads 
 
 High-grade goods that prove their worth by satisfactory service 
 and extreme durability. Manufactured by 
 
 oston Belting Company 
 
 236-260 Devonshire St. 
 BOSTON 
 
 100-102 Reade St. 
 NEW YORK 
 
 90 Pearl Street 
 BUFFALO 
 
 175-177 Lake St. 
 CHICAGO 
 
 212 N. Third St, 
 ST. LOUIS 
 
 "GLOBE" VENTILATORS 
 
 For Ventilating Passenger Coaches and 
 Railroad Buildings 
 
 Guaranteed Absolutely 
 Storm and Cinder-Proof 
 
 Used by Penn. R. R., N. Y. C. & H. R., B. & M. Union Pacific 
 and its Associated Lines, C, B. & Q., N. Y., N. H. & H., L. S. 
 & M. S.. C, R. I. & P.. A. C. U B. & O.. and many others 
 
 Globe Ventilator Company, 
 
 Troy, N. Y. 
 
 Railway Age Gazette 
 
 is the one magazine in the railway field that covers in all practicality the several 
 departments of modern railway organization and operation. Every week, problems 
 having a vital bearing on present-day practices are under discussion. 
 <J Railroading in its present state is a complicated art. Experience alone does not 
 equip a man for becoming the most successful division or general officer. He must 
 in addition keep himself informed of improved methods on other railways. 
 <J Outside the knowledge to be gotten from corresponding departments of other 
 roads there is considerable information about the different departments of your 
 own line that it is unlikely would come to your attention in any other way. Famil- 
 iarity with what is going on in the various departments produces good team work 
 and greatly increases the value of the individual. 
 
 A Specimen Copy Will Be Mailed on Request 
 Subscription Price in United States and Mexico, S5.00. tn Canada, $6.00 
 
 RAILWAY ACE GAZETTE, 
 
 NEW YORK - CHICAGO PITTSBURG 
 
f p3s§yii 
 
 Use Mason Safety Tread to insure against wear and 
 accidents. 
 
 Use Mason Karbolilh Flooring in places where a per- 
 fect fira-proof flooring is needed. 
 
 Karbolith Flooring is used on practically all the steel 
 cars made up to the present time. It is on the steel cars of 
 the Pennsylvania R. R. Company, N. Y. C. & H. R. R. R. 
 Co., L. I. R. R. Co., Interborough Rapid Transit Com- 
 pany, Hudson Companies, N. Y.. N. H. & H. R. R. Co., 
 Philadelphia Rapid Transit Co., and many others. Also 
 in use in many Railroad Stations, making a perfect fire- 
 proof as well as sanitary flooring. 
 
 American Mason Safety Tread Co. 
 
 No, 702 Old South Building 
 Boston, Mass. 
 
 SAMSON 
 
 SOLID BRAIDED CORD 
 
 BELL CORD, SIGNAL CORD, 
 COUPLINGS AND HOOKS, 
 SASH CORD, TROLLEY CORD. 
 
 COMPARE THE HARD, SMOOTH BRAID OF THE 
 
 SAMSON WITH THE COMMON CORDS OFTEN 
 
 FOUND ON THE MARXET. 
 
 Send for Samples and Catalogue 
 
 SAMSON CORDAGE WORKS 
 
 BOSTON. MASS. 
 
 STEAM and ELECTRIC SHOVELS 
 
 LOCOMOTIVE CRANES, Etc. 
 
 IJ For all classes of railroad exca- 
 vating. €fl 10 standard sizes from 
 15 to 120 tons and yi to 5 cubic 
 vards dippers. 
 
 I 
 
 Full Information, Prices, Etc., on request 
 
 THE VULCAN STEAM SHOVEL CO., Toledo, Ohio 
 
 53 
 
The SHARON Coupler 
 
 Meets all the Latest M. C. B. Rules and Requirements 
 
 Also TOWER, CLIMAX, LATROBE, CHICAGO, MELROSE AND MUNTON 
 
 COUPLERS 
 
 Steel Couplers for Freight, Passenger and Locomotive Service 
 
 MALLEABLE CASTINGS for Railroad Purposes 
 
 The National Malleable Castings Company 
 
 Malleable Works at: 
 CLEVELAND CHICAGO TOLEDO INDIANAPOLIS 
 
 Steel Casting Works at : 
 SHARON, PA. MELROSE PARK, ILL. 
 
 FORSYTH PRODUCTS 
 
 BRAKE PINS 
 KNUCKLE PINS 
 CENTER PINS 
 LID PINS 
 
 JOURNAL WEDGES 
 BRAKE SHOE KEYS 
 
 BRAKE SHOE KEY 
 
 Manufactured by 
 
 BRAKE LEVERS 
 
 COUPLER YOKES 
 
 ARCH BARS 
 
 SIDE FRAMES 
 
 FULL LINE OF 
 
 CAR FORCINGS 
 
 FORSYTH STEEL TIE COMPANY 
 
 PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA 
 
..